넳 넲

13918218772

QQ：45837332

yongkan2001

ꂅ客户服务热线：13918218772
网站首页  ꄲ  FIBRO(德国)  ꄲ  德国FIBRO模具配件中国代理商
끸
验证码
提交

德国FIBRO模具配件中国代理商

FIBRO-flyer-keilschieber-eco-line-de-gb-fibro-gmbh
넳 넲

  • 德国FIBRO模具配件中国代理商

     

     

    FIBRO-flyer-keilschieber-eco-line-de-gb-fibro-gmbhFIBRO-flyer-fibro-the-safer-choice-gb-fibro-gmbh

     

     

    常用型号检索：

     


    2131.30.
    Eyebolt
    C25
    2131.32.
    Attachment
    point
    screwable
    profilift
    gamma ring
    nut
    C27
    2131.31.
    Attachment
    point
    screwable
    profilift
    gamma
    C26
    2131.42.
    Double vortex
    ring screw
    Mega DSS
    C37
    2131.50.
    Attachment
    point
    screwable
    profilift eta
    C39
    2131.43.
    Double vortex
    ring with
    internal
    thread
    C38
    2131.39.
    Double vortex
    ring with
    internal
    thread
    C34
    2131.41.
    Double vortex
    ring screw +
    centring
    device
    C36
    2131.40.
    Double vortex
    ring screw
    C35
    2131.36.
    Double vor-
    tice hook
    C31
    2131.38.
    Double vortex
    ring +
    centring
    device
    C33
    2131.37.
    Double vortex
    ring
    C32
    2131.33.
    Load block,
    turnable on
    all sides
    C28
    2131.35.
    Triple vortice
    ring
    C30
    2131.34.
    Attachment
    point
    screwable
    profilift delta
    C29
    New and improved products
    in the FIBRO Standard Parts
    catalogue 2017
    2133.11.
    062.36
    Lifting flange
    with bolt
    2133.11.
    00.15.062.36
    Lifting bolt
    C40
    2133.15.
    Lifting flange
    with bolt
    with safety
    ring, with
    feather key,
    to BMW
    C45
    2133.11.10.
    Lifting flange
    with bolt
    with safety
    ring, to AUDI
    C41
    2192.10.
    Hexagon
    socket head
    cap screw
    C60
    2446.11.55.
    Air pin, acc.
    to VW
    D264
    2446.10.55.
    Pressure bolt
    with base,
    acc. to VW
    D263
    244.10.
    Washer
    F81-82
    2716.
    Punch with
    tapered head,
    stepped,
    round, with
    ejector pin
    E35
    241.19.
    High perfor-
    mance com-
    pression
    spring, 3XLF
    F60
    241.13.
    High perfor-
    mance com-
    pression
    spring, XSF
    F28
    2206.
    Punch with
    tapered head,
    blanc
    E32
    2706.
    Punch with
    tapered head,
    blanc, with
    ejector pin
    E34
    2216.
    Punch with
    tapered head,
    stepped,
    round
    E33
    2443.14.55.
    Position
    monitor for
    boards
    D287
    2443.14.00.
    60.23.
    Cable
    D289
    2443.14.00.
    60.18.044
    Inductive
    proximity
    switch
    D288
    2452.10.
    Slide stop
    F90
    2452.10. .2
    Damping
    unit,
    TUBUS TA
    F97
    244.18.
    Spring and
    spacer unit
    F105
    244.16.
    Spring and
    spacer unit
    F104
    2488.13.
    00750.
    Gas spring
    HEAVy DUTy
    F215
    2470.20. .1
    Spring
    plunger, low
    maintenance,
    standard
    spring force
    F117
    2470.20. .2
    Spring
    plunger, low
    maintenance,
    high spring
    force
    F121
    2470.20. .3
    Spring
    plunger, low
    maintenance,
    medium
    spring force
    F119
    2488.13.
    01500.
    Gas spring
    HEAVy DUTy
    F219
    2497.00.20.
    Adapter base
    plate
    F267-271
    2488.13.
    20000.
    Gas spring
    HEAVy DUTy
    F229
    2478.25.
    00200.
    Lifter unit
    with pillar
    guidance
    F159
    2480.064.
    01000.
    Flange
    F218
    2480.064.
    00500.
    Flange
    F214
    2478.20.
    15.24.
    Holding
    sleeve for
    lifter units to
    BMW
    F154
    2478.25.
    00090.
    Lifter unit
    with pillar
    guidance
    F158
    2478.20.
    15.40.
    Universal
    lifter unit,
    acc. to BMW
    F156
    2497.12.
    Gas spring
    CX, COMPACT
    XTREME
    F267-271
    2480.009.
    Thrust plate
    F364
    2480.011.03.
    07500
    Flange plate
    F312-352
    2480.00.
    30.14
    Controll
    fitting
    F392
    2480.00.
    39.05.
    Multiple
    Controll
    fitting
    F393
    2199.40.1
    Pneumatic
    conveyor
    J31
    2016.4x.
    Stamping
    units
    K8
    (request your
    catalogue)
    2191.
    Sensors
    J42
    (request your
    catalogue)
    A
    B
    C
    D
    E
    F
    G
    H
    J
    K
    L
    Die Sets
    Cast iron, steel and aluminium die set press units
    Lamination die set units, tooling pallet die sets
    Precision Ground Plates and Flat Bars
    Steel and aluminium plates, flat and square tool steels
    Precision feeler gauges, foil shims
    Lifting and Clamping Devices
    Shanks, lifter studs, eyebolts
    Clamping claws, screws and bolts
    Guide elements
    Pillars, bushes, mounting flanges, ball cages, oilless guide elements
    Ground Precision Components
    Punches and matrixes, Pins, gauge pins
    Springs
    Compression springs, gas springs, elastomer springs
    Spring and spacer units
    Elastomer-Bars, -Sheets, -Sections
    FIBROFLEX® and FIBROELAST®-sheets and -profiles
    FIBRO Chemical Tooling Aids
    Tooling resin, metal adhesives, oils ang greases
    Peripheral Equipment
    for presses, tool manufacture, assembly aids
    Conveyor belts, pneumatic conveyors, electric conveyors
    Cam Units
    Flex cam, cam slide units, roller slide units
    Standard Parts for Mould Making
    Hassmersheim plant
    Standard Parts
    Today the Standard Parts Division operates from the Hass-
    mersheim and Weinsberg works, which manufacture a com-
    prehensive range of standard parts and maintain stocks ready
    for immediate despatch world-wide.
    The machine tool, mechanical engineering and systems
    engineering product ranges have been developed to meet the
    needs of customers.
    They include die sets, precision ground plates and flat bars,
    lifting and clamping devices, guide elements, oilless guide
    elements and precision components such as punches and
    matrixes, special steel compression springs, gas springs,
    forming materials, metal bonding agents, moulding resins,
    peripheral equipment for pressing and tool making, electronic
    thread molding units, tool slides with cam or roller slides and
    hydraulic cam systems.
    FIBRO has become renowned world-wide for its comprehen-
    sive range of products in stock and its readiness to deliver.
    FIBRO – an internationally successful company.
    As a market leader in Standard Parts and Rotary Indexing
    Tables, FIBRO provides products and solutions to ensure your
    production keeps moving.
    So what is the secret of the FIBRO success?
    Products developed in-house, tailor-made for the market with
    uncompromising quality.
    But good products are not enough on their own.
    FIBRO combines excellent products, the know-how and
    service competence of an internationally focused company,
    matched to the actual needs of customers - wherever they are.
    FIBRO – your production partner
    6
    Rotary Tables
    FIBRO – The worldwide pioneer in the field of rotary tables
    A comprehensive range of types:
    FIBROPLAN ® – NC rotary table with worm drive
    FIBRODYN ® – NC rotary table with direct torque drive
    FIBROMAX ® – Heavy-duty NC rotary table with Twin Drive
    FIBROTAKT ® – Rotary indexing table with Hirth face gear
    FIBROTOR ® – Electromechanical rotary indexing table for
    applications that do not involve machining
    Rotary tables for all applications – from flexible workpiece
    positioning through rotary and multiple-axis machining to
    assembly automation
    Used in all branches of industry – from the automobile industry
    through solar energy to machine tools
    A wide range of sizes – from micro-machining to processing of
    very large parts
    Customer-oriented design – from the standard modular table
    to customer-specific special solutions
    FIBRO is customer-focused – world-wide. A well-developed
    network of sales and service points and strategic partners
    ensure that help is always at hand. This ensures technical
    advance, world-wide experience in applications and rapid
    availability of products.
    Facts and figures on FIBRO:
    - founded 1958
    - approximately 770 staff
    - more than 70 representatives and service stations
    world-wide
    - branches in France, USA, India, Switzerland, Singapore,
    Korea and China
    - ISO 9001:2000 Quality Assurance and
    ISO 14001 environmental certification
    Manufacturing of precision parts
    Hassmersheim plant
    Standard Parts
    Today the Standard Parts Division operates from the Hass-
    mersheim and Weinsberg works, which manufacture a com-
    prehensive range of standard parts and maintain stocks ready
    for immediate despatch world-wide.
    The machine tool, mechanical engineering and systems
    engineering product ranges have been developed to meet the
    needs of customers.
    They include die sets, precision ground plates and flat bars,
    lifting and clamping devices, guide elements, oilless guide
    elements and precision components such as punches and
    matrixes, special steel compression springs, gas springs,
    forming materials, metal bonding agents, moulding resins,
    peripheral equipment for pressing and tool making, electronic
    thread molding units, tool slides with cam or roller slides and
    hydraulic cam systems.
    FIBRO has become renowned world-wide for its comprehen-
    sive range of products in stock and its readiness to deliver.
    FIBRO – an internationally successful company.
    As a market leader in Standard Parts and Rotary Indexing
    Tables, FIBRO provides products and solutions to ensure your
    production keeps moving.
    So what is the secret of the FIBRO success?
    Products developed in-house, tailor-made for the market with
    uncompromising quality.
    But good products are not enough on their own.
    FIBRO combines excellent products, the know-how and
    service competence of an internationally focused company,
    matched to the actual needs of customers - wherever they are.
    FIBRO – your production partner
    Rotary Tables
    FIBRO – The worldwide pioneer in the field of rotary tables
    A comprehensive range of types:
    FIBROPLAN ® – NC rotary table with worm drive
    FIBRODYN ® – NC rotary table with direct torque drive
    FIBROMAX ® – Heavy-duty NC rotary table with Twin Drive
    FIBROTAKT ® – Rotary indexing table with Hirth face gear
    FIBROTOR ® – Electromechanical rotary indexing table for
    applications that do not involve machining
    Rotary tables for all applications – from flexible workpiece
    positioning through rotary and multiple-axis machining to
    assembly automation
    Used in all branches of industry – from the automobile industry
    through solar energy to machine tools
    A wide range of sizes – from micro-machining to processing of
    very large parts
    Customer-oriented design – from the standard modular table
    to customer-specific special solutions
    FIBRO is customer-focused – world-wide. A well-developed
    network of sales and service points and strategic partners
    ensure that help is always at hand. This ensures technical
    advance, world-wide experience in applications and rapid
    availability of products.
    Facts and figures on FIBRO:
    - founded 1958
    - approximately 770 staff
    - more than 70 representatives and service stations
    world-wide
    - branches in France, USA, India, Switzerland, Singapore,
    Korea and China
    - ISO 9001:2000 Quality Assurance and
    ISO 14001 environmental certification
    Manufacturing of precision parts
    7
    DE
     Außendienst Andreas Otto
     Immenweg 3 · 16356 Ahrensfelde OT Eiche
     T +49 30 423 97 15 · M +49 170 739 00 64
     a.otto@fibro.de
    PLZ 10000-19000
     Walter Ruff GmbH
     Heerenholz 9 · 28307 Bremen
     T +49 421 43878 0 · F +49 421 43878 22
     mail@praeziruff.de · www.praeziruff.de
    PLZ 20000-28000, 49000
     Außendienst Jörg Dyck
     Walter Ruff GmbH
     Postfach 450118 · 28295 Bremen
     T +49 421 43878 0 · F +49 421 43878 22
     M +49 173 9252243 · mail@praeziruff.de
    PLZ 29000-31000, 37000-39000
     Außendienst Dirk Bechinka
     Neuer Kamp 74 · 32584 Löhne
     M +49 170 5760009 · d.bechinka@fibro.de
    PLZ 32000-34000, 48000, 49000
     Außendienst Ralf Feldmann
     Wiesenstraße 23b · 58339 Breckerfeld
     M +49 151 12590159 · r.feldmann@fibro.de
    PLZ 35000-36000, 57000, 60000, 61000, 65000
     Außendienst Lars Jahncke
     Locher Straße 44 · 42719 Solingen
     T +49 212 2543462 · F +49 212 2543390
     M +49 170 7637125 · l.jahncke@fibro.de
    PLZ 42000, 44000-46000, 58000-59000
     Außendienst Hartwig Hennemann
     Staubenthaler Höhe 79 · 42369 Wuppertal
     T +49 202 283 17 56 · F +49 202 759 55 80
     M +49 175 29 659 30
     h.hennemann@fibro.de
    PLZ 40000-41000, 42000, 47000, 50000-53000,
     Außendienst Oliver Koop
     Burgstraße 14 · 66780 Rehlingen-Siersburg
     T +49 6835 923 28 10 · F +49 6835 608 59 09
     M +49 175 438 53 81 · o.koop@fibro.de
    PLZ 54000-55000, 56000, 66000
     Außendienst Matthias Ehrenfried
     Steigerwaldstraße 25 · 74172 Neckarsulm
     T +49 7132 34 56 90 · F +49 7132 98 94 82
     M +49 171 864 95 52
     m.ehrenfried@fibro.de
    PLZ 71000, 74000, 75000, 97000
     Außendienst Manfred Wagner
     Breslauer Straße 57 · 74372 Sersheim
     T +49 7042 350 86 · F +49 7042 37 48 20
     M +49 170 563 52 30
     m.wagner@fibro.de
    PLZ 70000, 71000, 72000, 73000, 88000, 89000
     Außendienst Markus Rössl
     Johann-Strauß-Straße 16/1
     74906 Bad Rappenau
     T +49 7264 20 64 17 · F +49 7264 20 64 18
     M +49 160 97 25 23 93
     m.roessl@fibro.de
    PLZ 63000, 64000, 67000, 68000, 69000,
     76000, 77000
     Außendienst Matthias Jörg
     In der Krautbündt 44
     77656 Offenburg-Zunsweile
     M +49 151 21 28 25 00 · m.joerg@fibro.de
    PLZ 72000, 77000, 78000-79000, 88000
     Jugard + Künstner GmbH
     Landsberger Straße 289 · 80687 München
     T +49 89 546 15 60 · F +49 89 580 27 96
     muc@jugard-kuenstner.de
     www.jugard-kuenstner.de
    PLZ 80000-87000, 88000, 89000
     Jugard + Künstner GmbH
     Weidentalstraße 4 · 90518 Altdorf bei Nürnberg
     T +49 9187 936 69-0 · F +49 9187 936 69-90
     nbg@jugard-kuenstner.de
     www.jugard-kuenstner.de
    PLZ 90000-96000, 97000
     HELD Werkzeugmaschinen
     Präzisionswerkzeuge GmbH
     Sorge 34 · 07545 Gera
     T +49 365 824 91 0 · F +49 365 824 91 11
     info@held-wzm.de · www.held-wzm.de
    PLZ 01000-09000, 98000-99000
    AT Rath & Co. Ges. m.b.H.
     Teiritzstrasse 3 · 2100 Korneuburg
     T +43 2262 608 0 · F +43 2262 608 60
     office@rath-co.at · www.rath-co.at
    AU Bruderer Presses Australia Pty. Ltd.
     92 Trafalgar Street · Annandale, NSW 2038
     T +61 419 400 995 · F +61 296 864 809
     Brudsyd@tpgi.com.au
    BA Oro-Tech trgovina d.o.o.
     Ulica borcev 1/b · SI-2000 Maribor
     T +386 2 426 08 43 · F +386 2 426 08 44
     oro-tech.trgovina@siol.net
    BE Schiltz s.a.
     Rue Nestor Martin 315 · 1082 Bruxelles
     T +32 2 464 4830 · F +32 2 464 4839
     info@schiltz.be · www.schiltz-norms.be
    BG Bavaria 2002 EOOD
     Patriarh Evtimii 10
     5100 Gorna Orjachoviza
     T +359 618 64158 · F +359 618 64960
     bavaria2002@gorna.net
     www.bavaria2002.hit.bg
    BR Industécnica Equipamentos
     Industriais Ltda.
     Rua Jose Geraldo Alves Cursino, 414
     04773-120 São Paulo
     T +55 11 5548 4333 · F +55 11 5522 4400
     industecnica@fixo.com.br
     www.industecnica.com.br
    CA FIBRO Inc.
     139 Harrison Ave. · Rockford, IL 61104
     P. O. B. 5924 · Rockford, IL 61125
     T +1 815 229 1300 · F +1 815 229 1303
     info@fibroinc.com · www.fibro.com
    CH Außendienst David Lindauer
     Mühlegasse 18 · 6422 Steinen
     M +41 76 417 32 39
     d.lindauer@fibro.de · www.fibro.com
    CL Bermat S.A.
     Coyancura 2283, Of. 601
     Casilla 9781 · Santiago
     T +56 2 231 88 77 · F +56 2 231 42 94
     bermat@bermat.cl · www.bermat.cl
    CN FIBRO (Shanghai) Precision Products Co., Ltd.
     1 st Floor, Building 3, No. 253, Ai Du Road
     Pilot Free Trade Zone, Shanghai 200131
     T +86 21 6083 1596 · F +86 21 6083 1599
     info@fibro.cn · www.fibro.com
     Jilin Province Feibo Tooling Standard Parts Co., Ltd.
     Add: Room303, No. 5470, Xi’an Avenue,
     Luyuan District, Changchun City, Jilin Province
     T +86 431 8120 3792 · F +86 431 8120 3792
     feibomuju@sina.cn · www.fibro.com
     Shenzhen Poleda Investment Co.,Ltd.
     Add: 4/F, SED Technology Tower,
     No.1 Keji Road, Hi-tech Industrial Park,
     Nanshan District, Shenzhen
     T +86 755 2398 5026/2398 5029
     F +86 755 2398 5596
     anson@poleda.cn · www.fibro.com
    CY Militos Trading Ltd.
     P.O.B. 27297 · 1643 Nicosia
     T +357 22 75 12 56 · F +357 22 75 22 11
     militos@cytanet.com.cy
    VVB2-1 · 11/2016
    Vertretungen
    Representatives
    Représentations
    Rappresentantes
    Representaciones
    Przedstawicielstwa
    Zastoupení
    Mümessiller
    代表处
     info@fibro.de · www.fibro.com
     Geschäftsbereich Normalien
     Business Area Standard Parts
     Département Eléments normalisés
     Settore commerciale Normalizzati
     Sector Empresarial Elementos Normalizados
     Części znormalizowane
     Obchodní oddělení normovaných dílů
     İş Alanı Standart Kalıp Elemanları
     标准件事业部
     Postfach 1120 · 74851 Hassmersheim
     August-Läpple-Weg · 74855 Hassmersheim
     T +49 6266 73-0*· F +49 6266 73-237
    8
    CZ Gore, s.r.o.
     Košínova 3090/29a · 61200 Brno - Kralovo Pole
     T +42 541 219 607 · F +42 541 219 606
     obchod@gore.cz · www.gore.cz
    DK EBI A/S
     Naverland 29 St. Th · 2600 Glostrup
     T +45 4497 8111 · F +45 4468 0626
     ebi@ebi.dk · www.ebi.dk
    DZ Pneumacoupe Blida Boufarik
     86 Bld. Menad Mohamed
     Boufarik, 09400 Blida
     T +213 347 5655 · F +213 347 5655
     pneumacoupe@yahoo.fr
    EE CLE Baltic Oû
     Sära street 10 · Peetri village
     Rae county · 75312 Estonia
     T +372 780 3530 · F +372 668 8679
     roland.rebane@clegroup.com ·
     www.clebaltic.com
    EG Smeco
     68, Abdel Rahman El Raffei St.
     11351-Heliopolis West, Cairo
     T +20 2 620 06 71 · F +20 2 620 06 74
     r.metwally@tedata.net.eg
    ES Daunert Máquinas-Herramientas, S. A.
     c/. Tirso de Molina s/n Esquina
     c/. Albert Einstein
     Polígono Industrial Almeda
     08940 Cornellá de Llobregat · Barcelona
     T +34 93 475 1480 · F +34 93 377 6464
     info@daunert.com · www.daunert.com
    FI CLE
     Trollbergintie 10 · 10650 Tammisaari
     T +358 2075 19-600 · F +358 2075 19-619
     info@cle.fi · www.cle.fi
    FR FIBRO France Sarl
     26, avenue de l’Europe · 67300 Schiltigheim
     T +33 3 90 20 40 40 · F +33 3 88 81 08 29
     info@fibro.fr · www.fibro.com
    GB Bruderer UK Ltd.
     Unit H, Cradock Road
     Luton · Bedfordshire LU4 0JF
     T +44 1582 563 400 · F +44 1582 493 993
     mail@bruderer.co.uk · www.bruderer-presses.com
    GR Konstantinos Koutseris & Co. - MEK
     Pyloy 100 · 10441 Athen
     T +30 210 5220557 · F +30 210 5221208
     info@mek.com.gr · www.mek.com.gr
    HK FIBRO (Shanghai) Precision Products Co., Ltd.
     1 st Floor, Building 3, No. 253, Ai Du Road
     Pilot Free Trade Zone, Shanghai 200131
     T +86 21 6083 1596 · F +86 21 6083 1599
     info@fibro.cn · www.fibro.com
    HR WML Robert Bednjanec
     Vlaska 76 · 10000 Zagreb
     T +385 984 16005
     robert.bednjanec@net.hr
    HU Rath & Co. Ges. m.b.H.
     Teiritzstraße 3 · AT-2100 Korneuburg
     T +43 2 262 608 0 · F +43 2 262 608 60
     office@rath-co.at · www.rath-co.at
    ID FIBRO Asia Pte. Ltd.
     9, Changi South Street 3, #07-04
     Singapore 486361
     T +65 65 43 99 63 · F +65 65 43 99 62
     info@fibro-asia.com · www.fibro.com
    IE Bruderer UK Ltd.
     Unit H, Cradock Road
     Luton · Bedfordshire LU4 0JF
     T +44 1582 563 400 · F +44 1582 493 993
     mail@bruderer.co.uk · www.bruderer-presses.com
    IL A. J. Englander 1980 Ltd.
     13 Harechev Street · Tel Aviv 67771
     T +972 3 537 36 36 · F +972 3 537 33 25
     info@englander.co.il · www.englander.co.il
    IN FIBRO INDIA PRECISION PRODUCTS PVT. LTD.
     Plot No: A-55, Phase II, Chakan MIDC
     Taluka Khed, Pune - 410 501
     T +91-2135 67 09 03 · M +91-98810 00273
     info@fibro-india.com · www.fibro.com
    IR Eximrad Co.
     268 Dr. Mofatah Ave. · Tehran 15848
     T +98 21 8882 12 3 · F +98 21 8830 9778
     eximrad@yahoo.com
    IT Millutensil S.R.L.
     Corso Buenos Aires, 92 · 20124 Milano
     T +39 02 2940 4390 · F +39 02 204 6677
     info@millutensil.com · www.millutensil.com
    KR FIBRO Korea Co. Ltd.
     203-603, Bucheon Technopark
     Ssangyong 3 · 397,
     Seokcheon-ro, Ojeong-gu, Bucheon-si, Gyeonggi-do
     T +82 32 624 0630 · F +82 32 624 0631
     fibro_korea@fibro.kr · www.fibro.com
    LI Außendienst David Lindauer
     Sportplatzweg 10 · 6440 Brunnen
     M +41 76 4173 239
     d.lindauer@fibro.de · www.fibro.com
    LT Cle Baltic Oû
     Pramones gatve 94-7 · 11115 Vilnius, Lithuania
     T +370 663 56309 · F +370 520 40914
     info@clebaltic.com · www.clebaltic.com
    LV Cle Baltic Oû
     Starta iela 6b · 1026 Riga, Latvia
     T +371 671 39991· F +371 671 39992
     info@clebaltic.com · www.clebaltic.com
    MA Chiba Industrie
     Lot 59 Zone Industrielle · Mohammedia
     T +212 523 31 40 16/17/19
     F +212 523 30 39 85
     h.hind@chibaindustrie.com
    MX FIBRO Inc.
     139 Harrison Ave. · Rockford, IL 61104
     P. O. B. 5924 · Rockford, IL 61125
     T +1 815 229 1300 · F +1 815 229 1303
     info@fibroinc.com · www.fibro.com
    MY FIBRO Asia Pte. Ltd.
     9, Changi South Street 3, #07-04
     Singapore 486361
     T +65 65 43 99 63 · F +65 65 43 99 62
     info@fibro-asia.com · www.fibro.com
    NL Jeveka B.V.
     Platinaweg 4 · 1362 JL Almere Poort
     T +31 36 303 2000
     info@jeveka.com · www.jeveka.com
    NZ APS Tooling Ltd.
     17A Spring Street · Onehunga, Auckland, 1061
     T +64 9 579 2208 · F +64 9 579 2207
     info@apstools.co.nz
    PE Ing. E. Brammertz S.c.r.l.
     Av. José Pardo 182 · OF. 905
     Apartado 0173 · Miraflores, Lima 18
     T +51 1 445 81 78 · F +51 1 445 19 31
     braming@terra.com.pe
    PL Przedstawiciel Piotr Kaszuba
     ul. Lwa Tołstoja 14/5 · 56-400 Oleśnica
     T +48 71 398 53 08 · F +48 71 398 53 08
     M +48 609 987 285
     p.kaszuba@fibro.de · www.fibro.com
     Przedstawiciel Marcin Piętka
     Roczyny, ul. Bielska 8 · 34-120 Andrychow
     T +48 33 813 72 13 · M +48 605 987 284
     m.pietka@fibro.de · www.fibro.com
     Doradztwo Techniczne Michał Gadomski
     Suchatowka 8 · 88-140 Gniewkowo
     M +48 609 987 247
     m.gadomski@fibro.de · www.fibro.com
    PT Ferrometal Lda.
     Estrada Manuel Correia Lopes
     Parque Industrial Progresso, Armazém 1 · Polima
     2785-001 S. Domingos de Rana
     T +351 214 447 160 · F +351 214 447 169
     ferrometal@ferrometal.pt
    RO Reprezentant Vânzari Daniel Andrei Sibisan
     Str. Zizinului nr. 8, ap. 21 · Brasov, 500414
     T +40 744 44 05 83 · F +40 368 78 00 08
     d.sibisan@fibro.de · www.fibro.com
    RS Andrija Tesic, Dipl. Ing.
     Partisanska 12/a-II · 11090 Beograd
     T +381 11 2338 362 · F +381 11 2338 362
     atesic@verat.net
    RU CL Engineering & Co. Ltd.
     ul. Sofyiskaya 66 · 192289 S. Petersburg
     T +7 812 575 1592 · F +7 812 324 7388
     info@cleru.ru · www.cleru.ru
     OOO VTF Instrumsnab
     ul. Topolinaya 9A · 445047 Togliatti
     T +7 8482681424 · F +7 8482681452
     office@instrumsnab.ru · www.instrumsnab.ru
    SA Al Rasha Est
     Old Makkah Road - Kilo 3 · Dar Al Oloum Street
     P. O. Box 130029 · Jeddah 21372
     T +966 12 645 85 41 · F +966 12 645 85 39
     fibro.sa@gmail.com · www.al-rasha.com
    SE Lideco AB
     Verkstadsvägen 4 · 51463 Dalstorp
     T +46 321 53 03 50 · F +46 321 603 77
     info@lideco.se · www.lideco.se
    SG FIBRO Asia Pte. Ltd.
     9, Changi South Street 3, #07-04
     Singapore 486361
     T +65 65 43 99 63 · F +65 65 43 99 62
     info@fibro-asia.com · www.fibro.com
    SI Oro-Tech trgovina d.o.o.
     Ulica borcev 1/b · SI-2000 Maribor
     T +386 2 426 08 43 · F +386 2 426 08 44
     oro-tech.trgovina@siol.net
    SK Technicky konzultant Vladimir Tanecká
     CSA 89/8 · 96223 Ocova
     M +421 905 32 94 56
     v.tanecka@fibro.de · www.fibro.com
    TH FIBRO Asia Pte. Ltd.
     9, Changi South Street 3, #07-04
     Singapore 486361
     T +65 65 43 99 63 · F +65 65 43 99 62
     info@fibro-asia.com · www.fibro.com
    TR Ender Kesici ve Teknik Takimlar Sanayi Ticaret A.S.
     Tersane Caddesi No. 105
     34420 Karaköy/Istanbul
     T +90 212 253 2600 · F +90 212 254 5791
     info@enderltd.com · www.enderltd.com
    TW SunNan Enterprises Co. Ltd.
     2F, No. 7, Alley 6, Lane 235 · Pao-Chiao Road
     Hsin-Tien City · Taipei
     T +886 22917 6454 · F +886 22911 0398
     sun-ss@umail.hinet.net
    US FIBRO Inc.
     139 Harrison Ave. · Rockford, IL 61104
     P. O. B. 5924 · Rockford, IL 61125
     T +1 815 229 1300 · F +1 815 229 1303
     info@fibroinc.com · www.fibro.com
    ZA Herrmann & Herrmann Pty. Ltd.
     24, Shaft Road · P. O. B. 13030
     Knights 1413
     T +27 11 828 01 00 · F +27 11 828 60 21
     hermstools@mweb.co.za · www.hermstools.com
    VVB2-2 · 11/2016
    DE
     Außendienst Andreas Otto
     Immenweg 3 · 16356 Ahrensfelde OT Eiche
     T +49 30 423 97 15 · M +49 170 739 00 64
     a.otto@fibro.de
    PLZ 10000-19000
     Walter Ruff GmbH
     Heerenholz 9 · 28307 Bremen
     T +49 421 43878 0 · F +49 421 43878 22
     mail@praeziruff.de · www.praeziruff.de
    PLZ 20000-28000, 49000
     Außendienst Jörg Dyck
     Walter Ruff GmbH
     Postfach 450118 · 28295 Bremen
     T +49 421 43878 0 · F +49 421 43878 22
     M +49 173 9252243 · mail@praeziruff.de
    PLZ 29000-31000, 37000-39000
     Außendienst Dirk Bechinka
     Neuer Kamp 74 · 32584 Löhne
     M +49 170 5760009 · d.bechinka@fibro.de
    PLZ 32000-34000, 48000, 49000
     Außendienst Ralf Feldmann
     Wiesenstraße 23b · 58339 Breckerfeld
     M +49 151 12590159 · r.feldmann@fibro.de
    PLZ 35000-36000, 57000, 60000, 61000, 65000
     Außendienst Lars Jahncke
     Locher Straße 44 · 42719 Solingen
     T +49 212 2543462 · F +49 212 2543390
     M +49 170 7637125 · l.jahncke@fibro.de
    PLZ 42000, 44000-46000, 58000-59000
     Außendienst Hartwig Hennemann
     Staubenthaler Höhe 79 · 42369 Wuppertal
     T +49 202 283 17 56 · F +49 202 759 55 80
     M +49 175 29 659 30
     h.hennemann@fibro.de
    PLZ 40000-41000, 42000, 47000, 50000-53000,
     Außendienst Oliver Koop
     Burgstraße 14 · 66780 Rehlingen-Siersburg
     T +49 6835 923 28 10 · F +49 6835 608 59 09
     M +49 175 438 53 81 · o.koop@fibro.de
    PLZ 54000-55000, 56000, 66000
     Außendienst Matthias Ehrenfried
     Steigerwaldstraße 25 · 74172 Neckarsulm
     T +49 7132 34 56 90 · F +49 7132 98 94 82
     M +49 171 864 95 52
     m.ehrenfried@fibro.de
    PLZ 71000, 74000, 75000, 97000
     Außendienst Manfred Wagner
     Breslauer Straße 57 · 74372 Sersheim
     T +49 7042 350 86 · F +49 7042 37 48 20
     M +49 170 563 52 30
     m.wagner@fibro.de
    PLZ 70000, 71000, 72000, 73000, 88000, 89000
     Außendienst Markus Rössl
     Johann-Strauß-Straße 16/1
     74906 Bad Rappenau
     T +49 7264 20 64 17 · F +49 7264 20 64 18
     M +49 160 97 25 23 93
     m.roessl@fibro.de
    PLZ 63000, 64000, 67000, 68000, 69000,
     76000, 77000
     Außendienst Matthias Jörg
     In der Krautbündt 44
     77656 Offenburg-Zunsweile
     M +49 151 21 28 25 00 · m.joerg@fibro.de
    PLZ 72000, 77000, 78000-79000, 88000
     Jugard + Künstner GmbH
     Landsberger Straße 289 · 80687 München
     T +49 89 546 15 60 · F +49 89 580 27 96
     muc@jugard-kuenstner.de
     www.jugard-kuenstner.de
    PLZ 80000-87000, 88000, 89000
     Jugard + Künstner GmbH
     Weidentalstraße 4 · 90518 Altdorf bei Nürnberg
     T +49 9187 936 69-0 · F +49 9187 936 69-90
     nbg@jugard-kuenstner.de
     www.jugard-kuenstner.de
    PLZ 90000-96000, 97000
     HELD Werkzeugmaschinen
     Präzisionswerkzeuge GmbH
     Sorge 34 · 07545 Gera
     T +49 365 824 91 0 · F +49 365 824 91 11
     info@held-wzm.de · www.held-wzm.de
    PLZ 01000-09000, 98000-99000
    AT Rath & Co. Ges. m.b.H.
     Teiritzstrasse 3 · 2100 Korneuburg
     T +43 2262 608 0 · F +43 2262 608 60
     office@rath-co.at · www.rath-co.at
    AU Bruderer Presses Australia Pty. Ltd.
     92 Trafalgar Street · Annandale, NSW 2038
     T +61 419 400 995 · F +61 296 864 809
     Brudsyd@tpgi.com.au
    BA Oro-Tech trgovina d.o.o.
     Ulica borcev 1/b · SI-2000 Maribor
     T +386 2 426 08 43 · F +386 2 426 08 44
     oro-tech.trgovina@siol.net
    BE Schiltz s.a.
     Rue Nestor Martin 315 · 1082 Bruxelles
     T +32 2 464 4830 · F +32 2 464 4839
     info@schiltz.be · www.schiltz-norms.be
    BG Bavaria 2002 EOOD
     Patriarh Evtimii 10
     5100 Gorna Orjachoviza
     T +359 618 64158 · F +359 618 64960
     bavaria2002@gorna.net
     www.bavaria2002.hit.bg
    BR Industécnica Equipamentos
     Industriais Ltda.
     Rua Jose Geraldo Alves Cursino, 414
     04773-120 São Paulo
     T +55 11 5548 4333 · F +55 11 5522 4400
     industecnica@fixo.com.br
     www.industecnica.com.br
    CA FIBRO Inc.
     139 Harrison Ave. · Rockford, IL 61104
     P. O. B. 5924 · Rockford, IL 61125
     T +1 815 229 1300 · F +1 815 229 1303
     info@fibroinc.com · www.fibro.com
    CH Außendienst David Lindauer
     Mühlegasse 18 · 6422 Steinen
     M +41 76 417 32 39
     d.lindauer@fibro.de · www.fibro.com
    CL Bermat S.A.
     Coyancura 2283, Of. 601
     Casilla 9781 · Santiago
     T +56 2 231 88 77 · F +56 2 231 42 94
     bermat@bermat.cl · www.bermat.cl
    CN FIBRO (Shanghai) Precision Products Co., Ltd.
     1 st Floor, Building 3, No. 253, Ai Du Road
     Pilot Free Trade Zone, Shanghai 200131
     T +86 21 6083 1596 · F +86 21 6083 1599
     info@fibro.cn · www.fibro.com
     Jilin Province Feibo Tooling Standard Parts Co., Ltd.
     Add: Room303, No. 5470, Xi’an Avenue,
     Luyuan District, Changchun City, Jilin Province
     T +86 431 8120 3792 · F +86 431 8120 3792
     feibomuju@sina.cn · www.fibro.com
     Shenzhen Poleda Investment Co.,Ltd.
     Add: 4/F, SED Technology Tower,
     No.1 Keji Road, Hi-tech Industrial Park,
     Nanshan District, Shenzhen
     T +86 755 2398 5026/2398 5029
     F +86 755 2398 5596
     anson@poleda.cn · www.fibro.com
    CY Militos Trading Ltd.
     P.O.B. 27297 · 1643 Nicosia
     T +357 22 75 12 56 · F +357 22 75 22 11
     militos@cytanet.com.cy
    VVB2-1 · 11/2016
    Vertretungen
    Representatives
    Représentations
    Rappresentantes
    Representaciones
    Przedstawicielstwa
    Zastoupení
    Mümessiller
    代表处
     info@fibro.de · www.fibro.com
     Geschäftsbereich Normalien
     Business Area Standard Parts
     Département Eléments normalisés
     Settore commerciale Normalizzati
     Sector Empresarial Elementos Normalizados
     Części znormalizowane
     Obchodní oddělení normovaných dílů
     İş Alanı Standart Kalıp Elemanları
     标准件事业部
     Postfach 1120 · 74851 Hassmersheim
     August-Läpple-Weg · 74855 Hassmersheim
     T +49 6266 73-0*· F +49 6266 73-237
    CZ Gore, s.r.o.
     Košínova 3090/29a · 61200 Brno - Kralovo Pole
     T +42 541 219 607 · F +42 541 219 606
     obchod@gore.cz · www.gore.cz
    DK EBI A/S
     Naverland 29 St. Th · 2600 Glostrup
     T +45 4497 8111 · F +45 4468 0626
     ebi@ebi.dk · www.ebi.dk
    DZ Pneumacoupe Blida Boufarik
     86 Bld. Menad Mohamed
     Boufarik, 09400 Blida
     T +213 347 5655 · F +213 347 5655
     pneumacoupe@yahoo.fr
    EE CLE Baltic Oû
     Sära street 10 · Peetri village
     Rae county · 75312 Estonia
     T +372 780 3530 · F +372 668 8679
     roland.rebane@clegroup.com ·
     www.clebaltic.com
    EG Smeco
     68, Abdel Rahman El Raffei St.
     11351-Heliopolis West, Cairo
     T +20 2 620 06 71 · F +20 2 620 06 74
     r.metwally@tedata.net.eg
    ES Daunert Máquinas-Herramientas, S. A.
     c/. Tirso de Molina s/n Esquina
     c/. Albert Einstein
     Polígono Industrial Almeda
     08940 Cornellá de Llobregat · Barcelona
     T +34 93 475 1480 · F +34 93 377 6464
     info@daunert.com · www.daunert.com
    FI CLE
     Trollbergintie 10 · 10650 Tammisaari
     T +358 2075 19-600 · F +358 2075 19-619
     info@cle.fi · www.cle.fi
    FR FIBRO France Sarl
     26, avenue de l’Europe · 67300 Schiltigheim
     T +33 3 90 20 40 40 · F +33 3 88 81 08 29
     info@fibro.fr · www.fibro.com
    GB Bruderer UK Ltd.
     Unit H, Cradock Road
     Luton · Bedfordshire LU4 0JF
     T +44 1582 563 400 · F +44 1582 493 993
     mail@bruderer.co.uk · www.bruderer-presses.com
    GR Konstantinos Koutseris & Co. - MEK
     Pyloy 100 · 10441 Athen
     T +30 210 5220557 · F +30 210 5221208
     info@mek.com.gr · www.mek.com.gr
    HK FIBRO (Shanghai) Precision Products Co., Ltd.
     1 st Floor, Building 3, No. 253, Ai Du Road
     Pilot Free Trade Zone, Shanghai 200131
     T +86 21 6083 1596 · F +86 21 6083 1599
     info@fibro.cn · www.fibro.com
    HR WML Robert Bednjanec
     Vlaska 76 · 10000 Zagreb
     T +385 984 16005
     robert.bednjanec@net.hr
    HU Rath & Co. Ges. m.b.H.
     Teiritzstraße 3 · AT-2100 Korneuburg
     T +43 2 262 608 0 · F +43 2 262 608 60
     office@rath-co.at · www.rath-co.at
    ID FIBRO Asia Pte. Ltd.
     9, Changi South Street 3, #07-04
     Singapore 486361
     T +65 65 43 99 63 · F +65 65 43 99 62
     info@fibro-asia.com · www.fibro.com
    IE Bruderer UK Ltd.
     Unit H, Cradock Road
     Luton · Bedfordshire LU4 0JF
     T +44 1582 563 400 · F +44 1582 493 993
     mail@bruderer.co.uk · www.bruderer-presses.com
    IL A. J. Englander 1980 Ltd.
     13 Harechev Street · Tel Aviv 67771
     T +972 3 537 36 36 · F +972 3 537 33 25
     info@englander.co.il · www.englander.co.il
    IN FIBRO INDIA PRECISION PRODUCTS PVT. LTD.
     Plot No: A-55, Phase II, Chakan MIDC
     Taluka Khed, Pune - 410 501
     T +91-2135 67 09 03 · M +91-98810 00273
     info@fibro-india.com · www.fibro.com
    IR Eximrad Co.
     268 Dr. Mofatah Ave. · Tehran 15848
     T +98 21 8882 12 3 · F +98 21 8830 9778
     eximrad@yahoo.com
    IT Millutensil S.R.L.
     Corso Buenos Aires, 92 · 20124 Milano
     T +39 02 2940 4390 · F +39 02 204 6677
     info@millutensil.com · www.millutensil.com
    KR FIBRO Korea Co. Ltd.
     203-603, Bucheon Technopark
     Ssangyong 3 · 397,
     Seokcheon-ro, Ojeong-gu, Bucheon-si, Gyeonggi-do
     T +82 32 624 0630 · F +82 32 624 0631
     fibro_korea@fibro.kr · www.fibro.com
    LI Außendienst David Lindauer
     Sportplatzweg 10 · 6440 Brunnen
     M +41 76 4173 239
     d.lindauer@fibro.de · www.fibro.com
    LT Cle Baltic Oû
     Pramones gatve 94-7 · 11115 Vilnius, Lithuania
     T +370 663 56309 · F +370 520 40914
     info@clebaltic.com · www.clebaltic.com
    LV Cle Baltic Oû
     Starta iela 6b · 1026 Riga, Latvia
     T +371 671 39991· F +371 671 39992
     info@clebaltic.com · www.clebaltic.com
    MA Chiba Industrie
     Lot 59 Zone Industrielle · Mohammedia
     T +212 523 31 40 16/17/19
     F +212 523 30 39 85
     h.hind@chibaindustrie.com
    MX FIBRO Inc.
     139 Harrison Ave. · Rockford, IL 61104
     P. O. B. 5924 · Rockford, IL 61125
     T +1 815 229 1300 · F +1 815 229 1303
     info@fibroinc.com · www.fibro.com
    MY FIBRO Asia Pte. Ltd.
     9, Changi South Street 3, #07-04
     Singapore 486361
     T +65 65 43 99 63 · F +65 65 43 99 62
     info@fibro-asia.com · www.fibro.com
    NL Jeveka B.V.
     Platinaweg 4 · 1362 JL Almere Poort
     T +31 36 303 2000
     info@jeveka.com · www.jeveka.com
    NZ APS Tooling Ltd.
     17A Spring Street · Onehunga, Auckland, 1061
     T +64 9 579 2208 · F +64 9 579 2207
     info@apstools.co.nz
    PE Ing. E. Brammertz S.c.r.l.
     Av. José Pardo 182 · OF. 905
     Apartado 0173 · Miraflores, Lima 18
     T +51 1 445 81 78 · F +51 1 445 19 31
     braming@terra.com.pe
    PL Przedstawiciel Piotr Kaszuba
     ul. Lwa Tołstoja 14/5 · 56-400 Oleśnica
     T +48 71 398 53 08 · F +48 71 398 53 08
     M +48 609 987 285
     p.kaszuba@fibro.de · www.fibro.com
     Przedstawiciel Marcin Piętka
     Roczyny, ul. Bielska 8 · 34-120 Andrychow
     T +48 33 813 72 13 · M +48 605 987 284
     m.pietka@fibro.de · www.fibro.com
     Doradztwo Techniczne Michał Gadomski
     Suchatowka 8 · 88-140 Gniewkowo
     M +48 609 987 247
     m.gadomski@fibro.de · www.fibro.com
    PT Ferrometal Lda.
     Estrada Manuel Correia Lopes
     Parque Industrial Progresso, Armazém 1 · Polima
     2785-001 S. Domingos de Rana
     T +351 214 447 160 · F +351 214 447 169
     ferrometal@ferrometal.pt
    RO Reprezentant Vânzari Daniel Andrei Sibisan
     Str. Zizinului nr. 8, ap. 21 · Brasov, 500414
     T +40 744 44 05 83 · F +40 368 78 00 08
     d.sibisan@fibro.de · www.fibro.com
    RS Andrija Tesic, Dipl. Ing.
     Partisanska 12/a-II · 11090 Beograd
     T +381 11 2338 362 · F +381 11 2338 362
     atesic@verat.net
    RU CL Engineering & Co. Ltd.
     ul. Sofyiskaya 66 · 192289 S. Petersburg
     T +7 812 575 1592 · F +7 812 324 7388
     info@cleru.ru · www.cleru.ru
     OOO VTF Instrumsnab
     ul. Topolinaya 9A · 445047 Togliatti
     T +7 8482681424 · F +7 8482681452
     office@instrumsnab.ru · www.instrumsnab.ru
    SA Al Rasha Est
     Old Makkah Road - Kilo 3 · Dar Al Oloum Street
     P. O. Box 130029 · Jeddah 21372
     T +966 12 645 85 41 · F +966 12 645 85 39
     fibro.sa@gmail.com · www.al-rasha.com
    SE Lideco AB
     Verkstadsvägen 4 · 51463 Dalstorp
     T +46 321 53 03 50 · F +46 321 603 77
     info@lideco.se · www.lideco.se
    SG FIBRO Asia Pte. Ltd.
     9, Changi South Street 3, #07-04
     Singapore 486361
     T +65 65 43 99 63 · F +65 65 43 99 62
     info@fibro-asia.com · www.fibro.com
    SI Oro-Tech trgovina d.o.o.
     Ulica borcev 1/b · SI-2000 Maribor
     T +386 2 426 08 43 · F +386 2 426 08 44
     oro-tech.trgovina@siol.net
    SK Technicky konzultant Vladimir Tanecká
     CSA 89/8 · 96223 Ocova
     M +421 905 32 94 56
     v.tanecka@fibro.de · www.fibro.com
    TH FIBRO Asia Pte. Ltd.
     9, Changi South Street 3, #07-04
     Singapore 486361
     T +65 65 43 99 63 · F +65 65 43 99 62
     info@fibro-asia.com · www.fibro.com
    TR Ender Kesici ve Teknik Takimlar Sanayi Ticaret A.S.
     Tersane Caddesi No. 105
     34420 Karaköy/Istanbul
     T +90 212 253 2600 · F +90 212 254 5791
     info@enderltd.com · www.enderltd.com
    TW SunNan Enterprises Co. Ltd.
     2F, No. 7, Alley 6, Lane 235 · Pao-Chiao Road
     Hsin-Tien City · Taipei
     T +886 22917 6454 · F +886 22911 0398
     sun-ss@umail.hinet.net
    US FIBRO Inc.
     139 Harrison Ave. · Rockford, IL 61104
     P. O. B. 5924 · Rockford, IL 61125
     T +1 815 229 1300 · F +1 815 229 1303
     info@fibroinc.com · www.fibro.com
    ZA Herrmann & Herrmann Pty. Ltd.
     24, Shaft Road · P. O. B. 13030
     Knights 1413
     T +27 11 828 01 00 · F +27 11 828 60 21
     hermstools@mweb.co.za · www.hermstools.com
    VVB2-2 · 11/2016
    9
    Alphabetical content
    subject to alterations
    24°-cone-threaded joint F382, F384
    Accessories for punches E185
    Accessories for Retainers, triangular, for Ball-Lock
    Punches E178
    Accessories for retainers, triangular, for punches
    ISO 8020 E184
    ACCU-LOCK Fixture device for ball-lock punches,
    heavy duty E180
    ACCU-LOCK Fixture device for ball-lock punches,
    light duty E179
    Adjusting washer D256, F83, L11
    Adjusting washer, CNOMO D258, D260
    Air pin, according to VW standard D264
    Air springs to VW standard F355
    Aligning- and tryout press unit A59
    Aluminium plate ~ISO 6753-1 A39, B7
    Anaerobic metal adhesives for securing of screws and
    bearing bushes H10
    Angled guide gib, Bronze with solid lubricant
    D228, D230-
    D235
    Angled guide gib, Bronze with solid lubricant, CNOMO D229
    Anti-rotation elements
    E125, E127,
    E129, E131,
    E133, E137,
    E139, E141,
    E143, E145
    Assembling cone F405
    Assembly Arrangenment of Gas Springs in Servial
    Connection Compression Fitting F381
    Attachment point screwable profilift delta C29
    Attachment point screwable profilift gamma C26
    Attachment point screwable profilift gamma ring nut C27
    Attachment point weldable profilift eta C39
    Ball bearing guide, complete L29
    Ball bearing guides - Loading Diagram D290
    Ball bearing guides - Tables of dynamic load indexes D291
    Ball bearing insert with collar J10
    Ball bearing insert without collar J10
    Ball bearing rail J11
    Ball cage with assembly aid, Aluminium D105
    Ball cage with assembly aid, Brass D104
    Ball cage with circlip and fastening ring groove,
    Aluminium D107
    Ball cage with circlip and fastening ring groove, Brass D106
    Ball cage with circlip groove, Aluminium D103
    Ball cage with circlip groove, Brass D102
    Ball cage, plastic, for highest stroking speed D71
    Ball cage, small dimension D26
    Ball guide unit to Mercedes-Benz Standard D67
    Ball lock pilot pin, with parabolic tip, heavy duty E102
    Ball lock pilot pin, with parabolic tip, light duty E76
    Ball lock pilot pin, with tapered tip, heavy duty E101
    Ball lock pilot pin, with tapered tip, light duty E75
    Ball lock punch, blank, heavy duty E77
    Ball lock punch, blank, light duty E51
    Ball lock punch, blank, with ejector pin, heavy duty E83
    Ball lock punch, blank, with ejector pin, light duty E57
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, blank, heavy
    duty E89
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, blank, light duty E63
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, blank, with
    ejector pin, heavy duty E95
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, blank, with
    ejector pin, light duty E69
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, rectangle with
    radiussed corners, heavy duty E94
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, rectangle with
    radiussed corners, light duty E68
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, rectangle with
    radiussed corners, with ejector pin, heavy duty E100
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, rectangle with
    radiussed corners, with ejector pin, light duty E74
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, rectangular,
    heavy duty E92
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, rectangular,
    light duty E66
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, rectangular,
    with ejector pin, heavy duty E98
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, rectangular,
    with ejector pin, light duty E72
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, round,
    heavy duty E90
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, round,
    light duty E64
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, round, with
    ejector pin, heavy duty E96
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, round, with
    ejector pin, light duty E70
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, slot, heavy duty E93
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, slot, light duty E67
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, slot, with
    ejector pin, heavy duty E99
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, slot, with
    ejector pin, light duty E73
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, square,
    heavy duty E91
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, square,
    light duty E65
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, square, with
    ejector pin, heavy duty E97
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, square, with
    ejector pin, light duty E71
    Ball lock punch, stepped, rectangle with radiussed
    corners, heavy duty E82
    Ball lock punch, stepped, rectangle with radiussed
    corners, light duty E56
    Ball lock punch, stepped, rectangle with radiussed
    corners, with ejector pin, heavy duty E88
    Ball lock punch, stepped, rectangle with radiussed
    corners, with ejector pin, light duty E62
    Ball lock punch, stepped, rectangular, heavy duty E80
    Ball lock punch, stepped, rectangular, light duty E54
    Ball lock punch, stepped, rectangular, with ejector pin,
    heavy duty E86
    Ball lock punch, stepped, rectangular, with ejector pin,
    light duty E60
    Ball lock punch, stepped, round, heavy duty E78
    Ball lock punch, stepped, round, light duty E52
    Ball lock punch, stepped, round, with ejector pin,
    heavy duty E84
    Ball lock punch, stepped, round, with ejector pin,
    light duty E58
    Ball lock punch, stepped, slot, heavy duty E81
    Ball lock punch, stepped, slot, light duty E55
    Ball lock punch, stepped, slot, with ejector pin,
    heavy duty E87
    Ball lock punch, stepped, slot, with ejector pin, light duty E61
    Ball lock punch, stepped, square, heavy duty E79
    Ball lock punch, stepped, square, light duty E53
    Ball lock punch, stepped, square, with ejector pin,
    heavy duty E85
    Ball lock punch, stepped, square, with ejector pin,
    light duty E59
    Blanking and forming with FIBROFLEX®-Elastomers G27-G33
    Bolster insert plate A58
    Bolt guide L42
    Bolt-on die set shank, ~DIN ISO 10242-2 C11
    Bush for die lifting bolt C49
    Cable - straight D285, D289
    Cable, 90° connector D285, D289
    Cage retainer D269-D271
    Cam slide units KBV 1 K6
    Centering unit D255, L10
    10
    Alphabetical content
    subject to alterations
    Centering unit with adjusting washer D254
    Centring pin D261
    Centring pin to Mercedes-Benz standard D262
    Centring sleeve L13
    Centring unit, CNOMO D257, D259
    Centring unit, flat L10
    Circlip DIN 471 D113
    Clamp, forked shape, DIN 6315-B C52
    Clamp, goose neck shape, DIN 6316 C55
    Clamp, goose neck shape, with setscrew C55
    Clamp, straight, DIN 6314 C54
    Clamp, straight, with setscrew C54
    Clamping claw, goose-neck shape C52
    Clamping claw, infinitely variable C53
    Clamping flange with retaining ring, ~AFNOR D53
    Clamping tool set C68-C69
    Cleaner H11
    Compact gas spring F273-F291
    Compact Nitrogen Booster F400-F401
    Comparative graphs E15
    Composite plates F357
    Compression Fitting – Compound Threaded Joints F379-F380
    Compression Pad F108
    Concertina shroud for gas springs F366-F367
    Concertina shroud with spacer bush D265
    Concertina shroud with spacer tube D267
    Connecting hose with 24° cone F383
    Connector system 24° conus micro F385-F389
    Connector system micro F388
    Control fitting
    F391-F392,
    F394
    Control fitting for gas springs F391
    Controllable gas springs F354
    Conveyor belt, electrically controlled J22-J25
    Counter view, mechanical J16
    Coupling spigot A42
    Coupling spigot with flange C12
    Coupling spigot with thread C12
    Cyanoacrylate adhesive H12
    Cylinder pressure regulator F399
    Damper for lifting units to Mercedes-Benz F150
    Damper stopper F96
    Damper, heavy-duty F94
    Damper, light-duty F92-F93
    Damping unit SD F97
    Date stamp complete (short version), embossed letteringL59
    Date stamp complete, embossed lettering L58
    Deflection of pillars and bending equation D25
    Delimiting guide for conveyor belt J26
    Delimiting guide with loss prevention for conveyor belt J27
    Demountable guide pillar with centre fixing D72, D74
    Demountable guide pillar with centre fixing and ring nut D76
    Demountable guide pillar with conical centre fixing D77
    Demountable guide pillar, conical, with ball cage
    retainer, DIN 9825/ISO 9182-4/AFNOR D42
    Diaphragm pressure switch F395
    Die lifting bolt with safety ring and spring,
    CNOMO Standard C48
    Die lifting bolt with safety ring and spring,
    to VW standard C47
    Die lifting bolt with safety ring, for lifting flange 2133.12. C50
    Die lifting bolt with safety ring, VDI 3366 C46
    Die set
    A17-A18,
    A20-A21
    Die set ~DIN 9816 Shape D A13
    Die set ~DIN 9868/ISO 11415 A24-A31
    Die set DIN 9812 Shape C/CG A14
    Die set DIN 9812 Type D/DG A10
    Die set DIN 9814 Shape C/CG A15
    Die set DIN 9814 Type D/DG A11
    Die set DIN 9816 Shape D A12
    Die set DIN 9819 Shape C/CG A16
    Die set DIN 9822 Shape C A19
    Die set ECO-LINE A36-A37
    Die set press unit A40-A41
    Die set press units - Accessories A42
    Die set shank with collar C11
    Die set shank, straight C10
    Die set to customers’ specifications, Aluminium A32-A35
    Die set to customers’ specifications, Steel A32-A35
    Disc spring DIN 2093 F62
    Double vortex ring screw C35
    Double vortex ring screw Mega DSS C37
    Double vortex ring screw with centring C36
    Double vortice hook C31
    Double vortice ring C32
    Double vortice ring with central device C33
    Double vortice ring with internal thread C34, C38
    Dowel pin according to DIN EN ISO 8734 E203
    Dowel pin similar to DIN EN ISO 8734 E202
    Dowel pin with internal extracting thread, according to
    DIN EN ISO 8735 E197
    Dowel pin with internal extracting thread, similar to
    DIN EN ISO 8735 E196
    Drill bush with collar, DIN 172, Shape A E204
    Drill bush without collar, DIN 179, Shape A E205
    Dynamic stripping element (DAE) E166
    Dynamometer for gas springs F402-F403
    Ejector pin, hardened, DIN ISO 6751 L44-L45
    Ejector pin, hardened, round stepped, DIN ISO 8694 L48
    Ejector pin, hardened, similar to DIN 1530 Shape D L50-L51
    Ejector pin, nitrided, DIN ISO 6751 L46-L47
    Ejector pin, nitrided, round stepped, DIN ISO 8694 L49
    Ejector pin, nitrided, similar to DIN 1530 Shape D L52
    Ejector rod L12
    Ejector sleeve, hardened, DIN ISO 8405 L56
    Ejector sleeve, nitrided, DIN ISO 8405 L57
    Elastomer Stripper E190
    Electro-mechanical transporter -
    horizontal centre gear position, two slides, with profile
    and support J38
    Electro-mechanical transporter -
    horizontal gear position J35
    Electro-mechanical transporter -
    horizontal gear position, two slides, with profile and
    support J37
    Electro-mechanical transporter -
    horizontal gear position, with profile and support J36
    Electro-mechanical transporter -
    vertical centre gear position, two slides, with profile and
    support J38
    Electro-mechanical transporter -
    vertical gear position J35
    Electro-mechanical transporter -
    vertical gear position, two slides, with profile and
    support J37
    Electro-mechanical transporter -
    vertical gear position, with profile and support J36
    Electro-mechanical transporters -
    Angled mounting with adapter plate J41
    Electro-mechanical transporters -
    Distance J40
    Electro-mechanical transporters -
    Fastening element J39
    Electro-mechanical transporters -
    Fastening element with height adjustment system J39
    Electro-mechanical transporters -
    Quick clamp for guiding system J40
    Electronic thread moulding J7-J9
    FIBRO Compact Cam (FCC) Tool slides K7
    11
    Alphabetical content
    subject to alterations
    FIBROELAST® Tubular spring element 70 Shore A F72
    FIBROELAST®-Hollow round rod G20
    FIBROELAST®-Plate G18
    FIBROELAST®-Round rod G19
    FIBROFIX®-SECHS - Application examples H18-H19
    FIBROFIX®-SECHS - Application with the injection gun H17
    FIBROFLEX® - Blanking, forming and embossing tools -
    Application examples G23-G25
    FIBROFLEX® - Technical data G8-G9
    FIBROFLEX®-Elastomer spring for FIBROFLEX®-Spring
    system F64
    FIBROFLEX®-Hollow round rod G15
    FIBROFLEX®-Hollow Square rod G13
    FIBROFLEX®-Hollow triangular rod (60°) G17
    FIBROFLEX®-Plate G10
    FIBROFLEX®-Round rod G14
    FIBROFLEX®-Square rod G11
    FIBROFLEX®-Triangular rod (60°) G16
    FIBROFLEX®-Tubular spring element F87
    FIBROFLEX®-Tubular spring element 80 Shore A, to
    DIN ISO 10069-1 F66
    FIBROFLEX®-Tubular spring element 90 Shore A, to
    DIN ISO 10069-1 F68
    FIBROFLEX®-Tubular spring element 95 Shore A, to
    DIN ISO 10069-1 F70
    FIBROFLEX®-U-Profil rod G12
    FIBROLIT®-MK - Technical data H8
    FIBROLIT®-ZWO - Application examples H18-H19
    FIBROZIPP E198
    Filling and control fitting F399
    Filling hose F399
    Fine blanking die set A22
    Flanged guide bush "ECO-LINE", Bronze with solid
    lubricant rings, ISO 9448-4 D140-D142
    Flanged guide bush "ECO-LINE", bronzeplated,
    ISO 9448- 4 D137-D139
    Flanged guide bush for ball bearing, ISO 9448-5 D143-D145
    Flanged guide bush with ball cage retainer D110-D111
    Flanged guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with
    long-term lubrication, ISO 9448-4 D134-D136
    Flat ejector pin, hardened, similar to DIN ISO 8693 L54
    Flat ejector pin, nitrided, similar to DIN ISO 8693 L55
    Flat guide bar with two sliding surfaces, Bronze with
    solid lubricant D174
    Flat guide bar, Bronze with solid lubricant
    D171-D173,
    D175-D176
    Flat mushroom head screw with hexagon socket C65
    Flex cam K3
    Fluid Metal H12
    Foil shim B20
    Forming / Demoulding L41
    Gas spring (Spring plunger) MOULD LINE, with hexagon
    socket L72-L73
    Gas spring (Spring plunger), to WDX F179
    Gas spring (Spring plunger), with hexagon socket,
    VDI 3004 F176-F178
    Gas spring connection systems F368
    Gas spring CX, Compact Xtreme F266-F271
    Gas spring DS
    F315, F317-
    F323
    Gas spring HEAVy DUTy F213-F229
    Gas spring MOULD LINE L63, L74-L81
    Gas spring MOULD LINE - Description L64-L66
    Gas spring MOULD LINE - Installation instructions L67-L68
    Gas spring POWERLINE F239-F263
    Gas spring SPEED CONTROL, cushioned F303-F313
    Gas spring with external thread F328-F332
    Gas spring with hexagonal flange F336
    Gas spring with male fixing thread, POWERLINE F334-F335
    Gas spring with male fixing thread, small mounting
    height F333
    Gas spring with thread F327
    Gas spring with through bore passage F231-F237
    Gas spring, small dimension and low force F181-F193
    Gas spring, Standard F195-F211
    Gas spring, with low build height
    F293, F295-
    F301
    Gas springs - Accessories F359
    Gas springs - Application examples F409-F416
    Gas springs - Description F164-F167
    Gas springs - General overview F23
    Gas springs - Mounting Directions F168-F169
    Gas springs - Synopsis F172-F174
    Gas springs (Spring plungers) F175
    Gas springs for working temperatures up to 120 ° C F337
    Gas springs from FIBRO - The Safer Choice
    F170-F171,
    L70-L71
    Gas springs with fastening to Ford standard WDX F325
    Gauge pin DIN 2269 E206
    Gauge pin holder E208
    Gauge pin with handle E209
    Gauge pins - boxed set E209
    Guide D279
    Guide bar with four sliding surfaces, Bronze with solid
    lubricant D219
    Guide bar with one sliding surfaces, Bronze with solid
    lubricant D220
    Guide bar with three sliding surfaces, Bronze with solid
    lubricant D217, D221
    Guide bar with two sliding surfaces, Bronze with solid
    lubricant D218
    Guide bar with two sliding surfaces, Bronze with solid
    lubricant, CNOMO D216
    Guide bar with two sliding surfaces, Bronze with solid
    lubricant, VDI 3357 D215
    Guide bearing for ball bearing guide D87
    Guide bearing low build height, for ball bearing guide D93
    Guide bearing with headed guide bush with solid lubri-
    cant D94
    Guide bearing with screw holes, for ball bearing guide D90
    Guide bearing with screw holes, sintered guide D89
    Guide bearing with solid lubricant D84
    Guide bearing, low build height, sintered guide D92
    Guide bearing, sintered guide D86
    Guide bracket, Bronze with solid lubricant, VDI 3387 D223
    Guide bracket, Steel with solid lubricant, VDI 3387 D222
    Guide bush "ECO-LINE", Bronze with solid lubrication
    rings, ISO 9448-2 D98
    Guide bush "ECO-LINE", bronzeplated, ISO 9448-2 D97
    Guide bush for ball bearing, AFNOR D100
    Guide bush for ball bearing, for highest stroking speed D70
    Guide bush for ball bearing, ISO 9448-3 D70, D99
    Guide bush for ball bearing, small dimension D26
    Guide bush for ball bearing, with stroke limitation D101
    Guide bush for punch DIN 9845, Shape C E152
    Guide bush for punch ISO 8978 E153
    Guide bush for spring ram 2478.20. .1 F162
    Guide bush with collar, bronze coated, ~AFNOR D155
    Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant
    D162-D165,
    L30-L33
    Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant,
    CNOMO D169
    Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant,
    DIN 9834/ISO 9448 D166
    Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant,
    NAAMS D167-D168
    Guide bush with collar, Bronze, CNOMO D170
    Guide bush with collar, for ball bearing, ~AFNOR D154
    Guide bush, Bronze L36-L37
    12
    Alphabetical content
    subject to alterations
    Guide bush, Bronze with solid lubricant
    D160-D161,
    L34-L35
    Guide Bush, headed L27
    Guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term
    lubrication, ISO 9448-2 D96
    Guide elements - Mounting guidelines, Dimension tablesD292-D298
    Guide elements - Pairing classification D22-D23
    Guide elements - Selection matrix D24
    Guide elements for mould making L9
    Guide pillar L14-L15
    Guide pillar "ECO-Line" endwise bolt-on type, ~DIN 9825/
    ~ISO 9182-2 D38
    Guide pillar "ECO-Line", ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-2 D36
    Guide pillar (Angle pin) L25
    Guide pillar DIN 9825/ISO 9182-2 D27
    Guide pillar endwise bolt-on type with ball cage,
    ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-2 D34
    Guide pillar endwise bolt-on type,
    ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182- 2 D32
    Guide pillar for large tools, DIN 9833/ISO 9182-3 D47
    Guide pillar for lifting unit to Mercedes-Benz F148
    Guide pillar with 5° pilot taper, to VW-Standard D48
    Guide pillar with ball cage retainer D28
    Guide pillar with collar D69
    Guide pillar with collar "ECO-LINE" D68
    Guide pillar with collar and ball cage retainer D64
    Guide pillar with collar, screw clamp retention,
    DIN 9825/ ~ISO 9182-5 D62
    Guide pillar with collar, to WDX D60
    Guide pillar with flange L24
    Guide pillar with groove D59
    Guide pillar with groove, to CNOMO D58
    Guide pillar with groove, to VW D50
    Guide pillar with internal thread on both sides,
    ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-2 D29
    Guide pillar with internal thread on bottom, ~DIN 9825/
    ~ISO 9182-2 D30
    Guide pillar with internal thread on top, ~DIN 9825/
    ~ISO 9182-2 D31
    Guide pillar with pilot tapper and groove, to Mercedes-
    Benz Standard D56
    Guide pillar with pilot tapper, VDI 3356 D49
    Guide pillar with retaining ring groove, ~AFNOR D52
    Guide pillar with snap ring groove, to Mercedes-Benz
    Standard D54
    Guide pillar, conical, DIN 9825/ISO 9182-4/AFNOR D40
    Guide pillar, shouldered L16-L19
    Guide pin F78
    Guide sleeve L26
    Guide to Mercedes-Benz Standard - hardened D281
    Guide to Mercedes-Benz Standard - unhardened D280
    Guide unit with center fixing MILLION GUIDE D82
    Guide unit with collar MILLION GUIDE D80
    Guide with part position control and spring D282
    Guide with part position control, VDI D283
    Headed guide bush "ECO-LINE", Bronze with solid
    lubricant rings, ISO 9448-6 D126-D128
    Headed guide bush "ECO-LINE", bronzeplated, ISO 9448-6D123-D125
    Headed guide bush for ball bearing, ~AFNOR D150, D152
    Headed guide bush for ball bearing, ISO 9448-7 D129-D133
    Headed guide bush with ball cage retainer D108-D109
    Headed guide bush, bronze coated, ISO 9448-6 D115-D117
    Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with
    long-term lubrication, ~AFNOR D146-D148
    Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with
    long-term lubrication, ISO 9448-6 D118-D122
    Helical spring for ball cage retention D268
    Hexagon Nut DIN 6330 B C57
    Hexagon nut with collar, DIN 6331 C58
    Hexagon socket countersunk head cap screw, ISO 10642
    - Strength class 8.8 C64
    Hexagon socket head cap screw, DIN EN ISO 4762 -
    Strength class 12.9 C61
    Hexagon socket head cap screw, DIN EN ISO 4762 -
    Strength class 8.8 C60
    Hexagon socket head cap screw, with low profile head
    and key guide, DIN 6912 - Strength class 8.8 C62
    Hexagon socket head cap screw, with low profile head,
    DIN 7984 - Strength class 8.8 C63
    High performance compression spring DIN ISO 10243 F30-F59
    High performance compression spring, 3XLF, Colour
    "White" F60
    High performance compression spring, XSF, Colour
    "Violet" F28-F29
    High performance compression springs - Cyclic stress
    maxima/minima as applicable to extended/limited life F27
    High performance compression springs - Description F26
    High-Precision special parts to customer´s drawings E192-E193
    Hinge for spacer F113
    Hoisting snap link, omnidirectional C28
    Holding sleeve for lifter units to BMW standard F154
    Hose press, pneumatic F407
    Hose shears F407
    Inductive proximity switch D284, D288
    Injection gun for FIBROFIX®-SECHS H7
    Insert sleeve with thrust pin VDI 3374 Shape A E25
    Insert sleeve with thrust pin VDI 3374 Shape B E26
    Insertion tool F138
    Installation frame for counter view J17
    Instruction for hose assembly in the Minimess system F369
    LCF Gas Spring, damped
    F339-F342,
    F344-F353
    Leak Detector Spray FIBROLIT®-LSP H11
    Lifter pin for press tool strips D273
    Lifter rail for lifter units to BMW standard F154
    Lifter stud C17
    Lifter stud VDI 3366 C15
    Lifter stud with cable securing device C16
    Lifter stud with cable securing device, with welded disc C15
    Lifter unit with installation block to BMW standard F153
    Lifter unit with pillar guidance F158-F159
    Lifter, round with pilot pin hole to BMW standard F152
    Lifting eye bolt, high tensile C18, C25
    Lifting eye bolt, rotatable C19
    Lifting flange with bolt with safety ring C42-C43
    Lifting flange with bolt with safety ring, to AUDI C41
    Lifting flange with bolt with safety ring, to BMW C40
    Lifting flange with bolt with safety ring, with feather key,
    to BMW C45
    Lifting flange with bolt with safety ring, with feather key,
    to CNOMO Standard C44
    Lifting unit (not damped/damped) to Mercedes-Benz F147
    Liner bush for dowel pin, for bonding E200
    Liner bush for dowel pin, for push fit E201
    Locating bolt F76
    Locating bolt, threaded F76
    Locating guide bush, headed L28
    Locating guide pillar, shouldered L20-L23
    Locating plate for guide pillar, to VW D51
    Long-term lubrication for sintered metal plain bearings -
    Oil FIBROLIT®-OEL-LD H15
    Long-term lubrication for sintered metal plain bearings -
    Grease FIBROLIT®-FETT-LD H15
    Manifoldsystems F356
    Marking out blue FIBROLIT®-ARF H13
    Matrix with collar for dynamic stripper (DAE), blank E170
    Matrix with collar for dynamic stripper (DAE), round E172
    Matrix with collar, conical E159
    Matrix with collar, cylindrical E157
    Matrix with collar, DIN 9845 Shape B E155
    Matrix with shoulder, blank, ISO 8977 E135
    13
    Alphabetical content
    subject to alterations
    Matrix with shoulder, rectangle with radiussed corners,
    ISO 8977 E144
    Matrix with shoulder, rectangular, ISO 8977 E140
    Matrix with shoulder, round, ISO 8977 E136
    Matrix with shoulder, slot, ISO 8977 E142
    Matrix with shoulder, square, ISO 8977 E138
    Matrix without collar for dynamic stripper (DAE), blank E169
    Matrix without collar for dynamic stripper (DAE), round E171
    Matrix without collar, conical E158
    Matrix without collar, cylindrical E156
    Matrix without collar, DIN 9845 Shape A E154
    Matrix without shoulder, blank, Automotive Standard E146
    Matrix without shoulder, blank, ISO 8977 E123
    Matrix without shoulder, rectangle with radiused
    corners, Automotive Standard E151
    Matrix without shoulder, rectangle with radiussed
    corners, ISO 8977 E132
    Matrix without shoulder, rectangular, Automotive
    Standard E149
    Matrix without shoulder, rectangular, ISO 8977 E128
    Matrix without shoulder, round, Automotive Standard E147
    Matrix without shoulder, round, ISO 8977 E124
    Matrix without shoulder, slot, Automotive Standard E150
    Matrix without shoulder, slot, ISO 8977 E130
    Matrix without shoulder, square, Automotive Standard E148
    Matrix without shoulder, square, ISO 8977 E126
    Metal adhesive FIBROLIT®-MK H9
    Micro control fitting F390
    Minimess - Compound Threaded Joints F375-F378
    Minimess – Compound Threaded Joints F374
    Mounting arrangement for gas springs in the Minimess
    system F369-F373
    Multiple control fitting F393
    Notes on guide elements A7, D21
    Oil H14
    Oilless guide elements D157-D158
    Oilless guide elements - Mounting examples D250-D253
    O-ring, Viton L61
    Overrun Cam, Bronze with solid lubricant, VDI 3357 D227
    Overrun Cam, Steel hardened and gas nitrided, VDI 3357 D226
    Overrun Cam, Steel hardened, VDI 3357 D225
    Pallet carrier plate A58
    Penetration lubricant spray FIBROLIT®-RL H13
    Pillar wiper D272
    Pilot pin with parabolic tip, ISO 8020 E118
    Pilot pin with tapered tip, ISO 8020 E117
    Pilot unit to Mercedes-Benz Standard E119
    Piloted counterbore for tapered-head punch E31
    Pipe plug (for compresssion spring adjustement) F107
    Pneumatic conveyor J31
    Position monitor for boards D287
    Precision components - Description of materials E16-E17
    Precision feeler gauge B20
    Precision flat and square bar steel with machining
    allowance, DIN 59350 B9-B17, B19
    Precision flat and square bar steel, ~DIN 59350 B8
    Precision flat and square bar steel, DIN 59350 B18
    Press tool lubricant FIBROLIT® H16
    Pressure bolt with base, according to VW D263
    Pressure plate E184
    Pressure plate, shock absorbing F363
    Pressure reservoir F360-F362
    Prismatic guide, Bronze with solid lubricant D239-D240
    Prismatic guide, Steel D242
    Prismatic guide, Steel, NAAMS D237
    Prismatic guide, Steel, VDI 3357 D238
    Progression lamination die set unit A47-A52
    Punch DIN 9844, Shape A E37
    Punch DIN 9844, Shape B E38
    Punch DIN 9861 Shape C E21
    Punch DIN 9861 Shape CA E20
    Punch DIN 9861 Shape D / ISO 6752 E19
    Punch DIN 9861 Shape DA E18
    Punch similar DIN 9844, Shape A E45
    Punch similar DIN 9844, Shape B E46
    Punch similar DIN 9861, Shape C E48
    Punch similar DIN 9861, Shape D E47
    Punch similar to DIN 9861 Shape C E23
    Punch similar to DIN 9861 Shape CA E22
    Punch similar to VDI 3374 E39
    Punch VDI 3374 E24
    Punch with ejector pin E40
    Punch with ejector pin, stepped, long point E42
    Punch with ejector pin, stepped, short point E41
    Punch with head, square / rectangular, Shape B E195
    Punch with tapered head 30°, Shape C E28
    Punch with tapered head 30°, Shape D E27
    Punch with tapered head, blank E32
    Punch with tapered head, blank, with ejector pin E34
    Punch with tapered head, Shape D E30
    Punch with tapered head, stepped, round E33
    Punch with tapered head, stepped, round,
    with ejector pin E35
    Punch without head, square / rectangular, Shape A E194
    Punch, blank, ISO 8020 E105
    Punch, blank, with ejector pin, ISO 8020 E111
    Punch, stepped, rectangle with radiused corners,
    ISO 8020 E110
    Punch, stepped, rectangle with radiussed corners,
    with ejector pin, ISO 8020 E116
    Punch, stepped, rectangular, ISO 8020 E108
    Punch, stepped, rectangular, with ejector pin, ISO 8020 E114
    Punch, stepped, round, ISO 8020 E106
    Punch, stepped, round, with ejector pin, ISO 8020 E112
    Punch, stepped, slot, ISO 8020 E109
    Punch, stepped, slot, with ejector pin, ISO 8020 E115
    Punch, stepped, square, ISO 8020 E107
    Punch, stepped, square, with ejector pin, ISO 8020 E113
    Punches - Mounting guidelines E36
    Punching and embossing unit with matrix for punched
    holes and self tapping screws E210
    Quill holder for core tempering L60
    Rectangular guide, Steel with Rollers L39
    Rectangular Guide, Steel with solid lubricant L38
    Release agent H14
    Release agent FIBROLIT®-TW H14
    Representatives 8-9
    Retaining bolt F86
    Retaining bush for guide pillar conical 2020.64. D78
    Retaining bush for guide pillar conical 2021.50.,
    DIN 9825/ISO 9182-4 D45
    Retaining bush for guide pillar conical 2021.50.,~ AFNOR D46
    Retaining disc with countersunk head cap screw,
    DIN 9825/ISO 9182-4 D44
    Retaining disc with screw D66
    Retaining disc with socket cap screw, ~ AFNOR D44
    Retaining plate, Bronze with solid lubricant D180
    Retaining plate, Bronze with solid lubricant, CNOMO D183
    Retaining plate, Bronze with solid lubricant, VDI 3357 D177
    Retaining plate, Steel with solid lubricant, NAAMS D181
    Retaining plate, Steel with solid lubricant, VDI 3357 D179
    Retaining plate, Steel, CNOMO D182
    Retaining plate, Steel, VDI 3357 D178
    Retaining washer L11
    Retention bearing D85
    Retention bearing for guide pillars for large tools D95
    Retention bearing with screw holes D88
    Retention bearing, low build height D91
    14
    Alphabetical content
    subject to alterations
    Ring block with position lock C24
    Roller cage with assembly aid, Brass D114
    Roller cage with circlip groove, Brass D112
    Roller insert with collar J12
    Roller insert without collar J12
    Roller rail J13
    Roller slide units K5
    Rotary safety eyebolt, heavy duty, with ball bearing C21
    Rotary safety eyebolt, light duty, with ball bearing C20
    Round wire compression spring F61
    Screw clamp with screw D274-D275
    Screw clamp with screw, CNOMO D276
    Screw clamp with screw, GM Standard D275
    Screw clamp with screw, NAAMS D275
    Screw for T-slot, DIN 787 C59
    Screw plug C66
    Screw-in lifter stud VDI 3366 C13
    Screw-in lifter stud with cable securing device C14
    Securing flange with screws, CNOMO D276
    Selection table multiple layering F95
    Sensors for stamping and forming technology J42
    Service station, mobile, for gas springs F406
    Set screw C57
    Setting-up bumper, round F109
    Setting-up bumper, square F110
    Shedder insert F108
    Shock absorbing washer F85, G21
    Shoulder screw F106
    Silicon oil H14
    Single-sided prismatic guide, Bronze with solid lubricant D244, D248
    Single-sided prismatic guide, Bronze with solid lubricant,
    CNOMO D246
    Single-sided prismatic sliding block, Steel D245, D249
    Single-sided prismatic sliding block, Steel, CNOMO D247
    Sleeve for lifting unit to Mercedes-Benz F149
    Slide centre guide, Bronze with solid lubricant D224
    Slide stop F88, F90
    Sliding block, Bronze with solid lubricant D243
    Sliding block, Bronze with solid lubricant, NAAMS D237
    Sliding block, Bronze with solid lubricant, VDI 3357 D238
    Sliding block, Steel D239-D240
    Sliding pad, Bronze with oil groove, CNOMO D210
    Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant
    D194-D196,
    D198
    Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant, AFNOR/
    ISO 9183- 2 D204
    Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant, CNOMO D197
    Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant, ISO 9183-1 D192
    Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant, NAAMS D202
    Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant, VDI 3357
    D186, D211,
    D214
    Sliding pad, small dimension, Bronze with solid lubricant D184
    Sliding pad, Special cast iron (GG25) with solid lubricant,
    AFNOR/ISO 9183-2 D206
    Sliding pad, Steel with oil groove, CNOMO D208
    Sliding pad, Steel with sinterlayer, VDI 3357 D190
    Sliding pad, Steel with solid lubricant D201
    Sliding pad, Steel, CNOMO D200
    Sliding pad, Steel, NAAMS D203
    Sliding pad, Steel, VDI 3357 D188, D212
    Slotted nut D156
    Slotted nut DIN 1804 D79
    Snap ring D57
    Spacer bush D266
    Spacer for die release F111
    Spacer plate toothed, with adjusting plate D278
    Spacer plug F83
    Spacer sleeve F82
    Spacer sleeve for lifting units to Mercedes-Benz F151
    Spacer tube D266, F80
    Spacer with spring for die release F112
    Special die set to customer's specifications A43-A46
    Spigot holder A42, C13
    Spring and spacer unit F104
    Spring- and spacer unit F100-F101
    Spring- and spacer unit, low installation space F102
    Spring and spacer unit, with hexagon socket countersunk
    head cap screw F105
    Spring mounted roller to VW Standard J14-J15
    Spring plunger, increased spring force, VDI 3004,
    Colour marking: red F120
    Spring plunger, low maintenance, increased spring force,
    VDI 3004, Colour marking: red F121
    Spring plunger, low maintenance, medium spring force,
    VDI 3004, Colour marking: white F119
    Spring plunger, low maintenance, standard spring force,
    VDI 3004, Colour marking: yellow F117
    Spring plunger, medium spring force, VDI 3004,
    Colour marking: white F118
    Spring plunger, standard spring force, VDI 3004,
    Colour marking: yellow F116
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded ball, straight version F135
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded ball, straight version,
    with collar F136-F137
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded ball, with hexagon
    socket, increased spring force F125
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded ball, with hexagon
    socket, standard spring force F124
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded ball, with slot,
    increased spring force F123
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded ball, with slot,
    standard spring force F122, F126
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded pin and seal, with
    hexagon socket, increased spring force F131
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded pin and seal, with
    hexagon socket, standard spring force F130
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded pin, straight version,
    with collar F135
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded pin, with hexagon
    socket, increased spring force F132
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded pin, with hexagon
    socket, standard spring force F129
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded pin, with slot,
    increased spring force F131, F134
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded pin, with slot,
    standard spring force
    F127-F128,
    F133
    Spring plungers F115
    Spring ram with gas spring F160
    Spring ram with gas spring to VW standard F161
    Spring unit for elastomer spring F98
    Spring unit for helical spring F99
    Stacking washer DIN ISO 10069-2 F77
    Stand for conveyor belt J28
    Standard cam slide units K4
    Standardised special shapes E161-E165
    Steel plate ISO 6753-1 A38, B6
    Stepped Block DIN 6318 C56
    Stock lifter F142-F143
    Stock lifter with attachment lug F144
    Stop buffer F89
    Stripper F145
    Stripper for blanking dies F114
    Stripping unit - Mounting plate E188
    Stripping unit - Pressure plate E187
    Stripping unit for punches E186
    Stripping unit, flanged mounting F141
    Stripping unit, wall and bottom mounting F140
    Support, adjustable C56
    T-Guide bar, Bronze with solid lubricant D236
    Thinning agent for FIBROLIT®-ZWO H9
    15
    Alphabetical content
    subject to alterations
    Thinning agent for FIBROLIT®-ZWO - Technical data H8
    Threaded die set shank DIN ISO 10242-1 C10
    Threaded disc for compression springs F84
    Threaded disc for elastomer springs F84
    Thrust Pad F364
    Thrust pad driver F138
    Thrust plate F364-F365
    Thrust plate to Renault standard F365
    Thrust washer F77, F86
    Thrust washer, Bronze with solid lubricant D159
    Tooling pallet die set A53-A57
    Tooling pallet die set - Accessories A58
    Tooling resin FIBROFIX®-SECHS H7
    Tooling resin FIBROFIX®-SECHS - Technical data H6
    Tooling resin FIBROLIT®-ZWO H7
    Tooling resin FIBROLIT®-ZWO - Technical data H6
    Toolkit for assembling gas springs F404
    Triangle retainer for ball-lock punches, heavy duty E175, E177
    Triangle retainer for ball-lock punches, light duty E174, E176
    Triangle retainer, for punches ISO 8020 with
    anti- rotation element E183
    Triangle retainer, for punches ISO 8020 without
    anti- rotation element E182
    Triple vortice ring C30
    Trust washer for compression springs F79
    Trust washer for elastomer springs F78
    Tubular Spring Element, Rubber 70 Shore A F74
    Universal lifter unit according to BMW standard F155
    Universal lifter unit, according to BMW standard F156
    Universal rotary safety eyebolt with eye hook C23
    Universal rotary safety eyebolt with oval ring C22
    Washer E191, F81-F82
    Washer DIN 6340 C58
    Wireless Pressure Monitoring - wireless monitoring of
    gas springs F396-F398
    Wooden box E208
    16
    Numerical content
    subject to alterations
    201.01. A10
    201.03. A11
    201.05. A12
    201.07. A13
    201.11. A14
    201.13. A15
    201.145. A41
    201.21. A16
    201.23. A17
    201.26. A18
    201.31. A19
    201.33. A20
    201.36. A21
    201.39. A22
    201.45. A32
    201.46. A33
    201.47. A34
    201.49. A35
    201.50. A47-A52
    201.65. A32
    201.66. A33
    201.67. A34
    201.69. A35
    201.95. A53-A57
    201.96. A58
    201.97. A58
    201.98. A59
    2010. A24-A31
    2010.55. A36-A37
    2010.57. A36-A37
    2010.59. A36-A37
    2011.45. A40
    2016. K4
    2016.23. K6
    2016.25. K7
    2016.4x. K8
    2017. K5
    2018. K3
    2018.00.60.08.030 D284
    2018.00.60.23.01.5 D285
    2018.00.60.23.02.5 D285
    202.17. D28
    202.19. D27
    202.21. D32
    202.22. D29
    202.23. D30
    202.24. D31
    202.29. D36
    202.31. D38
    202.53. D44
    202.55. D34
    202.60 D76
    202.61. D69
    202.91. D269
    202.92.1. D270
    202.93. D271
    2020.62. D74
    2020.63. D72
    2020.64. D77
    2021.29. D68
    2021.39. D45
    2021.43. D66
    2021.44. D64
    2021.46. D62
    2021.50. D40
    2021.53. D44
    2021.58. D42
    2021.64. D78
    2022.12. D56
    2022.13. D48
    2022.15. D49
    2022.16. D54
    2022.16.45. D58
    2022.16.48. D59
    2022.17. D50
    2022.19. D47
    2022.25. D52
    2022.29. D60
    2022.40.1. D51
    2024.94. D80
    2024.96. D82
    2025.94. D67
    2031.01. D85
    2031.02. D88
    2031.04. D91
    2031.31. D86
    2031.34. D89
    2031.38. D92
    2031.41. D87
    2031.42. D90
    2031.44. D93
    2031.70. D84
    2032.02. D95
    2032.70. D94
    2051.32. D96
    2051.72. D98
    2051.92. D97
    2052.70. D160-D161
    2052.71. F162
    2053.70. D159
    206.41. D71
    206.49. D100
    206.51. D26
    206.54. D26
    206.71. D102
    206.72. D113
    206.73. D104
    206.75. D106
    206.91. D265
    206.92. D267
    206.93. D266
    206.94. D266
    206.95./2061.95. D272
    2060.61. D103
    2060.63. D105
    2060.65. D107
    2061.44. D70, D99
    2061.47. D101
    2061.48. D57
    2061.82. D112
    2061.84. D114
    2062.44.012. D70
    207.45 D274
    207.48. D156
    2071.45 D274
    2072.45. D274
    2072.46 D275
    2072.46.30. D275
    2072.47 D275
    2072.48.45. D276
    2073.45. D276
    2073.46. D53
    2073.48. D79
    2081.31. D118
    2081.32. D119
    2081.33. D120
    2081.34. D121
    2081.35. D122
    2081.44. D129
    2081.45. D130
    2081.46. D131
    2081.47. D132
    2081.49. D133
    2081.67. D108
    2081.68. D109
    2081.71. D126
    2081.74. D127
    2081.75. D128
    2081.81. D115
    2081.84. D116
    2081.85. D117
    2081.91. D123
    2081.94. D124
    2081.95. D125
    2082.70. D166
    2082.71. D167
    2085.70. D162
    2085.71. D163
    2085.72. D165
    2086.70. D164
    2086.71. D168
    2087.70. L31
    2087.71. L32
    2087.72. L30
    2087.73. L33
    2091.31. D134
    2091.32. D135
    2091.34. D136
    2091.44. D143
    2091.45. D144
    2091.46. D145
    2091.67. D110
    2091.68. D111
    2091.71. D140
    2091.72. D141
    2091.74. D142
    2091.91. D137
    2091.92. D138
    2091.94. D139
    210.31. D146
    210.34. D147
    210.35. D148
    210.39. D46
    210.44. D150
    210.45. D154
    210.46. D152
    210.85. D155
    2102.70. D169
    2102.71. D170
    211.11. C10
    211.12. C10
    211.13. C11
    211.14. C11
    212.11. A42, C12
    212.15. A42, C12
    212.16. C13
    212.16.1. A42
    213.12. C13
    213.13. C17
    2130.03. C14
    2130.11. C15
    2130.12. C15
    2130.13. C16
    2131.10. C18
    2131.11. C19
    2131.20. C20
    2131.21. C21
    2131.22. C24
    2131.23. C23
    2131.25. C22
    2131.30. C25
    2131.31. C26
    2131.32. C27
    2131.33. C28
    2131.34. C29
    2131.35. C30
    2131.36. C31
    2131.37. C32
    2131.38. C33
    2131.39. C34
    2131.42. C37
    2131.43. C38
    2131.50. C39
    2132.10. C46
    2132.10.03. .1 C49
    2132.10.55. C47
    2132.11. C48
    2133.11. C40
    2133.11.10. C41
    2133.12. C42-C43
    2133.12. .1 C50
    2133.13. C44
    2133.15. C45
    2134.41. C36
    2140.01.01. C68
    2140.01.02. C69
    2140.02. C57
    2140.10. C54
    2140.11. C55
    2140.13. C53
    2140.14. C53
    2140.15. C52
    2140.16. C54
    2140.17. C52
    2140.18. C55
    2140.19. C56
    2140.20. C56
    2140.30. C59
    2140.32. C57
    2140.33. C58
    2140.34. C58
    2191. J42
    2192.10. C60
    2192.12. C61
    2192.20. C62
    2192.30. C64
    2192.40. C63
    2192.61. C65
    2192.90. C66
    2195.114. J26
    2195.115. J26
    2195.116. J26
    2195.117. J26
    2195.120./121. J28
    2195.130./131. J28
    2195.140./141. J28
    2195.150./151. J28
    2195.218. J27
    2195.219. J27
    2195.220. J27
    2195.221. J27
    2195.301. J22
    17
    Numerical content
    subject to alterations
    2195.302. J23
    2195.401. J24
    2195.402. J25
    2198.32. J10
    2198.33. J10
    2198.34. J12
    2198.35. J12
    2198.42. J11
    2198.44. J13
    2198.50.55. J14-J15
    2199.03/10/40.1/70 J31
    220. E37
    2201. E105
    2202. E51
    2203. E77
    2204. E63
    2205. E89
    2206. E32
    221. E38
    2211. E106
    2212. E52
    2213. E78
    2214. E64
    2215. E90
    2216. E33
    222. E18
    2221. E107
    2222. E53
    2223. E79
    2224. E65
    2225. E91
    223. E19
    2231. E108
    2232. E54
    2233. E80
    2234. E66
    2235. E92
    224. E20
    2241. E109
    2242. E55
    2243. E81
    2244. E67
    2245. E93
    225. E21
    2251. E110
    2252. E56
    2253. E82
    2254. E68
    2255. E94
    2261. E117
    2262. E75
    2263. E101
    2271. E118
    2272. E76
    2273. E102
    2276. E119
    2280.01. L58
    2280.02. L59
    2281. E27
    2282.01. E210
    2284.00. E31
    2284.3. E30
    2291. E28
    2299.001. J35
    2299.002. J35
    2299.011. J36
    2299.012. J36
    2299.121. J37
    2299.122. J37
    2299.221. J38
    2299.222. J38
    2299.510 J39
    2299.511 J39
    2299.520 J40
    2299.530 J41
    2299.540 J40
    2299.541 J40
    230. E194
    231. E195
    232. E24
    233. E25
    234. E26
    235.1. E202
    2351.1. E203
    236.001. E198
    236.1. E196
    2361.1. E197
    237.1. L44-L45
    237.8. L46-L47
    238.1. L48
    238.8. L49
    239.1. L50-L51
    239.8. L52
    2398. J7-J9
    240.1./2. E206
    240.11. E209
    240.22. E209
    240.31. E209
    240.32. E209
    240.45. E208
    240.91. E208
    240.92. E208
    241.00.1. F107
    241.02. F61
    241.13. F28-F29
    241.14.10. F30
    241.14.13. F32
    241.14.16. F34
    241.14.20. F38
    241.14.25. F42
    241.14.32. F46
    241.14.40. F50
    241.14.50. F54
    241.14.63. F58
    241.15.10. F30
    241.15.13. F32
    241.15.16. F35
    241.15.20. F39
    241.15.25. F43
    241.15.32. F47
    241.15.40. F51
    241.15.50. F55
    241.15.63. F59
    241.16.10. F31
    241.16.13. F33
    241.16.16. F36
    241.16.20. F40
    241.16.25. F44
    241.16.32. F48
    241.16.40. F52
    241.16.50. F56
    241.17.10. F31
    241.17.13. F33
    241.17.16. F37
    241.17.20. F41
    241.17.25. F45
    241.17.32. F49
    241.17.40. F53
    241.17.50. F57
    241.18. D268
    241.19. F60
    242.01. F62
    243.7. E190
    243.7. .1 E191
    2431.40. C35
    2431.7. E186
    244.00.2. D273
    244.1. F64
    244.10. F82
    244.10.15. F81
    244.11. F82
    244.12. F83
    244.13. F83
    244.14.0. F98
    244.15.0. F99
    244.16. F104
    244.17. F106
    244.18. F105
    244.20./25./32./40. F100-F101
    244.20./25./32./
    40.3. F102
    244.4. F77
    244.5. F78
    244.6. F78
    244.7. F79
    244.9. F80
    2441.11. D255
    2441.11.0. D254
    2441.11.3. D256
    2441.13. D259
    2441.13.3. D260
    2441.13.3.45. D258
    2441.13.45. D257
    2441.14. F84
    2441.14.1. F98
    2441.15. F84
    2441.15.1. F99
    2441.16. F86
    2441.18. F86
    2441.3. F77
    2441.5. F76
    2441.6. F76
    2442.12. L10
    2442.12.3. L11
    2442.12.4. L11
    2442.13. L10
    2443.10. D279
    2443.10.20. D280
    2443.10.20. .1 D281
    2443.12. D282
    2443.13. D283
    2443.14.00.60.18.04 4 D288
    2443.14.00.60.23.01. 5 D289
    2443.14.00.60.23.02. 5 D289
    2443.14.55. D287
    2444.12 / 2444.13 D278
    2445.10. D261
    2445.11. D262
    2446.10.55. D263
    2446.11.55. D264
    2450. F85, G21
    2450.10A. F92
    2450.11B. F93
    2450.20□. F94-F95
    2451.10D. F96
    2451.6. F88
    2451.6. .2 F89
    2452.10. F90
    2452.10. .2 F97
    246.5. F66
    246.6. F68, F87
    246.7. F70
    2461.2. F74
    2461.4. F72
    247.6. F108
    2470.10. .1 F116
    2470.10. .2 F120
    2470.10. .3 F118
    2470.10.11 F138
    2470.12.010.017 F138
    2470.20. .1 F117
    2470.20. .2 F121
    2470.20. .3 F119
    2471.01. F122
    2471.02. F123
    2471.03. F124
    2471.04. F125
    2471.05. F126
    2471.31. F122
    2471.32. F123
    2471.33. F124
    2471.34. F125
    2471.35. F126
    2471.6. F108
    2472.01. F127
    2472.02. F131
    2472.03. F129
    2472.04. F132
    2472.05. F133
    2472.06. F134
    2472.07. F130
    2472.08. F131
    2472.11. F138
    2472.21. F128
    2472.22. F128
    2472.31. F127
    2472.33. F129
    2472.34. F132
    2472.35. F133
    2472.36. F134
    2472.37. F130
    2473.01. F135
    2473.02. F135
    2475.01. F136
    2475.02. F136
    2475.03. F137
    2475.04. F137
    2477. .1.01 F140
    2477. .1.02 F141
    2478. F160
    2478.10. F142
    2478.20. .1 F161
    2478.20.15.10 F152
    2478.20.15.20. F153
    2478.20.15.23. F154
    2478.20.15.24. F154
    2478.20.15.30. F155
    2478.20.15.40. F156
    2478.20.20. F147
    2478.20.20.1. F148
    2478.20.20.2. F149
    18
    Numerical content
    subject to alterations
    2478.20.20.3 F150
    2478.20.20.4 F151
    2478.25.00090. F158
    2478.25.00200. F159
    2478.30. .1 F143
    2478.30. .2 F144
    2478.30. .3 F145
    2479.030. F176
    2479.031. F177
    2479.032. F178
    2479.034. F179
    2480.00.10. F379-F380
    2480.00.22. F388
    2480.00.23. F374
    2480.00.24. F375-F378
    2480.00.25. F383
    2480.00.26. F382, F384
    2480.00.27. F386
    2480.00.27.01. F385
    2480.00.28. F387-F389
    2480.00.30. F391
    2480.00.30.13 F392
    2480.00.30.14 F392
    2480.00.31. F391
    2480.00.31.02 F399
    2480.00.31.11 F394
    2480.00.32.07 F399
    2480.00.32.21 F399
    2480.00.32.71. F400-F401
    2480.00.34. F390
    2480.00.35. F402
    2480.00.35.04 F403
    2480.00.39.05. F393
    2480.00.45. F395
    2480.00.50.04 F405
    2480.00.50.11 F404
    2480.00.50.20. F406
    2480.00.54.03 F407
    2480.00.54.10 F407
    2480.00.70. F360-F362
    2480.00.90. F396-F398
    2480.004. F364
    2480.009. F364
    2480.015. F363
    2480.018. F364
    2480.019. F365
    2480.019.45. F365
    2480.080. F366-F367
    2480.12.01500. F202-F203
    2480.12.10000. F210-F211
    2480.13.00250. F196-F197
    2480.13.00500. F198-F199
    2480.13.00750. F200-F201
    2480.13.03000. F204-F205
    2480.13.05000. F206-F207
    2480.13.07500. F208-F209
    2480.21. F188-F189
    2480.22. .1 F190-F191
    2480.23. F192-F193
    2480.32. F328-F329
    2480.32.00250. F330-F331
    2480.33. F336
    2480.82.00250. F332-F333
    2482.72. F182-F183
    2482.73. .1 F184-F185
    2482.74. .2 F186-F187
    2484.12.01500. F346-F347
    2484.13.00750. F344-F345
    2484.13.03000. F348-F349
    2484.13.05000. F350-F351
    2484.13.07500. F352-F353
    2485.12.00500. F296-F297
    2485.12.00750. F298-F299
    2485.12.01500. F300-F301
    2486.12.00750. F306-F307
    2486.12.01500. F308-F309
    2486.12.03000. F310-F311
    2486.12.05000. F312-F313
    2486.22.03000. F318-F319
    2486.22.05000. F320-F321
    2486.22.07500. F322-F323
    2487.12.00170. F240-F241
    2487.12.00320. F242-F243
    2487.12.00350. F244-F245
    2487.12.00500. F246-F247
    2487.12.00750. .1 F248-F249
    2487.12.01000. .1 F250-F251
    2487.12.01500. F252-F253
    2487.12.02400. F254-F255
    2487.12.04200. F256-F257
    2487.12.06600. F258-F259
    2487.12.09500. F260-F261
    2487.12.20000. F262-F263
    2487.82.01000. F335
    2488.13.00750. F214-F215
    2488.13.01000. F216-F217
    2488.13.01500. F218-F219
    2488.13.02400. F220-F221
    2488.13.04200. F222-F223
    2488.13.06600. F224-F225
    2488.13.09500. F226-F227
    2488.13.20000. F228-F229
    2489. F354
    2490.14.00420. F274-F275
    2490.14.00750. F276-F277
    2490.14.01000. F278-F279
    2490.14.01800. F280-F281
    2490.14.03000. F282-F283
    2490.14.04700. F284-F285
    2490.14.07500. F286-F287
    2490.14.11800. F288-F289
    2490.14.18300. F290-F291
    2491. F355
    2494. F357
    2495. F356
    2496.12.00270. F232-F233
    2496.12.00490. F234-F235
    2496.12.01060. F236-F237
    2497.12.00500. F266-F267
    2497.12.01000. F268-F269
    2497.12.01900. F270-F271
    250. G12
    251. G10
    2511.3. G18
    252. G11
    252.7. F110
    253. G14
    2531.4. G19
    2531.7. F109
    2532.2. F114
    2533.00.01. F113
    2533.10. F111
    2533.20. F112
    254. G15
    2541.4. G20
    255. G13
    256. G16
    257. G17
    260. E154
    2601. E158
    2602. E156
    2605. E146
    2606. E123
    2607. E135
    261. E155
    2611. E159
    2612. E157
    2615. E147
    2616. E124
    2617. E136
    2618. E166
    2618.06. E169
    2618.07. E170
    2618.16. E171
    2618.17. E172
    262. E152
    2621. E153
    2625. E148
    2626. E126
    2627. E138
    263.1. L54
    263.8. L55
    2635. E149
    2636. E128
    2637. E140
    264.1. L56
    264.8. L57
    2645. E150
    2646. E130
    2647. E142
    265.1. E200
    2650.1. E201
    2655. E151
    2656. E132
    2657. E144
    266. E39
    2664.02. E182
    2664.04. E183
    2664.05. E174
    2664.06. E175
    2664.07. E176
    2664.10. E177
    2665.01. E184
    2667.1. E187
    2667.2. E188
    2668.2. E179
    2668.3. E180
    267. E40
    268. E41
    269. E42
    270. E45
    2701. E111
    2702. E57
    2703. E83
    2704. E69
    2705. E95
    2706. E34
    271. E46
    2711. E112
    2712. E58
    2713. E84
    2714. E70
    2715. E96
    2716. E35
    272. E47
    2721. E113
    2722. E59
    2723. E85
    2724. E71
    2725. E97
    273. E48
    2731. E114
    2732. E60
    2733. E86
    2734. E72
    2735. E98
    274. E22
    2741. E115
    2742. E61
    2743. E87
    2744. E73
    2745. E99
    275. E23
    2751. E116
    2752. E62
    2753. E88
    2754. E74
    2755. E100
    276. E204
    277. E205
    280.02 H7
    280.05 H7
    280.08 H7
    280.09 H7
    280.131 H13
    280.15 H13
    280.20 H11
    280.23 H13
    280.24 H9
    280.27 H14
    280.34 H15
    280.35 H15
    280.36.006 H16
    280.8001 H14
    280.8021 H14
    280.822405 H14
    281.01 H9
    281.147 H12
    281.243 H10
    281.270 H10
    281.401 H12
    281.454 H12
    281.648 H10
    281.706 H11
    2900. A38, B6
    2910. A39, B7
    2922.1730. B8
    2922.2842. B18
    2923.0570. B9
    2923.2099. B10
    2923.2162. B11
    2923.2312. B12
    2923.2343. B13
    2923.2363. B14
    2923.2379. B15
    2923.2436. B16
    2923.2767. B17
    2923.2842. B19
    2925. B20
    2960.30. D190
    2960.44.45. D208
    2960.54.45. D210
    19
    Numerical content
    subject to alterations
    2960.70. D192
    2960.71. D186
    2960.72. D184
    2960.73. D222
    2960.74. D204
    2960.75. D206
    2960.76. D196
    2960.79. D202
    2960.80. D203
    2960.81. D211
    2960.85. D194
    2960.86. D195
    2960.87. D188
    2960.88. D212
    2960.89. D223
    2960.90. D225
    2960.91. D226
    2960.92. D227
    2960.93. D214
    2961.70. D175
    2961.71. D171
    2961.73. D174
    2961.74. D177
    2961.75. D176
    2961.76. D172
    2961.77. D173
    2961.78. D180
    2961.79. D178
    2961.79.45. D182
    2961.81. D179
    2961.81.45. D183
    2961.82. D181
    2962.70. D228
    2962.70.45. D229
    2962.71. D230
    2962.72. D231
    2962.73. D232
    2962.74. D219
    2962.75. D215
    2962.75.45. D216
    2962.76. D217
    2962.77. D218
    2962.78. D198
    2962.78.45. D197
    2962.79. D220
    2962.80. D221
    2962.81. D233
    2962.82. D234
    2962.83. D235
    2962.84.45. D200
    2962.85. D201
    2963.70. D239
    2963.71. D239
    2963.72. D240
    2963.73. D240
    2963.80. D243
    2963.81. D242
    2963.82. D237
    2963.83. D237
    2963.84. D238
    2963.85. D238
    2964.77. D236
    2964.78. D236
    2965.80. D248
    2965.80.45. D246
    2965.81. D244
    2965.82. D249
    2965.82.45. D247
    2965.83. D245
    2966.72. D224
    2967.10. L42
    3100.04. L13
    3100.09. L26
    3110.11. L25
    3111.10. L15
    3111.20. L16-L19
    3111.21. L20-L23
    3111.31. L24
    3120.40. L27
    3120.42. L28
    3120.65. L29
    3120.70. L34-L35
    3120.71. L36-L37
    3131.40. L38
    3131.80. L39
    3202.12. L14
    3202.13. L14
    3300.10. L12
    3479.030. L72
    3479.032. L73
    3487.12.00300. L74-L75
    3487.12.00500. L76-L77
    3487.12.00750. L78-L79
    3487.12.01000. L80-L81
    3710.00.12.01 J17
    3710.12.01 J16
    3800.01.01.01. L61
    3820.10. L60
    20
    2000.500.008 GB 07/2002
    Experience and expertise
    you can rely on
    FIBRO Quality Assurance
    2000.500.008 GB 07/2002
    Experience and expertise
    you can rely on
    FIBRO Quality Assurance
    21
    FIBRO is renowned for its quality world-wide. This high quality is achieved
    through our dedication and commitment to Quality Assurance.
    FIBRO testing starts on the raw material and continues right through
    production to the completed product. The test facilities themselves are
    also subject to stringent continuous testing. Only by setting itself such
    stringent standards can a company support its customers long term in
    safety, cost-effectiveness and quality.
    Tests during production
    Precision shape and contour testing equipment is used directly in
    production. This ensures early confirmation of the quality of the product.
    The shape testing equipment tests for qualities such as roundness,
    concentricity, straightness and rectangularity.
    FIBRO state of the art technology provides 3D visualisation of
    concentricity, coaxiality and cylindricity.
    Materials testing - raw materials to
    specification
    The FIBRO laboratories carry out microscopic investigation of the raw
    materials, including enlargement to 2,500 times natural size.
    Spectral analysis determines whether the material is correct in terms of
    chemical composition.
    Hardening – hardness testing
    All the process parameters in the hardening process in our own hardening
    shop are recorded and documented.
    Hardness testing is used to monitor the results of the hardening process
    on every batch.
    Final tests
    For precision at micro level if certain basic requirements have to be met.
    It goes without saying that the temperature of the measuring room at
    FIBRO is kept at 20ºC. Here the fine precision FIBRO products are
    measured after production before being released to the customer.
    FIBRO GmbH · Standard Parts Division
    Postfach 1120 · D-74851 Hassmersheim
    T +49 6266-73-0* · F +49 6266-73-237
    e-mail: info@fibro.de · www.fibro.com
    Experience and expertise
    you can rely on
    FIBRO Quality Assurance
    22
    FIBRO is renowned for its quality world-wide. This high quality is achieved
    through our dedication and commitment to Quality Assurance.
    FIBRO testing starts on the raw material and continues right through
    production to the completed product. The test facilities themselves are
    also subject to stringent continuous testing. Only by setting itself such
    stringent standards can a company support its customers long term in
    safety, cost-effectiveness and quality.
    Tests during production
    Precision shape and contour testing equipment is used directly in
    production. This ensures early confirmation of the quality of the product.
    The shape testing equipment tests for qualities such as roundness,
    concentricity, straightness and rectangularity.
    FIBRO state of the art technology provides 3D visualisation of
    concentricity, coaxiality and cylindricity.
    Materials testing - raw materials to
    specification
    The FIBRO laboratories carry out microscopic investigation of the raw
    materials, including enlargement to 2,500 times natural size.
    Spectral analysis determines whether the material is correct in terms of
    chemical composition.
    Hardening – hardness testing
    All the process parameters in the hardening process in our own hardening
    shop are recorded and documented.
    Hardness testing is used to monitor the results of the hardening process
    on every batch.
    Final tests
    For precision at micro level if certain basic requirements have to be met.
    It goes without saying that the temperature of the measuring room at
    FIBRO is kept at 20ºC. Here the fine precision FIBRO products are
    measured after production before being released to the customer.
    FIBRO GmbH · Standard Parts Division
    Postfach 1120 · D-74851 Hassmersheim
    T +49 6266-73-0* · F +49 6266-73-237
    e-mail: info@fibro.de · www.fibro.com
    Experience and expertise
    you can rely on
    FIBRO Quality Assurance
    A
    B
    C
    D
    E
    F
    G
    H
    J
    K
    L
    Die Sets
    Precision Ground Plates and Flat Bars
    Lifting and Clamping Devices
    Guide elements
    Ground Precision Components
    Springs
    Elastomer-Bars, -Sheets, -Sections
    FIBRO Chemical Tooling Aids
    Peripheral Equipment
    Cam Units
    Standard Parts for Mould Making
    Die Sets
    Cast iron, steel and aluminium die set press units
    Lamination die set units, tooling pallet die sets
    Cast Iron-,
    All-Steel- and
    Aluminium
    Die Sets
    A2 subject to alterations
    Cast Iron-, All-Steel- and Aluminium
    Die Sets and Plates
    Remarks and Guide Lines
    Execution
    Contour faces of FIBRO Steel Die Sets are fully machined.
    Contour faces of Aluminium Die Sets are sawn, as are those
    of Aluminium Plates. However, these contour faces can also
    be machined on request. To all die set plates, a general
    thickness tolerance of ± 2 mm applies.
    Guide Elements
    Guide pillars DIN 9825/ISO 9182 (209.19.) and headed
    guide bushes DIN 9831/ISO 9448 (2081.) are normal
    equipment on all-steel die sets.
    Detailed information under Guide Elements.
    Lifting Aids on Die Sets
    Plate sizes with edges a1+b1 ^ 1000 mm, and die sets
    weighting more than 100 kg, are fitted with threaded holes
    for two lifter eyebolts per plate. Eyebolts etc. are supplied
    against special order.
    Special Die Sets and Plates to
    Customers’ Drawings
    Die sets and plates up to size 22003 1100 mm (external
    dims.) will be made to customer’s drawings, with any
    special features and highest precision.
    Special Machining Features
    Wherever possible, all larger apertures or holes should be
    done by FIBRO before final machining of die sets, for their
    application at the customer’s works must result in die set
    distortion and impairment of accuracy.
    Enquiry Forms for Special Die Sets
    Special pre-printed forms for enquiries and ordering are
    available on request. All the customer has to do is the
    filling-in of dimensions and the specifying of guide ele-
    ments or special machining features where applicable.
    Cast Iron-,
    All-Steel- and
    Aluminium
    Die Sets
    subject to alterations
    Cast Iron-, All-Steel- and Aluminium
    Die Sets and Plates
    Remarks and Guide Lines
    Execution
    Contour faces of FIBRO Steel Die Sets are fully machined.
    Contour faces of Aluminium Die Sets are sawn, as are those
    of Aluminium Plates. However, these contour faces can also
    be machined on request. To all die set plates, a general
    thickness tolerance of ± 2 mm applies.
    Guide Elements
    Guide pillars DIN 9825/ISO 9182 (209.19.) and headed
    guide bushes DIN 9831/ISO 9448 (2081.) are normal
    equipment on all-steel die sets.
    Detailed information under Guide Elements.
    Lifting Aids on Die Sets
    Plate sizes with edges a1+b1 ^ 1000 mm, and die sets
    weighting more than 100 kg, are fitted with threaded holes
    for two lifter eyebolts per plate. Eyebolts etc. are supplied
    against special order.
    Special Die Sets and Plates to
    Customers’ Drawings
    Die sets and plates up to size 22003 1100 mm (external
    dims.) will be made to customer’s drawings, with any
    special features and highest precision.
    Special Machining Features
    Wherever possible, all larger apertures or holes should be
    done by FIBRO before final machining of die sets, for their
    application at the customer’s works must result in die set
    distortion and impairment of accuracy.
    Enquiry Forms for Special Die Sets
    Special pre-printed forms for enquiries and ordering are
    available on request. All the customer has to do is the
    filling-in of dimensions and the specifying of guide ele-
    ments or special machining features where applicable.
    A3
    Contents
    subject to alterations
    Notes on guide elements
    201.01.
    Die set DIN 9812 Type D/DG
    201.03.
    Die set DIN 9814 Type D/DG
    201.05.
    Die set DIN 9816 Shape D
    201.07.
    Die set ~DIN 9816 Shape D
    201.11.
    Die set DIN 9812 Shape C/CG
    201.13.
    Die set DIN 9814 Shape C/CG
    201.21.
    Die set DIN 9819 Shape C/CG
    201.23.
    Die set
    201.26.
    Die set
    201.31.
    Die set DIN 9822 Shape C
    201.33.
    Die set
    201.36.
    Die set
    201.39.
    Fine blanking die set
    2010.
    Die set ~DIN 9868/ISO 11415
    201.45.
    Die set to customers’ specifications,
    Steel
    A4
    A7
    A10
    A11
    A12
    A13
    A14
    A15
    A16
    A17
    A18
    A19
    A20
    A21
    A22
    A24-31
    A32
    Contents
    subject to alterations
    201.65.
    Die set to customers’ specifications,
    Aluminium
    201.46.
    Die set to customers’ specifications,
    Steel
    201.66.
    Die set to customers’ specifications,
    Aluminium
    201.47.
    Die set to customers’ specifications,
    Steel
    201.67.
    Die set to customers’ specifications,
    Aluminium
    201.49.
    Die set to customers’ specifications,
    Steel
    201.69.
    Die set to customers’ specifications,
    Aluminium
    2010.55.
    Die set ECO-LINE
    2010.57.
    Die set ECO-LINE
    2010.59.
    Die set ECO-LINE
    2900.
    Steel plate ISO 6753-1
    2910.
    Aluminium plate ~ISO 6753-1
    2011.45.
    Die set press unit
    201.145.
    Die set press unit
    Die set press units - Accessories
    212.16.1.
    Spigot holder
    A5
    A32
    A33
    A33
    A34
    A34
    A35
    A35
    A36-37
    A36-37
    A36-37
    A38
    A39
    A40
    A41
    A42
    A42
    Contents
    subject to alterations
    212.11.
    Coupling spigot
    212.15.
    Coupling spigot
    Special die set to customer's specifi-
    cations
    201.50.
    Progression lamination die set unit
    201.95.
    Tooling pallet die set
    Tooling pallet die set - Accessories
    201.96.
    Pallet carrier plate
    201.97.
    Bolster insert plate
    201.98.
    Aligning- and tryout press unit
    A6
    A42
    A42
    A43-46
    A47-52
    A53-57
    A58
    A58
    A58
    A59
    subject to alterations
    Notes on Guide Elements
    FIBRO Precision Sliding Guides –
    Carbonitrided Sintered Ferrite Bushes
    These guides employ bushes made from sintered ferrite of high purity with carbonitrided surface.
    Bearing surfaces are fine-ground.
    The sintered ferrite has a porosity content of 18-20 % by volume, vacuum filled with special lubricant
    FIBROLIT LD. As additional long term lubrication it is recommended to fill up the grove in the bushing
    with FIBROLIT LD 280.34, see chapter H. Even under arduous running conditions, this material can be
    relied upon for good protection against oil film rupture.
    Under no circumstances must molybdenum disulfite be added to the lubricant.
    For bearing clearance ranges, see chapter D.
    FIBRO High Precision Ball Bearing Guides
    Careful manufacture at narrowest tolerances, and exactly the right amount of preloading* result in a
    play-free guide element of exceptional performance potential.
    Our superfinished running surfaces further enhance the advantages of ball bearing guides.
    Toolmakers favour ball bearing buides because of their free movement on the bench.
    FIBRO ball bearing guides can be equipped with a choice of brass or aluminium ball cages, which have
    proved to be very successful in practice due to their ball density and stability
    Ball bearing guides with their point contact of the balls remain somewhat sensitive to shock and sus-
    tained radial loads. To some extent, generous dimensioning of pillar diameters helps to compensate
    for this inherent disadvantage.
    * Average preloading:
    4 µm on pillars from 8 to 12 mm diameter
    7– 9 µm on pillars from 15 to 16 mm diameter
    9–11 µm on pillars from 18 to 42 mm diameter
    11–13 µm on pillars from 50 to 80 mm diameter
    FIBRO Precision Roller Guides
    The profile roller cages are in linear contact with the guide bushing and guide pillar. This feature offers
    much greater capacity for radial loads in the individual roller than an identical size of ball bearing.
    The caulking of the roller bearing arrangement is implemented with the same FIBRO-specific solution
    as that used in ball cages.
    The profile rollers are arranged in a spiral formation in an axial direction. This gives each profile roller
    its own path. The roller cages are designed with a recess for a circlip conforming to DIN 471.
    The much larger contact area with the ball bearing guide permits a significant reduction in preload
    values.
    The following preload values apply to FIBRO Roller Guides:
    For static loads/low velocities,
    pillar diameters
    For Dynamic Loads/High Veloci-
    ties, pillar diameters
    up to Ø 25 = 2,5 µm up to Ø 25 = 1,5 µm
    Ø 30/32 = 3,5 µm Ø 30/32 = 2,5 µm
    Ø 40-50 = 3,5 µm Ø 40-50 = 2,5 µm
    Ø 63 = 4 µm Ø 63 = 3 µm
    FIBRO Precision Sliding Guides, bronze-coated
    consists of a steel body with bronze-coated running surface with helical oil groove and a grease nipple
    for lubrication.
    The steel body guarantees excellent resistance to breaking, even when subject to high loading
    at the edges.
    Use only pairing class
    guide pillar red = .30
    guide bush yellow = .10
    subject to alterations
    Notes on Guide Elements
    FIBRO Precision Sliding Guides –
    Carbonitrided Sintered Ferrite Bushes
    These guides employ bushes made from sintered ferrite of high purity with carbonitrided surface.
    Bearing surfaces are fine-ground.
    The sintered ferrite has a porosity content of 18-20 % by volume, vacuum filled with special lubricant
    FIBROLIT LD. As additional long term lubrication it is recommended to fill up the grove in the bushing
    with FIBROLIT LD 280.34, see chapter H. Even under arduous running conditions, this material can be
    relied upon for good protection against oil film rupture.
    Under no circumstances must molybdenum disulfite be added to the lubricant.
    For bearing clearance ranges, see chapter D.
    FIBRO High Precision Ball Bearing Guides
    Careful manufacture at narrowest tolerances, and exactly the right amount of preloading* result in a
    play-free guide element of exceptional performance potential.
    Our superfinished running surfaces further enhance the advantages of ball bearing guides.
    Toolmakers favour ball bearing buides because of their free movement on the bench.
    FIBRO ball bearing guides can be equipped with a choice of brass or aluminium ball cages, which have
    proved to be very successful in practice due to their ball density and stability
    Ball bearing guides with their point contact of the balls remain somewhat sensitive to shock and sus-
    tained radial loads. To some extent, generous dimensioning of pillar diameters helps to compensate
    for this inherent disadvantage.
    * Average preloading:
    4 µm on pillars from 8 to 12 mm diameter
    7– 9 µm on pillars from 15 to 16 mm diameter
    9–11 µm on pillars from 18 to 42 mm diameter
    11–13 µm on pillars from 50 to 80 mm diameter
    FIBRO Precision Roller Guides
    The profile roller cages are in linear contact with the guide bushing and guide pillar. This feature offers
    much greater capacity for radial loads in the individual roller than an identical size of ball bearing.
    The caulking of the roller bearing arrangement is implemented with the same FIBRO-specific solution
    as that used in ball cages.
    The profile rollers are arranged in a spiral formation in an axial direction. This gives each profile roller
    its own path. The roller cages are designed with a recess for a circlip conforming to DIN 471.
    The much larger contact area with the ball bearing guide permits a significant reduction in preload
    values.
    The following preload values apply to FIBRO Roller Guides:
    For static loads/low velocities,
    pillar diameters
    For Dynamic Loads/High Veloci-
    ties, pillar diameters
    up to Ø 25 = 2,5 µm up to Ø 25 = 1,5 µm
    Ø 30/32 = 3,5 µm Ø 30/32 = 2,5 µm
    Ø 40-50 = 3,5 µm Ø 40-50 = 2,5 µm
    Ø 63 = 4 µm Ø 63 = 3 µm
    FIBRO Precision Sliding Guides, bronze-coated
    consists of a steel body with bronze-coated running surface with helical oil groove and a grease nipple
    for lubrication.
    The steel body guarantees excellent resistance to breaking, even when subject to high loading
    at the edges.
    Use only pairing class
    guide pillar red = .30
    guide bush yellow = .10
    A7
    Cast Iron Die Sets
    Cast Iron Die Sets
    A9
    subject to alterations
    Die set DIN 9812 Type D/DG
    Guide Elements
    M
    Sintered Ferrite
    Guide Bushes
    .030
    Ball Bearing
    Guides
    .040
    Order No (part II)
    Available without or
    with shank thread
    in top bolster
    .031
    M
    .041
    b 2 c 7
    c 1 c 3
    d 3
    e
    a 2
    d 1
    f
    d 2
    c 2
    l
    r
    Section A - A
    Section B - B
    A A
    B B
    201.01.
    A10
    Order No part 1*
    Work area
    d 1 a 2 b 2 c 1 c 2 c 3 c 7 d 2 d 3 e f l r M
    201.01.063. 63 182 100 40 25 60 20 16 15 106 73 140 20 16x1,5
    201.01.080. 80 236 120 50 30 80 30 20 19 140 90 160 28 20x1,5
    201.01.100. 100 275 140 50 30 80 30 25 24 165 110 160 35 20x1,5
    201.01.125. 125 300 165 50 30 80 30 25 24 190 139 160 35 20x1,5
    201.01.160. 160 360 200 56 40 90 30 32 30 240 174 180 40 24x1,5
    201.01.180. 180 380 220 56 40 90 30 32 30 260 194 180 40 24x1,5
    201.01.200. 200 400 240 56 40 90 30 32 30 280 218 180 40 24x1,5
    201.01.250. 250 496 300 56 50 100 30 40 38 350 268 200 48 30x2
    201.01.315. 315 563 365 63 50 100 30 40 38 417 333 224 48 30x2
    *Order No Part 2 = complete guide type
    Ordering Code (example):
    Die set DIN 9812 Type D/DG =201.01.
    Work area D1 63 mm = 63.
    Type of guides FA Sintered ferrite = 3
    Shank thread ZG without = 0
    Order No =201.01. 63. 30
    201.01. Die set DIN 9812 Type D/DG
    subject to alterations
    B
    A
    B
    45°
    c 8
    c 4
    l
    c 1 c 3
    c 2 b 2
    a 2
    d 1
    e
    f
    d 3 d 2
    c 7
    Section A - A
    Section B - B
    A
    r
    201.03.
    Die set DIN 9814 Type D/DG
    Guide Elements
    Sintered Ferrite
    Guide Bushes
    Ball Bearing
    Guides
    Order No (part II)
    Available without or
    with shank thread
    in top bolster
    M
    .034 .054
    .035
    M
    .055
    Stripper Steel Steel
    A11
    Order No part 1*
    Work area
    d 1 a 2 b 2 c 1 c 2 c 3
    c 4 c 7 c 8 d 2 d 3 e f l r M
    201.03.100. 100 275 140 50 30 50 22 30 18 25 24 165 119 160 35 20x1.5
    201.03.125. 125 300 165 50 30 50 22 30 18 25 24 190 144 160 35 20x1.5
    201.03.160. 160 360 200 56 40 60 27 30 18 32 30 240 184 180 40 24x1.5
    *Order No Part 2 = complete guide type
    Ordering Code (example):
    Die set DIN 9814 Type D/DG =201.03.
    Work area D1 100 mm = 100.
    Type of guides FA Sintered ferrite = 03
    Shank thread ZG without = 4
    Order No =201.03. 100. 034
    201.03. Die set DIN 9814 Type D/DG
    subject to alterations
    Die set DIN 9816 Shape D
    Guide Elements
    Sintered Ferrite
    Guide Bushes
    Ball Bearing
    Guides
    .030 .040
    Order No (part II)
    Without shank thread
    in top bolster
    b 2 c 7
    c 1 c 2
    d
    e
    a 2
    d 1
    d 2
    l
    r
    Section A - A
    Section B - B
    A A
    B B
    d 3
    201.05.
    A12
    Order No part 1*
    Work area
    d 1 a 2 b 2 c 1 c 2 c 7 d 2 d 3 e l r
    201.05.063. 63 182 100 40 65 20 16 15 106 140 20
    201.05.080. 80 236 120 50 70 30 20 19 140 160 28
    201.05.100. 100 275 140 50 75 30 25 24 165 180 35
    201.05.125. 125 300 165 50 80 30 25 24 190 180 35
    201.05.160. 160 360 200 56 90 30 32 30 240 224 40
    201.05.200. 200 400 240 56 100 30 32 30 280 224 40
    *Order No Part 2 = complete guide type
    Ordering Code (example):
    Die set DIN 9816 Shape D =201.05.
    Work area D1 63 mm = 063.
    Type of guides FA Sintered ferrite = 030
    Order No =201.05. 063. 030
    201.05. Die set DIN 9816 Shape D
    subject to alterations
    b 2
    b 1 20
    c 1 c 2
    d 3
    d 1
    a 2
    e
    B
    A
    B
    A
    d 2
    l
    r
    Section A - A
    Section B - B
    201.07.
    Die set ~DIN 9816 Shape D
    Guide Elements
    Sintered Ferrite
    Guide Bushes
    A13
    Order No
    Work area
    d 1 a 2 b 1 b 2 c 1 c 2 d 2 d 3 e l r
    201.07.040.030 40 112 45 55 36 40 16 15 66 100 13
    201.07.063.030 63 142 68 78 40 55 16 15 90 125 14
    201.07. Die set ~DIN 9816 Shape D
    subject to alterations
    Die set DIN 9812 Shape C/CG
    Guide Elements
    M
    Sintered Ferrite
    Guide Bushes
    .030
    Ball Bearing
    Guides
    .040
    Order No (part II)
    Available without or
    with shank thread
    in top bolster
    .031
    M
    .041
    30
    c 1 c 3
    c 2
    b 2
    d 3
    a 2
    a 1
    f
    e
    B
    A
    B
    A
    d 2
    l
    b 1
    r
    Section A - A
    Section B - B
    201.11.
    A14
    Order No part 1*
    Work area
    a 1 x b 1 a 2 b 2 c 1 c 2 c 3 d 2 d 3 e f l r M
    201.11.070.050. 70 x 50 170 70 40 22 50 20 19 110 73 140 20 20x1.5
    201.11.080.063. 80 x 63 235 103 50 30 80 20 19 140 90 160 27 20x1.5
    201.11.100.063. 100 x 63 253 103 50 30 80 20 19 158 110 160 27 20x1.5
    201.11.100.080. 100 x 80 265 120 50 30 80 25 24 165 110 160 30 20x1.5
    201.11.125.080. 125 x 80 290 120 50 30 80 25 24 190 139 160 30 20x1.5
    201.11.160.080. 160 x 80 325 120 50 30 80 25 24 225 174 160 30 20x1.5
    201.11.200.080. 200 x 80 365 120 50 30 80 25 24 265 218 160 30 20x1.5
    201.11.125.100. 125 x 100 290 140 50 40 90 25 24 190 139 160 30 24x1.5
    201.11.160.100. 160 x 100 325 140 50 40 90 25 24 225 174 160 30 24x1.5
    201.11.200.100. 200 x 100 395 140 56 40 90 32 30 280 218 180 37 24x1.5
    201.11.160.125. 160 x 125 355 165 56 40 90 32 30 240 174 180 37 24x1.5
    201.11.200.125. 200 x 125 395 165 56 40 90 32 30 280 218 180 37 24x1.5
    201.11.250.125. 250 x 125 445 165 56 40 90 32 30 330 268 180 37 24x1.5
    201.11.315.125. 315 x 125 510 165 56 40 90 32 30 395 333 180 37 24x1.5
    201.11.200.160. 200 x 160 395 200 56 50 100 32 30 280 218 200 37 30x2
    201.11.250.160. 250 x 160 445 200 56 50 100 32 30 330 268 200 37 30x2
    201.11.250.200. 250 x 200 496 250 63 50 100 40 38 350 268 224 48 30x2
    201.11.315.200. 315 x 200 563 250 63 50 100 40 38 417 333 224 48 30x2
    201.11.315.250. 315 x 250 563 300 63 50 100 40 38 417 333 224 48 30x2
    *Order No Part 2 = complete guide type
    201.11. Die set DIN 9812 Shape C/CG
    subject to alterations
    45°
    c 4
    c 3
    30
    c 1
    c 2
    b 2
    d 3
    a 2
    a 1
    f
    e
    d 2
    b 1
    r
    Section A - A
    Section B - B
    B
    A
    B
    A
    l
    c 8
    201.13.
    Die set DIN 9814 Shape C/CG
    Guide Elements
    Sintered Ferrite
    Guide Bushes
    Ball Bearing
    Guides
    Order No (part II)
    Available without or
    with shank thread
    in top bolster
    M
    .034 .054
    .035
    M
    .055
    Stripper Steel Steel
    A15
    Order No part 1*
    Work area
    a 1 x b 1 a 2 b 2 c 1 c 2 c 3 c 4 c 8 d 2 d 3 e l r M
    201.13.080.063. 80 x 63 235 103 50 30 50 18 14 20 19 140 160 27 20x1.5
    201.13.100.080. 100 x 80 265 120 50 30 50 22 18 25 24 165 160 30 20x1.5
    201.13.125.100. 125 x 100 290 140 50 40 60 22 18 25 24 190 160 30 24x1.5
    201.13.160.125. 160 x 125 355 165 56 40 60 27 18 32 30 240 180 37 24x1.5
    201.13.200.160. 200 x 160 395 200 56 50 70 27 18 32 30 280 200 37 30x2
    *Order No Part 2 = complete guide type
    Ordering Code (example):
    Die set DIN 9814 Shape C/CG =201.13.
    Working area length A1 80 mm = 080.
    Working area width B1 63 mm = 063.
    Type of guides FA Sintered ferrite = 03
    Shank thread ZG without = 4
    Order No =201.13.080. 063. 034
    201.13. Die set DIN 9814 Shape C/CG
    subject to alterations
    Die set DIN 9819 Shape C/CG
    Guide Elements
    M
    Sintered Ferrite
    Guide Bushes
    .030
    Ball Bearing
    Guides
    .040
    Order No (part II)
    Available without or
    with shank thread
    in top bolster
    .031
    M
    .041
    c 2
    c 3
    e
    e 2
    f
    l
    b 2
    30
    c 1
    d 3
    a 1
    e
    A
    B
    A
    B
    a 2
    d 2
    r
    b 1
    1
    Section B - B
    Section A - A
    201.21.
    A16
    Order No part 1*
    Work area
    a 1 x b 1 a 2 b 2 c 1 c 2 c 3 d 2 d 3 e e 1 e 2 f l r M
    201.21.080.063. 80 x 63 120 103 50 30 80 20 19 80 145 121 73 160 27 20x1.5
    201.21.100.063. 100 x 63 140 103 50 30 80 20 19 100 157 121 73 160 27 20x1.5
    201.21.100.080. 100 x 80 140 120 50 30 80 25 24 100 175 144 90 160 30 20x1.5
    201.21.125.080. 125 x 80 165 120 50 30 80 25 24 125 191 144 90 160 30 20x1.5
    201.21.125.100. 125 x 100 165 140 50 40 90 25 24 125 206 164 110 160 30 24x1.5
    201.21.160.100. 160 x 100 200 140 50 40 90 25 24 160 229 164 110 160 30 24x1.5
    201.21.200.100. 200 x 100 240 140 56 40 90 32 30 200 268 179 110 180 37 24x1.5
    201.21.160.125. 160 x 125 200 165 56 40 90 32 30 160 259 204 139 180 37 24x1.5
    201.21.200.125. 200 x 125 240 165 56 40 90 32 30 200 286 204 139 180 37 24x1.5
    201.21.250.125. 250 x 125 290 165 56 40 90 32 30 250 323 204 139 180 37 24x1.5
    201.21.315.125. 315 x 125 355 165 56 40 90 32 30 315 375 204 139 180 37 24x1.5
    201.21.200.160. 200 x 160 240 200 56 50 100 32 30 200 312 240 174 200 37 30x2
    201.21.250.160. 250 x 160 290 200 56 50 100 32 30 250 346 240 174 200 37 30x2
    201.21.250.200. 250 x 200 300 250 63 50 100 40 38 250 392 302 218 224 48 30x2
    201.21.315.200. 315 x 200 365 250 63 50 100 40 38 315 436 302 218 224 48 30x2
    201.21.315.250. 315 x 250 365 300 63 50 100 40 38 315 472 352 268 224 48 30x2
    *Order No Part 2 = complete guide type
    201.21. Die set DIN 9819 Shape C/CG
    subject to alterations
    e
    e 2
    f
    l
    c 8
    c 4
    b 2
    30 2 c
    3
    c c 1
    d 3
    a 1
    e
    A
    B
    A
    B
    a 2
    d 2
    r
    b 1
    1
    Section B - B
    Section A - A
    201.23.
    Die set
    Guide Elements
    Sintered Ferrite
    Guide Bushes
    Ball Bearing
    Guides
    Order No (part II)
    Available without or
    with shank thread
    in top bolster
    M
    .034 .054
    .035
    M
    .055
    Stripper Steel Steel
    A17
    Order No part 1*
    Work area
    a 1 x b 1 a 2 b 2 c 1 c 2 c 3 c 4 c 8 d 2 d 3 e e 1 e 2 f l r M
    201.23.100.080. 100 x 80 140 120 50 30 50 22 15 25 24 100 175 144 98 160 30 20x1.5
    201.23.125.100. 125 x 100 165 140 50 40 60 22 15 25 24 125 206 164 118 160 30 24x1.5
    201.23.160.100. 160 x 100 200 140 50 40 60 22 15 25 24 160 229 164 118 160 30 24x1.5
    201.23.160.125. 160 x 125 200 165 56 40 60 27 15 32 30 160 259 204 148 180 37 24x1.5
    201.23.200.125. 200 x 125 240 165 56 40 60 27 15 32 30 200 286 204 148 180 37 24x1.5
    201.23.250.160. 250 x 160 290 200 56 50 70 27 15 32 30 250 346 240 184 200 37 30x2
    *Order No Part 2 = complete guide type
    Ordering Code (example):
    Die set =201.23.
    Working area length A1 100 mm = 100.
    Working area width B1 80 mm = 080.
    Type of guides FA Sintered ferrite = 03
    Shank thread ZG without = 4
    Order No =201.23. 100. 080. 034
    201.23. Die set
    subject to alterations
    Die set
    Guide Elements
    M
    Sintered Ferrite
    Guide Bushes
    .030
    Ball Bearing
    Guides
    .040
    Order No (part II)
    Available without or
    with shank thread
    in top bolster
    .031
    M
    .041
    e 1
    l
    30
    c 1
    3
    c
    2
    c b
    e
    a 1
    a 2
    d 3 d 2
    b 2
    1
    A
    B
    A
    B
    e 2
    f
    Section B - B
    Section A - A
    r
    201.26.
    A18
    Order No part 1*
    Work area
    a 1 x b 1 a 2 b 2 c 1 c 2 c 3 d 2 d 3 e e 1 e 2 f l r M
    201.26.125.100. 125 x 100 165 140 50 40 90 25 24 125 206 164 110 160 30 24x1.5
    201.26.160.100. 160 x 100 200 140 50 40 90 25 24 160 229 164 110 160 30 24x1.5
    201.26.160.125. 160 x 125 200 165 56 40 90 32 30 160 259 204 139 180 37 24x1.5
    201.26.200.125. 200 x 125 240 165 56 40 90 32 30 200 286 204 139 180 37 24x1.5
    201.26.200.160. 200 x 160 240 200 56 50 100 32 30 200 312 240 174 200 37 30x2
    *Order No Part 2 = complete guide type
    Ordering Code (example):
    Die set =201.26.
    Working area length A1 125 mm = 125.
    Working area width B1 100 mm = 100.
    Type of guides FA Sintered ferrite = 03
    Shank thread ZG without = 0
    Order No =201.26. 125.100. 030
    201.26. Die set
    subject to alterations
    l
    f
    3
    e
    b 1
    b 2
    30
    c 3
    a 2
    a 1
    A
    B
    A
    B
    r
    d 2 d 2
    c 1
    c 2
    Section A - A
    Section B - B
    201.31.
    e 1
    Die set DIN 9822 Shape C
    Guide Elements
    Sintered Ferrite
    Guide Bushes
    Ball Bearing
    Guides
    .030 .040
    Order No (part II)
    Without shank thread
    in top bolster
    A19
    Order No part 1*
    Work area
    a 1 x b 1 a 2 b 2 c 1 c 2 c 3 d 2 e 1 e 3 f l r
    201.31.063.050. 63 x 50 95 84 40 25 50 20 72 77 55 140 22
    201.31.080.063. 80 x 63 125 105 45 30 60 20 80 92 68 160 27
    201.31.100.063. 100 x 63 145 105 45 30 60 20 100 92 68 160 27
    201.31.100.080. 100 x 80 145 130 50 30 70 25 100 112 87 160 30
    201.31.125.080. 125 x 80 170 130 50 30 70 25 125 112 87 160 30
    201.31.160.080. 160 x 80 205 130 50 30 70 25 160 112 87 160 30
    201.31.125.100. 125 x 100 170 150 56 40 90 32 125 140 107 180 37
    201.31.160.100. 160 x 100 205 150 56 40 90 32 160 140 107 180 37
    201.31.200.100. 200 x 100 245 150 56 40 90 32 200 140 107 180 37
    201.31.160.125. 160 x 125 215 180 56 40 90 32 160 165 132 180 37
    201.31.200.125. 200 x 125 255 180 56 40 90 32 200 165 132 180 37
    201.31.250.125. 250 x 125 305 180 56 40 90 32 250 165 132 180 37
    201.31.200.160. 200 x 160 255 225 63 50 120 40 200 210 167 224 48
    201.31.250.160. 250 x 160 305 225 63 50 120 40 250 210 167 224 48
    201.31.250.200. 250 x 200 305 270 63 50 120 50 250 260 207 224 56
    201.31.315.250. 315 x 250 370 320 63 50 120 50 315 310 257 224 56
    *Order No Part 2 = complete guide type
    201.31. Die set DIN 9822 Shape C
    subject to alterations
    Die set
    Guide Elements
    Sintered Ferrite
    Guide Bushes
    Ball Bearing
    Guides
    .030 .040
    Order No (part II)
    Without shank thread
    in top bolster
    3
    c
    2
    c
    4
    c
    c 1
    20
    e 3
    b 2
    e 4
    b 1 f
    a 1
    a 2
    e
    d 2 d 2
    r
    e 4
    l
    Section B - B
    Section A - A
    A
    B
    A
    B
    201.33.
    A20
    Order No part 1*
    Work area
    a 1 x b 1 a 2 b 2 c 1 c 2 c 3 c 4 d 2 e e 3 e 4 f l r
    201.33.063.050. 63 x 50 116 110 25 25 40 45 16 72 88 74 57 125 22
    201.33.080.060. 80 x 60 116 117 25 25 40 45 20 72 95 81 62 160 22
    *Order No Part 2 = complete guide type
    Ordering Code (example):
    Die set =201.33.
    Working area length A1 63 mm = 063.
    Working area width B1 50 mm = 050.
    Type of guides FA Sintered ferrite = 030
    Order No =201.33. 063. 050. 030
    201.33. Die set
    subject to alterations
    c 2
    c 3
    c 7
    c 1
    d 1
    e 2
    e
    3
    b
    l
    2
    b
    3
    e
    d 2 d 2
    a 2
    r
    Section B - B
    Section A - A
    A
    B
    A
    B
    201.36.
    Die set
    Guide Elements
    Sintered Ferrite
    Guide Bushes
    Ball Bearing
    Guides
    .030 .040
    Order No (part II)
    Without shank thread
    in top bolster
    A21
    Order No part 1*
    Work area
    d 1 a 2 b 2 b 3 c 1 c 2 c 3 c 7 d 2 e e 2 e 3 l r
    201.36.050. 50 80 80 65 40 30 50 25 20 66 33 73 125 20
    201.36.063. 63 94 94 78 45 30 60 25 20 82 41 88 125 25
    201.36.080. 80 110 110 95 50 30 70 30 25 105 52 107 160 30
    201.36.100. 100 140 140 120 50 30 70 30 25 125 57 127 160 30
    201.36.125. 125 166 166 145 56 40 90 30 32 157 73 156 180 38
    201.36.160. 160 200 200 180 63 50 120 30 40 200 85 185 224 48
    201.36.180. 180 220 220 200 63 50 120 30 40 224 90 200 224 48
    201.36.200. 200 250 250 225 63 50 120 30 50 250 95 220 224 56
    201.36.250. 250 300 300 275 63 50 120 30 50 300 120 270 224 56
    *Order No Part 2 = complete guide type
    Ordering Code (example):
    Die set =201.36.
    Work area D1 50 mm = 050.
    Type of guides FA Sintered ferrite = 030
    Order No =201.36. 050. 030
    201.36. Die set
    subject to alterations
    Fine blanking die set
    Guide Elements
    Ball Bearing
    Guides
    c 7 c 7
    b 1 b 1
    b 2
    g
    e
    a 2
    l
    d 3 d 2
    d 1
    c 1 c 1
    Section A - A
    Section B - B
    A
    B
    A
    B
    Faces front and rear fine machined after assembly – their perfect
    alignment permits use as datum reference.
    201.39.
    1
    r
    2
    r
    A22
    Order No
    Work area
    d 1 a 2 b 1 b 2 c 1 c 7 d 2 d 3 G e l r 1 r 2
    201.39.100.040 100 220 50 85 75 22 25 24 60 140 140 27 6
    201.39.125.040 125 245 62 100 75 25 25 24 80 165 140 27 6
    201.39.160.040 160 290 80 140 75 25 32 30 80 200 140 35 6
    201.39.200.040 200 340 100 160 80 30 40 38 90 250 160 45 8
    201.39.250.040 250 400 125 200 85 32 40 38 100 300 180 50 10
    201.39. Fine blanking die set
    All-Steel- and
    Aluminium
    Die Sets
    All-Steel- and
    Aluminium
    Die Sets
    A23
    2010.?5.
    2010.?6.
    2010.?7.
    2010.?9.
    l
    3 e
    a 4
    e 2
    b 1
    e 2
    3
    b 1
    1
    b
    1
    c c 2
    c 4
    d 1
    d 1
    e 1
    a 2
    a 1
    e 4
    a 2
    a 1
    e 1
    a 2
    a 1
    e 1
    d 2
    d 2
    D
    e 2
    a 3
    a
    d 2 d 2
    d 2 d 2
    b 1
    d 2
    a 1
    e 1
    d 2
    subject to alterations
    Standard Guide Systems
    202.19.
    Headed Sintered
    Ferrite Bushes,
    carbonitrided = .834.
    Headed Ball
    Bearing Bushes = .862.
    202.19.
    2081.3?. 2081.4?.
    206.71.
    Description:
    FIBRO Die Sets offer the choice between sintered ferrite sliding guides and
    those of the ball bearing type to DIN-ISO. Both come with headed guide
    bushes. These are seated in push-fit bolster bores and retained there by
    screw clamps.
    Execution:
    Steel: External contours milled, thickness surfaces ground
    a 1 or b 1 %630 = +0,2/+0,4
    a 1 or b 1 .630 = +0,2/+0,6
    Aluminium: External contours sawed, thickness surfaces ground
    a 1 or b 1 = +1/+4
    Advisory: Ordering Code:
    Hole pattern for the screw clamps depends on positioning of working
    surface, determined by last part of the Order No,
    for example: 2010.49.2520.4.862 .1 lengthwise
     .2 across
    Note:
    On request, Standard Die Sets can also be fitted with any other FIBRO
    Guide Elements (see die sets to customers’ drawings ).
    FIBRO will furthermore supply die sets with special machining features .
    Die set without stripper ~DIN 9868/ISO 11415
    A24
    2010. □ 5.
    2010. □ 6.
    2010. □ 7.
    2010. □ 9.
    a 1 ⊗ b 1
    a 2  ⊗ b 1
    a 1  ⊗ a 3
    a 1  ⊗ a 4 c 1 ± 2 c 2 ± 2 c 4 S c 4 K d 1 /d 2 ⊗ l D e 1 e 2 e 3 e 4
    2010. .1608. 1. . 160 ⊗ 80 60 ⊗ 80 – – 32 32 20 36 19/20 ⊗ 160 39 100 – – –
    2010. .1610. 1. . 160 ⊗ 100 60 ⊗ 100 – 160 ⊗ 50 32 32 20 36 19/20 ⊗ 160 39 100 – 70 –
    2010. .1612. 1. . 160 ⊗ 125 60 ⊗ 125 – 160 ⊗ 75 32 32 20 36 19/20 ⊗ 160 39 100 – 95 –
    2010. .1616. 1. . 160 ⊗ 160 60 ⊗ 160 160 ⊗ 60 160 ⊗ 110 32 32 20 36 19/20 ⊗ 160 39 100 100 130 103
    2010. .2010. 1. . 200 ⊗ 100 70 ⊗ 100 – – 40 40 36 56 24/25 ⊗ 180 46 120 – – –
    2010. .2010. 2. . 200 ⊗ 100 70 ⊗ 100 – – 40 32 36 56 24/25 ⊗ 180 46 120 – – –
    2010. .2010. 3. . 200 ⊗ 100 70 ⊗ 100 – – 32 40 36 56 24/25 ⊗ 180 46 120 – – –
    2010. .2010. 4. . 200 ⊗ 100 70 ⊗ 100 – – 32 32 36 56 24/25 ⊗ 180 46 120 – – –
    2010. .2012. 1. . 200 ⊗ 125 70 ⊗ 125 – 200 ⊗ 60 40 40 36 56 24/25 ⊗ 180 46 120 – 85 –
    2010. .2012. 2. . 200 ⊗ 125 70 ⊗ 125 – 200 ⊗ 60 40 32 36 56 24/25 ⊗ 180 46 120 – 85 –
    2010. .2012. 3. . 200 ⊗ 125 70 ⊗ 125 – 200 ⊗ 60 32 40 36 56 24/25 ⊗ 180 46 120 – 85 –
    2010. .2012. 4. . 200 ⊗ 125 70 ⊗ 125 – 200 ⊗ 60 32 32 36 56 24/25 ⊗ 180 46 120 – 85 –
    2010. .2016. 1. . 200 ⊗ 160 70 ⊗ 160 – 200 ⊗ 95 40 40 36 56 24/25 ⊗ 180 46 120 – 120 –
    2010. .2016. 2. . 200 ⊗ 160 70 ⊗ 160 – 200 ⊗ 95 40 32 36 56 24/25 ⊗ 180 46 120 – 120 –
    2010. .2016. 3. . 200 ⊗ 160 70 ⊗ 160 – 200 ⊗ 95 32 40 36 56 24/25 ⊗ 180 46 120 – 120 –
    2010. .2016. 4. . 200 ⊗ 160 70 ⊗ 160 – 200 ⊗ 95 32 32 36 56 24/25 ⊗ 180 46 120 – 120 –
    2010. .2020. 1. . 200 ⊗ 200 70 ⊗ 200 200 ⊗ 70 200 ⊗ 135 40 40 36 56 24/25 ⊗ 180 46 120 120 160 123
    2010. .2020. 2. . 200 ⊗ 200 70 ⊗ 200 200 ⊗ 70 200 ⊗ 135 40 32 36 56 24/25 ⊗ 180 46 120 120 160 123
    2010. .2020. 3. . 200 ⊗ 200 70 ⊗ 200 200 ⊗ 70 200 ⊗ 135 32 40 36 56 24/25 ⊗ 180 46 120 120 160 123
    2010. .2020. 4. . 200 ⊗ 200 70 ⊗ 200 200 ⊗ 70 200 ⊗ 135 32 32 36 56 24/25 ⊗ 180 46 120 120 160 123
    2010. .2512. 1. . 250 ⊗ 125 120 ⊗ 125 – 250 ⊗ 60 40 40 36 56 24/25 ⊗ 180 46 170 – 85 –
    2010. .2512. 2. . 250 ⊗ 125 120 ⊗ 125 – 250 ⊗ 60 40 32 36 56 24/25 ⊗ 180 46 170 – 85 –
    2010. .2512. 3. . 250 ⊗ 125 120 ⊗ 125 – 250 ⊗ 60 32 40 36 56 24/25 ⊗ 180 46 170 – 85 –
    2010. .2512. 4. . 250 ⊗ 125 120 ⊗ 125 – 250 ⊗ 60 32 32 36 56 24/25 ⊗ 180 46 170 – 85 –
    2010. .2516. 1. . 250 ⊗ 160 120 ⊗ 160 – 250 ⊗ 95 40 40 36 56 24/25 ⊗ 180 46 170 – 120 –
    2010. .2516. 2. . 250 ⊗ 160 120 ⊗ 160 – 250 ⊗ 95 40 32 36 56 24/25 ⊗ 180 46 170 – 120 –
    2010. .2516. 3. . 250 ⊗ 160 120 ⊗ 160 – 250 ⊗ 95 32 40 36 56 24/25 ⊗ 180 46 170 – 120 –
    2010. .2516. 4. . 250 ⊗ 160 120 ⊗ 160 – 250 ⊗ 95 32 32 36 56 24/25 ⊗ 180 46 170 – 120 –
    2010. .2520. 1. . 250 ⊗ 200 120 ⊗ 200 250 ⊗ 70 250 ⊗ 135 40 40 36 56 24/25 ⊗ 180 46 170 120 160 173
    2010. .2520. 2. . 250 ⊗ 200 120 ⊗ 200 250 ⊗ 70 250 ⊗ 135 40 32 36 56 24/25 ⊗ 180 46 170 120 160 173
    2010. .2520. 3. . 250 ⊗ 200 120 ⊗ 200 250 ⊗ 70 250 ⊗ 135 32 40 36 56 24/25 ⊗ 180 46 170 120 160 173
    2010. .2520. 4. . 250 ⊗ 200 120 ⊗ 200 250 ⊗ 70 250 ⊗ 135 32 32 36 56 24/25 ⊗ 180 46 170 120 160 173
    2010. .2525. 1. . 250 ⊗ 250 120 ⊗ 250 250 ⊗ 120 250 ⊗ 185 40 40 36 56 24/25 ⊗ 180 46 170 170 210 173
    2010. .2525. 2. . 250 ⊗ 250 120 ⊗ 250 250 ⊗ 120 250 ⊗ 185 40 32 36 56 24/25 ⊗ 180 46 170 170 210 173
    2010. .2525. 3. . 250 ⊗ 250 120 ⊗ 250 250 ⊗ 120 250 ⊗ 185 32 40 36 56 24/25 ⊗ 180 46 170 170 210 173
    2010. .2525. 4. . 250 ⊗ 250 120 ⊗ 250 250 ⊗ 120 250 ⊗ 185 32 32 36 56 24/25 ⊗ 180 46 170 170 210 173
    2010. .3116. 1. . 315 ⊗ 160 165 ⊗ 160 – 315 ⊗ 85 50 50 45 63 30/32 ⊗ 200 53 225 – 115 –
    2010. .3116. 2. . 315 ⊗ 160 165 ⊗ 160 – 315 ⊗ 85 50 40 45 63 30/32 ⊗ 200 53 225 – 115 –
    2010. .3116. 3. . 315 ⊗ 160 165 ⊗ 160 – 315 ⊗ 85 40 50 45 63 30/32 ⊗ 200 53 225 – 115 –
    2010. .3116. 4. . 315 ⊗ 160 165 ⊗ 160 – 315 ⊗ 85 40 40 45 63 30/32 ⊗ 200 53 225 – 115 –
    2010. .3120. 1. . 315 ⊗ 200 165 ⊗ 200 315 ⊗ 50 315 ⊗ 125 50 50 45 63 30/32 ⊗ 200 53 225 110 155 228
    2010. .3120. 2. . 315 ⊗ 200 165 ⊗ 200 315 ⊗ 50 315 ⊗ 125 50 40 45 63 30/32 ⊗ 200 53 225 110 155 228
    2010. .3120. 3. . 315 ⊗ 200 165 ⊗ 200 315 ⊗ 50 315 ⊗ 125 40 50 45 63 30/32 ⊗ 200 53 225 110 155 228
    2010. .3120. 4. . 315 ⊗ 200 165 ⊗ 200 315 ⊗ 50 315 ⊗ 125 40 40 45 63 30/32 ⊗ 200 53 225 110 155 228
    2010. .3125. 1. . 315 ⊗ 250 165 ⊗ 250 315 ⊗ 100 315 ⊗ 175 50 50 45 63 30/32 ⊗ 200 53 225 160 205 228
    2010. .3125. 2. . 315 ⊗ 250 165 ⊗ 250 315 ⊗ 100 315 ⊗ 175 50 40 45 63 30/32 ⊗ 200 53 225 160 205 228
    2010. .3125. 3. . 315 ⊗ 250 165 ⊗ 250 315 ⊗ 100 315 ⊗ 175 40 50 45 63 30/32 ⊗ 200 53 225 160 205 228
    2010. .3125. 4. . 315 ⊗ 250 165 ⊗ 250 315 ⊗ 100 315 ⊗ 175 40 40 45 63 30/32 ⊗ 200 53 225 160 205 228
    2010. .3131. 1. . 315 ⊗ 315 165 ⊗ 315 315 ⊗ 165 315 ⊗ 240 50 50 45 63 30/32 ⊗ 200 53 225 225 270 228
    2010. .3131. 2. . 315 ⊗ 315 165 ⊗ 315 315 ⊗ 165 315 ⊗ 240 50 40 45 63 30/32 ⊗ 200 53 225 225 270 228
    2010. .3131. 3. . 315 ⊗ 315 165 ⊗ 315 315 ⊗ 165 315 ⊗ 240 40 50 45 63 30/32 ⊗ 200 53 225 225 270 228
    2010. .3131. 4. . 315 ⊗ 315 165 ⊗ 315 315 ⊗ 165 315 ⊗ 240 40 40 45 63 30/32 ⊗ 200 53 225 225 270 228
    2010. .4020. 1. . 400 ⊗ 200 250 ⊗ 200 400 ⊗ 50 400 ⊗ 125 50 50 45 63 30/32 ⊗ 200 53 310 110 155 313
    2010. .4020. 2. . 400 ⊗ 200 250 ⊗ 200 400 ⊗ 50 400 ⊗ 125 50 40 45 63 30/32 ⊗ 200 53 310 110 155 313
    2010. .4020. 3. . 400 ⊗ 200 250 ⊗ 200 400 ⊗ 50 400 ⊗ 125 40 50 45 63 30/32 ⊗ 200 53 310 110 155 313
    2010. .4020. 4. . 400 ⊗ 200 250 ⊗ 200 400 ⊗ 50 400 ⊗ 125 40 40 45 63 30/32 ⊗ 200 53 310 110 155 313
    2010. .4025. 1. . 400 ⊗ 250 250 ⊗ 250 400 ⊗ 100 400 ⊗ 175 50 50 45 63 30/32 ⊗ 200 53 310 160 205 313
    2010. .4025. 2. . 400 ⊗ 250 250 ⊗ 250 400 ⊗ 100 400 ⊗ 175 50 40 45 63 30/32 ⊗ 200 53 310 160 205 313
    2010. .4025. 3. . 400 ⊗ 250 250 ⊗ 250 400 ⊗ 100 400 ⊗ 175 40 50 45 63 30/32 ⊗ 200 53 310 160 205 313
    2010. .4025. 4. . 400 ⊗ 250 250 ⊗ 250 400 ⊗ 100 400 ⊗ 175 40 40 45 63 30/32 ⊗ 200 53 310 160 205 313
    2010. .4031. 1. . 400 u 315 250 u 315 400 u 165 400 u 240 50 50 45 63 30/32 u 200 53 310 225 270 313
    2010. .4031. 2. . 400 u 315 250 u 315 400 u 165 400 u 240 50 40 45 63 30/32 u 200 53 310 225 270 313
    2010 . 4 5 . 4025 . 1 . 862 . 2
    subject to alterations
    Die set without stripper ~DIN 9868/ISO 11415
    Type
    2010. □□ . Ordering Code (principle):
    Position of work area: 2
    Guide system: Headed ball bearing
    bushes
    Thickness combinations P:
    c 1 - c 2
    External dimensions: a 1 = 400 u b 1 = 250
    Type:
    Position of guide elements
    Material:
    4 = Steel, 6 = Aluminium
    Standard Die sets
    Order No.
    external
    dimensions
    work area
    across
    work area
    lengthwise
    work area
    lengthwise
    2010.?5.
    2010.?6.
    2010.?7.
    2010.?9.
    l
    3 e
    a 4
    e 2
    b 1
    e 2
    3
    b 1
    1
    b
    1
    c c 2
    c 4
    d 1
    d 1
    e 1
    a 2
    a 1
    e 4
    a 2
    a 1
    e 1
    a 2
    a 1
    e 1
    d 2
    d 2
    D
    e 2
    a 3
    a
    d 2 d 2
    d 2 d 2
    b 1
    d 2
    a 1
    e 1
    d 2
    subject to alterations
    Standard Guide Systems
    202.19.
    Headed Sintered
    Ferrite Bushes,
    carbonitrided = .834.
    Headed Ball
    Bearing Bushes = .862.
    202.19.
    2081.3?. 2081.4?.
    206.71.
    Description:
    FIBRO Die Sets offer the choice between sintered ferrite sliding guides and
    those of the ball bearing type to DIN-ISO. Both come with headed guide
    bushes. These are seated in push-fit bolster bores and retained there by
    screw clamps.
    Execution:
    Steel: External contours milled, thickness surfaces ground
    a 1 or b 1 %630 = +0,2/+0,4
    a 1 or b 1 .630 = +0,2/+0,6
    Aluminium: External contours sawed, thickness surfaces ground
    a 1 or b 1 = +1/+4
    Advisory: Ordering Code:
    Hole pattern for the screw clamps depends on positioning of working
    surface, determined by last part of the Order No,
    for example: 2010.49.2520.4.862 .1 lengthwise
     .2 across
    Note:
    On request, Standard Die Sets can also be fitted with any other FIBRO
    Guide Elements (see die sets to customers’ drawings ).
    FIBRO will furthermore supply die sets with special machining features .
    Die set without stripper ~DIN 9868/ISO 11415
    2010. □ 5.
    2010. □ 6.
    2010. □ 7.
    2010. □ 9.
    a 1 ⊗ b 1
    a 2  ⊗ b 1
    a 1  ⊗ a 3
    a 1  ⊗ a 4 c 1 ± 2 c 2 ± 2 c 4 S c 4 K d 1 /d 2 ⊗ l D e 1 e 2 e 3 e 4
    2010. .1608. 1. . 160 ⊗ 80 60 ⊗ 80 – – 32 32 20 36 19/20 ⊗ 160 39 100 – – –
    2010. .1610. 1. . 160 ⊗ 100 60 ⊗ 100 – 160 ⊗ 50 32 32 20 36 19/20 ⊗ 160 39 100 – 70 –
    2010. .1612. 1. . 160 ⊗ 125 60 ⊗ 125 – 160 ⊗ 75 32 32 20 36 19/20 ⊗ 160 39 100 – 95 –
    2010. .1616. 1. . 160 ⊗ 160 60 ⊗ 160 160 ⊗ 60 160 ⊗ 110 32 32 20 36 19/20 ⊗ 160 39 100 100 130 103
    2010. .2010. 1. . 200 ⊗ 100 70 ⊗ 100 – – 40 40 36 56 24/25 ⊗ 180 46 120 – – –
    2010. .2010. 2. . 200 ⊗ 100 70 ⊗ 100 – – 40 32 36 56 24/25 ⊗ 180 46 120 – – –
    2010. .2010. 3. . 200 ⊗ 100 70 ⊗ 100 – – 32 40 36 56 24/25 ⊗ 180 46 120 – – –
    2010. .2010. 4. . 200 ⊗ 100 70 ⊗ 100 – – 32 32 36 56 24/25 ⊗ 180 46 120 – – –
    2010. .2012. 1. . 200 ⊗ 125 70 ⊗ 125 – 200 ⊗ 60 40 40 36 56 24/25 ⊗ 180 46 120 – 85 –
    2010. .2012. 2. . 200 ⊗ 125 70 ⊗ 125 – 200 ⊗ 60 40 32 36 56 24/25 ⊗ 180 46 120 – 85 –
    2010. .2012. 3. . 200 ⊗ 125 70 ⊗ 125 – 200 ⊗ 60 32 40 36 56 24/25 ⊗ 180 46 120 – 85 –
    2010. .2012. 4. . 200 ⊗ 125 70 ⊗ 125 – 200 ⊗ 60 32 32 36 56 24/25 ⊗ 180 46 120 – 85 –
    2010. .2016. 1. . 200 ⊗ 160 70 ⊗ 160 – 200 ⊗ 95 40 40 36 56 24/25 ⊗ 180 46 120 – 120 –
    2010. .2016. 2. . 200 ⊗ 160 70 ⊗ 160 – 200 ⊗ 95 40 32 36 56 24/25 ⊗ 180 46 120 – 120 –
    2010. .2016. 3. . 200 ⊗ 160 70 ⊗ 160 – 200 ⊗ 95 32 40 36 56 24/25 ⊗ 180 46 120 – 120 –
    2010. .2016. 4. . 200 ⊗ 160 70 ⊗ 160 – 200 ⊗ 95 32 32 36 56 24/25 ⊗ 180 46 120 – 120 –
    2010. .2020. 1. . 200 ⊗ 200 70 ⊗ 200 200 ⊗ 70 200 ⊗ 135 40 40 36 56 24/25 ⊗ 180 46 120 120 160 123
    2010. .2020. 2. . 200 ⊗ 200 70 ⊗ 200 200 ⊗ 70 200 ⊗ 135 40 32 36 56 24/25 ⊗ 180 46 120 120 160 123
    2010. .2020. 3. . 200 ⊗ 200 70 ⊗ 200 200 ⊗ 70 200 ⊗ 135 32 40 36 56 24/25 ⊗ 180 46 120 120 160 123
    2010. .2020. 4. . 200 ⊗ 200 70 ⊗ 200 200 ⊗ 70 200 ⊗ 135 32 32 36 56 24/25 ⊗ 180 46 120 120 160 123
    2010. .2512. 1. . 250 ⊗ 125 120 ⊗ 125 – 250 ⊗ 60 40 40 36 56 24/25 ⊗ 180 46 170 – 85 –
    2010. .2512. 2. . 250 ⊗ 125 120 ⊗ 125 – 250 ⊗ 60 40 32 36 56 24/25 ⊗ 180 46 170 – 85 –
    2010. .2512. 3. . 250 ⊗ 125 120 ⊗ 125 – 250 ⊗ 60 32 40 36 56 24/25 ⊗ 180 46 170 – 85 –
    2010. .2512. 4. . 250 ⊗ 125 120 ⊗ 125 – 250 ⊗ 60 32 32 36 56 24/25 ⊗ 180 46 170 – 85 –
    2010. .2516. 1. . 250 ⊗ 160 120 ⊗ 160 – 250 ⊗ 95 40 40 36 56 24/25 ⊗ 180 46 170 – 120 –
    2010. .2516. 2. . 250 ⊗ 160 120 ⊗ 160 – 250 ⊗ 95 40 32 36 56 24/25 ⊗ 180 46 170 – 120 –
    2010. .2516. 3. . 250 ⊗ 160 120 ⊗ 160 – 250 ⊗ 95 32 40 36 56 24/25 ⊗ 180 46 170 – 120 –
    2010. .2516. 4. . 250 ⊗ 160 120 ⊗ 160 – 250 ⊗ 95 32 32 36 56 24/25 ⊗ 180 46 170 – 120 –
    2010. .2520. 1. . 250 ⊗ 200 120 ⊗ 200 250 ⊗ 70 250 ⊗ 135 40 40 36 56 24/25 ⊗ 180 46 170 120 160 173
    2010. .2520. 2. . 250 ⊗ 200 120 ⊗ 200 250 ⊗ 70 250 ⊗ 135 40 32 36 56 24/25 ⊗ 180 46 170 120 160 173
    2010. .2520. 3. . 250 ⊗ 200 120 ⊗ 200 250 ⊗ 70 250 ⊗ 135 32 40 36 56 24/25 ⊗ 180 46 170 120 160 173
    2010. .2520. 4. . 250 ⊗ 200 120 ⊗ 200 250 ⊗ 70 250 ⊗ 135 32 32 36 56 24/25 ⊗ 180 46 170 120 160 173
    2010. .2525. 1. . 250 ⊗ 250 120 ⊗ 250 250 ⊗ 120 250 ⊗ 185 40 40 36 56 24/25 ⊗ 180 46 170 170 210 173
    2010. .2525. 2. . 250 ⊗ 250 120 ⊗ 250 250 ⊗ 120 250 ⊗ 185 40 32 36 56 24/25 ⊗ 180 46 170 170 210 173
    2010. .2525. 3. . 250 ⊗ 250 120 ⊗ 250 250 ⊗ 120 250 ⊗ 185 32 40 36 56 24/25 ⊗ 180 46 170 170 210 173
    2010. .2525. 4. . 250 ⊗ 250 120 ⊗ 250 250 ⊗ 120 250 ⊗ 185 32 32 36 56 24/25 ⊗ 180 46 170 170 210 173
    2010. .3116. 1. . 315 ⊗ 160 165 ⊗ 160 – 315 ⊗ 85 50 50 45 63 30/32 ⊗ 200 53 225 – 115 –
    2010. .3116. 2. . 315 ⊗ 160 165 ⊗ 160 – 315 ⊗ 85 50 40 45 63 30/32 ⊗ 200 53 225 – 115 –
    2010. .3116. 3. . 315 ⊗ 160 165 ⊗ 160 – 315 ⊗ 85 40 50 45 63 30/32 ⊗ 200 53 225 – 115 –
    2010. .3116. 4. . 315 ⊗ 160 165 ⊗ 160 – 315 ⊗ 85 40 40 45 63 30/32 ⊗ 200 53 225 – 115 –
    2010. .3120. 1. . 315 ⊗ 200 165 ⊗ 200 315 ⊗ 50 315 ⊗ 125 50 50 45 63 30/32 ⊗ 200 53 225 110 155 228
    2010. .3120. 2. . 315 ⊗ 200 165 ⊗ 200 315 ⊗ 50 315 ⊗ 125 50 40 45 63 30/32 ⊗ 200 53 225 110 155 228
    2010. .3120. 3. . 315 ⊗ 200 165 ⊗ 200 315 ⊗ 50 315 ⊗ 125 40 50 45 63 30/32 ⊗ 200 53 225 110 155 228
    2010. .3120. 4. . 315 ⊗ 200 165 ⊗ 200 315 ⊗ 50 315 ⊗ 125 40 40 45 63 30/32 ⊗ 200 53 225 110 155 228
    2010. .3125. 1. . 315 ⊗ 250 165 ⊗ 250 315 ⊗ 100 315 ⊗ 175 50 50 45 63 30/32 ⊗ 200 53 225 160 205 228
    2010. .3125. 2. . 315 ⊗ 250 165 ⊗ 250 315 ⊗ 100 315 ⊗ 175 50 40 45 63 30/32 ⊗ 200 53 225 160 205 228
    2010. .3125. 3. . 315 ⊗ 250 165 ⊗ 250 315 ⊗ 100 315 ⊗ 175 40 50 45 63 30/32 ⊗ 200 53 225 160 205 228
    2010. .3125. 4. . 315 ⊗ 250 165 ⊗ 250 315 ⊗ 100 315 ⊗ 175 40 40 45 63 30/32 ⊗ 200 53 225 160 205 228
    2010. .3131. 1. . 315 ⊗ 315 165 ⊗ 315 315 ⊗ 165 315 ⊗ 240 50 50 45 63 30/32 ⊗ 200 53 225 225 270 228
    2010. .3131. 2. . 315 ⊗ 315 165 ⊗ 315 315 ⊗ 165 315 ⊗ 240 50 40 45 63 30/32 ⊗ 200 53 225 225 270 228
    2010. .3131. 3. . 315 ⊗ 315 165 ⊗ 315 315 ⊗ 165 315 ⊗ 240 40 50 45 63 30/32 ⊗ 200 53 225 225 270 228
    2010. .3131. 4. . 315 ⊗ 315 165 ⊗ 315 315 ⊗ 165 315 ⊗ 240 40 40 45 63 30/32 ⊗ 200 53 225 225 270 228
    2010. .4020. 1. . 400 ⊗ 200 250 ⊗ 200 400 ⊗ 50 400 ⊗ 125 50 50 45 63 30/32 ⊗ 200 53 310 110 155 313
    2010. .4020. 2. . 400 ⊗ 200 250 ⊗ 200 400 ⊗ 50 400 ⊗ 125 50 40 45 63 30/32 ⊗ 200 53 310 110 155 313
    2010. .4020. 3. . 400 ⊗ 200 250 ⊗ 200 400 ⊗ 50 400 ⊗ 125 40 50 45 63 30/32 ⊗ 200 53 310 110 155 313
    2010. .4020. 4. . 400 ⊗ 200 250 ⊗ 200 400 ⊗ 50 400 ⊗ 125 40 40 45 63 30/32 ⊗ 200 53 310 110 155 313
    2010. .4025. 1. . 400 ⊗ 250 250 ⊗ 250 400 ⊗ 100 400 ⊗ 175 50 50 45 63 30/32 ⊗ 200 53 310 160 205 313
    2010. .4025. 2. . 400 ⊗ 250 250 ⊗ 250 400 ⊗ 100 400 ⊗ 175 50 40 45 63 30/32 ⊗ 200 53 310 160 205 313
    2010. .4025. 3. . 400 ⊗ 250 250 ⊗ 250 400 ⊗ 100 400 ⊗ 175 40 50 45 63 30/32 ⊗ 200 53 310 160 205 313
    2010. .4025. 4. . 400 ⊗ 250 250 ⊗ 250 400 ⊗ 100 400 ⊗ 175 40 40 45 63 30/32 ⊗ 200 53 310 160 205 313
    2010. .4031. 1. . 400 u 315 250 u 315 400 u 165 400 u 240 50 50 45 63 30/32 u 200 53 310 225 270 313
    2010. .4031. 2. . 400 u 315 250 u 315 400 u 165 400 u 240 50 40 45 63 30/32 u 200 53 310 225 270 313
    2010 . 4 5 . 4025 . 1 . 862 . 2
    subject to alterations
    Die set without stripper ~DIN 9868/ISO 11415
    Type
    2010. □□ . Ordering Code (principle):
    Position of work area: 2
    Guide system: Headed ball bearing
    bushes
    Thickness combinations P:
    c 1 - c 2
    External dimensions: a 1 = 400 u b 1 = 250
    Type:
    Position of guide elements
    Material:
    4 = Steel, 6 = Aluminium
    Standard Die sets
    Order No.
    external
    dimensions
    work area
    across
    work area
    lengthwise
    work area
    lengthwise
    A25
    2010.?5.
    2010.?6.
    2010.?7.
    2010.?9.
    l
    3 e
    a 4
    e 2
    b 1
    e 2
    3
    b 1
    1
    b
    1
    c c 2
    c 4
    d 1
    d 1
    e 1
    a 2
    a 1
    e 4
    a 2
    a 1
    e 1
    a 2
    a 1
    e 1
    d 2
    d 2
    D
    e 2
    a 3
    a
    d 2 d 2
    d 2 d 2
    b 1
    d 2
    a 1
    e 1
    d 2
    subject to alterations
    Standard Guide Systems
    202.19.
    Headed Sintered
    Ferrite Bushes,
    carbonitrided = .834.
    Headed Ball
    Bearing Bushes = .862.
    202.19.
    2081.3?. 2081.4?.
    206.71.
    Description:
    FIBRO Die Sets offer the choice between sintered ferrite sliding guides and
    those of the ball bearing type to DIN-ISO. Both come with headed guide
    bushes. These are seated in push-fit bolster bores and retained there by
    screw clamps.
    Execution:
    Steel: External contours milled, thickness surfaces ground
    a 1 or b 1 %630 = +0,2/+0,4
    a 1 or b 1 .630 = +0,2/+0,6
    Aluminium: External contours sawed, thickness surfaces ground
    a 1 or b 1 = +1/+4
    Advisory: Ordering Code:
    Hole pattern for the screw clamps depends on positioning of working
    surface, determined by last part of the Order No,
    for example: 2010.49.2520.4.862 .1 lengthwise
     .2 across
    Note:
    On request, Standard Die Sets can also be fitted with any other FIBRO
    Guide Elements (see die sets to customers’ drawings ).
    FIBRO will furthermore supply die sets with special machining features .
    Die set without stripper ~DIN 9868/ISO 11415
    A26
    2010. □ 5.
    2010. □ 6.
    2010. □ 7.
    2010. □ 9.
    2010 . 4 5 . 4025 . 1 . 862 . 2
    a 1 ⊗ b 1 a 2  ⊗ b 1 a 1  ⊗ a 3 a 1  ⊗ a 4 c 1 ± 2 c 2 ± 2 c 4 S c 4 K d 1 /d 2 ⊗ l D e 1 e 2 e 3 e 4
    2010. .4031. 3. . 400 u 315 250 u 315 400 u 165 400 u 240 40 50 45 63 30/32 u 200 53 310 225 270 313
    2010. .4031. 4. . 400 u 315 250 u 315 400 u 165 400 u 240 40 40 45 63 30/32 u 200 53 310 225 270 313
    2010. .4040. 1. . 400 u 400 250 u 400 400 u 250 400 u 325 50 50 45 63 30/32 u 200 53 310 310 355 313
    2010. .4040. 2. . 400 u 400 250 u 400 400 u 250 400 u 325 50 40 45 63 30/32 u 200 53 310 310 355 313
    2010. .4040. 3. . 400 u 400 250 u 400 400 u 250 400 u 325 40 50 45 63 30/32 u 200 53 310 310 355 313
    2010. .4040. 4. . 400 u 400 250 u 400 400 u 250 400 u 325 40 40 45 63 30/32 u 200 53 310 310 355 313
    2010. .5025. 1. . 500 u 250 330 u 250 500 u 80 500 u 165 50 50 45 71 38/40 u 200 63 400 150 200 403
    2010. .5025. 2. . 500 u 250 330 u 250 500 u 80 500 u 165 50 40 45 71 38/40 u 200 63 400 150 200 403
    2010. .5025. 3. . 500 u 250 330 u 250 500 u 80 500 u 165 40 50 45 71 38/40 u 200 63 400 150 200 403
    2010. .5025. 4. . 500 u 250 330 u 250 500 u 80 500 u 165 40 40 45 71 38/40 u 200 63 400 150 200 403
    2010. .5031. 1. . 500 u 315 330 u 315 500 u 145 500 u 230 50 50 45 71 38/40 u 200 63 400 215 265 403
    2010. .5031. 2. . 500 u 315 330 u 315 500 u 145 500 u 230 50 40 45 71 38/40 u 200 63 400 215 265 403
    2010. .5031. 3. . 500 u 315 330 u 315 500 u 145 500 u 230 40 50 45 71 38/40 u 200 63 400 215 265 403
    2010. .5031. 4. . 500 u 315 330 u 315 500 u 145 500 u 230 40 40 45 71 38/40 u 200 63 400 215 265 403
    2010. .5040. 1. . 500 u 400 330 u 400 500 u 230 500 u 315 50 50 45 71 38/40 u 200 63 400 300 350 403
    2010. .5040. 2. . 500 u 400 330 u 400 500 u 230 500 u 315 50 40 45 71 38/40 u 200 63 400 300 350 403
    2010. .5040. 3. . 500 u 400 330 u 400 500 u 230 500 u 315 40 50 45 71 38/40 u 200 63 400 300 350 403
    2010. .5040. 4. . 500 u 400 330 u 400 500 u 230 500 u 315 40 40 45 71 38/40 u 200 63 400 300 350 403
    2010. .5050. 1. . 500 u 500 330 u 500 500 u 330 500 u 415 50 50 45 71 38/40 u 200 63 400 400 450 403
    2010. .5050. 2. . 500 u 500 330 u 500 500 u 330 500 u 415 50 40 45 71 38/40 u 200 63 400 400 450 403
    2010. .5050. 3. . 500 u 500 330 u 500 500 u 330 500 u 415 40 50 45 71 38/40 u 200 63 400 400 450 403
    2010. .5050. 4. . 500 u 500 330 u 500 500 u 330 500 u 415 40 40 45 71 38/40 u 200 63 400 400 450 403
    2010. .6331. 1. . 630 u 315 430 u 315 630 u 115 630 u 215 63 63 50 80 48/50 u 250 77 510 195 255 513
    2010. .6331. 2. . 630 u 315 430 u 315 630 u 115 630 u 215 63 50 50 80 48/50 u 250 77 510 195 255 513
    2010. .6331. 3. . 630 u 315 430 u 315 630 u 115 630 u 215 50 63 50 80 48/50 u 224 77 510 195 255 513
    2010. .6331. 4. . 630 u 315 430 u 315 630 u 115 630 u 215 50 50 50 80 48/50 u 224 77 510 195 255 513
    2010. .6340. 1. . 630 u 400 430 u 400 630 u 200 630 u 300 63 63 50 80 48/50 u 250 77 510 280 340 513
    2010. .6340. 2. . 630 u 400 430 u 400 630 u 200 630 u 300 63 50 50 80 48/50 u 250 77 510 280 340 513
    2010. .6340. 3. . 630 u 400 430 u 400 630 u 200 630 u 300 50 63 50 80 48/50 u 224 77 510 280 340 513
    2010. .6340. 4. . 630 u 400 430 u 400 630 u 200 630 u 300 50 50 50 80 48/50 u 224 77 510 280 340 513
    2010. .6350. 1. . 630 u 500 430 u 500 630 u 300 630 u 400 63 63 50 80 48/50 u 250 77 510 380 440 513
    2010. .6350. 2. . 630 u 500 430 u 500 630 u 300 630 u 400 63 50 50 80 48/50 u 250 77 510 380 440 513
    2010. .6350. 3. . 630 u 500 430 u 500 630 u 300 630 u 400 50 63 50 80 48/50 u 224 77 510 380 440 513
    2010. .6350. 4. . 630 u 500 430 u 500 630 u 300 630 u 400 50 50 50 80 48/50 u 224 77 510 380 440 513
    2010. .6363. 1. . 630 u 630 430 u 630 630 u 430 630 u 530 63 63 50 80 48/50 u 250 77 510 510 570 513
    2010. .6363. 2. . 630 u 630 430 u 630 630 u 430 630 u 530 63 50 50 80 48/50 u 250 77 510 510 570 513
    2010. .6363. 3. . 630 u 630 430 u 630 630 u 430 630 u 530 50 63 50 80 48/50 u 224 77 510 510 570 513
    2010. .6363. 4. . 630 u 630 430 u 630 630 u 430 630 u 530 50 50 50 80 48/50 u 224 77 510 510 570 513
    2010. .7140. 1. . 710 u 400 510 u 400 710 u 200 710 u 300 63 63 50 80 48/50 u 250 77 590 280 340 593
    2010. .7140. 2. . 710 u 400 510 u 400 710 u 200 710 u 300 63 50 50 80 48/50 u 250 77 590 280 340 593
    2010. .7140. 3. . 710 u 400 510 u 400 710 u 200 710 u 300 50 63 50 80 48/50 u 224 77 590 280 340 593
    2010. .7140. 4. . 710 u 400 510 u 400 710 u 200 710 u 300 50 50 50 80 48/50 u 224 77 590 280 340 593
    2010. .7150. 1. . 710 u 500 510 u 500 710 u 300 710 u 400 63 63 50 80 48/50 u 250 77 590 380 440 593
    2010. .7150. 2. . 710 u 500 510 u 500 710 u 300 710 u 400 63 50 50 80 48/50 u 250 77 590 380 440 593
    2010. .7150. 3. . 710 u 500 510 u 500 710 u 300 710 u 400 50 63 50 80 48/50 u 224 77 590 380 440 593
    2010. .7150. 4. . 710 u 500 510 u 500 710 u 300 710 u 400 50 50 50 80 48/50 u 224 77 590 380 440 593
    2010. .7163. 1. . 710 u 630 510 u 630 710 u 430 710 u 530 63 63 50 80 48/50 u 250 77 590 510 570 593
    2010. .7163. 2. . 710 u 630 510 u 630 710 u 430 710 u 530 63 50 50 80 48/50 u 250 77 590 510 570 593
    2010. .7163. 3. . 710 u 630 510 u 630 710 u 430 710 u 530 50 63 50 80 48/50 u 224 77 590 510 570 593
    2010. .7163. 4. . 710 u 630 510 u 630 710 u 430 710 u 530 50 50 50 80 48/50 u 224 77 590 510 570 593
    2010. .8040. 1. . 800 u 400 600 u 400 800 u 200 800 u 300 63 63 50 80 48/50 u 250 77 680 280 340 683
    2010. .8040. 2. . 800 u 400 600 u 400 800 u 200 800 u 300 63 50 50 80 48/50 u 250 77 680 280 340 683
    2010. .8040. 3. . 800 u 400 600 u 400 800 u 200 800 u 300 50 63 50 80 48/50 u 224 77 680 280 340 683
    2010. .8040. 4. . 800 u 400 600 u 400 800 u 200 800 u 300 50 50 50 80 48/50 u 224 77 680 280 340 683
    2010. .8050. 1. . 800 u 500 600 u 500 800 u 300 800 u 400 63 63 50 80 48/50 u 250 77 680 380 440 683
    2010. .8050. 2. . 800 u 500 600 u 500 800 u 300 800 u 400 63 50 50 80 48/50 u 250 77 680 380 440 683
    2010. .8050. 3. . 800 u 500 600 u 500 800 u 300 800 u 400 50 63 50 80 48/50 u 224 77 680 380 440 683
    2010. .8050. 4. . 800 u 500 600 u 500 800 u 300 800 u 400 50 50 50 80 48/50 u 224 77 680 380 440 683
    2010. .8063. 1. . 800 u 630 600 u 630 800 u 430 800 u 530 63 63 50 80 48/50 u 250 77 680 510 570 683
    2010. .8063. 2. . 800 u 630 600 u 630 800 u 430 800 u 530 63 50 50 80 48/50 u 250 77 680 510 570 683
    2010. .8063. 3. . 800 u 630 600 u 630 800 u 430 800 u 530 50 63 50 80 48/50 u 224 77 680 510 570 683
    2010. .8063. 4. . 800 u 630 600 u 630 800 u 430 800 u 530 50 50 50 80 48/50 u 224 77 680 510 570 683
    subject to alterations
    Die set without stripper ~DIN 9868/ISO 11415
    Type
    2010. □□ . Ordering Code (principle):
    Position of work area: 2
    Guide system: Headed ball bearing
    bushes
    Thickness combinations P:
    c 1 - c 2
    External dimensions: a 1 = 400 u b 1 = 250
    Type:
    Position of guide elements
    Material:
    4 = Steel, 6 = Aluminium
    Standard Die sets
    Order No.
    external
    dimensions
    work area
    across
    work area
    lengthwise
    work area
    lengthwise
    2010.?5.
    2010.?6.
    2010.?7.
    2010.?9.
    l
    3 e
    a 4
    e 2
    b 1
    e 2
    3
    b 1
    1
    b
    1
    c c 2
    c 4
    d 1
    d 1
    e 1
    a 2
    a 1
    e 4
    a 2
    a 1
    e 1
    a 2
    a 1
    e 1
    d 2
    d 2
    D
    e 2
    a 3
    a
    d 2 d 2
    d 2 d 2
    b 1
    d 2
    a 1
    e 1
    d 2
    subject to alterations
    Standard Guide Systems
    202.19.
    Headed Sintered
    Ferrite Bushes,
    carbonitrided = .834.
    Headed Ball
    Bearing Bushes = .862.
    202.19.
    2081.3?. 2081.4?.
    206.71.
    Description:
    FIBRO Die Sets offer the choice between sintered ferrite sliding guides and
    those of the ball bearing type to DIN-ISO. Both come with headed guide
    bushes. These are seated in push-fit bolster bores and retained there by
    screw clamps.
    Execution:
    Steel: External contours milled, thickness surfaces ground
    a 1 or b 1 %630 = +0,2/+0,4
    a 1 or b 1 .630 = +0,2/+0,6
    Aluminium: External contours sawed, thickness surfaces ground
    a 1 or b 1 = +1/+4
    Advisory: Ordering Code:
    Hole pattern for the screw clamps depends on positioning of working
    surface, determined by last part of the Order No,
    for example: 2010.49.2520.4.862 .1 lengthwise
     .2 across
    Note:
    On request, Standard Die Sets can also be fitted with any other FIBRO
    Guide Elements (see die sets to customers’ drawings ).
    FIBRO will furthermore supply die sets with special machining features .
    Die set without stripper ~DIN 9868/ISO 11415
    2010. □ 5.
    2010. □ 6.
    2010. □ 7.
    2010. □ 9.
    2010 . 4 5 . 4025 . 1 . 862 . 2
    a 1 ⊗ b 1 a 2  ⊗ b 1 a 1  ⊗ a 3 a 1  ⊗ a 4 c 1 ± 2 c 2 ± 2 c 4 S c 4 K d 1 /d 2 ⊗ l D e 1 e 2 e 3 e 4
    2010. .4031. 3. . 400 u 315 250 u 315 400 u 165 400 u 240 40 50 45 63 30/32 u 200 53 310 225 270 313
    2010. .4031. 4. . 400 u 315 250 u 315 400 u 165 400 u 240 40 40 45 63 30/32 u 200 53 310 225 270 313
    2010. .4040. 1. . 400 u 400 250 u 400 400 u 250 400 u 325 50 50 45 63 30/32 u 200 53 310 310 355 313
    2010. .4040. 2. . 400 u 400 250 u 400 400 u 250 400 u 325 50 40 45 63 30/32 u 200 53 310 310 355 313
    2010. .4040. 3. . 400 u 400 250 u 400 400 u 250 400 u 325 40 50 45 63 30/32 u 200 53 310 310 355 313
    2010. .4040. 4. . 400 u 400 250 u 400 400 u 250 400 u 325 40 40 45 63 30/32 u 200 53 310 310 355 313
    2010. .5025. 1. . 500 u 250 330 u 250 500 u 80 500 u 165 50 50 45 71 38/40 u 200 63 400 150 200 403
    2010. .5025. 2. . 500 u 250 330 u 250 500 u 80 500 u 165 50 40 45 71 38/40 u 200 63 400 150 200 403
    2010. .5025. 3. . 500 u 250 330 u 250 500 u 80 500 u 165 40 50 45 71 38/40 u 200 63 400 150 200 403
    2010. .5025. 4. . 500 u 250 330 u 250 500 u 80 500 u 165 40 40 45 71 38/40 u 200 63 400 150 200 403
    2010. .5031. 1. . 500 u 315 330 u 315 500 u 145 500 u 230 50 50 45 71 38/40 u 200 63 400 215 265 403
    2010. .5031. 2. . 500 u 315 330 u 315 500 u 145 500 u 230 50 40 45 71 38/40 u 200 63 400 215 265 403
    2010. .5031. 3. . 500 u 315 330 u 315 500 u 145 500 u 230 40 50 45 71 38/40 u 200 63 400 215 265 403
    2010. .5031. 4. . 500 u 315 330 u 315 500 u 145 500 u 230 40 40 45 71 38/40 u 200 63 400 215 265 403
    2010. .5040. 1. . 500 u 400 330 u 400 500 u 230 500 u 315 50 50 45 71 38/40 u 200 63 400 300 350 403
    2010. .5040. 2. . 500 u 400 330 u 400 500 u 230 500 u 315 50 40 45 71 38/40 u 200 63 400 300 350 403
    2010. .5040. 3. . 500 u 400 330 u 400 500 u 230 500 u 315 40 50 45 71 38/40 u 200 63 400 300 350 403
    2010. .5040. 4. . 500 u 400 330 u 400 500 u 230 500 u 315 40 40 45 71 38/40 u 200 63 400 300 350 403
    2010. .5050. 1. . 500 u 500 330 u 500 500 u 330 500 u 415 50 50 45 71 38/40 u 200 63 400 400 450 403
    2010. .5050. 2. . 500 u 500 330 u 500 500 u 330 500 u 415 50 40 45 71 38/40 u 200 63 400 400 450 403
    2010. .5050. 3. . 500 u 500 330 u 500 500 u 330 500 u 415 40 50 45 71 38/40 u 200 63 400 400 450 403
    2010. .5050. 4. . 500 u 500 330 u 500 500 u 330 500 u 415 40 40 45 71 38/40 u 200 63 400 400 450 403
    2010. .6331. 1. . 630 u 315 430 u 315 630 u 115 630 u 215 63 63 50 80 48/50 u 250 77 510 195 255 513
    2010. .6331. 2. . 630 u 315 430 u 315 630 u 115 630 u 215 63 50 50 80 48/50 u 250 77 510 195 255 513
    2010. .6331. 3. . 630 u 315 430 u 315 630 u 115 630 u 215 50 63 50 80 48/50 u 224 77 510 195 255 513
    2010. .6331. 4. . 630 u 315 430 u 315 630 u 115 630 u 215 50 50 50 80 48/50 u 224 77 510 195 255 513
    2010. .6340. 1. . 630 u 400 430 u 400 630 u 200 630 u 300 63 63 50 80 48/50 u 250 77 510 280 340 513
    2010. .6340. 2. . 630 u 400 430 u 400 630 u 200 630 u 300 63 50 50 80 48/50 u 250 77 510 280 340 513
    2010. .6340. 3. . 630 u 400 430 u 400 630 u 200 630 u 300 50 63 50 80 48/50 u 224 77 510 280 340 513
    2010. .6340. 4. . 630 u 400 430 u 400 630 u 200 630 u 300 50 50 50 80 48/50 u 224 77 510 280 340 513
    2010. .6350. 1. . 630 u 500 430 u 500 630 u 300 630 u 400 63 63 50 80 48/50 u 250 77 510 380 440 513
    2010. .6350. 2. . 630 u 500 430 u 500 630 u 300 630 u 400 63 50 50 80 48/50 u 250 77 510 380 440 513
    2010. .6350. 3. . 630 u 500 430 u 500 630 u 300 630 u 400 50 63 50 80 48/50 u 224 77 510 380 440 513
    2010. .6350. 4. . 630 u 500 430 u 500 630 u 300 630 u 400 50 50 50 80 48/50 u 224 77 510 380 440 513
    2010. .6363. 1. . 630 u 630 430 u 630 630 u 430 630 u 530 63 63 50 80 48/50 u 250 77 510 510 570 513
    2010. .6363. 2. . 630 u 630 430 u 630 630 u 430 630 u 530 63 50 50 80 48/50 u 250 77 510 510 570 513
    2010. .6363. 3. . 630 u 630 430 u 630 630 u 430 630 u 530 50 63 50 80 48/50 u 224 77 510 510 570 513
    2010. .6363. 4. . 630 u 630 430 u 630 630 u 430 630 u 530 50 50 50 80 48/50 u 224 77 510 510 570 513
    2010. .7140. 1. . 710 u 400 510 u 400 710 u 200 710 u 300 63 63 50 80 48/50 u 250 77 590 280 340 593
    2010. .7140. 2. . 710 u 400 510 u 400 710 u 200 710 u 300 63 50 50 80 48/50 u 250 77 590 280 340 593
    2010. .7140. 3. . 710 u 400 510 u 400 710 u 200 710 u 300 50 63 50 80 48/50 u 224 77 590 280 340 593
    2010. .7140. 4. . 710 u 400 510 u 400 710 u 200 710 u 300 50 50 50 80 48/50 u 224 77 590 280 340 593
    2010. .7150. 1. . 710 u 500 510 u 500 710 u 300 710 u 400 63 63 50 80 48/50 u 250 77 590 380 440 593
    2010. .7150. 2. . 710 u 500 510 u 500 710 u 300 710 u 400 63 50 50 80 48/50 u 250 77 590 380 440 593
    2010. .7150. 3. . 710 u 500 510 u 500 710 u 300 710 u 400 50 63 50 80 48/50 u 224 77 590 380 440 593
    2010. .7150. 4. . 710 u 500 510 u 500 710 u 300 710 u 400 50 50 50 80 48/50 u 224 77 590 380 440 593
    2010. .7163. 1. . 710 u 630 510 u 630 710 u 430 710 u 530 63 63 50 80 48/50 u 250 77 590 510 570 593
    2010. .7163. 2. . 710 u 630 510 u 630 710 u 430 710 u 530 63 50 50 80 48/50 u 250 77 590 510 570 593
    2010. .7163. 3. . 710 u 630 510 u 630 710 u 430 710 u 530 50 63 50 80 48/50 u 224 77 590 510 570 593
    2010. .7163. 4. . 710 u 630 510 u 630 710 u 430 710 u 530 50 50 50 80 48/50 u 224 77 590 510 570 593
    2010. .8040. 1. . 800 u 400 600 u 400 800 u 200 800 u 300 63 63 50 80 48/50 u 250 77 680 280 340 683
    2010. .8040. 2. . 800 u 400 600 u 400 800 u 200 800 u 300 63 50 50 80 48/50 u 250 77 680 280 340 683
    2010. .8040. 3. . 800 u 400 600 u 400 800 u 200 800 u 300 50 63 50 80 48/50 u 224 77 680 280 340 683
    2010. .8040. 4. . 800 u 400 600 u 400 800 u 200 800 u 300 50 50 50 80 48/50 u 224 77 680 280 340 683
    2010. .8050. 1. . 800 u 500 600 u 500 800 u 300 800 u 400 63 63 50 80 48/50 u 250 77 680 380 440 683
    2010. .8050. 2. . 800 u 500 600 u 500 800 u 300 800 u 400 63 50 50 80 48/50 u 250 77 680 380 440 683
    2010. .8050. 3. . 800 u 500 600 u 500 800 u 300 800 u 400 50 63 50 80 48/50 u 224 77 680 380 440 683
    2010. .8050. 4. . 800 u 500 600 u 500 800 u 300 800 u 400 50 50 50 80 48/50 u 224 77 680 380 440 683
    2010. .8063. 1. . 800 u 630 600 u 630 800 u 430 800 u 530 63 63 50 80 48/50 u 250 77 680 510 570 683
    2010. .8063. 2. . 800 u 630 600 u 630 800 u 430 800 u 530 63 50 50 80 48/50 u 250 77 680 510 570 683
    2010. .8063. 3. . 800 u 630 600 u 630 800 u 430 800 u 530 50 63 50 80 48/50 u 224 77 680 510 570 683
    2010. .8063. 4. . 800 u 630 600 u 630 800 u 430 800 u 530 50 50 50 80 48/50 u 224 77 680 510 570 683
    subject to alterations
    Die set without stripper ~DIN 9868/ISO 11415
    Type
    2010. □□ . Ordering Code (principle):
    Position of work area: 2
    Guide system: Headed ball bearing
    bushes
    Thickness combinations P:
    c 1 - c 2
    External dimensions: a 1 = 400 u b 1 = 250
    Type:
    Position of guide elements
    Material:
    4 = Steel, 6 = Aluminium
    Standard Die sets
    Order No.
    external
    dimensions
    work area
    across
    work area
    lengthwise
    work area
    lengthwise
    A27
    2010.?5.
    2010.?6.
    2010.?9.
    e 2
    b 1
    e 2
    3
    b 1
    1
    b
    3
    c
    1
    c
    c 5
    c 2
    c 4
    l
    d 1
    d 1
    e 1
    a 2
    a 1
    e 4
    a 2
    a 1
    e 1
    a 2
    a 1
    e 1
    d 2
    d 2
    D
    e 2
    a 3
    a
    d 2 d 2
    d 2 d 2
    subject to alterations
    Standard Guide Systems
    Headed Sintered
    Ferrite Bushes,
    carbonitrided = .835.
    Headed Ball
    Bearing Bushes = .865.
    2081.3?.
    202.19.
    2081.3?.
    2081.4?.
    202.19.
    2081.4?.
    206.71.
    206.71.
    Die set with stripper ~DIN 9868/ISO 11415
    Description:
    FIBRO Die Sets offer the choice between sintered ferrite sliding guides and
    those of the ball bearing type to DIN-ISO. Both come with headed guide
    bushes. These are seated in push-fit bolster bores and retained there by
    screw clamps.
    Execution:
    Steel: External contours milled, thickness surfaces ground
    a 1 or b 1 %630 = +0,2/+0,4
    a 1 or b 1 .630 = +0,2/+0,6
    Aluminium: External contours sawed, thickness surfaces ground
    a 1 or b 1 = +1/+4
    Advisory: Ordering Code:
    Hole pattern for the screw clamps depends on positioning of working
    surface, determined by last part of the Order No,
    for example: 2010.49.2520.4.865 .1 lengthwise
     .2 across
    Note:
    On request, Standard Die Sets can also be fitted with any other FIBRO
    Guide Elements (see die sets to customers’ drawings ).
    FIBRO will furthermore supply die sets with special machining features .
    A28
    a 1 ⊗ b 1 a 2  ⊗ b 1 a 1  ⊗ a 3 c 1 ± 2 c 2 ± 2 c 3 ± 2 c 4 c 5 d 1 /d 2 u l D e 1 e 2 e 4
    2010. .1608. 1. . 160 u 80 60 u 80 – 32 32 25 12 12 19/20 u 180 39 100 – –
    2010. .1610. 1. . 160 u 100 60 u 100 – 32 32 25 12 12 19/20 u 180 39 100 – –
    2010. .1612. 1. . 160 u 125 60 u 125 – 32 32 25 12 12 19/20 u 180 39 100 – –
    2010. .1616. 1. . 160 u 160 60 u 160 160 u 60 32 32 25 12 12 19/20 u 180 39 100 100 103
    2010. .2010. 1. . 200 u 100 70 u 100 – 40 40 25 25 12 24/25 u 200 46 120 – –
    2010. .2010. 2. . 200 u 100 70 u 100 – 40 32 25 25 12 24/25 u 200 46 120 – –
    2010. .2010. 3. . 200 u 100 70 u 100 – 32 40 25 25 12 24/25 u 200 46 120 – –
    2010. .2010. 4. . 200 u 100 70 u 100 – 32 32 25 25 12 24/25 u 200 46 120 – –
    2010. .2012. 1. . 200 u 125 70 u 125 – 40 40 25 25 12 24/25 u 200 46 120 – –
    2010. .2012. 2. . 200 u 125 70 u 125 – 40 32 25 25 12 24/25 u 200 46 120 – –
    2010. .2012. 3. . 200 u 125 70 u 125 – 32 40 25 25 12 24/25 u 200 46 120 – –
    2010. .2012. 4. . 200 u 125 70 u 125 – 32 32 25 25 12 24/25 u 200 46 120 – –
    2010. .2016. 1. . 200 u 160 70 u 160 – 40 40 25 25 12 24/25 u 200 46 120 – –
    2010. .2016. 2. . 200 u 160 70 u 160 – 40 32 25 25 12 24/25 u 200 46 120 – –
    2010. .2016. 3. . 200 u 160 70 u 160 – 32 40 25 25 12 24/25 u 200 46 120 – –
    2010. .2016. 4. . 200 u 160 70 u 160 – 32 32 25 25 12 24/25 u 200 46 120 – –
    2010. .2020. 1. . 200 u 200 70 u 200 200 u 70 40 40 25 25 12 24/25 u 200 46 120 120 123
    2010. .2020. 2. . 200 u 200 70 u 200 200 u 70 40 32 25 25 12 24/25 u 200 46 120 120 123
    2010. .2020. 3. . 200 u 200 70 u 200 200 u 70 32 40 25 25 12 24/25 u 200 46 120 120 123
    2010. .2020. 4. . 200 u 200 70 u 200 200 u 70 32 32 25 25 12 24/25 u 200 46 120 120 123
    2010. .2512. 1. . 250 u 125 120 u 125 – 40 40 25 25 12 24/25 u 200 46 170 – –
    2010. .2512. 2. . 250 u 125 120 u 125 – 40 32 25 25 12 24/25 u 200 46 170 – –
    2010. .2512. 3. . 250 u 125 120 u 125 – 32 40 25 25 12 24/25 u 200 46 170 – –
    2010. .2512. 4. . 250 u 125 120 u 125 – 32 32 25 25 12 24/25 u 200 46 170 – –
    2010. .2516. 1. . 250 u 160 120 u 160 – 40 40 25 25 12 24/25 u 200 46 170 – –
    2010. .2516. 2. . 250 u 160 120 u 160 – 40 32 25 25 12 24/25 u 200 46 170 – –
    2010. .2516. 3. . 250 u 160 120 u 160 – 32 40 25 25 12 24/25 u 200 46 170 – –
    2010. .2516. 4. . 250 u 160 120 u 160 – 32 32 25 25 12 24/25 u 200 46 170 – –
    2010. .2520. 1. . 250 u 200 120 u 200 250 u 70 40 40 25 25 12 24/25 u 200 46 170 120 173
    2010. .2520. 2. . 250 u 200 120 u 200 250 u 70 40 32 25 25 12 24/25 u 200 46 170 120 173
    2010. .2520. 3. . 250 u 200 120 u 200 250 u 70 32 40 25 25 12 24/25 u 200 46 170 120 173
    2010. .2520. 4. . 250 u 200 120 u 200 250 u 70 32 32 25 25 12 24/25 u 200 46 170 120 173
    2010. .2525. 1. . 250 u 250 120 u 250 250 u 120 40 40 25 25 12 24/25 u 200 46 170 170 173
    2010. .2525. 2. . 250 u 250 120 u 250 250 u 120 40 32 25 25 12 24/25 u 200 46 170 170 173
    2010. .2525. 3. . 250 u 250 120 u 250 250 u 120 32 40 25 25 12 24/25 u 200 46 170 170 173
    2010. .2525. 4. . 250 u 250 120 u 250 250 u 120 32 32 25 25 12 24/25 u 200 46 170 170 173
    2010. .3116. 1. . 315 u 160 165 u 160 – 50 50 32 32 12 30/32 u 224 53 225 – –
    2010. .3116. 2. . 315 u 160 165 u 160 – 50 40 32 32 12 30/32 u 224 53 225 – –
    2010. .3116. 3. . 315 u 160 165 u 160 – 40 50 32 32 12 30/32 u 224 53 225 – –
    2010. .3116. 4. . 315 u 160 165 u 160 – 40 40 32 32 12 30/32 u 224 53 225 – –
    2010. .3120. 1. . 315 u 200 165 u 200 315 u 50 50 50 32 32 12 30/32 u 224 53 225 110 228
    2010. .3120. 2. . 315 u 200 165 u 200 315 u 50 50 40 32 32 12 30/32 u 224 53 225 110 228
    2010. .3120. 3. . 315 u 200 165 u 200 315 u 50 40 50 32 32 12 30/32 u 224 53 225 110 228
    2010. .3120. 4. . 315 u 200 165 u 200 315 u 50 40 40 32 32 12 30/32 u 224 53 225 110 228
    2010. .3125. 1. . 315 u 250 165 u 250 315 u 100 50 50 32 32 12 30/32 u 224 53 225 160 228
    2010. .3125. 2. . 315 u 250 165 u 250 315 u 100 50 40 32 32 12 30/32 u 224 53 225 160 228
    2010. .3125. 3. . 315 u 250 165 u 250 315 u 100 40 50 32 32 12 30/32 u 224 53 225 160 228
    2010. .3125. 4. . 315 u 250 165 u 250 315 u 100 40 40 32 32 12 30/32 u 224 53 225 160 228
    2010. .3131. 1. . 315 u 315 165 u 315 315 u 165 50 50 32 32 12 30/32 u 224 53 225 225 228
    2010. .3131. 2. . 315 u 315 165 u 315 315 u 165 50 40 32 32 12 30/32 u 224 53 225 225 228
    2010. .3131. 3. . 315 u 315 165 u 315 315 u 165 40 50 32 32 12 30/32 u 224 53 225 225 228
    2010. .3131. 4. . 315 u 315 165 u 315 315 u 165 40 40 32 32 12 30/32 u 224 53 225 225 228
    2010. .4020. 1. . 400 u 200 250 u 200 400 u 50 50 50 32 32 12 30/32 u 224 53 310 110 313
    2010. .4020. 2. . 400 u 200 250 u 200 400 u 50 50 40 32 32 12 30/32 u 224 53 310 110 313
    2010. .4020. 3. . 400 u 200 250 u 200 400 u 50 40 50 32 32 12 30/32 u 224 53 310 110 313
    2010. .4020. 4. . 400 u 200 250 u 200 400 u 50 40 40 32 32 12 30/32 u 224 53 310 110 313
    2010. .4025. 1. . 400 u 250 250 u 250 400 u 100 50 50 32 32 12 30/32 u 224 53 310 160 313
    2010. .4025. 2. . 400 u 250 250 u 250 400 u 100 50 40 32 32 12 30/32 u 224 53 310 160 313
    2010. .4025. 3. . 400 u 250 250 u 250 400 u 100 40 50 32 32 12 30/32 u 224 53 310 160 313
    2010. .4025. 4. . 400 u 250 250 u 250 400 u 100 40 40 32 32 12 30/32 u 224 53 310 160 313
    2010. .4031. 1. . 400 u 315 250 u 315 400 u 165 50 50 32 32 12 30/32 u 224 53 310 225 313
    2010. .4031. 2. . 400 u 315 250 u 315 400 u 165 50 40 32 32 12 30/32 u 224 53 310 225 313
    2010.□5.
    2010.□6.
    2010.□9.
    2010 . 4 5 . 4025 . 1 . 835 . 2
    subject to alterations
    Order No.
    external
    dimensions
    work area
    across
    work area
    lengthwise
    Die set with stripper ~DIN 9868/ISO 11415
    Type
    2010. □□ . Ordering Code (principle):
    Position of work area: 2
    Guide system: Headed guide bushes,
    ferrite
    Thickness combinations P:
    c 1 - c 2
    External dimensions: a 1 = 400 u b 1 = 250
    Type:
    Position of guide elements
    Material:
    4 = Steel, 6 = Aluminium
    Standard Die sets
    2010.?5.
    2010.?6.
    2010.?9.
    e 2
    b 1
    e 2
    3
    b 1
    1
    b
    3
    c
    1
    c
    c 5
    c 2
    c 4
    l
    d 1
    d 1
    e 1
    a 2
    a 1
    e 4
    a 2
    a 1
    e 1
    a 2
    a 1
    e 1
    d 2
    d 2
    D
    e 2
    a 3
    a
    d 2 d 2
    d 2 d 2
    subject to alterations
    Standard Guide Systems
    Headed Sintered
    Ferrite Bushes,
    carbonitrided = .835.
    Headed Ball
    Bearing Bushes = .865.
    2081.3?.
    202.19.
    2081.3?.
    2081.4?.
    202.19.
    2081.4?.
    206.71.
    206.71.
    Die set with stripper ~DIN 9868/ISO 11415
    Description:
    FIBRO Die Sets offer the choice between sintered ferrite sliding guides and
    those of the ball bearing type to DIN-ISO. Both come with headed guide
    bushes. These are seated in push-fit bolster bores and retained there by
    screw clamps.
    Execution:
    Steel: External contours milled, thickness surfaces ground
    a 1 or b 1 %630 = +0,2/+0,4
    a 1 or b 1 .630 = +0,2/+0,6
    Aluminium: External contours sawed, thickness surfaces ground
    a 1 or b 1 = +1/+4
    Advisory: Ordering Code:
    Hole pattern for the screw clamps depends on positioning of working
    surface, determined by last part of the Order No,
    for example: 2010.49.2520.4.865 .1 lengthwise
     .2 across
    Note:
    On request, Standard Die Sets can also be fitted with any other FIBRO
    Guide Elements (see die sets to customers’ drawings ).
    FIBRO will furthermore supply die sets with special machining features .
    a 1 ⊗ b 1 a 2  ⊗ b 1 a 1  ⊗ a 3 c 1 ± 2 c 2 ± 2 c 3 ± 2 c 4 c 5 d 1 /d 2 u l D e 1 e 2 e 4
    2010. .1608. 1. . 160 u 80 60 u 80 – 32 32 25 12 12 19/20 u 180 39 100 – –
    2010. .1610. 1. . 160 u 100 60 u 100 – 32 32 25 12 12 19/20 u 180 39 100 – –
    2010. .1612. 1. . 160 u 125 60 u 125 – 32 32 25 12 12 19/20 u 180 39 100 – –
    2010. .1616. 1. . 160 u 160 60 u 160 160 u 60 32 32 25 12 12 19/20 u 180 39 100 100 103
    2010. .2010. 1. . 200 u 100 70 u 100 – 40 40 25 25 12 24/25 u 200 46 120 – –
    2010. .2010. 2. . 200 u 100 70 u 100 – 40 32 25 25 12 24/25 u 200 46 120 – –
    2010. .2010. 3. . 200 u 100 70 u 100 – 32 40 25 25 12 24/25 u 200 46 120 – –
    2010. .2010. 4. . 200 u 100 70 u 100 – 32 32 25 25 12 24/25 u 200 46 120 – –
    2010. .2012. 1. . 200 u 125 70 u 125 – 40 40 25 25 12 24/25 u 200 46 120 – –
    2010. .2012. 2. . 200 u 125 70 u 125 – 40 32 25 25 12 24/25 u 200 46 120 – –
    2010. .2012. 3. . 200 u 125 70 u 125 – 32 40 25 25 12 24/25 u 200 46 120 – –
    2010. .2012. 4. . 200 u 125 70 u 125 – 32 32 25 25 12 24/25 u 200 46 120 – –
    2010. .2016. 1. . 200 u 160 70 u 160 – 40 40 25 25 12 24/25 u 200 46 120 – –
    2010. .2016. 2. . 200 u 160 70 u 160 – 40 32 25 25 12 24/25 u 200 46 120 – –
    2010. .2016. 3. . 200 u 160 70 u 160 – 32 40 25 25 12 24/25 u 200 46 120 – –
    2010. .2016. 4. . 200 u 160 70 u 160 – 32 32 25 25 12 24/25 u 200 46 120 – –
    2010. .2020. 1. . 200 u 200 70 u 200 200 u 70 40 40 25 25 12 24/25 u 200 46 120 120 123
    2010. .2020. 2. . 200 u 200 70 u 200 200 u 70 40 32 25 25 12 24/25 u 200 46 120 120 123
    2010. .2020. 3. . 200 u 200 70 u 200 200 u 70 32 40 25 25 12 24/25 u 200 46 120 120 123
    2010. .2020. 4. . 200 u 200 70 u 200 200 u 70 32 32 25 25 12 24/25 u 200 46 120 120 123
    2010. .2512. 1. . 250 u 125 120 u 125 – 40 40 25 25 12 24/25 u 200 46 170 – –
    2010. .2512. 2. . 250 u 125 120 u 125 – 40 32 25 25 12 24/25 u 200 46 170 – –
    2010. .2512. 3. . 250 u 125 120 u 125 – 32 40 25 25 12 24/25 u 200 46 170 – –
    2010. .2512. 4. . 250 u 125 120 u 125 – 32 32 25 25 12 24/25 u 200 46 170 – –
    2010. .2516. 1. . 250 u 160 120 u 160 – 40 40 25 25 12 24/25 u 200 46 170 – –
    2010. .2516. 2. . 250 u 160 120 u 160 – 40 32 25 25 12 24/25 u 200 46 170 – –
    2010. .2516. 3. . 250 u 160 120 u 160 – 32 40 25 25 12 24/25 u 200 46 170 – –
    2010. .2516. 4. . 250 u 160 120 u 160 – 32 32 25 25 12 24/25 u 200 46 170 – –
    2010. .2520. 1. . 250 u 200 120 u 200 250 u 70 40 40 25 25 12 24/25 u 200 46 170 120 173
    2010. .2520. 2. . 250 u 200 120 u 200 250 u 70 40 32 25 25 12 24/25 u 200 46 170 120 173
    2010. .2520. 3. . 250 u 200 120 u 200 250 u 70 32 40 25 25 12 24/25 u 200 46 170 120 173
    2010. .2520. 4. . 250 u 200 120 u 200 250 u 70 32 32 25 25 12 24/25 u 200 46 170 120 173
    2010. .2525. 1. . 250 u 250 120 u 250 250 u 120 40 40 25 25 12 24/25 u 200 46 170 170 173
    2010. .2525. 2. . 250 u 250 120 u 250 250 u 120 40 32 25 25 12 24/25 u 200 46 170 170 173
    2010. .2525. 3. . 250 u 250 120 u 250 250 u 120 32 40 25 25 12 24/25 u 200 46 170 170 173
    2010. .2525. 4. . 250 u 250 120 u 250 250 u 120 32 32 25 25 12 24/25 u 200 46 170 170 173
    2010. .3116. 1. . 315 u 160 165 u 160 – 50 50 32 32 12 30/32 u 224 53 225 – –
    2010. .3116. 2. . 315 u 160 165 u 160 – 50 40 32 32 12 30/32 u 224 53 225 – –
    2010. .3116. 3. . 315 u 160 165 u 160 – 40 50 32 32 12 30/32 u 224 53 225 – –
    2010. .3116. 4. . 315 u 160 165 u 160 – 40 40 32 32 12 30/32 u 224 53 225 – –
    2010. .3120. 1. . 315 u 200 165 u 200 315 u 50 50 50 32 32 12 30/32 u 224 53 225 110 228
    2010. .3120. 2. . 315 u 200 165 u 200 315 u 50 50 40 32 32 12 30/32 u 224 53 225 110 228
    2010. .3120. 3. . 315 u 200 165 u 200 315 u 50 40 50 32 32 12 30/32 u 224 53 225 110 228
    2010. .3120. 4. . 315 u 200 165 u 200 315 u 50 40 40 32 32 12 30/32 u 224 53 225 110 228
    2010. .3125. 1. . 315 u 250 165 u 250 315 u 100 50 50 32 32 12 30/32 u 224 53 225 160 228
    2010. .3125. 2. . 315 u 250 165 u 250 315 u 100 50 40 32 32 12 30/32 u 224 53 225 160 228
    2010. .3125. 3. . 315 u 250 165 u 250 315 u 100 40 50 32 32 12 30/32 u 224 53 225 160 228
    2010. .3125. 4. . 315 u 250 165 u 250 315 u 100 40 40 32 32 12 30/32 u 224 53 225 160 228
    2010. .3131. 1. . 315 u 315 165 u 315 315 u 165 50 50 32 32 12 30/32 u 224 53 225 225 228
    2010. .3131. 2. . 315 u 315 165 u 315 315 u 165 50 40 32 32 12 30/32 u 224 53 225 225 228
    2010. .3131. 3. . 315 u 315 165 u 315 315 u 165 40 50 32 32 12 30/32 u 224 53 225 225 228
    2010. .3131. 4. . 315 u 315 165 u 315 315 u 165 40 40 32 32 12 30/32 u 224 53 225 225 228
    2010. .4020. 1. . 400 u 200 250 u 200 400 u 50 50 50 32 32 12 30/32 u 224 53 310 110 313
    2010. .4020. 2. . 400 u 200 250 u 200 400 u 50 50 40 32 32 12 30/32 u 224 53 310 110 313
    2010. .4020. 3. . 400 u 200 250 u 200 400 u 50 40 50 32 32 12 30/32 u 224 53 310 110 313
    2010. .4020. 4. . 400 u 200 250 u 200 400 u 50 40 40 32 32 12 30/32 u 224 53 310 110 313
    2010. .4025. 1. . 400 u 250 250 u 250 400 u 100 50 50 32 32 12 30/32 u 224 53 310 160 313
    2010. .4025. 2. . 400 u 250 250 u 250 400 u 100 50 40 32 32 12 30/32 u 224 53 310 160 313
    2010. .4025. 3. . 400 u 250 250 u 250 400 u 100 40 50 32 32 12 30/32 u 224 53 310 160 313
    2010. .4025. 4. . 400 u 250 250 u 250 400 u 100 40 40 32 32 12 30/32 u 224 53 310 160 313
    2010. .4031. 1. . 400 u 315 250 u 315 400 u 165 50 50 32 32 12 30/32 u 224 53 310 225 313
    2010. .4031. 2. . 400 u 315 250 u 315 400 u 165 50 40 32 32 12 30/32 u 224 53 310 225 313
    2010.□5.
    2010.□6.
    2010.□9.
    2010 . 4 5 . 4025 . 1 . 835 . 2
    subject to alterations
    Order No.
    external
    dimensions
    work area
    across
    work area
    lengthwise
    Die set with stripper ~DIN 9868/ISO 11415
    Type
    2010. □□ . Ordering Code (principle):
    Position of work area: 2
    Guide system: Headed guide bushes,
    ferrite
    Thickness combinations P:
    c 1 - c 2
    External dimensions: a 1 = 400 u b 1 = 250
    Type:
    Position of guide elements
    Material:
    4 = Steel, 6 = Aluminium
    Standard Die sets
    A29
    2010.?5.
    2010.?6.
    2010.?9.
    e 2
    b 1
    e 2
    3
    b 1
    1
    b
    3
    c
    1
    c
    c 5
    c 2
    c 4
    l
    d 1
    d 1
    e 1
    a 2
    a 1
    e 4
    a 2
    a 1
    e 1
    a 2
    a 1
    e 1
    d 2
    d 2
    D
    e 2
    a 3
    a
    d 2 d 2
    d 2 d 2
    subject to alterations
    Standard Guide Systems
    Headed Sintered
    Ferrite Bushes,
    carbonitrided = .835.
    Headed Ball
    Bearing Bushes = .865.
    2081.3?.
    202.19.
    2081.3?.
    2081.4?.
    202.19.
    2081.4?.
    206.71.
    206.71.
    Die set with stripper ~DIN 9868/ISO 11415
    Description:
    FIBRO Die Sets offer the choice between sintered ferrite sliding guides and
    those of the ball bearing type to DIN-ISO. Both come with headed guide
    bushes. These are seated in push-fit bolster bores and retained there by
    screw clamps.
    Execution:
    Steel: External contours milled, thickness surfaces ground
    a 1 or b 1 %630 = +0,2/+0,4
    a 1 or b 1 .630 = +0,2/+0,6
    Aluminium: External contours sawed, thickness surfaces ground
    a 1 or b 1 = +1/+4
    Advisory: Ordering Code:
    Hole pattern for the screw clamps depends on positioning of working
    surface, determined by last part of the Order No,
    for example: 2010.49.2520.4.865 .1 lengthwise
     .2 across
    Note:
    On request, Standard Die Sets can also be fitted with any other FIBRO
    Guide Elements (see die sets to customers’ drawings ).
    FIBRO will furthermore supply die sets with special machining features .
    A30
    2010.□5.
    2010.□6.
    2010.□9.
    a 1 ⊗ b 1 a 2  ⊗ b 1 a 1  ⊗ a 3 c 1 ± 2 c 2 ± 2 c 3 ± 2 c 4 c 5 d 1 /d 2 u l D e 1 e 2 e 4
    2010. .4031. 3. . 400 u 315 250 u 315 400 u 165 40 50 32 32 12 30/32 u 224 53 310 225 313
    2010. .4031. 4. . 400 u 315 250 u 315 400 u 165 40 40 32 32 12 30/32 u 224 53 310 225 313
    2010. .4040. 1. . 400 u 400 250 u 400 400 u 250 50 50 32 32 12 30/32 u 224 53 310 310 313
    2010. .4040. 2. . 400 u 400 250 u 400 400 u 250 50 40 32 32 12 30/32 u 224 53 310 310 313
    2010. .4040. 3. . 400 u 400 250 u 400 400 u 250 40 50 32 32 12 30/32 u 224 53 310 310 313
    2010. .4040. 4. . 400 u 400 250 u 400 400 u 250 40 40 32 32 12 30/32 u 224 53 310 310 313
    2010. .5025. 1. . 500 u 250 330 u 250 500 u 80 50 50 32 32 15 38/40 u 224 63 400 150 403
    2010. .5025. 2. . 500 u 250 330 u 250 500 u 80 50 40 32 45 15 38/40 u 224 63 400 150 403
    2010. .5025. 3. . 500 u 250 330 u 250 500 u 80 40 50 32 32 15 38/40 u 224 63 400 150 403
    2010. .5025. 4. . 500 u 250 330 u 250 500 u 80 40 40 32 45 15 38/40 u 224 63 400 150 403
    2010. .5031. 1. . 500 u 315 330 u 315 500 u 145 50 50 32 32 15 38/40 u 224 63 400 215 403
    2010. .5031. 2. . 500 u 315 330 u 315 500 u 145 50 40 32 45 15 38/40 u 224 63 400 215 403
    2010. .5031. 3. . 500 u 315 330 u 315 500 u 145 40 50 32 32 15 38/40 u 224 63 400 215 403
    2010. .5031. 4. . 500 u 315 330 u 315 500 u 145 40 40 32 45 15 38/40 u 224 63 400 215 403
    2010. .5040. 1. . 500 u 400 330 u 400 500 u 230 50 50 32 32 15 38/40 u 224 63 400 300 403
    2010. .5040. 2. . 500 u 400 330 u 400 500 u 230 50 40 32 45 15 38/40 u 224 63 400 300 403
    2010. .5040. 3. . 500 u 400 330 u 400 500 u 230 40 50 32 32 15 38/40 u 224 63 400 300 403
    2010. .5040. 4. . 500 u 400 330 u 400 500 u 230 40 40 32 45 15 38/40 u 224 63 400 300 403
    2010. .5050. 1. . 500 u 500 330 u 500 500 u 330 50 50 32 32 15 38/40 u 224 63 400 400 403
    2010. .5050. 2. . 500 u 500 330 u 500 500 u 330 50 40 32 45 15 38/40 u 224 63 400 400 403
    2010. .5050. 3. . 500 u 500 330 u 500 500 u 330 40 50 32 32 15 38/40 u 224 63 400 400 403
    2010. .5050. 4. . 500 u 500 330 u 500 500 u 330 40 40 32 45 15 38/40 u 224 63 400 400 403
    2010. .6331. 1. . 630 u 315 430 u 315 630 u 115 63 63 40 36 18 48/50 u 280 77 510 195 513
    2010. .6331. 2. . 630 u 315 430 u 315 630 u 115 63 50 40 50 18 48/50 u 280 77 510 195 513
    2010. .6331. 3. . 630 u 315 430 u 315 630 u 115 50 63 40 36 18 48/50 u 250 77 510 195 513
    2010. .6331. 4. . 630 u 315 430 u 315 630 u 115 50 50 40 50 18 48/50 u 250 77 510 195 513
    2010. .6340. 1. . 630 u 400 430 u 400 630 u 200 63 63 40 36 18 48/50 u 280 77 510 280 513
    2010. .6340. 2. . 630 u 400 430 u 400 630 u 200 63 50 40 50 18 48/50 u 280 77 510 280 513
    2010. .6340. 3. . 630 u 400 430 u 400 630 u 200 50 63 40 36 18 48/50 u 250 77 510 280 513
    2010. .6340. 4. . 630 u 400 430 u 400 630 u 200 50 50 40 50 18 48/50 u 250 77 510 280 513
    2010. .6350. 1. . 630 u 500 430 u 500 630 u 300 63 63 40 36 18 48/50 u 280 77 510 380 513
    2010. .6350. 2. . 630 u 500 430 u 500 630 u 300 63 50 40 50 18 48/50 u 280 77 510 380 513
    2010. .6350. 3. . 630 u 500 430 u 500 630 u 300 50 63 40 36 18 48/50 u 250 77 510 380 513
    2010. .6350. 4. . 630 u 500 430 u 500 630 u 300 50 50 40 50 18 48/50 u 250 77 510 380 513
    2010. .6363. 1. . 630 u 630 430 u 630 630 u 430 63 63 40 36 18 48/50 u 280 77 510 510 513
    2010. .6363. 2. . 630 u 630 430 u 630 630 u 430 63 50 40 50 18 48/50 u 280 77 510 510 513
    2010. .6363. 3. . 630 u 630 430 u 630 630 u 430 50 63 40 36 18 48/50 u 250 77 510 510 513
    2010. .6363. 4. . 630 u 630 430 u 630 630 u 430 50 50 40 50 18 48/50 u 250 77 510 510 513
    2010. .7140. 1. . 710 u 400 510 u 400 710 u 200 63 63 40 36 18 48/50 u 280 77 590 280 593
    2010. .7140. 2. . 710 u 400 510 u 400 710 u 200 63 50 40 50 18 48/50 u 280 77 590 280 593
    2010. .7140. 3. . 710 u 400 510 u 400 710 u 200 50 63 40 36 18 48/50 u 250 77 590 280 593
    2010. .7140. 4. . 710 u 400 510 u 400 710 u 200 50 50 40 50 18 48/50 u 250 77 590 280 593
    2010. .7150. 1. . 710 u 500 510 u 500 710 u 300 63 63 40 36 18 48/50 u 280 77 590 380 593
    2010. .7150. 2. . 710 u 500 510 u 500 710 u 300 63 50 40 50 18 48/50 u 280 77 590 380 593
    2010. .7150. 3. . 710 u 500 510 u 500 710 u 300 50 63 40 36 18 48/50 u 250 77 590 380 593
    2010. .7150. 4. . 710 u 500 510 u 500 710 u 300 50 50 40 50 18 48/50 u 250 77 590 380 593
    2010. .7163. 1. . 710 u 630 510 u 630 710 u 430 63 63 40 36 18 48/50 u 280 77 590 510 593
    2010. .7163. 2. . 710 u 630 510 u 630 710 u 430 63 50 40 50 18 48/50 u 280 77 590 510 593
    2010. .7163. 3. . 710 u 630 510 u 630 710 u 430 50 63 40 36 18 48/50 u 250 77 590 510 593
    2010. .7163. 4. . 710 u 630 510 u 630 710 u 430 50 50 40 50 18 48/50 u 250 77 590 510 593
    2010. .8040. 1. . 800 u 400 600 u 400 800 u 200 63 63 40 36 18 48/50 u 280 77 680 280 683
    2010. .8040. 2. . 800 u 400 600 u 400 800 u 200 63 50 40 50 18 48/50 u 280 77 680 280 683
    2010. .8040. 3. . 800 u 400 600 u 400 800 u 200 50 63 40 36 18 48/50 u 250 77 680 280 683
    2010. .8040. 4. . 800 u 400 600 u 400 800 u 200 50 50 40 50 18 48/50 u 250 77 680 280 683
    2010. .8050. 1. . 800 u 500 600 u 5 00 800 u 300 63 63 40 36 18 48/50 u 280 77 680 380 683
    2010. .8050. 2. . 800 u 500 600 u 5 00 800 u 300 63 50 40 50 18 48/50 u 280 77 680 380 683
    2010. .8050. 3. . 800 u 500 600 u 5 00 800 u 300 50 63 40 36 18 48/50 u 250 77 680 380 683
    2010. .8050. 4. . 800 u 500 600 u 5 00 800 u 300 50 50 40 50 18 48/50 u 250 77 680 380 683
    2010. .8063. 1. . 800 u 630 600 u 630 800 u 430 63 63 40 36 18 48/50 u 280 77 680 510 683
    2010. .8063. 2. . 800 u 630 600 u 630 800 u 430 63 50 40 50 18 48/50 u 280 77 680 510 683
    2010. .8063. 3. . 800 u 630 600 u 630 800 u 430 50 63 40 36 18 48/50 u 250 77 680 510 683
    2010. .8063. 4. . 800 u 630 600 u 630 800 u 430 50 50 40 50 18 48/50 u 250 77 680 510 683
    2010 . 4 5 . 4025 . 1 . 835 . 2
    subject to alterations
    Order No.
    external
    dimensions
    work area
    across
    work area
    lengthwise
    Die set with stripper ~DIN 9868/ISO 11415
    Type
    2010. □□ . Ordering Code (principle):
    Position of work area: 2
    Guide system: Headed guide bushes,
    ferrite
    Thickness combinations P:
    c 1 - c 2
    External dimensions: a 1 = 400 u b 1 = 250
    Type:
    Position of guide elements
    Material:
    4 = Steel, 6 = Aluminium
    Standard Die sets
    2010.?5.
    2010.?6.
    2010.?9.
    e 2
    b 1
    e 2
    3
    b 1
    1
    b
    3
    c
    1
    c
    c 5
    c 2
    c 4
    l
    d 1
    d 1
    e 1
    a 2
    a 1
    e 4
    a 2
    a 1
    e 1
    a 2
    a 1
    e 1
    d 2
    d 2
    D
    e 2
    a 3
    a
    d 2 d 2
    d 2 d 2
    subject to alterations
    Standard Guide Systems
    Headed Sintered
    Ferrite Bushes,
    carbonitrided = .835.
    Headed Ball
    Bearing Bushes = .865.
    2081.3?.
    202.19.
    2081.3?.
    2081.4?.
    202.19.
    2081.4?.
    206.71.
    206.71.
    Die set with stripper ~DIN 9868/ISO 11415
    Description:
    FIBRO Die Sets offer the choice between sintered ferrite sliding guides and
    those of the ball bearing type to DIN-ISO. Both come with headed guide
    bushes. These are seated in push-fit bolster bores and retained there by
    screw clamps.
    Execution:
    Steel: External contours milled, thickness surfaces ground
    a 1 or b 1 %630 = +0,2/+0,4
    a 1 or b 1 .630 = +0,2/+0,6
    Aluminium: External contours sawed, thickness surfaces ground
    a 1 or b 1 = +1/+4
    Advisory: Ordering Code:
    Hole pattern for the screw clamps depends on positioning of working
    surface, determined by last part of the Order No,
    for example: 2010.49.2520.4.865 .1 lengthwise
     .2 across
    Note:
    On request, Standard Die Sets can also be fitted with any other FIBRO
    Guide Elements (see die sets to customers’ drawings ).
    FIBRO will furthermore supply die sets with special machining features .
    2010.□5.
    2010.□6.
    2010.□9.
    a 1 ⊗ b 1 a 2  ⊗ b 1 a 1  ⊗ a 3 c 1 ± 2 c 2 ± 2 c 3 ± 2 c 4 c 5 d 1 /d 2 u l D e 1 e 2 e 4
    2010. .4031. 3. . 400 u 315 250 u 315 400 u 165 40 50 32 32 12 30/32 u 224 53 310 225 313
    2010. .4031. 4. . 400 u 315 250 u 315 400 u 165 40 40 32 32 12 30/32 u 224 53 310 225 313
    2010. .4040. 1. . 400 u 400 250 u 400 400 u 250 50 50 32 32 12 30/32 u 224 53 310 310 313
    2010. .4040. 2. . 400 u 400 250 u 400 400 u 250 50 40 32 32 12 30/32 u 224 53 310 310 313
    2010. .4040. 3. . 400 u 400 250 u 400 400 u 250 40 50 32 32 12 30/32 u 224 53 310 310 313
    2010. .4040. 4. . 400 u 400 250 u 400 400 u 250 40 40 32 32 12 30/32 u 224 53 310 310 313
    2010. .5025. 1. . 500 u 250 330 u 250 500 u 80 50 50 32 32 15 38/40 u 224 63 400 150 403
    2010. .5025. 2. . 500 u 250 330 u 250 500 u 80 50 40 32 45 15 38/40 u 224 63 400 150 403
    2010. .5025. 3. . 500 u 250 330 u 250 500 u 80 40 50 32 32 15 38/40 u 224 63 400 150 403
    2010. .5025. 4. . 500 u 250 330 u 250 500 u 80 40 40 32 45 15 38/40 u 224 63 400 150 403
    2010. .5031. 1. . 500 u 315 330 u 315 500 u 145 50 50 32 32 15 38/40 u 224 63 400 215 403
    2010. .5031. 2. . 500 u 315 330 u 315 500 u 145 50 40 32 45 15 38/40 u 224 63 400 215 403
    2010. .5031. 3. . 500 u 315 330 u 315 500 u 145 40 50 32 32 15 38/40 u 224 63 400 215 403
    2010. .5031. 4. . 500 u 315 330 u 315 500 u 145 40 40 32 45 15 38/40 u 224 63 400 215 403
    2010. .5040. 1. . 500 u 400 330 u 400 500 u 230 50 50 32 32 15 38/40 u 224 63 400 300 403
    2010. .5040. 2. . 500 u 400 330 u 400 500 u 230 50 40 32 45 15 38/40 u 224 63 400 300 403
    2010. .5040. 3. . 500 u 400 330 u 400 500 u 230 40 50 32 32 15 38/40 u 224 63 400 300 403
    2010. .5040. 4. . 500 u 400 330 u 400 500 u 230 40 40 32 45 15 38/40 u 224 63 400 300 403
    2010. .5050. 1. . 500 u 500 330 u 500 500 u 330 50 50 32 32 15 38/40 u 224 63 400 400 403
    2010. .5050. 2. . 500 u 500 330 u 500 500 u 330 50 40 32 45 15 38/40 u 224 63 400 400 403
    2010. .5050. 3. . 500 u 500 330 u 500 500 u 330 40 50 32 32 15 38/40 u 224 63 400 400 403
    2010. .5050. 4. . 500 u 500 330 u 500 500 u 330 40 40 32 45 15 38/40 u 224 63 400 400 403
    2010. .6331. 1. . 630 u 315 430 u 315 630 u 115 63 63 40 36 18 48/50 u 280 77 510 195 513
    2010. .6331. 2. . 630 u 315 430 u 315 630 u 115 63 50 40 50 18 48/50 u 280 77 510 195 513
    2010. .6331. 3. . 630 u 315 430 u 315 630 u 115 50 63 40 36 18 48/50 u 250 77 510 195 513
    2010. .6331. 4. . 630 u 315 430 u 315 630 u 115 50 50 40 50 18 48/50 u 250 77 510 195 513
    2010. .6340. 1. . 630 u 400 430 u 400 630 u 200 63 63 40 36 18 48/50 u 280 77 510 280 513
    2010. .6340. 2. . 630 u 400 430 u 400 630 u 200 63 50 40 50 18 48/50 u 280 77 510 280 513
    2010. .6340. 3. . 630 u 400 430 u 400 630 u 200 50 63 40 36 18 48/50 u 250 77 510 280 513
    2010. .6340. 4. . 630 u 400 430 u 400 630 u 200 50 50 40 50 18 48/50 u 250 77 510 280 513
    2010. .6350. 1. . 630 u 500 430 u 500 630 u 300 63 63 40 36 18 48/50 u 280 77 510 380 513
    2010. .6350. 2. . 630 u 500 430 u 500 630 u 300 63 50 40 50 18 48/50 u 280 77 510 380 513
    2010. .6350. 3. . 630 u 500 430 u 500 630 u 300 50 63 40 36 18 48/50 u 250 77 510 380 513
    2010. .6350. 4. . 630 u 500 430 u 500 630 u 300 50 50 40 50 18 48/50 u 250 77 510 380 513
    2010. .6363. 1. . 630 u 630 430 u 630 630 u 430 63 63 40 36 18 48/50 u 280 77 510 510 513
    2010. .6363. 2. . 630 u 630 430 u 630 630 u 430 63 50 40 50 18 48/50 u 280 77 510 510 513
    2010. .6363. 3. . 630 u 630 430 u 630 630 u 430 50 63 40 36 18 48/50 u 250 77 510 510 513
    2010. .6363. 4. . 630 u 630 430 u 630 630 u 430 50 50 40 50 18 48/50 u 250 77 510 510 513
    2010. .7140. 1. . 710 u 400 510 u 400 710 u 200 63 63 40 36 18 48/50 u 280 77 590 280 593
    2010. .7140. 2. . 710 u 400 510 u 400 710 u 200 63 50 40 50 18 48/50 u 280 77 590 280 593
    2010. .7140. 3. . 710 u 400 510 u 400 710 u 200 50 63 40 36 18 48/50 u 250 77 590 280 593
    2010. .7140. 4. . 710 u 400 510 u 400 710 u 200 50 50 40 50 18 48/50 u 250 77 590 280 593
    2010. .7150. 1. . 710 u 500 510 u 500 710 u 300 63 63 40 36 18 48/50 u 280 77 590 380 593
    2010. .7150. 2. . 710 u 500 510 u 500 710 u 300 63 50 40 50 18 48/50 u 280 77 590 380 593
    2010. .7150. 3. . 710 u 500 510 u 500 710 u 300 50 63 40 36 18 48/50 u 250 77 590 380 593
    2010. .7150. 4. . 710 u 500 510 u 500 710 u 300 50 50 40 50 18 48/50 u 250 77 590 380 593
    2010. .7163. 1. . 710 u 630 510 u 630 710 u 430 63 63 40 36 18 48/50 u 280 77 590 510 593
    2010. .7163. 2. . 710 u 630 510 u 630 710 u 430 63 50 40 50 18 48/50 u 280 77 590 510 593
    2010. .7163. 3. . 710 u 630 510 u 630 710 u 430 50 63 40 36 18 48/50 u 250 77 590 510 593
    2010. .7163. 4. . 710 u 630 510 u 630 710 u 430 50 50 40 50 18 48/50 u 250 77 590 510 593
    2010. .8040. 1. . 800 u 400 600 u 400 800 u 200 63 63 40 36 18 48/50 u 280 77 680 280 683
    2010. .8040. 2. . 800 u 400 600 u 400 800 u 200 63 50 40 50 18 48/50 u 280 77 680 280 683
    2010. .8040. 3. . 800 u 400 600 u 400 800 u 200 50 63 40 36 18 48/50 u 250 77 680 280 683
    2010. .8040. 4. . 800 u 400 600 u 400 800 u 200 50 50 40 50 18 48/50 u 250 77 680 280 683
    2010. .8050. 1. . 800 u 500 600 u 5 00 800 u 300 63 63 40 36 18 48/50 u 280 77 680 380 683
    2010. .8050. 2. . 800 u 500 600 u 5 00 800 u 300 63 50 40 50 18 48/50 u 280 77 680 380 683
    2010. .8050. 3. . 800 u 500 600 u 5 00 800 u 300 50 63 40 36 18 48/50 u 250 77 680 380 683
    2010. .8050. 4. . 800 u 500 600 u 5 00 800 u 300 50 50 40 50 18 48/50 u 250 77 680 380 683
    2010. .8063. 1. . 800 u 630 600 u 630 800 u 430 63 63 40 36 18 48/50 u 280 77 680 510 683
    2010. .8063. 2. . 800 u 630 600 u 630 800 u 430 63 50 40 50 18 48/50 u 280 77 680 510 683
    2010. .8063. 3. . 800 u 630 600 u 630 800 u 430 50 63 40 36 18 48/50 u 250 77 680 510 683
    2010. .8063. 4. . 800 u 630 600 u 630 800 u 430 50 50 40 50 18 48/50 u 250 77 680 510 683
    2010 . 4 5 . 4025 . 1 . 835 . 2
    subject to alterations
    Order No.
    external
    dimensions
    work area
    across
    work area
    lengthwise
    Die set with stripper ~DIN 9868/ISO 11415
    Type
    2010. □□ . Ordering Code (principle):
    Position of work area: 2
    Guide system: Headed guide bushes,
    ferrite
    Thickness combinations P:
    c 1 - c 2
    External dimensions: a 1 = 400 u b 1 = 250
    Type:
    Position of guide elements
    Material:
    4 = Steel, 6 = Aluminium
    Standard Die sets
    A31
    subject to alterations
    Die set to customer‘s specifications.
    Please copy this page, complete questions, and mail to FIBRO
    201.45. Die set to customer‘s specifications Steel
    201.65. Die set to customer‘s specifications Aluminium
    without stripper with stripper
    Enquiry m Order m
    Material: Aluminium m 201.65. Steel m 201.45.
    Company Telephone
    Name (ref. for replies) Signature
    Guide Pillars
    202.19.
    Guide Pillar
    DIN 9825/ISO 9182-2
    202.21.
    Guide Pillar
    endwise bolt-on type
    2021.46.
    Demountable Pillars
    with collar, push fit,
    screw clamp retention
    2021.46.
    Demountable Pillars
    with collar, push fit,
    screw clamp retention
    2021.43.
    Disc and screw
    2021.50.
    Demountable Pillar,
    conical, central screw
    retention
    2021.39. Liner Bush
    2021.53.
    Disc and Screw
    202.60.
    Stripper-Mounted
    Pillars with Collar,
    demountable, push fit,
    ring nut retention
    Guide Bushes
    2031.34. Mounting
    Flanges, rectangular;
    sintered guide bush,
    carbonitrided
    2031.42. ditto –
    Ball bearing Guide Bush
    206.71. Ball Cage
    2031.38. Shallow Mounting Flanges,
    rectangular;
    sintered guide bush,
    carbonitrided
    2031.44. ditto – Ball
    bearing Guide Bush
    206.71. Ball Cage
    2051.32. Sintered Ferrite Guide Bush,
    carbonitrided, bonded
    2061.44. Guide Bush
    for Ball Bearing Guide
    206.71. Ball Cage
    2081.31./.32./.33./.34./.35.
    Headed Guide Bushes,
    Sintered Ferrite,
    carbonitrided
    2081.44./.45./.46./
    .47./.49. Guide Bushes
    for Ball Bearing Guide
    206.71. Ball Cage
    2091.31./.32./.34. Flanged Guide
    Bushes, Sintered Ferrite,
    carbonitrided
    2091.44./.45./.46.
    Guide Bushes for Ball
    Bearing Guide, push fit
    206.71. Ball Cage
    A32 subject to alterations
    Die set to customer‘s specifications.
    Please copy this page, complete questions, and mail to FIBRO
    201.46. Die set to customer‘s specifications Steel
    201.66. Die set to customer‘s specifications Aluminium
    without stripper with stripper
    Enquiry m Order m
    Material: Aluminium m 201.66. Steel m 201.46.
    Company Telephone
    Name (ref. for replies) Signature
    Guide Pillars
    202.19.
    Guide Pillar
    DIN 9825/ISO 9182-2
    202.21.
    Guide Pillar
    endwise bolt-on type
    2021.46.
    Demountable Pillars
    with collar, push fit,
    screw clamp retention
    2021.46.
    Demountable Pillars
    with collar, push fit,
    screw clamp retention
    2021.43.
    Disc and screw
    2021.50.
    Demountable Pillar,
    conical, central screw
    retention
    2021.39. Liner Bush
    2021.53.
    Disc and Screw
    202.60.
    Stripper-Mounted
    Pillars with Collar,
    demountable, push fit,
    ring nut retention
    Guide Bushes
    2031.34. Mounting
    Flanges, rectangular;
    sintered guide bush,
    carbonitrided
    2031.42. ditto –
    Ball bearing Guide Bush
    206.71. Ball Cage
    2031.38. Shallow Mounting
    Flanges, rectangular;
    sintered guide
    bush, carbonitrided
    2031.44. ditto – Ball
    bearing Guide Bush
    206.71. Ball Cage
    2051.32. Sintered Ferrite Guide
    Bush, carbonitrided, bonded
    2061.44. Guide Bush
    for Ball Bearing Guide
    206.71. Ball Cage
    2081.31./.32./.33./.34./.35.
    Headed Guide Bushes,
    Sintered Ferrite,
    carbonitrided
    2081.44./.45./.46./
    .47./.49. Guide Bushes
    for Ball Bearing Guide
    206.71. Ball Cage
    2091.31./.32./.34. Flanged Guide
    Bushes, Sintered Ferrite,
    carbonitrided
    2091.44./.45./.46.
    Guide Bushes for Ball
    Bearing Guide, push fit
    206.71. Ball Cage
    subject to alterations
    Die set to customer‘s specifications.
    Please copy this page, complete questions, and mail to FIBRO
    201.45. Die set to customer‘s specifications Steel
    201.65. Die set to customer‘s specifications Aluminium
    without stripper with stripper
    Enquiry m Order m
    Material: Aluminium m 201.65. Steel m 201.45.
    Company Telephone
    Name (ref. for replies) Signature
    Guide Pillars
    202.19.
    Guide Pillar
    DIN 9825/ISO 9182-2
    202.21.
    Guide Pillar
    endwise bolt-on type
    2021.46.
    Demountable Pillars
    with collar, push fit,
    screw clamp retention
    2021.46.
    Demountable Pillars
    with collar, push fit,
    screw clamp retention
    2021.43.
    Disc and screw
    2021.50.
    Demountable Pillar,
    conical, central screw
    retention
    2021.39. Liner Bush
    2021.53.
    Disc and Screw
    202.60.
    Stripper-Mounted
    Pillars with Collar,
    demountable, push fit,
    ring nut retention
    Guide Bushes
    2031.34. Mounting
    Flanges, rectangular;
    sintered guide bush,
    carbonitrided
    2031.42. ditto –
    Ball bearing Guide Bush
    206.71. Ball Cage
    2031.38. Shallow Mounting Flanges,
    rectangular;
    sintered guide bush,
    carbonitrided
    2031.44. ditto – Ball
    bearing Guide Bush
    206.71. Ball Cage
    2051.32. Sintered Ferrite Guide Bush,
    carbonitrided, bonded
    2061.44. Guide Bush
    for Ball Bearing Guide
    206.71. Ball Cage
    2081.31./.32./.33./.34./.35.
    Headed Guide Bushes,
    Sintered Ferrite,
    carbonitrided
    2081.44./.45./.46./
    .47./.49. Guide Bushes
    for Ball Bearing Guide
    206.71. Ball Cage
    2091.31./.32./.34. Flanged Guide
    Bushes, Sintered Ferrite,
    carbonitrided
    2091.44./.45./.46.
    Guide Bushes for Ball
    Bearing Guide, push fit
    206.71. Ball Cage
    subject to alterations
    Die set to customer‘s specifications.
    Please copy this page, complete questions, and mail to FIBRO
    201.46. Die set to customer‘s specifications Steel
    201.66. Die set to customer‘s specifications Aluminium
    without stripper with stripper
    Enquiry m Order m
    Material: Aluminium m 201.66. Steel m 201.46.
    Company Telephone
    Name (ref. for replies) Signature
    Guide Pillars
    202.19.
    Guide Pillar
    DIN 9825/ISO 9182-2
    202.21.
    Guide Pillar
    endwise bolt-on type
    2021.46.
    Demountable Pillars
    with collar, push fit,
    screw clamp retention
    2021.46.
    Demountable Pillars
    with collar, push fit,
    screw clamp retention
    2021.43.
    Disc and screw
    2021.50.
    Demountable Pillar,
    conical, central screw
    retention
    2021.39. Liner Bush
    2021.53.
    Disc and Screw
    202.60.
    Stripper-Mounted
    Pillars with Collar,
    demountable, push fit,
    ring nut retention
    Guide Bushes
    2031.34. Mounting
    Flanges, rectangular;
    sintered guide bush,
    carbonitrided
    2031.42. ditto –
    Ball bearing Guide Bush
    206.71. Ball Cage
    2031.38. Shallow Mounting
    Flanges, rectangular;
    sintered guide
    bush, carbonitrided
    2031.44. ditto – Ball
    bearing Guide Bush
    206.71. Ball Cage
    2051.32. Sintered Ferrite Guide
    Bush, carbonitrided, bonded
    2061.44. Guide Bush
    for Ball Bearing Guide
    206.71. Ball Cage
    2081.31./.32./.33./.34./.35.
    Headed Guide Bushes,
    Sintered Ferrite,
    carbonitrided
    2081.44./.45./.46./
    .47./.49. Guide Bushes
    for Ball Bearing Guide
    206.71. Ball Cage
    2091.31./.32./.34. Flanged Guide
    Bushes, Sintered Ferrite,
    carbonitrided
    2091.44./.45./.46.
    Guide Bushes for Ball
    Bearing Guide, push fit
    206.71. Ball Cage
    A33
    subject to alterations
    Die set to customer’s specifications.
    Please copy this page, complete questions, and mail to FIBRO
    201.47. Die set to customer’s specifications Steel
    201.67. Die set to customer’s specifications Aluminium
    without stripper with stripper
    Enquiry m Order m
    Material: Aluminium m 201.67. Steel m 201.47.
    Company Telephone
    Name (ref. for replies) Signature
    Guide Pillars
    202.19.
    Guide Pillar
    DIN 9825/ISO 9182-2
    202.21.
    Guide Pillar
    endwise bolt-on type
    2021.46.
    Demountable Pillars
    with collar, push fit,
    screw clamp retention
    2021.46.
    Demountable Pillars
    with collar, push fit,
    screw clamp retention
    2021.43.
    Disc and screw
    2021.50.
    Demountable Pillar,
    conical, central screw
    retention
    2021.39. Liner Bush
    2021.53.
    Disc and Screw
    Guide Bushes
    2031.34. Mounting
    Flanges, rectangular;
    sintered guide bush,
    carbonitrided
    2031.42. ditto –
    Ball bearing Guide Bush
    206.71. Ball Cage
    2031.38. Shallow Mounting
    Flanges, rectangular;
    sintered guide
    bush, carbonitrided
    2031.44. ditto – Ball
    bearing Guide Bush
    206.71. Ball Cage
    2051.32. Sintered Ferrite Guide
    Bush, carbonitrided, bonded
    2061.44. Guide Bush
    for Ball Bearing Guide
    206.71. Ball Cage
    2081.31./.32./.33./.34./.35.
    Headed Guide Bushes,
    Sintered Ferrite,
    carbonitrided
    2081.44./.45./.46./
    .47./.49. Guide Bushes
    for Ball Bearing Guide
    206.71. Ball Cage
    2091.31./.32./.34. Flanged Guide
    Bushes, Sintered Ferrite,
    carbonitrided
    2091.44./.45./.46.
    Guide Bushes for Ball
    Bearing Guide, push fit
    206.71. Ball Cage
    A34
    Die set to costumer’s specifications.
    Please copy this page, complete questions, and mail to FIBRO
    201.49. Die set to costumer’s specifications Steel
    201.69. Die set to costumer’s specifications Aluminium
    without stripper with stripper
    Enquiry m Order m
    Material: Aluminium m 201.69. Steel m 201.49.
    Company Telephone
    Name (ref. for replies) Signature
    Guide Pillars
    202.19.
    Guide Pillar
    DIN 9825/ISO 9182-2
    202.21.
    Guide Pillar
    endwise bolt-on type
    2021.46.
    Demountable Pillars
    with collar, push fit,
    screw clamp retention
    2021.46.
    Demountable Pillars
    with collar, push fit,
    screw clamp retention
    2021.43.
    Disc and screw
    2021.50.
    Demountable Pillar,
    conical, central screw
    retention
    2021.39. Liner Bush
    2021.53.
    Disc and Screw
    202.60.
    Stripper-Mounted
    Pillars with Collar,
    demountable, push fit,
    ring nut retention
    Guide Bushes
    2031.34. Mounting
    Flanges, rectangular;
    sintered guide bush,
    carbonitrided
    2031.42. ditto –
    Ball bearing Guide Bush
    206.71. Ball Cage
    2031.38. Shallow Mounting
    Flanges, rectangular;
    sintered guide
    bush, carbonitrided
    2031.44. ditto – Ball
    bearing Guide Bush
    206.71. Ball Cage
    2051.32. Sintered Ferrite Guide
    Bush, carbonitrided, bonded
    2061.44. Guide Bush
    for Ball Bearing Guide
    206.71. Ball Cage
    2081.31./.32./.33./.34./.35.
    Headed Guide Bushes,
    Sintered Ferrite,
    carbonitrided
    2081.44./.45./.46./
    .47./.49. Guide Bushes
    for Ball Bearing Guide
    206.71. Ball Cage
    2091.31./.32./.34. Flanged Guide
    Bushes, Sintered Ferrite,
    carbonitrided
    2091.44./.45./.46.
    Guide Bushes for Ball
    Bearing Guide, push fit
    206.71. Ball Cage
    subject to alterations
    Die set to customer’s specifications.
    Please copy this page, complete questions, and mail to FIBRO
    201.47. Die set to customer’s specifications Steel
    201.67. Die set to customer’s specifications Aluminium
    without stripper with stripper
    Enquiry m Order m
    Material: Aluminium m 201.67. Steel m 201.47.
    Company Telephone
    Name (ref. for replies) Signature
    Guide Pillars
    202.19.
    Guide Pillar
    DIN 9825/ISO 9182-2
    202.21.
    Guide Pillar
    endwise bolt-on type
    2021.46.
    Demountable Pillars
    with collar, push fit,
    screw clamp retention
    2021.46.
    Demountable Pillars
    with collar, push fit,
    screw clamp retention
    2021.43.
    Disc and screw
    2021.50.
    Demountable Pillar,
    conical, central screw
    retention
    2021.39. Liner Bush
    2021.53.
    Disc and Screw
    Guide Bushes
    2031.34. Mounting
    Flanges, rectangular;
    sintered guide bush,
    carbonitrided
    2031.42. ditto –
    Ball bearing Guide Bush
    206.71. Ball Cage
    2031.38. Shallow Mounting
    Flanges, rectangular;
    sintered guide
    bush, carbonitrided
    2031.44. ditto – Ball
    bearing Guide Bush
    206.71. Ball Cage
    2051.32. Sintered Ferrite Guide
    Bush, carbonitrided, bonded
    2061.44. Guide Bush
    for Ball Bearing Guide
    206.71. Ball Cage
    2081.31./.32./.33./.34./.35.
    Headed Guide Bushes,
    Sintered Ferrite,
    carbonitrided
    2081.44./.45./.46./
    .47./.49. Guide Bushes
    for Ball Bearing Guide
    206.71. Ball Cage
    2091.31./.32./.34. Flanged Guide
    Bushes, Sintered Ferrite,
    carbonitrided
    2091.44./.45./.46.
    Guide Bushes for Ball
    Bearing Guide, push fit
    206.71. Ball Cage
    Die set to costumer’s specifications.
    Please copy this page, complete questions, and mail to FIBRO
    201.49. Die set to costumer’s specifications Steel
    201.69. Die set to costumer’s specifications Aluminium
    without stripper with stripper
    Enquiry m Order m
    Material: Aluminium m 201.69. Steel m 201.49.
    Company Telephone
    Name (ref. for replies) Signature
    Guide Pillars
    202.19.
    Guide Pillar
    DIN 9825/ISO 9182-2
    202.21.
    Guide Pillar
    endwise bolt-on type
    2021.46.
    Demountable Pillars
    with collar, push fit,
    screw clamp retention
    2021.46.
    Demountable Pillars
    with collar, push fit,
    screw clamp retention
    2021.43.
    Disc and screw
    2021.50.
    Demountable Pillar,
    conical, central screw
    retention
    2021.39. Liner Bush
    2021.53.
    Disc and Screw
    202.60.
    Stripper-Mounted
    Pillars with Collar,
    demountable, push fit,
    ring nut retention
    Guide Bushes
    2031.34. Mounting
    Flanges, rectangular;
    sintered guide bush,
    carbonitrided
    2031.42. ditto –
    Ball bearing Guide Bush
    206.71. Ball Cage
    2031.38. Shallow Mounting
    Flanges, rectangular;
    sintered guide
    bush, carbonitrided
    2031.44. ditto – Ball
    bearing Guide Bush
    206.71. Ball Cage
    2051.32. Sintered Ferrite Guide
    Bush, carbonitrided, bonded
    2061.44. Guide Bush
    for Ball Bearing Guide
    206.71. Ball Cage
    2081.31./.32./.33./.34./.35.
    Headed Guide Bushes,
    Sintered Ferrite,
    carbonitrided
    2081.44./.45./.46./
    .47./.49. Guide Bushes
    for Ball Bearing Guide
    206.71. Ball Cage
    2091.31./.32./.34. Flanged Guide
    Bushes, Sintered Ferrite,
    carbonitrided
    2091.44./.45./.46.
    Guide Bushes for Ball
    Bearing Guide, push fit
    206.71. Ball Cage
    A35
    subject to alterations
    1 l
    2 l
    3 l
    4 l
    Executions:
    With press-fitted guide pillars 202.29.
    2010.5?.????.?.894 2010.5?.????.?.895
    Headed
    Guide
    Bushes
    bronze
    plated
    without
    stripper
    Headed
    Guide
    Bushes
    bronze
    plated
    with
    stripper
    With demountable guide pillars 2021.29.***
    2010.5?.????.?.894.29 2010.5?.????.?.895.29
    Headed
    Guide
    Bushes
    bronze
    plated
    without
    stripper
    Headed
    Guide
    Bushes
    bronze
    plated
    with
    stripper
    Die set without / with stripper ECO-LINE
    Description:
    FIBRO 2010.5x all-steel die sets are supplied with bronze plated guide
    bushes. These are supplied in push-fit bolster bores and retained by screw
    clamps.
    Execution:
    External contours milled
    Thickness surfaces ground
    Note:
    *** to be fixed only with screw clamps
    3
    e
    a 4
    e 2
    b 1
    e 2
    3
    1
    b
    1
    c c 2
    c 4
    d 1
    e 1
    a 2
    a 1
    e 4
    a 2
    a 1
    e 1
    d 2
    D
    a
    d 2 d 2
    d 2 d 2
    b 1
    d 2
    a 1
    e 1
    d 2
    3
    c
    1
    c
    c 5
    c 2
    c 4
    D
    2081.94.
    2081.94.
    2081.95.
    2010.55.
    2010.57.
    2010.59.
    without Stripper
    with Stripper
    A36
     2010.55.
     2010.57.
     2010.59.
    c 1 c 2 c 3
    P* a 1  x b 1 a 2  x b 1 a 1  x a 3 a 1 x a 4 ± 2 ± 2 ± 2 c 4 c 5 d 1 /d 2 l 1 /l 2 l 3 /l 4 D e 1 e 2 e 3 e 4
    2010.55. 2512. 1. 250 x 125 120 x 125 – – 40 40 32 36 12 24/25 180/200 140/180 46 170 – – –
    2010.55. 2512. 4. 250 x 125 120 x 125 – – 32 32 32 36 12 24/25 180/200 140/180 46 170 – – –
    2010.57. 2520. 1. 894 250 x 200 – – 250 x 135 40 40 – 36 – – /25 180/ – 140/ – 46 170 – 160 –
    2010.57. 2520. 4. 894 250 x 200 – – 250 x 135 32 32 – 36 – – /25 180/ – 140/ – 46 170 – 160 –
    2010.59. 2520. 4. 250 x 200 120 x 200 250 x 50 – 32 32 32 36 12 – /25 180/200 140/180 46 170 120 – 173
    2010.59. 2525. 4. 250 x 250 120 x 250 250 x 100 – 32 32 32 36 12 – /25 180/200 140/180 46 170 170 – 173
    2010.55. 3116. 1. 315 x 160 165 x 160 – – 50 50 32 45 12 30/32 200/224 160/200 53 225 – – –
    2010.55. 3116. 4. 315 x 160 165 x 160 – – 40 40 32 45 12 30/32 200/224 160/200 53 225 – – –
    2010.55. 3120. 4. 315 x 200 165 x 200 – – 40 40 32 45 12 30/32 200/224 160/200 53 225 – – –
    2010.57. 3120. 4. 894 315 x 200 – – 315 x 125 40 40 – 45 – – /32 200/ – 160/ – 53 225 – 155 –
    2010.59. 3120. 4. 315 x 200 165 x 200 315 x 30 – 40 40 32 45 12 – /32 200/224 160/200 53 225 110 – 228
    2010.57. 3125. 1. 894 315 x 250 – – 315 x 175 50 50 – 45 – – /32 200/ – 160/ – 53 225 – 205 –
    2010.59. 3125. 1. 315 x 250 165 x 250 315 x 80 – 50 50 32 45 12 – /32 200/224 160/200 53 225 160 – 228
    2010.59. 3125. 4. 315 x 250 165 x 250 315 x 80 – 40 40 32 45 12 – /32 200/224 160/200 53 225 160 – 228
    2010.59. 3131. 1. 315 x 315 165 x 315 315 x 145 – 50 50 32 45 12 – /32 200/224 160/200 53 225 225 – 228
    2010.55. 4020. 4. 400 x 200 250 x 200 – – 40 40 32 45 12 30/32 200/224 160/200 53 310 – – –
    2010.59. 4020. 4. 400 x 200 250 x 200 400 x 30 – 40 40 32 45 12 – /32 200/224 160/200 53 310 110 – 313
    2010.55. 4025. 1. 400 x 250 250 x 250 – – 50 50 32 45 12 30/32 200/224 160/200 53 310 – – –
    2010.57. 4025. 1. 894 400 x 250 – – 400 x 175 50 50 – 45 – – /32 200/ – 160/ – 53 310 – 205 –
    2010.59. 4025. 1. 400 x 250 250 x 250 400 x 80 – 50 50 32 45 12 – /32 200/224 160/200 53 310 160 – 313
    2010.59. 4025. 4. 400 x 250 250 x 250 400 x 80 – 40 40 32 45 12 – /32 200/224 160/200 53 310 160 – 313
    2010.57. 4031. 4. 894 400 x 315 – – 400 x 240 40 40 – 45 – – /32 200/ – 160/ – 53 310 – 270 –
    2010.59. 4031. 1. 400 x 315 250 x 315 400 x 145 – 50 50 32 45 12 – /32 200/224 160/200 53 310 225 – 313
    2010.59. 4040. 1. 400 x 400 250 x 400 400 x 230 – 50 50 32 45 12 – /32 200/224 160/200 53 310 310 – 313
    2010.59. 4040. 4. 400 x 400 250 x 400 400 x 230 – 40 40 32 45 12 – /32 200/224 160/200 53 310 310 – 313
    2010.55. 5025. 1. 500 x 250 325 x 250 – – 50 50 32 45 15 38/40 200/224 160/200 63 400 – – –
    2010.59. 5025. 1. 500 x 250 325 x 250 500 x 75 – 50 50 32 45 15 – /40 200/224 160/200 63 400 150 – 403
    2010.59. 5025. 4. 500 x 250 325 x 250 500 x 75 – 40 40 32 45 15 – /40 200/224 160/200 63 400 150 – 403
    2010.55. 5031. 1. 500 x 315 325 x 315 – – 50 50 32 45 15 38/40 200/224 160/200 63 400 – – –
    2010.59. 5031. 1. 500 x 315 325 x 315 500 x 140 – 50 50 32 45 15 – /40 200/224 160/200 63 400 215 – 403
    2010.59. 5040. 1. 500 x 400 325 x 400 500 x 225 – 50 50 32 45 15 – /40 200/224 160/200 63 400 300 – 403
    2010.59. 5050. 1. 500 x 500 325 x 500 500 x 325 – 50 50 32 45 15 – /40 200/224 160/200 63 400 400 – 403
    a 1 x b 1 = 400 x 250; c 1 = c 2 = 50) = 2010.55.4025.1.
    = 895.
    = 29
    = 2010.55.4025.1.895.29
    a 1 x b 1 = 400 x 250; c 1 = c 2 = 50) = 2010.55.4025.1.
    = 895
    = 2010.55.4025.1.895
    2010.5□ .
    subject to alterations
    Die set without / with stripper ECO-LINE
    Type
    Order No Exe- Exe- ext. dim. Work area(s)**
    Type Size P* cution cution***
    *Thickness combinations
    ** Work area dimensions are not affected
    by the positions of the screw clamps that retain the bushes!
    ***With demountable guide pillars 2021.29.
    Type of Die Set (external dimensions
    a 1 x b 1 = 400 x 250; c 1 = c 2 = 50)
    Execution with stripper
    with demountable guide pillars 2021.29.
    Order No
    Next day delivery!
    Type of Die Set (external dimensions
    a 1 x b 1 = 400 x 250; c 1 = c 2 = 50)
    Execution with stripper
    Order No
    Ordering code (example):
    Ordering code (example):
    subject to alterations
    1 l
    2 l
    3 l
    4 l
    Executions:
    With press-fitted guide pillars 202.29.
    2010.5?.????.?.894 2010.5?.????.?.895
    Headed
    Guide
    Bushes
    bronze
    plated
    without
    stripper
    Headed
    Guide
    Bushes
    bronze
    plated
    with
    stripper
    With demountable guide pillars 2021.29.***
    2010.5?.????.?.894.29 2010.5?.????.?.895.29
    Headed
    Guide
    Bushes
    bronze
    plated
    without
    stripper
    Headed
    Guide
    Bushes
    bronze
    plated
    with
    stripper
    Die set without / with stripper ECO-LINE
    Description:
    FIBRO 2010.5x all-steel die sets are supplied with bronze plated guide
    bushes. These are supplied in push-fit bolster bores and retained by screw
    clamps.
    Execution:
    External contours milled
    Thickness surfaces ground
    Note:
    *** to be fixed only with screw clamps
    3
    e
    a 4
    e 2
    b 1
    e 2
    3
    1
    b
    1
    c c 2
    c 4
    d 1
    e 1
    a 2
    a 1
    e 4
    a 2
    a 1
    e 1
    d 2
    D
    a
    d 2 d 2
    d 2 d 2
    b 1
    d 2
    a 1
    e 1
    d 2
    3
    c
    1
    c
    c 5
    c 2
    c 4
    D
    2081.94.
    2081.94.
    2081.95.
    2010.55.
    2010.57.
    2010.59.
    without Stripper
    with Stripper
     2010.55.
     2010.57.
     2010.59.
    c 1 c 2 c 3
    P* a 1  x b 1 a 2  x b 1 a 1  x a 3 a 1 x a 4 ± 2 ± 2 ± 2 c 4 c 5 d 1 /d 2 l 1 /l 2 l 3 /l 4 D e 1 e 2 e 3 e 4
    2010.55. 2512. 1. 250 x 125 120 x 125 – – 40 40 32 36 12 24/25 180/200 140/180 46 170 – – –
    2010.55. 2512. 4. 250 x 125 120 x 125 – – 32 32 32 36 12 24/25 180/200 140/180 46 170 – – –
    2010.57. 2520. 1. 894 250 x 200 – – 250 x 135 40 40 – 36 – – /25 180/ – 140/ – 46 170 – 160 –
    2010.57. 2520. 4. 894 250 x 200 – – 250 x 135 32 32 – 36 – – /25 180/ – 140/ – 46 170 – 160 –
    2010.59. 2520. 4. 250 x 200 120 x 200 250 x 50 – 32 32 32 36 12 – /25 180/200 140/180 46 170 120 – 173
    2010.59. 2525. 4. 250 x 250 120 x 250 250 x 100 – 32 32 32 36 12 – /25 180/200 140/180 46 170 170 – 173
    2010.55. 3116. 1. 315 x 160 165 x 160 – – 50 50 32 45 12 30/32 200/224 160/200 53 225 – – –
    2010.55. 3116. 4. 315 x 160 165 x 160 – – 40 40 32 45 12 30/32 200/224 160/200 53 225 – – –
    2010.55. 3120. 4. 315 x 200 165 x 200 – – 40 40 32 45 12 30/32 200/224 160/200 53 225 – – –
    2010.57. 3120. 4. 894 315 x 200 – – 315 x 125 40 40 – 45 – – /32 200/ – 160/ – 53 225 – 155 –
    2010.59. 3120. 4. 315 x 200 165 x 200 315 x 30 – 40 40 32 45 12 – /32 200/224 160/200 53 225 110 – 228
    2010.57. 3125. 1. 894 315 x 250 – – 315 x 175 50 50 – 45 – – /32 200/ – 160/ – 53 225 – 205 –
    2010.59. 3125. 1. 315 x 250 165 x 250 315 x 80 – 50 50 32 45 12 – /32 200/224 160/200 53 225 160 – 228
    2010.59. 3125. 4. 315 x 250 165 x 250 315 x 80 – 40 40 32 45 12 – /32 200/224 160/200 53 225 160 – 228
    2010.59. 3131. 1. 315 x 315 165 x 315 315 x 145 – 50 50 32 45 12 – /32 200/224 160/200 53 225 225 – 228
    2010.55. 4020. 4. 400 x 200 250 x 200 – – 40 40 32 45 12 30/32 200/224 160/200 53 310 – – –
    2010.59. 4020. 4. 400 x 200 250 x 200 400 x 30 – 40 40 32 45 12 – /32 200/224 160/200 53 310 110 – 313
    2010.55. 4025. 1. 400 x 250 250 x 250 – – 50 50 32 45 12 30/32 200/224 160/200 53 310 – – –
    2010.57. 4025. 1. 894 400 x 250 – – 400 x 175 50 50 – 45 – – /32 200/ – 160/ – 53 310 – 205 –
    2010.59. 4025. 1. 400 x 250 250 x 250 400 x 80 – 50 50 32 45 12 – /32 200/224 160/200 53 310 160 – 313
    2010.59. 4025. 4. 400 x 250 250 x 250 400 x 80 – 40 40 32 45 12 – /32 200/224 160/200 53 310 160 – 313
    2010.57. 4031. 4. 894 400 x 315 – – 400 x 240 40 40 – 45 – – /32 200/ – 160/ – 53 310 – 270 –
    2010.59. 4031. 1. 400 x 315 250 x 315 400 x 145 – 50 50 32 45 12 – /32 200/224 160/200 53 310 225 – 313
    2010.59. 4040. 1. 400 x 400 250 x 400 400 x 230 – 50 50 32 45 12 – /32 200/224 160/200 53 310 310 – 313
    2010.59. 4040. 4. 400 x 400 250 x 400 400 x 230 – 40 40 32 45 12 – /32 200/224 160/200 53 310 310 – 313
    2010.55. 5025. 1. 500 x 250 325 x 250 – – 50 50 32 45 15 38/40 200/224 160/200 63 400 – – –
    2010.59. 5025. 1. 500 x 250 325 x 250 500 x 75 – 50 50 32 45 15 – /40 200/224 160/200 63 400 150 – 403
    2010.59. 5025. 4. 500 x 250 325 x 250 500 x 75 – 40 40 32 45 15 – /40 200/224 160/200 63 400 150 – 403
    2010.55. 5031. 1. 500 x 315 325 x 315 – – 50 50 32 45 15 38/40 200/224 160/200 63 400 – – –
    2010.59. 5031. 1. 500 x 315 325 x 315 500 x 140 – 50 50 32 45 15 – /40 200/224 160/200 63 400 215 – 403
    2010.59. 5040. 1. 500 x 400 325 x 400 500 x 225 – 50 50 32 45 15 – /40 200/224 160/200 63 400 300 – 403
    2010.59. 5050. 1. 500 x 500 325 x 500 500 x 325 – 50 50 32 45 15 – /40 200/224 160/200 63 400 400 – 403
    a 1 x b 1 = 400 x 250; c 1 = c 2 = 50) = 2010.55.4025.1.
    = 895.
    = 29
    = 2010.55.4025.1.895.29
    a 1 x b 1 = 400 x 250; c 1 = c 2 = 50) = 2010.55.4025.1.
    = 895
    = 2010.55.4025.1.895
    2010.5□ .
    subject to alterations
    Die set without / with stripper ECO-LINE
    Type
    Order No Exe- Exe- ext. dim. Work area(s)**
    Type Size P* cution cution***
    *Thickness combinations
    ** Work area dimensions are not affected
    by the positions of the screw clamps that retain the bushes!
    ***With demountable guide pillars 2021.29.
    Type of Die Set (external dimensions
    a 1 x b 1 = 400 x 250; c 1 = c 2 = 50)
    Execution with stripper
    with demountable guide pillars 2021.29.
    Order No
    Next day delivery!
    Type of Die Set (external dimensions
    a 1 x b 1 = 400 x 250; c 1 = c 2 = 50)
    Execution with stripper
    Order No
    Ordering code (example):
    Ordering code (example):
    A37
    subject to alterations
    Steel plate ISO 6753-1
    2900.
    Execution:
    External contours milled. Thickness surfaces ground
    Note:
    l or b ≤ 630 = +0,2 / +0,4
    l or b > 630 = +0,2 / +0,6
    Plates from 500 ⊗ 500 mm on are manufactured with lifting thread.
    A38
    2900.
    Order No
    Size
    l x b x t Order No
    Size
    l x b x t Order No
    Size
    l x b x t
    2900.1608.25 160 x 80 x 25 2900.3120.40 315 x 200 x 40 2900.6340.32 630 x 400 x 32
    2900.1608.32 160 x 80 x 32 2900.3120.50 315 x 200 x 50 2900.6340.40 630 x 400 x 40
    2900.1610.25 160 x 100 x 25 2900.3125.32 315 x 250 x 32 2900.6340.50 630 x 400 x 50
    2900.1610.32 160 x 100 x 32 2900.3125.40 315 x 250 x 40 2900.6340.63 630 x 400 x 63
    2900.1612.25 160 x 125 x 25 2900.3125.50 315 x 250 x 50 2900.6350.32 630 x 500 x 32
    2900.1612.32 160 x 125 x 32 2900.3131.32 315 x 315 x 32 2900.6350.40 630 x 500 x 40
    2900.1616.25 160 x 160 x 25 2900.3131.40 315 x 315 x 40 2900.6350.50 630 x 500 x 50
    2900.1616.32 160 x 160 x 32 2900.3131.50 315 x 315 x 50 2900.6350.63 630 x 500 x 63
    2900.2010.25 200 x 100 x 25 2900.4020.32 400 x 200 x 32 2900.6363.32 630 x 630 x 32
    2900.2010.32 200 x 100 x 32 2900.4020.40 400 x 200 x 40 2900.6363.40 630 x 630 x 40
    2900.2010.40 200 x 100 x 40 2900.4020.50 400 x 200 x 50 2900.6363.50 630 x 630 x 50
    2900.2012.25 200 x 125 x 25 2900.4025.32 400 x 250 x 32 2900.6363.63 630 x 630 x 63
    2900.2012.32 200 x 125 x 32 2900.4025.40 400 x 250 x 40 2900.7140.32 710 x 400 x 32
    2900.2012.40 200 x 125 x 40 2900.4025.50 400 x 250 x 50 2900.7140.40 710 x 400 x 40
    2900.2016.25 200 x 160 x 25 2900.4031.32 400 x 315 x 32 2900.7140.50 710 x 400 x 50
    2900.2016.32 200 x 160 x 32 2900.4031.40 400 x 315 x 40 2900.7140.63 710 x 400 x 63
    2900.2016.40 200 x 160 x 40 2900.4031.50 400 x 315 x 50 2900.7150.32 710 x 500 x 32
    2900.2020.25 200 x 200 x 25 2900.4040.32 400 x 400 x 32 2900.7150.40 710 x 500 x 40
    2900.2020.32 200 x 200 x 32 2900.4040.40 400 x 400 x 40 2900.7150.50 710 x 500 x 50
    2900.2020.40 200 x 200 x 40 2900.4040.50 400 x 400 x 50 2900.7150.63 710 x 500 x 63
    2900.2512.25 250 x 125 x 25 2900.5025.32 500 x 250 x 32 2900.7163.32 710 x 630 x 32
    2900.2512.32 250 x 125 x 32 2900.5025.40 500 x 250 x 40 2900.7163.40 710 x 630 x 40
    2900.2512.40 250 x 125 x 40 2900.5025.50 500 x 250 x 50 2900.7163.50 710 x 630 x 50
    2900.2516.25 250 x 160 x 25 2900.5031.32 500 x 315 x 32 2900.7163.63 710 x 630 x 63
    2900.2516.32 250 x 160 x 32 2900.5031.40 500 x 315 x 40 2900.8040.32 800 x 400 x 32
    2900.2516.40 250 x 160 x 40 2900.5031.50 500 x 315 x 50 2900.8040.40 800 x 400 x 40
    2900.2520.25 250 x 200 x 25 2900.5040.32 500 x 400 x 32 2900.8040.50 800 x 400 x 50
    2900.2520.32 250 x 200 x 32 2900.5040.40 500 x 400 x 40 2900.8040.63 800 x 400 x 63
    2900.2520.40 250 x 200 x 40 2900.5040.50 500 x 400 x 50 2900.8050.32 800 x 500 x 32
    2900.2525.25 250 x 250 x 25 2900.5050.32 500 x 500 x 32 2900.8050.40 800 x 500 x 40
    2900.2525.32 250 x 250 x 32 2900.5050.40 500 x 500 x 40 2900.8050.50 800 x 500 x 50
    2900.2525.40 250 x 250 x 40 2900.5050.50 500 x 500 x 50 2900.8050.63 800 x 500 x 63
    2900.3116.32 315 x 160 x 32 2900.6331.32 630 x 315 x 32 2900.8063.32 800 x 630 x 32
    2900.3116.40 315 x 160 x 40 2900.6331.40 630 x 315 x 40 2900.8063.40 800 x 630 x 40
    2900.3116.50 315 x 160 x 50 2900.6331.50 630 x 315 x 50 2900.8063.50 800 x 630 x 50
    2900.3120.32 315 x 200 x 32 2900.6331.63 630 x 315 x 63 2900.8063.63 800 x 630 x 63
    Steel plate ISO 6753-1
    subject to alterations
    Aluminium plate ~ISO 6753-1
    2910. .2
    Execution:
    2910.□□□□.□□.2
    Two external contours milled. Thickness surfaces ground.
    Note:
    Plates from 500 ⊗ 500 mm on are manufactured with lifting thread.
    2910. .0
    Execution:
    2910.□□□□.□□.0
    External contours sawed. Thickness surfaces ground.
    Note:
    Plates from 500 ⊗ 500 mm on are manufactured with lifting thread.
    A39
    2910.
    Order No
    Size
    l x b x t Order No
    Size
    l x b x t Order No
    Size
    l x b x t Order No
    Size
    l x b x t
    2910.1608.25.□ 160 x 80 x 25 2910.2520.32.□ 250 x 200 x 32 2910.4040.40.□ 400 x 400 x 40 2910.6363.40.□ 630 x 630 x 40
    2910.1608.32.□ 160 x 80 x 32 2910.2520.40.□ 250 x 200 x 40 2910.4040.50.□ 400 x 400 x 50 2910.6363.50.□ 630 x 630 x 50
    2910.1610.25.□ 160 x 100 x 25 2910.2525.25.□ 250 x 250 x 25 2910.5025.32.□ 500 x 250 x 32 2910.6363.63.□ 630 x 630 x 63
    2910.1610.32.□ 160 x 100 x 32 2910.2525.32.□ 250 x 250 x 32 2910.5025.40.□ 500 x 250 x 40 2910.7140.32.□ 710 x 400 x 32
    2910.1612.25.□ 160 x 125 x 25 2910.2525.40.□ 250 x 250 x 40 2910.5025.50.□ 500 x 250 x 50 2910.7140.40.□ 710 x 400 x 40
    2910.1612.32.□ 160 x 125 x 32 2910.3116.32.□ 315 x 160 x 32 2910.5031.32.□ 500 x 315 x 32 2910.7140.50.□ 710 x 400 x 50
    2910.1616.25.□ 160 x 160 x 25 2910.3116.40.□ 315 x 160 x 40 2910.5031.40.□ 500 x 315 x 40 2910.7140.63.□ 710 x 400 x 63
    2910.1616.32.□ 160 x 160 x 32 2910.3116.50.□ 315 x 160 x 50 2910.5031.50.□ 500 x 315 x 50 2910.7150.32.□ 710 x 500 x 32
    2910.2010.25.□ 200 x 100 x 25 2910.3120.32.□ 315 x 200 x 32 2910.5040.32.□ 500 x 400 x 32 2910.7150.40.□ 710 x 500 x 40
    2910.2010.32.□ 200 x 100 x 32 2910.3120.40.□ 315 x 200 x 40 2910.5040.40.□ 500 x 400 x 40 2910.7150.50.□ 710 x 500 x 50
    2910.2010.40.□ 200 x 100 x 40 2910.3120.50.□ 315 x 200 x 50 2910.5040.50.□ 500 x 400 x 50 2910.7150.63.□ 710 x 500 x 63
    2910.2012.25.□ 200 x 125 x 25 2910.3125.32.□ 315 x 250 x 32 2910.5050.32.□ 500 x 500 x 32 2910.7163.32.□ 710 x 630 x 32
    2910.2012.32.□ 200 x 125 x 32 2910.3125.40.□ 315 x 250 x 40 2910.5050.40.□ 500 x 500 x 40 2910.7163.40.□ 710 x 630 x 40
    2910.2012.40.□ 200 x 125 x 40 2910.3125.50.□ 315 x 250 x 50 2910.5050.50.□ 500 x 500 x 50 2910.7163.50.□ 710 x 630 x 50
    2910.2016.25.□ 200 x 160 x 25 2910.3131.32.□ 315 x 315 x 32 2910.6331.32.□ 630 x 315 x 32 2910.7163.63.□ 710 x 630 x 63
    2910.2016.32.□ 200 x 160 x 32 2910.3131.40.□ 315 x 315 x 40 2910.6331.40.□ 630 x 315 x 40 2910.8040.32.□ 800 x 400 x 32
    2910.2016.40.□ 200 x 160 x 40 2910.3131.50.□ 315 x 315 x 50 2910.6331.50.□ 630 x 315 x 50 2910.8040.40.□ 800 x 400 x 40
    2910.2020.25.□ 200 x 200 x 25 2910.4020.32.□ 400 x 200 x 32 2910.6331.63.□ 630 x 315 x 63 2910.8040.50.□ 800 x 400 x 50
    2910.2020.32.□ 200 x 200 x 32 2910.4020.40.□ 400 x 200 x 40 2910.6340.32.□ 630 x 400 x 32 2910.8040.63.□ 800 x 400 x 63
    2910.2020.40.□ 200 x 200 x 40 2910.4020.50.□ 400 x 200 x 50 2910.6340.40.□ 630 x 400 x 40 2910.8050.32.□ 800 x 500 x 32
    2910.2512.25.□ 250 x 125 x 25 2910.4025.32.□ 400 x 250 x 32 2910.6340.50.□ 630 x 400 x 50 2910.8050.40.□ 800 x 500 x 40
    2910.2512.32.□ 250 x 125 x 32 2910.4025.40.□ 400 x 250 x 40 2910.6340.63.□ 630 x 400 x 63 2910.8050.50.□ 800 x 500 x 50
    2910.2512.40.□ 250 x 125 x 40 2910.4025.50.□ 400 x 250 x 50 2910.6350.32.□ 630 x 500 x 32 2910.8050.63.□ 800 x 500 x 63
    2910.2516.25.□ 250 x 160 x 25 2910.4031.32.□ 400 x 315 x 32 2910.6350.40.□ 630 x 500 x 40 2910.8063.32.□ 800 x 630 x 32
    2910.2516.32.□ 250 x 160 x 32 2910.4031.40.□ 400 x 315 x 40 2910.6350.50.□ 630 x 500 x 50 2910.8063.40.□ 800 x 630 x 40
    2910.2516.40.□ 250 x 160 x 40 2910.4031.50.□ 400 x 315 x 50 2910.6350.63.□ 630 x 500 x 63 2910.8063.50.□ 800 x 630 x 50
    2910.2520.25.□ 250 x 200 x 25 2910.4040.32.□ 400 x 400 x 32 2910.6363.32.□ 630 x 630 x 32 2910.8063.63.□ 800 x 630 x 63
    Aluminium plate ~ISO 6753-1
    Ordering Code (example):
    Aluminium plate ~ISO 6753-1 =2910.
    Length L 160 mm = 16
    Width B 80 mm = 08.
    Thickness T 25 mm = 25.
    Execution FORM sawn = 0
    Order No =2910. 1608. 25.0
    subject to alterations
    Die set press unit
    2011.45. 2011.49.
    a 2
    a 1
    e
    a 2
    a 1
    e
    b 1
    e 2
    b 2
    e 1
    b 1
    2011.4 .4031. . .1
    Order number system:
     T grooves: .0 = without
     .1 = in top bolster and intermediate plate
     Installation height h
     Version: 000. = without guide bolster
     001. = without guide bolster – tension rod not hardened
     831. = guide bolster with plain bearing
     862. = guide bolster with ball bearing guide
     External dimensions (a 1 3 b 1 ) 40: a 1 = 400 mm; 31: b 1 = 315 mm
     Number of pillars: 5. = two guide pillars
     9. = four guide pillars
     Steel plates
     Die Set Press Unit – ISO sizes
    Coupling spigots and -holders between cylinder and tool:
    see next page but one.
    ±2
    3
    c
    1 ±2
    c c 2 ±2
    tee slot
    DIN 650
    10 H8
    d 3
    daylight acc. to
    customer’s specifications
    2011.45.
    2011.49.
    d 3
    A40
    Order No
    work area
    a 1 ⊗b 2
    work area
    a 2 ⊗b 1
    max. press thrust
    kN a 1 b 1 c 1 c 2 c 3 d 3 e e 1 e 2
    2011.4□ .2020. □□□ . □□□ . □ 84 x 200 200 x 62 20 200 200 32 32 32 25 132 132 129
    2011.4□ .2520. □□□ . □□□ . □ 134 x 200 250 x 62 20 250 200 32 32 32 25 182 132 129
    2011.4□ .2525. □□□ . □□□ . □ 118 x 250 250 x 97 40 250 250 40 40 40 32 174 174 171
    2011.4□ .3125. □□□ . □□□ . □ 185 x 250 315 x 97 40 315 250 40 40 40 32 239 174 171
    2011.4□ .3131. □□□ . □□□ . □ 183 x 315 315 x 162 40 315 315 40 40 40 32 239 239 236
    2011.4□ .4031. □□□ . □□□ . □ 268 x 315 400 x 162 80 400 315 50 50 50 32 324 239 236
    2011.4□ .4040. □□□ . □□□ . □ 268 x 400 400 x 247 80 400 400 50 50 50 32 324 324 321
    2011.45. Die set press unit
    subject to alterations
    Die set press unit
    hydraulic jack
    ±2
    3 1 ±2
    height to guided
    bolster bottom
    daylight acc. to
    customer’s specifications
    c 2 ±2
    tee slot
    DIN 650 10 H12
    201.145.
    201.149.
    l 1 c c
    d 3 d 3
    b 1
    201.145. 201.149.
    a 2
    a 1
    e
    a 2
    a 1
    e
    b 1
    e 2
    b 2
    e 1
    201.14 .4031. . .1
    Order number system:
     T grooves: .0 = without
     .1 = in top bolster and intermediate plate
     Installation height h
     Version: 831. = guide bolster with plain bearing
     862. = guide bolster with ball bearing guide
     External dimensions (a 1 3 b 1 ) 40: a 1 = 400 mm; 31: b 1 = 315 mm
     Number of pillars: 5. = two guide pillars
     9. = four guide pillars
     Steel plates
     Die Set Press Unit – ISO sizes
    Execution: Headed guide bushes,
    hydraulic jack.
    A41
    Order No
    work area
    a 1 ⊗b 2
    work area
    a 2 ⊗b 1
    max. press thrust
    kN a 1 b 1 c 1 c 2 c 3 d 3 e e 1 e 2 l 1 Stroke max.
    201.14□ .2020. □□□ . □□□ . □ 84 x 200 200 x 62 20 200 200 32 32 32 25 132 132 129 200 130
    201.14□ .2520. □□□ . □□□ . □ 134 x 200 250 x 62 20 250 200 32 32 32 25 182 132 129 200 130
    201.14□ .2525. □□□ . □□□ . □ 118 x 250 250 x 97 40 250 250 40 40 40 32 174 174 171 200 130
    201.14□ .3125. □□□ . □□□ . □ 183 x 250 315 x 97 40 315 250 40 40 40 32 239 174 171 200 130
    201.14□ .3131. □□□ . □□□ . □ 283 x 315 315 x 162 40 315 315 40 40 40 32 239 239 236 200 130
    201.14□ .4031. □□□ . □□□ . □ 268 x 315 400 x 162 80 400 315 50 50 50 32 324 239 236 245 160
    201.14□ .4040. □□□ . □□□ . □ 268 x 400 400 x 247 80 400 400 50 50 50 32 324 324 321 245 160
    201.145. Die set press unit
    1
    s
    M
    212.16.1.
    SW
    d 8
    d 5
    d 4
    l 1
    2
    l
    5
    l
    2
    s
    212.11.
    SW
    M
    d
    d
    4
    5
    3
    l
    5
    l
    d 4 d 5 d 8 SW l 1 l 2 l 5 * M* s 1 s 2
    212.16.1.026 26 33 45 50 70 57,4 12,6 7
    212.16.1.033 33 49 60 65 86 67,4 18,6 10
    M d 4 d 5 l 3 l 5 SW
    212.11.016 M16 ⊗ 1.5 25 32 18 23 36
    212.11.030 M30 ⊗ 2 32 48 30 43 60
    d 4 d 5 d 8 d 7 l 3 l 5
    212.15.063 25 32 63 46 18 31
    212.15.080 32 48 80 63 18 37
    subject to alterations
    Die Set Press Unit-Accessories
    Coupling Spigot Holder
    Coupling Spigot
    212.16.1. Coupling Spigot Holder
    Order No
    * upon customer‘s specification
    212.11. Coupling Spigot
    Order No
    212.15.
    d
    d
    8
    7
    d
    d
    4
    5
    5
    l
    3
    l
    4 socket cap screws
    M8 x 25
    DIN EN ISO 4762
    212.15. Coupling Spigot
    Order No
    A42
    subject to alterations
    Special Die Set (All-Steel) to Customers‘ Specification
    A43
    subject to alterations
    Special Die Set (All-Steel) to Customers‘ Specification
    A44
    1350
    subject to alterations
    Special Die Set (All-Steel) to Customers‘ Specification
    subject to alterations
    Special Die Set (All-Steel) to Customers‘ Specification
    1350
    subject to alterations
    Special Die Set (All-Steel) to Customers‘ Specification
    A45
    subject to alterations
    Special Die Set (All-Steel) to Customers‘ Specification
    A46
    Progression
    Lamination
    Die Set Units
    subject to alterations
    Special Die Set (All-Steel) to Customers‘ Specification
    Progression
    Lamination
    Die Set Units
    A47
    subject to alterations
    202.60.
    Ball Bearing
    Guide 2061.44.
    206.71.
    Stripper-Mounted Pillar
    Ball Bearing
    Guide 2061.44.
    206.71.
    Top Clamping Plate
    Top Bolster
    Combination Spring- and
    Spacer Unit 244.25./.40.
    Retainer Gib
    Thrust Plate
    Top Spacer
    (Compensation Disc)
    Punch Retainer Plate
    Clamping Stripper
    Bottom Spacer
    Bottom Bolster
    Bottom Clamping Plate
    Bunter Bar
    Clamping Area
    Progression Lamination Die Set Unit
    A48 subject to alterations
    Progression lamination die set unit
    Die set units for progression/lamination dies
    The accuracy of a stamping die starts with the die set! When we designed
    these new units, special attention was paid to the stability and load capaci-
    ty of the guide pillars.
    The eventual introduction of the stripper-mounted pillar in its present form
    brought an eightfold increase in transverse load-carrying capacity relative
    to conventional pillars; under the same radial force, deflection is reduced
    to one-eigth.
    While modern high-speed presses have made ball bearing guides all but
    mandatory, the limited load capacity of these bearings remains a disad-
    vantage, calling for generous nominal pillar diameters and the use of more
    than two guide bearings.
    Considerable forces of inertia are encountered during the reversal of stro-
    king motion at speeds in excess of 500 SPM. In order to keep these harmful
    forces to a minimum, FIBRO Stripper-Mounted Pillars are provided with
    hollow cores.
    Considerations such as these formed the basis for the development of
    our new die set units with stripper-mounted pillars – a concept that has
    resulted in greatly improved accuracy, overall stability and speed capacity.
    Retaining slots for matrixes and
    guiding-stripper plate
    It is of paramount importance to the accuracy of the final die assembly
    that both these slots are in perfect vertical alignment, to within a few mm.
    From long experience we know that all heavy machining of die set
    apertures must precede the finish-machining of the two retainer slots for
    the matrix inserts and the guiding/clamping stripper plate.
    Whenever the machining of such apertures is not entrusted to us we will
    supply our die set units with pre-ground slots only.
    Combination spring/spacer units
    Strippers on FIBRO progression/lamination die set units are laid out for
    the functions of punch guiding and clamping of the stock, derived from
    preloaded spring/spacing units of highly compact design.
    The advantages of these compact units, in accordance with executions
    1 to 4, are as follows:
    a) compactness – the combination of both spring- and spacer functions
    saves die space
    b) ease of die maintenance – punch regrinding and replacement, as well
    as dimensional adaptation, can be done without dismantling of the
    stripper.
    Note: regrinding of punches = regrinding of spacer!
    c) ease of springs maintenance – after removal of only the top clamping
    plate, the complete spring/spacer unit can be taken out for replace-
    ment etc. This feature applies to executions 1 and 2 only.
    Top Bolster
    Stripper-Mounted Pillar
    Ring Nut
    Stripper
    Collar
    Bottom Bolster
    subject to alterations
    202.60.
    Ball Bearing
    Guide 2061.44.
    206.71.
    Stripper-Mounted Pillar
    Ball Bearing
    Guide 2061.44.
    206.71.
    Top Clamping Plate
    Top Bolster
    Combination Spring- and
    Spacer Unit 244.25./.40.
    Retainer Gib
    Thrust Plate
    Top Spacer
    (Compensation Disc)
    Punch Retainer Plate
    Clamping Stripper
    Bottom Spacer
    Bottom Bolster
    Bottom Clamping Plate
    Bunter Bar
    Clamping Area
    Progression Lamination Die Set Unit
    subject to alterations
    Progression lamination die set unit
    Die set units for progression/lamination dies
    The accuracy of a stamping die starts with the die set! When we designed
    these new units, special attention was paid to the stability and load capaci-
    ty of the guide pillars.
    The eventual introduction of the stripper-mounted pillar in its present form
    brought an eightfold increase in transverse load-carrying capacity relative
    to conventional pillars; under the same radial force, deflection is reduced
    to one-eigth.
    While modern high-speed presses have made ball bearing guides all but
    mandatory, the limited load capacity of these bearings remains a disad-
    vantage, calling for generous nominal pillar diameters and the use of more
    than two guide bearings.
    Considerable forces of inertia are encountered during the reversal of stro-
    king motion at speeds in excess of 500 SPM. In order to keep these harmful
    forces to a minimum, FIBRO Stripper-Mounted Pillars are provided with
    hollow cores.
    Considerations such as these formed the basis for the development of
    our new die set units with stripper-mounted pillars – a concept that has
    resulted in greatly improved accuracy, overall stability and speed capacity.
    Retaining slots for matrixes and
    guiding-stripper plate
    It is of paramount importance to the accuracy of the final die assembly
    that both these slots are in perfect vertical alignment, to within a few mm.
    From long experience we know that all heavy machining of die set
    apertures must precede the finish-machining of the two retainer slots for
    the matrix inserts and the guiding/clamping stripper plate.
    Whenever the machining of such apertures is not entrusted to us we will
    supply our die set units with pre-ground slots only.
    Combination spring/spacer units
    Strippers on FIBRO progression/lamination die set units are laid out for
    the functions of punch guiding and clamping of the stock, derived from
    preloaded spring/spacing units of highly compact design.
    The advantages of these compact units, in accordance with executions
    1 to 4, are as follows:
    a) compactness – the combination of both spring- and spacer functions
    saves die space
    b) ease of die maintenance – punch regrinding and replacement, as well
    as dimensional adaptation, can be done without dismantling of the
    stripper.
    Note: regrinding of punches = regrinding of spacer!
    c) ease of springs maintenance – after removal of only the top clamping
    plate, the complete spring/spacer unit can be taken out for replace-
    ment etc. This feature applies to executions 1 and 2 only.
    Top Bolster
    Stripper-Mounted Pillar
    Ring Nut
    Stripper
    Collar
    Bottom Bolster
    A49
    b 1 241.◻◻.25.032 241.◻◻.25.032
    b 1 a 2 3 b 2 b 3 14 15 16 14 15 16 17 14 15 16 17
    201.50. 1320. ◻◻◻ . ◻◻. ◻ 126 3 196 40 4 40 6,0 6,0 5,0 3 241 354 891 – 80,3 118,1 297 –
    201.50. 1620. ◻◻◻ . ◻◻. ◻ 156 3 196 50 4 50 6,0 6,0 5,0 3 241 354 891 – 80,3 118,1 297 –
    201.50. 2020. ◻◻◻ . ◻◻. ◻ 196 3 196 60 6 60 6,0 6,0 5,0 3 241 354 891 – 80,3 118,1 297 –
    201.50. 2520. ◻◻◻ . ◻◻. ◻ 246 3 196 75 8 75 6,0 6,0 5,0 3 241 354 891 – 80,3 118,1 297 –
    201.50. 3020. ◻◻◻ . ◻◻. ◻ 296 3 196 75 8 75 6,0 6,0 5,0 3 241 354 891 – 80,3 118,1 297 –
    subject to alterations
    201.50. Progression Lamination Die Set Unit
    Order No Spring ext. dims
    Comb.
    spring+
    spacer
    max. spring
    compr. (without
    pre load) (mm)
    241…
    spring
    preload
    preloading in N
    (per spring unit) spring coefficient “c” (N)
    Type Size Type Exec. max. unit (mm)
    Progression Lamination Die Set Unit
    a 2
    b 2
    20
    9
    16
    (240)
    202.60.019.
    8
    15
    62
    53 16
    246
    140
    90
    53
    32
    33
    15
    244.25.33
    * For the sizes 201.50.2520 and 3020 guide pillars 202.60.025
    b 3
    70
    2
    b 1 -0,05
    -0,10
    201.50.
    M 24x1,5
    M 24x1,5
    25
    25
    25
    16
    Executions
    201.50.
    ????.???.??.1
    with projecting top
    clamping plate
    201.50.
    ????.???.??.2
    with threaded hole in top clam-
    ping plate, for threaded shank
    201.50.
    ????.???.??.3
    with threaded hole in top bolster,
    for threaded shank
    201.50.
    ????.???.??.4
    with clamping pockets
    milled in top bolster
    (mounting of top bolster to ram of press)
    Ball Bearing Guides
    Guide Elements
    Width of slot b 1 to be determined by
    customer!
    2D-CAD data are available on request for each Die Set Unit.
    The designer need only draw the active die elements.
    Prints can be taken from this master.
    Ordering Code (example):
    Die Set Unit = 201.50.
    a 2 ⊗ b 2 = 296 ⊗ 196 = 3020.
    b 1 = 75 mm = 075.
    Springs (type) 241.15. = 15.
    With projecting top clamping plate = 1
    Order No = 201.50.3020.075.15.1
    Die Set Units 201.50. can also be supplied in special sizes
    as well as special executions, acc. to customers’ specifications.
    Die daylight and strip height can be reduced by up to 3 mm
    through a reduction in the thickness of the Bottom Clamping Plate.
    A50
    15
    8
    9
    b 2
    2
    a
    16
    20
    22
    16
    (250)
    63
    62 90
    63
    33
    296
    170
    15
    244.25.44
    202.60.025.
    b 3
    70
    2
    b 1 -0,05
    -0,10
    201.50.
    b 1 241.□□.25.045 241.□□.25.045
    b 1 a 2 × b 2 max. b 3 14 15 16 17 (mm) 14 15 16 17 14 15 16 17
    201.50. 1625. □□□. □□. □ 156 × 246 60 4 60 8,0 8,0 7,8 5,4 4 212 323 748 977 53 80,8 187 244,2
    201.50. 2025. □□□. □□. □ 196 × 246 75 6 75 8,0 8,0 7,8 5,4 4 212 323 748 977 53 80,8 187 244,2
    201.50. 2525. □□□. □□. □ 246 × 246 90 8 90 8,0 8,0 7,8 5,4 4 212 323 748 977 53 80,8 187 244,2
    201.50. 3025. □□□. □□. □ 296 × 246 100 8 100 8,0 8,0 7,8 5,4 4 212 323 748 977 53 80,8 187 244,2
    201.50. 3525. □□□. □□. □ 346 × 246 100 10 100 8,0 8,0 7,8 5,4 4 212 323 748 977 53 80,8 187 244,2
    = 201.50.
    a 2 ×b 2 = 296 × 246 = 3025.
    b 1 = 100 mm = 100.
    = 15.
    = 1
    = 201.50.3025.100.15.1
    subject to alterations
    Progression Lamination Die Set Unit
    M 24x1,5
    M 24x1,5
    25
    25
    25
    16
    Executions
    201.50.
    ????.???.??.1
    with projecting top
    clamping plate
    201.50.
    ????.???.??.2
    with threaded hole in top clam-
    ping plate, for threaded shank
    201.50.
    ????.???.??.3
    with threaded hole in
    top bolster, for threaded shank
    201.50.
    ????.???.??.4
    with clamping pockets milled
    in top bolster
    (mounting of top bolster to ram of press)
    Ball Bearing Guides
    Guide Elements
    Width of slot b 1 to be determined by
    customer!
    2D-CAD data are available on request for each Die Set Unit.
    The designer need only draw the active die elements.
    Prints can be taken from this master.
    201.50. Progression Lamination Die Set Unit
    Order No Spring ext. dims
    Comb.
    spring+
    spacer
    max. spring compr.
    (without pre load)
    (mm) 241…
    spring
    preload
    preloading in N
    (per spring unit)
    spring coefficient “c”
    (N)
    Type Size Type Exec. max. unit
    Ordering Code (example):
    Die Set Unit
    Springs (type) 241.15.
    With projecting top clamping plate
    Order No
    Die Set Units 201.50. can also be supplied in special sizes
    as well as special executions, acc. to customers’ specifications.
    Die daylight and strip height can be reduced by up to 16 mm
    through a reduction in the thickness of the Bottom Clamping Plate.
    b 1 241.◻◻.25.032 241.◻◻.25.032
    b 1 a 2 3 b 2 b 3 14 15 16 14 15 16 17 14 15 16 17
    201.50. 1320. ◻◻◻ . ◻◻. ◻ 126 3 196 40 4 40 6,0 6,0 5,0 3 241 354 891 – 80,3 118,1 297 –
    201.50. 1620. ◻◻◻ . ◻◻. ◻ 156 3 196 50 4 50 6,0 6,0 5,0 3 241 354 891 – 80,3 118,1 297 –
    201.50. 2020. ◻◻◻ . ◻◻. ◻ 196 3 196 60 6 60 6,0 6,0 5,0 3 241 354 891 – 80,3 118,1 297 –
    201.50. 2520. ◻◻◻ . ◻◻. ◻ 246 3 196 75 8 75 6,0 6,0 5,0 3 241 354 891 – 80,3 118,1 297 –
    201.50. 3020. ◻◻◻ . ◻◻. ◻ 296 3 196 75 8 75 6,0 6,0 5,0 3 241 354 891 – 80,3 118,1 297 –
    subject to alterations
    201.50. Progression Lamination Die Set Unit
    Order No Spring ext. dims
    Comb.
    spring+
    spacer
    max. spring
    compr. (without
    pre load) (mm)
    241…
    spring
    preload
    preloading in N
    (per spring unit) spring coefficient “c” (N)
    Type Size Type Exec. max. unit (mm)
    Progression Lamination Die Set Unit
    a 2
    b 2
    20
    9
    16
    (240)
    202.60.019.
    8
    15
    62
    53 16
    246
    140
    90
    53
    32
    33
    15
    244.25.33
    * For the sizes 201.50.2520 and 3020 guide pillars 202.60.025
    b 3
    70
    2
    b 1 -0,05
    -0,10
    201.50.
    M 24x1,5
    M 24x1,5
    25
    25
    25
    16
    Executions
    201.50.
    ????.???.??.1
    with projecting top
    clamping plate
    201.50.
    ????.???.??.2
    with threaded hole in top clam-
    ping plate, for threaded shank
    201.50.
    ????.???.??.3
    with threaded hole in top bolster,
    for threaded shank
    201.50.
    ????.???.??.4
    with clamping pockets
    milled in top bolster
    (mounting of top bolster to ram of press)
    Ball Bearing Guides
    Guide Elements
    Width of slot b 1 to be determined by
    customer!
    2D-CAD data are available on request for each Die Set Unit.
    The designer need only draw the active die elements.
    Prints can be taken from this master.
    Ordering Code (example):
    Die Set Unit = 201.50.
    a 2 ⊗ b 2 = 296 ⊗ 196 = 3020.
    b 1 = 75 mm = 075.
    Springs (type) 241.15. = 15.
    With projecting top clamping plate = 1
    Order No = 201.50.3020.075.15.1
    Die Set Units 201.50. can also be supplied in special sizes
    as well as special executions, acc. to customers’ specifications.
    Die daylight and strip height can be reduced by up to 3 mm
    through a reduction in the thickness of the Bottom Clamping Plate.
    15
    8
    9
    b 2
    2
    a
    16
    20
    22
    16
    (250)
    63
    62 90
    63
    33
    296
    170
    15
    244.25.44
    202.60.025.
    b 3
    70
    2
    b 1 -0,05
    -0,10
    201.50.
    b 1 241.□□.25.045 241.□□.25.045
    b 1 a 2 × b 2 max. b 3 14 15 16 17 (mm) 14 15 16 17 14 15 16 17
    201.50. 1625. □□□. □□. □ 156 × 246 60 4 60 8,0 8,0 7,8 5,4 4 212 323 748 977 53 80,8 187 244,2
    201.50. 2025. □□□. □□. □ 196 × 246 75 6 75 8,0 8,0 7,8 5,4 4 212 323 748 977 53 80,8 187 244,2
    201.50. 2525. □□□. □□. □ 246 × 246 90 8 90 8,0 8,0 7,8 5,4 4 212 323 748 977 53 80,8 187 244,2
    201.50. 3025. □□□. □□. □ 296 × 246 100 8 100 8,0 8,0 7,8 5,4 4 212 323 748 977 53 80,8 187 244,2
    201.50. 3525. □□□. □□. □ 346 × 246 100 10 100 8,0 8,0 7,8 5,4 4 212 323 748 977 53 80,8 187 244,2
    = 201.50.
    a 2 ×b 2 = 296 × 246 = 3025.
    b 1 = 100 mm = 100.
    = 15.
    = 1
    = 201.50.3025.100.15.1
    subject to alterations
    Progression Lamination Die Set Unit
    M 24x1,5
    M 24x1,5
    25
    25
    25
    16
    Executions
    201.50.
    ????.???.??.1
    with projecting top
    clamping plate
    201.50.
    ????.???.??.2
    with threaded hole in top clam-
    ping plate, for threaded shank
    201.50.
    ????.???.??.3
    with threaded hole in
    top bolster, for threaded shank
    201.50.
    ????.???.??.4
    with clamping pockets milled
    in top bolster
    (mounting of top bolster to ram of press)
    Ball Bearing Guides
    Guide Elements
    Width of slot b 1 to be determined by
    customer!
    2D-CAD data are available on request for each Die Set Unit.
    The designer need only draw the active die elements.
    Prints can be taken from this master.
    201.50. Progression Lamination Die Set Unit
    Order No Spring ext. dims
    Comb.
    spring+
    spacer
    max. spring compr.
    (without pre load)
    (mm) 241…
    spring
    preload
    preloading in N
    (per spring unit)
    spring coefficient “c”
    (N)
    Type Size Type Exec. max. unit
    Ordering Code (example):
    Die Set Unit
    Springs (type) 241.15.
    With projecting top clamping plate
    Order No
    Die Set Units 201.50. can also be supplied in special sizes
    as well as special executions, acc. to customers’ specifications.
    Die daylight and strip height can be reduced by up to 16 mm
    through a reduction in the thickness of the Bottom Clamping Plate.
    A51
    346
    210
    2
    a
    9
    16 20
    20
    38
    202.60.032.
    8 19
    71
    19
    100
    (282)
    73 73
    20
    b 2
    244.40.48
    b 3
    80
    2
    b 1 -0,05
    -0,10
    201.50.
    b 1 241.□□.25.045 241.□□.25.045
    b 1 a 2 × b 2 max. b 3 14 15 16 17 (mm) 14 15 16 17 14 15 16 17
    201.50. 2030. □□□. □□. □ 196 × 296 75 4 75 7,0 7,0 5,0 4,2 8 736 1432 2800 5027 92 179 350 628,4
    201.50. 2530. □□□. □□. □ 246 × 296 100 6 100 7,0 7,0 5,0 4,2 8 736 1432 2800 5027 92 179 350 628,4
    201.50. 3030. □□□. □□. □ 296 × 296 100 8 100 7,0 7,0 5,0 4,2 8 736 1432 2800 5027 92 179 350 628,4
    201.50. 3530. □□□. □□. □ 346 × 296 125 8 125 7,0 7,0 5,0 4,2 8 736 1432 2800 5027 92 179 350 628,4
    201.50. 4030. □□□. □□. □ 396 × 296 125 8 125 7,0 7,0 5,0 4,2 8 736 1432 2800 5027 92 179 350 628,4
    = 201.50.
    a 2 ×b 2 = 296 × 296 = 3030.
    b 1 = 100 mm = 100.
    = 15.
    = 1
    = 201.50.3030.100.15.1
    subject to alterations
    Progression Lamination Die Set Unit
    M 24x1,5
    M 24x1,5
    25
    25
    25
    16
    Executions
    201.50.
    ????.???.??.1
    with projecting top
    clamping plate
    201.50.
    ????.???.??.2
    with threaded hole in top clam-
    ping plate, for threaded shank
    201.50.
    ????.???.??.3
    with threaded hole in
    top bolster, for threaded shank
    201.50.
    ????.???.??.4
    with clamping pockets milled
    in top bolster
    (mounting of top bolster to ram of press)
    Ball Bearing Guides
    Guide Elements
    Width of slot b 1 to be determined by
    customer!
    2D-CAD data are available on request for each Die Set Unit.
    The designer need only draw the active die elements.
    Prints can be taken from this master.
    201.50. Progression Lamination Die Set Unit
    Order No Spring ext. dims
    Comb.
    spring+
    spacer
    max. spring compr.
    (without pre load)
    (mm) 241…
    spring
    preload
    preloading in N
    (per spring unit)
    spring coefficient “c”
    (N)
    Type Size Type Exec. max. unit
    Ordering Code (example):
    Die Set Unit
    Springs (type) 241.15.
    With projecting top clamping plate
    Order No
    Die Set Units 201.50. can also be supplied in special sizes
    as well as special executions, acc. to customers’ specifications.
    Die daylight and strip height can be reduced by up to 16 mm
    through a reduction in the thickness of the Bottom Clamping Plate.
    A52
    Tooling Pallet
    Die Sets
    346
    210
    2
    a
    9
    16 20
    20
    38
    202.60.032.
    8 19
    71
    19
    100
    (282)
    73 73
    20
    b 2
    244.40.48
    b 3
    80
    2
    b 1 -0,05
    -0,10
    201.50.
    b 1 241.□□.25.045 241.□□.25.045
    b 1 a 2 × b 2 max. b 3 14 15 16 17 (mm) 14 15 16 17 14 15 16 17
    201.50. 2030. □□□. □□. □ 196 × 296 75 4 75 7,0 7,0 5,0 4,2 8 736 1432 2800 5027 92 179 350 628,4
    201.50. 2530. □□□. □□. □ 246 × 296 100 6 100 7,0 7,0 5,0 4,2 8 736 1432 2800 5027 92 179 350 628,4
    201.50. 3030. □□□. □□. □ 296 × 296 100 8 100 7,0 7,0 5,0 4,2 8 736 1432 2800 5027 92 179 350 628,4
    201.50. 3530. □□□. □□. □ 346 × 296 125 8 125 7,0 7,0 5,0 4,2 8 736 1432 2800 5027 92 179 350 628,4
    201.50. 4030. □□□. □□. □ 396 × 296 125 8 125 7,0 7,0 5,0 4,2 8 736 1432 2800 5027 92 179 350 628,4
    = 201.50.
    a 2 ×b 2 = 296 × 296 = 3030.
    b 1 = 100 mm = 100.
    = 15.
    = 1
    = 201.50.3030.100.15.1
    subject to alterations
    Progression Lamination Die Set Unit
    M 24x1,5
    M 24x1,5
    25
    25
    25
    16
    Executions
    201.50.
    ????.???.??.1
    with projecting top
    clamping plate
    201.50.
    ????.???.??.2
    with threaded hole in top clam-
    ping plate, for threaded shank
    201.50.
    ????.???.??.3
    with threaded hole in
    top bolster, for threaded shank
    201.50.
    ????.???.??.4
    with clamping pockets milled
    in top bolster
    (mounting of top bolster to ram of press)
    Ball Bearing Guides
    Guide Elements
    Width of slot b 1 to be determined by
    customer!
    2D-CAD data are available on request for each Die Set Unit.
    The designer need only draw the active die elements.
    Prints can be taken from this master.
    201.50. Progression Lamination Die Set Unit
    Order No Spring ext. dims
    Comb.
    spring+
    spacer
    max. spring compr.
    (without pre load)
    (mm) 241…
    spring
    preload
    preloading in N
    (per spring unit)
    spring coefficient “c”
    (N)
    Type Size Type Exec. max. unit
    Ordering Code (example):
    Die Set Unit
    Springs (type) 241.15.
    With projecting top clamping plate
    Order No
    Die Set Units 201.50. can also be supplied in special sizes
    as well as special executions, acc. to customers’ specifications.
    Die daylight and strip height can be reduced by up to 16 mm
    through a reduction in the thickness of the Bottom Clamping Plate.
    Tooling Pallet
    Die Sets
    A53
    subject to alterations
    Fast Exchange System for Pallet Tooling
    Description
    The fast exchange of pallet-born tooling sets, with the concept of rapid
    mechanical positioning, meets the demands for:
    • lowering of tooling cost
    • reduction in setting costs
    • faster response to market trends.
    Instead of a multitude of complete die set-born press tools, the new
    system is based on a carrier die set with rapid-exchange features. This die
    set can remain in the press, while any number of tooling pallet sets can be
    accommodated expediently and precisely, one at a time.
    There are no individual guide elements associated with a tooling pallet set
    – the necessary guiding remains a function of the carrier die set exclusively.
    Tooling pallet sets are mounted to standard carrier plates – the top and
    bottom tooling simply slides into position, where a stop provides the
    positioning control, to allow entry of the locating pins upon the required
    half-turn of each of the four pin actuation levers on the die set. With the
    tooling pallets now positioned accurately, the hexagonal clamping screws
    at the front of the die set can be turned with a box spanner, each activating
    one clamp via an internal cam, moved by threading action of the screw. The
    cam angle is such that self-locking is obtained.
    Press Tool Types
    Sets of pallet tooling can be designed as:
    • combination progression tools
    • compound tools
    • draw dies
    • bending- and forming dies
    • combination tools etc.
    Setting and Tryout Aids
    The absence of individual guide elements is a fundamental feature of too-
    ling pallet sets which greatly assists the overall economy of the system. In
    order to facilitate the aligning of top- and bottom tooling, conical centring
    units can be fitted, thus providing alignment between both members by
    direct means – even outside the carrier die set, on the toolmaker’s bench.
    As a further aid for setting and tryout of pallet sets we offer the FIBRO
    Aligning- and Tryout Press Unit 201.98. with simplified but basically similar
    positioning- and locking features as the carrier die set.
    A54 subject to alterations
    Setting
    • slide each pallet into its position
    • positioning
    • clamping
    These steps can be completed in a minute.
    Slide-In Insertion
    Sheet Thicknesses
    Sheet less than 0,4 mm in thickness is normally not recommended for the
    system – on account of the smaller punch-to-die clearances associated
    with thin stock materials, where the normal positioning accuracy within
    the carrier die set (approximately 0,02 mm) becomes insufficient.
    However, through fitting of conical centring units the overall alignment
    accuracy can be improved to an extent where even sheet below 0,4 mm
    thickness can be processed successfully.
    Positioning
    Clamping
    Fast Exchange System for Pallet Tooling
    Positioning Aids
    Pallet tooling sets can be
    equipped with conical
    centring units.
    subject to alterations
    Fast Exchange System for Pallet Tooling
    Description
    The fast exchange of pallet-born tooling sets, with the concept of rapid
    mechanical positioning, meets the demands for:
    • lowering of tooling cost
    • reduction in setting costs
    • faster response to market trends.
    Instead of a multitude of complete die set-born press tools, the new
    system is based on a carrier die set with rapid-exchange features. This die
    set can remain in the press, while any number of tooling pallet sets can be
    accommodated expediently and precisely, one at a time.
    There are no individual guide elements associated with a tooling pallet set
    – the necessary guiding remains a function of the carrier die set exclusively.
    Tooling pallet sets are mounted to standard carrier plates – the top and
    bottom tooling simply slides into position, where a stop provides the
    positioning control, to allow entry of the locating pins upon the required
    half-turn of each of the four pin actuation levers on the die set. With the
    tooling pallets now positioned accurately, the hexagonal clamping screws
    at the front of the die set can be turned with a box spanner, each activating
    one clamp via an internal cam, moved by threading action of the screw. The
    cam angle is such that self-locking is obtained.
    Press Tool Types
    Sets of pallet tooling can be designed as:
    • combination progression tools
    • compound tools
    • draw dies
    • bending- and forming dies
    • combination tools etc.
    Setting and Tryout Aids
    The absence of individual guide elements is a fundamental feature of too-
    ling pallet sets which greatly assists the overall economy of the system. In
    order to facilitate the aligning of top- and bottom tooling, conical centring
    units can be fitted, thus providing alignment between both members by
    direct means – even outside the carrier die set, on the toolmaker’s bench.
    As a further aid for setting and tryout of pallet sets we offer the FIBRO
    Aligning- and Tryout Press Unit 201.98. with simplified but basically similar
    positioning- and locking features as the carrier die set.
    subject to alterations
    Setting
    • slide each pallet into its position
    • positioning
    • clamping
    These steps can be completed in a minute.
    Slide-In Insertion
    Sheet Thicknesses
    Sheet less than 0,4 mm in thickness is normally not recommended for the
    system – on account of the smaller punch-to-die clearances associated
    with thin stock materials, where the normal positioning accuracy within
    the carrier die set (approximately 0,02 mm) becomes insufficient.
    However, through fitting of conical centring units the overall alignment
    accuracy can be improved to an extent where even sheet below 0,4 mm
    thickness can be processed successfully.
    Positioning
    Clamping
    Fast Exchange System for Pallet Tooling
    Positioning Aids
    Pallet tooling sets can be
    equipped with conical
    centring units.
    A55
    subject to alterations
    Fast Exchange System for Pallet Tooling
    Top Bolster of Pallet Die Set
    1 top bolster
    2 pallet carrier plate – for slide-in insertion
    3 guide bushes – optionally sliding –
    or ball bearing guides
    4 clamp
    5 positioning pin – descends below surface
    6 positioning pin lever
    7 stop pin
    8 clamping screw
    Bottom Bolster of Pallet Die Set
    1 bottom bolster
    2 pallet carrier plate – for slide-in insertion
    3 guide pillar
    4 clamp
    5 positioning pin – descends below surface
    6 positioning pin lever
    7 stop pin
    8 clamping screw
    9 bolster insert plate
    10 box spanner
    A56
    a 2 a 3 a 4 a 5 b 2 b 3 b 4 c 1 c 2 c 3 d e y e 3 f f 2 f 3 h l 1
    201.95.1010. 100u100 350 300 80,5 – 200 60 80,5 40 40 16 25 220 120 260 168 113 93 29 160
    201.95.2121. 210u210 450 400 161 180,2 315 150 180,2 50 40 25 40 300 220 360 270 208 133 38 180
    201.95.3030. 300u300 550 500 241 270,5 420 220 250,5 63 40 25 40 380 320 460 365 305 185 38 180
    201.95.3521. 350u210 600 550 320 – 315 120 150 50 40 25 40 450 370 510 270 208 133 38 180
    b
    3
    f
    f
    2
    b
    3
    c
    2
    c
    1
    c
    h h
    1 l
    M 30 x 2
    e
    4
    a
    5
    a
    3
    e
    y
    2
    a
    3
    a
    a
    2
    f
    3
    b
    4
    b
    d d
    30
    201.95.
    subject to alterations
    201.95. Fast Exchange System for Pallet Tooling
    Order No
    Type of
    guides*
    work area
    a u b a 2 a 3 a 4 a 5 b 2 b 3 b 4 c 1 c 2 c 3 d e y e 3 f f 2 f 3 h l 1
    * Type of guides: 831 for sliding guides or 862 for ball guides
    Fast Exchange System for Pallet Tooling
    subject to alterations
    Fast Exchange System for Pallet Tooling
    Top Bolster of Pallet Die Set
    1 top bolster
    2 pallet carrier plate – for slide-in insertion
    3 guide bushes – optionally sliding –
    or ball bearing guides
    4 clamp
    5 positioning pin – descends below surface
    6 positioning pin lever
    7 stop pin
    8 clamping screw
    Bottom Bolster of Pallet Die Set
    1 bottom bolster
    2 pallet carrier plate – for slide-in insertion
    3 guide pillar
    4 clamp
    5 positioning pin – descends below surface
    6 positioning pin lever
    7 stop pin
    8 clamping screw
    9 bolster insert plate
    10 box spanner
    a 2 a 3 a 4 a 5 b 2 b 3 b 4 c 1 c 2 c 3 d e y e 3 f f 2 f 3 h l 1
    201.95.1010. 100u100 350 300 80,5 – 200 60 80,5 40 40 16 25 220 120 260 168 113 93 29 160
    201.95.2121. 210u210 450 400 161 180,2 315 150 180,2 50 40 25 40 300 220 360 270 208 133 38 180
    201.95.3030. 300u300 550 500 241 270,5 420 220 250,5 63 40 25 40 380 320 460 365 305 185 38 180
    201.95.3521. 350u210 600 550 320 – 315 120 150 50 40 25 40 450 370 510 270 208 133 38 180
    b
    3
    f
    f
    2
    b
    3
    c
    2
    c
    1
    c
    h h
    1 l
    M 30 x 2
    e
    4
    a
    5
    a
    3
    e
    y
    2
    a
    3
    a
    a
    2
    f
    3
    b
    4
    b
    d d
    30
    201.95.
    subject to alterations
    201.95. Fast Exchange System for Pallet Tooling
    Order No
    Type of
    guides*
    work area
    a u b a 2 a 3 a 4 a 5 b 2 b 3 b 4 c 1 c 2 c 3 d e y e 3 f f 2 f 3 h l 1
    * Type of guides: 831 for sliding guides or 862 for ball guides
    Fast Exchange System for Pallet Tooling
    A57
    a 4 a 5 b 3 b 4 c 1 h 1
    201.97.1010 100 ⊗ 100 80 – 60 80 40 20
    201.97.2121 210 ⊗ 210 160 180 150 180 50 25
    201.97.3030 300 ⊗ 300 240 270 220 250 63 30
    201.97.3521 350 ⊗ 210 320 – 120 150 50 25
    a 2 b 2 c 3 x y z
    201.96.1010 100 u 100 150 115 16 50,1 120 130
    201.96.2121 210 u 210 250 225 25 160,1 220 230
    201.96.3030 300 u 300 350 315 25 250,1 320 330
    201.96.3521 350 u 210 400 225 25 160,1 370 380
    subject to alterations
    201.97. Bolster Insert Plate
    Order No
    work area
    a ⊗ b
    201.96. Pallet Carrier Plate
    Order No
    work area
    a ⊗ b
    Pallet Carrier Plate
    Bolster Insert Plate
    Pallet Carrier Plates
    For each pallet tooling set, two carrier plates
    201.96. are required – one for mounting the top
    tooling details, the other for the bottom tooling.
    The tooling components are dowelled into
    position.
    10
    3
    c
    z
    a
    y
    2
    a
    2
    b
    x
    b
    H7
    ø16
    R5
    work area
    201.96.
    Bolster Insert Plates
    This insert plate has to be added to a tooling
    pallet set if:
    • scrap holes near the centre require additional
    support
    • spring cushions or bottom ejectors have to be
    employed
    • other features of specific die designs require
    an individual insert plate
    Bolster insert plates have a dowel that makes
    them non-reversible.
    non-reversing dowel
    h
    1
    c
    4
    a
    5
    a
    3
    b
    4
    b
    1
    201.97.
    A58
    a 2 b 2
    201.98.1010.863 100 ⊗ 100 315 250
    201.98.3030.863 210 ⊗ 210 630 315
    201.98.3030.863 300 ⊗ 300 630 315
    201.98.3030.863 350 ⊗ 210 630 315
    subject to alterations
    201.98. Aligning- and Tryout Press Unit
    Order No
    work area
    a ⊗ b
    ±2 ±2 ±2
    50 50 220 b
    2
    a
    a
    2
    b
    200
    hydraulic jack
    ø40
    50
    201.98.
    Aligning- and Tryout Press Unit
    Description
    These press units have manual actuation by
    way of a hydraulic jack which forces the guided
    bolster upwards. In the toolroom they serve as
    tryout- and setting press, especially for tooling
    pallet sets. For the latter purpose they are
    equipped with simplified but functionally similar
    features for positioning and clamping as those in
    FIBRO Tooling Pallet Die Sets.
    Moreover the press units provide ideal facilities
    for the press-fitting of pillars and bushes etc. – or
    their removal. For blueing-in and tryout of all
    sorts of press tools they soon prove themselves
    as an indispensable workshop facility, with a
    maximum thrust of 10 tons.
    Material:
    Plate: St 52-2
    Execution:
    Headed ball bearing guide bushes,
    hydraulic jack, 10 tons capacity
    a 4 a 5 b 3 b 4 c 1 h 1
    201.97.1010 100 ⊗ 100 80 – 60 80 40 20
    201.97.2121 210 ⊗ 210 160 180 150 180 50 25
    201.97.3030 300 ⊗ 300 240 270 220 250 63 30
    201.97.3521 350 ⊗ 210 320 – 120 150 50 25
    a 2 b 2 c 3 x y z
    201.96.1010 100 u 100 150 115 16 50,1 120 130
    201.96.2121 210 u 210 250 225 25 160,1 220 230
    201.96.3030 300 u 300 350 315 25 250,1 320 330
    201.96.3521 350 u 210 400 225 25 160,1 370 380
    subject to alterations
    201.97. Bolster Insert Plate
    Order No
    work area
    a ⊗ b
    201.96. Pallet Carrier Plate
    Order No
    work area
    a ⊗ b
    Pallet Carrier Plate
    Bolster Insert Plate
    Pallet Carrier Plates
    For each pallet tooling set, two carrier plates
    201.96. are required – one for mounting the top
    tooling details, the other for the bottom tooling.
    The tooling components are dowelled into
    position.
    10
    3
    c
    z
    a
    y
    2
    a
    2
    b
    x
    b
    H7
    ø16
    R5
    work area
    201.96.
    Bolster Insert Plates
    This insert plate has to be added to a tooling
    pallet set if:
    • scrap holes near the centre require additional
    support
    • spring cushions or bottom ejectors have to be
    employed
    • other features of specific die designs require
    an individual insert plate
    Bolster insert plates have a dowel that makes
    them non-reversible.
    non-reversing dowel
    h
    1
    c
    4
    a
    5
    a
    3
    b
    4
    b
    1
    201.97.
    a 2 b 2
    201.98.1010.863 100 ⊗ 100 315 250
    201.98.3030.863 210 ⊗ 210 630 315
    201.98.3030.863 300 ⊗ 300 630 315
    201.98.3030.863 350 ⊗ 210 630 315
    subject to alterations
    201.98. Aligning- and Tryout Press Unit
    Order No
    work area
    a ⊗ b
    ±2 ±2 ±2
    50 50 220 b
    2
    a
    a
    2
    b
    200
    hydraulic jack
    ø40
    50
    201.98.
    Aligning- and Tryout Press Unit
    Description
    These press units have manual actuation by
    way of a hydraulic jack which forces the guided
    bolster upwards. In the toolroom they serve as
    tryout- and setting press, especially for tooling
    pallet sets. For the latter purpose they are
    equipped with simplified but functionally similar
    features for positioning and clamping as those in
    FIBRO Tooling Pallet Die Sets.
    Moreover the press units provide ideal facilities
    for the press-fitting of pillars and bushes etc. – or
    their removal. For blueing-in and tryout of all
    sorts of press tools they soon prove themselves
    as an indispensable workshop facility, with a
    maximum thrust of 10 tons.
    Material:
    Plate: St 52-2
    Execution:
    Headed ball bearing guide bushes,
    hydraulic jack, 10 tons capacity
    A59
    A
    B
    C
    D
    E
    F
    G
    H
    J
    K
    L
    Die Sets
    Precision Ground Plates and Flat Bars
    Lifting and Clamping Devices
    Guide elements
    Ground Precision Components
    Springs
    Elastomer-Bars, -Sheets, -Sections
    FIBRO Chemical Tooling Aids
    Peripheral Equipment
    Cam Units
    Standard Parts for Mould Making
    Precision Ground Plates and Flat Bars
    Steel and aluminium plates, flat and square tool steels
    Precision feeler gauges, foil shims
    Precision Ground
    Plates
    and Flat Bars
    B2
    Precision Ground
    Plates
    and Flat Bars
    Contents
    subject to alterations
    2900.
    Steel plate ISO 6753-1
    2910.
    Aluminium plate ~ISO 6753-1
    2922.1730.
    Precision flat and square bar steel,
    ~DIN 59350
    2923.0570.
    Precision flat and square bar steel
    with machining allowance,
    DIN 59350
    2923.2099.
    Precision flat and square bar steel
    with machining allowance,
    DIN 59350
    2923.2162.
    Precision flat and square bar steel
    with machining allowance,
    DIN 59350
    2923.2312.
    Precision flat and square bar steel
    with machining allowance,
    DIN 59350
    2923.2343.
    Precision flat and square bar steel
    with machining allowance,
    DIN 59350
    2923.2363.
    Precision flat and square bar steel
    with machining allowance,
    DIN 59350
    2923.2379.
    Precision flat and square bar steel
    with machining allowance,
    DIN 59350
    2923.2436.
    Precision flat and square bar steel
    with machining allowance,
    DIN 59350
    2923.2767.
    Precision flat and square bar steel
    with machining allowance,
    DIN 59350
    2922.2842.
    Precision flat and square bar steel,
    DIN 59350
    2923.2842.
    Precision flat and square bar steel
    with machining allowance,
    DIN 59350
    2925.
    Precision feeler gauge
    B4
    B6
    B7
    B8
    B9
    B10
    B11
    B12
    B13
    B14
    B15
    B16
    B17
    B18
    B19
    B20
    subject to alterations B5
    subject to alterations
    Steel plate ISO 6753-1
    2900.
    Execution:
    External contours milled. Thickness surfaces ground
    Note:
    l or b ≤ 630 = +0,2 / +0,4
    l or b > 630 = +0,2 / +0,6
    Plates from 500 ⊗ 500 mm on are manufactured with lifting thread.
    B6
    2900.
    Order No
    Size
    l x b x t Order No
    Size
    l x b x t Order No
    Size
    l x b x t
    2900.1608.25 160 x 80 x 25 2900.3120.40 315 x 200 x 40 2900.6340.32 630 x 400 x 32
    2900.1608.32 160 x 80 x 32 2900.3120.50 315 x 200 x 50 2900.6340.40 630 x 400 x 40
    2900.1610.25 160 x 100 x 25 2900.3125.32 315 x 250 x 32 2900.6340.50 630 x 400 x 50
    2900.1610.32 160 x 100 x 32 2900.3125.40 315 x 250 x 40 2900.6340.63 630 x 400 x 63
    2900.1612.25 160 x 125 x 25 2900.3125.50 315 x 250 x 50 2900.6350.32 630 x 500 x 32
    2900.1612.32 160 x 125 x 32 2900.3131.32 315 x 315 x 32 2900.6350.40 630 x 500 x 40
    2900.1616.25 160 x 160 x 25 2900.3131.40 315 x 315 x 40 2900.6350.50 630 x 500 x 50
    2900.1616.32 160 x 160 x 32 2900.3131.50 315 x 315 x 50 2900.6350.63 630 x 500 x 63
    2900.2010.25 200 x 100 x 25 2900.4020.32 400 x 200 x 32 2900.6363.32 630 x 630 x 32
    2900.2010.32 200 x 100 x 32 2900.4020.40 400 x 200 x 40 2900.6363.40 630 x 630 x 40
    2900.2010.40 200 x 100 x 40 2900.4020.50 400 x 200 x 50 2900.6363.50 630 x 630 x 50
    2900.2012.25 200 x 125 x 25 2900.4025.32 400 x 250 x 32 2900.6363.63 630 x 630 x 63
    2900.2012.32 200 x 125 x 32 2900.4025.40 400 x 250 x 40 2900.7140.32 710 x 400 x 32
    2900.2012.40 200 x 125 x 40 2900.4025.50 400 x 250 x 50 2900.7140.40 710 x 400 x 40
    2900.2016.25 200 x 160 x 25 2900.4031.32 400 x 315 x 32 2900.7140.50 710 x 400 x 50
    2900.2016.32 200 x 160 x 32 2900.4031.40 400 x 315 x 40 2900.7140.63 710 x 400 x 63
    2900.2016.40 200 x 160 x 40 2900.4031.50 400 x 315 x 50 2900.7150.32 710 x 500 x 32
    2900.2020.25 200 x 200 x 25 2900.4040.32 400 x 400 x 32 2900.7150.40 710 x 500 x 40
    2900.2020.32 200 x 200 x 32 2900.4040.40 400 x 400 x 40 2900.7150.50 710 x 500 x 50
    2900.2020.40 200 x 200 x 40 2900.4040.50 400 x 400 x 50 2900.7150.63 710 x 500 x 63
    2900.2512.25 250 x 125 x 25 2900.5025.32 500 x 250 x 32 2900.7163.32 710 x 630 x 32
    2900.2512.32 250 x 125 x 32 2900.5025.40 500 x 250 x 40 2900.7163.40 710 x 630 x 40
    2900.2512.40 250 x 125 x 40 2900.5025.50 500 x 250 x 50 2900.7163.50 710 x 630 x 50
    2900.2516.25 250 x 160 x 25 2900.5031.32 500 x 315 x 32 2900.7163.63 710 x 630 x 63
    2900.2516.32 250 x 160 x 32 2900.5031.40 500 x 315 x 40 2900.8040.32 800 x 400 x 32
    2900.2516.40 250 x 160 x 40 2900.5031.50 500 x 315 x 50 2900.8040.40 800 x 400 x 40
    2900.2520.25 250 x 200 x 25 2900.5040.32 500 x 400 x 32 2900.8040.50 800 x 400 x 50
    2900.2520.32 250 x 200 x 32 2900.5040.40 500 x 400 x 40 2900.8040.63 800 x 400 x 63
    2900.2520.40 250 x 200 x 40 2900.5040.50 500 x 400 x 50 2900.8050.32 800 x 500 x 32
    2900.2525.25 250 x 250 x 25 2900.5050.32 500 x 500 x 32 2900.8050.40 800 x 500 x 40
    2900.2525.32 250 x 250 x 32 2900.5050.40 500 x 500 x 40 2900.8050.50 800 x 500 x 50
    2900.2525.40 250 x 250 x 40 2900.5050.50 500 x 500 x 50 2900.8050.63 800 x 500 x 63
    2900.3116.32 315 x 160 x 32 2900.6331.32 630 x 315 x 32 2900.8063.32 800 x 630 x 32
    2900.3116.40 315 x 160 x 40 2900.6331.40 630 x 315 x 40 2900.8063.40 800 x 630 x 40
    2900.3116.50 315 x 160 x 50 2900.6331.50 630 x 315 x 50 2900.8063.50 800 x 630 x 50
    2900.3120.32 315 x 200 x 32 2900.6331.63 630 x 315 x 63 2900.8063.63 800 x 630 x 63
    Steel plate ISO 6753-1
    subject to alterations
    Aluminium plate ~ISO 6753-1
    2910. .2
    Execution:
    2910.□□□□.□□.2
    Two external contours milled. Thickness surfaces ground.
    Note:
    Plates from 500 ⊗ 500 mm on are manufactured with lifting thread.
    2910. .0
    Execution:
    2910.□□□□.□□.0
    External contours sawed. Thickness surfaces ground.
    Note:
    Plates from 500 ⊗ 500 mm on are manufactured with lifting thread.
    B7
    2910.
    Order No
    Size
    l x b x t Order No
    Size
    l x b x t Order No
    Size
    l x b x t Order No
    Size
    l x b x t
    2910.1608.25.□ 160 x 80 x 25 2910.2520.32.□ 250 x 200 x 32 2910.4040.40.□ 400 x 400 x 40 2910.6363.40.□ 630 x 630 x 40
    2910.1608.32.□ 160 x 80 x 32 2910.2520.40.□ 250 x 200 x 40 2910.4040.50.□ 400 x 400 x 50 2910.6363.50.□ 630 x 630 x 50
    2910.1610.25.□ 160 x 100 x 25 2910.2525.25.□ 250 x 250 x 25 2910.5025.32.□ 500 x 250 x 32 2910.6363.63.□ 630 x 630 x 63
    2910.1610.32.□ 160 x 100 x 32 2910.2525.32.□ 250 x 250 x 32 2910.5025.40.□ 500 x 250 x 40 2910.7140.32.□ 710 x 400 x 32
    2910.1612.25.□ 160 x 125 x 25 2910.2525.40.□ 250 x 250 x 40 2910.5025.50.□ 500 x 250 x 50 2910.7140.40.□ 710 x 400 x 40
    2910.1612.32.□ 160 x 125 x 32 2910.3116.32.□ 315 x 160 x 32 2910.5031.32.□ 500 x 315 x 32 2910.7140.50.□ 710 x 400 x 50
    2910.1616.25.□ 160 x 160 x 25 2910.3116.40.□ 315 x 160 x 40 2910.5031.40.□ 500 x 315 x 40 2910.7140.63.□ 710 x 400 x 63
    2910.1616.32.□ 160 x 160 x 32 2910.3116.50.□ 315 x 160 x 50 2910.5031.50.□ 500 x 315 x 50 2910.7150.32.□ 710 x 500 x 32
    2910.2010.25.□ 200 x 100 x 25 2910.3120.32.□ 315 x 200 x 32 2910.5040.32.□ 500 x 400 x 32 2910.7150.40.□ 710 x 500 x 40
    2910.2010.32.□ 200 x 100 x 32 2910.3120.40.□ 315 x 200 x 40 2910.5040.40.□ 500 x 400 x 40 2910.7150.50.□ 710 x 500 x 50
    2910.2010.40.□ 200 x 100 x 40 2910.3120.50.□ 315 x 200 x 50 2910.5040.50.□ 500 x 400 x 50 2910.7150.63.□ 710 x 500 x 63
    2910.2012.25.□ 200 x 125 x 25 2910.3125.32.□ 315 x 250 x 32 2910.5050.32.□ 500 x 500 x 32 2910.7163.32.□ 710 x 630 x 32
    2910.2012.32.□ 200 x 125 x 32 2910.3125.40.□ 315 x 250 x 40 2910.5050.40.□ 500 x 500 x 40 2910.7163.40.□ 710 x 630 x 40
    2910.2012.40.□ 200 x 125 x 40 2910.3125.50.□ 315 x 250 x 50 2910.5050.50.□ 500 x 500 x 50 2910.7163.50.□ 710 x 630 x 50
    2910.2016.25.□ 200 x 160 x 25 2910.3131.32.□ 315 x 315 x 32 2910.6331.32.□ 630 x 315 x 32 2910.7163.63.□ 710 x 630 x 63
    2910.2016.32.□ 200 x 160 x 32 2910.3131.40.□ 315 x 315 x 40 2910.6331.40.□ 630 x 315 x 40 2910.8040.32.□ 800 x 400 x 32
    2910.2016.40.□ 200 x 160 x 40 2910.3131.50.□ 315 x 315 x 50 2910.6331.50.□ 630 x 315 x 50 2910.8040.40.□ 800 x 400 x 40
    2910.2020.25.□ 200 x 200 x 25 2910.4020.32.□ 400 x 200 x 32 2910.6331.63.□ 630 x 315 x 63 2910.8040.50.□ 800 x 400 x 50
    2910.2020.32.□ 200 x 200 x 32 2910.4020.40.□ 400 x 200 x 40 2910.6340.32.□ 630 x 400 x 32 2910.8040.63.□ 800 x 400 x 63
    2910.2020.40.□ 200 x 200 x 40 2910.4020.50.□ 400 x 200 x 50 2910.6340.40.□ 630 x 400 x 40 2910.8050.32.□ 800 x 500 x 32
    2910.2512.25.□ 250 x 125 x 25 2910.4025.32.□ 400 x 250 x 32 2910.6340.50.□ 630 x 400 x 50 2910.8050.40.□ 800 x 500 x 40
    2910.2512.32.□ 250 x 125 x 32 2910.4025.40.□ 400 x 250 x 40 2910.6340.63.□ 630 x 400 x 63 2910.8050.50.□ 800 x 500 x 50
    2910.2512.40.□ 250 x 125 x 40 2910.4025.50.□ 400 x 250 x 50 2910.6350.32.□ 630 x 500 x 32 2910.8050.63.□ 800 x 500 x 63
    2910.2516.25.□ 250 x 160 x 25 2910.4031.32.□ 400 x 315 x 32 2910.6350.40.□ 630 x 500 x 40 2910.8063.32.□ 800 x 630 x 32
    2910.2516.32.□ 250 x 160 x 32 2910.4031.40.□ 400 x 315 x 40 2910.6350.50.□ 630 x 500 x 50 2910.8063.40.□ 800 x 630 x 40
    2910.2516.40.□ 250 x 160 x 40 2910.4031.50.□ 400 x 315 x 50 2910.6350.63.□ 630 x 500 x 63 2910.8063.50.□ 800 x 630 x 50
    2910.2520.25.□ 250 x 200 x 25 2910.4040.32.□ 400 x 400 x 32 2910.6363.32.□ 630 x 630 x 32 2910.8063.63.□ 800 x 630 x 63
    Aluminium plate ~ISO 6753-1
    Ordering Code (example):
    Aluminium plate ~ISO 6753-1 =2910.
    Length L 160 mm = 16
    Width B 80 mm = 08.
    Thickness T 25 mm = 25.
    Execution FORM sawn = 0
    Order No =2910. 1608. 25.0
    subject to alterations
    Precision flat and square bar steel, ~DIN 59350
    b +0,2
    +30
    1000
    s +0,2
    2922.1730.
    we deliver
    original
    quality
    Material:
    1.1730 / C45U
    Unalloyed tool steel
    Execution:
    Thickness precision ground, width ground or milled, length machined
    B8
    s 4 5 6 8 10 12 15 16 20 25 30 32 40 50 60 63 70 80 100 120 150
    b
    10 ●
    12 ●
    15 ●
    16 ●
    20 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    25 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    30 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    32 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    40 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    50 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    60 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    63 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    70 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    80 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    90 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    100 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    120 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    125 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    140 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    150 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    160 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    180 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    200 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    250 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    300 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    350 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    400 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    450 ● ● ● ●
    500 ● ● ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Precision flat and square bar steel, ~DIN 59350 =2922.1730.
    Width B 10 mm = 010.
    Thickness S 10 mm = 010.
    Length L 1000 mm = 1000
    Order No =2922.1730. 010. 010. 1000
    2922.1730. Precision flat and square bar steel, ~DIN 59350
    subject to alterations
    Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350
    Material:
    1.0570 / St 52-3
    Non-alloyed construction steel
    Execution:
    Thickness precision ground, width ground or milled, length machined
    b +0,2
    +30
    1000
    s +0,2
    2923.0570.
    we deliver
    original
    quality
    B9
    s 5.2 6.2 8.2 10.4 12.4 15.4 20.4 25.4 30.4 40.4 50.4 60.4 70.4 80.4 100.4
    b
    10.4 ●
    12.4 ●
    15.4 ●
    20.3 ● ● ● ● ●
    20.4 ●
    25.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    25.4 ●
    30.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    30.4 ●
    40.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    40.4 ●
    50.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    50.4 ●
    60.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    60.4 ●
    70.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    70.4 ●
    80.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    80.4 ●
    100.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    100.4 ●
    120.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    125.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    140.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    150.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    160.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    180.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    200.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    250.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    300.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    350.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    400.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350 =2923.0570.
    Width B 10.4 mm = 010.
    Thickness S 10.4 mm = 010.
    Length L 1000 mm = 1000
    Order No =2923.0570. 010. 010. 1000
    2923.0570. Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350
    subject to alterations
    Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350
    b +0,2
    +5
    500
    s +0,2
    2923.2099.
    we deliver
    original
    quality
    Material:
    1.2099 / X5 CrS 12
    Stainless steel for plastic moulding,
    tempered to 900-1050 N/mm²
    Execution:
    Thickness precision ground, width ground or milled, length machined
    B10
    s 6.2 8.2 10.4 15.4 20.4 25.4 30.4 40.4 50.4
    b
    20.3 ● ● ●
    25.3 ● ● ● ●
    30.3 ● ● ● ● ●
    40.3 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    50.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    60.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    80.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    100.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    125.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    150.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    200.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    250.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    300.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350 =2923.2099.
    Width B 20.3 mm = 020.
    Thickness S 6.2 mm = 006.
    Length L 500 mm = 0500
    Order No =2923.2099. 020. 006. 0500
    2923.2099. Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350
    subject to alterations
    Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350
    Material:
    1.2162 / 21 MnCr 5
    Case hardened steel
    Execution:
    Thickness precision ground, width ground or milled, length machined
    b +0,2
    +30
    1000
    s +0,2
    2923.2162.
    we deliver
    original
    quality
    B11
    s 8.2 10.4 12.4 15.4 20.4 25.4 30.4 40.4 50.4 60.4 80.4
    b
    20.3 ● ● ● ●
    20.4 ●
    25.3 ● ● ● ● ●
    25.4 ●
    30.3 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    30.4 ●
    40.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    40.4 ●
    50.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    50.4 ●
    60.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    60.4 ●
    70.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    80.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    80.4 ●
    100.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    150.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    200.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    250.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    300.3 ● ● ● ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350 =2923.2162.
    Width B 20.4 mm = 020.
    Thickness S 20.4 mm = 020.
    Length L 1000 mm = 1000
    Order No =2923.2162. 020. 020. 1000
    2923.2162. Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350
    subject to alterations
    Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350
    b +0,2
    +30
    1000
    s +0,2
    2923.2312.
    we deliver
    original
    quality
    Material:
    1.2312 / 40 CrMnMoS 8-6
    Steel for plastic moulding, pre-tempered to 900-1050 N/mm²
    Execution:
    Thickness precision ground, width ground or milled, length machined
    B12
    s 4.2 5.2 6.2 8.2 10.4 12.4 15.4 16.4 20.4 25.4 30.4 32.4 40.4 50.4 60.4 70.4 80.4 90.4 100.4
    b
    12.4 ●
    15.4 ●
    16.4 ●
    20.3 ● ● ● ●
    20.4 ●
    25.3 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    25.4 ●
    30.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    30.4 ●
    32.3 ● ● ● ●
    32.4 ●
    40.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    40.4 ●
    50.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    50.4 ●
    60.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    60.4 ●
    63.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    70.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    70.4 ●
    80.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    80.4 ●
    100.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    100.4 ●
    125.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    150.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    200.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    220.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    250.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    300.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350 =2923.2312.
    Width B 12.4 mm = 012.
    Thickness S 12.4 mm = 012.
    Length L 1000 mm = 1000
    Order No =2923.2312. 012.012.1000
    2923.2312. Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350
    subject to alterations
    Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350
    Material:
    1.2343 / X 37 CrMoV 5-1
    Hot work steel
    Execution:
    Thickness precision ground, width ground or milled, length machined
    Note:
    ● = available in 500 mm and 1000 mm lengths
    ○ = only available in 500 mm lengths
    ■ = only available in 1000 mm lengths
    b +0,2
    +30
    / 1000
    +5
    500
    s +0,2
    2923.2343.
    we deliver
    original
    quality
    B13
    s 4.2 5.2 6.2 8.2 10.4 12.4 15.4 16.4 20.4 25.4 30.4 32.4 40.4 50.4 60.4 80.4 100.4
    b
    10.3 ○ ○ ○ ○
    10.4 ○
    12.4 ○
    15.3 ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
    15.4 ○
    20.3 ○ ○ ○ ● ● ● ● ■
    20.4 ●
    25.3 ○ ○ ○ ● ● ● ● ■ ●
    25.4 ●
    30.3 ○ ○ ○ ● ● ● ● ● ●
    30.4 ●
    32.3 ■
    40.3 ○ ○ ○ ● ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ■
    40.4 ●
    50.3 ○ ○ ○ ● ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ■ ●
    50.4 ●
    60.3 ○ ○ ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    60.4 ●
    63.3 ■ ■
    80.3 ○ ○ ○ ● ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ■ ● ● ■
    80.4 ■
    100.3 ○ ○ ○ ● ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ■ ● ● ■ ■
    100.4 ■
    125.3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ● ● ● ■ ● ● ■ ■ ■
    150.3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ● ● ● ■ ● ● ■ ■ ■
    200.3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ● ● ● ■ ● ● ■ ■
    Ordering Code (example):
    Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350 =2923.2343.
    Width B 10.4 mm = 010.
    Thickness S 10.4 mm = 010.
    Length L 500 mm = 0500
    Order No =2923.2343. 010. 010. 0500
    2923.2343. Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350
    subject to alterations
    Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350
    b +0,2
    +30
    1000
    s +0,2
    2923.2363.
    we deliver
    original
    quality
    Material:
    1.2363 / X 100 CrMoV 5-1
    Cold worked steel
    Execution:
    Thickness precision ground, width ground or milled, length machined
    B14
    s 8.2 10.4 12.4 15.4 20.4 25.4 30.4 40.4 50.4 60.4 80.4 100.4
    b
    20.4 ●
    25.3 ● ● ●
    25.4 ●
    30.3 ● ● ● ● ●
    30.4 ●
    40.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    40.4 ●
    50.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    50.4 ●
    60.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    60.4 ●
    80.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    80.4 ●
    100.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    100.4 ●
    125.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    150.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    200.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    250.3 ● ● ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350 =2923.2363.
    Width B 20.4 mm = 020.
    Thickness S 20.4 mm = 020.
    Length L 1000 mm = 1000
    Order No =2923.2363. 020. 020. 1000
    2923.2363. Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350
    subject to alterations
    Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350
    Material:
    1.2379 / X 155 CrVMo 12-1
    Cold worked steel
    Execution:
    Thickness precision ground, width ground or milled, length machined
    Note:
    ● = available in 500 mm and 1000 mm lengths
    ○ = only available in 500 mm lengths
    ■ = only available in 1000 mm lengths
    b +0,2
    +30
    / 1000
    +5
    500
    s +0,2
    2923.2379.
    we deliver
    original
    quality
    B15
    s 2.2 3.2 4.2 5.2 6.2 8.2 10.4 12.4 15.4 16.4 20.4 25.4 30.4 32.4 40.4 50.4 60.4 63.4 70.4 80.4 100.4 120.4 150.4
    b
    6.2 ○
    8.2 ●
    10.3 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    10.4 ●
    12.4 ●
    15.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■
    15.4 ●
    16.4 ■
    20.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■
    20.4 ●
    25.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■ ●
    25.4 ●
    30.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■ ● ●
    30.4 ●
    32.3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
    32.4 ■
    40.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ■
    40.4 ●
    50.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ■ ●
    50.4 ●
    60.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    60.4 ■
    63.3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
    63.4 ■
    70.3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
    70.4 ■
    80.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ■ ● ● ■ ■
    80.4 ■
    90.3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
    100.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ■ ● ● ■ ■ ■
    100.4 ■
    120.4 ■
    125.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ■ ● ● ■ ■ ■ ■
    150.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ■ ● ● ■ ■ ■ ■
    150.4 ■
    160.3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
    200.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ■ ● ● ■ ■ ■ ■
    250.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ■ ● ● ■
    300.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ■ ● ● ■
    350.3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
    400.3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
    Ordering Code (example):
    Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350 =2923.2379.
    Width B 6.2 mm = 006.
    Thickness S 6.2 mm = 006.
    Length L 500 mm = 0500
    Order No =2923.2379. 006. 006. 0500
    2923.2379. Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350
    subject to alterations
    Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350
    b +0,2
    +30
    / 1000
    +5
    500
    s +0,2
    2923.2436.
    we deliver
    original
    quality
    Material:
    1.2436 / X 210 CrW 12
    Cold worked steel
    Execution:
    Thickness precision ground, width ground or milled, length machined
    Note:
    ● = available in 500 mm and 1000 mm lengths
    ○ = only available in 500 mm lengths
    ■ = only available in 1000 mm lengths
    B16
    s 2.2 3.2 4.2 5.2 6.2 8.2 10.4 12.4 15.4 20.4 25.4 30.4 40.4 50.4
    b
    8.2 ○
    10.3 ○ ● ● ● ● ●
    10.4 ●
    12.4 ●
    15.3 ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ○
    15.4 ○
    20.3 ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    20.4 ●
    25.3 ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    25.4 ●
    30.3 ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    30.4 ●
    40.3 ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    40.4 ●
    50.3 ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ○
    50.4 ■
    60.3 ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ○
    80.3 ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    100.3 ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■
    125.3 ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■
    150.3 ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■
    200.3 ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■
    250.3 ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■
    300.3 ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ○
    Ordering Code (example):
    Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350 =2923.2436.
    Width B 8.2 mm = 008.
    Thickness S 8.2 mm = 008.
    Length L 500 mm = 0500
    Order No =2923.2436. 008. 008. 0500
    2923.2436. Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350
    subject to alterations
    Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350
    Material:
    1.2767 / X 45 NiCrMo 4
    Cold worked steel
    Execution:
    Thickness precision ground, width ground or milled, length machined
    Note:
    ● = available in 500 mm and 1000 mm lengths
    ○ = only available in 500 mm lengths
    ■ = only available in 1000 mm lengths
    b +0,2
    +30
    / 1000
    +5
    500
    s +0,2
    2923.2767.
    we deliver
    original
    quality
    B17
    s 4.2 5.2 6.2 8.2 10.4 12.4 15.4 16.4 20.4 25.4 30.4 32.4 40.4 50.4 60.4 80.4 100.4
    b
    10.3 ○ ○ ○ ○
    10.4 ●
    12.4 ●
    15.3 ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
    15.4 ○
    20.3 ○ ○ ○ ● ● ● ● ■
    20.4 ●
    25.3 ○ ○ ○ ● ● ● ● ■ ●
    25.4 ●
    30.3 ○ ○ ○ ● ● ● ● ● ●
    30.4 ●
    32.3 ■ ■ ■
    40.3 ○ ○ ○ ● ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ■
    40.4 ●
    50.3 ○ ○ ○ ● ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ■ ●
    50.4 ●
    60.3 ○ ○ ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    60.4 ■
    63.3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
    70.3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
    80.3 ○ ○ ○ ● ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ● ● ■
    80.4 ■
    100.3 ○ ○ ○ ● ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ■ ● ● ■ ■
    100.4 ■
    125.3 ● ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ■ ● ● ■ ■ ■
    150.3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
    200.3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
    250.3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
    300.3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
    Ordering Code (example):
    Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350 =2923.2767.
    Width B 10.4 mm = 010.
    Thickness S 10.4 mm = 010.
    Length L 500 mm = 0500
    Order No =2923.2767. 010. 010. 0500
    2923.2767. Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350
    subject to alterations
    Precision flat and square bar steel, DIN 59350
    +5
    / 1000 500
    2922.2842.
    +0,2
    b
    +0,05
    s
    we deliver
    original
    quality
    Material:
    1.2842 / 90 MnCrV
    Cold worked steel
    Execution:
    Thickness precision ground, width ground or milled, length machined
    Note:
    ● = available in 500 mm and 1000 mm lengths
    ○ = only available in 500 mm lengths
    B18
    s 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 15 16 20 25 30 40 50 60
    b
    4 ○
    5 ○
    6 ●
    8 ●
    10 ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    12 ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    15 ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    16 ●
    20 ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    25 ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    30 ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    35 ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    40 ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    50 ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    60 ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    70 ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    80 ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    100 ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    120 ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    125 ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    150 ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    160 ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    180 ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    200 ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    250 ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    300 ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Precision flat and square bar steel, DIN 59350 =2922.2842.
    Width B 4 mm = 004.
    Thickness S 4 mm = 004.
    Length L 500 mm = 0500
    Order No =2922.2842. 004. 004. 0500
    2922.2842. Precision flat and square bar steel, DIN 59350
    subject to alterations
    Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350
    Material:
    1.2842 / 90 MnCrV
    Cold worked steel
    Execution:
    Thickness precision ground, width ground or milled, length machined
    Note:
    ● = available in 500 mm and 1000 mm lengths
    ■ = only available in 1000 mm lengths
    b +0,2
    +30
    / 1000
    +10
    500
    s +0,2
    2923.2842.
    we deliver
    original
    quality
    B19
    s 2.2 3.2 4.2 5.2 6.2 8.2 10.4 12.4 15.4 16.4 20.4 25.4 30.4 32.4 40.4 50.4 60.4 80.4 100.4
    b
    10.3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
    10.4 ●
    12.4 ●
    15.3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
    16.4 ■
    20.3 ■ ■ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■
    20.4 ●
    25.3 ■ ■ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■ ●
    25.4 ●
    30.3 ■ ■ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■ ● ●
    30.4 ●
    32.3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
    32.4 ■
    40.3 ■ ■ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ■
    40.4 ●
    50.3 ■ ■ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ■ ●
    50.4 ●
    60.3 ■ ■ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ■ ● ●
    60.4 ●
    63.3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
    70.3 ■ ■ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ■ ● ●
    80.3 ■ ■ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ■ ● ●
    80.4 ●
    100.3 ■ ■ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ■ ● ● ●
    100.4 ●
    120.3 ■ ■ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ●
    125.3 ■ ■ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ●
    150.3 ■ ■ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ●
    160.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ●
    180.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ●
    200.3 ■ ■ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ●
    250.3 ● ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ●
    300.3 ● ● ● ● ■ ● ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350 =2923.2842.
    Width B 10.4 mm = 010.
    Thickness S 10.4 mm = 010.
    Length L 500 mm = 0500
    Order No =2923.2842. 010. 010. 0500
    2923.2842. Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350

    5 m 10 m 5 m 5 m 5 m 5 m 10 5 5
    12,7 12,7 6 25 50 100
    0,005
    m m
    – – –
    m
    –
    m
    – 0,001 – – >1500
    0,01
    m m
    –
    m m m m m
    – 0,002 – – >1500
    0,02
    r r
    –
    m m m m m
    – 0,002 2000–2200 >1500
    0,03
    r r
    –
    r r m r m
    – 0,002 2000–2200 1500–1700
    0,04
    r r
    –
    r r m r m
    – 0,003 2000–2200 1500–1700
    0,05
    r r r r r m r m m
    0,003 2000–2200 1500–1700
    0,06
    r r
    –
    r r m r m
    – 0,003 2000–2200 1500–1700
    0,07
    r r
    –
    r r m r m
    – 0,004 2000–2200 1500–1700
    0,08
    r r r r r m r m
    – 0,004 2000–2200 1500–1700
    0,09
    r r
    –
    r r m r m
    – 0,004 2000–2200 1500–1700
    0,10
    r r r r r m r m m
    0,004 2000–2200 1500–1700
    0,12
    r r
    – –
    r m r m
    – 0,004 2000–2200 1500–1700
    0,15
    r r r r r m r m m
    0,005 2000–2200 1500–1700
    0,20
    r r r r r m r m m
    0,006 1800–2100 1500–1700
    0,25
    r r r r r m r m m
    0,007 1800–2100 1500–1700
    0,30
    r r r r r m r m m
    0,007 1800–2100 1500–1700
    0,35
    r r
    – –
    r m r m
    – 0,008 1800–2000 1500–1700
    0,40
    r r r r r m r m m
    0,009 1600–1900 1500–1700
    0,45
    r r
    – –
    r m r m
    – 0,009 1600–1900 1500–1700
    0,50
    r r r r r m r m m
    0,010 1600–1900 1500–1700
    0,55
    r r
    – – –
    m
    –
    m
    – 0,010 1600–1900 1500–1700
    0,60
    r r
    –
    r r m r m
    – 0,010 1600–1900 1500–1700
    0,70
    r r
    –
    r r m r m
    – 0,012 1600–1900 1500–1700
    0,80
    r r
    –
    r r m r m
    – 0,013 1600–1800 1500–1700
    0,90
    r r
    –
    r r m r m
    – 0,013 1600–1800 1500–1700
    1,00
    r r
    –
    r r m r m
    – 0,013 1600–1800 1500–1700
     = 2925.
     = 2925.1.
     = 2925.1.0070.
     = 2925.1.0025.0012.
     = 2925.1.0025.0127.10000
     = 2925.1.0070.0012.10000
     = 2925.
     = 2925.2.
     = 2925.1.0020.
     = 2925.1.0025.050.
     = 2925.1.0025.050.300
     = 2925.2.0020.050.300
    subject to alterations
    2925. Precision feeler gauge, Foil shim
    Precision feeler gauge
    Contents per can/spool
    Foil shims
    Contents: foil shims per pack
    Technical specifications
    tensile strength N/mm 2
    Width mm c Format
    50 3 300 mm
    Format
    100 3 500 mm
    Format
    150 3 500 mm
    Tolerance
     ± mm
    for
    carbon steel
    for
    stainless steel
    Thickness mm .
    Order No. Part II = Material
    r C-Steel, Material-No.: 1.1274 is 1
    m Stainless steel, Material-No.: 1.4310 is 2
    Ordering code (example):
    Precision feeler gauge
    Material-No.: 1.1274
    Thickness 0,07 mm
    Width 12,7 mm
    Length 10 m
    Order No
    Ordering code (example):
    Foil shim
    Material-No.: 1.4310
    Thickness 0,02 mm
    Width 50 mm
    Length 300 mm
    Order No
    Typical Applications:
    h Tolerance measurement of internal and external dimensions.
    h Adjustment of tooling devices and machine parts.
    h Testing valve and cylinder clearances.
    Material:
    C-Steel, Material-No.: 1.1274
    Stainless steel, Material-No.: 1.4310
    Precision feeler gauge
    Foil shim
    B20

    5 m 10 m 5 m 5 m 5 m 5 m 10 5 5
    12,7 12,7 6 25 50 100
    0,005
    m m
    – – –
    m
    –
    m
    – 0,001 – – >1500
    0,01
    m m
    –
    m m m m m
    – 0,002 – – >1500
    0,02
    r r
    –
    m m m m m
    – 0,002 2000–2200 >1500
    0,03
    r r
    –
    r r m r m
    – 0,002 2000–2200 1500–1700
    0,04
    r r
    –
    r r m r m
    – 0,003 2000–2200 1500–1700
    0,05
    r r r r r m r m m
    0,003 2000–2200 1500–1700
    0,06
    r r
    –
    r r m r m
    – 0,003 2000–2200 1500–1700
    0,07
    r r
    –
    r r m r m
    – 0,004 2000–2200 1500–1700
    0,08
    r r r r r m r m
    – 0,004 2000–2200 1500–1700
    0,09
    r r
    –
    r r m r m
    – 0,004 2000–2200 1500–1700
    0,10
    r r r r r m r m m
    0,004 2000–2200 1500–1700
    0,12
    r r
    – –
    r m r m
    – 0,004 2000–2200 1500–1700
    0,15
    r r r r r m r m m
    0,005 2000–2200 1500–1700
    0,20
    r r r r r m r m m
    0,006 1800–2100 1500–1700
    0,25
    r r r r r m r m m
    0,007 1800–2100 1500–1700
    0,30
    r r r r r m r m m
    0,007 1800–2100 1500–1700
    0,35
    r r
    – –
    r m r m
    – 0,008 1800–2000 1500–1700
    0,40
    r r r r r m r m m
    0,009 1600–1900 1500–1700
    0,45
    r r
    – –
    r m r m
    – 0,009 1600–1900 1500–1700
    0,50
    r r r r r m r m m
    0,010 1600–1900 1500–1700
    0,55
    r r
    – – –
    m
    –
    m
    – 0,010 1600–1900 1500–1700
    0,60
    r r
    –
    r r m r m
    – 0,010 1600–1900 1500–1700
    0,70
    r r
    –
    r r m r m
    – 0,012 1600–1900 1500–1700
    0,80
    r r
    –
    r r m r m
    – 0,013 1600–1800 1500–1700
    0,90
    r r
    –
    r r m r m
    – 0,013 1600–1800 1500–1700
    1,00
    r r
    –
    r r m r m
    – 0,013 1600–1800 1500–1700
     = 2925.
     = 2925.1.
     = 2925.1.0070.
     = 2925.1.0025.0012.
     = 2925.1.0025.0127.10000
     = 2925.1.0070.0012.10000
     = 2925.
     = 2925.2.
     = 2925.1.0020.
     = 2925.1.0025.050.
     = 2925.1.0025.050.300
     = 2925.2.0020.050.300
    subject to alterations
    2925. Precision feeler gauge, Foil shim
    Precision feeler gauge
    Contents per can/spool
    Foil shims
    Contents: foil shims per pack
    Technical specifications
    tensile strength N/mm 2
    Width mm c Format
    50 3 300 mm
    Format
    100 3 500 mm
    Format
    150 3 500 mm
    Tolerance
     ± mm
    for
    carbon steel
    for
    stainless steel
    Thickness mm .
    Order No. Part II = Material
    r C-Steel, Material-No.: 1.1274 is 1
    m Stainless steel, Material-No.: 1.4310 is 2
    Ordering code (example):
    Precision feeler gauge
    Material-No.: 1.1274
    Thickness 0,07 mm
    Width 12,7 mm
    Length 10 m
    Order No
    Ordering code (example):
    Foil shim
    Material-No.: 1.4310
    Thickness 0,02 mm
    Width 50 mm
    Length 300 mm
    Order No
    Typical Applications:
    h Tolerance measurement of internal and external dimensions.
    h Adjustment of tooling devices and machine parts.
    h Testing valve and cylinder clearances.
    Material:
    C-Steel, Material-No.: 1.1274
    Stainless steel, Material-No.: 1.4310
    Precision feeler gauge
    Foil shim
    A
    B
    C
    D
    E
    F
    G
    H
    J
    K
    L
    Die Sets
    Precision Ground Plates and Flat Bars
    Lifting and Clamping Devices
    Guide elements
    Ground Precision Components
    Springs
    Elastomer-Bars, -Sheets, -Sections
    FIBRO Chemical Tooling Aids
    Peripheral Equipment
    Cam Units
    Standard Parts for Mould Making
    Lifting and Clamping Devices
    Shanks, lifter studs, eyebolts
    Clamping claws, screws and bolts
    Lifting and
    Clamping
    Devices
    C2
    Lifting and
    Clamping
    Devices
    C3
    Contents
    subject to alterations
    211.11.
    Die set shank, straight
    211.12.
    Threaded die set shank DIN ISO
    10242-1
    211.13.
    Die set shank with collar
    211.14.
    Bolt-on die set shank, ~DIN ISO
    10242-2
    212.11.
    Coupling spigot with thread
    212.15.
    Coupling spigot with flange
    212.16.
    Spigot holder
    213.12.
    Screw-in lifter stud VDI 3366
    2130.03.
    Screw-in lifter stud with cable secu-
    ring device
    2130.11.
    Lifter stud VDI 3366
    2130.12.
    Lifter stud with cable securing
    device, with welded disc
    2130.13.
    Lifter stud with cable securing
    device
    213.13.
    Lifter stud
    2131.10.
    Lifting eye bolt, high tensile
    2131.11.
    Lifting eye bolt, rotatable
    2131.20.
    Rotary safety eyebolt, light duty,
    with ball bearing
    C4
    C10
    C10
    C11
    C11
    C12
    C12
    C13
    C13
    C14
    C15
    C15
    C16
    C17
    C18
    C19
    C20
    Contents
    subject to alterations
    2131.21.
    Rotary safety eyebolt, heavy duty,
    with ball bearing
    2131.25.
    Universal rotary safety eyebolt with
    oval ring
    2131.23.
    Universal rotary safety eyebolt with
    eye hook
    2131.22.
    Ring block with position lock
    2131.30.
    Lifting eye bolt, high tensile
    2131.31.
    Attachment point screwable profilift
    gamma
    2131.32.
    Attachment point screwable profilift
    gamma ring nut
    2131.33.
    Hoisting snap link, omnidirectional
    2131.34.
    Attachment point screwable profilift
    delta
    2131.35.
    Triple vortice ring
    2131.36.
    Double vortice hook
    2131.37.
    Double vortice ring
    2131.38.
    Double vortice ring with central
    device
    2131.39.
    Double vortice ring with internal
    thread
    2431.40.
    Double vortex ring screw
    2134.41.
    Double vortex ring screw with
    centring
    C5
    C21
    C22
    C23
    C24
    C25
    C26
    C27
    C28
    C29
    C30
    C31
    C32
    C33
    C34
    C35
    C36
    Contents
    subject to alterations
    2131.42.
    Double vortex ring screw Mega DSS
    2131.43.
    Double vortice ring with internal
    thread
    2131.50.
    Attachment point weldable
    profilift eta
    2133.11.
    Lifting flange with bolt with safety
    ring, to BMW
    2133.11.10.
    Lifting flange with bolt with safety
    ring, to AUDI
    2133.12.
    Lifting flange with bolt with safety
    ring
    2133.13.
    Lifting flange with bolt with safety
    ring, with feather key, to CNOMO
    Standard
    2133.15.
    Lifting flange with bolt with safety
    ring, with feather key, to BMW
    2132.10.
    Die lifting bolt with safety ring,
    VDI 3366
    2132.10.55.
    Die lifting bolt with safety ring and
    spring, to VW standard
    2132.11.
    Die lifting bolt with safety ring and
    spring, CNOMO Standard
    2132.10.03. .1
    Bush for die lifting bolt
    2133.12. .1
    Die lifting bolt with safety ring, for
    lifting flange 2133.12.
    2140.17.
    Clamp, forked shape, DIN 6315-B
    2140.15.
    Clamping claw, goose-neck shape
    2140.13.
    Clamping claw, infinitely variable
    C6
    C37
    C38
    C39
    C40
    C41
    C42-43
    C44
    C45
    C46
    C47
    C48
    C49
    C50
    C52
    C52
    C53
    Contents
    subject to alterations
    2140.14.
    Clamping claw, infinitely variable
    2140.16.
    Clamp, straight, DIN 6314
    2140.10.
    Clamp, straight, with setscrew
    2140.18.
    Clamp, goose neck shape, DIN 6316
    2140.11.
    Clamp, goose neck shape, with
    setscrew
    2140.20.
    Support, adjustable
    2140.19.
    Stepped Block DIN 6318
    2140.02.
    Set screw
    2140.32.
    Hexagon Nut DIN 6330 B
    2140.33.
    Hexagon nut with collar, DIN 6331
    2140.34.
    Washer DIN 6340
    2140.30.
    Screw for T-slot, DIN 787
    2192.10.
    Hexagon socket head cap screw,
    DIN EN ISO 4762 - Strength class 8.8
    2192.12.
    Hexagon socket head cap screw,
    DIN EN ISO 4762 - Strength class
    12.9
    2192.20.
    Hexagon socket head cap screw,
    with low profile head and key guide,
    DIN 6912 - Strength class 8.8
    2192.40.
    Hexagon socket head cap screw,
    with low profile head, DIN 7984 -
    Strength class 8.8
    C7
    C53
    C54
    C54
    C55
    C55
    C56
    C56
    C57
    C57
    C58
    C58
    C59
    C60
    C61
    C62
    C63
    Contents
    subject to alterations
    2192.30.
    Hexagon socket countersunk
    head cap screw, ISO 10642 -
    Strength class 8.8
    2192.61.
    Flat mushroom head screw with
    hexagon socket
    2192.90.
    Screw plug
    2140.01.01.
    Clamping tool set
    2140.01.02.
    Clamping tool set
    C8
    C64
    C65
    C66
    C68
    C69
    subject to alterations C9
    subject to alterations
    Die set shank, straight
    Threaded die set shank DIN ISO 10242-1
    2
    l
    1
    5
    d 1 h11
    d 3
    l
    l
    3
    l
    SW
    211.11.
    10°
    2
    l
    4
    l
    d 3
    d 1 f9
    5
    l
    3
    l
    1
    l
    SW
    d 2
    211.12.
    C10
    Order No d 1 d 3 l 1 l 2 l 3 l 5 SW*
    211.11.20.016 20 M16X1,5 40 3 18 58 17
    211.11.25.016 25 M16X1,5 45 4 23 68 21
    211.11.25.020 25 M20x1,5 45 4 23 68 21
    211.11.32.020 32 M20x1,5 56 4 23 79 27
    211.11.32.024 32 M24x1,5 56 4 23 79 27
    211.11.40.024 40 M24x1,5 70 5 23 93 36
    211.11.40.030 40 M30x2 70 5 23 93 36
    211.11.50.030 50 M30x2 80 6 28 108 41
    211.11.65.042 65 M42x3 100 8 28 128 55
    *SW = Width across flats
    Order No d 1 d 2 d 3 l 1 l 2 l 3 l 4 l 5 SW*
    211.12.20.016 20 15 M16x1,5 40 2 18 12 58 17
    211.12.25.016 25 20 M16x1,5 45 2.5 23 16 68 21
    211.12.25.020 25 20 M20x1,5 45 2.5 23 16 68 21
    211.12.32.020 32 25 M20x1,5 56 3 23 16 79 27
    211.12.32.024 32 25 M24x1,5 56 3 23 16 79 27
    211.12.40.024 40 32 M24x1,5 70 4 23 26 93 36
    211.12.40.027 40 32 M27x2 70 4 23 26 93 36
    211.12.40.030 40 32 M30x2 70 4 23 26 93 36
    211.12.50.030 50 42 M30x2 80 5 28 26 108 41
    211.12.65.042 65 53 M42x3 100 8 28 26 128 55
    *SW = Width across flats
    211.11.
    211.12.
    Die set shank, straight
    Threaded die set shank DIN ISO 10242-1
    subject to alterations
    Die set shank with collar
    Bolt-on die set shank, ~DIN ISO 10242-2
    f9
    1 b
    4
    l l 2
    d 1
    d 3
    d 4
    5
    l
    1
    l
    3
    l
    SW
    10°
    d 2
    211.13.
    d
    d 10
    d 11
    10°
    1 f9
    d 2
    5
    l
    1
    l
    3
    l
    4
    l
    2
    l
    ø9(4x)
    9
    ø15
    211.14.
    C11
    Order No d 1 d 2 d 3 d 4 l 1 l 2 l 3 l 4 l 5 b 1 SW*
    211.13.20.016 20 15 M16x1,5 28 40 2 16 12 61 5 17
    211.13.25.016 25 20 M16x1,5 34 45 2.5 16 16 66 5 21
    211.13.25.020 25 20 M20x1,5 34 45 2.5 20 16 70 5 21
    211.13.32.020 32 25 M20x1,5 42 56 3 20 16 82 5 27
    211.13.32.024 32 25 M24x1,5 42 56 3 24 16 86 5 27
    211.13.40.024 40 32 M24x1,5 52 70 4 24 26 102 5 36
    211.13.40.030 40 32 M30x2 52 70 4 30 26 108 5 36
    211.13.50.030 50 42 M30x2 62 80 5 30 26 118 5 41
    *SW = Width across flats
    Order No d 1 d 2 d 10 d 11 l 1 l 2 l 3 l 4 l 5
    211.14.20.063 20 15 45 63 40 2 18 12 58
    211.14.25.063 25 20 45 63 45 2.5 18 16 63
    211.14.25.080 25 20 63 80 45 2.5 18 16 63
    211.14.32.097 32 25 80 97 56 3 23 16 79
    211.14.32.122 32 25 105 122 56 3 23 16 79
    211.14.40.097 40 32 80 97 70 4 23 26 93
    211.14.40.122 40 32 105 122 70 4 23 26 93
    211.13.
    211.14.
    Die set shank with collar
    Bolt-on die set shank, ~DIN ISO 10242-2
    subject to alterations
    Coupling spigot with thread
    Coupling spigot with flange
    SW
    5
    d
    s
    3
    s
    5
    l
    1
    s
    3 l
    2
    4
    d
    3
    d
    212.11.
    ø15
    s
    2
    s
    5 l
    3 l
    5
    d
    4
    d
    7
    d
    8
    d
    1
    ø9(4x)
    9
    212.15.
    C12
    Order No d 3 d 4 d 5 l 3 l 5 s 1 s 2 s 3 SW*
    212.11.016 M16x1,5 25 32 18 41 13 6.5 23 36
    212.11.020 M20x1,5 32 48 23 64 19 9.5 41 50
    212.11.024 M24x1,5 32 48 23 64 19 9.5 41 50
    212.11.030 M30x2 32 48 23 66 19 9.5 43 60
    *SW = Width across flats
    Order No d 4 d 5 d 7 d 8 l 3 l 5 s 1 s 2
    212.15.063 25 32 46 63 18 31 13 6.5
    212.15.080 32 48 63 80 18 37 19 9.5
    212.15.097 32 48 80 97 23 42 19 9.5
    212.15.122 32 48 105 122 23 42 19 9.5
    212.11.
    212.15.
    Coupling spigot with thread
    Coupling spigot with flange
    subject to alterations
    Spigot holder
    Screw-in lifter stud VDI 3366
    10°
    2
    s
    1
    s
    2
    l
    5
    l
    1
    l
    3
    l
    4
    l
    8
    d
    5
    d
    4
    d
    d 1 d9
    d 2
    212.16.
    l 4 l 3 l 2
    5
    l
    3
    d
    VDI 3366
    SW
    1
    d
    213.12.
    C13
    Order No
    Work area
    d 1 d 2 d 4 d 5 d 8 l 1 l 2 l 3 l 4 l 5 s 1 s 2
    212.16.025 25 20 26 33 56 45 4 25 16 70 12.6 7
    212.16.032 32 25 33 49 80 56 4 30 16 86 18.6 10
    212.16.040 40 32 33 49 80 70 5 30 26 100 18.6 10
    Order No d 1 d 3 l 2 l 3 l 4 l 5 SW* Lifting capacity [kg]
    213.12.016 16 M16 20 28 5 58 24 320
    213.12.020 20 M20 22 34 6 68 30 500
    213.12.024 25 M24 25 38 8 78 36 1000
    213.12.030 32 M30 32 45 10 95 41 1500
    213.12.036 40 M36 40 56 12 118 50 2500
    *SW = Width across flats
    212.16.
    213.12. Screw-in lifter stud VDI 3366
    Spigot holder
    subject to alterations
    Screw-in lifter stud with cable securing device
    Note:
    For opening the cable safety device, use key 2130.00.03.01 (to be
    ordered separately).
    2130.03.
    5
    l
    2
    l
    3
    l
    4
    l
    d 3
    SW
    d 1
    r
    C14
    Order No d 1 d 3 l 2 l 3 l 4 l 5 SW r Lifting capacity [kg]
    2130.03.020 20 M20 22 34 6.5 8.5 30 38 500
    2130.03.024 25 M24 25 38 8 9 36 42 1000
    2130.03.030 32 M30 32 45 10 10 41 50 1500
    2130.03.036 40 M36 40 56 12 11 50 57 2500
    2130.03. Screw-in lifter stud with cable securing device
    subject to alterations
    Lifter stud VDI 3366
    Lifter stud with cable securing device, with welded disc
    d 2
    d
    t
    2
    6
    l
    6
    l
    5
    l
    4
    l
    3
    l
    2
    l
    4
    l
    f f
    f
    4
    d 1 d 1
    2130.11.
    t 8
    l
    d 4
    f
    d 5 d 5
    6
    l
    6
    l
    4
    l
    4
    l
    f f
    2
    d 2
    d 1 d 1
    3
    l
    2
    5
    l
    2130.12.
    C15
    Order No d 1 d 2 d 4 f l 2 l 3 l 4 l 5 l 6 t
    Number of
    screw holes Lifting capacity [kg]
    2130.11.020 16 9 15 20 6 20 10 80 34 9 2 320
    2130.11.025 20 11 18 25 8 25 10 90 37 11 2 630
    2130.11.035 25 13.5 20 35 8 30 12 100 38 13 2 1250
    2130.11.040 32 17.5 26 40 10 32 16 120 46 17.5 2 2000
    2130.11.050 40 22 33 50 10 40 18 140 54 21.5 2 3200
    2130.11.060 50 26 40 60 12 45 22 160 59 25.5 2 5000
    2130.11.080 63 22 33 80 12 50 20 200 78 21.5 4 8000
    2130.11.100 80 26 40 100 15 65 25 250 100 25.5 4 12500
    2130.11.120 100 33 48 120 15 80 30 300 125 32 4 20000
    Order No d 1 d 2 d 4 d 5 * f l 2 l 3 l 4 l 5 l 6 t
    Number of
    screw holes Lifting capacity [kg]
    2130.12.020 16 9 15 60 20 6 20 10 80 34 9 2 320
    2130.12.025 20 11 18 70 25 8 25 10 90 37 11 2 630
    2130.12.035 25 13.5 20 70 35 8 30 12 100 38 13 2 1250
    2130.12.040 32 17.5 26 110 40 10 32 16 120 46 17.5 2 2000
    2130.12.050 40 22 33 110 50 10 40 18 140 54 21.5 2 3200
    2130.12.060 50 26 40 150 60 12 45 22 160 59 25.5 2 5000
    2130.12.080 63 22 33 150 80 12 50 20 200 78 21.5 4 8000
    2130.12.100 80 26 40 150 100 15 65 25 250 100 25.5 4 12500
    2130.12.120 100 33 48 150 120 15 80 30 300 125 32 4 20000
    *Pulley for cable securing device welded on
    2130.11.
    2130.12.
    Lifter stud VDI 3366
    Lifter stud with cable securing device, with welded disc
    subject to alterations
    Lifter stud with cable securing device
    Note:
    For opening the cable safety device, use key 2130.00.03.01 (to be
    ordered separately).
    f/2
    2
    l
    5
    l
    6
    l
    3
    l
    4
    l
    6
    l
    4
    l
    d 2
    d 4
    t
    d 1
    d 1
    ?f
    ?f
    r
    r
    2130.13.
    C16
    Order No d 1 d 2 d 4 f l 2 l 3 l 4 l 5 l 6 r t
    Number of
    screw holes Lifting capacity [kg]
    2130.13.025 20 11 18 25 8 25 10 99 37 38 11 2 630
    2130.13.035 25 13.5 20 35 8 30 12 112.5 38 42 13 2 1250
    2130.13.040 32 17.5 26 40 10 32 16 132.5 46 52 17.5 2 2000
    2130.13.050 40 22 33 50 10 40 18 152.5 54 60 21.5 2 3200
    2130.13.060 50 26 40 60 12 45 22 173 59 66 25.5 2 5000
    2130.13.080 63 22 33 80 15 50 20 213.5 78 80 21.5 4 8000
    2130.13. Lifter stud with cable securing device
    subject to alterations
    Lifter stud
    20°
    h
    1
    h
    b
    2
    d
    2
    7
    l
    5
    l
    3
    l
    4
    l
    4
    l l
    4
    d
    1
    d
    6
    l
    30°
    1
    t
    2
    t
    3
    d
    213.13.
    C17
    Order No b d 1 d 2 d 3 d 4 h h 1 l 2 l 3 l 4 l 5 l 6 l 7 t 1 t 2 Lifting capacity [kg]
    213.13.060 60 32 13.5 20 44 24 40 8 60 14 100 32 24 15 29 2000
    213.13.080 80 40 17.5 26 60 32 50 10 70 16 120 44 26 20 35.5 3500
    213.13.100 100 50 22 33 70 40 65 12 88 20 145 56 30 25 46.5 6000
    213.13. Lifter stud
    subject to alterations
    Lifting eye bolt, high tensile
    Description:
    During use check that the eyebolt is firmly seated.
    Rotation during the lifting operation must be avoided.
    It will not rotate automatically to the correct load angle.
    Not approved for mining applications.
    Material:
    1.6541, heavy duty heat treated.
    100% electromagnetically crack tested, to EN 1677-1, safety factor 4:1.
    Note:
    Ensure that the bolting surface is flat. Thread must be screwed in
    completely.
    Format: = octagonal, Grade 8.
    Identification: clear indication of permissible load for F 2 category critical
    loads (not permissible for DIN 580).
    1 1 2 2 2
    0° 90° 0° 90° 0–45° 45–60° 0–45° 45–60°
    2131.10.006 0,4 0,8
    2131.10.008 0,8 1,6
    2131.10.010 1 2
    2131.10.012 1,6 3,2
    2131.10.014 3 6
    2131.10.016 4 8
    2131.10.020 6 12
    2131.10.024 8 16
    2131.10.030 12 24
    2131.10.036 16 32
    2131.10.042 24 48
    2131.10.048 32 64
    G G G G G G G G
    F 1 F 2
    Max. carried load “G” in tonnes for various types of attachment
    Type of attachment, Arrangement
    of the suspension points
    Number of lines 2 symmetrical 3 and 4 symmetrical 3 and 4
    Angle of inclination/ load direction
    asymme-
    trical
    asymmetri-
    cal
    Order No carried load in tonnes
    We recommend that you
    use the eyebolt 2131.11.
    that is adjustable in the
    direction of force for the
    type of suspension with no
    details of carried loads!
    b a c
    d
    e
    F 1
    F 2 F 2
    2131.10.
    d 2
    C18
    Order No d 2 c a b d e
    2131.10.006 M6 12 35 11 25 25
    2131.10.008 M8 12 35 11 25 25
    2131.10.010 M10 15 35 11 25 25
    2131.10.012 M12 18 41 13 30 30
    2131.10.014 M14 21 48 15 35 35
    2131.10.016 M16 24 48 15 35 35
    2131.10.020 M20 30 55 17 40 40
    2131.10.024 M24 36 70 21 50 50
    2131.10.030 M30 45 85 26 60 60
    2131.10.036 M36 54 130 43 90 100
    2131.10.042 M42 63 130 43 90 100
    2131.10.048 M48 67 130 43 90 100
    2131.10. Lifting eye bolt, high tensile
    subject to alterations
    Lifting eye bolt, rotatable
    e
    e 1
    b c a
    d
    360°
    F 1
    F 2 F 2
    2131.11.
    d 2
    Description:
    During use check that the hexagon socket screw is firmly seated. Can be
    set for the direction of application so that there is no accidental turning
    and flipping over. Captive hexagon socket screw. No tools are required
    as the hexagon socket screw is supplied with a hardened star profile
    key. The star profile key engages in the hexagon socket. It can be
    screwed and unscrewed by hand.
    Make sure that the ring is free to rotate through 360° when the unit is
    screwed in.
    Material:
    1.6541, forged, heavy duty heat treated.
    100% electromagnetically crack tested, to EN 1677-4, safety factor 4:1.
    Note:
    Ensure that the bolting surface is flat. Thread must be screwed in
    completely.
    Format: stellate – clearly distinguishable to DIN 580 eye bolt
    Identification: clear indication of permissible load for the loading capa-
    city in the plane of the ring.
    1 1 2 2 2
    0° 90° 0° 90° 0–45° 45–60° 0–45° 45–60°
    2131.11.008 1 0,4 2 0,8 0,56 0,4 0,4 0,84 0,6 0,4
    2131.11.010 1 0,4 2 0,8 0,56 0,4 0,4 0,84 0,6 0,4
    2131.11.012 2 0,75 4 1,5 1 0,75 0,75 1,6 1,12 0,75
    2131.11.016 4 1,5 8 3 2,1 1,5 1,5 3,15 2,25 1,5
    2131.11.020 6 2,3 12 4,6 3,22 2,3 2,3 4,83 3,45 2,3
    2131.11.024 8 3,2 16 6,4 4,48 3,2 3,2 6,7 4,8 3,2
    2131.11.030 12 4,5 24 9 6,3 4,5 4,5 9,4 6,7 4,5
    2131.11.036 16 7 32 14 9,8 7 7 14,7 10,5 7
    2131.11.042 24 9 48 18 12,6 9 9 18,9 13,5 9
    2131.11.048 32 12 64 24 16,8 12 12 25,2 18 12
    G G G G G G G G
    F 1 F 2
    Max. carried load “G” in tonnes for various types of attachment
    Type of attachment, Arrangement
    of the suspension points
    Number of lines 2 symmetrical 3 and 4 symmetrical 3 and 4
    Angle of inclination/ load direction
    asymme-
    trical
    asymmetri-
    cal
    Order No carried load in tonnes
    C19
    Order No d 2 c a b d e e 1
    2131.11.008 M8 12 34 11 25 25 11.7
    2131.11.010 M10 15 34 11 25 25 12.1
    2131.11.012 M12 18 42 13 30 30 14.9
    2131.11.016 M16 24 49 15 35 35 17.3
    2131.11.020 M20 30 57 17 40 40 20.5
    2131.11.024 M24 36 69 21 48 48 25.4
    2131.11.030 M30 45 86 26 60 60 30.1
    2131.11.036 M36 54 103 32 72 75 37.6
    2131.11.042 M42 63 120 38 82 85 43.7
    2131.11.048 M48 72 137 43 94 100 48.1
    2131.11. Lifting eye bolt, rotatable
    subject to alterations
    Rotary safety eyebolt, light duty, with ball bearing
    Description:
    For loads that are turned and rotated.
    Mounted on ball-bearings – can be rotated through 360° under load
    (F 3 ).
    Cannot be rotated under full load at 90° to the threaded fixing (F 1 , F 2 ).
    Not suitable for extended rotational movement when fully loaded.
    Can be loaded on all sides with a safety factor 4:1.
    High-strength suspension eye conforming to EN 1677-4
    1) Other thread lengths available upon request.
    Note:
    Ensure that the bolting surface is flat. Thread must be screwed in
    completely.
    The threaded connection on the transported load must be suitable for
    transferring forces.
    1 1 2 2 2
    0° 90° 0° 90° 0–45° 45–60° 0–45° 45–60°
    2131.20.008.013 M 8 0,6 0,3 (0,4) 1,2 0,6 (0,8) 0,42 (0,56) 0,3 (0,4) 0,3 (0,4) 0,63 (0,84) 0,45 (0,6) 0,3 (0,4)
    2131.20.010.017 M10 0,9 0,45 (0,6) 1,8 0,9 (1,2) 0,63 (0,84) 0,45 (0,6) 0,45 (0,6) 0,95 (1,26) 0,68 (0,9) 0,45 (0,6)
    G G G G G G G G
    F 3 F 1 (F 2 )
    Max. carried load “G” in tonnes for various types of attachment
    Type of attachment, Arrangement
    of the suspension points
    Number of lines 2 symmetrical 3 and 4 symmetrical 3 and 4
    Angle of inclination/ load direction
    asymme-
    trical
    asymmetri-
    cal
    Order No Thread carried load in tonnes
    3
    F
    2
    F
    1
    F
    a f 1)
    SW
    2
    d
    1
    d
    e
    g b
    c a
    180°
    360°
    2131.20.
    C20
    Order No
    Rated carrying capacity
    for F 1 [t] d 2 f a b c d 1 e g SW*
    2131.20.008.013 0.3 M8 13 8 33 29 30 76 36 28
    2131.20.010.017 0.45 M10 17 8 33 29 36 78 38 30
    *SW = Width across flats
    2131.20. Rotary safety eyebolt, light duty, with ball bearing
    subject to alterations
    Rotary safety eyebolt, heavy duty, with ball bearing
    e
    3
    F
    a
    d 1 d 2
    SW
    f
    b
    c
    a
    180°
    360°
    2
    F
    1
    F
    2131.21.
    Description:
    For loads that are turned and rotated.
    Mounted on ball-bearings – can be rotated through 360° under load
    (F 3 ).
    Cannot be rotated under full load at 90° to the threaded fixing (F 1 , F 2 ).
    Not suitable for extended rotational movement when fully loaded.
    Can be loaded on all sides with a safety factor 4:1.
    Note:
    Ensure that the bolting surface is flat. Thread must be screwed in
    completely.
    The threaded connection on the transported load must be suitable for
    transferring forces.
    1 1 2 2 2
    0° 90° 0° 90° 0–45° 45–60° 0–45° 45–60°
    2131.21.036 M36 12,5 8 (10) 25 16 (20) 11,2 (14) 8 (10) 8 (10) 16,8 (21) 12 (15) 8 (10)
    2131.21.042 M42 16 10 (12,5) 32 20 (25) 14 (17,5) 10 (12,5) 10 (12,5) 21 (26,2) 15 (18,8) 10 (12,5)
    2131.21.045 [M45] 16 10 (12,5) 32 20 (25) 14 (17,5) 10 (12,5) 10 (12,5) 21 (26,2) 15 (18,8) 10 (12,5)
    2131.21.048 M48 16 10 (12,5) 32 20 (25) 14 (17,5) 10 (12,5) 10 (12,5) 21 (26,2) 15 (18,8) 10 (12,5)
    2131.21.056 M56 25 15 (18) 50 30 (36) 21 (25,2) 15 (18) 15 (18) 31,5 (38) 22,5 (27) 15 (18)
    2131.21.064 M64 25 15 (18) 50 30 (36) 21 (25,2) 15 (18) 15 (18) 31,5 (38) 22,5 (27) 15 (18)
    2131.21.090 M90 35 35 (40) 70 70 (80) 49 (56) 35 (40) 35 (40) 73,5 (84) 52,5 (60) 35 (40)
    G G G G G G G G
    F 3 F 1 (F 2 )
    Max. carried load “G” in tonnes for various types of attachment
    Type of attachment, Arrange-
    ment of the suspension points
    Number of lines 2 symmetrical 3 and 4 symmetrical 3 and 4
    Angle of inclination/ load direction
    asymme-
    trical
    asymme-
    trical
    Order No Thread carried load in tonnes
    C21
    Order No
    Rated carrying capacity
    for F 1 [t] d 2 f a b c d 1 e SW*
    2131.21.036 8 M36 54 22 87 50 90 210 80
    2131.21.042 10 M42 63 26 112 65 98 240 85
    2131.21.045 10 M45 67 26 112 65 98 240 85
    2131.21.048 10 M48 68 26 112 65 98 240 85
    2131.21.056 15 M56 84 32 120 70 120 280 95
    2131.21.064 15 M64 95 32 120 70 120 280 95
    2131.21.090 35 M90 135 40 125 80 170 332 130
    *SW = Width across flats
    2131.21. Rotary safety eyebolt, heavy duty, with ball bearing
    subject to alterations
    Universal rotary safety eyebolt with oval ring
    Description:
    The unviversal rotary safety eyebolts with oval ring with double ball
    bearing for smooth non-jerking action tipping, rotating and turning.
    Also rotates 90° in direction of screwing in with full load.
    Not suitable for extended rotational movement when fully loaded.
    The special design avoids damage to lifting elements and the valuable
    load when turning.
    For ring hoists, slings, cables, hooks etc.
    Note:
    Ensure even screw-in surface, threads must be screwed in completely.
    1 1 2 2 2
    0° 90° 0° 90° 0–45° 45–60° 0–45° 45–60°
    2131.25.012 0,63 0,63 1,26 1,26 0,88 0,63 0,63 1,32 0,95 0,63
    2131.25.016 1,5 1,5 3,0 3,0 2,1 1,5 1,5 3,15 2,25 1,5
    2131.25.020 2,5 2,5 5,0 5,0 3,5 2,5 2,5 5,25 3,75 2,5
    2131.25.024 4,0 4,0 8,0 8,0 5,6 4,0 4,0 8,4 6,0 4,0
    2131.25.030 6,5 5,0 13,0 10,0 7 5 5 10,5 7,5 5,0
    2131.25.036 10,0 8,0 20,0 16,0 11,2 8,0 8,0 16,8 12,0 8,0
    G G G G G G G G
    Max. carried load “G” in tonnes for various types of attachment
    Type of attachment, Arrangement
    of the suspension points
    Number of lines 2 symmetrical 3 and 4 symmetrical 3 and 4
    Angle of inclination/ load direction
    asymme-
    trical
    asymmetri-
    cal
    Order No carried load in tonnes
    a
    d
    g
    f
    SW
    c
    b
    e
    2131.25.
    d 2
    C22
    Order No
    Rated carrying
    capacity [t] d 2 f a b c d e g SW*
    2131.25.012 0.63 M12 18 9 65 35 40 105 41 36
    2131.25.016 1.5 M16 24 11 65 35 46 115 50 41
    2131.25.020 2.5 M20 30 13 75 40 61 135 61 55
    2131.25.024 4.0 M24 36 16 95 45 78 172 77 70
    2131.25.030 5.0 M30 45 21 130 60 95 223 93 85
    2131.25.036 8.0 M36 54 24 140 65 100 242 102 90
    *SW = Width across flats
    2131.25. Universal rotary safety eyebolt with oval ring
    subject to alterations
    Universal rotary safety eyebolt with eye hook
    d
    b
    e
    g f
    a
    SW
    c
    2131.23.
    d 2
    Description:
    The unviversal rotary safety eyebolts with eye hooks with double ball
    bearing for smooth non-jerking action tipping, rotating and turning.
    Also rotates 90° in direction of screwing in with full load.
    Not suitable for extended rotational movement when fully loaded.
    The special design avoids damage to lifting elements and the valuable
    load when turning.
    For ring hoists, slings, cables, hooks etc.
    Note:
    Ensure even screw-in surface, threads must be screwed in completely.
    1 1 2 2 2
    0° 90° 0° 90° 0–45° 45–60° 0–45° 45–60°
    2131.23.012 0,63 0,63 1,26 1,26 0,88 0,63 0,63 1,32 0,95 0,63
    2131.23.016 1,5 1,5 3,0 3,0 2,1 1,5 1,5 3,15 2,25 1,5
    2131.23.020 2,5 2,5 5,0 5,0 3,5 2,5 2,5 5,25 3,75 2,5
    2131.23.024 4,0 4,0 8,0 8,0 5,6 4,0 4,0 8,4 6,0 4,0
    2131.23.030 6,5 5,0 13,0 10,0 7 5,0 5,0 10,5 7,5 5,0
    2131.23.036 10,0 8,0 20,0 16,0 11,2 8,0 8,0 16,8 12,0 8,0
    G G G G G G G G
    Max. carried load “G” in tonnes for various types of attachment
    Type of attachment, Arrangement
    of the suspension points
    Number of lines 2 symmetrical 3 and 4 symmetrical 3 and 4
    Angle of inclination/ load direction
    asymme-
    trical
    asymmetri-
    cal
    Order No carried load in tonnes
    C23
    Order No
    Rated carrying
    capacity [t] d 2 f a b c d e g SW*
    2131.23.012 0,63 M12 18 13 75 18 40 116 41 36
    2131.23.016 1,5 M16 24 20 97 25 46 147 50 41
    2131.23.020 2.5 M20 30 28 126 30 61 187 61 55
    2131.23.024 4.0 M24 36 36 150 35 78 227 77 70
    2131.23.030 5.0 M30 45 37 174 40 95 267 93 85
    2131.23.036 8.0 M36 54 49 208 48 100 310 102 90
    *SW = Width across flats
    2131.23. Universal rotary safety eyebolt with eye hook
    subject to alterations
    Ring block with position lock
    Description:
    The position locks protect the fixing bolts against bending and shear
    stresses. The ring can be folded down.
    Note:
    1) Drill the holes for the position locks first.
    2) Fix the ring block in the position lock and then tap the holes.
    Ensure that the bolting surface is flat.
    See also loading of eyebolts.
    The threaded connection on the transported load must be suitable for
    transferring forces.
    Fixing:
    Only use 100% crack tested bolts.
    Once bolts have been in use for some time, check that they are firmly
    seated.
    Minimum grade of screws, see table: "Y"
    2131.22.016.: Only use hexagonal bolts to ISO 4014. Fit washers before
    tightening and securing bolts (tightening torque 120 Nm).
    2131.22.020./030.: Use only hexagon socket head screws conforming to
    ISO 4762 (2131.22.020 tightening torque 300 Nm,
    2131.22.030 tightening torque 600 Nm).
    G G G G G G G G
    F 3 F 1 (F 2 )
    1 1 2 2 2
     0° 90° 0° 90° 0–45° 45–60° 0–45° 45–60°

    2131.22.016 2 ⊗ M16 3 3 6 6 4,2 3 3 6,3 4,5 3
    2131.22.020 4 ⊗ M20 10 10 20 20 14 10 10 21 15 10
    2131.22.030 4 ⊗ M30 16 16 32 32 22,4 16 16 33,6 24 16
    Max. carried load “G” in tonnes for various types of attachment
    Type of attachment,
    Arrangement of the suspension points
    Number of lines 2 symmetrical 3 and 4 symmetrical 3 and 4
    Angle of inclination/ load direction asymm. asymm.
    Order No Thread carried load in tonnes
    b
    1)
    2)
    Position lock
    180°
    M16
    c
    a
    h
    p
    m
    k
    d
    +0,2
    ød
    1x45°
    6 min.
    g
    53
    3
    Lock plate
    17 DIN 463 St.
    max. carrying capacity
    = 3,0 t when secured
    at four points
    1
    n
    ±0,5
    92
    ±0,5
    e
    2131.22.016
    2
    d
    a
    +0,2
    h
    180°
    m
    screw
    min.
    g
    j
    c
    b
    f ±0,4
    d 1
    k
    ±0,5
    e
    d
    n
    Position lock
    P
    2131.22.
    2
    d
    C24
    Order No
    Rated carrying
    capacity [t] d 2 h a b c d d 1 e f g j k m n y p
    2131.22.016 3 M16 50 67 16 5 48 18 136 - 30 - 178 34 16 10.9 71
    2131.22.020 10 M20 45 102 22 6 65 30 143 78 50 8 213 120 25 12.9 100
    2131.22.030 16 M30 63 131 30 8 90 46 198 104 70 10 270 170 32 12.9 134
    2131.22. Ring block with position lock
    subject to alterations
    Lifting eye bolt, high tensile
    h
    l
    øc
    b
    øf a e
    2131.30.
    d 2
    Description:
    Only tighten eyebolts hand-tight. Not suitable for diagonal pull. Avoid
    turning movements during transport.
    Material:
    Alloyed steel, hardened and tempered, quality class 8
    Note:
    Load capacity according to operating instructions or load capacity table
    in the specified directions of pull.
    When selecting the arrangement, make sure that unequal loading does
    not occur, e.g. if:
    - no free adjustment is possible in the direction of pull
    - direction of pull does not lie in the specified range
    Safety factory 4
    1 1 2 2 2 2 3+4 3+4 2 3+4
    0° 90° 0° 90° 0–45° 45–60° 0–45° 45–60°
    2131.30.006 0.4 0.8
    2131.30.008 0.8 1.6
    2131.30.010 1 2
    2131.30.012 1.6 3.2
    2131.30.014 3 6
    2131.30.016 4 8
    2131.30.020 6 12
    2131.30.024 8 16
    2131.30.030 12 24
    2131.30.036 16 32
    2131.30.042 24 48
    2131.30.048 32 64
    G G G G G G G G
    Max. carrying capacity “G” in tonnes for various types of attachment
    Type of attachment
    Number of lines
    Angle of inclination/ load direction
    asym­
    metrical
    asym­
    metrical
    Order No carrying capacity in tonnes
    Load the eyebolt in the pull
    direction only!
    For these lifting types, use
    the turnable eyebolt
    2131.31. or the turnable
    attachment point 2131.34
    C25
    Order No
    Rated carrying
    capacity [t] d 2 l a b c e f h
    2131.30.006 0.4 M6 13 25 45 25 10 10 45
    2131.30.008 0.8 M8 13 25 45 25 10 10 45
    2131.30.010 1 M10 17 25 45 25 10 10 45
    2131.30.012 1.6 M12 21 35 63 35 14 14 62
    2131.30.014 3 M14 21 35 63 35 14 14 62
    2131.30.016 4 M16 27 35 63 35 14 14 62
    2131.30.020 6 M20 30 50 90 50 20 20 90
    2131.30.024 8 M24 36 50 90 50 20 20 90
    2131.30.030 12 M30 45 60 108 65 24 24 109
    2131.30.036 16 M36 54 70 126 75 26 28 128
    2131.30.042 24 M42 63 80 144 85 30 32 147
    2131.30.048 32 M48 68 90 166 100 35 38 168
    2131.30. Lifting eye bolt, high tensile
    subject to alterations
    Attachment point screwable profilift gamma
    Description:
    When replacing, make sure the Allen screw is seated firmly. Adjustable
    in the direction of force, thus no unintended opening up and overtwis-
    ting! Screwing in and out by hand possible. The ring must be able to be
    turned 360° in the screwed tight state.
    Material:
    Structural parts: High-strength chrome nickle alloyed Q & T steel.
    Screws: High-strength screws strength class 10.9, 100 % crack tested
    Note:
    Ensure even screw-in surface, threads must be screwed in completely.
    Each attachment point is provided with an individual serial number
    Information about installation and removal, see operating instructions.
    Load capacity according to operating instructions or load capacity table
    in the specified directions of pull.
    Set attachment point in permitted loading direction before loading.
    When selecting the arrangement, make sure that unequal loading does
    not occur, e.g. if:
    - no free adjustment is possible in the direction of pull
    - direction of pull does not lie in the specified range
    Safety factor 4
    Other lengths (n) on request!
    1 1 2 2 2 2 3+4 3+4 2 3+4
    0° 90° 0° 90° 0–45° 45–60° 0–45° 45–60°
    2131.31.008 1 0.3 2 0.6 0.4 0.3 0.6 0.4 0.3 0.3
    2131.31.010 1.5 0.5 3 1 0.7 0.5 1 0.7 0.5 0.5
    2131.31.012 2 0.7 4 1.4 1 0.7 1.4 1 0.7 0.7
    2131.31.016 4 1.5 8 3 2.1 1.5 3 2.2 1.5 1.5
    2131.31.020 5 2.3 10 4.6 3.2 2.3 4.8 3.4 2.3 2.3
    2131.31.024 6.5 3.2 13 6.4 4.5 3.2 6.7 4.8 3.2 3.2
    2131.31.030 12 4.9 24 9.8 6.9 4.9 10.3 7.3 4.9 4.9
    2131.31.036 15 7 30 14 9.8 7 14.7 10.5 7 7
    2131.31.042 22 9 44 18 12.6 9 18.9 13.5 9 9
    2131.31.048 30 12 60 24 16.8 12 25 18 12 12
    G G G G G G G G
    Max. carrying capacity “G” in tonnes for various types of attachment
    Type of attachment
    Number of lines
    Angle of inclination/ load direction
    asymme­
    trical
    asymme­
    trical
    Order No tightening torque [Nm] carrying capacity in tonnes
    simply tighten
    hand­tight
    f
    a
    b
    h e
    d c
    2131.31.
    d 2
    C26
    Order No
    Rated carrying
    capacity [t] d 2 n a b c d e f
    2131.31.008 0.3 M8 15 25 45 10 27 53 35
    2131.31.010 0.5 M10 15 25 45 10 27 53 35
    2131.31.012 0.7 M12 20 30 55 12 32 63 43
    2131.31.016 1.5 M16 25 35 64 14 36 70 50
    2131.31.020 2.3 M20 30 40 69 16 41 78 54
    2131.31.024 3.2 M24 35 50 86 18 50 93 69
    2131.31.030 4.9 M30 45 60 110 25 60 114 90
    2131.31.036 7 M36 55 70 132 31 70 136 108
    2131.31.042 9 M42 65 80 152 36 72 153 126
    2131.31.048 12 M48 75 95 179 42 88 179 148
    2131.31. Attachment point screwable profilift gamma
    subject to alterations
    Attachment point screwable profilift gamma ring nut
    a
    b
    e
    d c
    f
    2131.32.
    d 2
    Description:
    Pay attention to firm seating of the ring nut when inserting. Adjustable
    in the direction of force, thus no unintended opening up and overtwis-
    ting! Screwing in and out by hand possible. The ring must be able to be
    turned 360° in the screwed tight state.
    Material:
    Structural parts: High-strength chrome nickle alloyed Q & T steel.
    Nuts: High-strength nuts, strength class 10, 100 % crack tested
    Note:
    Ensure even screw-in surface, threads must be screwed in completely.
    Each attachment point is provided with an individual serial number
    Information about installation and removal, see operating instructions.
    Load capacity according to operating instructions or load capacity table
    in the specified directions of pull.
    Set attachment point in permitted loading direction before loading.
    When selecting the arrangement, make sure that unequal loading does
    not occur, e.g. if:
    - no free adjustment is possible in the direction of pull
    - direction of pull does not lie in the specified range
    Safety factor 4.
    1 1 2 2 2 2 3+4 3+4 2 3+4
    0° 90° 0° 90° 0–45° 45–60° 0–45° 45–60°
    2131.32.008 1 0.3 2 0.6 0.4 0.3 0.6 0.4 0.3 0.3
    2131.32.010 1.5 0.5 3 1 0.7 0.5 1 0.7 0.5 0.5
    2131.32.012 2 0.7 4 1.4 1 0.7 1.4 1 0.7 0.7
    2131.32.016 4 1.5 8 3 2.1 1.5 3 2.2 1.5 1.5
    2131.32.020 4.5 2.3 9 4.6 3.2 2.3 4.8 3.4 2.3 2.3
    2131.32.024 5 3.5 10 7 4.9 3.5 7.4 5.2 3.5 3.5
    2131.32.030 12 4.9 24 1.4 6.9 4.9 10.3 7.3 4.9 4.9
    G G G G G G G G
    Max. carrying capacity “G” in tonnes for various types of attachment
    Type of attachment
    Number of lines
    Angle of inclination/ load direction
    asymme­
    trical
    asymme­
    trical
    Order No carrying capacity in tonnes
    C27
    Order No
    Rated carrying
    capacity [t] d 2 a b c d e f
    2131.32.008 0.3 M8 25 45 10 21 55 35
    2131.32.010 0.5 M10 25 45 10 21 55 35
    2131.32.012 0.7 M12 30 55 12 25 65 43
    2131.32.016 1.5 M16 35 64 14 29 72 50
    2131.32.020 2.3 M20 40 69 16 34 80 54
    2131.32.024 3.5 M24 50 86 18 40 95 69
    2131.32.030 4.9 M30 60 110 25 47 115 90
    2131.32. Attachment point screwable profilift gamma ring nut
    subject to alterations
    Hoisting snap link, omnidirectional
    Description:
    The hinged unit is free to rotate through 360°, self-align with the direc-
    tion of pull and folding. The hoisting Snap Link must be installed in the
    stress direction before loading, must be able to move freely and may
    not be supported at an angle.
    Do not rotate under load.
    Full load bearing capacity in any direction.
    Complete with a 100% crack-checked outer and inner hexagonal bolt
    for universal tool use.
    Material:
    Alloyed tool steel
    Note:
    Ensure even screw-in surface, threads must be screwed in completely.
    1 1 2 2 2
    0° 90° 0° 90° 0–45° 45–60° 0–45° 45–60°
    2131.33.008.055 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.6 0.42 0.3 0.63 0.45 0.3 0.3
    2131.33.010.055 0.63 0.63 1.26 1.26 0.88 0.63 1.32 0.95 0.63 0.63
    2131.33.012.057 1 1 2 2 1.4 1 2.1 1.5 1 1
    2131.33.014.057 1.2 1.2 2.4 2.4 1.7 1.2 2.5 1.8 1.2 1.2
    2131.33.016.057 1.5 1.5 3 3 2.1 1.5 3.1 2.2 1.5 1.5
    2131.33.018.082 2 2 4 4 2.8 2 4.2 3 2 2
    2131.33.020.082 2.5 2.5 5 5 3.5 2.5 5.2 3.7 2.5 2.5
    2131.33.024.082 4 4 8 8 5.6 4 8.4 6 4 4
    2131.33.027.099 4 4 8 8 5.6 4 8.4 6 4 4
    2131.33.030.099 5 5 10 10 7 5 10.5 7.5 5 5
    2131.33.036.099 7 7 14 14 9.8 7 14.7 10.5 7 7
    2131.33.036.124 8 8 16 16 11.2 8 16.8 12 8 8
    2131.33.042.124 10 10 20 20 14 10 21 15 10 10
    2131.33.042.158 15 15 30 30 21 15 31.5 22.5 15 15
    2131.33.048.158 20 20 40 40 28 20 42 30 20 20
    G G G G G G G G
    Max. carrying capacity “G” in tonnes for various types of attachment
    Type of attachment,
    Arrangement of the suspension points
    Number of lines 2 symmetrical 3 and 4 symmetrical 3 and 4
    Angle of inclination/ load direction
    asymme­
    trical
    asymme­
    trical
    Order No carrying capacity in tonnes
    f
    e
    SW
    s
    g
    b
    a
    h
    c
    d
    X
    „X”
    2131.33.
    d 2
    C28
    Order No
    Rated carrying
    capacity [t] d 2 e g a b c d f h s SW Tightening torque [Nm]
    2131.33.008.055 0.3 M8 12 55 30 35 35 11 84 28 6 13 30
    2131.33.010.055 0.63 M10 16 55 30 35 36 11 86 29 6 17 60
    2131.33.012.057 1 M12 18 57 33 37 44 14 98 36 8 19 100
    2131.33.014.057 1.2 M14 21 57 33 37 45 14 98 36 10 22 120
    2131.33.016.057 1.5 M16 24 57 33 37 46 14 98 36 10 24 150
    2131.33.018.082 2 M18 26 82 50 54 57 17 142 44 12 30 200
    2131.33.020.082 2.5 M20 30 82 50 54 57 17 142 44 12 30 250
    2131.33.024.082 4 M24 36 82 50 54 59 17 142 44 14 36 400
    2131.33.027.099 4 M27 38 99 60 65 79 23 170 62 17 41 400
    2131.33.030.099 5 M30 48 99 60 65 81 23 170 62 17 46 500
    2131.33.036.099 7 M36 54 99 60 65 86 23 177 63 22 55 700
    2131.33.036.124 8 M36 62 124 77 85 101 27 225 78 22 55 800
    2131.33.042.124 10 M42 72 124 77 85 104 27 225 78.5 24 65 1000
    2131.33.042.158 15 M42 63 158 95 104 115 36 256 89 24 65 1500
    2131.33.048.158 20 M48 72 158 95 104 119 36 258 89 27 75 2000
    2131.33. Hoisting snap link, omnidirectional
    subject to alterations
    Attachment point screwable profilift delta
    180°
    e
    n c b
    d
    a
    2131.34.
    d 2
    Description:
    For loads which are turned and flipped.
    Ball-bearing-mounted – under load turnable by 360°
    Not suitable for continuous turning movements under full load.
    Material:
    Structural parts: High-strength chrome nickle alloyed Q & T steel.
    Screws: High-strength screws strength class 12.9, 100 % crack tested
    Note:
    Ensure even screw-in surface, threads must be screwed in completely.
    The threaded connection on the transport belt must be suitable for the
    force transmission.
    Each attachment point is provided with an individual serial number
    Information about installation and removal, see operating instructions.
    Load capacity according to operating instructions or load capacity table
    in the specified directions of pull.
    When selecting the arrangement, make sure that unequal loading does
    not occur, e.g. if:
    - no free adjustment is possible in the direction of pull
    - direction of pull does not lie in the specified range
    - when fit closely at edges or surfaces
    Safety factor 4
    * 2131.34.014 only by request!
    1 1 2 2 2 2 3+4 3+4 2 3+4
    0° 90° 0° 90° 0–45° 45–60° 0–45° 45–60°
    2131.34.008 10 0.6 0.3 1.2 0.6 0.4 0.3 0.6 0.4 0.3 0.3
    2131.34.010 10 1 0.5 2 1 0.7 0.5 1 0.75 0.5 0.5
    2131.34.012 15 1.4 0.7 2.8 1.4 0.95 0.7 1.4 1 0.7 0.7
    2131.34.014* 25 2 1 4 2 1.4 1 2.1 1.5 1 1
    2131.34.016 30 2.8 1.5 5.6 3 2.1 1.5 3.1 2.1 1.5 1.5
    2131.34.020 80 5 2.5 10 5 3.5 2.5 5.3 3.5 2.5 2.5
    2131.34.024 150 7 4 14 8 5.5 4 8.4 6 4 4
    2131.34.030 230 10 6 20 12 8.4 6 12.6 9 6 6
    2131.34.036 450 12.5 8 25 16 11.2 8 16.8 12 8 8
    2131.34.042 600 16 10 32 20 14 10 21 15 10 10
    2131.34.048 600 16 12.5 32 25 17.5 12.5 26.5 18 12.5 12.5
    G G G G G G G G
    Max. carrying capacity “G” in tonnes for various types of attachment
    Type of attachment
    Number of lines
    Angle of inclination/load direction
    asymme-
    trical
    asymme-
    trical
    Order No tightening torque [Nm] carrying capacity in tonnes
    C29
    Order No
    Rated carrying
    capacity [t] d 2 n a b c d e
    2131.34.008 0.3 M8 20 30 38 54 13 38
    2131.34.010 0.5 M10 20 30 38 54 13 38
    2131.34.012 0.7 M12 22 35 48 54 13 38
    2131.34.014* 1 M14 22 35 48 54 13 38
    2131.34.016 1.5 M16 33 35 48 54 13 38
    2131.34.020 2.5 M20 33 35 55 75 16 55
    2131.34.024 4 M24 40 40 66 82 17 63
    2131.34.030 6 M30 40 50 70 92 23 72
    2131.34.036 8 M36 55 50 91 124 23 92
    2131.34.042 10 M42 60 65 91 124 27 92
    2131.34.048 12.5 M48 68 65 116 124 27 92
    2131.34. Attachment point screwable profilift delta
    subject to alterations
    Triple vortice ring
    Description:
    The triple vortice rings with double bearing mount for smooth tipping,
    turning and flipping.
    Also turnable 90° for screw-in direction under full load.
    Not suitable for continuous turning movement under full load.
    The optimised design prevents damage to lifting tackle and the
    valuable load when turning.
    For ring assembly, round slings, wire ropes, hook assemblies, etc.
    Material:
    High-strength chrome-nickle alloyed Q & T steel,
    Screws: high-strength screws, min. strength category 10.9, 100 % crack
    inspected
    Note:
    Ensure even screw-in surface, threads must be screwed in completely.
    1 1 2 2 2
    0° 90° 0° 90° 0–45° 45–60° 0–45° 45–60°
    2131.35.008 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.6 0.4 0.3 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3
    2131.35.010 0.6 0.6 1.2 1.2 0.8 0.6 1.3 0.6 0.6 0.6
    2131.35.012 1 1 2 2 1.4 1 2.1 1 1 1
    2131.35.014 1.3 1.3 2.6 2.6 1.8 1.3 2.7 1.3 1.3 1.3
    2131.35.016 1.6 1.6 3.2 3.2 2.2 1.6 3.4 1.6 1.6 1.6
    2131.35.018 2 2 4 4 2.8 2 4.2 2 2 2
    2131.35.020 2.5 2.5 5 5 3.5 2.5 5.3 2.5 2.5 2.5
    2131.35.022 3 3 6 6 4.2 3 6.3 3 3 3
    2131.35.024 4 4 8 8 5.6 4 8.4 4 4 4
    2131.35.027 5 5 10 10 7 5 10.5 5 5 5
    2131.35.030 6.3 6.3 12.6 12.6 8.8 6.3 13.2 6.3 6.3 6.3
    2131.35.036 10 10 20 20 14 10 21 10 10 10
    2131.35.042 12.5 12.5 25 25 17.5 12.5 26.3 12.5 12.5 12.5
    2131.35.048 20 20 40 40 28 20 42 20 20 20
    2131.35.056 22 22 44 40 30.8 22 46.2 22 22 22
    G G G G G G G G
    Max. carrying capacity “G” in tonnes for various types of attachment
    Type of attachment,
    Arrangement of the suspension points
    Number of lines 2 symmetrical 4 symmetrical 3 and 4
    Angle of inclination/ load direction
    asymme­
    trical
    asymme­
    trical
    Order No carrying capacity in tonnes
    f
    1
    c
    e
    h
    g l 1 a
    d b
    s 2
    s
    2131.35.
    d 2
    C30
    Order No
    Rated carrying
    capacity [t] d 2 l 1 s 1 s 2 a b c d e f g h Tightening torque [Nm]
    2131.35.008 0.3 M8 14 8 16 33 56 30 41 25 10 58 5.5 6
    2131.35.010 0.6 M10 17 8 16 33 56 30 41 25 10 58 9.5 10
    2131.35.012 1 M12 21 8 16 33 56 30 41 25 10 58 9.5 15
    2131.35.014 1.3 M14 23 8 20 45 76 45 56 37 14 79 13 30
    2131.35.016 1.6 M16 27 8 20 45 76 45 56 37 14 79 13 50
    2131.35.018 2 M18 27 8 20 45 76 45 56 37 14 79 13 70
    2131.35.020 2.5 M20 30 8 20 45 81 45 56 37 14 79 13 100
    2131.35.022 3 M22 33 14 24 62 105 60 80 45 20 106 19 120
    2131.35.024 4 M24 36 14 24 62 105 60 80 45 20 106 19 160
    2131.35.027 5 M27 36 14 24 62 105 60 80 45 20 106 19 160
    2131.35.030 6.3 M30 45 14 24 62 105 60 80 45 20 106 19 250
    2131.35.036 10 M36 54 19 30 81 140 80 111 71 30 148 26.5 320
    2131.35.042 12.5 M42 63 19 30 84 146 80 111 71 30 148 26.5 400
    2131.35.048 20 M48 68 19 30 100 178 110 135 90 42 180 33 600
    2131.35.056 22 M56 78 19 30 104 184 110 135 90 42 190 33 600
    2131.35. Triple vortice ring
    subject to alterations
    Double vortice hook
    c
    b d
    s 2 h
    g a l 1
    1
    s
    e
    f
    2131.36.
    d 2
    Description:
    The double vortice rings with double bearing mount for smooth tipping,
    turning and flipping.
    Also turnable 90° for screw-in direction under full load.
    Not suitable for continuous turning movement under full load.
    The optimised design prevents damage to lifting tackle and the
    valuable load when turning.
    For ring assembly, round slings, wire ropes, hook assemblies, etc.
    Material:
    High-strength chrome-nickle alloyed Q & T steel,
    Screws: high-strength screws, min. strength category 10.9, 100 % crack
    inspected
    Note:
    Ensure even screw-in surface, threads must be screwed in completely.
    1 1 2 2 2
    0° 90° 0° 90° 0–45° 45–60° 0–45° 45–60°
    2131.36.008 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.6 0.4 0.3 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3
    2131.36.010 0.6 0.6 1.2 1.2 0.8 0.6 1.3 0.6 0.6 0.6
    2131.36.012 1 1 2 2 1.4 1 2.1 1 1 1
    2131.36.014 1.3 1.3 2.6 2.6 1.8 1.3 2.7 1.3 1.3 1.3
    2131.36.016 1.6 1.6 3.2 3.2 2.2 1.6 3.4 1.6 1.6 1.6
    2131.36.018 2 2 4 4 2.8 2 4.2 2 2 2
    2131.36.020 2.5 2.5 5 5 3.5 2.5 5.3 2.5 2.5 2.5
    G G G G G G G G
    Max. carrying capacity “G” in tonnes for various types of attachment
    Type of attachment,
    Arrangement of the suspension points
    Number of lines 2 symmetrical 4 symmetrical 3 and 4
    Angle of inclination/ load direction
    asymme­
    trical
    asymme­
    trical
    Order No carrying capacity in tonnes
    C31
    Order No
    Rated carrying
    capacity [t] d 2 l 1 s 1 s 2 a b c d e f g h Tightening torque [Nm]
    2131.36.008 0.3 M8 14 8 16 33 56 30 44 32 23 58 9.5 6
    2131.36.010 0.6 M10 17 8 16 33 56 30 44 32 23 58 9.5 10
    2131.36.012 1 M12 21 8 16 33 56 30 44 32 23 58 9.5 15
    2131.36.014 1.3 M14 23 8 20 45 76 45 58 46 29 79 13 30
    2131.36.016 1.6 M16 27 8 20 45 76 45 58 46 29 79 13 50
    2131.36.018 2 M18 27 8 20 45 76 45 58 46 29 79 13 70
    2131.36.020 2.5 M20 30 8 20 45 81 45 58 46 29 79 13 100
    2131.36. Double vortice hook
    subject to alterations
    Double vortice ring
    Description:
    The double vortex ring was especially designed to guarantee lifting
    under rotation.
    Its double joint permits a perfect alignment for load suspension.
    Material:
    High-strength chrome-nickle alloyed Q & T steel,
    Screws: high-strength screws, min. strength category 10.9, 100 % crack
    inspected
    Note:
    Ensure even screw-in surface, threads must be screwed in completely.
    The threaded connection on the transport belt must be suitable for the
    force transmission.
    Each attachment point is provided with an individual serial number
    Information about installation and removal, see operating instructions.
    Load capacity according to operating instructions or load capacity table
    in the specified directions of pull.
    When selecting the arrangement, make sure that unequal loading does
    not occur, e.g. if:
    - no free adjustment is possible in the direction of pull
    - direction of pull does not lie in the specified range
    Safety factor 5
    1 1 2 2 2
    0° 90° 0° 90° 0–45° 45–60° 0–45° 45–60°
    2131.37.004 0.05 0.05 0.1 0.1 0.07 0.05 0.1 0.05 0.05 0.05
    2131.37.005 0.075 0.075 0.15 0.15 0.1 0.6 0.15 0.075 0.075 0.05
    2131.37.006 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2 1.4 0.1 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.1
    2131.37.008 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.6 0.4 0.3 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3
    2131.37.010 0.6 0.6 1.2 1.2 0.8 0.6 1.3 0.6 0.6 0.6
    2131.37.012 1 1 2 2 1.4 1 2.1 1 1 1
    2131.37.014 1.3 1.3 2.6 2.6 1.8 1.3 2.7 1.3 1.3 1.3
    2131.37.016 1.6 1.6 3.2 3.2 2.2 1.6 3.4 1.6 1.6 1.6
    2131.37.018 2 2 4 4 2.8 2 4.2 2 2 2
    2131.37.020 2.5 2.5 5 5 3.5 2.5 5.3 2.5 2.5 2.5
    2131.37.022 3 3 6 6 4.2 3 6.3 3 3 3
    2131.37.024 4 4 8 8 5.6 4 8.4 4 4 4
    2131.37.027 5 5 10 10 7 5 10.5 5 5 5
    2131.37.030 6.3 6.3 12.6 12.6 8.8 6.3 13.2 6.3 6.3 6.3
    G G G G G G G G
    Max. carrying capacity “G” in tonnes for various types of attachment
    Type of attachment,
    Arrangement of the suspension points
    Number of lines 2 symmetrical 3+4 symmetrical 3 and 4
    Angle of inclination/ load direction
    asymme­
    trical
    asymme­
    trical
    Order No carrying capacity in tonnes
    f b
    g
    s 2
    l 1
    h
    a
    c
    360°
    1
    s
    d
    e
    2131.37.
    >180°
    d 2
    C32
    Order No
    Rated carrying
    capacity [t] d 2 l 1 s 1 s 2 a b c d e f g h Tightening torque [Nm]
    2131.37.004 0.05 M4 15 3 16 33 30 30 38 27 14 53 9.5 2
    2131.37.005 0.075 M5 15 4 16 33 30 30 38 27 14 53 9.5 3
    2131.37.006 0.1 M6 15 5 16 33 30 30 38 27 14 53 9.5 4
    2131.37.008 0.3 M8 14 8 16 33 30 30 38 27 14 53 9.5 6
    2131.37.010 0.6 M10 17 8 16 33 30 30 38 27 14 53 9.5 10
    2131.37.012 1 M12 21 8 16 33 30 30 38 27 14 53 9.5 15
    2131.37.014 1.3 M14 23 8 20 45 42 45 54 38 17 76 13 30
    2131.37.016 1.6 M16 27 8 20 45 42 45 54 38 17 76 13 50
    2131.37.018 2 M18 27 8 20 45 42 45 54 38 17 76 13 70
    2131.37.020 2.5 M20 30 8 20 45 42 45 54 38 17 76 13 100
    2131.37.022 3 M22 33 14 24 62 55 60 83 55 25 117 19 120
    2131.37.024 4 M24 36 14 24 62 55 60 83 55 25 117 19 160
    2131.37.027 5 M27 40 14 24 62 55 60 83 55 25 117 19 160
    2131.37.030 6.3 M30 45 14 24 62 55 60 83 55 25 117 19 250
    2131.37. Double vortice ring
    subject to alterations
    Double vortice ring with central device
    f b
    g
    s 2
    l 1
    h
    a
    c
    360°
    d 1
    t +1
    +0,5
    1
    s
    d
    e
    90°
    2131.38.
    >180°
    d 2
    Description:
    The double vortex ring with centring device was especially designed to
    guarantee lifting under rotation.
    The centring device increases the resistance of the axis in case of lateral
    mounting.
    Material:
    High-strength chrome-nickle alloyed Q & T steel,
    Screws: high-strength screws, min. strength category 10.9, 100 % crack
    inspected
    Note:
    Ensure even screw-in surface, threads must be screwed in completely.
    The threaded connection on the transport belt must be suitable for the
    force transmission.
    Each attachment point is provided with an individual serial number
    Information about installation and removal, see operating instructions.
    Load capacity according to operating instructions or load capacity table
    in the specified directions of pull.
    When selecting the arrangement, make sure that unequal loading does
    not occur, e.g. if:
    - no free adjustment is possible in the direction of pull
    - direction of pull does not lie in the specified range
    Safety factor 5
    1 1 2 2 2
    0° 90° 0° 90° 0–45° 45–60° 0–45° 45–60°
    2131.38.004 0.05 0.05 0.1 0.1 0.07 0.05 0.1 0.05 0.05 0.05
    2131.38.005 0.075 0.075 0.15 0.15 0.1 0.075 0.15 0.075 0.075 0.075
    2131.38.006 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.14 0.1 0.21 0.1 0.1 0.1
    2131.38.008 0.5 0.5 1 1 0.7 0.5 1.05 0.5 0.5 0.5
    2131.38.010 0.8 0.8 1.6 1.6 1.12 0.8 1.68 0.8 0.8 0.8
    2131.38.012 1.2 1.2 2.4 1.68 1.2 1.2 2.52 1.2 1.2 1.2
    2131.38.014 1.3 1.3 2.6 2.6 1.82 1.3 2.73 1.3 1.3 1.3
    2131.38.016 2 2 4 4 2.8 2 4.2 2 2 2
    2131.38.018 2 2 4 4 2.8 2 4.2 2 2 2
    2131.38.020 2.7 2.7 5.4 5.4 3.78 2.7 5.67 2.7 2.7 2.7
    2131.38.022 3 3 6 6 4.2 3 6.3 3 3 3
    2131.38.024 5 5 10 10 7 5 10.5 5 5 5
    2131.38.027 5 5 10 10 7 5 10.5 5 5 5
    2131.38.030 6.3 6.3 12.6 12.6 8.82 6.3 13.23 6.3 6.3 6.3
    G G G G G G G G
    Max. carrying capacity “G” in tonnes for various types of attachment
    Type of attachment,
    Arrangement of the suspension points
    Number of lines 2 symmetrical 3+4 symmetrical 3 and 4
    Angle of inclination/ load direction
    asymme­
    trical
    asymme­
    trical
    Order No carrying capacity in tonnes
    C33
    Order No
    Rated carrying
    capacity [t] d 2 l 1 s 1 s 2 a b c d e f g h d 1 Tolerance d 1 t Tightening torque [Nm]
    2131.38.004 0.05 M4 15 3 16 33 30 30 38 27 14 53 9.5 16 +0,25/0 3 2
    2131.38.005 0.075 M5 15 4 16 33 30 30 38 27 14 53 9.5 16 +0,25/0 3 3
    2131.38.006 0.1 M6 15 5 16 33 30 30 38 27 14 53 9.5 16 +0,25/0 3 4
    2131.38.008 0.5 M8 14 8 16 33 30 30 38 27 14 53 9.5 16 +0,25/0 3 6
    2131.38.010 0.8 M10 17 8 16 33 30 30 38 27 14 53 9.5 20 +0,25/0 3 10
    2131.38.012 1.2 M12 21 8 16 33 30 30 38 27 14 53 9.5 20 +0,25/0 3 15
    2131.38.014 1.3 M14 23 8 20 45 42 45 54 38 17 76 13 20 +0,30/0 3 30
    2131.38.016 2 M16 27 8 20 45 42 45 54 38 17 76 13 20 +0,30/0 3 50
    2131.38.018 2 M18 27 8 20 45 42 45 54 38 17 76 13 30 +0,30/0 3 70
    2131.38.020 2.7 M20 30 8 20 45 42 45 54 38 17 76 13 30 +0,30/0 3 100
    2131.38.022 3 M22 33 14 24 62 55 60 83 55 25 117 19 30 +0,30/0 4 120
    2131.38.024 5 M24 36 14 24 62 55 60 83 55 25 117 19 30 +0,30/0 4 160
    2131.38.027 5 M27 40 14 24 62 55 60 83 55 25 117 19 36 +0,30/0 4 200
    2131.38.030 6.3 M30 45 14 24 62 55 60 83 55 25 117 19 36 +0,30/0 4 250
    2131.38. Double vortice ring with central device
    subject to alterations
    Double vortice ring with internal thread
    Description:
    The double vortex ring with internal thread was especially designed to
    guarantee lifting under rotation.
    Its double joint permits a perfect alignment for load suspension.
    Material:
    High-strength chrome-nickle alloyed Q & T steel
    Note:
    Ensure even screw-in surface, threads must be screwed in completely.
    The threaded connection on the transport belt must be suitable for the
    force transmission.
    Each attachment point is provided with an individual serial number
    Information about installation and removal, see operating instructions.
    Load capacity according to operating instructions or load capacity table
    in the specified directions of pull.
    When selecting the arrangement, make sure that unequal loading does
    not occur, e.g. if:
    - no free adjustment is possible in the direction of pull
    - direction of pull does not lie in the specified range
    Safety factor 5
    1 1 2 2 2
    0° 90° 0° 90° 0–45° 45–60° 0–45° 45–60°
    2131.39.008 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.6 0.4 0.3 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3
    2131.39.010 0.6 0.6 1.2 1.2 0.8 0.6 1.3 0.6 0.6 0.6
    2131.39.012 1 1 2 2 1.4 1 2.1 1 1 1
    2131.39.014 1.3 1.3 2.6 2.6 1.8 1.3 2.7 1.3 1.3 1.3
    2131.39.016 1.6 1.6 3.2 3.2 2.2 1.6 3.4 1.6 1.6 1.6
    2131.39.018 2 2 4 4 2.8 2 4.2 2 2 2
    2131.39.020 2.5 2.5 5 5 3.5 2.5 5.3 2.5 2.5 2.5
    2131.39.022 3 3 6 6 4.2 3 6.3 3 3 3
    G G G G G G G G
    Max. carrying capacity “G” in tonnes for various types of attachment
    Type of attachment,
    Arrangement of the suspension points
    Number of lines 2 symmetrical 3+4 symmetrical 3 and 4
    Angle of inclination/ load direction
    asymme­
    trical
    asymme­
    trical
    Order No carrying capacity in tonnes
    a = l
    s
    f b
    g
    360°
    d
    e
    >180°
    c
    h
    2131.39.
    d 2
    C34
    Order No
    Rated carrying
    capacity [t] d 2 l s a b c d e f g h Tightening torque [Nm]
    2131.39.008 0.3 M8 45 20 45 42 45 54 38 17 76 13 6
    2131.39.010 0.6 M10 45 20 45 42 45 54 38 17 76 13 10
    2131.39.012 1 M12 45 20 45 42 45 54 38 17 76 13 15
    2131.39.014 1 M14 45 20 45 42 45 54 38 17 76 13 30
    2131.39.016 1.6 M16 45 20 45 42 45 54 38 17 76 19 50
    2131.39.018 2 M18 62 24 62 55 60 83 55 25 117 19 70
    2131.39.020 2.5 M20 62 24 62 55 60 83 55 25 117 19 100
    2131.39.022 3 M22 62 24 62 55 60 83 55 25 117 19 120
    2131.39. Double vortice ring with internal thread
    subject to alterations
    Double vortex ring screw
    2131.40.
    s
    f
    b
    l a
    c
    d
    e
    g
    360° 360°
    d 2
    Description:
    The double vortex ring screw was especially designed for the lifting and
    rotating of heavy loads.
    Load bearing capacity in all directions and perfect alignment for load
    suspension.
    Material:
    High-strength chrome-nickle alloyed Q & T steel,
    Screws: high-strength screws, min. strength category 10.9, 100 % crack
    inspected
    Note:
    Ensure even screw-in surface, threads must be screwed in completely.
    The threaded connection on the transport belt must be suitable for the
    force transmission.
    Each attachment point is provided with an individual serial number
    Information about installation and removal, see operating instructions.
    Load capacity according to operating instructions or load capacity table
    in the specified directions of pull.
    When selecting the arrangement, make sure that unequal loading does
    not occur, e.g. if:
    - no free adjustment is possible in the direction of pull
    - direction of pull does not lie in the specified range
    Safety factor 5 - 2131.40.024 through 2131.40.042
    Safety factor 4 - 2131.40.045 through 2131.40.100
    1 1 2 2 2
    0° 90° 0° 90° 0–45° 45–60° 0–45° 45–60°
    2131.40.024 4.5 4.5 9 9 6.3 4.5 9.5 4.5 4.5 4.5
    2131.40.030 7.3 7.3 14.6 14.6 10.2 7.3 15.3 7.3 7.3 4.5
    2131.40.033 8 8 16 16 11.2 8 16.8 8 8 8
    2131.40.036 10 10 20 20 14 10 21 10 10 10
    2131.40.039 10 10 20 20 14 10 21 10 10 10
    2131.40.042 12.5 12.5 25 25 17.5 12.5 26.3 12.5 12.5 12.5
    2131.40.045 15 15 30 30 21 15 31.5 15 15 15
    2131.40.048 20 20 40 40 28 20 42 20 20 20
    2131.40.052 20 20 40 40 28 20 42 20 20 20
    2131.40.056 25 25 50 50 35 25 52.5 25 25 25
    2131.40.064 32.1 32.1 64.2 64.2 44.9 32.1 67.4 32.1 32.1 32.1
    2131.40.072 25 25 50 50 35 25 52.5 25 25 32.1
    2131.40.080 32.1 32.1 64.2 64.2 44.9 32.1 67.4 32.1 32.1 32.1
    2131.40.090 32.1 32.1 64.2 64.2 44.9 32.1 67.4 32.1 32.1 32.1
    2131.40.100 32.1 32.1 64.2 64.2 44.9 32.1 67.4 32.1 32.1 32.1
    G G G G G G G G
    Max. carrying capacity “G” in tonnes for various types of attachment
    Type of attachment,
    Arrangement of the suspension points
    Number of lines 2 symmetrical 3+4 symmetrical 3 and 4
    Angle of inclination/ load direction
    asymme­
    trical
    asymme­
    trical
    Order No carrying capacity in tonnes
    C35
    Order No
    Rated carrying
    capacity [t] d 2 l s a b c d e f g Tightening torque [Nm]
    2131.40.024 4.5 M24 36 19 61 31 70 104 73 145 29 160
    2131.40.030 7.3 M30 45 19 61 31 70 104 73 145 29 250
    2131.40.033 8 M33 50 19 61 31 70 104 73 145 29 250
    2131.40.036 10 M36 54 19 61 31 70 104 73 145 29 320
    2131.40.039 10 M39 58 19 61 31 70 104 73 145 29 320
    2131.40.042 12.5 M42 63 19 61 31 70 104 73 145 29 400
    2131.40.045 15 M45 63 19 61 31 70 104 73 145 29 400
    2131.40.048 20 M48 68 19 79 38 90 125 91 184 36 600
    2131.40.052 20 M52 68 19 79 38 90 125 91 184 36 600
    2131.40.056 25 M56 78 19 79 38 90 125 91 184 36 600
    2131.40.064 32.1 M64 90 19 79 38 95 125 91 184 36 600
    2131.40.072 25 M72 90 19 79 38 95 125 91 184 36 600
    2131.40.080 32.1 M80 90 19 79 38 95 125 91 184 36 600
    2131.40.090 32.1 M90 90 19 79 38 95 125 91 184 36 600
    2131.40.100 32.1 M100 90 19 79 38 95 125 91 184 36 600
    2431.40. Double vortex ring screw
    subject to alterations
    Double vortex ring screw with centring
    Description:
    The double vortex ring screw with centring device was especially desi-
    gned for the lifting and rotating of heavy loads. The centring device
    increases the resistance of the axis in case of lateral mounting.
    Load bearing capacity in all directions and perfect alignment for load
    suspension.
    Material:
    High-strength chrome-nickle alloyed Q & T steel,
    Screws: high-strength screws, min. strength category 10.9, 100 % crack
    inspected
    Note:
    Ensure even screw-in surface, threads must be screwed in completely.
    The threaded connection on the transport belt must be suitable for the
    force transmission.
    Each attachment point is provided with an individual serial number
    Information about installation and removal, see operating instructions.
    Load capacity according to operating instructions or load capacity table
    in the specified directions of pull.
    When selecting the arrangement, make sure that unequal loading does
    not occur, e.g. if:
    - no free adjustment is possible in the direction of pull
    - direction of pull does not lie in the specified range
    Safety factor 5 - 2131.41.024 through 2131.41.042
    Safety factor 4 - 2131.41.045 through 2131.41.064
    1 1 2 2 2
    0° 90° 0° 90° 0–45° 45–60° 0–45° 45–60°
    2131.41.024 5 5 10 10 7 5 10.5 5 5 5
    2131.41.030 8 8 16 16 11.2 8 16.8 8 8 8
    2131.41.033 8 8 16 16 11.2 8 16.8 8 8 8
    2131.41.036 11 11 22 22 15.4 11 23.1 11 11 11
    2131.41.042 13 13 26 26 18.2 13 27.3 13 13 13
    2131.41.045 15 15 30 30 21 15 31.5 15 15 15
    2131.41.048 22 22 44 44 30.8 22 46.2 22 22 22
    2131.41.056 26 26 52 52 36.4 26 54.6 26 26 26
    2131.41.064 32.1 32.1 64.2 64.2 44.9 32.1 67.4 32.1 32.1 32.1
    G G G G G G G G
    Max. carrying capacity “G” in tonnes for various types of attachment
    Type of attachment,
    Arrangement of the suspension points
    Number of lines 2 symmetrical 3+4 symmetrical 3 and 4
    Angle of inclination/ load direction
    asymme­
    trical
    asymme­
    trical
    Order No carrying capacity in tonnes
    d 1
    s
    f
    b
    l a
    c
    d
    e
    g
    t +1
    +0,5
    90°
    360° 360°
    2131.41.
    d 2
    C36
    Order No
    Rated carrying
    capacity [t] d 2 l s a b c d e f g d 1 Tolerance d 1 t Tightening torque [Nm]
    2131.41.024 5 M24 36 19 61 31 70 104 73 145 29 30 +0,3/0 4 160
    2131.41.030 8 M30 45 19 61 31 70 104 73 145 29 36 +0,3/0 4 250
    2131.41.033 8 M33 50 19 61 31 70 104 73 145 29 48 +0,3/+0,1 6 250
    2131.41.036 11 M36 54 19 61 31 70 104 73 145 29 48 +0,5/+0,1 6 320
    2131.41.042 13 M42 63 19 61 31 70 104 73 145 29 48 +0,5/+0,1 6 400
    2131.41.045 15 M45 63 19 61 31 70 104 73 145 29 48 +0,5/+0,1 8 400
    2131.41.048 22 M48 68 19 79 38 90 125 91 184 36 64 +0,6/+0,1 8 600
    2131.41.056 26 M56 78 19 79 38 90 125 91 184 36 64 +0,6/+0,1 8 600
    2131.41.064 32.1 M64 90 19 79 38 95 125 91 184 36 74 +0,6/+0,1 10 600
    2134.41. Double vortex ring screw with centring
    subject to alterations
    Double vortex ring screw Mega DSS
    s
    f
    b
    l a
    c
    d
    e
    g
    360° 360°
    2131.42.
    d 2
    Description:
    The Mega double vortex ring screw was specially designed to lift and
    rotate under a load of up to 50 tons. It can be used directly with the
    lifting equipment (hook of the travelling crane).
    Load bearing capacity in all directions and perfect alignment for load
    suspension.
    Material:
    High-strength chrome-nickle alloyed Q & T steel,
    Screws: high-strength screws, min. strength category 10.9, 100 % crack
    inspected
    Note:
    Ensure even screw-in surface, threads must be screwed in completely.
    The threaded connection on the transport belt must be suitable for the
    force transmission.
    Each attachment point is provided with an individual serial number
    Information about installation and removal, see operating instructions.
    Load capacity according to operating instructions or load capacity table
    in the specified directions of pull.
    When selecting the arrangement, make sure that unequal loading does
    not occur, e.g. if:
    - no free adjustment is possible in the direction of pull
    - direction of pull does not lie in the specified range
    Safety factor 4
    1 1 2 2 2
    0° 90° 0° 90° 0–45° 45–60° 0–45° 45–60°
    2131.42.064 33 33 66 66 46 33 69 33 33 33
    2131.42.072 35 35 70 70 49 35 74 35 35 35
    2131.42.080 40 40 80 80 56 40 84 40 40 40
    2131.42.090 45 45 90 90 63 45 95 45 45 45
    2131.42.100 50 50 100 100 70 50 105 50 50 50
    G G G G G G G G
    Max. carrying capacity “G” in tonnes for various types of attachment
    Type of attachment,
    Arrangement of the suspension points
    Number of lines 2 symmetrical 3+4 symmetrical 3 and 4
    Angle of inclination/ load direction
    asymme­
    trical
    asymme­
    trical
    Order No carrying capacity in tonnes
    C37
    Order No
    Rated carrying
    capacity [t] d 2 l s a b c d e f g Tightening torque [Nm]
    2131.42.064 33 M64 100 36 127.5 64.5 158 186 143 278 57.5 600
    2131.42.072 35 M72 110 36 127.5 64.5 158 186 143 278 57.5 700
    2131.42.080 40 M80 120 36 127.5 64.5 158 186 143 278 57.5 800
    2131.42.090 45 M90 135 36 127.5 64.5 158 186 143 278 57.5 900
    2131.42.100 50 M100 150 36 127.5 64.5 158 186 143 278 57.5 1000
    2131.42. Double vortex ring screw Mega DSS
    subject to alterations
    Double vortice ring with internal thread
    Description:
    The double vortex ring with internal thread was especially designed for
    the lifting and rotating of heavy loads.
    Its double joint permits a perfect alignment for load suspension.
    Material:
    High-strength chrome-nickle alloyed Q & T steel
    Note:
    Ensure even screw-in surface, threads must be screwed in completely.
    The threaded connection on the transport belt must be suitable for the
    force transmission.
    Each attachment point is provided with an individual serial number
    Information about installation and removal, see operating instructions.
    Load capacity according to operating instructions or load capacity table
    in the specified directions of pull.
    When selecting the arrangement, make sure that unequal loading does
    not occur, e.g. if:
    - no free adjustment is possible in the direction of pull
    - direction of pull does not lie in the specified range
    Safety factor 5 - 2131.43.024 through 2131.43.042
    Safety factor 4 - 2131.43.045 through 2131.43.052
    1 1 2 2 2
    0° 90° 0° 90° 0–45° 45–60° 0–45° 45–60°
    2131.43.024 4.5 4.5 9 9 6.3 4.5 9.5 4.5 4.5 4.5
    2131.43.027 5 5 10 10 7 5 10.5 5 5 5
    2131.43.030 7.3 7.3 14.6 14.6 10.2 7.3 15.3 7.3 7.3 7.3
    2131.43.033 8 8 16 16 11.2 8 16.8 8 8 8
    2131.43.036 10 10 20 20 14 10 21 10 10 10
    2131.43.039 10 10 20 20 14 10 21 10 10 10
    2131.43.042 12.5 12.5 25 25 17.5 12.5 26.3 12.5 12.5 12.5
    2131.43.045 15 15 30 30 21 15 31.5 15 15 15
    2131.43.048 20 20 40 40 28 20 42 20 20 20
    2131.43.052 20 20 40 40 28 20 42 20 20 20
    G G G G G G G G
    Max. carrying capacity “G” in tonnes for various types of attachment
    Type of attachment,
    Arrangement of the suspension points
    Number of lines 2 symmetrical 3+4 symmetrical 3 and 4
    Angle of inclination/ load direction
    asymme­
    trical
    asymme­
    trical
    Order No carrying capacity in tonnes
    b
    f
    d
    e
    g
    360° 360°
    c
    a
    s
    2131.43.
    d 2
    C38
    Order No
    Rated carrying
    capacity [t] d 2 l s a b c d e f g Tightening torque [Nm]
    2131.43.024 4.5 M24 66 50 66 31 70 104 73 145 29 160
    2131.43.027 5 M27 66 50 66 31 70 104 73 145 29 200
    2131.43.030 7.3 M30 66 50 66 31 70 104 73 145 29 250
    2131.43.033 8 M33 66 50 66 31 70 104 73 145 29 250
    2131.43.036 10 M36 66 50 66 31 70 104 73 145 29 320
    2131.43.039 10 M39 89 60 89 38 95 125 91 184 36 320
    2131.43.042 12.5 M42 89 60 89 38 95 125 91 184 36 400
    2131.43.045 15 M45 89 60 89 38 95 125 91 184 36 400
    2131.43.048 20 M48 89 60 89 38 95 125 91 184 36 600
    2131.43.052 20 M52 89 60 89 38 95 125 91 184 36 600
    2131.43. Double vortice ring with internal thread
    subject to alterations
    Attachment point weldable profilift eta
    d
    f
    l
    b
    e
    a
    180°
    2131.50.
    Description:
    For welding work, the conditions according to DIN EN ISO 14341 apply.
    Welding work may only be performed by a welder with qualification
    according to EN 287-1.
    Material:
    Weld-on bracket: S355 J2 G3
    Ring: high-strength alloyed steel
    Note:
    Information about installation and removal, see operating instructions.
    Load capacity according to operating instructions or load capacity table
    in the specified directions of pull.
    When selecting the arrangement, make sure that unequal loading does
    not occur, e.g. if:
    - no free adjustment is possible in the direction of pull
    - direction of pull does not lie in the specified range
    - when fit closely at edges or surfaces
    1 1 2 2 2 2 3+4 3+4 2 3+4
    0° 90° 0° 90° 0–45° 45–60° 0–45° 45–60°
    2131.50.006 1.12 1.12 2.24 2.24 1.5 1.12 2.3 1.6 1.12 1.12
    2131.50.008 2 2 4 4 2.8 2 4.2 3 2 2
    2131.50.010 3.15 3.15 6.3 6.3 4.4 3.15 6.6 4.7 3.15 3.15
    2131.50.013 5.3 5.3 10.6 10.6 7.4 5.3 11.2 7.9 5.3 5.3
    2131.50.016 8 8 16 16 11.3 8 16.9 12 8 8
    2131.50.022 15 15 30 30 21 15 31.8 22.5 15 15
    G G G G G G G G
    Max. carrying capacity “G” in tonnes for various types of attachment
    Type of attachment
    Number of lines
    Angle of inclination/ load direction
    asymme­
    trical
    asymme­
    trical
    Order No carrying capacity in tonnes
    C39
    Order No
    Rated carrying
    capacity [t] Size a b d e f l
    2131.50.006 1.12 006 36 40 11 67 42 35
    2131.50.008 2 008 37 42 13 73 45 37
    2131.50.010 3.15 010 41 45 16.5 80 47 40
    2131.50.013 5.3 013 61 55 22 97 53 50
    2131.50.016 8 016 63 70 25 120 73 64
    2131.50.022 15 022 89 97 33 163 92 90
    2131.50. Attachment point weldable profilift eta
    subject to alterations
    Lifting flange with bolt with safety ring, to BMW
    Note:
    Centering pin 2445.10.022.045 to be ordered separately
    Order No for spare part bolt with safety ring: 2133.11.□□□.1
    Order No for lifting flange with bolt, with safety ring, two centering pins
    and fixing screws, to BMW: 2133.11.00.15.□□□, 2133.11.00.15.062.36
    d 2
    u u
    t t
    90
    m m
    t t
    u u
    m m
    c = (2 x r)
    g
    g f
    f
    a
    a
    v w
    h
    v w
    h
    n
    90
    p
    r
    d 1
    H7
    k
    R45
    d 1
    k
    30°
    s
    2133.11.082.1
    2133.11.???.1
    2133.11.032 - .062.
    2133.11.082
    ø22
    s
    2445.10.022.045
    10 x 45°
    2133.11.
    e
    t
    d 4
    b
    ø27
    d 3
    l
    l
    1
    C40
    Order No
    max. carrying capacity
    (2 lifting flanges) [kg]* d 1 d 2 a b c e f g h k l m n p s t u v w d 3 d 4 t 1
    Socket head cap screw
    DIN EN ISO 4762
    2133.11.032 6400 30 32 126 185 80 75 50 38 85 50 158 45 40 12 16 20 40 30 35 17.5 2617.5 M16x80
    2133.11.042 10000 40 42 150 210100 95 60 45 87 55 187 52 50 12 2022.545 25 40 22 3321.5 M20x100
    2133.11.052 16000 50 52 175 240120 115 75 50 95 70 220 62.5 60 16 24 25 50 35 45 26 4025.5 M24x120
    2133.11.062.36 25000 60 62 200 300140 130 80 60 145 80 246 77.5 65 20 30 35 65 60 65 39 57 38 M36x160
    2133.11.082 36000 80 82 250 300160 150 10075 105 95 305 100 90 20 30 30 60 30 60 33 48 32 M30x160
    *The maximum permissible load capacity is to be calculated such that two lifting flanges one their own are capable of carrying or turning the tool.
    2133.11. Lifting flange with bolt with safety ring, to BMW
    subject to alterations
    Lifting flange with bolt with safety ring, to AUDI
    f f
    a 1
    l l
    d 2
    c
    m
    t t t
    a
    x
    e
    w h
    w v
    k h
    H7
    b
    ø25
    ø22
    n
    b 1
    k
    20 25
    a
    u u u u
    t
    m m m
    c 1
    s
    a 1
    d 1
    d 1
    s
    s
    45°
    2445.10.022.045
    e 2
    d 6
    d 5
    2133.11.10.???.1
    2133.11.10.052
    2133.11.10.???.1
    2133.11.10.065
    2133.11.10.
    Note:
    Centering pin 2445.10.022.045 to be ordered separately
    Order No for spare part bolt with safety ring: 2133.11.10.□□□.1
    Order No for lifting flange with bolt, with safety ring, two centering pins
    and fixing screws, to AUDI: 2133.11.00.10.□□□
    C41
    Order No
    max. carrying
    capacity
    (2 lifting
    flanges) [kg]* d 1 d 2 a a 1 b b 1 c c 1 e f h k l m n s t u v w x d 5 d 6 e 2
    Socket head cap
    screw
    DIN EN ISO 4762
    2133.11.10.052 16000 50 52 188 177 290 227.5 125 35 67 75 37.5 80 221 68.5 135 35 31 62 42.5 45 20 26 40 65 M24x100
    2133.11.00.10.052 16000 50 52 188 177 290 227.5 125 35 67 75 37.5 80 221 68.5 135 35 31 62 42.5 45 20 26 40 65 M24x100
    2133.11.10.065 25000 63 65 280 220 333 258 150 47 91 80 42 90 277 107 150 35 45 90 42 65 46 39 58 84 M36x120
    2133.11.00.10.065 25000 63 65 280 220 333 258 150 47 91 80 42 90 277 107 150 35 45 90 42 65 46 39 58 84 M36x120
    *The maximum permissible load capacity is to be calculated such that two lifting flanges one their own are capable of carrying or turning the tool.
    2133.11.10. Lifting flange with bolt with safety ring, to AUDI
    subject to alterations
    Lifting flange with bolt with safety ring
    Note:
    Order No for spare part bolt with safety ring: 2133.12.□□□.1
    w
    ød
    l
    p
    b
    a
    øg
    d c
    o
    f n
    øm
    h
    3
    2133.12.???.1
    2133.12.
    C42
    Order No
    max. carrying capacity
    (2 lifting flanges) [kg]* a b c d f
    g
    H13 h l m n o p w d 3
    2133.12.016 1200 80 50 40 22.5 39 16 70 32 12.5 80 145 52 11 15.6
    2133.12.021 2000 90 60 40 27.5 42 21 79 36 16.5 90 160 56 13 20.6
    2133.12.026 4000 100 65 65 32.5 60 26 90 50 21 120 215 70 20 25.6
    *The maximum permissible load capacity is to be calculated such that two lifting flanges one their own are capable of carrying or turning the tool.
    2133.12. Lifting flange with bolt with safety ring
    subject to alterations
    Lifting flange with bolt with safety ring
    øn
    r
    øo øg
    c
    b q p
    h s
    m
    e d
    i
    t
    f l
    a
    ød 3
    2133.12.???.1
    w
    2133.12.
    Note:
    Order No for spare part bolt with safety ring: 2133.12.□□□.1
    C43
    Order No
    max. carrying capacity
    (2 lifting flanges) [kg]* a b c d e f
    g
    H13 h i l m n o p q r s t w d 3
    2133.12.034 8000 135 56 84 60 20 85 34 125 100 96 111 18 28 50 30 30 72 221 30 33
    2133.12.044 14000 180 80 110 70 30 100 44 160 125 130 140 22 36 60 40 35 90 270 40 43
    *The maximum permissible load capacity is to be calculated such that two lifting flanges one their own are capable of carrying or turning the tool.
    2133.12. Lifting flange with bolt with safety ring
    subject to alterations
    Lifting flange with bolt with safety ring, with feather key,
    to CNOMO Standard
    Note:
    Order No for spare part bolt with safety ring:
    2132.11.032 for 2133.13.033
    2132.11.040 for 2133.13.041
    Feather key to DIN 6885:
    14x9x63 up to 2133.13.033
    16x10x100 up to 2133.13.041
    2133.13.
    C44
    Order No
    max. carrying capacity
    (2 lifting flanges) [kg]* a b c d e f g h j k l m n p q r s t u v w y z a 1 b 1 d 1 e 1 f 1 g 1
    2133.13.033 8000 32 33 35 55 55 36 125 221 100135 50 30 25 111 48 30 28 20 60 42 24 10 20 14 4.5 4.5 18 28 17
    2133.13.041 12600 40 41 50 60 60 45 160 270 125180 60 40 35 140 65 35 40 30 70 55 27 12.5 25 16 5 5 22 36 21
    *The maximum permissible load capacity is to be calculated such that two lifting flanges one their own are capable of carrying or turning the tool.
    2133.13. Lifting flange with bolt with safety ring, with feather key, to CNOMO Standard
    subject to alterations
    Lifting flange with bolt with safety ring, with feather key, to BMW
    a
    f
    l
    122.5 122.5
    u
    t t
    c
    c
    e
    e
    65
    v w v
    60
    w
    k
    d 4
    d 2
    b b
    n n
    d 2
    d 3
    k
    42 H7 50 H7
    e 1
    e 2
    e 1
    e 2
    u u
    u
    t t
    a
    f
    l
    p
    p
    d 1
    d 1
    s
    s
    R45
    R50
    3 x 2133.15.082.300.2 2 x 2133.15.082.345.2
    1 x 2133.15.082.345.3
    2133.15.082.300 2133.15.082.345
    2133.15.082.300.1 2133.15.082.345.1
    t 1
    2133.15.
    Note:
    Order number of spare part for bolt with safety ring:
    2133.15.082.□□□.1
    Order number of spare part for feather key:
    3x 2133.15.082.300.2 for 2133.15.082.300
    2x 2133.15.082.345.2 and 1x 2133.15.082.345.3 for 2133.15.082.345
    Order number of lifting flange with bolt and feather key including
    mounting screws according to BMW norm:
    2133.15.0.082.□□□
    C45
    Order No
    max. carrying capacity
    (2 lifting flanges) [kg]* d 1 d 2 a b c e f k l n p s t u v w d 3 d 4 t 1 e 1 e 2
    Socket head cap screw
    DIN EN ISO 4762
    2133.15.082.300 50000 80 82 300 435 200140120115360 199 30 30 70 100 45 125 39 58 37 21 19 M36x160
    2133.15.082.345 63000 80 82 345 480 240170135130405 220 30 30 50 85 50 130 39 58 37 26 22 M36x200
    *The maximum permissible load capacity is to be calculated such that two lifting flanges one their own are capable of carrying or turning the tool.
    2133.15. Lifting flange with bolt with safety ring, with feather key, to BMW
    subject to alterations
    Die lifting bolt with safety ring, VDI 3366
    Mounting example
    Note:
    It is important to ensure that there is safety clearance on both outer
    sides of the cast cheeks and that there is room for installation on one
    side.
    The lifting bolt must always be introduced from the outside of the tool
    towards the middle.
    2132.10.
    C46
    Order No
    max. carrying capacity
    (2 die lifting bolts) [kg]* d d 1 d 2 d 3 d 4 l 1 l 2 l 3 s s 1
    2132.10.032 6400 40 32 32 13 M10 175 145 10 10 10
    2132.10.040 10000 50 40 40 16 M12 225 188 10 14 13
    2132.10.050 16000 60 50 50 24 M20 273 230 11 16 16
    2132.10.063 25000 75 63 63 30 M24 347 295 14 18 20
    2132.10.076 63000 95 76 76 40 M36 422 360 15 20 27
    *The maximum permissible load capacity is to be calculated such that two bolts on their own are capable of carrying or turning the tool.
    2132.10. Die lifting bolt with safety ring, VDI 3366
    subject to alterations
    Die lifting bolt with safety ring and spring, to VW standard
    1
    s
    +0,2
    s +0,2
    3
    l
    2
    +1
    l
    l 1 +1
    d
    d 1 h11
    d 1 h11
    2132.10.55.
    d 2
    d 1 h11
    Note:
    It is important to ensure that there is safety clearance on both outer
    sides of the cast cheeks and that there is room for installation on one
    side.
    The lifting bolt must always be introduced from the outside of the tool
    towards the middle.
    Mounting example
    C47
    Order No
    max. carrying capacity
    (2 die lifting bolts) [kg]* d d 1 d 2 l 1 l 2 l 3 s s 1
    2132.10.55.032 6400 40 32 21 175 145 10 10 10
    2132.10.55.040 10000 50 40 28 225 188 10 14 13
    2132.10.55.050 16000 60 50 36 273 230 11 16 16
    2132.10.55.063 25000 75 63 45 347 295 14 18 20
    2132.10.55.076 63000 95 76 56 422 360 15 20 27
    *The maximum permissible load capacity is to be calculated such that two bolts on their own are capable of carrying or turning the tool.
    2132.10.55. Die lifting bolt with safety ring and spring, to VW standard
    subject to alterations
    Die lifting bolt with safety ring and spring, CNOMO Standard
    Mounting example
    Note:
    It is important to ensure that there is safety clearance on both outer
    sides of the cast cheeks and that there is room for installation on one
    side.
    The lifting bolt must always be introduced from the outside of the tool
    towards the middle.
    2132.11.
    C48
    Order No
    max. carrying capacity
    (2 die lifting bolts) [kg]* d d 1 d 2 d 3 d 4 l 1 l 2 l 3 s s 1 s 2 t
    2132.11.032 12000 40 32 22 12 25 154 132 6 10 5 11 2.5
    2132.11.040 18000 50 40 28 16 32 197.75 170 8 12.5 6 13.75 3
    2132.11.050 28000 63 50 36 20 40 247.6 212 10 16 8 17.6 4
    2132.11.063 45000 80 63 45 25 50 309 265 12 20 10 22 5
    *The maximum permissible load capacity is to be calculated such that two bolts on their own are capable of carrying or turning the tool.
    2132.11. Die lifting bolt with safety ring and spring, CNOMO Standard
    subject to alterations
    Bush for die lifting bolt
    2132.10.03. .1
    2
    2
    4
    4
    l
    l
    4
    28
    3
    d
    2
    d
    1
    d
    3
    d
    2
    d
    1
    d
    Description:
    Bush for casting-in, for lifting bolts 2132.10./11.
    Material:
    Steel
    Mounting example
    C49
    Order No d 1 d 2 d 3 l Number of grooves
    2132.10.03.032.1.1 32 44 34 40 1
    2132.10.03.040.2.1 40 52 42 50 1
    2132.10.03.050.3.1 50 62 52 60 1
    2132.10.03.063.4.1 63 75 65 80 1
    2132.10.03.076.5.1 76 100 78 100 2
    2132.10.03.076.6.1 76 105 78 100 2
    2132.10.03. .1 Bush for die lifting bolt
    subject to alterations
    Die lifting bolt with safety ring, for lifting flange 2133.12.
    øg
    Mounting example
    Note:
    It is important to ensure that there is safety clearance on both outer
    sides of the cast cheeks and that there is room for installation on one
    side.
    The lifting bolt must always be introduced from the outside of the tool
    towards the middle.
    2133.12. .1
    C50
    Order No
    max. carrying capacity
    (2 die lifting bolts) [kg]* g d d 1 d 2 d 3 d 4 l 1 l 2 l 3 s s 1
    2133.12.016.1 1200 16 25 15.6 15.6 6 M5 102.5 77 6 8 11.5
    2133.12.021.1 2000 21 30 20.6 20.6 7 M6 113.5 86 6 8 13.5
    2133.12.026.1 4000 26 35 25.6 25.6 9 M6 128.5 100 6 9 13.5
    2133.12.034.1 8000 34 43 33 33 12 M8 166.5 135 6 10 15.5
    2133.12.044.1 14000 44 53 43 43 16 M12 210.5 175 8 12 20.5
    *The maximum permissible load capacity is to be calculated such that two bolts on their own are capable of carrying or turning the tool.
    2133.12. .1 Die lifting bolt with safety ring, for lifting flange 2133.12.
    Please request your catalogue
    Lifting systems
    Chain system
    Steel ropes
    Lifting ropes
    Please request your catalogue
    Lifting systems
    Chain system
    Steel ropes
    Lifting ropes
    C51
    subject to alterations
    Clamp, forked shape, DIN 6315-B
    Clamping claw, goose-neck shape
    Material:
    Heat-treated steel, painted
    Note:
    Holding and contact surfaces are plane-parallel. High clamping forces
    can be achieved by using high-strength screws conforming to DIN 787.
    The dimensions of the holding strap should be matched to the strength
    of the bolts.
    Supplied without clamping bolt,
    suitable clamping bolts: 2140.30.
    Material:
    Steel, forged and heat-treated ,
    galvanised and yellow passivated
    Note:
    Clamping claws quickly span very different clamping heigths without
    the need for additional supports and take up very little space on the
    machine table. They are designed for maximum loads and are particu-
    larly suitable for clamping cutting and punching tools.
    Supplied without clamping bolt,
    suitable clamping bolts: 2140.30.
    1
    a
    b 2
    a 2
    b 1
    c
    b 3
    2140.17.
    b 2
    a 2
    m
    h
    1
    a
    k
    f e
    b 1
    2140.15.
    C52
    Order No a 1 a 2 b 1 b 2 b 3 c
    2140.17.09.080 8 9 80 25 8 15
    2140.17.11.100 10 11 100 31 10 20
    2140.17.14.125 12 o. 14 14 125 38 12 25
    2140.17.14.160 12 o. 14 14 160 38 12 25
    2140.17.14.200 12 o. 14 14 200 38 12 25
    2140.17.18.160 16 o. 18 18 160 48 15 30
    2140.17.18.200 16 o. 18 18 200 48 15 30
    2140.17.18.250 16 o. 18 18 250 48 15 40
    2140.17.22.200 20 o. 22 22 200 52 15 40
    2140.17.22.250 20 o. 22 22 250 62 20 40
    2140.17.22.315 20 o. 22 22 315 62 20 40
    2140.17.26.200 24 26 200 66 20 40
    2140.17.26.250 24 26 250 66 20 40
    2140.17.26.315 24 26 315 66 20 40
    Order No a 1 a 2 b 1 b 2 e f k m
    Clamping
    height h
    2140.15.22 20 o. 22 22 200 66 88 112 20 60 25 - 50
    2140.15.26 24 o. 26 26 232 76 97 135 24 70 30 - 70
    2140.15.32 36 32 263 90 107 156 28 80 40 - 75
    2140.17.
    2140.15.
    Clamp, forked shape, DIN 6315-B
    Clamping claw, goose-neck shape
    subject to alterations
    Clamping claw, infinitely variable
    l
    1
    d
    c
    h
    2
    a
    b 2
    b 1
    e
    d
    1
    a
    f
    2140.13.
    k
    e
    m
    h
    c d
    f
    1
    b
    b 2
    a 2
    a 2
    1
    a
    2140.14.
    Material:
    Steel, forged and head-treated, tempered in burnishing clay.
    Note:
    Clamping claws quickly span very different clamping heigths without
    the need for additional supports and take up very little space on the
    machine table. They are designed for maximum loads and are particu-
    larly suitable for clamping cutting and punching tools.
    Supplied with clamping bolt,
    suitable clamping bolts: 2140.30.
    Material:
    Steel, forged and heat-treated ,
    galvanised and yellow passivated
    Note:
    Clamping claws quickly span very different clamping heigths without
    the need for additional supports and take up very little space on the
    machine table. They are designed for maximum loads and are particu-
    larly suitable for clamping cutting and punching tools.
    Supplied without clamping bolt,
    suitable clamping bolts: 2140.30.
    C53
    Order No a 1 a 2 b 1 b 2 c d e f h*
    Clamping bolt
    d 1 x a 1 x l
    2140.13.12.17 12 17 140 50 55 60 30 110 0-50 M12x12x125
    2140.13.14.17 14 17 140 50 55 60 30 110 0-50 M12x14x125
    2140.13.16.17 16 17 140 50 55 60 30 110 0-75 M16x16x160
    2140.13.18.17 18 17 140 50 55 60 30 110 0-75 M16x18x160
    2140.13.16.21 16 21 175 60 70 80 40 135 0-65 M16x16x160
    2140.13.18.21 18 21 175 60 70 80 40 135 0-65 M16x18x160
    2140.13.22.21 22 21 175 60 70 80 40 135 0-85 M20x22x200
    *Clamping height
    Order No a 1 a 2 b 1 b 2 c d e f k m h max
    2140.14.13 12 o. 14 13 88 38 28 48 23 68 14 52 35
    2140.14.18 16 o. 18 18 130 56 38 74 29 101 18 80 55
    2140.14.22 20 o. 22 22 140 66 46 80 32 112 20 98 65
    2140.14.26 24 o. 28 26 174 76 52 100 39 135 24 110 75
    2140.14.32 36 32 200 90 61 110 44 156 28 118 80
    2140.13.
    2140.14.
    Clamping claw, infinitely variable
    Clamping claw, infinitely variable
    subject to alterations
    Clamp, straight, DIN 6314
    Clamp, straight, with setscrew
    Material:
    Heat-treated steel, painted
    Note:
    Holding and contact surfaces are plane-parallel. High clamping forces
    can be achieved by using high-strength screws conforming to DIN 787.
    The dimensions of the holding strap should be matched to the strength
    of the bolts.
    Supplied without clamping bolt,
    suitable clamping bolts: 2140.30.
    2140.16.26.250: c = 35 mm, does not conform to DIN
    Material:
    Heat-treated steel, painted
    Note:
    Supplied with setscrew and clamping bolt for T grooves conforming to
    DIN 787 8.8 with nut and washer.
    a 1
    b 3
    b 2
    a 2
    e 1 e 2
    b 1
    c
    2140.16.
    h
    b 1
    e 1
    b 3
    d 2
    e 2
    d 1
    b 2
    c
    l
    a 1
    a 2
    2140.10.
    C54
    Order No a 1 a 2 b 1 b 2 b 3 c e 1 e 2
    2140.16.09.060 8 9 60 25 10 12 13 22
    2140.16.11.080 10 11 80 30 12 15 15 30
    2140.16.14.100 12 o. 14 14 100 40 14 20 21 40
    2140.16.14.125 12 o. 14 14 125 40 14 20 21 50
    2140.16.18.125 16 o. 18 18 125 50 18 25 26 45
    2140.16.18.160 16 o. 18 18 160 50 18 25 26 65
    2140.16.22.160 20 o. 22 22 160 60 22 30 30 60
    2140.16.22.200 20 o. 22 22 200 60 22 30 30 80
    2140.16.26.200 24 26 200 70 26 30 35 80
    2140.16.26.250 24 26 250 70 26 35 35 105
    Order No a 1 a 2 b 1 b 2 b 3 c d 1, 2 e 1 e 2 h*
    Clamping bolt
    d 1 x a 1 x l
    2140.10.10 10 11 80 30 12 15 M10 15 30 8 - 32 M10x10x80
    2140.10.12 12 14 100 40 14 20 M12 21 40 10 - 40 M12x12x100
    2140.10.14 14 14 100 40 14 20 M12 21 40 10 - 38 M12x14x100
    2140.10.16 16 18 125 50 18 25 M16 26 45 13 - 49 M16x16x125
    2140.10.18 18 18 125 50 18 25 M16 26 45 13 - 46 M16x18x125
    2140.10.20 20 22 160 60 22 30 M20 30 60 16 - 65 M20x20x160
    2140.10.22 22 22 160 60 22 30 M20 30 60 16 - 65 M20x22x160
    *Clamping height depends on the groove depth
    2140.16.
    2140.10.
    Clamp, straight, DIN 6314
    Clamp, straight, with setscrew
    subject to alterations
    Clamp, goose neck shape, DIN 6316
    Clamp, goose neck shape, with setscrew
    e 1 e 2
    e 3
    2c
    b 2
    b 1
    c
    b 3
    a 1
    a 2
    2140.18.
    h
    d 2
    e 1 e 2
    e 3
    2c
    d 1
    b 2
    b 1
    c
    b 3
    l
    a 1
    a 2
    2140.11.
    Material:
    Heat-treated steel, painted
    Note:
    Holding and contact surfaces are plane-parallel. High clamping forces
    can be achieved by using high-strength screws conforming to DIN 787.
    The dimensions of the holding strap should be matched to the strength
    of the bolts.
    Supplied without clamping bolt,
    suitable clamping bolts: 2140.30.
    2140.18.26.250: c = 35 mm, does not conform to DIN
    Material:
    Heat-treated steel, painted
    Note:
    Supplied with setscrew and clamping bolt for T grooves conforming to
    DIN 787 8.8 with nut and washer.
    C55
    Order No a 1 a 2 b 1 b 2 b 3 c e 1 e 2 e 3
    2140.18.09.080 8 9 80 25 12 12 25 25 9
    2140.18.11.100 10 11 100 30 15 15 32 32 12
    2140.18.14.125 12 o. 14 14 125 40 20 20 40 40 16
    2140.18.18.125 16 o. 18 18 125 50 25 25 49 40 20
    2140.18.18.160 16 o. 18 18 160 50 25 25 49 50 20
    2140.18.22.160 20 o. 22 22 160 60 30 30 55 55 24
    2140.18.22.200 20 o. 22 22 200 60 30 30 55 70 24
    2140.18.26.200 24 26 200 70 35 30 72 60 28
    2140.18.26.250 24 26 250 70 35 35 72 80 28
    Order No a 1 a 2 b 1 b 2 b 3 ,c d 1, 2 e 1 e 2 e 3 h*
    Clamping bolt
    d 1 x a 1 x l
    2140.11.10 10 11 100 30 15 M10 32 32 12 22 - 46 M10x10x80
    2140.11.12 12 14 125 40 20 M12 40 40 16 28 - 58 M12x12x100
    2140.11.14 14 14 125 40 20 M12 40 40 16 28 - 56 M12x14x100
    2140.11.16 16 18 160 50 25 M16 49 50 20 36 - 72 M16x16x125
    2140.11.18 18 18 160 50 25 M16 49 50 20 36 - 69 M16x18x125
    2140.11.20 20 22 200 60 30 M20 55 70 24 43 - 92 M20x20x160
    2140.11.22 22 22 200 60 30 M20 55 70 24 43 - 92 M20x22x160
    *Clamping height depends on the groove depth
    2140.18.
    2140.11. Clamp, goose neck shape, with
    setscrew
    Clamp, goose neck shape, DIN 6316
    subject to alterations
    Support, adjustable
    Stepped Block DIN 6318
    Material:
    Heat-treated steel, painted
    Note:
    Centring hole diameter 12 mm. Spindle with self-locking trapezoidal
    thread and end lock.
    Material:
    Engineering cast iron, painted.
    Note:
    Holding and contact surfaces are plane-parallel. High clamping forces
    can be achieved by using high-strength screws conforming to DIN 787.
    The dimensions of the holding strap should be matched to the strength
    of the bolts.
    h
    1
    h
    12
    2
    d
    1
    d
    2140.20.
    b
    b 1
    15
    15 15 20
    15 h 15
    a
    h
    7,5
    15
    37,5
    30
    90
    a
    2140.19.
    A
    B
    C56
    Order No h h 1 d 1 d 2 F max [daN]
    2140.20.042 42 52 50 50 6000
    2140.20.050 50 70 50 50 6000
    2140.20.070 70 100 50 50 6000
    2140.20.100 100 140 65 70 10000
    2140.20.140 140 210 70 80 17000
    2140.20.190 190 300 80 100 35000
    Order No Ordering size a b b 1 h Shape
    2140.19.050.050 50 42.5 50 50 12.5 A
    2140.19.095.050 95 95 50 55 57.5 B
    2140.19.140.050 140 100 50 60 102.5 B
    2140.19.185.050 185 105 50 65 147.5 B
    2140.19.230.050 230 110 50 70 192.5 B
    2140.19.275.050 275 115 50 75 237.5 B
    2140.19.050.080 50 42.5 80 80 12.5 A
    2140.19.095.080 95 95 80 85 57.5 B
    2140.19.140.080 140 100 80 90 102.5 B
    2140.20.
    2140.19. Stepped Block DIN 6318
    Support, adjustable
    subject to alterations
    Set screw
    Hexagon Nut DIN 6330 B
    k
    3
    d
    M
    d 2
    l
    2140.02.
    m
    e
    s
    M
    2140.32.
    Material:
    heat-treated, strength class 8.8
    Material:
    heat-treated, strength class 10.9
    Note:
    Use washers conforming to DIN 6340.
    C57
    Order No M d 2 d 3 k l
    2140.02.10 M10 16 30 8 39
    2140.02.12 M12 20 36 10 48
    2140.02.16 M16 25 42 13 55
    2140.02.20 M20 25 50 16 69
    2140.02.24 M24 34 60 20 87
    Order No M e m s
    2140.32.08 M8 15 12 13
    2140.32.10 M10 18.4 15 16
    2140.32.12 M12 20.7 18 18
    2140.32.14 M14 24.2 21 21
    2140.32.16 M16 27.7 24 24
    2140.32.18 M18 31.2 27 27
    2140.32.20 M20 34.6 30 30
    2140.32.22 M22 39.2 33 34
    2140.32.24 M24 41.5 36 36
    2140.32.30 M30 53.1 45 46
    2140.02.
    2140.32. Hexagon Nut DIN 6330 B
    Set screw
    subject to alterations
    Hexagon nut with collar, DIN 6331
    Washer DIN 6340
    Material:
    heat-treated, strength class 10.9
    Execution:
    turned and milled
    Note:
    Thread length 1,5 x M
    Material:
    heat-treated, strength 1200–1400 N/mm²
    a
    d 1
    m
    e
    s
    M
    2140.33.
    1
    d
    2
    d
    s
    2140.34.
    C58
    Order No M a d 1 e m s
    2140.33.08 M8 3.5 18 15 12 13
    2140.33.10 M10 4 22 18.4 15 16
    2140.33.12 M12 4 25 20.7 18 18
    2140.33.14 M14 4.5 28 24.2 21 21
    2140.33.16 M16 5 31 27.7 24 24
    2140.33.18 M18 5 34 31.2 27 27
    2140.33.20 M20 6 37 34.6 30 30
    2140.33.22 M22 6 40 39.2 33 34
    2140.33.24 M24 6 45 41.5 36 36
    2140.33.30 M30 6 58 53.1 45 46
    Order No M d 1 d 2 s
    2140.34.08 M8 8.4 23 4
    2140.34.10 M10 10.5 28 4
    2140.34.12 M12 13 35 5
    2140.34.14 M14 15 40 5
    2140.34.16 M16 17 45 6
    2140.34.18 M18 19 45 6
    2140.34.20 M20 21 50 6
    2140.34.22 M22 23 50 8
    2140.34.24 M24 25 60 8
    2140.34.30 M30 31 68 10
    2140.33.
    2140.34.
    Hexagon nut with collar, DIN 6331
    Washer DIN 6340
    subject to alterations
    Screw for T-slot, DIN 787
    a
    1
    a
    1
    d
    b
    l k
    e
    2140.30.
    Material:
    heat-treated,
    M 8 – M12 to strength class 10.9
    M14 – M30 to strength class 8.8
    Execution:
    forged, thread rolled, T-slot milled
    C59
    Order No a 1 a b d 1 e k l Order No a 1 a b d 1 e k l
    2140.30.08.08.032 8 7.7 22 M8 13 6 32 2140.30.20.20.100 20 19.7 65 M20 32 12 100
    2140.30.08.08.050 8 7.7 35 M8 13 6 50 2140.30.20.20.125 20 19.7 85 M20 32 12 125
    2140.30.08.08.080 8 7.7 50 M8 13 6 80 2140.30.20.20.160 20 19.7 110 M20 32 12 160
    2140.30.10.10.040 10 9.7 30 M10 15 6 40 2140.30.20.20.200 20 19.7 125 M20 32 12 200
    2140.30.10.10.063 10 9.7 45 M10 15 6 63 2140.30.20.20.250 20 19.7 150 M20 32 12 250
    2140.30.10.10.100 10 9.7 60 M10 15 6 100 2140.30.20.20.315 20 19.7 190 M20 32 12 315
    2140.30.12.12.050 12 11.7 35 M12 18 7 50 2140.30.20.22.080 22 21.7 55 M20 35 14 80
    2140.30.12.12.063 12 11.7 40 M12 18 7 63 2140.30.20.22.100 22 21.7 65 M20 35 14 100
    2140.30.12.12.080 12 11.7 55 M12 18 7 80 2140.30.20.22.125 22 21.7 85 M20 35 14 125
    2140.30.12.12.125 12 11.7 75 M12 18 7 125 2140.30.20.22.160 22 21.7 110 M20 35 14 160
    2140.30.12.12.200 12 11.7 120 M12 18 7 200 2140.30.20.22.200 22 21.7 125 M20 35 14 200
    2140.30.12.14.050 14 13.7 35 M12 22 8 50 2140.30.20.22.250 22 21.7 150 M20 35 14 250
    2140.30.12.14.063 14 13.7 45 M12 22 8 63 2140.30.20.22.315 22 21.7 190 M20 35 14 315
    2140.30.12.14.080 14 13.7 55 M12 22 8 80 2140.30.24.24.100 24 23.7 70 M24 40 16 100
    2140.30.12.14.125 14 13.7 75 M12 22 8 125 2140.30.24.24.125 24 23.7 85 M24 40 16 125
    2140.30.12.14.200 14 13.7 120 M12 22 8 200 2140.30.24.24.160 24 23.7 110 M24 40 16 160
    2140.30.14.16.063 16 15.7 45 M14 25 9 63 2140.30.24.24.200 24 23.7 125 M24 40 16 200
    2140.30.14.16.100 16 15.7 65 M14 25 9 100 2140.30.24.24.250 24 23.7 150 M24 40 16 250
    2140.30.14.16.160 16 15.7 125 M14 25 9 160 2140.30.24.24.315 24 23.7 190 M24 40 16 315
    2140.30.14.16.250 16 15.7 150 M14 25 9 250 2140.30.24.24.400 24 23.7 240 M24 40 16 400
    2140.30.16.16.063 16 15.7 45 M16 25 9 63 2140.30.24.28.100 28 27.7 70 M24 44 18 100
    2140.30.16.16.080 16 15.7 55 M16 25 9 80 2140.30.24.28.125 28 27.7 85 M24 44 18 125
    2140.30.16.16.100 16 15.7 65 M16 25 9 100 2140.30.24.28.160 28 27.7 110 M24 44 18 160
    2140.30.16.16.160 16 15.7 100 M16 25 9 160 2140.30.24.28.200 28 27.7 125 M24 44 18 200
    2140.30.16.16.200 16 15.7 125 M16 25 9 200 2140.30.24.28.250 28 27.7 150 M24 44 18 250
    2140.30.16.16.250 16 15.7 150 M16 25 9 250 2140.30.24.28.315 28 27.7 190 M24 44 18 315
    2140.30.16.18.063 18 17.7 45 M16 28 10 63 2140.30.24.28.400 28 27.7 240 M24 44 18 400
    2140.30.16.18.080 18 17.7 55 M16 28 10 80 2140.30.30.36.125 36 35.6 80 M30 54 22 125
    2140.30.16.18.100 18 17.7 65 M16 28 10 100 2140.30.30.36.160 36 35.6 110 M30 54 22 160
    2140.30.16.18.160 18 17.7 100 M16 28 10 160 2140.30.30.36.200 36 35.6 135 M30 54 22 200
    2140.30.16.18.200 18 17.7 125 M16 28 10 200 2140.30.30.36.250 36 35.6 150 M30 54 22 250
    2140.30.16.18.250 18 17.7 150 M16 28 10 250 2140.30.30.36.315 36 35.6 200 M30 54 22 315
    2140.30.20.20.080 20 19.7 55 M20 32 12 80 2140.30.30.36.500 36 35.6 300 M30 54 22 500
    2140.30. Screw for T-slot, DIN 787
    subject to alterations
    Hexagon socket head cap screw, DIN EN ISO 4762 - Strength class 8.8
    s
    d
    M
    1
    l
    l k
    2192.10.
    C60
    Order No M l l 1 d k s Order No M l l 1 d k s
    2192.10.04.012 M4 12 10 7 4 3 2192.10.10.050 M10 50 32 16 10 8
    2192.10.04.016 M4 16 14 7 4 3 2192.10.10.060 M10 60 32 16 10 8
    2192.10.04.020 M4 20 18 7 4 3 2192.10.12.025 M12 25 20 18 12 10
    2192.10.04.025 M4 25 23 7 4 3 2192.10.12.030 M12 30 25 18 12 10
    2192.10.05.020 M5 20 18 8.5 5 4 2192.10.12.035 M12 35 30 18 12 10
    2192.10.05.025 M5 25 23 8.5 5 4 2192.10.12.040 M12 40 35 18 12 10
    2192.10.05.030 M5 30 22 8.5 5 4 2192.10.12.045 M12 45 40 18 12 10
    2192.10.06.016 M6 16 13 10 6 5 2192.10.12.050 M12 50 45 18 12 10
    2192.10.06.020 M6 20 17 10 6 5 2192.10.12.070 M12 70 36 18 12 10
    2192.10.06.025 M6 25 22 10 6 5 2192.10.12.080 M12 80 36 18 12 10
    2192.10.06.030 M6 30 27 10 6 5 2192.10.16.030 M16 30 24 24 16 14
    2192.10.06.035 M6 35 24 10 6 5 2192.10.16.035 M16 35 29 24 16 14
    2192.10.06.040 M6 40 24 10 6 5 2192.10.16.040 M16 40 34 24 16 14
    2192.10.06.045 M6 45 24 10 6 5 2192.10.16.045 M16 45 39 24 16 14
    2192.10.06.050 M6 50 24 10 6 5 2192.10.16.050 M16 50 44 24 16 14
    2192.10.06.055 M6 55 24 10 6 5 2192.10.16.055 M16 55 49 24 16 14
    2192.10.06.060 M6 60 24 10 6 5 2192.10.16.060 M16 60 54 24 16 14
    2192.10.06.070 M6 70 24 10 6 5 2192.10.16.100 M16 100 44 24 16 14
    2192.10.06.080 M6 80 24 10 6 5 2192.10.20.050 M20 50 42 30 20 17
    2192.10.06.090 M6 90 24 10 6 5 2192.10.20.060 M20 60 52 30 20 17
    2192.10.08.016 M8 16 12 13 8 6 2192.10.20.070 M20 70 62 30 20 17
    2192.10.08.020 M8 20 16 13 8 6 2192.10.20.090 M20 90 52 30 20 17
    2192.10.08.025 M8 25 21 13 8 6 2192.10.20.120 M20 120 52 30 20 17
    2192.10.08.030 M8 30 26 13 8 6 2192.10.24.060 M24 60 51 36 24 19
    2192.10.08.035 M8 35 31 13 8 6 2192.10.24.070 M24 70 61 36 24 19
    2192.10.08.040 M8 40 28 13 8 6 2192.10.24.080 M24 80 71 36 24 19
    2192.10.08.045 M8 45 28 13 8 6 2192.10.24.100 M24 100 60 36 24 19
    2192.10.08.050 M8 50 28 13 8 6 2192.10.24.120 M24 120 60 36 24 19
    2192.10.08.060 M8 60 28 13 8 6 2192.10.24.140 M24 140 60 36 24 19
    2192.10.10.016 M10 16 11 16 10 8 2192.10.30.140 M30 140 72 45 30 22
    2192.10.10.020 M10 20 15 16 10 8 2192.10.36.120 M36 120 84 54 36 27
    2192.10.10.025 M10 25 20 16 10 8 2192.10.36.160 M36 160 84 54 36 27
    2192.10.10.030 M10 30 25 16 10 8 2192.10.36.180 M36 180 84 54 36 27
    2192.10.10.035 M10 35 30 16 10 8 2192.10.36.200 M36 200 84 54 36 27
    2192.10.10.040 M10 40 35 16 10 8
    2192.10. Hexagon socket head cap screw, DIN EN ISO 4762 - Strength class 8.8
    subject to alterations
    Hexagon socket head cap screw, DIN EN ISO 4762 - Strength class 12.9
    2192.12.
    C61
    Order No M l l 1 d k s Order No M l l 1 d k s Order No M l l 1 d k s
    2192.12.03.008 M3 8 6 5.5 3 2.5 2192.12.10.055 M10 55 32 16 10 8 2192.12.16.120 M16 120 44 24 16 14
    2192.12.04.010 M4 10 8 7 4 3 2192.12.10.060 M10 60 32 16 10 8 2192.12.16.130 M16 130 44 24 16 14
    2192.12.06.010 M6 10 7 10 6 5 2192.12.10.065 M10 65 32 16 10 8 2192.12.16.140 M16 140 44 24 16 14
    2192.12.06.020 M6 20 17 10 6 5 2192.12.10.070 M10 70 32 16 10 8 2192.12.16.150 M16 150 44 24 16 14
    2192.12.06.025 M6 25 22 10 6 5 2192.12.10.075 M10 75 32 16 10 8 2192.12.16.160 M16 160 44 24 16 14
    2192.12.06.030 M6 30 27 10 6 5 2192.12.10.080 M10 80 32 16 10 8 2192.12.16.180 M16 180 44 24 16 14
    2192.12.06.035 M6 35 24 10 6 5 2192.12.10.090 M10 90 32 16 10 8 2192.12.16.200 M16 200 44 24 16 14
    2192.12.06.040 M6 40 24 10 6 5 2192.12.10.100 M10 100 32 16 10 8 2192.12.16.220 M16 220 44 24 16 14
    2192.12.06.045 M6 45 24 10 6 5 2192.12.10.110 M10 110 32 16 10 8 2192.12.16.240 M16 240 44 24 16 14
    2192.12.06.050 M6 50 24 10 6 5 2192.12.10.120 M10 120 32 16 10 8 2192.12.16.260 M16 260 44 24 16 14
    2192.12.06.055 M6 55 24 10 6 5 2192.12.10.130 M10 130 32 16 10 8 2192.12.16.280 M16 280 44 24 16 14
    2192.12.06.060 M6 60 24 10 6 5 2192.12.10.150 M10 150 32 16 10 8 2192.12.16.300 M16 300 44 24 16 14
    2192.12.06.070 M6 70 24 10 6 5 2192.12.10.180 M10 180 32 16 10 8 2192.12.20.100 M20 100 52 30 20 17
    2192.12.06.080 M6 80 24 10 6 5 2192.12.10.220 M10 220 32 16 10 8 2192.12.20.110 M20 110 52 30 20 17
    2192.12.06.085 M6 85 24 10 6 5 2192.12.12.040 M12 40 35 18 12 10 2192.12.20.120 M20 120 52 30 20 17
    2192.12.06.090 M6 90 24 10 6 5 2192.12.12.045 M12 45 40 18 12 10 2192.12.20.130 M20 130 52 30 20 17
    2192.12.06.100 M6 100 24 10 6 5 2192.12.12.050 M12 50 45 18 12 10 2192.12.20.140 M20 140 52 30 20 17
    2192.12.06.160 M6 160 24 10 6 5 2192.12.12.055 M12 55 36 18 12 10 2192.12.20.150 M20 150 52 30 20 17
    2192.12.06.200 M6 200 24 10 6 5 2192.12.12.060 M12 60 36 18 12 10 2192.12.20.160 M20 160 52 30 20 17
    2192.12.08.016 M8 16 12 13 8 6 2192.12.12.070 M12 70 36 18 12 10 2192.12.20.180 M20 180 52 30 20 17
    2192.12.08.030 M8 30 26 13 8 6 2192.12.12.080 M12 80 36 18 12 10 2192.12.20.190 M20 190 52 30 20 17
    2192.12.08.035 M8 35 31 13 8 6 2192.12.12.090 M12 90 36 18 12 10 2192.12.20.200 M20 200 52 30 20 17
    2192.12.08.040 M8 40 28 13 8 6 2192.12.12.100 M12 100 36 18 12 10 2192.12.20.220 M20 220 52 30 20 17
    2192.12.08.045 M8 45 28 13 8 6 2192.12.12.110 M12 110 36 18 12 10 2192.12.20.230 M20 230 52 30 20 17
    2192.12.08.050 M8 50 28 13 8 6 2192.12.12.120 M12 120 36 18 12 10 2192.12.20.240 M20 240 52 30 20 17
    2192.12.08.055 M8 55 28 13 8 6 2192.12.12.130 M12 130 36 18 12 10 2192.12.20.260 M20 260 52 30 20 17
    2192.12.08.060 M8 60 28 13 8 6 2192.12.12.140 M12 140 36 18 12 10 2192.12.20.280 M20 280 52 30 20 17
    2192.12.08.070 M8 70 28 13 8 6 2192.12.12.150 M12 150 36 18 12 10 2192.12.20.300 M20 300 52 30 20 17
    2192.12.08.075 M8 75 28 13 8 6 2192.12.12.180 M12 180 36 18 12 10 2192.12.24.120 M24 120 60 36 24 19
    2192.12.08.080 M8 80 28 13 8 6 2192.12.12.220 M12 220 36 18 12 10 2192.12.24.130 M24 130 60 36 24 19
    2192.12.08.090 M8 90 28 13 8 6 2192.12.16.040 M16 40 34 24 16 14 2192.12.24.140 M24 140 60 36 24 19
    2192.12.08.100 M8 100 28 13 8 6 2192.12.16.050 M16 50 44 24 16 14 2192.12.24.150 M24 150 60 36 24 19
    2192.12.08.110 M8 110 28 13 8 6 2192.12.16.060 M16 60 54 24 16 14 2192.12.24.160 M24 160 60 36 24 19
    2192.12.08.120 M8 120 28 13 8 6 2192.12.16.065 M16 65 44 24 16 14 2192.12.24.180 M24 180 60 36 24 19
    2192.12.10.030 M10 30 25 16 10 8 2192.12.16.070 M16 70 44 24 16 14 2192.12.24.200 M24 200 60 36 24 19
    2192.12.10.035 M10 35 30 16 10 8 2192.12.16.080 M16 80 44 24 16 14 2192.12.30.140 M30 140 72 45 30 22
    2192.12.10.040 M10 40 35 16 10 8 2192.12.16.090 M16 90 44 24 16 14 2192.12.30.160 M30 160 72 45 30 22
    2192.12.10.045 M10 45 32 16 10 8 2192.12.16.100 M16 100 44 24 16 14
    2192.12.10.050 M10 50 32 16 10 8 2192.12.16.110 M16 110 44 24 16 14
    2192.12. Hexagon socket head cap screw, DIN EN ISO 4762 - Strength class 12.9
    subject to alterations
    Hexagon socket head cap screw, with low profile head and key guide,
    DIN 6912 - Strength class 8.8
    M
    1
    l
    l k
    d
    s
    2192.20.
    C62
    Order No M l l 1 d k s Order No M l l 1 d k s
    2192.20.04.008 M4 8 6 7 2.8 3 2192.20.06.035 M6 35 18 10 4 5
    2192.20.04.010 M4 10 8 7 2.8 3 2192.20.06.040 M6 40 18 10 4 5
    2192.20.04.012 M4 12 10 7 2.8 3 2192.20.06.045 M6 45 18 10 4 5
    2192.20.04.016 M4 16 14 7 2.8 3 2192.20.06.050 M6 50 18 10 4 5
    2192.20.04.020 M4 20 14 7 2.8 3 2192.20.08.012 M8 12 7.3 13 5 6
    2192.20.04.025 M4 25 14 7 2.8 3 2192.20.08.016 M8 16 11.3 13 5 6
    2192.20.04.030 M4 30 14 7 2.8 3 2192.20.08.018 M8 18 13.3 13 5 6
    2192.20.04.035 M4 35 14 7 2.8 3 2192.20.08.020 M8 20 15.3 13 5 6
    2192.20.04.040 M4 40 14 7 2.8 3 2192.20.08.025 M8 25 20.3 13 5 6
    2192.20.05.008 M5 8 5.4 8.5 3.5 4 2192.20.08.030 M8 30 22 13 5 6
    2192.20.05.010 M5 10 7.4 8.5 3.5 4 2192.20.08.035 M8 35 22 13 5 6
    2192.20.05.012 M5 12 9.4 8.5 3.5 4 2192.20.08.040 M8 40 22 13 5 6
    2192.20.05.020 M5 20 17.4 8.5 3.5 4 2192.20.08.045 M8 45 22 13 5 6
    2192.20.05.025 M5 25 16 8.5 3.5 4 2192.20.08.050 M8 50 22 13 5 6
    2192.20.05.030 M5 30 16 8.5 3.5 4 2192.20.08.060 M8 60 22 13 5 6
    2192.20.05.035 M5 35 16 8.5 3.5 4 2192.20.10.020 M10 20 14.5 16 6.5 8
    2192.20.05.040 M5 40 16 8.5 3.5 4 2192.20.10.025 M10 25 19.5 16 6.5 8
    2192.20.06.008 M6 8 4.3 10 4 5 2192.20.10.030 M10 30 25.5 16 6.5 8
    2192.20.06.010 M6 10 6.3 10 4 5 2192.20.10.060 M10 60 26 16 6.5 8
    2192.20.06.012 M6 12 8.3 10 4 5 2192.20.10.080 M10 80 26 16 6.5 8
    2192.20.06.016 M6 16 12.3 10 4 5 2192.20.10.090 M10 90 26 16 6.5 8
    2192.20.06.018 M6 18 14.3 10 4 5 2192.20.12.030 M12 30 20 18 7.5 10
    2192.20.06.020 M6 20 16.3 10 4 5 2192.20.12.035 M12 35 25 18 7.5 10
    2192.20.06.025 M6 25 21.3 10 4 5 2192.20.16.040 M16 40 0 24 8 14
    2192.20.06.030 M6 30 18 10 4 5
    2192.20. Hexagon socket head cap screw, with low profile head and key guide, DIN 6912 -
    Strength class 8.8
    subject to alterations
    Hexagon socket head cap screw, with low profile head, DIN 7984 -
    Strength class 8.8
    1
    l
    k
    s
    d
    M
    l
    2192.40.
    C63
    Order No M l l 1 d k s Order No M l l 1 d k s
    2192.40.04.008 M4 8 5.9 7 2.8 2.5 2192.40.06.025 M6 25 22 10 4 4
    2192.40.04.010 M4 10 7.9 7 2.8 2.5 2192.40.06.030 M6 30 18 10 4 4
    2192.40.04.012 M4 12 9.9 7 2.8 2.5 2192.40.06.035 M6 35 18 10 4 4
    2192.40.04.016 M4 16 13.9 7 2.8 2.5 2192.40.06.040 M6 40 18 10 4 4
    2192.40.04.020 M4 20 17.9 7 2.8 2.5 2192.40.08.012 M8 12 8.25 13 5 5
    2192.40.04.025 M4 25 14 7 2.8 2.5 2192.40.08.016 M8 16 12.25 13 5 5
    2192.40.04.030 M4 30 14 7 2.8 2.5 2192.40.08.020 M8 20 16.25 13 5 5
    2192.40.04.035 M4 35 14 7 2.8 2.5 2192.40.08.025 M8 25 21.25 13 5 5
    2192.40.04.040 M4 40 14 7 2.8 2.5 2192.40.08.030 M8 30 26.25 13 5 5
    2192.40.05.008 M5 8 0 8.5 3.5 3 2192.40.08.035 M8 35 22 13 5 5
    2192.40.05.010 M5 10 7.6 8.5 3.5 3 2192.40.08.040 M8 40 22 13 5 5
    2192.40.05.012 M5 12 9.6 8.5 3.5 3 2192.40.08.045 M8 45 22 13 5 5
    2192.40.05.016 M5 16 13.6 8.5 3.5 3 2192.40.08.050 M8 50 22 13 5 5
    2192.40.05.020 M5 20 17.6 8.5 3.5 3 2192.40.08.060 M8 60 22 13 5 5
    2192.40.05.025 M5 25 22.6 8.5 3.5 3 2192.40.10.020 M10 20 15.5 16 6 7
    2192.40.05.030 M5 30 16 8.5 3.5 3 2192.40.10.025 M10 25 20.5 16 6 7
    2192.40.05.035 M5 35 16 8.5 3.5 3 2192.40.10.030 M10 30 25.5 16 6 7
    2192.40.05.040 M5 40 16 8.5 3.5 3 2192.40.10.060 M10 60 26 16 6 7
    2192.40.06.010 M6 10 7 10 4 4 2192.40.10.080 M10 80 26 16 6 7
    2192.40.06.012 M6 12 9 10 4 4 2192.40.10.090 M10 90 26 16 6 7
    2192.40.06.016 M6 16 13 10 4 4 2192.40.12.030 M12 30 24.75 18 7 8
    2192.40.06.020 M6 20 17 10 4 4 2192.40.12.035 M12 35 29.75 18 7 8
    2192.40. Hexagon socket head cap screw, with low profile head, DIN 7984 - Strength class 8.8
    subject to alterations
    Hexagon socket countersunk head cap screw, ISO 10642 -
    Strength class 8.8
    l g
    90°
    d
    k
    l
    M
    s
    2192.30.
    C64
    Order No M l l g d k s
    2192.30.03.006 M3 6 3.2 6 1.7 2
    2192.30.03.008 M3 8 3.2 6 1.7 2
    2192.30.03.010 M3 10 3.2 6 1.7 2
    2192.30.04.008 M4 8 4.4 8 2.3 2.5
    2192.30.05.010 M5 10 5.2 10 2.8 3
    2192.30.05.012 M5 12 5.2 10 2.8 3
    2192.30.06.010 M6 10 6.3 12 3.3 4
    2192.30.06.012 M6 12 6.3 12 3.3 4
    2192.30.06.016 M6 16 6.3 12 3.3 4
    2192.30.06.020 M6 20 6.3 12 3.3 4
    2192.30.06.025 M6 25 6.3 12 3.3 4
    2192.30.08.016 M8 16 8.2 16 4.4 5
    2192.30.08.020 M8 20 8.2 16 4.4 5
    2192.30.08.025 M8 25 8.2 16 4.4 5
    2192.30.10.020 M10 20 10 20 5.5 6
    2192.30.10.025 M10 25 10 20 5.5 6
    2192.30.10.040 M10 40 10 20 5.5 6
    2192.30.12.030 M12 30 11.8 24 6.5 8
    2192.30.12.050 M12 50 11.8 24 6.5 8
    2192.30. Hexagon socket countersunk head cap screw, ISO 10642 - Strength class 8.8
    subject to alterations
    Flat mushroom head screw with hexagon socket
    c
    R
    k
    s
    a
    d l
    M
    a
    d
    2192.61.
    2052.70.
    Mounting example
    Material:
    Strength class 10.9 = Code No 1.
    C65
    Order No M l k s c a d a d R
    2192.61.06.012 M6 12 3.2 4 1.2 2 7 13.27 5.6
    2192.61.06.016 M6 16 3.2 4 1.2 2 7 13.27 5.6
    2192.61.06.020 M6 20 3.2 4 1.2 2 7 13.27 5.6
    2192.61.08.016 M8 16 4.3 5 1.5 2.5 9.2 17.77 7.5
    2192.61.08.020 M8 20 4.3 5 1.5 2.5 9.2 17.77 7.5
    2192.61.08.025 M8 25 4.3 5 1.5 2.5 9.2 17.77 7.5
    2192.61.10.020 M10 20 5.3 6 1.75 3 11.2 22.18 10
    2192.61. Flat mushroom head screw with hexagon socket
    subject to alterations
    Screw plug
    Description:
    Repair solution:
    Screw plugs are used to seal off defective boreholes, pass-through holes
    or shrink holes.
    Note:
    Screw in the screw plug as far as it will go (minimum screw-in length
    =diameter).
    The screw plug can be secured to prevent it becoming loose during
    reworking by applying, for example, high-strength LOCTITE® (order no.
    281.270).
    Remove width across flats and protubing thread mechanically.
    3
    ød
    b
    SW
    50
    42
    10
    1x45°
    50°
    øc
    M
    2192.90.
    C66
    Order No Material M b c d SW*
    2192.90.1.12.150 C15 (1.0401) M12x1,5 12 8 8.5 10
    2192.90.1.16.150 C15 (1.0401) M16x1,5 16 10 12.5 12
    2192.90.1.20.150 C15 (1.0401) M20x1,5 20 12 16.5 17
    2192.90.1.24.150 C15 (1.0401) M24x1,5 24 14 20.5 19
    2192.90.1.28.150 C15 (1.0401) M28x1,5 28 14 24.5 22
    2192.90.1.30.150 C15 (1.0401) M30x1,5 30 12 27.4 22
    2192.90.1.32.150 C15 (1.0401) M32x1,5 32 14 28.5 22
    2192.90.2.12.150 GG25 (EN-GJL-250) M12x1,5 12 8 8.5 10
    2192.90.2.16.150 GG25 (EN-GJL-250) M16x1,5 16 10 12.5 12
    2192.90.2.20.150 GG25 (EN-GJL-250) M20x1,5 20 12 16.5 17
    2192.90.2.24.150 GG25 (EN-GJL-250) M24x1,5 24 14 20.5 19
    2192.90.2.28.150 GG25 (EN-GJL-250) M28x1,5 28 14 24.5 22
    2192.90.2.30.150 GG25 (EN-GJL-250) M30x1,5 30 12 27.4 22
    2192.90.2.32.150 GG25 (EN-GJL-250) M32x1,5 32 14 28.5 22
    *SW = width across flats
    2192.90. Screw plug
    subject to alterations C67

    ...10.10 ...12.12 ...12.14 ...16.16 ...16.18
    M 10⊗10 M 12⊗12 M 12⊗14 M 16⊗16 M 16⊗18
    1 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3
    4 4 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
    11⊗80 14⊗100 14⊗100 18⊗125 18⊗125
    4 4 4 4 4
    100 63 40 125 80 50 125 80 50 160 100 63 160 100 63
    4 4 2 4 4 2 4 4 2 4 4 2 4 4 2
    80 100 100 125 125
    4 4 4 4 4
    M10 M12 M12 M16 M16
    6 6 6 6 6
    M10 M12 M12 M16 M16
    6 6 6 6 6
    M10 M12 M12 M16 M16
    4 4 4 4 4
    12 12 14 16 18
    4 4 4 4 4
    - - 14-20 14-20 14-20
    - - 1 1 1
    16⊗16 18⊗18 18⊗18 24⊗24 24⊗24
    1 1 1 1 1
    1 1 1 1 1
    subject to alterations
    Clamping tool set
    Clamping tool set
    with clamping jaws and screw paste.
    The clamping tool set is designed for machine tools with bedplates that
    have fixing slots and they contain all the necessary components for fast
    clamping of tools, devices and workpieces. All parts are interchangeable
    and complementary to each other. They are made of high tensile steel to
    DIN or company standards. Bolt items strength class 8 or 10. The wooden
    box has a detachable hinged cover.
    2140.01.01. Clamping tool set
    Order No
    2140.01.01...
    Contents
    Universal-
    clamping units
    Size
    No.
    Step clamps
    Size
    No.
    Screws for fixing slots
    DIN 787
    (Order No 2140.30.)
    Size
    No.
    Pin screws
    Size
    No.
    Hexagonal nuts
    1.5 d deep
    Size
    No.
    Conical sockets,
    similar to DIN
    Size
    No.
    Extension nuts
    3.0 d deep
    Size
    No.
    Clamping jaws,
    type Bulle
    Size
    No.
    T-slot scraper
    Size
    No.
    Ring/open ended
    spanners
    Size
    No.
    Screw paste No.
    C68
    ...10.10 ...12.12 ...12.14 ...16.16 ...16.18 ...20.20 ..20.22 ...20.24
    M 10⊗10 M 12⊗12 M 12⊗14 M 16⊗16 M 16⊗18 M 20⊗20 M 20⊗22 M 20⊗24
    1 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3
    4 4 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
    11⊗80 14⊗100 14⊗100 18⊗125 18⊗125 22⊗160 22⊗160 22⊗160
    4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
    100 63 125 80 125 80 160 100 160 100 200 125 200 125 -
    4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 -
    80 100 100 125 125 125 125 200 125
    4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 8
    M10 M12 M12 M16 M16 M20 M20 M20
    6 4 4 4 4 6 6 6
    M10 M12 M12 M16 M16 M20 M20 M20
    6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
    M10 M12 M12 M16 M16 M20 M20 M20
    4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
    - - 14-20 14-20 14-20 14-20 22-32 22-32
    - - 1 1 1 1 1 1
    16⊗16 18⊗18 18⊗18 24⊗24 24⊗24 30⊗30 30⊗30 30⊗30
    1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
    - - - - - - - M 20⊗24
    - - - - - - - 8
    1 2 2 3 3 4 4 4
    4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
    1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
    subject to alterations
    Clamping Tool Set
    Clamping tool set
    With spring-mounted clamp holder and screw paste.
    Description as 2140.01.01 but without clamping jaws.
    Contains 4 spring-mounted clamp holders instead.
    2140.01.02. Clamping Tool Set
    Order No
    2140.01.02...
    Contents
    Universal-
    clamping units
    Size
    No.
    Step clamps
    Size
    No.
    Screws for fixing slots
    DIN 787
    (Order No. 2140.30.)
    Size
    No.
    Pin screws
    Size
    No.
    Hexagonal nuts
    1.5 d deep
    Size
    No.
    Conical sockets. similar
    to DIN
    Size
    No.
    Extension nuts 3 d deep
    Size
    No.
    T-slot scraper
    Size
    No.
    Ring/open ended
    spanners
    Size
    No.
    Nuts for fixing slots
    Size
    No.
    Clamp holders
    Size.
    No.
    Screw paste No.

    ...10.10 ...12.12 ...12.14 ...16.16 ...16.18
    M 10⊗10 M 12⊗12 M 12⊗14 M 16⊗16 M 16⊗18
    1 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3
    4 4 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
    11⊗80 14⊗100 14⊗100 18⊗125 18⊗125
    4 4 4 4 4
    100 63 40 125 80 50 125 80 50 160 100 63 160 100 63
    4 4 2 4 4 2 4 4 2 4 4 2 4 4 2
    80 100 100 125 125
    4 4 4 4 4
    M10 M12 M12 M16 M16
    6 6 6 6 6
    M10 M12 M12 M16 M16
    6 6 6 6 6
    M10 M12 M12 M16 M16
    4 4 4 4 4
    12 12 14 16 18
    4 4 4 4 4
    - - 14-20 14-20 14-20
    - - 1 1 1
    16⊗16 18⊗18 18⊗18 24⊗24 24⊗24
    1 1 1 1 1
    1 1 1 1 1
    subject to alterations
    Clamping tool set
    Clamping tool set
    with clamping jaws and screw paste.
    The clamping tool set is designed for machine tools with bedplates that
    have fixing slots and they contain all the necessary components for fast
    clamping of tools, devices and workpieces. All parts are interchangeable
    and complementary to each other. They are made of high tensile steel to
    DIN or company standards. Bolt items strength class 8 or 10. The wooden
    box has a detachable hinged cover.
    2140.01.01. Clamping tool set
    Order No
    2140.01.01...
    Contents
    Universal-
    clamping units
    Size
    No.
    Step clamps
    Size
    No.
    Screws for fixing slots
    DIN 787
    (Order No 2140.30.)
    Size
    No.
    Pin screws
    Size
    No.
    Hexagonal nuts
    1.5 d deep
    Size
    No.
    Conical sockets,
    similar to DIN
    Size
    No.
    Extension nuts
    3.0 d deep
    Size
    No.
    Clamping jaws,
    type Bulle
    Size
    No.
    T-slot scraper
    Size
    No.
    Ring/open ended
    spanners
    Size
    No.
    Screw paste No.
    ...10.10 ...12.12 ...12.14 ...16.16 ...16.18 ...20.20 ..20.22 ...20.24
    M 10⊗10 M 12⊗12 M 12⊗14 M 16⊗16 M 16⊗18 M 20⊗20 M 20⊗22 M 20⊗24
    1 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3
    4 4 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
    11⊗80 14⊗100 14⊗100 18⊗125 18⊗125 22⊗160 22⊗160 22⊗160
    4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
    100 63 125 80 125 80 160 100 160 100 200 125 200 125 -
    4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 -
    80 100 100 125 125 125 125 200 125
    4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 8
    M10 M12 M12 M16 M16 M20 M20 M20
    6 4 4 4 4 6 6 6
    M10 M12 M12 M16 M16 M20 M20 M20
    6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
    M10 M12 M12 M16 M16 M20 M20 M20
    4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
    - - 14-20 14-20 14-20 14-20 22-32 22-32
    - - 1 1 1 1 1 1
    16⊗16 18⊗18 18⊗18 24⊗24 24⊗24 30⊗30 30⊗30 30⊗30
    1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
    - - - - - - - M 20⊗24
    - - - - - - - 8
    1 2 2 3 3 4 4 4
    4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
    1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
    subject to alterations
    Clamping Tool Set
    Clamping tool set
    With spring-mounted clamp holder and screw paste.
    Description as 2140.01.01 but without clamping jaws.
    Contains 4 spring-mounted clamp holders instead.
    2140.01.02. Clamping Tool Set
    Order No
    2140.01.02...
    Contents
    Universal-
    clamping units
    Size
    No.
    Step clamps
    Size
    No.
    Screws for fixing slots
    DIN 787
    (Order No. 2140.30.)
    Size
    No.
    Pin screws
    Size
    No.
    Hexagonal nuts
    1.5 d deep
    Size
    No.
    Conical sockets. similar
    to DIN
    Size
    No.
    Extension nuts 3 d deep
    Size
    No.
    T-slot scraper
    Size
    No.
    Ring/open ended
    spanners
    Size
    No.
    Nuts for fixing slots
    Size
    No.
    Clamp holders
    Size.
    No.
    Screw paste No.
    C69
    A
    B
    C
    D
    E
    F
    G
    H
    J
    K
    L
    Die Sets
    Precision Ground Plates and Flat Bars
    Lifting and Clamping Devices
    Guide elements
    Ground Precision Components
    Springs
    Elastomer-Bars, -Sheets, -Sections
    FIBRO Chemical Tooling Aids
    Peripheral Equipment
    Cam Units
    Standard Parts for Mould Making
    Guide elements
    Pillars, bushes, mounting flanges, ball cages, oilless guide elements
    Guide Elements
    D2 subject to alterations
    The great importance of exact alignment
    between punches and matrices in stamping
    dies has been recognized widely. The accuracy
    and maintenance of this alignment depends
    entirely on the quality and wear resistance of
    the guide elements.
    As a consequence of recent rapid developments
    in stamping techniques it has also been
    accepted that conventional bush-pillar sets of
    casehardened steel can no longer stand up to
    the demands of the modern press shop with its
    more sophisticated dies, ever faster presses and
    the stresses in today’s carbide tools.
    The introduction of FIBRO Guide Elements
    made available an extensive range, principally
    based on superlative quality, and comprising
    some new, highly advanced bearing materials
    as well as novel assembly techniques of
    superior accuracy.
    Recent additions have further broadened this
    range, especially in regard of demountable
    guiding components.
    All FIBRO Guide Bushes for permanent fixing
    are laid out for epoxy-bonding. This highly
    reliable method ensures unparalleled accuracy
    together with the elimination of shrink
    allowances and rectification honing.
    Ball Bearing Guides principally excel in
    undemanding maintenance and through the
    complete absence of bearing play. Their easy
    movement on the bench makes them very
    popular with die makers. Highest stroking
    speeds present no problems. But common to all
    ball bearings there remains the characteristic
    weakness to shock loads, the danger of ball
    impingement. To some extent this can be
    compensated for by oversized pillar diameters
    and the use of four-pillar die sets.
    The group of Sliding-Type Guides affords much
    greater stability, partly due to the damping
    effect of the all-important, vital oil film . . .
    which in the past used to be threatened always
    by the vagaries of lubrication service and the
    propensity to rupture at high frequencies of
    travel reversal.
    Extensive protection against these perils is
    offered by FIBRO Sintered Ferrite Bushes. Used
    in most of our sliding guide systems, their
    advanced technology comprises:
    – porous structure, vacuum-filled with oil
    – carbonitrided surface of extreme hardness
    – outstanding friction properties
    – exceptional wear-resistance
    – thousands of oil-retaining porosity pockets.
    In combination with our mirror-finished pillars,
    ferrite guide bushes represent a guiding system
    of alltogether superior properties. A system
    that virtually precludes seizing under all but
    the most extreme running conditions.
    Beyond such limitations there exist
    combinations of high velocities with very short
    strokes where even ferrite bushes cannot
    guarantee permanence of the oil film.
    Here, the rigidity of the sliding guide has to be
    weighed up against the safety of ball bearings:
    die set guides are not entirely without
    problems yet! But at FIBRO we find ourselves
    very busy indeed with the remainder.
    Technical progress may incur modifications
    without notice.
    FIBRO GUIDE ELEMENTS – DESIGNED
    AND PRODUCED BY PEOPLE IN PURSUIT OF
    PERFECTION.
    Guide Elements
    Guide Elements
    subject to alterations
    The great importance of exact alignment
    between punches and matrices in stamping
    dies has been recognized widely. The accuracy
    and maintenance of this alignment depends
    entirely on the quality and wear resistance of
    the guide elements.
    As a consequence of recent rapid developments
    in stamping techniques it has also been
    accepted that conventional bush-pillar sets of
    casehardened steel can no longer stand up to
    the demands of the modern press shop with its
    more sophisticated dies, ever faster presses and
    the stresses in today’s carbide tools.
    The introduction of FIBRO Guide Elements
    made available an extensive range, principally
    based on superlative quality, and comprising
    some new, highly advanced bearing materials
    as well as novel assembly techniques of
    superior accuracy.
    Recent additions have further broadened this
    range, especially in regard of demountable
    guiding components.
    All FIBRO Guide Bushes for permanent fixing
    are laid out for epoxy-bonding. This highly
    reliable method ensures unparalleled accuracy
    together with the elimination of shrink
    allowances and rectification honing.
    Ball Bearing Guides principally excel in
    undemanding maintenance and through the
    complete absence of bearing play. Their easy
    movement on the bench makes them very
    popular with die makers. Highest stroking
    speeds present no problems. But common to all
    ball bearings there remains the characteristic
    weakness to shock loads, the danger of ball
    impingement. To some extent this can be
    compensated for by oversized pillar diameters
    and the use of four-pillar die sets.
    The group of Sliding-Type Guides affords much
    greater stability, partly due to the damping
    effect of the all-important, vital oil film . . .
    which in the past used to be threatened always
    by the vagaries of lubrication service and the
    propensity to rupture at high frequencies of
    travel reversal.
    Extensive protection against these perils is
    offered by FIBRO Sintered Ferrite Bushes. Used
    in most of our sliding guide systems, their
    advanced technology comprises:
    – porous structure, vacuum-filled with oil
    – carbonitrided surface of extreme hardness
    – outstanding friction properties
    – exceptional wear-resistance
    – thousands of oil-retaining porosity pockets.
    In combination with our mirror-finished pillars,
    ferrite guide bushes represent a guiding system
    of alltogether superior properties. A system
    that virtually precludes seizing under all but
    the most extreme running conditions.
    Beyond such limitations there exist
    combinations of high velocities with very short
    strokes where even ferrite bushes cannot
    guarantee permanence of the oil film.
    Here, the rigidity of the sliding guide has to be
    weighed up against the safety of ball bearings:
    die set guides are not entirely without
    problems yet! But at FIBRO we find ourselves
    very busy indeed with the remainder.
    Technical progress may incur modifications
    without notice.
    FIBRO GUIDE ELEMENTS – DESIGNED
    AND PRODUCED BY PEOPLE IN PURSUIT OF
    PERFECTION.
    Guide Elements
    D3
    Contents
    subject to alterations
    Notes on guide elements
    Guide elements -
    Pairing classification
    Guide elements - Selection matrix
    Deflection of pillars and bending
    equation
    206.51.
    Ball cage, small dimension
    206.54.
    Guide bush for ball bearing, small
    dimension
    202.19.
    Guide pillar DIN 9825/ISO 9182-2
    202.17.
    Guide pillar with ball cage retainer
    202.22.
    Guide pillar with internal thread on
    both sides, ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-2
    202.23.
    Guide pillar with internal thread on
    bottom, ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-2
    202.24.
    Guide pillar with internal thread on
    top, ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-2
    202.21.
    Guide pillar endwise bolt-on type,
    ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-2
    202.55.
    Guide pillar endwise bolt-on type
    with ball cage, ~DIN 9825/
    ~ISO 9182-2
    202.29.
    Guide pillar "ECO-Line", ~DIN 9825/
    ~ISO 9182-2
    202.31.
    Guide pillar "ECO-Line" endwise
    bolt-on type, ~DIN 9825/
    ~ISO 9182-2
    2021.50.
    Guide pillar, conical, DIN 9825/
    ISO 9182-4/AFNOR
    D4
    D21
    D22-23
    D24
    D25
    D26
    D26
    D27
    D28
    D29
    D30
    D31
    D32
    D34
    D36
    D38
    D40
    Contents
    subject to alterations
    2021.58.
    Demountable guide pillar, conical,
    with ball cage retainer, DIN 9825/
    ISO 9182-4/AFNOR
    2021.53.
    Retaining disc with countersunk
    head cap screw, DIN 9825/
    ISO 9182- 4
    202.53.
    Retaining disc with socket cap screw,
    ~ AFNOR
    2021.39.
    Retaining bush for guide pillar
    conical 2021.50., DIN 9825/
    ISO 9182- 4
    210.39.
    Retaining bush for guide pillar
    conical 2021.50.,~ AFNOR
    2022.19.
    Guide pillar for large tools,
    DIN 9833/ISO 9182-3
    2022.13.
    Guide pillar with 5° pilot taper,
    to VW-Standard
    2022.15.
    Guide pillar with pilot tapper,
    VDI 3356
    2022.17.
    Guide pillar with groove, to VW
    2022.40.1.
    Locating plate for guide pillar, to VW
    2022.25.
    Guide pillar with retaining ring
    groove, ~AFNOR
    2073.46.
    Clamping flange with retaining ring,
    ~AFNOR
    2022.16.
    Guide pillar with snap ring groove,
    to Mercedes-Benz Standard
    2022.12.
    Guide pillar with pilot tapper and
    groove, to Mercedes-Benz Standard
    2061.48.
    Snap ring
    2022.16.45.
    Guide pillar with groove, to CNOMO
    D5
    D42
    D44
    D44
    D45
    D46
    D47
    D48
    D49
    D50
    D51
    D52
    D53
    D54
    D56
    D57
    D58
    Contents
    subject to alterations
    2022.16.48.
    Guide pillar with groove
    2022.29.
    Guide pillar with collar, to WDX
    2021.46.
    Guide pillar with collar, screw clamp
    retention, DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-5
    2021.44.
    Guide pillar with collar and ball cage
    retainer
    2021.43.
    Retaining disc with screw
    2025.94.
    Ball guide unit to Mercedes-Benz
    Standard
    2021.29.
    Guide pillar with collar "ECO-LINE"
    202.61.
    Guide pillar with collar
    2062.44.012.
    Guide bush for ball bearing, for
    highest stroking speed
    2061.44.
    Guide bush for ball bearing,
    ISO 9448-3
    206.41.
    Ball cage, plastic, for highest
    stroking speed
    2020.63.
    Demountable guide pillar with
    centre fixing
    2020.62.
    Demountable guide pillar with
    centre fixing
    202.60
    Demountable guide pillar with
    centre fixing and ring nut
    2020.64.
    Demountable guide pillar with
    conical centre fixing
    2021.64.
    Retaining bush for guide pillar
    conical 2020.64.
    D6
    D59
    D60
    D62
    D64
    D66
    D67
    D68
    D69
    D70
    D70-99
    D71
    D72
    D74
    D76
    D77
    D78
    Contents
    subject to alterations
    2073.48.
    Slotted nut DIN 1804
    2024.94.
    Guide unit with collar
    MILLION GUIDE
    2024.96.
    Guide unit with center fixing
    MILLION GUIDE
    2031.70.
    Guide bearing with solid lubricant
    2031.01.
    Retention bearing
    2031.31.
    Guide bearing, sintered guide
    2031.41.
    Guide bearing for ball bearing guide
    2031.02.
    Retention bearing with screw holes
    2031.34.
    Guide bearing with screw holes,
    sintered guide
    2031.42.
    Guide bearing with screw holes, for
    ball bearing guide
    2031.04.
    Retention bearing, low build height
    2031.38.
    Guide bearing, low build height,
    sintered guide
    2031.44.
    Guide bearing low build height, for
    ball bearing guide
    2032.70.
    Guide bearing with headed guide
    bush with solid lubricant
    2032.02.
    Retention bearing for guide pillars
    for large tools
    2051.32.
    Guide bush, sintered ferrite carbo-
    nitrided with long-term lubrication,
    ISO 9448-2
    D7
    D79
    D80
    D82
    D84
    D85
    D86
    D87
    D88
    D89
    D90
    D91
    D92
    D93
    D94
    D95
    D96
    Contents
    subject to alterations
    2051.92.
    Guide bush "ECO-LINE", bronze-
    plated, ISO 9448-2
    2051.72.
    Guide bush "ECO-LINE", Bronze with
    solid lubrication rings, ISO 9448-2
    206.49.
    Guide bush for ball bearing, AFNOR
    2061.47.
    Guide bush for ball bearing, with
    stroke limitation
    206.71.
    Ball cage with circlip groove, Brass
    2060.61.
    Ball cage with circlip groove,
    Aluminium
    206.73.
    Ball cage with assembly aid, Brass
    2060.63.
    Ball cage with assembly aid,
    Aluminium
    206.75.
    Ball cage with circlip and fastening
    ring groove, Brass
    2060.65.
    Ball cage with circlip and fastening
    ring groove, Aluminium
    2081.67.
    Headed guide bush with ball cage
    retainer
    2081.68.
    Headed guide bush with ball cage
    retainer
    2091.67.
    Flanged guide bush with ball cage
    retainer
    2091.68.
    Flanged guide bush with ball cage
    retainer
    2061.82.
    Roller cage with circlip groove, Brass
    206.72.
    Circlip DIN 471
    D8
    D97
    D98
    D100
    D101
    D102
    D103
    D104
    D105
    D106
    D107
    D108
    D109
    D110
    D111
    D112
    D113
    Contents
    subject to alterations
    2061.84.
    Roller cage with assembly aid, Brass
    2081.81.
    Headed guide bush, bronze coated,
    ISO 9448-6
    2081.84.
    Headed guide bush, bronze coated,
    ISO 9448-6
    2081.85.
    Headed guide bush, bronze coated,
    ISO 9448-6
    2081.31.
    Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite
    carbonitrided with long-term lubri-
    cation, ISO 9448-6
    2081.32.
    Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite
    carbonitrided with long-term lubri-
    cation, ISO 9448-6
    2081.33.
    Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite
    carbonitrided with long-term lubri-
    cation, ISO 9448-6
    2081.34.
    Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite
    carbonitrided with long-term lubri-
    cation, ISO 9448-6
    2081.35.
    Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite
    carbonitrided with long-term lubri-
    cation, ISO 9448-6
    2081.91.
    Headed guide bush "ECO-LINE",
    bronzeplated, ISO 9448-6
    2081.94.
    Headed guide bush "ECO-LINE",
    bronzeplated, ISO 9448-6
    2081.95.
    Headed guide bush "ECO-LINE",
    bronzeplated, ISO 9448-6
    2081.71.
    Headed guide bush "ECO-LINE",
    Bronze with solid lubricant rings,
    ISO 9448-6
    2081.74.
    Headed guide bush "ECO-LINE",
    Bronze with solid lubricant rings,
    ISO 9448-6
    2081.75.
    Headed guide bush "ECO-LINE",
    Bronze with solid lubricant rings,
    ISO 9448-6
    2081.44.
    Headed guide bush for ball bearing,
    ISO 9448-7
    D9
    D114
    D115
    D116
    D117
    D118
    D119
    D120
    D121
    D122
    D123
    D124
    D125
    D126
    D127
    D128
    D129
    Contents
    subject to alterations
    2081.45.
    Headed guide bush for ball bearing,
    ISO 9448-7
    2081.46.
    Headed guide bush for ball bearing,
    ISO 9448-7
    2081.47.
    Headed guide bush for ball bearing,
    ISO 9448-7
    2081.49.
    Headed guide bush for ball bearing,
    ISO 9448-7
    2091.31.
    Flanged guide bush, sintered ferrite
    carbonitrided with long-term lubri-
    cation, ISO 9448-4
    2091.32.
    Flanged guide bush, sintered ferrite
    carbonitrided with long-term lubri-
    cation, ISO 9448-4
    2091.34.
    Flanged guide bush, sintered ferrite
    carbonitrided with long-term lubri-
    cation, ISO 9448-4
    2091.91.
    Flanged guide bush "ECO-LINE",
    bronzeplated, ISO 9448-4
    2091.92.
    Flanged guide bush "ECO-LINE",
    bronzeplated, ISO 9448-4
    2091.94.
    Flanged guide bush "ECO-LINE",
    bronzeplated, ISO 9448-4
    2091.71.
    Flanged guide bush "ECO-LINE",
    Bronze with solid lubricant rings,
    ISO 9448-4
    2091.72.
    Flanged guide bush "ECO-LINE",
    Bronze with solid lubricant rings,
    ISO 9448-4
    2091.74.
    Flanged guide bush "ECO-LINE",
    Bronze with solid lubricant rings,
    ISO 9448-4
    2091.44.
    Flanged guide bush for ball bearing,
    ISO 9448-5
    2091.45.
    Flanged guide bush for ball bearing,
    ISO 9448-5
    2091.46.
    Flanged guide bush for ball bearing,
    ISO 9448-5
    D10
    D130
    D131
    D132
    D133
    D134
    D135
    D136
    D137
    D138
    D139
    D140
    D141
    D142
    D143
    D144
    D145
    Contents
    subject to alterations
    210.31.
    Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite
    carbonitrided with long-term lubri-
    cation, ~AFNOR
    210.34.
    Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite
    carbonitrided with long-term lubri-
    cation, ~AFNOR
    210.35.
    Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite
    carbonitrided with long-term lubri-
    cation, ~AFNOR
    210.44.
    Headed guide bush for ball bearing,
    ~AFNOR
    210.46.
    Headed guide bush for ball bearing,
    ~AFNOR
    210.45.
    Guide bush with collar, for ball
    bearing, ~AFNOR
    210.85.
    Guide bush with collar, bronze
    coated, ~AFNOR
    207.48.
    Slotted nut
    Oilless guide elements
    2053.70.
    Thrust washer, Bronze with solid
    lubricant
    2052.70.
    Guide bush, Bronze with solid
    lubricant
    2085.70.
    Guide bush with collar, Bronze with
    solid lubricant
    2085.71.
    Guide bush with collar, Bronze with
    solid lubricant
    2086.70.
    Guide bush with collar, Bronze with
    solid lubricant
    2085.72.
    Guide bush with collar, Bronze with
    solid lubricant
    2082.70.
    Guide bush with collar, Bronze with
    solid lubricant, DIN 9834/ISO 9448
    D11
    D146
    D147
    D148
    D150
    D152
    D154
    D155
    D156
    D157-
    158
    D159
    D160-
    161
    D162
    D163
    D164
    D165
    D166
    Contents
    subject to alterations
    2082.71.
    Guide bush with collar, Bronze with
    solid lubricant, NAAMS
    2086.71.
    Guide bush with collar, Bronze with
    solid lubricant, NAAMS
    2102.70.
    Guide bush with collar, Bronze with
    solid lubricant, CNOMO
    2102.71.
    Guide bush with collar, Bronze,
    CNOMO
    2961.71.
    Flat guide bar, Bronze with solid
    lubricant
    2961.76.
    Flat guide bar, Bronze with solid
    lubricant
    2961.77.
    Flat guide bar, Bronze with solid
    lubricant
    2961.73.
    Flat guide bar with two sliding
    surfaces, Bronze with solid lubricant
    2961.70.
    Flat guide bar, Bronze with solid
    lubricant
    2961.75.
    Flat guide bar, Bronze with solid
    lubricant
    2961.74.
    Retaining plate, Bronze with solid
    lubricant, VDI 3357
    2961.79.
    Retaining plate, Steel, VDI 3357
    2961.81.
    Retaining plate, Steel with solid
    lubricant, VDI 3357
    2961.78.
    Retaining plate, Bronze with solid
    lubricant
    2961.82.
    Retaining plate, Steel with solid
    lubricant, NAAMS
    2961.79.45.
    Retaining plate, Steel, CNOMO
    D12
    D167
    D168
    D169
    D170
    D171
    D172
    D173
    D174
    D175
    D176
    D177
    D178
    D179
    D180
    D181
    D182
    Contents
    subject to alterations
    2961.81.45.
    Retaining plate, Bronze with solid
    lubricant, CNOMO
    2960.72.
    Sliding pad, small dimension, Bronze
    with solid lubricant
    2960.71.
    Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubri-
    cant, VDI 3357
    2960.87.
    Sliding pad, Steel, VDI 3357
    2960.30.
    Sliding pad, Steel with sinterlayer,
    VDI 3357
    2960.70.
    Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubri-
    cant, ISO 9183-1
    2960.85.
    Sliding pad, Bronze with solid
    lubricant
    2960.86.
    Sliding pad, Bronze with solid
    lubricant
    2960.76.
    Sliding pad, Bronze with solid
    lubricant
    2962.78.45.
    Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubri-
    cant, CNOMO
    2962.78.
    Sliding pad, Bronze with solid
    lubricant
    2962.84.45.
    Sliding pad, Steel, CNOMO
    2962.85.
    Sliding pad, Steel with solid
    lubricant
    2960.79.
    Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubri-
    cant, NAAMS
    2960.80.
    Sliding pad, Steel, NAAMS
    2960.74.
    Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubri-
    cant, AFNOR/ISO 9183-2
    D13
    D183
    D184
    D186
    D188
    D190
    D192
    D194
    D195
    D196
    D197
    D198
    D200
    D201
    D202
    D203
    D204
    Contents
    subject to alterations
    2960.75.
    Sliding pad, Special cast iron (GG25)
    with solid lubricant, AFNOR/
    ISO 9183-2
    2960.44.45.
    Sliding pad, Steel with oil groove,
    CNOMO
    2960.54.45.
    Sliding pad, Bronze with oil groove,
    CNOMO
    2960.81.
    Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubri-
    cant, VDI 3357
    2960.88.
    Sliding pad, Steel, VDI 3357
    2960.93.
    Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubri-
    cant, VDI 3357
    2962.75.
    Guide bar with two sliding surfaces,
    Bronze with solid lubricant,
    VDI 3357
    2962.75.45.
    Guide bar with two sliding surfaces,
    Bronze with solid lubricant, CNOMO
    2962.76.
    Guide bar with three sliding
    surfaces, Bronze with solid lubricant
    2962.77.
    Guide bar with two sliding surfaces,
    Bronze with solid lubricant
    2962.74.
    Guide bar with four sliding surfaces,
    Bronze with solid lubricant
    2962.79.
    Guide bar with one sliding surfaces,
    Bronze with solid lubricant
    2962.80.
    Guide bar with three sliding
    surfaces, Bronze with solid lubricant
    2960.73.
    Guide bracket, Steel with solid lubri-
    cant, VDI 3387
    2960.89.
    Guide bracket, Bronze with solid
    lubricant, VDI 3387
    2966.72.
    Slide centre guide, Bronze with solid
    lubricant
    D14
    D206
    D208
    D210
    D211
    D212
    D214
    D215
    D216
    D217
    D218
    D219
    D220
    D221
    D222
    D223
    D224
    Contents
    subject to alterations
    2960.90.
    Overrun Cam, Steel hardened,
    VDI 3357
    2960.91.
    Overrun Cam, Steel hardened and
    gas nitrided, VDI 3357
    2960.92.
    Overrun Cam, Bronze with solid
    lubricant, VDI 3357
    2962.70.
    Angled guide gib, Bronze with solid
    lubricant
    2962.70.45.
    Angled guide gib, Bronze with solid
    lubricant, CNOMO
    2962.71.
    Angled guide gib, Bronze with solid
    lubricant
    2962.72.
    Angled guide gib, Bronze with solid
    lubricant
    2962.73.
    Angled guide gib, Bronze with solid
    lubricant
    2962.81.
    Angled guide gib, Bronze with solid
    lubricant
    2962.82.
    Angled guide gib, Bronze with solid
    lubricant
    2962.83.
    Angled guide gib, Bronze with solid
    lubricant
    2964.77.
    T-Guide bar, Bronze with solid
    lubricant
    2964.78.
    T-Guide bar, Bronze with solid
    lubricant
    2963.82.
    Sliding block, Bronze with solid lubri-
    cant, NAAMS
    2963.83.
    Prismatic guide, Steel, NAAMS
    2963.84.
    Sliding block, Bronze with solid lubri-
    cant, VDI 3357
    D15
    D225
    D226
    D227
    D228
    D229
    D230
    D231
    D232
    D233
    D234
    D235
    D236
    D236
    D237
    D237
    D238
    Contents
    subject to alterations
    2963.85.
    Prismatic guide, Steel, VDI 3357
    2963.70.
    Prismatic guide, Bronze with solid
    lubricant
    2963.71.
    Sliding block, Steel
    2963.72.
    Prismatic guide, Bronze with solid
    lubricant
    2963.73.
    Sliding block, Steel
    2963.81.
    Prismatic guide, Steel
    2963.80.
    Sliding block, Bronze with solid
    lubricant
    2965.81.
    Single-sided prismatic guide, Bronze
    with solid lubricant
    2965.83.
    Single-sided prismatic sliding block,
    Steel
    2965.80.45.
    Single-sided prismatic guide, Bronze
    with solid lubricant, CNOMO
    2965.82.45.
    Single-sided prismatic sliding block,
    Steel, CNOMO
    2965.80.
    Single-sided prismatic guide, Bronze
    with solid lubricant
    2965.82.
    Single-sided prismatic sliding block,
    Steel
    Oilless guide elements - Mounting
    examples
    2441.11.0.
    Centering unit with adjusting
    washer
    2441.11.
    Centering unit
    D16
    D238
    D239
    D239
    D240
    D240
    D242
    D243
    D244
    D245
    D246
    D247
    D248
    D249
    D250-
    253
    D254
    D255
    Contents
    subject to alterations
    2441.11.3.
    Adjusting washer
    2441.13.45.
    Centring unit, CNOMO
    2441.13.3.45.
    Adjusting washer, CNOMO
    2441.13.
    Centring unit, CNOMO
    2441.13.3.
    Adjusting washer, CNOMO
    2445.10.
    Centring pin
    2445.11.
    Centring pin to Mercedes-Benz
    standard
    2446.10.55.
    Pressure bolt with base, according
    to VW
    2446.11.55.
    Air pin, according to VW standard
    206.91.
    Concertina shroud with spacer bush
    206.93.
    Spacer bush
    206.94.
    Spacer tube
    206.92.
    Concertina shroud with spacer tube
    241.18.
    Helical spring for ball cage retention
    202.91.
    Cage retainer
    202.92.1.
    Cage retainer
    D17
    D256
    D257
    D258
    D259
    D260
    D261
    D262
    D263
    D264
    D265
    D266
    D266
    D267
    D268
    D269
    D270
    Contents
    subject to alterations
    202.93.
    Cage retainer
    206.95./2061.95.
    Pillar wiper
    244.00.2.
    Lifter pin for press tool strips
    207.45
    Screw clamp with screw
    2071.45
    Screw clamp with screw
    2072.45.
    Screw clamp with screw
    2072.46
    Screw clamp with screw
    2072.46.30.
    Screw clamp with screw,
    GM Standard
    2072.47
    Screw clamp with screw, NAAMS
    2073.45.
    Securing flange with screws,
    CNOMO
    2072.48.45.
    Screw clamp with screw, CNOMO
    2444.12 / 2444.13
    Spacer plate toothed, with adjusting
    plate
    2443.10.
    Guide
    2443.10.20.
    Guide to Mercedes-Benz Standard -
    unhardened
    2443.10.20. .1
    Guide to Mercedes-Benz Standard -
    hardened
    2443.12.
    Guide with part position control and
    spring
    D18
    D271
    D272
    D273
    D274
    D274
    D274
    D275
    D275
    D275
    D276
    D276
    D278
    D279
    D280
    D281
    D282
    Contents
    subject to alterations
    2443.13.
    Guide with part position control, VDI
    2018.00.60.08.030
    Inductive proximity switch
    2018.00.60.23.01.5
    Cable - straight
    2018.00.60.23.02.5
    Cable , 90° connector
    2443.14.55.
    Position monitor for boards
    2443.14.00.60.18.044
    Inductive proximity switch
    2443.14.00.60.23.01.5
    Cable - straight
    2443.14.00.60.23.02.5
    Cable , 90° connector
    Ball bearing guides - Loading
    Diagram
    Ball bearing guides - Tables of
    dynamic load indexes
    Guide elements - Mounting guide-
    lines, Dimension tables
    D19
    D283
    D284
    D285
    D285
    D287
    D288
    D289
    D289
    D290
    D291
    D292-
    298
    subject to alterations D20
    subject to alterations
    Notes on Guide Elements
    FIBRO Precision Sliding Guides –
    Carbonitrided Sintered Ferrite Bushes
    These guides employ bushes made from sintered ferrite of high purity with carbonitrided surface. Bearing
    surfaces are fine-ground.
    The sintered ferrite has a porosity content of 18-20 % by volume, vacuum filled with special lubricant FIBROLIT
    LD. As additional long term lubrication it is recommended to fill up the grove in the bushing with FIBROLIT LD
    280.34, see chapter H. Even under arduous running conditions, this material can be relied upon for good protec-
    tion against oil film rupture.
    Under no circumstances must molybdenum disulfite be added to the lubricant.
    For bearing clearance ranges, see chapter D.
    FIBRO High Precision Ball Bearing Guides
    Careful manufacture at narrowest tolerances, and exactly the right amount of preloading* result in a play-free
    guide element of exceptional performance potential.
    Our superfinished running surfaces further enhance the advantages of ball bearing guides.
    Toolmakers favour ball bearing buides because of their free movement on the bench.
    FIBRO ball bearing guides can be equipped with a choice of brass or aluminium ball cages, which have proved to
    be very successful in practice due to their ball density and stability
    Ball bearing guides with their point contact of the balls remain somewhat sensitive to shock and sustained
    radial loads. To some extent, generous dimensioning of pillar diameters helps to compensate for this inherent
    disadvantage.
    * Average preloading:
    4 µm on pillars from 8 to 12 mm diameter
    7– 9 µm on pillars from 15 to 16 mm diameter
    9–11 µm on pillars from 18 to 42 mm diameter
    11–13 µm on pillars from 50 to 80 mm diameter
    FIBRO Precision Roller Guides
    The profile roller cages are in linear contact with the guide bushing and guide pillar. This feature offers much
    greater capacity for radial loads in the individual roller than an identical size of ball bearing.
    The caulking of the roller bearing arrangement is implemented with the same FIBRO-specific solution as that
    used in ball cages.
    The profile rollers are arranged in a spiral formation in an axial direction. This gives each profile roller its own
    path. The roller cages are designed with a recess for a circlip conforming to DIN 471.
    The much larger contact area with the ball bearing guide permits a significant reduction in preload values.
    The following preload values apply to FIBRO Roller Guides:
    For static loads/low velocities,
    pillar diameters
    For dynamic loads/High
    velocities, pillar diameters
    up to Ø 25 = 2,5 µm up to Ø 25 = 1,5 µm
    Ø 30/32 = 3,5 µm Ø 30/32 = 2,5 µm
    Ø 40-50 = 3,5 µm Ø 40-50 = 2,5 µm
    Ø 63 = 4 µm Ø 63 = 3 µm
    FIBRO Precision Sliding Guides, bronze-coated
    consists of a steel body with bronze-coated running surface with helical oil groove and a grease nipple for
    lubrication.
    The steel body guarantees excellent resistance to breaking, even when subject to high loading
    at the edges.
    Use only pairing class
    guide pillar red = .30
    guide bush yellow = .10
    FIBRO Sliding Bearings with Non-Liquid Lubricant
    The pockets containing the non-liquid lubricant occupy some 25 to 30 per cent of the bearing surface consisting
    of a bronze matrix.
    After an initial oil lubrication on assembly, these elements are maintenance-free.
    Wherever there is a demand for non-susceptibility against impact, contamination and heat,
    FIBRO Maintenance-Free Bearings find their ideal application.
    We recommend to apply the tolerance classes H7/f6 to bush/pillar combinations using these elements.
    D21
    subject to alterations
    Pairing Classification
    Guide Pillars with sliding sintered Bushes
    Guide Pillars with Ball Bearing Bushes
    Cutting clearance Sliding guide
    bearing clearance
    Ball bearing
    preloading
    small small large Piece parts with small tolerances, closely specified cut edge proper-
    ties and contours – also parts from thin material
    Pairing 1
    medium medium medium Piece parts from sheet thicker than 1 mm – also preferably for pro-
    gression dies
    Pairing 2
    large large small Where demands on edges and burrs are not stringent; note that
    large die clearances require smaller shearing forces
    Pairing 3
    Selection of punch-matrix clearance is largely determind by piece part charcteristics such as percentage of sheared land versus breakaway,
    but also by demands on burr formation.
    Further criteria are: properties of piece part materials, conditions of the tool as well as the condition of the eccentric press.
    Colour coding by painted dots Sliding guide Ball bearing
    Pillar Bush Pillar Bush
    Colour Order No Colour Order No Colour Order No Colour Order No
    Pairing 1 yellow .10 yellow .10 yellow .10 red .30
    green .20 yellow .10 yellow .10 green .20
    green .20 red .30
    Pairing 2 green .20 green .20 yellow .10 yellow .10
    red .30 yellow .10 green .20 green .20
    yellow .10 green .20 red .30 red .30
    Pairing 3 red .30 red .30 green .20 yellow .10
    green .20 red .30 red .30 green .20
    yellow .10 red .30 red .30 yellow .10
    Selection Criteria:
    die clearance – stock thickness – material
    Note:
    Please note that tight bearing clearances are normally unsuitable for 4-pillar die sets. In general, wherever retainer bore geometry is not absolutely perfect,
    pairings 2 and 3 must be chosen. The pairing classification does not signify differences in quality, rather a selection of the necessary bearing clearance in the
    case of guide pillars or preloading in the case of ball bearings (see also chart next page).
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide Pillar, tolerance range 1, yellow = 202.19.040.260.10 or green is then .20
    Sliding guide, tolerance range 1, yellow = 2081.31.040.10
    D22
    30
    29
    28
    27
    26
    25
    24
    23
    22
    21
    20
    19
    18
    17
    16
    15
    14
    13
    12
    11
    10
    9
    8
    7
    6
    5
    4
    3
    2
    +1
    0
    –1
    2
    3
    4
    5
    6
    7
    8
    9
    10
    11
    12
    13
    14
    15
    16
    17
    18
    19
    20
    21
    22
    23
    24
    25
    30
    29
    28
    27
    26
    25
    24
    23
    22
    21
    20
    19
    18
    17
    16
    15
    14
    13
    12
    11
    10
    9
    8
    7
    6
    5
    4
    3
    2
    +1
    0
    –1
    2
    3
    4
    5
    6
    7
    8
    9
    10
    11
    12
    13
    14
    15
    16
    17
    18
    19
    20
    21
    22
    23
    24
    25
    [ 48/50
    [ 60/63 [ 80
    [ 80
    [ 60/63 [ 48/50
    [ 38/40 [ 30/32 [ 24/25
    [ 19/20 [ 15/16
    [ 8/11/12
    [ 15/16 [ 19/20
    [ 24/25 [ 30/32
    [ 38/40
    [ 48/50 [ 60/63 [ 80
    [ 15/16
    [ 19/20
    [ 24/25
    [ 30/32
    [ 38/40
    ← µm ‑ µm →
    [ 8/11/12
    subject to alterations
    Pairing Classification
    Guide Pillars with sliding sintered Bushes
    Guide Pillars with Ball Bearing Bushes
    Guide Bush
    Ball Bearing Guide
    Guide Bush
    Sliding Guide
    Guide Pillar
    Tolerance range is Order No.
    yellow .10
    green .20
    red .30
    subject to alterations
    Pairing Classification
    Guide Pillars with sliding sintered Bushes
    Guide Pillars with Ball Bearing Bushes
    Cutting clearance Sliding guide
    bearing clearance
    Ball bearing
    preloading
    small small large Piece parts with small tolerances, closely specified cut edge proper-
    ties and contours – also parts from thin material
    Pairing 1
    medium medium medium Piece parts from sheet thicker than 1 mm – also preferably for pro-
    gression dies
    Pairing 2
    large large small Where demands on edges and burrs are not stringent; note that
    large die clearances require smaller shearing forces
    Pairing 3
    Selection of punch-matrix clearance is largely determind by piece part charcteristics such as percentage of sheared land versus breakaway,
    but also by demands on burr formation.
    Further criteria are: properties of piece part materials, conditions of the tool as well as the condition of the eccentric press.
    Colour coding by painted dots Sliding guide Ball bearing
    Pillar Bush Pillar Bush
    Colour Order No Colour Order No Colour Order No Colour Order No
    Pairing 1 yellow .10 yellow .10 yellow .10 red .30
    green .20 yellow .10 yellow .10 green .20
    green .20 red .30
    Pairing 2 green .20 green .20 yellow .10 yellow .10
    red .30 yellow .10 green .20 green .20
    yellow .10 green .20 red .30 red .30
    Pairing 3 red .30 red .30 green .20 yellow .10
    green .20 red .30 red .30 green .20
    yellow .10 red .30 red .30 yellow .10
    Selection Criteria:
    die clearance – stock thickness – material
    Note:
    Please note that tight bearing clearances are normally unsuitable for 4-pillar die sets. In general, wherever retainer bore geometry is not absolutely perfect,
    pairings 2 and 3 must be chosen. The pairing classification does not signify differences in quality, rather a selection of the necessary bearing clearance in the
    case of guide pillars or preloading in the case of ball bearings (see also chart next page).
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide Pillar, tolerance range 1, yellow = 202.19.040.260.10 or green is then .20
    Sliding guide, tolerance range 1, yellow = 2081.31.040.10
    30
    29
    28
    27
    26
    25
    24
    23
    22
    21
    20
    19
    18
    17
    16
    15
    14
    13
    12
    11
    10
    9
    8
    7
    6
    5
    4
    3
    2
    +1
    0
    –1
    2
    3
    4
    5
    6
    7
    8
    9
    10
    11
    12
    13
    14
    15
    16
    17
    18
    19
    20
    21
    22
    23
    24
    25
    30
    29
    28
    27
    26
    25
    24
    23
    22
    21
    20
    19
    18
    17
    16
    15
    14
    13
    12
    11
    10
    9
    8
    7
    6
    5
    4
    3
    2
    +1
    0
    –1
    2
    3
    4
    5
    6
    7
    8
    9
    10
    11
    12
    13
    14
    15
    16
    17
    18
    19
    20
    21
    22
    23
    24
    25
    [ 48/50
    [ 60/63 [ 80
    [ 80
    [ 60/63 [ 48/50
    [ 38/40 [ 30/32 [ 24/25
    [ 19/20 [ 15/16
    [ 8/11/12
    [ 15/16 [ 19/20
    [ 24/25 [ 30/32
    [ 38/40
    [ 48/50 [ 60/63 [ 80
    [ 15/16
    [ 19/20
    [ 24/25
    [ 30/32
    [ 38/40
    ← µm ‑ µm →
    [ 8/11/12
    subject to alterations
    Pairing Classification
    Guide Pillars with sliding sintered Bushes
    Guide Pillars with Ball Bearing Bushes
    Guide Bush
    Ball Bearing Guide
    Guide Bush
    Sliding Guide
    Guide Pillar
    Tolerance range is Order No.
    yellow .10
    green .20
    red .30
    D23
    202.17. 202.55.
    202.19. 210.39.
    202.21. 2021.44.
    202.22. 2021.46.
    202.23. 2021.50.
    202.24. 2021.58.
    202.61. 2020.64.
    2020.63.
    202.60. 2020.62.
    2022.25.
    2022.16.45.
    2022.16.48.
    2021.28. 2022.17.
    2022.12. 2022.19.
    2022.13. 2022.29.
    2022.15.
    2022.16.
    202.29. 2021.29.
    202.31.
    .30 .20 .10 h3 .30 .20 .10 h5
    -0.010
    -0.025
    f6 h4
    206.49. 2081.46.
    210.44. 2081.47.
    210.45. 2081.49.
    210.46. 2081.67.
    2031.41. 2081.68.
    2031.42. 2091.44.
    2031.44. 2091.45.
    2061.44. 2091.46.
    2061.47. 2091.67.
    2081.44. 2091.68.
    2081.45.
    .10 ● 1 ● 1 ● 1 ● 1 ● 1 ● 1 ● 1 ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ● 1
    .20 ● 1 ● 1 ● 1 ● 1 ● 1 ● 1 ● 1 ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠
    .30 ● 1 ● 1 ● 1 ● 1 ● 1 ● 1 ● 1 ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠
    210.31. 2081.32.
    210.34. 2081.33.
    210.35. 2081.34.
    2031.31. 2081.35.
    2031.34. 2091.31.
    2031.38. 2091.32.
    2051.32. 2091.34.
    2081.31.
    .10 ● 1 ● 1 ● 1 ⊠ ● 1 ● 1 ● 1 ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ●
    .20 ● 1 ● 1 ● 1 ⊠ ● 1 ● 1 ● 1 ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ●
    .30 ● 1 ● 1 ● 1 ⊠ ● 1 ● 1 ● 1 ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ●
    2051.72. 2091.71.
    2081.71. 2091.72.
    2081.74. 2091.74.
    2081.75.
    H6 ● ○ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ●
    210.85. 2081.85.
    2081.81.
    2081.84.
    ITS ● ● ○ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ●
    2051.92. 2091.91.
    2081.91. 2091.92.
    2081.94. 2091.94.
    2081.95.
    H5 ● ○ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ●
    2031.70. 2087.70.
    2082.70. 2087.71.
    2082.71. 2087.72.
    2085.70. 2082.73.
    2085.72.
    H7 ● ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ● ● ● ●
    2085.71. E7 ● ● ● ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ● ● ● ●
    2032.70. 2086.70.
    2052.70.
    F7 ● ● ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ● ● ● ●
    2102.70. 2102.71. G7 ● ● ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ● ● ● ●
    2086.71. C9 ● ● ● ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ● ● ● ●
    subject to alterations
    Selection matrix
    Guide Pillars - Guide Bushes
    ● = suitable
    ● 1 = suitable (see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D)
    £ = conditionally suitable
    Ñ = not suitable
    The combinations should be considered as recommendations. Depending on the installation situation and type of use, a previous examination or test is
    mandatory, since different combinations may result in varying clearance (slide guide) or pretension (ball guides) values.
    Guide Pillars
    Guide pillars to DIN 9825
    Guide pillars, bolt-on type
    Demountable guide pillars
    Guide pillars
    with centre fixing
    Guide pillars
    with centre fixing
    Guide pillars to AFNOR
    Guide pillars
    Guide pillars for large tools
    Guide pillars ECO-LINE
    Guide Bushes
    Tolerance
    range
    Ball bearing guide bushes
    Mounting flanges with
    ball bearing guide bushes
    Guide bushes, sintered ferrite
    Mounting flanges with
    guide bushes, sintered ferrite
    Guide bushes ECO-LINE bronze
    with solid lubrication rings
    Guide bushes
    bronze coated
    Guide bushes ECO-LINE
    bronzeplated
    Guide bushes with solid
    lubrication
    Mounting flanges with Guide
    bushes with solid lubrication
    Guide bushes with solid
    lubrication
    Guide bushes with solid
    lubrication
    Guide bushes with solid
    lubrication
    Guide bushes with solid
    lubrication
    03.2017
    202.17. 2021.50.
    202.19. 2021.58.
    202.21. 210.39.
    202.22. 2021.44.
    202.23. 2021.46.
    202.24. 202.55.
    2020.63. 2020.64.
    2020.62. 202.60.
    2022.25.
    2022.16.45.
    2022.12. 2022.13.
    2022.15.
    2022.16. 2022.17.
    2022.19.
    2022.29.
    2021.29. 202.29.
    202.31.
    .30 .20 .10 h3 .30 .20 .10 h5
    -0.010
    -0.025
    f6 h4
    2061.44. 2081.44.
    206.49. 2081.45.
    2061.47. 2081.46.
    2081.67. 2081.47.
    2091.67. 2081.49.
    2091.44. 210.44.
    2091.45. 210.45.
    2091.46. 210.46.
    2031.41. 2031.42.
    2031.44.
    .10 ● 1 ● 1 ● 1 ● 1 ● 1 ● 1 ● 1 ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠
    .20 ● 1 ● 1 ● 1 ● 1 ● 1 ● 1 ● 1 ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠
    .30 ● 1 ● 1 ● 1 ● 1 ● 1 ● 1 ● 1 ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠
    2031.31. 2081.31.
    2031.34. 2081.32.
    2031.38. 2081.33.
    2051.32. 2081.34.
    2091.31. 2081.35.
    2091.32. 210.31.
    2091.34. 210.34.
     210.35.
    .10 ● 1 ● 1 ● 1 ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ●
    .20 ● 1 ● 1 ● 1 ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ●
    .30 ● 1 ● 1 ● 1 ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ●
    2081.71. 2091.71.
    2081.74. 2091.72.
    2081.75. 2091.74.
    H6 ● ○ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ●
    2081.81. 210.85.
    2081.84.
    2081.85.
    ITS ● ● ○ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ●
    2081.91.
    2081.94.
    2081.95.
    H5 ● ○ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ●
    2085.70. 2031.70.
    2085.72.
    2087.70. 2087.71.
    2087.72. 2087.73.
    2082.70. 2082.71.
    H7 ● ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ● ● ● ●
    2085.71. E7 ● ● ● ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ● ● ● ●
    2086.70. 2032.70.
    2052.70.
    F7 ● ● ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ● ● ● ●
    2102.70. 2102.71. G7 ● ● ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ● ● ● ●
    2086.71. C9 ● ● ● ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ● ● ● ●
    subject to alterations
    Selection matrix
    Guide Pillars - Guide Bushes
    ● = suitable
    ● 1 = suitable (see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D)
    £ = conditionally suitable
    Ñ = not suitable
    The combinations should be considered as recommendations. Depending on the installation situation and type of use, a previous examination or test is
    mandatory, since different combinations may result in varying clearance (slide guide) or pretension (ball guides) values.
    Guide Pillars
    Guide pillars to DIN 9825
    Guide pillars, bolt-on type
    Demountable guide pillars
    Guide pillars
    with centre fixing
    Guide pillars
    with centre fixing
    Guide pillars to AFNOR
    Guide pillars to CNOMO
    Guide pillars for large tools
    Guide pillars ECO-LINE
    Guide Bushes
    Tolerance
    range
    Ball bearing guide bushes
    Mounting flanges with
    ball bearing guide bushes
    Guide bushes, sintered ferrite
    Mounting flanges with
    guide bushes, sintered ferrite
    Guide bushes ECO-LINE bronze
    with solid lubrication rings
    Guide bushes
    bronze coated
    Guide bushes ECO-LINE
    bronzeplated
    Guide bushes with solid
    lubrication
    Mounting flanges with Guide
    bushes with solid lubrication
    Guide bushes with solid
    lubrication
    Guide bushes with solid
    lubrication
    Guide bushes with solid
    lubrication
    Guide bushes with solid
    lubrication
    2021.39. 2021.43.
    2021.50.
    4
    2021.46.
    3/1
    2021.46.
    3 2
    202.21.
    1 0
    202.19.
    210.39.
    subject to alterations
    Deflection of Pillars and Bending equation
    Deflection
    4
    0
    0 1000 3000 N 2000
    F
    40
    130
    200
    50
    100
    150
    200
    250
    3
    2
    1
    0
    Radial Force
    µm
    Deflection of Pillars
    The practical applicatoin of these pillars demands a certain amount of
    re-thinking in regard of tool design. Deflection under radially imposed
    load is shown in the diagram of the right.
    Mounting Instructions:
    Coat head and threads of screws with molydenum disulfite.
    Tighten and undo screw twice before final tightening with torque wrench.
    Bending equation
    The transverse load resistance to tool guides is greatly influenced by the
    position of the guide pillar fixing.
    For a tool with a spring-mounted die guide plate and pillar fixing at the top
    or bottom of the tool, the defelction and pillar bending values do not differ
    when the load is applied at the side since the distance (L) from the point of
    application of the force is the same.
    Significantly better pillar bending values can be achieved by fixing the
    guide pillars in the guide plate, i.e. in the center of the pillar.
    Since the distance ( L/2 ) between the point of application of the force and
    the fixing surface is thus halved, the load-bearing capacity is increased by
    eight times.
    In order to keep moving mass to a minimum and thereby minimize detri-
    mental forces of inertia, FIBRO Stripper-Mounted Pillars are made with a
    hollow core. Rigidity of the die set - of paramount importance - remains
    unaffected by the hollow design.
    f
    F
    f
    Bending
    Equation
    f
    F L
    3 E J
    3
    F
    f
    Bending
    Equation
    f
    F L
    3 E J
    3
    F
    Bending
    Equation
    f
    F 2
    3 E J
    3
    L
    D25
    subject to alterations
    Ball cage, small dimension
    Guide bush for ball bearing, small dimension
    Material:
    Cage: Brass
    Balls: Steel hardened (DIN 5401)
    Material:
    Roller bearing steel 100 Cr 6
    Hardness: hardened to 60 + 4 HRC
    Remarks: available in stainless steel on request
    Execution:
    Guide bush bores d 2 fine-honed to IT3
    Note:
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    1
    d
    k
    1
    l
    206.51.
    2
    d
    1
    l
    1
    d
    h3
    3
    d
    h4
    206.54.
    D26
    Ordering Code (example):
    Ball cage, small dimension =206.51.
    Guide diameter d 1 3 mm = 003.
    Length l 1 10 mm= 010
    Order No =206.51.003. 010
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide bush for ball bearing, small dimension =206.54.
    Guide diameter d 1 3 mm = 003.
    Length l 1 10 mm= 010
    Order No =206.54. 003. 010
    d 1 3 4 5 6 8
    k 1 1 1 1 1
    l 1 Total number of balls
    10 21 21 29 36
    15 35 35 49 61 61
    20 49 49 69 69 69
    25 64 89 89 89
    30 109 109 109
    40 149
    d 1 3 4 5 6 8
    d 2 5 6 7 8 10
    d 3 7 8 10 11 14
    l 1
    10 ● ● ●
    15 ● ● ● ● ●
    20 ● ● ● ● ●
    25 ● ● ● ●
    30 ● ● ●
    35 ● ●
    40 ●
    206.51.
    206.54.
    Ball cage, small dimension
    Guide bush for ball bearing, small
    dimension
    subject to alterations
    Guide pillar DIN 9825/ISO 9182-2
    8°
    8°
    1
    l
    2
    l
    d 1 h3
    3
    l
    202.19.
    Material:
    Steel, (Core strength: ≥ 900 N/mm²) surface hardened
    Surface hardness: 60 + 3 HRC, Hardness penetration ≥ 1,8 mm ( up to
    ∅ 12, troughhardened)
    Execution:
    fine-ground and superfinished
    Method of manufacturing entails that centre holes are not concentric
    with O.D.
    Note:
    ∅ 3 to ∅ 8 are not supplied classified.
    ∅ 10 to ∅ 12 only available in tolerance range yellow = .10
    Bearing clearance / Preloading see pairing classification at the begin-
    ning of chapter D.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    Tolerance range:
    yellow = .10; green = .20; red = .30
    Mounting example
    D27
    d 1 3 4 5 6 8 10 11 12 15 16 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63 80
    l 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 6 6 6 8 8 8
    l 3 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
    l 1
    30 ●
    40 ● ● ●
    50 ● ● ● ●
    60 ● ● ● ●
    80 ● ● ● ● ●
    90 ● ● ●
    100 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    112 ● ● ● ● ●
    125 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    140 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    160 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    180 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    200 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    224 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    250 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    280 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    315 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    355 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    400 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    450 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    500 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    550 ● ● ● ●
    600 ● ● ● ●
    700 ● ● ● ●
    800 ● ● ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide pillar DIN 9825/ISO 9182-2 =202.19.
    Guide diameter d 1 3 mm = 003.
    Length l 1 30 mm = 030.
    Classification TOL without = (0)
    Order No =202.19. 003. 030. (0)
    202.19. Guide pillar DIN 9825/ISO 9182-2
    subject to alterations
    Guide pillar with ball cage retainer
    Material:
    Steel, (Core strength: ≥ 900 N/mm²) surface hardened
    Surface hardness: 60 + 3 HRC, Hardness penetration ≥ 1,8 mm
    Execution:
    fine-ground and superfinished
    Note:
    Preloading see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    Dimensions of ball cage retainer see 202.91.
    Tolerance range:
    yellow = .10
    green = .20
    red = .30
    min.
    20
    5
    d
    1
    d
    9 l
    1 l
    2 l 8 l
    3 4
    202.17.
    Mounting example
    D28
    d 1 38 40 48 50 60 63
    d 5 42 44 52 54 64 67
    l 2 6 6 8 8 8 8
    KG (l 8 / l 9 )
    1 (31 / 46) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    2 (41 / 56) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    3 (51 / 66) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    4 (61 / 76) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    5 (73 / 89) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    l 1
    160 ● ●
    180 ● ● ● ●
    200 ● ● ● ●
    224 ● ● ● ●
    250 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    280 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    315 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    355 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    400 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    450 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    500 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    550 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    600 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    700 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    800 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide pillar with ball cage retainer =202.17.
    Guide diameter d 1 38 mm = 038.
    Length l 1 160 mm = 160.
    Cage retainer size KG 1 = 1.
    Classification TOL yellow = 10
    Order No =202.17. 038. 160. 1. 10
    202.17. Guide pillar with ball cage retainer
    subject to alterations
    Guide pillar with internal thread on both sides, ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-2
    202.22. 60°
    1
    d
    h3
    1
    l
    M8
    20
    Material:
    Steel, (Core strength: ≥ 900 N/mm²) surface hardened
    Surface hardness: 60 + 3 HRC, Hardness penetration ≥ 1,8 mm
    Execution:
    fine-ground and superfinished
    Method of manufacturing entails that centre holes are not concentric
    with O.D.
    Note:
    Bearing clearance / Preloading see pairing classification at the begin-
    ning of chapter D.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    Tolerance range:
    yellow = .10
    green = .20
    red = .30
    Mounting example
    D29
    d 1 15 16 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63 80
    l 2 4 4 6 6 6 8 8 8
    l 1
    90 ●
    100 ● ● ●
    112 ● ● ●
    125 ● ● ● ●
    140 ● ● ● ●
    160 ● ● ● ● ●
    180 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    200 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    224 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    250 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    280 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    315 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    355 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    400 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    450 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    500 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    550 ● ● ● ●
    600 ● ● ● ●
    700 ● ● ● ●
    800 ● ● ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide pillar with internal thread on both sides, ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-2 =202.22.
    Guide diameter d 1 15 mm = 015.
    Length l 1 90 mm = 090.
    Classification TOL yellow = 10
    Order No =202.22. 015.090. 10
    202.22. Guide pillar with internal thread on both sides, ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-2
    subject to alterations
    Guide pillar with internal thread on bottom, ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-2
    Material:
    Steel, (Core strength: ≥ 900 N/mm²) surface hardened
    Surface hardness: 60 + 3 HRC, Hardness penetration ≥ 1,8 mm
    Execution:
    fine-ground and superfinished
    Method of manufacturing entails that centre holes are not concentric
    with O.D.
    Note:
    Bearing clearance / Preloading see pairing classification at the begin-
    ning of chapter D.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    Tolerance range:
    yellow = .10
    green = .20
    red = .30
    60°
    1
    d
    h3
    1
    l
    M8
    20
    202.23.
    Mounting example
    D30
    d 1 15 16 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63 80
    l 2 4 4 6 6 6 8 8 8
    l 1
    90 ●
    100 ● ● ●
    112 ● ● ●
    125 ● ● ● ●
    140 ● ● ● ●
    160 ● ● ● ● ●
    180 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    200 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    224 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    250 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    280 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    315 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    355 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    400 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    450 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    500 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    550 ● ● ● ●
    600 ● ● ● ●
    700 ● ● ● ●
    800 ● ● ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide pillar with internal thread on bottom, ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-2 =202.23.
    Guide diameter d 1 15 mm = 015.
    Length l 1 90 mm = 090.
    Classification TOL yellow = 10
    Order No =202.23. 015.090. 10
    202.23. Guide pillar with internal thread on bottom, ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-2
    subject to alterations
    Guide pillar with internal thread on top, ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-2
    60°
    1
    d
    h3
    1
    l
    M8
    20
    202.24.
    Material:
    Steel, (Core strength: ≥ 900 N/mm²) surface hardened
    Surface hardness: 60 + 3 HRC, Hardness penetration ≥ 1,8 mm
    Execution:
    fine-ground and superfinished
    Method of manufacturing entails that centre holes are not concentric
    with O.D.
    Note:
    Bearing clearance / Preloading see pairing classification at the begin-
    ning of chapter D.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    Tolerance range:
    yellow = .10
    green = .20
    red = .30
    Mounting example
    D31
    d 1 15 16 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63 80
    l 2 4 4 6 6 6 8 8 8
    l 1
    90 ●
    100 ● ● ●
    112 ● ● ●
    125 ● ● ● ●
    140 ● ● ● ●
    160 ● ● ● ● ●
    180 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    200 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    224 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    250 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    280 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    315 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    355 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    400 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    450 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    500 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    550 ● ● ● ●
    600 ● ● ● ●
    700 ● ● ● ●
    800 ● ● ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide pillar with internal thread on top, ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-2 =202.24.
    Guide diameter d 1 15 mm = 015.
    Length l 1 90 mm = 090.
    Classification TOL yellow = 10
    Order No =202.24. 015.090. 10
    202.24. Guide pillar with internal thread on top, ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-2
    subject to alterations
    Guide pillar endwise bolt-on type, ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-2
    Material:
    Steel, (Core strength: ≥ 900 N/mm²) surface hardened
    Surface hardness: 60 + 3 HRC, Hardness penetration ≥ 1,8 mm
    Execution:
    fine precision ground
    End face square within 0.005 mm in 100 mm
    Note:
    Bearing clearance / Preloading see pairing classification at the begin-
    ning of chapter D.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Tolerance range:
    yellow = .10
    green = .20
    red = .30
    d
    60°
    d 1 = 15/16
    19/20
    24/25
    30/32
    38/40
    d 1 = 48/50
    60/63
    d 1 = 80
    3 x 120°
    Hole pattern for column (pillar)
    fastening
    6
    d 6
    l 1 - 3
    0,005/100 A
    8°
    3
    min.
    t
    1,5 x M
    min.
    A
    d 1 h3
    M
    d 4
    d 3
    202.21.
    D32
    d 1 15 16 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63 80
    d 3 9 11 14 18 18 14 18 18
    d 4 17 20 22 28 28 22 28 28
    d 6 - - - - - 28 34 54
    t 12 14 16 20.5 20.5 16 20.5 20.5
    M 8 10 12 16 16 12 16 16
    Cap screw M8x35 M10x40 M12x40 M16x40 M16x40 M12x50 M16x60 M16x60
    Tightening torque [Nm] 21 37 85 150 150 85 200 200
    l 1
    90 ●
    100 ● ● ●
    112 ● ● ●
    125 ● ● ● ●
    140 ● ● ● ●
    160 ● ● ● ● ●
    180 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    200 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    224 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    250 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    280 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    315 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    355 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    400 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    450 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    500 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    550 ● ● ● ●
    600 ● ● ● ●
    700 ● ● ● ●
    800 ● ● ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide pillar endwise bolt-on type, ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-2 =202.21.
    Guide diameter d 1 15 mm = 015.
    Length l 1 90 mm = 090.
    Classification TOL yellow = 10
    Order No =202.21. 015.090. 10
    202.21. Guide pillar endwise bolt-on type, ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-2
    subject to alterations D33
    subject to alterations
    Guide pillar endwise bolt-on type with ball cage, ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-2
    Material:
    Steel, (Core strength: ≥ 900 N/mm²) surface
    hardened
    Surface hardness: 60 + 3 HRC, Hardness pene-
    tration ≥ 1,8 mm
    Execution:
    fine precision ground
    End face square within 0.005 mm in 100 mm
    Note:
    Preloading see pairing classification at the
    beginning of chapter D
    Matching guide combinations, see selection
    matrix at the beginning of chapter D.
    Dimensions of ball cage retainer see 202.91.
    Tolerance range:
    yellow = .10
    green = .20
    red = .30
    1,5 x m
    1 l
    4
    d
    1
    d
    m
    3
    d
    t
    min.
    20
    5
    d
    9 l
    2 l 8 l
    4
    202.55.
    X
    d
    60°
    d 1 = 15/16
    19/20
    24/25
    30/32
    38/40
    d 1 = 48/50
    60/63
    3 x 120°
    Hole pattern for column (pillar)
    fastening
    6
    D34
    subject to alterations
    Guide pillar endwise bolt-on type with ball cage, ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-2
    D35
    d 1 38 40 48 50 60 63
    d 3 18 18 14 14 18 18
    d 4 28 28 22 22 28 28
    d 5 42 44 52 54 64 67
    d 6 - - 28 28 34 34
    t 20.5 20.5 16 16 20.5 20.5
    m 16 16 12 12 16 16
    Cap screw M16x40 M16x40 M12x50 M12x50 M16x60 M16x60
    Tightening torque [Nm] 150 150 85 85 200 200
    KG (l 8 / l 9 )
    1 (31 / 46) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    2 (41 / 56) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    3 (51 / 66) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    4 (61 / 76) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    5 (73 / 89) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    l 1
    160 ● ●
    180 ● ● ● ●
    200 ● ● ● ●
    224 ● ● ● ●
    250 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    280 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    315 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    355 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    400 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    450 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    500 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    550 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    600 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    700 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    800 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide pillar endwise bolt-on type with ball cage, ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-2 =202.55.
    Guide diameter d 1 38 mm = 038.
    Length l 1 160 mm = 160.
    Cage retainer size KG 1 = 1.
    Classification TOL yellow = 10
    Order No =202.55. 038. 160. 1. 10
    202.55. Guide pillar endwise bolt-on type with ball cage, ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-2
    subject to alterations
    Guide pillar "ECO-Line", ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-2
    Material:
    Steel, surface hardened
    Surface hardness: 60 + 3 HRC, Hardness penetration ≥ 1,8 mm
    Execution:
    ground
    Method of manufacturing entails that centre holes are not concentric
    with O.D.
    Note:
    Guide pillars only recommended for use with sliding guides!
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    8°
    8°
    1
    l
    2
    l
    d 1 h4
    3
    202.29.
    Mounting example
    D36
    d 1 15 16 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63 80
    l 2 4 4 6 6 6 8 8 8
    l 1
    90 ●
    100 ● ● ●
    112 ● ● ●
    125 ● ● ● ●
    140 ● ● ● ●
    160 ● ● ● ● ●
    180 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    200 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    224 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    250 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    280 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    315 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    355 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    400 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    450 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    500 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    550 ● ● ● ●
    600 ● ● ● ●
    700 ● ● ● ●
    800 ● ● ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide pillar "ECO-Line", ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-2 =202.29.
    Guide diameter d 1 15 mm = 015.
    Length l 1 90 mm = 090
    Order No =202.29. 015.090
    202.29. Guide pillar "ECO-Line", ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-2
    subject to alterations D37
    subject to alterations
    Guide pillar "ECO-Line" endwise bolt-on type, ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-2
    Material:
    Steel, surface hardened
    Surface hardness: 60 + 3 HRC, Hardness pene-
    tration ≥ 1,8 mm
    Execution:
    ground
    Note:
    Guide pillars only recommended for use with
    sliding guides!
    Matching guide combinations, see selection
    matrix at the beginning of chapter D.
    l 1 - 3
    8°
    3
    min.
    t
    1,5 x M
    min.
    d 1 h4
    M
    d 4
    d 3
    202.31.
    X
    d
    60°
    d 1 = 15/16
    19/20
    24/25
    30/32
    38/40
    d 1 = 48/50
    60/63
    d 1 = 80
    3 x 120°
    Hole pattern for column (pillar)
    fastening
    6
    d 6
    D38
    subject to alterations
    Guide pillar "ECO-Line" endwise bolt-on type, ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-2
    D39
    d 1 15 16 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63 80
    d 3 9 11 14 18 18 14 18 18
    d 4 17 20 22 28 28 22 28 28
    d 6 - - - - - 28 34 54
    t 12 14 16 20.5 20.5 16 20.5 20.5
    M 8 10 12 16 16 12 16 16
    Cap screw M8x35 M10x40 M12x40 M16x40 M16x40 M12x50 M16x60 M16x60
    Tightening torque [Nm] 21 37 85 150 150 85 200 200
    l 1
    90 ●
    100 ● ● ●
    112 ● ● ●
    125 ● ● ● ●
    140 ● ● ● ●
    160 ● ● ● ● ●
    180 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    200 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    224 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    250 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    280 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    315 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    355 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    400 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    450 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    500 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    550 ● ● ● ●
    600 ● ● ● ●
    700 ● ● ● ●
    800 ● ● ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide pillar "ECO-Line" endwise bolt-on type, ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-2 =202.31.
    Guide diameter d 1 15 mm = 015.
    Length l 1 90 mm = 090
    Order No =202.31. 015.090
    202.31. Guide pillar "ECO-Line" endwise bolt-on type, ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-2
    subject to alterations
    Guide pillar, conical, DIN 9825/ISO 9182-4/AFNOR
    Description:
    FIBRO demountable pillars with conical shaft
    2021.50. are recommended where die shar-
    pening etc. demands frequent demounting
    and re-fitting.
    Material:
    Steel, (Core strength: ≥ 900 N/mm²) surface
    hardened
    Surface hardness: 60 + 3 HRC, Hardness pene-
    tration ≥ 1,8 mm
    Execution:
    fine-ground and superfinished
    Method of manufacturing entails that centre
    holes are not concentric with O.D.
    Note:
    Matching retaining bushes 2021.39./210.39.
    and retaining discs 2021.53./202.53. to be
    ordered separately.
    Preloading see pairing classification at the
    beginning of chapter D
    Matching guide combinations, see selection
    matrix at the beginning of chapter D.
    Tolerance range:
    yellow = .10
    green = .20
    red = .30
    20
    M8
    3 l
    1 l
    8°
    l
    25
    d 1 h3
    4°17'20"
    M
    2021.50.
    X
    Mounting example
    D40
    subject to alterations
    Guide pillar, conical, DIN 9825/ISO 9182-4/AFNOR
    D41
    d 1 16 19 20 24 25 25 30 32 32 38 40 40 48 50 50 60 63 63 63
    d 5 22 22 25 25 32 32 40 40 50 50 63 63 63
    M 6 6 8 8 8 8 8 8 10 10 12 12 12
    l 3 28 38 35 45 48 61 48 61 58 78 69 77 97
    l 1 l
    82 100
    95 113
    100 126 123
    112 130 138 135 145
    125 143 151 148 158 158 158
    140 166 163 173 186 173 180
    160 186 183 193 193 206 193 206 200 211
    180 206 203 213 213 226 213 226 220 231 237
    200 226 223 233 233 233 240 260 251 257
    224 247 257 270 257 270 264 275
    250 273 283 283 296 290 310 301 307 327
    280 313 313 320 340 331 337
    315 348 355 375 366 372 392
    355 395 406 432
    400 477
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide pillar, conical, DIN 9825/ISO 9182-4/AFNOR =2021.50.
    Guide diameter d 1 16 mm = 016.
    Guide length l 1 82 mm = 082.
    Cone length l 3 28 mm = 028.
    Classification TOL yellow = 10
    Order No =2021.50. 016. 082. 028. 10
    2021.50. Guide pillar, conical, DIN 9825/ISO 9182-4/AFNOR
    subject to alterations
    Demountable guide pillar, conical, with ball cage retainer,
    DIN 9825/ISO 9182-4/AFNOR
    Description:
    FIBRO demountable pillars with conical shaft
    2021.58. are recommended where die shar-
    pening etc. demands frequent demounting
    and re-fitting.
    Material:
    Steel, (Core strength: ≥ 900 N/mm²) surface
    hardened
    Surface hardness: 60 + 3 HRC, Hardness pene-
    tration ≥ 1,8 mm
    Execution:
    fine-ground and superfinished
    Note:
    Dimensions of ball cage retainer see 202.91.
    Matching retaining bushes 2021.39./210.39.
    and retaining discs 2021.53./202.53. to be
    ordered separately.
    Preloading see pairing classification at the
    beginning of chapter D
    Matching guide combinations, see selection
    matrix at the beginning of chapter D.
    Tolerance range:
    yellow = .10
    green = .20
    red = .30
    4
    1 l
    l
    3 l
    min.
    20
    5
    d
    9 l
    2 l 8 l
    1
    d
    2021.58.
    m
    X
    Mounting example
    D42
    subject to alterations
    Demountable guide pillar, conical, with ball cage retainer,
    DIN 9825/ISO 9182-4/AFNOR
    D43
    d 1 38 38 40 40 48 50 50 60 63 63 63
    d 5 42 42 44 44 52 54 54 64 67 67 67
    m 8 8 8 8 10 10 8 12 12 12 12
    l 3 48 48 48 61 58 58 78 69 69 77 97
    KG (l 8 / l 9 )
    1 (31 / 46) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    2 (41 / 56) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    3 (51 / 66) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    4 (61 / 76) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    5 (73 / 89) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    l 1 l
    125 158 158 158
    140 173 173 173 180 180
    160 193 193 193 206 200 200 211 211
    180 213 213 213 226 220 220 231 231 237
    200 233 233 233 240 240 260 251 251 257
    224 257 257 257 270 264 264 275 275
    250 283 283 283 296 290 290 310 301 301 307 327
    280 313 313 313 320 320 340 331 331 337
    315 348 348 348 355 355 375 366 366 372 392
    355 395 395 406 406 432
    400 477
    Ordering Code (example):
    Demountable guide pillar, conical, with ball cage retainer, DIN 9825/
    ISO 9182-4/AFNOR =2021.58.
    Guide diameter d 1 38 mm = 038.
    Guide length l 1 125 mm = 125.
    Cone length l 3 48 mm = 048.
    Cage retainer size KG 1 = 1
    Classification TOL yellow = 1
    Order No =2021.58. 038. 125. 048. 11
    2021.58. Demountable guide pillar, conical, with ball cage retainer, DIN 9825/ISO 9182-4/
    AFNOR
    subject to alterations
    Retaining disc with countersunk head cap screw, DIN 9825/ISO 9182-4
    Retaining disc with socket cap screw, ~ AFNOR
    Material:
    Retaining disc: Steel, burnished
    Countersunk head cap screw DIN 7991/ISO 10642
    Note:
    Has to be ordered separately to guide pillar, conical according to
    DIN 9825 / ISO 9182-4 2021.50. or 2021.58.
    Material:
    Retaining disc: Steel, burnished
    Socket head cap screw DIN 6912
    Note:
    Has to be ordered separately to guide pillar, conical according to AFNOR
    2021.50. or 2021.58.
    Mounting example
    Mounting example
    M
    s
    5
    d
    2021.53.
    M
    s
    5
    d
    202.53.
    D44
    Order No Nominal-ø Pillar-ø d 5 s M
    2021.53.020 20 19/20 22 3 M6
    2021.53.025 25 24/25 25 3 M8
    2021.53.032 32 30/32 32 3 M8
    2021.53.040 40 38/40 40 5 M8
    2021.53.050 50 48/50 50 5 M10
    2021.53.063 63 60/63 63 6 M12
    Order No Pillar-ø d 5 s M
    202.53.016 16 18 3 M6
    202.53.020 20 22 3 M6
    202.53.025 25 25 4 M8
    202.53.032 32 32 4 M8
    202.53.040 40 40 4 M8
    202.53.050 50 50 5 M10
    202.53.063 63 63 6 M12
    2021.53.
    202.53. Retaining disc with socket cap
    screw, ~ AFNOR
    Retaining disc with countersunk
    head cap screw, DIN 9825/
    ISO 9182-4
    subject to alterations
    Retaining bush for guide pillar conical 2021.50., DIN 9825/ISO 9182-4
    js4
    H5
    13
    6
    4 l
    2 l
    l
    d
    1 d
    4 d
    2 d
    5 d
    3 l
    a
    1 a
    3
    4°17'20"
    7 d
    6 d
    2021.39.
    Material:
    16 MnCr5,
    case hardened 58 ± 2 HRC
    Hardness penetration: ≥ 0,8 mm
    Execution:
    Retaining bore, outside diameter and shoulder precision ground.
    Note:
    Outside diameter d 3 same as that of guide bushes 2081. and 2091.
    The attachment is with 3 Screw clamp, from ∅ d 1 = 38 with 4 Screw
    clamp , which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - Screw clamp
    incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head ∅ 13).
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    3
    d
    H5
    js4
    Mounting example
    D45
    d 1 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63
    d 2 32 40 48 58 70 85
    d 3 32 40 48 58 70 85
    d 4 40 48 56 66 80 95
    d 5 23 26 33 41 51 64
    d 6 53 60 67 77 91 106
    d 7 65.7 72.7 79.7 89.7 103.7 118.7
    a 20.9 22.65 24.4 35.3 40.2 45.5
    a 1 30.3 33.4 36.4 35.3 40.2 45.5
    l 42 49 49 59 52 62 62 75 65 78 78 95
    l 2 30 37 37 47 37 47 47 60 47 60 60 77
    l 3 12 12 15 15 18 18
    l 4 39 36 49 49 59 70
    Ordering Code (example):
    Retaining bush for guide pillar conical 2021.50., DIN 9825/ISO 9182-4 =2021.39.
    Nominal diameter d 1 19 mm = 019.
    Installation length l 2 30 mm = 030
    Order No =2021.39. 019. 030
    2021.39. Retaining bush for guide pillar conical 2021.50., DIN 9825/ISO 9182-4
    subject to alterations
    Retaining bush for guide pillar conical 2021.50.,~ AFNOR
    Material:
    16 MnCr5,
    case hardened 58 ± 2 HRC
    Hardness penetration: ≥ 0,8 mm
    Execution:
    Retaining bore, outside diameter and shoulder precision ground.
    Note:
    Outside diameter d 3 same as that of guide bush 210.
    The attachment is with 3 Screw clamp, from ∅ d 1 = 38 with 4 Screw
    clamp , which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - Screw clamp
    incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head ∅ 13).
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    3
    d
    H5
    m5
    js4
    H5
    13
    6
    4 l
    2 l
    l
    d
    1 d
    4 d
    2 d
    5 d
    3 l
    a
    1 a
    3
    4°17'20"
    7 d
    6 d
    210.39.
    Mounting example
    D46
    d 1 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
    d 2 29 32 41 51 65 84 100
    d 3 28 32 40 50 63 80 90
    d 4 32 36 45 56 70 90 110
    d 5 19 23 26 33 41 51 64
    d 6 45 49 57 67 81 101 121
    d 7 57.7 61.7 69.7 79.7 93.7 113.7 133.7
    a 18.9 19.9 21.9 24.4 36 43 50.1
    a 1 26.9 28.6 32.1 36.4 36 43 50.1
    l 40 50 50 60 63 76 63 76 79 96 98 118
    l 2 30 38 38 48 48 61 48 61 61 78 78 98
    l 3 10 12 12 15 15 18 20
    l 4 30 40 37 47 50 63 50 63 63 80 79 99
    Ordering Code (example):
    Retaining bush for guide pillar conical 2021.50.,~ AFNOR =210.39.
    Nominal diameter d 1 16 mm = 016.
    Installation length l 2 30 mm = 030
    Order No =210.39. 016. 030
    210.39. Retaining bush for guide pillar conical 2021.50.,~ AFNOR
    subject to alterations
    Guide pillar for large tools, DIN 9833/ISO 9182-3
    15°
    l 1
    f6 1
    d
    M12
    l 2
    24
    r
    r6 1
    d
    H7
    min. 5
    l 5
    l 6
    5°
    r
    3
    d
    d 5
    2022.19.
    Material:
    Steel, surface hardened
    Surface hardness: 60 + 4 HRC, Hardness penetration 1,5 + 1 mm
    Execution:
    ground
    up to ∅ d 1 = 80 without central hole
    by ∅ d 1 = 80 with 1 lifting thread M12
    from ∅ d 1 = 100 with central hole (through)
    and with 2 lifting threads M12
    Note:
    Guide pillar is recommended to be used only with guide elements with
    solid lubricant.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    D47
    d 1 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160
    d 3 - - - - - - 50 65 95
    d 5 - - - - - - 72 90 132
    r 2 2 2 2.5 2.5 3 3 4 4
    l 2 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 12 12
    l 5 40 45 56 70 80 100 125 140 180
    l 6 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5
    l 1
    125 ● ●
    140 ● ● ●
    160 ● ● ● ●
    180 ● ● ● ● ●
    200 ● ● ● ● ●
    224 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    250 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    280 ● ● ● ● ●
    315 ● ● ● ● ●
    355 ● ● ● ● ●
    400 ● ● ● ● ●
    450 ● ● ● ●
    500 ● ● ● ●
    560 ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide pillar for large tools, DIN 9833/ISO 9182-3 =2022.19.
    Guide diameter d 1 25 mm = 025.
    Length l 1 125 mm = 125
    Order No =2022.19. 025. 125
    2022.19. Guide pillar for large tools, DIN 9833/ISO 9182-3
    subject to alterations
    Guide pillar with 5° pilot taper, to VW-Standard
    Material:
    Steel, surface hardened
    Surface hardness: 60 + 4 HRC, Hardness penetration 1,5 + 1 mm
    Execution:
    precision ground
    ∅ d 1 = 80 with 1 lifting thread M12
    Note:
    Guide pillar is recommended to be used only with guide elements with
    solid lubricant.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    Application:
    Floating support in upper half of trimming tools.
    H6
    2
    d
    M12
    f6 1
    d
    5°
    -2
    5°
    0
    r6 2
    d
    r
    r
    r 1
    l 1
    l 5
    l 6
    25
    24
    2022.13.
    Mounting example
    D48
    d 1 40 50 63 80
    d 2 40 50 63 80
    l 5 56 70 80 100
    l 6 4 4 4 4
    r 2 2.5 2.5 3
    r 1 3 5 6 8
    l 1
    140 ●
    160 ● ●
    180 ● ● ●
    200 ● ● ●
    224 ● ● ● ●
    250 ● ● ● ●
    280 ● ● ● ●
    315 ● ● ●
    355 ● ● ●
    400 ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide pillar with 5° pilot taper, to VW-Standard =2022.13.
    Guide diameter d 1 40 mm = 040.
    Length l 1 140 mm = 140
    Order No =2022.13. 040. 140
    2022.13. Guide pillar with 5° pilot taper, to VW-Standard
    subject to alterations
    Guide pillar with pilot tapper, VDI 3356
    l 1
    r6 1
    d
    H7
    min. 5
    r
    f6 1
    d
    M12
    15°
    l 2 l 5
    l 6
    24
    5°
    r
    3
    d
    d 5
    2022.15.
    Material:
    Steel, surface hardened
    Surface hardness: 60 + 4 HRC, Hardness penetration 1,5 + 1 mm
    Execution:
    ground
    ∅ d 1 = 80 without central hole with 1 lifting thread M12
    from ∅ d 1 = 100 with central hole (through)
    and with 2 lifting threads M8
    Note:
    Guide pillar is recommended to be used only with guide elements with
    solid lubricant.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    D49
    d 1 80 100 125 160
    d 3 - 50 65 95
    d 5 - 62 82 119
    r 3 3 4 4
    l 2 50 50 50 50
    l 5 100 125 140 180
    l 6 4 4 5 5
    l 1
    280 ●
    315 ● ●
    355 ● ● ●
    400 ● ● ●
    450 ● ● ● ●
    500 ● ●
    560 ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide pillar with pilot tapper, VDI 3356 =2022.15.
    Guide diameter d 1 80 mm = 080.
    Length l 1 280 mm = 280
    Order No =2022.15. 080. 280
    2022.15. Guide pillar with pilot tapper, VDI 3356
    subject to alterations
    Guide pillar with groove, to VW
    Material:
    Steel, surface hardened
    Surface hardness: 60 + 4 HRC, Hardness penetration 1,5 + 1 mm
    Execution:
    ground
    ∅ d 1 = 80 with 1 lifting thread M12
    Note:
    Secure with locating plate 2022.40.1.
    Guide pillar is recommended to be used only with guide elements with
    solid lubricant.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    5°
    r
    15°
    f6 1
    d
    24
    l 2
    l 1
    l 5
    l 7
    s
    e 2
    t
    r6 1
    d
    H7
    l 6
    r
    2022.17.
    D50
    d 1 25 32 40 50 63 80
    l 2 8 8 8 10 10 10
    l 5 40 45 56 70 80 100
    l 6 4 4 4 4 4 4
    l 7 7 7 10 10 12 12
    r 2 2 2 2.5 2.5 3
    e 2 20.5 24 29.5 33.5 43 50
    t 3 3 4 4 6.5 8
    l 1
    125 ● ●
    140 ● ● ●
    160 ● ● ● ●
    180 ● ● ● ● ●
    200 ● ● ● ● ●
    224 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    250 ● ● ● ● ●
    280 ● ● ● ●
    315 ● ● ●
    355 ● ● ●
    400 ● ●
    450 ●
    500 ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide pillar with groove, to VW =2022.17.
    Guide diameter d 1 25 mm = 025.
    Length l 1 125 mm = 125
    Order No =2022.17. 025. 125
    2022.17. Guide pillar with groove, to VW
    subject to alterations
    Locating plate for guide pillar, to VW
    b 1
    d 9
    b
    s
    a
    e 1
    c x 45°
    2022.40.1.
    Material:
    Steel
    Note:
    Screws are not included.
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762.
    D51
    Order No Pillar-ø a b s c b 1 e 1 d 9
    2022.40.1.02 25 32 40 20 5 1 10 20 9
    2022.40.1.04 40 50 48 25 8 2 12.5 24 11
    2022.40.1.06 63 80 60 34 10 2 17 30 14
    Ordering Code (example):
    Locating plate for guide pillar, to VW =2022.40.1.
    Nominal size NENN 02 = 02
    Order No =2022.40.1. 02
    2022.40.1. Locating plate for guide pillar,
    to VW
    subject to alterations
    Guide pillar with retaining ring groove, ~AFNOR
    Material:
    Steel, surface hardened
    Surface hardness: 60 + 4 HRC, Hardness penetration 1,5 + 1 mm
    Execution:
    ground
    Note:
    Guide pillar is recommended to be used only with guide elements with
    solid lubricant.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    Fixing:
    Clamping flange with retaining ring, without screws, 2073.46.□□□
    order separately.
    15°
    g
    t
    d 5 d
    d 1d8
    5
    l 1-1
    d 1 h5
    l
    3
    4
    d
    c
    d 1 h5
    2022.25.
    D52
    d 1 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
    d 3 22.3 27.8 35.8 45.8 56.8 73.8 93.8
    g 2.7 4.2 4.2 4.2 6.2 6.2 6.2
    l 5 25 32 63 80 100 125 160
    l 1
    100 ●
    125 ● ●
    140 ● ●
    160 ● ●
    180 ● ● ●
    200 ● ● ● ●
    220 ● ● ● ●
    250 ● ● ● ●
    280 ● ● ●
    315 ● ● ● ●
    355 ● ● ● ●
    400 ● ● ● ●
    450 ● ● ●
    500 ● ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide pillar with retaining ring groove, ~AFNOR =2022.25.
    Guide diameter d 1 25 mm = 025.
    Length l 1 100 mm = 100
    Order No =2022.25. 025. 100
    2022.25. Guide pillar with retaining ring groove, ~AFNOR
    subject to alterations
    Clamping flange with retaining ring, ~AFNOR
    t
    c
    e 1
    e 1
    a
    a
    g
    d 5
    d 4
    2073.46.
    Material:
    Clamping flange: Steel
    Retaining ring: Spring steel wire
    Note:
    For fixing the guide pillar 2022.25.
    Order No. for reordering retaining ring: 2073.46.□□□.2
    D53
    Order No
    Pillar-ø
    d 1 d 4 d 5 a c g e 1 t
    2073.46.025 25 6.6 11 45 10 2.7 31 7
    2073.46.032 32 6.6 11 56 10 4.2 36 7
    2073.46.040 40 6.6 11 70 12 4.2 50 7
    2073.46.050 50 9 15 80 14 4.2 55 9
    2073.46.063 63 11 18 100 18 6.2 70 11
    2073.46.080 80 13.5 20 110 20 6.2 80 13
    2073.46.100 100 13.5 20 140 20 6.2 100 13
    2073.46. Clamping flange with retaining
    ring, ~AFNOR
    subject to alterations
    Guide pillar with snap ring groove, to Mercedes-Benz Standard
    Material:
    Steel, surface hardened
    Surface hardness: 60 + 4 HRC, Hardness pene-
    tration 1,5 + 1 mm
    Execution:
    ground
    up to ∅ d 1 = 80 without central hole
    by ∅ d 1 = 80 with 1 lifting thread M12
    from ∅ d 1 = 100 with central hole (through)
    and with 2 lifting threads M12
    Note:
    Secure with snap ring 2061.48.
    Guide pillar is recommended to be used only
    with guide elements with solid lubricant.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection
    matrix at the beginning of chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional require-
    ments and tolerances at the end of chapter D.
    d 5
    15°
    3
    d
    5°
    l 1
    d 7
    d 6
    r6 1
    d
    H7
    min. 5
    8 l
    l 7
    f6 1
    d
    M12
    l 2
    l 5
    l 6
    24
    r
    r
    X
    2022.16.
    X
    „ X “
    b
    s
    b 1
    b 2
    3
    r 1
    Mounting example
    D54
    subject to alterations
    Guide pillar with snap ring groove, to Mercedes-Benz Standard
    D55
    d 1 40 50 63 80 100 125 160
    d 3 - - - - 50 65 95
    d 5 - - - - 72 90 132
    d 6 33 43 55.7 71.4 89.9 114.9 148.9
    r 2 2.5 2.5 3 3 4 4
    r 1 1 1 1 1.05 1.3 1.3 1.3
    l 2 8 10 10 10 10 12 12
    l 5 56 70 80 100 125 140 180
    l 6 4 4 4 4 4 5 5
    l 7 15 15 15 21 31 31 31
    l 8 14 14 14 20 30 30 30
    b 1 2 2 2 2.1 2.6 2.6 2.6
    b 2 3.2 3.2 3.2 4.2 5.2 5.2 5.2
    l 1
    140 ●
    160 ● ●
    180 ● ● ●
    200 ● ● ●
    224 ● ● ● ●
    250 ● ● ● ● ●
    280 ● ● ● ● ●
    315 ● ● ● ● ●
    355 ● ● ● ● ●
    400 ● ● ● ● ●
    450 ● ● ● ●
    500 ● ● ● ●
    560 ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide pillar with snap ring groove, to Mercedes-Benz Standard =2022.16.
    Guide diameter d 1 40 mm = 040.
    Length l 1 140 mm = 140
    Order No =2022.16. 040. 140
    2022.16. Guide pillar with snap ring groove, to Mercedes-Benz Standard
    subject to alterations
    Guide pillar with pilot tapper and groove, to Mercedes-Benz Standard
    Material:
    Steel, surface hardened
    Surface hardness: 60 + 4 HRC, Hardness penetration 1,5 + 1 mm
    Execution:
    ground
    ∅ d 1 = 80 without central hole with 1 lifting thread M12
    from ∅ d 1 = 100 with central hole (through)
    and with 2 lifting threads M8
    Note:
    Secure with snap ring 2061.48.
    Guide pillar is recommended to be used only with guide elements with
    solid lubricant.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    „ X “
    b
    s
    b 1
    b 2
    3
    r 1
    3
    d
    X
    5°
    l 1
    d 7
    d 6
    r6 1
    d
    H7
    min. 5
    8 l
    l 7
    r
    f6 1
    d
    M12
    15°
    l 2
    l 5
    l 6
    24
    r
    d 5
    2022.12.
    Mounting example
    D56
    d 1 80 100 125 160
    d 3 - 50 65 95
    d 5 - 62 82 119
    d 6 71.4 89.9 114.9 148.9
    r 3 3 4 4
    r 1 1.05 1.3 1.3 1.3
    l 2 50 50 50 50
    l 5 100 125 140 180
    l 6 4 4 5 5
    l 7 21 31 31 31
    l 8 20 30 30 30
    b 1 2.1 2.6 2.6 2.6
    b 2 4.2 5.2 5.2 5.2
    l 1
    280 ●
    315 ● ●
    355 ● ● ●
    400 ● ● ●
    450 ● ● ● ●
    500 ● ●
    560 ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide pillar with pilot tapper and groove, to Mercedes-Benz Stan-
    dard =2022.12.
    Guide diameter d 1 80 mm = 080.
    Length l 1 280 mm = 280
    Order No =2022.12. 080. 280
    2022.12. Guide pillar with pilot tapper and groove, to Mercedes-Benz Standard
    subject to alterations
    Snap ring
    d 7
    s
    b 3
    2061.48.
    „ X “
    b
    s
    b 1
    b 2
    3
    r 1
    Mounting example
    Material:
    Spring strip steel
    Note:
    For securing guide pillars 2022.12. and 2022.16.
    D57
    Order No Pillar-ø b 1 b 3 d 7 s
    2061.48.040 40 1.7 2.3 43 1.5
    2061.48.050 50 1.7 2.3 53 1.5
    2061.48.063 63 1.7 2.3 66 1.5
    2061.48.080 80 2.1 2.8 83.2 2
    2061.48.100 100 2.6 3.4 103.8 2.5
    2061.48.125 125 2.6 3.4 128.8 2.5
    2061.48.160 160 2.6 4 164.3 2.5
    2061.48. Snap ring
    subject to alterations
    Guide pillar with groove, to CNOMO
    Material:
    Steel, surface hardened
    Surface hardness: 60 + 3 HRC, Hardness penetration 2 + 1,6 mm
    Execution:
    precision ground
    Note:
    Fit for receiving bore H7.
    Guide pillar is recommended to be used only with guide elements with
    solid lubricant.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    10
    15°
    M12
    1
    d
    2
    d
    -0,5 2
    d
    6
    d
    R4,5
    2
    l
    30
    1
    l
    6
    l
    12
    10
    = =
    90°
    2022.16.45.
    Mounting example
    D58
    d 1 80 100
    Tolerance -0,010/-0,025 -0,010/-0,025
    d 2 80 100
    Tolerance +0,04/+0,05 +0,045/+0,055
    d 6 75 95
    l 2 16 16
    l 6 110 140
    l 1
    350 ●
    400 ● ●
    450 ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide pillar with groove, to CNOMO =2022.16.45.
    Guide diameter d 1 80 mm = 080.
    Length l 1 350 mm = 350
    Order No =2022.16.45. 080. 350
    2022.16.45. Guide pillar with groove, to CNOMO
    subject to alterations
    Guide pillar with groove
    3
    l
    e
    m
    d
    15°
    1
    d
    -0,5 2
    d
    6
    d
    R4,5
    2
    l
    25
    1
    l
    6
    l
    10
    90°
    1 -1
    2
    d p6
    6
    l /2
    60°
    2022.16.48.
    Material:
    Steel, surface hardened
    Surface hardness: 60 + 3 HRC, Hardness penetration 2 + 1,6 mm
    Execution:
    precision ground
    Note:
    Fit for receiving bore H7.
    Guide pillar is recommended to be used only with guide elements with
    solid lubricant.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Mounting example
    D59
    d 1 25 30 40 50 60 65 80 100
    Tolerance -0,005/-0,015 -0,005/-0,015 -0,005/-0,015 -0,005/-0,015 -0,01/-0,02 -0,01/-0,025 -0,01/-0,025 -0,01/-0,025
    d 2 25 30 40 50 60 65 80 100
    Tolerance +0,022/+0,035 +0,022/+0,035 +0,026/+0,042 +0,026/+0,042 +0,032/+0.051 +0,032/+0.051 +0,032/+0.051 +0,037/+0,059
    d 6 21 26 36 45 55 60 75 95
    l 2 5 5 5 10 10 10 10 10
    l 3 5 5 5 10 10 10 10 10
    l 6 30 40 50 70 90 100 120 150
    m M8 M8 M8 M12 M12 M12 M12 M12
    l 1
    80 ●
    100 ● ●
    120 ● ● ●
    140 ● ●
    160 ● ● ●
    180 ● ● ●
    200 ● ● ●
    220 ●
    250 ● ● ● ●
    300 ● ● ● ● ●
    350 ● ● ● ●
    400 ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide pillar with groove =2022.16.48.
    Guide diameter d 1 25 mm = 025.
    Length l 1 80 mm = 80
    Order No =2022.16.48. 025. 80
    2022.16.48. Guide pillar with groove
    subject to alterations
    Guide pillar with collar, to WDX
    Material:
    Steel, surface hardened
    Surface hardness: 60 + 4 HRC, Hardness penetration 1,5 + 1 mm
    Execution:
    precision ground
    from ∅ d 1 = 80 with 1 lifting thread M12
    Method of manufacturing entails that centre holes are not concentric
    with O.D.
    Note:
    The guide pillar is only recommended for use with solid lubricants.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    Order No. for guide pillar with collar, to WDX, with screw clamps:
    2022.29.□□□.□□□.A
    Fixing:
    (to be ordered separately)
    Screw clamps with screws 2072.46 (M10 x 20 DIN EN ISO 4762)
    up to ∅ d 1 = 50 - 2 screw clamps
    from ∅ d 1 = 63 - 3 screw clamps
    20
    6
    d
    M10
    18
    l 3
    4
    10 6
    l
    -0,5 2
    l
    h6 2
    d
    M12
    f6
    5°
    15°
    1
    d
    1 -1
    r6 2
    d
    H7
    3
    d
    2022.29.
    Mounting example
    D60
    d 1 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
    d 2 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
    d 3 32 40 50 60 80 90 110
    d 6 68 75 83 93 106 123 143
    l 2 40 42 56 70 80 100 125
    l 3 6 8 8 10 10 10 10
    l 1
    125 ●
    140 ● ●
    160 ● ● ● ●
    180 ● ● ● ●
    200 ● ● ● ● ●
    224 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    250 ● ● ● ● ●
    280 ● ● ● ● ●
    315 ● ● ● ●
    355 ● ● ●
    400 ● ● ●
    500 ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide pillar with collar, to WDX =2022.29.
    Guide diameter d 1 25 mm = 025.
    Length l 1 125 mm = 125
    Order No =2022.29. 025. 125
    2022.29. Guide pillar with collar, to WDX
    subject to alterations D61
    subject to alterations
    Guide pillar with collar, screw clamp retention, DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-5
    Description:
    Demountable pillars with shoulder are suited
    to applications where die sharpening requires
    dismantling and re-fitting.
    Material:
    Steel, (Core strength: ≥ 900 N/mm²) surface
    hardened
    Surface hardness: 60 + 3 HRC, Hardness pene-
    tration ≥ 1,8 mm
    Execution:
    fine precision ground
    Method of manufacturing entails that centre
    holes are not concentric with O.D.
    Note:
    The attachment is with 3 Screw clamp, from
    ∅ d 1 = 38 with 4 Screw clamp , which are
    included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - Screw
    clamp incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head
    ∅ 13).
    If the desired fixing is with centre retention
    2021.43. this is also possible (to be ordered
    separately).
    Bearing clearance / Preloading see pairing
    classification at the beginning of chapter D.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection
    matrix at the beginning of chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional require-
    ments and tolerances at the end of chapter D.
    Tolerance range:
    yellow = .10
    green = .20
    red = .30
    M8
    25
    20
    8
    6 20
    13
    a 1
    a
    6
    d
    7
    d
    2 l 1 l
    M6
    15
    12,5
    8°
    2
    d
    H5
    js4
    8°
    1
    d
    h3
    3
    d
    m
    2021.46.
    X
    2021.43.
    2021.46.
    Mounting example
    03.2017
    subject to alterations
    Guide pillar with collar, screw clamp retention, DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-5
    03.2017
    d 1 15 16 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63 80
    d 2 15 16 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63 80
    d 3 22 25 32 40 50 63 80 95
    d 6 33 36 43 51 61 74 91 106
    d 7 45.7 48.7 55.7 63.7 73.7 86.7 103.7 118.7
    a 15.9 16.6 18.4 20.4 29.2 33.8 39.8 46.2
    a 1 21.7 23 26 29.5 29.2 33.8 39.8 46.2
    m M8 M8 M8 M8 M8 M8 M8 M12
    l 2 20 23 30 37 37 47 47 60
    l 1
    100 ● ● ●
    112 ● ● ● ●
    125 ● ● ● ● ●
    140 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    160 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    180 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    200 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    224 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    250 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    280 ● ● ● ● ●
    315 ● ● ● ● ●
    355 ● ● ● ●
    400 ● ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide pillar with collar, screw clamp retention, DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-5 =2021.46.
    Guide diameter d 1 32 mm = 032.
    Length l 1 315 mm= 315.
    Classification TOL yellow = 10
    Order No =2021.46. 032. 315.10
    2021.46. Guide pillar with collar, screw clamp retention, DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-5
    subject to alterations
    Guide pillar with collar and ball cage retainer
    Description:
    Demountable pillars with shoulder are suited
    to applications where die sharpening requires
    dismantling and re-fitting.
    Material:
    Steel, (Core strength: ≥ 900 N/mm²) surface
    hardened
    Surface hardness: 60 + 3 HRC, Hardness pene-
    tration ≥ 1,8 mm
    Execution:
    fine precision ground
    Note:
    The attachment is with 3 Screw clamp, from
    ∅ d 1 = 38 with 4 Screw clamp , which are
    included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - Screw
    clamp incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head
    ∅ 13).
    If the desired fixing is with centre retention
    2021.43. this is also possible (to be ordered
    separately).
    Bearing clearance / Preloading see pairing
    classification at the beginning of chapter D.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection
    matrix at the beginning of chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional require-
    ments and tolerances at the end of chapter D.
    Tolerance range:
    yellow = .10
    green = .20
    red = .30
    m
    12,5
    15
    6
    1 l
    1
    d
    2
    d
    js4
    8
    M6
    min.
    20
    5
    d
    9 l
    8 l
    4
    2 l
    13
    7
    d
    6
    d
    a
    1
    a
    2021.44.
    X
    2021.43
    Mounting example
    03.2017
    subject to alterations
    Guide pillar with collar and ball cage retainer
    03.2017
    d 1 38 40 48 50 60 63
    d 2 38 40 48 50 60 63
    d 3 50 50 63 63 80 80
    d 5 42 44 52 54 64 67
    d 6 61 61 74 74 91 91
    d 7 73.7 73.7 86.7 86.7 103.7 103.7
    a 29.2 29.2 33.8 33.8 39.8 39.8
    a 1 29.2 29.2 33.8 33.8 39.8 39.8
    m M8 M8 M8 M8 M8 M8
    l 2 37 37 47 47 47 47
    KG (l 8 / l 9 )
    1 (31 / 46) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    2 (41 / 56) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    3 (51 / 66) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    4 (61 / 76) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    5 (73 / 89) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    l 1
    125 ● ●
    140 ● ● ● ●
    160 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    180 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    200 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    224 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    250 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    280 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    315 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    355 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    400 ● ● ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide pillar with collar and ball cage retainer =2021.44.
    Guide diameter d 1 48 mm = 048.
    Length l 1 400 mm = 400.
    Cage retainer size KG 1 = 1.
    Classification TOL yellow = 10
    Order No =2021.44. 048. 400. 1.10
    2021.44. Guide pillar with collar and ball cage retainer
    subject to alterations
    Retaining disc with screw
    Material:
    Retaining disc: Steel, burnished
    Countersunk head cap screw DIN 7991/ISO 10642
    Note:
    For fixing the guide pillars 2021.44., 2021.46. and 2021.29.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    m
    s
    5
    d
    2021.43.
    01.2017
    Order No Nominal-ø Pillar-ø d 5 s m
    2021.43.016 16 15/16 22 6 8
    2021.43.020 20 19/20 25 6 8
    2021.43.025 25 24/25 32 6 8
    2021.43.032 32 30/32 40 6 8
    2021.43.040 40 38/40 50 6 8
    2021.43.050 50 48/50 60 6 8
    2021.43.063 63 60/63 70 6 8
    2021.43.080 80 80 93 12 12
    2021.43. Retaining disc with screw
    subject to alterations
    Ball guide unit to Mercedes-Benz Standard
    ø23
    2
    d
    R6
    js4
    9
    d
    1
    d
    h3
    5
    d
    3
    d
    H5
    js4
    6
    d
    3x120°
    8
    3 l
    4 l
    6 l 2 l
    2025.94.
    Material:
    Demountable guide pillar: Steel, surface hardened
    Guide bush: Tooling steel
    Cage retainer: Steel
    Ball cage: Brass
    Execution:
    Ball guide unit 2025.94. consisting of: Demountable guide pillar, guide
    bush, ball cage, cage retainer, clamps and socket cap screws to
    DIN EN ISO 4762.
    D67
    Pillar diameter d 1 50 80
    d 2 50 80
    d 3 70 105
    d 5 80 118
    d 6 97 135
    d 9 57 91
    l 2 47 75
    l 3 316 450
    l 4 271 400
    l 6 128 160
    Ordering Code (example):
    Ball guide unit to Mercedes-Benz Standard =2025.94.
    Pillar diameter d 1 50 mm = 050
    Order No =2025.94. 050
    2025.94. Ball guide unit to Mercedes-Benz Standard
    subject to alterations
    Guide pillar with collar "ECO-LINE"
    13
    6
    8
    M
    a
    2
    d
    H5
    j6
    d 3
    1
    d
    h4
    6
    d
    7
    d
    a 1
    l 2 l 1
    2021.29.
    Material:
    Steel, surface hardened
    Surface hardness: 60 + 4 HRC, Hardness penetration 1,5 + 1 mm
    Execution:
    ground
    Method of manufacturing entails that centre holes are not concentric
    with O.D.
    Note:
    Guide pillars only recommended for use with sliding guides!
    The attachment is with 3 Screw clamp, from ∅ d 1 = 38 with 4 Screw
    clamp , which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - Screw clamp
    incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head ∅ 13).
    If the desired fixing is with centre retention 2021.43. this is also
    possible (to be ordered separately).
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    03.2017
    d 1 15 16 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63 80
    d 2 15 16 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63 80
    d 3 22 25 32 40 50 63 80 95
    d 6 33 36 43 51 61 74 91 106
    d 7 45.7 48.7 55.7 63.7 73.7 86.7 103.7 118.7
    a 15.9 16.6 18.4 20.4 29.2 33.8 39.8 46.2
    a 1 21.7 23 26 29.5 29.2 33.8 39.8 46.2
    M M8 M8 M8 M8 M8 M8 M8 M12
    l 2 20 23 30 37 37 47 47 60
    l 1
    100 ● ● ●
    112 ● ● ● ●
    125 ● ● ● ● ●
    140 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    160 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    180 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    200 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    224 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    250 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    280 ● ● ● ● ●
    315 ● ● ● ● ●
    355 ● ● ● ●
    400 ● ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide pillar with collar "ECO-LINE" =2021.29.
    Guide diameter d 1 32 mm = 032.
    Length l 1 112 mm= 112
    Order No =2021.29. 032. 112
    2021.29. Guide pillar with collar "ECO-LINE"
    subject to alterations
    Guide pillar with collar
    +0,002
    2
    l l
    -0,02 1
    ( l )
    d 2
    d 3
    h3 1
    d
    h3 1
    R2
    20 35
    d
    R2
    202.61.
    Description:
    On small modular die sets the combination plastic ball cage 206.41./
    collared guide pillar 202.61. has indeed been successful for several
    years.
    Material:
    Steel, surface hardened
    Surface hardness: 60 + 4 HRC, Hardness penetration 1 ± 0,2 mm
    Execution:
    precision ground
    Note:
    For use with ball cage 206.41. and guide bushes 2062.44.012. or
    2061.44.15.
    D69
    Order No d 1 d 2 d 3 l l 1 l 2
    202.61.012.041.074 12 15.9 12.02 115 41 74
    202.61.015.044.080 15 23.5 15.02 124 44 80
    202.61. Guide pillar with collar
    subject to alterations
    Guide bush for ball bearing, for highest stroking speed
    Guide bush for ball bearing, ISO 9448-3
    Material:
    Tool steel, hardened 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Bearing surfaces honed,
    outside diameter precision ground.
    Note:
    For use with ball cage 206.41. and guide pillar 202.61.
    Material:
    Tool steel, hardened 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Bearing surfaces honed,
    outside diameter precision ground.
    Note:
    For use with ball cage 206.41. and guide pillar 202.61.
    Tolerance range:
    yellow = .10
    green = .20
    l 1
    3
    d
    d
    h4
    2 IT 3
    d
    1
    2062.44.012.
    l 1
    3
    d
    d
    h4
    2 IT 3
    d
    1
    2061.44.015.
    D70
    Order No d 1 d 2 d 3 l 1 for ball∅
    2062.44.012.016.032 12 16 20 32 2
    2062.44.012.017.032 12 17 20 32 2.5
    Order No d 1 d 2 d 3 l 1
    2061.44.015.023.10 15 21 28 23
    2061.44.015.023.20 15 21 28 23
    2061.44.015.030.10 15 21 28 30
    2061.44.015.030.20 15 21 28 30
    2061.44.015.037.10 15 21 28 37
    2061.44.015.037.20 15 21 28 37
    2061.44.015.047.10 15 21 28 47
    2061.44.015.047.20 15 21 28 47
    2061.44.015.060.10 15 21 28 60
    2061.44.015.060.20 15 21 28 60
    2062.44.012.
    2061.44. Guide bush for ball bearing,
    ISO 9448-3
    Guide bush for ball bearing,
    for highest stroking speed
    subject to alterations
    Ball cage, plastic, for highest stroking speed
    d
    k
    1 l
    1
    206.41.
    Description:
    Owing to its much lower inertia, the plastic ball cage of particular
    advantage in die sets operating at stroking speed of 1000 SPM and
    more.
    The phenomenon of ball-drag at the reversal point of cage travel, set up
    by the cage inertia, no longer occurs. The negative influence of this drag
    is eliminated – and so are the wear symptoms associated with it.
    On small modular die sets the combination plastic ball cage 206.41./
    collared guide pillar 202.61. has indeed been successful for several
    years.
    Material:
    Cage: Plastic tube (Polyacetal - POM)
    Balls: Steel hardened DIN 5401- Quality Class 1
    D71
    Order No d 1 l 1 k
    206.41.012.020.021 12 21 2
    206.41.012.020.042 12 42 2
    206.41.012.025.021 12 21 2.5
    206.41.012.025.042 12 42 2.5
    206.41.015.030.045 15 45 3
    206.41.015.030.056 15 56 3
    206.41.015.030.063 15 63 3
    206.41.015.030.071 15 71 3
    206.41. Ball cage, plastic, for highest
    stroking speed
    subject to alterations
    Demountable guide pillar with centre fixing
    Material:
    Steel, surface hardened
    Surface hardness: 62 + 2 HRC, Hardness penetration 1 ± 0,2 mm
    Execution:
    precision ground
    Note:
    For press fit into register bore N5.
    Bending equation see at the beginning of chapter D.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    L
    L L
    2 2
    l
    8°
    8°
    d 1 h3
    d 1 h3
    3 l 2 l
    1 l
    4 l 5 l 6 6 l
    js4 2
    d
    -0,2 5
    d
    2020.63.
    Mounting example
    D72
    Order No d 1 d 2 d 5 l 1 l 2 l 3 l 4 l 5 l 6
    2020.63.012.042.074 12 13 15.9 116 42 74 12.5 5 3
    2020.63.016.064.094 16 18 21.9 158 64 94 16 8 5
    2020.63. Demountable guide pillar with centre fixing
    subject to alterations D73
    subject to alterations
    Demountable guide pillar with centre fixing
    Material:
    Steel, (Core strength: ≥ 900 N/mm²) surface
    hardened
    Surface hardness: 60 + 3 HRC, Hardness pene-
    tration 2 + 1,6 mm
    Execution:
    precision ground
    Note:
    Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 12.9.
    Bearing clearance / Preloading see pairing
    classification at the beginning of chapter D.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection
    matrix at the beginning of chapter D.
    Bending equation see at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    ∅ 12 only available in tolerance range yellow
    = .10
    Tolerance range:
    yellow = .10
    green = .20
    red = .30
    t
    js4 4
    d
    h3
    d 1
    6 l
    120° (3x)
    d 3
    6 l
    5 l 4 l
    3 l 2 l
    1
    8°
    8°
    d
    l
    l
    h3
    d 1
    6
    d
    7
    d
    2
    2020.62.
    X
    L
    L L
    2 2
    Mounting example
    01.2017
    subject to alterations
    Demountable guide pillar with centre fixing
    01.2017
    d 1 d 2 d 3 d 4 d 6 d 7 t l 1 l 2 l 3 l 4 l 5 l 6
    12 28 20 13 6 3.4 3.4 90 40 50 12 6 3
    12 28 20 13 6 3.4 3.4 100 40 60 12 6 3
    12 28 20 13 6 3.4 3.4 110 50 60 12 6 3
    12 28 20 13 6 3.4 3.4 120 50 70 12 6 3
    12 28 20 13 6 3.4 3.4 130 60 70 12 6 3
    12 28 20 13 6 3.4 3.4 140 70 70 12 6 3
    16 38 28 18 8 4.5 4.6 140 60 80 16 8 4
    16 38 28 18 8 4.5 4.6 150 60 90 16 8 4
    16 38 28 18 8 4.5 4.6 160 70 90 16 8 4
    16 38 28 18 8 4.5 4.6 170 70 100 16 8 4
    16 38 28 18 8 4.5 4.6 180 80 100 16 8 4
    16 38 28 18 8 4.5 4.6 190 90 100 16 8 4
    19 42 32 22 8 4.5 4.6 160 70 90 20 8 4
    19 42 32 22 8 4.5 4.6 170 70 100 20 8 4
    19 42 32 22 8 4.5 4.6 180 80 100 20 8 4
    19 42 32 22 8 4.5 4.6 190 80 110 20 8 4
    19 42 32 22 8 4.5 4.6 200 90 110 20 8 4
    19 42 32 22 8 4.5 4.6 210 100 110 20 8 4
    25 48 38 26 8 4.5 4.6 180 80 100 22 8 6
    25 48 38 26 8 4.5 4.6 190 80 110 22 8 6
    25 48 38 26 8 4.5 4.6 200 90 110 22 8 6
    25 48 38 26 8 4.5 4.6 210 90 120 22 8 6
    25 48 38 26 8 4.5 4.6 220 100 120 22 8 6
    25 48 38 26 8 4.5 4.6 230 110 120 22 8 6
    32 60 48 34 10 5.5 5.7 180 80 100 25 10 7
    32 60 48 34 10 5.5 5.7 190 80 110 25 10 7
    32 60 48 34 10 5.5 5.7 200 90 110 25 10 7
    32 60 48 34 10 5.5 5.7 210 90 120 25 10 7
    32 60 48 34 10 5.5 5.7 220 100 120 25 10 7
    32 60 48 34 10 5.5 5.7 230 100 130 25 10 7
    32 60 48 34 10 5.5 5.7 240 110 130 25 10 7
    32 60 48 34 10 5.5 5.7 250 110 140 25 10 7
    40 70 56 42 11 6.6 6.8 200 90 110 27 12 7
    40 70 56 42 11 6.6 6.8 210 90 120 27 12 7
    40 70 56 42 11 6.6 6.8 220 100 120 27 12 7
    40 70 56 42 11 6.6 6.8 230 100 130 27 12 7
    40 70 56 42 11 6.6 6.8 240 110 130 27 12 7
    40 70 56 42 11 6.6 6.8 250 110 140 27 12 7
    40 70 56 42 11 6.6 6.8 260 120 140 27 12 7
    Ordering Code (example):
    Demountable guide pillar with centre fixing =2020.62.
    Guide diameter d 1 25 mm = 025.
    Length with collar (short) l 2 80 mm = 080.
    Length up to collar (long) l 3 110 mm= 110.
    Classification TOL yellow = 10
    Order No =2020.62. 025. 080. 110.10
    2020.62. Demountable guide pillar with centre fixing
    subject to alterations
    Demountable guide pillar with centre fixing and ring nut
    Material:
    Steel, (Core strength: ≥ 900 N/mm²) surface hardened
    Surface hardness: 60 + 3 HRC, Hardness penetration ≥ 1,8 mm
    Execution:
    precision ground
    Note:
    Bearing clearance / Preloading see pairing classification at the begin-
    ning of chapter D.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Bending equation see at the beginning of chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    Tolerance range:
    yellow = .10
    green = .20
    red = .30
    2 I 3 I
    5 I
    8°
    5 6 5
    h
    d 5
    h3 1
    d
    R3
    2
    3 js4
    d
    4 I
    d
    h3 1
    d
    d 4
    d 6
    202.60.
    Mounting example
    01.2017
    d 1 19 25 32 40
    d 2 32 38 46 56
    d 3 25 30 36 46
    d 4 M22 x 1.5 M28 x 1.5 M35 x 1.5 M45 x 1.5
    d 5 8 12 20 28
    d 6 40 50 55 68
    h 9 10 11 12
    l 2 80 80 100 100
    l 3 120 120 140 140
    l 4 29 29 34 34
    l 5 45 45 50 50
    Ordering Code (example):
    Demountable guide pillar with centre fixing and ring nut =202.60.
    Guide diameter d 1 32 mm = 032.
    Length with collar l 2 100 mm = 100.
    Length up to collar l 3 140 mm = 140.
    Classification TOL yellow = 10
    Order No =202.60. 032. 100. 140.10
    202.60 Demountable guide pillar with centre fixing and ring nut
    subject to alterations
    Demountable guide pillar with conical centre fixing
    12
    h3
    d 1
    R3
    h3
    d 1
    R3
    k
    120° (3x)
    4
    d
    R1
    (3x)
    DIN 74 - Km 6
    2°
    d 2
    d 3
    1x45°
    4
    l
    5
    l
    2
    l
    3
    l
    2020.64.
    2
    L L
    2
    L
    Material:
    Steel, hardened 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    precision ground
    Note:
    Matching retaining bush 2021.64.
    Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 12.9.
    Bearing clearance / Preloading see pairing classification at the begin-
    ning of chapter D.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Bending equation see at the beginning of chapter D.
    Tolerance range:
    yellow = .10
    green = .20
    Mounting example
    D77
    d 1 25 25 32 32 32 32 32 32
    d 2 70 70 76 76 76 76 76 76
    d 3 55 55 62 62 62 62 62 62
    d 4 27.86 27.86 34.86 34.86 34.86 34.86 34.86 34.86
    k 26 26 30 30 30 30 30 30
    l 2 102 122 102 122 122 137 142 162
    l 3 143 143 143 143 153 153 153 153
    l 4 102 102 102 102 112 112 112 112
    l 5 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 41
    Ordering Code (example):
    Demountable guide pillar with conical centre fixing =2020.64.
    Guide diameter d 1 25 mm = 025.
    Length with collar (short) l 2 102 mm = 102.
    Length up to collar (long) l 3 143 mm = 143.
    Classification TOL yellow = 10
    Order No =2020.64. 025. 102.143.10
    2020.64. Demountable guide pillar with conical centre fixing
    subject to alterations
    Retaining bush for guide pillar conical 2020.64.
    Material:
    16 MnCr5
    Surface hardness: 60 ± 2 HRC, Hardness penetration 0,8–1 mm
    Execution:
    Thread not hardenend
    Fixing:
    2073.48.□□15 order separately.
    2°
    6 12
    51
    33,84
    45°
    n5
    d 3
    d 2
    d 1
    d 5
    d 6
    2021.64.
    Mounting example
    D78
    Order No D1xx d 2 d 3 d 5 d 6
    2021.64.025 25.5 M35x1,5 37 43 27.86
    2021.64.032 32.5 M40x1,5 44 50 34.86
    2021.64. Retaining bush for guide pillar conical 2020.64.
    subject to alterations
    Slotted nut DIN 1804
    h
    d 8
    d 2
    2073.48.
    Material:
    Steel, hardened
    Note:
    For fixing the retaining bush 2021.64.
    D79
    Order No d 2 d 8 h
    2073.48.35.15 M35x1,5 48 11
    2073.48.40.15 M40x1,5 54 12
    2073.48. Slotted nut DIN 1804
    subject to alterations
    Guide unit with collar MILLION GUIDE
    Description:
    FIBRO Million Guide guide units are used
    wherever rigidity, robustness and a precision
    guide function is required.
    The large supporting surface of the needle
    rollers ensures these properties.
    For stroke speeds up to 50 m/min and tempe-
    ratures up to 80°C.
    Material:
    Needle roller cage: Plastic
    Needle rollers: Steel, hardened
    Guide bush: Tool steel alloy, hardened,
    60 ± 2 HRC
    Guide pillar: Tool steel alloy, hardened,
    60 ± 2 HRC
    Disk: Steel
    Execution:
    Guide unit consisting of a paired guide pillar
    and guide bush, needle roller cage and disk for
    fixing the guide pillar. The fixing screw
    (2192.10./12.) is ordered separately as the
    screw required depends on the thickness of
    the base plate.
    Guide pillar and bushes are executed at:
    ∅ 16 with 4 running surfaces
    ∅ 12, ∅ 20 - ∅ 60 with 6 running surfaces
    ∅ 80 with 8 running surfaces
    Note:
    Guide unit must be installed in accordance
    with the instructions!
    Guide bush must be bonded!
    * Mounting bore
    Order No for spare part needle roller cage see
    table.
    m
    4
    d
    5
    d
    +1
    -0,5 2
    d
    -0,05 6
    d
    -0,01
    6
    d
    ±0,003
    3
    d
    -0,022 2
    d
    -0,018
    -0,06 2
    d
    -0,04
    -0,01 2
    d
    l 1 -0,3
    l 8 -0,1
    l 9 l 6
    l 3
    l 2 l 4
    l 5 +1
    l 7
    +0,08 6
    d
    +0,12
    1
    d
    *
    *
    2024.94.
    X
    guide piller guide sleeve
    needle rollers needle roller cage
    Cross section of guide unit
    D80
    subject to alterations
    Guide unit with collar MILLION GUIDE
    D81
    d 1 12 16 20 25 30 32 40 50 60 80
    d 2 12 16 20 25 30 32 40 50 60 80
    d 3 18 24 29 35 40 42 54 64 74 98
    d 4 16 22 26 32 38 40 50 60 72 105
    d 5 18 24 28 34 38 40 50 60 72 105
    d 6 23 30 37 44 50 54 68 78 95 120
    m M5x8 M6x10 M8x20 M8x20 M10x25 M10x25 M12x30 M12x30 M14x30 M16x30
    l 2 12 16 20 25 30 30 35 35 42 45
    l 3 6 6 8 8 8 8 8 8 15 15
    l 4 7 10 13 13 16 16 18 18 20 26
    l 5 3 4 5 5 7 7 9 9 12 13
    l 6 5 6 8 8 9 9 10 12 15 15
    l 7 29.8 30 52 62 68 68 78 82 116 132
    l 8 40 40 60 70 78 78 92 96 120 145
    l 9 0 0 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 25
    Order no.
    Needle roller cage
    2024.94.01 2 2024.94.01 6 2024.94.02 0 2024.94.02 5 2024.94.03 0 2024.94.05 0 2024.94.04 0 2024.94.05 0 2024.94.06 0 2024.94.08 0
    l 1
    50 ●
    60 ●
    70 ●
    80 ● ● ●
    90 ● ● ●
    100 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    110 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    120 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    130 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    140 ● ● ● ●
    150 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    160 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    170 ● ● ● ● ●
    180 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    190 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    200 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    210 ● ● ● ●
    220 ● ● ● ●
    230 ● ● ●
    240 ● ● ●
    250 ● ● ●
    260 ●
    270 ●
    280 ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide unit with collar MILLION GUIDE =2024.94.
    Guide diameter d 1 12 mm = 012.
    Guide length l 1 50 mm = 050
    Order No =2024.94. 012.050
    2024.94. Guide unit with collar MILLION GUIDE
    subject to alterations
    Guide unit with center fixing MILLION GUIDE
    Description:
    FIBRO Million Guide guide units are used
    wherever rigidity, robustness and a precision
    guide function is required.
    The large supporting surface of the needle
    rollers ensures these properties.
    For stroke speeds up to 50 m/min and tempe-
    ratures up to 80°C.
    Material:
    Needle roller cages: Plastic
    Needle rollers: Steel, hardened
    Guide bushes: Tool steel alloy, hardened,
    60 ± 2 HRC
    Guide pillar: Tool steel alloy, hardened,
    60 ± 2 HRC
    Disk: Steel
    Execution:
    Guide unit consisting of a paired guide pillar,
    guide bushes and needle roller cages.
    Guide pillar and bushes are executed at:
    ∅ 16 with 4 running surfaces
    ∅ 12, ∅ 20 - ∅ 30 with 6 running surfaces
    Note:
    Guide unit must be installed in accordance
    with the instructions!
    Guide bushes must be bonded!
    * Mounting bore
    Order No for spare part needle roller cage see
    table.
    -0,025
    -0,015
    m
    1
    d
    1
    d
    -0,005 6
    d
    -0,05 6
    d
    -0,01
    -0,005 2
    d
    -0,05 2
    d
    3
    d
    l 3 -0,3 l 2 -0,3
    l 9
    l 8 -0,1
    l 9 l 6 l 4
    l 8 -0,1
    l 7 l 7
    2
    d
    +0,08 6
    d
    +0,12
    *
    *
    2024.96.
    X
    guide piller guide sleeve
    needle rollers needle roller cage
    Cross section of guide unit
    D82
    subject to alterations
    Guide unit with center fixing MILLION GUIDE
    D83
    d 1 12 16 20 25 30
    d 2 12.5 16.5 20.5 25.5 30.5
    d 3 19 23 27 32 37
    d 6 22 28 34 40 48
    m M5x8 M6x10 M8x20 M8x20 M8x20
    l 4 12 16 20 25 30
    l 6 4 5 5 5 5
    l 7 29.8 30 46 56 68
    l 8 30 40 50 60 70
    l 9 - - 20 20 20
    Order no.
    Needle roller cage
    2024.94.012 2024.94.016 2024.96.020 2024.96.025 2024.94.030
    l 3 l 2
    50 40 50 60
    60 40 50 60
    70 40 50 60 40 50 60
    80 40 50 60 70 40 50 60 70
    90 40 50 60 70 40 50 60 70 40 50 60 70 40 50 60 70
    100 40 50 60 70 40 50 60 70 40 50 60 70
    110 40 50 60 70 40 50 60 70
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide unit with center fixing MILLION GUIDE =2024.96.
    Guide diameter d 1 12 mm = 012.
    Length up to collar l 3 50 mm = 050.
    Length with collar l 2 40 mm = 040
    Order No =2024.96. 012.050. 040
    2024.96. Guide unit with center fixing MILLION GUIDE
    subject to alterations
    Guide bearing with solid lubricant
    d 4
    1 t
    h 1
    h
    H7
    d 3
    d 1
    b
    e 2
    a
    e 1
    Guide Brush 2052.70.
    d 5
    2031.70.
    Material:
    Basic body: Special cast iron
    Guide bush 2052.70.: Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
    Execution:
    Face and top machined.
    Note:
    Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Mounting example
    D84
    d 1 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 50 63 80
    d 3 45 50 65 80 96 110 130
    d 4 9 9 11 13.5 17.5 17.5 22
    a 85 90 115 130 160 180 215
    b 45 50 65 80 96 110 130
    e 1 64 68 83 95 118 132 160
    e 2 24 28 34 45 55 62 75
    h 18 22 25 30 35 35 40
    h 1 37 47 60 77 95 120 120
    t 1 3 3 3 3 4 4 10
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide bearing with solid lubricant =2031.70.
    Guide diameter d 1 19 mm = 019
    Order No =2031.70. 019
    2031.70. Guide bearing with solid lubricant
    subject to alterations
    Retention bearing
    1
    h
    3
    d
    d 1 R6
    a
    h
    b
    2031.01.
    Material:
    Special cast iron
    Execution:
    Face and top machined. Hole fine bored to d 1 R6 fit.
    Note:
    Check squareness of pillars after press-fitting.
    Mounting example
    D85
    d 1 15 16 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63 80
    d 3 35 45 50 65 80 96 110 130
    a 70 85 90 115 130 160 180 215
    b 35 45 50 65 80 96 110 130
    h 18 18 22 25 30 35 35 40
    h 1 30 37 47 60 77 95 120 120
    Ordering Code (example):
    Retention bearing =2031.01.
    Guide diameter d 1 15 mm= 015
    Order No =2031.01. 015
    2031.01. Retention bearing
    subject to alterations
    Guide bearing, sintered guide
    3
    d
    1
    d
    h
    1
    h
    a
    b
    2031.31.
    Material:
    Basic body: Special cast iron
    Guide bush 2051.32.: Sintered ferrite of high purity, carbonitrided, long-
    term lubrication
    Execution:
    Face and top machined. Bores honed.
    Note:
    Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
    Bearing clearance see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Tolerance range:
    yellow = .10
    green = .20
    red = .30
    Mounting example
    D86
    d 1 15 16 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63 80
    d 3 35 45 50 65 80 96 110 130
    a 70 85 90 115 130 160 180 215
    b 35 45 50 65 80 96 110 130
    h 18 18 22 25 30 35 35 40
    h 1 30 37 47 60 77 95 120 120
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide bearing, sintered guide =2031.31.
    Guide diameter d 1 15 mm = 015.
    Classification TOL yellow = 10
    Order No =2031.31.015.10
    2031.31. Guide bearing, sintered guide
    subject to alterations
    Guide bearing for ball bearing guide
    l
    h 1
    1
    1
    d
    3
    d
    2
    d
    h
    a
    b
    2031.41.
    Material:
    Basic body: Special cast iron
    Guide bush 2061.44.: Tool steel, Hardness: 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Face and top machined. Bores honed.
    Note:
    Notes on ball bearing type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
    Preloading see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Tolerance range:
    yellow = .10
    green = .20
    red = .30
    Mounting example
    D87
    d 1 15 16 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63
    d 2 21 22 25 26 30 31 38 40 46 48 56 58 68 71
    d 3 35 45 50 65 80 96 110
    a 70 85 90 115 130 160 180
    b 35 45 50 65 80 96 110
    h 18 18 22 25 30 35 35
    h 1 30 37 47 60 77 95 120
    l 1 44 44 56 71 95 120 140
    l* 45 45 56 71 95 120 140
    *l = Nominal ordering length of ball cage - prefered length
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide bearing for ball bearing guide =2031.41.
    Guide diameter d 1 15 mm = 015.
    Classification TOL yellow = 10
    Order No =2031.41.015.10
    2031.41. Guide bearing for ball bearing guide
    subject to alterations
    Retention bearing with screw holes
    1 t
    3
    d
    d 1 R6
    1
    h
    h
    4
    d
    b
    2
    e
    1
    e
    a
    5
    d
    2031.02.
    Material:
    Special cast iron
    Execution:
    Face and top machined. Hole fine bored to d 1 R6 fit.
    Note:
    Check squareness of pillars after press-fitting.
    Mounting example
    D88
    d 1 15 16 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63 80
    d 3 35 45 50 65 80 96 110 130
    d 4 6.6 9 9 11 14 18 18 22
    d 5 11 15 15 18 20 26 26 33
    t 1 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4
    a 70 85 90 115 130 160 180 215
    b 35 45 50 65 80 96 110 130
    e 1 53 64 68 83 95 118 132 160
    e 2 19 24 28 34 45 55 62 75
    h 18 18 22 25 30 35 35 40
    h 1 30 37 47 60 77 95 120 120
    Ordering Code (example):
    Retention bearing with screw holes =2031.02.
    Guide diameter d 1 15 mm= 015
    Order No =2031.02. 015
    2031.02. Retention bearing with screw holes
    subject to alterations
    Guide bearing with screw holes, sintered guide
    3
    d
    1
    d
    h
    1
    h
    a
    b
    4
    d
    1 t
    5
    d
    2031.34.
    1
    e
    2
    e
    Material:
    Basic body: Special cast iron
    Guide bush 2051.32.: Sintered ferrite of high purity, carbonitrided, long-
    term lubrication
    Execution:
    Face and top machined. Bores honed.
    Note:
    Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
    Bearing clearance see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Tolerance range:
    yellow = .10
    green = .20
    red = .30
    Mounting example
    D89
    d 1 15 16 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63 80
    d 3 35 45 50 65 80 96 110 130
    d 4 6.6 9 9 11 14 18 18 22
    d 5 11 15 15 18 20 26 26 33
    t 1 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4
    a 70 85 90 115 130 160 180 215
    b 35 45 50 65 80 96 110 130
    e 1 53 64 68 83 95 118 132 160
    e 2 19 24 28 34 45 55 62 75
    h 18 18 22 25 30 35 35 40
    h 1 30 37 47 60 77 95 120 120
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide bearing with screw holes, sintered guide =2031.34.
    Guide diameter d 1 15 mm = 015.
    Classification TOL yellow = 10
    Order No =2031.34. 015.10
    2031.34. Guide bearing with screw holes, sintered guide
    subject to alterations
    Guide bearing with screw holes, for ball bearing guide
    l
    h 1
    1
    1
    d
    3
    d
    2
    d
    h
    a
    b
    4
    d
    1 t
    5
    d
    2031.42.
    1
    e
    2
    e
    Material:
    Basic body: Special cast iron
    Guide bush 2061.44.: Tool steel, Hardness: 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Face and top machined. Bores honed.
    Note:
    Notes on ball bearing type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
    Preloading see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Tolerance range:
    yellow = .10
    green = .20
    red = .30
    Mounting example
    D90
    d 1 15 16 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63
    d 2 21 22 25 26 30 31 38 40 46 48 56 58 68 71
    d 3 35 45 50 65 80 96 110
    d 4 6.6 9 9 11 14 18 18
    d 5 11 15 15 18 20 26 26
    t 1 3 3 3 3 3 4 4
    a 70 85 90 115 130 160 180
    b 35 45 50 65 80 96 110
    e 1 53 64 68 83 95 118 132
    e 2 19 24 28 34 45 55 62
    h 18 18 22 25 30 35 35
    h 1 30 37 47 60 77 95 120
    l 1 44 44 56 70 95 120 140
    l* 45 45 56 71 95 120 140
    *l = Nominal ordering length of ball cage - prefered length
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide bearing with screw holes, for ball bearing guide =2031.42.
    Guide diameter d 1 15 mm = 015.
    Classification TOL yellow = 10
    Order No =2031.42. 015.10
    2031.42. Guide bearing with screw holes, for ball bearing guide
    subject to alterations
    Retention bearing, low build height
    1
    e
    a
    b
    2
    e h
    1
    h
    4
    d
    d 3
    H5
    js4
    d 1
    R6
    2031.04.
    Material:
    Special cast iron
    Execution:
    Both faces machined to dims. h; O. D. d 3 turned.
    Hole fine bored to d 1 R6 - fit.
    Note:
    Check squareness of pillars after press-fitting.
    Mounting example
    D91
    d 1 15 16 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63 80
    d 3 32 42 47 62 77 93 107 127
    d 4 7 9 9 11 14 18 18 22
    a 70 85 90 115 130 160 180 215
    b 35 45 50 65 80 96 110 130
    e 1 53 64 68 83 95 118 132 160
    e 2 19 24 28 34 45 55 62 75
    h 16 16 20 23 28 33 33 38
    h 1 30 37 47 60 77 95 120 120
    Ordering Code (example):
    Retention bearing, low build height =2031.04.
    Guide diameter d 1 15 mm= 015
    Order No =2031.04. 015
    2031.04. Retention bearing, low build height
    subject to alterations
    Guide bearing, low build height, sintered guide
    d 3
    H5
    js4
    h
    1
    d
    1
    h
    1
    e
    a
    b
    2
    e
    4
    d
    2031.38.
    Material:
    Basic body: Special cast iron
    Guide bush 2051.32.: Sintered ferrite of high purity, carbonitrided, long-
    term lubrication
    Execution:
    Both faces machined to dims. h; O. D. d 3 turned.
    Bores honed.
    Note:
    Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
    Bearing clearance see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Tolerance range:
    yellow = .10
    green = .20
    red = .30
    Mounting example
    D92
    d 1 15 16 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63 80
    d 3 32 42 47 62 77 93 107 127
    d 4 7 9 9 11 14 18 18 22
    a 70 85 90 115 130 160 180 215
    b 35 45 50 65 80 96 110 130
    e 1 53 64 68 83 95 118 132 160
    e 2 19 24 28 34 45 55 62 75
    h 16 16 20 23 28 33 33 38
    h 1 30 37 47 60 77 95 120 120
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide bearing, low build height, sintered guide =2031.38.
    Guide diameter d 1 15 mm = 015.
    Classification TOL yellow = 10
    Order No =2031.38. 015.10
    2031.38. Guide bearing, low build height, sintered guide
    subject to alterations
    Guide bearing low build height, for ball bearing guide
    d 3
    H5
    js4
    l
    h
    1
    1
    h
    2
    d
    1
    d
    4
    d
    1
    e
    a
    b
    2
    e
    2031.44.
    Material:
    Basic body: Special cast iron
    Guide bush 2061.44.: Tool steel, Hardness: 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Both faces machined to dims. h; O. D. d 3 turned.
    Bores honed.
    Note:
    Notes on ball bearing type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
    Preloading see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Tolerance range:
    yellow = .10
    green = .20
    red = .30
    Mounting example
    D93
    d 1 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50
    d 2 25 26 30 31 38 40 46 48 56 58
    d 3 42 47 62 77 93 93
    d 4 9 9 11 14 18 18
    a 85 90 115 130 160 160
    b 45 50 65 80 96 96
    e 1 64 68 83 95 118 118
    e 2 24 28 34 45 55 55
    h 16 20 23 28 33 33
    h 1 37 47 60 77 95 95
    l 1 44 56 70 95 120 120
    l* 45 56 71 95 120 10
    *l = Nominal ordering length of ball cage - prefered length
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide bearing low build height, for ball bearing guide =2031.44.
    Guide diameter d 1 19 mm = 019.
    Classification TOL yellow = 10
    Order No =2031.44. 019. 10
    2031.44. Guide bearing low build height, for ball bearing guide
    subject to alterations
    Guide bearing with headed guide bush with solid lubricant
    2072.45.
    H7
    H7
    2082.70.
    h
    e 1
    e
    a
    d 2
    d 1
    d 3
    l
    b
    1
    l 5
    h 1 +1
    ±2
    e 2
    d 6
    h 2
    d 7
    M
    2032.70.
    Material:
    Basic body: Steel, St 37
    Guide bush 2082.70.: Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
    Execution:
    Face machined.
    Note:
    Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Mounting example
    D94
    Order No d 1 a b h H1 d 2 d 3 l 1 L5 d 6 d 7 h 2 e e 1 e 2 M
    2032.70.050 50 160 100 60 57 63 71 71 17 17.5 26 40 89 118 55 M6
    2032.70.063 63 180 125 70 67 80 90 80 19 17.5 26 50 123 132 62 M10
    2032.70.080 80 215 145 90 87 100 112 100 22 22 33 66 143 160 75 M10
    2032.70.100 100 230 170 110 107 125 140 125 21 22 33 86 168 168 110 M10
    2032.70.125 125 270 205 140 137 160 180 160 30 26 40 112 203 203 142 M10
    2032.70.160 160 315 250 180 177 200 220 200 32 26 40 152 243 243 170 M10
    2032.70. Guide bearing with headed guide bush with solid lubricant
    subject to alterations
    Retention bearing for guide pillars for large tools
    2032.02.
    h 2
    h 1
    H7
    e 1
    a
    d 1
    b
    e 2
    d 6
    d 7
    ±2
    Material:
    Steel, St 37
    Execution:
    Face machined. Hole fine bored to d 1 H7 fit.
    Note:
    For guide pillars with mounting diameter r6.
    Check squareness of pillars after press-fitting.
    Mounting example
    D95
    Order No d 1 a b h 1 d 6 d 7 h 2 e 1 e 2
    2032.02.050 50 160 100 70 17.5 26 40 118 55
    2032.02.063 63 180 125 80 17.5 26 50 132 62
    2032.02.080 80 215 145 100 22 33 66 160 75
    2032.02.100 100 230 170 125 22 33 86 168 110
    2032.02.125 125 270 205 140 26 40 112 203 142
    2032.02.160 160 315 250 180 26 40 152 243 170
    2032.02. Retention bearing for guide pillars for large tools
    subject to alterations
    Guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term lubrication,
    ISO 9448-2
    Material:
    Sintered ferrite of high purity, carbonitrided, long-term lubrication
    Execution:
    Bearing surfaces and outside diameter precision ground.
    Slip-Fit Bonding:
    The position of the bearing is given by push fit holes tolerance H5. The
    adhesive (order no. 281.648) provides optimum push retention whilst
    offering the following advantages:
    - high accuracy and stiffness
    - no problems to find position when changing bushings
    We do not recommend to press fit for the same reasons mentioned
    above.
    Note:
    Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
    *Bearing clearance see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    ∅ 8 - ∅ 12 not available in tolerance range red = .30.
    Tolerance range:
    yellow = .10
    green = .20
    red = .30
    l 1
    1
    3
    d
    H5
    js4
    d *
    2051.32.
    D96
    d 1 8 11 12 15 16 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63 80
    d 3 13.7 22 28 32 40 48 58 70 85 95.7
    l 1
    15 ●
    23 ● ● ● ●
    30 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    37 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    47 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    60 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    77 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    95 ● ● ● ●
    110 ●
    120 ● ● ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term lubrica-
    tion, ISO 9448-2 =2051.32.
    Guide diameter d 1 8 mm = 008.
    Length l 1 15 mm = 015.
    Classification TOL yellow = 10
    Order No =2051.32. 008. 015.10
    2051.32. Guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term lubrication, ISO 9448-2
    subject to alterations
    Guide bush "ECO-LINE", bronzeplated, ISO 9448-2
    3
    d
    j6
    H6
    1
    d
    H5
    4
    d
    5
    d
    1
    l
    -0,5
    -0,2
    2 l
    = =
    2051.92.
    Material:
    Steel, d 3 induction hardened
    Execution:
    Bronze coated internal bore.
    Outside diameter fine-ground.
    Slip-Fit Bonding:
    The position of the bearing is given by push fit holes tolerance H5. The
    adhesive (order no. 281.648) provides optimum push retention whilst
    offering the following advantages:
    - high accuracy and stiffness
    - no problems to find position when changing bushings
    We do not recommend to press fit for the same reasons mentioned
    above.
    Note:
    Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    D97
    d 1 15 16 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63 80
    d 3 28 32 40 48 58 70 85 105
    d 4 26 30 38 46 56 67 82 101
    d 5 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 8
    l 2 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 9
    l 1
    23 ● ● ●
    30 ● ● ● ● ●
    37 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    47 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    60 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    77 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    95 ● ● ● ●
    120 ● ● ● ●
    135 ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide bush "ECO-LINE", bronzeplated, ISO 9448-2 =2051.92.
    Guide diameter d 1 15 mm = 015.
    Length l 1 23 mm = 023
    Order No =2051.92. 015.023
    2051.92. Guide bush "ECO-LINE", bronzeplated, ISO 9448-2
    subject to alterations
    Guide bush "ECO-LINE", Bronze with solid lubrication rings, ISO 9448-2
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
    Execution:
    Contact surface with solid lubricant rings.
    Outside diameter precision ground.
    Slip-Fit Bonding:
    The position of the bearing is given by push fit holes tolerance H5. The
    adhesive (order no. 281.648) provides optimum push retention whilst
    offering the following advantages:
    - high accuracy and stiffness
    - no problems to find position when changing bushings
    We do not recommend to press fit for the same reasons mentioned
    above.
    Note:
    Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    r
    r
    3
    d
    j6
    H6
    1
    d
    H6
    1
    l
    2051.72.
    D98
    d 1 15 16 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63 80
    d 3 28 32 40 48 58 70 85 105
    r 2 2 2.5 2.5 3 3 3.5 4
    l 1
    23 ● ● ●
    30 ● ● ● ● ●
    37 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    47 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    60 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    77 ● ● ● ● ●
    95 ● ● ● ●
    120 ● ● ●
    135 ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide bush "ECO-LINE", Bronze with solid lubrication rings, ISO 9448-2 =2051.72.
    Guide diameter d 1 15 mm = 015.
    Length l 1 23 mm = 023
    Order No =2051.72. 015.023
    2051.72. Guide bush "ECO-LINE", Bronze with solid lubrication rings, ISO 9448-2
    subject to alterations
    Guide bush for ball bearing, ISO 9448-3
    2061.44.
    1
    d
    3
    d
    H5
    js4
    1
    d
    2
    l
    l
    *
    Material:
    Tool steel, hardened 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Bearing surfaces honed,
    outside diameter precision ground.
    Slip-Fit Bonding:
    The position of the bearing is given by push fit holes tolerance H5. The
    adhesive (order no. 281.648) provides optimum push retention whilst
    offering the following advantages:
    - high accuracy and stiffness
    - no problems to find position when changing bushings
    We do not recommend to press fit for the same reasons mentioned
    above.
    Note:
    Notes on ball bearing type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
    *Preloading see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    ∅ 8 - ∅ 12 not available in tolerance range red = .30.
    Tolerance range:
    yellow = .10; green = .20; red = .30
    D99
    d 1 8 10 11 12 15 16 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63 80
    d 2 11 14 15 16 21 22 25 26 30 31 38 40 46 48 56 58 68 71 92
    d 3 18 22 22 22 28 28 32 32 40 40 48 48 58 58 70 70 85 85 105
    l 1 / l*
    30 / 40 ● ● ● ●
    23 / 40 ● ● ●
    37 / 40 ● ● ●
    23 / 45 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    30 / 45 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    37 / 45 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    47 / 56 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    60 / 71 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    77 / 95 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    37 / 50 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    95 / 120 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    47 / 63 ● ● ● ●
    60 / 80 ● ● ● ●
    120 / 140 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    60 / 95 ● ●
    *l = Nominal ordering length of ball cage - prefered length
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide bush for ball bearing, ISO 9448-3 =2061.44.
    Guide diameter d 1 8 mm = 008.
    Installation length l 1 30 mm = 030.
    Classification TOL yellow = 10
    Order No =2061.44. 008. 030. 10
    2061.44. Guide bush for ball bearing, ISO 9448-3
    subject to alterations
    Guide bush for ball bearing, AFNOR
    Material:
    Tool steel, hardened 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Bearing surfaces honed,
    outside diameter precision ground.
    Slip-Fit Bonding:
    The position of the bearing is given by push fit holes tolerance H6. The
    adhesive (order no. 281.648) provides optimum push retention whilst
    offering the following advantages:
    - high accuracy and stiffness
    - no problems to find position when changing bushings
    We do not recommend to press fit for the same reasons mentioned
    above.
    Note:
    Notes on ball bearing type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
    *Preloading see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    Tolerance range:
    yellow = .10; green = .20; red = .30
    1
    d
    3
    d
    H6
    m5
    1
    d
    2
    l
    l
    *
    206.49.
    Mounting example
    D100
    d 1 16 20 25 32 40 50
    d 2 22 26 31 40 48 58
    d 3 28 32 40 50 63 80
    l 1 / l*
    35 / 45 ● ●
    40 / 45 ● ● ●
    50 / 56 ● ● ●
    60 / 71 ● ● ● ●
    70 / 80 ● ● ● ● ●
    80 / 95 ● ● ● ● ●
    90 / 95 ●
    45 / 56 ●
    90 / 105 ● ● ●
    100 / 120 ● ● ●
    55 / 63 ●
    120 / 140 ● ●
    *l = Nominal ordering length of ball cage - prefered length
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide bush for ball bearing, AFNOR =206.49.
    Guide diameter d 1 16 mm = 016.
    Installation length l 1 35 mm = 035.
    Classification TOL yellow = 10
    Order No =206.49. 016. 035. 10
    206.49. Guide bush for ball bearing, AFNOR
    subject to alterations
    Guide bush for ball bearing, with stroke limitation
    2
    l
    stroke
    2
    1
    l
    *d
    3
    d
    H5
    1
    d
    2
    js4
    2061.47.
    Material:
    Tool steel, hardened 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Bearing surfaces honed,
    outside diameter precision ground.
    Slip-Fit Bonding:
    The position of the bearing is given by push fit holes tolerance H5. The
    adhesive (order no. 281.648) provides optimum push retention whilst
    offering the following advantages:
    - high accuracy and stiffness
    - no problems to find position when changing bushings
    We do not recommend to press fit for the same reasons mentioned
    above.
    Note:
    Notes on ball bearing type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
    *Preloading see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    Tolerance range:
    yellow = .10; green = .20; red = .30
    D101
    d 1 15 16 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63
    d 2 21 22 25 26 30 31 38 40 46 48 56 58 68 71
    d 3 28 32 40 48 58 70 85
    l 1 / l 2 *
    60 / 44 ●
    77 / 44 ● ●
    95 / 50 ●
    120 / 65 ●
    120 / 80 ●
    120 / 95 ●
    *l 2 = Manufacturing length of ball cage
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide bush for ball bearing, with stroke limitation =2061.47.
    Guide diameter d 1 15 mm = 015.
    Installation length l 1 60 mm = 060.
    Classification TOL yellow = 10
    Order No =2061.47. 015.060. 10
    2061.47. Guide bush for ball bearing, with stroke limitation
    subject to alterations
    Ball cage with circlip groove, Brass
    1
    d
    1
    l
    k
    n
    m
    206.71.
    Material:
    Cage: Brass
    Balls: Steel hardened (DIN 5401)
    Note:
    Ball cages from ø 10 has a groove for circlip to
    DIN 471.
    Notes on ball bearing type guides at the
    beginning of chapter D.
    Bearing life and dynamic load indexes see at
    the end of chapter D.
    l = Nominal ordering length
    l 1 = Manufacturing length
    D102
    d 1 20 16 24 25 19 8 10 11 12 30 32 15 38 40 48 50 60 63 80
    k 3 3 3 3 1.5 2 4 4 3 4 4 4 4 6
    n 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 - 1.1 2.1 2.1 1.6 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 3
    m 1.3 1.3 1.6 1.3 - 1.1 1.85 1.85 1.3 1.85 2.15 2.15 2.65 3.15
    l / l 1 Total number of balls
    24 / 24 80 64
    28 / 28 100 80
    31 / 32 120 120 120
    40 / 39 80 176
    40 / 40 160 120 120
    45 / 44 180 144 180 180 144
    45 / 45 140 140 168
    50 / 50 160 160 192 224 224
    56 / 55 180 180 216
    56 / 56 240 192 240 240 192
    56 / 57 272
    63 / 64 224 224
    63 / 65 264 308 308
    71 / 70 240 240
    71 / 72 320 256 320 320 256
    75 / 75 260
    80 / 80 360 360 360 280 280 336 392 392
    95 / 95 340 340 408 476 476 544
    95 / 96 440 440 440
    105 / 105 380 380 456 532 532 608
    120 / 119 540
    120 / 120 560 440 440 528 616 616 704
    128 / 128 616
    140 / 140 520 520 624 728 728 832 648
    160 / 160 600 600 720 840 840 960
    160 / 161 756
    180 / 180 816 952 952 1088
    180 / 182 864
    200 / 200 912 1064 1064 1216
    200 / 203 972
    240 / 238 1152
    240 / 240 1104 1288 1288 1472
    Ordering Code (example):
    Ball cage with circlip groove, Brass =206.71.
    Guide diameter d 1 8 mm = 008.
    Nominal ordering length of ball cage l 40 mm = 040
    Order No =206.71. 008. 040
    206.71. Ball cage with circlip groove, Brass
    subject to alterations
    Ball cage with circlip groove, Aluminium
    Material:
    Cage: Aluminium
    Balls: Steel hardened (DIN 5401)
    Note:
    Ball cages from ø 10 has a groove for circlip to
    DIN 471.
    Notes on ball bearing type guides at the
    beginning of chapter D.
    Bearing life and dynamic load indexes see at
    the end of chapter D.
    l = Nominal ordering length
    l 1 = Manufacturing length
    1
    d
    1
    l
    k
    n
    m
    2060.61.
    D103
    d 1 10 11 12 15 16 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63 80
    k 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 6
    n 1.1 1.1 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 3
    m 1.1 1.1 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.6 1.85 1.85 2.15 2.65 3.15
    l / l 1 Total number of balls
    40 / 39 176 176
    56 / 57 272 272
    45 / 44 144 144 180 180 180
    56 / 56 192 192 240 240 240
    63 / 64 224 224
    71 / 72 256 256 320 320 320
    24 / 24 64 80
    28 / 28 80 100
    31 / 32 120 120 120
    80 / 80 360 360 360 280 336 392
    95 / 96 440 440 440
    40 / 40 160 120
    120 / 120 560 440 528 616 704
    45 / 45 140 168
    50 / 50 160 192 224
    56 / 55 180 216
    71 / 70 240
    95 / 95 340 408 476 544
    105 / 105 380 456 532 608
    140 / 140 520 624 728 832 648
    160 / 160 600 720 840 960
    63 / 65 264 308
    180 / 180 816 952 1088
    200 / 200 912 1064 1216
    240 / 240 1104 1288 1472
    120 / 119 540
    160 / 161 756
    180 / 182 864
    200 / 203 972
    240 / 238 1152
    Ordering Code (example):
    Ball cage with circlip groove, Aluminium =2060.61.
    Guide diameter d 1 10 mm = 010.
    Nominal ordering length of ball cage l 40 mm = 040
    Order No =2060.61. 010. 040
    2060.61. Ball cage with circlip groove, Aluminium
    subject to alterations
    Ball cage with assembly aid, Brass
    k
    1
    l
    206.73.
    Material:
    Cage: Brass
    Balls: Steel hardened (DIN 5401)
    Note:
    No assistant is needed for their assembly.
    These cages are equipped with a suitably posi-
    tioned brake ring insert. That ensures equal
    cage spacing especially on die sets with
    multiple pillars.
    Notes on ball bearing type guides at the
    beginning of chapter D.
    Bearing life and dynamic load indexes see at
    the end of chapter D.
    l = Nominal ordering length
    l 1 = Manufacturing length
    D104
    d 1 10 11 12 15 16 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63 80
    k 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 6
    l / l 1 Total number of balls
    40 / 39 176 176
    56 / 57 272 272
    45 / 44 144 144 180 180 180
    56 / 56 192 192 240 240 240
    63 / 64 224 224
    71 / 72 256 256 320 320 320
    24 / 24 64 80
    28 / 28 80 100
    31 / 32 120 120 120
    80 / 80 360 360 360 280 336 392
    95 / 96 440 440 440
    40 / 40 160 120
    120 / 120 560 440 528 616 704
    45 / 45 140 168
    50 / 50 160 192 224
    56 / 55 180 216
    71 / 70 240
    95 / 95 340 408 476 544
    105 / 105 380 456 532 608
    140 / 140 520 624 728 832 648
    160 / 160 600 720 840 960
    63 / 65 264 308
    180 / 180 816 952 1088
    200 / 200 912 1064 1216
    240 / 240 1104 1288 1472
    120 / 119 540
    160 / 161 756
    180 / 182 864
    200 / 203 972
    240 / 238 1152
    Ordering Code (example):
    Ball cage with assembly aid, Brass =206.73.
    Guide diameter d 1 10 mm = 010.
    Nominal ordering length of ball cage l 40 mm = 040
    Order No =206.73. 010. 040
    206.73. Ball cage with assembly aid, Brass
    subject to alterations
    Ball cage with assembly aid, Aluminium
    Material:
    Cage: Aluminium
    Balls: Steel hardened (DIN 5401)
    Note:
    No assistant is needed for their assembly.
    These cages are equipped with a suitably posi-
    tioned brake ring insert. That ensures equal
    cage spacing especially on die sets with
    multiple pillars.
    Notes on ball bearing type guides at the
    beginning of chapter D.
    Bearing life and dynamic load indexes see at
    the end of chapter D.
    l = Nominal ordering length
    l 1 = Manufacturing length
    k
    1
    l
    2060.63.
    D105
    d 1 10 11 12 15 16 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63 80
    k 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 6
    l / l 1 Total number of balls
    40 / 39 176 176
    56 / 57 272 272
    45 / 44 144 144 180 180 180
    56 / 56 192 192 240 240 240
    63 / 64 224 224
    71 / 72 256 256 320 320 320
    24 / 24 64 80
    28 / 28 80 100
    31 / 32 120 120 120
    80 / 80 360 360 360 280 336 392
    95 / 96 440 440 440
    40 / 40 160 120
    120 / 120 560 440 528 616 704
    45 / 45 140 168
    50 / 50 160 192 224
    56 / 55 180 216
    71 / 70 240
    95 / 95 340 408 476 544
    105 / 105 380 456 532 608
    140 / 140 520 624 728 832 648
    160 / 160 600 720 840 960
    63 / 65 264 308
    180 / 180 816 952 1088
    200 / 200 912 1064 1216
    240 / 240 1104 1288 1472
    120 / 119 540
    160 / 161 756
    180 / 182 864
    200 / 203 972
    240 / 238 1152
    Ordering Code (example):
    Ball cage with assembly aid, Aluminium =2060.63.
    Guide diameter d 1 10 mm = 010.
    Nominal ordering length of ball cage l 40 mm = 040
    Order No =2060.63. 010. 040
    2060.63. Ball cage with assembly aid, Aluminium
    subject to alterations
    Ball cage with circlip and fastening ring groove, Brass
    i
    d
    k
    s n
    2 Cage travel
    stroke
    2
    =
    2 l
    3
    1
    l
    1
    d
    l
    206.75.
    Material:
    Cage: Brass
    Balls: Steel hardened (DIN 5401)
    Note:
    Notes on ball bearing type guides at the
    beginning of chapter D.
    Bearing life and dynamic load indexes see at
    the end of chapter D.
    l = Nominal ordering length
    l 1 = Manufacturing length
    D106
    d 1 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63
    d i x s 20 x 1 21 x 1 25 x 1.2 26 x 1.2 31 x 1.2 33 x 1.2 39 x 1.5 41 x 1.75 50 x 2 51 x 2 60 x 2 63 x 2
    k 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
    l 2 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 3.45 3.45 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3
    n 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.85 1.6 2.15 2.15 2.15 2.15
    l / l 1 l 3
    56 / 56 31 31 31 31
    72 / 72 41 41 41 41
    80 / 80 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51
    70 / 70 41 41
    95 / 95 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 61
    105 / 105 61 61 61 61
    120 / 120 73 73 73 73 73 73
    140 / 140 83 83
    Ordering Code (example):
    Ball cage with circlip and fastening ring groove, Brass =206.75.
    Guide diameter d 1 19 mm = 019.
    Nominal ordering length of ball cage l 56 mm = 056.
    Groove length l 3 31 mm = 031
    Order No =206.75. 019. 056. 031
    206.75. Ball cage with circlip and fastening ring groove, Brass
    subject to alterations
    Ball cage with circlip and fastening ring groove, Aluminium
    Material:
    Cage: Aluminium
    Balls: Steel hardened (DIN 5401)
    Note:
    Notes on ball bearing type guides at the
    beginning of chapter D.
    Bearing life and dynamic load indexes see at
    the end of chapter D.
    l = Nominal ordering length
    l 1 = Manufacturing length
    i
    d
    k
    s n
    2 Cage travel
    stroke
    2
    =
    2 l
    3
    1
    l
    1
    d
    l
    2060.65.
    D107
    d 1 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63
    d i x s 20 x 1 21 x 1 25 x 1.2 26 x 1.2 31 x 1.2 33 x 1.2 39 x 1.5 41 x 1.75 50 x 2 51 x 2 60 x 2 63 x 2
    k 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
    l 2 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 3.45 3.45 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3
    n 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.85 1.6 2.15 2.15 2.15 2.15
    l / l 1 l 3
    56 / 56 31 31 31 31
    72 / 72 41 41 41 41
    80 / 80 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51
    70 / 70 41 41
    95 / 95 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 61
    105 / 105 61 61 61 61
    120 / 120 73 73 73 73 73 73
    140 / 140 83 83
    Ordering Code (example):
    Ball cage with circlip and fastening ring groove, Aluminium =2060.65.
    Guide diameter d 1 19 mm = 019.
    Nominal ordering length of ball cage l 56 mm = 056.
    Groove length l 3 31 mm = 031
    Order No =2060.65. 019. 056. 031
    2060.65. Ball cage with circlip and fastening ring groove, Aluminium
    subject to alterations
    Headed guide bush with ball cage retainer
    Material:
    Bush: Tool steel
    Hardness: 62 ± 2 HRC
    Cage: Brass
    Balls: Steel hardened (DIN 5401)
    Note:
    Ball cage position - please specify the required cage advance with order.
    FIBRO Ball Cage Retainers ensure optimum starting position of ball
    cages on inverted die sets - even if pillars retract from guide bushes. The
    application determines the cage advance. Note that cage travel is half
    the stroke length.
    In this context it is of importance to note the minimum constructional
    length.
    The cage advance should be chosen so that during normal operation of
    the tool, optimum position is achieved.
    The attachment is with 3 screw clamps, from ∅ d 1 = 38 with 4 screw
    clamps, which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - screw clamp
    incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head ∅ 13).
    *Preloading see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Price and delivery on request!
    Tolerance range:
    yellow = .10; green = .20; red = .30
    2081.67.
    2,5
    8,5
    8
    d
    4
    d
    6 6
    l
    4 6
    2
    l
    2
    *d
    3
    d
    H5
    js4
    1
    d
    X
    5
    d
    Cage
    advance
    3
    l
    1
    l
    a 1
    a
    7
    d
    6
    d
    13
    „ X ”
    D108
    d 1 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63
    d 2 25 26 30 31 38 40 46 48 56 58 68 71
    d 3 32 40 48 58 70 85
    d 4 32 40 48 58 70 85
    d 5 40 48 56 66 80 95
    d 6 52 60 67 77 91 106
    d 7 64.7 72.7 79.7 89.7 103.7 118.7
    d 8 38.9 46 53 63 77 92
    l 1 59 79 93 108 127 150
    l 2 23 23 30 37 47 60
    l 3 36 56 63 71 80 90
    l 72 96 120 140 140 160
    a 20.7 22.65 24.4 35.3 40.2 45.5
    a 1 30 33.4 36.4 35.3 40.2 45.5
    Ordering Code (example):
    Headed guide bush with ball cage retainer =2081.67.
    Guide diameter d 1 19 mm = 019.
    Cage advance VL 5 mm = 005.
    Classification TOL yellow = 10
    Order No =2081.67. 019. 005. 10
    2081.67. Headed guide bush with ball cage retainer
    subject to alterations
    Headed guide bush with ball cage retainer
    2081.68.
    2,5
    8,5
    8
    d
    4
    d
    6 6
    l
    4 6
    2
    l
    2
    *d
    3
    d
    H5
    js4
    1
    d
    X
    5
    d
    Cage
    advance
    3
    l
    1
    l
    a 1
    a
    7
    d
    6
    d
    13
    „ X ”
    Material:
    Bush: Tool steel
    Hardness: 62 ± 2 HRC
    Cage: Aluminium
    Balls: Steel hardened (DIN 5401)
    Note:
    Ball cage position - please specify the required cage advance with order.
    FIBRO Ball Cage Retainers ensure optimum starting position of ball
    cages on inverted die sets - even if pillars retract from guide bushes. The
    application determines the cage advance. Note that cage travel is half
    the stroke length.
    In this context it is of importance to note the minimum constructional
    length.
    The cage advance should be chosen so that during normal operation of
    the tool, optimum position is achieved.
    The attachment is with 3 screw clamps, from ∅ d 1 = 38 with 4 screw
    clamps, which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - screw clamp
    incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head ∅ 13).
    *Preloading see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Price and delivery on request!
    Tolerance range:
    yellow = .10; green = .20; red = .30
    D109
    d 1 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63
    d 2 25 26 30 31 38 40 46 48 56 58 68 71
    d 3 32 40 48 58 70 85
    d 4 32 40 48 58 70 85
    d 5 40 48 56 66 80 95
    d 6 52 60 67 77 91 106
    d 7 64.7 72.7 79.7 89.7 103.7 118.7
    d 8 38.9 46 53 63 77 92
    l 1 59 79 93 108 127 150
    l 2 23 23 30 37 47 60
    l 3 36 56 63 71 80 90
    l 72 96 120 140 140 160
    a 20.7 22.65 24.4 35.3 40.2 45.5
    a 1 30 33.4 36.4 35.3 40.2 45.5
    Ordering Code (example):
    Headed guide bush with ball cage retainer =2081.68.
    Guide diameter d 1 19 mm = 019.
    Cage advance VL 5 mm = 005.
    Classification TOL yellow = 10
    Order No =2081.68. 019. 005. 10
    2081.68. Headed guide bush with ball cage retainer
    subject to alterations
    Flanged guide bush with ball cage retainer
    Material:
    Bush: Tool steel
    Hardness: 62 ± 2 HRC
    Cage: Brass
    Balls: Steel hardened (DIN 5401)
    Note:
    Ball cage position - please specify the required cage advance with order.
    FIBRO Ball Cage Retainers ensure optimum starting position of ball
    cages on inverted die sets - even if pillars retract from guide bushes. The
    application determines the cage advance. Note that cage travel is half
    the stroke length.
    In this context it is of importance to note the minimum constructional
    length.
    The cage advance should be chosen so that during normal operation of
    the tool, optimum position is achieved.
    *Preloading see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Price and delivery on request!
    Tolerance range:
    yellow = .10
    green = .20
    red = .30
    5
    d
    k
    4
    d
    Cage advance
    l
    3
    l
    6
    d
    4 6
    1
    l
    2
    l
    2
    *d
    3
    d
    H5
    js4
    1
    d
    X
    „ X ”
    7
    d
    1
    t
    2091.67.
    D110
    d 1 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63 80
    d 2 25 26 30 31 38 40 46 48 56 58 68 71 92
    d 3 32 40 48 58 70 85 105
    d 4 50 63 72 85 104 120 148
    d 5 40 50 58 70 86 100 125
    d 6 4.5 5.5 5.5 6.6 9 9 11
    d 7 8 10 10 11 15 15 18
    t 1 4.6 5.7 5.7 6.8 9 9 11
    k 18 23 28 33 38 46 56
    l 1 52 62 72 77 102 102 125
    l 2 37 37 47 47 60 60 75
    l 3 15 25 25 30 42 42 50
    l 72 72 80 95 105 120 140
    Ordering Code (example):
    Flanged guide bush with ball cage retainer =2091.67.
    Guide diameter d 1 19 mm = 019.
    Cage advance VL 5 mm = 005.
    Classification TOL yellow = 10
    Order No =2091.67. 019. 005. 10
    2091.67. Flanged guide bush with ball cage retainer
    subject to alterations
    Flanged guide bush with ball cage retainer
    5
    d
    k
    4
    d
    Cage advance
    l
    3
    l
    6
    d
    4 6
    1
    l
    2
    l
    2
    *d
    3
    d
    H5
    js4
    1
    d
    X
    „ X ”
    7
    d
    1
    t
    2091.68.
    Material:
    Bush: Tool steel
    Hardness: 62 ± 2 HRC
    Cage: Aluminium
    Balls: Steel hardened (DIN 5401)
    Note:
    Ball cage position - please specify the required cage advance with order.
    FIBRO Ball Cage Retainers ensure optimum starting position of ball
    cages on inverted die sets - even if pillars retract from guide bushes. The
    application determines the cage advance. Note that cage travel is half
    the stroke length.
    In this context it is of importance to note the minimum constructional
    length.
    The cage advance should be chosen so that during normal operation of
    the tool, optimum position is achieved.
    *Preloading see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Price and delivery on request!
    Tolerance range:
    yellow = .10
    green = .20
    red = .30
    D111
    d 1 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63 80
    d 2 25 26 30 31 38 40 46 48 56 58 68 71 92
    d 3 32 40 48 58 70 85 105
    d 4 50 63 72 85 104 120 148
    d 5 40 50 58 70 86 100 125
    d 6 4.5 5.5 5.5 6.6 9 9 11
    d 7 8 10 10 11 15 15 18
    t 1 4.6 5.7 5.7 6.8 9 9 11
    k 18 23 28 33 38 46 56
    l 1 52 62 72 77 102 102 125
    l 2 37 37 47 47 60 60 75
    l 3 15 25 25 30 42 42 50
    l 72 72 80 95 105 120 140
    Ordering Code (example):
    Flanged guide bush with ball cage retainer =2091.68.
    Guide diameter d 1 19 mm = 019.
    Cage advance VL 5 mm = 005.
    Classification TOL yellow = 10
    Order No =2091.68. 019. 005. 10
    2091.68. Flanged guide bush with ball cage retainer
    subject to alterations
    Roller cage with circlip groove, Brass
    Description:
    Roller cages make linear contact with the guide bush and the guide
    pillar. This results in a load carrying capacity for each individual roller
    which is many times that of a ball of the same diameter. Roller bearings
    feature a FIBRO specific seal, similar to the ball bearings. The profile
    rollers are arranged in a spiral layout axially, so that every roller has its
    own path. The cages are grooved to accept a DIN 471 circlip.
    Material:
    Roller Cage: Brass
    Rollers: Steel hardened, 100 Cr6, DIN 5402
    Note:
    Preloading see at the beginning of Chapter D.
    For roller cages use only pairing class guide pillar red = .30 and
    guide sleeve yellow = .10.
    d 1
    1
    l
    Roller:
    hardened steel
    Guide pillar
    Guide bush
    Cage
    k
    2061.82.
    n
    D112
    d 1 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 63
    k 3 3 3 4 4 4 4
    n 1.6 1.6 1.6 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
    l 1 Total number of rollers
    45 32 32 40 48
    55 40 40 50 60 70
    65 48 48 60 72 84 108
    75 56 56 70 84 98 126 154
    85 64 64 80 96 112 144 176
    95 72 72 90 108 126 162 198
    105 80 80 100 120 140 180 220
    115 110 132 154 198 242
    125 120 144 168 216 264
    135 156 182 234 286
    145 168 196 252 308
    155 180 210 270 330
    165 192 224 288 352
    175 238 306 374
    185 252 324 396
    205 280 360 440
    Ordering Code (example):
    Roller cage with circlip groove, Brass =2061.82.
    Guide diameter d 1 19 mm = 019.
    Length l 1 45 mm = 045
    Order No =2061.82. 019. 045
    2061.82. Roller cage with circlip groove, Brass
    subject to alterations
    Circlip DIN 471
    s
    2
    d
    Installation
    space required
    206.72.
    n
    s
    1
    d
    a
    d
    Mounting example
    Description:
    For securing the ball and roller cages
    Execution:
    to DIN 471
    D113
    d 1 d a x s d 2 d 1 d a x s d 2
    10 13 x 1 20.2 30 37 x 1.5 49
    11 14 x 1 21.4 32 38 x 1.75 51.4
    12 15 x 1 22.6 38 45 x 1.75 59.1
    15 20 x 1.2 28.4 40 47 x 1.75 60.8
    16 21 x 1.2 29.6 48 55 x 2 70.2
    18 23 x 1.2 32.2 50 57 x 2 72.6
    19 24 x 1.2 33.2 60 67 x 2.5 83.1
    20 25 x 1.2 34.2 63 70 x 2.5 87
    24 29 x 1.5 39.1 80 90 x 3 108.5
    25 30 x 1.5 40.5
    Ordering Code (example):
    Circlip DIN 471 =206.72.
    Guide diameter d 1 10 mm= 010
    Order No =206.72. 010
    206.72. Circlip DIN 471
    subject to alterations
    Roller cage with assembly aid, Brass
    Description:
    Roller cages make linear contact with the guide bush and the guide
    pillar. This results in a load carrying capacity for each individual roller
    which is many times that of a ball of the same diameter. Roller bearings
    feature a FIBRO specific seal, similar to the ball bearings. The profile
    rollers are arranged in a spiral layout axially, so that every roller has its
    own path.
    Material:
    Roller Cage: Brass
    Rollers: Steel hardened, 100 Cr6, DIN 5402
    Note:
    No assistant is needed for their assembly. These cages are equipped
    with a suitably positioned brake ring insert. That ensures equal cage
    spacing especially on die sets with multiple pillars.
    Preloading see at the beginning of Chapter D.
    For roller cages use only pairing class guide pillar red = .30 and
    guide sleeve yellow = .10.
    Roller Cage
    hardened steel
    Guide Pillar
    Guide bush
    Cage
    k
    d 1
    1
    l
    2061.84.
    D114
    d 1 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 63
    k 3 3 3 4 4 4 4
    l 1 Total number of rollers
    45 32 32 40 48
    55 40 40 50 60 70
    65 48 48 60 72 84 108
    75 56 56 70 84 98 126 154
    85 64 64 80 96 112 144 176
    95 72 72 90 108 126 162 198
    105 80 80 100 120 140 180 220
    115 110 132 154 198 242
    125 120 144 168 216 264
    135 156 182 234 286
    145 168 196 252 308
    155 180 210 270 330
    165 192 224 288 352
    175 238 306 374
    185 252 324 396
    205 280 360 440
    Ordering Code (example):
    Roller cage with assembly aid, Brass =2061.84.
    Guide diameter d 1 19 mm = 019.
    Length l 1 45 mm = 045
    Order No =2061.84. 019. 045
    2061.84. Roller cage with assembly aid, Brass
    subject to alterations
    Headed guide bush, bronze coated, ISO 9448-6
    5
    d
    3
    d
    H5
    js4
    1
    d
    M8x1
    d
    4
    d
    8
    l 2
    3
    l
    6 6
    45°
    1
    l
    a
    1
    a
    6
    d
    7
    d
    „ X ”
    X
    2081.81.
    Material:
    1.0503
    ∅ d 3 and d 8 induction hardened to 500+100 HV 10.
    Execution:
    Bronze coated internal bore.
    Diameter d 3 and collar face precision ground.
    Note:
    The attachment is with 3 screw clamps, from ∅ d 1 = 38 with 4 screw
    clamps, which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - screw clamp
    incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head ∅ 13).
    Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    Mounting example
    D115
    d 1 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63 80
    Tolerance +0.003/+0.012 +0.003/+0.012 +0.004/+0.015 +0.004/+0.015 +0.004/+0.015 +0.005/+0.018 +0.005/+0.018
    d 3 32 40 48 58 70 85 105
    d 4 32 40 48 58 70 85 105
    d 5 40 48 56 66 80 95 118
    d 6 52 60 67 77 91 106 129
    d 7 64.7 72.7 79.7 89.7 103.7 118.7 141
    d 8 39 46 53 63 77 92 115
    a 20.9 22.7 24.4 35.3 40.2 45.5 54.5
    a 1 30.3 33.4 36.4 35.3 40.2 45.5 54.5
    l 1 59 79 93 108 127 150 150
    l 2 23 23 30 37 47 60 60
    l 3 36 56 63 71 80 90 90
    Ordering Code (example):
    Headed guide bush, bronze coated, ISO 9448-6 =2081.81.
    Guide diameter d 1 19 mm = 019
    Order No =2081.81. 019
    2081.81. Headed guide bush, bronze coated, ISO 9448-6
    subject to alterations
    Headed guide bush, bronze coated, ISO 9448-6
    Material:
    1.0503
    ∅ d 3 and d 8 induction hardened to 500+100 HV 10.
    Execution:
    Bronze coated internal bore.
    Diameter d 3 and collar face precision ground.
    Note:
    The attachment is with 3 screw clamps, from ∅ d 1 = 38 with 4 screw
    clamps, which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - screw clamp
    incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head ∅ 13).
    Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    a
    1
    a
    6
    d
    7
    d
    „ X ”
    5
    d
    3
    d
    H5
    js4
    3
    l
    M8x1
    d
    4
    d
    8
    l 2
    6 6
    1
    d
    45°
    X
    1
    l
    2081.84.
    Mounting example
    D116
    d 1 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63 80
    Tolerance +0.003/+0.012 +0.003/+0.012 +0.004/+0.015 +0.004/+0.015 +0.004/+0.015 +0.005/+0.018 +0.005/+0.018
    d 3 32 40 48 58 70 85 105
    d 4 32 40 48 58 70 85 105
    d 5 40 48 56 66 80 95 118
    d 6 52 60 67 77 91 106 129
    d 7 65.7 72.7 79.7 89.7 103.7 118.7 141
    d 8 39 46 53 63 77 92 115
    a 20.9 22.7 24.4 35.3 40.2 45.5 54.5
    a 1 30.3 33.4 36.4 35.3 40.2 45.5 54.5
    l 1 43 59 75 82 97 116 120
    l 2 23 23 30 37 47 60 60
    l 3 20 36 45 45 50 56 60
    Ordering Code (example):
    Headed guide bush, bronze coated, ISO 9448-6 =2081.84.
    Guide diameter d 1 19 mm = 019
    Order No =2081.84. 019
    2081.84. Headed guide bush, bronze coated, ISO 9448-6
    subject to alterations
    Headed guide bush, bronze coated, ISO 9448-6
    a
    1
    a
    6
    d
    7
    d
    „ X ”
    1
    l
    3
    l
    d
    4
    d
    5
    3
    d
    H5
    js4
    1
    d
    M8x1
    l 2
    6
    X
    2081.85.
    Material:
    1.0503
    ∅ d 3 and d 8 induction hardened to 500+100 HV 10.
    Execution:
    Bronze coated internal bore.
    Diameter d 3 and collar face precision ground.
    Note:
    The attachment is with 3 screw clamps, from ∅ d 1 = 38 with 4 screw
    clamps, which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - screw clamp
    incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head ∅ 13).
    Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    Mounting example
    D117
    d 1 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63 80
    Tolerance +0.003/+0.012 +0.003/+0.012 +0.004/+0.015 +0.004/+0.015 +0.004/+0.015 +0.005/+0.018 +0.005/+0.018
    d 3 32 40 48 58 70 85 105
    d 4 32 40 48 58 70 85 105
    d 5 40 48 56 66 80 95 118
    d 6 52 60 67 77 91 106 129
    d 7 65.7 72.7 79.7 89.7 103.7 118.7 141
    a 20.9 22.7 24.4 35.3 40.2 45.5 54.4
    a 1 30.3 33.4 36.4 35.3 40.2 45.5 54.4
    l 1 35 35 42 52 65 80 80
    l 2 23 23 30 37 47 60 60
    l 3 12 12 12 15 18 20 20
    Ordering Code (example):
    Headed guide bush, bronze coated, ISO 9448-6 =2081.85.
    Guide diameter d 1 19 mm = 019
    Order No =2081.85. 019
    2081.85. Headed guide bush, bronze coated, ISO 9448-6
    subject to alterations
    Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term lubrica-
    tion, ISO 9448-6
    Material:
    Sintered ferrite of high purity, carbonitrided, long-term lubrication
    Execution:
    Bearing surfaces and outside diameter precision ground.
    Note:
    The attachment is with 3 screw clamps, from ∅ d 1 = 38 with 4 screw
    clamps, which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - screw clamp
    incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head ∅ 13).
    Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
    *Bearing clearance see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    Tolerance range:
    yellow = .10
    green = .20
    red = .30
    1
    l
    l 3
    2
    l
    6 6
    8
    d
    3
    d
    H5
    js4
    d *
    1
    5
    d
    13
    a
    1
    a
    6
    d
    7
    d
    „ X ”
    X
    d 4
    2081.31.
    Mounting example
    D118
    d 1 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63
    d 3 32 40 48 58 70 85
    d 4 32 40 48 58 70 85
    d 5 40 48 56 66 80 95
    d 6 52 60 67 77 91 106
    d 7 64.7 72.7 79.7 89.7 103.7 118.7
    d 8 39 46 53 63 77 92
    a 20.7 22.65 24.4 35.3 40.2 45.5
    a 1 30 33.4 36.4 35.3 40.2 45.5
    l 1 59 79 93 108 127 150
    l 2 23 23 30 37 47 60
    l 3 36 56 63 71 80 90
    Ordering Code (example):
    Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided
    with long-term lubrication, ISO 9448-6 =2081.31.
    Guide diameter d 1 19 mm = 019.
    Classification TOL yellow = 10
    Order No =2081.31. 019. 10
    2081.31. Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term lubrication,
    ISO 9448-6
    subject to alterations
    Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term lubrica-
    tion, ISO 9448-6
    13
    a
    1
    a
    6
    d
    7
    d
    „ X ”
    X
    l 3
    2
    l
    1
    l
    6 6
    8
    d
    3
    d
    H5
    js4
    d *
    1
    5
    d
    d 4
    2081.32.
    Material:
    Sintered ferrite of high purity, carbonitrided, long-term lubrication
    Execution:
    Bearing surfaces and outside diameter precision ground.
    Note:
    The attachment is with 3 screw clamps, from ∅ d 1 = 38 with 4 screw
    clamps, which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - screw clamp
    incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head ∅ 13).
    Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
    *Bearing clearance see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    Tolerance range:
    yellow = .10
    green = .20
    red = .30
    Mounting example
    D119
    d 1 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50
    d 3 40 48 58 70
    d 4 40 48 58 70
    d 5 48 56 66 80
    d 6 60 67 77 91
    d 7 72.7 79.7 89.7 103.7
    d 8 46 53 63 77
    a 22.65 24.4 35.3 40.2
    a 1 33.4 36.4 35.3 40.2
    l 1 80 93 110 131
    l 2 30 37 47 60
    l 3 50 56 63 71
    Ordering Code (example):
    Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided
    with long-term lubrication, ISO 9448-6 =2081.32.
    Guide diameter d 1 24 mm = 024.
    Classification TOL yellow = 10
    Order No =2081.32. 024. 10
    2081.32. Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term lubrication,
    ISO 9448-6
    subject to alterations
    Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term lubrica-
    tion, ISO 9448-6
    Material:
    Sintered ferrite of high purity, carbonitrided, long-term lubrication
    Execution:
    Bearing surfaces and outside diameter precision ground.
    Note:
    The attachment is with 3 screw clamps, from ∅ d 1 = 38 with 4 screw
    clamps, which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - screw clamp
    incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head ∅ 13).
    Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
    *Bearing clearance see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    Tolerance range:
    yellow = .10
    green = .20
    red = .30
    13
    a
    1
    a
    6
    d
    7
    d
    „ X ”
    X
    l 3
    2
    l
    1
    l
    6 6
    8
    d
    3
    d
    H5
    js4
    d *
    1
    5
    d
    d 4
    2081.33.
    Mounting example
    D120
    d 1 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50
    d 3 40 48 58 70
    d 4 40 48 58 70
    d 5 48 56 66 80
    d 6 60 67 77 91
    d 7 72.7 79.7 89.7 103.7
    d 8 46 53 63 77
    a 22.65 24.4 35.3 40.2
    a 1 33.4 36.4 35.3 40.2
    l 1 55 69 79 96
    l 2 30 37 47 60
    l 3 25 32 32 36
    Ordering Code (example):
    Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided
    with long-term lubrication, ISO 9448-6 =2081.33.
    Guide diameter d 1 24 mm = 024.
    Classification TOL yellow = 10
    Order No =2081.33. 024. 10
    2081.33. Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term lubrication,
    ISO 9448-6
    subject to alterations
    Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term lubrica-
    tion, ISO 9448-6
    13
    a
    1
    a
    6
    d
    7
    d
    „ X ”
    X
    l 3
    2 l
    1
    l
    6 6
    8
    d
    3
    d
    H5
    js4
    d *
    1
    5
    d
    d 4
    2081.34.
    Material:
    Sintered ferrite of high purity, carbonitrided, long-term lubrication
    Execution:
    Bearing surfaces and outside diameter precision ground.
    Note:
    The attachment is with 3 screw clamps, from ∅ d 1 = 38 with 4 screw
    clamps, which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - screw clamp
    incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head ∅ 13).
    Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
    *Bearing clearance see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    Tolerance range:
    yellow = .10
    green = .20
    red = .30
    Mounting example
    D121
    d 1 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63
    d 3 32 40 48 58 70 85
    d 4 32 40 48 58 70 85
    d 5 40 48 56 66 80 95
    d 6 52 60 67 77 91 106
    d 7 64.7 72.7 79.7 89.7 103.7 118.7
    d 8 39 46 53 63 77 92
    a 20.7 22.65 24.4 35.3 40.2 45.5
    a 1 30 33.4 36.4 35.3 40.2 45.5
    l 1 43 59 75 82 97 116
    l 2 23 23 30 37 47 60
    l 3 20 36 45 45 50 56
    Ordering Code (example):
    Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided
    with long-term lubrication, ISO 9448-6 =2081.34.
    Guide diameter d 1 19 mm = 019.
    Classification TOL yellow = 10
    Order No =2081.34. 019. 10
    2081.34. Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term lubrication,
    ISO 9448-6
    subject to alterations
    Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term lubrica-
    tion, ISO 9448-6
    Material:
    Sintered ferrite of high purity, carbonitrided, long-term lubrication
    Execution:
    Bearing surfaces and outside diameter precision ground.
    Note:
    The attachment is with 3 screw clamps, from ∅ d 1 = 38 with 4 screw
    clamps, which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - screw clamp
    incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head ∅ 13).
    Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
    *Bearing clearance see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    Tolerance range:
    yellow = .10
    green = .20
    red = .30
    13
    a
    1
    a
    6
    d
    7
    d
    „ X ”
    X
    2
    l l 3
    1
    l
    6
    4
    d
    3
    d
    H5
    js4
    d *
    1
    5
    d
    2081.35.
    Mounting example
    D122
    d 1 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63
    d 3 32 40 48 58 70 85
    d 4 32 40 48 58 70 85
    d 5 40 48 56 66 80 95
    d 6 52 60 67 77 91 106
    d 7 64.7 72.7 79.7 89.7 103.7 118.7
    a 20.7 22.65 24.4 35.3 40.2 45.5
    a 1 30 33.4 36.4 35.3 40.2 45.5
    l 1 35 35 42 52 65 80
    l 2 23 23 30 37 47 60
    l 3 12 12 12 15 18 20
    Ordering Code (example):
    Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided
    with long-term lubrication, ISO 9448-6 =2081.35.
    Guide diameter d 1 19 mm = 019.
    Classification TOL yellow = 10
    Order No =2081.35. 019. 10
    2081.35. Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term lubrication,
    ISO 9448-6
    subject to alterations
    Headed guide bush "ECO-LINE", bronzeplated, ISO 9448-6
    a
    1
    a
    6
    d
    7
    d
    „ X ”
    5
    d
    3
    d
    H6
    j6
    1
    d
    M8x1
    d
    4
    d
    8
    l 2
    3
    l
    6 6
    45°
    1
    l
    H5
    X
    2081.91.
    Material:
    Steel, d 3 induction hardened
    Execution:
    Bronze coated internal bore.
    Outside diameter fine-ground.
    Note:
    The attachment is with 3 screw clamps, from ∅ d 1 = 38 with 4 screw
    clamps, which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - screw clamp
    incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head ∅ 13).
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    Mounting example
    D123
    d 1 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63 80
    d 3 32 40 48 58 70 85 105
    d 4 32 40 48 58 70 85 105
    d 5 40 48 56 66 80 95 118
    d 6 52 60 67 77 91 106 129
    d 7 64.7 72.7 79.7 89.7 103.7 118.7 141
    d 8 39 46 53 63 77 92 115
    a 20.7 22.7 24.4 35.3 40.2 45.5 54.5
    a 1 30.3 33.4 36.4 35.3 40.2 45.5 54.5
    l 1 59 79 93 108 127 150 150
    l 2 23 23 30 37 47 60 60
    l 3 36 56 63 71 80 90 90
    Ordering Code (example):
    Headed guide bush "ECO-LINE", bronzeplated, ISO 9448-6 =2081.91.
    Guide diameter d 1 19 mm = 019
    Order No =2081.91. 019
    2081.91. Headed guide bush "ECO-LINE", bronzeplated, ISO 9448-6
    subject to alterations
    Headed guide bush "ECO-LINE", bronzeplated, ISO 9448-6
    Material:
    Steel, d 3 induction hardened
    Execution:
    Bronze coated internal bore.
    Outside diameter fine-ground.
    Note:
    The attachment is with 3 screw clamps, from ∅ d 1 = 38 with 4 screw
    clamps, which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - screw clamp
    incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head ∅ 13).
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    a
    1
    a
    6
    d
    7
    d
    „ X ”
    5
    d
    3
    d
    H6
    j6
    3
    l
    M8x1
    d
    4
    d
    8
    l 2
    6 6
    45°
    X
    1
    l
    1
    d
    H5
    2081.94.
    Mounting example
    D124
    d 1 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63 80
    d 3 32 40 48 58 70 85 105
    d 4 32 40 48 58 70 85 105
    d 5 40 48 56 66 80 95 118
    d 6 52 60 67 77 91 106 129
    d 7 64.7 72.7 79.7 89.7 103.7 118.7 141
    d 8 39 46 53 63 77 92 115
    a 20.7 22.7 24.4 35.3 40.2 45.5 54.5
    a 1 30.3 33.4 36.4 35.3 40.2 45.5 54.5
    l 1 43 59 75 82 97 116 120
    l 2 23 23 30 37 47 60 60
    l 3 20 36 45 45 50 56 60
    Ordering Code (example):
    Headed guide bush "ECO-LINE", bronzeplated, ISO 9448-6 =2081.94.
    Guide diameter d 1 19 mm = 019
    Order No =2081.94. 019
    2081.94. Headed guide bush "ECO-LINE", bronzeplated, ISO 9448-6
    subject to alterations
    Headed guide bush "ECO-LINE", bronzeplated, ISO 9448-6
    a
    1
    a
    6
    d
    7
    d
    „ X ”
    1
    l
    3
    l
    d
    4
    d
    5
    3
    d
    H6
    j6
    M8x1
    l 2
    6
    1
    d
    H5
    X
    2081.95.
    Material:
    Steel, d 3 induction hardened
    Execution:
    Bronze coated internal bore.
    Outside diameter fine-ground.
    Note:
    The attachment is with 3 screw clamps, from ∅ d 1 = 38 with 4 screw
    clamps, which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - screw clamp
    incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head ∅ 13).
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    Mounting example
    D125
    d 1 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63 80
    d 3 32 40 48 58 70 85 105
    d 4 32 40 48 58 70 85 105
    d 5 40 48 56 66 80 95 118
    d 6 52 60 67 77 91 106 129
    d 7 64.7 72.7 79.7 89.7 103.7 118.7 141
    a 20.7 22.65 24.4 35.3 40.2 45.5 54.4
    a 1 30 33.4 36.4 35.3 40.2 45.5 54.4
    l 1 35 35 42 52 65 80 80
    l 2 23 23 30 37 47 60 60
    l 3 12 12 12 15 18 20 20
    Ordering Code (example):
    Headed guide bush "ECO-LINE", bronzeplated, ISO 9448-6 = 2081.95.
    Guide diameter d 1 19 mm = 019
    Order No = 2081.95.019
    2081.95. Headed guide bush "ECO-LINE", bronzeplated, ISO 9448-6
    subject to alterations
    Headed guide bush "ECO-LINE", Bronze with solid lubricant rings,
    ISO 9448-6
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
    Execution:
    Contact surface with solid lubricant rings.
    Outside diameter precision ground.
    Note:
    The attachment is with 3 screw clamps, from ∅ d 1 = 38 with 4 screw
    clamps, which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - screw clamp
    incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head ∅ 13).
    Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    a
    1
    a
    6
    d
    7
    d
    „ X ”
    5
    d
    d
    4
    d
    8
    l 2
    3
    l
    6 6
    45°
    1
    l
    3
    d
    H6
    j6
    1
    d
    H6
    X
    2081.71.
    Mounting example
    D126
    d 1 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63 80
    d 3 32 40 48 58 70 85 105
    d 4 32 40 48 58 70 85 105
    d 5 40 48 56 66 80 95 118
    d 6 52 60 67 77 91 106 129
    d 7 64.7 72.7 79.7 89.7 103.7 118.7 141
    d 8 39 46 53 63 77 92 115
    a 20.7 22.65 24.4 35.3 40.2 45.5 54.5
    a 1 30 33.4 36.4 35.3 40.2 45.5 54.5
    l 1 59 79 93 108 127 150 150
    l 2 23 23 30 37 47 60 60
    l 3 36 56 63 71 80 90 90
    Ordering Code (example):
    Headed guide bush "ECO-LINE", Bronze with solid lubricant rings,
    ISO 9448-6 =2081.71.
    Guide diameter d 1 19 mm = 019
    Order No =2081.71.019
    2081.71. Headed guide bush "ECO-LINE", Bronze with solid lubricant rings, ISO 9448-6
    subject to alterations
    Headed guide bush "ECO-LINE", Bronze with solid lubricant rings,
    ISO 9448-6
    a
    1
    a
    6
    d
    7
    d
    „ X ”
    5
    d
    3
    l
    d
    4
    d
    8
    l 2
    6 6
    45°
    X
    1
    l
    3
    d
    H6
    j6
    1
    d
    H6
    2081.74.
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
    Execution:
    Contact surface with solid lubricant rings.
    Outside diameter precision ground.
    Note:
    The attachment is with 3 screw clamps, from ∅ d 1 = 38 with 4 screw
    clamps, which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - screw clamp
    incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head ∅ 13).
    Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    Mounting example
    D127
    d 1 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63 80
    d 3 32 40 48 58 70 85 105
    d 4 32 40 48 58 70 85 105
    d 5 40 48 56 66 80 95 118
    d 6 52 60 67 77 91 106 129
    d 7 64.7 72.7 79.7 89.7 103.7 118.7 141
    d 8 39 46 53 63 77 92 115
    a 20.7 22.65 24.4 35.3 40.2 45.5 54.5
    a 1 30 33.4 36.4 35.3 40.2 45.5 54.5
    l 1 43 59 75 82 97 116 120
    l 2 23 23 30 37 47 60 60
    l 3 20 36 45 45 50 56 60
    Ordering Code (example):
    Headed guide bush "ECO-LINE", Bronze with solid lubricant rings,
    ISO 9448-6 =2081.74.
    Guide diameter d 1 19 mm = 019
    Order No =2081.74. 019
    2081.74. Headed guide bush "ECO-LINE", Bronze with solid lubricant rings, ISO 9448-6
    subject to alterations
    Headed guide bush "ECO-LINE", Bronze with solid lubricant rings,
    ISO 9448-6
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
    Execution:
    Contact surface with solid lubricant rings.
    Outside diameter precision ground.
    Note:
    The attachment is with 3 screw clamps, from ∅ d 1 = 38 with 4 screw
    clamps, which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - screw clamp
    incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head ∅ 13).
    Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    a
    1
    a
    6
    d
    7
    d
    „ X ”
    1
    l
    3
    l
    d
    4
    d
    5
    l 2
    6
    3
    d
    H6
    j6
    1
    d
    H6
    X
    2081.75.
    Mounting example
    D128
    d 1 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63 80
    d 3 32 40 48 58 70 85 105
    d 4 32 40 48 58 70 85 105
    d 5 40 48 56 66 80 95 118
    d 6 52 60 67 77 91 106 129
    d 7 64.7 72.7 79.7 89.7 103.7 118.7 141
    a 20.7 22.65 24.4 35.3 40.2 45.5 54.4
    a 1 30 33.4 36.4 35.3 40.2 45.5 54.4
    l 1 35 35 42 52 65 80 80
    l 2 23 23 30 37 47 60 60
    l 3 12 12 12 15 18 20 20
    Ordering Code (example):
    Headed guide bush "ECO-LINE", Bronze with solid lubricant rings,
    ISO 9448-6 = 2081.75.
    Guide diameter d 1 19 mm = 19
    Order No = 2081.75.19
    2081.75. Headed guide bush "ECO-LINE", Bronze with solid lubricant rings, ISO 9448-6
    subject to alterations
    Headed guide bush for ball bearing, ISO 9448-7
    a
    a 1
    13
    7
    d
    6
    d
    „ X ”
    1
    l
    2
    l
    3
    l
    l
    8
    d
    2
    *d
    d
    H5
    js4
    1
    d
    3
    6 6
    5
    d
    d 4
    X
    2081.44.
    Material:
    Tool steel, hardened 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Bearing surfaces honed,
    outside diameter precision ground.
    Note:
    The attachment is with 3 screw clamps, from ∅ d 1 = 38 with 4 screw
    clamps, which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - screw clamp
    incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head ∅ 13).
    Notes on ball bearing type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
    *Preloading see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Ball guide capacity calculations at the end of chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    Tolerance range:
    yellow = .10
    green = .20
    red = .30
    Mounting example
    D129
    d 1 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63 80
    d 2 25 26 30 31 38 40 46 48 56 58 68 71 92
    d 3 32 40 48 58 70 85 105
    d 4 32 40 48 58 70 85 105
    d 5 40 48 56 66 80 95 118
    d 6 52 60 67 77 91 106 129
    d 7 64.7 72.7 79.7 89.7 103.7 118.7 141.7
    d 8 39 46 53 63 77 92 115
    a 20.7 22.65 24.4 35.3 40.2 45.5 54.5
    a 1 30 33.4 36.4 35.3 40.2 45.5 54.5
    l 1 59 79 93 108 127 150 150
    l 2 23 23 30 37 47 60 60
    l 3 36 56 63 71 80 90 90
    l* 71 95 120 120 140 160 160
    *l = Nominal ordering length of ball cage - prefered length
    Ordering Code (example):
    Headed guide bush for ball bearing, ISO 9448-7 =2081.44.
    Guide diameter d 1 19 mm = 019.
    Classification TOL yellow = 10
    Order No =2081.44. 019. 10
    2081.44. Headed guide bush for ball bearing, ISO 9448-7
    subject to alterations
    Headed guide bush for ball bearing, ISO 9448-7
    Material:
    Tool steel, hardened 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Bearing surfaces honed,
    outside diameter precision ground.
    Note:
    The attachment is with 3 screw clamps, from ∅ d 1 = 38 with 4 screw
    clamps, which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - screw clamp
    incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head ∅ 13).
    Notes on ball bearing type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
    *Preloading see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Ball guide capacity calculations at the end of chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    Tolerance range:
    yellow = .10
    green = .20
    red = .30
    a
    a 1
    13
    7
    d
    6
    d
    „ X ”
    3
    l
    2
    l
    1
    l
    8
    d
    2
    *d
    d
    H5
    js4
    1
    d
    3
    6 6
    5
    d
    d 4
    X
    2081.45.
    l
    Mounting example
    D130
    d 1 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50
    d 2 30 31 38 40 46 48 56 58
    d 3 40 48 58 70
    d 4 40 48 58 70
    d 5 48 56 66 80
    d 6 60 67 77 91
    d 7 72.7 79.7 89.7 103.7
    d 8 46 53 63 77
    a 22.65 24.4 35.3 40.2
    a 1 33.4 36.4 35.3 40.2
    l 1 80 93 110 131
    l 2 30 37 47 60
    l 3 50 56 63 71
    l* 95 120 140 160
    *l = Nominal ordering length of ball cage - prefered length
    Ordering Code (example):
    Headed guide bush for ball bearing, ISO 9448-7 =2081.45.
    Guide diameter d 1 24 mm = 024.
    Classification TOL yellow = 10
    Order No =2081.45. 024. 10
    2081.45. Headed guide bush for ball bearing, ISO 9448-7
    subject to alterations
    Headed guide bush for ball bearing, ISO 9448-7
    a
    a 1
    13
    7
    d
    6
    d
    „ X ”
    3
    l
    1
    l
    2
    l
    8
    d
    2
    *d
    d
    H5
    js4
    1
    d
    3
    6 6
    5
    d
    d 4
    X
    2081.46.
    l
    Material:
    Tool steel, hardened 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Bearing surfaces honed,
    outside diameter precision ground.
    Note:
    The attachment is with 3 screw clamps, from ∅ d 1 = 38 with 4 screw
    clamps, which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - screw clamp
    incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head ∅ 13).
    Notes on ball bearing type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
    *Preloading see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Ball guide capacity calculations at the end of chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    Tolerance range:
    yellow = .10
    green = .20
    red = .30
    Mounting example
    D131
    d 1 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63 80
    d 2 25 26 30 31 38 40 46 48 56 58 68 71 92
    d 3 32 40 48 58 70 85 105
    d 4 32 40 48 58 70 85 105
    d 5 40 48 56 66 80 95 118
    d 6 52 60 67 77 91 106 129
    d 7 64.7 72.7 79.7 89.7 103.7 118.7 141.7
    d 8 39 46 53 63 77 92 115
    a 20.7 22.65 24.4 35.3 40.2 45.5 54.5
    a 1 30 33.4 36.4 35.3 40.2 45.5 54.5
    l 1 43 59 75 82 97 116 120
    l 2 23 23 30 37 47 60 60
    l 3 20 36 45 45 50 56 60
    l* 56 71 95 105 120 140 140
    *l = Nominal ordering length of ball cage - prefered length
    Ordering Code (example):
    Headed guide bush for ball bearing, ISO 9448-7 =2081.46.
    Guide diameter d 1 19 mm = 019.
    Classification TOL yellow = 10
    Order No =2081.46. 019. 10
    2081.46. Headed guide bush for ball bearing, ISO 9448-7
    subject to alterations
    Headed guide bush for ball bearing, ISO 9448-7
    Material:
    Tool steel, hardened 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Bearing surfaces honed,
    outside diameter precision ground.
    Note:
    The attachment is with 3 screw clamps, from ∅ d 1 = 38 with 4 screw
    clamps, which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - screw clamp
    incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head ∅ 13).
    Notes on ball bearing type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
    *Preloading see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Ball guide capacity calculations at the end of chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    Tolerance range:
    yellow = .10
    green = .20
    red = .30
    a
    a 1
    13
    7
    d
    6
    d
    „ X ”
    3
    l
    1
    l
    2
    l
    4
    d
    2
    *d
    d
    H5
    js4
    1
    d
    3
    6
    5
    d
    X
    2081.47.
    l
    Mounting example
    D132
    d 1 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63 80
    d 2 25 26 30 31 38 40 46 48 56 58 68 71 92
    d 3 32 40 48 58 70 85 105
    d 4 32 40 48 58 70 85 105
    d 5 40 48 56 66 80 95 118
    d 6 52 60 67 77 91 106 129
    d 7 64.7 72.7 79.7 89.7 103.7 118.7 141.7
    a 20.7 22.65 24.4 35.3 40.2 45.5 54.5
    a 1 30 33.4 36.4 35.3 40.2 45.5 54.5
    l 1 35 35 42 52 65 80 80
    l 2 23 23 30 37 47 60 60
    l 3 12 12 12 15 18 20 20
    l* 45 45 56 63 80 95 120
    *l = Nominal ordering length of ball cage - prefered length
    Ordering Code (example):
    Headed guide bush for ball bearing, ISO 9448-7 =2081.47.
    Guide diameter d 1 19 mm = 019.
    Classification TOL yellow = 10
    Order No =2081.47. 019. 10
    2081.47. Headed guide bush for ball bearing, ISO 9448-7
    subject to alterations
    Headed guide bush for ball bearing, ISO 9448-7
    a
    a 1
    13
    7
    d
    6
    d
    „ X ”
    3
    l
    1
    l
    2
    l
    8
    d
    2
    *d
    d
    H5
    js4
    1
    d
    3
    6 6
    5
    d
    d 4
    X
    2081.49.
    l
    Material:
    Tool steel, hardened 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Bearing surfaces honed,
    outside diameter precision ground.
    Note:
    The attachment is with 3 screw clamps, from ∅ d 1 = 38 with 4 screw
    clamps, which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - screw clamp
    incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head ∅ 13).
    Notes on ball bearing type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
    *Preloading see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Ball guide capacity calculations at the end of chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    Tolerance range:
    yellow = .10
    green = .20
    red = .30
    Mounting example
    D133
    d 1 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50
    d 2 30 31 38 40 46 48 56 58
    d 3 40 48 58 70
    d 4 40 48 58 70
    d 5 48 56 66 80
    d 6 60 67 77 91
    d 7 72.7 79.7 89.7 103.7
    d 8 46 53 63 77
    a 22.65 24.4 35.3 40.2
    a 1 33.4 36.4 35.3 40.2
    l 1 55 69 79 96
    l 2 30 37 47 60
    l 3 25 32 32 36
    l* 71 80 95 120
    *l = Nominal ordering length of ball cage - prefered length
    Ordering Code (example):
    Headed guide bush for ball bearing, ISO 9448-7 =2081.49.
    Guide diameter d 1 24 mm = 024.
    Classification TOL yellow = 10
    Order No =2081.49. 024. 10
    2081.49. Headed guide bush for ball bearing, ISO 9448-7
    subject to alterations
    Flanged guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term lubrica-
    tion, ISO 9448-4
    Material:
    Sintered ferrite of high purity, carbonitrided, long-term lubrication
    Execution:
    Bearing surfaces and outside diameter precision ground.
    Note:
    The guide bush is fixed by means of 3 screws to DIN EN ISO 4762.
    The screws are not contained in the scope of delivery.
    Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
    *Bearing clearance see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    Tolerance range:
    yellow = .10
    green = .20
    red = .30
    k
    d 5
    d 4
    „ X ”
    t
    l 3
    1
    l
    2
    l
    d *
    d 3 H5
    js4
    1
    6
    d
    X
    7
    d
    2091.31.
    Mounting example
    D134
    d 1 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63 80
    d 3 32 40 48 58 70 85 105
    d 4 50 63 72 85 104 120 148
    d 5 40 50 58 70 86 100 125
    d 6 4.5 5.5 5.5 6.6 9 9 11
    d 7 8 10 10 11 15 15 18
    k 18 23 28 33 38 46 56
    l 1 52 62 72 77 102 102 125
    l 2 37 37 47 47 60 60 75
    l 3 15 25 25 30 42 42 50
    t 4.6 5.7 5.7 6.8 9 9 11
    Ordering Code (example):
    Flanged guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided
    with long-term lubrication, ISO 9448-4 =2091.31.
    Guide diameter d 1 19 mm = 019.
    Classification TOL yellow = 10
    Order No =2091.31. 019. 10
    2091.31. Flanged guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term lubrication,
    ISO 9448-4
    subject to alterations
    Flanged guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term lubrica-
    tion, ISO 9448-4
    k
    d 5
    d 4
    „ X ”
    l
    l
    3
    d
    H5
    js4
    d *
    1
    6
    d
    l 3
    1
    2
    t
    X
    7
    d
    2091.32.
    Material:
    Sintered ferrite of high purity, carbonitrided, long-term lubrication
    Execution:
    Bearing surfaces and outside diameter precision ground.
    Note:
    The guide bush is fixed by means of 3 srews up to ø 16: with screws to
    DIN 6912, from ø 19: with screws to DIN EN ISO 4762.
    The screws are not contained in the scope of delivery.
    Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
    *Bearing clearance see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    Tolerance range:
    yellow = .10
    green = .20
    red = .30
    Mounting example
    D135
    d 1 15 16 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63
    d 3 28 32 40 48 58 70 85
    d 4 45 50 63 72 85 104 120
    d 5 35 40 50 58 70 86 100
    d 6 4.5 4.5 5.5 5.5 6.6 9 9
    d 7 8 8 10 10 11 15 15
    k 15 18 23 28 33 38 46
    l 1 36 45 55 62 67 89 89
    l 2 30 30 30 37 37 47 47
    l 3 6 15 25 25 30 42 42
    t 3.4 4.6 5.7 5.7 6.8 9 9
    Ordering Code (example):
    Flanged guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided
    with long-term lubrication, ISO 9448-4 =2091.32.
    Guide diameter d 1 15 mm = 015.
    Classification TOL yellow = 10
    Order No =2091.32. 015.10
    2091.32. Flanged guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term lubrication,
    ISO 9448-4
    subject to alterations
    Flanged guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term lubrica-
    tion, ISO 9448-4
    Material:
    Sintered ferrite of high purity, carbonitrided, long-term lubrication
    Execution:
    Bearing surfaces and outside diameter precision ground.
    Note:
    The guide bush is fixed by means of 3 srews up to ø 16: with screws to
    DIN 6912, from ø 19: with screws to DIN EN ISO 4762.
    The screws are not contained in the scope of delivery.
    Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
    *Bearing clearance see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    Tolerance range:
    yellow = .10
    green = .20
    red = .30
    k
    d 5
    d 4
    „ X ”
    l 3
    l 1
    2
    l
    3
    d
    H5
    js4
    d *
    1
    6
    d
    t
    X
    7
    d
    2091.34.
    Mounting example
    D136
    d 1 15 16 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50
    d 3 28 32 40 48 58 70
    d 4 45 50 63 72 85 104
    d 5 35 40 50 58 70 86
    d 6 4.5 4.5 5.5 5.5 6.6 9
    d 7 8 8 10 10 11 15
    k 15 18 23 28 33 38
    l 1 29 38 38 45 55 62
    l 2 23 23 23 30 30 37
    l 3 6 15 15 15 25 25
    t 3.4 4.6 5.7 5.7 6.8 9
    Ordering Code (example):
    Flanged guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided
    with long-term lubrication, ISO 9448-4 =2091.34.
    Guide diameter d 1 15 mm = 015.
    Classification TOL yellow = 10
    Order No =2091.34. 015.10
    2091.34. Flanged guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term lubrication,
    ISO 9448-4
    subject to alterations
    Flanged guide bush "ECO-LINE", bronzeplated, ISO 9448-4
    3x120°
    30°
    k
    7
    d
    t
    X
    4
    d
    3
    d
    j6
    H6
    1
    d
    H5
    2
    l
    1
    l
    6
    d
    „X“
    5
    d
    Grease nipple
    with thread
    DIN 3405 -A M8x1
    2091.91.
    Material:
    Steel, d 3 induction hardened
    Execution:
    Bronze coated internal bore.
    Outside diameter fine-ground.
    Note:
    The guide bush is fixed by means of 3 screws to DIN EN ISO 4762.
    The screws are not contained in the scope of delivery.
    Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    Mounting example
    D137
    d 1 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63 80
    d 3 32 40 48 58 70 85 105
    d 4 50 63 72 85 104 120 146
    d 5 40 50 58 70 86 100 125
    d 6 4.5 5.5 5.5 6.6 9 9 11
    d 7 8 10 10 11 15 15 18
    k 18 23 28 33 38 46 56
    l 1 52 62 72 77 102 102 125
    l 2 36 37 47 47 60 60 75
    t 4.6 5.7 5.7 6.8 9 9 11
    Ordering Code (example):
    Flanged guide bush "ECO-LINE", bronzeplated, ISO 9448-4 =2091.91.
    Guide diameter d 1 19 mm = 019
    Order No =2091.91. 019
    2091.91. Flanged guide bush "ECO-LINE", bronzeplated, ISO 9448-4
    subject to alterations
    Flanged guide bush "ECO-LINE", bronzeplated, ISO 9448-4
    Material:
    Steel, d 3 induction hardened
    Execution:
    Bronze coated internal bore.
    Outside diameter fine-ground.
    Note:
    The guide bush is fixed by means of 3 srews up to ø 16: with screws to
    DIN 6912, from ø 19: with screws to DIN EN ISO 4762.
    The screws are not contained in the scope of delivery.
    Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    5
    Grease nipple
    DIN 3405 -A M8x1
    with thread
    from d 1 = 19 mm
    3x120°
    30°
    k
    7
    d
    t
    X
    4
    d
    3
    d
    j6
    H6
    1
    d
    H5
    2
    l
    1
    l
    6
    d
    „X“
    5
    d
    ø26*
    2
    l /2
    ø4
    2091.92.
    Groove and
    lubrication hole
    by d 1 = 15/16 mm
    Mounting example
    D138
    d 1 15 16 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63
    d 3 28 32 40 48 58 70 85
    d 4 45 50 63 72 85 104 120
    d 5 35 40 50 58 70 86 100
    d 6 4.5 4.5 5.5 5.5 6.6 9 9
    d 7 8 8 10 10 11 15 15
    k 15 18 23 28 33 38 46
    l 1 36 45 55 62 67 89 89
    l 2 30 30 30 37 37 47 47
    t 3.4 4.6 5.7 5.7 6.8 9 9
    Ordering Code (example):
    Flanged guide bush "ECO-LINE", bronzeplated, ISO 9448-4 =2091.92.
    Guide diameter d 1 15 mm= 015
    Order No =2091.92. 015
    2091.92. Flanged guide bush "ECO-LINE", bronzeplated, ISO 9448-4
    subject to alterations
    Flanged guide bush "ECO-LINE", bronzeplated, ISO 9448-4
    Groove and
    lubrication hole
    by d 1 = 15/16 mm
    5
    3x120°
    30°
    k
    7
    d
    t
    X
    4
    d
    3
    d
    j6
    H6
    1
    d
    H5
    2
    l
    1
    l
    6
    d
    „X“
    5
    d
    ø26*
    2
    l /2
    ø4
    2091.94.
    Grease nipple
    DIN 3405 -A M8x1
    with thread
    from d 1 = 19 mm
    Material:
    Steel, d 3 induction hardened
    Execution:
    Bronze coated internal bore.
    Outside diameter fine-ground.
    Note:
    The guide bush is fixed by means of 3 srews up to ø 16: with screws to
    DIN 6912, from ø 19: with screws to DIN EN ISO 4762.
    The screws are not contained in the scope of delivery.
    Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    Mounting example
    D139
    d 1 15 16 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50
    d 3 28 32 40 48 58 70
    d 4 45 50 63 72 85 104
    d 5 35 40 50 58 70 86
    d 6 4.5 4.5 5.5 5.5 6.6 9
    d 7 8 8 10 10 11 15
    k 15 18 23 28 33 38
    l 1 29 38 38 45 55 62
    l 2 23 23 23 30 30 37
    t 3.4 4.6 5.7 5.7 6.8 9
    Ordering Code (example):
    Flanged guide bush "ECO-LINE", bronzeplated, ISO 9448-4 =2091.94.
    Guide diameter d 1 15 mm= 015
    Order No =2091.94. 015
    2091.94. Flanged guide bush "ECO-LINE", bronzeplated, ISO 9448-4
    subject to alterations
    Flanged guide bush "ECO-LINE", Bronze with solid lubricant rings,
    ISO 9448-4
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
    Execution:
    Contact surface with solid lubricant rings.
    Outside diameter precision ground.
    Note:
    The guide bush is fixed by means of 3 screws to DIN EN ISO 4762.
    The screws are not contained in the scope of delivery.
    Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    t
    l 3
    1
    l
    2
    l
    6
    d
    3
    d
    H6
    j6
    d 1 H6
    7
    d
    k
    d 5
    d 4
    „ X ”
    X
    2091.71.
    Mounting example
    D140
    d 1 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63 80
    d 3 32 40 48 58 70 85 105
    d 4 50 63 72 85 104 120 148
    d 5 40 50 58 70 86 100 125
    d 6 4.5 5.5 5.5 6.6 9 9 11
    d 7 8 10 10 11 15 15 18
    k 18 23 28 33 38 46 56
    l 1 52 62 72 77 102 102 125
    l 2 37 37 47 47 60 60 75
    l 3 15 25 25 30 42 42 50
    t 4.6 5.7 5.7 6.8 9 9 11
    Ordering Code (example):
    Flanged guide bush "ECO-LINE", Bronze with solid lubricant rings,
    ISO 9448-4 =2091.71.
    Guide diameter d 1 19 mm = 019
    Order No =2091.71.019
    2091.71. Flanged guide bush "ECO-LINE", Bronze with solid lubricant rings, ISO 9448-4
    subject to alterations
    Flanged guide bush "ECO-LINE", Bronze with solid lubricant rings,
    ISO 9448-4
    l
    l
    6
    d
    l 3
    1
    2
    t
    3
    d
    H6
    j6
    d 1 H6
    7
    d
    k
    d 5
    d 4
    „ X ”
    X
    2091.72.
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
    Execution:
    Contact surface with solid lubricant rings.
    Outside diameter precision ground.
    Note:
    The guide bush is fixed by means of 3 srews up to ø 16: with screws to
    DIN 6912, from ø 19: with screws to DIN EN ISO 4762.
    The screws are not contained in the scope of delivery.
    Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    Mounting example
    D141
    d 1 15 16 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63
    d 3 28 32 40 48 58 70 85
    d 4 45 50 63 72 85 104 120
    d 5 35 40 50 58 70 86 100
    d 6 4.5 4.5 5.5 5.5 6.6 9 9
    d 7 8 8 10 10 11 15 15
    k 15 18 23 28 33 38 46
    l 1 36 45 55 62 67 89 89
    l 2 30 30 30 37 37 47 47
    l 3 6 15 25 25 30 42 42
    t 3.4 4.6 5.7 5.7 6.8 9 9
    Ordering Code (example):
    Flanged guide bush "ECO-LINE", Bronze with solid lubricant rings,
    ISO 9448-4 =2091.72.
    Guide diameter d 1 15 mm= 015
    Order No =2091.72. 015
    2091.72. Flanged guide bush "ECO-LINE", Bronze with solid lubricant rings, ISO 9448-4
    subject to alterations
    Flanged guide bush "ECO-LINE", Bronze with solid lubricant rings,
    ISO 9448-4
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
    Execution:
    Contact surface with solid lubricant rings.
    Outside diameter precision ground.
    Note:
    The guide bush is fixed by means of 3 srews up to ø 16: with screws to
    DIN 6912, from ø 19: with screws to DIN EN ISO 4762.
    The screws are not contained in the scope of delivery.
    Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    k
    l 3
    l 1
    2
    l
    3
    d
    H6
    j6
    d 1
    6
    d
    t
    d 5
    d 4
    X
    „ X ”
    H6
    7
    d
    2091.74.
    Mounting example
    D142
    d 1 15 16 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50
    d 3 28 32 40 48 58 70
    d 4 45 50 63 72 85 104
    d 5 35 40 50 58 70 86
    d 6 4.5 4.5 5.5 5.5 6.6 9
    d 7 8 8 10 10 11 15
    k 15 18 23 28 33 38
    l 1 29 38 38 45 55 62
    l 2 23 23 23 30 30 37
    l 3 6 15 15 15 25 25
    t 3.4 4.6 5.7 5.7 6.8 9
    Ordering Code (example):
    Flanged guide bush "ECO-LINE", Bronze with solid lubricant rings,
    ISO 9448-4 =2091.74.
    Guide diameter d 1 15 mm= 015
    Order No =2091.74. 015
    2091.74. Flanged guide bush "ECO-LINE", Bronze with solid lubricant rings, ISO 9448-4
    subject to alterations
    Flanged guide bush for ball bearing, ISO 9448-5
    k
    4
    d
    5
    d
    „ X ”
    6
    d
    t
    3
    l
    1
    l
    2
    l
    *d
    3
    d
    H5
    js4
    1
    d
    2
    X
    206.71.
    2060.61.
    7
    d
    2091.44.
    l
    Material:
    Tool steel, hardened 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Bearing surfaces honed,
    outside diameter precision ground.
    Note:
    The guide bush is fixed by means of 3 screws to DIN EN ISO 4762.
    The screws are not contained in the scope of delivery.
    Notes on ball bearing type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
    *Preloading see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Ball guide capacity calculations at the end of chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    Tolerance range:
    yellow = .10
    green = .20
    red = .30
    Mounting example
    D143
    d 1 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63 80
    d 2 25 26 30 31 38 40 46 48 56 58 68 71 92
    d 3 32 40 48 58 70 85 105
    d 4 50 63 72 85 104 120 148
    d 5 40 50 58 70 86 100 125
    d 6 4.5 5.5 5.5 6.6 9 9 11
    d 7 8 10 10 11 15 15 18
    k 18 23 28 33 38 46 56
    l 1 52 62 72 77 102 102 125
    l 2 37 37 47 47 60 60 75
    l 3 15 25 25 30 42 42 50
    t 3.4 5.7 5.7 6.8 9 9 11
    l* 71 71 80 95 120 120 140
    *l = Nominal ordering length of ball cage - prefered length
    Ordering Code (example):
    Flanged guide bush for ball bearing, ISO 9448-5 =2091.44.
    Guide diameter d 1 19 mm = 019.
    Classification TOL yellow = 10
    Order No =2091.44. 019. 10
    2091.44. Flanged guide bush for ball bearing, ISO 9448-5
    subject to alterations
    Flanged guide bush for ball bearing, ISO 9448-5
    Material:
    Tool steel, hardened 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Bearing surfaces honed,
    outside diameter precision ground.
    Note:
    The guide bush is fixed by means of 3 srews up to ø 16: with screws to
    DIN 6912, from ø 19: with screws to DIN EN ISO 4762.
    The screws are not contained in the scope of delivery.
    Notes on ball bearing type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
    *Preloading see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Ball guide capacity calculations at the end of chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    Tolerance range:
    yellow = .10
    green = .20
    red = .30
    k
    4
    d
    5
    d
    „ X ”
    2
    l
    1
    l
    3
    l
    6
    d
    t
    *d
    3
    d
    H5
    js4
    1
    d
    2
    X
    206.71.
    2060.61.
    7
    d
    2091.45.
    l
    Mounting example
    D144
    d 1 15 16 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63
    d 2 21 22 25 26 30 31 38 40 46 48 56 58 68 71
    d 3 28 32 40 48 58 70 85
    d 4 45 50 63 72 85 104 120
    d 5 35 40 50 58 70 86 100
    d 6 4.5 4.5 5.5 5.5 6.6 9 9
    d 7 8 8 10 10 11 15 15
    k 15 18 23 28 33 38 46
    l 1 36 45 55 62 67 89 89
    l 2 30 30 30 37 37 47 47
    l 3 6 15 25 25 30 42 42
    t 3.4 4.6 5.7 5.7 6.8 9 9
    l* 45 56 71 71 80 95 95
    *l = Nominal ordering length of ball cage - prefered length
    Ordering Code (example):
    Flanged guide bush for ball bearing, ISO 9448-5 =2091.45.
    Guide diameter d 1 15 mm = 015.
    Classification TOL yellow = 10
    Order No =2091.45. 015.10
    2091.45. Flanged guide bush for ball bearing, ISO 9448-5
    subject to alterations
    Flanged guide bush for ball bearing, ISO 9448-5
    k
    4
    d
    5
    d
    „ X ”
    3
    l
    2
    l
    1
    l
    6
    d
    t
    *d
    3
    d
    H5
    js4
    1
    d
    2
    X
    206.71.
    2060.61.
    7
    d
    2091.46.
    l
    Material:
    Tool steel, hardened 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Bearing surfaces honed,
    outside diameter precision ground.
    Note:
    The guide bush is fixed by means of 3 srews up to ø 16: with screws to
    DIN 6912, from ø 19: with screws to DIN EN ISO 4762.
    The screws are not contained in the scope of delivery.
    Notes on ball bearing type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
    *Preloading see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Ball guide capacity calculations at the end of chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    Tolerance range:
    yellow = .10
    green = .20
    red = .30
    Mounting example
    D145
    d 1 12 15 16 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50
    d 2 16 21 22 25 26 30 31 38 40 46 48 56 58
    d 3 26 28 32 40 48 58 70
    d 4 43 45 50 63 72 85 104
    d 5 33 35 40 50 58 70 86
    d 6 4.5 4.5 4.5 5.5 5.5 6.6 9
    d 7 8 8 8 10 10 11 15
    k 13 15 18 23 28 33 38
    l 1 25 29 38 38 45 55 62
    l 2 16 23 23 23 30 30 37
    l 3 9 6 15 15 15 25 25
    t 4.6 3.4 4.6 5.7 5.7 6.8 9
    l* 40 45 45 45 56 63 80
    *l = Nominal ordering length of ball cage - prefered length
    Ordering Code (example):
    Flanged guide bush for ball bearing, ISO 9448-5 =2091.46.
    Guide diameter d 1 12 mm = 012.
    Classification TOL yellow = 10
    Order No =2091.46. 012.10
    2091.46. Flanged guide bush for ball bearing, ISO 9448-5
    subject to alterations
    Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term lubrica-
    tion, ~AFNOR
    Material:
    Sintered ferrite of high purity, carbonitrided, long-term lubrication
    Execution:
    Bearing surfaces and outside diameter precision ground.
    Note:
    The attachment is with 3 screw clamps, from ∅ d 1 = 38 with 4 screw
    clamps, which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - screw clamp
    incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head ∅ 13).
    Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
    *Bearing clearance see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    Tolerance range:
    yellow = .10
    green = .20
    red = .30
    13
    a
    1
    a
    6
    d
    7
    d
    „ X ”
    8,5
    6 6
    d *
    1
    5
    d
    3
    d
    H6
    k5
    3
    d
    H6
    f8
    8
    d
    l 3
    1
    l
    2
    l
    2,5
    d 4
    X
    210.31.
    Mounting example
    D146
    d 1 19 20 25 32 40 50
    d 3 32 40 50 63 80
    d 4 32 40 50 63 80
    d 5 36 45 56 70 90
    d 6 49 57 67 81 101
    d 7 61.7 69.7 79.7 93.7 113.7
    d 8 35 43.5 53 67 87
    a 19.9 21.9 24.4 36 43
    a 1 28.6 32.1 36.4 36 43
    l 1 66 70 83 98 120
    l 2 30 30 38 48 61
    l 3 36 40 45 50 59
    Ordering Code (example):
    Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided
    with long-term lubrication, ~AFNOR =210.31.
    Guide diameter d 1 19 mm = 019.
    Classification TOL yellow = 10
    Order No =210.31.019. 10
    210.31. Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term lubrication, ~AFNOR
    subject to alterations
    Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term lubrica-
    tion, ~AFNOR
    13
    a
    1
    a
    6
    d
    7
    d
    „ X ”
    l
    5
    d
    8
    d
    d *
    1
    3
    d
    H6
    k5
    3
    d
    H6
    f8
    l 3
    2
    l 1
    6 6
    8,5
    2,5
    d 4
    X
    210.34.
    Material:
    Sintered ferrite of high purity, carbonitrided, long-term lubrication
    Execution:
    Bearing surfaces and outside diameter precision ground.
    Note:
    The attachment is with 3 screw clamps, from ∅ d 1 = 38 with 4 screw
    clamps, which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - screw clamp
    incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head ∅ 13).
    Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
    *Bearing clearance see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    Tolerance range:
    yellow = .10
    green = .20
    red = .30
    Mounting example
    D147
    d 1 19 20 25 32 40 50
    d 3 32 40 50 63 80
    d 4 32 40 50 63 80
    d 5 36 45 56 70 90
    d 6 49 57 67 81 101
    d 7 61.7 69.7 79.7 93.7 113.7
    d 8 35 43.5 53 67 87
    a 19.9 21.9 24.4 36 43
    a 1 28.6 32.1 36.4 36 43
    l 1 42 50 63 76 96
    l 2 30 38 48 61 78
    l 3 12 12 15 15 18
    Ordering Code (example):
    Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided
    with long-term lubrication, ~AFNOR =210.34.
    Guide diameter d 1 19 mm = 019.
    Classification TOL yellow = 10
    Order No =210.34. 019. 10
    210.34. Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term lubrication, ~AFNOR
    subject to alterations
    Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term lubrica-
    tion, ~AFNOR
    Material:
    Sintered ferrite of high purity, carbonitrided, long-term lubrication
    Execution:
    Bearing surfaces and outside diameter precision ground.
    Note:
    The attachment is with 3 screw clamps, from ∅ d 1 = 38 with 4 screw
    clamps, which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - screw clamp
    incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head ∅ 13).
    Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
    *Bearing clearance see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    Tolerance range:
    yellow = .10
    green = .20
    red = .30
    13
    a
    1
    a
    6
    d
    7
    d
    „ X ”
    6
    5
    d
    d *
    1
    3
    d
    H6
    k5
    3
    d
    H6
    f8
    4
    d
    l l 3
    2
    l 1
    X
    8,5
    2,5
    210.35.
    Mounting example
    D148
    d 1 19 20 25 32 40 50
    d 3 32 40 50 63 80
    d 4 32 40 50 63 80
    d 5 36 45 56 70 90
    d 6 49 57 67 81 101
    d 7 61.7 69.7 79.7 93.7 113.7
    a 19.9 21.9 24.4 36 43
    a 1 28.6 32.1 36.4 36 43
    l 1 28 32 37 44 44
    l 2 16 20 25 32 32
    l 3 12 12 12 12 12
    Ordering Code (example):
    Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided
    with long-term lubrication, ~AFNOR =210.35.
    Guide diameter d 1 19 mm = 019.
    Classification TOL yellow = 10
    Order No =210.35. 019. 10
    210.35. Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term lubrication, ~AFNOR
    subject to alterations D149
    subject to alterations
    Headed guide bush for ball bearing, ~AFNOR
    Material:
    Tool steel, hardened 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Bearing surfaces honed,
    outside diameter precision ground.
    Note:
    The attachment is with 3 screw clamps, from
    ∅ d 1 = 38 with 4 screw clamps, which are
    included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - screw
    clamp incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head
    ∅ 13).
    Notes on ball bearing type guides at the
    beginning of chapter D.
    *Preloading see pairing classification at the
    beginning of chapter D
    Matching guide combinations, see selection
    matrix at the beginning of chapter D.
    Ball guide capacity calculations at the end of
    chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional require-
    ments and tolerances at the end of chapter D.
    Tolerance range:
    yellow = .10
    green = .20
    red = .30
    4
    d
    8
    d
    2
    *d
    1
    d
    d
    H6
    k5 3
    d 5
    1 l
    l 3
    l
    2 l 6 6
    „ X ”
    a 1
    a
    6
    d
    7
    d
    13
    X
    210.44.
    X
    Mounting example
    D150
    subject to alterations
    Headed guide bush for ball bearing, ~AFNOR
    D151
    d 1 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
    d 2 22 26 31 40 48 58 71
    d 3 28 32 40 50 63 80 90
    d 4 29 32 40 50 63 80 90
    d 5 32 36 45 56 70 90 110
    d 6 45 49 57 67 81 101 121
    d 7 57.7 61.7 69.7 79.7 93.7 113.7 131.7
    d 8 31 35 43.5 53.5 67 87 107
    a 18.9 19.9 21.9 24.4 36 43 50.1
    a 1 26.9 28.6 32.1 36.4 36 43 50.1
    l 3 32 36 40 45 50 63 63
    l 2 * l 1 /l
    23 55/63 63/71 68/80
    30 62/71 66/71 70/80 75/80 80/95
    38 70/71 74/80 78/95 83/95 88/95 101/120
    48 88/100 93/105 98/105 111/120
    61 101/120 106/120 111/120 124/140
    78 123/120 128/140 141/160
    98 148/160 161/180 161/180
    123 186/200
    *l = Nominal ordering length of ball cage - prefered length
    Ordering Code (example):
    Headed guide bush for ball bearing, ~AFNOR =210.44.
    Guide diameter d 1 16 mm = 016.
    Installation length l 2 23 mm = 023.
    Classification TOL yellow = 10
    Order No =210.44. 016. 023. 10
    210.44. Headed guide bush for ball bearing, ~AFNOR
    subject to alterations
    Headed guide bush for ball bearing, ~AFNOR
    Material:
    Tool steel, hardened 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Bearing surfaces honed, outside diameter
    fine-ground.
    Note:
    The attachment is with 3 screw clamps, from
    ∅ d 1 = 38 with 4 screw clamps, which are
    included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - screw
    clamp incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head
    ∅ 13).
    Notes on ball bearing type guides at the
    beginning of chapter D.
    *Preloading see pairing classification at the
    beginning of chapter D
    Matching guide combinations, see selection
    matrix at the beginning of chapter D.
    Ball guide capacity calculations at the end of
    chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional require-
    ments and tolerances at the end of chapter D.
    Tolerance range:
    yellow = .10
    green = .20
    red = .30
    „ X ”
    a 1
    a
    6
    d
    7
    d
    13
    X
    2 l
    1 l
    l 3
    l
    6
    4
    d
    2
    *d
    1
    d
    d
    H6
    k5 3
    d 5
    210.46.
    X
    Mounting example
    D152
    subject to alterations
    Headed guide bush for ball bearing, ~AFNOR
    D153
    d 1 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
    d 2 22 26 31 40 48 58 71
    d 3 28 32 40 50 63 80 90
    d 4 29 32 40 50 63 80 90
    d 5 32 36 45 56 70 90 110
    d 6 45 49 57 67 81 101 121
    d 7 57.7 61.7 69.7 79.7 93.7 113.7 131.7
    a 18.9 19.9 21.9 24.4 36 43 50.1
    a 1 26.9 28.6 32.1 36.4 36 43 50.1
    l 3 10 12 12 15 15 18 20
    l 2 * l 1 /l
    23 33/45
    30 40/45 42/45 42/45 45/56
    38 48/56 50/56 50/56 53/71
    48 58/63 60/71 60/71 63/71 63/80
    61 73/80 76/80 76/95 79/95
    78 90/105 93/105 93/105 96/405
    98 113/120 113/120 116/140 118/120
    123 143/160
    *l = Nominal ordering length of ball cage - prefered length
    Ordering Code (example):
    Headed guide bush for ball bearing, ~AFNOR =210.46.
    Guide diameter d 1 16 mm = 016.
    Installation length l 2 23 mm = 023.
    Classification TOL yellow = 10
    Order No =210.46. 016. 023. 10
    210.46. Headed guide bush for ball bearing, ~AFNOR
    subject to alterations
    Guide bush with collar, for ball bearing, ~AFNOR
    Material:
    Tool steel, hardened 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Bearing surfaces honed,
    outside diameter precision ground.
    Note:
    The guide bush is fixed with slotted nut 207.48.
    Notes on ball bearing type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
    *Preloading see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Ball guide capacity calculations at the end of chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    Tolerance range:
    yellow = .10
    green = .20
    red = .30
    h
    l
    M
    1
    d
    2
    *d
    4
    d
    H6
    k5 3
    d
    1
    l
    3
    l
    4
    l
    2
    l
    +2
    210.45.
    6
    d
    Mounting example
    D154
    d 1 16 16 20 20 20 25 25 25 32 32 32 40 40 40 50 50
    d 2 22 22 26 26 26 31 31 31 40 40 40 48 48 48 58 58
    d 3 28 28 32 32 32 40 40 40 50 50 50 63 63 63 80 80
    d 4 32 32 36 36 36 45 45 45 56 56 56 70 70 70 90 90
    d 6 40 40 44 44 44 55 55 55 65 65 65 81 81 81 100 100
    M M27x1 M27x1 M30x1 M30x1 M30x1 M39x1 M39x1 M39x1 M48x1 M48x1 M48x1 M60x1 M60x1 M60x1 M76x1 M76x1
    h 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 6 6 6 8 8
    l 1 16 20 17 21 25 22 26 31 26 31 38 32 39 47 41 49
    l 2 8 12 8 12 16 12 16 21 15 20 27 20 27 35 26 34
    l 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5
    l 4 5 5 6 6 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 8 10 10
    l* 24 28 24 28 31 31 40 40 40 40 50 50 50 56 50 63
    *l = Nominal ordering length of ball cage - prefered length
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide bush with collar, for ball bearing, ~AFNOR =210.45.
    Guide diameter d 1 16 mm = 016.
    Total length l 1 16 mm = 016.
    Classification TOL yellow = 10
    Order No =210.45. 016. 016. 10
    210.45. Guide bush with collar, for ball bearing, ~AFNOR
    subject to alterations
    Guide bush with collar, bronze coated, ~AFNOR
    h
    d
    G5/G6
    M
    1
    4
    d
    k5 2
    d
    5
    d
    3
    l
    l
    2
    l
    1
    l
    4
    l
    210.85.
    d 6
    Material:
    1.0503
    ∅ d 2 induction hardened to 500+100 HV 10
    Execution:
    Bronze coated internal bore.
    Diameter d 2 and collar face precision ground.
    up to ∅ d 1 = 25 tolerance G6
    from ∅ d 1 = 32 tolerance G5
    Note:
    The guide bush is fixed with slotted nut 207.48.
    Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    Mounting example
    D155
    d 1 16 16 20 20 25 25 32 32 40 40 50 50
    TOL +0.006/
    +0.017
    +0.006/
    +0.017
    +0.007/
    +0.020
    +0.007/
    +0.020
    +0.007/
    +0.020
    +0.007/
    +0.020
    +0.009/
    +0.020
    +0.009/
    +0.020
    +0.009/
    +0.020
    +0.009/
    +0.020
    +0.009/
    +0.020
    +0.009/
    +0.020
    d 2 28 28 32 32 40 40 50 50 63 63 80 80
    d 4 32 32 36 36 45 45 56 56 70 70 90 90
    d 5 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 7 7 7 7
    d 6 40 40 44 44 55 55 65 65 81 81 100 100
    h 3 3 4 4 4 4 5 5 6 6 8 8
    M M27x1 M27x1 M30x1 M30x1 M39x1 M39x1 M48x1 M48x1 M60x1 M60x1 M76x1 M76x1
    l 16 20 21 25 26 31 31 38 39 47 41 49
    l 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 5 5
    l 2 11 15 15 19 19 24 24 31 31 39 31 39
    l 3 5 5 6 6 7 7 7 7 8 8 10 10
    l 4 5.5 7.5 5 9.5 9.5 12 12 15.5 15.5 19.5 15.5 19.5
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide bush with collar, bronze coated, ~AFNOR =210.85.
    Guide diameter d 1 16 mm = 016.
    Total length l 16 mm = 016
    Order No =210.85. 016. 016
    210.85. Guide bush with collar, bronze coated, ~AFNOR
    subject to alterations
    Slotted nut
    Material:
    Steel
    Note:
    For fixing the guide bushes 210.45. and 210.85.
    h
    t
    6
    d
    m (5H)
    H13
    b
    207.48.
    D156
    Order No d 6 b t h m
    207.48.016 40 5 3 3 M27 x 1
    207.48.020 44 5 4 4 M30 x 1
    207.48.025 55 6 4 4 M39 x 1
    207.48.032 65 6 5 5 M48 x 1
    207.48.040 81 7 6 6 M60 x 1
    207.48.050 100 8 8 8 M76 x 1
    207.48. Slotted nut
    Oilless Guide
    Elements
    Oilless Guide
    Elements
    D157
    CU 60–66%
    Al 5,0–7,5%
    Fe 2,0–4,0%
    Mn 2,5–5,0%
    Zn 17,5–31,5%
    8,2
    770
    180–210
    560
    450
    8
    12
    105–115
    15
    0,04–0,10
    45–55
    +300
    1,6–2,0 × 10 -5
    1,8–2,3
    7–8
    ±150
    25–30
    5000 80 30 10000
    3000 150 60 20000
    subject to alterations
    Oilless guide elements
    General description
    Oilless Guide Elements with embedded solid lubricants are used in
    applications of linear or rotary motion in toolmaking, general machine
    construction and similar engineering uses. The structure of the base ma-
    terial provides closely spaced deposits of solid lubricant – properties and
    specifications as per table below.
    The elements satisfy highest demands in terms of load bearing capacity at
    low sliding speeds, within an extensive temperature band.
    The lubricant deposits are arranged in staggered geometrical patterns,
    thus en suring optimal lubrication effect along the sliding motion, especial-
    ly with counter bearings which are hardened and ground.
    The sliding surfaces should be lightly greased with lithium grease emulsi-
    on, prior to commissioning.
    On flat guideways and pillar guides, from 25 to 30 per cent of the sliding
    surfaces consist of lubricant deposits. Surfaces of counter bearings must
    have a ground finish, preferably with a lay parallel with the sliding motion.
    Choice of element-type
    Standard:
    – for general uses at temperatures up to 200°C
    Special Types on request
    Advantages of oilless guide elements
    – good emergency sliding properties
    – highest carrying capacity at low speed
    – use under water or with chemical solutions
    – extremely wide temperature resistance – hot and cold
    – damping properties in presence of vibration
    Oilless guide elements – Material data
    Surface pressure, temperature, speed and lubrication
    PV value
    The permissible bearing load is determined from the pressure and the
    PV value, which defines the bearing wear.
    The PV value is the product of surface pressure (P) and running velocity (V).
    The permissible bearing load is determined from the PV value.
    PV = P × V (N/cm 2 × m/min.)
    P = F/A (N/cm 2 )
    F = max. load (N)
    A = projected area of the bearing
    chemical composition
    specific density kg/dm 3
    tensile strength Rm N/mm 2
    Brinell hardness HB 10
    shear strength N/mm 2
    yield limit Rp 0,2 N/mm 2
    elongation to fracture A5 %
    elongation %
    modulus of elasticity kN/mm 2
    stroking velocity m/min
    co-efficient of friction
    temperature conductance W/(m × K)
    temperature resistance °C
    co-efficient of thermal expansion /°C
    co-efficient of shrinkage %
    electric conductance m/(Ω × mm 2 )
    alt. flexural strength N/mm 2
    ratio sliding surface to lubricant deposits (%)
    Surface pressure max. (N/cm 2 ) Temp. (C°) Speed (m/min.) PV value (N/cm 2 × m/min) Lubrication
    Initial
    Pressure Iubrication
    D158
    CU 60–66%
    Al 5,0–7,5%
    Fe 2,0–4,0%
    Mn 2,5–5,0%
    Zn 17,5–31,5%
    8,2
    770
    180–210
    560
    450
    8
    12
    105–115
    15
    0,04–0,10
    45–55
    +300
    1,6–2,0 × 10 -5
    1,8–2,3
    7–8
    ±150
    25–30
    5000 80 30 10000
    3000 150 60 20000
    subject to alterations
    Oilless guide elements
    General description
    Oilless Guide Elements with embedded solid lubricants are used in
    applications of linear or rotary motion in toolmaking, general machine
    construction and similar engineering uses. The structure of the base ma-
    terial provides closely spaced deposits of solid lubricant – properties and
    specifications as per table below.
    The elements satisfy highest demands in terms of load bearing capacity at
    low sliding speeds, within an extensive temperature band.
    The lubricant deposits are arranged in staggered geometrical patterns,
    thus en suring optimal lubrication effect along the sliding motion, especial-
    ly with counter bearings which are hardened and ground.
    The sliding surfaces should be lightly greased with lithium grease emulsi-
    on, prior to commissioning.
    On flat guideways and pillar guides, from 25 to 30 per cent of the sliding
    surfaces consist of lubricant deposits. Surfaces of counter bearings must
    have a ground finish, preferably with a lay parallel with the sliding motion.
    Choice of element-type
    Standard:
    – for general uses at temperatures up to 200°C
    Special Types on request
    Advantages of oilless guide elements
    – good emergency sliding properties
    – highest carrying capacity at low speed
    – use under water or with chemical solutions
    – extremely wide temperature resistance – hot and cold
    – damping properties in presence of vibration
    Oilless guide elements – Material data
    Surface pressure, temperature, speed and lubrication
    PV value
    The permissible bearing load is determined from the pressure and the
    PV value, which defines the bearing wear.
    The PV value is the product of surface pressure (P) and running velocity (V).
    The permissible bearing load is determined from the PV value.
    PV = P × V (N/cm 2 × m/min.)
    P = F/A (N/cm 2 )
    F = max. load (N)
    A = projected area of the bearing
    chemical composition
    specific density kg/dm 3
    tensile strength Rm N/mm 2
    Brinell hardness HB 10
    shear strength N/mm 2
    yield limit Rp 0,2 N/mm 2
    elongation to fracture A5 %
    elongation %
    modulus of elasticity kN/mm 2
    stroking velocity m/min
    co-efficient of friction
    temperature conductance W/(m × K)
    temperature resistance °C
    co-efficient of thermal expansion /°C
    co-efficient of shrinkage %
    electric conductance m/(Ω × mm 2 )
    alt. flexural strength N/mm 2
    ratio sliding surface to lubricant deposits (%)
    Surface pressure max. (N/cm 2 ) Temp. (C°) Speed (m/min.) PV value (N/cm 2 × m/min) Lubrication
    Initial
    Pressure Iubrication
    subject to alterations
    Thrust washer, Bronze with solid lubricant
    2053.70.
    90°
    d
    -0,1
    0,5 x 45°
    5
    d
    3
    d
    4
    d
    s
    0,5 x 45°
    7
    d 6
    t
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
    Note:
    For combination loads use together with Bushes 2052.70.
    Screws not included.
    Fixing:
    from d 3 = 10,2 2 X M3
    from d 3 = 20,2 2 X M5
    from d 3 = 40,2 2 X M6
    from d 3 = 50,3 4 X M6
    from d 3 = 60,3 4 X M8
    from d 3 = 90,5 4 X M10
    D159
    d 1 10 12 13 14 15 16 18 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 90 100 120
    d 3 10.2 12.2 13.2 14.2 15.2 16.2 18.2 20.2 25.2 30.2 35.2 40.2 45.3 50.3 55.3 60.3 65.3 70.3 75.3 80.3 90.5 100.5 120.5
    d 4 30 40 40 40 50 50 50 50 55 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 125 130 140 150 170 190 200
    d 5 20 28 28 28 28 28 35 35 40 45 50 60 67.5 75 85 90 95 100 110 120 140 160 175
    d 6 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 9 9 9 9 9 11 11 11
    d 7 6.9 6.9 6.9 6.9 6.9 6.9 6.9 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 13.7 13.7 13.7 13.7 18.3 18.3 18.3 18.3 18.3 22.7 22.7 22.7
    s 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 5 5 5 5 7 7 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 10 10
    t 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 3 3 3 3 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 5.9 5.9 5.9
    Ordering Code (example):
    Thrust washer, Bronze with solid lubricant =2053.70.
    Guide diameter d 1 10 mm = 010
    Order No =2053.70. 010
    2053.70. Thrust washer, Bronze with solid lubricant
    subject to alterations
    Guide bush, Bronze with solid lubricant
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
    Note:
    Bushes can be used with radial or axial motion.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    Attention:
    Note that press fitment reduces inside bush diameter.
    2052.70.
    2
    d
    m6
    4
    l
    15°
    r
    r
    d 1 F7 A
    Ø0,02 A
    1
    l
    D160
    d 1 8 10 10 12 13 14 15 16 18 19 20 20 20 24 25 25 25 28 30 30 30 31.5 32 35 35 38 40 40
    d 2 12 14 15 18 19 20 21 22 24 25 26 28 30 32 32 33 35 38 38 40 42 40 42 44 45 48 50 55
    r 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 1.5 1.5 1.5
    l 4 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
    l 1
    8 ● ●
    10 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    12 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    15 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    16 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    20 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    25 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    30 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    35 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    37 ● ●
    40 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    47 ● ●
    50 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    60 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    70 ●
    77 ● ●
    80 ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide bush, Bronze with solid lubricant =2052.70.
    Guide diameter d 1 8 mm = 008.
    External diameter d 2 12 mm = 012.
    Installation length l 1 8 mm = 008
    Order No =2052.70. 008. 012.008
    2052.70. Guide bush, Bronze with solid lubricant
    subject to alterations
    Guide bush, Bronze with solid lubricant
    2052.70.
    2
    d
    m6
    4
    l
    15°
    r
    r
    d 1 F7 A
    Ø0,02 A
    1
    l
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
    Note:
    Bushes can be used with radial or axial motion.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    Attention:
    Note that press fitment reduces inside bush diameter.
    D161
    d 1 45 45 45 50 50 50 55 60 60 63 65 70 70 75 75 80 80 85 90 100 110 120 125 130 140 150 160
    d 2 55 56 60 60 62 65 70 74 75 75 80 85 90 90 95 96 100 100 110 120 130 140 145 150 160 170 180
    r 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
    l 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
    l 1
    30 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    35 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    40 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    50 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    60 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    70 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    80 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    95 ●
    100 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    120 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    130 ●
    140 ● ● ● ●
    150 ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide bush, Bronze with solid lubricant =2052.70.
    Guide diameter d 1 8 mm = 008.
    External diameter d 2 12 mm = 012.
    Installation length l 1 8 mm = 008
    Order No =2052.70. 008. 012.008
    2052.70. Guide bush, Bronze with solid lubricant
    subject to alterations
    Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
    Note:
    Bushes can be used with radial or axial motion.
    Bushes can also be fitted with Loctite.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D
    2085.70.
    2
    2
    d
    G7
    k6
    d 3
    d 1 H7
    r
    r
    Ø0,02 A
    15°
    1 l
    2 l
    6
    A
    D162
    d 1 12 16 20 24
    d 2 16 20 26 30
    d 3 18 24 28 35
    r 2 2 2 2
    l 1 l 2
    20 14 ● ● ● ●
    25 19 ● ● ● ●
    30 24 ● ● ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant =2085.70.
    Guide diameter d 1 12 mm = 012.
    Length l 1 20 mm = 020
    Order No =2085.70. 012.020
    2085.70. Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant
    subject to alterations
    Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant
    2085.71.
    1
    1
    2
    2
    d
    H7
    r6
    d 3
    d 1 E7
    Ø0,02 A
    A
    2 l 3 l
    4 l
    15°
    r
    r
    r
    1 l
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
    Note:
    Bushes can be used with radial or axial motion.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    Attention:
    Note that press fitment reduces inside bush diameter.
    D163
    d 1 10 12 13 14 15 16 20 25 30 31.5 35 40 45 50 55 60 63 70 75 80 90 100 120
    d 2 14 18 19 20 21 22 30 35 40 40 45 50 55 60 65 75 75 85 90 100 110 120 140
    d 3 22 25 26 27 28 29 40 45 50 50 60 65 70 75 80 90 85 105 110 120 130 150 170
    l 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 10 10 10 10
    l 4 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
    r 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
    r 2 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8
    l 1 l 2
    15 13 12 12 12 12 12 10 10
    20 18 17 17 17 17 17 15 15 15 15 15 15
    25 22 22 20 20 20
    30 27 27 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
    35 30 30
    40 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 32.5
    50 45 45 45 45 45 42.5 42.5
    60 55 55 55 52.5 50 50
    67.5 60
    80 72.5 72.5 70 70 70 70
    100 90 90 90
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant =2085.71.
    Guide diameter d 1 10 mm = 010.
    Length l 1 15 mm = 015
    Order No =2085.71. 010. 015
    2085.71. Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant
    subject to alterations
    Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
    Note:
    Bushes can be used with radial or axial motion.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    Attention:
    Note that press fitment reduces inside bush diameter.
    2086.70.
    H7
    1 ±0,2
    l
    ±0,1
    2
    10°
    m6
    d 2
    1 F7
    d
    d 3 h12
    R 0,5
    r
    Ø0,02 A
    r
    A
    l
    3
    D164
    d 1 12 16 20 25 30 40 50 60
    d 2 18 22 28 33 38 50 62 75
    d 3 25 30 36 43 48 60 75 90
    r 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 3
    l 1 15 20 25 30 35 45 55 65
    l 2 4 5 5 5 5 5 6 7
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant =2086.70.
    Guide diameter d 1 12 mm = 012.
    Total length l 1 15 mm = 015
    Order No =2086.70. 012.015
    2086.70. Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant
    subject to alterations
    Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant
    2085.72.
    3
    d 3
    d 2 m6
    H7
    Ø0,02 A
    d 1 H7 A
    2 r
    1 r
    1 r
    r
    1 r
    2 l
    1 l
    3 l
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
    Note:
    Bushes can be used with radial or axial motion.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    Attention:
    Note that press fitment reduces inside bush diameter.
    D165
    d 1 25 30 40 50 60 65 65 80 80 100 100
    d 2 35 40 55 65 75 80 80 100 100 120 120
    d 3 45 50 65 75 85 90 90 110 110 130 130
    r 10 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20
    r 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
    r 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3
    l 3 7 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
    l 2 33 40 60 70 70 70 110 90 130 90 130
    l 1 40 50 70 80 80 80 120 100 140 100 140
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant =2085.72.
    Guide diameter d 1 25 mm = 025.
    Length l 1 40 mm = 040
    Order No =2085.72. 025. 040
    2085.72. Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant
    subject to alterations
    Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant, DIN 9834/ISO 9448
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
    Note:
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    Fixing:
    (to be ordered separately)
    Screw clamps with screws,
    up to ∅ d 1 = 50 - 2072.45.10 (M6 X 16 DIN EN ISO 4762)
    from ∅ d 1 = 60 - 2072.45.16 (M10 X 20 DIN EN ISO 4762)
    Attention:
    Bushes can only be used with axial motion!
    2082.70.
    7
    d
    3 l
    h
    H7
    h6 2
    d
    1 -1,0
    l
    1
    d
    H7
    3
    d
    4
    d
    4 l
    r
    R1
    A
    ∅ 0,02 A
    5 -0,5
    l
    -0,5
    6
    d
    D166
    d 1 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63 80 100 125 160
    d 2 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 200
    d 3 40 50 63 71 90 112 140 180 220
    d 4 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 200
    d 6 58 66 79 89 123 143 168 203 243
    d 7 7 7 7 7 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5
    l 1 40 50 63 71 80 100 125 160 200
    l 3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 10 10 10 10 10
    l 4 3 4 5 6.3 8 10 12.5 16 16
    l 5 10 12 15 17 19 22 21 30 32
    h 10 10 10 10 16 16 16 16 16
    r 3 3 3 5 6 8 10 12 18
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant, DIN 9834/ISO 9448 =2082.70.
    Guide diameter d 1 24 mm = 024
    Order No =2082.70. 024
    2082.70. Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant, DIN 9834/ISO 9448
    subject to alterations
    Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant, NAAMS
    6
    1
    l
    16
    4
    l
    -2
    -3 2
    l
    r
    R2
    3
    d
    d
    d 6
    1
    d
    H7
    4
    H7
    g6 2
    d
    ø11,5
    2082.71.
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
    Note:
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    Fixing:
    (to be ordered separately)
    Screw clamps with screws 2072.46 (M10 x 20 DIN EN ISO 4762)
    Attention:
    Bushes can only be used with axial motion!
    D167
    d 1 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 125
    d 2 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160
    d 3 40 50 63 71 90 112 140 180
    d 4 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160
    d 6 75 83 93 106 123 143 168 203
    l 1 40 50 63 71 80 100 125 160
    l 2 30 40 50 56 63 80 106 132
    l 4 3 4 5 6.3 8 10 12.5 16
    r 3 3 3 5 6 8 10 12
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant, NAAMS =2082.71.
    Guide diameter d 1 25 mm = 025
    Order No =2082.71. 025
    2082.71. Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant, NAAMS
    subject to alterations
    Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant, NAAMS
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
    Note:
    Bushes can be used with radial or axial motion.
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    Fixing:
    (to be ordered separately)
    Screw clamps with screws 2072.47 (M8 x 20 DIN EN ISO 4762)
    30°
    6
    13
    1
    l
    2
    l
    R2
    M8
    5°
    4
    3
    d
    1
    d
    C9
    6
    d
    A
    g6 2
    d
    H7
    Ø0,02 A
    2086.71.
    D168
    d 1 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 125
    d 2 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160
    d 3 40 50 63 71 90 112 140 180
    d 6 29 34 40.5 44.5 54 65 79 99
    l 1 40 50 55 63 75 90 115 138
    l 2 4 4 5 6 8 10 12 12
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant, NAAMS =2086.71.
    Guide diameter d 1 25 mm = 025
    Order No =2086.71. 025
    2086.71. Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant, NAAMS
    subject to alterations
    Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant, CNOMO
    h
    l 3
    k
    2
    l
    1
    l
    4
    l
    2072.48.45. 2073.45.
    3
    d
    d 2
    H6
    m6
    d 1 G7
    6
    d
    7
    d
    Øt A
    A
    2102.70.
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
    Note:
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    Fixing:
    (to be ordered separately)
    Screw clamps with screws 2072.48.45. or
    Securing flange 2073.45.
    Attention:
    Bushes can only be used with axial motion!
    Note that press fitment reduces inside bush diameter.
    D169
    d 1 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
    d 2 28 35 44 52 63 80 100 125
    d 3 32 40 50 60 71 90 112 140
    d 6 - - - 75 90 111 133 162
    d 7 48 56 65 82 98 115 144 170
    l 1 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160
    l 2 28 35 44 55 70 88 109 140
    l 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 16 20
    l 4 3 5 8 8 8 10 10 10
    h 10 10 12 12 16 20 25 32
    k - - - 12 16 20 25 32
    t 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant, CNOMO =2102.70.
    Guide diameter d 1 20 mm = 020
    Order No =2102.70. 020
    2102.70. Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant, CNOMO
    subject to alterations
    Guide bush with collar, Bronze, CNOMO
    Material:
    Bronze
    Note:
    Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
    chapter D.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    Fixing:
    (to be ordered separately)
    Screw clamps with screws 2072.48.45. or
    Securing flange 2073.45.
    Attention:
    Bushes can only be used with axial motion!
    Note that press fitment reduces inside bush diameter.
    h l 6
    l
    k
    6
    l 3
    2
    l
    1
    l
    4
    l
    l1/2
    l 7
    2072.48.45. 2073.45.
    R1,5
    3
    d
    5
    d
    d 2
    H6
    m6
    Øt A
    d 1 G7
    6
    d
    7
    d
    2102.71.
    A
    D170
    d 1 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
    d 2 28 35 44 52 63 80 100 125
    d 3 32 40 50 60 71 90 112 140
    d 5 22 27 34 42 52 65 82 102
    d 6 - - - 75 90 111 133 162
    d 7 48 56 65 82 98 115 144 170
    l 1 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160
    l 2 28 35 44 55 70 88 109 140
    l 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 16 20
    l 4 3 5 8 8 8 10 10 10
    l 6 - - 12 16 20 25 32 40
    l 7 5 5 5 8 10 12 16 20
    h 10 10 12 12 16 20 25 32
    k - - - 12 16 20 25 32
    t 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide bush with collar, Bronze, CNOMO =2102.71.
    Guide diameter d 1 20 mm = 020
    Order No =2102.71.020
    2102.71. Guide bush with collar, Bronze, CNOMO
    subject to alterations
    Flat guide bar, Bronze with solid lubricant
    b
    R2
    s +0,3
    l
    2961.71.
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
    Execution:
    Sliding faces ground.
    D171
    Order No b s l l l
    305 605 1005
    2961.71.020.004.0305 20 4 ●
    2961.71.025.005.0305 25 5 ●
    2961.71.030.004.0305 30 4 ●
    2961.71.030.006.0305 30 6 ● ●
    2961.71.030.008.0305 30 8 ● ●
    2961.71.030.010.0305 30 10 ● ● ●
    2961.71.030.012.0305 30 12 ● ● ●
    2961.71.035.010.0305 35 10 ● ● ●
    2961.71.040.005.0305 40 5 ● ●
    2961.71.040.006.0305 40 6 ● ●
    2961.71.040.008.0305 40 8 ● ● ●
    2961.71.040.010.0305 40 10 ● ● ●
    2961.71.040.012.0605 40 12 ● ●
    2961.71.040.016.0605 40 16 ● ●
    2961.71.050.010.0305 50 10 ● ● ●
    2961.71.050.012.0605 50 12 ● ●
    2961.71.050.020.0605 50 20 ● ●
    2961.71.060.012.0605 60 12 ● ●
    2961.71.060.016.0605 60 16 ● ●
    2961.71.080.010.0305 80 10 ● ● ●
    2961.71.080.012.0605 80 12 ● ●
    2961.71.080.016.0605 80 16 ● ●
    2961.71.080.020.0605 80 20 ● ●
    2961.71.080.025.0605 80 25 ● ●
    2961.71.100.016.0605 100 16 ● ●
    2961.71.100.020.0605 100 20 ● ●
    2961.71.100.025.0605 100 25 ● ●
    2961.71.125.020.0605 125 20 ● ●
    2961.71.125.025.0605 125 25 ● ●
    2961.71.160.025.0605 160 25 ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Flat guide bar, Bronze with solid lubricant =2961.71.
    Width b 20 mm = 020.
    Thickness s 4 mm = 004.
    Length l 305 mm = 0305
    Order No =2961.71.020. 004. 0305
    2961.71. Flat guide bar, Bronze with solid lubricant
    subject to alterations
    Flat guide bar, Bronze with solid lubricant
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
    Execution:
    Sliding faces ground.
    0
    -0,2
    a
    -0,1
    -0,2
    b
    s
    0
    -0,015
    2961.76.
    D172
    Order No b s a
    2961.76.025.005.050 25 5 50
    2961.76.025.005.071 25 5 71
    2961.76.025.005.090 25 5 90
    2961.76.025.006.050 25 6 50
    2961.76.025.006.063 25 6 63
    2961.76.025.006.080 25 6 80
    2961.76.025.006.100 25 6 100
    2961.76.025.006.125 25 6 125
    2961.76.040.005.050 40 5 50
    2961.76.040.005.071 40 5 71
    2961.76.040.005.090 40 5 90
    2961.76.040.006.080 40 6 80
    2961.76.040.006.100 40 6 100
    2961.76.040.006.125 40 6 125
    2961.76.040.006.160 40 6 160
    2961.76.040.006.200 40 6 200
    2961.76.063.006.080 63 6 80
    2961.76.063.006.100 63 6 100
    2961.76.063.006.125 63 6 125
    2961.76.063.006.160 63 6 160
    2961.76.063.008.125 63 8 125
    2961.76.063.008.160 63 8 160
    2961.76.063.008.200 63 8 200
    2961.76.063.008.250 63 8 250
    2961.76.063.008.315 63 8 315
    2961.76. Flat guide bar, Bronze with solid lubricant
    subject to alterations
    Flat guide bar, Bronze with solid lubricant
    0
    -0,5
    l
    -0,1
    -0,2
    b
    s
    0
    -0,015
    2961.77.
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
    Execution:
    Sliding faces ground.
    D173
    Order No b s l
    2961.77.025.006.500 25 6 500
    2961.77.040.006.500 40 6 500
    2961.77.063.008.500 63 8 500
    2961.77.080.010.500 80 10 500
    2961.77. Flat guide bar, Bronze with solid lubricant
    subject to alterations
    Flat guide bar with two sliding surfaces, Bronze with solid lubricant
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
    Execution:
    Sliding faces ground.
    +0,3
    s
    X
    l
    b +0,1
    X
    2961.73.
    D174
    Order No b s l l
    305 605
    2961.73.025.005.0305 25 5 ●
    2961.73.030.006.0305 30 6 ●
    2961.73.035.010.0605 35 10 ●
    2961.73.040.008.0605 40 8 ●
    2961.73.040.012.0605 40 12 ●
    2961.73.050.010.0605 50 10 ●
    2961.73.060.016.0605 60 16 ●
    2961.73.080.012.0605 80 12 ●
    2961.73.080.020.0605 80 20 ●
    2961.73.100.020.0605 100 20 ●
    2961.73. Flat guide bar with two sliding surfaces, Bronze with solid lubricant
    subject to alterations
    Flat guide bar, Bronze with solid lubricant
    l
    e 4
    3
    e e 2
    1
    e e
    l
    l
    4
    e
    3
    e e 2 e
    1
    e
    45
    b
    b
    10
    +0,04
    +0,01
    R2
    DIN 74 - Jm 6
    b
    e
    1
    e
    A
    DIN 74 - Jm 8
    DIN 74 - Jm 8
    F
    ± 0,025
    10
    R2
    R2
    ± 0,025
    10
    E
    b
    2961.70.
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
    Execution:
    Sliding faces ground.
    Note:
    Screws are not included.
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws DIN 7984.
    D175
    Order No Shape b l e e 1 e 2 e 3 e 4
    Number of
    screw holes
    2961.70.018.075 A 18 75 15 45 - - - 2
    2961.70.018.100 A 18 100 25 50 - - - 2
    2961.70.018.125 A 18 125 25 75 - - - 2
    2961.70.018.150 A 18 150 25 100 - - - 2
    2961.70.028.075 A 28 75 15 45 - - - 2
    2961.70.028.100 A 28 100 25 50 - - - 2
    2961.70.028.125 A 28 125 25 75 - - - 2
    2961.70.028.150 A 28 150 25 100 - - - 2
    2961.70.035.100 F 35 100 20 60 - - - 2
    2961.70.035.150 F 35 150 20 55 55 - - 3
    2961.70.035.200 F 35 200 20 55 50 55 - 4
    2961.70.035.250 F 35 250 20 70 70 70 - 4
    2961.70.035.300 F 35 300 20 65 65 65 65 5
    2961.70.035.350 F 35 350 20 80 75 75 80 5
    2961.70.038.075 A 38 75 15 45 - - - 2
    2961.70.038.100 A 38 100 25 50 - - - 2
    2961.70.038.125 A 38 125 25 75 - - - 2
    2961.70.038.150 A 38 150 25 100 - - - 2
    2961.70.048.075 A 48 75 15 45 - - - 2
    2961.70.048.100 A 48 100 25 50 - - - 2
    2961.70.048.125 A 48 125 25 75 - - - 2
    2961.70.048.150 A 48 150 25 100 - - - 2
    2961.70.050.100 F 50 100 20 60 - - - 2
    2961.70.050.150 F 50 150 20 55 55 - - 3
    2961.70.050.200 F 50 200 20 55 50 55 - 4
    2961.70.050.250 F 50 250 20 70 70 70 - 4
    2961.70.050.300 F 50 300 20 65 65 65 65 5
    2961.70.050.350 F 50 350 20 80 75 75 80 5
    2961.70.050.400 F 50 400 20 90 90 90 90 5
    2961.70.075.150 E 75 150 20 110 - - - 4
    2961.70.075.200 E 75 200 20 80 80 - - 6
    2961.70.075.250 E 75 250 20 105 105 - - 6
    2961.70.075.300 E 75 300 20 85 90 85 - 8
    2961.70.075.400 E 75 400 20 120 120 120 - 8
    2961.70.075.500 E 75 500 20 115 115 115 115 10
    2961.70. Flat guide bar, Bronze with solid lubricant
    subject to alterations
    Flat guide bar, Bronze with solid lubricant
    ø17,5
    R2
    R2
    7,3
    ø11
    0,02
    10 ±0,025
    2961.75.
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant,
    oilless lubricating
    Note:
    Screws are not included.
    Attention:
    Direction of motion of flat guide
    bars with a width of b = 28 and
    38 mm only in longitudinal
    direction.
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws DIN 7984
    M10.
    e 1
    1
    e
    e 2 e 1
    b
    b
    b
    a
    l
    e a
    e
    l
    a
    l
    a e
    B A
    C
    2961.75.
    D176
    Order No Shape b l e a e 1 e 2
    Number of
    screw holes
    2961.75.028.075 A 28 75 15 45 14 - 2
    2961.75.028.100 A 28 100 25 50 14 - 2
    2961.75.028.125 A 28 125 25 75 14 - 2
    2961.75.028.150 A 28 150 25 100 14 - 2
    2961.75.038.075 A 38 75 15 45 19 - 2
    2961.75.038.100 A 38 100 25 50 19 - 2
    2961.75.038.125 A 38 125 25 75 19 - 2
    2961.75.038.150 A 38 150 25 100 19 - 2
    2961.75.048.075 A 48 75 15 45 24 - 2
    2961.75.048.100 A 48 100 25 50 24 - 2
    2961.75.048.125 A 48 125 25 75 24 - 2
    2961.75.048.150 A 48 150 25 100 24 - 2
    2961.75.048.200 A 48 200 50 100 24 - 2
    2961.75.058.075 A 58 75 15 45 29 - 2
    2961.75.058.100 A 58 100 25 50 29 - 2
    2961.75.058.125 A 58 125 25 75 29 - 2
    2961.75.058.150 A 58 150 25 100 29 - 2
    2961.75.058.200 A 58 200 50 100 29 - 2
    2961.75.075.075 A 75 75 15 45 37.5 - 2
    2961.75.075.100 A 75 100 25 50 37.5 - 2
    2961.75.075.125 A 75 125 25 75 37.5 - 2
    2961.75.075.150 A 75 150 25 100 37.5 - 2
    2961.75.075.200 C 75 200 25 75 37.5 - 3
    2961.75.100.100 B 100 100 25 50 25 50 4
    2961.75.100.125 B 100 125 25 75 25 50 4
    2961.75.100.150 B 100 150 25 100 25 50 4
    2961.75.100.200 B 100 200 25 150 25 50 4
    2961.75.100.250 B 100 250 25 200 25 50 4
    2961.75.125.150 B 125 150 25 100 37.5 50 4
    2961.75.125.200 B 125 200 25 150 37.5 50 4
    2961.75.125.250 B 125 250 25 200 37.5 50 4
    2961.75.150.150 B 150 150 25 100 25 100 4
    2961.75.150.200 B 150 200 25 150 25 100 4
    2961.75. Flat guide bar, Bronze with solid lubricant
    subject to alterations
    Retaining plate, Bronze with solid lubricant, VDI 3357
    e 1
    e 1
    e
    e e
    e e
    e 2
    e 2
    e 2
    e 2
    a
    a
    a
    2
    b
    1
    b
    b
    2
    b
    1
    b
    b
    2
    b
    1
    b
    b
    e
    a
    s
    2
    b
    1
    b
    b
    A
    ød
    ød
    ød
    ød
    e
    e 1
    B
    C
    D
    2961.74.
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
    Note:
    Screws are not included.
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762.
    Mounting example
    D177
    Order No Shape b s a b 2 b 1 d e e 1 e 2
    Number of
    screw holes
    2961.74.035.10.160 A 35 10 160 10 20 11 70 - 45 2
    2961.74.035.10.200 A 35 10 200 10 20 11 110 - 45 2
    2961.74.035.10.250 B 35 10 250 10 20 11 80 - 45 3
    2961.74.045.15.160 A 45 15 160 15 30 13.5 70 - 45 2
    2961.74.045.15.200 A 45 15 200 15 30 13.5 110 - 45 2
    2961.74.045.15.250 B 45 15 250 15 30 13.5 80 - 45 3
    2961.74.055.15.160 A 55 15 160 20 35 17.5 70 - 45 2
    2961.74.055.15.200 A 55 15 200 20 35 17.5 110 - 45 2
    2961.74.055.15.250 B 55 15 250 20 35 17.5 80 - 45 3
    2961.74.075.25.160 A 75 25 160 25 40 17.5 70 - 45 2
    2961.74.075.25.200 A 75 25 200 25 40 17.5 110 - 45 2
    2961.74.075.25.250 B 75 25 250 25 40 17.5 80 - 45 3
    2961.74.085.28.240 B 85 28 240 30 60 22 95 - 25 3
    2961.74.085.28.300 D 85 28 300 30 60 22 85 80 25 4
    2961.74.085.28.350 D 85 28 350 30 60 22 100 100 25 4
    2961.74.085.28.400 D 85 28 400 30 60 22 115 120 25 4
    2961.74.085.28.450 C 85 28 450 30 60 22 100 100 25 5
    2961.74.085.30.160 A 85 30 160 30 60 22 70 - 45 2
    2961.74.085.30.200 A 85 30 200 30 60 22 110 - 45 2
    2961.74.085.30.250 B 85 30 250 30 60 22 80 - 45 3
    2961.74.085.30.300 B 85 30 300 30 60 22 105 - 45 3
    2961.74.085.30.350 B 85 30 350 30 60 22 130 - 45 3
    2961.74.085.30.400 C 85 30 400 30 60 22 80 75 45 5
    2961.74.100.25.160 A 100 25 160 30 60 17.5 70 - 45 2
    2961.74.100.25.200 A 100 25 200 30 60 17.5 110 - 45 2
    2961.74.100.25.250 B 100 25 250 30 60 17.5 80 - 45 3
    2961.74.100.25.400 C 100 25 400 30 60 17.5 80 75 45 5
    2961.74.100.30.160 A 100 30 160 30 60 22 70 - 45 2
    2961.74.100.30.200 A 100 30 200 30 60 22 110 - 45 2
    2961.74.100.30.250 B 100 30 250 30 60 22 80 - 45 3
    2961.74.100.30.400 C 100 30 400 30 60 22 80 75 45 5
    2961.74.125.25.160 A 125 25 160 30 75 17.5 70 - 45 2
    2961.74.125.25.200 A 125 25 200 30 75 17.5 110 - 45 2
    2961.74.125.25.250 B 125 25 250 30 75 17.5 80 - 45 3
    2961.74.125.25.300 D 125 25 300 30 80 26 85 80 25 4
    2961.74.125.25.350 D 125 25 350 30 80 26 100 100 25 4
    2961.74.125.25.400.1 D 125 25 400 30 80 26 115 120 25 4
    2961.74.125.25.400 C 125 25 400 30 75 17.5 80 75 45 5
    2961.74.125.25.450 C 125 25 450 30 80 26 100 100 25 5
    2961.74.125.25.500 C 125 25 500 30 80 26 110 115 25 5
    2961.74.125.30.160 A 125 30 160 30 75 22 70 - 45 2
    2961.74.125.30.200 A 125 30 200 30 75 22 110 - 45 2
    2961.74.125.30.250 B 125 30 250 30 75 22 80 - 45 3
    2961.74.125.30.300 B 125 30 300 30 75 22 105 - 45 3
    2961.74.125.30.350 B 125 30 350 30 75 22 130 - 45 3
    2961.74.125.30.400 C 125 30 400 30 75 22 80 75 45 5
    2961.74.125.30.450 C 125 30 450 30 75 22 80 95 50 5
    2961.74.125.30.500 C 125 30 500 30 75 22 80 120 50 5
    2961.74. Retaining plate, Bronze with solid lubricant,
    VDI 3357
    subject to alterations
    Retaining plate, Steel, VDI 3357
    Material:
    Steel, surface hardened
    Note:
    Screws are not included.
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762.
    e 2
    ød
    b
    1
    b
    a
    e e e 1
    D
    ød
    1
    b
    b
    a
    e
    A
    e 2
    ød
    1
    b
    b
    a
    e e
    B
    e 2
    ød
    1
    b
    b
    a
    e
    e e 1
    e 1
    C
    e 2
    2961.79.
    Mounting example
    D178
    Order No Shape b s a b 1 d e e 1 e 2
    Number of
    screw holes
    2961.79.035.10.160 A 35 10 160 20 11 70 - 45 2
    2961.79.035.10.200 A 35 10 200 20 11 110 - 45 2
    2961.79.035.10.250 B 35 10 250 20 11 80 - 45 3
    2961.79.045.15.160 A 45 15 160 30 13.5 70 - 45 2
    2961.79.045.15.200 A 45 15 200 30 13.5 110 - 45 2
    2961.79.045.15.250 B 45 15 250 30 13.5 80 - 45 3
    2961.79.055.15.160 A 55 15 160 35 17.5 70 - 45 2
    2961.79.055.15.200 A 55 15 200 35 17.5 110 - 45 2
    2961.79.055.15.250 B 55 15 250 35 17.5 80 - 45 3
    2961.79.075.25.160 A 75 25 160 40 17.5 70 - 45 2
    2961.79.075.25.200 A 75 25 200 40 17.5 110 - 45 2
    2961.79.075.25.250 B 75 25 250 40 17.5 80 - 45 3
    2961.79.085.28.240 B 85 28 240 60 22 95 - 25 3
    2961.79.085.28.300 D 85 28 300 60 22 85 80 25 4
    2961.79.085.28.350 D 85 28 350 60 22 100 100 25 4
    2961.79.085.28.400 D 85 28 400 60 22 115 120 25 4
    2961.79.085.28.450 C 85 28 450 60 22 100 100 25 5
    2961.79.085.30.160 A 85 30 160 60 22 70 - 45 2
    2961.79.085.30.200 A 85 30 200 60 22 110 - 45 2
    2961.79.085.30.250 B 85 30 250 60 22 80 - 45 3
    2961.79.085.30.300 B 85 30 300 60 22 105 - 45 3
    2961.79.085.30.350 B 85 30 350 60 22 130 - 45 3
    2961.79.085.30.400 C 85 30 400 60 22 80 75 45 5
    2961.79.100.25.160 A 100 25 160 60 17.5 70 - 45 2
    2961.79.100.25.200 A 100 25 200 60 17.5 110 - 45 2
    2961.79.100.25.250 B 100 25 250 60 17.5 80 - 45 3
    2961.79.100.25.400 C 100 25 400 60 17.5 80 75 45 5
    2961.79.100.30.160 A 100 30 160 60 22 70 - 45 2
    2961.79.100.30.200 A 100 30 200 60 22 110 - 45 2
    2961.79.100.30.250 B 100 30 250 60 22 80 - 45 3
    2961.79.100.30.400 C 100 30 400 60 22 80 75 45 5
    2961.79.125.25.160 A 125 25 160 75 17.5 70 - 45 2
    2961.79.125.25.200 A 125 25 200 75 17.5 110 - 45 2
    2961.79.125.25.250 B 125 25 250 75 17.5 80 - 45 3
    2961.79.125.25.400 C 125 25 400 75 17.5 80 75 45 5
    2961.79.125.25.300 D 125 25 300 80 26 85 80 25 4
    2961.79.125.25.350 D 125 25 350 80 26 100 100 25 4
    2961.79.125.25.400.1 D 125 25 400 80 26 115 120 25 4
    2961.79.125.25.450 C 125 25 450 80 26 100 100 25 5
    2961.79.125.25.500 C 125 25 500 80 26 110 115 25 5
    2961.79.125.30.160 A 125 30 160 75 22 70 - 45 2
    2961.79.125.30.200 A 125 30 200 75 22 110 - 45 2
    2961.79.125.30.250 B 125 30 250 75 22 80 - 45 3
    2961.79.125.30.300 B 125 30 300 75 22 105 - 45 3
    2961.79.125.30.350 B 125 30 350 75 22 130 - 45 3
    2961.79.125.30.400 C 125 30 400 75 22 80 75 45 5
    2961.79.125.30.450 C 125 30 450 75 22 80 95 50 5
    2961.79.125.30.500 C 125 30 500 75 22 80 120 50 5
    2961.79. Retaining plate, Steel, VDI 3357
    subject to alterations
    Retaining plate, Steel with solid lubricant, VDI 3357
    A
    e 2 e
    a
    s
    2
    b
    1
    b
    b
    ød
    e e e 2
    a
    2
    b
    1
    b
    b
    ød
    B
    e 1 e e e 2
    a
    2
    b
    1
    b
    b
    ød
    e 1
    C
    e 1 e e 2
    a
    2
    b
    1
    b
    b
    ød
    e
    D
    2961.81.
    Material:
    Steel, surface hardened. Sliding faces with
    embedded solid lubricant.
    Note:
    Screws are not included.
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762.
    Mounting example
    D179
    Order No Shape b s a b 2 b 1 d e e 1 e 2
    Number of
    screw holes
    2961.81.035.10.160 A 35 10 160 10 20 11 70 - 45 2
    2961.81.035.10.200 A 35 10 200 10 20 11 110 - 45 2
    2961.81.035.10.250 B 35 10 250 10 20 11 80 - 45 3
    2961.81.045.15.160 A 45 15 160 15 30 13.5 70 - 45 2
    2961.81.045.15.200 A 45 15 200 15 30 13.5 110 - 45 2
    2961.81.045.15.250 B 45 15 250 15 30 13.5 80 - 45 3
    2961.81.055.15.160 A 55 15 160 20 35 17.5 70 - 45 2
    2961.81.055.15.200 A 55 15 200 20 35 17.5 110 - 45 2
    2961.81.055.15.250 B 55 15 250 20 35 17.5 80 - 45 3
    2961.81.075.25.160 A 75 25 160 25 40 17.5 70 - 45 2
    2961.81.075.25.200 A 75 25 200 25 40 17.5 110 - 45 2
    2961.81.075.25.250 B 75 25 250 25 40 17.5 80 - 45 3
    2961.81.085.28.240 B 85 28 240 30 60 22 95 - 25 3
    2961.81.085.28.300 D 85 28 300 30 60 22 85 80 25 4
    2961.81.085.28.350 D 85 28 350 30 60 22 100 100 25 4
    2961.81.085.28.400 D 85 28 400 30 60 22 115 120 25 4
    2961.81.085.28.450 C 85 28 450 30 60 22 100 100 25 5
    2961.81.085.30.160 A 85 30 160 30 60 22 70 - 45 2
    2961.81.085.30.200 A 85 30 200 30 60 22 110 - 45 2
    2961.81.085.30.250 B 85 30 250 30 60 22 80 - 45 3
    2961.81.085.30.300 B 85 30 300 30 60 22 105 - 45 3
    2961.81.085.30.350 B 85 30 350 30 60 22 130 - 45 3
    2961.81.085.30.400 C 85 30 400 30 60 22 80 75 45 5
    2961.81.100.25.160 A 100 25 160 30 60 17.5 70 - 45 2
    2961.81.100.25.200 A 100 25 200 30 60 17.5 110 - 45 2
    2961.81.100.25.250 B 100 25 250 30 60 17.5 80 - 45 3
    2961.81.100.25.400 C 100 25 400 30 60 17.5 80 75 45 5
    2961.81.100.30.160 A 100 30 160 30 60 22 70 - 45 2
    2961.81.100.30.200 A 100 30 200 30 60 22 110 - 45 2
    2961.81.100.30.250 B 100 30 250 30 60 22 80 - 45 3
    2961.81.100.30.400 C 100 30 400 30 60 22 80 75 45 5
    2961.81.125.25.160 A 125 25 160 30 75 17.5 70 - 45 2
    2961.81.125.25.200 A 125 25 200 30 75 17.5 110 - 45 2
    2961.81.125.25.250 B 125 25 250 30 75 17.5 80 - 45 3
    2961.81.125.25.300 D 125 25 300 30 80 26 85 80 25 4
    2961.81.125.25.350 D 125 25 350 30 80 26 100 100 25 4
    2961.81.125.25.400 C 125 25 400 30 75 17.5 80 75 45 5
    2961.81.125.25.400.1 D 125 25 400 30 80 26 115 120 25 4
    2961.81.125.25.450 C 125 25 450 30 80 26 100 100 25 5
    2961.81.125.25.500 C 125 25 500 30 80 26 110 115 25 5
    2961.81.125.30.160 A 125 30 160 30 75 22 70 - 45 2
    2961.81.125.30.200 A 125 30 200 30 75 22 110 - 45 2
    2961.81.125.30.250 B 125 30 250 30 75 22 80 - 45 3
    2961.81.125.30.300 B 125 30 300 30 75 22 105 - 45 3
    2961.81.125.30.350 B 125 30 350 30 75 22 130 - 45 3
    2961.81.125.30.400 C 125 30 400 30 75 22 80 75 45 5
    2961.81.125.30.450 C 125 30 450 30 75 22 80 95 50 5
    2961.81.125.30.500 C 125 30 500 30 75 22 80 120 50 5
    2961.81. Retaining plate, Steel with solid lubricant, VDI 3357
    subject to alterations
    Retaining plate, Bronze with solid lubricant
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant,
    oilless lubricating
    Note:
    Screws are not included.
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws
    DIN EN ISO 4762 M10.
    b 1
    b
    a
    a
    1
    e e
    1
    e e
    a
    e e
    ±0,025
    10
    ø11
    b 2 b 2
    b b
    e
    a
    a
    1
    e
    b 2
    b
    20
    a
    a
    e e
    1
    e
    b 1
    e e
    1
    e
    20
    b 1
    b 2
    b
    20
    20
    e e
    1
    b
    1
    b
    G
    ±0,1
    10
    b 1
    b 2
    b
    20
    1
    e
    1
    e
    1
    e
    20
    1
    e
    1
    e
    b 1
    b 2
    b
    F E D C B A
    2961.78.
    Mounting example
    D180
    Order No Shape a b b 1 b 2 e e 1
    Number of
    screw holes
    2961.78.032.0100 A 100 32 10 21 60 - 2
    2961.78.032.0150 B 150 32 10 21 55 - 3
    2961.78.032.0160 B 160 32 10 21 60 - 3
    2961.78.050.0200 C 200 50 30 36 50 60 4
    2961.78.050.0250 C 250 50 30 36 70 70 4
    2961.78.050.0300 D 300 50 30 36 65 65 5
    2961.78.050.0350 D 350 50 30 36 80 75 5
    2961.78.050.0400 D 400 50 30 36 90 90 5
    2961.78.050.0500 E 500 50 30 36 95 90 6
    2961.78.050.0600 E 600 50 30 36 115 110 6
    2961.78.050.0800 F 800 50 30 36 130 125 7
    2961.78.050.0605 G 605 50 30 36 - - -
    2961.78.050.1005 G 1005 50 30 36 - - -
    2961.78. Retaining plate, Bronze with solid lubricant
    subject to alterations
    Retaining plate, Steel with solid lubricant, NAAMS
    30
    A
    ø17,5
    a
    a
    a
    a
    e 1
    e 1
    e 1 e 1
    e e
    e e
    e e
    e e
    25
    2
    b
    1
    b
    b
    20
    25
    25
    25
    2
    b
    1
    b
    b
    20
    2
    b
    1
    b
    b
    20
    2
    b
    1
    b
    b
    20
    B D
    C
    2961.82.
    Material:
    Steel, surface hardened. Sliding
    faces with embedded solid
    lubricant.
    Note:
    Screws are not included.
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws
    DIN EN ISO 4762 M16.
    Mounting example
    D181
    Order No Shape b a b 1 b 2 e e 1
    Number of
    screw holes
    2961.82.075.200 A 75 200 55 40 75 - 3
    2961.82.075.250 B 75 250 55 40 65 70 4
    2961.82.075.250.1 D 75 250 55 40 65 70 4
    2961.82.075.250.2 A 75 250 55 40 100 - 3
    2961.82.075.315 C 75 315 55 40 65 67.5 5
    2961.82.075.350 C 75 350 55 40 75 75 5
    2961.82.075.400 C 75 400 55 40 90 85 5
    2961.82.075.450 C 75 450 55 40 100 100 5
    2961.82.100.200 A 100 200 80 55 75 - 3
    2961.82.100.250 B 100 250 80 55 65 70 4
    2961.82.100.250.1 D 100 250 80 55 65 70 4
    2961.82.100.250.2 A 100 250 80 55 100 - 3
    2961.82.100.315 C 100 315 80 55 65 67.5 5
    2961.82.100.350 C 100 350 80 55 75 75 5
    2961.82.100.400 C 100 400 80 55 90 85 5
    2961.82.100.450 C 100 450 80 55 100 100 5
    2961.82.125.200 A 125 200 105 65 75 - 3
    2961.82.125.250 B 125 250 105 65 65 70 4
    2961.82.125.250.1 D 125 250 105 65 65 70 4
    2961.82.125.250.2 A 125 250 105 65 100 - 3
    2961.82.125.315 C 125 315 105 65 65 67.5 5
    2961.82.125.350 C 125 350 105 65 75 75 5
    2961.82.125.400 C 125 400 105 65 90 85 5
    2961.82.125.450 C 125 450 105 65 100 100 5
    2961.82.150.200 A 150 200 130 65 75 - 3
    2961.82.150.250 B 150 250 130 65 65 70 4
    2961.82.150.250.1 D 150 250 130 65 65 70 4
    2961.82.150.250.2 A 150 250 130 65 100 - 3
    2961.82.150.315 C 150 315 130 65 65 67.5 5
    2961.82.150.350 C 150 350 130 65 75 75 5
    2961.82.150.400 C 150 400 130 65 90 85 5
    2961.82.150.450 C 150 450 130 65 100 100 5
    2961.82. Retaining plate, Steel with solid lubricant, NAAMS
    subject to alterations
    Retaining plate, Steel, CNOMO
    Material:
    Steel, surface hardened
    Note:
    Screws are not included.
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 M16.
    20
    35
    160
    125
    215
    100
    250
    ø17,5
    28
    80 80
    28
    35
    R2,5
    R2,5
    R2,5
    2961.79.45.
    Mounting example
    D182
    Order No Number of screw holes
    2961.79.45.080.20.160 2
    2961.79.45.080.20.250 3
    2961.79.45. Retaining plate, Steel, CNOMO
    subject to alterations
    Retaining plate, Bronze with solid lubricant, CNOMO
    20
    25
    160
    135
    85
    50
    25
    85
    50
    25
    250
    225
    125
    25
    ø11
    R2,5
    R2,5
    R2,5
    2961.81.45.
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
    Note:
    Screws are not included.
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 M10.
    Mounting example
    D183
    Order No Number of screw holes
    2961.81.45.085.20.160 2
    2961.81.45.085.20.250 3
    2961.81.45. Retaining plate, Bronze with solid lubricant, CNOMO
    subject to alterations
    Sliding pad, small dimension, Bronze with solid lubricant
    d
    5 ± 0,025
    90°
    2960.72.
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant,
    oilless lubricating
    Note:
    Screws are not included.
    Fixing:
    Use countersunk cap screws
    DIN 7991/ISO 10642.
    15
    15
    15
    15
    e e
    a
    e
    a
    e e
    a
    e
    a
    1
    e
    1
    e
    b
    b
    b
    b
    A B
    C D
    2960.72.
    D184
    Order No Shape b a e e 1 d
    Number of
    screw holes
    2960.72.018.050 A 18 50 20 - 6.5 2
    2960.72.018.075 A 18 75 45 - 6.5 2
    2960.72.018.100 A 18 100 70 - 6.5 2
    2960.72.018.150 B 18 150 60 - 6.5 3
    2960.72.028.050 A 28 50 20 - 9 2
    2960.72.028.075 A 28 75 45 - 9 2
    2960.72.028.100 A 28 100 70 - 9 2
    2960.72.028.150 B 28 150 60 - 9 3
    2960.72.038.050 A 38 50 20 - 9 2
    2960.72.038.075 A 38 75 45 - 9 2
    2960.72.038.100 A 38 100 70 - 9 2
    2960.72.038.150 B 38 150 60 - 9 3
    2960.72.048.075 A 48 75 45 - 9 2
    2960.72.048.100 A 48 100 70 - 9 2
    2960.72.048.125 A 48 125 95 - 9 2
    2960.72.048.150 B 48 150 60 - 9 3
    2960.72.075.075 C 75 75 45 45 9 4
    2960.72.075.100 C 75 100 70 45 9 4
    2960.72.075.125 C 75 125 95 45 9 4
    2960.72.075.150 D 75 150 60 45 9 6
    2960.72.100.100 C 100 100 70 70 9 4
    2960.72.100.125 C 100 125 95 70 9 4
    2960.72.100.150 D 100 150 60 70 9 6
    2960.72. Sliding pad, small dimension, Bronze with solid lubricant
    subject to alterations D185
    subject to alterations
    Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant, VDI 3357
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
    Note:
    Screws are not included.
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762.
    H
    1
    l e
    a
    b
    1
    e
    1
    l
    b
    a
    1
    l e
    a
    1
    e
    b
    D B
    G
    1
    l e
    a
    1
    e
    b
    2960.71.
    X
    t
    d
    d 1
    10
    15°
    R5
    20
    0,02
    0
    -0,02
    3x45°
    2960.71.
    D186
    subject to alterations
    Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant, VDI 3357
    D187
    Order No Shape b a l 1 e e 1 d d 1 t
    Number of
    screw holes
    2960.71.050.080 B 50 80 25 30 - 9 15 9 2
    2960.71.050.100 B 50 100 25 50 - 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.71.050.125 B 50 125 25 75 - 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.71.050.160 B 50 160 25 110 - 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.71.050.200 B 50 200 25 150 - 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.71.080.050 D 80 50 25 - 30 9 15 9 2
    2960.71.080.080 B 80 80 25 30 - 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.71.080.100 B 80 100 25 50 - 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.71.080.125 B 80 125 25 75 - 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.71.080.160 B 80 160 25 110 - 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.71.080.200 B 80 200 25 150 - 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.71.080.250 B 80 250 40 170 - 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.71.080.315 B 80 315 40 235 - 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.71.100.050 D 100 50 25 - 50 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.71.100.080 D 100 80 40 - 50 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.71.100.100 B 100 100 25 50 - 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.71.100.125 B 100 125 25 75 - 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.71.100.160 B 100 160 25 110 - 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.71.100.200 B 100 200 25 150 - 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.71.100.250 B 100 250 40 170 - 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.71.100.315 B 100 315 40 235 - 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.71.125.050 D 125 50 25 - 75 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.71.125.080 D 125 80 40 - 75 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.71.125.100 G 125 100 25 50 75 13.5 20 13 3
    2960.71.125.125 G 125 125 25 75 75 13.5 20 13 3
    2960.71.125.160 G 125 160 25 110 75 13.5 20 13 3
    2960.71.125.200 G 125 200 25 150 75 13.5 20 13 3
    2960.71.125.250 G 125 250 40 170 75 13.5 20 13 3
    2960.71.125.315 G 125 315 40 235 75 13.5 20 13 3
    2960.71.160.050 D 160 50 25 - 110 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.71.160.080 D 160 80 40 - 110 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.71.160.100 G 160 100 25 50 110 13.5 20 13 3
    2960.71.160.125 G 160 125 25 75 110 13.5 20 13 3
    2960.71.160.160 G 160 160 25 110 110 13.5 20 13 3
    2960.71.160.200 G 160 200 25 150 110 13.5 20 13 3
    2960.71.160.250 H 160 250 40 170 110 13.5 20 13 4
    2960.71.160.315 H 160 315 40 235 110 13.5 20 13 4
    2960.71. Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant, VDI 3357
    subject to alterations
    Sliding pad, Steel, VDI 3357
    Material:
    Steel, surface hardened
    Note:
    Screws are not included.
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762.
    H
    1
    l e
    a
    b
    1
    e
    1
    l
    b
    a
    1
    l e
    a
    1
    e
    b
    D B
    G
    1
    l e
    a
    1
    e
    b
    2960.87.
    X
    t
    d
    d 1
    10
    15°
    R5
    20
    0,02
    0
    -0,02
    3x45°
    2960.87.
    D188
    subject to alterations
    Sliding pad, Steel, VDI 3357
    D189
    Order No Shape b a l 1 e e 1 d d 1 t
    Number of
    screw holes
    2960.87.050.080 B 50 80 25 30 - 9 15 9 2
    2960.87.050.100 B 50 100 25 50 - 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.87.050.125 B 50 125 25 75 - 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.87.050.160 B 50 160 25 110 - 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.87.050.200 B 50 200 25 150 - 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.87.080.050 D 80 50 25 - 30 9 15 9 2
    2960.87.080.080 B 80 80 25 30 - 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.87.080.100 B 80 100 25 50 - 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.87.080.125 B 80 125 25 75 - 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.87.080.160 B 80 160 25 110 - 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.87.080.200 B 80 200 25 150 - 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.87.080.250 B 80 250 40 170 - 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.87.080.315 B 80 315 40 235 - 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.87.100.050 D 100 50 25 - 50 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.87.100.080 D 100 80 40 - 50 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.87.100.100 B 100 100 25 50 - 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.87.100.125 B 100 125 25 75 - 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.87.100.160 B 100 160 25 110 - 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.87.100.200 B 100 200 25 150 - 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.87.100.250 B 100 250 40 170 - 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.87.100.315 B 100 315 40 235 - 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.87.125.050 D 125 50 25 - 75 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.87.125.080 D 125 80 40 - 75 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.87.125.100 G 125 100 25 50 75 13.5 20 13 3
    2960.87.125.125 G 125 125 25 75 75 13.5 20 13 3
    2960.87.125.160 G 125 160 25 110 75 13.5 20 13 3
    2960.87.125.200 G 125 200 25 150 75 13.5 20 13 3
    2960.87.125.250 G 125 250 40 170 75 13.5 20 13 3
    2960.87.125.315 G 125 315 40 235 75 13.5 20 13 3
    2960.87.160.050 D 160 50 25 - 110 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.87.160.080 D 160 80 40 - 110 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.87.160.100 G 160 100 25 50 110 13.5 20 13 3
    2960.87.160.125 G 160 125 25 75 110 13.5 20 13 3
    2960.87.160.160 G 160 160 25 110 110 13.5 20 13 3
    2960.87.160.200 G 160 200 25 150 110 13.5 20 13 3
    2960.87.160.250 H 160 250 40 170 110 13.5 20 13 4
    2960.87.160.315 H 160 315 40 235 110 13.5 20 13 4
    2960.87. Sliding pad, Steel, VDI 3357
    subject to alterations
    Sliding pad, Steel with sinterlayer, VDI 3357
    Description:
    Steel with sinterlayer is a two-layer material.
    It ensures low maintenance, selflubricating
    service even in arduous multishift
    applications.
    Material:
    Steel plate with sinterlayer,
    part of lubricant 20-25%.
    Note:
    Screws are not included.
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762.
    H
    1
    l e
    a
    b
    1
    e
    1
    l
    b
    a
    1
    l e
    a
    1
    e
    b
    D B
    G
    1
    l e
    a
    1
    e
    b
    2960.30.
    X
    2960.30.
    D190
    subject to alterations
    Sliding pad, Steel with sinterlayer, VDI 3357
    D191
    Order No Shape b a l 1 e e 1 d d 1 t
    Number of
    screw holes
    2960.30.050.080 B 50 80 25 30 - 9 15 9 2
    2960.30.050.100 B 50 100 25 50 - 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.30.050.125 B 50 125 25 75 - 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.30.050.160 B 50 160 25 110 - 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.30.050.200 B 50 200 25 150 - 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.30.080.050 D 80 50 25 - 30 9 15 9 2
    2960.30.080.080 B 80 80 25 30 - 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.30.080.100 B 80 100 25 50 - 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.30.080.125 B 80 125 25 75 - 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.30.080.160 B 80 160 25 110 - 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.30.080.200 B 80 200 25 150 - 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.30.080.250 B 80 250 40 170 - 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.30.080.315 B 80 315 40 235 - 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.30.100.050 D 100 50 25 - 50 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.30.100.080 D 100 80 40 - 50 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.30.100.100 B 100 100 25 50 - 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.30.100.125 B 100 125 25 75 - 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.30.100.160 B 100 160 25 110 - 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.30.100.200 B 100 200 25 150 - 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.30.100.250 B 100 250 40 170 - 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.30.100.315 B 100 315 40 235 - 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.30.125.050 D 125 50 25 - 75 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.30.125.080 D 125 80 40 - 75 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.30.125.100 G 125 100 25 50 75 13.5 20 13 3
    2960.30.125.125 G 125 125 25 75 75 13.5 20 13 3
    2960.30.125.160 G 125 160 25 110 75 13.5 20 13 3
    2960.30.125.200 G 125 200 25 150 75 13.5 20 13 3
    2960.30.125.250 G 125 250 40 170 75 13.5 20 13 3
    2960.30.125.315 G 125 315 40 235 75 13.5 20 13 3
    2960.30.160.050 D 160 50 25 - 110 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.30.160.080 D 160 80 40 - 110 13.5 20 13 2
    2960.30.160.100 G 160 100 25 50 110 13.5 20 13 3
    2960.30.160.125 G 160 125 25 75 110 13.5 20 13 3
    2960.30.160.160 G 160 160 25 110 110 13.5 20 13 3
    2960.30.160.200 G 160 200 25 150 110 13.5 20 13 3
    2960.30.160.250 H 160 250 40 170 110 13.5 20 13 4
    2960.30.160.315 H 160 315 40 235 110 13.5 20 13 4
    2960.30. Sliding pad, Steel with sinterlayer, VDI 3357
    subject to alterations
    Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant, ISO 9183-1
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
    Note:
    Screws are not included.
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 M12.
    e 2
    1
    e
    b
    1
    l
    a
    2
    l
    A
    1
    e
    b
    1
    l
    a
    B
    a
    1
    e
    b
    1
    l
    1
    e
    C
    a
    1
    l
    e 2
    b
    2
    l
    D
    b
    1
    e
    e 2
    a
    1
    l
    2
    l
    E
    a
    1
    e
    b
    e 2
    1
    l
    2
    l
    1
    e
    F
    2960.70.
    X
    ø20
    15°
    R5
    R10
    10
    0,02
    ± 0,025
    20
    ø13,5
    13
    2960.70.
    D192
    subject to alterations
    Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant, ISO 9183-1
    D193
    Order No Shape b a l 1 e 1 l 2 e 2
    2960.70.050.080 B 50 80 20 35 25 -
    2960.70.050.100 B 50 100 20 55 25 -
    2960.70.050.125 B 50 125 20 80 25 -
    2960.70.050.160 B 50 160 20 115 25 -
    2960.70.050.200 B 50 200 20 155 25 -
    2960.70.050.250 C 50 250 20 100 25 -
    2960.70.080.050 D 80 50 25 - 20 40
    2960.70.080.080 E 80 80 20 35 20 40
    2960.70.080.100 E 80 100 20 55 20 40
    2960.70.080.125 E 80 125 20 80 20 40
    2960.70.080.160 A 80 160 20 115 20 40
    2960.70.080.200 A 80 200 20 155 20 40
    2960.70.080.250 F 80 250 20 100 20 40
    2960.70.080.315 F 80 315 20 132 20 40
    2960.70.100.050 D 100 50 25 - 20 60
    2960.70.100.080 E 100 80 20 35 20 60
    2960.70.100.100 E 100 100 20 55 20 60
    2960.70.100.125 A 100 125 20 80 20 60
    2960.70.100.160 A 100 160 20 115 20 60
    2960.70.100.200 A 100 200 20 155 20 60
    2960.70.100.250 F 100 250 20 100 20 60
    2960.70.100.315 F 100 315 20 132 20 60
    2960.70.125.050 D 125 50 25 - 20 85
    2960.70.125.080 E 125 80 20 35 20 85
    2960.70.125.100 A 125 100 20 55 20 85
    2960.70.125.125 A 125 125 20 80 20 85
    2960.70.125.160 A 125 160 20 115 20 85
    2960.70.125.200 A 125 200 20 155 20 85
    2960.70.125.250 F 125 250 20 100 20 85
    2960.70.125.315 F 125 315 20 132 20 85
    2960.70.160.050 D 160 50 25 - 20 120
    2960.70.160.080 A 160 80 20 35 20 120
    2960.70.160.100 A 160 100 20 55 20 120
    2960.70.160.125 A 160 125 20 80 20 120
    2960.70.160.160 A 160 160 20 115 20 120
    2960.70.160.200 A 160 200 20 155 20 120
    2960.70.160.250 F 160 250 20 100 20 120
    2960.70.160.315 F 160 315 20 132 20 120
    2960.70. Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant, ISO 9183-1
    subject to alterations
    Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant
    R2
    ø11
    ø18
    R5
    12
    ± 0,025
    20
    0,02
    DIN 74-
    Km
    2960.85.
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
    Note:
    Screws are not included.
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 M10.
    e e
    b b b
    e 1 e 1 e
    a
    a
    a
    3
    e
    3
    e
    3
    e
    A B
    C
    2
    e
    2
    e
    2
    e
    2960.85.
    D194
    Order No Shape b a e e 1 e 2 e 3
    Number of
    screw holes
    2960.85.028.075 A 28 75 14 - 15 45 2
    2960.85.028.100 A 28 100 14 - 25 50 2
    2960.85.028.125 A 28 125 14 - 25 75 2
    2960.85.028.150 A 28 150 14 - 25 100 2
    2960.85.038.075 A 38 75 19 - 15 45 2
    2960.85.038.100 A 38 100 19 - 25 50 2
    2960.85.038.125 A 38 125 19 - 25 75 2
    2960.85.038.150 A 38 150 19 - 25 100 2
    2960.85.038.200 A 38 200 19 - 25 150 2
    2960.85.048.075 A 48 75 24 - 15 45 2
    2960.85.048.100 A 48 100 24 - 25 50 2
    2960.85.048.125 A 48 125 24 - 25 75 2
    2960.85.048.150 A 48 150 24 - 25 100 2
    2960.85.048.200 A 48 200 24 - 25 150 2
    2960.85.058.075 A 58 75 29 - 15 45 2
    2960.85.058.100 A 58 100 29 - 25 50 2
    2960.85.058.150 A 58 150 29 - 25 100 2
    2960.85.075.075.1 A 75 75 37.5 - 15 45 2
    2960.85.075.075 B 75 75 25 25 25 25 2
    2960.85.075.100.1 A 75 100 37.5 - 25 50 2
    2960.85.075.100 B 75 100 25 25 25 50 2
    2960.85.075.125 A 75 125 37.5 - 25 75 2
    2960.85.075.150 A 75 150 37.5 - 25 100 2
    2960.85.075.200 A 75 200 37.5 - 25 150 2
    2960.85.100.100 C 100 100 25 50 25 50 4
    2960.85.100.125 C 100 125 25 50 25 75 4
    2960.85.100.150 C 100 150 25 50 25 100 4
    2960.85.100.200 C 100 200 25 50 25 150 4
    2960.85.100.250 C 100 250 25 50 25 200 4
    2960.85.100.300 C 100 300 25 50 25 250 4
    2960.85.125.125 C 125 125 37.5 50 25 75 4
    2960.85.125.150 C 125 150 37.5 50 25 100 4
    2960.85.125.200 C 125 200 37.5 50 25 150 4
    2960.85.125.250 C 125 250 37.5 50 25 200 4
    2960.85.125.300 C 125 300 37.5 50 25 250 4
    2960.85.125.350 C 125 350 37.5 50 25 300 4
    2960.85.150.150 C 150 150 25 100 25 100 4
    2960.85.150.200 C 150 200 25 100 25 150 4
    2960.85.150.250 C 150 250 25 100 25 200 4
    2960.85.150.300 C 150 300 25 100 25 250 4
    2960.85.200.200 C 200 200 25 150 25 150 4
    2960.85.200.250 C 200 250 25 150 25 200 4
    2960.85.200.300 C 200 300 25 150 25 250 4
    2960.85. Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant
    subject to alterations
    Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant
    R3,5
    2x45°
    B
    B A
    A
    1
    e
    b
    1
    e 25
    b
    100
    a
    25
    25 100
    a
    B A
    2x45°
    R5
    3x45°
    2960.86.
    B - B A - A
    A B
    ø11
    ø17
    R3,5
    R5
    12
    ± 0,025
    20
    3x45°
    2x45° 2x45°
    0,02
    DIN 74-
    Km
    2960.86.
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant,
    oilless lubricating
    Note:
    Screws are not included.
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws
    DIN EN ISO 4762 M10.
    D195
    Order No Shape b a e 1
    Number of
    screw holes
    2960.86.038.150 A 38 150 19 2
    2960.86.075.150 A 75 150 37.5 2
    2960.86.100.150 B 100 150 50 4
    2960.86. Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant
    subject to alterations
    Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant
    R2
    25 -0,02
    +0,5
    13
    ø20
    ø14
    R5
    Km 12
    DIN 74
    0,02
    2960.76.
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant,
    oilless lubricating
    Note:
    Screws are not included.
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws
    DIN EN ISO 4762 M12.
    3x45°
    3x45°
    b b
    1
    e
    1
    e
    1
    e
    25 25
    25
    25 e e
    e
    a
    a
    B A
    2960.76.
    D196
    Order No Shape b a e e 1
    Number of
    screw holes
    2960.76.080.100 A 80 100 50 30 2
    2960.76.080.125 A 80 125 75 30 2
    2960.76.080.160 A 80 160 110 30 2
    2960.76.080.200 B 80 200 75 15 3
    2960.76.100.125 A 100 125 75 50 2
    2960.76.100.160 A 100 160 110 50 2
    2960.76.100.200 B 100 200 75 25 3
    2960.76.125.125 A 125 125 75 75 2
    2960.76. Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant
    subject to alterations
    Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant, CNOMO
    h
    h
    h
    c
    g
    a
    l
    a
    b
    h
    l
    f
    a
    e
    c
    d
    b
    a
    c
    d
    l
    f
    e
    l
    B
    D
    C
    A
    b
    c
    b
    c 1
    c 2
    h
    1
    h 2
    h 1
    h
    h 1
    1
    2962.78.45.
    0,02
    2x45°
    ø9
    ø16
    10
    0,02
    0
    +0,05
    16
    R3
    ø11
    C, D
    ø9
    R3
    10
    0
    +0,05
    16
    A, B
    ø16
    2x45°
    2962.78.45.
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant,
    oilless lubricating
    Note:
    Screws are not included.
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws
    DIN EN ISO 4762 M8.
    D197
    Order No Shape a l b c c 1 c 2 d e f g h h 1 h 2
    Number of
    screw
    counterbores
    Number of
    screw holes
    2962.78.45.050.16.063 A 50 63 15 35 - - - - - - 12 51 - 2 -
    2962.78.45.050.16.160 C 50 160 19 31 - - - - - - 21 147 - 2 -
    2962.78.45.050.16.250 D 50 250 19 31 - - - - - - 21 121237 3 -
    2962.78.45.080.16.160 C 80 160 22 58 - - 68 15 145 - 31 147 - 2 2
    2962.78.45.080.16.250 D 80 250 22 58 - - 68 25 105235 21 121237 3 3
    2962.78.45.100.16.063 B 100 63 15 33 67 85 - - - - 12 51 - 4 -
    2962.78.45. Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant, CNOMO
    subject to alterations
    Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
    Note:
    Screws are not included.
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762, or
    countersunk cap screws DIN 7991/ISO 10642.
    2962.78.
    l 1 l
    l 1
    e
    e
    e
    a -0,5
    a -0,5
    a -0,5
    a -0,5
    a -0,5
    a -0,5
    a -0,5
    a -0,5
    a -0,5
    a -0,5
    a -0,5
    e 1 e 1 e
    e 1 e
    e 1 e 1 e
    e 1 e 1 e
    A
    B
    C
    D E
    F
    G
    H L M
    I J K
    e 1 e e 1
    e 1 e 1 e 3
    e 1 e 1 e e 3
    e 1 e 1 e 3 e 3
    e 1 e 1 e 3
    e 1 e 1 e
    e 1 e
    b -0,1 b -0,1 b -0,1 b -0,1
    b -0,1 b -0,1 b -0,1
    b -0,1
    b -0,1
    b -0,1 b -0,1
    l 1 l 1 l 1
    l 1 l 1
    1
    l 1
    l 1 l 1
    e 2 e 2
    2
    e
    2
    e
    B
    2
    e
    2
    e
    G
    2
    e
    2
    e
    X
    2962.78.
    d
    R2
    R2
    R2
    I
    J
    K
    15°
    15°
    15°
    5
    1x45°
    t
    s ±0,025
    0,02
    d 1
    d 1
    d 1
    d
    d
    5
    5
    t
    1x45°
    s ±0,025
    0,02
    t
    1x45°
    s ±0,025
    0,02
    d
    1x45°
    t
    1x45°
    0,02
    R2
    d 1
    1x45°
    5
    1x45°
    0,02
    d 1
    s ±0,025 s ±0,025
    90°
    A, B, C, D,
    E, H, L, M
    F + G
    D198
    subject to alterations
    Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant
    D199
    Order No Shape b s a l 1 e e 1 e 2 e 3
    Number of
    screw holes d d 1 t
    2962.78.030.12.0100 A 30 12 100 15 20 60 - - 2 15 9 9
    2962.78.030.12.0160 B 30 12 160 15 20 60 - - 3 15 9 9
    2962.78.030.12.0240 B 30 12 240 15 25 95 - - 3 15 9 9
    2962.78.030.12.0250 B 30 12 250 15 20 105 - - 3 15 9 9
    2962.78.030.12.0300 L 30 12 300 15 25 85 - 80 4 15 9 9
    2962.78.030.12.0350 L 30 12 350 15 25 100 - 100 4 15 9 9
    2962.78.030.12.0400 L 30 12 400 15 25 115 - 120 4 15 9 9
    2962.78.030.12.0450 M 30 12 450 15 25 100 - 100 5 15 9 9
    2962.78.030.12.0500 M 30 12 500 15 25 110 - 115 5 15 9 9
    2962.78.040.08.0100 F 40 8 100 20 20 60 - - 2 - 9 5
    2962.78.040.08.0160 G 40 8 160 20 20 60 - - 3 - 9 5
    2962.78.040.08.0250 G 40 8 250 20 20 105 - - 3 - 9 5
    2962.78.040.12.0100 A 40 12 100 20 20 60 - - 2 15 9 9
    2962.78.040.12.0160 B 40 12 160 20 20 60 - - 3 15 9 9
    2962.78.040.12.0250 B 40 12 250 20 20 105 - - 3 15 9 9
    2962.78.040.16.0100 A 40 16 100 20 20 60 - - 2 18 11 11
    2962.78.040.16.0160 B 40 16 160 20 20 60 - - 3 18 11 11
    2962.78.040.16.0250 B 40 16 250 20 20 105 - - 3 18 11 11
    2962.78.050.20.0100 A 50 20 100 15 20 60 20 - 2 20 13.5 13
    2962.78.050.20.0160 B 50 20 160 15 20 60 10 - 3 20 13.5 13
    2962.78.050.20.0240 A 50 20 240 25 50 140 - - 2 20 13.5 13
    2962.78.050.20.0240.1 K 50 20 240 25 50 140 - - 2 20 13.5 13
    2962.78.050.20.0250 B 50 20 250 15 20 105 10 - 3 20 13.5 13
    2962.78.050.20.0300 B 50 20 300 25 50 100 - - 3 20 13.5 13
    2962.78.050.20.0300.1 J 50 20 300 25 50 100 - - 3 20 13.5 13
    2962.78.050.20.0350 B 50 20 350 25 50 125 - - 3 20 13.5 13
    2962.78.050.20.0350.1 J 50 20 350 25 50 125 - - 3 20 13.5 13
    2962.78.050.20.0400.1 J 50 20 400 25 50 150 - - 3 20 13.5 13
    2962.78.050.20.0450.1 I 50 20 450 25 50 115 - 120 4 20 13.5 13
    2962.78.050.20.0500.1 I 50 20 500 25 50 135 - 130 4 20 13.5 13
    2962.78.060.16.0100 A 60 16 100 15 20 60 30 - 2 18 11 11
    2962.78.060.16.0160 B 60 16 160 15 20 60 15 - 3 18 11 11
    2962.78.060.16.0250 B 60 16 250 15 20 105 15 - 3 18 11 11
    2962.78.080.12.0100 A 80 12 100 20 20 60 40 - 2 15 9 9
    2962.78.080.12.0160 C 80 12 160 20 20 120 40 - 4 15 9 9
    2962.78.080.12.0250 D 80 12 250 20 20 105 20 - 5 15 9 9
    2962.78.080.20.0100 A 80 20 100 20 20 60 40 - 2 20 13.5 13
    2962.78.080.20.0160 C 80 20 160 20 20 120 40 - 4 20 13.5 13
    2962.78.080.20.0250 D 80 20 250 20 20 105 20 - 5 20 13.5 13
    2962.78.080.20.0300 B 80 20 300 40 50 100 - - 3 20 13.5 13
    2962.78.080.20.0300.1 J 80 20 300 40 50 100 - - 3 20 13.5 13
    2962.78.080.20.0350 B 80 20 350 40 50 125 - - 3 20 13.5 13
    2962.78.080.20.0350.1 J 80 20 350 40 50 125 - - 3 20 13.5 13
    2962.78.080.20.0400 B 80 20 400 40 50 150 - - 3 20 13.5 13
    2962.78.080.20.0400.1 J 80 20 400 40 50 150 - - 3 20 13.5 13
    2962.78.080.20.0450 L 80 20 450 40 50 115 - 120 4 20 13.5 13
    2962.78.080.20.0450.1 I 80 20 450 40 50 115 - 120 4 20 13.5 13
    2962.78.080.20.0500 L 80 20 500 40 50 135 - 130 4 20 13.5 13
    2962.78.080.20.0500.1 I 80 20 500 40 50 135 - 130 4 20 13.5 13
    2962.78.100.16.0100 A 100 16 100 20 20 60 60 - 2 18 11 11
    2962.78.100.16.0160 C 100 16 160 20 20 120 60 - 4 18 11 11
    2962.78.100.16.0250 E 100 16 250 20 20 105 60 - 6 18 11 11
    2962.78.125.20.0100 C 125 20 100 20 20 60 85 - 4 20 13.5 13
    2962.78.125.20.0160 C 125 20 160 20 20 120 85 - 4 20 13.5 13
    2962.78.125.20.0250 E 125 20 250 20 20 105 85 - 6 20 13.5 13
    2962.78.125.20.0400 D 125 20 400 25 50 150 37.5 - 5 20 13.5 13
    2962.78.125.20.0450 H 125 20 450 25 50 115 37.5 120 6 20 13.5 13
    2962.78.125.20.0500 H 125 20 500 25 50 135 37.5 130 6 20 13.5 13
    2962.78. Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant
    subject to alterations
    Sliding pad, Steel, CNOMO
    2x45°
    ±0,025 17
    0,02
    11
    1x45°
    ø18
    M10
    ø11
    2962.84.45.
    Material:
    Steel, surface hardened
    Note:
    Screws are not included.
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws
    DIN EN ISO 4762 M10.
    16
    234
    125
    12 12
    16
    144
    a
    a
    1
    l
    1
    l
    b b
    A
    B
    2962.84.45.
    D200
    Order No Shape b a l 1
    Number of
    screw
    counterbores
    Number of
    threads
    2962.84.45.050.17.160 A 50 160 38 2 2
    2962.84.45.050.17.250 B 50 250 38 3 3
    2962.84.45.080.17.160 A 80 160 68 2 2
    2962.84.45.080.17.250 B 80 250 68 3 3
    2962.84.45. Sliding pad, Steel, CNOMO
    subject to alterations
    Sliding pad, Steel with solid lubricant
    e
    e
    e
    e
    e
    e 3
    e 3
    e 1
    e 1
    a
    a
    a
    a
    a
    l 1 l 1
    l 1 l 1 l 1
    b b
    b b b
    A B D
    H L
    e 1
    e 1 e 1
    e 1
    e 1 e 1
    e 1
    e 2
    e 2
    e 2
    e 2
    2962.85.
    d
    1x45°
    t
    s
    1x45°
    0,02
    R2
    d 1
    2962.85.
    Material:
    Steel, surface hardened. Sliding
    faces with embedded solid
    lubricant.
    Note:
    Screws are not included.
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws
    DIN EN ISO 4762 M12.
    D201
    Order No Shape b s a l 1 e e 1 e 2 e 3
    Number of
    screw holes d 1 d t
    2962.85.050.20.0240 A 50 20 240 25 50 140 - - 2 13.5 20 13
    2962.85.050.20.0300 B 50 20 300 25 50 100 - - 3 13.5 20 13
    2962.85.050.20.0350 B 50 20 350 25 50 125 - - 3 13.5 20 13
    2962.85.080.20.0300 B 80 20 300 40 50 100 - - 3 13.5 20 13
    2962.85.080.20.0350 B 80 20 350 40 50 125 - - 3 13.5 20 13
    2962.85.080.20.0400 B 80 20 400 40 50 150 - - 3 13.5 20 13
    2962.85.080.20.0450 L 80 20 450 40 50 115 - 120 4 13.5 20 13
    2962.85.080.20.0500 L 80 20 500 40 50 135 - 130 4 13.5 20 13
    2962.85.125.20.0400 D 125 20 400 25 50 150 37.5 - 5 13.5 20 13
    2962.85.125.20.0450 H 125 20 450 25 50 115 37.5 120 6 13.5 20 13
    2962.85.125.20.0500 H 125 20 500 25 50 135 37.5 130 6 13.5 20 13
    2962.85. Sliding pad, Steel with solid lubricant
    subject to alterations
    Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant, NAAMS
    +0,5
    ±0,025
    ø13,5
    13
    15°
    10
    ø20
    R5
    30°
    3x45°
    20
    Km 12
    DIN 74
    0,02 A
    0,1 A
    A
    2960.79.
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant,
    oilless lubricating
    Note:
    Screws are not included.
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws
    DIN EN ISO 4762 M12.
    3
    e
    2
    e
    1
    e
    3
    e
    2
    e
    3
    e
    3
    e
    e
    e
    e e
    l 3 l 3 l 2 l 3
    l 3 l 1
    l 1 l 1 l 1
    b b b
    b
    a
    a
    a a
    A B C
    D
    2960.79.
    D202
    Order No Shape b a l 1 l 2 l 3 e e 1 e 2 e 3
    Number of
    screw holes
    2960.79.050.100 A 50 100 25 - - 30 - - 30 2
    2960.79.050.150 A 50 150 25 - - 30 - - 80 2
    2960.79.050.200 A 50 200 25 - - 40 - - 120 2
    2960.79.080.100 A 80 100 20 - 40 30 - - 30 2
    2960.79.080.150 A 80 150 20 - 40 30 - - 80 2
    2960.79.080.200 A 80 200 20 - 40 40 - - 120 2
    2960.79.080.250 A 80 250 20 - 40 40 - - 170 2
    2960.79.080.315 B 80 315 20 20 20 40 - 210 25 3
    2960.79.100.050 D 100 50 22 - 56 14 - - 13 2
    2960.79.100.080 D 100 80 22 - 56 30 - - 20 2
    2960.79.100.100 A 100 100 22 - 56 30 - - 30 2
    2960.79.100.150 A 100 150 22 - 56 30 - - 80 2
    2960.79.100.200 B 100 200 22 28 28 40 - 95 25 3
    2960.79.100.250 B 100 250 22 28 28 40 - 145 25 3
    2960.79.100.315 B 100 315 22 28 28 40 - 210 25 3
    2960.79.125.080 D 125 80 25 - 75 30 - - 20 2
    2960.79.125.100 A 125 100 25 - 75 30 - - 30 2
    2960.79.125.150 A 125 150 25 - 75 30 - - 80 2
    2960.79.125.200 B 125 200 25 37 38 40 - 95 25 3
    2960.79.125.250 B 125 250 25 37 38 40 - 145 25 3
    2960.79.125.315 C 125 315 25 - 75 40 25 165 25 4
    2960.79.160.100 A 160 100 30 - 100 30 - - 30 2
    2960.79.160.150 A 160 150 30 - 100 30 - - 80 2
    2960.79.160.200 B 160 200 30 50 50 40 - 95 25 3
    2960.79.160.250 C 160 250 30 - 100 40 25 120 25 4
    2960.79.160.315 C 160 315 30 - 100 40 25 185 25 4
    2960.79. Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant, NAAMS
    subject to alterations
    Sliding pad, Steel, NAAMS
    3
    e
    2
    e
    1
    e
    3
    e
    2
    e
    3
    e
    3
    e
    e
    e
    e e
    l 3 l 3 l 2 l 3
    l 3 l 1
    l 1 l 1 l 1
    b b b
    b
    a
    a
    a a
    D
    2960.80.
    A B C
    +0,5
    ±0,025
    13
    15°
    10
    ø13,5
    ø20
    R5
    30°
    3x45°
    20
    Km 12
    DIN 74
    0,02 A
    0,1 A
    A
    2960.80.
    Material:
    Steel, surface hardened
    Note:
    Screws are not included.
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws
    DIN EN ISO 4762 M12.
    D203
    Order No Shape b a l 1 l 2 l 3 e e 1 e 2 e 3
    Number of
    screw holes
    2960.80.050.100 A 50 100 25 - - 30 - - 30 2
    2960.80.050.150 A 50 150 25 - - 30 - - 80 2
    2960.80.050.200 A 50 200 25 - - 40 - - 120 2
    2960.80.080.100 A 80 100 20 - 40 30 - - 30 2
    2960.80.080.150 A 80 150 20 - 40 30 - - 80 2
    2960.80.080.200 A 80 200 20 - 40 40 - - 120 2
    2960.80.080.250 A 80 250 20 - 40 40 - - 170 2
    2960.80.080.315 B 80 315 20 20 20 40 - 210 25 3
    2960.80.100.050 D 100 50 22 - 56 14 - - 13 2
    2960.80.100.080 D 100 80 22 - 56 30 - - 20 2
    2960.80.100.100 A 100 100 22 - 56 30 - - 30 2
    2960.80.100.150 A 100 150 22 - 56 30 - - 80 2
    2960.80.100.200 B 100 200 22 28 28 40 - 95 25 3
    2960.80.100.250 B 100 250 22 28 28 40 - 145 25 3
    2960.80.100.315 B 100 315 22 28 28 40 - 210 25 3
    2960.80.125.080 D 125 80 25 - 75 30 - - 20 2
    2960.80.125.100 A 125 100 25 - 75 30 - - 30 2
    2960.80.125.150 A 125 150 25 - 75 30 - - 80 2
    2960.80.125.200 B 125 200 25 37 38 40 - 95 25 3
    2960.80.125.250 B 125 250 25 37 38 40 - 145 25 3
    2960.80.125.315 C 125 315 25 - 75 40 25 165 25 4
    2960.80.160.100 A 160 100 30 - 100 30 - - 30 2
    2960.80.160.150 A 160 150 30 - 100 30 - - 80 2
    2960.80.160.200 B 160 200 30 50 50 40 - 95 25 3
    2960.80.160.250 C 160 250 30 - 100 40 25 120 25 4
    2960.80.160.315 C 160 315 30 - 100 40 25 185 25 4
    2960.80. Sliding pad, Steel, NAAMS
    subject to alterations
    Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant, AFNOR/ISO 9183-2
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
    Note:
    Screws are not included.
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 M10.
    e
    e
    20
    20
    20
    20
    20
    20
    20
    20
    e 2
    b
    b
    a
    A
    a
    a
    a
    a
    a
    a
    a
    a
    b
    b
    b
    b
    b
    b
    b
    25
    25
    25
    25
    25
    25
    25
    25
    25
    e 1
    e 2
    e 1
    e 1
    e 1
    e 1
    e 1
    e 2
    e 2
    e 1
    e 1 e 1
    e 1 e 1
    e 3
    e 3
    e 2 e 1 e 1
    e 4 e 4
    e e
    e
    e e e
    e e e e
    e e e e e
    20
    B C
    D
    E
    F
    G
    H
    I
    2960.74.
    X
    2960.74.
    30°
    14
    R 10
    12
    ø11
    ø20
    0,02
    ± 0,01
    20
    DIN 74 - Km
    D204
    subject to alterations
    Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant, AFNOR/ISO 9183-2
    D205
    Order No Shape b a e e 1 e 2 e 3 e 4
    Number of
    screw holes
    2960.74.070.100 A 70 100 50 20 - - - 2
    2960.74.070.150 B 70 150 50 10 20 - - 3
    2960.74.070.200 D 70 200 50 20 - - - 4
    2960.74.100.100 I 100 100 - 30 20 - 25 3
    2960.74.100.150 C 100 150 25 50 - 50 - 4
    2960.74.100.200 D 100 200 50 50 - - - 4
    2960.74.100.250 E 100 250 50 50 - - - 5
    2960.74.100.300 F 100 300 50 50 - - - 6
    2960.74.150.100 G 150 100 - 25 50 50 - 4
    2960.74.150.150 H 150 150 - 25 50 - - 4
    2960.74.150.200 D 150 200 50 100 - - - 4
    2960.74.150.250 E 150 250 50 100 - - - 5
    2960.74.150.300 F 150 300 50 100 - - - 6
    2960.74.200.100 G 200 100 - 50 50 50 - 4
    2960.74. Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant, AFNOR/ISO 9183-2
    subject to alterations
    Sliding pad, Special cast iron (GG25) with solid lubricant,
    AFNOR/ISO 9183- 2
    Description:
    Special cast iron with solid lubricant is a low-
    cost alternative, altthough absorption of the
    surface pressure is reduced by 60%.
    Material:
    Special cast iron (GG25) with solid lubricant.
    Note:
    Screws are not included.
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 M10.
    e
    e
    20
    20
    20
    20
    20
    20
    20
    20
    e 2
    b
    b
    a
    A
    a
    a
    a
    a
    a
    a
    a
    a
    b
    b
    b
    b
    b
    b
    b
    25
    25
    25
    25
    25
    25
    25
    25
    25
    e 1
    e 2
    e 1
    e 1
    e 1
    e 1
    e 1
    e 2
    e 2
    e 1
    e 1 e 1
    e 1 e 1
    e 3
    e 3
    e 2 e 1 e 1
    e 4 e 4
    e e
    e
    e e e
    e e e e
    e e e e e
    20
    B C
    D
    E
    F
    G
    H
    I
    2960.75.
    X
    2960.75.
    ± 0,25
    21
    30°
    14
    R 10
    12
    ø11
    ø20
    0,02
    DIN 74 - Km
    D206
    subject to alterations
    Sliding pad, Special cast iron (GG25) with solid lubricant,
    AFNOR/ISO 9183- 2
    D207
    Order No Shape b a e e 1 e 2 e 3 e 4
    Number of
    screw holes
    2960.75.070.100 A 70 100 50 20 - - - 2
    2960.75.070.150 B 70 150 50 10 20 - - 3
    2960.75.070.200 D 70 200 50 20 - - - 4
    2960.75.100.100 I 100 100 - 30 20 - 25 3
    2960.75.100.150 C 100 150 25 50 - 50 - 4
    2960.75.100.200 D 100 200 50 50 - - - 4
    2960.75.100.250 E 100 250 50 50 - - - 5
    2960.75.100.300 F 100 300 50 50 - - - 6
    2960.75.150.100 G 150 100 - 25 50 50 - 4
    2960.75.150.150 H 150 150 - 25 50 - - 4
    2960.75.150.200 D 150 200 50 100 - - - 4
    2960.75.150.250 E 150 250 50 100 - - - 5
    2960.75.150.300 F 150 300 50 100 - - - 6
    2960.75.200.100 G 200 100 - 50 50 50 - 4
    2960.75. Sliding pad, Special cast iron (GG25) with solid lubricant, AFNOR/ISO 9183-2
    subject to alterations
    Sliding pad, Steel with oil groove, CNOMO
    Material:
    Steel, surface hardened
    Note:
    Screws are not included.
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 M10.
    25
    1
    e
    70
    9
    e
    25
    1
    e
    45
    25
    145
    1
    e
    b
    a
    a
    b
    b
    b
    a
    a
    25
    1
    e
    25
    95
    9
    e
    1
    e
    2
    e
    25
    45
    20
    25
    70
    20
    25
    9
    e
    4
    e
    A
    1
    e
    9
    e
    a
    5
    e
    4
    e
    6
    e
    5
    e
    4
    e
    1
    e
    9
    e
    45
    20
    B C
    5
    e
    4
    e
    6
    e
    9
    e
    20
    D
    145
    5
    e
    4
    e
    6
    e
    7
    e
    20
    b
    E
    1
    e
    5
    e
    4
    e
    6
    e
    7
    e
    8
    e
    20
    a
    b
    9
    e
    F
    2
    e
    3
    e
    9
    e
    4
    e
    20
    a
    b
    G
    2
    e
    3
    e
    5
    e
    6
    e
    20
    a
    4
    e
    b
    25
    1
    e
    H
    2
    e
    5
    e
    4
    e
    a
    20
    32,5
    b
    9
    e
    I
    2960.44.45.
    X
    2960.44.45.
    14
    3x45°
    ±0,25 21
    ø7
    ø11
    ø20
    30°
    R10
    0,02
    D208
    subject to alterations
    Sliding pad, Steel with oil groove, CNOMO
    D209
    Order No Shape b a e 1 e 2 e 3 e 4 e 5 e 6 e 7 e 8 e 9
    Number of
    screw holes
    2960.44.45.070.100 A 70 100 20 - - 70 - - - - 10 2
    2960.44.45.070.150 B 70 150 10 20 - 70 120 - - - 10 3
    2960.44.45.070.200 D 70 200 20 - - 70 120 170 - - 10 4
    2960.44.45.100.100 I 100 100 30 50 - 45 70 - - - 25 3
    2960.44.45.100.150 C 100 150 50 - - 45 95 120 - - 25 4
    2960.44.45.100.200 D 100 200 50 - - 70 120 170 - - 25 4
    2960.44.45.100.250 E 100 250 50 - - 70 120 170 220 - 25 5
    2960.44.45.100.300 F 100 300 50 - - 70 120 170 220 270 25 6
    2960.44.45.150.100 G 150 100 25 75 100 70 - - - - 50 4
    2960.44.45.150.150 H 150 150 25 75 100 45 95 120 - - 50 4
    2960.44.45.150.200 D 150 200 100 - - 70 120 170 - - 50 4
    2960.44.45.150.250 E 150 250 100 - - 70 120 170 220 - 50 5
    2960.44.45.150.300 F 150 300 100 - - 70 120 170 220 270 50 6
    2960.44.45.200.100 G 200 100 50 100 150 70 - - - - 75 4
    2960.44.45. Sliding pad, Steel with oil groove, CNOMO
    subject to alterations
    Sliding pad, Bronze with oil groove, CNOMO
    14
    3x45°
    ±0,01 20
    ø7
    ø11
    ø20
    12
    30°
    R10
    0,02
    2960.54.45.
    Material:
    Bronze
    Note:
    Screws are not included.
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws
    DIN EN ISO 4762 M10.
    A
    9
    e
    1
    e
    b
    25
    45
    20
    4
    e
    a
    9
    e
    1
    e
    2
    e
    3
    e
    b
    25
    70
    20
    4
    e
    a
    6
    e
    5
    e
    1
    e
    45
    20
    a
    4
    e
    5
    e
    25
    2
    e
    b
    32,5
    20
    4
    e
    a
    5
    e
    b
    9
    e
    2
    e
    25
    1
    e
    H
    B
    I
    9
    e
    2960.54.45.
    D210
    Order No Shape b a e 1 e 2 e 3 e 4 e 5 e 6 e 9
    Number of
    screw holes
    2960.54.45.070.100 A 70 100 20 - - 70 - - 10 2
    2960.54.45.070.150 B 70 150 10 20 - 70 120 - 10 3
    2960.54.45.100.100 I 100 100 30 50 - 45 70 - 25 3
    2960.54.45.150.150 H 150 150 25 75 100 45 95 120 50 4
    2960.54.45. Sliding pad, Bronze with oil groove, CNOMO
    subject to alterations
    Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant, VDI 3357
    A
    25 e
    a
    b
    10
    ø15
    ø9
    9
    Km 8
    DIN 74
    15°
    3x45°
    12 -0,02
    0,02
    12 -0,02
    Km 8
    DIN 74
    15°
    9
    3x45°
    0,02
    ø9
    ø15
    10
    25 e 1 e e
    a
    b
    B
    2960.81.
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
    Note:
    Screws are not included.
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 M8.
    D211
    Order No Shape b a e e 1
    Number of
    screw holes
    2960.81.030.080 A 30 80 30 - 2
    2960.81.030.100 A 30 100 50 - 2
    2960.81.030.125 A 30 125 75 - 2
    2960.81.030.160 A 30 160 110 - 2
    2960.81.030.200 A 30 200 150 - 2
    2960.81.030.225 A 30 225 175 - 2
    2960.81.030.250 B 30 250 60 80 4
    2960.81.030.260 B 30 260 60 90 4
    2960.81.030.280 B 30 280 60 110 4
    2960.81.030.300 B 30 300 80 90 4
    2960.81.030.320 B 30 320 80 110 4
    2960.81.040.080 A 40 80 30 - 2
    2960.81.040.100 A 40 100 50 - 2
    2960.81.040.125 A 40 125 75 - 2
    2960.81.040.160 A 40 160 110 - 2
    2960.81.040.200 A 40 200 150 - 2
    2960.81.050.080 A 50 80 30 - 2
    2960.81.050.100 A 50 100 50 - 2
    2960.81.050.125 A 50 125 75 - 2
    2960.81.050.160 A 50 160 110 - 2
    2960.81.050.200 A 50 200 150 - 2
    2960.81.050.225 A 50 225 175 - 2
    2960.81.050.250 B 50 250 60 80 4
    2960.81.050.300 B 50 300 80 90 4
    2960.81.050.350 B 50 350 100 100 4
    2960.81.050.400 B 50 400 120 110 4
    2960.81.060.080 A 60 80 30 - 2
    2960.81.060.100 A 60 100 50 - 2
    2960.81.060.125 A 60 125 75 - 2
    2960.81.060.160 A 60 160 110 - 2
    2960.81.060.200 A 60 200 150 - 2
    2960.81.060.225 A 60 225 175 - 2
    2960.81.060.240 B 60 240 60 70 4
    2960.81.060.250 B 60 250 60 80 4
    2960.81.060.260 B 60 260 60 90 4
    2960.81.060.280 B 60 280 60 110 4
    2960.81.080.080 A 80 80 30 - 2
    2960.81.080.100 A 80 100 50 - 2
    2960.81.080.125 A 80 125 75 - 2
    2960.81.080.160 A 80 160 110 - 2
    2960.81.080.200 A 80 200 150 - 2
    2960.81.080.225 A 80 225 175 - 2
    2960.81.080.240 B 80 240 60 70 4
    2960.81.080.250 B 80 250 60 80 4
    2960.81.080.260 B 80 260 60 90 4
    2960.81.080.280 B 80 280 60 110 4
    2960.81.100.240 B 100 240 60 70 4
    2960.81.100.260 B 100 260 60 90 4
    2960.81.100.280 B 100 280 60 110 4
    2960.81. Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant, VDI 3357
    subject to alterations
    Sliding pad, Steel, VDI 3357
    Material:
    Steel, surface hardened
    Note:
    Screws are not included.
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 M8.
    10
    ø15
    ø9
    25 e
    a
    b
    9
    15°
    3x45°
    12
    A
    -0,02
    0,02
    15°
    9
    ø9
    ø15
    10
    12 -0,02
    3x45°
    0,02
    25 e e e 1
    b
    a
    2960.88.
    B
    X
    D212
    subject to alterations
    Sliding pad, Steel, VDI 3357
    D213
    Order No Shape b a e e 1
    Number of
    screw holes
    2960.88.030.080 A 30 80 30 - 2
    2960.88.030.100 A 30 100 50 - 2
    2960.88.030.125 A 30 125 75 - 2
    2960.88.030.160 A 30 160 110 - 2
    2960.88.030.200 A 30 200 150 - 2
    2960.88.040.080 A 40 80 30 - 2
    2960.88.040.100 A 40 100 50 - 2
    2960.88.040.125 A 40 125 75 - 2
    2960.88.040.160 A 40 160 110 - 2
    2960.88.040.200 A 40 200 150 - 2
    2960.88.040.225 A 40 225 175 - 2
    2960.88.040.240 B 40 240 60 70 4
    2960.88.040.250 B 40 250 60 80 4
    2960.88.040.260 B 40 260 60 90 4
    2960.88.040.280 B 40 280 60 110 4
    2960.88.050.080 A 50 80 30 - 2
    2960.88.050.100 A 50 100 50 - 2
    2960.88.050.125 A 50 125 75 - 2
    2960.88.050.160 A 50 160 110 - 2
    2960.88.050.180 A 50 180 130 - 2
    2960.88.050.200 A 50 200 150 - 2
    2960.88.050.225 A 50 225 175 - 2
    2960.88.050.240 B 50 240 60 70 4
    2960.88.050.250 B 50 250 60 80 4
    2960.88.050.260 B 50 260 60 90 4
    2960.88.050.280 B 50 280 60 110 4
    2960.88.060.080 A 60 80 30 - 2
    2960.88.060.100 A 60 100 50 - 2
    2960.88.060.125 A 60 125 75 - 2
    2960.88.060.160 A 60 160 110 - 2
    2960.88.060.200 A 60 200 150 - 2
    2960.88.060.225 A 60 225 175 - 2
    2960.88.060.240 B 60 240 60 70 4
    2960.88.060.250 B 60 250 60 80 4
    2960.88.060.260 B 60 260 60 90 4
    2960.88.060.280 B 60 280 60 110 4
    2960.88.060.300 B 60 300 80 90 4
    2960.88.060.320 B 60 320 80 110 4
    2960.88.060.340 B 60 340 80 130 4
    2960.88.060.350 B 60 350 100 100 4
    2960.88.080.080 A 80 80 30 - 2
    2960.88.080.100 A 80 100 50 - 2
    2960.88.080.125 A 80 125 75 - 2
    2960.88.080.160 A 80 160 110 - 2
    2960.88.080.200 A 80 200 150 - 2
    2960.88.080.225 A 80 225 175 - 2
    2960.88.080.240 B 80 240 60 70 4
    2960.88.080.250 B 80 250 60 80 4
    2960.88.080.260 B 80 260 60 90 4
    2960.88.080.280 B 80 280 60 110 4
    2960.88.080.300 B 80 300 80 90 4
    2960.88.080.320 B 80 320 80 110 4
    2960.88.080.340 B 80 340 80 130 4
    2960.88.080.350 B 80 350 100 100 4
    2960.88.100.250 B 100 250 60 80 4
    2960.88.100.280 B 100 280 60 110 4
    2960.88.100.300 B 100 300 80 90 4
    2960.88.100.320 B 100 320 80 110 4
    2960.88.100.340 B 100 340 80 130 4
    2960.88.100.350 B 100 350 100 100 4
    2960.88. Sliding pad, Steel, VDI 3357
    subject to alterations
    Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant, VDI 3357
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant,
    oilless lubricating
    Note:
    Screws are not included.
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws
    DIN EN ISO 4762 M12.
    2
    l
    25 25
    10
    b
    13
    3x45°
    20 - 0,02
    0,02
    15°
    1
    l
    2
    l
    ø13,5
    ø20
    R5
    2960.93.
    D214
    Order No b l 1 l 2
    2960.93.050.250 50 250 60
    2960.93.050.300 50 300 80
    2960.93.050.350 50 350 100
    2960.93.050.400 50 400 120
    2960.93.050.450 50 450 140
    2960.93.050.500 50 500 150
    2960.93.080.250 80 250 60
    2960.93.080.300 80 300 80
    2960.93.080.350 80 350 100
    2960.93.080.400 80 400 120
    2960.93.080.450 80 450 140
    2960.93.080.500 80 500 150
    2960.93.100.250 100 250 60
    2960.93.100.300 100 300 80
    2960.93.100.350 100 350 100
    2960.93.100.400 100 400 120
    2960.93.100.450 100 450 140
    2960.93.100.500 100 500 150
    2960.93.125.250 125 250 60
    2960.93.125.300 125 300 80
    2960.93.125.350 125 350 100
    2960.93.125.400 125 400 120
    2960.93.125.450 125 450 140
    2960.93.125.500 125 500 150
    2960.93.160.250 160 250 60
    2960.93.160.300 160 300 80
    2960.93.160.350 160 350 100
    2960.93.160.400 160 400 120
    2960.93.160.450 160 450 140
    2960.93.160.500 160 500 150
    2960.93. Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant, VDI 3357
    subject to alterations
    Guide bar with two sliding surfaces, Bronze with solid lubricant, VDI 3357
    1
    b
    1
    b
    d
    t
    a
    e e
    15°
    s
    10°
    5
    a
    e 25
    b
    0,02
    5
    25
    b
    A
    B
    - 0,02
    d 1
    3x45°
    2962.75.
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
    Note:
    Screws are not included.
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws
    DIN EN ISO 4762.
    D215
    Order No Shape a b s b 1 e d d 1 t
    Number of
    screw holes
    2962.75.025.012.0110 A 110 25 12 12.5 60 15 9 8.5 2
    2962.75.025.012.0120 A 120 25 12 12.5 70 15 9 8.5 2
    2962.75.025.015.0110 A 110 25 15 12.5 60 18 11 10.5 2
    2962.75.025.015.0120 A 120 25 15 12.5 70 18 11 10.5 2
    2962.75.060.030.0125 A 125 60 30 30 75 20 13.5 13 2
    2962.75.060.030.0150 A 150 60 30 30 100 20 13.5 13 2
    2962.75.060.030.0160 A 160 60 30 30 110 20 13.5 13 2
    2962.75.060.030.0200 B 200 60 30 30 75 20 13.5 13 3
    2962.75.060.040.0125 A 125 60 40 30 75 20 13.5 13 2
    2962.75.060.040.0150 A 150 60 40 30 100 20 13.5 13 2
    2962.75.060.040.0160 A 160 60 40 30 110 20 13.5 13 2
    2962.75.060.040.0200 B 200 60 40 30 75 20 13.5 13 3
    2962.75. Guide bar with two sliding surfaces, Bronze with solid lubricant, VDI 3357
    subject to alterations
    Guide bar with two sliding surfaces, Bronze with solid lubricant, CNOMO
    ø16
    ø9
    10
    +0,01
    20
    0
    0,02
    2x45°
    2962.75.45.
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant,
    oilless lubricating
    Note:
    Screws are not included.
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws
    DIN EN ISO 4762 M8.
    31 31
    a a
    l
    237
    21
    l
    147
    21
    A
    121
    19 19
    R3,5
    R3,5
    B
    2962.75.45.
    D216
    Order No Shape a l
    Number of
    screw holes
    2962.75.45.050.20.160 A 50 160 2
    2962.75.45.050.20.250 B 50 250 3
    2962.75.45. Guide bar with two sliding surfaces, Bronze with solid
    lubricant, CNOMO
    subject to alterations
    Guide bar with three sliding surfaces, Bronze with solid lubricant
    15°
    15°
    l 1 l 1
    a
    e e
    ± 0,02
    s
    5
    a
    e 25
    b
    0,01
    DIN 74 - Km
    5
    25
    b
    B
    A t
    d 1
    d
    2962.76.
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
    Note:
    Screws are not included.
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762.
    D217
    Order No Shape a b s e l 1 d d 1 t
    Number of
    screw holes
    2962.76.070.032.0125 A 125 70 32 75 40 20 13.5 13 2
    2962.76.070.032.0150 A 150 70 32 100 40 20 13.5 13 2
    2962.76.070.032.0200 B 200 70 32 75 40 20 13.5 13 3
    2962.76.090.045.0125 A 125 90 45 75 55 26 17.5 17.5 2
    2962.76.090.045.0150 B 150 90 45 50 55 26 17.5 17.5 3
    2962.76.090.045.0200 B 200 90 45 75 55 26 17.5 17.5 3
    2962.76. Guide bar with three sliding surfaces, Bronze with solid lubricant
    subject to alterations
    Guide bar with two sliding surfaces, Bronze with solid lubricant
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
    Note:
    Screws are not included.
    l
    b
    s ±0,1
    ø16
    17
    e 3 e 2 e 1 20
    3x45°
    min
    30
    2962.77.
    D218
    Order No b s l e 1 e 2 e 3
    Number of
    screw holes
    2962.77.065.040.0150 65 40 150 110 - - 2
    2962.77.065.040.0200 65 40 200 80 80 - 3
    2962.77.065.040.0250 65 40 250 105 105 - 3
    2962.77.065.040.0300 65 40 300 90 80 90 4
    2962.77.065.040.0350 65 40 350 105 100 105 4
    2962.77.065.065.0150 65 65 150 110 - - 2
    2962.77.065.065.0200 65 65 200 80 80 - 3
    2962.77.065.065.0250 65 65 250 105 105 - 3
    2962.77.065.065.0300 65 65 300 90 80 90 4
    2962.77.065.065.0350 65 65 350 105 105 105 4
    2962.77. Guide bar with two sliding surfaces, Bronze with solid lubricant
    subject to alterations
    Guide bar with four sliding surfaces, Bronze with solid lubricant
    l ±1
    l 3
    2
    l
    2
    l
    2
    l
    3
    l
    1
    l
    1
    l
    1
    l
    1
    l
    c
    ± 0,025
    b
    ± 0,025
    a
    300 0,02
    0,02/300
    2962.74.
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
    D219
    Order No a b c l l 1 l 2 l 3
    2962.74.015.010.075 10.3 15.3 6 75 25 6 3
    2962.74.015.010.100 10.3 15.3 6 100 25 6 3
    2962.74.015.010.125 10.3 15.3 6 125 25 6 3
    2962.74.015.010.150 10.3 15.3 6 150 25 6 3
    2962.74.015.010.175 10.3 15.3 6 175 25 6 3
    2962.74.015.010.200 10.3 15.3 6 200 25 6 3
    2962.74.015.010.225 10.3 15.3 6 225 25 6 3
    2962.74.015.010.250 10.3 15.3 6 250 25 6 3
    2962.74.015.010.275 10.3 15.3 6 275 25 6 3
    2962.74.015.010.300 10.3 15.3 6 300 25 6 3
    2962.74.025.015.105 15.3 25.3 8 105 35 8 4
    2962.74.025.015.140 15.3 25.3 8 140 35 8 4
    2962.74.025.015.175 15.3 25.3 8 175 35 8 4
    2962.74.025.015.210 15.3 25.3 8 210 35 8 4
    2962.74.025.015.245 15.3 25.3 8 245 35 8 4
    2962.74.025.015.280 15.3 25.3 8 280 35 8 4
    2962.74.025.015.315 15.3 25.3 8 315 35 8 4
    2962.74.025.015.350 15.3 25.3 8 350 35 8 4
    2962.74.025.015.385 15.3 25.3 8 385 35 8 4
    2962.74.025.015.420 15.3 25.3 8 420 35 8 4
    2962.74.025.015.455 15.3 25.3 8 455 35 8 4
    2962.74.025.015.490 15.3 25.3 8 490 35 8 4
    2962.74.035.025.135 25.3 35.3 12 135 45 10 5
    2962.74.035.025.180 25.3 35.3 12 180 45 10 5
    2962.74.035.025.225 25.3 35.3 12 225 45 10 5
    2962.74.035.025.270 25.3 35.3 12 270 45 10 5
    2962.74.035.025.315 25.3 35.3 12 315 45 10 5
    2962.74.035.025.360 25.3 35.3 12 360 45 10 5
    2962.74.035.025.405 25.3 35.3 12 405 45 10 5
    2962.74.035.025.450 25.3 35.3 12 450 45 10 5
    2962.74.035.025.495 25.3 35.3 12 495 45 10 5
    2962.74.045.035.165 35.3 45.3 16 165 55 12 6
    2962.74.045.035.220 35.3 45.3 16 220 55 12 6
    2962.74.045.035.275 35.3 45.3 16 275 55 12 6
    2962.74.045.035.330 35.3 45.3 16 330 55 12 6
    2962.74.045.035.385 35.3 45.3 16 385 55 12 6
    2962.74.045.035.440 35.3 45.3 16 440 55 12 6
    2962.74.045.035.495 35.3 45.3 16 495 55 12 6
    2962.74. Guide bar with four sliding surfaces, Bronze with
    solid lubricant
    subject to alterations
    Guide bar with one sliding surfaces, Bronze with solid lubricant
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant,
    oilless lubricating
    Note:
    Screws are not included.
    e 2 e 1 e 1
    e 1 e 1 25
    25
    a
    a
    e
    0,5x45°
    e
    ød
    ød
    R3
    0,02 0,02
    R3
    0,5x45°
    B
    A
    b +0,05
    +0,02
    s ±0,02 b +0,05
    +0,02
    s ±0,02
    2962.79.
    D220
    Order No Shape b s a e e 1 e 2 d
    Number of
    screw holes
    2962.79.030.040.150 A 30 40 150 20 50 - 14 3
    2962.79.030.040.200 A 30 40 200 20 75 - 14 3
    2962.79.030.040.250 B 30 40 250 20 75 50 14 4
    2962.79.040.040.150 A 40 40 150 20 50 - 14 3
    2962.79.040.040.200 A 40 40 200 20 75 - 14 3
    2962.79.040.040.250 B 40 40 250 20 75 50 14 4
    2962.79.045.050.150 A 45 50 150 25 50 - 18 3
    2962.79.045.050.200 A 45 50 200 25 75 - 18 3
    2962.79.045.050.250 B 45 50 250 25 75 50 18 4
    2962.79.055.050.150 A 55 50 150 25 50 - 18 3
    2962.79.055.050.200 A 55 50 200 25 75 - 18 3
    2962.79.055.050.250 B 55 50 250 25 75 50 18 4
    2962.79.060.050.150 A 60 50 150 25 50 - 18 3
    2962.79.060.050.200 A 60 50 200 25 75 - 18 3
    2962.79.060.050.250 B 60 50 250 25 75 50 18 4
    2962.79.070.050.150 A 70 50 150 25 50 - 18 3
    2962.79.070.050.200 A 70 50 200 25 75 - 18 3
    2962.79.070.050.250 B 70 50 250 25 75 50 18 4
    2962.79. Guide bar with one sliding surfaces, Bronze with solid
    lubricant
    subject to alterations
    Guide bar with three sliding surfaces, Bronze with solid lubricant
    b
    0
    -0,015
    0
    -0,2
    a s
    0
    -0,015
    2962.80.
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant,
    oilless lubricating
    D221
    Order No b s a
    2962.80.025.016.080 25 16 80
    2962.80.025.016.100 25 16 100
    2962.80.025.016.125 25 16 125
    2962.80.040.025.125 40 25 125
    2962.80.040.025.160 40 25 160
    2962.80.040.025.200 40 25 200
    2962.80.063.040.200 63 40 200
    2962.80.063.040.250 63 40 250
    2962.80.063.040.315 63 40 315
    2962.80. Guide bar with three sliding surfaces, Bronze with solid
    lubricant
    subject to alterations
    Guide bracket, Steel with solid lubricant, VDI 3387
    5 x 45°
    t
    c
    d
    1
    10
    15°
    r
    d
    2960.73.
    Material:
    Steel, surface hardened. Sliding
    faces with embedded solid lubri-
    cant.
    Note:
    Screws are not included.
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws
    DIN EN ISO 4762.
    45
    32
    5
    M16
    ø17
    1
    e
    1
    e
    f x 45°
    1
    l e
    e
    a
    a
    15°
    r
    15°
    r
    10
    10
    2
    l
    min. support
    2
    l
    min. support
    60
    60
    b f7
    f7
    b
    1
    l
    f x 45°
    2960.73.
    A B
    D222
    Order No Shape b a c l 1 l 2 e e 1 d d 1 f t r
    Number of
    screw holes
    2960.73.063.180.036 A 63 180 36 20 90 50 36 14 20 18 16 16 3
    2960.73.063.200.036 A 63 200 36 20 90 50 36 14 20 18 16 16 3
    2960.73.063.224.036 A 63 224 36 20 90 50 36 14 20 18 16 16 3
    2960.73.071.180.036 A 71 180 36 20 90 50 36 14 20 18 16 16 3
    2960.73.071.200.036 A 71 200 36 20 90 50 36 14 20 18 16 16 3
    2960.73.071.224.036 A 71 224 36 20 90 50 36 14 20 18 16 16 3
    2960.73.090.200.045 A 90 200 45 20 100 50 50 18 26 28 21 25 3
    2960.73.090.224.045 A 90 224 45 20 100 50 50 18 26 28 21 25 3
    2960.73.090.250.045 A 90 250 45 20 100 50 50 18 26 28 21 25 3
    2960.73.112.200.045 A 112 200 45 20 100 50 50 18 26 28 21 25 3
    2960.73.112.224.045 A 112 224 45 20 100 50 50 18 26 28 21 25 3
    2960.73.112.250.045 A 112 250 45 20 100 50 50 18 26 28 21 25 3
    2960.73.140.315.045 B 140 315 45 40 150 80 90 22 33 36 25.5 31.5 4
    2960.73.140.400.045 B 140 400 45 40 150 80 90 22 33 36 25.5 31.5 4
    2960.73.140.400.056 B 140 400 56 40 150 80 90 22 33 36 25.5 31.5 4
    2960.73.190.400.056 B 190 400 56 40 150 80 90 22 33 36 25.5 31.5 4
    2960.73.240.500.056 B 240 500 56 40 250 160 160 26 40 36 30.5 31.5 4
    2960.73.240.630.056 B 240 630 56 40 250 160 160 26 40 36 30.5 31.5 4
    2960.73. Guide bracket, Steel with solid lubricant, VDI 3387
    subject to alterations
    Guide bracket, Bronze with solid lubricant, VDI 3387
    45
    32
    5
    M16
    ø17
    1
    e
    1
    e
    f x 45°
    1
    l e
    e
    a
    a
    15°
    r
    15°
    r
    10
    10
    2
    l
    min. support
    2
    l
    min. support
    60
    60
    b f7
    f7
    b
    1
    l
    f x 45°
    2960.89.
    A B
    5 x 45°
    t
    c
    d
    1
    10
    15°
    r
    d
    2960.89.
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant,
    oilless lubricating
    Note:
    Screws are not included.
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws
    DIN EN ISO 4762.
    D223
    Order No Shape b a l 1 l 2 e e 1 d d 1 f c t r
    Number of
    screw holes
    2960.89.063.180 A 63 180 20 90 50 36 14 20 18 36 16 16 3
    2960.89.063.200 A 63 200 20 90 50 36 14 20 18 36 16 16 3
    2960.89.063.224 A 63 224 20 90 50 36 14 20 18 36 16 16 3
    2960.89.071.180 A 71 180 20 90 50 36 14 20 18 36 16 16 3
    2960.89.071.200 A 71 200 20 90 50 36 14 20 18 36 16 16 3
    2960.89.071.224 A 71 224 20 90 50 36 14 20 18 36 16 16 3
    2960.89.090.200 A 90 200 20 100 50 50 18 26 28 45 21 25 3
    2960.89.090.224 A 90 224 20 100 50 50 18 26 28 45 21 25 3
    2960.89.090.250 A 90 250 20 100 50 50 18 26 28 45 21 25 3
    2960.89.112.200 A 112 200 20 100 50 50 18 26 28 45 21 25 3
    2960.89.112.224 A 112 224 20 100 50 50 18 26 28 45 21 25 3
    2960.89.112.250 A 112 250 20 100 50 50 18 26 28 45 21 25 3
    2960.89.140.315 B 140 315 40 150 80 90 22 33 36 45 25.5 31.5 4
    2960.89.190.400 B 190 400 40 150 80 90 22 33 36 56 25.5 31.5 4
    2960.89.240.500 B 240 500 40 250 160 160 26 40 36 56 30.5 31.5 4
    2960.89.240.630 B 240 630 40 250 160 160 26 40 36 56 30.5 31.5 4
    2960.89. Guide bracket, Bronze with solid lubricant, VDI 3387
    subject to alterations
    Slide centre guide, Bronze with solid lubricant
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant,
    oilless lubricating
    Note:
    Screws are not included.
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws
    DIN EN ISO 4762 M12.
    25
    25
    A
    B
    50
    25
    13
    50
    25
    1
    l
    l -1,0
    0
    l -1,0
    0
    M8
    6 x 45°
    2 x 45°
    3 x 45°
    6 x 45°
    ø20
    ø14
    s -0,1
    0
    15
    c*
    b -0,02
    0
    1
    b
    2966.72.
    D224
    Order No Shape b l s b 1 l 1 c*
    Number of
    screw holes
    2966.72.030.100.030 A 30 100 30 15 - 18 2
    2966.72.030.150.030 A 30 150 30 15 - 18 2
    2966.72.030.200.030 B 30 200 30 15 100 18 3
    2966.72.030.250.030 B 30 250 30 15 125 18 3
    2966.72.030.300.030 B 30 300 30 15 150 18 3
    2966.72.030.350.030 B 30 350 30 15 175 18 3
    2966.72.040.100.030 A 40 100 30 20 - 18 2
    2966.72.040.150.030 A 40 150 30 20 - 18 2
    2966.72.040.200.030 B 40 200 30 20 100 18 3
    2966.72.040.250.030 B 40 250 30 20 125 18 3
    2966.72.040.300.030 B 40 300 30 20 150 18 3
    2966.72.040.350.030 B 40 350 30 20 175 18 3
    2966.72.040.100.040 A 40 100 40 20 - 20 2
    2966.72.040.150.040 A 40 150 40 20 - 20 2
    2966.72.040.200.040 B 40 200 40 20 100 20 3
    2966.72.040.250.040 B 40 250 40 20 125 20 3
    2966.72.040.300.040 B 40 300 40 20 150 20 3
    2966.72.040.350.040 B 40 350 40 20 175 20 3
    *Solid lubricant area
    2966.72. Slide centre guide, Bronze with solid lubricant
    subject to alterations
    Overrun Cam, Steel hardened, VDI 3357
    plug gauge
    h6
    ø16
    w
    radiused
    R25
    R3
    s ±0,01
    15
    20 e
    b
    a
    90
    45 20
    ø20
    ø13,5
    3x45°
    l
    t
    2960.90.
    Material:
    Steel, through-hardened
    Note:
    Screws are not included.
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws
    DIN EN ISO 4762 M12.
    2960.90.
    2960.91.
    Mounting example
    D225
    Order No b a s e t w l
    2960.90.100.170.045 100 170 45 60 30 20 143.37
    2960.90.125.170.045 125 170 45 85 30 20 143.37
    2960.90.150.170.045 150 170 45 110 30 20 143.37
    2960.90.200.170.045 200 170 45 160 30 20 143.37
    2960.90.100.150.045 100 150 45 60 30 30 127.86
    2960.90.100.170.060 100 170 60 60 45 30 127.86
    2960.90.125.150.045 125 150 45 85 30 30 127.86
    2960.90.125.170.060 125 170 60 85 45 30 127.86
    2960.90.150.150.045 150 150 45 110 30 30 127.86
    2960.90.150.170.060 150 170 60 110 45 30 127.86
    2960.90.200.150.045 200 150 45 160 30 30 127.86
    2960.90.200.170.060 200 170 60 160 45 30 127.86
    2960.90. Overrun Cam, Steel hardened, VDI 3357
    subject to alterations
    Overrun Cam, Steel hardened and gas nitrided, VDI 3357
    Material:
    Steel, through-hardened and gas
    nitrided
    Note:
    Screws are not included.
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws
    DIN EN ISO 4762 M12.
    2960.90.
    2960.91.
    plug gauge
    h6
    ø16
    w
    radiused
    R25
    R3
    s ±0,01
    15
    20 e
    b
    a
    90
    45 20
    ø20
    ø13,5
    3x45°
    l
    t
    2960.91.
    Mounting example
    D226
    Order No b a s e t w l
    2960.91.100.170.045 100 170 45 60 30 20 143.37
    2960.91.125.170.045 125 170 45 85 30 20 143.37
    2960.91.150.170.045 150 170 45 110 30 20 143.37
    2960.91.200.170.045 200 170 45 160 30 20 143.37
    2960.91.100.150.045 100 150 45 60 30 30 127.86
    2960.91.100.170.060 100 170 60 60 45 30 127.86
    2960.91.125.150.045 125 150 45 85 30 30 127.86
    2960.91.125.170.060 125 170 60 85 45 30 127.86
    2960.91.150.150.045 150 150 45 110 30 30 127.86
    2960.91.150.170.060 150 170 60 110 45 30 127.86
    2960.91.200.150.045 200 150 45 160 30 30 127.86
    2960.91.200.170.060 200 170 60 160 45 30 127.86
    2960.91. Overrun Cam, Steel hardened and gas nitrided, VDI 3357
    subject to alterations
    Overrun Cam, Bronze with solid lubricant, VDI 3357
    plug gauge
    h6
    ø16
    w
    radiused
    R25
    R3
    s ±0,01
    15
    20 e
    b
    a
    90
    45 20
    ø20
    ø13,5
    3x45°
    l
    t
    2960.92.
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant,
    oilless lubricating
    Note:
    Screws are not included.
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws
    DIN EN ISO 4762 M12.
    2960.92.
    2960.90.
    Mounting example
    D227
    Order No b a s e t w l
    2960.92.100.170.045 100 170 45 60 30 20 143.37
    2960.92.125.170.045 125 170 45 85 30 20 143.37
    2960.92.150.170.045 150 170 45 110 30 20 143.37
    2960.92.200.170.045 200 170 45 160 30 20 143.37
    2960.92.100.150.045 100 150 45 60 30 30 127.86
    2960.92.100.170.060 100 170 60 60 45 30 127.86
    2960.92.125.150.045 125 150 45 85 30 30 127.86
    2960.92.125.170.060 125 170 60 85 45 30 127.86
    2960.92.150.150.045 150 150 45 110 30 30 127.86
    2960.92.150.170.060 150 170 60 110 45 30 127.86
    2960.92.200.150.045 200 150 45 160 30 30 127.86
    2960.92.200.170.060 200 170 60 160 45 30 127.86
    2960.92. Overrun Cam, Bronze with solid lubricant, VDI 3357
    subject to alterations
    Angled guide gib, Bronze with solid lubricant
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
    Note:
    Screws are not included.
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762.
    e
    t
    d
    20
    l
    4
    e
    2
    e
    3
    e
    1
    e
    R2
    1
    a
    1
    d
    3
    a
    ±0,1
    4
    a
    +0,1
    +0,05
    2
    a
    2962.70.
    D228
    Order No a 1 a 2 l a 3 a 4 e e 1 e 2 e 3 e 4 d d 1 t
    Number of
    screw holes
    2962.70.026.100 26 20 100 8 10 9 60 - - - 15 9 9.6 2
    2962.70.026.150 26 20 150 8 10 9 55 55 - - 15 9 9.6 3
    2962.70.026.200 26 20 200 8 10 9 55 50 55 - 15 9 9.6 4
    2962.70.032.100 32 30 100 10 15 11 60 - - - - 11 - 2
    2962.70.032.150 32 30 150 10 15 11 55 55 - - - 11 - 3
    2962.70.032.200 32 30 200 10 15 11 55 50 55 - - 11 - 4
    2962.70.032.250 32 30 250 10 15 11 70 70 70 - - 11 - 4
    2962.70.050.200 50 45 200 22 25 14 55 50 55 - 18 11 25 4
    2962.70.050.250 50 45 250 22 25 14 70 70 70 - 18 11 25 4
    2962.70.050.300 50 45 300 22 25 14 65 65 65 65 18 11 25 5
    2962.70.050.350 50 45 350 22 25 14 80 75 75 80 18 11 25 5
    2962.70. Angled guide gib, Bronze with solid lubricant
    subject to alterations
    Angled guide gib, Bronze with solid lubricant, CNOMO
    40
    40
    b
    28
    a
    d
    c
    R3,5
    ø18
    ø11
    16 ± 0,1
    13
    R2
    R1
    20 ±0,01
    2962.70.45.
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
    Note:
    Screws are not included.
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 M10.
    D229
    Order No a b c d
    Number of
    screw holes
    2962.70.45.040.160 160 15 145 - 2
    2962.70.45.040.250 250 15 145 225 3
    2962.70.45. Angled guide gib, Bronze with solid lubricant, CNOMO
    subject to alterations
    Angled guide gib, Bronze with solid lubricant
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
    b l
    h
    r
    1
    1
    b
    ±0,1
    1
    h
    +0,05
    +0,1
    2962.71.
    D230
    Order No b h b 1 h 1 l l l
    305 605 1005
    2962.71.020.012.0305 20 12 5 6 ●
    2962.71.025.015.0305 25 15 7 8 ●
    2962.71.030.020.0305 30 20 9 12 ●
    2962.71.032.030.0605 32 30 10 15 ● ●
    2962.71.035.035.0605 35 35 12 24 ● ●
    2962.71.050.045.0605 50 45 22 25 ● ●
    2962.71.050.050.0605 50 50 16 34 ● ●
    2962.71. Angled guide gib, Bronze with solid lubricant
    subject to alterations
    Angled guide gib, Bronze with solid lubricant
    b l
    h
    1
    b
    +0,5
    1
    h
    +0,05
    +0,1
    2962.72.
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
    D231
    Order No b h b 1 h 1 l l l
    205 320 605
    2962.72.015.012.0205 15 12 5 5 ●
    2962.72.020.017.0205 20 17 5 7 ● ●
    2962.72.020.022.0205 20 22 5 7 ● ●
    2962.72.028.027.0205 28 27 8 10 ● ● ●
    2962.72.028.036.0205 28 36 8 10 ● ● ●
    2962.72.028.046.0205 28 46 8 10 ● ● ●
    2962.72.040.066.0205 40 66 12 22 ● ● ●
    2962.72.040.086.0205 40 86 12 26 ● ● ●
    2962.72. Angled guide gib, Bronze with solid lubricant
    subject to alterations
    Angled guide gib, Bronze with solid lubricant
    Provide
    shoulders
    to support
    angle guide
    for high
    transverse
    forces
    Aligne
    this side
    only
    Flat guide bar
    Slide
    Mounting example
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
    Note:
    Screws are not included.
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762.
    2962.73.
    d
    l
    R1
    Through-
    holes
    for screws
    Aligning surface
    e
    g
    f
    c
    b
    1
    h
    1
    b
    3
    b
    2
    b
    3
    h
    2
    h
    D232
    Order No b 1 h 1 l b 2 b 3 h 2 h 3 b c e f g d
    Number of
    screw holes
    2962.73.025.125 25 15.5 125 18 9 8.5 6 27.5 - - - 97.5 9 2
    2962.73.025.160 25 15.5 160 18 9 8.5 6 27.5 - - - 132.5 9 2
    2962.73.032.125 32 30.5 125 22 11 15.5 9 27.5 - - - 97.5 11 2
    2962.73.032.160 32 30.5 160 22 11 15.5 9 27.5 - - - 132.5 11 2
    2962.73.032.200 32 30.5 200 22 11 15.5 9 27.5 - - - 172.5 11 2
    2962.73.045.100 45 50.5 100 30 15 34.5 18 27.5 - - - 72.5 13.5 2
    2962.73.045.160 45 50.5 160 30 15 34.5 18 27.5 - - - 132.5 13.5 2
    2962.73.055.100 55 55.5 100 37 20 39.5 23 27.5 - - - 72.5 13.5 2
    2962.73.055.160 55 55.5 160 37 20 39.5 23 27.5 - - - 132.5 13.5 2
    2962.73.070.160 70 75.5 160 50 30 55.5 35 35 - - - 125 17.5 2
    2962.73.070.200 70 75.5 200 50 30 55.5 35 35 - - - 165 17.5 2
    2962.73.070.250 70 75.5 250 50 30 55.5 35 35 - 125 - 215 17.5 3
    2962.73.070.400 70 75.5 400 50 30 55.5 35 35 125 200 275 365 17.5 5
    2962.73.085.160 85 90.5 160 63 38 65.5 45 42.5 - - - 117.5 22 2
    2962.73.085.200 85 90.5 200 63 38 65.5 45 42.5 - - - 157.5 22 2
    2962.73.085.250 85 90.5 250 63 38 65.5 45 42.5 - 125 - 207.5 22 3
    2962.73.085.400 85 90.5 400 63 38 65.5 45 42.5 125 200 275 357.5 22 5
    2962.73. Angled guide gib, Bronze with solid lubricant
    subject to alterations
    Angled guide gib, Bronze with solid lubricant
    h
    -0,1
    R0,4
    b 1 +0,02
    h -0,015
    b
    h 2
    -0,015 1
    l
    0
    -0,2
    2962.81.
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
    D233
    Order No h b l h 1 h 2 b 1
    2962.81.016.115.040 16 11.5 40 12 4 6
    2962.81.016.115.050 16 11.5 50 12 4 6
    2962.81.016.115.063 16 11.5 63 12 4 6
    2962.81.016.115.080 16 11.5 80 12 4 6
    2962.81.016.155.050 16 15.5 50 11 5 8
    2962.81.016.155.063 16 15.5 63 11 5 8
    2962.81.016.155.080 16 15.5 80 11 5 8
    2962.81.016.155.100 16 15.5 100 11 5 8
    2962.81.020.195.063 20 19.5 63 15 5 8
    2962.81.020.195.080 20 19.5 80 15 5 8
    2962.81.020.195.100 20 19.5 100 15 5 8
    2962.81.020.195.125 20 19.5 125 15 5 8
    2962.81.020.245.080 20 24.5 80 15 5 8
    2962.81.020.245.100 20 24.5 100 15 5 8
    2962.81.020.245.125 20 24.5 125 15 5 8
    2962.81.020.245.160 20 24.5 160 15 5 8
    2962.81.025.315.100 25 31.5 100 19 6 10
    2962.81.025.315.125 25 31.5 125 19 6 10
    2962.81.025.315.160 25 31.5 160 19 6 10
    2962.81.025.315.200 25 31.5 200 19 6 10
    2962.81.025.395.125 25 39.5 125 19 6 10
    2962.81.025.395.160 25 39.5 160 19 6 10
    2962.81.025.395.200 25 39.5 200 19 6 10
    2962.81.025.395.250 25 39.5 250 19 6 10
    2962.81.032.495.160 32 49.5 160 24 8 12
    2962.81.032.495.200 32 49.5 200 24 8 12
    2962.81.032.495.250 32 49.5 250 24 8 12
    2962.81.032.495.315 32 49.5 315 24 8 12
    2962.81. Angled guide gib, Bronze with solid lubricant
    subject to alterations
    Angled guide gib, Bronze with solid lubricant
    Provide
    shoulders
    to support
    angle guide
    for high
    transverse
    forces
    Aligne
    this side
    only
    Flat guide bar
    Slide
    Mounting example
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
    Note:
    Screws and pins are not included.
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 and dowel pins DIN 7979.
    d
    h
    g
    f
    e
    b
    c
    a
    l
    Through-
    holes
    for screws
    t
    R2
    1
    a
    2
    d
    d
    4
    a
    5
    a
    2
    a
    1
    e
    1
    d
    H7
    3
    a
    2962.82.
    D234
    Order No a 1 a 2 l a 3 a 4 a 5 a b c e e 1 f g h d d 1 d 2 t
    Number of
    screw holes
    2962.82.055.100 55 55 100 37 39 23 10 27.5 - - 20 - 72.5 90 13.5 10 11 30 2
    2962.82.055.160 55 55 160 37 39 23 10 27.5 - - 20 - 132.5 150 13.5 10 11 30 2
    2962.82.070.160 70 75 160 50 55 35 12.5 35 - - 30 - 125 147.5 17.5 12 13 30 2
    2962.82.070.200 70 75 200 50 55 35 12.5 35 - - 30 - 165 187.5 17.5 12 13 30 2
    2962.82.070.250 70 75 250 50 55 35 12.5 35 - 125 30 - 215 237.5 17.5 12 13 30 3
    2962.82.070.400 70 75 400 50 55 35 12.5 35 125 200 30 275 365 387.5 17.5 12 13 30 5
    2962.82.085.160 85 90 160 63 65 45 15 42.5 - - 38 - 117.5 145 22 16 17 30 2
    2962.82.085.200 85 90 200 63 65 45 15 42.5 - - 38 - 157.5 185 22 16 17 30 2
    2962.82.085.250 85 90 250 63 65 45 15 42.5 - 125 38 - 207.5 235 22 16 17 30 3
    2962.82.085.400 85 90 400 63 65 45 15 42.5 125 200 38 275 357.5 385 22 16 17 30 5
    2962.82. Angled guide gib, Bronze with solid lubricant
    subject to alterations
    Angled guide gib, Bronze with solid lubricant
    +0,7
    d
    d
    H7
    F7
    d
    l 2 ±0,1
    l 3 ±0,01
    l 1 -0,2
    1
    l 4
    3
    h
    2
    t
    3
    t
    h 2
    t 1 ±0,1
    2
    3
    g6
    b
    d
    +1
    3
    R Z 6,3
    R Z 6,3
    B
    A
    l 4
    2962.83.
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
    Note:
    Screws and pins are not included.
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 and
    dowel pins DIN 7979.
    D235
    Order No Shape b h 1 * h 2 l 1 h 3 t 1 l 2 l 3 l 4 d 1 d 2 d 3 t 2 t 3
    Number of
    screw holes
    2962.83.016.012.050 A 16 12 11 50 4 5 34 14 9.5 10 5.5 5 5.7 - 2
    2962.83.016.012.071 A 16 12 11 71 4 5 55 35 9.5 10 5.5 5 5.7 - 2
    2962.83.016.012.090 B 16 12 11 90 4 5 74 54 9.5 10 5.5 5 5.7 - 3
    2962.83.020.020.080 A 20 20 19 80 5 5 64 40 12 11 6.6 6 6.8 9.5 2
    2962.83.020.020.100 A 20 20 19 100 5 5 84 60 12 11 6.6 6 6.8 9.5 2
    2962.83.020.020.125 B 20 20 19 125 5 5 109 85 12 11 6.6 6 6.8 9.5 3
    2962.83.025.032.100 A 25 32 31 100 6 6 80 50 15.5 15 9 8 9 19 2
    2962.83.025.032.125 A 25 32 31 125 6 6 105 75 15.5 15 9 8 9 19 2
    2962.83.025.032.160 B 25 32 31 160 6 6 140 110 15.5 15 9 8 9 19 3
    2962.83.030.050.125 A 30 50 49 125 8 7 95 55 18 18 11 10 11 34 2
    2962.83.030.050.160 A 30 50 49 160 8 7 130 90 18 18 11 10 11 34 2
    2962.83.030.050.200 B 30 50 49 200 8 7 170 130 18 18 11 10 11 34 3
    *h 1 = Nominal ordering height
    2962.83. Angled guide gib, Bronze with solid lubricant
    subject to alterations
    T-Guide bar, Bronze with solid lubricant
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant,
    oilless lubricating
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant,
    oilless lubricating
    + 0,05
    + 0,05
    c
    + 0,1
    l
    a -0,2
    + 0,1
    h
    - 0,2
    b
    0,02/300
    2964.77.
    -0,2
    + 0,05
    c
    + 0,2
    + 0,1
    + 0,05
    l
    a
    + 0,1
    + 0,05 h
    b
    0,02/300
    2964.78.
    D236
    Order No a b c h l
    2964.77.012.018.0350 12 18 8 5 350
    2964.77.025.022.0350 25 22 12 15 350
    2964.77.035.028.0350 35 28 18 20 350
    Order No a b c h l
    2964.78.012.018.0350 12 18 8 5 350
    2964.78.025.022.0350 25 22 12 15 350
    2964.78.035.028.0350 35 28 18 20 350
    2964.77.
    2964.78.
    T-Guide bar, Bronze with solid lubricant
    T-Guide bar, Bronze with solid lubricant
    subject to alterations
    Sliding block, Bronze with solid lubricant, NAAMS
    Prismatic guide, Steel, NAAMS
    d 1
    t
    h
    3x45°
    25
    120°
    l
    50
    e 1 e 1
    5x45°
    (h 1 )
    d
    Screws M12
    *Screws M16
    DIN EN ISO 4762
    G6
    ø12
    Holes for pins
    G6
    *16 / Reference face
    h 3
    e ±0,01
    b ±0,026
    2963.82.
    (h 1 )
    t
    h
    h 2
    120°
    10
    l
    50
    25 e 1 e 1
    5x45°
    3x45°
    d 1
    d
    G6
    ø12
    Holes for pins pre-drilled to
    G6
    *16 /
    Screws M12
    *Screws M16
    DIN EN ISO 4762
    Reference face
    h 3
    e ±0,01
    b ±0,026
    2963.83.
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant,
    oilless lubricating
    Note:
    Screws and pins are not included.
    * at 2963.82.125.
    Material:
    Steel, sliding faces surface
    hardened
    Note:
    Screws and pins are not included.
    * at 2963.83.125.
    D237
    Order No b h (h 1 ) h 3 l e 1 e d d 1 t
    Number of
    screw holes
    2963.82.065.039.0150 65 39 (42) 65 150 100 50 20 13.5 13 2
    2963.82.065.039.0200 65 39 (42) 65 200 150 100 20 13.5 13 2
    2963.82.065.039.0250 65 39 (42) 65 250 100 150 20 13.5 13 3
    2963.82.065.039.0300 65 39 (42) 65 300 125 200 20 13.5 13 3
    2963.82.075.039.0150 75 39 (42) 65 150 100 50 20 13.5 13 2
    2963.82.075.039.0200 75 39 (42) 65 200 150 100 20 13.5 13 2
    2963.82.075.039.0250 75 39 (42) 65 250 100 150 20 13.5 13 3
    2963.82.075.039.0300 75 39 (42) 65 300 125 200 20 13.5 13 3
    2963.82.125.052.0150 125 52 (57) 85 150 100 50 26 17.5 15 2
    2963.82.125.052.0200 125 52 (57) 85 200 150 100 26 17.5 15 2
    2963.82.125.052.0250 125 52 (57) 85 250 100 150 26 17.5 15 3
    2963.82.125.052.0300 125 52 (57) 85 300 125 200 26 17.5 15 3
    Order No b h (h 1 ) h 2 h 3 l e e 1 d d 1 t
    Number of
    screw holes
    2963.83.065.040.0150 65 40 (23) 21 65 150 50 100 20 13.5 10 2
    2963.83.065.040.0200 65 40 (23) 21 65 200 100 150 20 13.5 10 2
    2963.83.065.040.0250 65 40 (23) 21 65 250 150 100 20 13.5 10 3
    2963.83.065.040.0300 65 40 (23) 21 65 300 200 125 20 13.5 10 3
    2963.83.075.040.0150 75 40 (23) 21 65 150 50 100 20 13.5 10 2
    2963.83.075.040.0200 75 40 (23) 21 65 200 100 150 20 13.5 10 2
    2963.83.075.040.0250 75 40 (23) 21 65 250 150 100 20 13.5 10 3
    2963.83.075.040.0300 75 40 (23) 21 65 300 200 125 20 13.5 10 3
    2963.83.125.060.0150 125 60 (28) 27 85 150 50 100 26 17.5 15 2
    2963.83.125.060.0200 125 60 (28) 27 85 200 100 150 26 17.5 15 2
    2963.83.125.060.0250 125 60 (28) 27 85 250 150 100 26 17.5 15 3
    2963.83.125.060.0300 125 60 (28) 27 85 300 200 125 26 17.5 15 3
    2963.82.
    2963.83. Prismatic guide, Steel, NAAMS
    Sliding block, Bronze with solid lubricant, NAAMS
    subject to alterations
    Sliding block, Bronze with solid lubricant, VDI 3357
    Prismatic guide, Steel, VDI 3357
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant,
    oilless lubricating
    Note:
    Screws and pins are not included.
    * at 2963.84.125.
    Material:
    Steel, sliding faces surface
    hardened
    Note:
    Screws and pins are not included.
    * at 2963.85.125.
    h
    t
    d 1
    d
    H7
    ø12
    Holes for pins
    25
    l
    55
    5x45°
    e 1 e 1
    3x45°
    120°
    Screws M12
    *Screws M16
    DIN EN ISO 4762
    H7
    *16 /
    (h 1 ) e ±0,01
    b h6
    h 3
    rotating
    2963.84.
    d 1
    Screws M12
    *Screws M16
    DIN EN ISO 4762
    h
    d
    t
    10
    e 1 25 e 1
    l
    55
    5x45°
    3x45°
    (h 1 )
    h 2
    H7
    ø12
    Holes for pins
    H7
    *16 /
    e ±0,01
    b h6
    120°
    h 3
    rotating
    2963.85.
    D238
    Order No b h (h 1 ) h 3 l e e 1 d d 1 t
    Number of
    screw holes
    2963.84.065.044.0150 65 44 (47) 65 150 45 100 20 13.5 20 2
    2963.84.065.044.0200 65 44 (47) 65 200 95 150 20 13.5 20 2
    2963.84.065.044.0250 65 44 (47) 65 250 145 100 20 13.5 20 3
    2963.84.065.044.0300 65 44 (47) 65 300 195 125 20 13.5 20 3
    2963.84.125.047.0150 125 47 (52) 85 150 45 100 26 17.5 15 2
    2963.84.125.047.0200 125 47 (52) 85 200 95 150 26 17.5 15 2
    2963.84.125.047.0250 125 47 (52) 85 250 145 100 26 17.5 15 3
    2963.84.125.047.0300 125 47 (52) 85 300 195 125 26 17.5 15 3
    2963.84.125.052.0150 125 52 (57) 85 150 45 100 26 17.5 15 2
    2963.84.125.052.0200 125 52 (57) 85 200 95 150 26 17.5 15 2
    2963.84.125.052.0250 125 52 (57) 85 250 145 100 26 17.5 15 3
    2963.84.125.052.0300 125 52 (57) 85 300 195 125 26 17.5 15 3
    Order No b h (h 1 ) h 2 h 3 l e e 1 d d 1 t
    Number of
    screw holes
    2963.85.065.035.0150 65 35 (18) 17 65 150 45 100 20 13.5 8 2
    2963.85.065.035.0200 65 35 (18) 17 65 200 95 150 20 13.5 8 2
    2963.85.065.035.0250 65 35 (18) 17 65 250 145 100 20 13.5 8 3
    2963.85.065.035.0300 65 35 (18) 17 65 300 195 125 20 13.5 8 3
    2963.85.125.060.0150 125 60 (33) 32 85 150 45 100 26 17.5 15 2
    2963.85.125.060.0200 125 60 (33) 32 85 200 95 150 26 17.5 15 2
    2963.85.125.060.0250 125 60 (33) 32 85 250 145 100 26 17.5 15 3
    2963.85.125.060.0300 125 60 (33) 32 85 300 195 125 26 17.5 15 3
    2963.85.125.060.0150.1 125 60 (28) 27 85 150 45 100 26 17.5 15 2
    2963.85.125.060.0200.1 125 60 (28) 27 85 200 95 150 26 17.5 15 2
    2963.85.125.060.0250.1 125 60 (28) 27 85 250 145 100 26 17.5 15 3
    2963.85.125.060.0300.1 125 60 (28) 27 85 300 195 125 26 17.5 15 3
    2963.84.
    2963.85. Prismatic guide, Steel, VDI 3357
    Sliding block, Bronze with solid lubricant, VDI 3357
    subject to alterations
    Prismatic guide, Bronze with solid lubricant
    Sliding block, Steel
    H7
    2 x ø10
    65
    l
    e 1 e
    35
    (18)
    7
    15
    120°
    ø17,5
    ø11
    e e 1
    11
    e ±0,01
    2
    h 3
    2963.70.
    ø14
    15
    65
    l
    e e 1
    (47)
    44
    ø17,5
    ø11
    20
    120°
    e 1 e
    10
    H7
    2 x ø10
    e ±0,01
    2
    h 3
    2963.71.
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant,
    oilless lubricating
    Note:
    Screws and pins are not included.
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws
    DIN EN ISO 4762 M10.
    Material:
    Steel, sliding faces surface
    hardened
    Note:
    Screws and pins are not included.
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws
    DIN EN ISO 4762 M10.
    D239
    Order No e e 1 e 2 h 3 l
    Number of
    screw holes
    2963.70.065.035.0100 20 60 20 65 100 2
    2963.70.065.035.0150 25 50 50 65 150 3
    2963.70.065.035.0200 25 50 100 65 200 4
    2963.70.065.035.0250 25 50 150 65 250 5
    2963.70.065.035.0300 25 50 200 65 300 6
    Order No e e 1 e 2 h 3 l
    Number of
    screw holes
    2963.71.065.044.0100 20 60 20 65 100 2
    2963.71.065.044.0150 25 50 50 65 150 3
    2963.71.065.044.0200 25 50 100 65 200 4
    2963.71.065.044.0250 25 50 150 65 250 5
    2963.71.065.044.0300 25 50 200 65 300 6
    2963.70.
    2963.71. Sliding block, Steel
    Prismatic guide, Bronze with solid lubricant
    subject to alterations
    Prismatic guide, Bronze with solid lubricant
    Sliding block, Steel
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant,
    oilless lubricating
    Note:
    Screws and pins are not included.
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws
    DIN EN ISO 4762 M12.
    Material:
    Steel, sliding faces surface
    hardened
    Note:
    Screws and pins are not included.
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws
    DIN EN ISO 4762 M12.
    (18)
    13
    ø10 (2x)
    ø20 (6x)
    ø13 (6x)
    120
    90
    e 1 50
    25
    e e
    l
    15
    120°
    10
    35
    H7
    2963.72.
    13
    ø20 (6x)
    ø13 (6x)
    (47)
    3x45°
    44
    25
    120°
    55
    120
    90
    e 1 50
    25 e e
    l
    ø10 (2x)
    H7
    2963.73.
    D240
    Order No l e e 1
    Number of
    screw holes
    2963.72.120.035.0150 150 50 50 6
    2963.72.120.035.0200 200 75 100 6
    2963.72.120.035.0250 250 100 150 6
    2963.72.120.035.0300 300 125 200 6
    Order No l e e 1
    Number of
    screw holes
    2963.73.120.044.0150 150 50 50 6
    2963.73.120.044.0200 200 75 100 6
    2963.73.120.044.0250 250 100 150 6
    2963.73.120.044.0300 300 125 200 6
    2963.72.
    2963.73. Sliding block, Steel
    Prismatic guide, Bronze with solid lubricant
    subject to alterations D241
    subject to alterations
    Prismatic guide, Steel
    Material:
    Steel, sliding faces surface hardened
    Note:
    Screws and pins are not included.
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 M12.
    (16)
    Socket cap screws
    Holes for pins pre-drilled
    to ø11,8
    Holes for pins pre-drilled
    to ø11,8
    150
    82
    82
    13
    14
    57
    ø14
    ø22
    25
    90°
    95
    60 30 30 15
    l
    20
    e e 1 e 1 e
    Holes for pins pre-drilled
    to ø11,8
    200
    82
    20 25 110 25
    Socket cap screws
    Socket cap screws
    2963.81.
    A
    B C
    D242
    Order No Shape l e e 1
    Number of
    screw holes
    2963.81.095.057.0150 B 150 30 - 2
    2963.81.095.057.0200 C 200 25 - 2
    2963.81.095.057.0250 A 250 25 80 3
    2963.81.095.057.0300 A 300 30 100 3
    2963.81. Prismatic guide, Steel
    subject to alterations
    Sliding block, Bronze with solid lubricant
    (58)
    ø14
    ø11,8
    13
    ø22
    ø14
    150
    Holes for pins pre-drilled
    80
    90°
    18
    60 30 30 15
    l
    20
    e e 1 e 1
    25
    47
    e
    80
    Holes for pins pre-drilled
    200
    Holes for pins pre-drilled
    80
    20 25 110 25
    Socket cap screws Socket cap screws
    Socket cap screws
    2963.80.
    A
    B C
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
    Note:
    Screws and pins are not included.
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 M12.
    D243
    Order No Shape l e e 1
    Number of
    screw holes
    2963.80.080.047.0150 B 150 30 - 2
    2963.80.080.047.0200 C 200 25 - 2
    2963.80.080.047.0250 A 250 25 80 3
    2963.80.080.047.0300 A 300 30 100 3
    2963.80. Sliding block, Bronze with solid lubricant
    subject to alterations
    Single-sided prismatic guide, Bronze with solid lubricant
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
    Note:
    Matching single-sided prismatic sliding blocks
    2965.83.
    Screws and pins are not included.
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 M12.
    15
    45°
    ø14
    Holes for pins pre-drilled
    ø11,8
    15
    60
    20
    e e 1 e 1 25
    15
    47
    e
    60
    Holes ø14
    Holes ø14
    Holes for pins pre-drilled
    Holes for pins pre-drilled
    60
    Holes ø14
    20
    2965.81.
    A
    B C
    l
    e e e
    l
    1 1
    l
    e e e
    D244
    Order No Shape l e e 1
    Number of
    screw holes
    2965.81.060.047.0150 B 150 30 60 2
    2965.81.060.047.0200 C 200 25 110 3
    2965.81.060.047.0250 A 250 25 80 3
    2965.81.060.047.0300 A 300 30 100 3
    2965.81. Single-sided prismatic guide, Bronze with solid lubricant
    subject to alterations
    Single-sided prismatic sliding block, Steel
    Holes for pins pre-drilled
    15
    60
    20
    e e 1 e 1 e
    60
    Holes ø14
    Holes ø14
    Holes for pins pre-drilled
    15
    45°
    ø14
    ø11,8
    25
    15
    47
    Holes for pins pre-drilled
    60
    Holes ø14
    20
    2965.83.
    A
    B C
    l
    e e e
    l
    1
    e 1
    l
    e e
    Material:
    Steel, sliding faces surface hardened
    Note:
    Matching single-sided prismatic guides
    2965.81.
    Screws and pins are not included.
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 M12.
    D245
    Order No Shape l e e 1
    Number of
    screw holes
    2965.83.060.047.0150 B 150 30 60 2
    2965.83.060.047.0200 C 200 25 110 3
    2965.83.060.047.0250 A 250 25 80 3
    2965.83.060.047.0300 A 300 30 100 3
    2965.83. Single-sided prismatic sliding block, Steel
    subject to alterations
    Single-sided prismatic guide, Bronze with solid lubricant, CNOMO
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
    Note:
    Matching single-sided prismatic sliding blocks
    2965.82.45.
    Screws and pins are not included.
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 M10.
    12
    3x45°
    A
    45°
    135
    25
    25
    225
    125
    l
    l
    g
    l
    h
    p
    13
    25
    ø18
    ø11
    B
    2965.80.45.
    D246
    Order No Shape l g h l p
    Number of
    screw holes
    2965.80.45.060.045.160 A 60 45 160 50 2
    2965.80.45.060.045.250 B 60 45 250 50 3
    2965.80.45.080.060.160 A 80 60 160 80 2
    2965.80.45.080.060.250 B 80 60 250 80 3
    2965.80.45. Single-sided prismatic guide, Bronze with solid lubricant, CNOMO
    subject to alterations
    Single-sided prismatic sliding block, Steel, CNOMO
    12
    3x45°
    A
    45°
    135
    25
    25
    225
    125
    l
    l
    g
    l
    h
    p
    13
    25
    ø18
    ø11
    B
    2965.82.45.
    Material:
    Steel, sliding faces surface hardened
    Note:
    Matching single-sided prismatic guides
    2965.80.45.
    Screws and pins are not included.
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 M10.
    D247
    Order No Shape l g h l p
    Number of
    screw holes
    2965.82.45.060.045.160 A 60 45 160 50 2
    2965.82.45.060.045.250 B 60 45 250 50 3
    2965.82.45.080.060.160 A 80 60 160 80 2
    2965.82.45.080.060.250 B 80 60 250 80 3
    2965.82.45. Single-sided prismatic sliding block, Steel, CNOMO
    subject to alterations
    Single-sided prismatic guide, Bronze with solid lubricant
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
    Note:
    Matching single-sided prismatic sliding blocks
    2965.82.
    Screws and pins are not included.
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 M12.
    20
    13
    Holes for pins pre-drilled
    45°
    57
    9
    88
    20
    e
    1
    e e 25
    ø14
    ø11,8
    ø22
    ø14
    20
    Socket cap screws
    15
    88
    Holes for pins pre-drilled
    88
    Holes for pins pre-drilled
    Socket cap screws
    Socket cap screws
    l
    1 1
    e
    2965.80.
    A
    B C
    e e e
    l
    e e e
    l
    1 1
    D248
    Order No Shape l e e 1
    Number of
    screw holes
    2965.80.088.057.0150 B 150 30 60 2
    2965.80.088.057.0200 C 200 25 110 3
    2965.80.088.057.0250 A 250 25 80 3
    2965.80.088.057.0300 A 300 30 100 3
    2965.80. Single-sided prismatic guide, Bronze with solid lubricant
    subject to alterations
    Single-sided prismatic sliding block, Steel
    20
    Holes for pins pre-drilled
    88
    15
    20
    e
    1 1
    e
    88
    Holes for pins pre-drilled
    20
    13
    45°
    57
    9
    25
    ø14
    ø11,8
    ø22
    ø14
    88
    Holes for pins pre-drilled
    Socket cap screws Socket cap screws
    Socket cap screws
    e e
    l
    2965.82.
    A
    B C
    e e
    l
    e e e
    1
    e 1
    l
    Material:
    Steel, sliding faces surface hardened
    Note:
    Matching single-sided prismatic guides
    2965.80.
    Screws and pins are not included.
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 M12.
    D249
    Order No Shape l e e 1
    Number of
    screw holes
    2965.82.088.057.0150 B 150 30 60 2
    2965.82.088.057.0200 C 200 25 110 3
    2965.82.088.057.0250 A 250 25 80 3
    2965.82.088.057.0300 A 300 30 100 3
    2965.82. Single-sided prismatic sliding block, Steel
    2960.79.
    1
    1
    2960.72.
    2960.71.
    2960.70.
    2960.72.
    2960.71.
    2960.70.
    2960.74.
    2960.76.
    2960.79.
    2960.74.
    2960.76.
    2
    2960.72.
    2960.71.
    2960.70.
    1
    2960.73.
    2960.74.
    2960.76.
    2960.79.
    2960.87.
    2960.72.
    2960.71.
    2960.70.
    1
    1
    2960.72.
    2960.71.
    2960.70.
    2
    2052.70.
    2960.74.
    2960.76.
    2960.79.
    2960.74.
    2960.76.
    2960.79.
    2102.70.
    3
    2073.45.
    4
    2960.87.
    subject to alterations
    Mounting Examples
    Oilless Guide Elements
    Pos. 1
    2960.70. Sliding Pad ISO
    2960.71. Sliding Pad VDI
    2960.72. Sliding Pad, small dimensions
    2960.74. Sliding Pad AFNOR
    2960.76. Sliding Pad
    2960.79. Sliding Pad to NAAMS
    Pos. 1
    2960.70. Sliding Pad ISO
    2960.71. Sliding Pad VDI
    2960.72. Sliding Pad, small dimensions
    2960.74. Sliding Pad AFNOR
    2960.76. Sliding Pad
    2960.79. Sliding Pad to NAAMS
    2960.87. Sliding Pad VDI
    Pos. 2
    2960.73. Guide Bracket VDI
    Pos. 1
    2960.70. Sliding Pad ISO
    2960.71. Sliding Pad VDI
    2960.72. Sliding Pad,
     small dimensions
    2960.74. Sliding Pad AFNOR
    2960.76. Sliding Pad
    2960.79. Sliding Pad to NAAMS
    2960.87. Sliding Pad VDI
    Pos. 2
    2052.70. Oilless Guide Bushes
    Pos. 3
    2102.70. Guide Bushes with collar AFNOR
    Pos. 4
    2073.45. Securing Flange
    D250
    5
    2073.45.
    6
    2960.72.
    2960.71.
    2960.70.
    2960.74.
    2961.70.
    3
    2960.90.
    4
    2102.70.
    7
    2960.72.
    2961.70.
    2960.92.
    2
    2960.91.
    1
    2960.70.
    2960.72.
    2960.72.
    1
    2962.70.
    2962.73.
    1
    2962.70.
    2962.73.
    2
    2961.70.
    2
    2961.70.
    3
    2961.79.
    3
    2961.74.
    4 4
    2960.72.
    2961.70.
    2960.72.
    2961.70.
    2961.81.
    2961.78.
    2961.74.
    2961.79.
    2961.81.
    2961.75.
    subject to alterations
    Mounting Examples
    Oilless Guide Elements
    Pos. 1
    2960.70. Sliding Pad ISO
    Pos. 2
    2960.91. Overrun Cam to VDI
    Pos. 3
    2960.90. Overrun cam to VDI
    2960.92. Overrun cam to VDI
    Pos. 4
    2102.70. Guide Bushe with collar
     AFNOR
    Pos. 5
    2073.45. Securing Flange
    Pos. 6
    2960.70. Sliding Pad ISO
    2960.71. Sliding Pad VDI
    2960.72. Sliding Pad,
     small dimensions
    2960.74. Sliding Pad AFNOR
    2961.70. Flat Guide Bar
    Pos. 7
    2960.72. Sliding Pad, small dimensions
    2961.70. Flat Guide Bar
    Pos. 1
    2962.70. Angled Guide Gib
    2962.73. Angled Guide Gib
    Pos. 2
    2960.72. Sliding Pad, small dimensions
    2961.70. Flat Guide Bar
    2961.75.
    Pos. 3
    2961.74. Retaining Plate to VDI
    2961.79.
    2961.81.
    Pos. 4
    2960.72. Sliding Pad, small dimensions
    2961.70. Flat Guide Bar
    2960.79.
    1
    1
    2960.72.
    2960.71.
    2960.70.
    2960.72.
    2960.71.
    2960.70.
    2960.74.
    2960.76.
    2960.79.
    2960.74.
    2960.76.
    2
    2960.72.
    2960.71.
    2960.70.
    1
    2960.73.
    2960.74.
    2960.76.
    2960.79.
    2960.87.
    2960.72.
    2960.71.
    2960.70.
    1
    1
    2960.72.
    2960.71.
    2960.70.
    2
    2052.70.
    2960.74.
    2960.76.
    2960.79.
    2960.74.
    2960.76.
    2960.79.
    2102.70.
    3
    2073.45.
    4
    2960.87.
    subject to alterations
    Mounting Examples
    Oilless Guide Elements
    Pos. 1
    2960.70. Sliding Pad ISO
    2960.71. Sliding Pad VDI
    2960.72. Sliding Pad, small dimensions
    2960.74. Sliding Pad AFNOR
    2960.76. Sliding Pad
    2960.79. Sliding Pad to NAAMS
    Pos. 1
    2960.70. Sliding Pad ISO
    2960.71. Sliding Pad VDI
    2960.72. Sliding Pad, small dimensions
    2960.74. Sliding Pad AFNOR
    2960.76. Sliding Pad
    2960.79. Sliding Pad to NAAMS
    2960.87. Sliding Pad VDI
    Pos. 2
    2960.73. Guide Bracket VDI
    Pos. 1
    2960.70. Sliding Pad ISO
    2960.71. Sliding Pad VDI
    2960.72. Sliding Pad,
     small dimensions
    2960.74. Sliding Pad AFNOR
    2960.76. Sliding Pad
    2960.79. Sliding Pad to NAAMS
    2960.87. Sliding Pad VDI
    Pos. 2
    2052.70. Oilless Guide Bushes
    Pos. 3
    2102.70. Guide Bushes with collar AFNOR
    Pos. 4
    2073.45. Securing Flange
    5
    2073.45.
    6
    2960.72.
    2960.71.
    2960.70.
    2960.74.
    2961.70.
    3
    2960.90.
    4
    2102.70.
    7
    2960.72.
    2961.70.
    2960.92.
    2
    2960.91.
    1
    2960.70.
    2960.72.
    2960.72.
    1
    2962.70.
    2962.73.
    1
    2962.70.
    2962.73.
    2
    2961.70.
    2
    2961.70.
    3
    2961.79.
    3
    2961.74.
    4 4
    2960.72.
    2961.70.
    2960.72.
    2961.70.
    2961.81.
    2961.78.
    2961.74.
    2961.79.
    2961.81.
    2961.75.
    subject to alterations
    Mounting Examples
    Oilless Guide Elements
    Pos. 1
    2960.70. Sliding Pad ISO
    Pos. 2
    2960.91. Overrun Cam to VDI
    Pos. 3
    2960.90. Overrun cam to VDI
    2960.92. Overrun cam to VDI
    Pos. 4
    2102.70. Guide Bushe with collar
     AFNOR
    Pos. 5
    2073.45. Securing Flange
    Pos. 6
    2960.70. Sliding Pad ISO
    2960.71. Sliding Pad VDI
    2960.72. Sliding Pad,
     small dimensions
    2960.74. Sliding Pad AFNOR
    2961.70. Flat Guide Bar
    Pos. 7
    2960.72. Sliding Pad, small dimensions
    2961.70. Flat Guide Bar
    Pos. 1
    2962.70. Angled Guide Gib
    2962.73. Angled Guide Gib
    Pos. 2
    2960.72. Sliding Pad, small dimensions
    2961.70. Flat Guide Bar
    2961.75.
    Pos. 3
    2961.74. Retaining Plate to VDI
    2961.79.
    2961.81.
    Pos. 4
    2960.72. Sliding Pad, small dimensions
    2961.70. Flat Guide Bar
    D251
    2960.72.
    2
    2961.74.
    2961.75.
    2961.78.
    2961.81.
    1
    2961.70.
    1
    2960.72.
    1
    2962.73.
    2
    2962.70.
    2
    4 5
    2
    2961.70.
    1
    2962.76.
    3
    2965.81. 2965.83.
    2960.74.
    subject to alterations
    Mounting Examples
    Oilless Guide Elements
    Pos. 1
    2961.74. Retaining Plate to VDI
    Pos. 2
    2960.72. Sliding Pad, small dimensions
    Pos. 1
    2961.70. Flat Guide Bar
    2960.72. Sliding Pad, small dimensions
    Pos. 2
    2962.70. Angled Guide Gib
    2962.73. Angled Guide Gib
    Pos. 1
    2961.70. Guide Bar
    Pos. 2
    2960.74. Sliding Pad AFNOR
    Pos. 3
    2962.76. Guide Bar with three sliding surfaces
    Pos. 4
    2965.81. Single-sided prismatic Guide (Bronze)
    Pos. 5
    2965.83. Single-sided Prismatic Sliding Block
     (Steel)
    D252
    2960.71.
    2960.87.
    2
    2960.70.
    1
    4 5
    2962.75.
    3
    2963.81. 2963.80.
    subject to alterations
    Mounting Examples
    Oilless Guide Elements
    Pos. 1
    2960.70. Sliding Pad ISO
    Pos. 2
    2960.71. Sliding Pad VDI
    2960.87.
    Pos. 3
    2962.75. Guide Bar with two sliding surfaces
    Pos. 4
    2963.81. Prismatic Guide
    Pos. 5
    2963.80. Sliding Block
    2960.72.
    2
    2961.74.
    2961.75.
    2961.78.
    2961.81.
    1
    2961.70.
    1
    2960.72.
    1
    2962.73.
    2
    2962.70.
    2
    4 5
    2
    2961.70.
    1
    2962.76.
    3
    2965.81. 2965.83.
    2960.74.
    subject to alterations
    Mounting Examples
    Oilless Guide Elements
    Pos. 1
    2961.74. Retaining Plate to VDI
    Pos. 2
    2960.72. Sliding Pad, small dimensions
    Pos. 1
    2961.70. Flat Guide Bar
    2960.72. Sliding Pad, small dimensions
    Pos. 2
    2962.70. Angled Guide Gib
    2962.73. Angled Guide Gib
    Pos. 1
    2961.70. Guide Bar
    Pos. 2
    2960.74. Sliding Pad AFNOR
    Pos. 3
    2962.76. Guide Bar with three sliding surfaces
    Pos. 4
    2965.81. Single-sided prismatic Guide (Bronze)
    Pos. 5
    2965.83. Single-sided Prismatic Sliding Block
     (Steel)
    2960.71.
    2960.87.
    2
    2960.70.
    1
    4 5
    2962.75.
    3
    2963.81. 2963.80.
    subject to alterations
    Mounting Examples
    Oilless Guide Elements
    Pos. 1
    2960.70. Sliding Pad ISO
    Pos. 2
    2960.71. Sliding Pad VDI
    2960.87.
    Pos. 3
    2962.75. Guide Bar with two sliding surfaces
    Pos. 4
    2963.81. Prismatic Guide
    Pos. 5
    2963.80. Sliding Block
    D253
    subject to alterations
    Centering unit with adjusting washer
    Material:
    Centring Units: 16MnCr5, heat treated
    Conical surfaces induction hardened
    Surface hardness: 60 + 4 HRC, Hardness penetration 1,0 + 0,5 mm
    Adjusting washer: C45 or similar
    Note:
    Centring unit complete with adjusting washer.
    Screws are included.
    2441.11.0.□□□
    Centring unit with adjusting washer
    2441.11.0.□□□.1
    Centring unit with one flat side with adjusting washer
    2441.11.0.□□□.2
    Centring unit with two flat sides with adjusting washer
    ø16
    ø25
    20
    l 2
    ±0,05
    l
    11 16
    M5
    l 1
    15 15
    H7
    H7
    ø16
    ø11
    M12
    ø11
    d 3
    d 1
    d 2
    d 5
    k*/2
    k*
    k* = d3
    k*/2 = d3/2
    2441.11.0.
    D254
    Order No d 1 d 2 d 3 l l 1 l 2 d 5
    2441.11.0.100 100 76 58 80 40 55 40.5
    2441.11.0.100.1 100 76 58 80 40 55 40.5
    2441.11.0.100.2 100 76 58 80 40 55 40.5
    2441.11.0.120 120 96 78 90 50 65 50.5
    2441.11.0.120.1 120 96 78 90 50 65 50.5
    2441.11.0.120.2 120 96 78 90 50 65 50.5
    2441.11.0. Centering unit with adjusting washer
    subject to alterations
    Centering unit
    15 15
    20
    M5
    11 16
    H7
    ø16
    ø11
    H7
    ø16
    ø25
    k*/2
    k*
    k* = d3
    k*/2 = d3/2
    ø11
    M12
    d 3
    d 1
    d 2
    d 5
    l 2
    ±0,05
    l
    l 1
    2441.11.
    Material:
    16MnCr5, heat treated
    Conical surfaces induction hardened
    Surface hardness: 60 + 4 HRC, Hardness penetration 1,0 + 0,5 mm
    Note:
    Adjusting washer 2441.11.3. to be ordered separately.
    Screws are not included.
    2441.11.□□□
    Centring unit
    2441.11.□□□.1
    Centring unit with one flat side
    2441.11.□□□.2
    Centring unit with two flat sides
    D255
    Order No d 1 d 2 d 3 l l 1 l 2 d 5
    2441.11.100 100 76 58 80 40 55 40.5
    2441.11.100.1 100 76 58 80 40 55 40.5
    2441.11.100.2 100 76 58 80 40 55 40.5
    2441.11.120 120 96 78 90 50 65 50.5
    2441.11.120.1 120 96 78 90 50 65 50.5
    2441.11.120.2 120 96 78 90 50 65 50.5
    2441.11. Centering unit
    subject to alterations
    Adjusting washer
    Material:
    C45 or similar
    Note:
    2441.11.3.□□□
    Adjusting washer
    2441.11.3.□□□.1
    Adjusting washer with one flat side
    2441.11.3.□□□.2
    Adjusting washer with two flat sides
    d 5
    d 1
    d 2
    +0.1
    d
    ø11
    k*/2 k*
    k* = d3
    k*/2 = d3/2
    c
    2441.11.3.
    D256
    Order No d 1 d 2 d 4 c d 5 k
    2441.11.3.100 100 76 17 9.8 40.5 58
    2441.11.3.100.1 100 76 17 9.8 40.5 58
    2441.11.3.100.2 100 76 17 9.8 40.5 58
    2441.11.3.105 105 76 18 5.5 40.5 58
    2441.11.3.120 120 96 17 9.8 50.5 78
    2441.11.3.120.1 120 96 17 9.8 50.5 78
    2441.11.3.120.2 120 96 17 9.8 50.5 78
    2441.11.3.125 125 96 18 5.5 50.5 78
    2441.11.3. Adjusting washer
    subject to alterations
    Centring unit, CNOMO
    ø18,5
    120°(3x)
    3
    d
    2
    d
    d 5
    M10
    ø10 G6 (2x)
    H13
    ø13 (3x)
    d 2
    d 6
    d 5
    0,5
    h 1 h 3
    0,5
    d 1
    ø11
    ø18
    H13
    ø13 ø10
    (2x) (3x)
    G6
    h 2
    22 22
    4
    d
    ±0,25
    l ( )
    15
    2441.13.45.
    Material:
    X153CrMoV12 (1.2379), hardened 58 ± 2 HRC
    Note:
    Order No for centring unit to CNOMO with adjusting washer:
    2441.13.0.45.
    Screws and pins are not included.
    D257
    Order No d 1 d 2 d 3 d 4 d 5 d 6 h 1 h 2 h 3 l
    2441.13.45.040 40 90 69 45 50 67 36 61 61 (86)
    2441.13.45.060 60 110 89 65 70 89 46 61 61 (86)
    2441.13.45. Centring unit, CNOMO
    subject to alterations
    Adjusting washer, CNOMO
    Material:
    Cf 70 (1.1249)
    Note:
    Adjusting washer for centring unit 2441.13.45.
    5
    120°(3x)
    d 1
    d 2
    d 3
    ø14(3x) ø12(2x)
    2441.13.3.45.
    D258
    Order No d 1 d 2 d 3
    2441.13.3.45.040 40 90 67
    2441.13.3.45.060 60 110 89
    2441.13.3.45. Adjusting washer, CNOMO
    subject to alterations
    Centring unit, CNOMO
    G8
    ø10
    (2x)
    22 22
    15
    ø19
    M10
    d 2
    d 3
    d 4
    d 6
    d 5
    ø11
    h 3 h 1
    h 2
    ±0,25
    l ( )
    d
    18
    H13
    ø13
    (3x)
    1
    2441.13.
    Material:
    16MnCr5, heat treated
    Conical surfaces induction hardened
    Surface hardness: 60 + 4 HRC, Hardness penetration 1,0 + 0,5 mm
    Note:
    Order No for centring unit to CNOMO with adjusting washer: 2441.13.0.
    Screws and pins are not included.
    D259
    Order No d 1 d 2 d 3 d 4 d 5 d 6 h 1 h 2 h 3 (l)
    2441.13.040 40 100 79 50 90 67 36 61 28 (86)
    2441.13.060 60 125 104 70 110 89 46 61 18 (86)
    2441.13. Centring unit, CNOMO
    subject to alterations
    Adjusting washer, CNOMO
    Material:
    100 Cr 6
    Note:
    Adjusting washer for centring unit 2441.13.
    3x120°
    d 2
    d 3
    5
    ø12 (2x) ø15 (3x)
    d 1
    2441.13.3.
    D260
    Order No d 1 d 2 d 3
    2441.13.3.040 40 90 67
    2441.13.3.060 60 110 89
    2441.13.3. Adjusting washer, CNOMO
    subject to alterations
    Centring pin
    3
    R3
    2445.10.
    Description:
    Using locating holes components, assemblies and tools can be repea-
    tedly centred with high precision on processing machines, measuring
    equipment and tool components.
    Material:
    Steel, hardened
    Note:
    Screws are not included.
    1) to BMW standard
    2) to VW standard
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 M6/M8.
    20
    +min.1
    1
    d
    H7
    1
    d
    25
    Mounting example Mounting example
    D261
    Order No d 1 d 2 d 3 l 1 l 2 l 3 r 1
    2445.10.022.045 1), 2) 22 21.95 M8 45 16 35 15
    2445.10.022.055 2) 22 21.95 M8 55 16 45 15
    2445.10.032.050 1) 32 31.95 M10 50 20 35 20
    2445.10.040.055 1), 2) 40 39.95 M10 55 20 35 25
    2445.10.040.065 2) 40 39.95 M10 65 20 45 25
    2445.10.050.055 1) 50 49.95 M10 55 20 35 25
    2445.10.056.080 1) 56 55.95 M10 80 20 60 30
    2445.10. Centring pin
    subject to alterations
    Centring pin to Mercedes-Benz standard
    Description:
    Using locating holes components, assemblies and tools can be repea-
    tedly centred with high precision on processing machines, measuring
    equipment and tool components.
    Material:
    Steel, hardened
    Note:
    Screws are not included.
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 M6/M8.
    H7
    d
    25
    50
    15°
    3
    d
    4
    d
    1
    d
    j6
    d
    2
    d
    5
    1
    t
    t
    2x45°
    8
    2445.11.
    Mounting example Mounting example
    D262
    Order No d d 1 d 2 d 3 d 4 t t 1
    2445.11.022 22 11 M8 9 16 13 16
    2445.11.025 25 11 M8 9 18 13 16
    2445.11.032 32 11 M8 9 25 13 16
    2445.11.040 40 15 M10 11 32 16 20
    2445.11.050 50 15 M10 11 42 16 20
    2445.11. Centring pin to Mercedes-Benz
    standard
    subject to alterations
    Pressure bolt with base, according to VW
    32,5 65
    R20
    20
    12
    20
    65
    ø13
    ø36
    +2
    ø16 -0,1
    -0,3
    ø90 ±1
    65
    20
    ø20
    1x45°
    ±0,05
    *l
    1x45°
    5
    0
    -2
    40
    R8 +2
    20
    R8 +2
    R8 +2
    2446.10.55.03.
    2446.10.55.02.
    2446.10.55.04.
    2446.10.55.05.
    Description:
    Pressure bolts with base are used to transfer force from the pressure
    cushion of the press to the tool.
    Material:
    C45 (1.0503), heat-treated 800 - 1000 N/mm 2
    Execution:
    drop-forged
    Note:
    Screws are not included.
    D263
    Order No l*
    Gradation
    l
    2446.10.55.02. 150 - 360 1
    2446.10.55.03. 150 - 360 1
    2446.10.55.04. 150 - 360 1
    2446.10.55.05. 150 - 360 1
    *to customer’s specifications!
    Ordering Code (example):
    Pressure bolt with base, according to VW =2446.10.55.
    Execution Shape 2 = 02.
    Length l 150 mm = 150
    Order No =2446.10.55. 02. 150
    2446.10.55. Pressure bolt with base, according to VW
    subject to alterations
    Air pin, according to VW standard
    Description:
    Air pins are used to transfer force from the pressure cushion of the press
    to the tool.
    Material:
    C45 (1.0503), heat-treated 800 - 1000 N/mm 2
    Execution:
    drop-forged
    Note:
    Screws are not included.
    20
    12
    ø60
    +2
    ø110
    ±1
    ø20
    ø13
    ø16
    -0,1
    -0,3
    ±0,1
    *l
    2x45°
    1x45°
    5
    R3
    35
    3x120°
    ø85
    3x120°
    ø85
    2446.11.55.01.
    2446.11.55.02.
    D264
    Order No l*
    Gradation
    l
    2446.11.55.01. 150 - 440 1
    2446.11.55.02. 150 - 440 1
    *to customer’s specifications!
    Ordering Code (example):
    Air pin, according to VW standard =2446.11.55.
    Execution Shape 1 = 01.
    Length l 150 mm = 150
    Order No =2446.11.55. 01.150
    2446.11.55. Air pin, according to VW standard
    subject to alterations
    Concertina shroud with spacer bush
    1
    l
    max.
    a
    1
    a
    i
    3
    d
    a
    D
    D
    2
    d
    1
    d
    l
    min.
    l
    206.91.
    Note:
    Concertina Shrouds are supplied complete with spacer bush and two
    hose clamps.
    Special sizes on request.
    Mounting example
    D265
    for guide bushes 2051. 2061. 2051. 2061. 2051. 2061. 2051. 2061. 2051. 2061. 2051. 2061. 2051. 2061. 2081. 2081. 2081. 2081. 2081. 2081. 2081.
    Pillar-ø d 1 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63
    d* 20 25 32 40 50 60 63 20 25 32 40 50 60 63
    d 2 25 30 40 50 60 70 70 25 30 40 50 60 70 70
    d 3 32 38 46 55 64 76 76 39 45 54 63 74 94 94
    d 4 ** 32 38 48 58 58 79 79 40 45 54 66 80 95 95
    D i 30 30 46 55 62 75 75 32 32 45 52 62 75 75
    D a 51 56 72 87 86 100 100 54 56 63 96 84 104 104
    a 13 13 20 12 12 12 12 10 10 10 12 12 10 10
    a 1 16 13 20 12 12 10 10 10 10 10 12 12 10 10
    l 1 20 30 30 40 40 40 40 20 30 30 40 40 40 40
    l min 30 25 20 44 25 30 30 37 35 35 25 45 35 35
    l max 170 130 100 119 110 130 130 145 110 110 225 165 185 185
    *d = Nominal diameter, **d 4 = Nominal ordering diameter for flange diameter
    Ordering Code (example):
    Concertina shroud with spacer bush =206.91.
    Nominal diameter d 20 mm = 020.
    Nominal ordering diameter for flange diameter d 4 32 mm = 032
    Order No =206.91. 020. 032
    206.91. Concertina shroud with spacer bush
    subject to alterations
    Spacer bush
    Spacer tube
    Material:
    PMMA, PLEXIGLAS®
    Material:
    PMMA, PLEXIGLAS®
    1 l
    1
    d
    2
    d
    206.93.
    100
    1
    d
    2
    d
    206.94.
    D266
    Ordering Code (example):
    Spacer bush =206.93.
    Nominal diameter d 16 mm= 016
    Order No =206.93. 016
    Ordering Code (example):
    Spacer tube =206.94.
    Nominal diameter d 16 mm= 016
    Order No =206.94. 016
    Pillar-ø d 1 15 16 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63
    d* 16 20 25 32 40 50 60 63
    d 2 20 25 30 40 50 60 70 70
    l 1 20 20 30 30 40 40 40 40
    *d = Nominal diameter
    Pillar-ø d 1 15 16 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63
    d* 16 20 25 32 40 50 60 63
    d 2 20 25 30 40 50 60 70 70
    l 1 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
    *d = Nominal diameter
    206.93.
    206.94.
    Spacer bush
    Spacer tube
    subject to alterations
    Concertina shroud with spacer tube
    D
    100
    d
    1
    d
    a
    3
    d
    D
    2
    a
    1
    a
    max.
    l
    min.
    l
    i
    206.92.
    Note:
    Concertina Shrouds are supplied complete with spacer tube and two
    hose clamps.
    Special sizes on request.
    Mounting example
    D267
    for guide bushes 2051. 2061. 2051. 2061. 2051. 2061. 2051. 2061. 2051. 2061. 2051. 2061. 2051. 2061. 2081. 2081. 2081. 2081. 2081. 2081. 2081.
    Pillar-ø d 1 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63
    d* 20 25 32 40 50 60 63 20 25 32 40 50 60 63
    d 2 25 30 40 50 60 70 70 25 30 40 50 60 70 70
    d 3 32 38 46 55 64 76 76 39 45 54 63 74 94 94
    d 4 ** 32 38 48 58 58 79 79 40 45 54 66 80 95 95
    D i 30 30 46 55 62 75 75 32 32 45 52 62 75 75
    D a 51 56 72 87 86 100 100 54 56 63 96 84 104 104
    a 13 13 20 12 12 12 12 10 10 10 12 12 10 10
    a 1 16 13 20 12 12 10 10 10 10 10 12 12 10 10
    l 1 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
    l min 30 25 20 44 25 30 30 37 35 35 25 45 35 35
    l max 170 130 100 119 110 130 130 145 110 110 225 165 185 185
    *d = Nominal diameter, **d 4 = Nominal ordering diameter for flange diameter
    Ordering Code (example):
    Concertina shroud with spacer tube =206.92.
    Nominal diameter d 20 mm = 020.
    Nominal ordering diameter for flange diameter d 4 32 mm = 032
    Order No =206.92. 020. 032
    206.92. Concertina shroud with spacer tube
    subject to alterations
    Helical spring for ball cage retention
    Calculation:
    Formula for selecting spring 241.18.:
    F L = [l - (l 2 + (l 1 - l 3 ))] x 1,1
    Formula for calculating the block length L BL of the selected spring:
    L BL = ( l 0 x d : s) + 2 x d
    F L = Length of compressed spring
    l = Length of guide pillar (Customer specified)
    l 1 = Cage length (Customer specified)
    l 2 = Compression length of guide pillar (Customer specified)
    l 3 = Ball cage retainer size (Customer specified)
    1.1 = Safety factor
    l 0 = Length of uncompressed spring
    d = Spring wire diameter
    s = Pitch
    Without ball cage
    retainer
    With ball cage
    retainer
    202.91.
    With ball cage
    retainer
    202.91.
    3
    l
    1
    l
    2
    l
    l
    L
    F
    Without ball cage
    retainer
    With ball cage
    retainer
    202.92.1.
    With ball cage
    retainer
    202.92.1.
    ø pillar d₁
    d
    s
    0 l
    2 d
    3 d
    241.18.
    Mounting example Mounting example
    D268
    d 1 d 2 d 3 s d l 0 Gradation l 0
    19/20 20.5 22.5 14 1 40 - 140 10
    24/25 25.5 27.9 14 1.2 40 - 160 10
    30/32 32.5 35.7 16 1.6 50 - 230 10
    38 38.5 42.5 18 2 60 - 230 10
    40 40.5 45.1 20 2.3 60 - 230 10
    48/50 50.5 55.7 20 2.6 70 - 280 10
    60 60.5 66.9 20 3.2 80 - 250 10
    63 63.5 69.9 20 3.2 80 - 250 10
    Ordering Code (example):
    Helical spring for ball cage retention =241.18.
    Inside diameter d 2 20.5 mm = 205.
    Length l 0 40 mm = 040
    Order No =241.18. 205.040
    241.18. Helical spring for ball cage retention
    subject to alterations
    Cage retainer
    2
    d
    M6
    DIN EN ISO
    4762
    202.91.
    Note:
    The following guide pillars can be equipped with this cage retainer.
    Guide pillars without cage retainer - become guide pillars with cage
    retainer:
    202.19. - 202.17.
    202.21. - 202.55.
    2021.46. - 2021.44.
    2021.50. - 2021.58.
    2
    d
    4 l
    min.
    20
    1
    l
    15
    ø10
    +0,1
    ø17
    M6
    1
    d
    Mounting example
    D269
    d 1 38 40 48 50 60 63
    d 2 42 44 52 54 64 67
    KG (l / l 1 )
    1 (31 / 46) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    2 (41 / 56) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    3 (51 / 66) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    4 (61 / 76) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    5 (73 / 89) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Cage retainer =202.91.
    Guide diameter d 1 38 mm = 038.
    Cage retainer size KG 1 = 1
    Order No =202.91. 038. 1
    202.91. Cage retainer
    subject to alterations
    Cage retainer
    Note:
    The following guide pillars can be equipped with this cage retainer:
    202.22.
    202.24.
    2021.46.
    2021.50.
    3
    l
    l 2
    cage travel
    = stroke/2 2
    202.92.1
    1
    d
    1
    l
    order separately:
    206.75. Ball Cage
    2060.65. Ball Cage
    202.92.1.
    8
    2
    d
    M8
    2
    f
    Mounting example
    D270
    d 1 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63
    d 2 18 19 23 24 29 31 37 39 47 49 59 62
    f 22 23 27 28 34 36 42 44 52 54 64 67
    Ordering Code (example):
    Cage retainer =202.92.1.
    Guide diameter d 1 19 mm = 019
    Order No =202.92.1. 019
    202.92.1. Cage retainer
    subject to alterations
    Cage retainer
    9
    3
    d
    2
    d
    ø9
    ø15
    1
    l
    2
    l
    cage travel
    = stroke/2
    202.93.
    Note:
    The following guide pillars can be equipped with this cage retainer:
    202.22.
    202.24.
    2021.46.
    2021.50.
    Screws are not included.
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 for ordering size:
    03. - 2192.12.08.035
    04. - 2192.12.08.045
    05. - 2192.12.08.055
    06. - 2192.12.08.070
    08. - 2192.12.08.090
    cage travel = stroke 1/2
    2 l
    3
    1
    d
    2
    d
    d
    M8
    1 l
    202.93.
    Mounting example
    D271
    Order No d 1 d 2 d 3 l 1 l 2
    202.93.03.030 30 32 36 23 30 6
    202.93.04.040 38 40 44 31 40 6
    202.93.05.050 48 50 54 39 50 8
    202.93.06.060 60 63 66 51 60 8
    202.93.08.080 80 89 71 80 8
    202.93. Cage retainer
    subject to alterations
    Pillar wiper
    Description:
    FIBRO Pillar Wipers protect against premature wear caused by the
    ingress of dirt into the die set guides.
    Outside diameters match boss dias. on FIBRO Die Sets (Cast Iron). They
    can be fitted onto the bolster, or into a counterbore – flush with the
    bolster surface.
    Note:
    Pillar Wipers will be delivered with 3 screws M 4 × 16 DIN 963.
    8,5
    3
    d
    1
    d
    2
    d
    206.95.
    2061.95.
    Mounting example
    D272
    Order No d 1 d 2 d 3
    206.95.024 24 45 55
    206.95.025 25 45 55
    206.95.030 30 55 65
    206.95.032 32 55 65
    206.95.038 38 65 75
    206.95.040 40 65 75
    206.95.042 42 65 75
    206.95.048 48 78 94
    206.95.050 50 78 94
    206.95.052 52 78 94
    206.95.060 60 92 110
    206.95.063 63 92 110
    2061.95.024 24 50 60
    2061.95.025 25 50 60
    206.95./2061.95. Pillar wiper
    subject to alterations
    Lifter pin for press tool strips
    10 3
    8
    h6 1
    d
    3
    d
    2
    d
    4
    d
    h
    D
    3
    1
    l
    244.00.2.
    Description:
    Combination progression dies with certain forming stages can be
    equipped advantageously with springloaded lifter pins. FIBRO Lifter Pins
    244.00.2., available in four sizes, can be used to assume the double
    function of lifting and guiding the strip. The amount of lift is a function
    of the counterbore-depth.
    Material:
    No 1.7131, case-hardened
    Execution:
    ground
    Note:
    For ordering code of screw plug 241.00.1. and helical spring see spring
    range on pages chapter F.
    Mounting example
    D273
    d 1 8 10 13 16
    d 2 5 6 7 8
    d 3 10 12 16 20
    D h 10.5 12.5 16.5 20.5
    d 4 M12x1.5 M14x1.5 M18x1.5 M22x1.5
    l 1
    20 ●
    25 ● ● ●
    32 ● ● ● ●
    40 ● ● ● ●
    50 ● ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Lifter pin for press tool strips =244.00.2.
    Guide diameter d 1 8 mm = 08.
    Guide length l 1 20 mm = 020
    Order No =244.00.2. 08. 020
    244.00.2. Lifter pin for press tool strips
    subject to alterations
    Screw clamp with screw
    15
    8,7
    6
    8,5
    13
    207.45
    7
    19,5
    11
    5,8 +0,1
    ø7
    ø16
    ø11
    ø23
    2071.45
    7,5
    11
    32
    5
    10
    10
    32
    3
    6,3
    20
    5
    20
    10
    16
    2072.45.10 2072.45.16
    Screw clamp
    incl. screw
    – steel punched bent component
    – clamping height 6-6,3 mm
    – M6 screw
    Screw clamp
    incl. screw
    – clamping height 6 mm
    – M6 screw
    Screw clamp
    incl. screw
    2072.45.10
    – steel, milled
    – clamping height 6-6,3 mm
    – M6 screw
    2072.45.16
    – steel, milled
    – clamping height 10 mm
    – M10 screw
    D274
    subject to alterations
    Screw clamp with screw
    Screw clamp with screw, GM Standard
    Screw clamp with screw, NAAMS
    Screw clamp
    incl. screw
    – steel, milled
    – clamping height 6-6,3 mm
    – M10 screw
    Screw clamp
    according to GM, incl. screw
    2072.46.30.12
    – steel, milled
    – clamping height 6 mm
    – M8 screw
    2072.46.30.16
    – steel, milled
    – clamping height 6 mm
    – M10 screw
    Screw clamp
    according to NAAMS, incl. screw
    – steel punched bent component
    – clamping height 6-6,3 mm
    – M8 screw
    6
    11
    32
    5
    10
    32
    16
    2072.46
    ø11,5
    ø9
    11,5
    8,5
    10
    5
    21
    25 32
    15
    20
    25
    ø15 ø18
    12
    16
    6 -0,3
    0,5 +0,5
    6 -0,3
    0,5 +0,5
    2072.46.30.12 2072.46.30.16
    13,5
    18,9
    24,6
    5
    6
    13
    2072.47
    D275
    subject to alterations
    Securing flange with screws, CNOMO
    Screw clamp with screw, CNOMO
    Securing flange
    according to CNOMO, incl. screws
    – steel, turned
    – clamping height 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 16, 20 mm
    – M6, M8, M10, M12 screws
    Screw clamp
    according to CNOMO, incl. screw
    – steel, milled
    – clamping height 8, 10, 12, 16, 20 mm
    – M6, M8, M10 screw
    e 1
    4
    d
    e 2
    e 3
    5
    3
    l
    h
    3
    d
    5
    d
    6
    d
    d 1 G7
    d 2
    M6
    m6
    M
    A A
    „ A “
    2073.45.
    m
    p
    m
    k
    t
    e
    n
    3
    d
    2
    d
    A A
    „ A “
    2072.48.45.
    D276
    Order No d 1 d 2 d 3 d 4 d 6 h l 3 e 1 e 2 e 3 M
    2073.45.020 20 28 32 63 25 10 4 16 18 - 6x16
    2073.45.025 25 35 40 72 32 10 5 20 20 - 6x16
    2073.45.032 32 44 50 80 40 12 6 25 21 - 6x16
    2073.45.040 40 52 60 100 50 12 8 38.5 14 41 6x16
    2073.45.050 50 63 71 125 63 16 10 46 17 49 8x20
    2073.45.063 63 80 90 140 80 20 12 55 17 57.5 10x25
    2073.45.080 80 100 112 180 100 25 16 70 20 72 12x30
    2073.45.100 100 125 140 200 125 32 20 81 25 85 12x30
    Order No k e d 2 d 3 t m p n d 1 M
    2072.48.45.12 12 8 11 6.6 6.8 18 9.5 15.5 40 6x16
    2072.48.45.16 16 10 15 9 9 22 12 19 50 8x20
    2072.48.45.20 20 12 18 11 11 26 15 21 63 10x25
    2072.48.45.25 25 16 18 11 11 26 15 21 80 10x30
    2072.48.45.32 32 20 18 11 11 26 15 21 100 10x35
    2073.45.
    2072.48.45.
    Securing flange with screws,
    CNOMO
    Screw clamp with screw,
    CNOMO
    subject to alterations D277
    subject to alterations
    Spacer plate toothed, with adjusting plate
    Material:
    Spacer plates: X 210 Cr 12 (1.2080), hardened 58 + 2 HRC
    Adjusting plate: X 153 CrMoV 12 (1.2379)
    Description:
    For spacing out sheet metal retainers in tools for external skin parts.
    Note:
    Screws are not included.
    '0'= basic setting in the middle (grinding-in)
    '+'= adjustment to the right - plus
    '-' = adjustment to the left - minus
    NB: Hole pattern
    The bolsters are reversible.
    Adjustment range:
    2444.12
    12 increments each of 0.02 mm means an adjusting range of 0.24 mm
    with a minimum support area of 80 x 60 mm.
    2444.13
    14 increments each of 0.02 mm means an adjusting range of 0.28 mm
    with a minimum support area of 100 x 80 mm.
    11
    M10
    20
    11
    5
    0°14'13"
    l 2
    l 3
    H
    H 1
    35
    0
    0
    l 1
    21
    4
    35
    ø18
    ø11
    M10x20 DIN EN ISO 4762
    M10x20
    DIN EN ISO 4762
    A - A
    l 4
    l 5
    l 6
    l 7
    18
    b 1
    b
    A A
    11
    21
    ø18
    ø11
    Basis: 0.02 mm per tooth
    M10x20
    DIN EN ISO 4762
    2444.12 / 2444.13
    D278
    Order No l 1 l 2 l 3 l 4 l 5 l 6 l 7 b b 1 H H 1
    2444.12 130 90 130 61 72 79 90 60 30 15.5 16.04
    2444.13 160 110 160 71 82 89 120 80 40 15.5 16.16
    2444.12 / 2444.13 Spacer plate toothed, with adjusting plate
    subject to alterations
    Guide
    ø8 +0,1
    13,5
    1,5
    8
    min.ø40
    ø30
    20°
    13
    R20
    107
    M12
    20
    l
    30
    26 26
    R10
    Rounded transition R5
    2443.10.
    Material:
    Ck 60, hardened 58 + 2 HRC
    Execution:
    forged
    D279
    Order No l
    2443.10.065 65
    2443.10.090 90
    2443.10.120 120
    2443.10.150 150
    2443.10.180 180
    2443.10.250 250
    2443.10.300 300
    2443.10.350 350
    2443.10. Guide
    subject to alterations
    Guide to Mercedes-Benz Standard - unhardened
    Material:
    Ck 60
    Execution:
    forged
    Note:
    Guides are preferably used in confined spaces in sequential compound
    dies.
    54,5
    63
    73
    20
    15
    l 9
    1,5
    10
    min.ø30
    M8
    R10
    R20
    ø20
    20°
    ø6,1
    27,5
    15
    Rounded transition R5
    2443.10.20.
    D280
    Order No l
    2443.10.20.065 65
    2443.10.20.090 90
    2443.10.20. Guide to Mercedes-Benz Standard - unhardened
    subject to alterations
    Guide to Mercedes-Benz Standard - hardened
    54,5
    63
    73
    20
    15
    l 9
    1,5
    10
    min.ø30
    M8
    R10
    R20
    ø20
    20°
    ø6,1
    27,5
    15
    Rounded transition R5
    2443.10.20. .1
    Material:
    Ck 60, hardened 58 + 2 HRC
    Execution:
    forged
    Note:
    Guides are preferably used in confined spaces in sequential compound
    dies.
    D281
    Order No l
    2443.10.20.065.1 65
    2443.10.20.090.1 90
    2443.10.20. .1 Guide to Mercedes-Benz Standard - hardened
    subject to alterations
    Guide with part position control and spring
    2018.00.60.08.030
    Mounting example
    Material:
    Guide: Ck 60, hardened 50 + 5 HRC
    Flap: St 37
    Spring: Spring steel wire
    Execution:
    forged
    Note:
    See following pages for accessories.
    Rounded
    transition R5
    30
    20
    107
    l
    l 1
    l 2
    8
    ø6,5
    40
    10
    58
    R4,5
    Thickness
    8mm
    Version with short flap:
    l = 120, 150 mm
    1)
    15°
    40
    10
    ø6,5
    8
    108
    32
    rounded
    Thickness
    8mm
    Version with long flap:
    l = 180, 250 mm
    2)
    M12
    R10
    13
    20°
    R20
    ø8 +0,1
    13,5
    8
    26 26
    min.ø40
    ø30
    2443.12.
    D282
    Order No l l 1 l 2
    2443.12.120 120 55 70
    2443.12.150 150 55 70
    2443.12.180 180 105 120
    2443.12.250 250 105 120
    2443.12. Guide with part position control and spring
    subject to alterations
    Guide with part position control, VDI
    M8x1
    ø30
    80°
    40
    10
    ø6,5
    10
    5x45°
    10
    61
    30
    ø6,2
    27
    16,5
    l
    18
    36
    26
    35,5
    108
    Version with short flap:
    l = 120, 150 mm
    1)
    Version with long flap:
    l = 180, 250 mm
    2)
    100
    20
    7
    28
    M12
    13
    20°
    R20
    l 1
    l 2
    R10
    103
    Rounded
    transition R5
    ø6,2
    5x45°
    30x30°
    R4
    R4
    min.ø40
    ø8 +0,1
    13,5
    1,5
    8
    30
    26 26
    2443.13.
    Material:
    Guide: Ck 60, hardened 50 + 5 HRC
    Flap: St 37, hardened 58 + 2 HRC
    Execution:
    forged
    Note:
    See following pages for accessories.
    2018.00.60.08.030
    Mounting example
    D283
    Order No l l 1 l 2
    2443.13.120 120 55 70
    2443.13.150 150 55 70
    2443.13.180 180 105 120
    2443.13.250 250 105 120
    2443.13. Guide with part position control, VDI
    subject to alterations
    Inductive proximity switch
    Technical data:
    Rated operating voltage Ue: 24 V DC
    Operating Voltage Us: 10-30 V DC
    No load current I 0 damped/undamped: ≤ 8 mA/≤ 1 mA
    Repeat accuracy R: ≤ 5%
    Ambient temperature Ta: -40 to +85 °C
    Switching frequency f: 3000 Hz
    Degree of protection to IEC 529: IP 67
    Casing material: Stainless steel
    Connection: plug connector
    Approvals: UL
    2018.00.60.08.030
    M8x1
    LED
    19,5
    30
    A/F 13
    D284
    2018.00.60.08.030 Inductive proximity
    switch
    subject to alterations
    Cable - straight
    Cable , 90° connector
    2018.00.60.23.01.5
    M8x1
    X
    ø10
    30
    22,5
    40
    X
    2018.00.60.23.02.5
    ø10
    M8x1
    X
    17
    8
    26
    X
    Technical data:
    Cable type: 3 pole, M8, oil resistant
    Standard length: 5 m
    Other lengths on request
    Technical data:
    Cable type: 3 pole, M8, oil resistant
    Standard length: 5 m
    Other lengths on request
    D285
    2018.00.60.23.01.5
    2018.00.60.23.02.5
    Cable - straight
    Cable , 90° connector
    subject to alterations D286
    subject to alterations
    Position monitor for boards
    110
    70
    ø19
    110
    12
    21
    105
    9
    15
    70 l
    39
    54
    80
    54,5
    21
    14,5
    l
    ø19
    54
    39
    80
    12
    105
    21 54,5
    14,5
    21
    9
    15
    Shape A Shape B
    2443.14.55.
    Material:
    Steel
    Note:
    See following pages for accessories.
    Attention:
    At least two position monitors must be installed crosswise. In case of
    large parts, such as the side part, a third position monitor should be
    placed. The position monitors should be placed in such a way that a
    perfect querying of the sheet metal part is guaranteed. Position moni-
    tors should be arranged a minimum of 5 mm away from the pulling or
    locking bards and not within the range of strong sheet movement.
    2443.14.00.60.23.02.5
    2443.14.00.60.23.01.5
    2443.14.00.60.18.044
    Mounting example
    D287
    Order No l Shape
    2443.14.55.01 145 A
    2443.14.55.02 145 B
    2443.14.55.03 185 A
    2443.14.55.04 185 B
    2443.14.55.25 225 A
    2443.14.55.26 225 B
    2443.14.55. Position monitor for boards
    subject to alterations
    Inductive proximity switch
    Technical data:
    Rated operating voltage Ue: 24 V DC
    Operating Voltage Us: 10-30 V DC
    No load current I 0 damped/undamped: ≤ 10 mA/≤ 3 mA
    Repeat accuracy R: max. (% v. Sr) 5%
    Ambient temperature Ta: -25 to +70°C
    Switching frequency f: max. 1000 Hz
    Degree of protection to IEC 60529: IP 67
    Casing material: CuZn
    Connection: plug connector
    Approvals: UL
    15
    11
    44,5
    29,5
    M18x1
    M12x1
    25 Nm 35 Nm
    LED SW24
    2443.14.00.60.18.044
    D288
    2443.14.00.60.18.0 44 Inductive proximity
    switch
    subject to alterations
    Cable - straight
    Cable, 90° connector
    M12x1
    ø14,5
    ø4,5
    ±0,15
    44
    X
    „X”
    2443.14.00.60.23.01.5
    38,2
    ø14,5
    M12x1
    27
    ø4,5
    ±0,15
    2443.14.00.60.23.02.5
    Technical data:
    Cable type: 3 pole, M12x1
    Standard length: 5m
    Other lengths on request
    Technical data:
    Cable type: 3 pole, M12x1
    Standard length: 5m
    Other lengths on request
    D289
    2443.14.00.60.23.01 .5
    2443.14.00.60.23.0 2.5 Cable, 90° connector
    Cable - straight
    subject to alterations
    Loading Diagram for Ball Bearing Guides
    27 21 15 12 9 6 3
    30 24 18 2 . H nf = v
    .
    [m . min ]
    -1
    0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
    1
    10
    4
    10
    2
    10
    3
    10
    [h]
    [% of C]
    bearing life L h
    Max loading Q
    Formula for calculation of
    nominal bearing life
    f s
    50
    nf = strokes per minute [H . min -1 ]
    C = dynamic load [N]
    f = impact factor 1
    F = radial load acting on guide [N]
    2 . H nf
    .
    [m . min ]
    -1
    v =
    s
    L =
    h
    000 m
    2 . H nf
    .
    .
    C
    . F
    3
    H = stroke length [mm]
    [h]
    1000
    F
    Q =
    C
    . 100 [% von C]
    Bearing Life versus Loading:
    Values shown are based on the Impact Factor of f s = 1
    Application to normal conditions in respect of Press and die set,
    with a maximum bearing temperature of 100 °C
    D290
    8 40 450
    10 40 1630
    10 56 2210
    11 40 1660
    11 56 2250
    12 40 1680
    12 56 2280
    15 45 3300
    15 56 4050
    15 63 4550
    15 71 4950
    16 24 1910
    16 28 2230
    16 45 3350
    16 56 4100
    16 63 4600
    16 71 5000
    19 31 3050
    19 45 4050
    19 56 4950
    19 71 6100
    19 80 6600
    19 95 7600
    20 24 2320
    20 28 2700
    20 31 3100
    20 45 4100
    20 56 5000
    20 71 6100
    20 80 6600
    20 95 7600
    24 31 3150
    24 40 3850
    24 45 4200
    24 56 5100
    24 71 6300
    24 80 6800
    24 95 7800
    24 120 9300
    25 31 3200
    25 40 3900
    25 45 4200
    25 56 5200
    25 71 6300
    25 80 6900
    25 95 7900
    25 120 9300
    30 40 5700
    30 45 6400
    30 50 7000
    30 56 7600
    30 71 9300
    30 75 9800
    30 80 10400
    30 95 11900
    30 105 12800
    30 120 14200
    30 140 16000
    30 160 17700
    32 40 5800
    32 45 6400
    32 50 7100
    32 56 7700
    32 71 9400
    32 75 9900
    32 80 10500
    32 95 12000
    32 105 12900
    32 120 14300
    32 140 16100
    32 160 17800
    38 45 7500
    38 50 8200
    38 56 8900
    38 63 10300
    38 80 12100
    38 95 13900
    38 105 15000
    38 120 16700
    38 140 18700
    38 160 20700
    38 180 22600
    38 200 24400
    38 240 28000
    40 45 7500
    40 50 8200
    40 56 9000
    40 63 10300
    40 80 12200
    40 95 14000
    40 105 15100
    40 120 16700
    40 140 18800
    40 160 20800
    40 180 22700
    40 200 24600
    40 240 28000
    48 50 9400
    48 63 11700
    48 80 13800
    48 95 15900
    48 105 17100
    48 120 19000
    48 140 21400
    48 160 23600
    48 180 26000
    48 200 28000
    48 240 32000
    50 50 9400
    50 63 11700
    50 80 13900
    50 95 15900
    50 105 17200
    50 120 19100
    50 140 21400
    50 160 23700
    50 180 26000
    50 200 28000
    50 240 32000
    60 95 17700
    60 105 19200
    60 120 21300
    60 140 23900
    60 160 26500
    60 180 29000
    60 200 31000
    60 240 35500
    63 95 17800
    63 105 19300
    63 120 21300
    63 140 24000
    63 160 26500
    63 180 29000
    63 200 31500
    63 240 35500
    80 120 41000
    80 140 46500
    80 160 52000
    80 180 57000
    80 200 62000
    80 240 70000
    subject to alterations
    Safe Loads for FIBRO Ball Bearing Guides
    Tables of Dynamic Load Indexes
    Definition:
    The dynamic load index C constitutes a constant loading that will allow the respective sizes of ball bearing guides to reach + 10 5 m without any discernible
    bearing damage. The load index is shown in N and results from tests executed with batches of sufficient size, subjected to linear travel oscillations and
    radially imposed loads of constant magnitude and unchanging direction.
    Pillar [ d 1 Cage length l 1
    Dynamic Load Index C
    for whole cage (N)
    Pillar [ d 1 Cage length l 1
    Dynamic Load Index C
    for whole cage (N)
    subject to alterations
    Loading Diagram for Ball Bearing Guides
    27 21 15 12 9 6 3
    30 24 18 2 . H nf = v
    .
    [m . min ]
    -1
    0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
    1
    10
    4
    10
    2
    10
    3
    10
    [h]
    [% of C]
    bearing life L h
    Max loading Q
    Formula for calculation of
    nominal bearing life
    f s
    50
    nf = strokes per minute [H . min -1 ]
    C = dynamic load [N]
    f = impact factor 1
    F = radial load acting on guide [N]
    2 . H nf
    .
    [m . min ]
    -1
    v =
    s
    L =
    h
    000 m
    2 . H nf
    .
    .
    C
    . F
    3
    H = stroke length [mm]
    [h]
    1000
    F
    Q =
    C
    . 100 [% von C]
    Bearing Life versus Loading:
    Values shown are based on the Impact Factor of f s = 1
    Application to normal conditions in respect of Press and die set,
    with a maximum bearing temperature of 100 °C
    8 40 450
    10 40 1630
    10 56 2210
    11 40 1660
    11 56 2250
    12 40 1680
    12 56 2280
    15 45 3300
    15 56 4050
    15 63 4550
    15 71 4950
    16 24 1910
    16 28 2230
    16 45 3350
    16 56 4100
    16 63 4600
    16 71 5000
    19 31 3050
    19 45 4050
    19 56 4950
    19 71 6100
    19 80 6600
    19 95 7600
    20 24 2320
    20 28 2700
    20 31 3100
    20 45 4100
    20 56 5000
    20 71 6100
    20 80 6600
    20 95 7600
    24 31 3150
    24 40 3850
    24 45 4200
    24 56 5100
    24 71 6300
    24 80 6800
    24 95 7800
    24 120 9300
    25 31 3200
    25 40 3900
    25 45 4200
    25 56 5200
    25 71 6300
    25 80 6900
    25 95 7900
    25 120 9300
    30 40 5700
    30 45 6400
    30 50 7000
    30 56 7600
    30 71 9300
    30 75 9800
    30 80 10400
    30 95 11900
    30 105 12800
    30 120 14200
    30 140 16000
    30 160 17700
    32 40 5800
    32 45 6400
    32 50 7100
    32 56 7700
    32 71 9400
    32 75 9900
    32 80 10500
    32 95 12000
    32 105 12900
    32 120 14300
    32 140 16100
    32 160 17800
    38 45 7500
    38 50 8200
    38 56 8900
    38 63 10300
    38 80 12100
    38 95 13900
    38 105 15000
    38 120 16700
    38 140 18700
    38 160 20700
    38 180 22600
    38 200 24400
    38 240 28000
    40 45 7500
    40 50 8200
    40 56 9000
    40 63 10300
    40 80 12200
    40 95 14000
    40 105 15100
    40 120 16700
    40 140 18800
    40 160 20800
    40 180 22700
    40 200 24600
    40 240 28000
    48 50 9400
    48 63 11700
    48 80 13800
    48 95 15900
    48 105 17100
    48 120 19000
    48 140 21400
    48 160 23600
    48 180 26000
    48 200 28000
    48 240 32000
    50 50 9400
    50 63 11700
    50 80 13900
    50 95 15900
    50 105 17200
    50 120 19100
    50 140 21400
    50 160 23700
    50 180 26000
    50 200 28000
    50 240 32000
    60 95 17700
    60 105 19200
    60 120 21300
    60 140 23900
    60 160 26500
    60 180 29000
    60 200 31000
    60 240 35500
    63 95 17800
    63 105 19300
    63 120 21300
    63 140 24000
    63 160 26500
    63 180 29000
    63 200 31500
    63 240 35500
    80 120 41000
    80 140 46500
    80 160 52000
    80 180 57000
    80 200 62000
    80 240 70000
    subject to alterations
    Safe Loads for FIBRO Ball Bearing Guides
    Tables of Dynamic Load Indexes
    Definition:
    The dynamic load index C constitutes a constant loading that will allow the respective sizes of ball bearing guides to reach + 10 5 m without any discernible
    bearing damage. The load index is shown in N and results from tests executed with batches of sufficient size, subjected to linear travel oscillations and
    radially imposed loads of constant magnitude and unchanging direction.
    Pillar [ d 1 Cage length l 1
    Dynamic Load Index C
    for whole cage (N)
    Pillar [ d 1 Cage length l 1
    Dynamic Load Index C
    for whole cage (N)
    D291
    1
    d
    R 10
    Z
    min.
    2
    l
    H5
    js4 2
    d
    1
    d
    5
    d
    min.
    5
    t
    R 10
    Z
    +1
    2021.43.
    1
    d
    H5
    js4 3
    d
    R 10
    Z
    min.
    2
    l
    H6
    j6 2
    d
    1
    d
    8
    d
    min.
    5
    t
    R 10
    Z
    +1
    2021.43.
    202.17. / 202.19. / 202.22. / 202.23. / 202.24. /
    202.29.
    3-80
    –0,025
    –0,035
    –0,015
    –0,025
    2021.46. / 2021.44.
    d 5 +1 l 2 t 5
    15/16 15/16 +0,008 24 20,5 6,5
    19/20 19/20 +0,009 27 23,5 6,5
    24/25 24/25 +0,009 34 30,5 6,5
    30/32 30/32 +0,011 42 37,5 6,5
    38/40 38/40 +0,011 52 37,5 6,5
    48/50 48/50 +0,013 62 47,5 6,5
    60/63 60/63 +0,013 72 47,5 6,5
    80 80 +0,013 95 60,5 12,5
    2021.39.
    d 1 d 3 H5
    19/20 32 +0,011
    24/25 40 +0,011
    30/32 48 +0,011
    38/40 58 +0,013
    48/50 70 +0,013
    60/63 85 +0,015
    2021.29.
    d 8 +1 l 2 t 5
    15/16 15/16 +0,011 24 20,5 6,5
    19/20 19/20 +0,013 27 23,5 6,5
    24/25 24/25 +0,013 34 30,5 6,5
    30/32 30/32 +0,016 42 37,5 6,5
    38/40 38/40 +0,016 52 37,5 6,5
    48/50 48/50 +0,019 62 47,5 6,5
    60/63 60/63 +0,019 72 47,5 6,5
    80 80 +0,019 95 60,5 12,5
    subject to alterations
    Assembly of Guide Elements –
    Dimensional Requirements and Tolerances
    202.17. / 202.19. /
    202.22. / 202.23. /
    202.24. / 202.29.
    Guide pillar-
    DIN 9825/ISO 9182-2
    ~DIN 9825/
    ~ISO 9182-2
    (press fit)
    2021.46. / 2021.44.
    Demountable guide
    pillar with collar
    DIN 9825/
    ~ISO 9182-5
    (transition fit)
    2021.39.
    Liner bush
    DIN 9825/ISO 9182-4
    (transition fit)
    2021.29.
    Guide pillar with
    collar
    (transition fit)
    Pillar x d 1 *
    Retaining bore d 1
    (recommended values based on experiences)
    in grey cast iron: d 1
    in steel: d 1
    * Pillars of d 1 = 50 mm and over should be frozen in dry ice before fitting
    Pillar x d 1 Retaining bore d 2 H5
    Pillar x Retaining bore
    Pillar x d 1 Retaining bore d 2 H6
    12.2016
    1
    d
    R 10
    Z
    min.
    2
    l
    H5
    js4 2
    d
    1
    d
    5
    d
    min.
    5
    t
    R 10
    Z
    +1
    1
    d
    H5
    js4 3
    d
    R 10
    Z
    min.
    2
    l
    H5
    j6 2
    d
    1
    d
    8
    d
    min.
    5
    t
    R 10
    Z
    +1
    202.17. / 202.19. / 202.22. / 202.23. / 202.24. /
    202.29.
    3-80
    –0,025
    –0,035
    –0,015
    –0,025
    2021.46. / 2021.44.
    d 5 +1 l 2 t 5
    15/16 15/16 +0,008 24 20,5 6,5
    19/20 19/20 +0,009 27 23,5 6,5
    24/25 24/25 +0,009 34 30,5 6,5
    30/32 30/32 +0,011 42 37,5 6,5
    38/40 38/40 +0,011 52 37,5 6,5
    48/50 48/50 +0,013 62 47,5 6,5
    60/63 60/63 +0,013 72 47,5 6,5
    80 80 +0,013 95 60,5 12,5
    2021.39.
    d 1 d 3 H5
    19/20 32 +0,011
    24/25 40 +0,011
    30/32 48 +0,011
    38/40 58 +0,013
    48/50 70 +0,013
    60/63 85 +0,015
    2021.29.
    d 8 +1 l 2 t 5
    15/16 15/16 +0,008 24 20,5 6,5
    19/20 19/20 +0,009 27 23,5 6,5
    24/25 24/25 +0,009 34 30,5 6,5
    30/32 30/32 +0,011 42 37,5 6,5
    38/40 38/40 +0,011 52 37,5 6,5
    48/50 48/50 +0,013 62 47,5 6,5
    60/63 60/63 +0,013 72 47,5 6,5
    80 80 +0,013 95 60,5 12,5
    subject to alterations
    Assembly of Guide Elements –
    Dimensional Requirements and Tolerances
    202.17. / 202.19. /
    202.22. / 202.23. /
    202.24. / 202.29.
    Guide pillar-
    DIN 9825/ISO 9182-2
    ~DIN 9825/
    ~ISO 9182-2
    (press fit)
    2021.46. / 2021.44.
    Demountable guide
    pillar with collar
    DIN 9825/
    ~ISO 9182-5
    (transition fit)
    2021.39.
    Liner bush
    DIN 9825/ISO 9182-4
    (transition fit)
    2021.29.
    Guide pillar with
    collar
    (transition fit)
    Pillar x d 1 *
    Retaining bore d 1
    (recommended values based on experiences)
    in grey cast iron: d 1
    in steel: d 1
    * Pillars of d 1 = 50 mm and over should be frozen in dry ice before fitting
    Pillar x d 1 Retaining bore d 2 H5
    Pillar x Retaining bore
    Pillar x d 1 Retaining bore d 2 H5
    1
    d
    H5
    m5 3
    d
    R 10
    Z
    d 1
    3
    c
    1
    d
    3
    d
    H5
    js4
    R 10
    Z
    10
    Z
    R
    1
    d
    H5
    js4 3
    d
    3
    d
    10
    Z
    R
    1
    d
    210.39.
    16 28 +0,009
    20 32 +0,011
    25 40 +0,011
    32 50 +0,011
    40 63 +0,013
    50 80 +0,013
    63 90 +0,015
    202.60.
    19 25 +0,009 33
    25 30 +0,009 33
    32 36 +0,011 38
    40 46 +0,011 38
    2051.32.
    8 13,7 +0,008
    11/12 22 +0,009
    15/16 28 +0,009
    19/20 32 +0,011
    24/25 40 +0,011
    30/32 48 +0,011
    38/40 58 +0,013
    48/50 70 +0,013
    60/63 85 +0,015
    80 95,7 +0,015
    206.54. 2061.44. / 2061.47.
    3 7 +0,009 8 18 +0,008
    4 8 +0,009 10 22 +0,009
    5 10 +0,009 11/12 22 +0,009
    6 11 +0,011 15/16 28 +0,009
    8 14 +0,011 19/20 32 +0,011
    24/25 40 +0,011
    30/32 48 +0,011
    38/40 58 +0,013
    48/50 70 +0,013
    60/63 85 +0,015
    80 105 +0,015
    subject to alterations
    Assembly of Guide Elements –
    Dimensional Requirements and Tolerances
    210.39.
    Liner bushes,
    similar AFNOR
    (transition fit)
    Pillar x d 1
    Retaining bore
    d 3 H5
    202.60.
    Demountable guide
    pillars with centre
    collar
    (transition fit)
    Pillar x d 1
    Retaining bore
    d 3 H5
    Plattendicke
    c 3 –1
    2051.32.
    Sintered ferrite guide
    bushes
    DIN 9831 /
    ISO 9448-2
    slip-fit bonding*
    Pillar x d 1
    Retaining bore
    d 3 H5
    206.54.
    2061.44./2061.47.
    Ball bearing guide
    bushes
    DIN 9831 /
    ISO 9448-3
    slip-fit bonding*
    Pillar x d 1
    Retaining bore
    d
    3 H6
    Pillar x d 1
    Retaining bore
    d
    3 H5
    *Slip-Fit Bonding:
    The glue-line gap must not be smaller than 0,005 mm, or the adhesive will
    be wiped off the contact surfaces upon fitment.
    This would result in an unreliable bond.
    The available component tolerances do not always result in the minimum
    glue-line gap.
    This fact has to be born in mind when machining receiving bores,
    or alternatively corrections can be made on the assembly bench.
    D293
    1
    d
    H5
    js4 3
    d
    10
    Z
    R
    js4
    1
    d
    H5
    3
    d
    10
    Z
    R
    3 m5
    H6
    d
    10
    Z
    R
    1
    d
    1
    d
    H6
    j6 3
    d
    10
    Z
    R
    2081.3x. / 2081.4x. / 2081.8x.
    19/20 32 +0,011
    24/25 40 +0,011
    30/32 48 +0,011
    38/40 58 +0,013
    48/50 70 +0,013
    60/63 85 +0,015
    80 105 +0,015
    2091.3x. / 2091.4x.
    12 26 +0,009
    15/16 28 +0,009
    19/20 32 +0,011
    24/25 40 +0,011
    30/32 48 +0,011
    38/40 58 +0,013
    48/50 70 +0,013
    60/63 85 +0,015
    80 105 +0,015
    206.49.
    16 28 +0,013
    20 32 +0,016
    25 40 +0,016
    32 50 +0,016
    40 63 +0,019
    50 80 +0,019
    2081.7x. / 2081.9x.
    19/20 32 +0,016
    24/25 40 +0,016
    30/32 48 +0,016
    38/40 58 +0,019
    48/50 70 +0,019
    60/63 85 +0,022
    80 105 +0,022
    subject to alterations
    2081.3x. / 2081.4x. /
    2081.8x.
    Headed guide bushes,
    carbonitrided, bron-
    ze-coated sintered
    types or ball bearing
    types
    DIN 9831 / ISO 9448-6
    DIN 9831 / ISO 9448-7
    ISO 9448
    (transition fit)
    Pillar x d 1 Retaining bore d 3 H5
    2091.3x. / 2091.4x.
    Flanged guide
    bushes, carbonitrided
    sintered types or ball
    bearing types
    DIN 9831 / ISO 9448-4
    DIN 9831 / ISO 9448-5
    (transition fit)
    Pillar x d 1 Retaining bore d 3 H5
    206.49.
    Ball bearing guide
    bushes similar AFNOR
    slip-fit bonding*
    Pillar x d 1 Retaining bore d 3 H6
    2081.7x. / 2081.9x.
    Headed guide bushes,
    bronze, with solid lu-
    bricant rings, bronze
    plated
    (transition fit)
    Pillar x d 1 Retaining bore d 3 H6
    *Slip-Fit Bonding:
    The glue-line gap must not be smaller than 0,005 mm, or the adhesive will
    be wiped off the contact surfaces upon fitment.
    This would result in an unreliable bond.
    The available component tolerances do not always result in the minimum
    glue-line gap.
    This fact has to be born in mind when machining receiving bores,
    or alternatively corrections can be made on the assembly bench.
    Assembly of Guide Elements –
    Dimensional Requirements and Tolerances
    D294
    1
    d
    3
    d
    10
    Z
    R
    j6
    H6
    10
    Z
    R
    M6
    h5 1
    d
    H7
    r6 1
    d
    H6
    r6 1
    d
    2091.7x.
    19/20 32 +0,016
    24/25 40 +0,016
    30/32 48 +0,016
    38/40 58 +0,019
    48/50 70 +0,019
    60/63 85 +0,022
    80 105 +0,022
    2022.25.
    25
    -0,004
    -0,017
    32
    -0,004
    -0,020
    40
    50
    63 -0,005
    -0,024 80
    100
    -0,006
    -0,028
    2022.12. / 2022.15. / 2022.16. / 2022.17. /
    2022.19. / 2022.29.
    25
    +0,021
    0
    32
    +0,025
    0
    40
    50
    63 +0,030
    0 80
    100
    +0,035
    0
    125 +0,040
    0 160
    2022.13.
    40 +0,016
    0 50
    63 +0,019
    0 80
    subject to alterations
    2091.7x.
    Guide bush with
    solid lubrication
    rings DIN 9831 /
    ISO 9448-4
    (transition fit)
    Pillar x d 1 Retaining bore d 3 H6
    2022.25.
    Guide pillar AFNOR
    (transition fit)
    Pillar x d 1 Retaining bore d 1 M6
    2022.12. / 2022.15. /
    2022.16. / 2022.17. /
    2022.19. / 2022.29.
    Guide pillar
    DIN 9833/ISO 9182-3
    Mercedes-Benz /
    VDI / VW / WDX
    (press fit)
    Pillar x d 1 Retaining bore d 1 H7
    Pillars of d 1 = 50 mm and over should be frozen in dry ice before fitting
    2022.13.
    Guide pillar VW
    (press fit)
    Pillar x d 1 Bohrung d 1 H6
    Pillars of d 1 = 50 mm and over should be frozen in dry ice before fitting
    Assembly of Guide Elements –
    Dimensional Requirements and Tolerances
    1
    d
    H5
    js4 3
    d
    10
    Z
    R
    js4
    1
    d
    H5
    3
    d
    10
    Z
    R
    3 m5
    H6
    d
    10
    Z
    R
    1
    d
    1
    d
    H6
    j6 3
    d
    10
    Z
    R
    2081.3x. / 2081.4x. / 2081.8x.
    19/20 32 +0,011
    24/25 40 +0,011
    30/32 48 +0,011
    38/40 58 +0,013
    48/50 70 +0,013
    60/63 85 +0,015
    80 105 +0,015
    2091.3x. / 2091.4x.
    12 26 +0,009
    15/16 28 +0,009
    19/20 32 +0,011
    24/25 40 +0,011
    30/32 48 +0,011
    38/40 58 +0,013
    48/50 70 +0,013
    60/63 85 +0,015
    80 105 +0,015
    206.49.
    16 28 +0,013
    20 32 +0,016
    25 40 +0,016
    32 50 +0,016
    40 63 +0,019
    50 80 +0,019
    2081.7x. / 2081.9x.
    19/20 32 +0,016
    24/25 40 +0,016
    30/32 48 +0,016
    38/40 58 +0,019
    48/50 70 +0,019
    60/63 85 +0,022
    80 105 +0,022
    subject to alterations
    2081.3x. / 2081.4x. /
    2081.8x.
    Headed guide bushes,
    carbonitrided, bron-
    ze-coated sintered
    types or ball bearing
    types
    DIN 9831 / ISO 9448-6
    DIN 9831 / ISO 9448-7
    ISO 9448
    (transition fit)
    Pillar x d 1 Retaining bore d 3 H5
    2091.3x. / 2091.4x.
    Flanged guide
    bushes, carbonitrided
    sintered types or ball
    bearing types
    DIN 9831 / ISO 9448-4
    DIN 9831 / ISO 9448-5
    (transition fit)
    Pillar x d 1 Retaining bore d 3 H5
    206.49.
    Ball bearing guide
    bushes similar AFNOR
    slip-fit bonding*
    Pillar x d 1 Retaining bore d 3 H6
    2081.7x. / 2081.9x.
    Headed guide bushes,
    bronze, with solid lu-
    bricant rings, bronze
    plated
    (transition fit)
    Pillar x d 1 Retaining bore d 3 H6
    *Slip-Fit Bonding:
    The glue-line gap must not be smaller than 0,005 mm, or the adhesive will
    be wiped off the contact surfaces upon fitment.
    This would result in an unreliable bond.
    The available component tolerances do not always result in the minimum
    glue-line gap.
    This fact has to be born in mind when machining receiving bores,
    or alternatively corrections can be made on the assembly bench.
    Assembly of Guide Elements –
    Dimensional Requirements and Tolerances
    1
    d
    3
    d
    10
    Z
    R
    j6
    H6
    10
    Z
    R
    M6
    h5 1
    d
    H7
    r6 1
    d
    H6
    r6 1
    d
    2091.7x.
    19/20 32 +0,016
    24/25 40 +0,016
    30/32 48 +0,016
    38/40 58 +0,019
    48/50 70 +0,019
    60/63 85 +0,022
    80 105 +0,022
    2022.25.
    25
    -0,004
    -0,017
    32
    -0,004
    -0,020
    40
    50
    63 -0,005
    -0,024 80
    100
    -0,006
    -0,028
    2022.12. / 2022.15. / 2022.16. / 2022.17. /
    2022.19. / 2022.29.
    25
    +0,021
    0
    32
    +0,025
    0
    40
    50
    63 +0,030
    0 80
    100
    +0,035
    0
    125 +0,040
    0 160
    2022.13.
    40 +0,016
    0 50
    63 +0,019
    0 80
    subject to alterations
    2091.7x.
    Guide bush with
    solid lubrication
    rings DIN 9831 /
    ISO 9448-4
    (transition fit)
    Pillar x d 1 Retaining bore d 3 H6
    2022.25.
    Guide pillar AFNOR
    (transition fit)
    Pillar x d 1 Retaining bore d 1 M6
    2022.12. / 2022.15. /
    2022.16. / 2022.17. /
    2022.19. / 2022.29.
    Guide pillar
    DIN 9833/ISO 9182-3
    Mercedes-Benz /
    VDI / VW / WDX
    (press fit)
    Pillar x d 1 Retaining bore d 1 H7
    Pillars of d 1 = 50 mm and over should be frozen in dry ice before fitting
    2022.13.
    Guide pillar VW
    (press fit)
    Pillar x d 1 Bohrung d 1 H6
    Pillars of d 1 = 50 mm and over should be frozen in dry ice before fitting
    Assembly of Guide Elements –
    Dimensional Requirements and Tolerances
    D295
    1
    d
    m6 2
    d
    1
    d
    H7
    r6 2
    d
    1
    d
    G7
    k6 2
    d
    10 14 +0,018
    0 12 18
    13 19
    +0,021
    0
    14 20
    15 21
    16 22
    20 30
    25 35
    +0,025
    0
    30 40
    31,5 40
    35 45
    40 50
    45 55
    +0,030
    0
    50 60
    55 65
    60 75
    63 75
    70 85
    +0,035
    0
    75 90
    80 100
    90 110
    100 120
    120 140
    +0,040
    0
    2052.70. 1) / 2086.70. / 2085.72.
    8 12
    +0,024
    +0,006
    +0,018
    0
    10 14/15
    12 18
    13 19
    +0,028
    +0,007
    +0,021
    0
    14 20
    15 21
    16 22
    18/19 24/25
    20 26/28/30
    25 32/33/35
    +0,034
    +0,009
    +0,025
    0
    28 38
    30 38/40/42
    31,5 40
    32 42
    35 44/45
    38 48
    40 50
    40 55
    +0,040
    +0,010
    +0,030
    0
    45 55/56/60
    50 60/62/65
    55 70
    60 74/75
    63 75
    65 80
    70 85/90
    +0,047
    +0,012
    +0,035
    0
    75 90/95
    80 96/100
    85 100
    90 110
    100 120
    110 130
    +0,054
    +0,014
    +0,040
    0
    120 140
    125 145
    130 150
    140 160
    150 170
    160 180
    2085.70.
    12 16
    +0,024
    +0,006
    16 20
    +0,028
    +0,007
    20 26
    24 30
    2085.71.
    subject to alterations
    Pillar x d 1
    Retaining
    bore d 2
    limits d 2 H7 Pillar x d 1
    Retaining
    bore d 2
    limits d 2 H7
    Pillar x d 1
    Retaining bore
    d 2
    bonding limitsd 2 G7
    Transition fit limits
    d 2 H7
    2052.70. 1) / 2086.70. /
    2085.72.
    Guide Bushes/
    Guide Bushes with
    collar, Bronze with
    non-liquid lubricant
    slip-fit bonding*:
    Retaining bore d 2 = G7
    transition fit:
    Retaining bore d 2 = H7
    1) if required secure with set screw
    2085.71.
    Guide Bushes with
    collar, Bronze with
    non-liquid lubricant
    (press fit)
    Pillar x d 1 Retaining bore d 2 G7 limits d 2 G7
    2085.70.
    Guide Bushes with
    collar, Bronze with
    non-liquid lubricant
    (transition fit)
    *Slip-Fit Bonding:
    The glue-line gap must not be smaller than 0,005 mm, or the adhesive will
    be wiped off the contact surfaces upon fitment.
    This would result in an unreliable bond.
    The available component tolerances do not always result in the minimum
    glue-line gap.
    This fact has to be born in mind when machining receiving bores,
    or alternatively corrections can be made on the assembly bench.
    Assembly of Guide Elements –
    Dimensional Requirements and Tolerances
    D296
    1
    d
    H7
    g6 2
    d
    1
    d
    H6
    m6 2
    d
    1
    d
    H7
    h6 2
    d
    2102.70. / 2102.71.
    25 35 +0,016
    0 32 44
    40 52
    +0,019
    0
    50 63
    63 80
    80 100
    +0,022
    0
    100 125
    +0,025
    0
    2082.70.
    24/25 32/35
    +0,025
    0
    30/32 40/42
    38/40 50
    48/50 63 +0,030
    0 60/63 80
    80 100
    +0,035
    0
    100 125 +0,040
    0 125 160
    160 200
    +0,046
    0
    2082.71. / 2086.71.
    25/32/40 32/40/50
    +0,025
    0
    50/63 63/80
    +0,030
    0
    80 100
    +0,035
    0
    100/125 125/160
    +0,040
    0
    subject to alterations
    2082.71. / 2086.71.
    Guide Bush with
    collar to NAAMS,
    bronze with non-
    liquid lubricant
    (slip fit)
    2102.70. / 2102.71.
    Guide Bushes with
    collar, bronze with
    non-liquid lubricant/
    bronze, CNOMO
    (transition fit)
    Pillar [ d 1 Retaining bore d 2 H6 limits d 2 H6
    2082.70.
    Guide Bushes with
    collar, bronze with
    non-liquid lubricant
    DIN 9834/ISO 9448
    (slip fit)
    Pillar [ d 1 Retaining bore d 2 H7 limits d 2 H7
    Pillar [ d 1 Retaining bore d 2 H7 limits d 2 H7
    Assembly of Guide Elements –
    Dimensional Requirements and Tolerances
    1
    d
    m6 2
    d
    1
    d
    H7
    r6 2
    d
    1
    d
    G7
    k6 2
    d
    10 14 +0,018
    0 12 18
    13 19
    +0,021
    0
    14 20
    15 21
    16 22
    20 30
    25 35
    +0,025
    0
    30 40
    31,5 40
    35 45
    40 50
    45 55
    +0,030
    0
    50 60
    55 65
    60 75
    63 75
    70 85
    +0,035
    0
    75 90
    80 100
    90 110
    100 120
    120 140
    +0,040
    0
    2052.70. 1) / 2086.70. / 2085.72.
    8 12
    +0,024
    +0,006
    +0,018
    0
    10 14/15
    12 18
    13 19
    +0,028
    +0,007
    +0,021
    0
    14 20
    15 21
    16 22
    18/19 24/25
    20 26/28/30
    25 32/33/35
    +0,034
    +0,009
    +0,025
    0
    28 38
    30 38/40/42
    31,5 40
    32 42
    35 44/45
    38 48
    40 50
    40 55
    +0,040
    +0,010
    +0,030
    0
    45 55/56/60
    50 60/62/65
    55 70
    60 74/75
    63 75
    65 80
    70 85/90
    +0,047
    +0,012
    +0,035
    0
    75 90/95
    80 96/100
    85 100
    90 110
    100 120
    110 130
    +0,054
    +0,014
    +0,040
    0
    120 140
    125 145
    130 150
    140 160
    150 170
    160 180
    2085.70.
    12 16
    +0,024
    +0,006
    16 20
    +0,028
    +0,007
    20 26
    24 30
    2085.71.
    subject to alterations
    Pillar x d 1
    Retaining
    bore d 2
    limits d 2 H7 Pillar x d 1
    Retaining
    bore d 2
    limits d 2 H7
    Pillar x d 1
    Retaining bore
    d 2
    bonding limitsd 2 G7
    Transition fit limits
    d 2 H7
    2052.70. 1) / 2086.70. /
    2085.72.
    Guide Bushes/
    Guide Bushes with
    collar, Bronze with
    non-liquid lubricant
    slip-fit bonding*:
    Retaining bore d 2 = G7
    transition fit:
    Retaining bore d 2 = H7
    1) if required secure with set screw
    2085.71.
    Guide Bushes with
    collar, Bronze with
    non-liquid lubricant
    (press fit)
    Pillar x d 1 Retaining bore d 2 G7 limits d 2 G7
    2085.70.
    Guide Bushes with
    collar, Bronze with
    non-liquid lubricant
    (transition fit)
    *Slip-Fit Bonding:
    The glue-line gap must not be smaller than 0,005 mm, or the adhesive will
    be wiped off the contact surfaces upon fitment.
    This would result in an unreliable bond.
    The available component tolerances do not always result in the minimum
    glue-line gap.
    This fact has to be born in mind when machining receiving bores,
    or alternatively corrections can be made on the assembly bench.
    Assembly of Guide Elements –
    Dimensional Requirements and Tolerances
    1
    d
    H7
    g6 2
    d
    1
    d
    H6
    m6 2
    d
    1
    d
    H7
    h6 2
    d
    2102.70. / 2102.71.
    25 35 +0,016
    0 32 44
    40 52
    +0,019
    0
    50 63
    63 80
    80 100
    +0,022
    0
    100 125
    +0,025
    0
    2082.70.
    24/25 32/35
    +0,025
    0
    30/32 40/42
    38/40 50
    48/50 63 +0,030
    0 60/63 80
    80 100
    +0,035
    0
    100 125 +0,040
    0 125 160
    160 200
    +0,046
    0
    2082.71. / 2086.71.
    25/32/40 32/40/50
    +0,025
    0
    50/63 63/80
    +0,030
    0
    80 100
    +0,035
    0
    100/125 125/160
    +0,040
    0
    subject to alterations
    2082.71. / 2086.71.
    Guide Bush with
    collar to NAAMS,
    bronze with non-
    liquid lubricant
    (slip fit)
    2102.70. / 2102.71.
    Guide Bushes with
    collar, bronze with
    non-liquid lubricant/
    bronze, CNOMO
    (transition fit)
    Pillar [ d 1 Retaining bore d 2 H6 limits d 2 H6
    2082.70.
    Guide Bushes with
    collar, bronze with
    non-liquid lubricant
    DIN 9834/ISO 9448
    (slip fit)
    Pillar [ d 1 Retaining bore d 2 H7 limits d 2 H7
    Pillar [ d 1 Retaining bore d 2 H7 limits d 2 H7
    Assembly of Guide Elements –
    Dimensional Requirements and Tolerances
    D297
    1
    d
    H7
    e7, f7 2
    d
    H7
    h6, k6 2
    d
    1
    d
    e7 2
    d
    H7
    k6 2
    d
    1
    d
    H7
    g6 2
    d
    3120.70. / 3120.71.
    8 12
    +0,018
    0
    10 14/15
    12 18
    13 19
    +0,021
    0
    14 20
    15 21
    16 22
    18/19 24/25
    20 26/28/30
    25 32/33/35
    +0,025
    0
    28 38
    30 38/40/42
    31,5 40
    32 42
    35 44/45
    38 48
    40 50
    40 55
    +0,030
    0
    45 55/56/60
    50 60/62/65
    55 70
    60 74/75
    63 75
    65 80
    70 85/90
    +0,035
    0
    75 90/95
    80 96/100
    85 100
    90 110
    100 120
    110 130
    +0,040
    0
    120 140
    125 145
    130 150
    140 160
    150 170
    160 180
    2087.72.
    9/10 14 +0,018
    0 12 18
    14/15 20
    +0,021
    0
    16 22
    18/20 26
    22/24 30
    25 32 +0,025
    0 30/32 42
    40/42 54
    +0,030
    0
    50 66
    60 80
    2087.70. / 2087.71. / 2087.73.
    9/10 14
    +0,018
    0
    14/15 20
    +0,021
    0
    18/20 26
    22/24 30
    25 35
    +0,025
    0
    30/32 42
    40 50
    40/42 54
    +0,030
    0
    50 63
    60 80
    63 80
    subject to alterations
    Pillar [ d 1 Retaining bore d 2 H7 limits d 2 H7
    2087.70. / 2087.71. /
    2087.73.
    Guide Bushes with
    centre collar/ with
    collar, bronze with
    non-liquid lubricant
    e7 = slip fit
    f7 = slip fit
    h6 = slip fit
    k6 = transition fit
    2087.72.
    Guide Bushes with
    collar, bronze with
    non-liquid lubricant
    e7 = slip fit
    k6 = transition fit
    Pillar [ d 1 Retaining bore d 2 H7 limits d 2 H7
    Pillar [ d 1 Retaining bore d 2 H7 limits d 2 H7
    3120.70. / 3120.71.
    Guide Bushes, bronze
    with non-liquid
    lubricant
    slip fit
    bond in or if required secure with
    set screw or flat mushroom head
    screw 2192.61.
    Assembly of Guide Elements –
    Dimensional Requirements and Tolerances
    D298
    1
    d
    H7
    e7, f7 2
    d
    H7
    h6, k6 2
    d
    1
    d
    e7 2
    d
    H7
    k6 2
    d
    1
    d
    H7
    g6 2
    d
    3120.70. / 3120.71.
    8 12
    +0,018
    0
    10 14/15
    12 18
    13 19
    +0,021
    0
    14 20
    15 21
    16 22
    18/19 24/25
    20 26/28/30
    25 32/33/35
    +0,025
    0
    28 38
    30 38/40/42
    31,5 40
    32 42
    35 44/45
    38 48
    40 50
    40 55
    +0,030
    0
    45 55/56/60
    50 60/62/65
    55 70
    60 74/75
    63 75
    65 80
    70 85/90
    +0,035
    0
    75 90/95
    80 96/100
    85 100
    90 110
    100 120
    110 130
    +0,040
    0
    120 140
    125 145
    130 150
    140 160
    150 170
    160 180
    2087.72.
    9/10 14 +0,018
    0 12 18
    14/15 20
    +0,021
    0
    16 22
    18/20 26
    22/24 30
    25 32 +0,025
    0 30/32 42
    40/42 54
    +0,030
    0
    50 66
    60 80
    2087.70. / 2087.71. / 2087.73.
    9/10 14
    +0,018
    0
    14/15 20
    +0,021
    0
    18/20 26
    22/24 30
    25 35
    +0,025
    0
    30/32 42
    40 50
    40/42 54
    +0,030
    0
    50 63
    60 80
    63 80
    subject to alterations
    Pillar [ d 1 Retaining bore d 2 H7 limits d 2 H7
    2087.70. / 2087.71. /
    2087.73.
    Guide Bushes with
    centre collar/ with
    collar, bronze with
    non-liquid lubricant
    e7 = slip fit
    f7 = slip fit
    h6 = slip fit
    k6 = transition fit
    2087.72.
    Guide Bushes with
    collar, bronze with
    non-liquid lubricant
    e7 = slip fit
    k6 = transition fit
    Pillar [ d 1 Retaining bore d 2 H7 limits d 2 H7
    Pillar [ d 1 Retaining bore d 2 H7 limits d 2 H7
    3120.70. / 3120.71.
    Guide Bushes, bronze
    with non-liquid
    lubricant
    slip fit
    bond in or if required secure with
    set screw or flat mushroom head
    screw 2192.61.
    Assembly of Guide Elements –
    Dimensional Requirements and Tolerances
    A
    B
    C
    D
    E
    F
    G
    H
    J
    K
    L
    Die Sets
    Precision Ground Plates and Flat Bars
    Lifting and Clamping Devices
    Guide elements
    Ground Precision Components
    Springs
    Elastomer-Bars, -Sheets, -Sections
    FIBRO Chemical Tooling Aids
    Peripheral Equipment
    Cam Units
    Standard Parts for Mould Making
    Ground Precision Components
    Punches and matrixes, Pins, gauge pins
    Ground
    Precision
    Components
    E2 subject to alterations
    Ground Precision Components
    FIBRO Precision Components cover a very wide
    range of materials, shapes and sizes and thus
    permit virtually unrestricted selection even to
    highly individual requirements.
    At Hassmersheim and also abroad, stock
    levels of Precision Components reach seven-
    digit figures. It is therefore quite likely that
    your particular choice will be available for
    immediate delivery. Should this not be the case
    then our flexible batch production schedules
    will ensure that delays are kept to a minimum.
    Batch production in our interpretation not only
    spells prompt delivery but also exceptional
    quality. Starting with the arrival inspection
    of raw materials, every single manufacturing
    operation on FIBRO Precision Components
    is followed by a quality check. Lastly, an
    uncompromising final inspection of each and
    every part guarantees that the trade mark
    FIBRO is and remains synonymous with Quality.
    In view of the fact that a large portion of the
    Precision Components programme consists
    of punches and matrices, the importance
    of alignment in the operational die must be
    emphasized. Unless this requirement can be
    met to a high degree of accuracy, even the
    finest efforts in design and in the toolroom
    must fail! Die alignment ultimately depends
    on the guides – FIBRO Die Sets and Guide
    Elements were developed and are made with
    this postulate in mind.
    Tool life, production cost and work quality are
    to a large extent a function of tooling material
    selection versus strip stock characteristics
    and ancillary process conditions. A judicious
    choice from the wide range of materials for
    our punches and matrices will be facilitated by
    the orientation guide in this catalogue. Listing
    the principal characteristics of each material
    together with selection criteria, it is intended
    to help customers make the right choice.
    Our experienced tooling specialists will assist
    you with further detailed information.
    In keeping with the basic tenet of our firm,
    every effort is made to ensure that design,
    performance potential and quality of FIBRO
    Precision Components keep well abreast with
    latest technological developments.
    Ground
    Precision
    Components
    subject to alterations
    Ground Precision Components
    FIBRO Precision Components cover a very wide
    range of materials, shapes and sizes and thus
    permit virtually unrestricted selection even to
    highly individual requirements.
    At Hassmersheim and also abroad, stock
    levels of Precision Components reach seven-
    digit figures. It is therefore quite likely that
    your particular choice will be available for
    immediate delivery. Should this not be the case
    then our flexible batch production schedules
    will ensure that delays are kept to a minimum.
    Batch production in our interpretation not only
    spells prompt delivery but also exceptional
    quality. Starting with the arrival inspection
    of raw materials, every single manufacturing
    operation on FIBRO Precision Components
    is followed by a quality check. Lastly, an
    uncompromising final inspection of each and
    every part guarantees that the trade mark
    FIBRO is and remains synonymous with Quality.
    In view of the fact that a large portion of the
    Precision Components programme consists
    of punches and matrices, the importance
    of alignment in the operational die must be
    emphasized. Unless this requirement can be
    met to a high degree of accuracy, even the
    finest efforts in design and in the toolroom
    must fail! Die alignment ultimately depends
    on the guides – FIBRO Die Sets and Guide
    Elements were developed and are made with
    this postulate in mind.
    Tool life, production cost and work quality are
    to a large extent a function of tooling material
    selection versus strip stock characteristics
    and ancillary process conditions. A judicious
    choice from the wide range of materials for
    our punches and matrices will be facilitated by
    the orientation guide in this catalogue. Listing
    the principal characteristics of each material
    together with selection criteria, it is intended
    to help customers make the right choice.
    Our experienced tooling specialists will assist
    you with further detailed information.
    In keeping with the basic tenet of our firm,
    every effort is made to ensure that design,
    performance potential and quality of FIBRO
    Precision Components keep well abreast with
    latest technological developments.
    E3
    Contents
    subject to alterations
    Comparative graphs
    Precision components - Description
    of materials
    222.
    Punch DIN 9861 Shape DA
    223.
    Punch DIN 9861 Shape D / ISO 6752
    224.
    Punch DIN 9861 Shape CA
    225.
    Punch DIN 9861 Shape C
    274.
    Punch similar to DIN 9861 Shape CA
    275.
    Punch similar to DIN 9861 Shape C
    232.
    Punch VDI 3374
    233.
    Insert sleeve with thrust pin
    VDI 3374 Shape A
    234.
    Insert sleeve with thrust pin
    VDI 3374 Shape B
    2281.
    Punch with tapered head 30°,
    Shape D
    2291.
    Punch with tapered head 30°,
    Shape C
    2284.3.
    Punch with tapered head, Shape D
    2284.00.
    Piloted counterbore for tapered-
    head punch
    2206.
    Punch with tapered head, blank
    E4
    E15
    E16-17
    E18
    E19
    E20
    E21
    E22
    E23
    E24
    E25
    E26
    E27
    E28
    E30
    E31
    E32
    Contents
    subject to alterations
    2216.
    Punch with tapered head, stepped,
    round
    2706.
    Punch with tapered head, blank,
    with ejector pin
    2716.
    Punch with tapered head, stepped,
    round, with ejector pin
    Punches - Mounting guidelines
    220.
    Punch DIN 9844, Shape A
    221.
    Punch DIN 9844, Shape B
    266.
    Punch similar to VDI 3374
    267.
    Punch with ejector pin
    268.
    Punch with ejector pin, stepped,
    short point
    269.
    Punch with ejector pin, stepped,
    long point
    270.
    Punch similar DIN 9844, Shape A
    271.
    Punch similar DIN 9844, Shape B
    272.
    Punch similar DIN 9861, Shape D
    273.
    Punch similar DIN 9861, Shape C
    2202.
    Ball lock punch, blank, light duty
    2212.
    Ball lock punch, stepped, round,
    light  duty
    E5
    E33
    E34
    E35
    E36
    E37
    E38
    E39
    E40
    E41
    E42
    E45
    E46
    E47
    E48
    E51
    E52
    Contents
    subject to alterations
    2222.
    Ball lock punch, stepped, square,
    light duty
    2232.
    Ball lock punch, stepped, rectan-
    gular, light duty
    2242.
    Ball lock punch, stepped, slot,
    light duty
    2252.
    Ball lock punch, stepped, rectangle
    with radiussed corners, light duty
    2702.
    Ball lock punch, blank, with ejector
    pin, light duty
    2712.
    Ball lock punch, stepped, round, with
    ejector pin, light duty
    2722.
    Ball lock punch, stepped, square,
    with ejector pin, light duty
    2732.
    Ball lock punch, stepped, rectan-
    gular, with ejector pin, light duty
    2742.
    Ball lock punch, stepped, slot, with
    ejector pin, light duty
    2752.
    Ball lock punch, stepped, rectangle
    with radiussed corners, with ejector
    pin, light duty
    2204.
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than
    shaft, blank, light duty
    2214.
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than
    shaft, round, light duty
    2224.
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than
    shaft, square, light duty
    2234.
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than
    shaft, rectangular, light duty
    2244.
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than
    shaft, slot, light duty
    2254.
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than
    shaft, rectangle with radiussed
    corners, light duty
    E6
    E53
    E54
    E55
    E56
    E57
    E58
    E59
    E60
    E61
    E62
    E63
    E64
    E65
    E66
    E67
    E68
    Contents
    subject to alterations
    2704.
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than
    shaft, blank, with ejector pin,
    light duty
    2714.
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than
    shaft, round, with ejector pin,
    light duty
    2724.
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than
    shaft, square, with ejector pin,
    light duty
    2734.
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than
    shaft, rectangular, with ejector pin,
    light duty
    2744.
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than
    shaft, slot, with ejector pin, light
    duty
    2754.
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than
    shaft, rectangle with radiussed
    corners, with ejector pin, light duty
    2262.
    Ball lock pilot pin, with tapered tip,
    light duty
    2272.
    Ball lock pilot pin, with parabolic tip,
    light duty
    2203.
    Ball lock punch, blank, heavy duty
    2213.
    Ball lock punch, stepped, round,
    heavy duty
    2223.
    Ball lock punch, stepped, square,
    heavy duty
    2233.
    Ball lock punch, stepped, rectan-
    gular, heavy duty
    2243.
    Ball lock punch, stepped, slot,
    heavy duty
    2253.
    Ball lock punch, stepped, rectangle
    with radiussed corners, heavy duty
    2703.
    Ball lock punch, blank, with ejector
    pin, heavy duty
    2713.
    Ball lock punch, stepped, round, with
    ejector pin, heavy duty
    E7
    E69
    E70
    E71
    E72
    E73
    E74
    E75
    E76
    E77
    E78
    E79
    E80
    E81
    E82
    E83
    E84
    Contents
    subject to alterations
    2723.
    Ball lock punch, stepped, square,
    with ejector pin, heavy duty
    2733.
    Ball lock punch, stepped, rectan-
    gular, with ejector pin, heavy duty
    2743.
    Ball lock punch, stepped, slot, with
    ejector pin, heavy duty
    2753.
    Ball lock punch, stepped, rectangle
    with radiussed corners, with ejector
    pin, heavy duty
    2205.
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than
    shaft, blank, heavy duty
    2215.
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than
    shaft, round, heavy duty
    2225.
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than
    shaft, square, heavy duty
    2235.
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than
    shaft, rectangular, heavy duty
    2245.
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than
    shaft, slot, heavy duty
    2255.
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than
    shaft, rectangle with radiussed
    corners, heavy duty
    2705.
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than
    shaft, blank, with ejector pin,
    heavy duty
    2715.
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than
    shaft, round, with ejector pin,
    heavy duty
    2725.
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than
    shaft, square, with ejector pin,
    heavy  duty
    2735.
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than
    shaft, rectangular, with ejector pin,
    heavy duty
    2745.
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than
    shaft, slot, with ejector pin,
    heavy duty
    2755.
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than
    shaft, rectangle with radiussed
    corners, with ejector pin, heavy duty
    E8
    E85
    E86
    E87
    E88
    E89
    E90
    E91
    E92
    E93
    E94
    E95
    E96
    E97
    E98
    E99
    E100
    Contents
    subject to alterations
    2263.
    Ball lock pilot pin, with tapered tip,
    heavy duty
    2273.
    Ball lock pilot pin, with parabolic tip,
    heavy duty
    2201.
    Punch, blank, ISO 8020
    2211.
    Punch, stepped, round, ISO 8020
    2221.
    Punch, stepped, square, ISO 8020
    2231.
    Punch, stepped, rectangular,
    ISO 8020
    2241.
    Punch, stepped, slot, ISO 8020
    2251.
    Punch, stepped, rectangle with radi-
    used corners, ISO 8020
    2701.
    Punch, blank, with ejector pin,
    ISO 8020
    2711.
    Punch, stepped, round, with ejector
    pin, ISO 8020
    2721.
    Punch, stepped, square, with ejector
    pin, ISO 8020
    2731.
    Punch, stepped, rectangular, with
    ejector pin, ISO 8020
    2741.
    Punch, stepped, slot, with ejector
    pin, ISO 8020
    2751.
    Punch, stepped, rectangle with radi-
    ussed corners, with ejector pin,
    ISO 8020
    2261.
    Pilot pin with tapered tip, ISO 8020
    2271.
    Pilot pin with parabolic tip, ISO 8020
    E9
    E101
    E102
    E105
    E106
    E107
    E108
    E109
    E110
    E111
    E112
    E113
    E114
    E115
    E116
    E117
    E118
    Contents
    subject to alterations
    2276.
    Pilot unit to Mercedes-Benz
    Standard
    2606.
    Matrix without shoulder, blank,
    ISO 8977
    2616.
    Matrix without shoulder, round,
    ISO 8977
    Anti-rotation elements
    2626.
    Matrix without shoulder, square,
    ISO  8977
    2636.
    Matrix without shoulder, rectan-
    gular, ISO 8977
    2646.
    Matrix without shoulder, slot,
    ISO 8977
    2656.
    Matrix without shoulder, rectangle
    with radiussed corners, ISO 8977
    2607.
    Matrix with shoulder, blank,
    ISO 8977
    2617.
    Matrix with shoulder, round,
    ISO 8977
    2627.
    Matrix with shoulder, square,
    ISO 8977
    2637.
    Matrix with shoulder, rectangular,
    ISO 8977
    2647.
    Matrix with shoulder, slot, ISO 8977
    2657.
    Matrix with shoulder, rectangle with
    radiussed corners, ISO 8977
    2605.
    Matrix without shoulder, blank,
    Automotive Standard
    2615.
    Matrix without shoulder, round,
    Automotive Standard
    E10
    E119
    E123
    E124
    E125-
    145
    E126
    E128
    E130
    E132
    E135
    E136
    E138
    E140
    E142
    E144
    E146
    E147
    Contents
    subject to alterations
    2625.
    Matrix without shoulder, square,
    Automotive Standard
    2635.
    Matrix without shoulder, rectan-
    gular, Automotive Standard
    2645.
    Matrix without shoulder, slot, Auto-
    motive Standard
    2655.
    Matrix without shoulder, rectangle
    with radiused corners, Automotive
    Standard
    262.
    Guide bush for punch DIN 9845,
    Shape C
    2621.
    Guide bush for punch ISO 8978
    260.
    Matrix without collar, DIN 9845
    Shape A
    261.
    Matrix with collar, DIN 9845 Shape B
    2602.
    Matrix without collar, cylindrical
    2612.
    Matrix with collar, cylindrical
    2601.
    Matrix without collar, conical
    2611.
    Matrix with collar, conical
    Standardised special shapes
    2618.
    Dynamic stripping element (DAE)
    2618.06.
    Matrix without collar for dynamic
    stripper (DAE), blank
    2618.07.
    Matrix with collar for dynamic
    stripper (DAE), blank
    E11
    E148
    E149
    E150
    E151
    E152
    E153
    E154
    E155
    E156
    E157
    E158
    E159
    E161-
    165
    E166
    E169
    E170
    Contents
    subject to alterations
    2618.16.
    Matrix without collar for dynamic
    stripper (DAE), round
    2618.17.
    Matrix with collar for dynamic
    stripper (DAE), round
    2664.05.
    Triangle retainer for ball-lock
    punches, light duty
    2664.06.
    Triangle retainer for ball-lock
    punches, heavy duty
    2664.07.
    Triangle retainer for ball-lock
    punches, light duty
    2664.10.
    Triangle retainer for ball-lock
    punches, heavy duty
    Accessories for Retainers, triangular,
    for Ball-Lock Punches
    2668.2.
    ACCU-LOCK Fixture device for ball-
    lock punches, light duty
    2668.3.
    ACCU-LOCK Fixture device for ball-
    lock punches, heavy duty
    2664.02.
    Triangle retainer, for punches
    ISO 8020 without anti-rotation
    element
    2664.04.
    Triangle retainer, for punches
    ISO 8020 with anti-rotation element
    Accessories for retainers, triangular,
    for punches ISO 8020
    2665.01.
    Pressure plate
    Accessories for punches
    2431.7.
    Stripping unit for punches
    2667.1.
    Stripping unit - Pressure plate
    E12
    E171
    E172
    E174
    E175
    E176
    E177
    E178
    E179
    E180
    E182
    E183
    E184
    E184
    E185
    E186
    E187
    Contents
    subject to alterations
    2667.2.
    Stripping unit - Mounting plate
    243.7.
    Elastomer Stripper
    243.7. .1
    Washer
    High-Precision special parts to custo-
    mer´s drawings
    230.
    Punch without head, square /
    rectangular, Shape A
    231.
    Punch with head, square / rectan-
    gular, Shape B
    236.1.
    Dowel pin with internal extracting
    thread, similar to DIN EN ISO 8735
    2361.1.
    Dowel pin with internal extracting
    thread, according to
    DIN EN ISO 8735
    236.001.
    FIBROZIPP
    265.1.
    Liner bush for dowel pin, for bonding
    2650.1.
    Liner bush for dowel pin, for push fit
    235.1.
    Dowel pin similar to
    DIN EN ISO 8734
    2351.1.
    Dowel pin according to
    DIN EN ISO 8734
    276.
    Drill bush with collar, DIN 172,
    Shape A
    277.
    Drill bush without collar, DIN 179,
    Shape A
    240.1./2.
    Gauge pin DIN 2269
    E13
    E188
    E190
    E191
    E192-
    193
    E194
    E195
    E196
    E197
    E198
    E200
    E201
    E202
    E203
    E204
    E205
    E206
    Contents
    subject to alterations
    240.45.
    Gauge pin holder
    240.91.
    Wooden box
    240.92.
    Wooden box
    240.11.
    Gauge pin with handle
    240.22.
    Gauge pin with handle
    240.31.
    Gauge pins - boxed set
    240.32.
    Gauge pins - boxed set
    2282.01.
    Punching and embossing unit with
    matrix for punched holes and self
    tapping screws
    E14
    E208
    E208
    E208
    E209
    E209
    E209
    E209
    E210
    subject to alterations
    Comparative Graphs
    Compressive strength (0,2 proof stress)
    Flexural strength
    Hardness Vickers
    subject to alterations
    Comparative Graphs
    Compressive strength (0,2 proof stress)
    Flexural strength
    Hardness Vickers
    E15
    subject to alterations
    FIBRO Punches and Matrixes –
    Description of Materials
    WS = Alloy Tool Steel
     Material No 1.2210, 1.2516, 1.2842 or similar.
    Characteristics: Hard and tough tool steel, medium wear resistance.
    Application Field: Piercing/blanking dies for mild steel, low carbon steels, non-ferrous metals, plastics, paper.
     WS = material code number = “1”
     e.g. Order No = 239.1. ...
    HWS = High Carbon – High Chrome Tool Steel (12% Cr)
     Material No 1.2436, 1.2379 or similar.
    Characteristics: High resistance to wear.
    Application Field: Piercing/blanking dies of all types, trim dies, for all carbon steels, alloy steels, non-ferrous metals, plastics,
     paper.
     HWS = material code number = “2”
     e.g. Order No = 260.2. ...
    HSS = High Speed Steel
     Material No 1.3343 or similar.
    Characteristics: High wear resistance; high tempering curve permits certain surface treatments.
    Application Field: Piercing/blanking dies of all types – for tough materials e.g. spring steel, lamination steels, and abrasive
     papers as well as plastics.
     HSS = material code number = “3”
     e.g. Order No = 220.3. ...
    ASP 23 = High Speed Steel on Powder-Metallurgic Basis
    ASP 2023
    Characteristics: High wear resistance – greater toughness due to excellent homogenity.
    Application Field: Same as HSS.
     ASP 23
     ASP 2023 = material code number = “6”
     e.g. Order No = 223.6. ...
    HST = High Speed Steel, Nitrided
    Characteristics: High wear resistance – reduced galling tendency on account of nitrides infused into top layer of material.
    Application Field: Piercing/blanking dies of all types – for very hard and abrasive materials.
     HST = material code number = “4”
     e.g. Order No = 223.4. ...
    FT = Ferro-Tic (Ferro Titanit)
    Characteristics: Between those of HSS and hard metals (tungsten carbides); machinable in the supplied state –
     hardness conferred by heat treatment.
    Application Field: Fine blanking and progression/lamination dies for large quantities of parts from abrasive, hard materials,
     also silicon steels and stainless steels.
     FT special manufacture
     – on request –
    E16 subject to alterations
    HZ = Hard-coated Tooling Components for High-Performance
     HZC Composite Vapour Deposition (CVD) TIC-TIN Coating
    Carrier Materials: HSS Material No 1.3207 and 1.3343 etc.
     HCHC Material No 1.2379 and 1.2436 etc.
    Properties: The titanium carbide substrate provides a pressure-resistant bond with the carrier metal, while the outer
     layer of titanium nitride offers the well-known advantages of optimum tribologic behaviour in contact with
     the stamping stock. By virtue of its outstanding wear resistance, the TIN-layer largely eliminates seizing
     and cold welding problems in stamping.
     Surface Hardness: approx. 3500 HV 0,05
     Coating Thickness: 5 to 8 μm approx.
    Applications: All tooling components subject to high demands on wear resistance and performance, especially
     punches in progression/combination tools, as well as cold extrusion punches etc.
     Owing to distorsion problems, TIC-TIN is not recommanded for parts with a length/thickness ratio
     than 20:1.
     TIC-TIN = material code number = “5”
     e. g. Order No = 223.5. ...
     HZN Titanium Nitride Coating TIN-PVD (physical vapour deposition).
    Carrier Material: HSS Material No 1.3207 and 1.3343 etc.
     HCHC Material No 1.2379
     (HCHC-steels are of conditional suitability)
    Properties: The TIN-coating offers excellent frictional characteristics but its compressive strength remains
     inferior to TIC-TIN deposits. The TIN-deposition process can be applied to partial, selected areas of
     the tooling component.
     Surface Hardness: approx. 2300 HV 0,05
     Coating Thickness: 2–4 mm < Ø 20 = 1,5 mm ± 20 %
    Applications: Tooling for thin stamping stock such as cold rolled spring steel, zinc-galvanized sheet and strip,
     copper-beryllium bronze, german silver, and solenoid lamination steels.
     Note that the ratio stock thickness to punch point diameter should not exceed 1:3.
     TIN = material code number = “0”
     e. g. Order No = 223.0. ...
    HM = Tungsten Carbide
    Characteristics: Hard-sintered carbide on WC-basis and of recognized properties; produced by powder-metallurgic
     processes, FIBRO’s exclusively used HIP-densified carbide exhibits much enhanced flexural
     strength and reduced residual porosity.
    Application Field: Die components for highest performance and very large stamping volumes – for altogether ultimate
     demands on tool life.
     HM = material code number = “9”
     e. g. Order No = 270.9. ...
    NWA = Hot-Work Tool Steel – Suitable for Nitriding
     Material No 1.2344 or similar.
    Characteristics: Chrome-Molybdenum-Vanadium hot working die steel; core strength: L 1400 N/mm 2 ;
     temperature resistant up to 650°C; surface hardness (nitrided) ^ 950 HV 0,3.
    Application Field: Ejector pins for pressure diecasting, injection- and compression moulding processes, and generally
     for work at elevated temperatures.
     NWA = material code number = “8”
     e. g. Order No = 237.8. ...
    FIBRO Punches and Matrixes –
    Description of Materials
    subject to alterations
    FIBRO Punches and Matrixes –
    Description of Materials
    WS = Alloy Tool Steel
     Material No 1.2210, 1.2516, 1.2842 or similar.
    Characteristics: Hard and tough tool steel, medium wear resistance.
    Application Field: Piercing/blanking dies for mild steel, low carbon steels, non-ferrous metals, plastics, paper.
     WS = material code number = “1”
     e.g. Order No = 239.1. ...
    HWS = High Carbon – High Chrome Tool Steel (12% Cr)
     Material No 1.2436, 1.2379 or similar.
    Characteristics: High resistance to wear.
    Application Field: Piercing/blanking dies of all types, trim dies, for all carbon steels, alloy steels, non-ferrous metals, plastics,
     paper.
     HWS = material code number = “2”
     e.g. Order No = 260.2. ...
    HSS = High Speed Steel
     Material No 1.3343 or similar.
    Characteristics: High wear resistance; high tempering curve permits certain surface treatments.
    Application Field: Piercing/blanking dies of all types – for tough materials e.g. spring steel, lamination steels, and abrasive
     papers as well as plastics.
     HSS = material code number = “3”
     e.g. Order No = 220.3. ...
    ASP 23 = High Speed Steel on Powder-Metallurgic Basis
    ASP 2023
    Characteristics: High wear resistance – greater toughness due to excellent homogenity.
    Application Field: Same as HSS.
     ASP 23
     ASP 2023 = material code number = “6”
     e.g. Order No = 223.6. ...
    HST = High Speed Steel, Nitrided
    Characteristics: High wear resistance – reduced galling tendency on account of nitrides infused into top layer of material.
    Application Field: Piercing/blanking dies of all types – for very hard and abrasive materials.
     HST = material code number = “4”
     e.g. Order No = 223.4. ...
    FT = Ferro-Tic (Ferro Titanit)
    Characteristics: Between those of HSS and hard metals (tungsten carbides); machinable in the supplied state –
     hardness conferred by heat treatment.
    Application Field: Fine blanking and progression/lamination dies for large quantities of parts from abrasive, hard materials,
     also silicon steels and stainless steels.
     FT special manufacture
     – on request –
    subject to alterations
    HZ = Hard-coated Tooling Components for High-Performance
     HZC Composite Vapour Deposition (CVD) TIC-TIN Coating
    Carrier Materials: HSS Material No 1.3207 and 1.3343 etc.
     HCHC Material No 1.2379 and 1.2436 etc.
    Properties: The titanium carbide substrate provides a pressure-resistant bond with the carrier metal, while the outer
     layer of titanium nitride offers the well-known advantages of optimum tribologic behaviour in contact with
     the stamping stock. By virtue of its outstanding wear resistance, the TIN-layer largely eliminates seizing
     and cold welding problems in stamping.
     Surface Hardness: approx. 3500 HV 0,05
     Coating Thickness: 5 to 8 μm approx.
    Applications: All tooling components subject to high demands on wear resistance and performance, especially
     punches in progression/combination tools, as well as cold extrusion punches etc.
     Owing to distorsion problems, TIC-TIN is not recommanded for parts with a length/thickness ratio
     than 20:1.
     TIC-TIN = material code number = “5”
     e. g. Order No = 223.5. ...
     HZN Titanium Nitride Coating TIN-PVD (physical vapour deposition).
    Carrier Material: HSS Material No 1.3207 and 1.3343 etc.
     HCHC Material No 1.2379
     (HCHC-steels are of conditional suitability)
    Properties: The TIN-coating offers excellent frictional characteristics but its compressive strength remains
     inferior to TIC-TIN deposits. The TIN-deposition process can be applied to partial, selected areas of
     the tooling component.
     Surface Hardness: approx. 2300 HV 0,05
     Coating Thickness: 2–4 mm < Ø 20 = 1,5 mm ± 20 %
    Applications: Tooling for thin stamping stock such as cold rolled spring steel, zinc-galvanized sheet and strip,
     copper-beryllium bronze, german silver, and solenoid lamination steels.
     Note that the ratio stock thickness to punch point diameter should not exceed 1:3.
     TIN = material code number = “0”
     e. g. Order No = 223.0. ...
    HM = Tungsten Carbide
    Characteristics: Hard-sintered carbide on WC-basis and of recognized properties; produced by powder-metallurgic
     processes, FIBRO’s exclusively used HIP-densified carbide exhibits much enhanced flexural
     strength and reduced residual porosity.
    Application Field: Die components for highest performance and very large stamping volumes – for altogether ultimate
     demands on tool life.
     HM = material code number = “9”
     e. g. Order No = 270.9. ...
    NWA = Hot-Work Tool Steel – Suitable for Nitriding
     Material No 1.2344 or similar.
    Characteristics: Chrome-Molybdenum-Vanadium hot working die steel; core strength: L 1400 N/mm 2 ;
     temperature resistant up to 650°C; surface hardness (nitrided) ^ 950 HV 0,3.
    Application Field: Ejector pins for pressure diecasting, injection- and compression moulding processes, and generally
     for work at elevated temperatures.
     NWA = material code number = “8”
     e. g. Order No = 237.8. ...
    FIBRO Punches and Matrixes –
    Description of Materials
    E17
    subject to alterations
    Punch DIN 9861 Shape DA
    d 1 h6
    l 1 +0,5
    d 2
    +0,2
    k
    radiussed
    Y
    222.
    Material:
    HSS
    Order No 222.3.
    Hardness:
    Shaft 64 ± 2 HRC
    Head 52 ± 3 HRC
    HST
    Order No 222.4.
    Hardness:
    Surface ≥ 950 HV 0,3
    Head 52 ± 3 HRC
    HZ - TIN (HSS)
    Order No 222.0.
    Hardness:
    Surface 2300 HV 0,05
    Head 52 ± 3 HRC
    Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die components see at the
    beginning of Chapter E.
    Execution:
    Shaft precision ground. Head hot upset-forged and tempered. Residual
    upset bulge below head normally much smaller than permissible acc. to
    DIN 9861.
    d 4 : For d 1 < 1 mm d 4 =d 1 + 0,02
    For d 1 ≥ 1 mm d 4 =d 1 + 0,03
    Stock lenghts: 71, 80, 100 mm.
    other lengths and diameters on request!
    Note:
    Punches are also available without head
    E18
    d 1
    Gradation
    d 1 d 2 k l 1 71 80 100
    0.5 0.05 0.9 0.2 ● ● ●
    0.55 0.05 1 0.2 ● ● ●
    0.6 0.05 1.1 0.2 ● ● ●
    0.65 0.05 1.2 0.2 ● ● ●
    0.7 - 0.75 0.05 1.3 0.2 ● ● ●
    0.8 - 0.85 0.05 1.4 0.4 ● ● ●
    0.9 - 0.95 0.05 1.6 0.4 ● ● ●
    1 - 1.1 0.1 1.8 0.5 ● ● ●
    1.2 - 1.3 0.1 2 0.5 ● ● ●
    1.4 - 1.5 0.1 2.2 0.5 ● ● ●
    1.6 - 1.7 0.1 2.5 0.5 ● ● ●
    1.8 - 1.9 0.1 2.8 0.5 ● ● ●
    2 0.1 3 0.5 ● ● ●
    2.1 - 2.2 0.1 3.2 0.5 ● ● ●
    2.3 - 2.5 0.1 3.5 0.5 ● ● ●
    2.6 - 2.9 0.1 4 0.5 ● ● ●
    3 - 3.4 0.1 4.5 0.5 ● ● ●
    3.5 - 3.9 0.1 5 0.5 ● ● ●
    4 - 4.4 0.1 5.5 0.5 ● ● ●
    4.5 - 4.9 0.1 6 0.5 ● ● ●
    5 - 5.4 0.1 6.5 0.5 ● ● ●
    5.5 - 5.9 0.1 7 0.5 ● ● ●
    6 - 6.4 0.1 8 0.5 ● ● ●
    6.5 - 7 0.5 9 1 ● ● ●
    7.5 - 8 0.5 10 1 ● ● ●
    8.5 - 9 0.5 11 1 ● ● ●
    9.5 - 10 0.5 12 1 ● ● ●
    10.5 - 11 0.5 13 1 ● ● ●
    11.5 - 12 0.5 14 1 ● ● ●
    12.5 - 13 0.5 15 1 ● ● ●
    13.5 - 14 0.5 16 1.5 ● ● ●
    14.5 - 15 0.5 17 1.5 ● ● ●
    15.5 - 16 0.5 18 1.5 ● ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Punch DIN 9861 Shape DA =222.
    Material MAT HSS = 3.
    Shaft diameter d 1 0.5 mm = 0050.
    Length l 1 71 mm = 071
    Order No =222.3.0050. 071
    222. Punch DIN 9861 Shape DA
    subject to alterations
    Punch DIN 9861 Shape D / ISO 6752
    Material:
    HSS
    Order No 223.3.
    Hardness:
    Shaft 64 ± 2 HRC
    Head 52 ± 3 HRC
    HST
    Order No 223.4.
    Hardness:
    Surface ≥ 950 HV 0,3
    Head 52 ± 3 HRC
    HZ - TIN (HSS)
    Order No 223.0.
    Hardness:
    Surface 2300 HV 0,05
    Head 52 ± 3 HRC
    ASP 23 - ASP 2023
    Order No 223.6.
    Hardness:
    Shaft 64 ± 2 HRC
    Head 52 ± 3 HRC
    Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die components see at the
    beginning of Chapter E.
    Execution:
    Head hot upset-forged and tempered. Shaft and head subsequently
    precision plunge-ground for perfect concentricity and full interchangea-
    bility with replacement punches.
    Stock lenghts: 71, 80, 100 mm.
    other lengths and diameters on request!
    +0,2
    k
    d 1 h6
    l 1 +0,5
    d 2
    radiused
    60°
    223.
    E19
    Ordering Code (example):
    Punch DIN 9861 Shape D / ISO 6752 =223.
    Material MAT HSS = 3.
    Shaft diameter d 1 0.5 mm = 0050.
    Length l 1 71 mm = 071
    Order No =223.3.0050. 071
    d 1
    Gradation
    d 1 d 2 k l 1 71 80 100
    0.5 0.05 0.9 0.2 ● ● ●
    0.55 0.05 1 0.2 ● ● ●
    0.6 0.05 1.1 0.2 ● ● ●
    0.65 0.05 1.2 0.2 ● ● ●
    0.7 - 0.75 0.05 1.3 0.2 ● ● ●
    0.8 - 0.85 0.05 1.4 0.4 ● ● ●
    0.9 - 0.95 0.05 1.6 0.4 ● ● ●
    1 - 1.1 0.1 1.8 0.5 ● ● ●
    1.2 - 1.3 0.1 2 0.5 ● ● ●
    1.4 - 1.5 0.1 2.2 0.5 ● ● ●
    1.6 - 1.7 0.1 2.5 0.5 ● ● ●
    1.8 - 1.9 0.1 2.8 0.5 ● ● ●
    2 0.1 3 0.5 ● ● ●
    2.1 - 2.2 0.1 3.2 0.5 ● ● ●
    2.3 - 2.5 0.1 3.5 0.5 ● ● ●
    2.6 - 2.9 0.1 4 0.5 ● ● ●
    3 - 3.4 0.1 4.5 0.5 ● ● ●
    3.5 - 3.9 0.1 5 0.5 ● ● ●
    4 - 4.4 0.1 5.5 0.5 ● ● ●
    4.5 - 4.9 0.1 6 0.5 ● ● ●
    5 - 5.4 0.1 6.5 0.5 ● ● ●
    5.5 - 5.9 0.1 7 0.5 ● ● ●
    6 - 6.4 0.1 8 0.5 ● ● ●
    6.5 - 7 0.5 9 1 ● ● ●
    7.5 - 8 0.5 10 1 ● ● ●
    8.5 - 9 0.5 11 1 ● ● ●
    9.5 - 10 0.5 12 1 ● ● ●
    10.5 - 11 0.5 13 1 ● ● ●
    11.5 - 12 0.5 14 1 ● ● ●
    12.5 - 13 0.5 15 1 ● ● ●
    13.5 - 14 0.5 16 1.5 ● ● ●
    14.5 - 15 0.5 17 1.5 ● ● ●
    15.5 - 16 0.5 18 1.5 ● ● ●
    16.5 - 17 0.5 19 1.5 ● ● ●
    17.5 - 18 0.5 20 1.5 ● ● ●
    18.5 - 19 0.5 21 1.5 ● ● ●
    19.5 - 20 0.5 22 1.5 ● ● ●
    223. Punch DIN 9861 Shape D / ISO 6752
    subject to alterations
    Punch DIN 9861 Shape CA
    3 h6
    d
    1 h6
    d
    7
    +0,5
    0,5
    R13
    d 4
    l 1 +0,5
    d 2
    +0,2
    Detail X
    X
    5
    224.
    60°
    radiused
    Material:
    HSS
    Order No 224.3.
    Hardness:
    Shaft 64 ± 2 HRC
    Head 52 ± 3 HRC
    HZ - TIN (HSS)
    Order No 224.0.
    Hardnes:
    Surface 2300 HV 0,05
    Head 52 ± 3 HRC
    Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die components see at the
    beginning of Chapter E.
    Execution:
    Shaft precision ground. Head subsequently hot upset-forged and
    tempered; residual upset-buge below head normally much smaller than
    permissible acc. to DIN 9861.
    Stock lenghts: 71 mm.
    Other lengths and diameters on request!
    E20
    d 1
    Gradation
    d 1 d 2 d 3 d 4 l 1
    0.1 - 1.5 0.05 3 2 2.03 71
    1.55 - 2.95 0.05 4.5 3 3.03 71
    Ordering Code (example):
    Punch DIN 9861 Shape CA =224.
    Material MAT HSS = 3.
    Cutting diameter d 1 0.1 mm = 0010.
    Length l 1 71 mm = 071
    Order No =224. 3.0010. 071
    224. Punch DIN 9861 Shape CA
    subject to alterations
    Punch DIN 9861 Shape C
    Material:
    HSS
    Order No 225.3.
    Hardness:
    Shaft 64 ± 2 HRC
    Head 52 ± 3 HRC
    HST
    Order No 225.4.
    Hardness:
    Surface ≥ 950 HV 0,3
    Head 52 ± 3 HRC
    HZ - TIN (HSS)
    Order No 225.0.
    Hardness:
    Surface 2300 HV 0,05
    Head 52 ± 3 HRC
    ASP 23 - ASP 2023
    Order No 225.6.
    Hardness:
    Shaft 64 ± 2 HRC
    Head 52 ± 3 HRC
    Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die components see at the
    beginning of Chapter E.
    Execution:
    Head hot upset-forged and tempered. Shaft and head subsequently
    precision plunge-ground for perfect concentricity and full interchangea-
    bility with replacement punches.
    Stock lenghts: 71 mm.
    Other lengths and diameters on request!
    0,5
    +0,2
    R13
    d 3 h6
    l 1 +0,5
    7
    +0,5
    d 1 h6
    225.
    60°
    d 2
    E21
    Ordering Code (example):
    Punch DIN 9861 Shape C =225.
    Material MAT HSS = 3.
    Cutting diameter d 1 0.1 mm = 0010.
    Length l 1 71 mm = 071
    Order No =225.3.0010. 071
    d 1
    Gradation
    d 1 d 2 d 3 l 1
    0.1 - 1.5 0.05 3 2 71
    1.55 - 2.95 0.05 4.5 3 71
    225. Punch DIN 9861 Shape C
    subject to alterations
    Punch similar to DIN 9861 Shape CA
    d 1 h6
    3 h6
    d
    +0,2
    k
    l 2
    R13
    d 4
    60°
    l 1 +0,5
    d 2
    radiused
    detail X
    X
    ≈ 5
    274.
    Description:
    DIN 9861 restricts the range of stepped punches with conical head to
    shanks of 3 mm max. diameter and points of 2,95 mm max. diameter.
    Stepped punches of larger size are, however, quite popular owing to
    their rigidity and ability to sustain considerable stripping forces. In
    accommodation of this demand we supply larger sizes whichare ground
    from stock sizes of the 222.-series.
    Please select from those ranges and complete your order in accordance
    with the example on the right.
    Material:
    HSS
    Order No 274.3.
    Hardness:
    Shaft 64 ± 2 HRC
    Head 52 ± 3 HRC
    HST
    Order No 274.4.
    Hardness:
    Surface ≥ 950 HV 0,3
    Head 52 ± 3 HRC
    HZ - TIN (HSS)
    Order No 274.0.
    Hardness:
    Surface 2300 HV 0,05
    Head 52 ± 3 HRC
    Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die components see at the
    beginning of Chapter E.
    Execution:
    Shaft precision ground. Head subsequently hot upset-forged and
    tempered; residual upset-buge below head normally much smaller than
    permissible acc. to DIN 9861.
    Stock lenghts: 71, 80, 100 mm.
    other lengths and diameters on request!
    E22
    d 1
    Gradation
    d 1 d 2 d 3 d 4 l 2 k l 1 71 80 100
    1 - 3.9 0.05 5.5 4 4.03 5 - 20 0.5 ● ● ●
    1.5 - 4.9 0.05 6.5 5 5.03 5 - 20 0.5 ● ● ●
    1.6 - 5.9 0.05 8 6 6.03 5 - 20 0.5 ● ● ●
    2.5 - 7.9 0.05 10 8 8.03 5 - 20 1 ● ● ●
    4 - 9.9 0.05 12 10 10.03 5 - 20 1 ● ● ●
    5 - 12.9 0.05 15 13 13.03 5 - 20 1 ● ● ●
    8 - 15.9 0.05 18 16 16.03 5 - 20 1.5 ● ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Punch similar to DIN 9861 Shape CA =274.
    Material MAT HSS = 3.
    Shaft diameter d 3 4 mm = 0400.
    Length l 1 71 mm= 071.
    Cutting diameter d 1 1 mm = 0100.
    Punch cutting length l 2 5 mm = 005
    Order No =274.3.0400. 071.0100. 005
    274. Punch similar to DIN 9861 Shape CA
    subject to alterations
    Punch similar to DIN 9861 Shape C
    Description:
    DIN 9861 restricts the range of stepped punches with conical head to
    shanks of 3 mm max. diameter and points of 2,95 mm max. diameter.
    Stepped punches of larger size are, however, quite popular owing to
    their rigidity and ability to sustain considerable stripping forces. In
    accommodation of this demand we supply larger sizes whichare ground
    from stock sizes of the 223.-series
    Please select from those ranges and complete your order in accordance
    with the example on the right.
    Material:
    HSS
    Order No 275.3.
    Hardness: Shaft 64 ± 2 HRC; Head 52 ± 3 HRC
    HST
    Order No 275.4.
    Hardness: Surface ≥ 950 HV 0,3; Head 52 ± 3 HRC
    HZ - TIN (HSS)
    Order No 275.0.
    Hardness: Surface 2300 HV 0,05; Head 52 ± 3 HRC
    ASP 23 - ASP 2023
    Order No 275.6.
    Hardness: Shaft 64 ± 2 HRC; Head 52 ± 3 HRC
    Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die components see at the
    beginning of Chapter E.
    Execution:
    Head hot upset-forged and tempered. Shaft and head subsequently
    precision plunge-ground for perfect concentricity and full interchangea-
    bility with replacement punches.
    Stock lenghts: 71, 80, 100 mm.
    other lengths and diameters on request!
    60°
    d 2
    d 3 h6
    k
    +0,2
    I
    +0,5
    1
    I 2
    d 1 h6
    R13
    275.
    E23
    Ordering Code (example):
    Punch similar to DIN 9861 Shape C =275.
    Material MAT HSS = 3.
    Shaft diameter d 3 4 mm = 0400.
    Length l 1 71 mm= 071.
    Cutting diameter d 1 1 mm = 0100.
    Punch cutting length l 2 5 mm = 005
    Order No =275.3.0400. 071.0100. 005
    d 1
    Gradation
    d 1 d 2 d 3 l 2 k l 1 71 80 100
    1 - 3.9 0.05 5.5 4 5 - 20 0.5 ● ● ●
    1.5 - 4.9 0.05 6.5 5 5 - 20 0.5 ● ● ●
    1.6 - 5.9 0.05 8 6 5 - 20 0.5 ● ● ●
    2.5 - 7.9 0.05 10 8 5 - 20 1 ● ● ●
    4 - 9.9 0.05 12 10 5 - 20 1 ● ● ●
    5 - 12.9 0.05 15 13 5 - 20 1 ● ● ●
    8 - 15.9 0.05 18 16 5 - 20 1.5 ● ● ●
    275. Punch similar to DIN 9861 Shape C
    subject to alterations
    Punch VDI 3374
    232.
    Material:
    HSS
    Order No 232.3.
    Hardness:
    Shaft 64 ± 2 HRC
    Head 52 ± 3 HRC
    Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die components see at the
    beginning of Chapter E.
    Execution:
    Punch head hot upset-forged.
    Shaft and shoulder precision plunge- ground.
    Note:
    Matching insert sleeves 233. and 234.
    E24
    d 1
    Gradation
    d 1
    2 - 5 0.1
    Ordering Code (example):
    Punch VDI 3374 =232.
    Material MAT HSS = 3.
    Cutting diameter d 1 2 mm = 0200
    Order No =232.3.0200
    232. Punch VDI 3374
    subject to alterations
    Insert sleeve with thrust pin VDI 3374 Shape A
    Material:
    Insert sleeve:
    Steel C 45 heat treated to 800 N/mm 2
    Thrust pin:
    HWS, hardened 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Insert sleeve: shaft precision ground
    Thrust pin: ground
    Note:
    Matching punch 232.
    X
    k6 ø13
    +0,1
    ø6,1
    -0,05 ø13
    h6 ø5
    H7
    l 2
    (counter-sinking)
    detail
    Head Type Quill
    Bush with
    Thrust Pin
    Order No. 233.
    Thrust Pin
    Punches
    Order No. 232.
    60
    233.
    E25
    Order No l l 1 l 2 l 3
    233.7.048 63 48 29 29
    233.7.057 71 57 37 37
    233.7.065 80 65 46 46
    233. Insert sleeve with thrust pin VDI 3374
    Shape A
    subject to alterations
    Insert sleeve with thrust pin VDI 3374 Shape B
    234.
    Material:
    Insert sleeve:
    Steel C 45 heat treated to 800 N/mm 2
    Thrust pin:
    HWS, hardened 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Insert sleeve: shaft precision ground
    Thrust pin: ground
    Note:
    Matching punch 232.
    ø13
    -0,2 ø12,9
    +0,1
    ø6,1
    h6 ø5
    H7
    h6
    Detail Y
    Ball Lock Type
    Quill Bush
    with
    Thrust Pin
    Order No 234.
    Thrust Pin
    Stepped Quill
    Punch with
    Conical Head
    Order No 232.
    l 2 (counter-sinking)
    60
    E26
    Order No l l 1 l 2 l 3
    234.7.048 63 48 29 29
    234.7.057 71 57 37 37
    234.7.065 80 65 46 46
    234. Insert sleeve with thrust pin VDI 3374
    Shape B
    subject to alterations
    Punch with tapered head 30°, Shape D
    Material:
    HSS
    Order No 2281.3.
    Hardness:
    Shaft 58 + 2 HRC
    Head ≤ 50 HRC
    Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die components see at the
    beginning of Chapter E.
    Execution:
    Head hot upset-forged and tempered. Shaft and head subsequently
    precision plunge-ground for perfect concentricity and full interchangea-
    bility with replacement punches.
    h
    k
    30°
    -0,3 4
    d
    1
    +1
    l
    h6
    d 1
    d 2
    radiussed
    X
    Detail X
    2281.
    E27
    Ordering Code (example):
    Punch with tapered head 30°, Shape D =2281.
    Material MAT HSS = 3.
    Shaft diameter d 1 5.5 mm = 0550.
    Length l 1 100 mm = 100
    Order No =2281.3.0550. 100
    d 1 d 2 d 4 h k α ± 1° l 1 l 1
    100 120
    5.5 8.98 5.5 7.5 1 30 ● ●
    6 9.75 6 8 1 28 ● ●
    8 12.8 8 10 1 22.5 ● ●
    9 14.4 9 11 1 20 ● ●
    10 15.9 10 12 1 19 ● ●
    12 18.7 12 14 1.5 24 ●
    14 21.8 14 16 1.5 21 ●
    16 24.6 16 18 2 25 ●
    2281. Punch with tapered head 30°, Shape D
    subject to alterations
    Punch with tapered head 30°, Shape C
    2291.
    h
    k
    30°
    -0,3 4
    d
    Detail X
    2
    d
    3
    d
    1 h6
    d
    2 I
    1 I
    +1
    R13
    Material:
    HSS
    Order No 2291.3.
    Hardness:
    Shaft 58 + 2 HRC
    Head ≤ 50 HRC
    Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die components see at the
    beginning of Chapter E.
    Execution:
    Head hot upset-forged and tempered. Shaft and head subsequently
    precision plunge-ground for perfect concentricity and full interchangea-
    bility with replacement punches.
    d 1 and l 2 to customer’s specifications!
    E28
    d 3 d 2 d 4 h k α ± 1° l 1 l 1
    100 120
    5.5 8.98 5.5 7.5 1 30 ● ●
    6 9.75 6 8 1 28 ● ●
    8 12.8 8 10 1 22.5 ● ●
    9 14.4 9 11 1 20 ● ●
    10 15.9 10 12 1 19 ● ●
    12 18.7 12 14 1.5 24 ●
    14 21.8 14 16 1.5 21 ●
    16 24.6 16 18 2 25 ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Punch with tapered head 30°, Shape C =2291.
    Material MAT HSS = 3.
    Shaft diameter d 3 5.5 mm = 0550.
    Length l 1 100 mm = 100.
    Cutting diameter d 1 2.75 mm = 0275.
    Punch cutting length l 2 5 mm = 005
    Order No =2291.3.0550. 100. 0275. 005
    2291. Punch with tapered head 30°, Shape C
    subject to alterations E29
    subject to alterations
    Punch with tapered head, Shape D
    d 1 h6
    l +0.5
    r -0.2
    d 2 -0.2
    d 1 ±0.2
    a
    k +0.2
    2284.3.
    Material:
    HSS
    Order No 2284.3.
    Hardness:
    Shaft 62-66 HRC
    Head 45-55 HRC
    Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die components see at the
    beginning of Chapter E.
    Execution:
    Shaft precision ground.
    Head subsequently hot upset-forged and tempered.
    Note:
    Matching piloted counterbore 2284.00.
    E30
    d 1 d 2 a k r l 71 80 100 110
    2 3 1 3 3.5 ● ● ●
    2.1 3.2 1 3 5 ● ● ●
    2.2 3.2 1 3 5 ● ● ●
    2.3 3.5 1 3 5 ● ● ●
    2.4 3.5 1 3 5 ● ● ●
    2.5 3.5 1 3 5 ● ● ●
    2.6 4 1 3 6.5 ● ● ●
    2.7 4 1 3 6.5 ● ● ●
    2.8 4 1 3 6.5 ● ● ●
    2.9 4 1 3 6.5 ● ● ●
    3.1 4.5 1 3 6.5 ● ● ●
    3.2 4.5 1 3 6.5 ● ● ●
    3.3 4.5 1 3 6.5 ● ● ●
    3.4 4.5 1 3 6.5 ● ● ●
    3.5 5 1 3 8 ● ● ●
    3.6 5 1 3 8 ● ● ●
    3.7 5 1 3 8 ● ● ●
    3.8 5 1 3 8 ● ● ●
    4.1 5.5 1.5 4 8 ● ● ●
    4.2 5.5 1.5 4 8 ● ● ●
    4.3 5.5 1.5 4 8 ● ● ●
    4.4 5.5 1.5 4 8 ● ● ●
    4.5 6 1.5 4 8 ● ● ●
    4.6 6 1.5 4 8 ● ● ●
    4.7 6 1.5 4 8 ● ● ●
    4.8 6 1.5 4 8 ● ● ●
    4.9 6 1.5 4 8 ● ● ●
    5.1 7 1.5 4 10 ● ●
    5.2 7 1.5 4 10 ● ●
    5.5 8 1.5 4 10 ● ● ●
    5.6 8 1.5 4 10 ●
    6.1 9 1.5 4 10 ●
    6.2 9 1.5 4 10 ●
    6.3 9 1.5 4 10 ● ●
    6.4 9 1.5 4 10 ● ●
    6.5 10 1.5 4 12 ● ● ●
    7 10 1.5 4 12 ● ● ●
    7.5 11 1.5 4 12 ● ● ●
    7.7 11 1.5 4 12 ●
    8.1 11 1.5 4 12 ● ●
    8.5 13 1.5 4 15 ● ● ●
    9 13 1.5 4 15 ● ● ● ●
    9.5 14 1.5 4 15 ● ●
    10.5 15 1.5 4 15 ●
    11 15 1.5 4 15 ●
    11.5 16 1.5 4 15 ●
    12 16 1.5 4 15 ● ●
    12.5 17 1.5 4 15 ●
    13.5 18 1.5 4 15 ●
    14 18 1.5 4 15 ● ●
    14.5 19 1.5 4 15 ●
    15 19 1.5 4 15 ● ●
    15.5 20 1.5 4 15 ●
    17 21 1.5 4 15 ● ● ●
    18 22 1.5 4 15 ● ●
    19 23 1.5 4 15 ●
    19.5 25 1.5 4 15 ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Punch with tapered head, Shape D =2284.3.
    Shaft diameter d 1 2 mm = 0200.
    Length l 71 mm= 071
    Order No =2284.3. 0200. 071
    2284.3. Punch with tapered head, Shape D
    subject to alterations
    Piloted counterbore for tapered-head punch
    2284.00.
    32
    +0,2
    +1
    70
    d 3 h11
    d s h8
    d 1 f7
    45°
    0,5x45° 0,5x45°
    r 1
    l 1
    radiussed
    Material:
    HSS, hardened 62-66 HRC
    Execution:
    Tempered and ground.
    E31
    d 1 d s d 3 r 1 l 1
    2 3.3 3.3 3.5 5
    2.1 3.5 3.5 5 5
    2.2 3.5 3.5 5 5
    2.3 3.8 3.8 5 5
    2.4 3.8 3.8 5 5
    2.5 3.8 3.8 5 5
    2.6 4.3 4.3 6.5 7
    2.7 4.3 4.3 6.5 7
    2.8 4.3 4.3 6.5 7
    2.9 4.3 4.3 6.5 7
    3 4.9 4.9 6.5 7
    3.1 4.9 4.9 6.5 7
    3.2 4.9 4.9 6.5 7
    3.3 4.9 4.9 6.5 7
    3.4 4.9 4.9 6.5 7
    3.5 5.4 5.4 8 8
    3.6 5.4 5.4 8 8
    3.7 5.4 5.4 8 8
    3.8 5.4 5.4 8 8
    4 5.9 5.9 8 8
    4.1 5.9 5.9 8 8
    4.2 5.9 5.9 8 8
    4.3 5.9 5.9 8 8
    4.4 5.9 5.9 8 8
    4.5 6.4 6.4 8 8
    4.6 6.4 6.4 8 8
    4.7 6.4 6.4 8 8
    4.8 6.4 6.4 8 8
    4.9 6.4 6.4 8 8
    5 7.4 7.4 10 10
    5.1 7.4 7.4 10 10
    5.2 7.4 7.4 10 10
    5.5 8.5 8.5 10 10
    5.6 8.5 8.5 10 10
    6 9.5 9.5 10 10
    6.1 9.5 9.5 10 10
    6.2 9.5 9.5 10 10
    6.3 9.5 9.5 10 10
    6.4 9.5 9.5 10 10
    6.5 10.5 10.5 12 12
    7 10.5 10.5 12 12
    7.5 11.5 11.5 12 12
    7.7 11.5 11.5 12 12
    8 11.5 11.5 12 12
    8.1 11.5 11.5 12 12
    8.5 13.5 13 15 12
    9 13.5 13 15 12
    9.5 14.5 13 15 12
    10 14.5 13 15 12
    10.5 15.5 13 15 15
    11 15.5 13 15 15
    11.5 16.5 13 15 15
    12 16.5 13 15 15
    12.5 17.5 13 15 15
    13 17.5 13 15 15
    13.5 18.5 13 15 15
    14 18.5 13 15 15
    14.5 19.5 13 15 15
    15 19.5 13 15 15
    15.5 20.5 13 15 15
    16 20.5 13 15 15
    17 21.5 16 15 15
    18 22.5 16 15 15
    19 23.5 16 15 15
    19.5 25.5 16 15 15
    20 25.5 16 15 15
    Ordering Code (example):
    Piloted counterbore for tapered-head punch =2284.00.
    Shaft diameter d 1 2 mm= 0200
    Order No =2284.00. 0200
    2284.00. Piloted counterbore for tapered-
    head punch
    subject to alterations
    Punch with tapered head, blank
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness:
    Shaft 62-66 HRC
    Head 45-55 HRC
    Description of FIBRO materials for tool and
    die components see at the beginning of
    Chapter E.
    Execution:
    Shaft precision ground. Head subsequently
    hot upset-forged and tempered.
    Note:
    Matching piloted counterbore 2284.00.
    r -0,2
    d 1 h6
    d 1
    d 2 -0,2
    l +0,5
    ±0,2
    +0,2
    k
    a
    2206.
    2 2 0 6 . 7 G


     100 mm = (G)

     13 mm = (7)

     = (6)

     = (0)

     = 22
    Ordering code (example):


     Length: l Order Code character

     Diameter: d 1 Order No

     Type: Order No
     with tapered head
     Version: Order No
     Blank
     Punch:
     without ejector pin
    E32
    d 1 / (Order No) d 2 a k r
    l
    (Order Code character)
    71
    (D)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    120
    (J)
    150
    (M)
    200
    (N)
    3 / (1) 4.5 1 3 6.5 ● ● ● ● ●
    4 / (2) 5.5 1.5 4 8 ● ● ● ● ●
    5 / (3) 7 1.5 4 10 ● ● ● ● ●
    6 / (4) 9 1.5 4 10 ● ● ● ● ●
    8 / (5) 11 1.5 4 12 ● ● ● ● ●
    10 / (6) 14 1.5 4 15 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    13 / (7) 17 1.5 4 15 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    16 / (8) 20 1.5 4 15 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    20 / (9) 25 1.5 4 15 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    2206. Punch with tapered head, blank
    subject to alterations
    Punch with tapered head, stepped, round
    2 2 1 6 . 7 G 4 . 0 7 0 0

     P = ∅ 7,0 mm = (0700)

     19 mm = (4)

     100 mm = (G)

     13 mm = (7)

     = (6)

     = (1)

     = 22
    Ordering-code (example):
     Format: Round

     Punch cutting length: l 1 Order No

     Length: l Order code character

     Diameter: d 1 Order No

     Type: Order No
     with tapered head
     Version: Order No
     Round
     Punch:
     without ejector pin
    3
    r -0,2
    d 1 -0,02
    +0,01
    P
    -0,01
    R13
    +0,5
    l 1
    d 1 h6
    d 1
    d 2 -0,2
    l +0,5
    ±0,2
    +0,2
    k
    a
    2216.
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness:
    Shaft 62-66 HRC
    Head 45-55 HRC
    Description of FIBRO materials for tool and
    die components see at the beginning of
    Chapter E.
    Execution:
    Shaft precision ground. Head subsequently
    hot upset-forged and tempered.
    Note:
    Matching piloted counterbore 2284.00.
    E33
    d 1 / (Order No) d 2 p l 1 / (Order No) a k r
    l
    (Order Code character)
    71
    (D)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    120
    (J)
    150
    (M)
    200
    (N)
    3 / (1) 4.5 0.8-2.9 8 (1)  10 (2) 1 3 6.5 ● ● ● ● ●
    4 / (2) 5.5 1.0-3.9 8 (1)  13 (3) 1.5 4 8 ● ● ● ● ●
    5 / (3) 7 1.5-4.9 13 (3)  19 (4) 1.5 4 10 ● ● ● ● ●
    6 / (4) 9 1.6-5.9 13 (3)  19 (4) 1.5 4 10 ● ● ● ● ●
    8 / (5) 11 2.5-7.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 1.5 4 12 ● ● ● ● ●
    10 / (6) 14 4.0-9.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 1.5 4 15 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    13 / (7) 17 5.0-12.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 1.5 4 15 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    16 / (8) 20 8.0-15.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 1.5 4 15 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    20 / (9) 25 12.0-19.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 1.5 4 15 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    2216. Punch with tapered head, stepped, round
    subject to alterations
    Punch with tapered head, blank, with ejector pin
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness:
    Shaft 62-66 HRC
    Head 45-55 HRC
    Description of FIBRO materials for tool and
    die components see at the beginning of
    Chapter E.
    Execution:
    Shaft precision ground. Head subsequently
    hot upset-forged and tempered.
    Note:
    Matching piloted counterbore 2284.00.
    r -0,2
    d 1 h6
    d 1
    d 2 -0,2
    ±0,2
    +0,2
    k
    a
    l +0,5
    2706.
    2 7 0 6 . 7 G

     100 mm = (G)

     13 mm = (7)

     = (6)

     = (0)

     = 27
    Ordering-code (example):
     Length: l Order code character

     Diameter: d 1 Order No

     Type: Order No
     with tapered head
     Version: Order No
     Blank
     Punch:
     with ejector pin
    E34
    d 1 / (Order No) d 2 a k r
    l
    (Order Code character)
    71
    (D)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    120
    (J)
    5 / (3) 7 1.5 4 10 ● ● ● ● ●
    6 / (4) 9 1.5 4 10 ● ● ● ● ●
    8 / (5) 11 1.5 4 12 ● ● ● ● ●
    10 / (6) 14 1.5 4 15 ● ● ● ● ●
    13 / (7) 17 1.5 4 15 ● ● ● ● ●
    16 / (8) 20 1.5 4 15 ● ● ● ● ●
    20 / (9) 25 1.5 4 15 ● ● ● ● ●
    2706. Punch with tapered head, blank, with ejector pin
    subject to alterations
    Punch with tapered head, stepped, round, with ejector pin
    2 7 1 6 . 7 G 4 . 0 7 0 0

     P = ∅ 7,0 mm = (0700)

     19 mm = (4)

     100 mm = (G)

     13 mm = (7)

     = (6)

     = (1)

     = 27
    Ordering-code (example):
     Format: Round

     Punch cutting length: l 1 Order No

     Length: l Order code character

     Diameter: d 1 Order No

     Type: Order No
     with tapered head
     Version: Order No
     Round
     Punch:
     with ejector pin
    3
    r -0,2
    d 1 h6
    R13
    +0,5
    l 1
    d 1 -0,02
    +0,01
    P
    -0,01
    d 1
    d 2 -0,2
    ±0,2
    l +0,5
    +0,2
    k
    a
    2716.
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness:
    Shaft 62-66 HRC
    Head 45-55 HRC
    Description of FIBRO materials for tool and
    die components see at the beginning of
    Chapter E.
    Execution:
    Shaft precision ground. Head subsequently
    hot upset-forged and tempered.
    Note:
    Matching piloted counterbore 2284.00.
    E35
    d 1 / (Order No) d 2 p l 1 / (Order No) a k r
    l
    (Order Code character)
    71
    (D)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    120
    (J)
    5 / (3) 7 1.6-4.9 13 (3)  19 (4) 1.5 4 10 ● ● ● ● ●
    6 / (4) 9 2.5-5.9 13 (3)  19 (4) 1.5 4 10 ● ● ● ● ●
    8 / (5) 11 2.5-7.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 1.5 4 12 ● ● ● ● ●
    10 / (6) 14 4.0-9.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 1.5 4 15 ● ● ● ● ●
    13 / (7) 17 5.0-12.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 1.5 4 15 ● ● ● ● ●
    16 / (8) 20 8.0-15.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 1.5 4 15 ● ● ● ● ●
    20 / (9) 25 12.0-19.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 1.5 4 15 ● ● ● ● ●
    2716. Punch with tapered head, stepped, round, with ejector pin
    subject to alterations
    Assembly Guide Lines for Head Type Punches
    with Round Points
    Description:
    Head type punches with round point (DIN 9844) are intended for floating
    assembly in the punch retainer. Radial guiding is to be provided by the
    stripper.
    This type of punch assembly eliminates alignment errors caused by distor-
    ted mounting of the die set and faulty press geometry.
    With punches held in this manner, a clear separation between transmission
    of perforation force and guiding is achieved.
    In order to facilitate assembly of punches of different diameters, the height
    of the heads is standardized to 4 +0,2 mm (DIN 9844).
    Guide Lines:
    (excerpts from DIN 9844, page 5)
    d 1 max. = stock thickness
    stripping force*, for d 1 from 1 to 5 mm: approx. 20 % of piercing force
    ditto . . ., for d 1 from 5 to 16 mm: approx. 10 % of piercing force
    *applicable to stock not exceeding 400 N/mm 2 shear strength
    Punch retainer: steel of at least 300 N/mm 2 tensile strength
    Retaining hole in punch retainer = 1,05 times d 1 or d 2 respectively
    Clearance punch head/percussion plate = 0,02 mm.
    E36
    subject to alterations
    Assembly Guide Lines for Head Type Punches
    with Round Points
    Description:
    Head type punches with round point (DIN 9844) are intended for floating
    assembly in the punch retainer. Radial guiding is to be provided by the
    stripper.
    This type of punch assembly eliminates alignment errors caused by distor-
    ted mounting of the die set and faulty press geometry.
    With punches held in this manner, a clear separation between transmission
    of perforation force and guiding is achieved.
    In order to facilitate assembly of punches of different diameters, the height
    of the heads is standardized to 4 +0,2 mm (DIN 9844).
    Guide Lines:
    (excerpts from DIN 9844, page 5)
    d 1 max. = stock thickness
    stripping force*, for d 1 from 1 to 5 mm: approx. 20 % of piercing force
    ditto . . ., for d 1 from 5 to 16 mm: approx. 10 % of piercing force
    *applicable to stock not exceeding 400 N/mm 2 shear strength
    Punch retainer: steel of at least 300 N/mm 2 tensile strength
    Retaining hole in punch retainer = 1,05 times d 1 or d 2 respectively
    Clearance punch head/percussion plate = 0,02 mm.
    subject to alterations
    Punch DIN 9844, Shape A
    Material:
    HSS
    Order No 220.3.
    Hardness:
    Shaft 64 ± 2 HRC
    Head 52 ± 3 HRC
    HST
    Order No 220.4.
    Hardness:
    Surface ≥ 950 HV 0,3
    Head 52 ± 3 HRC
    Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die components see at the
    beginning of Chapter E.
    Execution:
    Punch head hot upset-forged.
    Shaft and shoulder precision plunge- ground.
    Stock lenghts: 71, 90, 112 mm.
    other lengths and diameters on request!
    220.
    E37
    Ordering Code (example):
    Punch DIN 9844, Shape A =220.
    Material MAT HSS = 3.
    Cutting diameter d 1 2 mm = 0200.
    Length l 1 71 mm= 071
    Order No =220. 3.0200. 071
    d 1
    Gradation
    d 1 d 3 r l 1 71 90 112
    2 - 2.2 0.1 3.6 0.2 ● ● ●
    2.3 - 2.5 0.1 4 0.2 ● ● ●
    2.6 - 2.8 0.1 4.5 0.3 ● ● ●
    2.9 - 3.2 0.1 5 0.3 ● ● ●
    3.3 - 3.5 0.1 6 0.3 ● ● ●
    3.6 - 4 0.1 7 0.3 ● ● ●
    4.1 - 4.5 0.1 8 0.5 ● ● ●
    4.6 - 5 0.1 8.5 0.5 ● ● ●
    5.1 - 5.4 0.1 9 0.5 ● ● ●
    5.5 - 5.9 0.1 9.5 0.5 ● ● ●
    6 - 6.4 0.1 10 0.5 ● ● ●
    6.5 - 7 0.5 10.8 0.7 ● ● ●
    7.5 - 8 0.5 12 0.7 ● ● ●
    8.5 - 9 0.5 13 0.7 ● ● ●
    9.5 - 10 0.5 14.5 0.7 ● ● ●
    10.5 - 11 0.5 16 1 ● ● ●
    11.5 - 12.5 0.5 18 1 ● ● ●
    13 - 14.5 0.5 20 1 ● ● ●
    15 - 16 0.5 22 1 ● ● ●
    220. Punch DIN 9844, Shape A
    subject to alterations
    Punch DIN 9844, Shape B
    221.
    -0,1
    d 3
    d 4
    X
    +0,2
    4
    +0,5
    l 1
    l 2
    d 2 h6
    d 1 h6
    R13
    +0,5
    d 1 d 4
    Material:
    HSS
    Order No 221.3.
    Hardness:
    Shaft 64 ± 2 HRC
    Head 52 ± 3 HRC
    HST
    Order No 221.4.
    Hardness:
    Surface ≥ 950 HV 0,3
    Head 52 ± 3 HRC
    Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die components see at the
    beginning of Chapter E.
    Execution:
    Punch head hot upset-forged.
    Shaft and shoulder precision plunge- ground.
    Stock lenghts: 71, 90, 112 mm.
    other lengths and diameters on request!
    E38
    d 1
    Gradation
    d 1 d 2 d 3 l 2 r l 1 71 90 112
    0.1 - 1.9 0.05 2 3.6 7 0.2 ● ● ●
    1.95 - 2.4 0.05 2.5 4 7 0.2 ● ● ●
    2.5 - 3.1 0.1 3.2 5 7 0.3 ● ● ●
    3.2 - 3.9 0.1 4 7 7 0.3 ● ● ●
    4 - 4.9 0.1 5 8.5 7 0.5 ● ● ●
    5 - 6.2 0.1 6.3 10 7 0.5 ● ● ●
    6.3 - 7.9 0.1 8 12 16 0.7 ● ● ●
    8 - 9.9 0.1 10 14.5 16 0.7 ● ● ●
    10 - 12.4 0.1 12.5 18 16 1 ● ● ●
    12.5 - 15.9 0.1 16 22 16 1 ● ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Punch DIN 9844, Shape B =221.
    Material MAT HSS = 3.
    Cutting diameter d 1 0.1 mm = 0010.
    Length l 1 71 mm = 071
    Order No =221.3.0010. 071
    221. Punch DIN 9844, Shape B
    subject to alterations
    Punch similar to VDI 3374
    Material:
    HSS
    Order No 266.3.
    Hardness:
    Shaft 62 ± 2 HRC
    Head 45 ± 5 HRC
    Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die components see at the
    beginning of Chapter E.
    Execution:
    Punch head hot upset-forged.
    Shaft and shoulder precision plunge- ground.
    Stock lenghts: 71, 80 mm.
    other lengths and diameters on request!
    k6
    R 0,4 -0,2
    l 2 ±0,5
    +1
    l 1
    32
    d 2
    d 3
    -0,1
    R13
    -0,1
    d 1 j6
    d 2
    4,2
    -0,05
    266.
    E39
    Ordering Code (example):
    Punch similar to VDI 3374 =266.
    Material MAT HSS = 3.
    Cutting diameter d 1 5 mm = 0500.
    Length l 1 71 mm= 071
    Order No =266. 3.0500. 071
    d 1
    Gradation
    d 1 d 2 d 3 l 2 l 1 +1 71 80
    5 - 8.9 0.1 10 13 13 ● ●
    9 - 11.9 0.1 13 16 13 ● ●
    12 - 15.9 0.1 16 19 13 ● ●
    16 - 19.5 0.5 20 24 13 ● ●
    20 - 24.5 0.5 25 29 13 ● ●
    266. Punch similar to VDI 3374
    subject to alterations
    Punch with ejector pin
    radiussed
    k
    +0,4
    d 1 m5
    M
    19
    +0,8
    l 1
    d 3 0,2
    d 4
    d 1 h6
    267.
    Material:
    HSS
    Order No 267.3.
    Hardness:
    Shaft 64 ± 2 HRC
    Head 52 ± 3 HRC
    Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die components see at the
    beginning of Chapter E.
    Execution:
    Punch head hot upset-forged.
    Shaft and shoulder precision plunge- ground.
    E40
    d 1 h6 d 3 d 4 k l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 M
    60 71 80 90
    5 8 0.45 5 ● ● M2.5
    6 9 0.7 5 ● ● ● ● M3
    8 11 1.04 5 ● ● ● ● M4
    10 13 1.47 5 ● ● ● ● M5
    13 16 1.47 5 ● ● ● ● M5
    16 19 2.26 6.4 ● ● ● ● M6
    20 23 2.26 6.4 ● ● ● ● M6
    25 28 2.26 6.4 ● ● ● ● M6
    Ordering Code (example):
    Punch with ejector pin =267.
    Material MAT HSS = 3.
    Shaft diameter d 1 5 mm = 0500.
    Length l 1 60 mm = 060
    Order No =267. 3.0500. 060
    267. Punch with ejector pin
    subject to alterations
    Punch with ejector pin, stepped, short point
    Material:
    HSS
    Order No 268.3.
    Hardness:
    Shaft 64 ± 2 HRC
    Head 52 ± 3 HRC
    Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die components see at the
    beginning of Chapter E.
    Execution:
    Punch head hot upset-forged.
    Shaft and shoulder precision plunge- ground.
    Key flats parallel with longest size of shape, unless otherwise specified.
    d 1
    +0,01
    +0,4
    k
    d 2 m5
    R9,5
    19
    +0,8
    l 1
    d 4
    radiused
    M
    l 2
    d 2 h6
    +0,2
    d 3
    268.
    E41
    Ordering Code (example):
    Punch with ejector pin, stepped, short point =268.3.
    Shaft diameter d 2 5 mm = 0500.
    Length l 1 60 mm = 060.
    Die shape FORM Square = 01.
    Die shape width a 1.6 mm = 0160.
    Die shape length b 1.6 mm = 0160
    Order No =268.3. 0500. 060. 01.0160. 0160
    d 1 d 2 d 3 d 4 k l 2 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 a min M
    60 71 80 90
    1.6 - 4.9 5 8 0.45 5 7 ● ● 1.6 M2.5
    2.3 - 5.9 6 9 0.7 5 7 ● ● ● ● 2.3 M3
    3.2 - 7.9 8 11 1.04 5 13 ● ● ● ● 3.2 M4
    4.8 - 9.9 10 13 1.47 5 13 ● ● ● ● 4.8 M5
    4.8 - 12.9 13 16 1.47 5 13 ● ● ● ● 4.8 M5
    5.5 - 15.9 16 19 2.26 6.4 13 ● ● ● ● 5.5 M6
    5.5 - 19.9 20 23 2.26 6.4 13 ● ● ● ● 5.5 M6
    6.5 - 24.9 25 28 2.26 6.4 13 ● ● ● ● 6.5 M6
    268. Punch with ejector pin, stepped, short
    point
    subject to alterations
    Punch with ejector pin, stepped, long point
    d 1
    +0,01
    +0,4
    k
    l 2
    d 2 m5
    R9,5
    +0,2
    19
    +0,8
    l 1
    d 3
    d 4
    radiused
    d 2 h6
    M
    269.
    Material:
    HSS
    Order No 269.3.
    Hardness:
    Shaft 64 ± 2 HRC
    Head 52 ± 3 HRC
    Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die components see at the
    beginning of Chapter E.
    Execution:
    Punch head hot upset-forged.
    Shaft and shoulder precision plunge- ground.
    Key flats parallel with longest size of shape, unless otherwise specified.
    E42
    d 1 d 2 d 3 d 4 k l 2 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 a min M
    60 71 80 90
    2.3 - 5.9 6 9 0.7 5 17.5 ● ● ● ● 2.3 M3
    3.2 - 7.9 8 11 1.04 5 25 ● ● ● ● 3.2 M4
    4.8 - 9.9 10 13 1.47 5 28 ● ● ● ● 4.8 M5
    4.8 - 12.9 13 16 1.47 5 28 ● ● ● ● 4.8 M5
    5.5 - 15.9 16 19 2.26 6.4 28 ● ● ● ● 5.5 M6
    5.5 - 19.9 20 23 2.26 6.4 28 ● ● ● ● 5.5 M6
    6.5 - 24.9 25 28 2.26 6.4 28 ● ● ● ● 6.5 M6
    Ordering Code (example):
    Punch with ejector pin, stepped, long point =269.3.
    Shaft diameter d 2 6 mm = 0600.
    Length l 1 60 mm = 060.
    Die shape FORM Square = 01.
    Die shape width a 2.3 mm = 0230.
    Die shape length b 2.3 mm = 0230
    Order No =269.3. 0600. 060. 01.0230. 0230
    269. Punch with ejector pin, stepped, long
    point
    subject to alterations E43

    Co %
    3 1800 1200 1700
    6 1650 1500 2300
    9 1400 2000 2600
    6 1600 2000 2600
    9 1450 2350 2700
    12 1300 2450 2900
    15 1200 2700 2850
    6 1400 1900 2250
    8 1350 2300 2600
    10 1200 2650 2850
    subject to alterations
    Sintered Hard Metal
    HIP-densified
    The HIP process (hot isostatic pressing) consists of a special densification treatment.
    Applied after the sintering stage, this widely used process involves compacting, at very high temperature and pressure, of the carbide structure. It yields an
    appreciable reduction in porosity, better strength properties and thus longer die life of press tool members.
    As can be seen from the diagrams and tables, both compressive and flexural strength are improved.
    For stamping die tooling, hard metal types of medium tungsten particle size, with a cobalt content of 9 to 12%, have been found succesful in a wide field of
    applications.
    a) influence of crystallite size of hard metal phase
    (left: sintered only – right: sintered and HIP-treated)
    Tensile strength of Tungsten – 6% Cobalt Carbide in the sintered-only
    versus HIP-densified state, in dependance of Cristallite particle size
    Tensile strength of Tungsten – Cobalt Carbide in the sintered-only versus
    HIP-densified state, in dependance of total Cobalt content
    b) influence of cobalt content
    Porosity in the sintered-only state: ^ A1
    (left: sintered only – right: sintered and HIP-treated)
    Flexural strength and HV30-hardness of Tungsten-Cobalt Carbides with/
    without HIP-treatment and in dependance of Tungsten Carbide particle
    size and Cobalt content.
    Change of Sintered Hard Metal by hot isostatic pressing
    Tungsten carbide –
    particle size HV 30 -Hardness Flexural Strength N/mm 2
    befor after befor after
    fine
    no changes
    medium
    coarse
    E44

    Co %
    3 1800 1200 1700
    6 1650 1500 2300
    9 1400 2000 2600
    6 1600 2000 2600
    9 1450 2350 2700
    12 1300 2450 2900
    15 1200 2700 2850
    6 1400 1900 2250
    8 1350 2300 2600
    10 1200 2650 2850
    subject to alterations
    Sintered Hard Metal
    HIP-densified
    The HIP process (hot isostatic pressing) consists of a special densification treatment.
    Applied after the sintering stage, this widely used process involves compacting, at very high temperature and pressure, of the carbide structure. It yields an
    appreciable reduction in porosity, better strength properties and thus longer die life of press tool members.
    As can be seen from the diagrams and tables, both compressive and flexural strength are improved.
    For stamping die tooling, hard metal types of medium tungsten particle size, with a cobalt content of 9 to 12%, have been found succesful in a wide field of
    applications.
    a) influence of crystallite size of hard metal phase
    (left: sintered only – right: sintered and HIP-treated)
    Tensile strength of Tungsten – 6% Cobalt Carbide in the sintered-only
    versus HIP-densified state, in dependance of Cristallite particle size
    Tensile strength of Tungsten – Cobalt Carbide in the sintered-only versus
    HIP-densified state, in dependance of total Cobalt content
    b) influence of cobalt content
    Porosity in the sintered-only state: ^ A1
    (left: sintered only – right: sintered and HIP-treated)
    Flexural strength and HV30-hardness of Tungsten-Cobalt Carbides with/
    without HIP-treatment and in dependance of Tungsten Carbide particle
    size and Cobalt content.
    Change of Sintered Hard Metal by hot isostatic pressing
    Tungsten carbide –
    particle size HV 30 -Hardness Flexural Strength N/mm 2
    befor after befor after
    fine
    no changes
    medium
    coarse
    subject to alterations
    Punch similar DIN 9844, Shape A
    Material:
    Tungsten-Cobalt-Carbide
    Order No 270.9.
    Execution:
    Shaft precision ground.
    Head: Steel, brazed to shaft or Tungsten-Cobalt Carbide.
    Other diameters and lengths on request.
    d 3 -0,1
    d 4
    d 1 h6
    4
    +0,2
    I 1
    +0,5
    d d
    4 1 +0,5
    270.
    E45
    Ordering Code (example):
    Punch similar DIN 9844, Shape A =270.9.
    Shaft diameter d 1 1 mm = 0100.
    Length l 1 71 mm= 071
    Order No =270.9. 0100. 071
    d 1
    Gradation
    d 1 d 3 r l 1 71 90 112
    1 - 2.2 0.1 3.6 0.2 ● ● ●
    2.3 - 2.5 0.1 4 0.2 ● ● ●
    2.6 - 2.8 0.1 4.5 0.3 ● ● ●
    2.9 - 3.2 0.1 5 0.3 ● ● ●
    3.3 - 3.5 0.1 6 0.3 ● ● ●
    3.6 - 4 0.1 7 0.3 ● ● ●
    4.1 - 4.5 0.1 8 0.5 ● ● ●
    4.6 - 5 0.1 8.5 0.5 ● ● ●
    5.1 - 5.4 0.1 9 0.5 ● ● ●
    5.5 - 5.9 0.1 9.5 0.5 ● ● ●
    6 - 6.4 0.1 10 0.5 ● ● ●
    6.5 - 7 0.5 10.8 0.7 ● ● ●
    7.5 - 8 0.5 12 0.7 ● ● ●
    8.5 - 9 0.5 13 0.7 ● ● ●
    9.5 - 10 0.5 14.5 0.7 ● ● ●
    10.5 - 11 0.5 16 1 ● ● ●
    11.5 - 12.5 0.5 18 1 ● ● ●
    13 - 14.5 0.5 20 1 ● ● ●
    15 - 16 0.5 22 1 ● ● ●
    270. Punch similar DIN 9844, Shape A
    subject to alterations
    Punch similar DIN 9844, Shape B
    271.
    d d
    4 1 +0,5
    d 4 h6
    d 2 h6
    d 3 -0,1
    d 4
    4
    +0,2
    I
    +0,5
    1
    I
    ±0,5
    2
    R13
    Material:
    Tungsten-Cobalt-Carbide
    Order No 271.9.
    Execution:
    Shaft precision ground.
    Head: Steel, brazed to shaft or Tungsten-Cobalt Carbide.
    Other diameters and lengths on request.
    E46
    d 1
    Gradation
    d 1 d 2 d 3 l 2 r l 1 71 90 112
    0.5 - 1.9 0.05 2 3.6 7 0.2 ● ● ●
    1.95 - 2.4 0.05 2.5 4 7 0.2 ● ● ●
    2.5 - 3.1 0.1 3.2 5 7 0.3 ● ● ●
    3.2 - 3.9 0.1 4 7 7 0.3 ● ● ●
    4 - 4.9 0.1 5 8.5 7 0.5 ● ● ●
    5 - 6.2 0.1 6.3 10 7 0.5 ● ● ●
    6.3 - 7.9 0.1 8 12 16 0.7 ● ● ●
    8 - 9.9 0.1 10 14.5 16 0.7 ● ● ●
    10 - 12.4 0.1 12.5 18 16 1 ● ● ●
    12.5 - 15.9 0.1 16 22 16 1 ● ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Punch similar DIN 9844, Shape B =271.9.
    Cutting diameter d 1 0.5 mm = 0050.
    Length l 1 71 mm = 071
    Order No =271.9.0050. 071
    271. Punch similar DIN 9844, Shape B
    subject to alterations
    Punch similar DIN 9861, Shape D
    Material:
    Tungsten-Cobalt-Carbide
    Order No 272.9.
    Execution:
    Shaft precision ground.
    Head: Steel, brazed to shaft or Tungsten-Cobalt Carbide.
    Other diameters and lengths on request.
    k
    d 1 h6
    l 1 +0,5
    d 2
    60°
    272.
    +0,2
    E47
    Ordering Code (example):
    Punch similar DIN 9861, Shape D =272.9.
    Shaft diameter d 1 1.5 mm = 0150.
    Length l 1 71 mm = 071
    Order No =272.9. 0150. 071
    d 1
    Gradation
    d 1 d 2 k l 1 71 80 100
    1.5 0.1 2.2 0.5 ● ● ●
    1.6 - 1.7 0.1 2.5 0.5 ● ● ●
    1.8 - 1.9 0.1 2.8 0.5 ● ● ●
    2 0.1 3 0.5 ● ● ●
    2.1 - 2.2 0.1 3.2 0.5 ● ● ●
    2.3 - 2.5 0.1 3.5 0.5 ● ● ●
    2.6 - 2.9 0.1 4 0.5 ● ● ●
    3 - 3.4 0.1 4.5 0.5 ● ● ●
    3.5 - 3.9 0.1 5 0.5 ● ● ●
    4 - 4.4 0.1 5.5 0.5 ● ● ●
    4.5 - 4.9 0.1 6 0.5 ● ● ●
    5 - 5.4 0.1 6.5 0.5 ● ● ●
    5.5 - 5.9 0.1 7 0.5 ● ● ●
    6 - 6.4 0.1 8 0.5 ● ● ●
    6.5 - 7 0.5 9 1 ● ● ●
    7.5 - 8 0.5 10 1 ● ● ●
    8.5 - 9 0.5 11 1 ● ● ●
    9.5 - 10 0.5 12 1 ● ● ●
    10.5 - 11 0.5 13 1 ● ● ●
    11.5 - 12 0.5 14 1 ● ● ●
    12.5 - 13 0.5 15 1 ● ● ●
    13.5 - 14 0.5 16 1.5 ● ● ●
    14.5 - 15 0.5 17 1.5 ● ● ●
    15.5 - 16 0.5 18 1.5 ● ● ●
    272. Punch similar DIN 9861, Shape D
    subject to alterations
    Punch similar DIN 9861, Shape C
    R13
    d 2
    60°
    0,5
    l 1 +0,5
    +0,5
    7
    d 1 h6
    h6
    d 3
    273.
    +0,2
    Material:
    Tungsten-Cobalt-Carbide
    Order No 273.9.
    Execution:
    Shaft precision ground.
    Head: Steel, brazed to shaft or Tungsten-Cobalt Carbide.
    Other diameters and lengths on request.
    E48
    d 1
    Gradation
    d 1 d 2 d 3 l 1
    0.5 - 1.5 0.05 3 2 71
    1.55 - 2.95 0.05 4.5 3 71
    Ordering Code (example):
    Punch similar DIN 9861, Shape C =273.9.
    Cutting diameter d 1 0.5 mm = 0050.
    Length l 1 71 mm = 071
    Order No =273.9. 0050. 071
    273. Punch similar DIN 9861, Shape C
    Ball-Lock Punches
    Ball-Lock Punches
    E49
    2 2 4 2 . 2 F 1 . 0 6 5 0 . 0 4 5 0 B
    2 2 4 2 . 2 F 1 . 0 6 5 0 . 0 4 5 0 B
    ø10
    90
    13
    6,5
    4,5
    0°
    subject to alterations
    Ordering example
    Ball-Lock Punches
    Angle = 90° (B)
    Format: Slot, width W = 4,5 mm (0450)
    Format: Slot, length P = 6,5 mm (0650)
    Punch cutting length: l 1 = 13 mm (1)
    Length: l = 90 mm (F)
    Diameter: d 2 = 10 mm (2)
    Type = light (2)
    Version: Slot (4)
    Punch: without ejector pin (22)
    Format: Slot
    length P = 6,5 mm
    Format: Slot
    width W = 4,5 mm
    Ordering Code (Example):
    Version: Order No
    blank = 0
    round = 1
    square = 2
    rectangular = 3
    slot = 4
    rectangle with radiused corners = 5
    pilot pin with tapered tip = 6
    pilot pin parabolic tip = 7
    special shapes = 9
    Type: Order No
    light = 2
    heavy = 3
    punch larger, light = 4
    punch larger, heavy = 5
    Punch cutting
    length: l 1 Order No
    13 = 1
    19 = 2
    25 = 3
    30 = 4
    special = X
    Diameter: d 2 Order No
    6 (light duty only) = 1
    10 = 2
    13 = 3
    16 = 4
    20 = 5
    25 = 6
    32 = 7
    38 (light duty only) = 8
    40 (heavy duty only) = 9
    Lenght: l
    Order Code
    character
    50 = A
    56 = B
    63 = C
    71 = D
    80 = E
    90 = F
    100 = G
    110 = H
    125 = J
    140 = K
    150 = L
    175 = M
    200 = N
    special = X
    Angle:
    Order Code
    character
    0° = A
    90° = B
    180° = C
    270° = D
    special = X
    Note: See table for standard dimensions
    Special dimensions to order
    Punch:
    22 without ejector pin
    27 with ejector pin
    E50
    2 2 4 2 . 2 F 1 . 0 6 5 0 . 0 4 5 0 B
    2 2 4 2 . 2 F 1 . 0 6 5 0 . 0 4 5 0 B
    ø10
    90
    13
    6,5
    4,5
    0°
    subject to alterations
    Ordering example
    Ball-Lock Punches
    Angle = 90° (B)
    Format: Slot, width W = 4,5 mm (0450)
    Format: Slot, length P = 6,5 mm (0650)
    Punch cutting length: l 1 = 13 mm (1)
    Length: l = 90 mm (F)
    Diameter: d 2 = 10 mm (2)
    Type = light (2)
    Version: Slot (4)
    Punch: without ejector pin (22)
    Format: Slot
    length P = 6,5 mm
    Format: Slot
    width W = 4,5 mm
    Ordering Code (Example):
    Version: Order No
    blank = 0
    round = 1
    square = 2
    rectangular = 3
    slot = 4
    rectangle with radiused corners = 5
    pilot pin with tapered tip = 6
    pilot pin parabolic tip = 7
    special shapes = 9
    Type: Order No
    light = 2
    heavy = 3
    punch larger, light = 4
    punch larger, heavy = 5
    Punch cutting
    length: l 1 Order No
    13 = 1
    19 = 2
    25 = 3
    30 = 4
    special = X
    Diameter: d 2 Order No
    6 (light duty only) = 1
    10 = 2
    13 = 3
    16 = 4
    20 = 5
    25 = 6
    32 = 7
    38 (light duty only) = 8
    40 (heavy duty only) = 9
    Lenght: l
    Order Code
    character
    50 = A
    56 = B
    63 = C
    71 = D
    80 = E
    90 = F
    100 = G
    110 = H
    125 = J
    140 = K
    150 = L
    175 = M
    200 = N
    special = X
    Angle:
    Order Code
    character
    0° = A
    90° = B
    180° = C
    270° = D
    special = X
    Note: See table for standard dimensions
    Special dimensions to order
    Punch:
    22 without ejector pin
    27 with ejector pin
    subject to alterations
    Ball lock punch, blank, light duty
    Ordering code (example):
    2 2 0 2 . 7 G

     Length: l Order Code character
     100 mm = (G)
     Diameter: d 2 Order No
     32 mm = (7)
     Type: Order No
     light = (2)
     Version: Order No
     blank = (0)
     Punch:
     without ejector pin = 22
    2202.
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Shaft fine ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    E51
    d 2 / (Order No) d 5 l / (Order Code character)
    63
    (C)
    71
    (D)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    110
    (H)
    125
    (J)
    140
    (K)
    150
    (l)
    175
    (M)
    200
    (N)
    6 / (1) 6 ● ● ● ● ●
    10 / (2) 8 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    13 / (3) 8 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    16 / (4) 8 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    20 / (5) 8 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    25 / (6) 8 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    32 / (7) 8 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    38 / (8) 8 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    2202. Ball lock punch, blank, light duty
    subject to alterations
    Ball lock punch, stepped, round, light duty
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Shaft and punch diameter fine ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    2212.
    Ordering-code (example):
    2 2 1 2 . 7 G 2 . 2 4 5 0
     Format: Round
     P = ø24,5 mm = 2450
     Punch cutting length: l 1 Order No
     19 mm = (2)
     length: l Order code character
     100 mm = (G)
     diameter: d 2 Order No
     32 mm = (7)
     Type: Order No
     light = (2)
     Version: Order No
     Round = (1)
     Punch:
     without ejector pin = 22
    E52
    d 2 / (Order No) d 5 P l 1 / (Order No)* l / (Order Code character)
    63
    (C)
    71
    (D)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    6 / (1) 6 1,6-5,9 13 (1) ● ● ● ● ●
    10 / (2) 8 1,6-9,9 13 (1)  19 (2) ● ● ● ● ●
    13 / (3) 8 5,0-12,9 13 (1)  19 (2) ● ● ● ● ●
    16 / (4) 8 8,0-15,9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ●
    20 / (5) 8 12,0-19,9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ●
    25 / (6) 8 16,0-24,9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ●
    32 / (7) 8 24,0-31,9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ●
    38 / (8) 8 30,0-37,9 19 (2)  25 (3)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    *l 1 =10 where P < 2.20
    2212. Ball lock punch, stepped, round, light duty
    subject to alterations
    Ball lock punch, stepped, square, light duty
    Ordering-code (example):
    2 2 2 2 . 2 F 1 . 0 6 5 0 B


     Angle: Order code character
     90° = (B)


     Format: Square, length P
     P = 6,5 mm = 0650
     Punch cutting length : l 1 Order No
     13 mm = (1)
     Length: l Order code character
     90 mm = (F)
     Diameter: d 2 Order No
     10 mm = (2)
     Type: Order No
     light = (2)
     Version: Order No
     Square = (2)
     Punch:
     without ejector pin = 22
    α = 90°
    ±0,01
    P
    ±0,01
    P
    G
    G = 2 × P
    2222.
    α = 90° Standard
    180° 0°
    270°
    d 5
    R13
    +0,5
    l
    d 2 g5
    +1
    l 1
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Shaft and punch shape fine ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    E53
    d 2 / (Order No) d 5 P min G max l 1 / (Order No)* l / (Order Code character)
    63
    (C)
    71
    (D)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    6 / (1) 6 1.6 5.9 13 (1) ● ● ● ● ●
    10 / (2) 8 1.6 9.9 13 (1)  19 (2) ● ● ● ● ●
    13 / (3) 8 4.5 12.9 13 (1)  19 (2) ● ● ● ● ●
    16 / (4) 8 6 15.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ●
    20 / (5) 8 8 19.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ●
    25 / (6) 8 10 24.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ●
    32 / (7) 8 12.5 31.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ●
    38 / (8) 8 14 37.9 19 (2)  25 (3)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    *l 1 =10 where P < 2.20
    2222. Ball lock punch, stepped, square, light duty
    subject to alterations
    Ball lock punch, stepped, rectangular, light duty
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Shaft and punch shape fine ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    α = 90° Standard
    180° 0°
    270°
    d 5
    R13
    +0,5
    l
    d 2 g5
    +1
    l 1
    2232.
    Ordering-code (example):
    2 2 3 2 . 2 F 1 . 0 6 5 0 . 0 4 5 0 B


     Angle: Order code character
     90° = (B)
     Format: Rectangular, width W
     W = 4,5 mm = 0450
     Format: Rectangular, length P
     P = 6,5 mm = 0650
     Punch cutting length : l 1 Order No
     13 mm = (1)
     Length: l Order code character
     90 mm = (F)
     Diameter: d 2 Order No
     10 mm = (2)
     Type: Order No
     light = (2)
     Version: Order No
     Rectangular = (3)
     Punch:
     without ejector pin = 22
    α = 90°
    G
    ±0,01
    P
    ±0,01
    W
    G = P 2 +W 2
    E54
    d 2 / (Order No) d 5 W min G max l 1 / (Order No)* l / (Order Code character)
    63
    (C)
    71
    (D)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    6 / (1) 6 1.6 5.9 13 (1) ● ● ● ● ●
    10 / (2) 8 1.6 9.9 13 (1)  19 (2) ● ● ● ● ●
    13 / (3) 8 4.5 12.9 13 (1)  19 (2) ● ● ● ● ●
    16 / (4) 8 6 15.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ●
    20 / (5) 8 8 19.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ●
    25 / (6) 8 10 24.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ●
    32 / (7) 8 12.5 31.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ●
    38 / (8) 8 14 37.9 19 (2)  25 (3)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    *l 1 =10 where W < 2.20
    2232. Ball lock punch, stepped, rectangular, light duty
    subject to alterations
    Ball lock punch, stepped, slot, light duty
    Ordering-code (example):
    2 2 4 2 . 2 F 1 . 0 6 5 0 . 0 4 5 0 B
     Angle Order code character
     90° = (B)
     Format: Slot, width W
     W = 4,5 mm = 0450
     Format: Slot, length P
     P = 6,5 mm = 0650
     Punch cutting length : l 1 Order No
     13 mm = (1)
     Length: l Order code character
     90 mm = (F)
     Diameter: d 2 Order No
     10 mm = (2)
     Type: Order No
     light = (2)
     Version: Order No
     Slot = (4)
     Punch:
     without ejector pin = 22
    α = 90°
    ±0,01
    P
    ±0,01
    W
    G = P
    α = 90° Standard
    180° 0°
    270°
    d 5
    R13
    +0,5
    l
    d 2 g5
    +1
    l 1
    2242.
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Shaft and punch shape fine ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    E55
    d 2 / (Order No) d 5 W min G max l 1 / (Order No)* l / (Order Code character)
    63
    (C)
    71
    (D)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    6 / (1) 6 1.6 5.9 13 (1) ● ● ● ● ●
    10 / (2) 8 1.6 9.9 13 (1)  19 (2) ● ● ● ● ●
    13 / (3) 8 4.5 12.9 13 (1)  19 (2) ● ● ● ● ●
    16 / (4) 8 6 15.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ●
    20 / (5) 8 8 19.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ●
    25 / (6) 8 10 24.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ●
    32 / (7) 8 12.5 31.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ●
    38 / (8) 8 14 37.9 19 (2)  25 (3)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    *l 1 =10 where W < 2.20
    2242. Ball lock punch, stepped, slot, light duty
    subject to alterations
    Ball lock punch, stepped, rectangle with radiussed corners, light duty
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Shaft and punch shape fine ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    * For other radius options, see standardised
    special shapes.
    α = 90° Standard
    180° 0°
    270°
    d 5
    R13
    +0,5
    l
    d 2 g5
    +1
    l 1
    2252.
    Ordering-code (example):
    2 2 5 2 . 2 F 1 . 0 6 5 0 . 0 4 5 0 B


     Angle: Order code character
     90° = (B)
     Format: Rectangle with radiused corners, width W
     W = 4,5 mm = 0450
     Format: Rectangle with radiused corners, length P
     P = 6,5 mm = 0650
     Punch cutting length : l 1 Order No
     13 mm = (1)
     Length: l Order code character
     90 mm = (F)
     Diameter: d 2 Order No
     10 mm = (2)
     Type: Order No
     light = (2)
     Version: Order No
     Rectangle with radiused corners = (5)
     Punch:
     without ejector pin = 22
    α = 90°
    G
    ±0,01
    R 0,5
    ±0,01
    P
    ±0,01
    W
    *
    G = (P−1.0) 2 +(W−1.0) 2 +1
    E56
    d 2 / (Order No) d 5 W min G max l 1 / (Order No)* l / (Order Code character)
    63
    (C)
    71
    (D)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    6 / (1) 6 1.6 5.9 13 (1) ● ● ● ● ●
    10 / (2) 8 1.6 9.9 13 (1)  19 (2) ● ● ● ● ●
    13 / (3) 8 4.5 12.9 13 (1)  19 (2) ● ● ● ● ●
    16 / (4) 8 6 15.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ●
    20 / (5) 8 8 19.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ●
    25 / (6) 8 10 24.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ●
    32 / (7) 8 12.5 31.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ●
    38 / (8) 8 14 37.9 19 (2)  25 (3)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    *l 1 =10 where W < 2.20
    2252. Ball lock punch, stepped, rectangle with radiussed corners, light duty
    subject to alterations
    Ball lock punch, blank, with ejector pin, light duty
    Ordering-code (example):
    2 7 0 2 . 7 G
     Length: l Order code character
     100 mm = (G)
     Diameter: d 2 Order No
     32 mm = (7)
     Type: Order No
     light = (2)
     Version: Order No
     blank = (0)
     Punch:
     with ejector pin = 27
    2702.
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Shaft fine ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    E57
    d 2 / (Order No) d 5 l / (Order Code character)
    63
    (C)
    71
    (D)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    6 / (1) 6 ● ● ● ● ●
    10 / (2) 8 ● ● ● ● ●
    13 / (3) 8 ● ● ● ● ●
    16 / (4) 8 ● ● ● ● ●
    20 / (5) 8 ● ● ● ● ●
    25 / (6) 8 ● ● ● ● ●
    32 / (7) 8 ● ● ● ●
    38 / (8) 8 ● ● ●
    2702. Ball lock punch, blank, with ejector pin, light duty
    subject to alterations
    Ball lock punch, stepped, round, with ejector pin, light duty
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Shaft and punch diameter fine ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    2712.
    2 7 1 2 . 7 G 2 . 2 4 5 0

     P = ø24,5 mm = 2450

     19 mm = (2)

     100 mm = (G)

     32 mm = (7)

     = (2)

     = (1)

     = 27
    Ordering-code (example):
     Format: Round

     Punch cutting length: l 1 Order No

     length: l Order code character

     diameter: d 2 Order No

     Type: Order No
     light
     Version: Order No
     Round
     Punch:
     with ejector pin
    E58
    d 2 / (Order No) d 5 P l 1 / (Order No)* l / (Order Code character)
    63
    (C)
    71
    (D)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    6 / (1) 6 1,6-5,9 13 (1) ● ● ● ● ●
    10 / (2) 8 1,6-9,9 13 (1)  19 (2) ● ● ● ● ●
    13 / (3) 8 5,0-12,9 13 (1)  19 (2) ● ● ● ● ●
    16 / (4) 8 8,0-15,9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ●
    20 / (5) 8 12,0-19,9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ●
    25 / (6) 8 16,0-24,9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ●
    32 / (7) 8 24,0-31,9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ●
    38 / (8) 8 30,0-37,9 19 (2)  25 (3)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    *l 1 =10 where P < 2.20
    2712. Ball lock punch, stepped, round, with ejector pin, light duty
    subject to alterations
    Ball lock punch, stepped, square, with ejector pin, light duty
    2 7 2 2 . 2 E 1 . 0 6 5 0 A

     0° = (A)

     P = 6,5 mm = 0650

     13 mm = (1)

     80 mm = (E)

     10 mm = (2)

     = (2)

     = (2)

     = 27
    Ordering-code (example):

     Angle: Order code character

     Format: Square, length P

     Punch cutting length : l 1 Order No

     Length: l Order code character

     Diameter: d 2 Order No

     Type: Order No
     light
     Version: Order No
     Square
     Punch:
     with ejector pin
    α = 90°
    ±0,01
    P
    ±0,01
    P
    G
    G = 2 × P
    α = 90° Standard
    180° 0°
    270°
    d 5
    +1
    l 1
    +0,5
    l
    d 2 g5
    R13
    2722.
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Shaft and punch shape fine ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    E59
    d 2 / (Order No) d 5 P min G max l 1 / (Order No)* l / (Order Code character)
    63
    (C)
    71
    (D)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    6 / (1) 6 1.6 5.9 13 (1) ● ● ● ● ●
    10 / (2) 8 1.6 9.9 13 (1)  19 (2) ● ● ● ● ●
    13 / (3) 8 4.5 12.9 13 (1)  19 (2) ● ● ● ● ●
    16 / (4) 8 6 15.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ●
    20 / (5) 8 8 19.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ●
    25 / (6) 8 10 24.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ●
    32 / (7) 8 12.5 31.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ●
    38 / (8) 8 14 37.9 19 (2)  25 (3)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    *l 1 =10 where P < 2.20
    2722. Ball lock punch, stepped, square, with ejector pin, light duty
    subject to alterations
    Ball lock punch, stepped, rectangular, with ejector pin, light duty
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Shaft and punch shape fine ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    α = 90° Standard
    180° 0°
    270°
    d 5
    +1
    l 1
    +0,5
    l
    d 2 g5
    R13
    2732.
    2 7 3 2 . 2 F 1 . 0 6 5 0 . 0 4 5 0 B

     90° = (B)

     W = 4,5 mm = 0450

     P = 6,5 mm = 0650

     13 mm = (1)

     90 mm = (F)

     10 mm = (2)

     = (2)

     = (3)

     = 27
    Ordering-code (example):

     Angle: Order code character

     Format: Rectangular, width W

     Format: Rectangular, length P

     Punch cutting length : l 1 Order No

     Length: l Order code character

     Diameter: d 2 Order No

     Type: Order No
     light
     Version: Order No
     Rectangular
     Punch:
     with ejector pin
    α = 90°
    G
    ±0,01
    P
    ±0,01
    W
    G = P 2 +W 2
    E60
    d 2 / (Order No) d 5 W min G max l 1 / (Order No)* l / (Order Code character)
    63
    (C)
    71
    (D)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    6 / (1) 6 1.6 5.9 13 (1) ● ● ● ● ●
    10 / (2) 8 1.6 9.9 13 (1)  19 (2) ● ● ● ● ●
    13 / (3) 8 4.5 12.9 13 (1)  19 (2) ● ● ● ● ●
    16 / (4) 8 6 15.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ●
    20 / (5) 8 8 19.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ●
    25 / (6) 8 10 24.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ●
    32 / (7) 8 12.5 31.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ●
    38 / (8) 8 14 37.9 19 (2)  25 (3)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    *l 1 =10 where W < 2.20
    2732. Ball lock punch, stepped, rectangular, with ejector pin, light duty
    subject to alterations
    Ball lock punch, stepped, slot, with ejector pin, light duty
    2 7 4 2 . 2 F 1 . 0 6 5 0 . 0 4 5 0 B

     90° = (B)

     W = 4,5 mm = 0450

     P = 6,5 mm = 0650

     13 mm = (1)

     90 mm = (F)

     10 mm = (2)

     = (2)

     = (4)

     = 27
    Ordering-code (example):
     Angle Order code character

     Format: Slot, width W

     Format: Slot, length P

     Punch cutting length : l 1 Order No

     Length: l Order code character

     Diameter: d 2 Order No

     Type: Order No
     light
     Version: Order No
     Slot
     Punch:
     with ejector pin
    α = 90°
    ±0,01
    P
    ±0,01
    W
    G = P
    α = 90° Standard
    180° 0°
    270°
    d 5
    +1
    l 1
    +0,5
    l
    d 2 g5
    R13
    2742.
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Shaft and punch shape fine ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    E61
    d 2 / (Order No) d 5 W min G max l 1 / (Order No)* l / (Order Code character)
    63
    (C)
    71
    (D)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    6 / (1) 6 1.6 5.9 13 (1) ● ● ● ● ●
    10 / (2) 8 1.6 9.9 13 (1)  19 (2) ● ● ● ● ●
    13 / (3) 8 4.5 12.9 13 (1)  19 (2) ● ● ● ● ●
    16 / (4) 8 6 15.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ●
    20 / (5) 8 8 19.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ●
    25 / (6) 8 10 24.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ●
    32 / (7) 8 12.5 31.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ●
    38 / (8) 8 14 37.9 19 (2)  25 (3)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    *l 1 =10 where W < 2.20
    2742. Ball lock punch, stepped, slot, with ejector pin, light duty
    subject to alterations
    Ball lock punch, stepped, rectangle with radiussed corners, with ejector
    pin, light duty
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Shaft and punch shape fine ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    * For other radius options, see standardised
    special shapes.
    α = 90° Standard
    180° 0°
    270°
    d 5
    +1
    l 1
    +0,5
    l
    d 2 g5
    R13
    2752.
    2 7 5 2 . 2 F 1 . 0 6 5 0 . 0 4 5 0 B

     90° = (B)

     W = 4,5 mm = 0450

     P = 6,5 mm = 0650

     13 mm = (1)

     90 mm = (F)

     10 mm = (2)

     = (2)

     = (5)

     = 27
    Ordering-code (example):

     Angle: Order code character

     Format: Rectangle with radiused corners, width W

     Format: Rectangle with radiused corners, length P

     Punch cutting length : l 1 Order No

     Length: l Order code character

     Diameter: d 2 Order No

     Type: Order No
     light
     Version: Order No
     Rectangle with radiused corners
     Punch:
     with ejector pin
    α = 90°
    G
    ±0,01
    R 0,5
    ±0,01
    P
    ±0,01
    W
    *
    G = (P−1.0) 2 +(W−1.0) 2 +1
    E62
    d 2 / (Order No) d 5 W min G max l 1 / (Order No)* l / (Order Code character)
    63
    (C)
    71
    (D)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    6 / (1) 6 1.6 5.9 13 (1) ● ● ● ● ●
    10 / (2) 8 1.6 9.9 13 (1)  19 (2) ● ● ● ● ●
    13 / (3) 8 4.5 12.9 13 (1)  19 (2) ● ● ● ● ●
    16 / (4) 8 6 15.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ●
    20 / (5) 8 8 19.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ●
    25 / (6) 8 10 24.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ●
    32 / (7) 8 12.5 31.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ●
    38 / (8) 8 14 37.9 19 (2)  25 (3)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    *l 1 =10 where W < 2.20
    2752. Ball lock punch, stepped, rectangle with radiussed corners, with ejector pin, light duty
    subject to alterations
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, blank, light duty
    2 2 0 4 . 4 F 4 . 3 8 0 0

     P = ø38,0 mm = 3800

     30 mm = (4)

     90 mm = (F)

     16 mm = (4)

     = (4)

     = (0)

     = 22
    Ordering-code (example):
     Format: Round

     Punch cutting length: l 1 Order No

     length: l Order code character

     diameter: d 2 Order No

     Type: Order No
     punch larger, light duty
     Version: Order No
     Blank
     Punch:
     without ejector pin
    2204.
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Shaft and punch diameter fine ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    E63
    d 2 / (Order No) d 5 P l 1 / (Order No) l / (Order Code character)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    13 / (3) 8 32 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    16 / (4) 8 38 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    20 / (5) 8 40 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    25 / (6) 8 44 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    32 / (7) 8 50 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    2204. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, blank, light duty
    subject to alterations
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, round, light duty
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Shaft and punch diameter fine ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    2214.
    2 2 1 4 . 7 G 2 . 3 8 0 0

     P = ∅ 38,0 mm = 3800

     19 mm = (2)

     100 mm = (G)

     32 mm = (7)

     = (4)

     = (1)

     = 22
    Ordering-code (example):
     Format: Round

     Punch cutting length: l 1 Order No

     length: l Order code character

     diameter: d 2 Order No

     Type: Order No
     punch larger, light duty
     Version: Order No
     Round
     Punch:
     without ejector pin
    E64
    d 2 / (Order No) d 5 P l 1 / (Order No) l / (Order Code character)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    13 / (3) 8 13 - 32 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    16 / (4) 8 16 - 38 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    20 / (5) 8 20 - 40 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    25 / (6) 8 25 - 44 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    32 / (7) 8 32 - 50 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    2214. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, round, light duty
    subject to alterations
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, square, light duty
    2 2 2 4 . 7 F 2 . 3 5 3 5 A

     0° = (A)

     P = 35,35 mm = 3535

     19 mm = (2)

     90 mm = (F)

     32 mm = (7)

     = (4)

     = (2)

     = 22
    Ordering-code (example):

     Angle: Order code character

     Format: Square, length P

     Punch cutting length : l 1 Order No

     Length: l Order code character

     Diameter: d 2 Order No

     Type: Order No
     punch larger, light duty
     Version: Order No
     Square
     Punch:
     without ejector pin
    G
    ±0,01
    P
    ±0,01
    P
    α = 90°
    G = 2 × P
    0°
    270°
    180°
    d 2g5
    d 5
    +1,5
    l 1
    +0,5
    l
    R 3
    α = 90°
    Standard
    2224.
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Shaft and punch shape fine ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    E65
    d 2 / (Order No) d 5 P min G max l 1 / (Order No) l / (Order Code character)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    13 / (3) 8 9.19 32 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    16 / (4) 8 11.31 38 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    20 / (5) 8 14.14 40 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    25 / (6) 8 17.68 44 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    32 / (7) 8 22.63 50 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    2224. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, square, light duty
    subject to alterations
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, rectangular, light duty
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Shaft and punch shape fine ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    α = 90°
    Standard
    0°
    270°
    180°
    d 2g5
    d 5
    +1 , 5
    l 1
    +0,5
    l
    R 3
    2234.
    2 2 3 4 . 7 F 2 . 3 8 0 0 . 1 1 5 0 B

     90° = (B)

     W = 11,5 mm = 1150

     P = 38 mm = 3800

     19 mm = (2)

     90 mm = (F)

     32 mm = (7)

     = (4)

     = (3)

     = 22
    Ordering-code (example):

     Angle: Order code character

     Format: Rectangular, width W

     Format: Rectangular, length P

     Punch cutting length : l 1 Order No

     Length: l Order code character

     Diameter: d 2 Order No

     Type: Order No
     punch larger, light duty
     Version: Order No
     Rectangular
     Punch:
     without ejector pin
    ±0,01
    ±0,01
    G
    W
    P
    α = 90°
    G = P 2 +W 2
    E66
    d 2 / (Order No) d 5 W min G max l 1 / (Order No) l / (Order Code character)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    13 / (3) 8 5 32 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    16 / (4) 8 6.5 38 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    20 / (5) 8 8 40 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    25 / (6) 8 10 44 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    32 / (7) 8 11.5 50 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    2234. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, rectangular, light duty
    subject to alterations
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, slot, light duty
    2 2 4 4 . 4 F 2 . 3 8 0 0 . 0 6 5 0 B

     90° = (B)

     W = 6,5 mm = 0650

     P = 38,0 mm = 3800

     19 mm = (2)

     90 mm = (F)

     16 mm = (4)

     = (4)

     = (4)

     = 22
    Ordering-code (example):
     Angle Order code character

     Format: Slot, width W

     Format: Slot, length P

     Punch cutting length : l 1 Order No

     Length: l Order code character

     Diameter: d 2 Order No

     Type: Order No
     punch larger, light duty
     Version: Order No
     Slot
     Punch:
     without ejector pin
    ±0,01
    W
    ±0,01
    P
    α = 90°
    G = P
    α = 90°
    Standard
    0°
    270°
    180°
    d 2 g5
    d 5
    +1,5
    l 1
    +0,5
    l
    R 3
    2244.
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Shaft and punch shape fine ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    E67
    d 2 / (Order No) d 5 W min G max l 1 / (Order No) l / (Order Code character)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    13 / (3) 8 5 32 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    16 / (4) 8 6.5 38 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    20 / (5) 8 8 40 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    25 / (6) 8 10 44 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    32 / (7) 8 11.5 50 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    2244. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, slot, light duty
    subject to alterations
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, rectangle with radiussed corners,
    light duty
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Shaft and punch shape fine ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    * For other radius options, see standardised
    special shapes.
    α = 90°
    Standard
    0°
    270°
    180°
    d 2 g5
    d 5
    +1,5
    l 1
    +0,5
    l
    R 3
    2254.
    2 2 5 4 . 7 F 2 . 3 8 0 0 . 1 1 5 0 B

     90° = (B)

     W = 11,5 mm = 1150

     P = 38,0 mm = 3800

     19 mm = (2)

     90 mm = (F)

     32 mm = (7)

     = (4)

     = (5)

     = 22
    Ordering-code (example):

     Angle: Order code character

     Format: Rectangle with radiused corners, width W

     Format: Rectangle with radiused corners, length P

     Punch cutting length: l 1 Order No

     Length: l Order code character

     Diameter: d 2 Order No

     Type: Order No
     punch larger, light duty
     Version: Order No
     Rectangle with radiused corners
     Punch:
     without ejector pin
    ±0,01
    W
    R 0,5
    ±0,01
    ±0,01
    P
    α = 90°
    *
    G
    G = (P−1.0) 2 +(W−1.0) 2 +1
    E68
    d 2 / (Order No) d 5 W min G max l 1 / (Order No) l / (Order Code character)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    13 / (3) 8 5 32 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    16 / (4) 8 6.5 38 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    20 / (5) 8 8 40 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    25 / (6) 8 10 44 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    32 / (7) 8 11.5 50 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    2254. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, rectangle with radiussed corners, light duty
    subject to alterations
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, blank, with ejector pin, light duty
    2 7 0 4 . 4 F 4 . 3 8 0 0

     P = ø38,0 mm = 3800

     30 mm = (4)

     90 mm = (F)

     16 mm = (4)

     = (4)

     = (0)

     = 27
    Ordering-code (example):
     Format: Round

     Punch cutting length: l 1 Order No

     length: l Order code character

     diameter: d 2 Order No

     Type: Order No
     punch larger, light duty
     Version: Order No
     Blank
     Punch:
     with ejector pin
    2704.
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Shaft and punch diameter fine ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    E69
    d 2 / (Order No) d 5 P l 1 / (Order No) l / (Order Code character)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    13 / (3) 8 32 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    16 / (4) 8 38 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    20 / (5) 8 40 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    25 / (6) 8 44 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    32 / (7) 8 50 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    2704. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, blank, with ejector pin, light duty
    subject to alterations
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, round, with ejector pin, light duty
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Shaft and punch diameter fine ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    2714.
    2 7 1 4 . 7 G 2 . 4 2 5 0

     P = ∅ 42,5 mm = 4250

     19 mm = (2)

     100 mm = (G)

     32 mm = (7)

     = (4)

     = (1)

     = 27
    Ordering-code (example):
     Format: Round

     Punch cutting length: l 1 Order No

     length: l Order code character

     diameter: d 2 Order No

     Type: Order No
     punch larger, light duty
     Version: Order No
     Round
     Punch:
     with ejector pin
    E70
    d 2 / (Order No) d 5 P l 1 / (Order No) l / (Order Code character)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    13 / (3) 8 13 - 32 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    16 / (4) 8 16 - 38 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    20 / (5) 8 20 - 40 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    25 / (6) 8 25 - 44 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    32 / (7) 8 32 - 50 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    2714. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, round, with ejector pin, light duty
    subject to alterations
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, square, with ejector pin,
    light duty
    2 7 2 4 . 5 E 2 . 2 8 2 8 A

     0° = (A)

     P = 28,28 mm = 2828

     19 mm = (2)

     80 mm = (E)

     20 mm = (5)

     = (4)

     = (2)

     = 27
    Ordering-code (example):

     Angle: Order code character

     Format: Square, length P

     Punch cutting length : l 1 Order No

     Length: l Order code character

     Diameter: d 2 Order No

     Type: Order No
     punch larger, light duty
     Version: Order No
     Square
     Punch:
     with ejector pin
    G
    ±0,01
    P
    ±0,01
    P
    α = 90°
    G = 2 × P
    d 2 g5
    d 5
    +1,5
    l 1
    +0,5
    l
    R 3
    0°
    270°
    180°
    α = 90°
    Standard
    2724.
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Shaft and punch shape fine ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    E71
    d 2 / (Order No) d 5 P min G max l 1 / (Order No) l / (Order Code character)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    13 / (3) 8 9.19 32 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    16 / (4) 8 11.31 38 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    20 / (5) 8 14.14 40 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    25 / (6) 8 17.68 44 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    32 / (7) 8 22.63 50 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    2724. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, square, with ejector pin, light duty
    subject to alterations
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, rectangular, with ejector pin,
    light duty
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Shaft and punch shape fine ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    0°
    270°
    180°
    d 2 g5
    d 5
    α = 90°
    Standard
    +1,5
    l 1
    +0,5
    l
    R 3
    2734.
    2 7 3 4 . 7 F 2 . 3 8 0 0 . 1 1 5 0 B

     90° = (B)

     W = 11,5 mm = 1150

     P = 38 mm = 3800

     19 mm = (2)

     90 mm = (F)

     32 mm = (7)

     = (4)

     = (3)

     = 27
    Ordering-code (example):

     Angle: Order code character

     Format: Rectangular, width W

     Format: Rectangular, length P

     Punch cutting length : l 1 Order No

     Length: l Order code character

     Diameter: d 2 Order No

     Type: Order No
     punch larger, light duty
     Version: Order No
     Rectangular
     Punch:
     with ejector pin
    ±0,01
    ±0,01
    G
    W
    P
    α = 90°
    G = P 2 +W 2
    E72
    d 2 / (Order No) d 5 W min G max l 1 / (Order No) l / (Order Code character)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    13 / (3) 8 5 32 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    16 / (4) 8 6.5 38 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    20 / (5) 8 8 40 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    25 / (6) 8 10 44 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    32 / (7) 8 11.5 50 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    2734. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, rectangular, with ejector pin, light duty
    subject to alterations
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, slot, with ejector pin, light duty
    2 7 4 4 . 7 F 2 . 3 8 0 0 . 1 1 5 0 B

     90° = (B)

     W = 11,5 mm = 1150

     P = 38,0 mm = 3800

     19 mm = (2)

     90 mm = (F)

     32 mm = (7)

     = (4)

     = (4)

     = 27
    Ordering-code (example):
     Angle Order code character

     Format: Slot, width W

     Format: Slot, length P

     Punch cutting length : l 1 Order No

     Length: l Order code character

     Diameter: d 2 Order No

     Type: Order No
     punch larger, light duty
     Version: Order No
     Slot
     Punch:
     with ejector pin
    ±0,01
    P
    α = 90°
    ±0,01
    W
    G = P
    0°
    270°
    180°
    d 2 g5
    d 5
    α = 90°
    Standard
    +1,5
    l 1
    +0,5
    l
    R 3
    2744.
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Shaft and punch shape fine ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    E73
    d 2 / (Order No) d 5 W min G max l 1 / (Order No) l / (Order Code character)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    13 / (3) 8 5 32 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    16 / (4) 8 6.5 38 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    20 / (5) 8 8 40 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    25 / (6) 8 10 44 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    32 / (7) 8 11.5 50 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    2744. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, slot, with ejector pin, light duty
    subject to alterations
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, rectangle with radiussed corners,
    with ejector pin, light duty
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Shaft and punch shape fine ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    * For other radius options, see standardised
    special shapes.
    0°
    270°
    180°
    d 2 g5
    d 5
    α = 90°
    Standard
    +1,5
    l 1
    +0,5
    l
    R 3
    2754.
    2 7 5 4 . 7 F 2 . 3 8 0 0 . 1 1 5 0 B

     90° = (B)

     W = 11,5 mm = 1150

     P = 38,0 mm = 3800

     19 mm = (2)

     90 mm = (F)

     32 mm = (7)

     = (4)

     = (5)

     = 27
    Ordering-code (example):

     Angle: Order code character

     Format: Rectangle with radiused corners, width W

     Format: Rectangle with radiused corners, length P

     Punch cutting length: l 1 Order No

     Length: l Order code character

     Diameter: d 2 Order No

     Type: Order No
     punch larger, light duty
     Version: Order No
     Rectangle with radiused corners
     Punch:
     with ejector pin
    ±0,01
    W
    R 0,5
    ±0,01
    ±0,01
    P
    α = 90°
    *
    G
    G = (P−1.0) 2 +(W−1.0) 2 +1
    E74
    d 2 / (Order No) d 5 W min G max l 1 / (Order No) l / (Order Code character)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    13 / (3) 8 5 32 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    16 / (4) 8 6.5 38 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    20 / (5) 8 8 40 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    25 / (6) 8 10 44 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    32 / (7) 8 11.5 50 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    2754. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, rectangle with radiussed corners, with ejector
    pin, light duty
    subject to alterations
    Ball lock pilot pin, with tapered tip, light duty
    2 2 6 2 . 4 G 3 . 1 4 0 0

     P = ∅ 14,0 mm = 1400

     25 mm = (3)

     100 mm = (G)

     16 mm = (4)

     = (2)

     = (6)

     = 22
    Ordering-code (example):

     Format: Round

     Punch cutting length : l 1 Order No

     Length: l Order code character

     Diameter: d 2 Order No

     Type: Order No
     light
     Version: Order No
     Pilot pin with tapered tip
     Punch:
     without ejector pin
    40°
    d 2 g5
    +1
    l 1
    +0,5
    l
    R13
    d 5
    P
    +0,01
    N
    2262.
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Shaft and pilot pin fine ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    E75
    d 2 / (Order No) d 5 P l 1 / (Order No) N l / (Order Code character)
    71
    (D)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    110
    (H)
    125
    (J)
    140
    (K)
    150
    (l)
    10 / (2) 8 5.9 - 9.9 19 (2) 8 ● ● ● ● ●
    13 / (3) 8 9.9 - 12.9 19 (2) 10 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    16 / (4) 8 12.9 - 15.9 25 (3) 15 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    20 / (5) 8 15.9 - 19.9 25 (3) 20 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    25 / (6) 8 19.9 - 24.9 25 (3) 25 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    32 / (7) 8 24.9 - 31.9 25 (3) 30 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    38 / (8) 8 31.9 - 37.9 30 (4) 35 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    2262. Ball lock pilot pin, with tapered tip, light duty
    subject to alterations
    Ball lock pilot pin, with parabolic tip, light duty
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Shaft and pilot pin fine ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    Note:
    The 2 mm length provides full guidance
    before the blanking punch contacts the sheet
    metal.
    Length of parabolic tip N:
    = 8 mm where P ≤ 10 mm
    =12 mm where P 10,1 mm - 15 mm
    =15 mm where P > 15 mm
    2
    P
    +0,01
    +1
    l 1
    +0,5
    l
    R13
    d 5
    d 2 g5
    N
    2272.
    2 2 7 2 . 4 G 3 . 1 4 0 0

     P = ∅ 14,0 mm = 1400

     25 mm = (3)

     100 mm = (G)

     16 mm = (4)

     = (2)

     = (7)

     = 22
    Ordering-code (example):

     Format: Round

     Punch cutting length : l 1 Order No

     Length: l Order code character

     Diameter: d 2 Order No

     Type: Order No
     light
     Version: Order No
     Pilot pin with parabolic tip
     Punch:
     without ejector pin
    E76
    d 2 / (Order No) d 5 P l 1 / (Order No) l / (Order Code character)
    50
    (A)
    56
    (B)
    63
    (C)
    71
    (D)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    6 / (1) 6 2,9-5,9 13 (1) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    10 / (2) 8 5,9-9,9 19 (2) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    13 / (3) 8 9,9-12,9 19 (2) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    16 / (4) 8 12,9-15,9 25 (3) ● ● ● ● ●
    20 / (5) 8 15,9-19,9 25 (3) ● ● ● ● ●
    25 / (6) 8 19,9-24,9 25 (3) ● ● ● ● ●
    32 / (7) 8 24,9-31,9 25 (3) ● ● ● ●
    38 / (8) 8 31,9-37,9 30 (4) ● ● ●
    2272. Ball lock pilot pin, with parabolic tip, light duty
    subject to alterations
    Ball lock punch, blank, heavy duty
    2 2 0 3 . 7 G


     100 mm = (G)

     32 mm = (7)

     = (3)

     = (0)

     = 22
    Ordering code (example):


     Length: l Order Code character

     Diameter: d 2 Order No

     Type: Order No
     heavy duty
     Version: Order No
     blank
     Punch:
     without ejector pin
    2203.
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Shaft fine ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    E77
    d 2 / (Order No) d 5 l / (Order Code character)
    63
    (C)
    71
    (D)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    110
    (H)
    125
    (J)
    140
    (K)
    150
    (l)
    175
    (M)
    200
    (N)
    10 / (2) 10 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    13 / (3) 12 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    16 / (4) 12 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    20 / (5) 12 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    25 / (6) 12 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    32 / (7) 12 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    40 / (9) 12 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    2203. Ball lock punch, blank, heavy duty
    subject to alterations
    Ball lock punch, stepped, round, heavy duty
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Shaft and punch diameter fine ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    2213.
    2 2 1 3 . 7 G 2 . 2 4 5 0

     P = ø24,5 mm = 2450

     19 mm = (2)

     100 mm = (G)

     32 mm = (7)

     = (3)

     = (1)

     = 22
    Ordering-code (example):
     Format: Round

     Punch cutting length: l 1 Order No

     length: l Order code character

     diameter: d 2 Order No

     Type: Order No
     heavy duty
     Version: Order No
     Round
     Punch:
     without ejector pin
    E78
    d 2 / (Order No) d 5 P l 1 / (Order No)* l / (Order Code character)
    63
    (C)
    71
    (D)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    110
    (H)
    125
    (J)
    10 / (2) 10 1.6 - 9.9 13 (1)  19 (2) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    13 / (3) 12 5 - 12.9 13 (1)  19 (2) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    16 / (4) 12 8 - 15.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    20 / (5) 12 12 - 19.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    25 / (6) 12 16 - 24.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    32 / (7) 12 24 - 31.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    40 / (9) 12 30 - 39.9 19 (2)  25 (3)  30 (4) ● ● ● ● ●
    *l 1 =10 where P < 2.20
    2213. Ball lock punch, stepped, round, heavy duty
    subject to alterations
    Ball lock punch, stepped, square, heavy duty
    2 2 2 3 . 3 F 1 . 0 6 0 0 B

     90° = (B)

     P = 6,0 mm = 0600

     13 mm = (1)

     90 mm = (F)

     13 mm = (3)

     = (3)

     = (2)

     = 22
    Ordering-code (example):

     Angle: Order code character

     Format: Square, length P

     Punch cutting length : l 1 Order No

     Length: l Order code character

     Diameter: d 2 Order No

     Type: Order No
     heavy duty
     Version: Order No
     Square
     Punch:
     without ejector pin
    ±0,01
    P
    ±0,01
    P
    α = 90°
    G
    G = 2 × P
    α = 90°
    Standard
    180° 0°
    270°
    +0,5
    l
    +1
    l 1
    d 2 g5
    d 5
    R13
    2223.
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Shaft and punch shape fine ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    E79
    d 2 / (Order No) d 5 P min G max l 1 / (Order No)* l / (Order Code character)
    63
    (C)
    71
    (D)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    110
    (H)
    125
    (J)
    10 / (2) 10 1.6 9.9 13 (1)  19 (2) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    13 / (3) 12 4.5 12.9 13 (1)  19 (2) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    16 / (4) 12 6 15.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    20 / (5) 12 8 19.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    25 / (6) 12 10 24.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    32 / (7) 12 12.5 31.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    40 / (9) 12 14 39.9 19 (2)  25 (3)  30 (4) ● ● ● ● ●
    *l 1 =10 where P < 2.20
    2223. Ball lock punch, stepped, square, heavy duty
    subject to alterations
    Ball lock punch, stepped, rectangular, heavy duty
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Shaft and punch shape fine ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    α = 90°
    Standard
    180° 0°
    270°
    +0,5
    l
    +1
    l 1
    d 2 g5
    d 5
    R13
    2233.
    2 2 3 3 . 2 F 1 . 0 6 5 0 . 0 4 5 0 B

     90° = (B)

     W = 4,5 mm = 0450

     P = 6,5 mm = 0650

     13 mm = (1)

     90 mm = (F)

     10 mm = (2)

     = (3)

     = (3)

     = 22
    Ordering-code (example):

     Angle: Order code character

     Format: Rectangular, width W

     Format: Rectangular, length P

     Punch cutting length : l 1 Order No

     Length: l Order code character

     Diameter: d 2 Order No

     Type: Order No
     heavy duty
     Version: Order No
     Rectangular
     Punch:
     without ejector pin
    G
    ±0,01
    P
    ±0,01
    W
    α = 90°
    G = P 2 +W 2
    E80
    d 2 / (Order No) d 5 W min G max l 1 / (Order No)* l / (Order Code character)
    63
    (C)
    71
    (D)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    110
    (H)
    125
    (J)
    10 / (2) 10 1.6 9.9 13 (1)  19 (2) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    13 / (3) 12 4.5 12.9 13 (1)  19 (2) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    16 / (4) 12 6 15.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    20 / (5) 12 8 19.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    25 / (6) 12 10 24.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    32 / (7) 12 12.5 31.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    40 / (9) 12 14 39.9 19 (2)  25 (3)  30 (4) ● ● ● ● ●
    *l 1 =10 where W < 2.20
    2233. Ball lock punch, stepped, rectangular, heavy duty
    subject to alterations
    Ball lock punch, stepped, slot, heavy duty
    2 2 4 3 . 3 E 2 . 1 2 1 5 . 0 9 1 5 B

     90° = (B)

     W = 9,15 mm = 0915

     P = 12,15 mm = 1215

     19 mm = (2)

     80 mm = (E)

     13 mm = (3)

     = (3)

     = (4)

     = 22
    Ordering-code (example):
     Angle Order code character

     Format: Slot, width W

     Format: Slot, length P

     Punch cutting length : l 1 Order No

     Length: l Order code character

     Diameter: d 2 Order No

     Type: Order No
     heavy duty
     Version: Order No
     Slot
     Punch:
     without ejector pin
    ±0,01
    P
    ±0,01
    W
    α = 90°
    G = P
    +0,5
    l
    +1
    l 1
    d 2 g5
    d 5
    R13
    α = 90°
    Standard
    180° 0°
    270°
    2243.
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Shaft and punch shape fine ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    E81
    d 2 / (Order No) W min G max l 1 / (Order No)* l / (Order Code character)
    63
    (C)
    71
    (D)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    110
    (H)
    125
    (J)
    10 / (2) 1.6 9.9 13 (1)  19 (2) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    13 / (3) 4.5 12.9 13 (1)  19 (2) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    16 / (4) 6 15.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    20 / (5) 8 19.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    25 / (6) 10 24.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    32 / (7) 12.5 31.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    40 / (9) 14 39.9 19 (2)  25 (3)  30 (4) ● ● ● ● ●
    *l 1 =10 where W < 2.20
    2243. Ball lock punch, stepped, slot, heavy duty
    subject to alterations
    Ball lock punch, stepped, rectangle with radiussed corners, heavy duty
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Shaft and punch shape fine ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    * For other radius options, see standardised
    special shapes.
    α = 90°
    Standard
    180° 0°
    270°
    +0,5
    l
    +1
    l 1
    d 2 g5
    d 5
    R13
    2253.
    2 2 5 3 . 2 F 1 . 0 6 5 0 . 0 4 5 0 B

     90° = (B)

     W = 4,5 mm = 0450

     P = 6,5 mm = 0650

     13 mm = (1)

     90 mm = (F)

     10 mm = (2)

     = (3)

     = (5)

     = 22
    Ordering-code (example):

     Angle: Order code character

     Format: Rectangle with radiused corners, width W

     Format: Rectangle with radiused corners, length P

     Punch cutting length : l 1 Order No

     Length: l Order code character

     Diameter: d 2 Order No

     Type: Order No
     heavy duty
     Version: Order No
     Rectangle with radiused corners
     Punch:
     without ejector pin
    G
    ±0,01
    P
    ±0,01
    W
    α = 90°
    R 0,5
    ±0,01 *
    G = (P−1.0) 2 +(W−1.0) 2 +1
    E82
    d 2 / (Order No) W min G max l 1 / (Order No)* l / (Order Code character)
    63
    (C)
    71
    (D)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    110
    (H)
    125
    (J)
    10 / (2) 1.6 9.9 13 (1)  19 (2) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    13 / (3) 4.5 12.9 13 (1)  19 (2) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    16 / (4) 6 15.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    20 / (5) 8 19.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    25 / (6) 10 24.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    32 / (7) 12.5 31.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    40 / (9) 14 39.9 19 (2)  25 (3)  30 (4) ● ● ● ● ●
    *l 1 =10 where W < 2.20
    2253. Ball lock punch, stepped, rectangle with radiussed corners, heavy duty
    subject to alterations
    Ball lock punch, blank, with ejector pin, heavy duty
    2 7 0 3 . 7 G

     100 mm = (G)

     32 mm = (7)

     = (3)

     = (0)

     = 27
    Ordering-code (example):
     Length: l Order code character

     Diameter: d 2 Order No

     Type: Order No
     heavy duty
     Version: Order No
     blank
     Punch:
     with ejector pin
    2703.
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Shaft fine ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    E83
    d 2 / (Order No) d 5 l / (Order Code character)
    63
    (C)
    71
    (D)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    110
    (H)
    125
    (J)
    10 / (2) 10 ● ● ● ● ●
    13 / (3) 12 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    16 / (4) 12 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    20 / (5) 12 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    25 / (6) 12 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    32 / (7) 12 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    40 / (9) 12 ● ● ● ● ●
    2703. Ball lock punch, blank, with ejector pin, heavy duty
    subject to alterations
    Ball lock punch, stepped, round, with ejector pin, heavy duty
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Shaft and punch diameter fine ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    +0,01
    P
    d 5
    +1
    l 1
    +0,5
    l
    d 2 g5
    R13
    2713.
    2 7 1 3 . 3 C 1 . 0 5 5 0

     P = ∅ 5,5 mm = 0550

     13 mm = (1)

     63 mm = (C)

     13 mm = (3)

     = (3)

     = (1)

     = 27
    Ordering-code (example):
     Format: Round

     Punch cutting length: l 1 Order No

     length: l Order code character

     diameter: d 2 Order No

     Type: Order No
     heavy duty
     Version: Order No
     Round
     Punch:
     with ejector pin
    E84
    d 2 / (Order No) d 5 P l 1 / (Order No)* l / (Order Code character)
    63
    (C)
    71
    (D)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    110
    (H)
    125
    (J)
    10 / (2) 10 1.6 - 9.9 13 (1)  19 (2) ● ● ● ● ●
    13 / (3) 12 5 - 12.9 13 (1)  19 (2) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    16 / (4) 12 8 - 15.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    20 / (5) 12 12 - 19.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    25 / (6) 12 16 - 24.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    32 / (7) 12 24 - 31.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    40 / (9) 12 30 - 39.9 19 (2)  25 (3)  30 (4) ● ● ● ● ●
    *l 1 =10 where P < 2.20
    2713. Ball lock punch, stepped, round, with ejector pin, heavy duty
    subject to alterations
    Ball lock punch, stepped, square, with ejector pin, heavy duty
    2 7 2 3 . 2 F 1 . 0 6 5 0 B

     90° = (B)

     P = 6,5 mm = 0650

     13 mm = (1)

     90 mm = (F)

     10 mm = (2)

     = (3)

     = (2)

     = 27
    Ordering-code (example):

     Angle: Order code character

     Format: Square, length P

     Punch cutting length : l 1 Order No

     Length: l Order code character

     Diameter: d 2 Order No

     Type: Order No
     heavy duty
     Version: Order No
     Square
     Punch:
     with ejector pin
    ±0,01
    P
    ±0,01
    P
    α = 90°
    G
    G = 2 × P
    0°
    270°
    +0,5
    l
    +1
    l 1
    d 5
    d 2 g5
    180°
    α = 90°
    Standard
    R13
    2723.
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Shaft and punch shape fine ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    E85
    d 2 / (Order No) d 5 P min G max l 1 / (Order No)* l / (Order Code character)
    63
    (C)
    71
    (D)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    110
    (H)
    125
    (J)
    10 / (2) 10 1.6 9.9 13 (1)  19 (2) ● ● ● ● ●
    13 / (3) 12 4.5 12.9 13 (1)  19 (2) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    16 / (4) 12 6 15.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    20 / (5) 12 8 19.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    25 / (6) 12 10 24.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    32 / (7) 12 12.5 31.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    40 / (9) 12 14 39.9 19 (2)  25 (3)  30 (4) ● ● ● ● ●
    *l 1 =10 where P < 2.20
    2723. Ball lock punch, stepped, square, with ejector pin, heavy duty
    subject to alterations
    Ball lock punch, stepped, rectangular, with ejector pin, heavy duty
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Shaft and punch shape fine ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    0°
    270°
    +0,5
    l
    +1
    l 1
    d 5
    d 2 g5
    R13
    180°
    α = 90°
    Standard
    2733.
    2 7 3 3 . 7 F 2 . 1 4 0 0 . 1 2 5 0 B

     90° = (B)

     W = 12,5 mm = 1250

     P = 14,0 mm = 1400

     19 mm = (2)

     90 mm = (F)

     32 mm = (7)

     = (3)

     = (3)

     = 27
    Ordering-code (example):

     Angle: Order code character

     Format: Rectangular, width W

     Format: Rectangular, length P

     Punch cutting length : l 1 Order No

     Length: l Order code character

     Diameter: d 2 Order No

     Type: Order No
     heavy duty
     Version: Order No
     Rectangular
     Punch:
     with ejector pin
    G
    ±0,01
    P
    ±0,01
    W
    α = 90°
    G = P 2 +W 2
    E86
    d 2 / (Order No) d 5 W min G max l 1 / (Order No)* l / (Order Code character)
    63
    (C)
    71
    (D)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    110
    (H)
    125
    (J)
    10 / (2) 10 1.6 9.9 13 (1)  19 (2) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    13 / (3) 12 4.5 12.9 13 (1)  19 (2) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    16 / (4) 12 6 15.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    20 / (5) 12 8 19.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    25 / (6) 12 10 24.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    32 / (7) 12 12.5 31.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    40 / (9) 12 14 39.9 19 (2)  25 (3)  30 (4) ● ● ● ● ●
    *l 1 =10 where W < 2.20
    2733. Ball lock punch, stepped, rectangular, with ejector pin, heavy duty
    subject to alterations
    Ball lock punch, stepped, slot, with ejector pin, heavy duty
    2 7 4 3 . 2 F 1 . 0 6 5 0 . 0 4 5 0 B

     90° = (B)

     W = 4,5 mm = 0450

     P = 6,5 mm = 0650

     13 mm = (1)

     90 mm = (F)

     10 mm = (2)

     = (3)

     = (4)

     = 27
    Ordering-code (example):
     Angle Order code character

     Format: Slot, width W

     Format: Slot, length P

     Punch cutting length : l 1 Order No

     Length: l Order code character

     Diameter: d 2 Order No

     Type: Order No
     heavy duty
     Version: Order No
     Slot
     Punch:
     with ejector pin
    ±0,01
    P
    ±0,01
    W
    α = 90°
    G = P
    0°
    270°
    +0,5
    l
    +1
    l 1
    d 5
    d 2 g5
    R13
    180°
    α = 90°
    Standard
    2743.
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Shaft and punch shape fine ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    E87
    d 2 / (Order No) d 5 W min G max l 1 / (Order No)* l / (Order Code character)
    63
    (C)
    71
    (D)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    110
    (H)
    125
    (J)
    10 / (2) 10 1.6 9.9 13 (1)  19 (2) ● ● ● ● ●
    13 / (3) 12 4.5 12.9 13 (1)  19 (2) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    16 / (4) 12 6 15.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    20 / (5) 12 8 19.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    25 / (6) 12 10 24.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    32 / (7) 12 12.5 31.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    40 / (9) 12 14 39.9 19 (2)  25 (3)  30 (4) ● ● ● ● ●
    *l 1 =10 where W < 2.20
    2743. Ball lock punch, stepped, slot, with ejector pin, heavy duty
    subject to alterations
    Ball lock punch, stepped, rectangle with radiussed corners, with ejector
    pin, heavy duty
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Shaft and punch shape fine ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    * For other radius options, see standardised
    special shapes.
    0°
    270°
    +0,5
    l
    +1
    l 1
    d 5
    d 2 g5
    R13
    180°
    α = 90°
    Standard
    2753.
    2 7 5 3 . 3 F 1 . 1 2 1 5 . 0 9 1 5 B

     90° = (B)

     W = 9,15 mm = 0915

     P = 12,15 mm = 1215

     13 mm = (1)

     90 mm = (F)

     13 mm = (3)

     = (3)

     = (5)

     = 27
    Ordering-code (example):

     Angle: Order code character

     Format: Rectangle with radiused corners, width W

     Format: Rectangle with radiused corners, length P

     Punch cutting length : l 1 Order No

     Length: l Order code character

     Diameter: d 2 Order No

     Type: Order No
     heavy duty
     Version: Order No
     Rectangle with radiused corners
     Punch:
     with ejector pin
    G
    ±0,01
    P
    ±0,01
    W
    α = 90°
    R 0,5
    ±0,01 *
    G = (P−1.0) 2 +(W−1.0) 2 +1
    E88
    d 2 / (Order No) d 5 W min G max l 1 / (Order No)* l / (Order Code character)
    63
    (C)
    71
    (D)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    110
    (H)
    125
    (J)
    10 / (2) 10 1.6 9.9 13 (1)  19 (2) ● ● ● ● ●
    13 / (3) 12 4.5 12.9 13 (1)  19 (2) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    16 / (4) 12 6 15.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    20 / (5) 12 8 19.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    25 / (6) 12 10 24.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    32 / (7) 12 12.5 31.9 13 (1)  19 (2)  25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    40 / (9) 12 14 39.9 19 (2)  25 (3)  30 (4) ● ● ● ● ●
    *l 1 =10 where W < 2.20
    2753. Ball lock punch, stepped, rectangle with radiussed corners, with ejector pin, heavy duty
    subject to alterations
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, blank, heavy duty
    2 2 0 5 . 7 G 4 . 5 0 0 0

     P = ∅ 50,0 mm = 5000

     30 mm = (4)

     100 mm = (G)

     32 mm = (7)

     = (5)

     = (0)

     = 22
    Ordering-code (example):
     Format: Round

     Punch cutting length: l 1 Order No

     length: l Order code character

     diameter: d 2 Order No

     Type: Order No
     punch larger, heavy duty
     Version: Order No
     Blank
     Punch:
     without ejector pin
    90° Standard
    0°
    270°
    180°
    2205.
    d
    d
    R 3
    I +0,5
    5
    I
    +1,5
    1
    2 g5
    +0,01
    P
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Shaft and punch diameter fine ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    E89
    d 2 / (Order No) d 5 P l 1 / (Order No) l / (Order Code character)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    13 / (3) 12 32 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    16 / (4) 12 38 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    20 / (5) 12 40 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    25 / (6) 12 44 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    32 / (7) 12 50 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    40 / (9) 12 56 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    2205. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, blank, heavy duty
    subject to alterations
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, round, heavy duty
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Shaft and punch diameter fine ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    2215.
    2 2 1 5 . 7 G 2 . 3 2 1 0

     P = ∅ 32,1 mm = 3210

     19 mm = (2)

     100 mm = (G)

     32 mm = (7)

     = (5)

     = (1)

     = 22
    Ordering-code (example):
     Format: Round

     Punch cutting length: l 1 Order No

     length: l Order code character

     diameter: d 2 Order No

     Type: Order No
     punch larger, heavy duty
     Version: Order No
     Round
     Punch:
     without ejector pin
    90° Standard
    0°
    270°
    180°
    E90
    d 2 / (Order No) d 5 P l 1 / (Order No) l / (Order Code character)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    13 / (3) 12 13 - 32 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    16 / (4) 12 16 - 38 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    20 / (5) 12 20 - 40 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    25 / (6) 12 25 - 44 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    32 / (7) 12 32 - 50 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    40 / (9) 12 40 - 56 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    2215. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, round, heavy duty
    subject to alterations
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, square, heavy duty
    2 2 2 5 . 4 F 4 . 1 1 5 0 B

     90° = (B)

     P = 11,5 mm = 1150

     30 mm = (4)

     90 mm = (F)

     16 mm = (4)

     = (5)

     = (2)

     = 22
    Ordering-code (example):

     Angle: Order code character

     Format: Square, length P

     Punch cutting length : l 1 Order No

     Length: l Order code character

     Diameter: d 2 Order No

     Type: Order No
     punch larger, heavy duty
     Version: Order No
     Square
     Punch:
     without ejector pin
    G
    ±0,01
    P
    ±0,01
    P
    α = 90°
    G = 2 × P
    0°
    270°
    180°
    d 2 g5
    d 5
    α = 90°
    Standard
    +1,5
    l 1
    +0,5
    l
    R 3
    2225.
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Shaft and punch shape fine ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    E91
    d 2 / (Order No) d 5 P min G max l 1 / (Order No) l / (Order Code character)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    13 / (3) 12 9.19 32 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    16 / (4) 12 11.31 38 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    20 / (5) 12 14.14 40 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    25 / (6) 12 17.68 44 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    32 / (7) 12 22.63 50 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    40 / (9) 12 28.28 56 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    2225. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, square, heavy duty
    subject to alterations
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, rectangular, heavy duty
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Shaft and punch shape fine ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    0°
    270°
    180°
    d 2 g5
    d 5
    α = 90°
    Standard
    +1,5
    l 1
    +0,5
    l
    R 3
    2235.
    2 2 3 5 . 4 F 4 . 1 4 0 0 . 1 1 0 0 B

     90° = (B)

     W = 11,0 mm = 1100

     P = 14 mm = 1400

     30 mm = (4)

     90 mm = (F)

     16 mm = (4)

     = (5)

     = (3)

     = 22
    Ordering-code (example):

     Angle: Order code character

     Format: Rectangular, width W

     Format: Rectangular, length P

     Punch cutting length : l 1 Order No

     Length: l Order code character

     Diameter: d 2 Order No

     Type: Order No
     punch larger, heavy duty
     Version: Order No
     Rectangular
     Punch:
     without ejector pin
    ±0,01
    ±0,01
    G
    W
    P
    α = 90°
    G = P 2 +W 2
    E92
    d 2 / (Order No) d 5 W min G max l 1 / (Order No) l / (Order Code character)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    13 / (3) 12 5 32 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    16 / (4) 12 6.5 38 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    20 / (5) 12 8 40 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    25 / (6) 12 10 44 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    32 / (7) 12 11.5 50 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    40 / (9) 12 14 56 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    2235. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, rectangular, heavy duty
    subject to alterations
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, slot, heavy duty
    2 2 4 5 . 7 F 2 . 3 8 0 0 . 1 1 5 0 B

     90° = (B)

     W = 11,5 mm = 1150

     P = 38,0 mm = 3800

     19 mm = (2)

     90 mm = (F)

     32 mm = (7)

     = (5)

     = (4)

     = 22
    Ordering-code (example):
     Angle Order code character

     Format: Slot, width W

     Format: Slot, length P

     Punch cutting length : l 1 Order No

     Length: l Order code character

     Diameter: d 2 Order No

     Type: Order No
     punch larger, heavy duty
     Version: Order No
     Slot
     Punch:
     without ejector pin
    ±0,01
    W
    ±0,01
    P
    α = 90°
    G = P
    0°
    270°
    180°
    d 2 g5
    d 5
    α = 90°
    Standard
    +1,5
    l 1
    +0,5
    l
    R 3
    2245.
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Shaft and punch shape fine ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    E93
    d 2 / (Order No) d 5 W min G max l 1 / (Order No) l / (Order Code character)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    13 / (3) 12 5 32 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    16 / (4) 12 6.5 38 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    20 / (5) 12 8 40 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    25 / (6) 12 10 44 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    32 / (7) 12 11.5 50 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    40 / (9) 12 14 56 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    2245. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, slot, heavy duty
    subject to alterations
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, rectangle with radiussed corners,
    heavy duty
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Shaft and punch shape fine ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    * For other radius options, see standardised
    special shapes.
    0°
    270°
    180°
    d 2 g5
    d 5
    α = 90°
    Standard
    +1,5
    l 1
    +0,5
    l
    R 3
    2255.
    2 2 5 5 . 4 F 2 . 1 4 0 0 . 1 1 0 0 B

     90° = (B)

     W = 11,0 mm = 1100

     P = 14,0 mm = 1400

     19 mm = (2)

     90 mm = (F)

     16 mm = (4)

     = (5)

     = (5)

     = 22
    Ordering-code (example):

     Angle: Order code character

     Format: Rectangle with radiused corners, width W

     Format: Rectangle with radiused corners, length P

     Punch cutting length: l 1 Order No

     Length: l Order code character

     Diameter: d 2 Order No

     Type: Order No
     punch larger, heavy duty
     Version: Order No
     Rectangle with radiused corners
     Punch:
     without ejector pin
    ±0,01
    W
    ±0,01
    P
    α = 90°
    G
    R 0,5
    ±0,01 *
    G = (P−1.0) 2 +(W−1.0) 2 +1
    E94
    d 2 / (Order No) d 5 W min G max l 1 / (Order No) l / (Order Code character)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    13 / (3) 12 5 32 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    16 / (4) 12 6.5 38 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    20 / (5) 12 8 40 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    25 / (6) 12 10 44 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    32 / (7) 12 11.5 50 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    40 / (9) 12 14 56 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    2255. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, rectangle with radiussed corners, heavy duty
    subject to alterations
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, blank, with ejector pin,
    heavy duty
    2 7 0 5 . 7 G 4 . 5 0 0 0

     P = ∅ 50,0 mm = 5000

     30 mm = (4)

     100 mm = (G)

     32 mm = (7)

     = (5)

     = (0)

     = 27
    Ordering-code (example):
     Format: Round

     Punch cutting length: l 1 Order No

     length: l Order code character

     diameter: d 2 Order No

     Type: Order No
     punch larger, heavy duty
     Version: Order No
     Blank
     Punch:
     with ejector pin
    2705.
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Shaft and punch diameter fine ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    E95
    d 2 / (Order No) P l 1 / (Order No) l / (Order Code character)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    13 / (3) 32 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    16 / (4) 38 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    20 / (5) 40 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    25 / (6) 44 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    32 / (7) 50 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    40 / (9) 56 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    2705. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, blank, with ejector pin, heavy duty
    subject to alterations
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, round, with ejector pin,
    heavy duty
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Shaft and punch diameter fine ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    2715.
    2 7 1 5 . 7 G 2 . 3 2 1 0

     P = ∅ 32,1 mm = 3210

     19 mm = (2)

     100 mm = (G)

     32 mm = (7)

     = (5)

     = (1)

     = 27
    Ordering-code (example):
     Format: Round

     Punch cutting length: l 1 Order No

     length: l Order code character

     diameter: d 2 Order No

     Type: Order No
     punch larger, heavy duty
     Version: Order No
     Round
     Punch:
     with ejector pin
    E96
    d 2 / (Order No) d 5 P l 1 / (Order No) l / (Order Code character)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    13 / (3) 12 13 - 32 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    16 / (4) 12 16 - 38 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    20 / (5) 12 20 - 40 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    25 / (6) 12 25 - 44 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    32 / (7) 12 32 - 50 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    40 / (9) 12 40 - 56 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    2715. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, round, with ejector pin, heavy duty
    subject to alterations
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, square, with ejector pin,
    heavy duty
    2 7 2 5 . 4 F 4 . 2 5 0 0 B

     90° = (B)

     P = 25,0 mm = 2500

     30 mm = (4)

     90 mm = (F)

     16 mm = (4)

     = (5)

     = (2)

     = 27
    Ordering-code (example):

     Angle: Order code character

     Format: Square, length P

     Punch cutting length : l 1 Order No

     Length: l Order code character

     Diameter: d 2 Order No

     Type: Order No
     punch larger, heavy duty
     Version: Order No
     Square
     Punch:
     with ejector pin
    G
    ±0,01
    P
    ±0,01
    P
    α = 90°
    G = 2 × P
    d 2 g5
    d 5
    +1,5
    l 1
    +0,5
    l
    R 3
    0°
    270°
    180°
    α = 90°
    Standard
    2725.
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Shaft and punch shape fine ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    E97
    d 2 / (Order No) d 5 P min G max l 1 / (Order No) l / (Order Code character)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    13 / (3) 12 9.19 32 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    16 / (4) 12 11.31 38 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    20 / (5) 12 14.14 40 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    25 / (6) 12 17.68 44 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    32 / (7) 12 22.63 50 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    40 / (9) 12 28.28 56 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    2725. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, square, with ejector pin, heavy duty
    subject to alterations
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, rectangular, with ejector pin,
    heavy duty
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Shaft and punch shape fine ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    0°
    270°
    180°
    d 2 g5
    d 5
    +1,5
    l 1
    +0,5
    l
    R 3
    α = 90°
    Standard
    2735.
    2 7 3 5 . 4 F 4 . 1 4 0 0 . 1 1 0 0 B

     90° = (B)

     W = 11,0 mm = 1100

     P = 14,0 mm = 1400

     30 mm = (4)

     90 mm = (F)

     16 mm = (4)

     = (5)

     = (3)

     = 27
    Ordering-code (example):

     Angle: Order code character

     Format: Rectangular, width W

     Format: Rectangular, length P

     Punch cutting length : l 1 Order No

     Length: l Order code character

     Diameter: d 2 Order No

     Type: Order No
     punch larger, heavy duty
     Version: Order No
     Rectangular
     Punch:
     with ejector pin
    ±0,01
    ±0,01
    G
    W
    P
    α = 90°
    G = P 2 +W 2
    E98
    d 2 / (Order No) d 5 W min G max l 1 / (Order No) l / (Order Code character)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    13 / (3) 12 5 32 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    16 / (4) 12 6.5 38 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    20 / (5) 12 8 40 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    25 / (6) 12 10 44 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    32 / (7) 12 11.5 50 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    40 / (9) 12 14 56 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    2735. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, rectangular, with ejector pin, heavy duty
    subject to alterations
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, slot, with ejector pin, heavy duty
    2 7 4 5 . 4 F 4 . 1 4 0 0 . 1 1 0 0 B

     90° = (B)

     W = 11,0 mm = 1100

     P = 14,0 mm = 1400

     30 mm = (4)

     90 mm = (F)

     16 mm = (4)

     = (5)

     = (4)

     = 27
    Ordering-code (example):
     Angle Order code character

     Format: Slot, width W

     Format: Slot, length P

     Punch cutting length : l 1 Order No

     Length: l Order code character

     Diameter: d 2 Order No

     Type: Order No
     punch larger, heavy duty
     Version: Order No
     Slot
     Punch:
     with ejector pin
    ±0,01
    P
    α = 90°
    ±0,01
    W
    G = P
    0°
    270°
    180°
    d 2 g5
    d 5
    +1,5
    l 1
    +0,5
    l
    R 3
    α = 90°
    Standard
    2745.
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Shaft and punch shape fine ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    E99
    d 2 / (Order No) d 5 W min G max l 1 / (Order No) l / (Order Code character)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    13 / (3) 12 5 32 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    16 / (4) 12 6.5 38 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    20 / (5) 12 8 40 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    25 / (6) 12 10 44 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    32 / (7) 12 11.5 50 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    40 / (9) 12 14 56 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    2745. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, slot, with ejector pin, heavy duty
    subject to alterations
    Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, rectangle with radiussed corners,
    with ejector pin, heavy duty
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Shaft and punch shape fine ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    * For other radius options, see standardised
    special shapes.
    0°
    270°
    180°
    d 2 g5
    d 5
    +1,5
    l 1
    +0,5
    l
    R 3
    α = 90°
    Standard
    2755.
    2 7 5 5 . 3 F 2 . 1 2 1 5 . 1 1 0 0 B

     90° = (B)

     W = 11,0 mm = 1100

     P = 12,15 mm = 1215

     19 mm = (2)

     90 mm = (F)

     13 mm = (3)

     = (5)

     = (5)

     = 27
    Ordering-code (example):

     Angle: Order code character

     Format: Rectangle with radiused corners, width W

     Format: Rectangle with radiused corners, length P

     Punch cutting length: l 1 Order No

     Length: l Order code character

     Diameter: d 2 Order No

     Type: Order No
     punch larger, heavy duty
     Version: Order No
     Rectangle with radiused corners
     Punch:
     with ejector pin
    ±0,01
    W
    ±0,01
    P
    α = 90°
    G
    R 0,5
    ±0,01 *
    G = (P−1.0) 2 +(W−1.0) 2 +1
    E100
    d 2 / (Order No) d 5 W min G max l 1 / (Order No) l / (Order Code character)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    13 / (3) 12 5 32 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    16 / (4) 12 6.5 38 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    20 / (5) 12 8 40 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    25 / (6) 12 10 44 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    32 / (7) 12 11.5 50 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    40 / (9) 12 14 56 19 (2)  30 (4) ● ● ●
    2755. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, rectangle with radiussed corners, with ejector
    pin, heavy duty
    subject to alterations
    Ball lock pilot pin, with tapered tip, heavy duty
    2 2 6 3 . 4 G 3 . 1 4 0 0

     P = ∅ 14,0 mm = 1400

     25 mm = (3)

     100 mm = (G)

     16 mm = (4)

     = (3)

     = (6)

     = 22
    Ordering-code (example):

     Format: Round

     Punch cutting length : l 1 Order No

     Length: l Order code character

     Diameter: d 2 Order No

     Type: Order No
     heavy
     Version: Order No
     Pilot pin with tapered tip
     Punch:
     without ejector pin
    2263.
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Shaft and pilot pin fine ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    E101
    d 2 / (Order No) d 5 P l 1 / (Order No) N l / (Order Code character)
    71
    (D)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    110
    (H)
    125
    (J)
    140
    (K)
    150
    (l)
    10 / (2) 10 5,9-9,9 19 (2) 8 ● ● ● ● ●
    13 / (3) 12 9,9-12,9 19 (2) 10 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    16 / (4) 12 12,9-15,9 25 (3) 15 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    20 / (5) 12 15,9-19,9 25 (3) 20 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    25 / (6) 12 19,9-24,9 25 (3) 25 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    32 / (7) 12 24,9-31,9 25 (3) 30 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    40 / (9) 12 31,9-39,9 30 (4) 40 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    2263. Ball lock pilot pin, with tapered tip, heavy duty
    subject to alterations
    Ball lock pilot pin, with parabolic tip, heavy duty
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Shaft and pilot pin fine ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    Note:
    The 2 mm length provides full guidance
    before the blanking punch contacts the sheet
    metal.
    Length of parabolic tip N:
    = 8 mm where P ≤ 10 mm
    =12 mm where P 10,1 mm - 15 mm
    =15 mm where P > 15 mm
    2273.
    2 2 7 3 . 4 G 3 . 1 4 0 0

     P = ∅ 14,0 mm = 1400

     25 mm = (3)

     100 mm = (G)

     16 mm = (4)

     = (3)

     = (7)

     = 22
    Ordering-code (example):

     Format: Round

     Punch cutting length : l 1 Order No

     Length: l Order code character

     Diameter: d 2 Order No

     Type: Order No
     heavy
     Version: Order No
     Pilot pin with parabolic tip
     Punch:
     without ejector pin
    E102
    d 2 / (Order No) d 5 P l 1 / (Order No) l / (Order Code character)
    63
    (C)
    71
    (D)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    110
    (H)
    125
    (J)
    10 / (2) 10 5,9-9,9 19 (2) ● ● ● ● ●
    13 / (3) 12 9,9-12,9 19 (2) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    16 / (4) 12 12,9-15,9 25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    20 / (5) 12 15,9-19,9 25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    25 / (6) 12 19,9-24,9 25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    32 / (7) 12 24,9-31,9 25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    40 / (9) 12 31,9-39,9 30 (4) ● ● ● ● ●
    2273. Ball lock pilot pin, with parabolic tip, heavy duty
    Punches ISO 8020
    Punches ISO 8020
    E103
    2 2 4 1 . 7 G 4 . 0 6 5 0 . 0 4 5 0 A
    2 2 4 1 . 7 G 4 . 0 6 5 0 . 0 4 5 0 A
    subject to alterations
    Ordering example
    Punches ISO 8020
    Angle = 0° (A)
    Format: Slot, width W = 4,5 mm (0450)
    Format: Slot, length P = 6,5 mm (0650)
    Punch cutting length: l 1 = 19 mm (4)
    Length: l = 100 mm (G)
    Diameter: d 1 = 13 mm (7)
    Type = ISO (1)
    Version: Slot (4)
    Punch: without ejector pin (22)
    Format: Slot
    length P = 6,5 mm
    Format: Slot
    width W = 4,5 mm
    Ordering Code (Example):
    Version: Order No
    blank = 0
    round = 1
    square = 2
    rectangular = 3
    slot = 4
    rectangle with radiused corners = 5
    pilot pin with tapered tip = 6
    pilot pin parabolic tip = 7
    special shapes = 9
    Type: Order No
    ISO = 1
    Punch cutting
    length: l 1 Order No
    8 = 1
    10 = 2
    13 = 3
    19 = 4
    25 = 5
    30 = 6
    special = X
    Diameter: d 1 Order No
    3 = 1
    4 = 2
    5 = 3
    6 = 4
    8 = 5
    10 = 6
    13 = 7
    16 = 8
    20 = 9
    25 =10
    32 =11
    Lenght: l
    Order Code
    character
    50 = A
    56 = B
    63 = C
    71 = D
    80 = E
    90 = F
    100 = G
    110 = H
    120 = J
    125 = K
    140 = L
    150 = M
    200 = N
    special = X
    Angle:
    Order Code
    character
    0° = A
    90° = B
    180° = C
    270° = D
    special = X
    Note: See table for standard dimensions
    Special dimensions to order
    Punch:
    22 without ejector pin
    27 with ejector pin
    E104
    2 2 4 1 . 7 G 4 . 0 6 5 0 . 0 4 5 0 A
    2 2 4 1 . 7 G 4 . 0 6 5 0 . 0 4 5 0 A
    subject to alterations
    Ordering example
    Punches ISO 8020
    Angle = 0° (A)
    Format: Slot, width W = 4,5 mm (0450)
    Format: Slot, length P = 6,5 mm (0650)
    Punch cutting length: l 1 = 19 mm (4)
    Length: l = 100 mm (G)
    Diameter: d 1 = 13 mm (7)
    Type = ISO (1)
    Version: Slot (4)
    Punch: without ejector pin (22)
    Format: Slot
    length P = 6,5 mm
    Format: Slot
    width W = 4,5 mm
    Ordering Code (Example):
    Version: Order No
    blank = 0
    round = 1
    square = 2
    rectangular = 3
    slot = 4
    rectangle with radiused corners = 5
    pilot pin with tapered tip = 6
    pilot pin parabolic tip = 7
    special shapes = 9
    Type: Order No
    ISO = 1
    Punch cutting
    length: l 1 Order No
    8 = 1
    10 = 2
    13 = 3
    19 = 4
    25 = 5
    30 = 6
    special = X
    Diameter: d 1 Order No
    3 = 1
    4 = 2
    5 = 3
    6 = 4
    8 = 5
    10 = 6
    13 = 7
    16 = 8
    20 = 9
    25 =10
    32 =11
    Lenght: l
    Order Code
    character
    50 = A
    56 = B
    63 = C
    71 = D
    80 = E
    90 = F
    100 = G
    110 = H
    120 = J
    125 = K
    140 = L
    150 = M
    200 = N
    special = X
    Angle:
    Order Code
    character
    0° = A
    90° = B
    180° = C
    270° = D
    special = X
    Note: See table for standard dimensions
    Special dimensions to order
    Punch:
    22 without ejector pin
    27 with ejector pin
    subject to alterations
    Punch, blank, ISO 8020
    2 2 0 1 . 7 G . A S P


     100 mm = (G)

     13 mm = (7)

     = (1)

     = (0)

     = 22
    Ordering code (example):


     complete for material ASP

     Length: l Order Code character

     Diameter: d 1 Order No

     Type: Order No
     ISO
     Version: Order No
     blank
     Punch:
     without ejector pin
    2201.
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness:
    Shaft 64 ± 2 HRC
    Head 52 ± 5 HRC
    ASP 23 - ASP 2023
    upon request
    Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die
    components see at the beginning of Chapter E.
    Execution:
    Punch head hot upset-forged. Shoulder and
    shaft fine ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    E105
    d 1 / (Order No) d 2 r T l / (Order Code character)
    71
    (D)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    120
    (J)
    150
    (M)
    200
    (N)
    3 / (1) 5 0.25 3 ● ● ● ● ●
    4 / (2) 6 0.25 3 ● ● ● ● ●
    5 / (3) 8 0.3 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    6 / (4) 9 0.3 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    8 / (5) 11 0.3 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    10 / (6) 13 0.3 5 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    13 / (7) 16 0.4 5 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    16 / (8) 19 0.4 5 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    20 / (9) 23 0.4 5 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    25 / (10) 28 0.4 5 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    32 / (11) 35 0.4 5 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    2201. Punch, blank, ISO 8020
    subject to alterations
    Punch, stepped, round, ISO 8020
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness:
    Shaft 64 ± 2 HRC
    Head 52 ± 5 HRC
    ASP 23 - ASP 2023
    upon request
    Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die
    components see at the beginning of Chapter E.
    Execution:
    Punch head hot upset-forged. Shoulder, shaft
    and punch diameter fine ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    2211.
    2 2 1 1 . 7 G 4 . 0 7 0 0

     P = ∅ 7,0 mm = 0700

     19 mm = (4)

     100 mm = (G)

     13 mm = (7)

     = (1)

     = (1)

     = 22
    Ordering-code (example):
     Format: Round

     Punch cutting length: l 1 Order No

     Length: l Order code character

     Diameter: d 1 Order No

     Type: Order No
     ISO
     Version: Order No
     Round
     Punch:
     without ejector pin
    E106
    d 1 / (Order No) d 2 P l 1 / (Order No) r T l / (Order Code character)
    71
    (D)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    120
    (J)
    3 / (1) 5 0,8-2,9 8 (1)  10 (2) 0.25 3 ● ● ● ● ●
    4 / (2) 6 1,0-3,9 8 (1)  13 (3) 0.25 3 ● ● ● ● ●
    5 / (3) 8 1,5-4,9 13 (3)  19 (4) 0.3 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    6 / (4) 9 1,6-5,9 13 (3)  19 (4) 0.3 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    8 / (5) 11 2,5-7,9 19 (4)  25 (5) 0.3 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    10 / (6) 13 4,0-9,9 19 (4)  25 (5) 0.3 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    13 / (7) 16 5,0-12.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 0.4 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    16 / (8) 19 8,0-15.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 0.4 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    20 / (9) 23 12,0-19.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 0.4 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    25 / (10) 28 16,5-24.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 0.4 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    32 / (11) 35 20,0-31.9 25 (5)  30 (6) 0.4 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    2211. Punch, stepped, round, ISO 8020
    subject to alterations
    Punch, stepped, square, ISO 8020
    2 2 2 1 . 10 E 5 . 1 5 0 0 B

     90° = (B)

     P = 15,0 mm = 1500

     25 mm = (5)

     80 mm = (E)

     25 mm = (10)

     = (1)

     = (2)

     = 22
    Ordering-code (example):

     Angle: Order code character

     Format: Square, length P

     Punch cutting length : l 1 Order No

     Length: l Order code character

     Diameter: d 1 Order No

     Type: Order No
     ISO
     Version: Order No
     Square
     Punch:
     without ejector pin
    ±0,01
    P
    ±0,01
    P
    G
    G = 2 × P
    90°
    0° 180°
    270°
    d 4 = d 1
    -0,01
    -0,02
    +0,1
    R13
    m5
    d 1
    T
    +0,25
    +0,5
    l 1
    3
    l
    +1
    -0,25 2
    d
    r
    2221.
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness:
    Shaft 64 ± 2 HRC
    Head 52 ± 5 HRC
    ASP 23 - ASP 2023
    upon request
    Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die
    components see at the beginning of Chapter E.
    Execution:
    Punch head hot upset-forged. Shoulder, shaft
    and punch shape fine ground.
    The anti-rotation surface parallel to P = 0° as
    standard.
    Special dimensions on request.
    E107
    d 1 / (Order No) d 2 P min G max l 1 / (Order No) r T l / (Order Code character)
    71
    (D)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    120
    (J)
    3 / (1) 5 0.5 2.9 8 (1)  10 (2) 0.25 3 ● ● ● ● ●
    4 / (2) 6 0.8 3.9 8 (1)  13 (3) 0.25 3 ● ● ● ● ●
    5 / (3) 8 1 4.9 13 (3)  19 (4) 0.3 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    6 / (4) 9 1.6 5.9 13 (3)  19 (4) 0.3 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    8 / (5) 11 2 7.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 0.3 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    10 / (6) 13 3.5 9.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 0.3 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    13 / (7) 16 4.5 12.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 0.4 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    16 / (8) 19 6 15.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 0.4 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    20 / (9) 23 8 19.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 0.4 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    25 / (10) 28 10 24.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 0.4 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    32 / (11) 35 10 31.9 25 (5)  30 (6) 0.4 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    2221. Punch, stepped, square, ISO 8020
    subject to alterations
    Punch, stepped, rectangular, ISO 8020
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness:
    Shaft 64 ± 2 HRC
    Head 52 ± 5 HRC
    ASP 23 - ASP 2023
    upon request
    Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die
    components see at the beginning of Chapter E.
    Execution:
    Punch head hot upset-forged. Shoulder, shaft
    and punch shape fine ground.
    The anti-rotation surface parallel to P = 0° as
    standard.
    Special dimensions on request.
    90°
    0° 180°
    270°
    d 4 = d 1
    -0,01
    -0,02
    +0,1
    R13
    m5
    d 1
    T
    +0,25
    +0,5
    l 1
    3
    l
    +1
    -0,25 2
    d
    r
    2231.
    2 2 3 1 . 9 F 4 . 1 5 0 0 . 1 1 5 0 B

     90° = (B)

     W = 11,5 mm = 1150

     P = 15,0 mm = 1500

     19 mm = (4)

     90 mm = (F)

     20 mm = (9)

     = (1)

     = (3)

     = 22
    Ordering-code (example):

     Angle: Order code character

     Format: Rectangular, width W

     Format: Rectangular, length P

     Punch cutting length : l 1 Order No

     Length: l Order code character

     Diameter: d 1 Order No

     Type: Order No
     ISO
     Version: Order No
     Rectangular
     Punch:
     without ejector pin
    G
    ±0,01
    P
    ±0,01
    W
    G = P 2 +W 2
    E108
    d 1 / (Order No) d 2 W min G max l 1 / (Order No) r T l / (Order Code character)
    71
    (D)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    120
    (J)
    3 / (1) 5 0.5 2.9 8 (1)  10 (2) 0.25 3 ● ● ● ● ●
    4 / (2) 6 0.8 3.9 8 (1)  13 (3) 0.25 3 ● ● ● ● ●
    5 / (3) 8 1 4.9 13 (3)  19 (4) 0.3 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    6 / (4) 9 1.6 5.9 13 (3)  19 (4) 0.3 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    8 / (5) 11 2 7.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 0.3 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    10 / (6) 13 3.5 9.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 0.3 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    13 / (7) 16 4.5 12.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 0.4 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    16 / (8) 19 6 15.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 0.4 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    20 / (9) 23 8 19.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 0.4 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    25 / (10) 28 10 24.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 0.4 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    32 / (11) 35 10 31.9 25 (5)  30 (6) 0.4 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    2231. Punch, stepped, rectangular, ISO 8020
    subject to alterations
    Punch, stepped, slot, ISO 8020
    2 2 4 1 . 10 E 5 . 2 0 2 0 . 1 2 2 0 A

     0° = (A)

     W = 12,2 mm = 1220

     P = 20,20 mm = 2020

     25 mm = (5)

     80 mm = (E)

     25 mm = (10)

     = (1)

     = (4)

     = 22
    Ordering-code (example):
     Angle Order code character

     Format: Slot, width W

     Format: Slot, length P

     Punch cutting length : l 1 Order No

     Length: l Order code character

     Diameter: d 1 Order No

     Type: Order No
     ISO
     Version: Order No
     Slot
     Punch:
     without ejector pin
    ±0,01
    P
    ±0,01
    W
    G = P
    90°
    0° 180°
    270°
    d 4 = d 1
    -0,01
    -0,02
    +0,1
    R13
    m5
    d 1
    T
    +0,25
    +0,5
    l 1
    3
    l
    +1
    -0,25 2
    d
    r
    2241.
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness:
    Shaft 64 ± 2 HRC
    Head 52 ± 5 HRC
    ASP 23 - ASP 2023
    upon request
    Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die
    components see at the beginning of Chapter E.
    Execution:
    Punch head hot upset-forged. Shoulder, shaft
    and punch shape fine ground.
    The anti-rotation surface parallel to P = 0° as
    standard.
    Special dimensions on request.
    E109
    d 1 / (Order No) d 2 W min G max l 1 / (Order No) r T l / (Order Code character)
    71
    (D)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    120
    (J)
    3 / (1) 5 0.5 2.9 8 (1)  10 (2) 0.25 3 ● ● ● ● ●
    4 / (2) 6 0.8 3.9 8 (1)  13 (3) 0.25 3 ● ● ● ● ●
    5 / (3) 8 1 4.9 13 (3)  19 (4) 0.3 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    6 / (4) 9 1.6 5.9 13 (3)  19 (4) 0.3 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    8 / (5) 11 2 7.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 0.3 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    10 / (6) 13 3.5 9.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 0.3 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    13 / (7) 16 4.5 12.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 0.4 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    16 / (8) 19 6 15.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 0.4 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    20 / (9) 23 8 19.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 0.4 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    25 / (10) 28 10 24.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 0.4 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    32 / (11) 35 10 31.9 25 (5)  30 (6) 0.4 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    2241. Punch, stepped, slot, ISO 8020
    subject to alterations
    Punch, stepped, rectangle with radiused corners, ISO 8020
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness:
    Shaft 64 ± 2 HRC
    Head 52 ± 5 HRC
    ASP 23 - ASP 2023
    upon request
    Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die
    components see at the beginning of Chapter E.
    Execution:
    Punch head hot upset-forged. Shoulder, shaft
    and punch shape fine ground.
    The anti-rotation surface parallel to P = 0° as
    standard.
    Special dimensions on request.
    * For other radius options, see standardised
    special shapes.
    90°
    0° 180°
    270°
    d 4 = d 1
    -0,01
    -0,02
    +0,1
    R13
    m5
    d 1
    T
    +0,25
    +0,5
    l 1
    3
    l
    +1
    -0,25 2
    d
    r
    2251.
    2 2 5 1 . 9 F 4 . 1 2 1 5 . 1 1 0 0 B

     90° = (B)

     W = 11,0 mm = 1100

     P = 12,15 mm = 1215

     19 mm = (4)

     90 mm = (F)

     20 mm = (9)

     = (1)

     = (5)

     = 22
    Ordering-code (example):

     Angle: Order code character

     Format: Rectangle with radiused corners, width W

     Format: Rectangle with radiused corners, length P

     Punch cutting length : l 1 Order No

     Length: l Order code character

     Diameter: d 1 Order No

     Type: Order No
     ISO
     Version: Order No
     Rectangle with radiused corners
     Punch:
     without ejector pin
    G
    ±0,01
    R 0,5
    ±0,01
    P
    ±0,01
    W
    *
    G = (P−1.0) 2 +(W−1.0) 2 +1
    E110
    d 1 / (Order No) d 2 W min G max l 1 / (Order No) r T l / (Order Code character)
    71
    (D)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    120
    (J)
    3 / (1) 5 0.5 2.9 8 (1)  10 (2) 0.25 3 ● ● ● ● ●
    4 / (2) 6 0.8 3.9 8 (1)  13 (3) 0.25 3 ● ● ● ● ●
    5 / (3) 8 1 4.9 13 (3)  19 (4) 0.3 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    6 / (4) 9 1.6 5.9 13 (3)  19 (4) 0.3 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    8 / (5) 11 2 7.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 0.3 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    10 / (6) 13 3.5 9.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 0.3 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    13 / (7) 16 4.5 12.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 0.4 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    16 / (8) 19 6 15.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 0.4 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    20 / (9) 23 8 19.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 0.4 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    25 / (10) 28 10 24.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 0.4 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    32 / (11) 35 10 31.9 25 (5)  30 (6) 0.4 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    2251. Punch, stepped, rectangle with radiused corners, ISO 8020
    subject to alterations
    Punch, blank, with ejector pin, ISO 8020
    2 7 0 1 . 11 G

     100 mm = (G)

     32 mm = (11)

     = (1)

     = (0)

     = 27
    Ordering-code (example):
     Length: l Order code character

     Diameter: d 1 Order No

     Type: Order No
     ISO
     Version: Order No
     blank
     Punch:
     with ejector pin
    l
    +1
    -0,25 2
    d
    ±0,1
    r
    T
    +0,25
    m5
    d 1
    2701.
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness:
    Shaft 64 ± 2 HRC
    Head 52 ± 5 HRC
    Execution:
    Punch head hot upset-forged. Shoulder and
    shaft fine ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    E111
    d 1 / (Order No) d 2 r T l / (Order Code character)
    71
    (D)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    120
    (J)
    5 / (3) 8 0.3 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    6 / (4) 9 0.3 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    8 / (5) 11 0.3 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    10 / (6) 13 0.3 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    13 / (7) 16 0.4 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    16 / (8) 19 0.4 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    20 / (9) 23 0.4 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    25 / (10) 28 0.4 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    32 / (11) 35 0.4 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    2701. Punch, blank, with ejector pin, ISO 8020
    subject to alterations
    Punch, stepped, round, with ejector pin, ISO 8020
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness:
    Shaft 64 ± 2 HRC
    Head 52 ± 5 HRC
    Execution:
    Punch head hot upset-forged. Shoulder, shaft
    and punch diameter fine ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    d 4 = d 1
    -0,01
    -0,02
    ±0,1
    R13
    m5
    d 1
    T
    +0,25
    +0,5
    l 1
    3
    l
    +1
    r
    -0,25 2
    d
    P
    +0,01
    2711.
    2 7 1 1 . 7 G 4 . 0 7 0 0

     P = ∅ 7,0 mm = 0700

     19 mm = (4)

     100 mm = (G)

     13 mm = (7)

     = (1)

     = (1)

     = 27
    Ordering-code (example):
     Format: Round

     Punch cutting length: l 1 Order No

     Length: l Order code character

     Diameter: d 1 Order No

     Type: Order No
     ISO
     Version: Order No
     Round
     Punch:
     with ejector pin
    E112
    d 1 / (Order No) d 2 P l 1 / (Order No) r T l / (Order Code character)
    71
    (D)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    120
    (J)
    5 / (3) 8 1,6-4,9 13 (3)  19 (4) 0.3 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    6 / (4) 9 2,5-5,9 13 (3)  19 (4) 0.3 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    8 / (5) 11 2,5-7,9 19 (4)  25 (5) 0.3 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    10 / (6) 13 4,0-9,9 19 (4)  25 (5) 0.3 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    13 / (7) 16 5,0-12.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 0.4 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    16 / (8) 19 8,0-15.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 0.4 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    20 / (9) 23 12,0-19.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 0.4 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    25 / (10) 28 16,5-24.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 0.4 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    32 / (11) 35 20,0-31.9 25 (5)  30 (6) 0.4 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    2711. Punch, stepped, round, with ejector pin, ISO 8020
    subject to alterations
    Punch, stepped, square, with ejector pin, ISO 8020
    2 7 2 1 . 10 D 5 . 1 6 5 0 A

     0° = (A)

     P = 16,5 mm = 1650

     25 mm = (5)

     71 mm = (D)

     25 mm = (10)

     = (1)

     = (2)

     = 27
    Ordering-code (example):

     Angle: Order code character

     Format: Square, length P

     Punch cutting length : l 1 Order No

     Length: l Order code character

     Diameter: d 1 Order No

     Type: Order No
     ISO
     Version: Order No
     Square
     Punch:
     with ejector pin
    ±0,01
    P
    ±0,01
    P
    G
    G = 2 × P
    0° 180°
    270°
    ±0,1
    R13
    m5
    d 1
    T
    +0,25
    +0,5
    l 1
    3
    l
    +1
    r
    -0,25 2
    d
    d 4 = d 1
    -0,01
    -0,02
    2721.
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness:
    Shaft 64 ± 2 HRC
    Head 52 ± 5 HRC
    Execution:
    Punch head hot upset-forged. Shoulder, shaft
    and punch shape fine ground.
    The anti-rotation surface parallel to P = 0° as
    standard.
    Special dimensions on request.
    E113
    d 1 / (Order No) d 2 P min G max l 1 / (Order No) r T l / (Order Code character)
    71
    (D)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    120
    (J)
    5 / (3) 8 1.6 4.9 13 (3)  19 (4) 0.3 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    6 / (4) 9 2.5 5.9 13 (3)  19 (4) 0.3 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    8 / (5) 11 2.5 7.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 0.3 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    10 / (6) 13 4 9.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 0.3 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    13 / (7) 16 5 12.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 0.4 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    16 / (8) 19 8 15.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 0.4 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    20 / (9) 23 12 19.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 0.4 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    25 / (10) 28 16.5 24.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 0.4 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    32 / (11) 35 20 31.9 25 (5)  30 (6) 0.4 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    2721. Punch, stepped, square, with ejector pin, ISO 8020
    subject to alterations
    Punch, stepped, rectangular, with ejector pin, ISO 8020
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness:
    Shaft 64 ± 2 HRC
    Head 52 ± 5 HRC
    Execution:
    Punch head hot upset-forged. Shoulder, shaft
    and punch shape fine ground.
    The anti-rotation surface parallel to P = 0° as
    standard.
    Special dimensions on request.
    90°
    0° 180°
    270°
    ±0,1
    R13
    m5
    d 1
    T
    +0,25
    +0,5
    l 1
    3
    l
    +1
    r
    -0,25 2
    d
    d 4 = d 1
    -0,01
    -0,02
    2731.
    2 7 3 1 . 9 F 4 . 1 5 0 4 . 1 2 1 0 B

     90° = (B)

     W = 12,1 mm = 1210

     P = 15,04 mm = 1504

     19 mm = (4)

     90 mm = (F)

     20 mm = (9)

     = (1)

     = (3)

     = 27
    Ordering-code (example):

     Angle: Order code character

     Format: Rectangular, width W

     Format: Rectangular, length P

     Punch cutting length : l 1 Order No

     Length: l Order code character

     Diameter: d 1 Order No

     Type: Order No
     ISO
     Version: Order No
     Rectangular
     Punch:
     with ejector pin
    G
    ±0,01
    P
    ±0,01
    W
    G = P 2 +W 2
    E114
    d 1 / (Order No) d 2 W min G max l 1 / (Order No) r T l / (Order Code character)
    71
    (D)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    120
    (J)
    5 / (3) 8 1.6 4.9 13 (3)  19 (4) 0.3 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    6 / (4) 9 2.5 5.9 13 (3)  19 (4) 0.3 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    8 / (5) 11 2.5 7.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 0.3 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    10 / (6) 13 4 9.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 0.3 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    13 / (7) 16 5 12.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 0.4 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    16 / (8) 19 8 15.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 0.4 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    20 / (9) 23 12 19.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 0.4 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    25 / (10) 28 16.5 24.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 0.4 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    32 / (11) 35 20 31.9 25 (5)  30 (6) 0.4 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    2731. Punch, stepped, rectangular, with ejector pin, ISO 8020
    subject to alterations
    Punch, stepped, slot, with ejector pin, ISO 8020
    2 7 4 1 . 10 D 4 . 2 0 4 0 . 1 6 5 0 B

     90° = (B)

     W = 16,5 mm = 1650

     P = 20,4 mm = 2040

     19 mm = (4)

     71 mm = (D)

     25 mm = (10)

     = (1)

     = (4)

     = 27
    Ordering-code (example):
     Angle Order code character

     Format: Slot, width W

     Format: Slot, length P

     Punch cutting length : l 1 Order No

     Length: l Order code character

     Diameter: d 1 Order No

     Type: Order No
     ISO
     Version: Order No
     Slot
     Punch:
     with ejector pin
    ±0,01
    P
    ±0,01
    W
    G = P
    90°
    0° 180°
    270°
    ±0,1
    R13
    m5
    d 1
    T
    +0,25
    +0,5
    l 1
    3
    l
    +1
    r
    -0,25 2
    d
    d 4 = d 1
    -0,01
    -0,02
    2741.
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness:
    Shaft 64 ± 2 HRC
    Head 52 ± 5 HRC
    Execution:
    Punch head hot upset-forged. Shoulder, shaft
    and punch shape fine ground.
    The anti-rotation surface parallel to P = 0° as
    standard.
    Special dimensions on request.
    E115
    d 1 / (Order No) d 2 W min G max l 1 / (Order No) r T l / (Order Code character)
    71
    (D)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    120
    (J)
    5 / (3) 8 1.6 4.9 13 (3)  19 (4) 0.3 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    6 / (4) 9 2.5 5.9 13 (3)  19 (4) 0.3 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    8 / (5) 11 2.5 7.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 0.3 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    10 / (6) 13 4 9.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 0.3 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    13 / (7) 16 5 12.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 0.4 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    16 / (8) 19 8 15.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 0.4 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    20 / (9) 23 12 19.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 0.4 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    25 / (10) 28 16.5 24.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 0.4 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    32 / (11) 35 20 31.9 25 (5)  30 (6) 0.4 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    2741. Punch, stepped, slot, with ejector pin, ISO 8020
    subject to alterations
    Punch, stepped, rectangle with radiussed corners, with ejector pin,
    ISO 8020
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness:
    Shaft 64 ± 2 HRC
    Head 52 ± 5 HRC
    Execution:
    Punch head hot upset-forged. Shoulder, shaft
    and punch shape fine ground.
    The anti-rotation surface parallel to P = 0° as
    standard.
    Special dimensions on request.
    * For other radius options, see standardised
    special shapes.
    90°
    0° 180°
    270°
    ±0,1
    R13
    m5
    d 1
    T
    +0,25
    +0,5
    l 1
    3
    l
    +1
    r
    -0,25 2
    d
    d 4 = d 1
    -0,01
    -0,02
    2751.
    2 7 5 1 . 9 F 4 . 1 5 4 0 . 1 2 1 0 B

     90° = (B)

     W = 12,1 mm = 1210

     P = 15,4 mm = 1540

     19 mm = (4)

     90 mm = (F)

     20 mm = (9)

     = (1)

     = (5)

     = 27
    Ordering-code (example):

     Angle: Order code character

     Format: Rectangle with radiused corners, width W

     Format: Rectangle with radiused corners, length P

     Punch cutting length : l 1 Order No

     Length: l Order code character

     Diameter: d 1 Order No

     Type: Order No
     ISO
     Version: Order No
     Rectangle with radiused corners
     Punch:
     with ejector pin
    G
    ±0,01
    R 0,5
    ±0,01
    P
    ±0,01
    W
    *
    G = (P−1.0) 2 +(W−1.0) 2 +1
    E116
    d 1 / (Order No) d 2 W min G max l 1 / (Order No) r T l / (Order Code character)
    71
    (D)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    120
    (J)
    5 / (3) 8 1.6 4.9 13 (3)  19 (4) 0.3 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    6 / (4) 9 2.5 5.9 13 (3)  19 (4) 0.3 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    8 / (5) 11 2.5 7.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 0.3 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    10 / (6) 13 4 9.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 0.3 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    13 / (7) 16 5 12.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 0.4 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    16 / (8) 19 8 15.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 0.4 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    20 / (9) 23 12 19.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 0.4 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    25 / (10) 28 16.5 24.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 0.4 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    32 / (11) 35 20 31.9 25 (5)  30 (6) 0.4 5 ● ● ● ● ●
    2751. Punch, stepped, rectangle with radiussed corners, with ejector pin, ISO 8020
    subject to alterations
    Pilot pin with tapered tip, ISO 8020
    2 2 6 1 . 10 D 3 . 1 7 5 0

     P = ∅ 17,5 mm = 1750

     13 mm = (3)

     71 mm = (D)

     25 mm = (10)

     = (1)

     = (6)

     = 22
    Ordering-code (example):

     Format: Round

     Punch cutting length : l 1 Order No

     Length: l Order code character

     Diameter: d 1 Order No

     Type: Order No
     ISO
     Version: Order No
     Pilot pin with tapered tip
     Punch:
     without ejector pin
    N
    -0,25
    d 2
    +1
    l
    +0,5
    l 1
    +0,25
    T
    R13
    d
    m5 1
    +0,1
    r
    40°
    P
    +0,01
    2261.
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness:
    Shaft 64 ± 2 HRC
    Head 52 ± 5 HRC
    Execution:
    Head hot upset-forged. Shoulder, shaft and
    pilot fine ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    E117
    d 1 / (Order No) d 2 T P l 1 / (Order No) N l / (Order Code character)
    63
    (C)
    71
    (D)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    110
    (H)
    125
    (K)
    140
    (l)
    5 / (3) 8 5 1,0-4,9 13 (3) 4 ● ●
    6 / (4) 9 5 1,6-5,9 13 (3) 5 ● ● ●
    8 / (5) 11 5 2,5-7,9 13 (3) 6 ● ● ● ●
    10 / (6) 13 5 4,0-9,9 13 (3)  19 (4) 8 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    13 / (7) 16 5 5,0-12.9 13 (3)  19 (4) 10 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    16 / (8) 19 5 8,0-15.9 13 (3)  19 (4)  25 (5) 15 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    20 / (9) 23 5 12,0-19.9 13 (3)  19 (4)  25 (5) 20 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    25 / (10) 28 5 16,5-24.9 13 (3)  19 (4)  25 (5) 25 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    32 / (11) 35 5 20,0-31.9 19 (4)  25 (5) 30 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    2261. Pilot pin with tapered tip, ISO 8020
    subject to alterations
    Pilot pin with parabolic tip, ISO 8020
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness:
    Shaft 64 ± 2 HRC
    Head 52 ± 5 HRC
    Execution:
    Head hot upset-forged. Shoulder, shaft and
    pilot fine ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    Note:
    The 2 mm length provides full guidance
    before the blanking punch contacts the sheet
    metal.
    Length of parabolic tip N:
    = 8 mm where P ≤ 10 mm
    =12 mm where P 10,1 mm - 15 mm
    =15 mm where P > 15 mm
    2271.
    2 2 7 1 . 10 D 3 . 1 7 5 0

     P = ∅ 17,5 mm = 1750

     13 mm = (3)

     71 mm = (D)

     25 mm = (10)

     = (1)

     = (7)

     = 22
    Ordering-code (example):

     Format: Round

     Punch cutting length : l 1 Order No

     Length: l Order code character

     Diameter: d 1 Order No

     Type: Order No
     ISO
     Version: Order No
     Pilot pin with parabolic tip
     Punch:
     without ejector pin
    E118
    d 1 / (Order No) d 2 T P l 1 / (Order No) l / (Order Code character)
    50
    (A)
    56
    (B)
    63
    (C)
    71
    (D)
    80
    (E)
    90
    (F)
    100
    (G)
    5 / (3) 8 5 1,0-4,9 10 (2)  13 (3) ● ● ● ●
    6 / (4) 9 5 1,6-5,9 10 (2)  13 (3) ● ● ● ● ●
    8 / (5) 11 5 2,5-7,9 10 (2)  13 (3) ● ● ● ● ●
    10 / (6) 13 5 4,0-9,9 10 (2)  13 (3)  19 (4) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    13 / (7) 16 5 5,0-12.9 10 (2)  13 (3)  19 (4) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    16 / (8) 19 5 8,0-15.9 13 (3)  19 (4) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    20 / (9) 23 5 12,0-19.9 13 (3)  19 (4) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    25 / (10) 28 5 16,5-24.9 13 (3)  19 (4) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    32 / (11) 35 5 20,0-31.9 19 (4) ● ● ● ●
    2271. Pilot pin with parabolic tip, ISO 8020
    subject to alterations
    Pilot unit to Mercedes-Benz Standard
    2 2 7 6 . 1 . A . 0 9 8 0

     9,8 mm = 0980
     15,8 mm = 1580

     63,2 mm = (A)
     72,5 mm = (B)

     10 mm = (1)
     16 mm = (2)

     Mercedes = (6)

     = (7)

     = 22
    Ordering-code (example):

     Diameter: d


     Length: l Order code character


     Diameter : d 1 Order No


     Standard: Order No

     Version: Order No
     Pilot pin


    l
    +0,1
    +0,1
    h
    ø3
    3,5
    4
    16
    d +0,05
    d
    f7 5
    d 3
    d 2
    40
    1 l
    2 l
    H7
    1
    h
    2
    h
    ø6,5
    d
    f7 1
    H7
    d 4
    Pilot pin
    Casing
    Compression
    spring
    Parallel
    dowel pin
    2276.
    Description:
    The pilot unit provides exact positioning of
    sheet metal parts.
    There are 2 sizes.
    The pilot unit 10 (2276.1.) can used for a hole
    diameter of 5 to 10 mm and is available as a
    finished item, 9.8 mm diameter.
    The pilot unit 16 (2276.2.) is used for diameter
    > 10 - 16 mm and is available as a finished
    item, 15.8 mm diameter.
    Smaller diameters have to be ground by the
    tool making department.
    Note:
    The pilot unit consists of:
    Pilot pin, sleeve, compression spring, dowel
    pin.
    E119
    Order No d d 1 d 2 d 3 d 4 d 5 h h 1 h 2 l 1 l 2 l
    Spring force
    preloaded [daN]
    Spring force
    pressed [daN]
    2276.1.A.0980 9.8 10 10 18 18 15 28 25 12 47.5 39.3 63.2 4.9 6.2
    2276.2.B.1580 15.8 16 16 24 30 26 28 25 12 54.5 46.3 72.5 4.8 5.6
    2276. Pilot unit to Mercedes-Benz Standard
    subject to alterations E120
    Precision Matrixes
    Precision Matrixes
    E121
    subject to alterations
    Ordering example
    Matrixes
    NB: See table for standard dimensions
    Special dimensions to order
    Ordering Code (Example):
    Type: Order No
    automotive standard
    without shoulder ISO 8977
    with shoulder ISO 8977
    Anti-rotation element:
    Pin ∅ = 4 mm (2)
    Angle = 0° (A)
    Format: Slot
    width W = 6,5 mm (0650)
    Format: Slot
    length P = 13,5 mm (1350)
    Shape cutting length: l = 8 mm (6)
    Length: l 1 = 28 mm (F)
    Diameter:
    d 2 = 32 mm (10)
    Type = without shoulder ISO 8977 (6)
    Version: Slot (4)
    Matrixes:
    Matrixes (26)
    Version:
    Order
    No
    blank (pilot hole bore)
    round
    square
    rectangular
    slot
    rectangle with radiused corners
    special shapes
    Matrixes:
    26 = matrixes
    Format: Slot
    length P = 13,5 mm
    Format: Slot
    width W = 6,5 mm
    Shape cutting
    length: l
    Order
    No
    special
    Diameter: d 2
    Order
    No
    Length: l 1
    Order Code
    character
    special
    Angle:
    Order Code
    character
    special
    Anti-rotation element: Order No
    pin [ 3
    pin [ 4
    pin [ 6
    polished surface
    (continuous)
    polished surface
    top, 14 mm
    polished surface
    bottom, 14 mm
    special
    starting
    lead
    d 2
    l
    l 1
    2 6 4 6 . 1 0 F 6 . 1 3 5 0 . 0 6 5 0 A 2
    2 6 4 6 . 1 0 F 6 . 1 3 5 0 . 0 6 5 0 A 2
    = 5
    = 6
    = 7
    = 0
    = 1
    = 2
    = 3
    = 4
    = 5
    = 9
    2 = 1
    3 = 2
    4 = 3
    5 = 4
    6 = 5
    8 = 6
    10 = 7
    12 = 8
    = X
    5 = 1
    6 = 2
    8 = 3
    10 = 4
    13 = 5
    16 = 6
    20 = 7
    22 = 8
    25 = 9
    32 = 10
    38 = 11
    40 = 12
    45 = 13
    50 = 14
    56 = 15
    63 = 16
    71 = 17
    76 = 18
    85 = 19
    90 = 20
    100 = 21
    13 = A
    16 = B
    20 = C
    22 = D
    25 = E
    28 = F
    30 = G
    32 = H
    35 = J
    40 = K
    = X
    0° = A
    90° = B
    180° = C
    270° = D
    = X
    = 1
    = 2
    = 3
    = 4
    = 5
    = 6
    = X
    13,5 8
    28
    32
    6,5
    0°
    E122
    subject to alterations
    Ordering example
    Matrixes
    NB: See table for standard dimensions
    Special dimensions to order
    Ordering Code (Example):
    Type: Order No
    automotive standard
    without shoulder ISO 8977
    with shoulder ISO 8977
    Anti-rotation element:
    Pin ∅ = 4 mm (2)
    Angle = 0° (A)
    Format: Slot
    width W = 6,5 mm (0650)
    Format: Slot
    length P = 13,5 mm (1350)
    Shape cutting length: l = 8 mm (6)
    Length: l 1 = 28 mm (F)
    Diameter:
    d 2 = 32 mm (10)
    Type = without shoulder ISO 8977 (6)
    Version: Slot (4)
    Matrixes:
    Matrixes (26)
    Version:
    Order
    No
    blank (pilot hole bore)
    round
    square
    rectangular
    slot
    rectangle with radiused corners
    special shapes
    Matrixes:
    26 = matrixes
    Format: Slot
    length P = 13,5 mm
    Format: Slot
    width W = 6,5 mm
    Shape cutting
    length: l
    Order
    No
    special
    Diameter: d 2
    Order
    No
    Length: l 1
    Order Code
    character
    special
    Angle:
    Order Code
    character
    special
    Anti-rotation element: Order No
    pin [ 3
    pin [ 4
    pin [ 6
    polished surface
    (continuous)
    polished surface
    top, 14 mm
    polished surface
    bottom, 14 mm
    special
    starting
    lead
    d 2
    l
    l 1
    2 6 4 6 . 1 0 F 6 . 1 3 5 0 . 0 6 5 0 A 2
    2 6 4 6 . 1 0 F 6 . 1 3 5 0 . 0 6 5 0 A 2
    = 5
    = 6
    = 7
    = 0
    = 1
    = 2
    = 3
    = 4
    = 5
    = 9
    2 = 1
    3 = 2
    4 = 3
    5 = 4
    6 = 5
    8 = 6
    10 = 7
    12 = 8
    = X
    5 = 1
    6 = 2
    8 = 3
    10 = 4
    13 = 5
    16 = 6
    20 = 7
    22 = 8
    25 = 9
    32 = 10
    38 = 11
    40 = 12
    45 = 13
    50 = 14
    56 = 15
    63 = 16
    71 = 17
    76 = 18
    85 = 19
    90 = 20
    100 = 21
    13 = A
    16 = B
    20 = C
    22 = D
    25 = E
    28 = F
    30 = G
    32 = H
    35 = J
    40 = K
    = X
    0° = A
    90° = B
    180° = C
    270° = D
    = X
    = 1
    = 2
    = 3
    = 4
    = 5
    = 6
    = X
    13,5 8
    28
    32
    6,5
    0°
    subject to alterations
    Matrix without shoulder, blank, ISO 8977
    2 6 0 6 . 10 F 8

     12 mm = (8)

     28 mm = (F)

     32 mm = (10)


     ISO 8977 = (6)

     = (0)
     = 26
    Ordering-code (example):


     Shape cutting length: l Order No

     Length: l 1 Order code character

     Diameter: d 2 Order No

     Type: Order No
     without sholder

     Version: Order No
     Blank (pilot hole bore)
     Matrix
    +0,1
    P
    l
    +0,5
    1 0
    l
    d 4
    d 2 n5
    Starting
    lead
    2606.
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Diameter d 2 , starting lead and face surfaces
    ground.
    Diameter P is a bored pilot hole for wire EDM.
    Special dimensions on request.
    E123
    d 2 / (Order No) d 4 P l / (Order No) l 1 / (Order Code character)
    16
    (B)
    20
    (C)
    22
    (D)
    25
    (E)
    28
    (F)
    30
    (G)
    32
    (H)
    35
    (J)
    40
    (K)
    5 / (1) 2.8 0.8 2 / (1) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    6 / (2) 3.5 1 3 / (2) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    8 / (3) 4 1 4 / (3) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    10 / (4) 5.8 1 4 / (3)  8 / (6) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    13 / (5) 8 1.2 5 / (4)  8 / (6) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    16 / (6) 9.5 1.2 5 / (4)  8 / (6) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    20 / (7) 12 1.5 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    22 / (8) 15 1.5 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    25 / (9) 17.3 1.5 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    32 / (10) 20.7 1.5 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    40 / (12) 27.7 1.5 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ●
    50 / (14) 37 1.5 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    2606. Matrix without shoulder, blank, ISO 8977
    subject to alterations
    Matrix without shoulder, round, ISO 8977
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Diameter d 2 , starting lead and face surfaces
    ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    2616.
    2 6 1 6 . 10 F 8 . 1 5 1 0


     P = ∅ 15,1 mm = 1510

     12 mm = (8)

     28 mm = (F)

     32 mm = (10)


     ISO 8977 = (6)

     = (1)
     = 26
    Ordering-code (example): without anti-rotation element


     Format: Round

     Shape cutting length: l Order No

     Length: l 1 Order code character

     Diameter: d 2 Order No

     Type: Order No
     without sholder

     Version: Order No
     Round
     Matrix
    E124
    d 2 / (Order No) d 4 P l / (Order No) l 1 / (Order Code character)
    16
    (B)
    20
    (C)
    22
    (D)
    25
    (E)
    28
    (F)
    30
    (G)
    32
    (H)
    35
    (J)
    40
    (K)
    5 / (1) 2.8 1,0-2,4 2 / (1) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    6 / (2) 3.5 1,6-3,0 3 / (2) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    8 / (3) 4 2,0-3,5 4 / (3) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    10 / (4) 5.8 2,5-5,0 4 / (3)  8 / (6) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    13 / (5) 8 4,0-7,0 5 / (4)  8 / (6) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    16 / (6) 9.5 6,0-9,0 5 / (4)  8 / (6) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    20 / (7) 12 8,0-11,0 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    22 / (8) 15 9,0-14,0 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    25 / (9) 17.3 10,7-16,0 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    32 / (10) 20.7 15,0-20,0 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    40 / (12) 27.7 19,0-27,0 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ●
    50 / (14) 37 26,0-36,0 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    2616. Matrix without shoulder, round, ISO 8977
    d 2 F
    10 5
    13 6,5
    16 8
    20 10
    22 11
    25 12,5
    32 16
    40 20
    50 25
    d 2 F
    10 6
    13 7,2
    16 8
    20 10
    22 11
    25 12,5
    32 16
    40 20
    50 25
    d 2 F
    10 7
    13 8,2
    16 9
    20 11
    22 12
    25 13,5
    32 16
    40 20
    50 25
    d 2 F
    10 4
    13 5,5
    16 7
    20 8,5
    22 9,5
    25 11
    32 14
    40 18
    50 23
    d 2 F
    10 4
    13 5,5
    16 7
    20 8,5
    22 9,5
    25 11
    32 14
    40 18
    50 23
    d 2 F
    10 4
    13 5,5
    16 7
    20 8,5
    22 9,5
    25 11
    32 14
    40 18
    50 23
    2 6 1 6 . 10 F 8 . 1 5 1 0 A 4
    subject to alterations
    Precision Matrixes without shoulder, cylindrical , ISO 8977
    Anti-rotation elements
    anti-rotation element 1 (1) anti-rotation element 2 (2) anti-rotation element 3 (3)
    anti-rotation element 4 (4) anti-rotation element 5 (5) anti-rotation element 6 (6)
    Pin [ 3 Pin [ 4 Pin [ 6
    Ordering example : with anti-rotation element from d 2 ≥ 10 mm
     Anti-rotation element: Order No
     Polished surface = (4)
     (continuous)
     Angle: Order Code character
     0° = (A)
     Format: Round
     P = ø15,1 mm = (1510)
     Punch cutting length: l Order No
     12 mm = (8)
     Length: l 1 Order Code character
     28 mm = (F)
     Diameter: d 2 Order No
     32 mm = (10)
     Type: Order No
     without shoulder ISO 8977 = (6)
     Version: Order No
     Round = (1)
     Matrix = 26
    d 2 F
    10 5
    13 6,5
    16 8
    20 10
    22 11
    25 12,5
    32 16
    40 20
    50 25
    d 2 F
    10 6
    13 7,2
    16 8
    20 10
    22 11
    25 12,5
    32 16
    40 20
    50 25
    d 2 F
    10 7
    13 8,2
    16 9
    20 11
    22 12
    25 13,5
    32 16
    40 20
    50 25
    d 2 F
    10 4
    13 5,5
    16 7
    20 8,5
    22 9,5
    25 11
    32 14
    40 18
    50 23
    d 2 F
    10 4
    13 5,5
    16 7
    20 8,5
    22 9,5
    25 11
    32 14
    40 18
    50 23
    d 2 F
    10 4
    13 5,5
    16 7
    20 8,5
    22 9,5
    25 11
    32 14
    40 18
    50 23
    2 6 1 6 . 10 F 8 . 1 5 1 0 A 4
    subject to alterations
    Precision Matrixes without shoulder, cylindrical , ISO 8977
    Anti-rotation elements
    anti-rotation element 1 (1) anti-rotation element 2 (2) anti-rotation element 3 (3)
    anti-rotation element 4 (4) anti-rotation element 5 (5) anti-rotation element 6 (6)
    Pin [ 3 Pin [ 4 Pin [ 6
    Ordering example : with anti-rotation element from d 2 ≥ 10 mm
     Anti-rotation element: Order No
     Polished surface = (4)
     (continuous)
     Angle: Order Code character
     0° = (A)
     Format: Round
     P = ø15,1 mm = (1510)
     Punch cutting length: l Order No
     12 mm = (8)
     Length: l 1 Order Code character
     28 mm = (F)
     Diameter: d 2 Order No
     32 mm = (10)
     Type: Order No
     without shoulder ISO 8977 = (6)
     Version: Order No
     Round = (1)
     Matrix = 26
    E125
    subject to alterations
    Matrix without shoulder, square, ISO 8977
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Diameter d 2 , starting lead and face surfaces
    ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    l
    +0,5
    1
    l
    d 4
    d 2 n5
    0° 180°
    270°
    90°
    0° 180°
    270°
    90°
    starting
    lead
    2626.
    2 6 2 6 . 10 F 8 . 1 3 5 0 A 3

     = (3)

     0° = (A)

     P = 13,5 mm = 1350

     12 mm = (8)

     28 mm = (F)

     32 mm = (10)


     ISO8977 = (6)

     = (2)
     = 26
    Ordering-code (example): with anti-rotation element
     Anti-rotation element: Order No
     Pin ∅ 6 mm
     Angle: Order code character

     Format: Square, length P

     Shape cutting length: l Order No

     Length: l 1 Order code character

     Diameter: d 2 Order No

     Type: Order No
     without shoulder

     Version: Order No
     Square
     Matrix
    G
    P
    +0,02
    -0
    P
    +0,02
    -0
    G = 2 × P
    E126
    d 2 / (Order No) d 4 P min G max l / (Order No) l 1 / (Order Code character)
    16
    (B)
    20
    (C)
    22
    (D)
    25
    (E)
    28
    (F)
    30
    (G)
    32
    (H)
    35
    (J)
    40
    (K)
    10 / (4) 5.8 1.2 5 4 / (3)  8 / (6) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    13 / (5) 8 2 7 5 / (4)  8 / (6) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    16 / (6) 9.5 2.4 9 5 / (4)  8 / (6) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    20 / (7) 12 3.2 11 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    22 / (8) 15 4 14 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    25 / (9) 17.3 4.8 16 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    32 / (10) 20.7 5.5 20 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    40 / (12) 27.7 6.4 27 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ●
    50 / (14) 37 9 36 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    2626. Matrix without shoulder, square, ISO 8977
    d 2 F
    10 5
    13 6,5
    16 8
    20 10
    22 11
    25 12,5
    32 16
    40 20
    50 25
    d 2 F
    10 6
    13 7,2
    16 8
    20 10
    22 11
    25 12,5
    32 16
    40 20
    50 25
    d 2 F
    10 7
    13 8,2
    16 9
    20 11
    22 12
    25 13,5
    32 16
    40 20
    50 25
    d 2 F
    10 4
    13 5,5
    16 7
    20 8,5
    22 9,5
    25 11
    32 14
    40 18
    50 23
    d 2 F
    10 4
    13 5,5
    16 7
    20 8,5
    22 9,5
    25 11
    32 14
    40 18
    50 23
    d 2 F
    10 4
    13 5,5
    16 7
    20 8,5
    22 9,5
    25 11
    32 14
    40 18
    50 23
    subject to alterations
    Precision Matrixes without shoulder, cylindrical , ISO 8977
    Anti-rotation elements
    anti-rotation element 1 (1) anti-rotation element 2 (2) anti-rotation element 3 (3)
    anti-rotation element 4 (4) anti-rotation element 5 (5) anti-rotation element 6 (6)
    Pin [ 3 Pin [ 4 Pin [ 6
    d 2 F
    10 5
    13 6,5
    16 8
    20 10
    22 11
    25 12,5
    32 16
    40 20
    50 25
    d 2 F
    10 6
    13 7,2
    16 8
    20 10
    22 11
    25 12,5
    32 16
    40 20
    50 25
    d 2 F
    10 7
    13 8,2
    16 9
    20 11
    22 12
    25 13,5
    32 16
    40 20
    50 25
    d 2 F
    10 4
    13 5,5
    16 7
    20 8,5
    22 9,5
    25 11
    32 14
    40 18
    50 23
    d 2 F
    10 4
    13 5,5
    16 7
    20 8,5
    22 9,5
    25 11
    32 14
    40 18
    50 23
    d 2 F
    10 4
    13 5,5
    16 7
    20 8,5
    22 9,5
    25 11
    32 14
    40 18
    50 23
    subject to alterations
    Precision Matrixes without shoulder, cylindrical , ISO 8977
    Anti-rotation elements
    anti-rotation element 1 (1) anti-rotation element 2 (2) anti-rotation element 3 (3)
    anti-rotation element 4 (4) anti-rotation element 5 (5) anti-rotation element 6 (6)
    Pin [ 3 Pin [ 4 Pin [ 6
    E127
    subject to alterations
    Matrix without shoulder, rectangular, ISO 8977
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Diameter d 2 , starting lead and face surfaces
    ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    l
    +0,5
    1
    l
    d 4
    d 2 n5
    0° 180°
    270°
    90°
    0° 180°
    270°
    90°
    starting
    lead
    2636.
    2 6 3 6 . 10 F 8 . 1 3 5 0 . 0 6 5 0 A 4
     = (4)


     0° = (A)

     W = 6,5 mm = 0650

     P = 13,5 mm = 1350

     12 mm = (8)

     28 mm = (F)

     32 mm = (10)


     ISO8977 = (6)

     = (3)
     = 26
    Ordering-code (example): with anti-rotation element
     Anti-rotation element: Order No
     Polished surface
     (continuous)
     Angle: Order code character

     Format: Rectangle, width W

     Format: Rectangle, length P

     Shape cutting length: l Order No

     Length: l 1 Order code character

     Diameter: d 2 Order No

     Type: Order No
     without shoulder

     Version: Order No
     Rectangle
     Matrix
    G
    W
    +0,02
    -0
    P
    +0,02
    -0
    G = P 2 +W 2
    E128
    d 2 / (Order No) d 4 W min G max l / (Order No) l 1 / (Order Code character)
    16
    (B)
    20
    (C)
    22
    (D)
    25
    (E)
    28
    (F)
    30
    (G)
    32
    (H)
    35
    (J)
    40
    (K)
    10 / (4) 5.8 1.2 5 4 / (3)  8 / (6) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    13 / (5) 8 2 7 5 / (4)  8 / (6) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    16 / (6) 9.5 2.4 9 5 / (4)  8 / (6) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    20 / (7) 12 3.2 11 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    22 / (8) 15 4 14 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    25 / (9) 17.3 4.8 16 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    32 / (10) 20.7 5.5 20 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    40 / (12) 27.7 6.4 27 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ●
    50 / (14) 37 9 36 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    2636. Matrix without shoulder, rectangular, ISO 8977
    d 2 F
    10 5
    13 6,5
    16 8
    20 10
    22 11
    25 12,5
    32 16
    40 20
    50 25
    d 2 F
    10 6
    13 7,2
    16 8
    20 10
    22 11
    25 12,5
    32 16
    40 20
    50 25
    d 2 F
    10 7
    13 8,2
    16 9
    20 11
    22 12
    25 13,5
    32 16
    40 20
    50 25
    d 2 F
    10 4
    13 5,5
    16 7
    20 8,5
    22 9,5
    25 11
    32 14
    40 18
    50 23
    d 2 F
    10 4
    13 5,5
    16 7
    20 8,5
    22 9,5
    25 11
    32 14
    40 18
    50 23
    d 2 F
    10 4
    13 5,5
    16 7
    20 8,5
    22 9,5
    25 11
    32 14
    40 18
    50 23
    subject to alterations
    Precision Matrixes without shoulder, cylindrical , ISO 8977
    Anti-rotation elements
    anti-rotation element 1 (1) anti-rotation element 2 (2) anti-rotation element 3 (3)
    anti-rotation element 4 (4) anti-rotation element 5 (5) anti-rotation element 6 (6)
    Pin [ 3 Pin [ 4 Pin [ 6
    d 2 F
    10 5
    13 6,5
    16 8
    20 10
    22 11
    25 12,5
    32 16
    40 20
    50 25
    d 2 F
    10 6
    13 7,2
    16 8
    20 10
    22 11
    25 12,5
    32 16
    40 20
    50 25
    d 2 F
    10 7
    13 8,2
    16 9
    20 11
    22 12
    25 13,5
    32 16
    40 20
    50 25
    d 2 F
    10 4
    13 5,5
    16 7
    20 8,5
    22 9,5
    25 11
    32 14
    40 18
    50 23
    d 2 F
    10 4
    13 5,5
    16 7
    20 8,5
    22 9,5
    25 11
    32 14
    40 18
    50 23
    d 2 F
    10 4
    13 5,5
    16 7
    20 8,5
    22 9,5
    25 11
    32 14
    40 18
    50 23
    subject to alterations
    Precision Matrixes without shoulder, cylindrical , ISO 8977
    Anti-rotation elements
    anti-rotation element 1 (1) anti-rotation element 2 (2) anti-rotation element 3 (3)
    anti-rotation element 4 (4) anti-rotation element 5 (5) anti-rotation element 6 (6)
    Pin [ 3 Pin [ 4 Pin [ 6
    E129
    subject to alterations
    Matrix without shoulder, slot, ISO 8977
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Diameter d 2 , starting lead and face surfaces
    ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    l
    +0,5
    1
    l
    d 4
    d 2 n5
    0° 180°
    270°
    90°
    0° 180°
    270°
    90°
    starting
    lead
    2646.
    2 6 4 6 . 10 F 8 . 1 3 5 0 . 0 6 5 0 A 3

     = (3)

     0° = (A)

     W = 6,5 mm = 0650

     P = 13,5 mm = 1350

     12 mm = (8)

     28 mm = (F)

     32 mm = (10)


     ISO 8977 = (6)

     = (4)
     = 26
    Ordering-code (example): with anti-rotation element
     Anti-rotation element: Order No
     Pin ∅ 6 mm
     Angle: Order code character

     Format: Slot, width W

     Format: Slot, length P

     Shape cutting length: l Order No

     Length: l 1 Order code character

     Diameter: d 2 Order No

     Type: Order No
     without shoulder

     Version: Order No
     Slot
     Matrix
    W
    +0,02
    -0
    P
    +0,02
    -0
    G = P
    E130
    d 2 / (Order No) d 4 W min G max l / (Order No) l 1 / (Order Code character)
    16
    (B)
    20
    (C)
    22
    (D)
    25
    (E)
    28
    (F)
    30
    (G)
    32
    (H)
    35
    (J)
    40
    (K)
    10 / (4) 5.8 1.2 5 4 / (3)  8 / (6) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    13 / (5) 8 2 7 5 / (4)  8 / (6) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    16 / (6) 9.5 2.4 9 5 / (4)  8 / (6) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    20 / (7) 12 3.2 11 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    22 / (8) 15 4 14 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    25 / (9) 17.3 4.8 16 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    32 / (10) 20.7 5.5 20 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    40 / (12) 27.7 6.4 27 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ●
    50 / (14) 37 9 36 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    2646. Matrix without shoulder, slot, ISO 8977
    d 2 F
    10 5
    13 6,5
    16 8
    20 10
    22 11
    25 12,5
    32 16
    40 20
    50 25
    d 2 F
    10 6
    13 7,2
    16 8
    20 10
    22 11
    25 12,5
    32 16
    40 20
    50 25
    d 2 F
    10 7
    13 8,2
    16 9
    20 11
    22 12
    25 13,5
    32 16
    40 20
    50 25
    d 2 F
    10 4
    13 5,5
    16 7
    20 8,5
    22 9,5
    25 11
    32 14
    40 18
    50 23
    d 2 F
    10 4
    13 5,5
    16 7
    20 8,5
    22 9,5
    25 11
    32 14
    40 18
    50 23
    d 2 F
    10 4
    13 5,5
    16 7
    20 8,5
    22 9,5
    25 11
    32 14
    40 18
    50 23
    subject to alterations
    Precision Matrixes without shoulder, cylindrical , ISO 8977
    Anti-rotation elements
    anti-rotation element 1 (1) anti-rotation element 2 (2) anti-rotation element 3 (3)
    anti-rotation element 4 (4) anti-rotation element 5 (5) anti-rotation element 6 (6)
    Pin [ 3 Pin [ 4 Pin [ 6
    d 2 F
    10 5
    13 6,5
    16 8
    20 10
    22 11
    25 12,5
    32 16
    40 20
    50 25
    d 2 F
    10 6
    13 7,2
    16 8
    20 10
    22 11
    25 12,5
    32 16
    40 20
    50 25
    d 2 F
    10 7
    13 8,2
    16 9
    20 11
    22 12
    25 13,5
    32 16
    40 20
    50 25
    d 2 F
    10 4
    13 5,5
    16 7
    20 8,5
    22 9,5
    25 11
    32 14
    40 18
    50 23
    d 2 F
    10 4
    13 5,5
    16 7
    20 8,5
    22 9,5
    25 11
    32 14
    40 18
    50 23
    d 2 F
    10 4
    13 5,5
    16 7
    20 8,5
    22 9,5
    25 11
    32 14
    40 18
    50 23
    subject to alterations
    Precision Matrixes without shoulder, cylindrical , ISO 8977
    Anti-rotation elements
    anti-rotation element 1 (1) anti-rotation element 2 (2) anti-rotation element 3 (3)
    anti-rotation element 4 (4) anti-rotation element 5 (5) anti-rotation element 6 (6)
    Pin [ 3 Pin [ 4 Pin [ 6
    E131
    subject to alterations
    Matrix without shoulder, rectangle with radiussed corners, ISO 8977
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Diameter d 2 , starting lead and face surfaces
    ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    * For other radius options, see standardised
    special shapes.
    l
    +0,5
    1
    l
    d 4
    d 2 n5
    0° 180°
    270°
    90°
    0° 180°
    270°
    90°
    starting
    lead
    2656.
    2 6 5 6 . 10 F 8 . 1 3 5 0 . 0 6 5 0 A 3

     = (3)

     0° = (A)

     W = 6,5 mm = 0650

     P = 13,5 mm = 1350

     12 mm = (8)

     28 mm = (F)

     32 mm = (10)


     ISO 8977 = (6)

     = (5)
     = 26
    Ordering-code (example): with anti-rotation element
     Anti-rotation element: Order No
     Pin ∅ 6 mm
     Angle: Order code character

     Format: Rectangle with radiused corners, width W

     Format: Rectangle with radiused corners, length P

     Shape cutting length: l Order No

     Length: l 1 Order code character

     Diameter: d 2 Order No

     Type: Order No
     without shoulder

     Version: Order No
     Rectangle with radiused corners
     Matrix
    W
    +0,02
    -0
    P
    +0,02
    -0
    R 0,5
    ±0,01
    G
    *
    G = (P−1.0) 2 +(W−1.0) 2 +1
    E132
    d 2 / (Order No) d 4 W min G max l / (Order No) l 1 / (Order Code character)
    16
    (B)
    20
    (C)
    22
    (D)
    25
    (E)
    28
    (F)
    30
    (G)
    32
    (H)
    35
    (J)
    40
    (K)
    10 / (4) 5.8 1.2 5 4 / (3)  8 / (6) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    13 / (5) 8 2 7 5 / (4)  8 / (6) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    16 / (6) 9.5 2.4 9 5 / (4)  8 / (6) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    20 / (7) 12 3.2 11 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    22 / (8) 15 4 14 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    25 / (9) 17.3 4.8 16 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    32 / (10) 20.7 5.5 20 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    40 / (12) 27.7 6.4 27 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ●
    50 / (14) 37 9 36 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    2656. Matrix without shoulder, rectangle with radiussed corners, ISO 8977
    d 2 F
    10 5
    13 6,5
    16 8
    20 10
    22 11
    25 12,5
    32 16
    40 20
    50 25
    d 2 F
    10 6
    13 7,2
    16 8
    20 10
    22 11
    25 12,5
    32 16
    40 20
    50 25
    d 2 F
    10 7
    13 8,2
    16 9
    20 11
    22 12
    25 13,5
    32 16
    40 20
    50 25
    d 2 F
    10 4
    13 5,5
    16 7
    20 8,5
    22 9,5
    25 11
    32 14
    40 18
    50 23
    d 2 F
    10 4
    13 5,5
    16 7
    20 8,5
    22 9,5
    25 11
    32 14
    40 18
    50 23
    d 2 F
    10 4
    13 5,5
    16 7
    20 8,5
    22 9,5
    25 11
    32 14
    40 18
    50 23
    subject to alterations
    Precision Matrixes without shoulder, cylindrical , ISO 8977
    Anti-rotation elements
    anti-rotation element 1 (1) anti-rotation element 2 (2) anti-rotation element 3 (3)
    anti-rotation element 4 (4) anti-rotation element 5 (5) anti-rotation element 6 (6)
    Pin [ 3 Pin [ 4 Pin [ 6
    d 2 F
    10 5
    13 6,5
    16 8
    20 10
    22 11
    25 12,5
    32 16
    40 20
    50 25
    d 2 F
    10 6
    13 7,2
    16 8
    20 10
    22 11
    25 12,5
    32 16
    40 20
    50 25
    d 2 F
    10 7
    13 8,2
    16 9
    20 11
    22 12
    25 13,5
    32 16
    40 20
    50 25
    d 2 F
    10 4
    13 5,5
    16 7
    20 8,5
    22 9,5
    25 11
    32 14
    40 18
    50 23
    d 2 F
    10 4
    13 5,5
    16 7
    20 8,5
    22 9,5
    25 11
    32 14
    40 18
    50 23
    d 2 F
    10 4
    13 5,5
    16 7
    20 8,5
    22 9,5
    25 11
    32 14
    40 18
    50 23
    subject to alterations
    Precision Matrixes without shoulder, cylindrical , ISO 8977
    Anti-rotation elements
    anti-rotation element 1 (1) anti-rotation element 2 (2) anti-rotation element 3 (3)
    anti-rotation element 4 (4) anti-rotation element 5 (5) anti-rotation element 6 (6)
    Pin [ 3 Pin [ 4 Pin [ 6
    E133
    subject to alterations
    Matrix with shoulder, blank, ISO 8977
    2 6 0 7 . 10 F 8

     12 mm = (8)

     28 mm = (F)

     32 mm = (10)


     ISO 8977 = (7)

     = (0)
     = 26
    Ordering-code (example):


     Shape cutting length: l Order No

     Length: l 1 Order code character

     Diameter: d 2 Order No

     Type: Order No
     with shoulder

     Version: Order No
     Blank (pilot hole bore)
     Matrix
    2607.
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Diameter d 2 , starting lead and face surfaces
    ground.
    Diameter P is a bored pilot hole for wire EDM.
    Special dimensions on request.
    E135
    d 2 / (Order No) d 3 d 4 P l / (Order No) l 1 / (Order Code character)
    16
    (B)
    20
    (C)
    22
    (D)
    25
    (E)
    28
    (F)
    30
    (G)
    32
    (H)
    35
    (J)
    5 / (1) 8 2.8 0.8 2 / (1) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    6 / (2) 9 3.5 1 3 / (2) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    8 / (3) 11 4 1 4 / (3) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    10 / (4) 13 5.8 1 4 / (3)  8 / (6) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    13 / (5) 16 8 1.2 5 / (4)  8 / (6) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    16 / (6) 19 9.5 1.2 5 / (4)  8 / (6) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    20 / (7) 23 12 1.5 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    22 / (8) 25 15 1.5 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    25 / (9) 28 17.3 1.5 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    32 / (10) 35 20.7 1.5 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    40 / (12) 43 27.7 1.5 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    50 / (14) 53 37 1.5 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    2607. Matrix with shoulder, blank, ISO 8977
    subject to alterations
    Matrix with shoulder, round, ISO 8977
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Diameter d 2 , starting lead and face surfaces
    ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    2617.
    2 6 1 7 . 10 F 8 . 1 5 1 0


     P = ∅ 15,1 mm = 1510

     12 mm = (8)

     28 mm = (F)

     32 mm = (10)


     ISO 8977 = (7)

     = (1)
     = 26
    Ordering-code (example): without anti-rotation element


     Format: Round

     Shape cutting length: l Order No

     Length: l 1 Order code character

     Diameter: d 2 Order No

     Type: Order No
     with shoulder

     Version: Order No
     Round
     Matrix
    E136
    d 2 / (Order No) d 3 d 4 P l / (Order No) l 1 / (Order Code character)
    16
    (B)
    20
    (C)
    22
    (D)
    25
    (E)
    28
    (F)
    30
    (G)
    32
    (H)
    35
    (J)
    5 / (1) 8 2.8 1,0-2,4 2 / (1) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    6 / (2) 9 3.5 1,6-3,0 3 / (2) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    8 / (3) 11 4 2,0-3,5 4 / (3) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    10 / (4) 13 5.8 2,5-5,0 4 / (3)  8 / (6) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    13 / (5) 16 8 4,0-7,0 5 / (4)  8 / (6) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    16 / (6) 19 9.5 6,0-9,0 5 / (4)  8 / (6) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    20 / (7) 23 12 8,0-11,0 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    22 / (8) 25 15 9,0-14,0 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    25 / (9) 28 17.3 10,7-16,0 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    32 / (10) 35 20.7 15,0-20,0 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    40 / (12) 43 27.7 19,0-27,0 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    50 / (14) 53 37 26,0-36,0 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    2617. Matrix with shoulder, round, ISO 8977
    2 6 1 7 . 10 F 8 . 1 5 1 0 A 4
    d 2 F
    8 5,5
    10 6,5
    13 8
    16 9,5
    20 11,5
    22 12,5
    25 14
    32 17,5
    40 21,5
    50 26,5
    d 2 F
    8 6
    10 7
    13 8,5
    16 10
    20 12
    22 13
    25 14,5
    32 18
    40 22
    50 27
    d 2 F
    8 7
    10 8
    13 9,5
    16 11
    20 13
    22 14
    25 15,5
    32 19
    40 23
    50 28
    subject to alterations
    Precision Matrixes with shoulder, cylindrical , ISO 8977
    Anti-rotation elements
    anti-rotation element 1 (1) anti-rotation element 2 (2) anti-rotation element 3 (3)
    anti-rotation element 4 (4)
    Pin [ 3 Pin [ 4 Pin [ 6
    Ordering example : with anti-rotation element from d 2 ≥ 8 mm
     Anti-rotation element: Order No
     Polished surface = (4)
     (continuous)
     Angle: Order Code character
     0° = (A)
     Format: Round
     P = ø15,1 mm = (1510)
     Punch cutting length: l Order No
     12 mm = (8)
     Length: l 1 Order Code character
     28 mm = (F)
     Diameter: d 2 Order No
     32 mm = (10)
     Type: Order No
     with shoulder ISO 8977 = (7)
     Version: Order No
     Round = (1)
     Matrix = 26

    2 6 1 7 . 10 F 8 . 1 5 1 0 A 4
    d 2 F
    8 5,5
    10 6,5
    13 8
    16 9,5
    20 11,5
    22 12,5
    25 14
    32 17,5
    40 21,5
    50 26,5
    d 2 F
    8 6
    10 7
    13 8,5
    16 10
    20 12
    22 13
    25 14,5
    32 18
    40 22
    50 27
    d 2 F
    8 7
    10 8
    13 9,5
    16 11
    20 13
    22 14
    25 15,5
    32 19
    40 23
    50 28
    subject to alterations
    Precision Matrixes with shoulder, cylindrical , ISO 8977
    Anti-rotation elements
    anti-rotation element 1 (1) anti-rotation element 2 (2) anti-rotation element 3 (3)
    anti-rotation element 4 (4)
    Pin [ 3 Pin [ 4 Pin [ 6
    Ordering example : with anti-rotation element from d 2 ≥ 8 mm
     Anti-rotation element: Order No
     Polished surface = (4)
     (continuous)
     Angle: Order Code character
     0° = (A)
     Format: Round
     P = ø15,1 mm = (1510)
     Punch cutting length: l Order No
     12 mm = (8)
     Length: l 1 Order Code character
     28 mm = (F)
     Diameter: d 2 Order No
     32 mm = (10)
     Type: Order No
     with shoulder ISO 8977 = (7)
     Version: Order No
     Round = (1)
     Matrix = 26
    E137
    subject to alterations
    Matrix with shoulder, square, ISO 8977
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Diameter d 2 , starting lead and face surfaces
    ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    0°
    270°
    90°
    0°
    270°
    90°
    d 4
    2 m5
    d
    5 +0,25
    l
    +0,5
    1
    l
    starting
    lead
    180° 180°
    2627.
    2 6 2 7 . 10 F 8 . 1 3 5 0 A 3

     = (3)

     0° = (A)

     P = 13,5 mm = 1350

     12 mm = (8)

     28 mm = (F)

     32 mm = (10)


     ISO 8977 = (7)

     = (2)
     = 26
    Ordering-code (example): with anti-rotation element
     Anti-rotation element: Order No
     Pin ∅ 6 mm
     Angle: Order code character

     Format: Square, length P

     Shape cutting length: l Order No

     Length: l 1 Order code character

     Diameter: d 2 Order No

     Type: Order No
     with shoulder

     Version: Order No
     Square
     Matrix
    G
    P
    +0,02
    -0
    P
    +0,02
    -0
    G = 2 × P
    E138
    d 2 / (Order No) d 3 d 4 P min G max l / (Order No) l 1 / (Order Code character)
    16
    (B)
    20
    (C)
    22
    (D)
    25
    (E)
    28
    (F)
    30
    (G)
    32
    (H)
    35
    (J)
    8 / (3) 11 4 1.2 3.5 4 / (3) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    10 / (4) 13 5.8 1.2 5 4 / (3)  8 / (6) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    13 / (5) 16 8 2 7 5 / (4)  8 / (6) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    16 / (6) 19 9.5 2.4 9 5 / (4)  8 / (6) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    20 / (7) 23 12 3.2 11 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    22 / (8) 25 15 4 14 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    25 / (9) 28 17.3 4.8 16 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    32 / (10) 35 20.7 5.5 20 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    40 / (12) 43 27.7 6.4 27 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    50 / (14) 53 37 6.4 36 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    2627. Matrix with shoulder, square, ISO 8977
    d 2 F
    8 5,5
    10 6,5
    13 8
    16 9,5
    20 11,5
    22 12,5
    25 14
    32 17,5
    40 21,5
    50 26,5
    d 2 F
    8 6
    10 7
    13 8,5
    16 10
    20 12
    22 13
    25 14,5
    32 18
    40 22
    50 27
    d 2 F
    8 7
    10 8
    13 9,5
    16 11
    20 13
    22 14
    25 15,5
    32 19
    40 23
    50 28
    F
    270°
    90°
    180° 0°
    d 2 m5
    Starting
    lead
    F
    d 2 m5
    270°
    90°
    180° 0°
    Starting
    lead
    F
    d 2 m5
    270°
    90°
    180° 0°
    Starting
    lead
    F
    d 2 m5
    270°
    90°
    180° 0°
    Starting
    lead
    subject to alterations
    Precision Matrixes with shoulder, cylindrical, ISO 8977
    Anti-rotation elements
    anti-rotation element 1 (1) anti-rotation element 2 (2) anti-rotation element 3 (3)
    anti-rotation element 4 (4)
    Pin [ 3 Pin [ 4 Pin [ 6
    E139
    subject to alterations
    Matrix with shoulder, rectangular, ISO 8977
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Diameter d 2 , starting lead and face surfaces
    ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    0° 180°
    270°
    90°
    0° 180°
    270°
    90°
    d 4
    2 m5
    d
    5 +0,25
    l
    +0,5
    1
    l
    starting
    lead
    2637.
    2 6 3 7 . 10 F 8 . 1 3 5 0 . 0 6 5 0 A 2

     = (2)

     0° = (A)

     W = 6,5 mm = 0650

     P = 13,5 mm = 1350

     12 mm = (8)

     28 mm = (F)

     32 mm = (10)


     ISO 8977 = (7)

     = (3)
     = 26
    Ordering-code (example): with anti-rotation element
     Anti-rotation element: Order No
     Pin ∅ 4 mm
     Angle: Order code character

     Format: Rectangle, width W

     Format: Rectangle, length P

     Shape cutting length: l Order No

     Length: l 1 Order code character

     Diameter: d 2 Order No

     Type: Order No
     with shoulder

     Version: Order No
     Rectangle
     Matrix
    G
    W
    +0,02
    -0
    P
    +0,02
    -0
    G = P 2 +W 2
    E140
    d 2 / (Order No) d 3 d 4 W min G max l / (Order No) l 1 / (Order Code character)
    16
    (B)
    20
    (C)
    22
    (D)
    25
    (E)
    28
    (F)
    30
    (G)
    32
    (H)
    35
    (J)
    8 / (3) 11 4 1.2 3.5 4 / (3) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    10 / (4) 13 5.8 1.2 5 4 / (3)  8 / (6) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    13 / (5) 16 8 2 7 5 / (4)  8 / (6) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    16 / (6) 19 9.5 2.4 9 5 / (4)  8 / (6) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    20 / (7) 23 12 3.2 11 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    22 / (8) 25 15 4 14 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    25 / (9) 28 17.3 4.8 16 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    32 / (10) 35 20.7 5.5 20 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    40 / (12) 43 27.7 6.4 27 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    50 / (14) 53 37 6.4 36 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    2637. Matrix with shoulder, rectangular, ISO 8977
    d 2 F
    8 5,5
    10 6,5
    13 8
    16 9,5
    20 11,5
    22 12,5
    25 14
    32 17,5
    40 21,5
    50 26,5
    d 2 F
    8 6
    10 7
    13 8,5
    16 10
    20 12
    22 13
    25 14,5
    32 18
    40 22
    50 27
    d 2 F
    8 7
    10 8
    13 9,5
    16 11
    20 13
    22 14
    25 15,5
    32 19
    40 23
    50 28
    F
    270°
    90°
    180° 0°
    d 2 m5
    Starting
    lead
    F
    d 2 m5
    270°
    90°
    180° 0°
    Starting
    lead
    F
    d 2 m5
    270°
    90°
    180° 0°
    Starting
    lead
    F
    d 2 m5
    270°
    90°
    180° 0°
    Starting
    lead
    subject to alterations
    Precision Matrixes with shoulder, cylindrical, ISO 8977
    Anti-rotation elements
    anti-rotation element 1 (1) anti-rotation element 2 (2) anti-rotation element 3 (3)
    anti-rotation element 4 (4)
    Pin [ 3 Pin [ 4 Pin [ 6
    d 2 F
    8 5,5
    10 6,5
    13 8
    16 9,5
    20 11,5
    22 12,5
    25 14
    32 17,5
    40 21,5
    50 26,5
    d 2 F
    8 6
    10 7
    13 8,5
    16 10
    20 12
    22 13
    25 14,5
    32 18
    40 22
    50 27
    d 2 F
    8 7
    10 8
    13 9,5
    16 11
    20 13
    22 14
    25 15,5
    32 19
    40 23
    50 28
    F
    270°
    90°
    180° 0°
    d 2 m5
    Starting
    lead
    F
    d 2 m5
    270°
    90°
    180° 0°
    Starting
    lead
    F
    d 2 m5
    270°
    90°
    180° 0°
    Starting
    lead
    F
    d 2 m5
    270°
    90°
    180° 0°
    Starting
    lead
    subject to alterations
    Precision Matrixes with shoulder, cylindrical, ISO 8977
    Anti-rotation elements
    anti-rotation element 1 (1) anti-rotation element 2 (2) anti-rotation element 3 (3)
    anti-rotation element 4 (4)
    Pin [ 3 Pin [ 4 Pin [ 6
    E141
    subject to alterations
    Matrix with shoulder, slot, ISO 8977
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Diameter d 2 , starting lead and face surfaces
    ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    0° 180°
    270°
    90°
    0° 180°
    270°
    90°
    d 4
    2 m5
    d
    5 +0,25
    l
    +0,5
    1
    l
    starting
    lead
    2647.
    2 6 4 7 . 10 F 8 . 1 3 5 0 . 0 6 5 0 A 2

     = (2)

     0° = (A)

     W = 6,5 mm = 0650

     P = 13,5 mm = 1350

     12 mm = (8)

     28 mm = (F)

     32 mm = (10)


     ISO 8977 = (7)

     = (4)
     = 26
    Ordering-code (example): with anti-rotation element
     Anti-rotation element: Order No
     Pin ∅ 4 mm
     Angle: Order code character

     Format: Slot, width W

     Format: Slot, length P

     Shape cutting length: l Order No

     Length: l 1 Order code character

     Diameter: d 2 Order No

     Type: Order No
     with shoulder

     Version: Order No
     Slot
     Matrix
    W
    +0,02
    -0
    P
    +0,02
    -0
    G = P
    E142
    d 2 / (Order No) d 3 d 4 W min G max l / (Order No) l 1 / (Order Code character)
    16
    (B)
    20
    (C)
    22
    (D)
    25
    (E)
    28
    (F)
    30
    (G)
    32
    (H)
    35
    (J)
    8 / (3) 11 4 1.2 3.5 4 / (3) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    10 / (4) 13 5.8 1.2 5 4 / (3)  8 / (6) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    13 / (5) 16 8 2 7 5 / (4)  8 / (6) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    16 / (6) 19 9.5 2.4 9 5 / (4)  8 / (6) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    20 / (7) 23 12 3.2 11 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    22 / (8) 25 15 4 14 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    25 / (9) 28 17.3 4.8 16 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    32 / (10) 35 20.7 5.5 20 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    40 / (12) 43 27.7 6.4 27 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    50 / (14) 53 37 6.4 36 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    2647. Matrix with shoulder, slot, ISO 8977
    d 2 F
    8 5,5
    10 6,5
    13 8
    16 9,5
    20 11,5
    22 12,5
    25 14
    32 17,5
    40 21,5
    50 26,5
    d 2 F
    8 6
    10 7
    13 8,5
    16 10
    20 12
    22 13
    25 14,5
    32 18
    40 22
    50 27
    d 2 F
    8 7
    10 8
    13 9,5
    16 11
    20 13
    22 14
    25 15,5
    32 19
    40 23
    50 28
    F
    270°
    90°
    180° 0°
    d 2 m5
    Starting
    lead
    F
    d 2 m5
    270°
    90°
    180° 0°
    Starting
    lead
    F
    d 2 m5
    270°
    90°
    180° 0°
    Starting
    lead
    F
    d 2 m5
    270°
    90°
    180° 0°
    Starting
    lead
    subject to alterations
    Precision Matrixes with shoulder, cylindrical, ISO 8977
    Anti-rotation elements
    anti-rotation element 1 (1) anti-rotation element 2 (2) anti-rotation element 3 (3)
    anti-rotation element 4 (4)
    Pin [ 3 Pin [ 4 Pin [ 6
    d 2 F
    8 5,5
    10 6,5
    13 8
    16 9,5
    20 11,5
    22 12,5
    25 14
    32 17,5
    40 21,5
    50 26,5
    d 2 F
    8 6
    10 7
    13 8,5
    16 10
    20 12
    22 13
    25 14,5
    32 18
    40 22
    50 27
    d 2 F
    8 7
    10 8
    13 9,5
    16 11
    20 13
    22 14
    25 15,5
    32 19
    40 23
    50 28
    F
    270°
    90°
    180° 0°
    d 2 m5
    Starting
    lead
    F
    d 2 m5
    270°
    90°
    180° 0°
    Starting
    lead
    F
    d 2 m5
    270°
    90°
    180° 0°
    Starting
    lead
    F
    d 2 m5
    270°
    90°
    180° 0°
    Starting
    lead
    subject to alterations
    Precision Matrixes with shoulder, cylindrical, ISO 8977
    Anti-rotation elements
    anti-rotation element 1 (1) anti-rotation element 2 (2) anti-rotation element 3 (3)
    anti-rotation element 4 (4)
    Pin [ 3 Pin [ 4 Pin [ 6
    E143
    subject to alterations
    Matrix with shoulder, rectangle with radiussed corners, ISO 8977
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Diameter d 2 , starting lead and face surfaces
    ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    * For other radius options, see standardised
    special shapes.
    0° 180°
    270°
    90°
    0° 180°
    270°
    90°
    d 4
    2 m5
    d
    5 +0,25
    l
    +0,5
    1
    l
    starting
    lead
    2657.
    2 6 5 7 . 10 F 8 . 1 3 5 0 . 0 6 5 0 A 3

     = (3)

     0° = (A)

     W = 6,5 mm = 0650

     P = 13,5 mm = 1350

     12 mm = (8)

     28 mm = (F)

     32 mm = (10)


     ISO 8977 = (7)

     = (5)
     = 26
    Ordering-code (example): with anti-rotation element
     Anti-rotation element: Order No
     Pin ∅ 6 mm
     Angle: Order code character

     Format: Rectangle with radiused corners, width W

     Format: Rectangle with radiused corners, length P

     Shape cutting length: l Order No

     Length: l 1 Order code character

     Diameter: d 2 Order No

     Type: Order No
     with shoulder

     Version: Order No
     Rectangle with radiused corners
     Matrix
    W
    +0,02
    -0
    P
    +0,02
    -0
    G
    R 0,5
    ±0,01 *
    G = (P−1.0) 2 +(W−1.0) 2 +1
    E144
    d 2 / (Order No) d 3 d 4 W min G max l / (Order No) l 1 / (Order Code character)
    16
    (B)
    20
    (C)
    22
    (D)
    25
    (E)
    28
    (F)
    30
    (G)
    32
    (H)
    35
    (J)
    8 / (3) 11 4 1.2 3.5 4 / (3) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    10 / (4) 13 5.8 1.2 5 4 / (3)  8 / (6) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    13 / (5) 16 8 2 7 5 / (4)  8 / (6) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    16 / (6) 19 9.5 2.4 9 5 / (4)  8 / (6) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    20 / (7) 23 12 3.2 11 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    22 / (8) 25 15 4 14 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    25 / (9) 28 17.3 4.8 16 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    32 / (10) 35 20.7 5.5 20 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    40 / (12) 43 27.7 6.4 27 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    50 / (14) 53 37 6.4 36 8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    2657. Matrix with shoulder, rectangle with radiussed corners, ISO 8977
    d 2 F
    8 5,5
    10 6,5
    13 8
    16 9,5
    20 11,5
    22 12,5
    25 14
    32 17,5
    40 21,5
    50 26,5
    d 2 F
    8 6
    10 7
    13 8,5
    16 10
    20 12
    22 13
    25 14,5
    32 18
    40 22
    50 27
    d 2 F
    8 7
    10 8
    13 9,5
    16 11
    20 13
    22 14
    25 15,5
    32 19
    40 23
    50 28
    F
    270°
    90°
    180° 0°
    d 2 m5
    Starting
    lead
    F
    d 2 m5
    270°
    90°
    180° 0°
    Starting
    lead
    F
    d 2 m5
    270°
    90°
    180° 0°
    Starting
    lead
    F
    d 2 m5
    270°
    90°
    180° 0°
    Starting
    lead
    subject to alterations
    Precision Matrixes with shoulder, cylindrical, ISO 8977
    Anti-rotation elements
    anti-rotation element 1 (1) anti-rotation element 2 (2) anti-rotation element 3 (3)
    anti-rotation element 4 (4)
    Pin [ 3 Pin [ 4 Pin [ 6
    d 2 F
    8 5,5
    10 6,5
    13 8
    16 9,5
    20 11,5
    22 12,5
    25 14
    32 17,5
    40 21,5
    50 26,5
    d 2 F
    8 6
    10 7
    13 8,5
    16 10
    20 12
    22 13
    25 14,5
    32 18
    40 22
    50 27
    d 2 F
    8 7
    10 8
    13 9,5
    16 11
    20 13
    22 14
    25 15,5
    32 19
    40 23
    50 28
    F
    270°
    90°
    180° 0°
    d 2 m5
    Starting
    lead
    F
    d 2 m5
    270°
    90°
    180° 0°
    Starting
    lead
    F
    d 2 m5
    270°
    90°
    180° 0°
    Starting
    lead
    F
    d 2 m5
    270°
    90°
    180° 0°
    Starting
    lead
    subject to alterations
    Precision Matrixes with shoulder, cylindrical, ISO 8977
    Anti-rotation elements
    anti-rotation element 1 (1) anti-rotation element 2 (2) anti-rotation element 3 (3)
    anti-rotation element 4 (4)
    Pin [ 3 Pin [ 4 Pin [ 6
    E145
    subject to alterations
    Matrix without shoulder, blank, Automotive Standard
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Diameter d 2 and face surfaces ground.
    Diameter P is a bored pilot hole for wire EDM.
    Special dimensions on request.
    +0,1
    P
    10°
    l
    +0,3
    1
    3
    d 2 n5
    2605.
    2 6 0 5 . 10 F

     


     

     28 mm = (F)

     32 mm = (10)

     = (5)

     = (0)
     = 26
    Ordering example:

     


     Length: l 1 Order Code character

     Diameter: d 2 Order No

     Type: without shoulder Order No
     Automotive Standard
     Version: Order No
     Blank (pilot hole bore)

     Matrix
    E146
    d 2 / (Order No) P l 1 / (Order Code character)
    13
    (A)
    16
    (B)
    20
    (C)
    22
    (D)
    25
    (E)
    28
    (F)
    30
    (G)
    32
    (H)
    35
    (J)
    40
    (K)
    10 / (4) 0.8 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    13 / (5) 0.8 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    16 / (6) 1.5 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    20 / (7) 2.4 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    22 / (8) 3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    25 / (9) 3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    32 / (10) 3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    38 / (11) 3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    40 / (12) 3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    45 / (13) 3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    50 / (14) 3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    56 / (15) 3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    63 / (16) 3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    71 / (17) 3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    76 / (18) 3 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    85 / (19) 3 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    90 / (20) 3 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    100 / (21) 3 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    2605. Matrix without shoulder, blank, Automotive Standard
    subject to alterations
    Matrix without shoulder, round, Automotive Standard
    2 6 1 5 . 10 F 8 . 2 1 9 0 / A 3

     0° = (A)

     P = ∅ 21,9 mm = (2190)

     12 mm = (8)

     28 mm = (F)

     32 mm = (10)

     = (5)

     = (1)
     = 26
    Ordering example: without / with anti-rotation element

     anti-rotation element: Order No
     Pin ∅ 6 mm = (3)
     Angle: Order Code character

     Format: Round

     Shape cutting length: l Order No

     Length: l 1 Order Code character

     Diameter: d 2 Order No

     Type: without shoulder Order No
     Automotive Standard
     Version: Order No
     Round

     Matrix
    Pin [
    d F
    Anti-rotation element 3 (3)
    +0,01
    P
    l
    10°
    l
    +0,3
    1
    3
    d 2 n5
    1°
    2615.
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Diameter d 2 and end faces ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    E147
    d 2 / (Order No) P l / (Order No) l 1 / (Order Code character)
    13
    (A)
    16
    (B)
    20
    (C)
    22
    (D)
    25
    (E)
    28
    (F)
    30
    (G)
    32
    (H)
    35
    (J)
    40
    (K)
    10 / (4) 1,6-6,8 3 / (2)  4 / (3)  5 / (4) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    13 / (5) 3,0-8,8 3 / (2)  5 / (4)  8 / (6) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    16 / (6) 7,4-10,8 3 / (2)  5 / (4)  8 / (6) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    20 / (7) 9,5-13,6 3 / (2)  6 / (5)  10 / (7) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    22 / (8) 10,5-15,0 3 / (2)  6 / (5)  10 / (7) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    25 / (9) 12,0-17,0 3 / (2)  6 / (5)  10 / (7) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    32 / (10) 16,0-22,0 3 / (2)  6 / (5)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    38 / (11) 18,0-27,0 3 / (2)  8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    40 / (12) 18,0-27,0 3 / (2)  8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    45 / (13) 18,0-35,0 3 / (2)  8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    50 / (14) 18,0-40,0 3 / (2)  8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    56 / (15) 18,0-45,0 3 / (2)  8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    63 / (16) 18,0-50,0 3 / (2)  8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    71 / (17) 18,0-56,0 3 / (2)  8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    76 / (18) 25,0-60,0 3 / (2)  8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    85 / (19) 25,0-66,0 3 / (2)  8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    90 / (20) 32,0-70,0 3 / (2)  8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    100 / (21) 32,0-78,0 3 / (2)  8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    2615. Matrix without shoulder, round, Automotive Standard
    subject to alterations
    Matrix without shoulder, square, Automotive Standard
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Diameter d 2 and end faces ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    l
    10°
    l
    +0,3
    1
    3
    d 2 n5
    1°
    F
    180° 0°
    270°
    90°
    2625.
    2 6 2 5 . 10 F 8 . 1350 A 3
     = (3)

     0° = (A)

     P = 13,5 mm = (1350)

     12 mm = (8)

     28 mm = (F)

     32 mm = (10)

     = (5)

     = (2)
     = 26
    Ordering example: with anti-rotation element

     anti-rotation element: Order No
     Pin ∅ 6 mm = (3)
     Angle: Order Code character

     Format: Square , length P

     Shape cutting length : l Order No

     Length: l 1 Order Code character

     Diameter: d 2 Order No

     Type: without shoulder Order No
     Automotive Standard
     Version: Order No
     Square

     Matrix
    G
    P
    +0,02
    P
    +0,02
    G = 2 × P
    E148
    d 2 / (Order No) P min G max F l / (Order No) l 1 / (Order Code character)
    13
    (A)
    16
    (B)
    20
    (C)
    22
    (D)
    25
    (E)
    28
    (F)
    30
    (G)
    32
    (H)
    35
    (J)
    40
    (K)
    10 / (4) 1.3 6.8 7 3 / (2)  4 / (3)  5 / (4) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    13 / (5) 1.9 8.8 8.2 3 / (2)  5 / (4)  8 / (6) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    16 / (6) 1.9 10.8 9 3 / (2)  5 / (4)  8 / (6) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    20 / (7) 1.9 13.6 11 3 / (2)  6 / (5)  10 / (7) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    22 / (8) 1.9 15 12 3 / (2)  6 / (5)  10 / (7) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    25 / (9) 1.9 17 13.5 3 / (2)  6 / (5)  10 / (7) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    32 / (10) 1.9 22 16 3 / (2)  6 / (5)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    38 / (11) 1.9 27 19 3 / (2)  8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    40 / (12) 1.9 27 20 3 / (2)  8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    45 / (13) 2.4 35 22.5 3 / (2)  8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    50 / (14) 4 40 25 3 / (2)  8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    56 / (15) 4 45 28 3 / (2)  8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    63 / (16) 4 50 31.5 3 / (2)  8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    71 / (17) 4 56 35.5 3 / (2)  8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    76 / (18) 5.6 60 38 3 / (2)  8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    85 / (19) 5.6 66 42.5 3 / (2)  8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    90 / (20) 5.6 70 45 3 / (2)  8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    100 / (21) 5.6 78 50 3 / (2)  8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    2625. Matrix without shoulder, square, Automotive Standard
    subject to alterations
    Matrix without shoulder, rectangular, Automotive Standard
    2 6 3 5 . 10 F 8 . 1 3 5 0 . 0 6 5 0 A 3

     = (3)
     0° = (A)
     W = 6,5 mm = (0650)
     P = 13,5 mm = (1350)
     12 mm = (8)
     28 mm = (F)
     32 mm = (10)

     = (5)

     = (3)

     = 26
    Ordering example: with anti-rotation element

     Anti-rotation element: Order No
     Pin ∅ 6 mm
     Angle: Order Code character
     Format: Rectangular, width W
     Format: Rectangular, length P
     Shape cutting length : l Order No
     Length: l 1 Order Code character
     Diameter: d 2 Order No
     Type: without shoulder Order No
     Automotive Standard
     Version: Order No
     Rectangular

     Matrix
    G
    P +0,02
    ±0,02
    W
    G = P 2 +W 2
    l
    10°
    l
    +0,3
    1
    3
    d 2 n5
    1°
    F
    180° 0°
    270°
    90°
    2635.
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Diameter d 2 and end faces ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    E149
    d 2 / (Order No) W min G max F l / (Order No) l 1 / (Order Code character)
    13
    (A)
    16
    (B)
    20
    (C)
    22
    (D)
    25
    (E)
    28
    (F)
    30
    (G)
    32
    (H)
    35
    (J)
    40
    (K)
    10 / (4) 1.3 6.8 7 3 / (2)  4 / (3)  5 / (4) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    13 / (5) 1.9 8.8 8.2 3 / (2)  5 / (4)  8 / (6) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    16 / (6) 1.9 10.8 9 3 / (2)  5 / (4)  8 / (6) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    20 / (7) 1.9 13.6 11 3 / (2)  6 / (5)  10 / (7) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    22 / (8) 1.9 15 12 3 / (2)  6 / (5)  10 / (7) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    25 / (9) 1.9 17 13.5 3 / (2)  6 / (5)  10 / (7) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    32 / (10) 1.9 22 16 3 / (2)  6 / (5)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    38 / (11) 1.9 27 19 3 / (2)  8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    40 / (12) 1.9 27 20 3 / (2)  8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    45 / (13) 2.4 35 22.5 3 / (2)  8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    50 / (14) 4 40 25 3 / (2)  8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    56 / (15) 4 45 28 3 / (2)  8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    63 / (16) 4 50 31.5 3 / (2)  8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    71 / (17) 4 56 35.5 3 / (2)  8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    76 / (18) 5.6 60 38 3 / (2)  8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    85 / (19) 5.6 66 42.5 3 / (2)  8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    90 / (20) 5.6 70 45 3 / (2)  8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    100 / (21) 5.6 78 50 3 / (2)  8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    2635. Matrix without shoulder, rectangular, Automotive Standard
    subject to alterations
    Matrix without shoulder, slot, Automotive Standard
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Diameter d 2 and end faces ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    l
    10°
    l
    +0,3
    1
    3
    d 2 n5
    1°
    F
    180° 0°
    270°
    90°
    2645.
    2 6 4 5 . 10 F 8 . 1 3 5 0 . 0 6 5 0 A 3

     = (3)
     0° = (A)
     W = 6,5 mm = (0650)
     P = 13,5 mm = (1350)
     12 mm = (8)
     28 mm = (F)
     32 mm = (10)

     = (5)

     = (4)

     = 26
    Ordering example: with anti-rotation element

     Anti-rotation element: Order No
     Pin ∅ 6 mm
     Angle: Order Code character
     Format: Slot, width W
     Format: Slot, length P
     Shape cutting length : l Order No
     Length: l 1 Order Code character
     Diameter: d 2 Order No
     Type: without shoulder Order No
     Automotive Standard
     Version: Order No
     Slot

     Matrix
    ±0,02
    W
    P +0,02
    G = P
    E150
    d 2 / (Order No) W min G max F l / (Order No) l 1 / (Order Code character)
    13
    (A)
    16
    (B)
    20
    (C)
    22
    (D)
    25
    (E)
    28
    (F)
    30
    (G)
    32
    (H)
    35
    (J)
    40
    (K)
    10 / (4) 1.3 6.8 7 3 / (2)  4 / (3)  5 / (4) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    13 / (5) 1.9 8.8 8.2 3 / (2)  5 / (4)  8 / (6) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    16 / (6) 1.9 10.8 9 3 / (2)  5 / (4)  8 / (6) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    20 / (7) 1.9 13.6 11 3 / (2)  6 / (5)  10 / (7) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    22 / (8) 1.9 15 12 3 / (2)  6 / (5)  10 / (7) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    25 / (9) 1.9 17 13.5 3 / (2)  6 / (5)  10 / (7) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    32 / (10) 1.9 22 16 3 / (2)  6 / (5)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    38 / (11) 1.9 27 19 3 / (2)  8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    40 / (12) 1.9 27 20 3 / (2)  8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    45 / (13) 2.4 35 22.5 3 / (2)  8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    50 / (14) 4 40 25 3 / (2)  8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    56 / (15) 4 45 28 3 / (2)  8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    63 / (16) 4 50 31.5 3 / (2)  8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    71 / (17) 4 56 35.5 3 / (2)  8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    76 / (18) 5.6 60 38 3 / (2)  8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    85 / (19) 5.6 66 42.5 3 / (2)  8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    90 / (20) 5.6 70 45 3 / (2)  8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    100 / (21) 5.6 78 50 3 / (2)  8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    2645. Matrix without shoulder, slot, Automotive Standard
    subject to alterations
    Matrix without shoulder, rectangle with radiused corners,
    Automotive Standard
    2 6 5 5 . 10 F 8 . 1 3 5 0 . 0 6 5 0 A 3

     = (3)
     0° = (A)
     W = 6,5 mm = (0650)
     P = 13,5 mm = (1350)
     12 mm = (8)
     28 mm = (F)
     32 mm = (10)

     = (5)

     = (5)

    Ordering example: with anti-rotation element

     Anti-rotation element: Order No
     Pin ∅ 6 mm
     Angle: Order Code character
     Format: Rectangle with radiused corners, width W
     Format: Rectangle with radiused corners, length P
     Shape cutting length : l Order No
     Length: l 1 Order Code character
     Diameter: d 2 Order No
     Type: without shoulder Order No
     Automotive Standard
     Version: Order No
     Rectangle with radiused corners
     Matrixes:
     26 Matrixes
    ±0,02
    W
    P +0,02
    G
    R 0,5 ±0,01 *
    G = (P−1.0) 2 +(W−1.0) 2 +1
    l
    10°
    l
    +0,3
    1
    3
    d 2 n5
    1°
    F
    180° 0°
    270°
    90°
    2655.
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Diameter d 2 and end faces ground.
    Special dimensions on request.
    * For other radius options, see standardised
    special shapes.
    E151
    d 2 / (Order No) W min G max F l / (Order No) l 1 / (Order Code character)
    13
    (A)
    16
    (B)
    20
    (C)
    22
    (D)
    25
    (E)
    28
    (F)
    30
    (G)
    32
    (H)
    35
    (J)
    40
    (K)
    10 / (4) 1.3 6.8 7 3 / (2)  4 / (3)  5 / (4) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    13 / (5) 1.9 8.8 8.2 3 / (2)  5 / (4)  8 / (6) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    16 / (6) 1.9 10.8 9 3 / (2)  5 / (4)  8 / (6) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    20 / (7) 1.9 13.6 11 3 / (2)  6 / (5)  10 / (7) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    22 / (8) 1.9 15 12 3 / (2)  6 / (5)  10 / (7) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    25 / (9) 1.9 17 13.5 3 / (2)  6 / (5)  10 / (7) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    32 / (10) 1.9 22 16 3 / (2)  6 / (5)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    38 / (11) 1.9 27 19 3 / (2)  8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    40 / (12) 1.9 27 20 3 / (2)  8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    45 / (13) 2.4 35 22.5 3 / (2)  8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    50 / (14) 4 40 25 3 / (2)  8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    56 / (15) 4 45 28 3 / (2)  8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    63 / (16) 4 50 31.5 3 / (2)  8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    71 / (17) 4 56 35.5 3 / (2)  8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    76 / (18) 5.6 60 38 3 / (2)  8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    85 / (19) 5.6 66 42.5 3 / (2)  8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    90 / (20) 5.6 70 45 3 / (2)  8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    100 / (21) 5.6 78 50 3 / (2)  8 / (6)  12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ●
    2655. Matrix without shoulder, rectangle with radiused corners, Automotive Standard
    subject to alterations
    Guide bush for punch DIN 9845, Shape C
    r
    Øt
    l 1
    H7
    1
    d
    2
    d
    n6 A
    A
    starting
    lead
    262.
    Material:
    Case hardened steel
    Hardness 740 ± 40 HV 10
    Execution:
    Diameters d 1 , d 2 and starting lead ground.
    E152
    d 1
    Gradation
    d 1 d 2 t l 1 r
    0.5 - 1 0.1 5 0.01 9 1
    1.1 - 2 0.1 6 0.01 12 1
    2.1 - 3 0.1 7 0.01 12 1
    3.1 - 4 0.1 8 0.01 12 1
    4.1 - 5 0.1 10 0.01 16 1
    5.1 - 6 0.1 12 0.02 16 1.5
    6.1 - 8 0.1 15 0.02 20 1.5
    8.1 - 10 0.1 18 0.02 20 2
    10.1 - 12 0.1 22 0.02 28 2
    12.1 - 15 0.1 26 0.02 28 2
    15.1 - 18 0.5 30 0.02 36 2
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide bush for punch DIN 9845, Shape C =262.1.
    Guide diameter d 1 0.5 mm = 0050.
    Length l 1 9 mm = 009
    Order No =262.1. 0050. 009
    262. Guide bush for punch DIN 9845,
    Shape C
    subject to alterations
    Guide bush for punch ISO 8978
    Material:
    WS
    Hardness 60 ± 2 HRC
    Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die components see at the
    beginning of Chapter E.
    Execution:
    Diameters d 1 , d 2 and starting lead ground.
    2621.
    E153
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide bush for punch ISO 8978 =2621.1.
    Guide diameter d 1 1 mm = 0100.
    External diameter d 2 5 mm = 0500
    Order No =2621.1.0100. 0500
    d 1
    Gradation
    d 1 d 2 l 1 r
    1 - 2.4 0.1 5 8 1
    1.6 - 3 0.1 6 12.5 1
    2 - 3.5 0.1 8 12.5 1.5
    3 - 5 0.1 10 16 2
    4 - 7.2 0.1 13 16 2
    6 - 8.8 0.1 16 20 2
    7.5 - 11.3 0.1 20 20 2.5
    11 - 16.6 0.1 25 25 2.5
    15 - 20 0.5 32 25 4
    18 - 27 0.5 40 32 4
    26 - 36 0.5 50 40 4
    2621. Guide bush for punch ISO 8978
    subject to alterations
    Matrix without collar, DIN 9845 Shape A
    +0,5
    l 1
    30'
    d 1 H8
    d 2 n6
    d 4 ±0,1
    l 2
    Starting lead
    260.
    Material:
    HSS
    Order No 260.3.
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die components see at the
    beginning of Chapter E.
    Execution:
    Diameters d 1 , d 2 and face surfaces ground.
    d 4 : For d 1 ≤ 2 mm, d 4 = d 1 + 0,3
    For d 1 = 2,1 mm to 4,0 mm, d 4 = d 1 + 0,5
    For d 1 = 4,1 mm to 8,0 mm, d 4 = d 1 + 0,7
    For d 1 ≥ 8,1 mm, d 4 = d 1 + 1
    Other diameters on request.
    E154
    d 1
    Gradation
    d 1 d 2 l 2 l 2
    l 1 =20 l 1 =28
    0.5 - 1 0.1 5 18
    1.1 - 2 0.1 6 17 25
    2.1 - 3 0.1 7 17 25
    3.1 - 4 0.1 8 17 25
    4.1 - 5 0.1 10 16 24
    5.1 - 6 0.1 12 16 24
    6.1 - 8 0.1 15 16 24
    8.1 - 10 0.1 18 16 24
    10.1 - 12 0.1 22 15 23
    12.1 - 15 0.1 26 15 23
    15.1 - 18 0.1 30 23
    Ordering Code (example):
    Matrix without collar, DIN 9845 Shape A =260.3.
    Cutting diameter d 1 0.5 mm = 0050.
    Length l 1 20 mm = 020
    Order No =260.3. 0050. 020
    260. Matrix without collar, DIN 9845
    Shape A
    subject to alterations
    Matrix with collar, DIN 9845 Shape B
    Material:
    HSS
    Order No 261.3.
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die components see at the
    beginning of Chapter E.
    Execution:
    Diameters d 1 , d 2 and face surfaces ground.
    d 4 : For d 1 ≤ 2 mm, d 4 = d 1 + 0,3
    For d 1 = 2,1 mm to 4,0 mm, d 4 = d 1 + 0,5
    For d 1 = 4,1 mm to 8,0 mm, d 4 = d 1 + 0,7
    For d 1 ≥ 8,1 mm, d 4 = d 1 + 1
    Other diameters on request.
    l 3
    +0,5
    l 1
    30'
    d 3
    d 1 H8
    d 2 k6
    d 4 ±0,1
    l 2
    Starting
    lead
    261.
    E155
    Ordering Code (example):
    Matrix with collar, DIN 9845 Shape B =261.3.
    Cutting diameter d 1 0.5 mm = 0050.
    Length l 1 20 mm = 020
    Order No =261.3. 0050. 020
    d 1
    Gradation
    d 1 d 2 d 3 l 2 l 3 l 2 l 3
    l 1 =20 l 1 =20 l 1 =28 l 1 =28
    0.5 - 1 0.1 5 7 18 16
    1.1 - 2 0.1 6 8 17 16 25 24
    2.1 - 3 0.1 7 9 17 16 25 24
    3.1 - 4 0.1 8 10 17 16 25 24
    4.1 - 5 0.1 10 12 16 16 24 24
    5.1 - 6 0.1 12 14 16 16 24 24
    6.1 - 8 0.1 15 17 16 16 24 24
    8.1 - 10 0.1 18 20 16 16 24 24
    10.1 - 12 0.1 22 24 15 16 23 24
    12.1 - 15 0.1 26 28 15 16 23 24
    15.1 - 18 0.1 30 32 23 24
    261. Matrix with collar, DIN 9845 Shape B
    subject to alterations
    Matrix without collar, cylindrical
    +0,01
    +0,7
    +0,5
    f
    5 +0,5
    l 1 +0,5
    2 m5
    d
    4 1
    d = d
    l
    *d 1
    A
    2602.
    Material:
    HSS
    Order No. 2602.3.
    Hardness 64 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Diameter d 2 and end faces ground.
    Key flats parallel with reference axis “A” unless otherwise specified.
    *d 1 = size over corners
    With starting holes for wire-EDM as per 2601.
    b +0,01
    a +0,01
    a +0,01 a +0,01
    a +0,01
    b +0,01
    b +0,01
    b +0,01
    d
    +0,01
    5
    3
    1
    2
    5 4
    E156
    d 1 , d 5 d 2 l f l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1
    16 19 22 25 28 32
    1.8 - 3.2 8 3 1 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    2 - 5 10 3 1 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    3 - 7 13 3 1.5 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    5 - 8 16 5 1.5 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    7 - 11 20 5 1.5 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    11 - 16 25 5 2.5 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    16 - 19 32 7 2.5 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    19 - 28 40 7 2.5 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Matrix without collar, cylindrical =2602.3.
    Locating diameter d 2 8 mm = 008.
    Length l 1 16 mm = 016.
    Die shape Shape Square = 1.
    Width of die shape a 1.2 mm = 0120.
    Die shape length b 1.2 mm = 0120
    Order No =2602.3. 008. 016. 1. 0120. 0120
    2602. Matrix without collar, cylindrical
    subject to alterations
    Matrix with collar, cylindrical
    Material:
    HSS
    Order No. 2612.3.
    Hardness 64 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Diameter d 2 and end faces ground.
    Key flats parallel with reference axis “A” unless otherwise specified.
    *d 1 = size over corners
    With starting holes for wire-EDM as per 2611.
    b +0,01
    a +0,01
    a +0,01 a +0,01
    a +0,01
    b +0,01
    b +0,01
    b +0,01
    d
    +0,01
    5
    3
    1
    2
    5 4
    3
    d
    +0,2
    5
    l 1 +0,5
    2 m5
    d
    *d 1
    l
    A
    2612.
    +0,7
    +0,5 4 1
    d = d
    E157
    Ordering Code (example):
    Matrix with collar, cylindrical =2612.3.
    Locating diameter d 2 8 mm = 008.
    Length l 1 16 mm = 016.
    Die shape Shape Square = 1.
    Width of die shape a 1.2 mm = 0120.
    Die shape length b 1.2 mm = 0120
    Order No =2612.3. 008. 016. 1. 0120. 0120
    d 1 , d 5 d 2 d 3 l F l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1
    16 19 22 25 28 32
    1.8 - 3.2 8 11 3 1 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    2 - 5 10 13 3 1 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    3 - 7 13 16 3 1.5 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    5 - 8 16 19 5 1.5 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    7 - 11 20 23 5 1.5 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    11 - 16 25 28 5 2.5 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    16 - 19 32 35 7 2.5 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    19 - 28 40 43 7 2.5 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    2612. Matrix with collar, cylindrical
    subject to alterations
    Matrix without collar, conical
    +0,01
    f
    +0,5
    5
    30'
    1°
    *d 1
    l 1 +0,5
    3
    d 2 m5
    A
    2601.
    Material:
    HSS
    Order No. 2601.3.
    Hardness 64 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Diameter d 2 and end faces ground.
    Key flats parallel with reference axis “A” unless otherwise specified.
    *d 1 = size over corners
    *0 = Execution only with starting hole for wire-EDM
    d 5 +0,01
    d 4 +0,1
    +0,01
    a
    b +0,01
    +0,01
    b +0,01
    a
    0* 1
    3 2
    4 5
    b +0,01
    b +0,01
    +0,01
    a
    +0,01
    a
    E158
    d 1 , d 5 d 2 d 4 f l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1
    16 19 22 25 28 32
    1.6 - 3.2 8 1 1 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    2 - 5 10 1 1 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    3 - 7 13 1.5 1.5 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    5 - 8 16 1.5 1.5 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    7 - 11 20 1.5 1.5 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    11 - 16 25 2.5 2.5 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    16 - 19 32 2.5 2.5 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    19 - 28 40 2.5 2.5 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Matrix without collar, conical =2601.3.
    Locating diameter d 2 8 mm = 008.
    Length l 1 16 mm = 016.
    Die shape Shape Square = 1.
    Width of die shape a 1.2 mm = 0120.
    Die shape length b 1.2 mm = 0120
    Order No =2601.3. 008. 016. 1. 0120. 0120
    2601. Matrix without collar, conical
    subject to alterations
    Matrix with collar, conical
    Material:
    HSS
    Order No. 2611.3.
    Hardness 64 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Diameter d 2 and end faces ground.
    Key flats parallel with reference axis “A” unless otherwise specified.
    *d 1 = size over corners
    *0 = Execution only with starting hole for wire-EDM
    d 5 +0,01
    d 4 +0,1
    +0,01
    a
    b +0,01
    +0,01
    b +0,01
    a
    0* 1
    3 2
    4 5
    b +0,01
    b +0,01
    +0,01
    a
    +0,01
    a
    30'
    d 3
    1°
    *d 1
    l 1 +0,5
    5 +0,2
    3
    d 2 m5
    A
    2611.
    E159
    Ordering Code (example):
    Matrix with collar, conical =2611.3.
    Locating diameter d 2 8 mm = 008.
    Length l 1 16 mm = 016.
    Die shape Shape Square = 1.
    Width of die shape a 1.2 mm = 0120.
    Die shape length b 1.2 mm = 0120
    Order No =2611.3.008. 016. 1. 0120. 0120
    d 1 , d 5 d 2 d 3 d 4 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1
    16 19 22 25 28 32
    1.6 - 3.2 8 11 1 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    2 - 5 10 13 1 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    3 - 7 13 16 1.5 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    5 - 8 16 19 1.5 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    7 - 11 20 23 1.5 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    11 - 16 25 28 2.5 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    16 - 19 32 35 2.5 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    19 - 28 40 43 2.5 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    2611. Matrix with collar, conical
    subject to alterations E160
    Standardised
    Special Shapes
    Standardised
    Special Shapes
    E161
    2 2 9 1 . . F 4 4 . . .
    2 6 9 6 . . F 4 4 . . .
    0°
    P
    P/2 P/2
    „X“
    0°
    a
    (2), R0.0
    (2), R0.0
    (2), R0.0
    (1), R0.0
    subject to alterations
    Ordering examples
    Special shapes Punches/Matrixes
    (standardised)
    Punch:
    22 without ejector pin
    Special shape
    You will find diameters and
    lengths on the pages of
    punches you have selected.
    Type: Order No
    ISO 8020 = 1
    ball-lock, light duty = 2
    ball-lock, heavy duty = 3
    ball-lock, larger cutting
    edge, light duty
    = 4
    ball-lock, larger cutting
    edge, heavy duty
    = 5
    NB:
    All the parameters
    must be given for
    special shapes!
    Special shape F 44
    Matrixes
    Special shape
    You will find diameters and
    lengths on the pages of cutting
    bushes you have selected.
    Type: Order No
    automotive = 5
    without shoulder
    ISO 8977
    = 6
    with shoulder ISO 8977 = 7
    NB:
    All the parameters
    must be given for
    special shapes!
    Special shape F 44
    Cutting gap (a)
    Roundings with the corresponding sharp corners reduce the cutting gap
    per side (a). If the cutting gap is 0.04 mm (a) or less, FIBRO will round the
    sharp edges if the cutting punch and the matrixes are ordered together.
    This reduces the installation time and the risk of an edge breaking during
    operation.
    Note:
    (1) and (2) - roundings and sharp edges
    (1) rounding on the cutting punch of max. R0.2,
    corresponds to a sharp edge on the matrix
    (2) rounding on the cutting matrix of max. R0.2,
    corresponds to a sharp edge on the punch
    View „X“
    Matrix
    (2), max. R0.2
    (2), max. R0.2
    (2), max. R0.2
    (1), max. R0.2
    Punch
    E162
    (1) (2) (2) (1) (2)
    P
    W
    W W
    P
    P
    W
    W
    W
    W W
    A
    W W W W
    P
    A
    W W W W W
    W
    W
    W
    P
    P
    P
    P
    P
    P
    W W W W
    P
    W W W W W
    W W W
    A A A
    A A
    A A
    A
    P
    180°
    90°
    270°
    F12
    F88
    F85
    F89
    F35
    F37
    F86
    F38
    F36
    F39
    F87
    F90
    F52
    F13
    F14
    F53
    F56
    F54
    F57
    F55
    F58
    F41
    F28
    F22
    F30
    F93
    F29
    F23
    F31
    F64
    F16
    F24
    F32
    F65
    F34
    F25
    F61
    F27
    F26
    F62
    0°
    P
    P
    P
    P
    P
    P
    P
    W
    A
    2
    W
    2
    A
    2
    W
    2
    R
    A
    2
    W
    2
    A
    2
    W
    2
    R
    W
    2
    W
    2
    R
    W
    2
    W
    2
    R
    G
    R
    G
    2
    R =
    P
    W
    2
    R R
    2
    R
    1
    R
    A
    P
    P
    P
    P
    R R R
    S S
    P
    P
    P
    P
    P
    A
    A
    W
    A
    B°
    R
    P
    P
    P
    P
    W
    W
    R R R
    W
    W
    R(4)
    B
    W
    W
    W
    1
    R
    2
    R
    1
    R = 0,683W - 0,183P
    2
    R = 1,183P - 0,683W
    W
    2
    R
    S
    B
    R
    A
    A
    B B
    W
    2
    W
    2
    B
    2
    W
    2
    W
    2
    W
    2
    F11
    R
    P
    W
    F33
    P
    2
    P
    W
    F10
    P
    2
    (2)
    (1)
    (1)
    (2)
    (2)
    (2)
    (1)
    (2)
    (1)
    (2) (2)
    (2)
    (2)
    (2)
    (2) (2) (2)
    (1)
    (2) (2)
    (2)
    (2)
    (2)
    (2)
    (1)
    (2) (2) (1)
    (2)
    (1)
    subject to alterations
    Standardised special shapes
    Round, flattened Key-hole shapes
    Triangles, trapezes
    Various
    Key-hole
    Polygons
    A = number of
    straight edges
    A = number of
    straight edges
    A = number of non-
    straight edges
    A = number of non-
    straight edges
    A = number of teeth
    (only 3, 4, 6 or 8)
    A = number of teeth
    (only 3, 4, 6 or 8)
    (1) (2) (2) (1) (2)
    P
    W
    W W
    P
    P
    W
    W
    W
    W W
    A
    W W W W
    P
    A
    W W W W W
    W
    W
    W
    P
    P
    P
    P
    P
    P
    W W W W
    P
    W W W W W
    W W W
    A A A
    A A
    A A
    A
    P
    180°
    90°
    270°
    F12
    F88
    F85
    F89
    F35
    F37
    F86
    F38
    F36
    F39
    F87
    F90
    F52
    F13
    F14
    F53
    F56
    F54
    F57
    F55
    F58
    F41
    F28
    F22
    F30
    F93
    F29
    F23
    F31
    F64
    F16
    F24
    F32
    F65
    F34
    F25
    F61
    F27
    F26
    F62
    0°
    P
    P
    P
    P
    P
    P
    P
    W
    A
    2
    W
    2
    A
    2
    W
    2
    R
    A
    2
    W
    2
    A
    2
    W
    2
    R
    W
    2
    W
    2
    R
    W
    2
    W
    2
    R
    G
    R
    G
    2
    R =
    P
    W
    2
    R R
    2
    R
    1
    R
    A
    P
    P
    P
    P
    R R R
    S S
    P
    P
    P
    P
    P
    A
    A
    W
    A
    B°
    R
    P
    P
    P
    P
    W
    W
    R R R
    W
    W
    R(4)
    B
    W
    W
    W
    1
    R
    2
    R
    1
    R = 0,683W - 0,183P
    2
    R = 1,183P - 0,683W
    W
    2
    R
    S
    B
    R
    A
    A
    B B
    W
    2
    W
    2
    B
    2
    W
    2
    W
    2
    W
    2
    F11
    R
    P
    W
    F33
    P
    2
    P
    W
    F10
    P
    2
    (2)
    (1)
    (1)
    (2)
    (2)
    (2)
    (1)
    (2)
    (1)
    (2) (2)
    (2)
    (2)
    (2)
    (2) (2) (2)
    (1)
    (2) (2)
    (2)
    (2)
    (2)
    (2)
    (1)
    (2) (2) (1)
    (2)
    (1)
    subject to alterations
    Standardised special shapes
    Round, flattened Key-hole shapes
    Triangles, trapezes
    Various
    Key-hole
    Polygons
    A = number of
    straight edges
    A = number of
    straight edges
    A = number of non-
    straight edges
    A = number of non-
    straight edges
    A = number of teeth
    (only 3, 4, 6 or 8)
    A = number of teeth
    (only 3, 4, 6 or 8)
    E163
    2 2 9 1 . . F 4 4 . . .
    2 6 9 6 . . F 4 4 . . .
    0°
    P
    P/2 P/2
    „X“
    0°
    a
    (2), R0.0
    (2), R0.0
    (2), R0.0
    (1), R0.0
    subject to alterations
    Ordering examples
    Special shapes Punches/Matrixes
    (standardised)
    Punch:
    22 without ejector pin
    Special shape
    You will find diameters and
    lengths on the pages of
    punches you have selected.
    Type: Order No
    ISO 8020 = 1
    ball-lock, light duty = 2
    ball-lock, heavy duty = 3
    ball-lock, larger cutting
    edge, light duty
    = 4
    ball-lock, larger cutting
    edge, heavy duty
    = 5
    NB:
    All the parameters
    must be given for
    special shapes!
    Special shape F 44
    Matrixes
    Special shape
    You will find diameters and
    lengths on the pages of cutting
    bushes you have selected.
    Type: Order No
    automotive = 5
    without shoulder
    ISO 8977
    = 6
    with shoulder ISO 8977 = 7
    NB:
    All the parameters
    must be given for
    special shapes!
    Special shape F 44
    Cutting gap (a)
    Roundings with the corresponding sharp corners reduce the cutting gap
    per side (a). If the cutting gap is 0.04 mm (a) or less, FIBRO will round the
    sharp edges if the cutting punch and the matrixes are ordered together.
    This reduces the installation time and the risk of an edge breaking during
    operation.
    Note:
    (1) and (2) - roundings and sharp edges
    (1) rounding on the cutting punch of max. R0.2,
    corresponds to a sharp edge on the matrix
    (2) rounding on the cutting matrix of max. R0.2,
    corresponds to a sharp edge on the punch
    View „X“
    Matrix
    (2), max. R0.2
    (2), max. R0.2
    (2), max. R0.2
    (1), max. R0.2
    Punch
    E164
    WW
    A A
    W
    A A
    B
    P
    A
    B
    A
    P
    A
    B
    PP
    P
    W
    A
    WW
    PP
    W
    A
    B
    W
    P
    W
    B
    A
    P
    B
    A
    W
    P
    P
    W
    0° 180°
    90°
    270°
    F19 F59 F20 F60 F17 F18
    F46
    F81
    F50
    F51
    F68
    F73
    F69
    F74
    F70
    F75
    F71
    F76
    F72
    F77
    F82
    F78
    F47
    F79
    F83
    F48
    F49
    F80
    F84
    F21
    F44
    F91
    F66
    F92
    F45
    F15
    F67
    A A
    2
    P
    A A
    2
    P
    A
    P
    A
    P
    A
    P
    A A
    2
    R
    W W W W
    R
    W
    A
    2
    B
    A
    W
    P
    R
    P
    P
    W W
    B
    R
    A
    S
    A
    R
    W
    B
    A
    P
    W
    A
    2
    B
    2
    A
    B
    P
    R
    A
    R
    W
    P
    B
    A
    2
    B
    2
    A
    B
    P
    A
    2
    R
    B
    2
    A
    B
    W
    P
    W
    A
    B
    P
    A
    R
    B
    2
    2
    A
    B
    W
    P
    A
    B
    PP
    P
    WW
    W
    A
    2
    B
    2
    R
    WW
    W
    P
    B
    PP
    A
    2
    B
    2
    R
    R
    W
    A
    R
    B
    PP
    P
    WW
    W
    A
    R
    W
    P
    B
    B
    PP
    W
    A
    WW
    P
    R
    W
    B
    P
    W
    B
    P
    W
    B
    2
    A
    B
    P
    B
    2
    W
    A
    B
    P
    B
    2
    W
    A
    B
    P
    B
    2
    R R
    B
    P
    A
    W
    R
    B
    P
    W
    R
    B
    P
    W
    R
    B
    2
    B
    P
    A
    W
    R
    B
    2
    B
    P
    A
    W
    R
    B
    2
    S S
    (1) (1)
    (2) (2)
    (1) (1)
    (1)
    (2)
    (1) (2)
    (2) (2)
    (1)
    (2)
    (1)
    (2)
    (1)
    (2)
    (1)
    (1)
    (2)
    (1)
    (2)
    (1)
    (1)
    (2)
    (1)
    (1)
    (2) (2)
    (2) (2)
    (1) (2) (1) (2)
    (1)
    (2)
    (1)
    (2)
    (1) (1)
    (2) (2) (2)
    subject to alterations
    Double T-shapes
    Multi key-hole shapes
    Simple T-shapes
    L-shapes
    U-shapes
    Standardised special shapes
    WW
    A A
    W
    A A
    B
    P
    A
    B
    A
    P
    A
    B
    PP
    P
    W
    A
    WW
    PP
    W
    A
    B
    W
    P
    W
    B
    A
    P
    B
    A
    W
    P
    P
    W
    0° 180°
    90°
    270°
    F19 F59 F20 F60 F17 F18
    F46
    F81
    F50
    F51
    F68
    F73
    F69
    F74
    F70
    F75
    F71
    F76
    F72
    F77
    F82
    F78
    F47
    F79
    F83
    F48
    F49
    F80
    F84
    F21
    F44
    F91
    F66
    F92
    F45
    F15
    F67
    A A
    2
    P
    A A
    2
    P
    A
    P
    A
    P
    A
    P
    A A
    2
    R
    W W W W
    R
    W
    A
    2
    B
    A
    W
    P
    R
    P
    P
    W W
    B
    R
    A
    S
    A
    R
    W
    B
    A
    P
    W
    A
    2
    B
    2
    A
    B
    P
    R
    A
    R
    W
    P
    B
    A
    2
    B
    2
    A
    B
    P
    A
    2
    R
    B
    2
    A
    B
    W
    P
    W
    A
    B
    P
    A
    R
    B
    2
    2
    A
    B
    W
    P
    A
    B
    PP
    P
    WW
    W
    A
    2
    B
    2
    R
    WW
    W
    P
    B
    PP
    A
    2
    B
    2
    R
    R
    W
    A
    R
    B
    PP
    P
    WW
    W
    A
    R
    W
    P
    B
    B
    PP
    W
    A
    WW
    P
    R
    W
    B
    P
    W
    B
    P
    W
    B
    2
    A
    B
    P
    B
    2
    W
    A
    B
    P
    B
    2
    W
    A
    B
    P
    B
    2
    R R
    B
    P
    A
    W
    R
    B
    P
    W
    R
    B
    P
    W
    R
    B
    2
    B
    P
    A
    W
    R
    B
    2
    B
    P
    A
    W
    R
    B
    2
    S S
    (1) (1)
    (2) (2)
    (1) (1)
    (1)
    (2)
    (1) (2)
    (2) (2)
    (1)
    (2)
    (1)
    (2)
    (1)
    (2)
    (1)
    (1)
    (2)
    (1)
    (2)
    (1)
    (1)
    (2)
    (1)
    (1)
    (2) (2)
    (2) (2)
    (1) (2) (1) (2)
    (1)
    (2)
    (1)
    (2)
    (1) (1)
    (2) (2) (2)
    subject to alterations
    Double T-shapes
    Multi key-hole shapes
    Simple T-shapes
    L-shapes
    U-shapes
    Standardised special shapes
    E165
    subject to alterations
    Dynamic stripping element (DAE)
    Description:
    The dynamic stripper is used in blanking tools for punching operations
    using material up to 2 mm thick. The stripper is below the die. It is
    similar in shape to a segmented chuck. After the punching operation
    the punch enters the stripper with the punch waste still attached. The
    dynamic stripper opens up to receive the punch. On the return stroke
    the dynamic stripper strips the punch waste from the punch. The strip-
    ping element diameter d 1 is manufactured 0.2 mm smaller than the
    diameter p of the punch. To ensure reliable stripping the minimum
    entry depth into the dynamic stripper must be no less than 1 mm.
    The dynamic stripper can help to protect both the tool and the product
    from damage and also accelerate the production rate.
    Material:
    Steel, hardened
    d
    19
    5
    6x60°
    l -0,1
    0
    d 5
    d 6 -0,05
    -0,01
    M
    8
    d 1 -0,2
    O-ring
    2618.
    Punch with
    ejector pin
    2618.
    Dynamic Stripper
    (DAE)
    Material
    Matrix
    O-ring
    Punching waste
    d 4
    0
    +0.05
    d 7
    p
    24-26
    0
    +0.05
    20
    0
    +0.05
    5
    Punch with
    ejector pin
    Matrix
    +0.05
    p
    d 4
    0
    d 7
    Punch with
    ejector pin
    Matrix
    20
    0
    +0.05
    15
    0
    +0.05
    5
    Mounting example
    Mounting example
    E166
    subject to alterations
    Dynamic stripping element (DAE)
    E167
    Cutting punch
    p
    Diameter steps 0.01
    DAE
    d 1
    Order- ∅ d 5 d 6 l M
    Matrix
    d 4 d 7
    3.00-3.09 3 7 11 19.95 M6 8 11
    3.10-3.19 3.1 7 11 19.95 M6 8 11
    3.20-3.29 3.2 7 11 19.95 M6 8 11
    3.30-3.39 3.3 7 11 19.95 M6 8 11
    3.40-3.49 3.4 7 11 19.95 M6 8 11
    3.50-3.59 3.5 7 11 19.95 M6 8 11
    3.60-3.69 3.6 7 11 19.95 M6 8 11
    3.70-3.79 3.7 7 11 19.95 M6 8 11
    3.80-3.89 3.8 7 11 19.95 M6 8 11
    3.90-3.99 3.9 7 11 19.95 M6 8 11
    4.00-4.09 4 7 11 19.95 M6 8 11
    4.10-4.19 4.1 8 12 19.95 M8 9 12
    4.20-4.29 4.2 8 12 19.95 M8 9 12
    4.30-4.39 4.3 8 12 19.95 M8 9 12
    4.40-4.49 4.4 8 12 19.95 M8 9 12
    4.50-4.59 4.5 8 12 19.95 M8 9 12
    4.60-4.69 4.6 8 12 19.95 M8 9 12
    4.70-4.79 4.7 8 12 19.95 M8 9 12
    4.80-4.89 4.8 8 12 19.95 M8 9 12
    4.90-4.99 4.9 8 12 19.95 M8 9 12
    5.00-5.09 5 8 12 19.95 M8 9 12
    5.10-5.19 5.1 9 13 19.95 M8 10 13
    5.20-5.29 5.2 9 13 19.95 M8 10 13
    5.30-5.39 5.3 9 13 19.95 M8 10 13
    5.40-5.49 5.4 9 13 19.95 M8 10 13
    5.50-5.59 5.5 9 13 19.95 M8 10 13
    5.60-5.69 5.6 9 13 19.95 M8 10 13
    5.70-5.79 5.7 9 13 19.95 M8 10 13
    5.80-5.89 5.8 9 13 19.95 M8 10 13
    5.90-5.99 5.9 9 13 19.95 M8 10 13
    6.00-6.09 6 9 13 19.95 M8 10 13
    6.10-6.19 6.1 10 14 19.95 M10 11 14
    6.20-6.29 6.2 10 14 19.95 M10 11 14
    6.30-6.39 6.3 10 14 19.95 M10 11 14
    6.40-6.49 6.4 10 14 19.95 M10 11 14
    6.50-6.59 6.5 10 14 19.95 M10 11 14
    6.60-6.69 6.6 10 14 19.95 M10 11 14
    6.70-6.79 6.7 10 14 19.95 M10 11 14
    6.80-6.89 6.8 10 14 19.95 M10 11 14
    6.90-6.99 6.9 10 14 19.95 M10 11 14
    7.00-7.09 7 10 14 19.95 M10 11 14
    7.10-7.19 7.1 11 15 19.95 M10 12 15
    7.20-7.29 7.2 11 15 19.95 M10 12 15
    7.30-7.39 7.3 11 15 19.95 M10 12 15
    7.40-7.49 7.4 11 15 19.95 M10 12 15
    7.50-7.59 7.5 11 15 19.95 M10 12 15
    7.60-7.69 7.6 11 15 19.95 M10 12 15
    7.70-7.79 7.7 11 15 19.95 M10 12 15
    7.80-7.89 7.8 11 15 19.95 M10 12 15
    7.90-7.99 7.9 11 15 19.95 M10 12 15
    8.00-8.09 8 11 15 19.95 M10 12 15
    Ordering Code (example):
    Dynamic stripping element (DAE) =2618.
    External diameter d 5 7 mm = 07.
    Order length BL 20 mm = 020.
    Order diameter d 1 3 mm = 0300
    Order No =2618. 07.020. 0300
    2618. Dynamic stripping element (DAE)
    subject to alterations
    Diameter-d 2
    Diameter-d 2
    P P
    l - Length
    1
    l - Length
    1
    l - Shape
    cutting length
    l - Shape
    cutting length
    d 4 d 4
    Ordering Code (example)
    Matrixes for Dynamic Stripper (DAE)
    Note:
    See table
    for standard dimensions
    Matrixes
    for Dynamic Stripper (DAE)
    Version Order No
    blank
    (pilot hole bore)
    = 0
    Diameter d 2 Order No
    13 = 5
    16 = 6
    20 = 7
    Length l 1 Order Code character
    25 = E
    Shape cutting length l Order No
    5 = 4
    Type Order No
    without collar for DAE = 6
    with collar for DAE = 7
    d 4 = 9 mm
    Ordering Code (example):
    2618.06.6E4.09
    5
    ø16
    ø9
    25
    ø1,2
    Starting
    lead
    d 4 = 9 mm (09)
    Shape cutting length:
    l = 5 mm (4)
    Length:
    l 1 = 25 mm (E)
    Diameter:
    d 2 = 16 mm (6)
    Type: without collar for
    Dynamic Stripper DAE (6)
    Version:
    Blank
    (pilot hole bore) (0)
    Matrix
    for Dynamic Stripper
    (DAE) (2618)
    P
    d 4 d 4
    Diameter-d 2
    Diameter-d 2
    l - Length
    1
    l - Shape
    cutting length
    l - Length
    1
    l - Shape
    cutting length
    P
    Matrixes
    for Dynamic Stripper (DAE)
    Version Order No
    Round = 1
    Diameter d 2 Order No
    13 = 5
    16 = 6
    20 = 7
    Length l 1 Order Code character
    25 = E
    Shape cutting length l Order No
    5 = 4
    Type Order No
    without collar for DAE = 6
    with collar for DAE = 7
    Shape: Round, P = 4,31 mm
    Ordering Code (example):
    2618.16.6E4.0431
    5
    ø16
    ø9
    25
    ø4,31
    Starting
    lead
    Shape:
    Round, P = 4,31 mm (0431)
    Shape cutting length:
    l = 5 mm (4)
    Shape cutting length:
    l 1 = 25 mm (E)
    Diameter:
    d 2 = 16 mm (6)
    Type: without collar for
    Dynamic Stripper DAE (6)
    Version:
    Round (1)
    Matrix for
    Dynamic Stripper
    (DAE) (2618)
    E168
    subject to alterations
    Diameter-d 2
    Diameter-d 2
    P P
    l - Length
    1
    l - Length
    1
    l - Shape
    cutting length
    l - Shape
    cutting length
    d 4 d 4
    Ordering Code (example)
    Matrixes for Dynamic Stripper (DAE)
    Note:
    See table
    for standard dimensions
    Matrixes
    for Dynamic Stripper (DAE)
    Version Order No
    blank
    (pilot hole bore)
    = 0
    Diameter d 2 Order No
    13 = 5
    16 = 6
    20 = 7
    Length l 1 Order Code character
    25 = E
    Shape cutting length l Order No
    5 = 4
    Type Order No
    without collar for DAE = 6
    with collar for DAE = 7
    d 4 = 9 mm
    Ordering Code (example):
    2618.06.6E4.09
    5
    ø16
    ø9
    25
    ø1,2
    Starting
    lead
    d 4 = 9 mm (09)
    Shape cutting length:
    l = 5 mm (4)
    Length:
    l 1 = 25 mm (E)
    Diameter:
    d 2 = 16 mm (6)
    Type: without collar for
    Dynamic Stripper DAE (6)
    Version:
    Blank
    (pilot hole bore) (0)
    Matrix
    for Dynamic Stripper
    (DAE) (2618)
    P
    d 4 d 4
    Diameter-d 2
    Diameter-d 2
    l - Length
    1
    l - Shape
    cutting length
    l - Length
    1
    l - Shape
    cutting length
    P
    Matrixes
    for Dynamic Stripper (DAE)
    Version Order No
    Round = 1
    Diameter d 2 Order No
    13 = 5
    16 = 6
    20 = 7
    Length l 1 Order Code character
    25 = E
    Shape cutting length l Order No
    5 = 4
    Type Order No
    without collar for DAE = 6
    with collar for DAE = 7
    Shape: Round, P = 4,31 mm
    Ordering Code (example):
    2618.16.6E4.0431
    5
    ø16
    ø9
    25
    ø4,31
    Starting
    lead
    Shape:
    Round, P = 4,31 mm (0431)
    Shape cutting length:
    l = 5 mm (4)
    Shape cutting length:
    l 1 = 25 mm (E)
    Diameter:
    d 2 = 16 mm (6)
    Type: without collar for
    Dynamic Stripper DAE (6)
    Version:
    Round (1)
    Matrix for
    Dynamic Stripper
    (DAE) (2618)
    subject to alterations
    Matrix without collar for dynamic stripper (DAE), blank
    2 6 1 8 . 0 6 . 6 E 4 . 0 9
    9 mm = 09
    5 mm = (4)
    25 mm = (E)
    16 mm = (6)
     = (6)
     = (0)
     = 18
     = 26
    Diameter d 4
    Shape cutting length: l Order number
    Length: l 1 Order code character
    Diameter d 2 Order number
    Type: Order number
    without sholder for DAE
    Version: Order number
    Blank (pilot hole bore)
    for Dynamic Stripper
    (DAE)
    Matrix
    Ordering-code (example):
    +0.05
    (l) 20
    +0.05
    +0.1
    d 4
    d 2 n5
    p
    d 7
    l 1 +0.5
    5
    Starting lead
    2618.06.
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Diameter d 2 , starting lead and face surfaces
    ground.
    Diameter P is a bored pilot hole for wire EDM.
    Note:
    Order dynamic stripping element (DAE) sepa-
    rately.
    E169
    d 2 d 4 d 7 p l l 1
    13 8 11 1.2 5 25
    16 9 12 1.2 5 25
    16 10 13 1.5 5 25
    20 11 14 1.5 5 25
    20 12 15 1.5 5 25
    2618.06. Matrix without collar for dynamic stripper (DAE), blank
    subject to alterations
    Matrix with collar for dynamic stripper (DAE), blank
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Diameter d 2 , starting lead and face surfaces
    ground.
    Diameter P is a bored pilot hole for wire EDM.
    Note:
    Order dynamic stripping element (DAE) sepa-
    rately.
    +0.1
    d 4
    d 2 m5
    p
    d 7
    d 3 -0.25
    +0.05
    5
    +0.25
    (l) 20
    +0.05
    l 1 +0.5
    5
    Starting
    lead
    2618.07.
    2 6 1 8 . 0 7 . 6 E 4 . 0 9
    9 mm = 09
    5 mm = (4)
    25 mm = (E)
    16 mm = (6)
     = (7)
     = (0)
     = 18
     = 26
    Diameter d 4
    Shape cutting length: l Order number
    Length: l 1 Order code character
    Diameter d 2 Order number
    Type: Order number
    with sholder for DAE
    Version: Order number
    Blank (pilot hole bore)
    for Dynamic Stripper
    (DAE)
    Matrix
    Ordering-code (example):
    E170
    d 2 d 3 d 4 d 7 p l l 1
    13 16 8 11 1.2 5 25
    16 19 9 12 1.2 5 25
    16 19 10 13 1.5 5 25
    20 23 11 14 1.5 5 25
    20 23 12 15 1.5 5 25
    2618.07. Matrix with collar for dynamic stripper (DAE), blank
    subject to alterations
    Matrix without collar for dynamic stripper (DAE), round
    2 6 1 8 . 1 6 . 6 E 4 . 0 9
    9 mm = 09
    5 mm = (4)
    25 mm = (E)
    16 mm = (6)
     = (6)
     = (1)
     = 18
     = 26
    Diameter d 4
    Shape cutting length: l Order number
    Length: l 1 Order code character
    Diameter d 2 Order number
    Type: Order number
    without sholder for DAE
    Version: Order number
    Round
    for Dynamic Stripper
    (DAE)
    Matrix
    Ordering-code (example):
    Mounting example
    l
    +0.01
    p
    d 7
    d 2 n5
    d 4 /d 5
    H7
    d 1
    p
    ejector pin
    Punch with
    l 1 +0.5
    +0.05
    5
    Plate
    +0.01
    +0.05
    (l) 20
    +0.05
    d 4
    d 2 n5
    d 7
    l 1 +0.5
    5
    Starting lead
    p
    2618.16.
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Diameter d 2 , starting lead and end faces
    ground.
    Note:
    Order dynamic stripping element (DAE) sepa-
    rately.
    E171
    d 2 d 4 d 7 l l 1
    Matrix
    Diameter steps 0.01
    P
    DAE
    d 5
    d 1
    Diameter steps 0.1
    13 8 11 5 25 3 - 4.29 7 3-4
    16 9 12 5 25 4.3 - 5.29 8 4.1-5
    16 10 13 5 25 5.3 - 6.29 9 5.1-6
    20 11 14 5 25 6.3 - 7.29 10 6.1-7
    20 12 15 5 25 7.3 - 8.29 11 7.1-8
    2618.16. Matrix without collar for dynamic stripper (DAE), round
    subject to alterations
    Matrix with collar for dynamic stripper (DAE), round
    Material:
    HSS
    Hardness 62 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    Diameter d 2 , starting lead and end faces
    ground.
    Note:
    Order dynamic stripping element (DAE) sepa-
    rately.
    Starting
    lead
    +0.01
    d 4
    d 2 m5
    p
    +0.05
    5
    d 7
    d 3 -0.25
    +0.25
    (l) 20
    +0.05
    l 1 +0.5
    5
    2618.17.
    2 6 1 8 . 1 7 . 6 E 4 . 0 9
    9 mm = 09
    5 mm = (4)
    25 mm = (E)
    16 mm = (6)
     = (7)
     = (1)
     = 18
     = 26
    Diameter d 4
    Shape cutting length: l Order number
    Length: l 1 Order code character
    Diameter d 2 Order number
    Type: Order number
    with sholder for DAE
    Version: Order number
    Round
    for Dynamic Stripper
    (DAE)
    Matrix
    Ordering-code (example):
    Mounting example
    l
    +0.01
    p
    d 7
    d 3 -0.25
    d 2 m5
    d 4 /d 5
    H7
    d 1
    p
    ejector pin
    Punch with
    l 1 +0.5
    +0.05
    5
    Plate
    E172
    d 2 d 3 d 4 d 7 l l 1
    Matrix
    Diameter steps 0.01
    P
    DAE
    d 5
    d 1
    Diameter steps 0.1
    13 16 8 11 5 25 3 - 4.29 7 3-4
    16 19 9 12 5 25 4.3 - 5.29 8 4.1-5
    16 19 10 13 5 25 5.3 - 6.29 9 5.1-6
    20 23 11 14 5 25 6.3 - 7.29 10 6.1-7
    20 23 12 15 5 25 7.3 - 8.29 11 7.1-8
    2618.17. Matrix with collar for dynamic stripper (DAE), round
    Retainers for
    ball-lock punches
    Retainers for
    ball-lock punches
    E173
    subject to alterations
    Triangle retainer for ball-lock punches, light duty
    Execution:
    Version for metal thicknesses up to 3 mm. The punch locating hole d 2 is
    manufactured to a tolerance of ± 0.01 mm relative to the 6 stud holes
    H7. This ensures the interchangeability of the locating plate with other
    polygon versions.
    Note:
    Special punch retainers available to order.
    1) Contours may vary. Maximum dimensions are specified in the table.
    d
    d
    18
    15
    15
    t
    b +0,8 1)
    3
    a ±0,2
    3
    a ±0,2
    ±0,01
    e 3
    ±0,01
    e 3
    +0,8 1)
    r 1
    r 2
    a
    30°
    2
    e ±0,01
    1
    a ±0,2
    4
    a x 45°
    1
    e ±0,01
    1)
    m6
    ø6 H7
    H7
    d 4
    32
    6,3
    M8
    d
    H6
    2
    1
    M4
    M4 x 20
    M8 x 10
    øK
    x
    1)
    2664.05.
    E174
    Order No d d 1 d 2 d 4 a a 1 a 3 a 4 b e 1 e 2 e 3 ∅ K t r 1 r 2 x
    2664.05.10 9 15 10 6 44.5 19 11.1 10 43.7 7.5 26.925 9 8 9 9.5 12 8.2
    2664.05.13 9 15 13 6 50.8 19 14.3 12 50 6.5 29.97 12 8 9 12.7 15.2 9.5
    2664.05.16 9 15 16 6 54 19 15.9 13 53.2 6 31.75 13.5 8 9 14.3 16.8 11.2
    2664.05.20 11 18 20 6 60.3 19 17.5 14 59.5 5 33.53 16.5 8 11 17.5 20 13.2
    2664.05.25 13.5 20 25 6 69.9 23.8 19.8 16 69.1 7 40.64 22 8 13.5 22.2 24.7 15.7
    2664.05.32 13.5 20 32 6 69.9 23.8 19.8 16 69.1 7 40.64 22 8 13.5 22.2 24.7 19.25
    2664.05.38 13.5 20 38 6 77.4 27 24 18 76.6 10 43.993 26 8 13.5 26 28.5 22.25
    2664.05. Triangle retainer for ball-lock punches, light duty
    subject to alterations
    Triangle retainer for ball-lock punches, heavy duty
    +0,8 1)
    a
    ±0,01
    e 3
    ±0,01
    e 3
    d
    d
    b +0,8 1)
    3
    a ±0,2
    3
    a ±0,2
    r 2
    1
    2
    e ±0,01
    1
    a ±0,2
    4
    a x 45°
    1)
    M8
    d
    H6
    2
    M4
    M4 x 20
    M8 x 10
    øK
    41
    6,3
    28
    25
    15
    t
    m6
    ø6 H7
    H7
    d 4
    r 1
    1
    e ±0,01
    x
    30° 1)
    2664.06.
    Execution:
    Version for metal thicknesses > 3 mm/max. 6 mm. The punch locating
    hole d 2 is manufactured to a tolerance of ± 0.01 mm relative to the 6
    stud holes H7. This ensures the interchangeability of the locating plate
    with other polygon versions.
    Note:
    Special punch retainers available to order.
    1) Contours may vary. Maximum dimensions are specified in the table.
    E175
    Order No d d 1 d 2 d 4 a a 1 a 3 a 4 b e 1 e 2 e 3 ∅ K t r 1 r 2 x
    2664.06.10 9 15 10 6 44.5 19 11.1 10 43.7 7.5 26.925 9 10 9 9.5 12 9.8
    2664.06.13 9 15 13 6 50.8 19 14.3 12 50 6.5 29.97 12 12 9 12.7 15.2 11.3
    2664.06.16 9 15 16 6 54 19 15.9 13 53.2 6 31.75 13.5 12 9 14.3 16.8 12.8
    2664.06.20 11 18 20 6 60.3 19 17.5 14 59.5 5 33.53 16.5 12 11 17.5 20 14.8
    2664.06.25 13.5 20 25 6 69.9 23.8 19.8 16 69.1 7 40.64 22 12 13.5 22.2 24.7 17.3
    2664.06.32 13.5 20 32 6 69.9 23.8 19.8 16 69.1 7 40.64 22 12 13.5 22.2 24.7 20.8
    2664.06.40 13.5 20 40 6 77.4 27 24 18 76.6 10 43.993 26 12 13.5 26 28.5 24.8
    2664.06. Triangle retainer for ball-lock punches, heavy duty
    subject to alterations
    Triangle retainer for ball-lock punches, light duty
    Execution:
    Version for metal thicknesses up to 3 mm. The punch locating hole d 2 is
    manufactured to a tolerance of ± 0.01 mm relative to the 6 stud holes
    H7. This ensures the interchangeability of the locating plate with other
    polygon versions.
    Note:
    Special punch retainers available to order.
    1) Contours may vary. Maximum dimensions are specified in the table.
    m6
    ø6 H7
    H7
    d 4
    32
    6,3
    18
    15
    15
    t
    M8
    d
    H6
    2
    M4
    M4 x 20
    M8 x 10
    øK
    +0,8 1)
    a
    ±0,01
    e 3
    ±0,01
    e 3
    d
    d
    b +0,8 1)
    3
    a ±0,2
    3
    a ±0,2
    r 2
    1
    2
    e ±0,01
    1
    a ±0,2
    4
    a x 45°
    1)
    r 1
    1
    e ±0,01
    x
    30° 1)
    2664.07.
    E176
    Order No d d 1 d 2 d 4 a a 1 a 3 a 4 b e 1 e 2 e 3 ∅ K t r 1 r 2 x
    2664.07.06 6.6 11 6 3 35 19 11.1 6 37.5 9 23 8 6 7 8 8 5.7
    2664.07. Triangle retainer for ball-lock punches, light duty
    subject to alterations
    Triangle retainer for ball-lock punches, heavy duty
    m6
    ø6 H7
    H7
    d 4
    41
    6,3
    28
    25
    15
    t
    ±0,01
    e 3
    ±0,01
    e 3
    +0,8 1)
    a
    d
    d
    b +0,8 1)
    3
    a ±0,2
    3
    a ±0,2
    r 2
    1
    2
    e
    ±0,01
    1
    a ±0,2
    4
    a x 45°
    1)
    M8
    H6
    2
    M4
    M4 x 20
    M8 x 10
    øK
    d
    r 1
    1
    e ±0,01
    x
    30° 1)
    2664.10.
    Execution:
    Version for metal thicknesses > 3 mm/max. 6 mm. The punch locating
    hole d 2 is manufactured to a tolerance of ± 0.01 mm relative to the 6
    stud holes H7. This ensures the interchangeability of the locating plate
    with other polygon versions.
    Note:
    Special punch retainers available to order.
    Pressure plate welded.
    1) Contours may vary. Maximum dimensions are specified in the table.
    E177
    Order No d d 1 d 2 d 4 a a 1 a 3 a 4 b e 1 e 2 e 3 ∅ K t r 1 r 2 x
    2664.10.10 9 15 10 6 44.5 19 11.1 10 43.7 7.5 26.925 9 10 9 9.5 12 9.8
    2664.10.13 9 15 13 6 50.8 19 14.3 12 50 6.5 29.97 12 12 9 12.7 15.2 11.3
    2664.10.16 9 15 16 6 54 19 15.9 13 53.2 6 31.75 13.5 12 9 14.3 16.8 12.8
    2664.10.20 11 18 20 6 60.3 19 17.5 14 59.5 5 33.53 16.5 12 11 17.5 20 14.8
    2664.10.25 13.5 20 25 6 69.9 23.8 19.8 16 69.1 7 40.64 22 12 13.5 22.2 24.7 17.3
    2664.10.32 13.5 20 32 6 69.9 23.8 19.8 16 69.1 7 40.64 22 12 13.5 22.2 24.7 20.8
    2664.10.40 13.5 20 40 6 77.4 27 24 18 76.6 10 43.993 26 12 13.5 26 28.5 24.8
    2664.10. Triangle retainer for ball-lock punches, heavy duty
    2192.10. 236.1. 2666.04. 2192.72. 2666.06. 2666.01. .1 2192.72.
    M
    k
    l 1
    l
    d
    s
    ø6
    20
    2
    d
    M4
    20
    6,3
    d
    h6 2
    4
    d
    H7
    M8
    8
    2664.05. 10 2192.10.08.035 236.1.0600.020 2666.04.008 2192.72.04.020 2666.06.008 2666.01.10.1 2192.72.08.008
    13 2192.10.08.035 236.1.0600.020 2666.04.008 2192.72.04.020 2666.06.008 2666.01.13.1 2192.72.08.008
    16 2192.10.08.035 236.1.0600.020 2666.04.008 2192.72.04.020 2666.06.008 2666.01.16.1 2192.72.08.008
    20 2192.10.10.035 236.1.0600.020 2666.04.008 2192.72.04.020 2666.06.008 2666.01.20.1 2192.72.08.008
    25 2192.10.12.035 236.1.0600.020 2666.04.008 2192.72.04.020 2666.06.008 2666.01.25.1 2192.72.08.008
    32 2192.10.12.035 236.1.0600.020 2666.04.008 2192.72.04.020 2666.06.008 2666.01.32.1 2192.72.08.008
    38 2192.10.12.035 236.1.0600.020 2666.04.008 2192.72.04.020 2666.06.008 2666.01.38.1 2192.72.08.008
    2664.06./10. 10 2192.10.08.040 236.1.0600.020 2666.04.010 2192.72.04.020 2666.06.010 2666.01.10.1 2192.72.08.008
    13 2192.10.08.040 236.1.0600.020 2666.04.012 2192.72.04.020 2666.06.012 2666.01.13.1 2192.72.08.008
    16 2192.10.08.040 236.1.0600.020 2666.04.012 2192.72.04.020 2666.06.012 2666.01.16.1 2192.72.08.008
    20 2192.10.10.050 236.1.0600.020 2666.04.012 2192.72.04.020 2666.06.012 2666.01.20.1 2192.72.08.008
    25 2192.10.12.050 236.1.0600.020 2666.04.012 2192.72.04.020 2666.06.012 2666.01.25.1 2192.72.08.008
    32 2192.10.12.050 236.1.0600.020 2666.04.012 2192.72.04.020 2666.06.012 2666.01.32.1 2192.72.08.008
    40 2192.10.12.050 236.1.0600.020 2666.04.012 2192.72.04.020 2666.06.012 2666.01.40.1 2192.72.08.008
    2664.07. 6 2192.10.06.035 236.1.0600.020 2666.04.006 2192.72.04.020 2666.06.006 2666.01.06.1 2192.72.08.008
    2666.05.01 2666.05.02 2666.05.03
    subject to alterations
    Accessories for Retainers,
    triangular, for Ball-Lock Punches
    Retainer [ d 2
    Socket head cap
    screw
    Dowel pin Ball Ball release pin Spring
    Pressure disk for
    centring pin
    Pin screw
    Ball release tool
    Hook shape straight
    straight
    with threaded tip
    E178
    2192.10. 236.1. 2666.04. 2192.72. 2666.06. 2666.01. .1 2192.72.
    M
    k
    l 1
    l
    d
    s
    ø6
    20
    2
    d
    M4
    20
    6,3
    d
    h6 2
    4
    d
    H7
    M8
    8
    2664.05. 10 2192.10.08.035 236.1.0600.020 2666.04.008 2192.72.04.020 2666.06.008 2666.01.10.1 2192.72.08.008
    13 2192.10.08.035 236.1.0600.020 2666.04.008 2192.72.04.020 2666.06.008 2666.01.13.1 2192.72.08.008
    16 2192.10.08.035 236.1.0600.020 2666.04.008 2192.72.04.020 2666.06.008 2666.01.16.1 2192.72.08.008
    20 2192.10.10.035 236.1.0600.020 2666.04.008 2192.72.04.020 2666.06.008 2666.01.20.1 2192.72.08.008
    25 2192.10.12.035 236.1.0600.020 2666.04.008 2192.72.04.020 2666.06.008 2666.01.25.1 2192.72.08.008
    32 2192.10.12.035 236.1.0600.020 2666.04.008 2192.72.04.020 2666.06.008 2666.01.32.1 2192.72.08.008
    38 2192.10.12.035 236.1.0600.020 2666.04.008 2192.72.04.020 2666.06.008 2666.01.38.1 2192.72.08.008
    2664.06./10. 10 2192.10.08.040 236.1.0600.020 2666.04.010 2192.72.04.020 2666.06.010 2666.01.10.1 2192.72.08.008
    13 2192.10.08.040 236.1.0600.020 2666.04.012 2192.72.04.020 2666.06.012 2666.01.13.1 2192.72.08.008
    16 2192.10.08.040 236.1.0600.020 2666.04.012 2192.72.04.020 2666.06.012 2666.01.16.1 2192.72.08.008
    20 2192.10.10.050 236.1.0600.020 2666.04.012 2192.72.04.020 2666.06.012 2666.01.20.1 2192.72.08.008
    25 2192.10.12.050 236.1.0600.020 2666.04.012 2192.72.04.020 2666.06.012 2666.01.25.1 2192.72.08.008
    32 2192.10.12.050 236.1.0600.020 2666.04.012 2192.72.04.020 2666.06.012 2666.01.32.1 2192.72.08.008
    40 2192.10.12.050 236.1.0600.020 2666.04.012 2192.72.04.020 2666.06.012 2666.01.40.1 2192.72.08.008
    2664.07. 6 2192.10.06.035 236.1.0600.020 2666.04.006 2192.72.04.020 2666.06.006 2666.01.06.1 2192.72.08.008
    2666.05.01 2666.05.02 2666.05.03
    subject to alterations
    Accessories for Retainers,
    triangular, for Ball-Lock Punches
    Retainer [ d 2
    Socket head cap
    screw
    Dowel pin Ball Ball release pin Spring
    Pressure disk for
    centring pin
    Pin screw
    Ball release tool
    Hook shape straight
    straight
    with threaded tip
    subject to alterations
    ACCU-LOCK Fixture device for ball-lock punches, light duty
    M4
    l 1 ±0,13
    -0,08
    0
    4,5
    d 2
    d 2 d 3 ±0,005
    d 4 ±0,13
    2668.2.
    Note:
    Use ball release tool 2666.05.02, straight.
    e
    b +0,025
    Retainer for
    ball-lock punches
    Pressure plate
    +0,005
    +0,010
    a
    +0,008
    +0,015
    *a
    +0,13
    4,55
    +0,75
    d
    +0,025
    c
    up to Ø 25
    from Ø 32
    Mounting example
    E179
    Order No d 2 d 3 d 4 l 1 a b c d e
    2668.2.06 6 12 14.6 25.7 6 6.5 12.013 15 25.7
    2668.2.10 10 14 16.6 25.7 10 9 14.013 17 25.7
    2668.2.13 13 14 16.6 25.7 13 10.5 14.013 17 25.7
    2668.2.16 16 14 16.6 25.7 16 12 14.013 17 25.7
    2668.2.20 20 16 18.6 25.7 20 14 16.013 19 25.7
    2668.2.25 25 16 18.6 25.7 25 16.5 16.013 19 25.7
    2668.2.32 32 16 18.6 25.7 32 20 16.013 19 25.7
    2668.2.38 38 16 18.6 25.7 38 23 16.013 19 25.7
    2668.2. ACCU-LOCK Fixture device for ball-lock punches, light duty
    subject to alterations
    ACCU-LOCK Fixture device for ball-lock punches, heavy duty
    e
    b +0,025
    Retainer for
    ball-lock punches
    Pressure plate
    +0,005
    +0,010
    a
    +0,008
    +0,015
    *a
    +0,13
    4,55
    +0,75
    d
    +0,025
    c
    up to Ø 25
    from Ø 32
    l 1 ±0,13
    -0,08
    0
    4,5
    d 2
    d 2 d 3 ±0,005
    d 4 ±0,13
    M4
    0,8
    2668.3.
    Note:
    Use ball release tool 2666.05.02, straight.
    Mounting example
    E180
    Order No d 2 d 3 d 4 l 1 a b c d e
    2668.3.10 10 16 19.6 34.7 10 10 16.013 20 34.7
    2668.3.13 13 20 24.6 34.7 13 11.5 20.013 25 34.7
    2668.3.16 16 20 24.6 34.7 16 13 20.013 25 34.7
    2668.3.20 20 20 24.6 34.7 20 15 20.013 25 34.7
    2668.3.25 25 20 24.6 34.7 25 17.5 20.013 25 34.7
    2668.3.32 32 20 24.6 34.7 32 21 20.013 25 34.7
    2668.3.40 40 20 24.6 34.7 40 25 20.013 25 34.7
    2668.3. ACCU-LOCK Fixture device for ball-lock punches, heavy duty
    Retainers for
    punches ISO 8020
    Retainers for
    punches ISO 8020
    E181
    subject to alterations
    Triangle retainer, for punches ISO 8020 without anti-rotation element
    Execution:
    The centres of the pinholes are the reference points for the position of
    the punch bore.
    The dimensions e 1 , e 2 and e 3 have a tolerance of ± 0.01 mm.
    The triangle ball-lock retainers are interchangeable.
    Note:
    Pressure plate 2665.01. to be ordered separately for the receiving punch
    plate.
    1) Contours may vary. Maximum dimensions are specified in the table.
    2664.02.
    2665.01.
    2
    e ±0,01
    1
    a ±0,2
    b +0,8 1)
    3
    a ±0,2
    11
    11
    15
    6
    t
    25
    d
    d 3
    m6
    ø6 H7
    d
    G5
    2
    d 1
    M8
    5 +0,05
    ±0,01
    e 3
    ±0,01
    e 3
    3
    a ±0,2
    a +0,8 1)
    r 1
    r 2
    30°
    4
    a x 45°
    1
    e ±0,01
    1)
    1)
    E182
    Order No d d 1 d 2 d 3 a a 1 a 3 a 4 b e 1 e 2 e 3 t r 1 r 2
    2664.02.10 9 15 10 14 44.5 19 11.1 10 43.7 7.5 26.925 9 9 9.5 12
    2664.02.13 9 15 13 17 50.8 19 14.3 12 50 6.5 29.97 12 9 12.7 15.2
    2664.02.16 9 15 16 20 54 19 15.9 13 53.2 6 31.75 13.5 9 14.3 16.8
    2664.02.20 11 18 20 24 60.3 19 17.5 14 59.5 5 33.53 16.5 11 17.5 20
    2664.02.25 13.5 20 25 29 69.9 23.8 19.8 16 69.1 7 40.64 22 13.5 22.2 24.7
    2664.02.32 13.5 20 32 36 69.9 23.8 19.8 16 69.1 7 40.64 22 13.5 22.2 24.7
    2664.02. Triangle retainer, for punches ISO 8020 without anti-rotation element
    subject to alterations
    Triangle retainer, for punches ISO 8020 with anti-rotation element
    2664.04.
    2665.01.
    d
    m6
    ø6 H7
    t
    25
    5 +0,05
    11
    11
    15
    6
    d
    G5
    2
    d 1
    M8
    2
    e ±0,01
    1
    a ±0,2
    4
    a x 45°
    1
    e ±0,01
    1)
    b +0,8 1)
    3
    a ±0,2
    3
    a ±0,2
    r 2
    a +0,8 1)
    r 1
    ±0,01
    e 3
    ±0,01 e 3
    1)
    b 3
    b 4 ±0,02
    1)
    30° 1)
    Execution:
    The centres of the pinholes are the reference points for the position of
    the punch bore.
    The dimensions e 1 , e 2 and e 3 have a tolerance of ± 0.01 mm.
    The triangle ball-lock retainers are interchangeable.
    Note:
    Pressure plate 2665.01. to be ordered separately for the receiving punch
    plate.
    1) Contours may vary. Maximum dimensions are specified in the table.
    E183
    Order No d d 1 d 2 a a 1 a 3 a 4 b b 3 b 4 e 1 e 2 e 3 t r 1 r 2
    2664.04.10 9 15 10 44.5 19 11.1 10 43.7 12 5 7.5 26.925 9 9 9.5 12
    2664.04.13 9 15 13 50.8 19 14.3 12 50 15 6.5 6.5 29.97 12 9 12.7 15.2
    2664.04.16 9 15 16 64 19 15.9 13 53.2 18 8 6 31.75 13.5 9 14.3 16.8
    2664.04.20 11 18 20 60.3 19 17.5 14 59.5 23 10 5 33.53 16.5 11 17.5 20
    2664.04.25 13.5 20 25 69.9 23.8 19.8 16 69.1 28 12.5 7 40.64 22 13.5 22.2 24.7
    2664.04.32 13.5 20 32 69.9 23.8 19.8 16 69.1 35 16 7 40.64 22 13.5 22.2 24.7
    2664.04. Triangle retainer, for punches ISO 8020 with anti-rotation element
    k
    l
    l 1
    d
    M
    s
    2192.10.
    ø6
    20
    236.1.
    M8
    8
    2192.72.
    ø7
    6
    2
    e
    ±0,1
    e 3
    ø7
    30°
    d ø7
    d
    r 1
    a
    a 4
    1
    e
    3
    1
    a
    ±0,2
    +0,8 1)
    a
    ±0,1
    ±0,1
    ±0,1
    e 3
    x 45°
    ±0,2
    a 3 ±0,2
    b +0,8 1)
    r 2
    1)
    1)
    2665.01.
    2664.02./04. 10 2192.10.08.035 236.1.0600.020 2192.72.08.008 2665.01.10
    13 2192.10.08.035 236.1.0600.020 2192.72.08.008 2665.01.13
    16 2192.10.08.035 236.1.0600.020 2192.72.08.008 2665.01.16
    20 2192.10.10.035 236.1.0600.020 2192.72.08.008 2665.01.20
    25 2192.10.12.035 236.1.0600.020 2192.72.08.008 2665.01.25
    32 2192.10.12.035 236.1.0600.020 2192.72.08.008 2665.01.32
    Accessories for Retainers, triangular, for Punches, to ISO 8020
    subject to alterations
    Retainer Ø d 2 Socket head cap screw Dowel pin Pin screw Pressure plate
    E184
    Accessories
    k
    l
    l 1
    d
    M
    s
    2192.10.
    ø6
    20
    236.1.
    M8
    8
    2192.72.
    ø7
    6
    2
    e
    ±0,1
    e 3
    ø7
    30°
    d ø7
    d
    r 1
    a
    a 4
    1
    e
    3
    1
    a
    ±0,2
    +0,8 1)
    a
    ±0,1
    ±0,1
    ±0,1
    e 3
    x 45°
    ±0,2
    a 3 ±0,2
    b +0,8 1)
    r 2
    1)
    1)
    2665.01.
    2664.02./04. 10 2192.10.08.035 236.1.0600.020 2192.72.08.008 2665.01.10
    13 2192.10.08.035 236.1.0600.020 2192.72.08.008 2665.01.13
    16 2192.10.08.035 236.1.0600.020 2192.72.08.008 2665.01.16
    20 2192.10.10.035 236.1.0600.020 2192.72.08.008 2665.01.20
    25 2192.10.12.035 236.1.0600.020 2192.72.08.008 2665.01.25
    32 2192.10.12.035 236.1.0600.020 2192.72.08.008 2665.01.32
    Accessories for Retainers, triangular, for Punches, to ISO 8020
    subject to alterations
    Retainer Ø d 2 Socket head cap screw Dowel pin Pin screw Pressure plate
    Accessories
    E185
    3 b
    l
    d 4
    d 2
    d 3
    d 1
    R3
    2431.7.
    d 2 d 1 d 3 d 4 d 5 max. b 35 43 53 63 73
    10 18 21 1,6 22 6 ○ ● ● ●
    13 23 26 3 26,5 6 ○ ● ● ● ●
    16 28 31 3 34 6 ○ ● ● ● ●
    20 33 36 3 38 7 ○ ● ● ● ●
    25 40 43 3 47,6 7 ○ ● ● ● ●
    32 50 55 3 57,9 7 ○ ● ● ● ●
    38 60 65 3 69,6 8 ○ ○ ○ ○
    40 60 65 3 69,6 8 ● ● ● ○
     63 71 80 90 100
     71 80 90 100 110
     - 71 80 90 100
     3mm 6mm 9mm 3mm 6mm 9mm 3mm 6mm 9mm 3mm 6mm 9mm 3mm 6mm 9mm
     35 35 35 43 43 43 53 53 53 63 63 63 73 73 73
    d 2
    10 1300 - - 1060 1820 - 900 1650 - 720 1450 1860 - - -
    13 2100 - - 1700 2850 - 1460 2610 - 1170 2320 2910 930 2080 2500
    16 3000 - - 2310 3900 - 1990 3560 - 1590 3150 3980 1270 2810 3440
    20 3500 - - 2900 4900 - 2500 4470 - 2000 3950 5000 1590 3420 4330
    25 5400 - - 4440 7520 - 3810 6860 - 3050 6050 7680 2420 5390 6780
    32 8400 - - 6840 11390 - 5880 10450 - 4700 9310 11640 3740 8370 10280
    38 - - - 9280 19740 - 8140 15890 - 6440 11570 18030 5460 8850 11680
    40 - - - 10100 20190 - 8650 17300 - 6890 13780 20670 6000 9800 12700
    l
    d 1
    d 5
    Compression
    subject to alterations
    Stripping unit
    Installation example:
    Material:
    FIBROFLEX® 95 Shore A
    Note:
    Stripping units can be used for retainers 2664.02./04./05./06./10.
    * values for the stripping force are dependent on a number of parameters
    (e.g. lubricant, temperature etc.) and may vary from those given here.
    ** max spring travel should not exceed 15% of the length
    Ordering example:
    Stripping unit = 2431.7.
    d 2 = 10 mm = 2431.7.10.
    l = 53 mm = 2431.7.10.53
    Order number = 2431.7.10.53
    2431.7. Stripping unit
    Stripping unit lenght l
    Punch lengths in use
    Ball-lock punch, light duty
    Ball-lock punch, heavy duty
    Precision punch ISO 8020
    ○ = Special measures upon request
    Spring travel**
    Length
    Stripping forces (N)*
    E186
    3 b
    l
    d 4
    d 2
    d 3
    d 1
    R3
    2431.7.
    d 2 d 1 d 3 d 4 d 5 max. b 35 43 53 63 73
    10 18 21 1,6 22 6 ○ ● ● ●
    13 23 26 3 26,5 6 ○ ● ● ● ●
    16 28 31 3 34 6 ○ ● ● ● ●
    20 33 36 3 38 7 ○ ● ● ● ●
    25 40 43 3 47,6 7 ○ ● ● ● ●
    32 50 55 3 57,9 7 ○ ● ● ● ●
    38 60 65 3 69,6 8 ○ ○ ○ ○
    40 60 65 3 69,6 8 ● ● ● ○
     63 71 80 90 100
     71 80 90 100 110
     - 71 80 90 100
     3mm 6mm 9mm 3mm 6mm 9mm 3mm 6mm 9mm 3mm 6mm 9mm 3mm 6mm 9mm
     35 35 35 43 43 43 53 53 53 63 63 63 73 73 73
    d 2
    10 1300 - - 1060 1820 - 900 1650 - 720 1450 1860 - - -
    13 2100 - - 1700 2850 - 1460 2610 - 1170 2320 2910 930 2080 2500
    16 3000 - - 2310 3900 - 1990 3560 - 1590 3150 3980 1270 2810 3440
    20 3500 - - 2900 4900 - 2500 4470 - 2000 3950 5000 1590 3420 4330
    25 5400 - - 4440 7520 - 3810 6860 - 3050 6050 7680 2420 5390 6780
    32 8400 - - 6840 11390 - 5880 10450 - 4700 9310 11640 3740 8370 10280
    38 - - - 9280 19740 - 8140 15890 - 6440 11570 18030 5460 8850 11680
    40 - - - 10100 20190 - 8650 17300 - 6890 13780 20670 6000 9800 12700
    l
    d 1
    d 5
    Compression
    subject to alterations
    Stripping unit
    Installation example:
    Material:
    FIBROFLEX® 95 Shore A
    Note:
    Stripping units can be used for retainers 2664.02./04./05./06./10.
    * values for the stripping force are dependent on a number of parameters
    (e.g. lubricant, temperature etc.) and may vary from those given here.
    ** max spring travel should not exceed 15% of the length
    Ordering example:
    Stripping unit = 2431.7.
    d 2 = 10 mm = 2431.7.10.
    l = 53 mm = 2431.7.10.53
    Order number = 2431.7.10.53
    2431.7. Stripping unit
    Stripping unit lenght l
    Punch lengths in use
    Ball-lock punch, light duty
    Ball-lock punch, heavy duty
    Precision punch ISO 8020
    ○ = Special measures upon request
    Spring travel**
    Length
    Stripping forces (N)*
    subject to alterations
    Stripping unit - Pressure plate
    2667.1.
    Note:
    Pressure plate, mounting plate and screw must all be ordered individu-
    ally.
    Mounting example
    E187
    Order No d 2 R 1 a
    2667.1.10 10 13 28
    2667.1.13 13 15.5 31
    2667.1.16 16 18 32.9
    2667.1.20 20 20.5 34.8
    2667.1.25 25 24 39.8
    2667.1.32 32 31 41.3
    2667.1.38 38 36 45
    2667.1.40 40 36 45
    2667.1. Stripping unit - Pressure plate
    subject to alterations
    Stripping unit - Mounting plate
    Note:
    Pressure plate, mounting plate and screw must all be ordered
    individually.
    Socket head cap screw M8x20
    2192.10.08.020
    2667.2.
    Mounting example
    E188
    Order No d 2 d 1 d 3 R 1 a
    2667.2.10 10 19 22 13 28
    2667.2.13 13 24 27 15.5 31
    2667.2.16 16 29 32 18 32.9
    2667.2.20 20 34 37 20.5 34.8
    2667.2.25 25 41 44 24 39.8
    2667.2.32 32 51 56 31 41.3
    2667.2.38 38 61 66 36 45
    2667.2.40 40 61 66 36 45
    2667.2. Stripping unit - Mounting plate
    subject to alterations E189
    subject to alterations
    Elastomer Stripper
    Description:
    Repairs, sharpening and modifications on dies equipped with elastomer
    strippers do not necessitate the dismantling of a stripper plate, thus
    becoming very expedient.
    Any marring of delicate part surfaces is precluded. This makes
    elastomer strippers ideal for all painted, anodized, plastic-coated and
    polished parts. FIBROFLEX® Elastomer Strippers are resistant against oils
    and greases.
    Material:
    FIBROFLEX®
    Hardness: 95 Shore A
    Execution:
    Stock lenghts: 39, 47, 56 mm.
    Other lengths on request (max. 56 mm)!
    Application:
    Especially in large dies, where the use of elastomer strippers does away
    with the need of huge stripper plates.
    Mounting:
    Push stripper over punch, where it will stay put on account of its elasti-
    city.
    No other form of retention will be required.
    A single press stroke will then pierce a hole through the bottom portion
    of the stripper that matches the punch shape exactly.
    243.7.
    Mounting example
    E190
    d 1 d 2 d 3 L 0 39 47 56
    4 17 1.6 ● ● ●
    5 17 1.6 ● ● ●
    6 19 1.6 ● ● ●
    6.3 19 1.6 ● ● ●
    8 21 3 ● ● ●
    10 23 3 ● ● ●
    12.5 26 3 ● ● ●
    13 26 3 ● ● ●
    16 30 3 ● ● ●
    20 38 3 ● ● ●
    25 50 3 ● ● ●
    32 55 3 ● ● ●
    38 60 3 ● ● ●
    40 63 3 ● ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Elastomer Stripper =243.7.
    Inside diameter d 1 4 mm = 040.
    Length L 0 39 mm = 039
    Order No =243.7. 040. 039
    243.7. Elastomer Stripper
    subject to alterations
    Washer
    3
    4
    d
    d 5
    243.7. .1
    Material:
    Steel
    E191
    Order No d 4 d 5
    243.7.085.1 8.5 21
    243.7.105.1 10.5 23
    243.7.130.1 13 26
    243.7.135.1 13.5 26
    243.7.165.1 16.5 30
    243.7.205.1 20.5 38
    243.7.255.1 25.5 50
    243.7.325.1 32.5 55
    243.7.385.1 38.5 60
    243.7.405.1 40.5 63
    243.7. .1 Washer
    subject to alterations
    Special Punches, Custom made
    High-Precision Special Parts to Customer´s Drawings
    E192 subject to alterations
    FIBRO manufactures Special Form Punches and
    -Matrices on most modern equipment.
    Projection Form Grinding, Creep Feed Grinding,
    EDM and Wire-EDM are used acc. to design
    details.
    Many years of experience enable FIBRO to chose
    best suitable materials and methods.
    We manufacture to customer´s drawings:
    ● Piercing Punches
    ● Draw Punched
    ● Form Punches
    ● Pre-Extrusion Punches and Ejectors for
    Bolt Manufacturing
    ● Flow-Forming Punches
    ● Punches with 30°-Conical Heads
    or other head shapes
    subject to alterations
    Special Punches, Custom made
    High-Precision Special Parts to Customer´s Drawings
    subject to alterations
    FIBRO manufactures Special Form Punches and
    -Matrices on most modern equipment.
    Projection Form Grinding, Creep Feed Grinding,
    EDM and Wire-EDM are used acc. to design
    details.
    Many years of experience enable FIBRO to chose
    best suitable materials and methods.
    We manufacture to customer´s drawings:
    ● Piercing Punches
    ● Draw Punched
    ● Form Punches
    ● Pre-Extrusion Punches and Ejectors for
    Bolt Manufacturing
    ● Flow-Forming Punches
    ● Punches with 30°-Conical Heads
    or other head shapes
    E193
    subject to alterations
    Punch without head, square / rectangular, Shape A
    230.
    Material:
    HSS
    Order No 230.3.
    Hardness:
    Shaft 64 ± 2 HRC
    Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die components see at the
    beginning of Chapter E.
    Execution:
    Punch shaft precision ground.
    l 1 : Stock length of square punches: 73,5 mm
    Other materials and dimensions on request.
    E194
    a b l 1 l*
    1 - 8 1 73.5 71
    2 - 10 2 73.5 71
    3 - 12 3 73.5 71
    4 - 12 4 73.5 71
    5 - 15 5 73.5 71
    6 - 20 6 73.5 71
    7 - 24 7 73.5 71
    8 - 24 8 73.5 71
    9 - 28 9 73.5 71
    10 - 34 10 73.5 71
    12 - 34 12 73.5 71
    *l = Nominal ordering length
    Ordering Code (example):
    Punch without head, square / rectangular, Shape A =230.
    Material MAT HSS = 3.
    Punch cutting length a 1 mm= 0100.
    Punch cutting width b 1 mm= 0100.
    Nominal ordering length l 71 = 071
    Order No =230. 3.0100. 0100. 071
    230. Punch without head, square /
    rectangular, Shape A
    subject to alterations
    Punch with head, square / rectangular, Shape B
    Material:
    HSS
    Order No 231.3.
    Hardness:
    Shaft 64 ± 2 HRC
    Head 52 ± HRC
    Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die components see at the
    beginning of Chapter E.
    Execution:
    Punch shaft precision ground.
    Heads hot upset forged - ground on special request.
    l 1 : Stock length of square punches: 71 mm
    Other materials and dimensions on request.
    231.
    E195
    Ordering Code (example):
    Punch with head, square / rectangular, Shape B =231.
    Material MAT HSS = 3.
    Punch cutting length a 1 mm = 0100.
    Punch cutting width b 1 mm = 0100.
    Length l 1 71 mm= 071
    Order No =231.3.0100. 0100. 071
    a b h l 1
    1 - 8 1 1.2 71
    2 - 10 2 1.4 71
    3 - 12 3 1.8 71
    4 - 12 4 1.8 71
    5 - 15 5 1.8 71
    6 - 20 6 2 71
    7 - 24 7 2.8 71
    8 - 24 8 2.8 71
    9 - 28 9 2.8 71
    10 - 34 10 2.8 71
    12 - 34 12 2.8 71
    231. Punch with head, square / rectangular,
    Shape B
    subject to alterations
    Dowel pin with internal extracting thread, similar to DIN EN ISO 8735
    Material:
    Steel
    Hardness 60 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    hardened and ground to finest finish
    FIBRO Dowel Pins are manufactured with the exacting requirements of
    high class diemaking in mind. Whereas DIN EN ISO 8735 stipulates ISO
    Class 6 for dowels, we produce our pins to m5.
    236.1.
    E196
    d 1 d 2 t 1 l 2 r l 1 16 18 20 24 28 32 36 40 45 50 55 60 70 80 90 100 120
    6 4 6 2.1 6 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    8 5 8 2.6 8 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    10 6 10 3 10 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    12 6 12 3.8 12 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    14 8 12 4 16 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    16 8 16 4.7 16 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    20 10 20 6 20 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    25 16 24 6 25 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Dowel pin with internal extracting thread, similar to DIN EN ISO 8735 =236.1.
    Diameter d 1 6 mm = 0600.
    Length l 1 16 mm = 016
    Order No =236.1. 0600. 016
    236.1. Dowel pin with internal extracting thread, similar to DIN EN ISO 8735
    subject to alterations
    Dowel pin with internal extracting thread, according to DIN EN ISO 8735
    2361.1.
    Material:
    Steel
    Hardness 60 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    hardened and ground to finest finish
    E197
    d 1 d 2 t 1 l 2 r l 1 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 36 40 45 50 55 60 70 80 90 100 120
    4 3 4.5 1.3 4 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    5 3 5 1.7 5 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    6 4 6 2.1 6 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    8 5 8 2.6 8 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    10 6 10 3 10 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    12 6 10 3.8 12 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    14 8 12 4 14 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    16 8 12 4.7 16 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    20 10 16 6 20 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Dowel pin with internal extracting thread, according to DIN EN ISO
    8735 =2361.1.
    Diameter d 1 4 mm = 0400.
    Length l 1 10 mm = 010
    Order No =2361.1.0400. 010
    2361.1. Dowel pin with internal extracting thread, according to DIN EN ISO 8735
    FIBROZIPP
    subject to alterations
    ca. 500 mm
    Impact Head
    Dowel Pin with
    Extracting Thread
    Draw Bar
    Impact Sleeve
    Four Adaptors:
    - M 3, M 4
    - M 5, M 6
    - M 8, M 10
    - M 16
    Interchangeable
    Extracting Screw
    DIN ISO 4762
    236.001
    236.001 Dowel Pin Extractor FIBROZIPP
    Extraction tool for the fast and convenient removal of dowels with internal
    extracting thread – also for shafts, plugs and other machine components.
    The tool comes with interchangeable adaptors and screws, to fit
    all threads from M3 to M16.
    E198
    FIBROZIPP
    subject to alterations
    ca. 500 mm
    Impact Head
    Dowel Pin with
    Extracting Thread
    Draw Bar
    Impact Sleeve
    Four Adaptors:
    - M 3, M 4
    - M 5, M 6
    - M 8, M 10
    - M 16
    Interchangeable
    Extracting Screw
    DIN ISO 4762
    236.001
    236.001 Dowel Pin Extractor FIBROZIPP
    Extraction tool for the fast and convenient removal of dowels with internal
    extracting thread – also for shafts, plugs and other machine components.
    The tool comes with interchangeable adaptors and screws, to fit
    all threads from M3 to M16.
    subject to alterations
    Liner bush for dowel pin, for bonding
    Description:
    Dowel liner bushes are used where precisely positioned, unhardened
    parts are often changed or must be replaced, e.g. in precision tool const-
    ruction.
    Material:
    WS
    Hardness 54 ± 2 HRC
    Epoxy-Bonding:
    The jig-ground pin holes of the hardened matrix are joined with the
    dowel liner bush by means of a dowel pin 235.1. Retainer holes for
    dowel liner bushes should be approximately 2 mm larger in diameter
    than the bush O.D. – a coarse finish is desirable. Following exact positio-
    ning/ aligning, FIBROLIT® ZWO or FIBROFIX® SECHS is used for bonding.
    = 265.
    = 265.1.
    = 26.01.0800.
    = 265.1.0800.1
    = 265.1.0800.1
    = 265.
    = 265.1.
    = 26510.0800.
    = 265..00800.1.
    = 265..08000.1.040
    = 265.1.0800.1.040
    = 265.
    = 206. 1.
    = 265.1.0800.
    = 265..00800.2.
    = 265..0800.2.0050
    = 265.1.0800.2.050
    Ordering Code (example):
    One Dowel Liner Bush – only –
    Dowel Liner Bush
    Material: Tool Steel
    d 1 = [ 8,0 mm
    Quantity: one
    Order No
    Ordering Code (example):
    One Dowel Liner Bush + Matching Dowel
    Dowel Liner Bush
    Material: Tool Steel
    d 1 = [ 8,0 mm
    Quantity: one
    Dowel: length = 40 mm
    Order No
    Ordering Code (example):
    Two Dowel Liner Bushes + one Dowel
    Dowel Liner Bush
    Material: Tool Steel
    d 1 = [ 8,0 mm
    Quantity: two
    Dowel: length = 50 mm
    Order No
    265.1.
    E200
    d 1 d D D 1 l 1 l 2
    6 7 10 12 25 12
    8 9 12 14 30 16
    10 11 16 18 36 20
    265.1. Liner bush for dowel pin, for bonding
    subject to alterations
    Liner bush for dowel pin, for push fit
    2650.1.
    Description:
    Dowel liner bushes are used where precisely positioned, unhardened
    parts are often changed or must be replaced, e.g. in precision tool const-
    ruction.
    Material:
    WS
    Hardness 54 ± 2 HRC
    Slip-Fit Bonding:
    The position of the bush is given by push fit hole tolerance H6. The
    adhesive (order no. 281.648) provides optimum push retention whilst
    offering the following
    advantages:
    - high accuracy and stiffness
    - no problems to find position when changing bushings
    We do not recommend to press fit bushings.
    = 2650.
    = 2605.1.
    = 265.01.0800.
    = 265.1.08000.1
    = 2650.1.0800.1
    = 2650.
    = 2605.1.
    = 265.10.0800.
    = 265.1.00800.1.
    = 265.1.08000.1.040
    = 2650.1.0800.1.040
    = 2650.
    = 2065. 1.
    = 265.01.0800.
    = 265.1.00800.2.
    = 265.1.0800.2.0050
    = 2650.1.0800.2.050
    Ordering Code (example):
    One Dowel Liner Bush – only –
    Dowel Liner Bush
    Material: Tool Steel
    d 1 = [ 8,0 mm
    Quantity: one
    Order No
    Ordering Code (example):
    One Dowel Liner Bush + Matching Dowel
    Dowel Liner Bush
    Material: Tool Steel
    d 1 = [ 8,0 mm
    Quantity: one
    Dowel: length = 40 mm
    Order No
    Ordering Code (example):
    Two Dowel Liner Bushes + one Dowel
    Dowel Liner Bush
    Material: Tool Steel
    d 1 = [ 8,0 mm
    Quantity: two
    Dowel: length = 50 mm
    Order No
    E201
    d 1 d D l 1 l 2
    6 7 10 25 12
    8 9 12 30 16
    10 11 16 36 20
    2650.1. Liner bush for dowel pin, for push fit
    subject to alterations
    Dowel pin similar to DIN EN ISO 8734
    Material:
    Steel
    Hardness 60 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    hardened and ground to finest finish
    FIBRO Dowel Pins are manufactured with the exacting requirements of
    high class diemaking in mind. Whereas DIN EN ISO 8734 stipulates ISO
    Class 6 for dowels, we produce our pins to m5.
    235.1.
    E202
    d 1 l 2 r l 1 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 28 32 36 40 45 50 55 60 70 80 90 100 120 130 140
    1 0.48 1 ● ● ●
    1.5 0.62 1.6 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    2 0.78 2 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    2.5 0.95 2.5 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    3 1.1 3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    4 1.4 4 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    5 1.7 5 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    6 2.1 6 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    8 2.6 8 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    10 3 10 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    12 3.8 12 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    14 3.8 16 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    16 4.7 16 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    20 6 20 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Dowel pin similar to DIN EN ISO 8734 =235.1.
    Diameter d 1 1 mm = 0100.
    Length l 1 8 mm = 008
    Order No =235.1.0100. 008
    235.1. Dowel pin similar to DIN EN ISO 8734
    subject to alterations
    Dowel pin according to DIN EN ISO 8734
    2351.1.
    Material:
    Steel
    Hardness 60 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    hardened and ground to finest finish
    E203
    d 1 l 2 r l 1 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 36 40 45 50 55 60 70 80 90 100 120
    1 0.4 1 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    1.5 0.5 1.6 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    2 0.6 2 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    2.5 0.7 2.5 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    3 0.8 3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    4 1 4 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    5 1.2 5 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    6 1.5 6 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    8 1.8 8 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    10 2 10 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    12 2.5 12 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    14 2.5 16 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    16 3 16 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    20 4 20 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Dowel pin according to DIN EN ISO 8734 =2351.1.
    Diameter d 1 1 mm = 0100.
    Length l 1 4 mm = 004
    Order No =2351.1.0100. 004
    2351.1. Dowel pin according to DIN EN ISO 8734
    subject to alterations
    Drill bush with collar, DIN 172, Shape A
    Material:
    Case hardened steel
    Hardness 740 ± 40 HV 10
    Execution:
    Diameters d 1 , d 2 and shoulder precision ground.
    276.
    E204
    d 1 d 2 d 3 l 1 6 8 9 10 12 16 20 25 28 30 35 36 45 56 67 78
    0.4 - 1 3 6 l 2 4 7
    1.1 - 1.8 4 7 4 7
    1.9 - 2.6 5 8 4 7
    2.7 - 3.3 6 9 5.5 9.5 13.5
    3.4 - 4 7 10 5.5 9.5 13.5
    4.1 - 5 8 11 5.5 9.5 13.5
    5.1 - 6 10 13 7 13 17
    6.1 - 8 12 15 7 13 17
    8.1 - 10 15 18 9 17 22
    10.1 - 12 18 22 8 16 21
    12.1 - 15 22 26 12 24 32
    15.1 - 18 26 30 12 24 32
    18.1 - 22 30 34 15 31 40
    22.1 - 26 35 39 15 31 40
    26.1 - 30 42 46 20 40 51
    30.1 - 35 48 52 20 40 51
    35.1 - 42 55 59 25 51 62
    42.1 - 48 62 66 24 50 61
    48.1 - 55 70 74 24 50 61
    55.1 - 63 78 82 29 61 72
    Ordering Code (example):
    Drill bush with collar, DIN 172, Shape A =276.1.
    Guide diameter d 1 0.4 mm = 0040.
    Length l 1 6 mm = 006
    Order No =276.1.0040. 006
    276. Drill bush with collar, DIN 172, Shape A
    subject to alterations
    Drill bush without collar, DIN 179, Shape A
    277.
    Material:
    Case hardened steel
    Hardness 740 ± 40 HV 10
    Execution:
    Diameters d 1 and d 2 precision ground.
    E205
    d 1 d 2 l 1 6 8 9 10 12 16 20 25 28 30 35 36 45 56 67 78
    0.4 - 1 3 ● ●
    1.1 - 1.8 4 ● ●
    1.9 - 2.6 5 ● ●
    2.7 - 3.3 6 ● ● ●
    3.4 - 4 7 ● ● ●
    4.1 - 5 8 ● ● ●
    5.1 - 6 10 ● ● ●
    6.1 - 8 12 ● ● ●
    8.1 - 10 15 ● ● ●
    10.1 - 12 18 ● ● ●
    12.1 - 15 22 ● ● ●
    15.1 - 18 26 ● ● ●
    18.1 - 22 30 ● ● ●
    22.1 - 26 35 ● ● ●
    26.1 - 30 42 ● ● ●
    30.1 - 35 48 ● ● ●
    35.1 - 42 55 ● ● ●
    42.1 - 48 62 ● ● ●
    48.1 - 55 70 ● ● ●
    55.1 - 63 78 ● ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Drill bush without collar, DIN 179, Shape A =277.1.
    Guide diameter d 1 0.4 mm = 0040.
    Length l 1 6 mm = 006
    Order No =277.1.0040. 006
    277. Drill bush without collar, DIN 179, Shape A
    subject to alterations
    Gauge pin DIN 2269
    Direct gauging
    of bore diameters
    Measurement of centre-distance
    between two bores
    Concentricity check on a bush
    Measurements on prismatic faces
    240.1./2.
    Material:
    Alloy tool steel, hardened and tempered.
    Age-treated repeatedly.
    Hardness 60 ± 2 HRC
    Execution:
    precision ground
    Quality class I: diameter tolerance ±0,001
    Quality class II: diameter tolerance ±0,002
    Single pins:
    Quality class I 240.1.
    Quality class II 240.2.
    Small set:
    91 gauge pins from ∅ 1-10 mm in steps of
    0,1 mm, complete in wooden box.
    Quality class I 240.51.
    Quality class II 240.52.
    Large set:
    273 gauge pins from ∅ 1-10 mm in steps of
    0,1 mm, plus one each. 0,01 mm-oversize/
    undersize pin – complete in wooden box
    Quality class I 240.41.
    Quality class II 240.42.
    Special sets:
    Supplied to customer’s requirements in
    respect of assortment and quality class. All
    gauge pins from ∅ 3 mm upward are marked
    with their actual size.
    E206
    Ordering Code (example):
    Gauge pin DIN 2269 =240.
    Quality class KL 1 = 1.
    Diameter d 1 0.29 mm = 0029
    Order No =240. 1. 0029
    d 1 l 1
    0.29 - 6 50
    6.01 - 20 70
    240.1./2. Gauge pin DIN 2269
    subject to alterations E207
    = 240.91.
    = 1
    = 240.91.1
    subject to alterations
    240.45. Gauge Pin Holders
    (without pins) for diameters Order No
    from 1–2 240.45.1
    from 2–4 240.45.2
    from 4–6 240.45.3
    from 6–8 240.45.4
    from 8–10 240.45.5
    Gauge Pin Holders are double-ended, to carry two pins e.g. for go – no go
    measurements etc.
    Ordering code (example):
    Gauge pin box – approx. 270 pins
    Class I-Accuracy
    Order No
    Gauge Pin Holders
    Wooden Boxes
    Wooden boxes:
    (without pins)
    with drilled holes, for the safe
    and orderly storage of gauge
    pins – each hole marked with
    the requisite pin size.
    Order No
    Large Set of approx. 270 Pins
    size: 2503903390
    240.91
    Small Set of approx. 90 Pins
    size: 1553903285
    240.92
    Boxes complete with carrier board
    inset
    Class I-Accuracy 240.9x.1
    Class II-Accuracy 240.9x.2
    E208
    240.11./22.
    subject to alterations
    High Precision Gauge Pin with Handle
    High Precision Gauge Pins – Boxed Sets
    Wooden box:
    Wooden boxes for Gauge Pins – with drilled holes in wooden tray insert.
    Each hole marked with true size of pin.
    External dimensions: 155x90x285 mm
    Ordering Code (example):
    Gauge Pin = 240.
    Class I-Accuracy, with handle = 240.11.
    d 1 = 1,5 mm = 0150
    Order No = 240.11.0150
    240.11./22. High-Precision Gauge Pin with Handle
    The Gauge Pins are firmly fixed to the handle. Each Pin is marked with
    its true diameter.
    Single Gauge Pins: [ 0,3 – 3,0 mm, In dia. steps of
    0.01 mm
    Order No
    Class I-Accuracy 240.11.
    Class II-Accuracy 240.22.
    Assortment: 84 Gauge Pins from 0.3 – 3.0 mm,
    in dia. steps of 0.1 mm plus one
    each pin with undersize 0.01
    and oversize 0.01 mm
    (for example 0.29 – 0.30 – 0.31
    etc.)
    Class I-Accuracy 240.31
    Class II-Accuracy 240.32
    Special
    Assortments:
    to customer’s specifications in
    respect of class of accuracy
    Material:
    Alloy tool steel, hardened and tempered.
    Repeatedly age-treated.
    Hardness 60 ± 2 HRC.
    fine-ground
    Class II-Accuracy ±0.001
    Class II-Accuracy ±0.002
    to DIN 2269
    = 240.91.
    = 1
    = 240.91.1
    subject to alterations
    240.45. Gauge Pin Holders
    (without pins) for diameters Order No
    from 1–2 240.45.1
    from 2–4 240.45.2
    from 4–6 240.45.3
    from 6–8 240.45.4
    from 8–10 240.45.5
    Gauge Pin Holders are double-ended, to carry two pins e.g. for go – no go
    measurements etc.
    Ordering code (example):
    Gauge pin box – approx. 270 pins
    Class I-Accuracy
    Order No
    Gauge Pin Holders
    Wooden Boxes
    Wooden boxes:
    (without pins)
    with drilled holes, for the safe
    and orderly storage of gauge
    pins – each hole marked with
    the requisite pin size.
    Order No
    Large Set of approx. 270 Pins
    size: 2503903390
    240.91
    Small Set of approx. 90 Pins
    size: 1553903285
    240.92
    Boxes complete with carrier board
    inset
    Class I-Accuracy 240.9x.1
    Class II-Accuracy 240.9x.2
    240.11./22.
    subject to alterations
    High Precision Gauge Pin with Handle
    High Precision Gauge Pins – Boxed Sets
    Wooden box:
    Wooden boxes for Gauge Pins – with drilled holes in wooden tray insert.
    Each hole marked with true size of pin.
    External dimensions: 155x90x285 mm
    Ordering Code (example):
    Gauge Pin = 240.
    Class I-Accuracy, with handle = 240.11.
    d 1 = 1,5 mm = 0150
    Order No = 240.11.0150
    240.11./22. High-Precision Gauge Pin with Handle
    The Gauge Pins are firmly fixed to the handle. Each Pin is marked with
    its true diameter.
    Single Gauge Pins: [ 0,3 – 3,0 mm, In dia. steps of
    0.01 mm
    Order No
    Class I-Accuracy 240.11.
    Class II-Accuracy 240.22.
    Assortment: 84 Gauge Pins from 0.3 – 3.0 mm,
    in dia. steps of 0.1 mm plus one
    each pin with undersize 0.01
    and oversize 0.01 mm
    (for example 0.29 – 0.30 – 0.31
    etc.)
    Class I-Accuracy 240.31
    Class II-Accuracy 240.32
    Special
    Assortments:
    to customer’s specifications in
    respect of class of accuracy
    Material:
    Alloy tool steel, hardened and tempered.
    Repeatedly age-treated.
    Hardness 60 ± 2 HRC.
    fine-ground
    Class II-Accuracy ±0.001
    Class II-Accuracy ±0.002
    to DIN 2269
    E209
    subject to alterations
    Punching and embossing unit with matrix for punched holes and self
    tapping screws
    to DIN 9861
    4,2
    Example of application:
    7
    d
    k6 9
    d
    ø13
    H7
    6
    d
    h6 8
    d
    1
    5
    h6 5
    d
    l 2
    l 5
    l 4
    l 3
    l 1
    k6 4
    d
    1
    h6 3
    d
    H7
    1
    d
    2
    d
    ø13
    4,2
    R 0,3
    2282.01.xxx
    2282.01.xxx.1 Embossing die 2282.01.xxx.2 Punch die 2282.01.xxx.3 Bottom die
    Material:
    HSS
    Execution:
    The punching and embossing unit with matrix
    consists of:
    1 x embossing die
    1 x punch die
    1 x matrix
    Sheet metal thickness:
    max. 0,6 mm = 2282.01.035/039
    max. 0,8 mm = 2282.01.042
    max. 0,9 mm = 2282.01.048
    max. 1,0 mm = 2282.01.055/063
    E210
    Order No
    Nominal-∅ =
    thread size d 1 d 2 d 3h6 d 4k6 d 5h6 d 6 d 7 d 8h6 d 9k6 l 1 l 2 l 3 l 4 l 5
    2282.01.035 B 3,5 2.75 3.2 7.5 3.75 2.7 2.7 3.1 7.5 3.75 31.3 28 74.5 71.5 60
    2282.01.039 B 3,9 3.05 3.4 7.5 3.75 3 3 3.6 7.5 3.75 31.3 28 74.5 71.5 60
    2282.01.042 B 4,2 3.15 3.5 8.5 4.25 3.1 3.1 3.7 8 4 31.3 28 74.5 71.5 60
    2282.01.048 B 4,8 3.85 4.2 9 4.5 3.8 3.8 4.5 8 4 31.3 28 74.5 71.5 60
    2282.01.055 B 5,5 4.35 4.8 9 4.5 4.3 4.3 5 8 4 31.3 28 74.5 71.5 60
    2282.01.063 B 6,3 4.85 5.3 10.5 5.25 4.8 4.8 5.5 10 5 31.3 28 74.5 71.5 60
    2282.01. Punching and embossing unit with matrix for punched holes and self tapping screws
    A
    B
    C
    D
    E
    F
    G
    H
    J
    K
    L
    Die Sets
    Precision Ground Plates and Flat Bars
    Lifting and Clamping Devices
    Guide elements
    Ground Precision Components
    Springs
    Elastomer-Bars, -Sheets, -Sections
    FIBRO Chemical Tooling Aids
    Peripheral Equipment
    Cam Units
    Standard Parts for Mould Making
    Springs
    Compression springs, gas springs, elastomer springs
    Spring and spacer units
    Springs
    F2 subject to alterations
    Springs for dies, fixtures, moulds,
    machines, mechanisms. For various
    industrial uses.
    FIBRO Compression Springs – a comprehensive
    range, rooted in the resolute quality consci-
    ousness on which our reputation was built.
    Applied equally to the selection and inspecti-
    on of raw materials as well as to every step in
    manufacture.
    Springs – a simple product by comparison. But
    a demanding one also if new standards are to
    be set by its reliability and performance.
    A product whose failure in service always is
    very expensive, even disastrous in some cases.
    A product therefore where it pays . . . to pay for
    the difference. Whose faults or qualities remain
    hidden at first. They prove themselves in the
    long run –!
    FIBRO high performance springs – in four
    duty ranges. Made from selected grades of
    chrome-vanadium spring steel.
    Cold-formed from special rolled wire sections.
    Capable of sustaining service loadings of
    exceptional serverity.
    Identical fitting dimensions for all springs of
    common nominal size, facilitating development
    work. Packing a maximum of spring action into
    a minimum of design space
    Up and down in endless repetition: FIBRO Com-
    pression Springs. From the tough stable of tool-
    and diemaking, where no quarters are given.
    A spring range of almost 400 sizes. Each spring
    strictly to specification. Ends flattened and
    ground parallel. Surfaces ball shot peened for
    even greater spring resilience.
    FIBRO Springs – for fit-and-forget performance.
    For confined spaces. For virtually no space at
    all. For aircraft · tractors · harvesters · dies jigs ·
    fixtures · for machines from A to Z.
    For all uses where the going is hard. A choice
    without regrets.
    A special spring range for demanding
    applications in the manufacture of tools,
    machinery and jigs & fixtures.
    Our spring systems are constantly being
    developed to cover the most varied
    requirements.
    The spring type is selected to match specific
    customer requirements.
    Special helical springs
    Manufactured to DIN ISO 10243, the springs
    are available in four grades for high cyclic and
    constant loads.
    The specially rolled wire profile is manufactured
    from high quality heat treated alloy steel.
    FIBROFLEX® Springs
    These rubber-elastic spring elements in Sho-
    rehardness ratings 80, 90, 95, are made from
    polyurethane elastomers. Benefits include
    high spring forces and good resilient damping
    behaviour.
    FIBROELAST® Springs
    As a superior alternative to rubber springs we
    offer polyurethane elastomer springs in Shore A
    hardness rating of 70.
    Disc Springs
    The required spring characteristics result from
    various laminations with multiple settings and
    combinations.
    FIBRO Gas springs
    close a gap where ever the accent is on accomo-
    dation of the utmot force component within a
    minimum of space – or where exceedingly large
    travel is demanded: FIBRO Gas springs take care
    of both demands, even in combination.
    Springs
    Springs
    subject to alterations
    Springs for dies, fixtures, moulds,
    machines, mechanisms. For various
    industrial uses.
    FIBRO Compression Springs – a comprehensive
    range, rooted in the resolute quality consci-
    ousness on which our reputation was built.
    Applied equally to the selection and inspecti-
    on of raw materials as well as to every step in
    manufacture.
    Springs – a simple product by comparison. But
    a demanding one also if new standards are to
    be set by its reliability and performance.
    A product whose failure in service always is
    very expensive, even disastrous in some cases.
    A product therefore where it pays . . . to pay for
    the difference. Whose faults or qualities remain
    hidden at first. They prove themselves in the
    long run –!
    FIBRO high performance springs – in four
    duty ranges. Made from selected grades of
    chrome-vanadium spring steel.
    Cold-formed from special rolled wire sections.
    Capable of sustaining service loadings of
    exceptional serverity.
    Identical fitting dimensions for all springs of
    common nominal size, facilitating development
    work. Packing a maximum of spring action into
    a minimum of design space
    Up and down in endless repetition: FIBRO Com-
    pression Springs. From the tough stable of tool-
    and diemaking, where no quarters are given.
    A spring range of almost 400 sizes. Each spring
    strictly to specification. Ends flattened and
    ground parallel. Surfaces ball shot peened for
    even greater spring resilience.
    FIBRO Springs – for fit-and-forget performance.
    For confined spaces. For virtually no space at
    all. For aircraft · tractors · harvesters · dies jigs ·
    fixtures · for machines from A to Z.
    For all uses where the going is hard. A choice
    without regrets.
    A special spring range for demanding
    applications in the manufacture of tools,
    machinery and jigs & fixtures.
    Our spring systems are constantly being
    developed to cover the most varied
    requirements.
    The spring type is selected to match specific
    customer requirements.
    Special helical springs
    Manufactured to DIN ISO 10243, the springs
    are available in four grades for high cyclic and
    constant loads.
    The specially rolled wire profile is manufactured
    from high quality heat treated alloy steel.
    FIBROFLEX® Springs
    These rubber-elastic spring elements in Sho-
    rehardness ratings 80, 90, 95, are made from
    polyurethane elastomers. Benefits include
    high spring forces and good resilient damping
    behaviour.
    FIBROELAST® Springs
    As a superior alternative to rubber springs we
    offer polyurethane elastomer springs in Shore A
    hardness rating of 70.
    Disc Springs
    The required spring characteristics result from
    various laminations with multiple settings and
    combinations.
    FIBRO Gas springs
    close a gap where ever the accent is on accomo-
    dation of the utmot force component within a
    minimum of space – or where exceedingly large
    travel is demanded: FIBRO Gas springs take care
    of both demands, even in combination.
    Springs
    F3
    Contents
    subject to alterations
    Gas springs - General overview
    High performance compression
    springs - Description
    High performance compression
    springs - Cyclic stress maxima/
    minima as applicable to extended/
    limited life
    241.13.
    High performance compression
    spring, XSF, Colour "Violet"
    241.14.10.
    High performance compression
    spring DIN ISO 10243
    241.15.10.
    High performance compression
    spring DIN ISO 10243
    241.16.10.
    High performance compression
    spring DIN ISO 10243
    241.17.10.
    High performance compression
    spring DIN ISO 10243
    241.14.13.
    High performance compression
    spring DIN ISO 10243
    241.15.13.
    High performance compression
    spring DIN ISO 10243
    241.16.13.
    High performance compression
    spring DIN ISO 10243
    241.17.13.
    High performance compression
    spring DIN ISO 10243
    241.14.16.
    High performance compression
    spring DIN ISO 10243
    241.15.16.
    High performance compression
    spring DIN ISO 10243
    241.16.16.
    High performance compression
    spring DIN ISO 10243
    241.17.16.
    High performance compression
    spring DIN ISO 10243
    F4
    F23,
    F174
    F26
    F27
    F28-29
    F30
    F30
    F31
    F31
    F32
    F32
    F33
    F33
    F34
    F35
    F36
    F37
    Contents
    subject to alterations
    241.14.20.
    High performance compression
    spring DIN ISO 10243
    241.15.20.
    High performance compression
    spring DIN ISO 10243
    241.16.20.
    High performance compression
    spring DIN ISO 10243
    241.17.20.
    High performance compression
    spring DIN ISO 10243
    241.14.25.
    High performance compression
    spring DIN ISO 10243
    241.15.25.
    High performance compression
    spring DIN ISO 10243
    241.16.25.
    High performance compression
    spring DIN ISO 10243
    241.17.25.
    High performance compression
    spring DIN ISO 10243
    241.14.32.
    High performance compression
    spring DIN ISO 10243
    241.15.32.
    High performance compression
    spring DIN ISO 10243
    241.16.32.
    High performance compression
    spring DIN ISO 10243
    241.17.32.
    High performance compression
    spring DIN ISO 10243
    241.14.40.
    High performance compression
    spring DIN ISO 10243
    241.15.40.
    High performance compression
    spring DIN ISO 10243
    241.16.40.
    High performance compression
    spring DIN ISO 10243
    241.17.40.
    High performance compression
    spring DIN ISO 10243
    F5
    F38
    F39
    F40
    F41
    F42
    F43
    F44
    F45
    F46
    F47
    F48
    F49
    F50
    F51
    F52
    F53
    Contents
    subject to alterations
    241.14.50.
    High performance compression
    spring DIN ISO 10243
    241.15.50.
    High performance compression
    spring DIN ISO 10243
    241.16.50.
    High performance compression
    spring DIN ISO 10243
    241.17.50.
    High performance compression
    spring DIN ISO 10243
    241.14.63.
    High performance compression
    spring DIN ISO 10243
    241.15.63.
    High performance compression
    spring DIN ISO 10243
    241.19.
    High performance compression
    spring, 3XLF, Colour "White"
    241.02.
    Round wire compression spring
    242.01.
    Disc spring DIN 2093
    244.1.
    FIBROFLEX®-Elastomer spring for
    FIBROFLEX®-Spring system
    246.5.
    FIBROFLEX®-Tubular spring element
    80 Shore A, to DIN ISO 10069-1
    246.6.
    FIBROFLEX®-Tubular spring element
    90 Shore A, to DIN ISO 10069-1
    246.7.
    FIBROFLEX®-Tubular spring element
    95 Shore A, to DIN ISO 10069-1
    2461.4.
    FIBROELAST® Tubular spring
    element 70 Shore A
    2461.2.
    Tubular Spring Element, Rubber
    70 Shore A
    2441.5.
    Locating bolt
    F6
    F54
    F55
    F56
    F57
    F58
    F59
    F60
    F61
    F62
    F64
    F66
    F68-87
    F70
    F72
    F74
    F76
    Contents
    subject to alterations
    2441.6.
    Locating bolt, threaded
    2441.3.
    Stacking washer DIN ISO 10069-2
    244.4.
    Thrust washer
    244.5.
    Guide pin
    244.6.
    Trust washer for elastomer springs
    244.7.
    Trust washer for compression
    springs
    244.9.
    Spacer tube
    244.10.15.
    Washer
    244.10.
    Washer
    244.11.
    Spacer sleeve
    244.12.
    Spacer plug
    244.13.
    Adjusting washer
    2441.14.
    Threaded disc for elastomer springs
    2441.15.
    Threaded disc for compression
    springs
    2450.
    Shock absorbing washer
    2441.18.
    Retaining bolt
    F7
    F76
    F77
    F77
    F78
    F78
    F79
    F80
    F81
    F82
    F82
    F83
    F83
    F84
    F84
    F85
    F86
    Contents
    subject to alterations
    2441.16.
    Thrust washer
    2451.6.
    Slide stop
    2451.6. .2
    Stop buffer
    2452.10.
    Slide stop
    2450.10A.
    Damper, light-duty
    2450.11B.
    Damper, light-duty
    2450.20 □ .
    Damper, heavy-duty
    2451.10D.
    Damper stopper
    2452.10. .2
    Damping unit SD
    244.14.0.
    Spring unit for elastomer spring
    2441.14.1.
    Spring unit for elastomer spring
    244.15.0.
    Spring unit for helical spring
    2441.15.1.
    Spring unit for helical spring
    244.20./25./32./40.
    Spring- and spacer unit
    244.20./25./32./40.3.
    Spring- and spacer unit, low installa-
    tion space
    244.16.
    Spring and spacer unit
    F8
    F86
    F88
    F89
    F90
    F92
    F93
    F94-95
    F96
    F97
    F98
    F98
    F99
    F99
    F100-
    101
    F102
    F104
    Contents
    subject to alterations
    244.18.
    Spring and spacer unit, with
    hexagon socket countersunk head
    cap screw
    244.17.
    Shoulder screw
    241.00.1.
    Pipe plug (for compresssion spring
    adjustement)
    2471.6.
    Compression Pad
    247.6.
    Shedder insert
    2531.7.
    Setting-up bumper, round
    252.7.
    Setting-up bumper, square
    2533.10.
    Spacer for die release
    2533.20.
    Spacer with spring for die release
    2533.00.01.
    Hinge for spacer
    2532.2.
    Stripper for blanking dies
    2470.10. .1
    Spring plunger, standard spring
    force, VDI 3004, Colour marking:
    yellow
    2470.20. .1
    Spring plunger, low maintenance,
    standard spring force, VDI 3004,
    Colour marking: yellow
    2470.10. .3
    Spring plunger, medium spring
    force, VDI 3004, Colour marking:
    white
    2470.20. .3
    Spring plunger, low maintenance,
    medium spring force, VDI 3004,
    Colour marking: white
    2470.10. .2
    Spring plunger, increased spring
    force, VDI 3004, Colour marking: red
    F9
    F105
    F106
    F107
    F108
    F108
    F109
    F110
    F111
    F112
    F113
    F114
    F116
    F117
    F118
    F119
    F120
    Contents
    subject to alterations
    2470.20. .2
    Spring plunger, low maintenance,
    increased spring force, VDI 3004,
    Colour marking: red
    2471.01.
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded
    ball, with slot, standard spring force
    2471.31.
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded
    ball, with slot, standard spring force
    2471.02.
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded
    ball, with slot, increased spring force
    2471.32.
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded
    ball, with slot, increased spring force
    2471.03.
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded
    ball, with hexagon socket, standard
    spring force
    2471.33.
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded
    ball, with hexagon socket, standard
    spring force
    2471.04.
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded
    ball, with hexagon socket, increased
    spring force
    2471.34.
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded
    ball, with hexagon socket, increased
    spring force
    2471.05.
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded
    ball, with slot, standard spring force
    2471.35.
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded
    ball, with slot, standard spring force
    2472.01.
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded
    pin, with slot, standard spring force
    2472.31.
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded
    pin, with slot, standard spring force
    2472.21.
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded
    pin, with slot, standard spring force
    2472.22.
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded
    pin, with slot, standard spring force
    2472.03.
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded
    pin, with hexagon socket, standard
    spring force
    F10
    F121
    F122
    F122
    F123
    F123
    F124
    F124
    F125
    F125
    F126
    F126
    F127
    F127
    F128
    F128
    F129
    Contents
    subject to alterations
    2472.33.
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded
    pin, with hexagon socket, standard
    spring force
    2472.07.
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded
    pin and seal, with hexagon socket,
    standard spring force
    2472.37.
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded
    pin and seal, with hexagon socket,
    standard spring force
    2472.02.
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded
    pin, with slot, increased spring force
    2472.08.
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded
    pin and seal, with hexagon socket,
    increased spring force
    2472.04.
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded
    pin, with hexagon socket, increased
    spring force
    2472.34.
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded
    pin, with hexagon socket, increased
    spring force
    2472.05.
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded
    pin, with slot, standard spring force
    2472.35.
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded
    pin, with slot, standard spring force
    2472.06.
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded
    pin, with slot, increased spring force
    2472.36.
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded
    pin, with slot, increased spring force
    2473.01.
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded
    pin, straight version, with collar
    2473.02.
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded
    ball, straight version
    2475.01.
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded
    ball, straight version, with collar
    2475.02.
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded
    ball, straight version, with collar
    2475.03.
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded
    ball, straight version, with collar
    F11
    F129
    F130
    F130
    F131
    F131
    F132
    F132
    F133
    F133
    F134
    F134
    F135
    F135
    F136
    F136
    F137
    Contents
    subject to alterations
    2475.04.
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded
    ball, straight version, with collar
    2470.10.11
    Insertion tool
    2470.12.010.017
    Insertion tool
    2472.11.
    Thrust pad driver
    2477. .1.01
    Stripping unit, wall and bottom
    mounting
    2477. .1.02
    Stripping unit, flanged mounting
    2478.10.
    Stock lifter
    2478.30. .1
    Stock lifter
    2478.30. .2
    Stock lifter with attachment lug
    2478.30. .3
    Stripper
    2478.20.20.
    Lifting unit (not damped/damped)
    to Mercedes-Benz
    2478.20.20.1.
    Guide pillar for lifting unit to
    Mercedes-Benz
    2478.20.20.2.
    Sleeve for lifting unit to
    Mercedes- Benz
    2478.20.20.3
    Damper for lifting units to
    Mercedes-Benz
    2478.20.20.4
    Spacer sleeve for lifting units to
    Mercedes-Benz
    2478.20.15.10
    Lifter, round with pilot pin hole to
    BMW standard
    F12
    F137
    F138
    F138
    F138
    F140
    F141
    F142
    F143
    F144
    F145
    F147
    F148
    F149
    F150
    F151
    F152
    Contents
    subject to alterations
    2478.20.15.20.
    Lifter unit with installation block to
    BMW standard
    2478.20.15.23.
    Lifter rail for lifter units to
    BMW standard
    2478.20.15.24.
    Holding sleeve for lifter units to
    BMW standard
    2478.20.15.30.
    Universal lifter unit according to
    BMW standard
    2478.20.15.40.
    Universal lifter unit, according to
    BMW standard
    2478.25.00090.
    Lifter unit with pillar guidance
    2478.25.00200.
    Lifter unit with pillar guidance
    2478.
    Spring ram with gas spring
    2478.20. .1
    Spring ram with gas spring to
    VW standard
    2052.71.
    Guide bush for spring ram
    2478.20. .1
    Gas springs - Description
    Gas springs - Mounting Directions
    Gas springs from FIBRO - The Safer
    Choice
    2479.030.
    Gas spring (Spring plunger), with
    hexagon socket, VDI 3004
    2479.031.
    Gas spring (Spring plunger), with
    hexagon socket, VDI 3004
    2479.032.
    Gas spring (Spring plunger), with
    hexagon socket, VDI 3004
    F13
    F153
    F154
    F154
    F155
    F156
    F158
    F159
    F160
    F161
    F162
    F164-
    167
    F168-
    169
    F170-
    171
    F176
    F177
    F178
    Contents
    subject to alterations
    2479.034.
    Gas spring (Spring plunger), to WDX
    2482.72.
    Gas spring, small dimension and
    low force
    2482.73. .1
    Gas spring, small dimension and
    low force
    2482.74. .2
    Gas spring, small dimension and
    low force
    2480.21.
    Gas spring, small dimension and
    low force
    2480.22. .1
    Gas spring, small dimension and
    low force
    2480.23.
    Gas spring, small dimension and
    low force
    2480.13.00250.
    Gas spring, Standard
    2480.13.00500.
    Gas spring, Standard
    2480.13.00750.
    Gas Spring, Standard
    2480.12.01500.
    Gas spring, Standard
    2480.13.03000.
    Gas spring, Standard
    2480.13.05000.
    Gas spring, Standard
    2480.13.07500.
    Gas spring, Standard
    2480.12.10000.
    Gas spring, Standard
    2488.13.00750.
    Gas spring HEAVY DUTY
    F14
    F179
    F182-
    183
    F184-
    185
    F186-
    187
    F188-
    189
    F190-
    191
    F192-
    193
    F196-
    197
    F198-
    199
    F200-
    201
    F202-
    203
    F204-
    205
    F206-
    207
    F208-
    209
    F210-
    211
    F214-
    215
    Contents
    subject to alterations
    2488.13.01000.
    Gas spring HEAVY DUTY
    2488.13.01500.
    Gas spring HEAVY DUTY
    2488.13.02400.
    Gas spring HEAVY DUTY
    2488.13.04200.
    Gas spring HEAVY DUTY
    2488.13.06600.
    Gas spring HEAVY DUTY
    2488.13.09500.
    Gas spring HEAVY DUTY
    2488.13.20000.
    Gas spring HEAVY DUTY
    2496.12.00270.
    Gas spring with through bore
    passage
    2496.12.00490.
    Gas spring with through bore
    passage
    2496.12.01060.
    Gas spring with through bore
    passage
    2487.12.00170.
    Gas spring POWERLINE
    2487.12.00320.
    Gas spring POWERLINE
    2487.12.00350.
    Gas spring POWERLINE
    2487.12.00500.
    Gas spring POWERLINE
    2487.12.00750. .1
    Gas spring POWERLINE
    2487.12.01000. .1
    Gas spring POWERLINE
    F15
    F216-
    217
    F218-
    219
    F220-
    221
    F222-
    223
    F224-
    225
    F226-
    227
    F228-
    229
    F232-
    233
    F234-
    235
    F236-
    237
    F240-
    241
    F242-
    243
    F244-
    245
    F246-
    247
    F248-
    249
    F250-
    251
    Contents
    subject to alterations
    2487.12.01500.
    Gas spring POWERLINE
    2487.12.02400.
    Gas spring POWERLINE
    2487.12.04200.
    Gas spring POWERLINE
    2487.12.06600.
    Gas spring POWERLINE
    2487.12.09500.
    Gas spring POWERLINE
    2487.12.20000.
    Gas spring POWERLINE
    2497.12.00500.
    Gas spring CX, Compact Xtreme
    2497.12.01000.
    Gas spring CX, Compact Xtreme
    2497.12.01900.
    Gas spring CX, Compact Xtreme
    2490.14.00420.
    Compact gas spring
    2490.14.00750.
    Compact gas spring
    2490.14.01000.
    Compact gas spring
    2490.14.01800.
    Compact gas spring
    2490.14.03000.
    Compact gas spring
    2490.14.04700.
    Compact gas spring
    2490.14.07500.
    Compact gas spring
    F16
    F252-
    253
    F254-
    255
    F256-
    257
    F258-
    259
    F260-
    261
    F262-
    263
    F266-
    267
    F268-
    269
    F270-
    271
    F274-
    275
    F276-
    277
    F278-
    279
    F280-
    281
    F282-
    283
    F284-
    285
    F286-
    287
    Contents
    subject to alterations
    2490.14.11800.
    Compact gas spring
    2490.14.18300.
    Compact gas spring
    2485.12.00500.
    Gas spring, with low build height
    2485.12.00750.
    Gas spring, with low build height
    2485.12.01500.
    Gas spring, with low build height
    2486.12.00750.
    Gas spring SPEED CONTROL,
    cushioned
    2486.12.01500.
    Gas spring SPEED CONTROL,
    cushioned
    2486.12.03000.
    Gas spring SPEED CONTROL,
    cushioned
    2486.12.05000.
    Gas spring SPEED CONTROL,
    cushioned
    2486.22.03000.
    Gas spring DS
    2486.22.05000.
    Gas spring DS
    2486.22.07500.
    Gas spring DS
    2480.32.
    Gas spring with external thread
    2480.32.00250.
    Gas spring with external thread
    2480.82.00250.
    Gas spring with external thread
    2487.82.01000.
    Gas spring with male fixing thread,
    POWERLINE
    F17
    F288-
    289
    F290-
    291
    F296-
    297
    F298-
    299
    F300-
    301
    F306-
    307
    F308-
    309
    F310-
    311
    F312-
    313
    F318-
    319
    F320-
    321
    F322-
    323
    F328-
    329
    F330-
    331
    F332-
    333
    F335
    Contents
    subject to alterations
    2480.33.
    Gas spring with hexagonal flange
    2484.13.00750.
    LCF Gas Spring, damped
    2484.12.01500.
    LCF Gas Spring, damped
    2484.13.03000.
    LCF Gas Spring, damped
    2484.13.05000.
    LCF Gas Spring, damped
    2484.13.07500.
    LCF Gas Spring, damped
    2489.
    Controllable gas springs
    2491.
    Air springs to VW standard
    2495.
    Manifoldsystems
    2494.
    Composite plates
    Gas springs - Accessories
    2480.00.70.
    Pressure reservoir
    2480.015.
    Pressure plate, shock absorbing
    2480.004.
    Thrust Pad
    2480.009.
    Thrust plate
    2480.018.
    Thrust plate
    F18
    F336
    F344-
    345
    F346-
    347
    F348-
    349
    F350-
    351
    F352-
    353
    F354
    F355
    F356
    F357
    F359
    -416
    F360-
    362
    F363
    F364
    F364
    F364
    Contents
    subject to alterations
    2480.019.
    Thrust plate
    2480.019.45.
    Thrust plate to Renault standard
    2480.080.
    Concertina shroud for gas springs
    Gas spring connection systems
    Mounting arrangement for gas
    springs in the Minimess system
    Instruction for hose assembly in the
    Minimess system
    2480.00.23.
    Minimess – Compound Threaded
    Joints
    2480.00.24.
    Minimess - Compound Threaded
    Joints
    2480.00.10.
    Compression Fitting – Compound
    Threaded Joints
    Assembly Arrangenment of Gas
    Springs in Servial Connection
    Compression Fitting
    2480.00.26.
    24°-cone-threaded joint
    2480.00.25.
    Connecting hose with 24° cone
    2480.00.27.01.
    Connector system 24° conus micro
    2480.00.27.
    Connector system 24° conus micro
    2480.00.28.
    Connector system 24° conus micro
    2480.00.22.
    Connector system micro
    F19
    F365
    F365
    F366-
    367
    F368
    F369-
    373
    F369
    F374
    F375-
    378
    F379-
    380
    F381
    F382-
    384
    F383
    F385
    F386
    F387-
    389
    F388
    Contents
    subject to alterations
    2480.00.34.
    Micro control fitting
    2480.00.30.
    Control fitting
    2480.00.31.
    Control fitting for gas springs
    2480.00.30.13
    Control fitting
    2480.00.30.14
    Control fitting
    2480.00.39.05.
    Multiple control fitting
    2480.00.31.11
    Control fitting
    2480.00.45.
    Diaphragm pressure switch
    2480.00.90.
    Wireless Pressure Monitoring - wire-
    less monitoring of gas springs
    2480.00.32.21
    Filling and control fitting
    2480.00.31.02
    Filling hose
    2480.00.32.07
    Cylinder pressure regulator
    2480.00.32.71.
    Compact Nitrogen Booster
    2480.00.35.
    Dynamometer for gas springs
    2480.00.35.04
    Dynamometer for gas springs
    2480.00.50.11
    Toolkit for assembling gas springs
    F20
    F390
    F391
    F391
    F392
    F392
    F393
    F394
    F395
    F396-
    398
    F399
    F399
    F399
    F400-
    401
    F402
    F403
    F404
    Contents
    subject to alterations
    2480.00.50.04
    Assembling cone
    2480.00.50.20.
    Service station, mobile, for gas
    springs
    2480.00.54.10
    Hose press, pneumatic
    2480.00.54.03
    Hose shears
    Gas springs - Application examples
    F21
    F405
    F406
    F407
    F407
    F409-
    416
    subject to alterations F22
    subject to alterations
    Force increase diagram:
    Initial spring force 750 daN
    – Gas spring
    – High Performance Compression Spring
    – FIBROFLEX® spring
    0
    150
    Stroke in mm
    300
    450
    600
    750
    900
    1050
    1200
    1350
    1500
    1650
    1800
    1950
    0
    10 20 30 40 50
    Spring force in daN
    Gas spring
    High Performance Compression Spring
    FIBROFLEX®spring
    General overview of
    Gas springs - High Performance Compression Spring - FIBROFLEX® springs
    50 100 200 300 0
    Stroke in mm
    Spring force in daN
    125
    Range of applications:
     Gas spring
     High Performance Compression Spring
     FIBROFLEX® spring
    13.000
    15.000
    10.000
    5.000
    550
    3.000
    20.000
    subject to alterations
    Force increase diagram:
    Initial spring force 750 daN
    – Gas spring
    – High Performance Compression Spring
    – FIBROFLEX® spring
    0
    150
    Stroke in mm
    300
    450
    600
    750
    900
    1050
    1200
    1350
    1500
    1650
    1800
    1950
    0
    10 20 30 40 50
    Spring force in daN
    Gas spring
    High Performance Compression Spring
    FIBROFLEX®spring
    General overview of
    Gas springs - High Performance Compression Spring - FIBROFLEX® springs
    50 100 200 300 0
    Stroke in mm
    Spring force in daN
    125
    Range of applications:
     Gas spring
     High Performance Compression Spring
     FIBROFLEX® spring
    13.000
    15.000
    10.000
    5.000
    550
    3.000
    20.000
    F23
    Compression
    Springs
    DIN ISO 10243
    F25
    subject to alterations
    Working temperature
    The spring material has a working temperature
    of up to 250 °C. This rating is an approximation
    since the actual approved working temperature
    will also depend on factors such as load. It is
    worth noting that above 100 °C the modulus of
    elasticity decreases and with a reduction in
    tension setting starts to occur.
    Extended Spring Life:
    Spring Displacement Values
    The largest permissible displacement is
    indicated by S 6 – offering about 62% of the
    “total” displacement of the wire-to-wire
    compacted spring (= S n ). This displacement will
    induce a shear stress of τ zul. of 800 N/mm 2 . The
    associated stress differentialduring oscillations
    shoult not exceed 400 N/mm 2 (= τ h ).
    Calculation of Spring Forces
    Simple multiplication of the spring coefficient R
    with the applicable displacement S (mm) yields
    the spring force value (N).
    Spring Force versus
    Spring Displacement
    The relevant tables show the force values for
    selected displacements od 30, 40, 45, 55, 62, 80
    and 100% compression, designated by S 1 ...S 7 .
    Intermediate force values can be extra-polated
    from the Stress/Spring Life Diagram.
    Service Data for Limited-/
    Extended Spring Life
    The achievable service life of helical
    compression springs depends to a large extent
    on the composition of the spring wire, the
    operating conditions, and on design
    parameters.
    In all applications with oscillating spring
    displacement, careful selection of both preload
    values and compressive displacement are
    prerequisites for extended spring life, as
    confirmed by the permissible stress values in
    the loading data tables and the stress/spring
    life diagram.
    Shear stress maxima and spring oscillation
    stress differentials are a direct function of the
    quality of the spring wire.
    FIBRO High Performance Compression Springs
    are made exclusively from special alloyed
    chrome-steel. The superlative characteristics of
    this material are further enhanced by heat
    treatment under optimal conditions, followed
    by a ball shot peening process.
    For extended spring life under oscillating load
    changes, the maximal shear stress τ zul. is
    800 N/mm 2 , of which some 400 N/mm 2 = (τ h )
    may be taken up by the stress differential
    between spring oscillations.
    Higher stress levels are permissible only under
    the proviso of limited life expectancy, or in
    cases of static and quasi-static load conditions.
    Springs subjected to dynamic load conditions
    also suffer impairment to their life expectancy
    through influences such as extreme operating
    temperatures, transversal stress components,
    shock loads, and resonant vibration frequen-
    cies. In all these instances, a lowering of the
    stress levels assists towards better spring life.
    High Performance Compression Springs
    F26 subject to alterations
    D h = diameter of guide sleeve
    D d = diameter of guide pin
    L 0 = free length of spring
    L 1 …L n = length of loaded spring (mm), as related to spring
    L BL = length of compacted spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
    F 1 …F n = forces (N) as related to lenght of spring L 1 …L n
    S v1 …S v7 = recommended preload compression, as related to compress.
    S 1 …S 7
    S 1 …S n = compression, as related to spring forces F 1 …F n
    R = spring rate (N/mm)
    S A1 …S A7 = working stroke (mm))
    Working strokes S A1 …S A7 = compress. (S 1 …S 7 ) – minus preloading
    compression (S v1 …S v7 )
    Notice: 80% compression must not be exceeded!
    Cyclic stress maxima/minima as
    applicable to extended/limited life of FIBRO
    High-Performance Compression Springs
    241.
    * For application within Extended Spring Life:
    up to a compression rating of 45%, a preloading compression of 13% applies.
    e. g.: up to a compression rating of 55% a preloading compression of 23% is required.
    subject to alterations
    Working temperature
    The spring material has a working temperature
    of up to 250 °C. This rating is an approximation
    since the actual approved working temperature
    will also depend on factors such as load. It is
    worth noting that above 100 °C the modulus of
    elasticity decreases and with a reduction in
    tension setting starts to occur.
    Extended Spring Life:
    Spring Displacement Values
    The largest permissible displacement is
    indicated by S 6 – offering about 62% of the
    “total” displacement of the wire-to-wire
    compacted spring (= S n ). This displacement will
    induce a shear stress of τ zul. of 800 N/mm 2 . The
    associated stress differentialduring oscillations
    shoult not exceed 400 N/mm 2 (= τ h ).
    Calculation of Spring Forces
    Simple multiplication of the spring coefficient R
    with the applicable displacement S (mm) yields
    the spring force value (N).
    Spring Force versus
    Spring Displacement
    The relevant tables show the force values for
    selected displacements od 30, 40, 45, 55, 62, 80
    and 100% compression, designated by S 1 ...S 7 .
    Intermediate force values can be extra-polated
    from the Stress/Spring Life Diagram.
    Service Data for Limited-/
    Extended Spring Life
    The achievable service life of helical
    compression springs depends to a large extent
    on the composition of the spring wire, the
    operating conditions, and on design
    parameters.
    In all applications with oscillating spring
    displacement, careful selection of both preload
    values and compressive displacement are
    prerequisites for extended spring life, as
    confirmed by the permissible stress values in
    the loading data tables and the stress/spring
    life diagram.
    Shear stress maxima and spring oscillation
    stress differentials are a direct function of the
    quality of the spring wire.
    FIBRO High Performance Compression Springs
    are made exclusively from special alloyed
    chrome-steel. The superlative characteristics of
    this material are further enhanced by heat
    treatment under optimal conditions, followed
    by a ball shot peening process.
    For extended spring life under oscillating load
    changes, the maximal shear stress τ zul. is
    800 N/mm 2 , of which some 400 N/mm 2 = (τ h )
    may be taken up by the stress differential
    between spring oscillations.
    Higher stress levels are permissible only under
    the proviso of limited life expectancy, or in
    cases of static and quasi-static load conditions.
    Springs subjected to dynamic load conditions
    also suffer impairment to their life expectancy
    through influences such as extreme operating
    temperatures, transversal stress components,
    shock loads, and resonant vibration frequen-
    cies. In all these instances, a lowering of the
    stress levels assists towards better spring life.
    High Performance Compression Springs
    subject to alterations
    D h = diameter of guide sleeve
    D d = diameter of guide pin
    L 0 = free length of spring
    L 1 …L n = length of loaded spring (mm), as related to spring
    L BL = length of compacted spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
    F 1 …F n = forces (N) as related to lenght of spring L 1 …L n
    S v1 …S v7 = recommended preload compression, as related to compress.
    S 1 …S 7
    S 1 …S n = compression, as related to spring forces F 1 …F n
    R = spring rate (N/mm)
    S A1 …S A7 = working stroke (mm))
    Working strokes S A1 …S A7 = compress. (S 1 …S 7 ) – minus preloading
    compression (S v1 …S v7 )
    Notice: 80% compression must not be exceeded!
    Cyclic stress maxima/minima as
    applicable to extended/limited life of FIBRO
    High-Performance Compression Springs
    241.
    * For application within Extended Spring Life:
    up to a compression rating of 45%, a preloading compression of 13% applies.
    e. g.: up to a compression rating of 55% a preloading compression of 23% is required.
    F27
    subject to alterations
    High performance compression spring, XSF, Colour "Violet"
    preloading force
    F
    F
    n
    F
    preload S V
    d D
    A
    S
    S
    S
    S
    1
    n
    L
    0
    L
    1
    L
    2
    L
    n
    L
    BL
    2
    h
    D
    2
    1
    H15
    D h =
    D d =
    L 0 =
    L 1 …L n =
    L BL =
    F 1 …F n =
    S V1 …S V7 =
    S 1 …S n =
    R =
    S A1 …S A7 =
    dia. of guide sleeve
    diameter of guide pin
    free length of spring
    length of loaded spring
    (mm) as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    length of compacted
    spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
    forces (N) as related to
    length of spring L 1 …L n
    recommend. preload.
    compression, as relat.
    to compress. S 1 …S 7
    compr. as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    spring rate (N/mm)
    working stroke (mm)
    F28
    Order No
    D h
    D d
    L 0
    R
    45%
    S 1
    S V1
    S A1
    F 1
    62%
    S 2
    S V2
    S A2
    F 2
    80%
    S 3
    S V3
    S A3
    F 3
    100%
    S n
    F n
    241.13.20.025 20 10 25 32.1 6.3 1.8 4.5 202 8.7 4.2 4.5 279 11.2 8.1 3.1 360 14 449
    241.13.20.032 20 10 32 24.7 8.1 2.3 5.8 200 11.2 5.4 5.8 276 14.4 10.4 4 356 18 445
    241.13.20.038 20 10 38 20.7 9.9 2.9 7 205 13.6 6.6 7 282 17.6 12.8 4.8 364 22 455
    241.13.20.044 20 10 44 17.8 11.7 3.4 8.3 208 16.1 7.8 8.3 287 20.8 15.1 5.7 370 26 463
    241.13.20.051 20 10 51 15.3 13.5 3.9 9.6 207 18.6 9 9.6 285 24 17.4 6.6 367 30 459
    241.13.20.064 20 10 64 12.1 17.1 4.9 12.2 207 23.6 11.4 12.2 285 30.4 22 8.4 368 38 460
    241.13.20.076 20 10 76 10.2 20.2 5.9 14.4 207 27.9 13.5 14.4 285 36 26.1 9.9 367 45 459
    241.13.20.089 20 10 89 8.6 23.9 6.9 17 205 32.9 15.9 17 283 42.4 30.7 11.7 365 53 456
    241.13.20.102 20 10 102 7.5 27.9 8.1 19.8 209 38.4 18.6 19.8 288 49.6 36 13.6 372 62 465
    241.13.20.115 20 10 115 6.7 31.5 9.1 22.4 211 43.4 21 22.4 291 56 40.6 15.4 375 70 469
    241.13.20.127 20 10 127 6.1 34.6 10 24.6 211 47.7 23.1 24.6 291 61.6 44.7 16.9 376 77 470
    241.13.20.139 20 10 139 5.5 38.2 11 27.2 210 52.7 25.5 27.2 290 68 49.3 18.7 374 85 468
    241.13.20.152 20 10 152 5.1 41.9 12.1 29.8 213 57.7 27.9 29.8 294 74.4 53.9 20.5 379 93 474
    241.13.20.305 20 10 305 2.5 84.6 24.4 60.2 212 116.6 56.4 60.2 291 150.4 109 41.4 376 188 470
    241.13.25.025 25 12.5 25 52.7 6.3 1.8 4.5 332 8.7 4.2 4.5 457 11.2 8.1 3.1 590 14 738
    241.13.25.032 25 12.5 32 40 8.1 2.3 5.8 324 11.2 5.4 5.8 446 14.4 10.4 4 576 18 720
    241.13.25.038 25 12.5 38 33.3 9.9 2.9 7 330 13.6 6.6 7 454 17.6 12.8 4.8 586 22 733
    241.13.25.044 25 12.5 44 28.6 11.2 3.2 8 322 15.5 7.5 8 443 20 14.5 5.5 572 25 715
    241.13.25.051 25 12.5 51 24.7 13.5 3.9 9.6 333 18.6 9 9.6 459 24 17.4 6.6 593 30 741
    241.13.25.064 25 12.5 64 19.4 17.1 4.9 12.2 332 23.6 11.4 12.2 457 30.4 22 8.4 590 38 737
    241.13.25.076 25 12.5 76 16.3 20.2 5.9 14.4 330 27.9 13.5 14.4 455 36 26.1 9.9 587 45 734
    241.13.25.089 25 12.5 89 15.9 23.9 6.9 17 379 32.9 15.9 17 522 42.4 30.7 11.7 674 53 843
    241.13.25.102 25 12.5 102 12.1 27.4 7.9 19.5 332 37.8 18.3 19.5 458 48.8 35.4 13.4 590 61 738
    241.13.25.115 25 12.5 115 10.8 31.5 9.1 22.4 340 43.4 21 22.4 469 56 40.6 15.4 605 70 756
    241.13.25.127 25 12.5 127 9.8 34.6 10 24.6 340 47.7 23.1 24.6 468 61.6 44.7 16.9 604 77 755
    241.13.25.139 25 12.5 139 8.9 38.2 11 27.2 340 52.7 25.5 27.2 469 68 49.3 18.7 605 85 756
    241.13.25.152 25 12.5 152 8.1 41.9 12.1 29.8 339 57.7 27.9 29.8 467 74.4 53.9 20.5 603 93 753
    241.13.25.178 25 12.5 178 6.9 49.1 14.2 34.9 338 67.6 32.7 34.9 466 87.2 63.2 24 602 109 752
    241.13.25.203 25 12.5 203 6.1 55.8 16.1 39.7 340 76.9 37.2 39.7 469 99.2 71.9 27.3 605 124 756
    241.13.25.305 25 12.5 305 4 84.6 24.4 60.2 338 116.6 56.4 60.2 466 150.4 109 41.4 602 188 752
    241.13.32.038 32 16 38 43.8 9.9 2.9 7 434 13.6 6.6 7 597 17.6 12.8 4.8 771 22 964
    241.13.32.044 32 16 44 37.5 11.7 3.4 8.3 439 16.1 7.8 8.3 604 20.8 15.1 5.7 780 26 975
    241.13.32.051 32 16 51 32.3 13.9 4 9.9 451 19.2 9.3 9.9 621 24.8 18 6.8 801 31 1001
    241.13.32.064 32 16 64 25.4 17.6 5.1 12.5 446 24.2 11.7 12.5 614 31.2 22.6 8.6 792 39 991
    241.13.32.076 32 16 76 21.3 21.1 6.1 15 450 29.1 14.1 15 621 37.6 27.3 10.3 801 47 1001
    241.13.32.089 32 16 89 18.1 25.2 7.3 17.9 456 34.7 16.8 17.9 628 44.8 32.5 12.3 811 56 1014
    241.13.32.102 32 16 102 15.8 28.8 8.3 20.5 455 39.7 19.2 20.5 627 51.2 37.1 14.1 809 64 1011
    241.13.32.115 32 16 115 13.9 32.9 9.5 23.4 457 45.3 21.9 23.4 629 58.4 42.3 16.1 812 73 1015
    241.13.32.127 32 16 127 12.6 36.5 10.5 25.9 459 50.2 24.3 25.9 633 64.8 47 17.8 816 81 1021
    241.13.32.139 32 16 139 11.4 40 11.6 28.5 457 55.2 26.7 28.5 629 71.2 51.6 19.6 812 89 1015
    241.13.32.152 32 16 152 10.5 43.6 12.6 31 458 60.1 29.1 31 631 77.6 56.3 21.3 815 97 1018
    241.13.32.178 32 16 178 8.9 51.3 14.8 36.5 457 70.7 34.2 36.5 629 91.2 66.1 25.1 812 114 1015
    241.13.32.203 32 16 203 7.8 59 17 41.9 460 81.2 39.3 41.9 634 104.8 76 28.8 817 131 1022
    241.13.32.254 32 16 254 6.2 73.3 21.2 52.2 455 101.1 48.9 52.2 627 130.4 94.5 35.9 808 163 1011
    241.13.32.305 32 16 305 5.2 88.7 25.6 63 461 122.1 59.1 63 635 157.6 114.3 43.3 820 197 1024
    241.13. High performance compression spring, XSF, Colour "Violet"
    subject to alterations
    preloading force
    F
    F
    n
    F
    preload S V
    d D
    A
    S
    S
    S
    S
    1
    n
    L
    0
    L
    1
    L
    2
    L
    n
    L
    BL
    2
    h
    D
    2
    1
    H15
    D h =
    D d =
    L 0 =
    L 1 …L n =
    L BL =
    F 1 …F n =
    S V1 …S V7 =
    S 1 …S n =
    R =
    S A1 …S A7 =
    dia. of guide sleeve
    diameter of guide pin
    free length of spring
    length of loaded spring
    (mm) as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    length of compacted
    spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
    forces (N) as related to
    length of spring L 1 …L n
    recommend. preload.
    compression, as relat.
    to compress. S 1 …S 7
    compr. as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    spring rate (N/mm)
    working stroke (mm)
    High performance compression spring, XSF, Colour "Violet"
    F29
    Order No
    D h
    D d
    L 0
    R
    45%
    S 1
    S V1
    S A1
    F 1
    62%
    S 2
    S V2
    S A2
    F 2
    80%
    S 3
    S V3
    S A3
    F 3
    100%
    S n
    F n
    241.13.40.051 40 20 51 50.8 11.7 3.4 8.3 594 16.1 7.8 8.3 819 20.8 15.1 5.7 1057 26 1321
    241.13.40.064 40 20 64 39.7 15.3 4.4 10.9 607 21.1 10.2 10.9 837 27.2 19.7 7.5 1080 34 1350
    241.13.40.076 40 20 76 33.1 18 5.2 12.8 596 24.8 12 12.8 821 32 23.2 8.8 1059 40 1324
    241.13.40.089 40 20 89 28.1 21.6 6.2 15.4 607 29.8 14.4 15.4 836 38.4 27.8 10.6 1079 48 1349
    241.13.40.102 40 20 102 24.5 24.8 7.2 17.6 606 34.1 16.5 17.6 835 44 31.9 12.1 1078 55 1348
    241.13.40.115 40 20 115 21.6 28.4 8.2 20.2 612 39.1 18.9 20.2 844 50.4 36.5 13.9 1089 63 1361
    241.13.40.127 40 20 127 19.5 31.5 9.1 22.4 614 43.4 21 22.4 846 56 40.6 15.4 1092 70 1365
    241.13.40.139 40 20 139 17.8 34.2 9.9 24.3 609 47.1 22.8 24.3 839 60.8 44.1 16.7 1082 76 1353
    241.13.40.152 40 20 152 16.3 37.8 10.9 26.9 616 52.1 25.2 26.9 849 67.2 48.7 18.5 1095 84 1369
    241.13.40.178 40 20 178 13.8 44.5 12.9 31.7 615 61.4 29.7 31.7 847 79.2 57.4 21.8 1093 99 1366
    241.13.40.203 40 20 203 12.1 50.8 14.7 36.2 615 70.1 33.9 36.2 848 90.4 65.5 24.9 1094 113 1367
    241.13.40.254 40 20 254 9.7 63.9 18.5 45.4 620 88 42.6 45.4 854 113.6 82.4 31.2 1102 142 1377
    241.13.40.305 40 20 305 8 77 22.2 54.7 616 106 51.3 54.7 848 136.8 99.2 37.6 1094 171 1368
    241.13.50.064 50 25 64 80.2 16.6 4.8 11.8 1335 22.9 11.1 11.8 1840 29.6 21.5 8.1 2374 37 2967
    241.13.50.076 50 25 76 66.9 20.2 5.9 14.4 1355 27.9 13.5 14.4 1867 36 26.1 9.9 2408 45 3011
    241.13.50.089 50 25 89 56.6 23.9 6.9 17 1350 32.9 15.9 17 1860 42.4 30.7 11.7 2400 53 3000
    241.13.50.102 50 25 102 40.3 27.9 8.1 19.8 1124 38.4 18.6 19.8 1549 49.6 36 13.6 1999 62 2499
    241.13.50.115 50 25 115 43.5 31.5 9.1 22.4 1370 43.4 21 22.4 1888 56 40.6 15.4 2436 70 3045
    241.13.50.127 50 25 127 39.3 35.1 10.1 25 1379 48.4 23.4 25 1901 62.4 45.2 17.2 2452 78 3065
    241.13.50.139 50 25 139 35.8 38.2 11 27.2 1369 52.7 25.5 27.2 1887 68 49.3 18.7 2434 85 3043
    241.13.50.152 50 25 152 32.8 42.3 12.2 30.1 1387 58.3 28.2 30.1 1912 75.2 54.5 20.7 2467 94 3083
    241.13.50.178 50 25 178 27.8 49.5 14.3 35.2 1376 68.2 33 35.2 1896 88 63.8 24.2 2446 110 3058
    241.13.50.203 50 25 203 24.2 56.7 16.4 40.3 1372 78.1 37.8 40.3 1891 100.8 73.1 27.7 2439 126 3049
    241.13.50.254 50 25 254 19.2 71.5 20.7 50.9 1374 98.6 47.7 50.9 1893 127.2 92.2 35 2442 159 3053
    241.13.50.305 50 25 305 16 86.4 25 61.4 1382 119 57.6 61.4 1905 153.6 111.4 42.2 2458 192 3072
    241.13. High performance compression spring, XSF, Colour "Violet"
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.15.10.025 10,0 5,0 25 16,0 3,3 1,4 1,9 53 4,4 1,4 3,0 70 5,0 1,4 3,6 80 5,5 2,0 3,5 88
    241.15.10.032 10,0 5,0 32 13,1 3,9 1,7 2,2 51 5,2 1,7 3,5 68 5,9 1,7 4,2 77 6,5 2,3 4,2 85
    241.15.10.038 10,0 5,0 38 11,9 4,8 2,1 2,7 57 6,4 2,1 4,3 76 7,2 2,1 5,1 86 8,0 2,9 5,1 95
    241.15.10.044 10,0 5,0 44 10,3 5,7 2,5 3,2 59 7,6 2,5 5,1 78 8,6 2,5 6,1 89 9,5 3,4 6,1 98
    241.15.10.051 10,0 5,0 51 8,9 6,3 2,7 3,6 56 8,4 2,7 5,7 75 9,5 2,7 6,8 85 10,5 3,8 6,7 93
    241.15.10.064 10,0 5,0 64 7,6 8,1 3,5 4,6 62 10,8 3,5 7,3 82 12,2 3,5 8,7 93 13,5 4,9 8,6 103
    241.15.10.076 10,0 5,0 76 5,3 9,9 4,3 5,6 52 13,2 4,3 8,9 70 14,9 4,3 10,6 79 16,5 5,9 10,6 87
    241.15.10.305 10,0 5,0 305 1,6 40,8 17,7 23,1 65 54,4 17,7 36,7 87 61,2 17,7 43,5 98 68,0 24,5 43,5 109
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.15.10.025 10,0 5,0 25 16,0 6,1 2,5 3,6 98 6,8 3,3 3,5 109 8,8 6,4 2,4 141 11,0 14,0 176,0
    241.15.10.032 10,0 5,0 32 13,1 7,2 3,0 4,2 94 8,1 3,9 4,2 106 10,4 7,5 2,9 136 13,0 19,0 170,3
    241.15.10.038 10,0 5,0 38 11,9 8,8 3,7 5,1 105 9,9 4,8 5,1 118 12,8 9,3 3,5 152 16,0 22,0 190,4
    241.15.10.044 10,0 5,0 44 10,3 10,5 4,4 6,1 108 11,8 5,7 6,1 122 15,2 11,0 4,2 157 19,0 25,0 195,7
    241.15.10.051 10,0 5,0 51 8,9 11,6 4,8 6,8 103 13,0 6,3 6,7 116 16,8 12,2 4,6 150 21,0 30,0 186,9
    241.15.10.064 10,0 5,0 64 7,6 14,9 6,2 8,7 113 16,7 8,1 8,6 127 21,6 15,7 5,9 164 27,0 37,0 205,2
    241.15.10.076 10,0 5,0 76 5,3 18,2 7,6 10,6 96 20,5 9,9 10,6 109 26,4 19,1 7,3 140 33,0 43,0 174,9
    241.15.10.305 10,0 5,0 305 1,6 74,8 31,3 43,5 120 84,3 40,8 43,5 135 108,8 78,9 29,9 174 136,0 169,0 217,6
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.14.10.025 10,0 5,0 25 10,0 3,9 1,7 2,2 39 5,2 1,7 3,5 52 5,9 1,7 4,2 59 6,5 2,3 4,2 65
    241.14.10.032 10,0 5,0 32 8,5 4,8 2,1 2,7 41 6,4 2,1 4,3 54 7,2 2,1 5,1 61 8,0 2,9 5,1 68
    241.14.10.038 10,0 5,0 38 6,8 6,0 2,6 3,4 41 8,0 2,6 5,4 54 9,0 2,6 6,4 61 10,0 3,6 6,4 68
    241.14.10.044 10,0 5,0 44 6,0 6,9 3,0 3,9 41 9,2 3,0 6,2 55 10,4 3,0 7,4 62 11,5 4,1 7,4 69
    241.14.10.051 10,0 5,0 51 5,0 8,1 3,5 4,6 41 10,8 3,5 7,3 54 12,2 3,5 8,7 61 13,5 4,9 8,6 68
    241.14.10.064 10,0 5,0 64 4,3 10,2 4,4 5,8 44 13,6 4,4 9,2 58 15,3 4,4 10,9 66 17,0 6,1 10,9 73
    241.14.10.076 10,0 5,0 76 3,2 12,0 5,2 6,8 38 16,0 5,2 10,8 51 18,0 5,2 12,8 58 20,0 7,2 12,8 64
    241.14.10.305 10,0 5,0 305 1,1 48,9 21,2 27,7 54 65,2 21,2 44,0 72 73,4 21,2 52,2 81 81,5 29,3 52,2 90
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.14.10.025 10,0 5,0 25 10,0 7,2 3,0 4,2 72 8,1 3,9 4,2 81 10,4 7,5 2,9 104 13,0 12,0 130,0
    241.14.10.032 10,0 5,0 32 8,5 8,8 3,7 5,1 75 9,9 4,8 5,1 84 12,8 9,3 3,5 109 16,0 16,0 136,0
    241.14.10.038 10,0 5,0 38 6,8 11,0 4,6 6,4 75 12,4 6,0 6,4 84 16,0 11,6 4,4 109 20,0 18,0 136,0
    241.14.10.044 10,0 5,0 44 6,0 12,7 5,3 7,4 76 14,3 6,9 7,4 86 18,4 13,3 5,1 110 23,0 21,0 138,0
    241.14.10.051 10,0 5,0 51 5,0 14,9 6,2 8,7 75 16,7 8,1 8,6 84 21,6 15,7 5,9 108 27,0 24,0 135,0
    241.14.10.064 10,0 5,0 64 4,3 18,7 7,8 10,9 80 21,1 10,2 10,9 91 27,2 19,7 7,5 117 34,0 30,0 146,2
    241.14.10.076 10,0 5,0 76 3,2 22,0 9,2 12,8 70 24,8 12,0 12,8 79 32,0 23,2 8,8 102 40,0 36,0 128,0
    241.14.10.305 10,0 5,0 305 1,1 89,7 37,5 52,2 99 101,0 48,9 52,2 111 130,4 94,5 35,9 143 163,0 142,0 179,3
    ∅10
    subject to alterations
    241.15. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Blue”
    30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
    Order No
    55% stroke 62% stroke 80% stroke 100% stroke
    Order No
    241.14. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Green”
    30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
    Order No
    55% stroke 62% stroke 80% stroke 100% stroke
    Order No
    D h = dia. of guide sleeve
    D d = diameter of guide pin
    L 0 = free length of spring
    L 1 …L n = length of loaded spring
    (mm) as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    L BL = length of compacted-
    spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
    F 1 …F n = forces (N) as related to
    length of spring L 1 …L n
    S v1 …S v7 = recommend. preload.
    compression, as relat.
    to compress. S 1 …S 7
    S 1 …S n = compr. as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    R = spring rate (N/mm)
    S A1 …S A7 = working stroke (mm)
    High Performance Compression Springs
    DIN ISO 10243
    F30
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.17.10.025 10,0 5,0 25 34,3 2,1 0,9 1,2 72 2,8 0,9 1,9 96 3,1 0,9 2,2 106 3,5 1,4 2,1 120
    241.17.10.032 10,0 5,0 32 25,5 2,4 1,0 1,4 61 3,2 1,0 2,2 82 3,6 1,0 2,6 92 4,0 1,5 2,5 102
    241.17.10.038 10,0 5,0 38 21,6 3,5 1,5 2,0 76 4,6 1,5 3,1 99 5,2 1,5 3,7 112 5,8 2,2 3,6 125
    241.17.10.044 10,0 5,0 44 17,9 3,9 1,7 2,2 70 5,2 1,7 3,5 93 5,8 1,7 4,1 104 6,5 2,5 4,0 116
    241.17.10.051 10,0 5,0 51 15,1 4,5 1,9 2,6 68 6,0 1,9 4,1 91 6,7 1,9 4,8 101 7,5 2,9 4,6 113
    241.17.10.064 10,0 5,0 64 12,3 6,4 2,8 3,6 78 8,5 2,8 5,7 104 9,6 2,8 6,8 118 10,7 4,1 6,6 131
    241.17.10.076 10,0 5,0 76 10,2 7,4 3,2 4,2 75 9,8 3,2 6,6 100 11,1 3,2 7,9 113 12,3 4,7 7,6 125
    241.17.10.305 10,0 5,0 305 2,5 31,2 13,5 17,7 76 41,6 13,5 28,1 102 46,8 13,5 33,3 115 52,0 20,0 32,0 127
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.17.10.025 10,0 5,0 25 34,3 3,8 1,7 2,1 130 4,3 2,2 2,1 148 5,6 4,1 1,5 192 7,0 18,0 240,4
    241.17.10.032 10,0 5,0 32 25,5 4,4 1,9 2,5 112 5,0 2,5 2,5 128 6,4 4,7 1,7 163 8,0 24,0 204,1
    241.17.10.038 10,0 5,0 38 21,6 6,4 2,8 3,6 138 7,2 3,6 3,6 155 9,3 6,8 2,5 201 11,6 26,4 250,3
    241.17.10.044 10,0 5,0 44 17,9 7,2 3,1 4,1 129 8,1 4,1 4,0 145 10,4 7,6 2,8 186 13,0 31,0 232,1
    241.17.10.051 10,0 5,0 51 15,1 8,2 3,6 4,6 124 9,3 4,7 4,6 141 12,0 8,8 3,2 181 15,0 36,0 226,7
    241.17.10.064 10,0 5,0 64 12,3 11,7 5,2 6,5 143 13,2 6,7 6,5 162 17,0 12,4 4,6 208 21,3 42,7 261,1
    241.17.10.076 10,0 5,0 76 10,2 13,5 6,0 7,5 138 15,2 7,7 7,5 155 19,7 14,4 5,3 201 24,6 51,4 250,9
    241.17.10.305 10,0 5,0 305 2,5 57,2 25,2 32,0 140 64,5 32,5 32,0 158 83,2 60,8 22,4 204 104,0 201,0 254,8
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.16.10.025 10,0 5,0 25 22,6 2,7 1,2 1,5 61 3,6 1,2 2,4 81 4,0 1,2 2,8 90 4,5 1,6 2,9 102
    241.16.10.032 10,0 5,0 32 17,7 3,5 1,5 2,0 62 4,7 1,5 3,2 83 5,3 1,5 3,8 94 5,9 2,1 3,8 104
    241.16.10.038 10,0 5,0 38 16,7 4,2 1,8 2,4 70 5,6 1,8 3,8 94 6,3 1,8 4,5 105 7,0 2,5 4,5 117
    241.16.10.044 10,0 5,0 44 14,7 5,1 2,2 2,9 75 6,8 2,2 4,6 100 7,7 2,2 5,5 113 8,5 3,1 5,4 125
    241.16.10.051 10,0 5,0 51 12,8 5,7 2,5 3,2 73 7,6 2,5 5,1 97 8,6 2,5 6,1 110 9,5 3,4 6,1 122
    241.16.10.064 10,0 5,0 64 10,8 7,5 3,3 4,2 81 10,0 3,3 6,7 108 11,3 3,3 8,0 122 12,5 4,5 8,0 135
    241.16.10.076 10,0 5,0 76 7,8 8,7 3,8 4,9 68 11,6 3,8 7,8 90 13,1 3,8 9,3 102 14,5 5,2 9,3 113
    241.16.10.305 10,0 5,0 305 2,0 36,0 15,6 20,4 72 48,0 15,6 32,4 96 54,0 15,6 38,4 108 60,0 21,6 38,4 120
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.16.10.025 10,0 5,0 25 22,6 4,9 2,0 2,9 111 5,5 2,7 2,8 124 7,1 5,2 1,9 160 8,9 16,1 201,1
    241.16.10.032 10,0 5,0 32 17,7 6,4 2,7 3,7 113 7,3 3,5 3,8 129 9,4 6,8 2,6 166 11,7 20,3 207,1
    241.16.10.038 10,0 5,0 38 16,7 7,7 3,2 4,5 129 8,7 4,2 4,5 145 11,2 8,1 3,1 187 14,0 24,0 233,8
    241.16.10.044 10,0 5,0 44 14,7 9,4 3,9 5,5 138 10,5 5,1 5,4 154 13,6 9,9 3,7 200 17,0 27,0 249,9
    241.16.10.051 10,0 5,0 51 12,8 10,5 4,4 6,1 134 11,8 5,7 6,1 151 15,2 11,0 4,2 195 19,0 32,0 243,2
    241.16.10.064 10,0 5,0 64 10,8 13,8 5,8 8,0 149 15,5 7,5 8,0 167 20,0 14,5 5,5 216 25,0 39,0 270,0
    241.16.10.076 10,0 5,0 76 7,8 16,0 6,7 9,3 125 18,0 8,7 9,3 140 23,2 16,8 6,4 181 29,0 47,0 226,2
    241.16.10.305 10,0 5,0 305 2,0 66,0 27,6 38,4 132 74,4 36,0 38,4 149 96,0 69,6 26,4 192 120,0 185,0 240,0
    ∅10
    subject to alterations
    D h = dia. of guide sleeve
    D d = diameter of guide pin
    L 0 = free length of spring
    L 1 …L n = length of loaded spring
    (mm) as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    L BL = length of compacted-
    spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
    F 1 …F n = forces (N) as related to
    length of spring L 1 …L n
    S v1 …S v7 = recommend. preload.
    compression, as relat.
    to compress. S 1 …S 7
    S 1 …S n = compr. as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    R = spring rate (N/mm)
    S A1 …S A7 = working stroke (mm)
    High Performance Compression Springs
    DIN ISO 10243
    241.17. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Yellow“
    30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
    Order No
    55% stroke 62% stroke 80% stroke 100% stroke
    Order No
    241.16. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Red“
    30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
    Order No
    55% stroke 62% stroke 80% stroke 100% stroke
    Order No
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.15.10.025 10,0 5,0 25 16,0 3,3 1,4 1,9 53 4,4 1,4 3,0 70 5,0 1,4 3,6 80 5,5 2,0 3,5 88
    241.15.10.032 10,0 5,0 32 13,1 3,9 1,7 2,2 51 5,2 1,7 3,5 68 5,9 1,7 4,2 77 6,5 2,3 4,2 85
    241.15.10.038 10,0 5,0 38 11,9 4,8 2,1 2,7 57 6,4 2,1 4,3 76 7,2 2,1 5,1 86 8,0 2,9 5,1 95
    241.15.10.044 10,0 5,0 44 10,3 5,7 2,5 3,2 59 7,6 2,5 5,1 78 8,6 2,5 6,1 89 9,5 3,4 6,1 98
    241.15.10.051 10,0 5,0 51 8,9 6,3 2,7 3,6 56 8,4 2,7 5,7 75 9,5 2,7 6,8 85 10,5 3,8 6,7 93
    241.15.10.064 10,0 5,0 64 7,6 8,1 3,5 4,6 62 10,8 3,5 7,3 82 12,2 3,5 8,7 93 13,5 4,9 8,6 103
    241.15.10.076 10,0 5,0 76 5,3 9,9 4,3 5,6 52 13,2 4,3 8,9 70 14,9 4,3 10,6 79 16,5 5,9 10,6 87
    241.15.10.305 10,0 5,0 305 1,6 40,8 17,7 23,1 65 54,4 17,7 36,7 87 61,2 17,7 43,5 98 68,0 24,5 43,5 109
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.15.10.025 10,0 5,0 25 16,0 6,1 2,5 3,6 98 6,8 3,3 3,5 109 8,8 6,4 2,4 141 11,0 14,0 176,0
    241.15.10.032 10,0 5,0 32 13,1 7,2 3,0 4,2 94 8,1 3,9 4,2 106 10,4 7,5 2,9 136 13,0 19,0 170,3
    241.15.10.038 10,0 5,0 38 11,9 8,8 3,7 5,1 105 9,9 4,8 5,1 118 12,8 9,3 3,5 152 16,0 22,0 190,4
    241.15.10.044 10,0 5,0 44 10,3 10,5 4,4 6,1 108 11,8 5,7 6,1 122 15,2 11,0 4,2 157 19,0 25,0 195,7
    241.15.10.051 10,0 5,0 51 8,9 11,6 4,8 6,8 103 13,0 6,3 6,7 116 16,8 12,2 4,6 150 21,0 30,0 186,9
    241.15.10.064 10,0 5,0 64 7,6 14,9 6,2 8,7 113 16,7 8,1 8,6 127 21,6 15,7 5,9 164 27,0 37,0 205,2
    241.15.10.076 10,0 5,0 76 5,3 18,2 7,6 10,6 96 20,5 9,9 10,6 109 26,4 19,1 7,3 140 33,0 43,0 174,9
    241.15.10.305 10,0 5,0 305 1,6 74,8 31,3 43,5 120 84,3 40,8 43,5 135 108,8 78,9 29,9 174 136,0 169,0 217,6
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.14.10.025 10,0 5,0 25 10,0 3,9 1,7 2,2 39 5,2 1,7 3,5 52 5,9 1,7 4,2 59 6,5 2,3 4,2 65
    241.14.10.032 10,0 5,0 32 8,5 4,8 2,1 2,7 41 6,4 2,1 4,3 54 7,2 2,1 5,1 61 8,0 2,9 5,1 68
    241.14.10.038 10,0 5,0 38 6,8 6,0 2,6 3,4 41 8,0 2,6 5,4 54 9,0 2,6 6,4 61 10,0 3,6 6,4 68
    241.14.10.044 10,0 5,0 44 6,0 6,9 3,0 3,9 41 9,2 3,0 6,2 55 10,4 3,0 7,4 62 11,5 4,1 7,4 69
    241.14.10.051 10,0 5,0 51 5,0 8,1 3,5 4,6 41 10,8 3,5 7,3 54 12,2 3,5 8,7 61 13,5 4,9 8,6 68
    241.14.10.064 10,0 5,0 64 4,3 10,2 4,4 5,8 44 13,6 4,4 9,2 58 15,3 4,4 10,9 66 17,0 6,1 10,9 73
    241.14.10.076 10,0 5,0 76 3,2 12,0 5,2 6,8 38 16,0 5,2 10,8 51 18,0 5,2 12,8 58 20,0 7,2 12,8 64
    241.14.10.305 10,0 5,0 305 1,1 48,9 21,2 27,7 54 65,2 21,2 44,0 72 73,4 21,2 52,2 81 81,5 29,3 52,2 90
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.14.10.025 10,0 5,0 25 10,0 7,2 3,0 4,2 72 8,1 3,9 4,2 81 10,4 7,5 2,9 104 13,0 12,0 130,0
    241.14.10.032 10,0 5,0 32 8,5 8,8 3,7 5,1 75 9,9 4,8 5,1 84 12,8 9,3 3,5 109 16,0 16,0 136,0
    241.14.10.038 10,0 5,0 38 6,8 11,0 4,6 6,4 75 12,4 6,0 6,4 84 16,0 11,6 4,4 109 20,0 18,0 136,0
    241.14.10.044 10,0 5,0 44 6,0 12,7 5,3 7,4 76 14,3 6,9 7,4 86 18,4 13,3 5,1 110 23,0 21,0 138,0
    241.14.10.051 10,0 5,0 51 5,0 14,9 6,2 8,7 75 16,7 8,1 8,6 84 21,6 15,7 5,9 108 27,0 24,0 135,0
    241.14.10.064 10,0 5,0 64 4,3 18,7 7,8 10,9 80 21,1 10,2 10,9 91 27,2 19,7 7,5 117 34,0 30,0 146,2
    241.14.10.076 10,0 5,0 76 3,2 22,0 9,2 12,8 70 24,8 12,0 12,8 79 32,0 23,2 8,8 102 40,0 36,0 128,0
    241.14.10.305 10,0 5,0 305 1,1 89,7 37,5 52,2 99 101,0 48,9 52,2 111 130,4 94,5 35,9 143 163,0 142,0 179,3
    ∅10
    subject to alterations
    241.15. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Blue”
    30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
    Order No
    55% stroke 62% stroke 80% stroke 100% stroke
    Order No
    241.14. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Green”
    30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
    Order No
    55% stroke 62% stroke 80% stroke 100% stroke
    Order No
    D h = dia. of guide sleeve
    D d = diameter of guide pin
    L 0 = free length of spring
    L 1 …L n = length of loaded spring
    (mm) as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    L BL = length of compacted-
    spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
    F 1 …F n = forces (N) as related to
    length of spring L 1 …L n
    S v1 …S v7 = recommend. preload.
    compression, as relat.
    to compress. S 1 …S 7
    S 1 …S n = compr. as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    R = spring rate (N/mm)
    S A1 …S A7 = working stroke (mm)
    High Performance Compression Springs
    DIN ISO 10243
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.17.10.025 10,0 5,0 25 34,3 2,1 0,9 1,2 72 2,8 0,9 1,9 96 3,1 0,9 2,2 106 3,5 1,4 2,1 120
    241.17.10.032 10,0 5,0 32 25,5 2,4 1,0 1,4 61 3,2 1,0 2,2 82 3,6 1,0 2,6 92 4,0 1,5 2,5 102
    241.17.10.038 10,0 5,0 38 21,6 3,5 1,5 2,0 76 4,6 1,5 3,1 99 5,2 1,5 3,7 112 5,8 2,2 3,6 125
    241.17.10.044 10,0 5,0 44 17,9 3,9 1,7 2,2 70 5,2 1,7 3,5 93 5,8 1,7 4,1 104 6,5 2,5 4,0 116
    241.17.10.051 10,0 5,0 51 15,1 4,5 1,9 2,6 68 6,0 1,9 4,1 91 6,7 1,9 4,8 101 7,5 2,9 4,6 113
    241.17.10.064 10,0 5,0 64 12,3 6,4 2,8 3,6 78 8,5 2,8 5,7 104 9,6 2,8 6,8 118 10,7 4,1 6,6 131
    241.17.10.076 10,0 5,0 76 10,2 7,4 3,2 4,2 75 9,8 3,2 6,6 100 11,1 3,2 7,9 113 12,3 4,7 7,6 125
    241.17.10.305 10,0 5,0 305 2,5 31,2 13,5 17,7 76 41,6 13,5 28,1 102 46,8 13,5 33,3 115 52,0 20,0 32,0 127
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.17.10.025 10,0 5,0 25 34,3 3,8 1,7 2,1 130 4,3 2,2 2,1 148 5,6 4,1 1,5 192 7,0 18,0 240,4
    241.17.10.032 10,0 5,0 32 25,5 4,4 1,9 2,5 112 5,0 2,5 2,5 128 6,4 4,7 1,7 163 8,0 24,0 204,1
    241.17.10.038 10,0 5,0 38 21,6 6,4 2,8 3,6 138 7,2 3,6 3,6 155 9,3 6,8 2,5 201 11,6 26,4 250,3
    241.17.10.044 10,0 5,0 44 17,9 7,2 3,1 4,1 129 8,1 4,1 4,0 145 10,4 7,6 2,8 186 13,0 31,0 232,1
    241.17.10.051 10,0 5,0 51 15,1 8,2 3,6 4,6 124 9,3 4,7 4,6 141 12,0 8,8 3,2 181 15,0 36,0 226,7
    241.17.10.064 10,0 5,0 64 12,3 11,7 5,2 6,5 143 13,2 6,7 6,5 162 17,0 12,4 4,6 208 21,3 42,7 261,1
    241.17.10.076 10,0 5,0 76 10,2 13,5 6,0 7,5 138 15,2 7,7 7,5 155 19,7 14,4 5,3 201 24,6 51,4 250,9
    241.17.10.305 10,0 5,0 305 2,5 57,2 25,2 32,0 140 64,5 32,5 32,0 158 83,2 60,8 22,4 204 104,0 201,0 254,8
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.16.10.025 10,0 5,0 25 22,6 2,7 1,2 1,5 61 3,6 1,2 2,4 81 4,0 1,2 2,8 90 4,5 1,6 2,9 102
    241.16.10.032 10,0 5,0 32 17,7 3,5 1,5 2,0 62 4,7 1,5 3,2 83 5,3 1,5 3,8 94 5,9 2,1 3,8 104
    241.16.10.038 10,0 5,0 38 16,7 4,2 1,8 2,4 70 5,6 1,8 3,8 94 6,3 1,8 4,5 105 7,0 2,5 4,5 117
    241.16.10.044 10,0 5,0 44 14,7 5,1 2,2 2,9 75 6,8 2,2 4,6 100 7,7 2,2 5,5 113 8,5 3,1 5,4 125
    241.16.10.051 10,0 5,0 51 12,8 5,7 2,5 3,2 73 7,6 2,5 5,1 97 8,6 2,5 6,1 110 9,5 3,4 6,1 122
    241.16.10.064 10,0 5,0 64 10,8 7,5 3,3 4,2 81 10,0 3,3 6,7 108 11,3 3,3 8,0 122 12,5 4,5 8,0 135
    241.16.10.076 10,0 5,0 76 7,8 8,7 3,8 4,9 68 11,6 3,8 7,8 90 13,1 3,8 9,3 102 14,5 5,2 9,3 113
    241.16.10.305 10,0 5,0 305 2,0 36,0 15,6 20,4 72 48,0 15,6 32,4 96 54,0 15,6 38,4 108 60,0 21,6 38,4 120
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.16.10.025 10,0 5,0 25 22,6 4,9 2,0 2,9 111 5,5 2,7 2,8 124 7,1 5,2 1,9 160 8,9 16,1 201,1
    241.16.10.032 10,0 5,0 32 17,7 6,4 2,7 3,7 113 7,3 3,5 3,8 129 9,4 6,8 2,6 166 11,7 20,3 207,1
    241.16.10.038 10,0 5,0 38 16,7 7,7 3,2 4,5 129 8,7 4,2 4,5 145 11,2 8,1 3,1 187 14,0 24,0 233,8
    241.16.10.044 10,0 5,0 44 14,7 9,4 3,9 5,5 138 10,5 5,1 5,4 154 13,6 9,9 3,7 200 17,0 27,0 249,9
    241.16.10.051 10,0 5,0 51 12,8 10,5 4,4 6,1 134 11,8 5,7 6,1 151 15,2 11,0 4,2 195 19,0 32,0 243,2
    241.16.10.064 10,0 5,0 64 10,8 13,8 5,8 8,0 149 15,5 7,5 8,0 167 20,0 14,5 5,5 216 25,0 39,0 270,0
    241.16.10.076 10,0 5,0 76 7,8 16,0 6,7 9,3 125 18,0 8,7 9,3 140 23,2 16,8 6,4 181 29,0 47,0 226,2
    241.16.10.305 10,0 5,0 305 2,0 66,0 27,6 38,4 132 74,4 36,0 38,4 149 96,0 69,6 26,4 192 120,0 185,0 240,0
    ∅10
    subject to alterations
    D h = dia. of guide sleeve
    D d = diameter of guide pin
    L 0 = free length of spring
    L 1 …L n = length of loaded spring
    (mm) as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    L BL = length of compacted-
    spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
    F 1 …F n = forces (N) as related to
    length of spring L 1 …L n
    S v1 …S v7 = recommend. preload.
    compression, as relat.
    to compress. S 1 …S 7
    S 1 …S n = compr. as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    R = spring rate (N/mm)
    S A1 …S A7 = working stroke (mm)
    High Performance Compression Springs
    DIN ISO 10243
    241.17. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Yellow“
    30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
    Order No
    55% stroke 62% stroke 80% stroke 100% stroke
    Order No
    241.16. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Red“
    30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
    Order No
    55% stroke 62% stroke 80% stroke 100% stroke
    Order No
    F31
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.15.13.025 12,5 6,3 25 30,0 3,3 1,4 1,9 99 4,4 1,4 3,0 132 5,0 1,4 3,6 150 5,5 2,0 3,5 165
    241.15.13.032 12,5 6,3 32 24,8 3,9 1,7 2,2 97 5,2 1,7 3,5 129 5,9 1,7 4,2 146 6,5 2,3 4,2 161
    241.15.13.038 12,5 6,3 38 21,4 4,8 2,1 2,7 103 6,4 2,1 4,3 137 7,2 2,1 5,1 154 8,0 2,9 5,1 171
    241.15.13.044 12,5 6,3 44 18,5 5,7 2,5 3,2 105 7,6 2,5 5,1 141 8,6 2,5 6,1 159 9,5 3,4 6,1 176
    241.15.13.051 12,5 6,3 51 15,5 6,6 2,9 3,7 102 8,8 2,9 5,9 136 9,9 2,9 7,0 153 11,0 4,0 7,0 171
    241.15.13.064 12,5 6,3 64 12,1 8,4 3,6 4,8 102 11,2 3,6 7,6 136 12,6 3,6 9,0 152 14,0 5,0 9,0 169
    241.15.13.076 12,5 6,3 76 10,2 10,2 4,4 5,8 104 13,6 4,4 9,2 139 15,3 4,4 10,9 156 17,0 6,1 10,9 173
    241.15.13.089 12,5 6,3 89 8,4 12,3 5,3 7,0 103 16,4 5,3 11,1 138 18,5 5,3 13,2 155 20,5 7,4 13,1 172
    241.15.13.305 12,5 6,3 305 2,1 43,2 18,7 24,5 91 57,6 18,7 38,9 121 64,8 18,7 46,1 136 72,0 25,9 46,1 151
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.15.13.025 12,5 6,3 25 30,0 6,1 2,5 3,6 183 6,8 3,3 3,5 204 8,8 6,4 2,4 264 11,0 14,0 330,0
    241.15.13.032 12,5 6,3 32 24,8 7,2 3,0 4,2 179 8,1 3,9 4,2 201 10,4 7,5 2,9 258 13,0 19,0 322,4
    241.15.13.038 12,5 6,3 38 21,4 8,8 3,7 5,1 188 9,9 4,8 5,1 212 12,8 9,3 3,5 274 16,0 22,0 342,4
    241.15.13.044 12,5 6,3 44 18,5 10,5 4,4 6,1 194 11,8 5,7 6,1 218 15,2 11,0 4,2 281 19,0 25,0 351,5
    241.15.13.051 12,5 6,3 51 15,5 12,1 5,1 7,0 188 13,6 6,6 7,0 211 17,6 12,8 4,8 273 22,0 29,0 341,0
    241.15.13.064 12,5 6,3 64 12,1 15,4 6,4 9,0 186 17,4 8,4 9,0 211 22,4 16,2 6,2 271 28,0 36,0 338,8
    241.15.13.076 12,5 6,3 76 10,2 18,7 7,8 10,9 191 21,1 10,2 10,9 215 27,2 19,7 7,5 277 34,0 42,0 346,8
    241.15.13.089 12,5 6,3 89 8,4 22,6 9,4 13,2 190 25,4 12,3 13,1 213 32,8 23,8 9,0 276 41,0 48,0 344,4
    241.15.13.305 12,5 6,3 305 2,1 79,2 33,1 46,1 166 89,3 43,2 46,1 188 115,2 83,5 31,7 242 144,0 161,0 302,4
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.14.13.025 12,5 6,3 25 18,0 3,9 1,7 2,2 70 5,2 1,7 3,5 94 5,9 1,7 4,2 106 6,5 2,3 4,2 117
    241.14.13.032 12,5 6,3 32 16,4 5,1 2,2 2,9 84 6,8 2,2 4,6 112 7,7 2,2 5,5 126 8,5 3,1 5,4 139
    241.14.13.038 12,5 6,3 38 13,6 6,0 2,6 3,4 82 8,0 2,6 5,4 109 9,0 2,6 6,4 122 10,0 3,6 6,4 136
    241.14.13.044 12,5 6,3 44 12,1 6,9 3,0 3,9 83 9,2 3,0 6,2 111 10,4 3,0 7,4 126 11,5 4,1 7,4 139
    241.14.13.051 12,5 6,3 51 11,4 8,1 3,5 4,6 92 10,8 3,5 7,3 123 12,2 3,5 8,7 139 13,5 4,9 8,6 154
    241.14.13.064 12,5 6,3 64 9,3 10,5 4,6 5,9 98 14,0 4,6 9,4 130 15,8 4,6 11,2 147 17,5 6,3 11,2 163
    241.14.13.076 12,5 6,3 76 7,1 12,3 5,3 7,0 87 16,4 5,3 11,1 116 18,5 5,3 13,2 131 20,5 7,4 13,1 146
    241.14.13.089 12,5 6,3 89 5,4 14,7 6,4 8,3 79 19,6 6,4 13,2 106 22,1 6,4 15,7 119 24,5 8,8 15,7 132
    241.14.13.305 12,5 6,3 305 1,4 49,8 21,6 28,2 70 66,4 21,6 44,8 93 74,7 21,6 53,1 105 83,0 29,9 53,1 116
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.14.13.025 12,5 6,3 25 18,0 7,2 3,0 4,2 130 8,1 3,9 4,2 146 10,4 7,5 2,9 187 13,0 12,0 234,0
    241.14.13.032 12,5 6,3 32 16,4 9,4 3,9 5,5 154 10,5 5,1 5,4 172 13,6 9,9 3,7 223 17,0 15,0 278,8
    241.14.13.038 12,5 6,3 38 13,6 11,0 4,6 6,4 150 12,4 6,0 6,4 169 16,0 11,6 4,4 218 20,0 18,0 272,0
    241.14.13.044 12,5 6,3 44 12,1 12,7 5,3 7,4 154 14,3 6,9 7,4 173 18,4 13,3 5,1 223 23,0 21,0 278,3
    241.14.13.051 12,5 6,3 51 11,4 14,9 6,2 8,7 170 16,7 8,1 8,6 190 21,6 15,7 5,9 246 27,0 24,0 307,8
    241.14.13.064 12,5 6,3 64 9,3 19,3 8,1 11,2 179 21,7 10,5 11,2 202 28,0 20,3 7,7 260 35,0 29,0 325,5
    241.14.13.076 12,5 6,3 76 7,1 22,6 9,4 13,2 160 25,4 12,3 13,1 180 32,8 23,8 9,0 233 41,0 35,0 291,1
    241.14.13.089 12,5 6,3 89 5,4 27,0 11,3 15,7 146 30,4 14,7 15,7 164 39,2 28,4 10,8 212 49,0 40,0 264,6
    241.14.13.305 12,5 6,3 305 1,4 91,3 38,2 53,1 128 103,0 49,8 53,1 144 132,8 96,3 36,5 186 166,0 139,0 232,4
    ∅13
    subject to alterations
    241.15. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Blue”
    30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
    Order No
    55% stroke 62% stroke 80% stroke 100% stroke
    Order No
    241.14. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Green”
    30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
    Order No
    55% stroke 62% stroke 80% stroke 100% stroke
    Order No
    D h = dia. of guide sleeve
    D d = diameter of guide pin
    L 0 = free length of spring
    L 1 …L n = length of loaded spring
    (mm) as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    L BL = length of compacted-
    spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
    F 1 …F n = forces (N) as related to
    length of spring L 1 …L n
    S v1 …S v7 = recommend. preload.
    compression, as relat.
    to compress. S 1 …S 7
    S 1 …S n = compr. as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    R = spring rate (N/mm)
    S A1 …S A7 = working stroke (mm)
    High Performance Compression Springs
    DIN ISO 10243
    F32
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.17.13.025 12,5 6,3 25 58,6 2,7 1,2 1,5 158 3,6 1,2 2,4 211 4,1 1,2 2,9 237 4,5 1,6 2,9 264
    241.17.13.032 12,5 6,3 32 43,9 3,2 1,4 1,8 140 4,2 1,4 2,9 186 4,8 1,4 3,4 209 5,3 1,9 3,4 233
    241.17.13.038 12,5 6,3 38 36,0 3,9 1,7 2,2 140 5,2 1,7 3,5 187 5,9 1,7 4,2 211 6,5 2,3 4,2 234
    241.17.13.044 12,5 6,3 44 30,3 4,7 2,0 2,6 141 6,2 2,0 4,2 188 7,0 2,0 5,0 211 7,8 2,8 5,0 235
    241.17.13.051 12,5 6,3 51 26,2 5,4 2,3 3,1 141 7,2 2,3 4,9 189 8,1 2,3 5,8 212 9,0 3,2 5,8 236
    241.17.13.064 12,5 6,3 64 21,2 6,6 2,9 3,7 140 8,8 2,9 5,9 187 9,9 2,9 7,0 210 11,0 4,0 7,0 233
    241.17.13.076 12,5 6,3 76 17,1 8,1 3,5 4,6 139 10,8 3,5 7,3 185 12,2 3,5 8,6 208 13,5 4,9 8,6 231
    241.17.13.089 12,5 6,3 89 14,5 9,9 4,3 5,6 144 13,2 4,3 8,9 191 14,9 4,3 10,6 215 16,5 5,9 10,6 239
    241.17.13.305 12,5 6,3 305 4,3 33,6 14,6 19,0 144 44,8 14,6 30,2 193 50,4 14,6 35,8 217 56,0 20,2 35,8 241
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.17.13.025 12,5 6,3 25 58,6 5,0 2,1 2,9 290 5,6 2,7 2,9 327 7,2 5,2 2,0 422 9,0 16,0 527,1
    241.17.13.032 12,5 6,3 32 43,9 5,8 2,4 3,4 256 6,6 3,2 3,4 289 8,5 6,1 2,3 372 10,6 21,4 465,3
    241.17.13.038 12,5 6,3 38 36,0 7,2 3,0 4,2 257 8,1 3,9 4,2 290 10,4 7,5 2,9 374 13,0 25,0 468,0
    241.17.13.044 12,5 6,3 44 30,3 8,5 3,6 5,0 258 9,6 4,7 5,0 291 12,4 9,0 3,4 376 15,5 28,5 469,7
    241.17.13.051 12,5 6,3 51 26,2 9,9 4,1 5,8 259 11,2 5,4 5,8 292 14,4 10,4 4,0 377 18,0 33,0 471,6
    241.17.13.064 12,5 6,3 64 21,2 12,1 5,1 7,0 257 13,6 6,6 7,0 289 17,6 12,8 4,8 373 22,0 42,0 466,4
    241.17.13.076 12,5 6,3 76 17,1 14,9 6,2 8,6 254 16,7 8,1 8,6 286 21,6 15,7 5,9 369 27,0 49,0 461,7
    241.17.13.089 12,5 6,3 89 14,5 18,2 7,6 10,6 263 20,5 9,9 10,6 297 26,4 19,1 7,3 383 33,0 56,0 478,5
    241.17.13.305 12,5 6,3 305 4,3 61,6 25,8 35,8 265 69,4 33,6 35,8 299 89,6 65,0 24,6 385 112,0 193,0 481,6
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.16.13.025 12,5 6,3 25 42,2 2,6 1,1 1,5 110 3,5 1,1 2,4 148 3,9 1,1 2,8 165 4,4 1,6 2,8 186
    241.16.13.032 12,5 6,3 32 33,4 3,3 1,4 1,9 110 4,4 1,4 3,0 147 5,0 1,4 3,6 167 5,5 2,0 3,5 184
    241.16.13.038 12,5 6,3 38 29,4 4,1 1,8 2,3 121 5,4 1,8 3,6 159 6,1 1,8 4,3 179 6,8 2,4 4,4 200
    241.16.13.044 12,5 6,3 44 24,5 4,8 2,1 2,7 118 6,4 2,1 4,3 157 7,2 2,1 5,1 176 8,0 2,9 5,1 196
    241.16.13.051 12,5 6,3 51 19,6 5,7 2,5 3,2 112 7,6 2,5 5,1 149 8,6 2,5 6,1 169 9,5 3,4 6,1 186
    241.16.13.064 12,5 6,3 64 14,7 7,2 3,1 4,1 106 9,6 3,1 6,5 141 10,8 3,1 7,7 159 12,0 4,3 7,7 176
    241.16.13.076 12,5 6,3 76 13,7 8,7 3,8 4,9 119 11,6 3,8 7,8 159 13,1 3,8 9,3 179 14,5 5,2 9,3 199
    241.16.13.089 12,5 6,3 89 11,8 9,9 4,3 5,6 117 13,2 4,3 8,9 156 14,9 4,3 10,6 176 16,5 5,9 10,6 195
    241.16.13.305 12,5 6,3 305 2,9 36,0 15,6 20,4 104 48,0 15,6 32,4 139 54,0 15,6 38,4 157 60,0 21,6 38,4 174
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.16.13.025 12,5 6,3 25 42,2 4,8 2,0 2,8 203 5,4 2,6 2,8 228 7,0 5,0 2,0 295 8,7 16,3 367,1
    241.16.13.032 12,5 6,3 32 33,4 6,1 2,5 3,6 204 6,8 3,3 3,5 227 8,8 6,4 2,4 294 11,0 21,0 367,4
    241.16.13.038 12,5 6,3 38 29,4 7,4 3,1 4,3 218 8,4 4,1 4,3 247 10,8 7,8 3,0 318 13,5 24,5 396,9
    241.16.13.044 12,5 6,3 44 24,5 8,8 3,7 5,1 216 9,9 4,8 5,1 243 12,8 9,3 3,5 314 16,0 28,0 392,0
    241.16.13.051 12,5 6,3 51 19,6 10,5 4,4 6,1 206 11,8 5,7 6,1 231 15,2 11,0 4,2 298 19,0 32,0 372,4
    241.16.13.064 12,5 6,3 64 14,7 13,2 5,5 7,7 194 14,9 7,2 7,7 219 19,2 13,9 5,3 282 24,0 40,0 352,8
    241.16.13.076 12,5 6,3 76 13,7 16,0 6,7 9,3 219 18,0 8,7 9,3 247 23,2 16,8 6,4 318 29,0 47,0 397,3
    241.16.13.089 12,5 6,3 89 11,8 18,2 7,6 10,6 215 20,5 9,9 10,6 242 26,4 19,1 7,3 312 33,0 56,0 389,4
    241.16.13.305 12,5 6,3 305 2,9 66,0 27,6 38,4 191 74,4 36,0 38,4 216 96,0 69,6 26,4 278 120,0 185,0 348,0
    ∅13
    subject to alterations
    D h = dia. of guide sleeve
    D d = diameter of guide pin
    L 0 = free length of spring
    L 1 …L n = length of loaded spring
    (mm) as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    L BL = length of compacted-
    spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
    F 1 …F n = forces (N) as related to
    length of spring L 1 …L n
    S v1 …S v7 = recommend. preload.
    compression, as relat.
    to compress. S 1 …S 7
    S 1 …S n = compr. as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    R = spring rate (N/mm)
    S A1 …S A7 = working stroke (mm)
    High Performance Compression Springs
    DIN ISO 10243
    241.17. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Yellow“
    30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
    Order No
    55% stroke 62% stroke 80% stroke 100% stroke
    Order No
    241.16. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Red“
    30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
    Order No
    55% stroke 62% stroke 80% stroke 100% stroke
    Order No
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.15.13.025 12,5 6,3 25 30,0 3,3 1,4 1,9 99 4,4 1,4 3,0 132 5,0 1,4 3,6 150 5,5 2,0 3,5 165
    241.15.13.032 12,5 6,3 32 24,8 3,9 1,7 2,2 97 5,2 1,7 3,5 129 5,9 1,7 4,2 146 6,5 2,3 4,2 161
    241.15.13.038 12,5 6,3 38 21,4 4,8 2,1 2,7 103 6,4 2,1 4,3 137 7,2 2,1 5,1 154 8,0 2,9 5,1 171
    241.15.13.044 12,5 6,3 44 18,5 5,7 2,5 3,2 105 7,6 2,5 5,1 141 8,6 2,5 6,1 159 9,5 3,4 6,1 176
    241.15.13.051 12,5 6,3 51 15,5 6,6 2,9 3,7 102 8,8 2,9 5,9 136 9,9 2,9 7,0 153 11,0 4,0 7,0 171
    241.15.13.064 12,5 6,3 64 12,1 8,4 3,6 4,8 102 11,2 3,6 7,6 136 12,6 3,6 9,0 152 14,0 5,0 9,0 169
    241.15.13.076 12,5 6,3 76 10,2 10,2 4,4 5,8 104 13,6 4,4 9,2 139 15,3 4,4 10,9 156 17,0 6,1 10,9 173
    241.15.13.089 12,5 6,3 89 8,4 12,3 5,3 7,0 103 16,4 5,3 11,1 138 18,5 5,3 13,2 155 20,5 7,4 13,1 172
    241.15.13.305 12,5 6,3 305 2,1 43,2 18,7 24,5 91 57,6 18,7 38,9 121 64,8 18,7 46,1 136 72,0 25,9 46,1 151
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.15.13.025 12,5 6,3 25 30,0 6,1 2,5 3,6 183 6,8 3,3 3,5 204 8,8 6,4 2,4 264 11,0 14,0 330,0
    241.15.13.032 12,5 6,3 32 24,8 7,2 3,0 4,2 179 8,1 3,9 4,2 201 10,4 7,5 2,9 258 13,0 19,0 322,4
    241.15.13.038 12,5 6,3 38 21,4 8,8 3,7 5,1 188 9,9 4,8 5,1 212 12,8 9,3 3,5 274 16,0 22,0 342,4
    241.15.13.044 12,5 6,3 44 18,5 10,5 4,4 6,1 194 11,8 5,7 6,1 218 15,2 11,0 4,2 281 19,0 25,0 351,5
    241.15.13.051 12,5 6,3 51 15,5 12,1 5,1 7,0 188 13,6 6,6 7,0 211 17,6 12,8 4,8 273 22,0 29,0 341,0
    241.15.13.064 12,5 6,3 64 12,1 15,4 6,4 9,0 186 17,4 8,4 9,0 211 22,4 16,2 6,2 271 28,0 36,0 338,8
    241.15.13.076 12,5 6,3 76 10,2 18,7 7,8 10,9 191 21,1 10,2 10,9 215 27,2 19,7 7,5 277 34,0 42,0 346,8
    241.15.13.089 12,5 6,3 89 8,4 22,6 9,4 13,2 190 25,4 12,3 13,1 213 32,8 23,8 9,0 276 41,0 48,0 344,4
    241.15.13.305 12,5 6,3 305 2,1 79,2 33,1 46,1 166 89,3 43,2 46,1 188 115,2 83,5 31,7 242 144,0 161,0 302,4
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.14.13.025 12,5 6,3 25 18,0 3,9 1,7 2,2 70 5,2 1,7 3,5 94 5,9 1,7 4,2 106 6,5 2,3 4,2 117
    241.14.13.032 12,5 6,3 32 16,4 5,1 2,2 2,9 84 6,8 2,2 4,6 112 7,7 2,2 5,5 126 8,5 3,1 5,4 139
    241.14.13.038 12,5 6,3 38 13,6 6,0 2,6 3,4 82 8,0 2,6 5,4 109 9,0 2,6 6,4 122 10,0 3,6 6,4 136
    241.14.13.044 12,5 6,3 44 12,1 6,9 3,0 3,9 83 9,2 3,0 6,2 111 10,4 3,0 7,4 126 11,5 4,1 7,4 139
    241.14.13.051 12,5 6,3 51 11,4 8,1 3,5 4,6 92 10,8 3,5 7,3 123 12,2 3,5 8,7 139 13,5 4,9 8,6 154
    241.14.13.064 12,5 6,3 64 9,3 10,5 4,6 5,9 98 14,0 4,6 9,4 130 15,8 4,6 11,2 147 17,5 6,3 11,2 163
    241.14.13.076 12,5 6,3 76 7,1 12,3 5,3 7,0 87 16,4 5,3 11,1 116 18,5 5,3 13,2 131 20,5 7,4 13,1 146
    241.14.13.089 12,5 6,3 89 5,4 14,7 6,4 8,3 79 19,6 6,4 13,2 106 22,1 6,4 15,7 119 24,5 8,8 15,7 132
    241.14.13.305 12,5 6,3 305 1,4 49,8 21,6 28,2 70 66,4 21,6 44,8 93 74,7 21,6 53,1 105 83,0 29,9 53,1 116
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.14.13.025 12,5 6,3 25 18,0 7,2 3,0 4,2 130 8,1 3,9 4,2 146 10,4 7,5 2,9 187 13,0 12,0 234,0
    241.14.13.032 12,5 6,3 32 16,4 9,4 3,9 5,5 154 10,5 5,1 5,4 172 13,6 9,9 3,7 223 17,0 15,0 278,8
    241.14.13.038 12,5 6,3 38 13,6 11,0 4,6 6,4 150 12,4 6,0 6,4 169 16,0 11,6 4,4 218 20,0 18,0 272,0
    241.14.13.044 12,5 6,3 44 12,1 12,7 5,3 7,4 154 14,3 6,9 7,4 173 18,4 13,3 5,1 223 23,0 21,0 278,3
    241.14.13.051 12,5 6,3 51 11,4 14,9 6,2 8,7 170 16,7 8,1 8,6 190 21,6 15,7 5,9 246 27,0 24,0 307,8
    241.14.13.064 12,5 6,3 64 9,3 19,3 8,1 11,2 179 21,7 10,5 11,2 202 28,0 20,3 7,7 260 35,0 29,0 325,5
    241.14.13.076 12,5 6,3 76 7,1 22,6 9,4 13,2 160 25,4 12,3 13,1 180 32,8 23,8 9,0 233 41,0 35,0 291,1
    241.14.13.089 12,5 6,3 89 5,4 27,0 11,3 15,7 146 30,4 14,7 15,7 164 39,2 28,4 10,8 212 49,0 40,0 264,6
    241.14.13.305 12,5 6,3 305 1,4 91,3 38,2 53,1 128 103,0 49,8 53,1 144 132,8 96,3 36,5 186 166,0 139,0 232,4
    ∅13
    subject to alterations
    241.15. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Blue”
    30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
    Order No
    55% stroke 62% stroke 80% stroke 100% stroke
    Order No
    241.14. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Green”
    30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
    Order No
    55% stroke 62% stroke 80% stroke 100% stroke
    Order No
    D h = dia. of guide sleeve
    D d = diameter of guide pin
    L 0 = free length of spring
    L 1 …L n = length of loaded spring
    (mm) as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    L BL = length of compacted-
    spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
    F 1 …F n = forces (N) as related to
    length of spring L 1 …L n
    S v1 …S v7 = recommend. preload.
    compression, as relat.
    to compress. S 1 …S 7
    S 1 …S n = compr. as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    R = spring rate (N/mm)
    S A1 …S A7 = working stroke (mm)
    High Performance Compression Springs
    DIN ISO 10243
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.17.13.025 12,5 6,3 25 58,6 2,7 1,2 1,5 158 3,6 1,2 2,4 211 4,1 1,2 2,9 237 4,5 1,6 2,9 264
    241.17.13.032 12,5 6,3 32 43,9 3,2 1,4 1,8 140 4,2 1,4 2,9 186 4,8 1,4 3,4 209 5,3 1,9 3,4 233
    241.17.13.038 12,5 6,3 38 36,0 3,9 1,7 2,2 140 5,2 1,7 3,5 187 5,9 1,7 4,2 211 6,5 2,3 4,2 234
    241.17.13.044 12,5 6,3 44 30,3 4,7 2,0 2,6 141 6,2 2,0 4,2 188 7,0 2,0 5,0 211 7,8 2,8 5,0 235
    241.17.13.051 12,5 6,3 51 26,2 5,4 2,3 3,1 141 7,2 2,3 4,9 189 8,1 2,3 5,8 212 9,0 3,2 5,8 236
    241.17.13.064 12,5 6,3 64 21,2 6,6 2,9 3,7 140 8,8 2,9 5,9 187 9,9 2,9 7,0 210 11,0 4,0 7,0 233
    241.17.13.076 12,5 6,3 76 17,1 8,1 3,5 4,6 139 10,8 3,5 7,3 185 12,2 3,5 8,6 208 13,5 4,9 8,6 231
    241.17.13.089 12,5 6,3 89 14,5 9,9 4,3 5,6 144 13,2 4,3 8,9 191 14,9 4,3 10,6 215 16,5 5,9 10,6 239
    241.17.13.305 12,5 6,3 305 4,3 33,6 14,6 19,0 144 44,8 14,6 30,2 193 50,4 14,6 35,8 217 56,0 20,2 35,8 241
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.17.13.025 12,5 6,3 25 58,6 5,0 2,1 2,9 290 5,6 2,7 2,9 327 7,2 5,2 2,0 422 9,0 16,0 527,1
    241.17.13.032 12,5 6,3 32 43,9 5,8 2,4 3,4 256 6,6 3,2 3,4 289 8,5 6,1 2,3 372 10,6 21,4 465,3
    241.17.13.038 12,5 6,3 38 36,0 7,2 3,0 4,2 257 8,1 3,9 4,2 290 10,4 7,5 2,9 374 13,0 25,0 468,0
    241.17.13.044 12,5 6,3 44 30,3 8,5 3,6 5,0 258 9,6 4,7 5,0 291 12,4 9,0 3,4 376 15,5 28,5 469,7
    241.17.13.051 12,5 6,3 51 26,2 9,9 4,1 5,8 259 11,2 5,4 5,8 292 14,4 10,4 4,0 377 18,0 33,0 471,6
    241.17.13.064 12,5 6,3 64 21,2 12,1 5,1 7,0 257 13,6 6,6 7,0 289 17,6 12,8 4,8 373 22,0 42,0 466,4
    241.17.13.076 12,5 6,3 76 17,1 14,9 6,2 8,6 254 16,7 8,1 8,6 286 21,6 15,7 5,9 369 27,0 49,0 461,7
    241.17.13.089 12,5 6,3 89 14,5 18,2 7,6 10,6 263 20,5 9,9 10,6 297 26,4 19,1 7,3 383 33,0 56,0 478,5
    241.17.13.305 12,5 6,3 305 4,3 61,6 25,8 35,8 265 69,4 33,6 35,8 299 89,6 65,0 24,6 385 112,0 193,0 481,6
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.16.13.025 12,5 6,3 25 42,2 2,6 1,1 1,5 110 3,5 1,1 2,4 148 3,9 1,1 2,8 165 4,4 1,6 2,8 186
    241.16.13.032 12,5 6,3 32 33,4 3,3 1,4 1,9 110 4,4 1,4 3,0 147 5,0 1,4 3,6 167 5,5 2,0 3,5 184
    241.16.13.038 12,5 6,3 38 29,4 4,1 1,8 2,3 121 5,4 1,8 3,6 159 6,1 1,8 4,3 179 6,8 2,4 4,4 200
    241.16.13.044 12,5 6,3 44 24,5 4,8 2,1 2,7 118 6,4 2,1 4,3 157 7,2 2,1 5,1 176 8,0 2,9 5,1 196
    241.16.13.051 12,5 6,3 51 19,6 5,7 2,5 3,2 112 7,6 2,5 5,1 149 8,6 2,5 6,1 169 9,5 3,4 6,1 186
    241.16.13.064 12,5 6,3 64 14,7 7,2 3,1 4,1 106 9,6 3,1 6,5 141 10,8 3,1 7,7 159 12,0 4,3 7,7 176
    241.16.13.076 12,5 6,3 76 13,7 8,7 3,8 4,9 119 11,6 3,8 7,8 159 13,1 3,8 9,3 179 14,5 5,2 9,3 199
    241.16.13.089 12,5 6,3 89 11,8 9,9 4,3 5,6 117 13,2 4,3 8,9 156 14,9 4,3 10,6 176 16,5 5,9 10,6 195
    241.16.13.305 12,5 6,3 305 2,9 36,0 15,6 20,4 104 48,0 15,6 32,4 139 54,0 15,6 38,4 157 60,0 21,6 38,4 174
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.16.13.025 12,5 6,3 25 42,2 4,8 2,0 2,8 203 5,4 2,6 2,8 228 7,0 5,0 2,0 295 8,7 16,3 367,1
    241.16.13.032 12,5 6,3 32 33,4 6,1 2,5 3,6 204 6,8 3,3 3,5 227 8,8 6,4 2,4 294 11,0 21,0 367,4
    241.16.13.038 12,5 6,3 38 29,4 7,4 3,1 4,3 218 8,4 4,1 4,3 247 10,8 7,8 3,0 318 13,5 24,5 396,9
    241.16.13.044 12,5 6,3 44 24,5 8,8 3,7 5,1 216 9,9 4,8 5,1 243 12,8 9,3 3,5 314 16,0 28,0 392,0
    241.16.13.051 12,5 6,3 51 19,6 10,5 4,4 6,1 206 11,8 5,7 6,1 231 15,2 11,0 4,2 298 19,0 32,0 372,4
    241.16.13.064 12,5 6,3 64 14,7 13,2 5,5 7,7 194 14,9 7,2 7,7 219 19,2 13,9 5,3 282 24,0 40,0 352,8
    241.16.13.076 12,5 6,3 76 13,7 16,0 6,7 9,3 219 18,0 8,7 9,3 247 23,2 16,8 6,4 318 29,0 47,0 397,3
    241.16.13.089 12,5 6,3 89 11,8 18,2 7,6 10,6 215 20,5 9,9 10,6 242 26,4 19,1 7,3 312 33,0 56,0 389,4
    241.16.13.305 12,5 6,3 305 2,9 66,0 27,6 38,4 191 74,4 36,0 38,4 216 96,0 69,6 26,4 278 120,0 185,0 348,0
    ∅13
    subject to alterations
    D h = dia. of guide sleeve
    D d = diameter of guide pin
    L 0 = free length of spring
    L 1 …L n = length of loaded spring
    (mm) as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    L BL = length of compacted-
    spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
    F 1 …F n = forces (N) as related to
    length of spring L 1 …L n
    S v1 …S v7 = recommend. preload.
    compression, as relat.
    to compress. S 1 …S 7
    S 1 …S n = compr. as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    R = spring rate (N/mm)
    S A1 …S A7 = working stroke (mm)
    High Performance Compression Springs
    DIN ISO 10243
    241.17. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Yellow“
    30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
    Order No
    55% stroke 62% stroke 80% stroke 100% stroke
    Order No
    241.16. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Red“
    30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
    Order No
    55% stroke 62% stroke 80% stroke 100% stroke
    Order No
    F33
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.14.16.025 16,0 8,0 25 23,5 3,9 1,7 2,2 92 5,2 1,7 3,5 122 5,9 1,7 4,2 139 6,5 2,3 4,2 153
    241.14.16.032 16,0 8,0 32 23,0 4,8 2,1 2,7 110 6,4 2,1 4,3 147 7,2 2,1 5,1 166 8,0 2,9 5,1 184
    241.14.16.038 16,0 8,0 38 19,3 6,0 2,6 3,4 116 8,0 2,6 5,4 154 9,0 2,6 6,4 174 10,0 3,6 6,4 193
    241.14.16.044 16,0 8,0 44 17,1 6,9 3,0 3,9 118 9,2 3,0 6,2 157 10,4 3,0 7,4 178 11,5 4,1 7,4 197
    241.14.16.051 16,0 8,0 51 15,7 8,1 3,5 4,6 127 10,8 3,5 7,3 170 12,2 3,5 8,7 192 13,5 4,9 8,6 212
    241.14.16.064 16,0 8,0 64 10,7 10,2 4,4 5,8 109 13,6 4,4 9,2 146 15,3 4,4 10,9 164 17,0 6,1 10,9 182
    241.14.16.076 16,0 8,0 76 10,0 12,3 5,3 7,0 123 16,4 5,3 11,1 164 18,5 5,3 13,2 185 20,5 7,4 13,1 205
    241.14.16.089 16,0 8,0 89 8,6 14,7 6,4 8,3 126 19,6 6,4 13,2 169 22,1 6,4 15,7 190 24,5 8,8 15,7 211
    241.14.16.102 16,0 8,0 102 7,9 16,8 7,3 9,5 133 22,4 7,3 15,1 177 25,2 7,3 17,9 199 28,0 10,1 17,9 221
    241.14.16.305 16,0 8,0 305 2,6 51,0 22,1 28,9 133 68,0 22,1 45,9 177 76,5 22,1 54,4 199 85,0 30,6 54,4 221
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.14.16.025 16,0 8,0 25 23,5 7,2 3,0 4,2 169 8,1 3,9 4,2 190 10,4 7,5 2,9 244 13,0 12,0 305,5
    241.14.16.032 16,0 8,0 32 23,0 8,8 3,7 5,1 202 9,9 4,8 5,1 228 12,8 9,3 3,5 294 16,0 16,0 368,0
    241.14.16.038 16,0 8,0 38 19,3 11,0 4,6 6,4 212 12,4 6,0 6,4 239 16,0 11,6 4,4 309 20,0 18,0 386,0
    241.14.16.044 16,0 8,0 44 17,1 12,7 5,3 7,4 217 14,3 6,9 7,4 245 18,4 13,3 5,1 315 23,0 21,0 393,3
    241.14.16.051 16,0 8,0 51 15,7 14,9 6,2 8,7 234 16,7 8,1 8,6 262 21,6 15,7 5,9 339 27,0 24,0 423,9
    241.14.16.064 16,0 8,0 64 10,7 18,7 7,8 10,9 200 21,1 10,2 10,9 226 27,2 19,7 7,5 291 34,0 30,0 363,8
    241.14.16.076 16,0 8,0 76 10,0 22,6 9,4 13,2 226 25,4 12,3 13,1 254 32,8 23,8 9,0 328 41,0 35,0 410,0
    241.14.16.089 16,0 8,0 89 8,6 27,0 11,3 15,7 232 30,4 14,7 15,7 261 39,2 28,4 10,8 337 49,0 40,0 421,4
    241.14.16.102 16,0 8,0 102 7,9 30,8 12,9 17,9 243 34,7 16,8 17,9 274 44,8 32,5 12,3 354 56,0 46,0 442,4
    241.14.16.305 16,0 8,0 305 2,6 93,5 39,1 54,4 243 105,0 51,0 54,4 274 136,0 98,6 37,4 354 170,0 135,0 442,0
    ∅16
    subject to alterations
    D h = dia. of guide sleeve
    D d = diameter of guide pin
    L 0 = free length of spring
    L 1 …L n = length of loaded spring
    (mm) as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    L BL = length of compacted-
    spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
    F 1 …F n = forces (N) as related to
    length of spring L 1 …L n
    S v1 …S v7 = recommend. preload.
    compression, as relat.
    to compress. S 1 …S 7
    S 1 …S n = compr. as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    R = spring rate (N/mm)
    S A1 …S A7 = working stroke (mm)
    High Performance Compression Springs
    DIN ISO 10243
    241.14. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Green“
    30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
    Order No
    55% stroke 62% stroke 80% stroke 100% stroke
    Order No
    F34
    ∅10
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.15.16.025 16,0 8,0 25 49,4 3,3 1,4 1,9 163 4,4 1,4 3,0 217 5,0 1,4 3,6 247 5,5 2,0 3,5 272
    241.15.16.032 16,0 8,0 32 37,1 3,9 1,7 2,2 145 5,2 1,7 3,5 193 5,9 1,7 4,2 219 6,5 2,3 4,2 241
    241.15.16.038 16,0 8,0 38 33,9 4,8 2,1 2,7 163 6,4 2,1 4,3 217 7,2 2,1 5,1 244 8,0 2,9 5,1 271
    241.15.16.044 16,0 8,0 44 30,0 5,7 2,5 3,2 171 7,6 2,5 5,1 228 8,6 2,5 6,1 258 9,5 3,4 6,1 285
    241.15.16.051 16,0 8,0 51 26,4 6,3 2,7 3,6 166 8,4 2,7 5,7 222 9,5 2,7 6,8 251 10,5 3,8 6,7 277
    241.15.16.064 16,0 8,0 64 20,2 8,1 3,5 4,6 164 10,8 3,5 7,3 218 12,2 3,5 8,7 246 13,5 4,9 8,6 273
    241.15.16.076 16,0 8,0 76 17,9 9,9 4,3 5,6 177 13,2 4,3 8,9 236 14,9 4,3 10,6 267 16,5 5,9 10,6 295
    241.15.16.089 16,0 8,0 89 15,2 11,7 5,1 6,6 178 15,6 5,1 10,5 237 17,6 5,1 12,5 268 19,5 7,0 12,5 296
    241.15.16.102 16,0 8,0 102 13,5 13,5 5,9 7,6 182 18,0 5,9 12,1 243 20,3 5,9 14,4 274 22,5 8,1 14,4 304
    241.15.16.305 16,0 8,0 305 4,8 41,4 17,9 23,5 199 55,2 17,9 37,3 265 62,1 17,9 44,2 298 69,0 24,8 44,2 331
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.15.16.025 16,0 8,0 25 49,4 6,1 2,5 3,6 301 6,8 3,3 3,5 336 8,8 6,4 2,4 435 11,0 14,0 543,4
    241.15.16.032 16,0 8,0 32 37,1 7,2 3,0 4,2 267 8,1 3,9 4,2 301 10,4 7,5 2,9 386 13,0 19,0 482,3
    241.15.16.038 16,0 8,0 38 33,9 8,8 3,7 5,1 298 9,9 4,8 5,1 336 12,8 9,3 3,5 434 16,0 22,0 542,4
    241.15.16.044 16,0 8,0 44 30,0 10,5 4,4 6,1 315 11,8 5,7 6,1 354 15,2 11,0 4,2 456 19,0 25,0 570,0
    241.15.16.051 16,0 8,0 51 26,4 11,6 4,8 6,8 306 13,0 6,3 6,7 343 16,8 12,2 4,6 444 21,0 30,0 554,4
    241.15.16.064 16,0 8,0 64 20,2 14,9 6,2 8,7 301 16,7 8,1 8,6 337 21,6 15,7 5,9 436 27,0 37,0 545,4
    241.15.16.076 16,0 8,0 76 17,9 18,2 7,6 10,6 326 20,5 9,9 10,6 367 26,4 19,1 7,3 473 33,0 43,0 590,7
    241.15.16.089 16,0 8,0 89 15,2 21,5 9,0 12,5 327 24,2 11,7 12,5 368 31,2 22,6 8,6 474 39,0 50,0 592,8
    241.15.16.102 16,0 8,0 102 13,5 24,8 10,4 14,4 335 27,9 13,5 14,4 377 36,0 26,1 9,9 486 45,0 57,0 607,5
    241.15.16.305 16,0 8,0 305 4,8 75,9 31,7 44,2 364 85,6 41,4 44,2 411 110,4 80,0 30,4 530 138,0 167,0 662,4
    ∅16
    subject to alterations
    D h = dia. of guide sleeve
    D d = diameter of guide pin
    L 0 = free length of spring
    L 1 …L n = length of loaded spring
    (mm) as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    L BL = length of compacted-
    spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
    F 1 …F n = forces (N) as related to
    length of spring L 1 …L n
    S v1 …S v7 = recommend. preload.
    compression, as relat.
    to compress. S 1 …S 7
    S 1 …S n = compr. as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    R = spring rate (N/mm)
    S A1 …S A7 = working stroke (mm)
    High Performance Compression Springs
    DIN ISO 10243
    241.15. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Blue“
    30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
    Order No
    55% stroke 62% stroke 80% stroke 100% stroke
    Order No
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.14.16.025 16,0 8,0 25 23,5 3,9 1,7 2,2 92 5,2 1,7 3,5 122 5,9 1,7 4,2 139 6,5 2,3 4,2 153
    241.14.16.032 16,0 8,0 32 23,0 4,8 2,1 2,7 110 6,4 2,1 4,3 147 7,2 2,1 5,1 166 8,0 2,9 5,1 184
    241.14.16.038 16,0 8,0 38 19,3 6,0 2,6 3,4 116 8,0 2,6 5,4 154 9,0 2,6 6,4 174 10,0 3,6 6,4 193
    241.14.16.044 16,0 8,0 44 17,1 6,9 3,0 3,9 118 9,2 3,0 6,2 157 10,4 3,0 7,4 178 11,5 4,1 7,4 197
    241.14.16.051 16,0 8,0 51 15,7 8,1 3,5 4,6 127 10,8 3,5 7,3 170 12,2 3,5 8,7 192 13,5 4,9 8,6 212
    241.14.16.064 16,0 8,0 64 10,7 10,2 4,4 5,8 109 13,6 4,4 9,2 146 15,3 4,4 10,9 164 17,0 6,1 10,9 182
    241.14.16.076 16,0 8,0 76 10,0 12,3 5,3 7,0 123 16,4 5,3 11,1 164 18,5 5,3 13,2 185 20,5 7,4 13,1 205
    241.14.16.089 16,0 8,0 89 8,6 14,7 6,4 8,3 126 19,6 6,4 13,2 169 22,1 6,4 15,7 190 24,5 8,8 15,7 211
    241.14.16.102 16,0 8,0 102 7,9 16,8 7,3 9,5 133 22,4 7,3 15,1 177 25,2 7,3 17,9 199 28,0 10,1 17,9 221
    241.14.16.305 16,0 8,0 305 2,6 51,0 22,1 28,9 133 68,0 22,1 45,9 177 76,5 22,1 54,4 199 85,0 30,6 54,4 221
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.14.16.025 16,0 8,0 25 23,5 7,2 3,0 4,2 169 8,1 3,9 4,2 190 10,4 7,5 2,9 244 13,0 12,0 305,5
    241.14.16.032 16,0 8,0 32 23,0 8,8 3,7 5,1 202 9,9 4,8 5,1 228 12,8 9,3 3,5 294 16,0 16,0 368,0
    241.14.16.038 16,0 8,0 38 19,3 11,0 4,6 6,4 212 12,4 6,0 6,4 239 16,0 11,6 4,4 309 20,0 18,0 386,0
    241.14.16.044 16,0 8,0 44 17,1 12,7 5,3 7,4 217 14,3 6,9 7,4 245 18,4 13,3 5,1 315 23,0 21,0 393,3
    241.14.16.051 16,0 8,0 51 15,7 14,9 6,2 8,7 234 16,7 8,1 8,6 262 21,6 15,7 5,9 339 27,0 24,0 423,9
    241.14.16.064 16,0 8,0 64 10,7 18,7 7,8 10,9 200 21,1 10,2 10,9 226 27,2 19,7 7,5 291 34,0 30,0 363,8
    241.14.16.076 16,0 8,0 76 10,0 22,6 9,4 13,2 226 25,4 12,3 13,1 254 32,8 23,8 9,0 328 41,0 35,0 410,0
    241.14.16.089 16,0 8,0 89 8,6 27,0 11,3 15,7 232 30,4 14,7 15,7 261 39,2 28,4 10,8 337 49,0 40,0 421,4
    241.14.16.102 16,0 8,0 102 7,9 30,8 12,9 17,9 243 34,7 16,8 17,9 274 44,8 32,5 12,3 354 56,0 46,0 442,4
    241.14.16.305 16,0 8,0 305 2,6 93,5 39,1 54,4 243 105,0 51,0 54,4 274 136,0 98,6 37,4 354 170,0 135,0 442,0
    ∅16
    subject to alterations
    D h = dia. of guide sleeve
    D d = diameter of guide pin
    L 0 = free length of spring
    L 1 …L n = length of loaded spring
    (mm) as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    L BL = length of compacted-
    spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
    F 1 …F n = forces (N) as related to
    length of spring L 1 …L n
    S v1 …S v7 = recommend. preload.
    compression, as relat.
    to compress. S 1 …S 7
    S 1 …S n = compr. as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    R = spring rate (N/mm)
    S A1 …S A7 = working stroke (mm)
    High Performance Compression Springs
    DIN ISO 10243
    241.14. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Green“
    30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
    Order No
    55% stroke 62% stroke 80% stroke 100% stroke
    Order No
    ∅10
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.15.16.025 16,0 8,0 25 49,4 3,3 1,4 1,9 163 4,4 1,4 3,0 217 5,0 1,4 3,6 247 5,5 2,0 3,5 272
    241.15.16.032 16,0 8,0 32 37,1 3,9 1,7 2,2 145 5,2 1,7 3,5 193 5,9 1,7 4,2 219 6,5 2,3 4,2 241
    241.15.16.038 16,0 8,0 38 33,9 4,8 2,1 2,7 163 6,4 2,1 4,3 217 7,2 2,1 5,1 244 8,0 2,9 5,1 271
    241.15.16.044 16,0 8,0 44 30,0 5,7 2,5 3,2 171 7,6 2,5 5,1 228 8,6 2,5 6,1 258 9,5 3,4 6,1 285
    241.15.16.051 16,0 8,0 51 26,4 6,3 2,7 3,6 166 8,4 2,7 5,7 222 9,5 2,7 6,8 251 10,5 3,8 6,7 277
    241.15.16.064 16,0 8,0 64 20,2 8,1 3,5 4,6 164 10,8 3,5 7,3 218 12,2 3,5 8,7 246 13,5 4,9 8,6 273
    241.15.16.076 16,0 8,0 76 17,9 9,9 4,3 5,6 177 13,2 4,3 8,9 236 14,9 4,3 10,6 267 16,5 5,9 10,6 295
    241.15.16.089 16,0 8,0 89 15,2 11,7 5,1 6,6 178 15,6 5,1 10,5 237 17,6 5,1 12,5 268 19,5 7,0 12,5 296
    241.15.16.102 16,0 8,0 102 13,5 13,5 5,9 7,6 182 18,0 5,9 12,1 243 20,3 5,9 14,4 274 22,5 8,1 14,4 304
    241.15.16.305 16,0 8,0 305 4,8 41,4 17,9 23,5 199 55,2 17,9 37,3 265 62,1 17,9 44,2 298 69,0 24,8 44,2 331
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.15.16.025 16,0 8,0 25 49,4 6,1 2,5 3,6 301 6,8 3,3 3,5 336 8,8 6,4 2,4 435 11,0 14,0 543,4
    241.15.16.032 16,0 8,0 32 37,1 7,2 3,0 4,2 267 8,1 3,9 4,2 301 10,4 7,5 2,9 386 13,0 19,0 482,3
    241.15.16.038 16,0 8,0 38 33,9 8,8 3,7 5,1 298 9,9 4,8 5,1 336 12,8 9,3 3,5 434 16,0 22,0 542,4
    241.15.16.044 16,0 8,0 44 30,0 10,5 4,4 6,1 315 11,8 5,7 6,1 354 15,2 11,0 4,2 456 19,0 25,0 570,0
    241.15.16.051 16,0 8,0 51 26,4 11,6 4,8 6,8 306 13,0 6,3 6,7 343 16,8 12,2 4,6 444 21,0 30,0 554,4
    241.15.16.064 16,0 8,0 64 20,2 14,9 6,2 8,7 301 16,7 8,1 8,6 337 21,6 15,7 5,9 436 27,0 37,0 545,4
    241.15.16.076 16,0 8,0 76 17,9 18,2 7,6 10,6 326 20,5 9,9 10,6 367 26,4 19,1 7,3 473 33,0 43,0 590,7
    241.15.16.089 16,0 8,0 89 15,2 21,5 9,0 12,5 327 24,2 11,7 12,5 368 31,2 22,6 8,6 474 39,0 50,0 592,8
    241.15.16.102 16,0 8,0 102 13,5 24,8 10,4 14,4 335 27,9 13,5 14,4 377 36,0 26,1 9,9 486 45,0 57,0 607,5
    241.15.16.305 16,0 8,0 305 4,8 75,9 31,7 44,2 364 85,6 41,4 44,2 411 110,4 80,0 30,4 530 138,0 167,0 662,4
    ∅16
    subject to alterations
    D h = dia. of guide sleeve
    D d = diameter of guide pin
    L 0 = free length of spring
    L 1 …L n = length of loaded spring
    (mm) as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    L BL = length of compacted-
    spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
    F 1 …F n = forces (N) as related to
    length of spring L 1 …L n
    S v1 …S v7 = recommend. preload.
    compression, as relat.
    to compress. S 1 …S 7
    S 1 …S n = compr. as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    R = spring rate (N/mm)
    S A1 …S A7 = working stroke (mm)
    High Performance Compression Springs
    DIN ISO 10243
    241.15. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Blue“
    30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
    Order No
    55% stroke 62% stroke 80% stroke 100% stroke
    Order No
    F35
    ∅16
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.16.16.025 16,0 8,0 25 75,5 2,6 1,1 1,5 196 3,5 1,1 2,4 264 3,9 1,1 2,8 294 4,4 1,6 2,8 332
    241.16.16.032 16,0 8,0 32 53,0 3,3 1,4 1,9 175 4,4 1,4 3,0 233 5,0 1,4 3,6 265 5,5 2,0 3,5 292
    241.16.16.038 16,0 8,0 38 49,1 4,1 1,8 2,3 201 5,5 1,8 3,7 270 6,2 1,8 4,4 304 6,9 2,5 4,4 339
    241.16.16.044 16,0 8,0 44 43,2 4,7 2,0 2,7 203 6,3 2,0 4,3 272 7,1 2,0 5,1 307 7,9 2,8 5,1 341
    241.16.16.051 16,0 8,0 51 37,3 5,6 2,4 3,2 209 7,4 2,4 5,0 276 8,3 2,4 5,9 310 9,3 3,3 6,0 347
    241.16.16.064 16,0 8,0 64 30,4 7,1 3,1 4,0 216 9,4 3,1 6,3 286 10,6 3,1 7,5 322 11,8 4,2 7,6 359
    241.16.16.076 16,0 8,0 76 25,5 8,7 3,8 4,9 222 11,6 3,8 7,8 296 13,1 3,8 9,3 334 14,5 5,2 9,3 370
    241.16.16.089 16,0 8,0 89 21,6 10,4 4,5 5,9 225 13,8 4,5 9,3 298 15,5 4,5 11,0 335 17,3 6,2 11,1 374
    241.16.16.102 16,0 8,0 102 19,6 12,0 5,2 6,8 235 16,0 5,2 10,8 314 18,0 5,2 12,8 353 20,0 7,2 12,8 392
    241.16.16.305 16,0 8,0 305 6,9 36,6 15,9 20,7 253 48,8 15,9 32,9 337 54,9 15,9 39,0 379 61,0 22,0 39,0 421
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.16.16.025 16,0 8,0 25 75,5 4,8 2,0 2,8 362 5,4 2,6 2,8 408 7,0 5,0 2,0 529 8,7 16,3 656,9
    241.16.16.032 16,0 8,0 32 53,0 6,1 2,5 3,6 323 6,8 3,3 3,5 360 8,8 6,4 2,4 466 11,0 21,0 583,0
    241.16.16.038 16,0 8,0 38 49,1 7,5 3,2 4,3 368 8,5 4,1 4,4 417 11,0 7,9 3,1 540 13,7 24,3 672,7
    241.16.16.044 16,0 8,0 44 43,2 8,6 3,6 5,0 372 9,7 4,7 5,0 419 12,6 9,1 3,5 544 15,7 28,3 678,2
    241.16.16.051 16,0 8,0 51 37,3 10,2 4,3 5,9 380 11,5 5,6 5,9 429 14,8 10,7 4,1 552 18,5 32,5 690,1
    241.16.16.064 16,0 8,0 64 30,4 12,9 5,4 7,5 392 14,6 7,1 7,5 444 18,8 13,6 5,2 572 23,5 40,5 714,4
    241.16.16.076 16,0 8,0 76 25,5 16,0 6,7 9,3 408 18,0 8,7 9,3 459 23,2 16,8 6,4 592 29,0 47,0 739,5
    241.16.16.089 16,0 8,0 89 21,6 19,0 7,9 11,1 410 21,4 10,4 11,0 462 27,6 20,0 7,6 596 34,5 54,5 745,2
    241.16.16.102 16,0 8,0 102 19,6 22,0 9,2 12,8 431 24,8 12,0 12,8 486 32,0 23,2 8,8 627 40,0 62,0 784,0
    241.16.16.305 16,0 8,0 305 6,9 67,1 28,1 39,0 463 75,6 36,6 39,0 522 97,6 70,8 26,8 673 122,0 183,0 841,8
    subject to alterations
    D h = dia. of guide sleeve
    D d = diameter of guide pin
    L 0 = free length of spring
    L 1 …L n = length of loaded spring
    (mm) as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    L BL = length of compacted-
    spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
    F 1 …F n = forces (N) as related to
    length of spring L 1 …L n
    S v1 …S v7 = recommend. preload.
    compression, as relat.
    to compress. S 1 …S 7
    S 1 …S n = compr. as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    R = spring rate (N/mm)
    S A1 …S A7 = working stroke (mm)
    High Performance Compression Springs
    DIN ISO 10243
    241.16. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Red“
    30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
    Order No
    55% stroke 62% stroke 80% stroke 100% stroke
    Order No
    F36
    ∅10
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.17.16.025 16,0 8,0 25 118 2,7 1,2 1,5 319 3,6 1,2 2,4 425 4,1 1,2 2,9 484 4,5 1,6 2,9 531
    241.17.16.032 16,0 8,0 32 89,1 3,2 1,4 1,8 285 4,3 1,4 2,9 383 4,9 1,4 3,5 437 5,4 1,9 3,5 481
    241.17.16.038 16,0 8,0 38 72,1 3,9 1,7 2,2 281 5,2 1,7 3,5 375 5,9 1,7 4,2 425 6,5 2,3 4,2 469
    241.17.16.044 16,0 8,0 44 60,9 4,5 2,0 2,5 274 6,0 2,0 4,0 365 6,8 2,0 4,8 414 7,5 2,7 4,8 457
    241.17.16.051 16,0 8,0 51 52,3 5,4 2,3 3,1 282 7,2 2,3 4,9 377 8,1 2,3 5,8 424 9,0 3,2 5,8 471
    241.17.16.064 16,0 8,0 64 41,2 6,6 2,9 3,7 272 8,8 2,9 5,9 363 9,9 2,9 7,0 408 11,0 4,0 7,0 453
    241.17.16.076 16,0 8,0 76 34,1 8,0 3,4 4,6 273 10,6 3,4 7,2 361 11,9 3,4 8,5 406 13,3 4,8 8,5 454
    241.17.16.089 16,0 8,0 89 29,5 9,5 4,1 5,4 280 12,6 4,1 8,5 372 14,2 4,1 10,1 419 15,8 5,7 10,1 466
    241.17.16.102 16,0 8,0 102 25,6 11,0 4,7 6,3 282 14,6 4,7 9,9 374 16,4 4,7 11,7 420 18,3 6,6 11,7 468
    241.17.16.305 16,0 8,0 305 8,4 33,0 14,3 18,7 277 44,0 14,3 29,7 370 49,5 14,3 35,2 416 55,0 19,8 35,2 462
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.17.16.025 16,0 8,0 25 118 5,0 2,1 2,9 590 5,6 2,7 2,9 661 7,2 5,2 2,0 850 9,0 16,0 1062,0
    241.17.16.032 16,0 8,0 32 89,1 5,9 2,5 3,4 526 6,7 3,2 3,5 597 8,6 6,3 2,3 766 10,8 21,2 962,3
    241.17.16.038 16,0 8,0 38 72,1 7,2 3,0 4,2 519 8,1 3,9 4,2 584 10,4 7,5 2,9 750 13,0 25,0 937,3
    241.17.16.044 16,0 8,0 44 60,9 8,3 3,5 4,8 505 9,3 4,5 4,8 566 12,0 8,7 3,3 731 15,0 29,0 913,5
    241.17.16.051 16,0 8,0 51 52,3 9,9 4,1 5,8 518 11,2 5,4 5,8 586 14,4 10,4 4,0 753 18,0 33,0 941,4
    241.17.16.064 16,0 8,0 64 41,2 12,1 5,1 7,0 499 13,6 6,6 7,0 560 17,6 12,8 4,8 725 22,0 42,0 906,4
    241.17.16.076 16,0 8,0 76 34,1 14,6 6,1 8,5 498 16,4 8,0 8,4 559 21,2 15,4 5,8 723 26,5 49,5 903,7
    241.17.16.089 16,0 8,0 89 29,5 17,3 7,2 10,1 510 19,5 9,5 10,0 575 25,2 18,3 6,9 743 31,5 57,5 929,3
    241.17.16.102 16,0 8,0 102 25,6 20,1 8,4 11,7 515 22,6 11,0 11,6 579 29,2 21,2 8,0 748 36,5 65,5 934,4
    241.17.16.305 16,0 8,0 305 8,4 60,5 25,3 35,2 508 68,2 33,0 35,2 573 88,0 63,8 24,2 739 110,0 195,0 924,0
    ∅16
    subject to alterations
    D h = dia. of guide sleeve
    D d = diameter of guide pin
    L 0 = free length of spring
    L 1 …L n = length of loaded spring
    (mm) as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    L BL = length of compacted-
    spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
    F 1 …F n = forces (N) as related to
    length of spring L 1 …L n
    S v1 …S v7 = recommend. preload.
    compression, as relat.
    to compress. S 1 …S 7
    S 1 …S n = compr. as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    R = spring rate (N/mm)
    S A1 …S A7 = working stroke (mm)
    High Performance Compression Springs
    DIN ISO 10243
    241.17. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Yellow“
    30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
    Order No
    55% stroke 62% stroke 80% stroke 100% stroke
    Order No
    ∅16
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.16.16.025 16,0 8,0 25 75,5 2,6 1,1 1,5 196 3,5 1,1 2,4 264 3,9 1,1 2,8 294 4,4 1,6 2,8 332
    241.16.16.032 16,0 8,0 32 53,0 3,3 1,4 1,9 175 4,4 1,4 3,0 233 5,0 1,4 3,6 265 5,5 2,0 3,5 292
    241.16.16.038 16,0 8,0 38 49,1 4,1 1,8 2,3 201 5,5 1,8 3,7 270 6,2 1,8 4,4 304 6,9 2,5 4,4 339
    241.16.16.044 16,0 8,0 44 43,2 4,7 2,0 2,7 203 6,3 2,0 4,3 272 7,1 2,0 5,1 307 7,9 2,8 5,1 341
    241.16.16.051 16,0 8,0 51 37,3 5,6 2,4 3,2 209 7,4 2,4 5,0 276 8,3 2,4 5,9 310 9,3 3,3 6,0 347
    241.16.16.064 16,0 8,0 64 30,4 7,1 3,1 4,0 216 9,4 3,1 6,3 286 10,6 3,1 7,5 322 11,8 4,2 7,6 359
    241.16.16.076 16,0 8,0 76 25,5 8,7 3,8 4,9 222 11,6 3,8 7,8 296 13,1 3,8 9,3 334 14,5 5,2 9,3 370
    241.16.16.089 16,0 8,0 89 21,6 10,4 4,5 5,9 225 13,8 4,5 9,3 298 15,5 4,5 11,0 335 17,3 6,2 11,1 374
    241.16.16.102 16,0 8,0 102 19,6 12,0 5,2 6,8 235 16,0 5,2 10,8 314 18,0 5,2 12,8 353 20,0 7,2 12,8 392
    241.16.16.305 16,0 8,0 305 6,9 36,6 15,9 20,7 253 48,8 15,9 32,9 337 54,9 15,9 39,0 379 61,0 22,0 39,0 421
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.16.16.025 16,0 8,0 25 75,5 4,8 2,0 2,8 362 5,4 2,6 2,8 408 7,0 5,0 2,0 529 8,7 16,3 656,9
    241.16.16.032 16,0 8,0 32 53,0 6,1 2,5 3,6 323 6,8 3,3 3,5 360 8,8 6,4 2,4 466 11,0 21,0 583,0
    241.16.16.038 16,0 8,0 38 49,1 7,5 3,2 4,3 368 8,5 4,1 4,4 417 11,0 7,9 3,1 540 13,7 24,3 672,7
    241.16.16.044 16,0 8,0 44 43,2 8,6 3,6 5,0 372 9,7 4,7 5,0 419 12,6 9,1 3,5 544 15,7 28,3 678,2
    241.16.16.051 16,0 8,0 51 37,3 10,2 4,3 5,9 380 11,5 5,6 5,9 429 14,8 10,7 4,1 552 18,5 32,5 690,1
    241.16.16.064 16,0 8,0 64 30,4 12,9 5,4 7,5 392 14,6 7,1 7,5 444 18,8 13,6 5,2 572 23,5 40,5 714,4
    241.16.16.076 16,0 8,0 76 25,5 16,0 6,7 9,3 408 18,0 8,7 9,3 459 23,2 16,8 6,4 592 29,0 47,0 739,5
    241.16.16.089 16,0 8,0 89 21,6 19,0 7,9 11,1 410 21,4 10,4 11,0 462 27,6 20,0 7,6 596 34,5 54,5 745,2
    241.16.16.102 16,0 8,0 102 19,6 22,0 9,2 12,8 431 24,8 12,0 12,8 486 32,0 23,2 8,8 627 40,0 62,0 784,0
    241.16.16.305 16,0 8,0 305 6,9 67,1 28,1 39,0 463 75,6 36,6 39,0 522 97,6 70,8 26,8 673 122,0 183,0 841,8
    subject to alterations
    D h = dia. of guide sleeve
    D d = diameter of guide pin
    L 0 = free length of spring
    L 1 …L n = length of loaded spring
    (mm) as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    L BL = length of compacted-
    spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
    F 1 …F n = forces (N) as related to
    length of spring L 1 …L n
    S v1 …S v7 = recommend. preload.
    compression, as relat.
    to compress. S 1 …S 7
    S 1 …S n = compr. as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    R = spring rate (N/mm)
    S A1 …S A7 = working stroke (mm)
    High Performance Compression Springs
    DIN ISO 10243
    241.16. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Red“
    30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
    Order No
    55% stroke 62% stroke 80% stroke 100% stroke
    Order No
    ∅10
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.17.16.025 16,0 8,0 25 118 2,7 1,2 1,5 319 3,6 1,2 2,4 425 4,1 1,2 2,9 484 4,5 1,6 2,9 531
    241.17.16.032 16,0 8,0 32 89,1 3,2 1,4 1,8 285 4,3 1,4 2,9 383 4,9 1,4 3,5 437 5,4 1,9 3,5 481
    241.17.16.038 16,0 8,0 38 72,1 3,9 1,7 2,2 281 5,2 1,7 3,5 375 5,9 1,7 4,2 425 6,5 2,3 4,2 469
    241.17.16.044 16,0 8,0 44 60,9 4,5 2,0 2,5 274 6,0 2,0 4,0 365 6,8 2,0 4,8 414 7,5 2,7 4,8 457
    241.17.16.051 16,0 8,0 51 52,3 5,4 2,3 3,1 282 7,2 2,3 4,9 377 8,1 2,3 5,8 424 9,0 3,2 5,8 471
    241.17.16.064 16,0 8,0 64 41,2 6,6 2,9 3,7 272 8,8 2,9 5,9 363 9,9 2,9 7,0 408 11,0 4,0 7,0 453
    241.17.16.076 16,0 8,0 76 34,1 8,0 3,4 4,6 273 10,6 3,4 7,2 361 11,9 3,4 8,5 406 13,3 4,8 8,5 454
    241.17.16.089 16,0 8,0 89 29,5 9,5 4,1 5,4 280 12,6 4,1 8,5 372 14,2 4,1 10,1 419 15,8 5,7 10,1 466
    241.17.16.102 16,0 8,0 102 25,6 11,0 4,7 6,3 282 14,6 4,7 9,9 374 16,4 4,7 11,7 420 18,3 6,6 11,7 468
    241.17.16.305 16,0 8,0 305 8,4 33,0 14,3 18,7 277 44,0 14,3 29,7 370 49,5 14,3 35,2 416 55,0 19,8 35,2 462
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.17.16.025 16,0 8,0 25 118 5,0 2,1 2,9 590 5,6 2,7 2,9 661 7,2 5,2 2,0 850 9,0 16,0 1062,0
    241.17.16.032 16,0 8,0 32 89,1 5,9 2,5 3,4 526 6,7 3,2 3,5 597 8,6 6,3 2,3 766 10,8 21,2 962,3
    241.17.16.038 16,0 8,0 38 72,1 7,2 3,0 4,2 519 8,1 3,9 4,2 584 10,4 7,5 2,9 750 13,0 25,0 937,3
    241.17.16.044 16,0 8,0 44 60,9 8,3 3,5 4,8 505 9,3 4,5 4,8 566 12,0 8,7 3,3 731 15,0 29,0 913,5
    241.17.16.051 16,0 8,0 51 52,3 9,9 4,1 5,8 518 11,2 5,4 5,8 586 14,4 10,4 4,0 753 18,0 33,0 941,4
    241.17.16.064 16,0 8,0 64 41,2 12,1 5,1 7,0 499 13,6 6,6 7,0 560 17,6 12,8 4,8 725 22,0 42,0 906,4
    241.17.16.076 16,0 8,0 76 34,1 14,6 6,1 8,5 498 16,4 8,0 8,4 559 21,2 15,4 5,8 723 26,5 49,5 903,7
    241.17.16.089 16,0 8,0 89 29,5 17,3 7,2 10,1 510 19,5 9,5 10,0 575 25,2 18,3 6,9 743 31,5 57,5 929,3
    241.17.16.102 16,0 8,0 102 25,6 20,1 8,4 11,7 515 22,6 11,0 11,6 579 29,2 21,2 8,0 748 36,5 65,5 934,4
    241.17.16.305 16,0 8,0 305 8,4 60,5 25,3 35,2 508 68,2 33,0 35,2 573 88,0 63,8 24,2 739 110,0 195,0 924,0
    ∅16
    subject to alterations
    D h = dia. of guide sleeve
    D d = diameter of guide pin
    L 0 = free length of spring
    L 1 …L n = length of loaded spring
    (mm) as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    L BL = length of compacted-
    spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
    F 1 …F n = forces (N) as related to
    length of spring L 1 …L n
    S v1 …S v7 = recommend. preload.
    compression, as relat.
    to compress. S 1 …S 7
    S 1 …S n = compr. as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    R = spring rate (N/mm)
    S A1 …S A7 = working stroke (mm)
    High Performance Compression Springs
    DIN ISO 10243
    241.17. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Yellow“
    30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
    Order No
    55% stroke 62% stroke 80% stroke 100% stroke
    Order No
    F37
    ∅20
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.14.20.025 20,0 10,0 25 55,8 3,9 1,7 2,2 218 5,2 1,7 3,5 290 5,9 1,7 4,2 329 6,5 2,3 4,2 363
    241.14.20.032 20,0 10,0 32 45,0 4,8 2,1 2,7 216 6,4 2,1 4,3 288 7,2 2,1 5,1 324 8,0 2,9 5,1 360
    241.14.20.038 20,0 10,0 38 33,4 5,7 2,5 3,2 190 7,6 2,5 5,1 254 8,6 2,5 6,1 287 9,5 3,4 6,1 317
    241.14.20.044 20,0 10,0 44 30,0 6,9 3,0 3,9 207 9,2 3,0 6,2 276 10,4 3,0 7,4 312 11,5 4,1 7,4 345
    241.14.20.051 20,0 10,0 51 24,5 7,8 3,4 4,4 191 10,4 3,4 7,0 255 11,7 3,4 8,3 287 13,0 4,7 8,3 319
    241.14.20.064 20,0 10,0 64 20,0 9,6 4,2 5,4 192 12,8 4,2 8,6 256 14,4 4,2 10,2 288 16,0 5,8 10,2 320
    241.14.20.076 20,0 10,0 76 16,0 12,0 5,2 6,8 192 16,0 5,2 10,8 256 18,0 5,2 12,8 288 20,0 7,2 12,8 320
    241.14.20.089 20,0 10,0 89 14,0 13,8 6,0 7,8 193 18,4 6,0 12,4 258 20,7 6,0 14,7 290 23,0 8,3 14,7 322
    241.14.20.102 20,0 10,0 102 12,0 15,9 6,9 9,0 191 21,2 6,9 14,3 254 23,9 6,9 17,0 287 26,5 9,5 17,0 318
    241.14.20.115 20,0 10,0 115 10,9 18,0 7,8 10,2 196 24,0 7,8 16,2 262 27,0 7,8 19,2 294 30,0 10,8 19,2 327
    241.14.20.127 20,0 10,0 127 9,5 20,1 8,7 11,4 191 26,8 8,7 18,1 255 30,2 8,7 21,5 287 33,5 12,1 21,4 318
    241.14.20.139 20,0 10,0 139 8,4 21,9 9,5 12,4 184 29,2 9,5 19,7 245 32,9 9,5 23,4 276 36,5 13,1 23,4 307
    241.14.20.152 20,0 10,0 152 7,6 24,3 10,5 13,8 185 32,4 10,5 21,9 246 36,5 10,5 26,0 277 40,5 14,6 25,9 308
    241.14.20.305 20,0 10,0 305 4,0 48,6 21,1 27,5 194 64,8 21,1 43,7 259 72,9 21,1 51,8 292 81,0 29,2 51,8 324
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.14.20.025 20,0 10,0 25 55,8 7,2 3,0 4,2 402 8,1 3,9 4,2 452 10,4 7,5 2,9 580 13,0 12,0 725,4
    241.14.20.032 20,0 10,0 32 45,0 8,8 3,7 5,1 396 9,9 4,8 5,1 446 12,8 9,3 3,5 576 16,0 16,0 720,0
    241.14.20.038 20,0 10,0 38 33,4 10,5 4,4 6,1 351 11,8 5,7 6,1 394 15,2 11,0 4,2 508 19,0 19,0 634,6
    241.14.20.044 20,0 10,0 44 30,0 12,7 5,3 7,4 381 14,3 6,9 7,4 429 18,4 13,3 5,1 552 23,0 21,0 690,0
    241.14.20.051 20,0 10,0 51 24,5 14,3 6,0 8,3 350 16,1 7,8 8,3 394 20,8 15,1 5,7 510 26,0 25,0 637,0
    241.14.20.064 20,0 10,0 64 20,0 17,6 7,4 10,2 352 19,8 9,6 10,2 396 25,6 18,6 7,0 512 32,0 32,0 640,0
    241.14.20.076 20,0 10,0 76 16,0 22,0 9,2 12,8 352 24,8 12,0 12,8 397 32,0 23,2 8,8 512 40,0 36,0 640,0
    241.14.20.089 20,0 10,0 89 14,0 25,3 10,6 14,7 354 28,5 13,8 14,7 399 36,8 26,7 10,1 515 46,0 43,0 644,0
    241.14.20.102 20,0 10,0 102 12,0 29,2 12,2 17,0 350 32,9 15,9 17,0 395 42,4 30,7 11,7 509 53,0 49,0 636,0
    241.14.20.115 20,0 10,0 115 10,9 33,0 13,8 19,2 360 37,2 18,0 19,2 405 48,0 34,8 13,2 523 60,0 55,0 654,0
    241.14.20.127 20,0 10,0 127 9,5 36,9 15,4 21,5 351 41,5 20,1 21,4 394 53,6 38,9 14,7 509 67,0 60,0 636,5
    241.14.20.139 20,0 10,0 139 8,4 40,2 16,8 23,4 338 45,3 21,9 23,4 381 58,4 42,3 16,1 491 73,0 66,0 613,2
    241.14.20.152 20,0 10,0 152 7,6 44,6 18,6 26,0 339 50,2 24,3 25,9 382 64,8 47,0 17,8 492 81,0 71,0 615,6
    241.14.20.305 20,0 10,0 305 4,0 89,1 37,3 51,8 356 100,0 48,6 51,8 402 129,6 94,0 35,6 518 162,0 143,0 648,0
    subject to alterations
    D h = dia. of guide sleeve
    D d = diameter of guide pin
    L 0 = free length of spring
    L 1 …L n = length of loaded spring
    (mm) as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    L BL = length of compacted-
    spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
    F 1 …F n = forces (N) as related to
    length of spring L 1 …L n
    S v1 …S v7 = recommend. preload.
    compression, as relat.
    to compress. S 1 …S 7
    S 1 …S n = compr. as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    R = spring rate (N/mm)
    S A1 …S A7 = working stroke (mm)
    High Performance Compression Springs
    DIN ISO 10243
    241.14. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Green“
    30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
    Order No
    55% stroke 62% stroke 80% stroke 100% stroke
    Order No
    F38
    ∅20
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.15.20.025 20,0 10,0 25 98,1 3,3 1,4 1,9 324 4,4 1,4 3,0 432 5,0 1,4 3,6 491 5,5 2,0 3,5 540
    241.15.20.032 20,0 10,0 32 72,7 3,9 1,7 2,2 284 5,2 1,7 3,5 378 5,9 1,7 4,2 429 6,5 2,3 4,2 473
    241.15.20.038 20,0 10,0 38 56,0 4,8 2,1 2,7 269 6,4 2,1 4,3 358 7,2 2,1 5,1 403 8,0 2,9 5,1 448
    241.15.20.044 20,0 10,0 44 47,6 5,7 2,5 3,2 271 7,6 2,5 5,1 362 8,6 2,5 6,1 409 9,5 3,4 6,1 452
    241.15.20.051 20,0 10,0 51 41,7 6,3 2,7 3,6 263 8,4 2,7 5,7 350 9,5 2,7 6,8 396 10,5 3,8 6,7 438
    241.15.20.064 20,0 10,0 64 32,3 8,1 3,5 4,6 262 10,8 3,5 7,3 349 12,2 3,5 8,7 394 13,5 4,9 8,6 436
    241.15.20.076 20,0 10,0 76 25,1 9,9 4,3 5,6 248 13,2 4,3 8,9 331 14,9 4,3 10,6 374 16,5 5,9 10,6 414
    241.15.20.089 20,0 10,0 89 22,0 11,7 5,1 6,6 257 15,6 5,1 10,5 343 17,6 5,1 12,5 387 19,5 7,0 12,5 429
    241.15.20.102 20,0 10,0 102 19,8 13,2 5,7 7,5 261 17,6 5,7 11,9 348 19,8 5,7 14,1 392 22,0 7,9 14,1 436
    241.15.20.115 20,0 10,0 115 18,2 14,7 6,4 8,3 268 19,6 6,4 13,2 357 22,1 6,4 15,7 402 24,5 8,8 15,7 446
    241.15.20.127 20,0 10,0 127 16,6 16,5 7,2 9,3 274 22,0 7,2 14,8 365 24,8 7,2 17,6 412 27,5 9,9 17,6 457
    241.15.20.139 20,0 10,0 139 15,1 18,3 7,9 10,4 276 24,4 7,9 16,5 368 27,5 7,9 19,6 415 30,5 11,0 19,5 461
    241.15.20.152 20,0 10,0 152 13,2 19,8 8,6 11,2 261 26,4 8,6 17,8 348 29,7 8,6 21,1 392 33,0 11,9 21,1 436
    241.15.20.305 20,0 10,0 305 6,1 40,8 17,7 23,1 249 54,4 17,7 36,7 332 61,2 17,7 43,5 373 68,0 24,5 43,5 415
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.15.20.025 20,0 10,0 25 98,1 6,1 2,5 3,6 598 6,8 3,3 3,5 667 8,8 6,4 2,4 863 11,0 14,0 1079,1
    241.15.20.032 20,0 10,0 32 72,7 7,2 3,0 4,2 523 8,1 3,9 4,2 589 10,4 7,5 2,9 756 13,0 19,0 945,1
    241.15.20.038 20,0 10,0 38 56,0 8,8 3,7 5,1 493 9,9 4,8 5,1 554 12,8 9,3 3,5 717 16,0 22,0 896,0
    241.15.20.044 20,0 10,0 44 47,6 10,5 4,4 6,1 500 11,8 5,7 6,1 562 15,2 11,0 4,2 724 19,0 25,0 904,4
    241.15.20.051 20,0 10,0 51 41,7 11,6 4,8 6,8 484 13,0 6,3 6,7 542 16,8 12,2 4,6 701 21,0 30,0 875,7
    241.15.20.064 20,0 10,0 64 32,3 14,9 6,2 8,7 481 16,7 8,1 8,6 539 21,6 15,7 5,9 698 27,0 37,0 872,1
    241.15.20.076 20,0 10,0 76 25,1 18,2 7,6 10,6 457 20,5 9,9 10,6 515 26,4 19,1 7,3 663 33,0 43,0 828,3
    241.15.20.089 20,0 10,0 89 22,0 21,5 9,0 12,5 473 24,2 11.7 12,5 532 31,2 22,6 8,6 686 39,0 50,0 858,0
    241.15.20.102 20,0 10,0 102 19,8 24,2 10,1 14,1 479 27,3 13,2 14,1 541 35,2 25,5 9,7 697 44,0 58,0 871,2
    241.15.20.115 20,0 10,0 115 18,2 27,0 11,3 15,7 491 30,4 14,7 15,7 553 39,2 28,4 10,8 713 49,0 66,0 891,8
    241.15.20.127 20,0 10,0 127 16,6 30,3 12,7 17,6 503 34,1 16,5 17,6 566 44,0 31,9 12,1 730 55,0 72,0 913,0
    241.15.20.139 20,0 10,0 139 15,1 33,6 14,0 19,6 507 37,8 18,3 19,5 571 48,8 35,4 13,4 737 61,0 78,0 921,1
    241.15.20.152 20,0 10,0 152 13,2 36,3 15,2 21,1 479 40,9 19,8 21,1 540 52,8 38,3 14,5 697 66,0 86,0 871,2
    241.15.20.305 20,0 10,0 305 6,1 74,8 31,3 43,5 456 84,3 40,8 43,5 514 108,8 78,9 29,9 664 136,0 169,0 829,6
    subject to alterations
    D h = dia. of guide sleeve
    D d = diameter of guide pin
    L 0 = free length of spring
    L 1 …L n = length of loaded spring
    (mm) as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    L BL = length of compacted-
    spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
    F 1 …F n = forces (N) as related to
    length of spring L 1 …L n
    S v1 …S v7 = recommend. preload.
    compression, as relat.
    to compress. S 1 …S 7
    S 1 …S n = compr. as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    R = spring rate (N/mm)
    S A1 …S A7 = working stroke (mm)
    High Performance Compression Springs
    DIN ISO 10243
    241.15. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Blue“
    30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
    Order No
    55% stroke 62% stroke 80% stroke 100% stroke
    Order No
    ∅20
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.14.20.025 20,0 10,0 25 55,8 3,9 1,7 2,2 218 5,2 1,7 3,5 290 5,9 1,7 4,2 329 6,5 2,3 4,2 363
    241.14.20.032 20,0 10,0 32 45,0 4,8 2,1 2,7 216 6,4 2,1 4,3 288 7,2 2,1 5,1 324 8,0 2,9 5,1 360
    241.14.20.038 20,0 10,0 38 33,4 5,7 2,5 3,2 190 7,6 2,5 5,1 254 8,6 2,5 6,1 287 9,5 3,4 6,1 317
    241.14.20.044 20,0 10,0 44 30,0 6,9 3,0 3,9 207 9,2 3,0 6,2 276 10,4 3,0 7,4 312 11,5 4,1 7,4 345
    241.14.20.051 20,0 10,0 51 24,5 7,8 3,4 4,4 191 10,4 3,4 7,0 255 11,7 3,4 8,3 287 13,0 4,7 8,3 319
    241.14.20.064 20,0 10,0 64 20,0 9,6 4,2 5,4 192 12,8 4,2 8,6 256 14,4 4,2 10,2 288 16,0 5,8 10,2 320
    241.14.20.076 20,0 10,0 76 16,0 12,0 5,2 6,8 192 16,0 5,2 10,8 256 18,0 5,2 12,8 288 20,0 7,2 12,8 320
    241.14.20.089 20,0 10,0 89 14,0 13,8 6,0 7,8 193 18,4 6,0 12,4 258 20,7 6,0 14,7 290 23,0 8,3 14,7 322
    241.14.20.102 20,0 10,0 102 12,0 15,9 6,9 9,0 191 21,2 6,9 14,3 254 23,9 6,9 17,0 287 26,5 9,5 17,0 318
    241.14.20.115 20,0 10,0 115 10,9 18,0 7,8 10,2 196 24,0 7,8 16,2 262 27,0 7,8 19,2 294 30,0 10,8 19,2 327
    241.14.20.127 20,0 10,0 127 9,5 20,1 8,7 11,4 191 26,8 8,7 18,1 255 30,2 8,7 21,5 287 33,5 12,1 21,4 318
    241.14.20.139 20,0 10,0 139 8,4 21,9 9,5 12,4 184 29,2 9,5 19,7 245 32,9 9,5 23,4 276 36,5 13,1 23,4 307
    241.14.20.152 20,0 10,0 152 7,6 24,3 10,5 13,8 185 32,4 10,5 21,9 246 36,5 10,5 26,0 277 40,5 14,6 25,9 308
    241.14.20.305 20,0 10,0 305 4,0 48,6 21,1 27,5 194 64,8 21,1 43,7 259 72,9 21,1 51,8 292 81,0 29,2 51,8 324
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.14.20.025 20,0 10,0 25 55,8 7,2 3,0 4,2 402 8,1 3,9 4,2 452 10,4 7,5 2,9 580 13,0 12,0 725,4
    241.14.20.032 20,0 10,0 32 45,0 8,8 3,7 5,1 396 9,9 4,8 5,1 446 12,8 9,3 3,5 576 16,0 16,0 720,0
    241.14.20.038 20,0 10,0 38 33,4 10,5 4,4 6,1 351 11,8 5,7 6,1 394 15,2 11,0 4,2 508 19,0 19,0 634,6
    241.14.20.044 20,0 10,0 44 30,0 12,7 5,3 7,4 381 14,3 6,9 7,4 429 18,4 13,3 5,1 552 23,0 21,0 690,0
    241.14.20.051 20,0 10,0 51 24,5 14,3 6,0 8,3 350 16,1 7,8 8,3 394 20,8 15,1 5,7 510 26,0 25,0 637,0
    241.14.20.064 20,0 10,0 64 20,0 17,6 7,4 10,2 352 19,8 9,6 10,2 396 25,6 18,6 7,0 512 32,0 32,0 640,0
    241.14.20.076 20,0 10,0 76 16,0 22,0 9,2 12,8 352 24,8 12,0 12,8 397 32,0 23,2 8,8 512 40,0 36,0 640,0
    241.14.20.089 20,0 10,0 89 14,0 25,3 10,6 14,7 354 28,5 13,8 14,7 399 36,8 26,7 10,1 515 46,0 43,0 644,0
    241.14.20.102 20,0 10,0 102 12,0 29,2 12,2 17,0 350 32,9 15,9 17,0 395 42,4 30,7 11,7 509 53,0 49,0 636,0
    241.14.20.115 20,0 10,0 115 10,9 33,0 13,8 19,2 360 37,2 18,0 19,2 405 48,0 34,8 13,2 523 60,0 55,0 654,0
    241.14.20.127 20,0 10,0 127 9,5 36,9 15,4 21,5 351 41,5 20,1 21,4 394 53,6 38,9 14,7 509 67,0 60,0 636,5
    241.14.20.139 20,0 10,0 139 8,4 40,2 16,8 23,4 338 45,3 21,9 23,4 381 58,4 42,3 16,1 491 73,0 66,0 613,2
    241.14.20.152 20,0 10,0 152 7,6 44,6 18,6 26,0 339 50,2 24,3 25,9 382 64,8 47,0 17,8 492 81,0 71,0 615,6
    241.14.20.305 20,0 10,0 305 4,0 89,1 37,3 51,8 356 100,0 48,6 51,8 402 129,6 94,0 35,6 518 162,0 143,0 648,0
    subject to alterations
    D h = dia. of guide sleeve
    D d = diameter of guide pin
    L 0 = free length of spring
    L 1 …L n = length of loaded spring
    (mm) as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    L BL = length of compacted-
    spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
    F 1 …F n = forces (N) as related to
    length of spring L 1 …L n
    S v1 …S v7 = recommend. preload.
    compression, as relat.
    to compress. S 1 …S 7
    S 1 …S n = compr. as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    R = spring rate (N/mm)
    S A1 …S A7 = working stroke (mm)
    High Performance Compression Springs
    DIN ISO 10243
    241.14. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Green“
    30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
    Order No
    55% stroke 62% stroke 80% stroke 100% stroke
    Order No
    ∅20
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.15.20.025 20,0 10,0 25 98,1 3,3 1,4 1,9 324 4,4 1,4 3,0 432 5,0 1,4 3,6 491 5,5 2,0 3,5 540
    241.15.20.032 20,0 10,0 32 72,7 3,9 1,7 2,2 284 5,2 1,7 3,5 378 5,9 1,7 4,2 429 6,5 2,3 4,2 473
    241.15.20.038 20,0 10,0 38 56,0 4,8 2,1 2,7 269 6,4 2,1 4,3 358 7,2 2,1 5,1 403 8,0 2,9 5,1 448
    241.15.20.044 20,0 10,0 44 47,6 5,7 2,5 3,2 271 7,6 2,5 5,1 362 8,6 2,5 6,1 409 9,5 3,4 6,1 452
    241.15.20.051 20,0 10,0 51 41,7 6,3 2,7 3,6 263 8,4 2,7 5,7 350 9,5 2,7 6,8 396 10,5 3,8 6,7 438
    241.15.20.064 20,0 10,0 64 32,3 8,1 3,5 4,6 262 10,8 3,5 7,3 349 12,2 3,5 8,7 394 13,5 4,9 8,6 436
    241.15.20.076 20,0 10,0 76 25,1 9,9 4,3 5,6 248 13,2 4,3 8,9 331 14,9 4,3 10,6 374 16,5 5,9 10,6 414
    241.15.20.089 20,0 10,0 89 22,0 11,7 5,1 6,6 257 15,6 5,1 10,5 343 17,6 5,1 12,5 387 19,5 7,0 12,5 429
    241.15.20.102 20,0 10,0 102 19,8 13,2 5,7 7,5 261 17,6 5,7 11,9 348 19,8 5,7 14,1 392 22,0 7,9 14,1 436
    241.15.20.115 20,0 10,0 115 18,2 14,7 6,4 8,3 268 19,6 6,4 13,2 357 22,1 6,4 15,7 402 24,5 8,8 15,7 446
    241.15.20.127 20,0 10,0 127 16,6 16,5 7,2 9,3 274 22,0 7,2 14,8 365 24,8 7,2 17,6 412 27,5 9,9 17,6 457
    241.15.20.139 20,0 10,0 139 15,1 18,3 7,9 10,4 276 24,4 7,9 16,5 368 27,5 7,9 19,6 415 30,5 11,0 19,5 461
    241.15.20.152 20,0 10,0 152 13,2 19,8 8,6 11,2 261 26,4 8,6 17,8 348 29,7 8,6 21,1 392 33,0 11,9 21,1 436
    241.15.20.305 20,0 10,0 305 6,1 40,8 17,7 23,1 249 54,4 17,7 36,7 332 61,2 17,7 43,5 373 68,0 24,5 43,5 415
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.15.20.025 20,0 10,0 25 98,1 6,1 2,5 3,6 598 6,8 3,3 3,5 667 8,8 6,4 2,4 863 11,0 14,0 1079,1
    241.15.20.032 20,0 10,0 32 72,7 7,2 3,0 4,2 523 8,1 3,9 4,2 589 10,4 7,5 2,9 756 13,0 19,0 945,1
    241.15.20.038 20,0 10,0 38 56,0 8,8 3,7 5,1 493 9,9 4,8 5,1 554 12,8 9,3 3,5 717 16,0 22,0 896,0
    241.15.20.044 20,0 10,0 44 47,6 10,5 4,4 6,1 500 11,8 5,7 6,1 562 15,2 11,0 4,2 724 19,0 25,0 904,4
    241.15.20.051 20,0 10,0 51 41,7 11,6 4,8 6,8 484 13,0 6,3 6,7 542 16,8 12,2 4,6 701 21,0 30,0 875,7
    241.15.20.064 20,0 10,0 64 32,3 14,9 6,2 8,7 481 16,7 8,1 8,6 539 21,6 15,7 5,9 698 27,0 37,0 872,1
    241.15.20.076 20,0 10,0 76 25,1 18,2 7,6 10,6 457 20,5 9,9 10,6 515 26,4 19,1 7,3 663 33,0 43,0 828,3
    241.15.20.089 20,0 10,0 89 22,0 21,5 9,0 12,5 473 24,2 11.7 12,5 532 31,2 22,6 8,6 686 39,0 50,0 858,0
    241.15.20.102 20,0 10,0 102 19,8 24,2 10,1 14,1 479 27,3 13,2 14,1 541 35,2 25,5 9,7 697 44,0 58,0 871,2
    241.15.20.115 20,0 10,0 115 18,2 27,0 11,3 15,7 491 30,4 14,7 15,7 553 39,2 28,4 10,8 713 49,0 66,0 891,8
    241.15.20.127 20,0 10,0 127 16,6 30,3 12,7 17,6 503 34,1 16,5 17,6 566 44,0 31,9 12,1 730 55,0 72,0 913,0
    241.15.20.139 20,0 10,0 139 15,1 33,6 14,0 19,6 507 37,8 18,3 19,5 571 48,8 35,4 13,4 737 61,0 78,0 921,1
    241.15.20.152 20,0 10,0 152 13,2 36,3 15,2 21,1 479 40,9 19,8 21,1 540 52,8 38,3 14,5 697 66,0 86,0 871,2
    241.15.20.305 20,0 10,0 305 6,1 74,8 31,3 43,5 456 84,3 40,8 43,5 514 108,8 78,9 29,9 664 136,0 169,0 829,6
    subject to alterations
    D h = dia. of guide sleeve
    D d = diameter of guide pin
    L 0 = free length of spring
    L 1 …L n = length of loaded spring
    (mm) as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    L BL = length of compacted-
    spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
    F 1 …F n = forces (N) as related to
    length of spring L 1 …L n
    S v1 …S v7 = recommend. preload.
    compression, as relat.
    to compress. S 1 …S 7
    S 1 …S n = compr. as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    R = spring rate (N/mm)
    S A1 …S A7 = working stroke (mm)
    High Performance Compression Springs
    DIN ISO 10243
    241.15. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Blue“
    30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
    Order No
    55% stroke 62% stroke 80% stroke 100% stroke
    Order No
    F39
    ∅20
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.16.20.025 20,0 10,0 25 215,8 2,5 1,1 1,4 540 3,4 1,1 2,3 734 3,8 1,1 2,7 820 4,2 1,5 2,7 906
    241.16.20.032 20,0 10,0 32 167,8 3,2 1,4 1,8 537 4,2 1,4 2,8 705 4,7 1,4 3,3 789 5,3 1,9 3,4 889
    241.16.20.038 20,0 10,0 38 133,4 3,8 1,6 2,2 507 5,0 1,6 3,4 667 5,6 1,6 4,0 747 6,3 2,3 4,0 840
    241.16.20.044 20,0 10,0 44 111,8 4,4 1,9 2,5 492 5,8 1,9 3,9 648 6,5 1,9 4,6 727 7,3 2,6 4,7 816
    241.16.20.051 20,0 10,0 51 94,2 5,0 2,1 2,9 471 6,6 2,1 4,5 622 7,4 2,1 5,3 697 8,3 3,0 5,3 782
    241.16.20.064 20,0 10,0 64 72,6 6,3 2,7 3,6 457 8,4 2,7 5,7 610 9,5 2,7 6,8 690 10,5 3,8 6,7 762
    241.16.20.076 20,0 10,0 76 59,8 7,8 3,4 4,4 466 10,4 3,4 7,0 622 11,7 3,4 8,3 700 13,0 4,7 8,3 777
    241.16.20.089 20,0 10,0 89 51,0 9,0 3,9 5,1 459 12,0 3,9 8,1 612 13,5 3,9 9,6 689 15,0 5,4 9,6 765
    241.16.20.102 20,0 10,0 102 44,1 10,5 4,6 5,9 463 14,0 4,6 9,4 617 15,8 4,6 11,2 697 17,5 6,3 11,2 772
    241.16.20.115 20,0 10,0 115 38,3 12,0 5,2 6,8 460 16,0 5,2 10,8 613 18,0 5,2 12,8 689 20,0 7,2 12,8 766
    241.16.20.127 20,0 10,0 127 34,3 13,2 5,7 7,5 453 17,6 5,7 11,9 604 19,8 5,7 14,1 679 22,0 7,9 14,1 755
    241.16.20.139 20,0 10,0 139 31,4 14,7 6,4 8,3 462 19,6 6,4 13,2 615 22,1 6,4 15,7 694 24,5 8,8 15,7 769
    241.16.20.152 20,0 10,0 152 28,4 15,9 6,9 9,0 452 21,2 6,9 14,3 602 23,9 6,9 17,0 679 26,5 9,5 17,0 753
    241.16.20.305 20,0 10,0 305 14,7 32,4 14,0 18,4 476 43,2 14,0 29,2 635 48,6 14,0 34,6 714 54,0 19,4 34,6 794
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.16.20.025 20,0 10,0 25 215,8 4,6 1,9 2,7 993 5,2 2,5 2,7 1122 6,7 4,9 1,8 1446 8,4 16,6 1812,7
    241.16.20.032 20,0 10,0 32 167,8 5,8 2,4 3,4 973 6,5 3,2 3,3 1091 8,4 6,1 2,3 1410 10,5 21,5 1761,9
    241.16.20.038 20,0 10,0 38 133,4 6,9 2,9 4,0 920 7,8 3,8 4,0 1041 10,0 7,3 2,7 1334 12,5 25,5 1667,5
    241.16.20.044 20,0 10,0 44 111,8 8,0 3,3 4,7 894 9,0 4,4 4,6 1006 11,6 8,4 3,2 1297 14,5 29,5 1621,1
    241.16.20.051 20,0 10,0 51 94,2 9,1 3,8 5,3 857 10,2 5,0 5,2 961 13,2 9,6 3,6 1243 16,5 34,5 1554,3
    241.16.20.064 20,0 10,0 64 72,6 11,6 4,8 6,8 842 13,0 6,3 6,7 944 16,8 12,2 4,6 1220 21,0 43,0 1524,6
    241.16.20.076 20,0 10,0 76 59,8 14,3 6,0 8,3 855 16,1 7,8 8,3 963 20,8 15,1 5,7 1244 26,0 50,0 1554,8
    241.16.20.089 20,0 10,0 89 51,0 16,5 6,9 9,6 842 18,6 9,0 9,6 949 24,0 17,4 6,6 1224 30,0 59,0 1530,0
    241.16.20.102 20,0 10,0 102 44,1 19,3 8,1 11,2 851 21,7 10,5 11,2 957 28,0 20,3 7,7 1235 35,0 67,0 1543,5
    241.16.20.115 20,0 10,0 115 38,3 22,0 9,2 12,8 843 24,8 12,0 12,8 950 32,0 23,2 8,8 1226 40,0 75,0 1532,0
    241.16.20.127 20,0 10,0 127 34,3 24,2 10,1 14,1 830 27,3 13,2 14,1 936 35,2 25,5 9,7 1207 44,0 83,0 1509,2
    241.16.20.139 20,0 10,0 139 31,4 27,0 11,3 15,7 848 30,4 14,7 15,7 955 39,2 28,4 10,8 1231 49,0 90,0 1538,6
    241.16.20.152 20,0 10,0 152 28,4 29,2 12,2 17,0 829 32,9 15,9 17,0 934 42,4 30,7 11,7 1204 53,0 99,0 1505,2
    241.16.20.305 20,0 10,0 305 14,7 59,4 24,8 34,6 873 67,0 32,4 34,6 985 86,4 62,6 23,8 1270 108,0 197,0 1587,6
    subject to alterations
    D h = dia. of guide sleeve
    D d = diameter of guide pin
    L 0 = free length of spring
    L 1 …L n = length of loaded spring
    (mm) as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    L BL = length of compacted-
    spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
    F 1 …F n = forces (N) as related to
    length of spring L 1 …L n
    S v1 …S v7 = recommend. preload.
    compression, as relat.
    to compress. S 1 …S 7
    S 1 …S n = compr. as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    R = spring rate (N/mm)
    S A1 …S A7 = working stroke (mm)
    High Performance Compression Springs
    DIN ISO 10243
    241.16. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Red“
    30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
    Order No
    55% stroke 62% stroke 80% stroke 100% stroke
    Order No
    F40
    1 ∅20
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.17.20.025 20,0 10,0 25 293 2,3 1,0 1,3 674 3,1 1,0 2,1 908 3,5 1,0 2,5 1026 3,9 1,4 2,5 1143
    241.17.20.032 20,0 10,0 32 224 2,9 1,3 1,6 650 3,9 1,3 2,6 874 4,4 1,3 3,1 986 4,9 1,8 3,1 1098
    241.17.20.038 20,0 10,0 38 177 3,6 1,6 2,0 637 4,8 1,6 3,2 850 5,4 1,6 3,8 956 6,0 2,2 3,8 1062
    241.17.20.044 20,0 10,0 44 149 4,2 1,8 2,4 626 5,6 1,8 3,8 834 6,3 1,8 4,5 939 7,0 2,5 4,5 1043
    241.17.20.051 20,0 10,0 51 128 4,8 2,1 2,7 614 6,4 2,1 4,3 819 7,2 2,1 5,1 922 8,0 2,9 5,1 1024
    241.17.20.064 20,0 10,0 64 99,1 6,3 2,7 3,6 624 8,4 2,7 5,7 832 9,5 2,7 6,8 941 10,5 3,8 6,7 1041
    241.17.20.076 20,0 10,0 76 86,6 7,5 3,3 4,2 650 10,0 3,3 6,7 866 11,3 3,3 8,0 979 12,5 4,5 8,0 1083
    241.17.20.089 20,0 10,0 89 69,6 9,0 3,9 5,1 626 12,0 3,9 8,1 835 13,5 3,9 9,6 940 15,0 5,4 9,6 1044
    241.17.20.102 20,0 10,0 102 60,6 10,2 4,4 5,8 618 13,6 4,4 9,2 824 15,3 4,4 10,9 927 17,0 6,1 10,9 1030
    241.17.20.115 20,0 10,0 115 53,1 11,4 4,9 6,5 605 15,2 4,9 10,3 807 17,1 4,9 12,2 908 19,0 6,8 12,2 1009
    241.17.20.127 20,0 10,0 127 47,6 12,9 5,6 7,3 614 17,2 5,6 11,6 819 19,4 5,6 13,8 923 21,5 7,7 13,8 1023
    241.17.20.139 20,0 10,0 139 43,1 14,1 6,1 8,0 608 18,8 6,1 12,7 810 21,2 6,1 15,1 914 23,5 8,5 15,0 1013
    241.17.20.152 20,0 10,0 152 39,0 15,3 6,6 8,7 597 20,4 6,6 13,8 796 23,0 6,6 16,4 897 25,5 9,2 16,3 995
    241.17.20.305 20,0 10,0 305 21,2 31,5 13,7 17,8 668 42,0 13,7 28,3 890 47,3 13,7 33,6 1003 52,5 18,9 33,6 1113
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.17.20.025 20,0 10,0 25 293 4,2 1,8 2,4 1231 4,8 2,3 2,5 1406 6,2 4,5 1,7 1817 7,7 17,3 2256,1
    241.17.20.032 20,0 10,0 32 224 5,4 2,3 3,1 1210 6,1 2,9 3,2 1366 7,8 5,7 2,1 1747 9,8 22,2 2195,2
    241.17.20.038 20,0 10,0 38 177 6,6 2,8 3,8 1168 7,4 3,6 3,8 1310 9,6 7,0 2,6 1699 12,0 26,0 2124,0
    241.17.20.044 20,0 10,0 44 149 7,7 3,2 4,5 1147 8,7 4,2 4,5 1296 11,2 8,1 3,1 1669 14,0 30,0 2086,0
    241.17.20.051 20,0 10,0 51 128 8,8 3,7 5,1 1126 9,9 4,8 5,1 1267 12,8 9,3 3,5 1638 16,0 35,0 2048,0
    241.17.20.064 20,0 10,0 64 99,1 11,6 4,8 6,8 1150 13,0 6,3 6,7 1288 16,8 12,2 4,6 1665 21,0 43,0 2081,1
    241.17.20.076 20,0 10,0 76 86,6 13,8 5,8 8,0 1195 15,5 7,5 8,0 1342 20,0 14,5 5,5 1732 25,0 51,0 2165,0
    241.17.20.089 20,0 10,0 89 69,6 16,5 6,9 9,6 1148 18,6 9,0 9,6 1295 24,0 17,4 6,6 1670 30,0 59,0 2088,0
    241.17.20.102 20,0 10,0 102 60,6 18,7 7,8 10,9 1133 21,1 10,2 10,9 1279 27,2 19,7 7,5 1648 34,0 68,0 2060,4
    241.17.20.115 20,0 10,0 115 53,1 20,9 8,7 12,2 1110 23,6 11,4 12,2 1253 30,4 22,0 8,4 1614 38,0 77,0 2017,8
    241.17.20.127 20,0 10,0 127 47,6 23,7 9,9 13,8 1128 26,7 12,9 13,8 1271 34,4 24,9 9,5 1637 43,0 84,0 2046,8
    241.17.20.139 20,0 10,0 139 43,1 25,9 10,8 15,1 1116 29,1 14,1 15,0 1254 37,6 27,3 10,3 1621 47,0 92,0 2025,7
    241.17.20.152 20,0 10,0 152 39,0 28,1 11,7 16,4 1096 31,6 15,3 16,3 1232 40,8 29,6 11,2 1591 51,0 101,0 1989,0
    241.17.20.305 20,0 10,0 305 21,2 57,8 24,2 33,6 1225 65,1 31,5 33,6 1380 84,0 60,9 23,1 1781 105,0 200,0 2226,0
    subject to alterations
    D h = dia. of guide sleeve
    D d = diameter of guide pin
    L 0 = free length of spring
    L 1 …L n = length of loaded spring
    (mm) as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    L BL = length of compacted-
    spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
    F 1 …F n = forces (N) as related to
    length of spring L 1 …L n
    S v1 …S v7 = recommend. preload.
    compression, as relat.
    to compress. S 1 …S 7
    S 1 …S n = compr. as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    R = spring rate (N/mm)
    S A1 …S A7 = working stroke (mm)
    High Performance Compression Springs
    DIN ISO 10243
    241.17. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Yellow“
    30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
    Order No
    55% stroke 62% stroke 80% stroke 100% stroke
    Order No
    ∅20
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.16.20.025 20,0 10,0 25 215,8 2,5 1,1 1,4 540 3,4 1,1 2,3 734 3,8 1,1 2,7 820 4,2 1,5 2,7 906
    241.16.20.032 20,0 10,0 32 167,8 3,2 1,4 1,8 537 4,2 1,4 2,8 705 4,7 1,4 3,3 789 5,3 1,9 3,4 889
    241.16.20.038 20,0 10,0 38 133,4 3,8 1,6 2,2 507 5,0 1,6 3,4 667 5,6 1,6 4,0 747 6,3 2,3 4,0 840
    241.16.20.044 20,0 10,0 44 111,8 4,4 1,9 2,5 492 5,8 1,9 3,9 648 6,5 1,9 4,6 727 7,3 2,6 4,7 816
    241.16.20.051 20,0 10,0 51 94,2 5,0 2,1 2,9 471 6,6 2,1 4,5 622 7,4 2,1 5,3 697 8,3 3,0 5,3 782
    241.16.20.064 20,0 10,0 64 72,6 6,3 2,7 3,6 457 8,4 2,7 5,7 610 9,5 2,7 6,8 690 10,5 3,8 6,7 762
    241.16.20.076 20,0 10,0 76 59,8 7,8 3,4 4,4 466 10,4 3,4 7,0 622 11,7 3,4 8,3 700 13,0 4,7 8,3 777
    241.16.20.089 20,0 10,0 89 51,0 9,0 3,9 5,1 459 12,0 3,9 8,1 612 13,5 3,9 9,6 689 15,0 5,4 9,6 765
    241.16.20.102 20,0 10,0 102 44,1 10,5 4,6 5,9 463 14,0 4,6 9,4 617 15,8 4,6 11,2 697 17,5 6,3 11,2 772
    241.16.20.115 20,0 10,0 115 38,3 12,0 5,2 6,8 460 16,0 5,2 10,8 613 18,0 5,2 12,8 689 20,0 7,2 12,8 766
    241.16.20.127 20,0 10,0 127 34,3 13,2 5,7 7,5 453 17,6 5,7 11,9 604 19,8 5,7 14,1 679 22,0 7,9 14,1 755
    241.16.20.139 20,0 10,0 139 31,4 14,7 6,4 8,3 462 19,6 6,4 13,2 615 22,1 6,4 15,7 694 24,5 8,8 15,7 769
    241.16.20.152 20,0 10,0 152 28,4 15,9 6,9 9,0 452 21,2 6,9 14,3 602 23,9 6,9 17,0 679 26,5 9,5 17,0 753
    241.16.20.305 20,0 10,0 305 14,7 32,4 14,0 18,4 476 43,2 14,0 29,2 635 48,6 14,0 34,6 714 54,0 19,4 34,6 794
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.16.20.025 20,0 10,0 25 215,8 4,6 1,9 2,7 993 5,2 2,5 2,7 1122 6,7 4,9 1,8 1446 8,4 16,6 1812,7
    241.16.20.032 20,0 10,0 32 167,8 5,8 2,4 3,4 973 6,5 3,2 3,3 1091 8,4 6,1 2,3 1410 10,5 21,5 1761,9
    241.16.20.038 20,0 10,0 38 133,4 6,9 2,9 4,0 920 7,8 3,8 4,0 1041 10,0 7,3 2,7 1334 12,5 25,5 1667,5
    241.16.20.044 20,0 10,0 44 111,8 8,0 3,3 4,7 894 9,0 4,4 4,6 1006 11,6 8,4 3,2 1297 14,5 29,5 1621,1
    241.16.20.051 20,0 10,0 51 94,2 9,1 3,8 5,3 857 10,2 5,0 5,2 961 13,2 9,6 3,6 1243 16,5 34,5 1554,3
    241.16.20.064 20,0 10,0 64 72,6 11,6 4,8 6,8 842 13,0 6,3 6,7 944 16,8 12,2 4,6 1220 21,0 43,0 1524,6
    241.16.20.076 20,0 10,0 76 59,8 14,3 6,0 8,3 855 16,1 7,8 8,3 963 20,8 15,1 5,7 1244 26,0 50,0 1554,8
    241.16.20.089 20,0 10,0 89 51,0 16,5 6,9 9,6 842 18,6 9,0 9,6 949 24,0 17,4 6,6 1224 30,0 59,0 1530,0
    241.16.20.102 20,0 10,0 102 44,1 19,3 8,1 11,2 851 21,7 10,5 11,2 957 28,0 20,3 7,7 1235 35,0 67,0 1543,5
    241.16.20.115 20,0 10,0 115 38,3 22,0 9,2 12,8 843 24,8 12,0 12,8 950 32,0 23,2 8,8 1226 40,0 75,0 1532,0
    241.16.20.127 20,0 10,0 127 34,3 24,2 10,1 14,1 830 27,3 13,2 14,1 936 35,2 25,5 9,7 1207 44,0 83,0 1509,2
    241.16.20.139 20,0 10,0 139 31,4 27,0 11,3 15,7 848 30,4 14,7 15,7 955 39,2 28,4 10,8 1231 49,0 90,0 1538,6
    241.16.20.152 20,0 10,0 152 28,4 29,2 12,2 17,0 829 32,9 15,9 17,0 934 42,4 30,7 11,7 1204 53,0 99,0 1505,2
    241.16.20.305 20,0 10,0 305 14,7 59,4 24,8 34,6 873 67,0 32,4 34,6 985 86,4 62,6 23,8 1270 108,0 197,0 1587,6
    subject to alterations
    D h = dia. of guide sleeve
    D d = diameter of guide pin
    L 0 = free length of spring
    L 1 …L n = length of loaded spring
    (mm) as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    L BL = length of compacted-
    spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
    F 1 …F n = forces (N) as related to
    length of spring L 1 …L n
    S v1 …S v7 = recommend. preload.
    compression, as relat.
    to compress. S 1 …S 7
    S 1 …S n = compr. as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    R = spring rate (N/mm)
    S A1 …S A7 = working stroke (mm)
    High Performance Compression Springs
    DIN ISO 10243
    241.16. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Red“
    30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
    Order No
    55% stroke 62% stroke 80% stroke 100% stroke
    Order No
    1 ∅20
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.17.20.025 20,0 10,0 25 293 2,3 1,0 1,3 674 3,1 1,0 2,1 908 3,5 1,0 2,5 1026 3,9 1,4 2,5 1143
    241.17.20.032 20,0 10,0 32 224 2,9 1,3 1,6 650 3,9 1,3 2,6 874 4,4 1,3 3,1 986 4,9 1,8 3,1 1098
    241.17.20.038 20,0 10,0 38 177 3,6 1,6 2,0 637 4,8 1,6 3,2 850 5,4 1,6 3,8 956 6,0 2,2 3,8 1062
    241.17.20.044 20,0 10,0 44 149 4,2 1,8 2,4 626 5,6 1,8 3,8 834 6,3 1,8 4,5 939 7,0 2,5 4,5 1043
    241.17.20.051 20,0 10,0 51 128 4,8 2,1 2,7 614 6,4 2,1 4,3 819 7,2 2,1 5,1 922 8,0 2,9 5,1 1024
    241.17.20.064 20,0 10,0 64 99,1 6,3 2,7 3,6 624 8,4 2,7 5,7 832 9,5 2,7 6,8 941 10,5 3,8 6,7 1041
    241.17.20.076 20,0 10,0 76 86,6 7,5 3,3 4,2 650 10,0 3,3 6,7 866 11,3 3,3 8,0 979 12,5 4,5 8,0 1083
    241.17.20.089 20,0 10,0 89 69,6 9,0 3,9 5,1 626 12,0 3,9 8,1 835 13,5 3,9 9,6 940 15,0 5,4 9,6 1044
    241.17.20.102 20,0 10,0 102 60,6 10,2 4,4 5,8 618 13,6 4,4 9,2 824 15,3 4,4 10,9 927 17,0 6,1 10,9 1030
    241.17.20.115 20,0 10,0 115 53,1 11,4 4,9 6,5 605 15,2 4,9 10,3 807 17,1 4,9 12,2 908 19,0 6,8 12,2 1009
    241.17.20.127 20,0 10,0 127 47,6 12,9 5,6 7,3 614 17,2 5,6 11,6 819 19,4 5,6 13,8 923 21,5 7,7 13,8 1023
    241.17.20.139 20,0 10,0 139 43,1 14,1 6,1 8,0 608 18,8 6,1 12,7 810 21,2 6,1 15,1 914 23,5 8,5 15,0 1013
    241.17.20.152 20,0 10,0 152 39,0 15,3 6,6 8,7 597 20,4 6,6 13,8 796 23,0 6,6 16,4 897 25,5 9,2 16,3 995
    241.17.20.305 20,0 10,0 305 21,2 31,5 13,7 17,8 668 42,0 13,7 28,3 890 47,3 13,7 33,6 1003 52,5 18,9 33,6 1113
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.17.20.025 20,0 10,0 25 293 4,2 1,8 2,4 1231 4,8 2,3 2,5 1406 6,2 4,5 1,7 1817 7,7 17,3 2256,1
    241.17.20.032 20,0 10,0 32 224 5,4 2,3 3,1 1210 6,1 2,9 3,2 1366 7,8 5,7 2,1 1747 9,8 22,2 2195,2
    241.17.20.038 20,0 10,0 38 177 6,6 2,8 3,8 1168 7,4 3,6 3,8 1310 9,6 7,0 2,6 1699 12,0 26,0 2124,0
    241.17.20.044 20,0 10,0 44 149 7,7 3,2 4,5 1147 8,7 4,2 4,5 1296 11,2 8,1 3,1 1669 14,0 30,0 2086,0
    241.17.20.051 20,0 10,0 51 128 8,8 3,7 5,1 1126 9,9 4,8 5,1 1267 12,8 9,3 3,5 1638 16,0 35,0 2048,0
    241.17.20.064 20,0 10,0 64 99,1 11,6 4,8 6,8 1150 13,0 6,3 6,7 1288 16,8 12,2 4,6 1665 21,0 43,0 2081,1
    241.17.20.076 20,0 10,0 76 86,6 13,8 5,8 8,0 1195 15,5 7,5 8,0 1342 20,0 14,5 5,5 1732 25,0 51,0 2165,0
    241.17.20.089 20,0 10,0 89 69,6 16,5 6,9 9,6 1148 18,6 9,0 9,6 1295 24,0 17,4 6,6 1670 30,0 59,0 2088,0
    241.17.20.102 20,0 10,0 102 60,6 18,7 7,8 10,9 1133 21,1 10,2 10,9 1279 27,2 19,7 7,5 1648 34,0 68,0 2060,4
    241.17.20.115 20,0 10,0 115 53,1 20,9 8,7 12,2 1110 23,6 11,4 12,2 1253 30,4 22,0 8,4 1614 38,0 77,0 2017,8
    241.17.20.127 20,0 10,0 127 47,6 23,7 9,9 13,8 1128 26,7 12,9 13,8 1271 34,4 24,9 9,5 1637 43,0 84,0 2046,8
    241.17.20.139 20,0 10,0 139 43,1 25,9 10,8 15,1 1116 29,1 14,1 15,0 1254 37,6 27,3 10,3 1621 47,0 92,0 2025,7
    241.17.20.152 20,0 10,0 152 39,0 28,1 11,7 16,4 1096 31,6 15,3 16,3 1232 40,8 29,6 11,2 1591 51,0 101,0 1989,0
    241.17.20.305 20,0 10,0 305 21,2 57,8 24,2 33,6 1225 65,1 31,5 33,6 1380 84,0 60,9 23,1 1781 105,0 200,0 2226,0
    subject to alterations
    D h = dia. of guide sleeve
    D d = diameter of guide pin
    L 0 = free length of spring
    L 1 …L n = length of loaded spring
    (mm) as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    L BL = length of compacted-
    spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
    F 1 …F n = forces (N) as related to
    length of spring L 1 …L n
    S v1 …S v7 = recommend. preload.
    compression, as relat.
    to compress. S 1 …S 7
    S 1 …S n = compr. as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    R = spring rate (N/mm)
    S A1 …S A7 = working stroke (mm)
    High Performance Compression Springs
    DIN ISO 10243
    241.17. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Yellow“
    30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
    Order No
    55% stroke 62% stroke 80% stroke 100% stroke
    Order No
    F41
    ∅25
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.14.25.025 25,0 12,5 25 100,0 3,9 1,7 2,2 390 5,2 1,7 3,5 520 5,9 1,7 4,2 590 6,5 2,3 4,2 650
    241.14.25.032 25,0 12,5 32 80,3 4,8 2,1 2,7 385 6,4 2,1 4,3 514 7,2 2,1 5,1 578 8,0 2,9 5,1 642
    241.14.25.038 25,0 12,5 38 62,0 5,7 2,5 3,2 353 7,6 2,5 5,1 471 8,6 2,5 6,1 533 9,5 3,4 6,1 589
    241.14.25.044 25,0 12,5 44 53,0 6,9 3,0 3,9 366 9,2 3,0 6,2 488 10,4 3,0 7,4 551 11,5 4,1 7,4 610
    241.14.25.051 25,0 12,5 51 44,1 7,5 3,3 4,2 331 10,0 3,3 6,7 441 11,3 3,3 8,0 498 12,5 4,5 8,0 551
    241.14.25.064 25,0 12,5 64 35,2 9,3 4,0 5,3 327 12,4 4,0 8,4 436 14,0 4,0 10,0 493 15,5 5,6 9,9 546
    241.14.25.076 25,0 12,5 76 28,1 11,7 5,1 6,6 329 15,6 5,1 10,5 438 17,6 5,1 12,5 495 19,5 7,0 12,5 548
    241.14.25.089 25,0 12,5 89 24,0 13,8 6,0 7,8 331 18,4 6,0 12,4 442 20,7 6,0 14,7 497 23,0 8,3 14,7 552
    241.14.25.102 25,0 12,5 102 21,1 15,6 6,8 8,8 329 20,8 6,8 14,0 439 23,4 6,8 16,6 494 26,0 9,4 16,6 549
    241.14.25.115 25,0 12,5 115 18,7 17,7 7,7 10,0 331 23,6 7,7 15,9 441 26,6 7,7 18,9 497 29,5 10,6 18,9 552
    241.14.25.127 25,0 12,5 127 16,7 19,8 8,6 11,2 331 26,4 8,6 17,8 441 29,7 8,6 21,1 496 33,0 11,9 21,1 551
    241.14.25.139 25,0 12,5 139 15,3 22,2 9,6 12,6 340 29,6 9,6 20,0 453 33,3 9,6 23,7 509 37,0 13,3 23,7 566
    241.14.25.152 25,0 12,5 152 14,0 24,0 10,4 13,6 336 32,0 10,4 21,6 448 36,0 10,4 25,6 504 40,0 14,4 25,6 560
    241.14.25.178 25,0 12,5 178 12,6 27,9 12,1 15,8 352 37,2 12,1 25,1 469 41,9 12,1 29,8 528 46,5 16,7 29,8 586
    241.14.25.203 25,0 12,5 203 10,4 32,1 13,9 18,2 334 42,8 13,9 28,9 445 48,2 13,9 34,3 501 53,5 19,3 34,2 556
    241.14.25.305 25,0 12,5 305 7,0 48,0 20,8 27,2 336 64,0 20,8 43,2 448 72,0 20,8 51,2 504 80,0 28,8 51,2 560
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.14.25.025 25,0 12,5 25 100,0 7,2 3,0 4,2 720 8,1 3,9 4,2 810 10,4 7,5 2,9 1040 13,0 12,0 1300,0
    241.14.25.032 25,0 12,5 32 80,3 8,8 3,7 5,1 707 9,9 4,8 5,1 795 12,8 9,3 3,5 1028 16,0 16,0 1284,8
    241.14.25.038 25,0 12,5 38 62,0 10,5 4,4 6,1 651 11,8 5,7 6,1 732 15,2 11,0 4,2 942 19,0 19,0 1178,0
    241.14.25.044 25,0 12,5 44 53,0 12,7 5,3 7,4 673 14,3 6,9 7,4 758 18,4 13,3 5,1 975 23,0 21,0 1219,0
    241.14.25.051 25,0 12,5 51 44,1 13,8 5,8 8,0 609 15,5 7,5 8,0 684 20,0 14,5 5,5 882 25,0 26,0 1102,5
    241.14.25.064 25,0 12,5 64 35,2 17,1 7,1 10,0 602 19,2 9,3 9,9 676 24,8 18,0 6,8 873 31,0 33,0 1091,2
    241.14.25.076 25,0 12,5 76 28,1 21,5 9,0 12,5 604 24,2 11,7 12,5 680 31,2 22,6 8,6 877 39,0 37,0 1095,9
    241.14.25.089 25,0 12,5 89 24,0 25,3 10,6 14,7 607 28,5 13,8 14,7 684 36,8 26,7 10,1 883 46,0 43,0 1104,0
    241.14.25.102 25,0 12,5 102 21,1 28,6 12,0 16,6 603 32,2 15,6 16,6 679 41,6 30,2 11,4 878 52,0 50,0 1097,2
    241.14.25.115 25,0 12,5 115 18,7 32,5 13,6 18,9 608 36,6 17,7 18,9 684 47,2 34,2 13,0 883 59,0 56,0 1103,3
    241.14.25.127 25,0 12,5 127 16,7 36,3 15,2 21,1 606 40,9 19,8 21,1 683 52,8 38,3 14,5 882 66,0 61,0 1102,2
    241.14.25.139 25,0 12,5 139 15,3 40,7 17,0 23,7 623 45,9 22,2 23,7 702 59,2 42,9 16,3 906 74,0 65,0 1132,2
    241.14.25.152 25,0 12,5 152 14,0 44,0 18,4 25,6 616 49,6 24,0 25,6 694 64,0 46,4 17,6 896 80,0 72,0 1120,0
    241.14.25.178 25,0 12,5 178 12,6 51,2 21,4 29,8 645 57,7 27,9 29,8 727 74,4 53,9 20,5 937 93,0 85,0 1171,8
    241.14.25.203 25,0 12,5 203 10,4 58,9 24,6 34,3 613 66,3 32,1 34,2 690 85,6 62,1 23,5 890 107,0 96,0 1112,8
    241.14.25.305 25,0 12,5 305 7,0 88,0 36,8 51,2 616 99,2 48,0 51,2 694 128,0 92,8 35,2 896 160,0 145,0 1120,0
    subject to alterations
    D h = dia. of guide sleeve
    D d = diameter of guide pin
    L 0 = free length of spring
    L 1 …L n = length of loaded spring
    (mm) as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    L BL = length of compacted-
    spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
    F 1 …F n = forces (N) as related to
    length of spring L 1 …L n
    S v1 …S v7 = recommend. preload.
    compression, as relat.
    to compress. S 1 …S 7
    S 1 …S n = compr. as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    R = spring rate (N/mm)
    S A1 …S A7 = working stroke (mm)
    High Performance Compression Springs
    DIN ISO 10243
    241.14. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Green“
    30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
    Order No
    55% stroke 62% stroke 80% stroke 100% stroke
    Order No
    F42
    ∅25
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.15.25.025 25,0 12,5 25 147,0 3,3 1,4 1,9 485 4,4 1,4 3,0 647 5,0 1,4 3,6 735 5,5 2,0 3,5 809
    241.15.25.032 25,0 12,5 32 118,1 3,9 1,7 2,2 461 5,2 1,7 3,5 614 5,9 1,7 4,2 697 6,5 2,3 4,2 768
    241.15.25.038 25,0 12,5 38 93,1 4,8 2,1 2,7 447 6,4 2,1 4,3 596 7,2 2,1 5,1 670 8,0 2,9 5,1 745
    241.15.25.044 25,0 12,5 44 80,8 5,7 2,5 3,2 461 7,6 2,5 5,1 614 8,6 2,5 6,1 695 9,5 3,4 6,1 768
    241.15.25.051 25,0 12,5 51 68,7 6,3 2,7 3,6 433 8,4 2,7 5,7 577 9,5 2,7 6,8 653 10,5 3,8 6,7 721
    241.15.25.064 25,0 12,5 64 53,1 8,1 3,5 4,6 430 10,8 3,5 7,3 573 12,2 3,5 8,7 648 13,5 4,9 8,6 717
    241.15.25.076 25,0 12,5 76 43,3 9,9 4,3 5,6 429 13,2 4,3 8,9 572 14,9 4,3 10,6 645 16,5 5,9 10,6 714
    241.15.25.089 25,0 12,5 89 38,3 11,7 5,1 6,6 448 15,6 5,1 10,5 597 17,6 5,1 12,5 674 19,5 7,0 12,5 747
    241.15.25.102 25,0 12,5 102 33,1 13,2 5,7 7,5 437 17,6 5,7 11,9 583 19,8 5,7 14,1 655 22,0 7,9 14,1 728
    241.15.25.115 25,0 12,5 115 28,1 15,0 6,5 8,5 422 20,0 6,5 13,5 562 22,5 6,5 16,0 632 25,0 9,0 16,0 703
    241.15.25.127 25,0 12,5 127 25,9 16,8 7,3 9,5 435 22,4 7,3 15,1 580 25,2 7,3 17,9 653 28,0 10,1 17,9 725
    241.15.25.139 25,0 12,5 139 23,3 18,9 8,2 10,7 440 25,2 8,2 17,0 587 28,4 8,2 20,2 662 31,5 11,3 20,2 734
    241.15.25.152 25,0 12,5 152 20,8 20,1 8,7 11,4 418 26,8 8,7 18,1 557 30,2 8,7 21,5 628 33,5 12,1 21,4 697
    241.15.25.178 25,0 12,5 178 17,9 23,7 10,3 13,4 424 31,6 10,3 21,3 566 35,6 10,3 25,3 637 39,5 14,2 25,3 707
    241.15.25.203 25,0 12,5 203 15,8 27,0 11,7 15,3 427 36,0 11,7 24,3 569 40,5 11,7 28,8 640 45,0 16,2 28,8 711
    241.15.25.305 25,0 12,5 305 10,2 40,5 17,6 22,9 413 54,0 17,6 36,4 551 60,8 17,6 43,2 620 67,5 24,3 43,2 689
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.15.25.025 25,0 12,5 25 147,0 6,1 2,5 3,6 897 6,8 3,3 3,5 1000 8,8 6,4 2,4 1294 11,0 14,0 1617,0
    241.15.25.032 25,0 12,5 32 118,1 7,2 3,0 4,2 850 8,1 3,9 4,2 957 10,4 7,5 2,9 1228 13,0 19,0 1535,3
    241.15.25.038 25,0 12,5 38 93,1 8,8 3,7 5,1 819 9,9 4,8 5,1 922 12,8 9,3 3,5 1192 16,0 22,0 1489,6
    241.15.25.044 25,0 12,5 44 80,8 10,5 4,4 6,1 848 11,8 5,7 6,1 953 15,2 11,0 4,2 1228 19,0 25,0 1535,2
    241.15.25.051 25,0 12,5 51 68,7 11,6 4,8 6,8 797 13,0 6,3 6,7 893 16,8 12,2 4,6 1154 21,0 30,0 1442,7
    241.15.25.064 25,0 12,5 64 53,1 14,9 6,2 8,7 791 16,7 8,1 8,6 887 21,6 15,7 5,9 1147 27,0 37,0 1433,7
    241.15.25.076 25,0 12,5 76 43,3 18,2 7,6 10,6 788 20,5 9,9 10,6 888 26,4 19,1 7,3 1143 33,0 43,0 1428,9
    241.15.25.089 25,0 12,5 89 38,3 21,5 9,0 12,5 823 24,2 11,7 12,5 927 31,2 22,6 8,6 1195 39,0 50,0 1493,7
    241.15.25.102 25,0 12,5 102 33,1 24,2 10,1 14,1 801 27,3 13,2 14,1 904 35,2 25,5 9,7 1165 44,0 58,0 1456,4
    241.15.25.115 25,0 12,5 115 28,1 27,5 11,5 16,0 773 31,0 15,0 16,0 871 40,0 29,0 11,0 1124 50,0 65,0 1405,0
    241.15.25.127 25,0 12,5 127 25,9 30,8 12,9 17,9 798 34,7 16,8 17,9 899 44,8 32,5 12,3 1160 56,0 71,0 1450,4
    241.15.25.139 25,0 12,5 139 23,3 34,7 14,5 20,2 809 39,1 18,9 20,2 911 50,4 36,5 13,9 1174 63,0 76,0 1467,9
    241.15.25.152 25,0 12,5 152 20,8 36,9 15,4 21,5 768 41,5 20,1 21,4 863 53,6 38,9 14,7 1115 67,0 85,0 1393,6
    241.15.25.178 25,0 12,5 178 17,9 43,5 18,2 25,3 779 49,0 23,7 25,3 877 63,2 45,8 17,4 1131 79,0 99,0 1414,1
    241.15.25.203 25,0 12,5 203 15,8 49,5 20,7 28,8 782 55,8 27,0 28,8 882 72,0 52,2 19,8 1138 90,0 113,0 1422,0
    241.15.25.305 25,0 12,5 305 10,2 74,3 31,1 43,2 758 83,7 40,5 43,2 854 108,0 78,3 29,7 1102 135,0 170,0 1377,0
    subject to alterations
    D h = dia. of guide sleeve
    D d = diameter of guide pin
    L 0 = free length of spring
    L 1 …L n = length of loaded spring
    (mm) as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    L BL = length of compacted-
    spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
    F 1 …F n = forces (N) as related to
    length of spring L 1 …L n
    S v1 …S v7 = recommend. preload.
    compression, as relat.
    to compress. S 1 …S 7
    S 1 …S n = compr. as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    R = spring rate (N/mm)
    S A1 …S A7 = working stroke (mm)
    High Performance Compression Springs
    DIN ISO 10243
    241.15. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Blue“
    30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
    Order No
    55% stroke 62% stroke 80% stroke 100% stroke
    Order No
    ∅25
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.14.25.025 25,0 12,5 25 100,0 3,9 1,7 2,2 390 5,2 1,7 3,5 520 5,9 1,7 4,2 590 6,5 2,3 4,2 650
    241.14.25.032 25,0 12,5 32 80,3 4,8 2,1 2,7 385 6,4 2,1 4,3 514 7,2 2,1 5,1 578 8,0 2,9 5,1 642
    241.14.25.038 25,0 12,5 38 62,0 5,7 2,5 3,2 353 7,6 2,5 5,1 471 8,6 2,5 6,1 533 9,5 3,4 6,1 589
    241.14.25.044 25,0 12,5 44 53,0 6,9 3,0 3,9 366 9,2 3,0 6,2 488 10,4 3,0 7,4 551 11,5 4,1 7,4 610
    241.14.25.051 25,0 12,5 51 44,1 7,5 3,3 4,2 331 10,0 3,3 6,7 441 11,3 3,3 8,0 498 12,5 4,5 8,0 551
    241.14.25.064 25,0 12,5 64 35,2 9,3 4,0 5,3 327 12,4 4,0 8,4 436 14,0 4,0 10,0 493 15,5 5,6 9,9 546
    241.14.25.076 25,0 12,5 76 28,1 11,7 5,1 6,6 329 15,6 5,1 10,5 438 17,6 5,1 12,5 495 19,5 7,0 12,5 548
    241.14.25.089 25,0 12,5 89 24,0 13,8 6,0 7,8 331 18,4 6,0 12,4 442 20,7 6,0 14,7 497 23,0 8,3 14,7 552
    241.14.25.102 25,0 12,5 102 21,1 15,6 6,8 8,8 329 20,8 6,8 14,0 439 23,4 6,8 16,6 494 26,0 9,4 16,6 549
    241.14.25.115 25,0 12,5 115 18,7 17,7 7,7 10,0 331 23,6 7,7 15,9 441 26,6 7,7 18,9 497 29,5 10,6 18,9 552
    241.14.25.127 25,0 12,5 127 16,7 19,8 8,6 11,2 331 26,4 8,6 17,8 441 29,7 8,6 21,1 496 33,0 11,9 21,1 551
    241.14.25.139 25,0 12,5 139 15,3 22,2 9,6 12,6 340 29,6 9,6 20,0 453 33,3 9,6 23,7 509 37,0 13,3 23,7 566
    241.14.25.152 25,0 12,5 152 14,0 24,0 10,4 13,6 336 32,0 10,4 21,6 448 36,0 10,4 25,6 504 40,0 14,4 25,6 560
    241.14.25.178 25,0 12,5 178 12,6 27,9 12,1 15,8 352 37,2 12,1 25,1 469 41,9 12,1 29,8 528 46,5 16,7 29,8 586
    241.14.25.203 25,0 12,5 203 10,4 32,1 13,9 18,2 334 42,8 13,9 28,9 445 48,2 13,9 34,3 501 53,5 19,3 34,2 556
    241.14.25.305 25,0 12,5 305 7,0 48,0 20,8 27,2 336 64,0 20,8 43,2 448 72,0 20,8 51,2 504 80,0 28,8 51,2 560
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.14.25.025 25,0 12,5 25 100,0 7,2 3,0 4,2 720 8,1 3,9 4,2 810 10,4 7,5 2,9 1040 13,0 12,0 1300,0
    241.14.25.032 25,0 12,5 32 80,3 8,8 3,7 5,1 707 9,9 4,8 5,1 795 12,8 9,3 3,5 1028 16,0 16,0 1284,8
    241.14.25.038 25,0 12,5 38 62,0 10,5 4,4 6,1 651 11,8 5,7 6,1 732 15,2 11,0 4,2 942 19,0 19,0 1178,0
    241.14.25.044 25,0 12,5 44 53,0 12,7 5,3 7,4 673 14,3 6,9 7,4 758 18,4 13,3 5,1 975 23,0 21,0 1219,0
    241.14.25.051 25,0 12,5 51 44,1 13,8 5,8 8,0 609 15,5 7,5 8,0 684 20,0 14,5 5,5 882 25,0 26,0 1102,5
    241.14.25.064 25,0 12,5 64 35,2 17,1 7,1 10,0 602 19,2 9,3 9,9 676 24,8 18,0 6,8 873 31,0 33,0 1091,2
    241.14.25.076 25,0 12,5 76 28,1 21,5 9,0 12,5 604 24,2 11,7 12,5 680 31,2 22,6 8,6 877 39,0 37,0 1095,9
    241.14.25.089 25,0 12,5 89 24,0 25,3 10,6 14,7 607 28,5 13,8 14,7 684 36,8 26,7 10,1 883 46,0 43,0 1104,0
    241.14.25.102 25,0 12,5 102 21,1 28,6 12,0 16,6 603 32,2 15,6 16,6 679 41,6 30,2 11,4 878 52,0 50,0 1097,2
    241.14.25.115 25,0 12,5 115 18,7 32,5 13,6 18,9 608 36,6 17,7 18,9 684 47,2 34,2 13,0 883 59,0 56,0 1103,3
    241.14.25.127 25,0 12,5 127 16,7 36,3 15,2 21,1 606 40,9 19,8 21,1 683 52,8 38,3 14,5 882 66,0 61,0 1102,2
    241.14.25.139 25,0 12,5 139 15,3 40,7 17,0 23,7 623 45,9 22,2 23,7 702 59,2 42,9 16,3 906 74,0 65,0 1132,2
    241.14.25.152 25,0 12,5 152 14,0 44,0 18,4 25,6 616 49,6 24,0 25,6 694 64,0 46,4 17,6 896 80,0 72,0 1120,0
    241.14.25.178 25,0 12,5 178 12,6 51,2 21,4 29,8 645 57,7 27,9 29,8 727 74,4 53,9 20,5 937 93,0 85,0 1171,8
    241.14.25.203 25,0 12,5 203 10,4 58,9 24,6 34,3 613 66,3 32,1 34,2 690 85,6 62,1 23,5 890 107,0 96,0 1112,8
    241.14.25.305 25,0 12,5 305 7,0 88,0 36,8 51,2 616 99,2 48,0 51,2 694 128,0 92,8 35,2 896 160,0 145,0 1120,0
    subject to alterations
    D h = dia. of guide sleeve
    D d = diameter of guide pin
    L 0 = free length of spring
    L 1 …L n = length of loaded spring
    (mm) as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    L BL = length of compacted-
    spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
    F 1 …F n = forces (N) as related to
    length of spring L 1 …L n
    S v1 …S v7 = recommend. preload.
    compression, as relat.
    to compress. S 1 …S 7
    S 1 …S n = compr. as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    R = spring rate (N/mm)
    S A1 …S A7 = working stroke (mm)
    High Performance Compression Springs
    DIN ISO 10243
    241.14. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Green“
    30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
    Order No
    55% stroke 62% stroke 80% stroke 100% stroke
    Order No
    ∅25
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.15.25.025 25,0 12,5 25 147,0 3,3 1,4 1,9 485 4,4 1,4 3,0 647 5,0 1,4 3,6 735 5,5 2,0 3,5 809
    241.15.25.032 25,0 12,5 32 118,1 3,9 1,7 2,2 461 5,2 1,7 3,5 614 5,9 1,7 4,2 697 6,5 2,3 4,2 768
    241.15.25.038 25,0 12,5 38 93,1 4,8 2,1 2,7 447 6,4 2,1 4,3 596 7,2 2,1 5,1 670 8,0 2,9 5,1 745
    241.15.25.044 25,0 12,5 44 80,8 5,7 2,5 3,2 461 7,6 2,5 5,1 614 8,6 2,5 6,1 695 9,5 3,4 6,1 768
    241.15.25.051 25,0 12,5 51 68,7 6,3 2,7 3,6 433 8,4 2,7 5,7 577 9,5 2,7 6,8 653 10,5 3,8 6,7 721
    241.15.25.064 25,0 12,5 64 53,1 8,1 3,5 4,6 430 10,8 3,5 7,3 573 12,2 3,5 8,7 648 13,5 4,9 8,6 717
    241.15.25.076 25,0 12,5 76 43,3 9,9 4,3 5,6 429 13,2 4,3 8,9 572 14,9 4,3 10,6 645 16,5 5,9 10,6 714
    241.15.25.089 25,0 12,5 89 38,3 11,7 5,1 6,6 448 15,6 5,1 10,5 597 17,6 5,1 12,5 674 19,5 7,0 12,5 747
    241.15.25.102 25,0 12,5 102 33,1 13,2 5,7 7,5 437 17,6 5,7 11,9 583 19,8 5,7 14,1 655 22,0 7,9 14,1 728
    241.15.25.115 25,0 12,5 115 28,1 15,0 6,5 8,5 422 20,0 6,5 13,5 562 22,5 6,5 16,0 632 25,0 9,0 16,0 703
    241.15.25.127 25,0 12,5 127 25,9 16,8 7,3 9,5 435 22,4 7,3 15,1 580 25,2 7,3 17,9 653 28,0 10,1 17,9 725
    241.15.25.139 25,0 12,5 139 23,3 18,9 8,2 10,7 440 25,2 8,2 17,0 587 28,4 8,2 20,2 662 31,5 11,3 20,2 734
    241.15.25.152 25,0 12,5 152 20,8 20,1 8,7 11,4 418 26,8 8,7 18,1 557 30,2 8,7 21,5 628 33,5 12,1 21,4 697
    241.15.25.178 25,0 12,5 178 17,9 23,7 10,3 13,4 424 31,6 10,3 21,3 566 35,6 10,3 25,3 637 39,5 14,2 25,3 707
    241.15.25.203 25,0 12,5 203 15,8 27,0 11,7 15,3 427 36,0 11,7 24,3 569 40,5 11,7 28,8 640 45,0 16,2 28,8 711
    241.15.25.305 25,0 12,5 305 10,2 40,5 17,6 22,9 413 54,0 17,6 36,4 551 60,8 17,6 43,2 620 67,5 24,3 43,2 689
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.15.25.025 25,0 12,5 25 147,0 6,1 2,5 3,6 897 6,8 3,3 3,5 1000 8,8 6,4 2,4 1294 11,0 14,0 1617,0
    241.15.25.032 25,0 12,5 32 118,1 7,2 3,0 4,2 850 8,1 3,9 4,2 957 10,4 7,5 2,9 1228 13,0 19,0 1535,3
    241.15.25.038 25,0 12,5 38 93,1 8,8 3,7 5,1 819 9,9 4,8 5,1 922 12,8 9,3 3,5 1192 16,0 22,0 1489,6
    241.15.25.044 25,0 12,5 44 80,8 10,5 4,4 6,1 848 11,8 5,7 6,1 953 15,2 11,0 4,2 1228 19,0 25,0 1535,2
    241.15.25.051 25,0 12,5 51 68,7 11,6 4,8 6,8 797 13,0 6,3 6,7 893 16,8 12,2 4,6 1154 21,0 30,0 1442,7
    241.15.25.064 25,0 12,5 64 53,1 14,9 6,2 8,7 791 16,7 8,1 8,6 887 21,6 15,7 5,9 1147 27,0 37,0 1433,7
    241.15.25.076 25,0 12,5 76 43,3 18,2 7,6 10,6 788 20,5 9,9 10,6 888 26,4 19,1 7,3 1143 33,0 43,0 1428,9
    241.15.25.089 25,0 12,5 89 38,3 21,5 9,0 12,5 823 24,2 11,7 12,5 927 31,2 22,6 8,6 1195 39,0 50,0 1493,7
    241.15.25.102 25,0 12,5 102 33,1 24,2 10,1 14,1 801 27,3 13,2 14,1 904 35,2 25,5 9,7 1165 44,0 58,0 1456,4
    241.15.25.115 25,0 12,5 115 28,1 27,5 11,5 16,0 773 31,0 15,0 16,0 871 40,0 29,0 11,0 1124 50,0 65,0 1405,0
    241.15.25.127 25,0 12,5 127 25,9 30,8 12,9 17,9 798 34,7 16,8 17,9 899 44,8 32,5 12,3 1160 56,0 71,0 1450,4
    241.15.25.139 25,0 12,5 139 23,3 34,7 14,5 20,2 809 39,1 18,9 20,2 911 50,4 36,5 13,9 1174 63,0 76,0 1467,9
    241.15.25.152 25,0 12,5 152 20,8 36,9 15,4 21,5 768 41,5 20,1 21,4 863 53,6 38,9 14,7 1115 67,0 85,0 1393,6
    241.15.25.178 25,0 12,5 178 17,9 43,5 18,2 25,3 779 49,0 23,7 25,3 877 63,2 45,8 17,4 1131 79,0 99,0 1414,1
    241.15.25.203 25,0 12,5 203 15,8 49,5 20,7 28,8 782 55,8 27,0 28,8 882 72,0 52,2 19,8 1138 90,0 113,0 1422,0
    241.15.25.305 25,0 12,5 305 10,2 74,3 31,1 43,2 758 83,7 40,5 43,2 854 108,0 78,3 29,7 1102 135,0 170,0 1377,0
    subject to alterations
    D h = dia. of guide sleeve
    D d = diameter of guide pin
    L 0 = free length of spring
    L 1 …L n = length of loaded spring
    (mm) as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    L BL = length of compacted-
    spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
    F 1 …F n = forces (N) as related to
    length of spring L 1 …L n
    S v1 …S v7 = recommend. preload.
    compression, as relat.
    to compress. S 1 …S 7
    S 1 …S n = compr. as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    R = spring rate (N/mm)
    S A1 …S A7 = working stroke (mm)
    High Performance Compression Springs
    DIN ISO 10243
    241.15. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Blue“
    30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
    Order No
    55% stroke 62% stroke 80% stroke 100% stroke
    Order No
    F43
    ∅25
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.16.25.025 25,0 12,5 25 375,7 2,7 1,2 1,5 1014 3,6 1,2 2,4 1353 4,1 1,2 2,9 1540 4,5 1,6 2,9 1691
    241.16.25.032 25,0 12,5 32 297,2 3,2 1,4 1,8 951 4,2 1,4 2,8 1248 4,7 1,4 3,3 1397 5,3 1,9 3,4 1575
    241.16.25.038 25,0 12,5 38 218,8 3,9 1,7 2,2 853 5,2 1,7 3,5 1138 5,9 1,7 4,2 1291 6,5 2,3 4,2 1422
    241.16.25.044 25,0 12,5 44 187,4 4,7 2,0 2,7 881 6,2 2,0 4,2 1162 7,0 2,0 5,0 1312 7,8 2,8 5,0 1462
    241.16.25.051 25,0 12,5 51 156,0 5,4 2,3 3,1 842 7,2 2,3 4,9 1123 8,1 2,3 5,8 1264 9,0 3,2 5,8 1404
    241.16.25.064 25,0 12,5 64 123,6 6,8 2,9 3,9 840 9,0 2,9 6,1 1112 10,1 2,9 7,2 1248 11,3 4,1 7,2 1397
    241.16.25.076 25,0 12,5 76 99,1 8,3 3,6 4,7 823 11,0 3,6 7,4 1090 12,4 3,6 8,8 1229 13,8 5,0 8,8 1368
    241.16.25.089 25,0 12,5 89 84,4 9,8 4,2 5,6 827 13,0 4,2 8,8 1097 14,6 4,2 10,4 1232 16,3 5,9 10,4 1376
    241.16.25.102 25,0 12,5 102 73,6 11,3 4,9 6,4 832 15,0 4,9 10,1 1104 16,9 4,9 12,0 1244 18,8 6,8 12,0 1384
    241.16.25.115 25,0 12,5 115 64,7 12,8 5,6 7,2 828 17,1 5,6 11,5 1106 19,2 5,6 13,6 1242 21,4 7,7 13,7 1385
    241.16.25.127 25,0 12,5 127 57,9 14,1 6,1 8,0 816 18,8 6,1 12,7 1089 21,2 6,1 15,1 1227 23,5 8,5 15,0 1361
    241.16.25.139 25,0 12,5 139 53,0 15,6 6,8 8,8 827 20,8 6,8 14,0 1102 23,4 6,8 16,6 1240 26,0 9,4 16,6 1378
    241.16.25.152 25,0 12,5 152 48,1 17,3 7,5 9,8 832 23,0 7,5 15,5 1106 25,9 7,5 18,4 1246 28,8 10,4 18,4 1385
    241.16.25.178 25,0 12,5 178 41,2 20,4 8,8 11,6 840 27,2 8,8 18,4 1121 30,6 8,8 21,8 1261 34,0 12,2 21,8 1401
    241.16.25.203 25,0 12,5 203 36,3 23,1 10,0 13,1 839 30,8 10,0 20,8 1118 34,7 10,0 24,7 1260 38,5 13,9 24,6 1398
    241.16.25.305 25,0 12,5 305 22,6 34,5 15,0 19,5 780 46,0 15,0 31,0 1040 51,8 15,0 36,8 1171 57,5 20,7 36,8 1300
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.16.25.025 25,0 12,5 25 375,7 5,0 2,1 2,9 1879 5,6 2,7 2,9 2104 7,2 5,2 2,0 2705 9,0 16,0 3381,3
    241.16.25.032 25,0 12,5 32 297,2 5,8 2,4 3,4 1724 6,5 3,2 3,3 1932 8,4 6,1 2,3 2496 10,5 21,5 3120,6
    241.16.25.038 25,0 12,5 38 218,8 7,2 3,0 4,2 1575 8,1 3,9 4,2 1772 10,4 7,5 2,9 2276 13,0 25,0 2844,4
    241.16.25.044 25,0 12,5 44 187,4 8,5 3,6 4,9 1593 9,6 4,7 4,9 1799 12,4 9,0 3,4 2324 15,5 28,5 2904,7
    241.16.25.051 25,0 12,5 51 156,0 9,9 4,1 5,8 1544 11,2 5,4 5,8 1747 14,4 10,4 4,0 2246 18,0 33,0 2808,0
    241.16.25.064 25,0 12,5 64 123,6 12,4 5,2 7,2 1533 14,0 6,8 7,2 1730 18,0 13,1 4,9 2225 22,5 41,5 2781,0
    241.16.25.076 25,0 12,5 76 99,1 15,1 6,3 8,8 1496 17,1 8,3 8,8 1695 22,0 16,0 6,0 2180 27,5 48,5 2725,3
    241.16.25.089 25,0 12,5 89 84,4 17,9 7,5 10,4 1511 20,2 9,8 10,4 1705 26,0 18,9 7,1 2194 32,5 56,5 2743,0
    241.16.25.102 25,0 12,5 102 73,6 20,6 8,6 12,0 1516 23,3 11,3 12,0 1715 30,0 21,8 8,2 2208 37,5 64,5 2760,0
    241.16.25.115 25,0 12,5 115 64,7 23,5 9,8 13,7 1520 26,5 12,8 13,7 1715 34,2 24,8 9,4 2213 42,7 72,3 2762,7
    241.16.25.127 25,0 12,5 127 57,9 25,9 10,8 15,1 1500 29,1 14,1 15,0 1685 37,6 27,3 10,3 2177 47,0 80,0 2721,3
    241.16.25.139 25,0 12,5 139 53,0 28,6 12,0 16,6 1516 32,2 15,6 16,6 1707 41,6 30,2 11,4 2205 52,0 87,0 2756,0
    241.16.25.152 25,0 12,5 152 48,1 31,6 13,2 18,4 1520 35,7 17,3 18,4 1717 46,0 33,4 12,6 2213 57,5 94,5 2765,8
    241.16.25.178 25,0 12,5 178 41,2 37,4 15,6 21,8 1541 42,2 20,4 21,8 1739 54,4 39,4 15,0 2241 68,0 110,0 2801,6
    241.16.25.203 25,0 12,5 203 36,3 42,4 17,7 24,7 1539 47,7 23,1 24,6 1732 61,6 44,7 16,9 2236 77,0 126,0 2795,1
    241.16.25.305 25,0 12,5 305 22,6 63,3 26,5 36,8 1431 71,3 34,5 36,8 1611 92,0 66,7 25,3 2079 115,0 190,0 2599,0
    subject to alterations
    D h = dia. of guide sleeve
    D d = diameter of guide pin
    L 0 = free length of spring
    L 1 …L n = length of loaded spring
    (mm) as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    L BL = length of compacted-
    spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
    F 1 …F n = forces (N) as related to
    length of spring L 1 …L n
    S v1 …S v7 = recommend. preload.
    compression, as relat.
    to compress. S 1 …S 7
    S 1 …S n = compr. as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    R = spring rate (N/mm)
    S A1 …S A7 = working stroke (mm)
    High Performance Compression Springs
    DIN ISO 10243
    241.16. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Red“
    30% Stroke 40% Stroke 45% Stroke 50% Stroke
    Order No
    55% Stroke 62% Stroke 80% Stroke 100% Stroke
    Order No
    F44
    ∅25
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.17.25.032 25,0 12,5 32 375 3,0 1,3 1,7 1125 4,0 1,3 2,7 1500 4,5 1,3 3,2 1688 5,0 1,8 3,2 1875
    241.17.25.038 25,0 12,5 38 346 3,6 1,6 2,0 1246 4,8 1,6 3,2 1661 5,4 1,6 3,8 1868 6,0 2,2 3,8 2076
    241.17.25.044 25,0 12,5 44 244 4,2 1,8 2,4 1025 5,6 1,8 3,8 1366 6,3 1,8 4,5 1537 7,0 2,5 4,5 1708
    241.17.25.051 25,0 12,5 51 208 4,8 2,1 2,7 998 6,4 2,1 4,3 1331 7,2 2,1 5,1 1498 8,0 2,9 5,1 1664
    241.17.25.064 25,0 12,5 64 161 6,3 2,7 3,6 1014 8,4 2,7 5,7 1352 9,5 2,7 6,8 1530 10,5 3,8 6,7 1691
    241.17.25.076 25,0 12,5 76 131 7,5 3,3 4,2 983 10,0 3,3 6,7 1310 11,3 3,3 8,0 1480 12,5 4,5 8,0 1638
    241.17.25.089 25,0 12,5 89 111 8,7 3,8 4,9 966 11,6 3,8 7,8 1288 13,1 3,8 9,3 1454 14,5 5,2 9,3 1610
    241.17.25.102 25,0 12,5 102 96,3 10,2 4,4 5,8 982 13,6 4,4 9,2 1310 15,3 4,4 10,9 1473 17,0 6,1 10,9 1637
    241.17.25.115 25,0 12,5 115 85,7 11,7 5,1 6,6 1003 15,6 5,1 10,5 1337 17,6 5,1 12,5 1508 19,5 7,0 12,5 1671
    241.17.25.127 25,0 12,5 127 76,3 12,9 5,6 7,3 984 17,2 5,6 11,6 1312 19,4 5,6 13,8 1480 21,5 7,7 13,8 1640
    241.17.25.152 25,0 12,5 152 63,6 15,9 6,9 9,0 1011 21,2 6,9 14,3 1348 23,9 6,9 17,0 1520 26,5 9,5 17,0 1685
    241.17.25.178 25,0 12,5 178 54,0 18,6 8,1 10,5 1004 24,8 8,1 16,7 1339 27,9 8,1 19,8 1507 31,0 11,2 19,8 1674
    241.17.25.203 25,0 12,5 203 47,0 21,0 9,1 11,9 987 28,0 9,1 18,9 1316 31,5 9,1 22,4 1481 35,0 12,6 22,4 1645
    241.17.25.305 25,0 12,5 305 30,9 32,4 14,0 18,4 1001 43,2 14,0 29,2 1335 48,6 14,0 34,6 1502 54,0 19,4 34,6 1669
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.17.25.032 25,0 12,5 32 375 5,5 2,3 3,2 2063 6,2 3,0 3,2 2325 8,0 5,8 2,2 3000 10,0 22,0 3750,0
    241.17.25.038 25,0 12,5 38 346 6,6 2,8 3,8 2284 7,4 3,6 3,8 2560 9,6 7,0 2,6 3322 12,0 26,0 4152,0
    241.17.25.044 25,0 12,5 44 244 7,7 3,2 4,5 1879 8,7 4,2 4,5 2123 11,2 8,1 3,1 2733 14,0 30,0 3416,0
    241.17.25.051 25,0 12,5 51 208 8,8 3,7 5,1 1830 9,9 4,8 5,1 2059 12,8 9,3 3,5 2662 16,0 35,0 3328,0
    241.17.25.064 25,0 12,5 64 161 11,6 4,8 6,8 1868 13,0 6,3 6,7 2093 16,8 12,2 4,6 2705 21,0 43,0 3381,0
    241.17.25.076 25,0 12,5 76 131 13,8 5,8 8,0 1808 15,5 7,5 8,0 2031 20,0 14,5 5,5 2620 25,0 51,0 3275,0
    241.17.25.089 25,0 12,5 89 111 16,0 6,7 9,3 1776 18,0 8,7 9,3 1998 23,2 16,8 6,4 2575 29,0 60,0 3219,0
    241.17.25.102 25,0 12,5 102 96,3 18,7 7,8 10,9 1801 21,1 10,2 10,9 2032 27,2 19,7 7,5 2619 34,0 68,0 3274,2
    241.17.25.115 25,0 12,5 115 85,7 21,5 9,0 12,5 1843 24,2 11,7 12,5 2074 31,2 22,6 8,6 2674 39,0 76,0 3342,3
    241.17.25.127 25,0 12,5 127 76,3 23,7 9,9 13,8 1808 26,7 12,9 13,8 2037 34,4 24,9 9,5 2625 43,0 84,0 3280,9
    241.17.25.152 25,0 12,5 152 63,6 29,2 12,2 17,0 1857 32,9 15,9 17,0 2092 42,4 30,7 11,7 2697 53,0 99,0 3370,8
    241.17.25.178 25,0 12,5 178 54,0 34,1 14,3 19,8 1841 38,4 18,6 19,8 2074 49,6 36,0 13,6 2678 62,0 116,0 3348,0
    241.17.25.203 25,0 12,5 203 47,0 38,5 16,1 22,4 1810 43,4 21,0 22,4 2040 56,0 40,6 15,4 2632 70,0 133,0 3290,0
    241.17.25.305 25,0 12,5 305 30,9 59,4 24,8 34,6 1835 67,0 32,4 34,6 2070 86,4 62,6 23,8 2670 108,0 197,0 3337,2
    subject to alterations
    D h = dia. of guide sleeve
    D d = diameter of guide pin
    L 0 = free length of spring
    L 1 …L n = length of loaded spring
    (mm) as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    L BL = length of compacted-
    spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
    F 1 …F n = forces (N) as related to
    length of spring L 1 …L n
    S v1 …S v7 = recommend. preload.
    compression, as relat.
    to compress. S 1 …S 7
    S 1 …S n = compr. as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    R = spring rate (N/mm)
    S A1 …S A7 = working stroke (mm)
    High Performance Compression Springs
    DIN ISO 10243
    241.17. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Yellow“
    30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
    Order No
    55% stroke 62% stroke 80% stroke 100% stroke
    Order No
    ∅25
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.16.25.025 25,0 12,5 25 375,7 2,7 1,2 1,5 1014 3,6 1,2 2,4 1353 4,1 1,2 2,9 1540 4,5 1,6 2,9 1691
    241.16.25.032 25,0 12,5 32 297,2 3,2 1,4 1,8 951 4,2 1,4 2,8 1248 4,7 1,4 3,3 1397 5,3 1,9 3,4 1575
    241.16.25.038 25,0 12,5 38 218,8 3,9 1,7 2,2 853 5,2 1,7 3,5 1138 5,9 1,7 4,2 1291 6,5 2,3 4,2 1422
    241.16.25.044 25,0 12,5 44 187,4 4,7 2,0 2,7 881 6,2 2,0 4,2 1162 7,0 2,0 5,0 1312 7,8 2,8 5,0 1462
    241.16.25.051 25,0 12,5 51 156,0 5,4 2,3 3,1 842 7,2 2,3 4,9 1123 8,1 2,3 5,8 1264 9,0 3,2 5,8 1404
    241.16.25.064 25,0 12,5 64 123,6 6,8 2,9 3,9 840 9,0 2,9 6,1 1112 10,1 2,9 7,2 1248 11,3 4,1 7,2 1397
    241.16.25.076 25,0 12,5 76 99,1 8,3 3,6 4,7 823 11,0 3,6 7,4 1090 12,4 3,6 8,8 1229 13,8 5,0 8,8 1368
    241.16.25.089 25,0 12,5 89 84,4 9,8 4,2 5,6 827 13,0 4,2 8,8 1097 14,6 4,2 10,4 1232 16,3 5,9 10,4 1376
    241.16.25.102 25,0 12,5 102 73,6 11,3 4,9 6,4 832 15,0 4,9 10,1 1104 16,9 4,9 12,0 1244 18,8 6,8 12,0 1384
    241.16.25.115 25,0 12,5 115 64,7 12,8 5,6 7,2 828 17,1 5,6 11,5 1106 19,2 5,6 13,6 1242 21,4 7,7 13,7 1385
    241.16.25.127 25,0 12,5 127 57,9 14,1 6,1 8,0 816 18,8 6,1 12,7 1089 21,2 6,1 15,1 1227 23,5 8,5 15,0 1361
    241.16.25.139 25,0 12,5 139 53,0 15,6 6,8 8,8 827 20,8 6,8 14,0 1102 23,4 6,8 16,6 1240 26,0 9,4 16,6 1378
    241.16.25.152 25,0 12,5 152 48,1 17,3 7,5 9,8 832 23,0 7,5 15,5 1106 25,9 7,5 18,4 1246 28,8 10,4 18,4 1385
    241.16.25.178 25,0 12,5 178 41,2 20,4 8,8 11,6 840 27,2 8,8 18,4 1121 30,6 8,8 21,8 1261 34,0 12,2 21,8 1401
    241.16.25.203 25,0 12,5 203 36,3 23,1 10,0 13,1 839 30,8 10,0 20,8 1118 34,7 10,0 24,7 1260 38,5 13,9 24,6 1398
    241.16.25.305 25,0 12,5 305 22,6 34,5 15,0 19,5 780 46,0 15,0 31,0 1040 51,8 15,0 36,8 1171 57,5 20,7 36,8 1300
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.16.25.025 25,0 12,5 25 375,7 5,0 2,1 2,9 1879 5,6 2,7 2,9 2104 7,2 5,2 2,0 2705 9,0 16,0 3381,3
    241.16.25.032 25,0 12,5 32 297,2 5,8 2,4 3,4 1724 6,5 3,2 3,3 1932 8,4 6,1 2,3 2496 10,5 21,5 3120,6
    241.16.25.038 25,0 12,5 38 218,8 7,2 3,0 4,2 1575 8,1 3,9 4,2 1772 10,4 7,5 2,9 2276 13,0 25,0 2844,4
    241.16.25.044 25,0 12,5 44 187,4 8,5 3,6 4,9 1593 9,6 4,7 4,9 1799 12,4 9,0 3,4 2324 15,5 28,5 2904,7
    241.16.25.051 25,0 12,5 51 156,0 9,9 4,1 5,8 1544 11,2 5,4 5,8 1747 14,4 10,4 4,0 2246 18,0 33,0 2808,0
    241.16.25.064 25,0 12,5 64 123,6 12,4 5,2 7,2 1533 14,0 6,8 7,2 1730 18,0 13,1 4,9 2225 22,5 41,5 2781,0
    241.16.25.076 25,0 12,5 76 99,1 15,1 6,3 8,8 1496 17,1 8,3 8,8 1695 22,0 16,0 6,0 2180 27,5 48,5 2725,3
    241.16.25.089 25,0 12,5 89 84,4 17,9 7,5 10,4 1511 20,2 9,8 10,4 1705 26,0 18,9 7,1 2194 32,5 56,5 2743,0
    241.16.25.102 25,0 12,5 102 73,6 20,6 8,6 12,0 1516 23,3 11,3 12,0 1715 30,0 21,8 8,2 2208 37,5 64,5 2760,0
    241.16.25.115 25,0 12,5 115 64,7 23,5 9,8 13,7 1520 26,5 12,8 13,7 1715 34,2 24,8 9,4 2213 42,7 72,3 2762,7
    241.16.25.127 25,0 12,5 127 57,9 25,9 10,8 15,1 1500 29,1 14,1 15,0 1685 37,6 27,3 10,3 2177 47,0 80,0 2721,3
    241.16.25.139 25,0 12,5 139 53,0 28,6 12,0 16,6 1516 32,2 15,6 16,6 1707 41,6 30,2 11,4 2205 52,0 87,0 2756,0
    241.16.25.152 25,0 12,5 152 48,1 31,6 13,2 18,4 1520 35,7 17,3 18,4 1717 46,0 33,4 12,6 2213 57,5 94,5 2765,8
    241.16.25.178 25,0 12,5 178 41,2 37,4 15,6 21,8 1541 42,2 20,4 21,8 1739 54,4 39,4 15,0 2241 68,0 110,0 2801,6
    241.16.25.203 25,0 12,5 203 36,3 42,4 17,7 24,7 1539 47,7 23,1 24,6 1732 61,6 44,7 16,9 2236 77,0 126,0 2795,1
    241.16.25.305 25,0 12,5 305 22,6 63,3 26,5 36,8 1431 71,3 34,5 36,8 1611 92,0 66,7 25,3 2079 115,0 190,0 2599,0
    subject to alterations
    D h = dia. of guide sleeve
    D d = diameter of guide pin
    L 0 = free length of spring
    L 1 …L n = length of loaded spring
    (mm) as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    L BL = length of compacted-
    spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
    F 1 …F n = forces (N) as related to
    length of spring L 1 …L n
    S v1 …S v7 = recommend. preload.
    compression, as relat.
    to compress. S 1 …S 7
    S 1 …S n = compr. as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    R = spring rate (N/mm)
    S A1 …S A7 = working stroke (mm)
    High Performance Compression Springs
    DIN ISO 10243
    241.16. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Red“
    30% Stroke 40% Stroke 45% Stroke 50% Stroke
    Order No
    55% Stroke 62% Stroke 80% Stroke 100% Stroke
    Order No
    ∅25
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.17.25.032 25,0 12,5 32 375 3,0 1,3 1,7 1125 4,0 1,3 2,7 1500 4,5 1,3 3,2 1688 5,0 1,8 3,2 1875
    241.17.25.038 25,0 12,5 38 346 3,6 1,6 2,0 1246 4,8 1,6 3,2 1661 5,4 1,6 3,8 1868 6,0 2,2 3,8 2076
    241.17.25.044 25,0 12,5 44 244 4,2 1,8 2,4 1025 5,6 1,8 3,8 1366 6,3 1,8 4,5 1537 7,0 2,5 4,5 1708
    241.17.25.051 25,0 12,5 51 208 4,8 2,1 2,7 998 6,4 2,1 4,3 1331 7,2 2,1 5,1 1498 8,0 2,9 5,1 1664
    241.17.25.064 25,0 12,5 64 161 6,3 2,7 3,6 1014 8,4 2,7 5,7 1352 9,5 2,7 6,8 1530 10,5 3,8 6,7 1691
    241.17.25.076 25,0 12,5 76 131 7,5 3,3 4,2 983 10,0 3,3 6,7 1310 11,3 3,3 8,0 1480 12,5 4,5 8,0 1638
    241.17.25.089 25,0 12,5 89 111 8,7 3,8 4,9 966 11,6 3,8 7,8 1288 13,1 3,8 9,3 1454 14,5 5,2 9,3 1610
    241.17.25.102 25,0 12,5 102 96,3 10,2 4,4 5,8 982 13,6 4,4 9,2 1310 15,3 4,4 10,9 1473 17,0 6,1 10,9 1637
    241.17.25.115 25,0 12,5 115 85,7 11,7 5,1 6,6 1003 15,6 5,1 10,5 1337 17,6 5,1 12,5 1508 19,5 7,0 12,5 1671
    241.17.25.127 25,0 12,5 127 76,3 12,9 5,6 7,3 984 17,2 5,6 11,6 1312 19,4 5,6 13,8 1480 21,5 7,7 13,8 1640
    241.17.25.152 25,0 12,5 152 63,6 15,9 6,9 9,0 1011 21,2 6,9 14,3 1348 23,9 6,9 17,0 1520 26,5 9,5 17,0 1685
    241.17.25.178 25,0 12,5 178 54,0 18,6 8,1 10,5 1004 24,8 8,1 16,7 1339 27,9 8,1 19,8 1507 31,0 11,2 19,8 1674
    241.17.25.203 25,0 12,5 203 47,0 21,0 9,1 11,9 987 28,0 9,1 18,9 1316 31,5 9,1 22,4 1481 35,0 12,6 22,4 1645
    241.17.25.305 25,0 12,5 305 30,9 32,4 14,0 18,4 1001 43,2 14,0 29,2 1335 48,6 14,0 34,6 1502 54,0 19,4 34,6 1669
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.17.25.032 25,0 12,5 32 375 5,5 2,3 3,2 2063 6,2 3,0 3,2 2325 8,0 5,8 2,2 3000 10,0 22,0 3750,0
    241.17.25.038 25,0 12,5 38 346 6,6 2,8 3,8 2284 7,4 3,6 3,8 2560 9,6 7,0 2,6 3322 12,0 26,0 4152,0
    241.17.25.044 25,0 12,5 44 244 7,7 3,2 4,5 1879 8,7 4,2 4,5 2123 11,2 8,1 3,1 2733 14,0 30,0 3416,0
    241.17.25.051 25,0 12,5 51 208 8,8 3,7 5,1 1830 9,9 4,8 5,1 2059 12,8 9,3 3,5 2662 16,0 35,0 3328,0
    241.17.25.064 25,0 12,5 64 161 11,6 4,8 6,8 1868 13,0 6,3 6,7 2093 16,8 12,2 4,6 2705 21,0 43,0 3381,0
    241.17.25.076 25,0 12,5 76 131 13,8 5,8 8,0 1808 15,5 7,5 8,0 2031 20,0 14,5 5,5 2620 25,0 51,0 3275,0
    241.17.25.089 25,0 12,5 89 111 16,0 6,7 9,3 1776 18,0 8,7 9,3 1998 23,2 16,8 6,4 2575 29,0 60,0 3219,0
    241.17.25.102 25,0 12,5 102 96,3 18,7 7,8 10,9 1801 21,1 10,2 10,9 2032 27,2 19,7 7,5 2619 34,0 68,0 3274,2
    241.17.25.115 25,0 12,5 115 85,7 21,5 9,0 12,5 1843 24,2 11,7 12,5 2074 31,2 22,6 8,6 2674 39,0 76,0 3342,3
    241.17.25.127 25,0 12,5 127 76,3 23,7 9,9 13,8 1808 26,7 12,9 13,8 2037 34,4 24,9 9,5 2625 43,0 84,0 3280,9
    241.17.25.152 25,0 12,5 152 63,6 29,2 12,2 17,0 1857 32,9 15,9 17,0 2092 42,4 30,7 11,7 2697 53,0 99,0 3370,8
    241.17.25.178 25,0 12,5 178 54,0 34,1 14,3 19,8 1841 38,4 18,6 19,8 2074 49,6 36,0 13,6 2678 62,0 116,0 3348,0
    241.17.25.203 25,0 12,5 203 47,0 38,5 16,1 22,4 1810 43,4 21,0 22,4 2040 56,0 40,6 15,4 2632 70,0 133,0 3290,0
    241.17.25.305 25,0 12,5 305 30,9 59,4 24,8 34,6 1835 67,0 32,4 34,6 2070 86,4 62,6 23,8 2670 108,0 197,0 3337,2
    subject to alterations
    D h = dia. of guide sleeve
    D d = diameter of guide pin
    L 0 = free length of spring
    L 1 …L n = length of loaded spring
    (mm) as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    L BL = length of compacted-
    spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
    F 1 …F n = forces (N) as related to
    length of spring L 1 …L n
    S v1 …S v7 = recommend. preload.
    compression, as relat.
    to compress. S 1 …S 7
    S 1 …S n = compr. as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    R = spring rate (N/mm)
    S A1 …S A7 = working stroke (mm)
    High Performance Compression Springs
    DIN ISO 10243
    241.17. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Yellow“
    30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
    Order No
    55% stroke 62% stroke 80% stroke 100% stroke
    Order No
    F45
    ∅32
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.14.32.038 32,0 16,0 38 94,1 5,7 2,5 3,2 536 7,6 2,5 5,1 715 8,6 2,5 6,1 809 9,5 3,4 6,1 894
    241.14.32.044 32,0 16,0 44 79,6 6,6 2,9 3,7 525 8,8 2,9 5,9 700 9,9 2,9 7,0 788 11,0 4,0 7,0 876
    241.14.32.051 32,0 16,0 51 67,0 7,5 3,3 4,2 503 10,0 3,3 6,7 670 11,3 3,3 8,0 757 12,5 4,5 8,0 838
    241.14.32.064 32,0 16,0 64 53,0 9,6 4,2 5,4 509 12,8 4,2 8,6 678 14,4 4,2 10,2 763 16,0 5,8 10,2 848
    241.14.32.076 32,0 16,0 76 44,1 11,7 5,1 6,6 516 15,6 5,1 10,5 688 17,6 5,1 12,5 776 19,5 7,0 12,5 860
    241.14.32.089 32,0 16,0 89 37,2 13,5 5,9 7,6 502 18,0 5,9 12,1 670 20,3 5,9 14,4 755 22,5 8,1 14,4 837
    241.14.32.102 32,0 16,0 102 32,0 15,6 6,8 8,8 499 20,8 6,8 14,0 666 23,4 6,8 16,6 749 26,0 9,4 16,6 832
    241.14.32.115 32,0 16,0 115 29,0 17,4 7,5 9,9 505 23,2 7,5 15,7 673 26,1 7,5 18,6 757 29,0 10,4 18,6 841
    241.14.32.127 32,0 16,0 127 25,0 19,5 8,5 11,0 488 26,0 8,5 17,5 650 29,3 8,5 20,8 733 32,5 11,7 20,8 813
    241.14.32.139 32,0 16,0 139 23,1 21,6 9,4 12,2 499 28,8 9,4 19,4 665 32,4 9,4 23,0 748 36,0 13,0 23,0 832
    241.14.32.152 32,0 16,0 152 21,5 23,4 10,1 13,3 503 31,2 10,1 21,1 671 35,1 10,1 25,0 755 39,0 14,0 25,0 839
    241.14.32.178 32,0 16,0 178 18,3 26,4 11,4 15,0 483 35,2 11,4 23,8 644 39,6 11,4 28,2 725 44,0 15,8 28,2 805
    241.14.32.203 32,0 16,0 203 15,8 31,2 13,5 17,7 493 41,6 13,5 28,1 657 46,8 13,5 33,3 739 52,0 18,7 33,3 822
    241.14.32.254 32,0 16,0 254 12,6 39,0 16,9 22,1 491 52,0 16,9 35,1 655 58,5 16,9 41,6 737 65,0 23,4 41,6 819
    241.14.32.305 32,0 16,0 305 10,3 46,5 20,2 26,3 479 62,0 20,2 41,8 639 69,8 20,2 49,6 719 77,5 27,9 49,6 798
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.14.32.038 32,0 16,0 38 94,1 10,5 4,4 6,1 988 11,8 5,7 6,1 1110 15,2 11,0 4,2 1430 19,0 19,0 1787,9
    241.14.32.044 32,0 16,0 44 79,6 12,1 5,1 7,0 963 13,6 6,6 7,0 1083 17,6 12,8 4,8 1401 22,0 22,0 1751,2
    241.14.32.051 32,0 16,0 51 67,0 13,8 5,8 8,0 925 15,5 7,5 8,0 1039 20,0 14,5 5,5 1340 25,0 26,0 1675,0
    241.14.32.064 32,0 16,0 64 53,0 17,6 7,4 10,2 933 19,8 9,6 10,2 1049 25,6 18,6 7,0 1357 32,0 32,0 1696,0
    241.14.32.076 32,0 16,0 76 44,1 21,5 9,0 12,5 948 24,2 11,7 12,5 1067 31,2 22,6 8,6 1376 39,0 37,0 1719,9
    241.14.32.089 32,0 16,0 89 37,2 24,8 10,4 14,4 923 27,9 13,5 14,4 1038 36,0 26,1 9,9 1339 45,0 44,0 1674,0
    241.14.32.102 32,0 16,0 102 32,0 28,6 12,0 16,6 915 32,2 15,6 16,6 1030 41,6 30,2 11,4 1331 52,0 50,0 1664,0
    241.14.32.115 32,0 16,0 115 29,0 31,9 13,3 18,6 925 36,0 17,4 18,6 1044 46,4 33,6 12,8 1346 58,0 57,0 1682,0
    241.14.32.127 32,0 16,0 127 25,0 35,8 15,0 20,8 895 40,3 19,5 20,8 1008 52,0 37,7 14,3 1300 65,0 62,0 1625,0
    241.14.32.139 32,0 16,0 139 23,1 39,6 16,6 23,0 915 44,6 21,6 23,0 1030 57,6 41,8 15,8 1331 72,0 67,0 1663,2
    241.14.32.152 32,0 16,0 152 21,5 42,9 17,9 25,0 922 48,4 23,4 25,0 1041 62,4 45,2 17,2 1342 78,0 74,0 1677,0
    241.14.32.178 32,0 16,0 178 18,3 48,4 20,2 28,2 886 54,6 26,4 28,2 999 70,4 51,0 19,4 1288 88,0 90,0 1610,4
    241.14.32.203 32,0 16,0 203 15,8 57,2 23,9 33,3 904 64,5 31,2 33,3 1019 83,2 60,3 22,9 1315 104,0 99,0 1643,2
    241.14.32.254 32,0 16,0 254 12,6 71,5 29,9 41,6 901 80,6 39,0 41,6 1016 104,0 75,4 28,6 1310 130,0 124,0 1638,0
    241.14.32.305 32,0 16,0 305 10,3 85,3 35,7 49,6 879 96,1 46,5 49,6 990 124,0 89,9 34,1 1277 155,0 150,0 1596,5
    subject to alterations
    D h = dia. of guide sleeve
    D d = diameter of guide pin
    L 0 = free length of spring
    L 1 …L n = length of loaded spring
    (mm) as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    L BL = length of compacted-
    spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
    F 1 …F n = forces (N) as related to
    length of spring L 1 …L n
    S v1 …S v7 = recommend. preload.
    compression, as relat.
    to compress. S 1 …S 7
    S 1 …S n = compr. as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    R = spring rate (N/mm)
    S A1 …S A7 = working stroke (mm)
    High Performance Compression Springs
    DIN ISO 10243
    241.14. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Green“
    30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
    Order No
    55% stroke 62% stroke 80% stroke 100% stroke
    Order No
    F46
    ∅32
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.15.32.038 32,0 16,0 38 185,1 4,8 2,1 2,7 888 6,4 2,1 4,3 1185 7,2 2,1 5,1 1333 8,0 2,9 5,1 1481
    241.15.32.044 32,0 16,0 44 158,1 5,7 2,5 3,2 901 7,6 2,5 5,1 1202 8,6 2,5 6,1 1360 9,5 3,4 6,1 1502
    241.15.32.051 32,0 16,0 51 134,1 6,3 2,7 3,6 845 8,4 2,7 5,7 1126 9,5 2,7 6,8 1274 10,5 3,8 6,7 1408
    241.15.32.064 32,0 16,0 64 99,1 8,1 3,5 4,6 803 10,8 3,5 7,3 1070 12,2 3,5 8,7 1209 13,5 4,9 8,6 1338
    241.15.32.076 32,0 16,0 76 80,5 9,6 4,2 5,4 773 12,8 4,2 8,6 1030 14,4 4,2 10,2 1159 16,0 5,8 10,2 1288
    241.15.32.089 32,0 16,0 89 69,2 11,1 4,8 6,3 768 14,8 4,8 10,0 1024 16,7 4,8 11,9 1156 18,5 6,7 11,8 1280
    241.15.32.102 32,0 16,0 102 58,9 12,9 5,6 7,3 760 17,2 5,6 11,6 1013 19,4 5,6 13,8 1143 21,5 7,7 13,8 1266
    241.15.32.115 32,0 16,0 115 51,5 14,7 6,4 8,3 757 19,6 6,4 13,2 1009 22,1 6,4 15,7 1138 24,5 8,8 15,7 1262
    241.15.32.127 32,0 16,0 127 44,8 16,5 7,2 9,3 739 22,0 7,2 14,8 986 24,8 7,2 17,6 1111 27,5 9,9 17,6 1232
    241.15.32.139 32,0 16,0 139 42,3 18,0 7,8 10,2 761 24,0 7,8 16,2 1015 27,0 7,8 19,2 1142 30,0 10,8 19,2 1269
    241.15.32.152 32,0 16,0 152 37,9 19,8 8,6 11,2 750 26,4 8,6 17,8 1001 29,7 8,6 21,1 1126 33,0 11,9 21,1 1251
    241.15.32.178 32,0 16,0 178 32,6 23,1 10,0 13,1 753 30,8 10,0 20,8 1004 34,7 10,0 24,7 1131 38,5 13,9 24,6 1255
    241.15.32.203 32,0 16,0 203 28,9 26,4 11,4 15,0 763 35,2 11,4 23,8 1017 39,6 11,4 28,2 1144 44,0 15,8 28,2 1272
    241.15.32.254 32,0 16,0 254 21,4 33,0 14,3 18,7 706 44,0 14,3 29,7 942 49,5 14,3 35,2 1059 55,0 19,8 35,2 1177
    241.15.32.305 32,0 16,0 305 18,3 39,9 17,3 22,6 730 53,2 17,3 35,9 974 59,9 17,3 42,6 1096 66,5 23,9 42,6 1217
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.15.32.038 32,0 16,0 38 185,1 8,8 3,7 5,1 1629 9,9 4,8 5,1 1832 12,8 9,3 3,5 2369 16,0 22,0 2961,6
    241.15.32.044 32,0 16,0 44 158,1 10,5 4,4 6,1 1660 11,8 5,7 6,1 1866 15,2 11,0 4,2 2403 19,0 25,0 3003,9
    241.15.32.051 32,0 16,0 51 134,1 11,6 4,8 6,8 1556 13,0 6,3 6,7 1743 16,8 12,2 4,6 2253 21,0 30,0 2816,1
    241.15.32.064 32,0 16,0 64 99,1 14,9 6,2 8,7 1477 16,7 8,1 8,6 1655 21,6 15,7 5,9 2141 27,0 37,0 2675,7
    241.15.32.076 32,0 16,0 76 80,5 17,6 7,4 10,2 1417 19,8 9,6 10,2 1594 25,6 18,6 7,0 2061 32,0 44,0 2576,0
    241.15.32.089 32,0 16,0 89 69,2 20,4 8,5 11,9 1412 22,9 11,1 11,8 1585 29,6 21,5 8,1 2048 37,0 52,0 2560,4
    241.15.32.102 32,0 16,0 102 58,9 23,7 9,9 13,8 1396 26,7 12,9 13,8 1573 34,4 24,9 9,5 2026 43,0 59,0 2532,7
    241.15.32.115 32,0 16,0 115 51,5 27,0 11,3 15,7 1391 30,4 14,7 15,7 1566 39,2 28,4 10,8 2019 49,0 66,0 2523,5
    241.15.32.127 32,0 16,0 127 44,8 30,3 12,7 17,6 1357 34,1 16,5 17,6 1528 44,0 31,9 12,1 1971 55,0 72,0 2464,0
    241.15.32.139 32,0 16,0 139 42,3 33,0 13,8 19,2 1396 37,2 18,0 19,2 1574 48,0 34,8 13,2 2030 60,0 79,0 2538,0
    241.15.32.152 32,0 16,0 152 37,9 36,3 15,2 21,1 1376 40,9 19,8 21,1 1550 52,8 38,3 14,5 2001 66,0 86,0 2501,4
    241.15.32.178 32,0 16,0 178 32,6 42,4 17,7 24,7 1382 47,7 23,1 24,6 1555 61,6 44,7 16,9 2008 77,0 101,0 2510,2
    241.15.32.203 32,0 16,0 203 28,9 48,4 20,2 28,2 1399 54,6 26,4 28,2 1578 70,4 51,0 19,4 2035 88,0 115,0 2543,2
    241.15.32.254 32,0 16,0 254 21,4 60,5 25,3 35,2 1295 68,2 33,0 35,2 1459 88,0 63,8 24,2 1883 110,0 144,0 2354,0
    241.15.32.305 32,0 16,0 305 18,3 73,2 30,6 42,6 1340 82,5 39,9 42,6 1510 106,4 77,1 29,3 1947 133,0 172,0 2433,9
    subject to alterations
    D h = dia. of guide sleeve
    D d = diameter of guide pin
    L 0 = free length of spring
    L 1 …L n = length of loaded spring
    (mm) as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    L BL = length of compacted-
    spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
    F 1 …F n = forces (N) as related to
    length of spring L 1 …L n
    S v1 …S v7 = recommend. preload.
    compression, as relat.
    to compress. S 1 …S 7
    S 1 …S n = compr. as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    R = spring rate (N/mm)
    S A1 …S A7 = working stroke (mm)
    High Performance Compression Springs
    DIN ISO 10243
    241.15. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Blue“
    30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
    Order No
    55% stroke 62% stroke 80% stroke 100% stroke
    Order No
    ∅32
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.14.32.038 32,0 16,0 38 94,1 5,7 2,5 3,2 536 7,6 2,5 5,1 715 8,6 2,5 6,1 809 9,5 3,4 6,1 894
    241.14.32.044 32,0 16,0 44 79,6 6,6 2,9 3,7 525 8,8 2,9 5,9 700 9,9 2,9 7,0 788 11,0 4,0 7,0 876
    241.14.32.051 32,0 16,0 51 67,0 7,5 3,3 4,2 503 10,0 3,3 6,7 670 11,3 3,3 8,0 757 12,5 4,5 8,0 838
    241.14.32.064 32,0 16,0 64 53,0 9,6 4,2 5,4 509 12,8 4,2 8,6 678 14,4 4,2 10,2 763 16,0 5,8 10,2 848
    241.14.32.076 32,0 16,0 76 44,1 11,7 5,1 6,6 516 15,6 5,1 10,5 688 17,6 5,1 12,5 776 19,5 7,0 12,5 860
    241.14.32.089 32,0 16,0 89 37,2 13,5 5,9 7,6 502 18,0 5,9 12,1 670 20,3 5,9 14,4 755 22,5 8,1 14,4 837
    241.14.32.102 32,0 16,0 102 32,0 15,6 6,8 8,8 499 20,8 6,8 14,0 666 23,4 6,8 16,6 749 26,0 9,4 16,6 832
    241.14.32.115 32,0 16,0 115 29,0 17,4 7,5 9,9 505 23,2 7,5 15,7 673 26,1 7,5 18,6 757 29,0 10,4 18,6 841
    241.14.32.127 32,0 16,0 127 25,0 19,5 8,5 11,0 488 26,0 8,5 17,5 650 29,3 8,5 20,8 733 32,5 11,7 20,8 813
    241.14.32.139 32,0 16,0 139 23,1 21,6 9,4 12,2 499 28,8 9,4 19,4 665 32,4 9,4 23,0 748 36,0 13,0 23,0 832
    241.14.32.152 32,0 16,0 152 21,5 23,4 10,1 13,3 503 31,2 10,1 21,1 671 35,1 10,1 25,0 755 39,0 14,0 25,0 839
    241.14.32.178 32,0 16,0 178 18,3 26,4 11,4 15,0 483 35,2 11,4 23,8 644 39,6 11,4 28,2 725 44,0 15,8 28,2 805
    241.14.32.203 32,0 16,0 203 15,8 31,2 13,5 17,7 493 41,6 13,5 28,1 657 46,8 13,5 33,3 739 52,0 18,7 33,3 822
    241.14.32.254 32,0 16,0 254 12,6 39,0 16,9 22,1 491 52,0 16,9 35,1 655 58,5 16,9 41,6 737 65,0 23,4 41,6 819
    241.14.32.305 32,0 16,0 305 10,3 46,5 20,2 26,3 479 62,0 20,2 41,8 639 69,8 20,2 49,6 719 77,5 27,9 49,6 798
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.14.32.038 32,0 16,0 38 94,1 10,5 4,4 6,1 988 11,8 5,7 6,1 1110 15,2 11,0 4,2 1430 19,0 19,0 1787,9
    241.14.32.044 32,0 16,0 44 79,6 12,1 5,1 7,0 963 13,6 6,6 7,0 1083 17,6 12,8 4,8 1401 22,0 22,0 1751,2
    241.14.32.051 32,0 16,0 51 67,0 13,8 5,8 8,0 925 15,5 7,5 8,0 1039 20,0 14,5 5,5 1340 25,0 26,0 1675,0
    241.14.32.064 32,0 16,0 64 53,0 17,6 7,4 10,2 933 19,8 9,6 10,2 1049 25,6 18,6 7,0 1357 32,0 32,0 1696,0
    241.14.32.076 32,0 16,0 76 44,1 21,5 9,0 12,5 948 24,2 11,7 12,5 1067 31,2 22,6 8,6 1376 39,0 37,0 1719,9
    241.14.32.089 32,0 16,0 89 37,2 24,8 10,4 14,4 923 27,9 13,5 14,4 1038 36,0 26,1 9,9 1339 45,0 44,0 1674,0
    241.14.32.102 32,0 16,0 102 32,0 28,6 12,0 16,6 915 32,2 15,6 16,6 1030 41,6 30,2 11,4 1331 52,0 50,0 1664,0
    241.14.32.115 32,0 16,0 115 29,0 31,9 13,3 18,6 925 36,0 17,4 18,6 1044 46,4 33,6 12,8 1346 58,0 57,0 1682,0
    241.14.32.127 32,0 16,0 127 25,0 35,8 15,0 20,8 895 40,3 19,5 20,8 1008 52,0 37,7 14,3 1300 65,0 62,0 1625,0
    241.14.32.139 32,0 16,0 139 23,1 39,6 16,6 23,0 915 44,6 21,6 23,0 1030 57,6 41,8 15,8 1331 72,0 67,0 1663,2
    241.14.32.152 32,0 16,0 152 21,5 42,9 17,9 25,0 922 48,4 23,4 25,0 1041 62,4 45,2 17,2 1342 78,0 74,0 1677,0
    241.14.32.178 32,0 16,0 178 18,3 48,4 20,2 28,2 886 54,6 26,4 28,2 999 70,4 51,0 19,4 1288 88,0 90,0 1610,4
    241.14.32.203 32,0 16,0 203 15,8 57,2 23,9 33,3 904 64,5 31,2 33,3 1019 83,2 60,3 22,9 1315 104,0 99,0 1643,2
    241.14.32.254 32,0 16,0 254 12,6 71,5 29,9 41,6 901 80,6 39,0 41,6 1016 104,0 75,4 28,6 1310 130,0 124,0 1638,0
    241.14.32.305 32,0 16,0 305 10,3 85,3 35,7 49,6 879 96,1 46,5 49,6 990 124,0 89,9 34,1 1277 155,0 150,0 1596,5
    subject to alterations
    D h = dia. of guide sleeve
    D d = diameter of guide pin
    L 0 = free length of spring
    L 1 …L n = length of loaded spring
    (mm) as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    L BL = length of compacted-
    spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
    F 1 …F n = forces (N) as related to
    length of spring L 1 …L n
    S v1 …S v7 = recommend. preload.
    compression, as relat.
    to compress. S 1 …S 7
    S 1 …S n = compr. as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    R = spring rate (N/mm)
    S A1 …S A7 = working stroke (mm)
    High Performance Compression Springs
    DIN ISO 10243
    241.14. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Green“
    30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
    Order No
    55% stroke 62% stroke 80% stroke 100% stroke
    Order No
    ∅32
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.15.32.038 32,0 16,0 38 185,1 4,8 2,1 2,7 888 6,4 2,1 4,3 1185 7,2 2,1 5,1 1333 8,0 2,9 5,1 1481
    241.15.32.044 32,0 16,0 44 158,1 5,7 2,5 3,2 901 7,6 2,5 5,1 1202 8,6 2,5 6,1 1360 9,5 3,4 6,1 1502
    241.15.32.051 32,0 16,0 51 134,1 6,3 2,7 3,6 845 8,4 2,7 5,7 1126 9,5 2,7 6,8 1274 10,5 3,8 6,7 1408
    241.15.32.064 32,0 16,0 64 99,1 8,1 3,5 4,6 803 10,8 3,5 7,3 1070 12,2 3,5 8,7 1209 13,5 4,9 8,6 1338
    241.15.32.076 32,0 16,0 76 80,5 9,6 4,2 5,4 773 12,8 4,2 8,6 1030 14,4 4,2 10,2 1159 16,0 5,8 10,2 1288
    241.15.32.089 32,0 16,0 89 69,2 11,1 4,8 6,3 768 14,8 4,8 10,0 1024 16,7 4,8 11,9 1156 18,5 6,7 11,8 1280
    241.15.32.102 32,0 16,0 102 58,9 12,9 5,6 7,3 760 17,2 5,6 11,6 1013 19,4 5,6 13,8 1143 21,5 7,7 13,8 1266
    241.15.32.115 32,0 16,0 115 51,5 14,7 6,4 8,3 757 19,6 6,4 13,2 1009 22,1 6,4 15,7 1138 24,5 8,8 15,7 1262
    241.15.32.127 32,0 16,0 127 44,8 16,5 7,2 9,3 739 22,0 7,2 14,8 986 24,8 7,2 17,6 1111 27,5 9,9 17,6 1232
    241.15.32.139 32,0 16,0 139 42,3 18,0 7,8 10,2 761 24,0 7,8 16,2 1015 27,0 7,8 19,2 1142 30,0 10,8 19,2 1269
    241.15.32.152 32,0 16,0 152 37,9 19,8 8,6 11,2 750 26,4 8,6 17,8 1001 29,7 8,6 21,1 1126 33,0 11,9 21,1 1251
    241.15.32.178 32,0 16,0 178 32,6 23,1 10,0 13,1 753 30,8 10,0 20,8 1004 34,7 10,0 24,7 1131 38,5 13,9 24,6 1255
    241.15.32.203 32,0 16,0 203 28,9 26,4 11,4 15,0 763 35,2 11,4 23,8 1017 39,6 11,4 28,2 1144 44,0 15,8 28,2 1272
    241.15.32.254 32,0 16,0 254 21,4 33,0 14,3 18,7 706 44,0 14,3 29,7 942 49,5 14,3 35,2 1059 55,0 19,8 35,2 1177
    241.15.32.305 32,0 16,0 305 18,3 39,9 17,3 22,6 730 53,2 17,3 35,9 974 59,9 17,3 42,6 1096 66,5 23,9 42,6 1217
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.15.32.038 32,0 16,0 38 185,1 8,8 3,7 5,1 1629 9,9 4,8 5,1 1832 12,8 9,3 3,5 2369 16,0 22,0 2961,6
    241.15.32.044 32,0 16,0 44 158,1 10,5 4,4 6,1 1660 11,8 5,7 6,1 1866 15,2 11,0 4,2 2403 19,0 25,0 3003,9
    241.15.32.051 32,0 16,0 51 134,1 11,6 4,8 6,8 1556 13,0 6,3 6,7 1743 16,8 12,2 4,6 2253 21,0 30,0 2816,1
    241.15.32.064 32,0 16,0 64 99,1 14,9 6,2 8,7 1477 16,7 8,1 8,6 1655 21,6 15,7 5,9 2141 27,0 37,0 2675,7
    241.15.32.076 32,0 16,0 76 80,5 17,6 7,4 10,2 1417 19,8 9,6 10,2 1594 25,6 18,6 7,0 2061 32,0 44,0 2576,0
    241.15.32.089 32,0 16,0 89 69,2 20,4 8,5 11,9 1412 22,9 11,1 11,8 1585 29,6 21,5 8,1 2048 37,0 52,0 2560,4
    241.15.32.102 32,0 16,0 102 58,9 23,7 9,9 13,8 1396 26,7 12,9 13,8 1573 34,4 24,9 9,5 2026 43,0 59,0 2532,7
    241.15.32.115 32,0 16,0 115 51,5 27,0 11,3 15,7 1391 30,4 14,7 15,7 1566 39,2 28,4 10,8 2019 49,0 66,0 2523,5
    241.15.32.127 32,0 16,0 127 44,8 30,3 12,7 17,6 1357 34,1 16,5 17,6 1528 44,0 31,9 12,1 1971 55,0 72,0 2464,0
    241.15.32.139 32,0 16,0 139 42,3 33,0 13,8 19,2 1396 37,2 18,0 19,2 1574 48,0 34,8 13,2 2030 60,0 79,0 2538,0
    241.15.32.152 32,0 16,0 152 37,9 36,3 15,2 21,1 1376 40,9 19,8 21,1 1550 52,8 38,3 14,5 2001 66,0 86,0 2501,4
    241.15.32.178 32,0 16,0 178 32,6 42,4 17,7 24,7 1382 47,7 23,1 24,6 1555 61,6 44,7 16,9 2008 77,0 101,0 2510,2
    241.15.32.203 32,0 16,0 203 28,9 48,4 20,2 28,2 1399 54,6 26,4 28,2 1578 70,4 51,0 19,4 2035 88,0 115,0 2543,2
    241.15.32.254 32,0 16,0 254 21,4 60,5 25,3 35,2 1295 68,2 33,0 35,2 1459 88,0 63,8 24,2 1883 110,0 144,0 2354,0
    241.15.32.305 32,0 16,0 305 18,3 73,2 30,6 42,6 1340 82,5 39,9 42,6 1510 106,4 77,1 29,3 1947 133,0 172,0 2433,9
    subject to alterations
    D h = dia. of guide sleeve
    D d = diameter of guide pin
    L 0 = free length of spring
    L 1 …L n = length of loaded spring
    (mm) as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    L BL = length of compacted-
    spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
    F 1 …F n = forces (N) as related to
    length of spring L 1 …L n
    S v1 …S v7 = recommend. preload.
    compression, as relat.
    to compress. S 1 …S 7
    S 1 …S n = compr. as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    R = spring rate (N/mm)
    S A1 …S A7 = working stroke (mm)
    High Performance Compression Springs
    DIN ISO 10243
    241.15. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Blue“
    30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
    Order No
    55% stroke 62% stroke 80% stroke 100% stroke
    Order No
    F47
    ∅32
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.16.32.038 32,0 16,0 38 388,5 3,6 1,6 2,0 1399 4,8 1,6 3,2 1865 5,4 1,6 3,8 2098 6,0 2,2 3,8 2331
    241.16.32.044 32,0 16,0 44 324,7 4,2 1,8 2,4 1364 5,6 1,8 3,8 1818 6,3 1,8 4,5 2046 7,0 2,5 4,5 2273
    241.16.32.051 32,0 16,0 51 271,7 5,0 2,1 2,9 1359 6,6 2,1 4,5 1793 7,4 2,1 5,3 2011 8,3 3,0 5,3 2255
    241.16.32.064 32,0 16,0 64 211,9 6,5 2,8 3,7 1377 8,6 2,8 5,8 1822 9,7 2,8 6,9 2055 10,8 3,9 6,9 2289
    241.16.32.076 32,0 16,0 76 171,7 7,8 3,4 4,4 1339 10,4 3,4 7,0 1786 11,7 3,4 8,3 2009 13,0 4,7 8,3 2232
    241.16.32.089 32,0 16,0 89 141,3 9,2 4,0 5,2 1300 12,2 4,0 8,2 1724 13,7 4,0 9,7 1936 15,3 5,5 9,8 2162
    241.16.32.102 32,0 16,0 102 121,6 10,7 4,6 6,1 1301 14,2 4,6 9,6 1727 16,0 4,6 11,4 1946 17,8 6,4 11,4 2164
    241.16.32.115 32,0 16,0 115 106,9 12,2 5,3 6,9 1304 16,2 5,3 10,9 1732 18,2 5,3 12,9 1946 20,3 7,3 13,0 2170
    241.16.32.127 32,0 16,0 127 93,2 13,5 5,9 7,6 1258 18,0 5,9 12,1 1678 20,3 5,9 14,4 1892 22,5 8,1 14,4 2097
    241.16.32.139 32,0 16,0 139 86,3 15,0 6,5 8,5 1295 20,0 6,5 13,5 1726 22,5 6,5 16,0 1942 25,0 9,0 16,0 2158
    241.16.32.152 32,0 16,0 152 78,5 16,2 7,0 9,2 1272 21,6 7,0 14,6 1696 24,3 7,0 17,3 1908 27,0 9,7 17,3 2120
    241.16.32.178 32,0 16,0 178 67,7 18,9 8,2 10,7 1280 25,2 8,2 17,0 1706 28,4 8,2 20,2 1923 31,5 11,3 20,2 2133
    241.16.32.203 32,0 16,0 203 58,9 21,6 9,4 12,2 1272 28,8 9,4 19,4 1696 32,4 9,4 23,0 1908 36,0 13,0 23,0 2120
    241.16.32.254 32,0 16,0 254 46,1 27,6 12,0 15,6 1272 36,8 12,0 24,8 1696 41,4 12,0 29,4 1909 46,0 16,6 29,4 2121
    241.16.32.305 32,0 16,0 305 38,3 33,0 14,3 18,7 1264 44,0 14,3 29,7 1685 49,5 14,3 35,2 1896 55,0 19,8 35,2 2107
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.16.32.038 32,0 16,0 38 388,5 6,6 2,8 3,8 2564 7,4 3,6 3,8 2875 9,6 7,0 2,6 3730 12,0 26,0 4662,0
    241.16.32.044 32,0 16,0 44 324,7 7,7 3,2 4,5 2500 8,7 4,2 4,5 2825 11,2 8,1 3,1 3637 14,0 30,0 4545,8
    241.16.32.051 32,0 16,0 51 271,7 9,1 3,8 5,3 2472 10,2 5,0 5,2 2771 13,2 9,6 3,6 3586 16,5 34,5 4483,1
    241.16.32.064 32,0 16,0 64 211,9 11,8 4,9 6,9 2500 13,3 6,5 6,8 2818 17,2 12,5 4,7 3645 21,5 42,5 4555,9
    241.16.32.076 32,0 16,0 76 171,7 14,3 6,0 8,3 2455 16,1 7,8 8,3 2764 20,8 15,1 5,7 3571 26,0 50,0 4464,2
    241.16.32.089 32,0 16,0 89 141,3 16,8 7,0 9,8 2374 18,9 9,2 9,7 2671 24,4 17,7 6,7 3448 30,5 58,5 4309,7
    241.16.32.102 32,0 16,0 102 121,6 19,5 8,2 11,3 2371 22,0 10,7 11,3 2675 28,4 20,6 7,8 3453 35,5 66,5 4316,8
    241.16.32.115 32,0 16,0 115 106,9 22,3 9,3 13,0 2384 25,1 12,2 12,9 2683 32,4 23,5 8,9 3464 40,5 74,5 4329,5
    241.16.32.127 32,0 16,0 127 93,2 24,8 10,4 14,4 2311 27,9 13,5 14,4 2600 36,0 26,1 9,9 3355 45,0 82,0 4194,0
    241.16.32.139 32,0 16,0 139 86,3 27,5 11,5 16,0 2373 31,0 15,0 16,0 2675 40,0 29,0 11,0 3452 50,0 89,0 4315,0
    241.16.32.152 32,0 16,0 152 78,5 29,7 12,4 17,3 2331 33,5 16,2 17,3 2630 43,2 31,3 11,9 3391 54,0 98,0 4239,0
    241.16.32.178 32,0 16,0 178 67,7 34,7 14,5 20,2 2349 39,1 18,9 20,2 2647 50,4 36,5 13,9 3412 63,0 115,0 4265,1
    241.16.32.203 32,0 16,0 203 58,9 39,6 16,6 23,0 2332 44,6 21,6 23,0 2627 57,6 41,8 15,8 3393 72,0 131,0 4240,8
    241.16.32.254 32,0 16,0 254 46,1 50,6 21,2 29,4 2333 57,0 27,6 29,4 2628 73,6 53,4 20,2 3393 92,0 162,0 4241,2
    241.16.32.305 32,0 16,0 305 38,3 60,5 25,3 35,2 2317 68,2 33,0 35,2 2612 88,0 63,8 24,2 3370 110,0 195,0 4213,0
    subject to alterations
    D h = dia. of guide sleeve
    D d = diameter of guide pin
    L 0 = free length of spring
    L 1 …L n = length of loaded spring
    (mm) as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    L BL = length of compacted-
    spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
    F 1 …F n = forces (N) as related to
    length of spring L 1 …L n
    S v1 …S v7 = recommend. preload.
    compression, as relat.
    to compress. S 1 …S 7
    S 1 …S n = compr. as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    R = spring rate (N/mm)
    S A1 …S A7 = working stroke (mm)
    High Performance Compression Springs
    DIN ISO 10243
    241.16. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Red“
    30% Stroke 40% Stroke 45% Stroke 50% Stroke
    Order No
    55% Stroke 62% Stroke 80% Stroke 100% Stroke
    Order No
    F48
    ∅32
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.17.32.038 32,0 16,0 38 529 3,3 1,4 1,9 1746 4,4 1,4 3,0 2328 5,0 1,4 3,6 2645 5,5 2,0 3,5 2910
    241.17.32.044 32,0 16,0 44 425 3,9 1,7 2,2 1958 5,2 1,7 3,5 2210 5,9 1,7 4,2 2508 6,5 2,3 4,2 2763
    241.17.32.051 32,0 16,0 51 353 4,5 2,0 2,5 1589 6,0 2,0 4,0 2118 6,8 2,0 4,8 2400 7,5 2,7 4,8 2648
    241.17.32.064 32,0 16,0 64 269 6,0 2,6 3,4 1614 8,0 2,6 5,4 2152 9,0 2,6 6,4 2421 10,0 3,6 6,4 2690
    241.17.32.076 32,0 16,0 76 219 7,2 3,1 4,1 1577 9,6 3,1 6,5 2102 10,8 3,1 7,7 2365 12,0 4,3 7,7 2628
    241.17.32.089 32,0 16,0 89 180 8,7 3,8 4,9 1566 11,6 3,8 7,8 2088 13,1 3,8 9,3 2358 14,5 5,2 9,3 2610
    241.17.32.102 32,0 16,0 102 155 9,9 4,3 5,6 1535 13,2 4,3 8,9 2046 14,9 4,3 10,6 2310 16,5 5,9 10,6 2558
    241.17.32.115 32,0 16,0 115 140 10,8 4,7 6,1 1512 14,4 4,7 9,7 2016 16,2 4,7 11,5 2268 18,0 6,5 11,5 2520
    241.17.32.127 32,0 16,0 127 124 12,3 5,3 7,0 1525 16,4 5,3 11,1 2034 18,5 5,3 13,2 2294 20,5 7,4 13,1 2542
    241.17.32.152 32,0 16,0 152 102 15,0 6,5 8,5 1530 20,0 6,5 13,5 2040 22,5 6,5 16,0 2295 25,0 9,0 16,0 2550
    241.17.32.178 32,0 16,0 178 88,3 17,7 7,7 10,0 1563 23,6 7,8 15,9 2084 26,6 7,7 18,9 2349 29,5 10,6 18,9 2605
    241.17.32.203 32,0 16,0 203 76,0 20,4 8,8 11,6 1550 27,2 8,8 18,4 2067 30,6 8,8 21,8 2326 34,0 12,2 21,8 2584
    241.17.32.254 32,0 16,0 254 60,8 25,5 11,1 14,4 1550 34,0 11,1 22,9 2067 38,3 11,1 27,2 2329 42,5 15,3 27,2 2584
    241.17.32.305 32,0 16,0 305 49,1 30,9 13,4 17,5 1517 41,2 13,4 27,8 2023 46,4 13,4 33,0 2278 51,5 18,5 33,0 2529
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.17.32.038 32,0 16,0 38 529 6,1 2,5 3,6 3227 6,8 3,3 3,5 3597 8,8 6,4 2,4 4655 11,0 27,0 5819,0
    241.17.32.044 32,0 16,0 44 425 7,2 3,0 4,2 3060 8,1 3,9 4,2 3443 10,4 7,5 2,9 4420 13,0 31,0 5525,0
    241.17.32.051 32,0 16,0 51 353 8,3 3,5 4,8 2930 9,3 4,5 4,8 3283 12,0 8,7 3,3 4236 15,0 36,0 5295,0
    241.17.32.064 32,0 16,0 64 269 11,0 4,6 6,4 2959 12,4 6,0 6,4 3336 16,0 11,6 4,4 4304 20,0 44,0 5380,0
    241.17.32.076 32,0 16,0 76 219 13,2 5,5 7,7 2891 14,9 7,2 7,7 3263 19,2 13,9 5,3 4205 24,0 52,0 5256,0
    241.17.32.089 32,0 16,0 89 180 16,0 6,7 9,3 2880 18,0 8,7 9,3 3240 23,2 16,8 6,4 4176 29,0 60,0 5220,0
    241.17.32.102 32,0 16,0 102 155 18,2 7,6 10,6 2821 20,5 9,9 10,6 3178 26,4 19,1 7,3 4092 33,0 69,0 5115,0
    241.17.32.115 32,0 16,0 115 140 19,8 8,3 11,5 2772 22,3 10,8 11,5 3122 28,8 20,9 7,9 4032 36,0 79,0 5040,0
    241.17.32.127 32,0 16,0 127 124 22,6 9,4 13,2 2802 25,4 12,3 13,1 3150 32,8 23,8 9,0 4067 41,0 86,0 5084,0
    241.17.32.152 32,0 16,0 152 102 27,5 11,5 16,0 2805 31,0 15,0 16,0 3162 40,0 29,0 11,0 4080 50,0 102,0 5100,0
    241.17.32.178 32,0 16,0 178 88,3 32,5 13,6 18,9 2870 36,6 17,7 18,9 3232 47,2 34,2 13,0 4168 59,0 119,0 5209,7
    241.17.32.203 32,0 16,0 203 76,0 37,4 15,6 21,8 2842 42,2 20,4 21,8 3207 54,4 39,4 15,0 4134 68,0 135,0 5168,0
    241.17.32.254 32,0 16,0 254 60,8 46,8 19,6 27,2 2845 52,7 25,5 27,2 3204 68,0 49,3 18,7 4134 85,0 169,0 5168,0
    241.17.32.305 32,0 16,0 305 49,1 56,7 23,7 33,0 2784 63,9 30,9 33,0 3137 82,4 59,7 22,7 4046 103,0 202,0 5057,3
    subject to alterations
    D h = dia. of guide sleeve
    D d = diameter of guide pin
    L 0 = free length of spring
    L 1 …L n = length of loaded spring
    (mm) as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    L BL = length of compacted-
    spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
    F 1 …F n = forces (N) as related to
    length of spring L 1 …L n
    S v1 …S v7 = recommend. preload.
    compression, as relat.
    to compress. S 1 …S 7
    S 1 …S n = compr. as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    R = spring rate (N/mm)
    S A1 …S A7 = working stroke (mm)
    High Performance Compression Springs
    DIN ISO 10243
    241.17. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Yellow“
    30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
    Order No
    55% stroke 62% stroke 80% stroke 100% stroke
    Order No
    ∅32
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.16.32.038 32,0 16,0 38 388,5 3,6 1,6 2,0 1399 4,8 1,6 3,2 1865 5,4 1,6 3,8 2098 6,0 2,2 3,8 2331
    241.16.32.044 32,0 16,0 44 324,7 4,2 1,8 2,4 1364 5,6 1,8 3,8 1818 6,3 1,8 4,5 2046 7,0 2,5 4,5 2273
    241.16.32.051 32,0 16,0 51 271,7 5,0 2,1 2,9 1359 6,6 2,1 4,5 1793 7,4 2,1 5,3 2011 8,3 3,0 5,3 2255
    241.16.32.064 32,0 16,0 64 211,9 6,5 2,8 3,7 1377 8,6 2,8 5,8 1822 9,7 2,8 6,9 2055 10,8 3,9 6,9 2289
    241.16.32.076 32,0 16,0 76 171,7 7,8 3,4 4,4 1339 10,4 3,4 7,0 1786 11,7 3,4 8,3 2009 13,0 4,7 8,3 2232
    241.16.32.089 32,0 16,0 89 141,3 9,2 4,0 5,2 1300 12,2 4,0 8,2 1724 13,7 4,0 9,7 1936 15,3 5,5 9,8 2162
    241.16.32.102 32,0 16,0 102 121,6 10,7 4,6 6,1 1301 14,2 4,6 9,6 1727 16,0 4,6 11,4 1946 17,8 6,4 11,4 2164
    241.16.32.115 32,0 16,0 115 106,9 12,2 5,3 6,9 1304 16,2 5,3 10,9 1732 18,2 5,3 12,9 1946 20,3 7,3 13,0 2170
    241.16.32.127 32,0 16,0 127 93,2 13,5 5,9 7,6 1258 18,0 5,9 12,1 1678 20,3 5,9 14,4 1892 22,5 8,1 14,4 2097
    241.16.32.139 32,0 16,0 139 86,3 15,0 6,5 8,5 1295 20,0 6,5 13,5 1726 22,5 6,5 16,0 1942 25,0 9,0 16,0 2158
    241.16.32.152 32,0 16,0 152 78,5 16,2 7,0 9,2 1272 21,6 7,0 14,6 1696 24,3 7,0 17,3 1908 27,0 9,7 17,3 2120
    241.16.32.178 32,0 16,0 178 67,7 18,9 8,2 10,7 1280 25,2 8,2 17,0 1706 28,4 8,2 20,2 1923 31,5 11,3 20,2 2133
    241.16.32.203 32,0 16,0 203 58,9 21,6 9,4 12,2 1272 28,8 9,4 19,4 1696 32,4 9,4 23,0 1908 36,0 13,0 23,0 2120
    241.16.32.254 32,0 16,0 254 46,1 27,6 12,0 15,6 1272 36,8 12,0 24,8 1696 41,4 12,0 29,4 1909 46,0 16,6 29,4 2121
    241.16.32.305 32,0 16,0 305 38,3 33,0 14,3 18,7 1264 44,0 14,3 29,7 1685 49,5 14,3 35,2 1896 55,0 19,8 35,2 2107
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.16.32.038 32,0 16,0 38 388,5 6,6 2,8 3,8 2564 7,4 3,6 3,8 2875 9,6 7,0 2,6 3730 12,0 26,0 4662,0
    241.16.32.044 32,0 16,0 44 324,7 7,7 3,2 4,5 2500 8,7 4,2 4,5 2825 11,2 8,1 3,1 3637 14,0 30,0 4545,8
    241.16.32.051 32,0 16,0 51 271,7 9,1 3,8 5,3 2472 10,2 5,0 5,2 2771 13,2 9,6 3,6 3586 16,5 34,5 4483,1
    241.16.32.064 32,0 16,0 64 211,9 11,8 4,9 6,9 2500 13,3 6,5 6,8 2818 17,2 12,5 4,7 3645 21,5 42,5 4555,9
    241.16.32.076 32,0 16,0 76 171,7 14,3 6,0 8,3 2455 16,1 7,8 8,3 2764 20,8 15,1 5,7 3571 26,0 50,0 4464,2
    241.16.32.089 32,0 16,0 89 141,3 16,8 7,0 9,8 2374 18,9 9,2 9,7 2671 24,4 17,7 6,7 3448 30,5 58,5 4309,7
    241.16.32.102 32,0 16,0 102 121,6 19,5 8,2 11,3 2371 22,0 10,7 11,3 2675 28,4 20,6 7,8 3453 35,5 66,5 4316,8
    241.16.32.115 32,0 16,0 115 106,9 22,3 9,3 13,0 2384 25,1 12,2 12,9 2683 32,4 23,5 8,9 3464 40,5 74,5 4329,5
    241.16.32.127 32,0 16,0 127 93,2 24,8 10,4 14,4 2311 27,9 13,5 14,4 2600 36,0 26,1 9,9 3355 45,0 82,0 4194,0
    241.16.32.139 32,0 16,0 139 86,3 27,5 11,5 16,0 2373 31,0 15,0 16,0 2675 40,0 29,0 11,0 3452 50,0 89,0 4315,0
    241.16.32.152 32,0 16,0 152 78,5 29,7 12,4 17,3 2331 33,5 16,2 17,3 2630 43,2 31,3 11,9 3391 54,0 98,0 4239,0
    241.16.32.178 32,0 16,0 178 67,7 34,7 14,5 20,2 2349 39,1 18,9 20,2 2647 50,4 36,5 13,9 3412 63,0 115,0 4265,1
    241.16.32.203 32,0 16,0 203 58,9 39,6 16,6 23,0 2332 44,6 21,6 23,0 2627 57,6 41,8 15,8 3393 72,0 131,0 4240,8
    241.16.32.254 32,0 16,0 254 46,1 50,6 21,2 29,4 2333 57,0 27,6 29,4 2628 73,6 53,4 20,2 3393 92,0 162,0 4241,2
    241.16.32.305 32,0 16,0 305 38,3 60,5 25,3 35,2 2317 68,2 33,0 35,2 2612 88,0 63,8 24,2 3370 110,0 195,0 4213,0
    subject to alterations
    D h = dia. of guide sleeve
    D d = diameter of guide pin
    L 0 = free length of spring
    L 1 …L n = length of loaded spring
    (mm) as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    L BL = length of compacted-
    spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
    F 1 …F n = forces (N) as related to
    length of spring L 1 …L n
    S v1 …S v7 = recommend. preload.
    compression, as relat.
    to compress. S 1 …S 7
    S 1 …S n = compr. as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    R = spring rate (N/mm)
    S A1 …S A7 = working stroke (mm)
    High Performance Compression Springs
    DIN ISO 10243
    241.16. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Red“
    30% Stroke 40% Stroke 45% Stroke 50% Stroke
    Order No
    55% Stroke 62% Stroke 80% Stroke 100% Stroke
    Order No
    ∅32
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.17.32.038 32,0 16,0 38 529 3,3 1,4 1,9 1746 4,4 1,4 3,0 2328 5,0 1,4 3,6 2645 5,5 2,0 3,5 2910
    241.17.32.044 32,0 16,0 44 425 3,9 1,7 2,2 1958 5,2 1,7 3,5 2210 5,9 1,7 4,2 2508 6,5 2,3 4,2 2763
    241.17.32.051 32,0 16,0 51 353 4,5 2,0 2,5 1589 6,0 2,0 4,0 2118 6,8 2,0 4,8 2400 7,5 2,7 4,8 2648
    241.17.32.064 32,0 16,0 64 269 6,0 2,6 3,4 1614 8,0 2,6 5,4 2152 9,0 2,6 6,4 2421 10,0 3,6 6,4 2690
    241.17.32.076 32,0 16,0 76 219 7,2 3,1 4,1 1577 9,6 3,1 6,5 2102 10,8 3,1 7,7 2365 12,0 4,3 7,7 2628
    241.17.32.089 32,0 16,0 89 180 8,7 3,8 4,9 1566 11,6 3,8 7,8 2088 13,1 3,8 9,3 2358 14,5 5,2 9,3 2610
    241.17.32.102 32,0 16,0 102 155 9,9 4,3 5,6 1535 13,2 4,3 8,9 2046 14,9 4,3 10,6 2310 16,5 5,9 10,6 2558
    241.17.32.115 32,0 16,0 115 140 10,8 4,7 6,1 1512 14,4 4,7 9,7 2016 16,2 4,7 11,5 2268 18,0 6,5 11,5 2520
    241.17.32.127 32,0 16,0 127 124 12,3 5,3 7,0 1525 16,4 5,3 11,1 2034 18,5 5,3 13,2 2294 20,5 7,4 13,1 2542
    241.17.32.152 32,0 16,0 152 102 15,0 6,5 8,5 1530 20,0 6,5 13,5 2040 22,5 6,5 16,0 2295 25,0 9,0 16,0 2550
    241.17.32.178 32,0 16,0 178 88,3 17,7 7,7 10,0 1563 23,6 7,8 15,9 2084 26,6 7,7 18,9 2349 29,5 10,6 18,9 2605
    241.17.32.203 32,0 16,0 203 76,0 20,4 8,8 11,6 1550 27,2 8,8 18,4 2067 30,6 8,8 21,8 2326 34,0 12,2 21,8 2584
    241.17.32.254 32,0 16,0 254 60,8 25,5 11,1 14,4 1550 34,0 11,1 22,9 2067 38,3 11,1 27,2 2329 42,5 15,3 27,2 2584
    241.17.32.305 32,0 16,0 305 49,1 30,9 13,4 17,5 1517 41,2 13,4 27,8 2023 46,4 13,4 33,0 2278 51,5 18,5 33,0 2529
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.17.32.038 32,0 16,0 38 529 6,1 2,5 3,6 3227 6,8 3,3 3,5 3597 8,8 6,4 2,4 4655 11,0 27,0 5819,0
    241.17.32.044 32,0 16,0 44 425 7,2 3,0 4,2 3060 8,1 3,9 4,2 3443 10,4 7,5 2,9 4420 13,0 31,0 5525,0
    241.17.32.051 32,0 16,0 51 353 8,3 3,5 4,8 2930 9,3 4,5 4,8 3283 12,0 8,7 3,3 4236 15,0 36,0 5295,0
    241.17.32.064 32,0 16,0 64 269 11,0 4,6 6,4 2959 12,4 6,0 6,4 3336 16,0 11,6 4,4 4304 20,0 44,0 5380,0
    241.17.32.076 32,0 16,0 76 219 13,2 5,5 7,7 2891 14,9 7,2 7,7 3263 19,2 13,9 5,3 4205 24,0 52,0 5256,0
    241.17.32.089 32,0 16,0 89 180 16,0 6,7 9,3 2880 18,0 8,7 9,3 3240 23,2 16,8 6,4 4176 29,0 60,0 5220,0
    241.17.32.102 32,0 16,0 102 155 18,2 7,6 10,6 2821 20,5 9,9 10,6 3178 26,4 19,1 7,3 4092 33,0 69,0 5115,0
    241.17.32.115 32,0 16,0 115 140 19,8 8,3 11,5 2772 22,3 10,8 11,5 3122 28,8 20,9 7,9 4032 36,0 79,0 5040,0
    241.17.32.127 32,0 16,0 127 124 22,6 9,4 13,2 2802 25,4 12,3 13,1 3150 32,8 23,8 9,0 4067 41,0 86,0 5084,0
    241.17.32.152 32,0 16,0 152 102 27,5 11,5 16,0 2805 31,0 15,0 16,0 3162 40,0 29,0 11,0 4080 50,0 102,0 5100,0
    241.17.32.178 32,0 16,0 178 88,3 32,5 13,6 18,9 2870 36,6 17,7 18,9 3232 47,2 34,2 13,0 4168 59,0 119,0 5209,7
    241.17.32.203 32,0 16,0 203 76,0 37,4 15,6 21,8 2842 42,2 20,4 21,8 3207 54,4 39,4 15,0 4134 68,0 135,0 5168,0
    241.17.32.254 32,0 16,0 254 60,8 46,8 19,6 27,2 2845 52,7 25,5 27,2 3204 68,0 49,3 18,7 4134 85,0 169,0 5168,0
    241.17.32.305 32,0 16,0 305 49,1 56,7 23,7 33,0 2784 63,9 30,9 33,0 3137 82,4 59,7 22,7 4046 103,0 202,0 5057,3
    subject to alterations
    D h = dia. of guide sleeve
    D d = diameter of guide pin
    L 0 = free length of spring
    L 1 …L n = length of loaded spring
    (mm) as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    L BL = length of compacted-
    spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
    F 1 …F n = forces (N) as related to
    length of spring L 1 …L n
    S v1 …S v7 = recommend. preload.
    compression, as relat.
    to compress. S 1 …S 7
    S 1 …S n = compr. as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    R = spring rate (N/mm)
    S A1 …S A7 = working stroke (mm)
    High Performance Compression Springs
    DIN ISO 10243
    241.17. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Yellow“
    30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
    Order No
    55% stroke 62% stroke 80% stroke 100% stroke
    Order No
    F49
    ∅40
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.14.40.051 40,0 20,0 51 92,0 7,5 3,3 4,2 690 10,0 3,3 6,7 920 11,3 3,3 8,0 1040 12,5 4,5 8,0 1150
    241.14.40.064 40,0 20,0 64 73,1 9,6 4,2 5,4 702 12,8 4,2 8,6 936 14,4 4,2 10,2 1053 16,0 5,8 10,2 1170
    241.14.40.076 40,0 20,0 76 63,1 11,4 4,9 6,5 719 15,2 4,9 10,3 959 17,1 4,9 12,2 1079 19,0 6,8 12,2 1199
    241.14.40.089 40,0 20,0 89 51,0 13,5 5,9 7,6 689 18,0 5,9 12,1 918 20,3 5,9 14,4 1035 22,5 8,1 14,4 1148
    241.14.40.102 40,0 20,0 102 43,1 15,3 6,6 8,7 659 20,4 6,6 13,8 879 23,0 6,6 16,4 991 25,5 9,2 16,3 1099
    241.14.40.115 40,0 20,0 115 39,6 17,4 7,5 9,9 689 23,2 7,5 15,7 919 26,1 7,5 18,6 1034 29,0 10,4 18,6 1148
    241.14.40.127 40,0 20,0 127 37,0 19,5 8,5 11,0 722 26,0 8,5 17,5 962 29,3 8,5 20,8 1084 32,5 11,7 20,8 1203
    241.14.40.139 40,0 20,0 139 32,0 21,3 9,2 12,1 682 28,4 9,2 19,2 909 32,0 9,2 22,8 1024 35,5 12,8 22,7 1136
    241.14.40.152 40,0 20,0 152 28,1 23,4 10,1 13,3 658 31,2 10,1 21,1 877 35,1 10,1 25,0 986 39,0 14,0 25,0 1096
    241.14.40.178 40,0 20,0 178 25,2 27,6 12,0 15,6 696 36,8 12,0 24,8 927 41,4 12,0 29,4 1043 46,0 16,6 29,4 1159
    241.14.40.203 40,0 20,0 203 22,7 31,5 13,7 17,8 715 42,0 13,7 28,3 953 47,3 13,7 33,6 1074 52,5 18,9 33,6 1192
    241.14.40.254 40,0 20,0 254 17,0 39,3 17,0 22,3 668 52,4 17,0 35,4 891 59,0 17,0 42,0 1003 65,5 23,6 41,9 1114
    241.14.40.305 40,0 20,0 305 14,8 47,1 20,4 26,7 697 62,8 20,4 42,4 929 70,7 20,4 50,3 1046 78,5 28,3 50,2 1162
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.14.40.051 40,0 20,0 51 92,0 13,8 5,8 8,0 1270 15,5 7,5 8,0 1426 20,0 14,5 5,5 1840 25,0 26,0 2300,0
    241.14.40.064 40,0 20,0 64 73,1 17,6 7,4 10,2 1287 19,8 9,6 10,2 1447 25,6 18,6 7,0 1871 32,0 32,0 2339,2
    241.14.40.076 40,0 20,0 76 63,1 20,9 8,7 12,2 1319 23,6 11,4 12,2 1489 30,4 22,0 8,4 1918 38,0 38,0 2397,8
    241.14.40.089 40,0 20,0 89 51,0 24,8 10,4 14,4 1265 27,9 13,5 14,4 1423 36,0 26,1 9,9 1836 45,0 44,0 2295,0
    241.14.40.102 40,0 20,0 102 43,1 28,1 11,7 16,4 1211 31,6 15,3 16,3 1362 40,8 29,6 11,2 1758 51,0 51,0 2198,1
    241.14.40.115 40,0 20,0 115 39,6 31,9 13,3 18,6 1263 36,0 17,4 18,6 1426 46,4 33,6 12,8 1837 58,0 57,0 2296,8
    241.14.40.127 40,0 20,0 127 37,0 35,8 15,0 20,8 1325 40,3 19,5 20,8 1491 52,0 37,7 14,3 1924 65,0 62,0 2405,0
    241.14.40.139 40,0 20,0 139 32,0 39,1 16,3 22,8 1251 44,0 21,3 22,7 1408 56,8 41,2 15,6 1818 71,0 68,0 2272,0
    241.14.40.152 40,0 20,0 152 28,1 42,9 17,9 25,0 1205 48,4 23,4 25,0 1360 62,4 45,2 17,2 1753 78,0 74,0 2191,8
    241.14.40.178 40,0 20,0 178 25,2 50,6 21,2 29,4 1275 57,0 27,6 29,4 1436 73,6 53,4 20,2 1855 92,0 86,0 2318,4
    241.14.40.203 40,0 20,0 203 22,7 57,8 24,2 33,6 1312 65,1 31,5 33,6 1478 84,0 60,9 23,1 1907 105,0 98,0 2383,5
    241.14.40.254 40,0 20,0 254 17,0 72,1 30,1 42,0 1226 81,2 39,3 41,9 1380 104,8 76,0 28,8 1782 131,0 123,0 2227,0
    241.14.40.305 40,0 20,0 305 14,8 86,4 36,1 50,3 1279 97,3 47,1 50,2 1440 125,6 91,1 34,5 1859 157,0 148,0 2323,6
    subject to alterations
    D h = dia. of guide sleeve
    D d = diameter of guide pin
    L 0 = free length of spring
    L 1 …L n = length of loaded spring
    (mm) as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    L BL = length of compacted-
    spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
    F 1 …F n = forces (N) as related to
    length of spring L 1 …L n
    S v1 …S v7 = recommend. preload.
    compression, as relat.
    to compress. S 1 …S 7
    S 1 …S n = compr. as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    R = spring rate (N/mm)
    S A1 …S A7 = working stroke (mm)
    High Performance Compression Springs
    DIN ISO 10243
    241.14. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Green“
    30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
    Order No
    55% stroke 62% stroke 80% stroke 100% stroke
    Order No
    F50
    ∅40
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.15.40.051 40,0 20,0 51 179,0 6,3 2,7 3,6 1128 8,4 2,7 5,7 1504 9,5 2,7 6,8 1701 10,5 3,8 6,7 1880
    241.15.40.064 40,0 20,0 64 140,0 7,8 3,4 4,4 1092 10,4 3,4 7,0 1456 11,7 3,4 8,3 1638 13,0 4,7 8,3 1820
    241.15.40.076 40,0 20,0 76 108,1 9,6 4,2 5,4 1038 12,8 4,2 8,6 1384 14,4 4,2 10,2 1557 16,0 5,8 10,2 1730
    241.15.40.089 40,0 20,0 89 90,7 11,1 4,8 6,3 1007 14,8 4,8 10,0 1342 16,7 4,8 11,9 1515 18,5 6,7 11,8 1678
    241.15.40.102 40,0 20,0 102 81,0 12,9 5,6 7,3 1045 17,2 5,6 11,6 1393 19,4 5,6 13,8 1571 21,5 7,7 13,8 1742
    241.15.40.115 40,0 20,0 115 71,8 14,4 6,2 8,2 1034 19,2 6,2 13,0 1379 21,6 6,2 15,4 1551 24,0 8,6 15,4 1723
    241.15.40.127 40,0 20,0 127 62,8 16,2 7,0 9,2 1017 21,6 7,0 14,6 1356 24,3 7,0 17,3 1526 27,0 9,7 17,3 1696
    241.15.40.139 40,0 20,0 139 57,6 17,7 7,7 10,0 1020 23,6 7,7 15,9 1359 26,6 7,7 18,9 1532 29,5 10,6 18,9 1699
    241.15.40.152 40,0 20,0 152 51,6 19,5 8,5 11,0 1006 26,0 8,5 17,5 1342 29,3 8,5 20,8 1512 32,5 11,7 20,8 1677
    241.15.40.178 40,0 20,0 178 44,2 22,8 9,9 12,9 1008 30,4 9,9 20,5 1344 34,2 9,9 24,3 1512 38,0 13,7 24,3 1680
    241.15.40.203 40,0 20,0 203 36,7 26,1 11,3 14,8 958 34,8 11,3 23,5 1277 39,2 11,3 27,9 1439 43,5 15,7 27,8 1596
    241.15.40.254 40,0 20,0 254 30,1 33,0 14,3 18,7 993 44,0 14,3 29,7 1324 49,5 14,3 35,2 1490 55,0 19,8 35,2 1656
    241.15.40.305 40,0 20,0 305 24,6 39,3 17,0 22,3 967 52,4 17,0 35,4 1289 59,0 17,0 42,0 1451 65,5 23,6 41,9 1611
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.15.40.051 40,0 20,0 51 179,0 11,6 4,8 6,8 2076 13,0 6,3 6,7 2327 16,8 12,2 4,6 3007 21,0 30,0 3759,0
    241.15.40.064 40,0 20,0 64 140,0 14,3 6,0 8,3 2002 16,1 7,8 8,3 2254 20,8 15,1 5,7 2912 26,0 38,0 3640,0
    241.15.40.076 40,0 20,0 76 108,1 17,6 7,4 10,2 1903 19,8 9,6 10,2 2140 25,6 18,6 7,0 2767 32,0 44,0 3459,2
    241.15.40.089 40,0 20,0 89 90,7 20,4 8,5 11,9 1850 22,9 11,1 11,8 2077 29,6 21,5 8,1 2685 37,0 52,0 3355,9
    241.15.40.102 40,0 20,0 102 81,0 23,7 9,9 13,8 1920 26,7 12,9 13,8 2163 34,4 24,9 9,5 2786 43,0 59,0 3483,0
    241.15.40.115 40,0 20,0 115 71,8 26,4 11,0 15,4 1896 29,8 14,4 15,4 2140 38,4 27,8 10,6 2757 48,0 67,0 3446,4
    241.15.40.127 40,0 20,0 127 62,8 29,7 12,4 17,3 1865 33,5 16,2 17,3 2104 43,2 31,3 11,9 2713 54,0 73,0 3391,2
    241.15.40.139 40,0 20,0 139 57,6 32,5 13,6 18,9 1872 36,6 17,7 18,9 2108 47,2 34,2 13,0 2719 59,0 80,0 3398,4
    241.15.40.152 40,0 20,0 152 51,6 35,8 15,0 20,8 1847 40,3 19,5 20,8 2079 52,0 37,7 14,3 2683 65,0 87,0 3354,0
    241.15.40.178 40,0 20,0 178 44,2 41,8 17,5 24,3 1848 47,1 22,8 24,3 2082 60,8 44,1 16,7 2687 76,0 102,0 3359,2
    241.15.40.203 40,0 20,0 203 36,7 47,9 20,0 27,9 1758 53,9 26,1 27,8 1978 69,6 50,5 19,1 2554 87,0 116,0 3192,9
    241.15.40.254 40,0 20,0 254 30,1 60,5 25,3 35,2 1821 68,2 33,0 35,2 2053 88,0 63,8 24,2 2649 110,0 144,0 3311,0
    241.15.40.305 40,0 20,0 305 24,6 72,1 30,1 42,0 1774 81,2 39,3 41,9 1998 104,8 76,0 28,8 2578 131,0 174,0 3222,6
    subject to alterations
    D h = dia. of guide sleeve
    D d = diameter of guide pin
    L 0 = free length of spring
    L 1 …L n = length of loaded spring
    (mm) as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    L BL = length of compacted-
    spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
    F 1 …F n = forces (N) as related to
    length of spring L 1 …L n
    S v1 …S v7 = recommend. preload.
    compression, as relat.
    to compress. S 1 …S 7
    S 1 …S n = compr. as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    R = spring rate (N/mm)
    S A1 …S A7 = working stroke (mm)
    High Performance Compression Springs
    DIN ISO 10243
    241.15. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Blue“
    30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
    Order No
    55% stroke 62% stroke 80% stroke 100% stroke
    Order No
    ∅40
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.14.40.051 40,0 20,0 51 92,0 7,5 3,3 4,2 690 10,0 3,3 6,7 920 11,3 3,3 8,0 1040 12,5 4,5 8,0 1150
    241.14.40.064 40,0 20,0 64 73,1 9,6 4,2 5,4 702 12,8 4,2 8,6 936 14,4 4,2 10,2 1053 16,0 5,8 10,2 1170
    241.14.40.076 40,0 20,0 76 63,1 11,4 4,9 6,5 719 15,2 4,9 10,3 959 17,1 4,9 12,2 1079 19,0 6,8 12,2 1199
    241.14.40.089 40,0 20,0 89 51,0 13,5 5,9 7,6 689 18,0 5,9 12,1 918 20,3 5,9 14,4 1035 22,5 8,1 14,4 1148
    241.14.40.102 40,0 20,0 102 43,1 15,3 6,6 8,7 659 20,4 6,6 13,8 879 23,0 6,6 16,4 991 25,5 9,2 16,3 1099
    241.14.40.115 40,0 20,0 115 39,6 17,4 7,5 9,9 689 23,2 7,5 15,7 919 26,1 7,5 18,6 1034 29,0 10,4 18,6 1148
    241.14.40.127 40,0 20,0 127 37,0 19,5 8,5 11,0 722 26,0 8,5 17,5 962 29,3 8,5 20,8 1084 32,5 11,7 20,8 1203
    241.14.40.139 40,0 20,0 139 32,0 21,3 9,2 12,1 682 28,4 9,2 19,2 909 32,0 9,2 22,8 1024 35,5 12,8 22,7 1136
    241.14.40.152 40,0 20,0 152 28,1 23,4 10,1 13,3 658 31,2 10,1 21,1 877 35,1 10,1 25,0 986 39,0 14,0 25,0 1096
    241.14.40.178 40,0 20,0 178 25,2 27,6 12,0 15,6 696 36,8 12,0 24,8 927 41,4 12,0 29,4 1043 46,0 16,6 29,4 1159
    241.14.40.203 40,0 20,0 203 22,7 31,5 13,7 17,8 715 42,0 13,7 28,3 953 47,3 13,7 33,6 1074 52,5 18,9 33,6 1192
    241.14.40.254 40,0 20,0 254 17,0 39,3 17,0 22,3 668 52,4 17,0 35,4 891 59,0 17,0 42,0 1003 65,5 23,6 41,9 1114
    241.14.40.305 40,0 20,0 305 14,8 47,1 20,4 26,7 697 62,8 20,4 42,4 929 70,7 20,4 50,3 1046 78,5 28,3 50,2 1162
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.14.40.051 40,0 20,0 51 92,0 13,8 5,8 8,0 1270 15,5 7,5 8,0 1426 20,0 14,5 5,5 1840 25,0 26,0 2300,0
    241.14.40.064 40,0 20,0 64 73,1 17,6 7,4 10,2 1287 19,8 9,6 10,2 1447 25,6 18,6 7,0 1871 32,0 32,0 2339,2
    241.14.40.076 40,0 20,0 76 63,1 20,9 8,7 12,2 1319 23,6 11,4 12,2 1489 30,4 22,0 8,4 1918 38,0 38,0 2397,8
    241.14.40.089 40,0 20,0 89 51,0 24,8 10,4 14,4 1265 27,9 13,5 14,4 1423 36,0 26,1 9,9 1836 45,0 44,0 2295,0
    241.14.40.102 40,0 20,0 102 43,1 28,1 11,7 16,4 1211 31,6 15,3 16,3 1362 40,8 29,6 11,2 1758 51,0 51,0 2198,1
    241.14.40.115 40,0 20,0 115 39,6 31,9 13,3 18,6 1263 36,0 17,4 18,6 1426 46,4 33,6 12,8 1837 58,0 57,0 2296,8
    241.14.40.127 40,0 20,0 127 37,0 35,8 15,0 20,8 1325 40,3 19,5 20,8 1491 52,0 37,7 14,3 1924 65,0 62,0 2405,0
    241.14.40.139 40,0 20,0 139 32,0 39,1 16,3 22,8 1251 44,0 21,3 22,7 1408 56,8 41,2 15,6 1818 71,0 68,0 2272,0
    241.14.40.152 40,0 20,0 152 28,1 42,9 17,9 25,0 1205 48,4 23,4 25,0 1360 62,4 45,2 17,2 1753 78,0 74,0 2191,8
    241.14.40.178 40,0 20,0 178 25,2 50,6 21,2 29,4 1275 57,0 27,6 29,4 1436 73,6 53,4 20,2 1855 92,0 86,0 2318,4
    241.14.40.203 40,0 20,0 203 22,7 57,8 24,2 33,6 1312 65,1 31,5 33,6 1478 84,0 60,9 23,1 1907 105,0 98,0 2383,5
    241.14.40.254 40,0 20,0 254 17,0 72,1 30,1 42,0 1226 81,2 39,3 41,9 1380 104,8 76,0 28,8 1782 131,0 123,0 2227,0
    241.14.40.305 40,0 20,0 305 14,8 86,4 36,1 50,3 1279 97,3 47,1 50,2 1440 125,6 91,1 34,5 1859 157,0 148,0 2323,6
    subject to alterations
    D h = dia. of guide sleeve
    D d = diameter of guide pin
    L 0 = free length of spring
    L 1 …L n = length of loaded spring
    (mm) as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    L BL = length of compacted-
    spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
    F 1 …F n = forces (N) as related to
    length of spring L 1 …L n
    S v1 …S v7 = recommend. preload.
    compression, as relat.
    to compress. S 1 …S 7
    S 1 …S n = compr. as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    R = spring rate (N/mm)
    S A1 …S A7 = working stroke (mm)
    High Performance Compression Springs
    DIN ISO 10243
    241.14. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Green“
    30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
    Order No
    55% stroke 62% stroke 80% stroke 100% stroke
    Order No
    ∅40
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.15.40.051 40,0 20,0 51 179,0 6,3 2,7 3,6 1128 8,4 2,7 5,7 1504 9,5 2,7 6,8 1701 10,5 3,8 6,7 1880
    241.15.40.064 40,0 20,0 64 140,0 7,8 3,4 4,4 1092 10,4 3,4 7,0 1456 11,7 3,4 8,3 1638 13,0 4,7 8,3 1820
    241.15.40.076 40,0 20,0 76 108,1 9,6 4,2 5,4 1038 12,8 4,2 8,6 1384 14,4 4,2 10,2 1557 16,0 5,8 10,2 1730
    241.15.40.089 40,0 20,0 89 90,7 11,1 4,8 6,3 1007 14,8 4,8 10,0 1342 16,7 4,8 11,9 1515 18,5 6,7 11,8 1678
    241.15.40.102 40,0 20,0 102 81,0 12,9 5,6 7,3 1045 17,2 5,6 11,6 1393 19,4 5,6 13,8 1571 21,5 7,7 13,8 1742
    241.15.40.115 40,0 20,0 115 71,8 14,4 6,2 8,2 1034 19,2 6,2 13,0 1379 21,6 6,2 15,4 1551 24,0 8,6 15,4 1723
    241.15.40.127 40,0 20,0 127 62,8 16,2 7,0 9,2 1017 21,6 7,0 14,6 1356 24,3 7,0 17,3 1526 27,0 9,7 17,3 1696
    241.15.40.139 40,0 20,0 139 57,6 17,7 7,7 10,0 1020 23,6 7,7 15,9 1359 26,6 7,7 18,9 1532 29,5 10,6 18,9 1699
    241.15.40.152 40,0 20,0 152 51,6 19,5 8,5 11,0 1006 26,0 8,5 17,5 1342 29,3 8,5 20,8 1512 32,5 11,7 20,8 1677
    241.15.40.178 40,0 20,0 178 44,2 22,8 9,9 12,9 1008 30,4 9,9 20,5 1344 34,2 9,9 24,3 1512 38,0 13,7 24,3 1680
    241.15.40.203 40,0 20,0 203 36,7 26,1 11,3 14,8 958 34,8 11,3 23,5 1277 39,2 11,3 27,9 1439 43,5 15,7 27,8 1596
    241.15.40.254 40,0 20,0 254 30,1 33,0 14,3 18,7 993 44,0 14,3 29,7 1324 49,5 14,3 35,2 1490 55,0 19,8 35,2 1656
    241.15.40.305 40,0 20,0 305 24,6 39,3 17,0 22,3 967 52,4 17,0 35,4 1289 59,0 17,0 42,0 1451 65,5 23,6 41,9 1611
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.15.40.051 40,0 20,0 51 179,0 11,6 4,8 6,8 2076 13,0 6,3 6,7 2327 16,8 12,2 4,6 3007 21,0 30,0 3759,0
    241.15.40.064 40,0 20,0 64 140,0 14,3 6,0 8,3 2002 16,1 7,8 8,3 2254 20,8 15,1 5,7 2912 26,0 38,0 3640,0
    241.15.40.076 40,0 20,0 76 108,1 17,6 7,4 10,2 1903 19,8 9,6 10,2 2140 25,6 18,6 7,0 2767 32,0 44,0 3459,2
    241.15.40.089 40,0 20,0 89 90,7 20,4 8,5 11,9 1850 22,9 11,1 11,8 2077 29,6 21,5 8,1 2685 37,0 52,0 3355,9
    241.15.40.102 40,0 20,0 102 81,0 23,7 9,9 13,8 1920 26,7 12,9 13,8 2163 34,4 24,9 9,5 2786 43,0 59,0 3483,0
    241.15.40.115 40,0 20,0 115 71,8 26,4 11,0 15,4 1896 29,8 14,4 15,4 2140 38,4 27,8 10,6 2757 48,0 67,0 3446,4
    241.15.40.127 40,0 20,0 127 62,8 29,7 12,4 17,3 1865 33,5 16,2 17,3 2104 43,2 31,3 11,9 2713 54,0 73,0 3391,2
    241.15.40.139 40,0 20,0 139 57,6 32,5 13,6 18,9 1872 36,6 17,7 18,9 2108 47,2 34,2 13,0 2719 59,0 80,0 3398,4
    241.15.40.152 40,0 20,0 152 51,6 35,8 15,0 20,8 1847 40,3 19,5 20,8 2079 52,0 37,7 14,3 2683 65,0 87,0 3354,0
    241.15.40.178 40,0 20,0 178 44,2 41,8 17,5 24,3 1848 47,1 22,8 24,3 2082 60,8 44,1 16,7 2687 76,0 102,0 3359,2
    241.15.40.203 40,0 20,0 203 36,7 47,9 20,0 27,9 1758 53,9 26,1 27,8 1978 69,6 50,5 19,1 2554 87,0 116,0 3192,9
    241.15.40.254 40,0 20,0 254 30,1 60,5 25,3 35,2 1821 68,2 33,0 35,2 2053 88,0 63,8 24,2 2649 110,0 144,0 3311,0
    241.15.40.305 40,0 20,0 305 24,6 72,1 30,1 42,0 1774 81,2 39,3 41,9 1998 104,8 76,0 28,8 2578 131,0 174,0 3222,6
    subject to alterations
    D h = dia. of guide sleeve
    D d = diameter of guide pin
    L 0 = free length of spring
    L 1 …L n = length of loaded spring
    (mm) as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    L BL = length of compacted-
    spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
    F 1 …F n = forces (N) as related to
    length of spring L 1 …L n
    S v1 …S v7 = recommend. preload.
    compression, as relat.
    to compress. S 1 …S 7
    S 1 …S n = compr. as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    R = spring rate (N/mm)
    S A1 …S A7 = working stroke (mm)
    High Performance Compression Springs
    DIN ISO 10243
    241.15. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Blue“
    30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
    Order No
    55% stroke 62% stroke 80% stroke 100% stroke
    Order No
    F51
    ∅40
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.16.40.051 40,0 20,0 51 350,2 5,1 2,2 2,9 1786 6,8 2,2 4,6 2381 7,7 2,2 5,5 2697 8,5 3,1 5,4 2977
    241.16.40.064 40,0 20,0 64 268,8 6,6 2,9 3,7 1774 8,8 2,9 5,9 2365 9,9 2,9 7,0 2661 11,0 4,0 7,0 2957
    241.16.40.076 40,0 20,0 76 218,8 8,1 3,5 4,6 1772 10,8 3,5 7,3 2363 12,2 3,5 8,7 2669 13,5 4,9 8,6 2954
    241.16.40.089 40,0 20,0 89 190,3 9,6 4,2 5,4 1827 12,8 4,2 8,6 2436 14,4 4,2 10,2 2740 16,0 5,8 10,2 3045
    241.16.40.102 40,0 20,0 102 162,8 11,1 4,8 6,3 1807 14,8 4,8 10,0 2409 16,7 4,8 11,9 2719 18,5 6,7 11,8 3012
    241.16.40.115 40,0 20,0 115 142,2 12,6 5,5 7,1 1792 16,8 5,5 11,3 2389 18,9 5,5 13,4 2688 21,0 7,6 13,4 2986
    241.16.40.127 40,0 20,0 127 128,5 14,1 6,1 8,0 1812 18,8 6,1 12,7 2416 21,2 6,1 15,1 2724 23,5 8,5 15,0 3020
    241.16.40.139 40,0 20,0 139 114,8 15,6 6,8 8,8 1791 20,8 6,8 14,0 2388 23,4 6,8 16,6 2686 26,0 9,4 16,6 2985
    241.16.40.152 40,0 20,0 152 105,0 17,3 7,5 9,8 1817 23,0 7,5 15,5 2415 25,9 7,5 18,4 2720 28,8 10,4 18,4 3024
    241.16.40.178 40,0 20,0 178 89,3 20,1 8,7 11,4 1795 26,8 8,7 18,1 2393 30,2 8,7 21,5 2697 33,5 12,1 21,4 2992
    241.16.40.203 40,0 20,0 203 77,5 22,8 9,9 12,9 1767 30,4 9,9 20,5 2356 34,2 9,9 24,3 2651 38,0 13,7 24,3 2945
    241.16.40.254 40,0 20,0 254 60,8 29,1 12,6 16,5 1769 38,8 12,6 26,2 2359 43,7 12,6 31,1 2657 48,5 17,5 31,0 2949
    241.16.40.305 40,0 20,0 305 51,0 34,8 15,1 19,7 1775 46,4 15,1 31,3 2366 52,2 15,1 37,1 2662 58,0 20,9 37,1 2958
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.16.40.051 40,0 20,0 51 350,2 9,4 3,9 5,5 3292 10,5 5,1 5,4 3677 13,6 9,9 3,7 4763 17,0 34,0 5953,4
    241.16.40.064 40,0 20,0 64 268,8 12,1 5,1 7,0 3252 13,6 6,6 7,0 3656 17,6 12,8 4,8 4731 22,0 42,0 5913,6
    241.16.40.076 40,0 20,0 76 218,8 14,9 6,2 8,7 3260 16,7 8,1 8,6 3654 21,6 15,7 5,9 4726 27,0 49,0 5907,6
    241.16.40.089 40,0 20,0 89 190,3 17,6 7,4 10,2 3349 19,8 9,6 10,2 3768 25,6 18,6 7,0 4872 32,0 57,0 6089,6
    241.16.40.102 40,0 20,0 102 162,8 20,4 8,5 11,9 3321 22,9 11,1 11,8 3728 29,6 21,5 8,1 4819 37,0 65,0 6023,6
    241.16.40.115 40,0 20,0 115 142,2 23,1 9,7 13,4 3285 26,0 12,6 13,4 3697 33,6 24,4 9,2 4778 42,0 73,0 5972,4
    241.16.40.127 40,0 20,0 127 128,5 25,9 10,8 15,1 3328 29,1 14,1 15,0 3739 37,6 27,3 10,3 4832 47,0 80,0 6039,5
    241.16.40.139 40,0 20,0 139 114,8 28,6 12,0 16,6 3283 32,2 15,6 16,6 3697 41,6 30,2 11,4 4776 52,0 87,0 5969,6
    241.16.40.152 40,0 20,0 152 105,0 31,6 13,2 18,4 3318 35,7 17,3 18,4 3749 46,0 33,4 12,6 4830 57,5 94,5 6037,5
    241.16.40.178 40,0 20,0 178 89,3 36,9 15,4 21,5 3295 41,5 20,1 21,4 3706 53,6 38,9 14,7 4786 67,0 111,0 5983,1
    241.16.40.203 40,0 20,0 203 77,5 41,8 17,5 24,3 3240 47,1 22,8 24,3 3650 60,8 44,1 16,7 4712 76,0 127,0 5890,0
    241.16.40.254 40,0 20,0 254 60,8 53,4 22,3 31,1 3247 60,1 29,1 31,0 3654 77,6 56,3 21,3 4718 97,0 157,0 5897,6
    241.16.40.305 40,0 20,0 305 51,0 63,8 26,7 37,1 3254 71,9 34,8 37,1 3667 92,8 67,3 25,5 4733 116,0 189,0 5916,0
    subject to alterations
    D h = dia. of guide sleeve
    D d = diameter of guide pin
    L 0 = free length of spring
    L 1 …L n = length of loaded spring
    (mm) as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    L BL = length of compacted-
    spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
    F 1 …F n = forces (N) as related to
    length of spring L 1 …L n
    S v1 …S v7 = recommend. preload.
    compression, as relat.
    to compress. S 1 …S 7
    S 1 …S n = compr. as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    R = spring rate (N/mm)
    S A1 …S A7 = working stroke (mm)
    High Performance Compression Springs
    DIN ISO 10243
    241.16. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Red“
    30% Stroke 40% Stroke 45% Stroke 50% Stroke
    Order No
    55% Stroke 62% Stroke 80% Stroke 100% Stroke
    Order No
    F52
    ∅40
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.17.40.051 40,0 20,0 51 628 4,5 2,0 2,5 2826 6,0 2,0 4,0 3768 6,8 2,0 4,8 4270 7,5 2,7 4,8 4710
    241.17.40.064 40,0 20,0 64 488 5,7 2,5 3,2 2782 7,6 2,5 5,1 3709 8,6 2,5 6,1 4197 9,5 3,4 6,1 4636
    241.17.40.076 40,0 20,0 76 379 7,2 3,1 4,1 2729 9,6 3,1 6,5 3638 10,8 3,1 7,7 4093 12,0 4,3 7,7 4548
    241.17.40.089 40,0 20,0 89 321 8,4 3,6 4,8 2696 11,2 3,6 7,6 3595 12,6 3,6 9,0 4045 14,0 5,0 9,0 4494
    241.17.40.102 40,0 20,0 102 281 9,9 4,3 5,6 2782 13,2 4,3 8,9 3709 14,9 4,3 10,6 4187 16,5 5,9 10,6 4637
    241.17.40.115 40,0 20,0 115 245 11,1 4,8 6,3 2720 14,8 4,8 10,0 3626 16,7 4,8 11,9 4092 18,5 6,7 11,8 4533
    241.17.40.127 40,0 20,0 127 221 12,3 5,3 7,0 2718 16,4 5,3 11,1 3624 18,5 5,3 13,2 4089 20,5 7,4 13,1 4531
    241.17.40.152 40,0 20,0 152 168 15,0 6,5 8,5 2520 20,0 6,5 13,5 3360 22,5 6,5 16,0 3780 25,0 9,0 16,0 4200
    241.17.40.203 40,0 20,0 203 132 20,1 8,7 11,4 2653 26,8 8,7 18,1 3538 30,2 8,7 21,5 3986 33,5 12,1 21,4 4422
    241.17.40.254 40,0 20,0 254 107 25,5 11,1 14,4 2729 34,0 11,1 22,9 3638 38,3 11,1 27,2 4098 42,5 15,3 27,2 4548
    241.17.40.305 40,0 20,0 305 87,9 30,6 13,3 17,3 2690 40,8 13,3 27,5 3586 45,9 13,3 32,6 4035 51,0 18,4 32,6 4483
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.17.40.051 40,0 20,0 51 628 8,3 3,5 4,8 5212 9,3 4,5 4,8 5840 12,0 8,7 3,3 7536 15,0 36,0 9420,0
    241.17.40.064 40,0 20,0 64 488 10,5 4,4 6,1 5124 11,8 5,7 6,1 5758 15,2 11,0 4,2 7418 19,0 45,0 9272,0
    241.17.40.076 40,0 20,0 76 379 13,2 5,5 7,7 5003 14,9 7,2 7,7 5647 19,2 13,9 5,3 7277 24,0 52,0 9096,0
    241.17.40.089 40,0 20,0 89 321 15,4 6,4 9,0 4943 17,4 8,4 9,0 5585 22,4 16,2 6,2 7190 28,0 61,0 8988,0
    241.17.40.102 40,0 20,0 102 281 18,2 7,6 10,6 5114 20,5 9,9 10,6 5761 26,4 19,1 7,3 7418 33,0 69,0 9273,0
    241.17.40.115 40,0 20,0 115 245 20,4 8,5 11,9 4998 22,9 11,1 11,8 5611 29,6 21,5 8,1 7252 37,0 78,0 9065,0
    241.17.40.127 40,0 20,0 127 221 22,6 9,4 13,2 4995 25,4 12,3 13,1 5613 32,8 23,8 9,0 7249 41,0 86,0 9061,0
    241.17.40.152 40,0 20,0 152 168 27,5 11,5 16,0 4620 31,0 15,0 16,0 5208 40,0 29,0 11,0 6720 50,0 102,0 8400,0
    241.17.40.203 40,0 20,0 203 132 36,9 15,4 21,5 4871 41,5 20,1 21,4 5478 53,6 38,9 14,7 7075 67,0 136,0 8844,0
    241.17.40.254 40,0 20,0 254 107 46,8 19,6 27,2 5008 52,7 25,5 27,2 5639 68,0 49,3 18,7 7276 85,0 169,0 9095,0
    241.17.40.305 40,0 20,0 305 87,9 56,1 23,5 32,6 4931 63,2 30,6 32,6 5555 81,6 59,2 22,4 7173 102,0 203,0 8965,8
    subject to alterations
    D h = dia. of guide sleeve
    D d = diameter of guide pin
    L 0 = free length of spring
    L 1 …L n = length of loaded spring
    (mm) as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    L BL = length of compacted-
    spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
    F 1 …F n = forces (N) as related to
    length of spring L 1 …L n
    S v1 …S v7 = recommend. preload.
    compression, as relat.
    to compress. S 1 …S 7
    S 1 …S n = compr. as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    R = spring rate (N/mm)
    S A1 …S A7 = working stroke (mm)
    High Performance Compression Springs
    DIN ISO 10243
    241.17. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Yellow“
    30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
    Order No
    55% stroke 62% stroke 80% stroke 100% stroke
    Order No
    ∅40
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.16.40.051 40,0 20,0 51 350,2 5,1 2,2 2,9 1786 6,8 2,2 4,6 2381 7,7 2,2 5,5 2697 8,5 3,1 5,4 2977
    241.16.40.064 40,0 20,0 64 268,8 6,6 2,9 3,7 1774 8,8 2,9 5,9 2365 9,9 2,9 7,0 2661 11,0 4,0 7,0 2957
    241.16.40.076 40,0 20,0 76 218,8 8,1 3,5 4,6 1772 10,8 3,5 7,3 2363 12,2 3,5 8,7 2669 13,5 4,9 8,6 2954
    241.16.40.089 40,0 20,0 89 190,3 9,6 4,2 5,4 1827 12,8 4,2 8,6 2436 14,4 4,2 10,2 2740 16,0 5,8 10,2 3045
    241.16.40.102 40,0 20,0 102 162,8 11,1 4,8 6,3 1807 14,8 4,8 10,0 2409 16,7 4,8 11,9 2719 18,5 6,7 11,8 3012
    241.16.40.115 40,0 20,0 115 142,2 12,6 5,5 7,1 1792 16,8 5,5 11,3 2389 18,9 5,5 13,4 2688 21,0 7,6 13,4 2986
    241.16.40.127 40,0 20,0 127 128,5 14,1 6,1 8,0 1812 18,8 6,1 12,7 2416 21,2 6,1 15,1 2724 23,5 8,5 15,0 3020
    241.16.40.139 40,0 20,0 139 114,8 15,6 6,8 8,8 1791 20,8 6,8 14,0 2388 23,4 6,8 16,6 2686 26,0 9,4 16,6 2985
    241.16.40.152 40,0 20,0 152 105,0 17,3 7,5 9,8 1817 23,0 7,5 15,5 2415 25,9 7,5 18,4 2720 28,8 10,4 18,4 3024
    241.16.40.178 40,0 20,0 178 89,3 20,1 8,7 11,4 1795 26,8 8,7 18,1 2393 30,2 8,7 21,5 2697 33,5 12,1 21,4 2992
    241.16.40.203 40,0 20,0 203 77,5 22,8 9,9 12,9 1767 30,4 9,9 20,5 2356 34,2 9,9 24,3 2651 38,0 13,7 24,3 2945
    241.16.40.254 40,0 20,0 254 60,8 29,1 12,6 16,5 1769 38,8 12,6 26,2 2359 43,7 12,6 31,1 2657 48,5 17,5 31,0 2949
    241.16.40.305 40,0 20,0 305 51,0 34,8 15,1 19,7 1775 46,4 15,1 31,3 2366 52,2 15,1 37,1 2662 58,0 20,9 37,1 2958
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.16.40.051 40,0 20,0 51 350,2 9,4 3,9 5,5 3292 10,5 5,1 5,4 3677 13,6 9,9 3,7 4763 17,0 34,0 5953,4
    241.16.40.064 40,0 20,0 64 268,8 12,1 5,1 7,0 3252 13,6 6,6 7,0 3656 17,6 12,8 4,8 4731 22,0 42,0 5913,6
    241.16.40.076 40,0 20,0 76 218,8 14,9 6,2 8,7 3260 16,7 8,1 8,6 3654 21,6 15,7 5,9 4726 27,0 49,0 5907,6
    241.16.40.089 40,0 20,0 89 190,3 17,6 7,4 10,2 3349 19,8 9,6 10,2 3768 25,6 18,6 7,0 4872 32,0 57,0 6089,6
    241.16.40.102 40,0 20,0 102 162,8 20,4 8,5 11,9 3321 22,9 11,1 11,8 3728 29,6 21,5 8,1 4819 37,0 65,0 6023,6
    241.16.40.115 40,0 20,0 115 142,2 23,1 9,7 13,4 3285 26,0 12,6 13,4 3697 33,6 24,4 9,2 4778 42,0 73,0 5972,4
    241.16.40.127 40,0 20,0 127 128,5 25,9 10,8 15,1 3328 29,1 14,1 15,0 3739 37,6 27,3 10,3 4832 47,0 80,0 6039,5
    241.16.40.139 40,0 20,0 139 114,8 28,6 12,0 16,6 3283 32,2 15,6 16,6 3697 41,6 30,2 11,4 4776 52,0 87,0 5969,6
    241.16.40.152 40,0 20,0 152 105,0 31,6 13,2 18,4 3318 35,7 17,3 18,4 3749 46,0 33,4 12,6 4830 57,5 94,5 6037,5
    241.16.40.178 40,0 20,0 178 89,3 36,9 15,4 21,5 3295 41,5 20,1 21,4 3706 53,6 38,9 14,7 4786 67,0 111,0 5983,1
    241.16.40.203 40,0 20,0 203 77,5 41,8 17,5 24,3 3240 47,1 22,8 24,3 3650 60,8 44,1 16,7 4712 76,0 127,0 5890,0
    241.16.40.254 40,0 20,0 254 60,8 53,4 22,3 31,1 3247 60,1 29,1 31,0 3654 77,6 56,3 21,3 4718 97,0 157,0 5897,6
    241.16.40.305 40,0 20,0 305 51,0 63,8 26,7 37,1 3254 71,9 34,8 37,1 3667 92,8 67,3 25,5 4733 116,0 189,0 5916,0
    subject to alterations
    D h = dia. of guide sleeve
    D d = diameter of guide pin
    L 0 = free length of spring
    L 1 …L n = length of loaded spring
    (mm) as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    L BL = length of compacted-
    spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
    F 1 …F n = forces (N) as related to
    length of spring L 1 …L n
    S v1 …S v7 = recommend. preload.
    compression, as relat.
    to compress. S 1 …S 7
    S 1 …S n = compr. as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    R = spring rate (N/mm)
    S A1 …S A7 = working stroke (mm)
    High Performance Compression Springs
    DIN ISO 10243
    241.16. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Red“
    30% Stroke 40% Stroke 45% Stroke 50% Stroke
    Order No
    55% Stroke 62% Stroke 80% Stroke 100% Stroke
    Order No
    ∅40
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.17.40.051 40,0 20,0 51 628 4,5 2,0 2,5 2826 6,0 2,0 4,0 3768 6,8 2,0 4,8 4270 7,5 2,7 4,8 4710
    241.17.40.064 40,0 20,0 64 488 5,7 2,5 3,2 2782 7,6 2,5 5,1 3709 8,6 2,5 6,1 4197 9,5 3,4 6,1 4636
    241.17.40.076 40,0 20,0 76 379 7,2 3,1 4,1 2729 9,6 3,1 6,5 3638 10,8 3,1 7,7 4093 12,0 4,3 7,7 4548
    241.17.40.089 40,0 20,0 89 321 8,4 3,6 4,8 2696 11,2 3,6 7,6 3595 12,6 3,6 9,0 4045 14,0 5,0 9,0 4494
    241.17.40.102 40,0 20,0 102 281 9,9 4,3 5,6 2782 13,2 4,3 8,9 3709 14,9 4,3 10,6 4187 16,5 5,9 10,6 4637
    241.17.40.115 40,0 20,0 115 245 11,1 4,8 6,3 2720 14,8 4,8 10,0 3626 16,7 4,8 11,9 4092 18,5 6,7 11,8 4533
    241.17.40.127 40,0 20,0 127 221 12,3 5,3 7,0 2718 16,4 5,3 11,1 3624 18,5 5,3 13,2 4089 20,5 7,4 13,1 4531
    241.17.40.152 40,0 20,0 152 168 15,0 6,5 8,5 2520 20,0 6,5 13,5 3360 22,5 6,5 16,0 3780 25,0 9,0 16,0 4200
    241.17.40.203 40,0 20,0 203 132 20,1 8,7 11,4 2653 26,8 8,7 18,1 3538 30,2 8,7 21,5 3986 33,5 12,1 21,4 4422
    241.17.40.254 40,0 20,0 254 107 25,5 11,1 14,4 2729 34,0 11,1 22,9 3638 38,3 11,1 27,2 4098 42,5 15,3 27,2 4548
    241.17.40.305 40,0 20,0 305 87,9 30,6 13,3 17,3 2690 40,8 13,3 27,5 3586 45,9 13,3 32,6 4035 51,0 18,4 32,6 4483
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.17.40.051 40,0 20,0 51 628 8,3 3,5 4,8 5212 9,3 4,5 4,8 5840 12,0 8,7 3,3 7536 15,0 36,0 9420,0
    241.17.40.064 40,0 20,0 64 488 10,5 4,4 6,1 5124 11,8 5,7 6,1 5758 15,2 11,0 4,2 7418 19,0 45,0 9272,0
    241.17.40.076 40,0 20,0 76 379 13,2 5,5 7,7 5003 14,9 7,2 7,7 5647 19,2 13,9 5,3 7277 24,0 52,0 9096,0
    241.17.40.089 40,0 20,0 89 321 15,4 6,4 9,0 4943 17,4 8,4 9,0 5585 22,4 16,2 6,2 7190 28,0 61,0 8988,0
    241.17.40.102 40,0 20,0 102 281 18,2 7,6 10,6 5114 20,5 9,9 10,6 5761 26,4 19,1 7,3 7418 33,0 69,0 9273,0
    241.17.40.115 40,0 20,0 115 245 20,4 8,5 11,9 4998 22,9 11,1 11,8 5611 29,6 21,5 8,1 7252 37,0 78,0 9065,0
    241.17.40.127 40,0 20,0 127 221 22,6 9,4 13,2 4995 25,4 12,3 13,1 5613 32,8 23,8 9,0 7249 41,0 86,0 9061,0
    241.17.40.152 40,0 20,0 152 168 27,5 11,5 16,0 4620 31,0 15,0 16,0 5208 40,0 29,0 11,0 6720 50,0 102,0 8400,0
    241.17.40.203 40,0 20,0 203 132 36,9 15,4 21,5 4871 41,5 20,1 21,4 5478 53,6 38,9 14,7 7075 67,0 136,0 8844,0
    241.17.40.254 40,0 20,0 254 107 46,8 19,6 27,2 5008 52,7 25,5 27,2 5639 68,0 49,3 18,7 7276 85,0 169,0 9095,0
    241.17.40.305 40,0 20,0 305 87,9 56,1 23,5 32,6 4931 63,2 30,6 32,6 5555 81,6 59,2 22,4 7173 102,0 203,0 8965,8
    subject to alterations
    D h = dia. of guide sleeve
    D d = diameter of guide pin
    L 0 = free length of spring
    L 1 …L n = length of loaded spring
    (mm) as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    L BL = length of compacted-
    spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
    F 1 …F n = forces (N) as related to
    length of spring L 1 …L n
    S v1 …S v7 = recommend. preload.
    compression, as relat.
    to compress. S 1 …S 7
    S 1 …S n = compr. as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    R = spring rate (N/mm)
    S A1 …S A7 = working stroke (mm)
    High Performance Compression Springs
    DIN ISO 10243
    241.17. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Yellow“
    30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
    Order No
    55% stroke 62% stroke 80% stroke 100% stroke
    Order No
    F53
    ∅50
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.14.50.064 50,0 25,0 64 156,0 9,6 4,2 5,4 1498 12,8 4,2 8,6 1997 14,4 4,2 10,2 2246 16,0 5,8 10,2 2496
    241.14.50.076 50,0 25,0 76 125,0 11,7 5,1 6,6 1463 15,6 5,1 10,5 1950 17,6 5,1 12,5 2200 19,5 7,0 12,5 2438
    241.14.50.089 50,0 25,0 89 109,0 13,5 5,9 7,6 1472 18,0 5,9 12,1 1962 20,3 5,9 14,4 2213 22,5 8,1 14,4 2453
    241.14.50.102 50,0 25,0 102 94,1 15,6 6,8 8,8 1468 20,8 6,8 14,0 1957 23,4 6,8 16,6 2202 26,0 9,4 16,6 2447
    241.14.50.115 50,0 25,0 115 81,0 17,4 7,5 9,9 1409 23,2 7,5 15,7 1879 26,1 7,5 18,6 2114 29,0 10,4 18,6 2349
    241.14.50.127 50,0 25,0 127 71,0 19,5 8,5 11,0 1385 26,0 8,5 17,5 1846 29,3 8,5 20,8 2080 32,5 11,7 20,8 2308
    241.14.50.139 50,0 25,0 139 66,5 21,6 9,4 12,2 1436 28,8 9,4 19,4 1915 32,4 9,4 23,0 2155 36,0 13,0 23,0 2394
    241.14.50.152 50,0 25,0 152 60,0 23,4 10,1 13,3 1404 31,2 10,1 21,1 1872 35,1 10,1 25,0 2106 39,0 14,0 25,0 2340
    241.14.50.178 50,0 25,0 178 52,0 27,6 12,0 15,6 1435 36,8 12,0 24,8 1914 41,4 12,0 29,4 2153 46,0 16,6 29,4 2392
    241.14.50.203 50,0 25,0 203 44,1 31,2 13,5 17,7 1376 41,6 13,5 28,1 1835 46,8 13,5 33,3 2064 52,0 18,7 33,3 2293
    241.14.50.254 50,0 25,0 254 35,0 39,0 16,9 22,1 1365 52,0 16,9 35,1 1820 58,5 16,9 41,6 2048 65,0 23,4 41,6 2275
    241.14.50.305 50,0 25,0 305 28,6 46,8 20,3 26,5 1338 62,4 20,3 42,1 1785 70,2 20,3 49,9 2008 78,0 28,1 49,9 2231
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.14.50.064 50,0 25,0 64 156,0 17,6 7,4 10,2 2746 19,8 9,6 10,2 3089 25,6 18,6 7,0 3994 32,0 32,0 4992,0
    241.14.50.076 50,0 25,0 76 125,0 21,5 9,0 12,5 2688 24,2 11,7 12,5 3025 31,2 22,6 8,6 3900 39,0 37,0 4875,0
    241.14.50.089 50,0 25,0 89 109,0 24,8 10,4 14,4 2703 27,9 13,5 14,4 3041 36,0 26,1 9,9 3924 45,0 44,0 4905,0
    241.14.50.102 50,0 25,0 102 94,1 28,6 12,0 16,6 2691 32,2 15,6 16,6 3030 41,6 30,2 11,4 3915 52,0 50,0 4893,2
    241.14.50.115 50,0 25,0 115 81,0 31,9 13,3 18,6 2584 36,0 17,4 18,6 2916 46,4 33,6 12,8 3758 58,0 57,0 4698,0
    241.14.50.127 50,0 25,0 127 71,0 35,8 15,0 20,8 2542 40,3 19,5 20,8 2861 52,0 37,7 14,3 3692 65,0 62,0 4615,0
    241.14.50.139 50,0 25,0 139 66,5 39,6 16,6 23,0 2633 44,6 21,6 23,0 2966 57,6 41,8 15,8 3830 72,0 67,0 4788,0
    241.14.50.152 50,0 25,0 152 60,0 42,9 17,9 25,0 2574 48,4 23,4 25,0 2904 62,4 45,2 17,2 3744 78,0 74,0 4680,0
    241.14.50.178 50,0 25,0 178 52,0 50,6 21,2 29,4 2631 57,0 27,6 29,4 2964 73,6 53,4 20,2 3827 92,0 86,0 4784,0
    241.14.50.203 50,0 25,0 203 44,1 57,2 23,9 33,3 2523 64,5 31,2 33,3 2844 83,2 60,3 22,9 3669 104,0 99,0 4586,4
    241.14.50.254 50,0 25,0 254 35,0 71,5 29,9 41,6 2503 80,6 39,0 41,6 2821 104,0 75,4 28,6 3640 130,0 124,0 4550,0
    241.14.50.305 50,0 25,0 305 28,6 85,8 35,9 49,9 2454 96,7 46,8 49,9 2766 124,8 90,5 34,3 3569 156,0 149,0 4461,6
    subject to alterations
    D h = dia. of guide sleeve
    D d = diameter of guide pin
    L 0 = free length of spring
    L 1 …L n = length of loaded spring
    (mm) as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    L BL = length of compacted-
    spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
    F 1 …F n = forces (N) as related to
    length of spring L 1 …L n
    S v1 …S v7 = recommend. preload.
    compression, as relat.
    to compress. S 1 …S 7
    S 1 …S n = compr. as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    R = spring rate (N/mm)
    S A1 …S A7 = working stroke (mm)
    High Performance Compression Springs
    DIN ISO 10243
    241.14. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Green“
    30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
    Order No
    55% stroke 62% stroke 80% stroke 100% stroke
    Order No
    F54
    ∅50
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.15.50.064 50,0 25,0 64 209,1 8,1 3,5 4,6 1694 10,8 3,5 7,3 2258 12,2 3,5 8,7 2551 13,5 4,9 8,6 2823
    241.15.50.076 50,0 25,0 76 168,1 9,6 4,2 5,4 1614 12,8 4,2 8,6 2152 14,4 4,2 10,2 2421 16,0 5,8 10,2 2690
    241.15.50.089 50,0 25,0 89 140,0 11,1 4,8 6,3 1554 14,8 4,8 10,0 2072 16,7 4,8 11,9 2338 18,5 6,7 11,8 2590
    241.15.50.102 50,0 25,0 102 119,0 12,9 5,6 7,3 1535 17,2 5,6 11,6 2047 19,4 5,6 13,8 2309 21,5 7,7 13,8 2559
    241.15.50.115 50,0 25,0 115 106,0 14,7 6,4 8,3 1558 19,6 6,4 13,2 2078 22,1 6,4 15,7 2343 24,5 8,8 15,7 2597
    241.15.50.127 50,0 25,0 127 97,0 16,2 7,0 9,2 1571 21,6 7,0 14,6 2095 24,3 7,0 17,3 2357 27,0 9,7 17,3 2619
    241.15.50.139 50,0 25,0 139 87,0 17,7 7,7 10,0 1540 23,6 7,7 15,9 2053 26,6 7,7 18,9 2314 29,5 10,6 18,9 2567
    241.15.50.152 50,0 25,0 152 80,1 19,8 8,6 11,2 1586 26,4 8,6 17,8 2115 29,7 8,6 21,1 2379 33,0 11,9 21,1 2643
    241.15.50.178 50,0 25,0 178 69,6 23,1 10,0 13,1 1608 30,8 10,0 20,8 2144 34,7 10,0 24,7 2415 38,5 13,9 24,6 2680
    241.15.50.203 50,0 25,0 203 59,8 26,4 11,4 15,0 1579 35,2 11,4 23,8 2105 39,6 11,4 28,2 2368 44,0 15,8 28,2 2631
    241.15.50.229 50,0 25,0 229 50,9 30,0 13,0 17,0 1527 40,0 13,0 27,0 2036 45,0 13,0 32,0 2291 50,0 18,0 32,0 2545
    241.15.50.254 50,0 25,0 254 44,0 35,1 15,2 19,9 1544 46,8 15,2 31,6 2059 52,7 15,2 37,5 2319 58,5 21,1 37,4 2574
    241.15.50.305 50,0 25,0 305 38,7 40,2 17,4 22,8 1556 53,6 17,4 36,2 2074 60,3 17,4 42,9 2334 67,0 24,1 42,9 2593
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.15.50.064 50,0 25,0 64 209,1 14,9 6,2 8,7 3116 16,7 8,1 8,6 3492 21,6 15,7 5,9 4517 27,0 37,0 5645,7
    241.15.50.076 50,0 25,0 76 168,1 17,6 7,4 10,2 2959 19,8 9,6 10,2 3328 25,6 18,6 7,0 4303 32,0 44,0 5379,2
    241.15.50.089 50,0 25,0 89 140,0 20,4 8,5 11,9 2856 22,9 11,1 11,8 3206 29,6 21,5 8,1 4144 37,0 52,0 5180,0
    241.15.50.102 50,0 25,0 102 119,0 23,7 9,9 13,8 2820 26,7 12,9 13,8 3177 34,4 24,9 9,5 4094 43,0 59,0 5117,0
    241.15.50.115 50,0 25,0 115 106,0 27,0 11,3 15,7 2862 30,4 14,7 15,7 3222 39,2 28,4 10,8 4155 49,0 66,0 5194,0
    241.15.50.127 50,0 25,0 127 97,0 29,7 12,4 17,3 2881 33,5 16,2 17,3 3250 43,2 31,3 11,9 4190 54,0 73,0 5238,0
    241.15.50.139 50,0 25,0 139 87,0 32,5 13,6 18,9 2828 36,6 17,7 18,9 3184 47,2 34,2 13,0 4106 59,0 80,0 5133,0
    241.15.50.152 50,0 25,0 152 80,1 36,3 15,2 21,1 2908 40,9 19,8 21,1 3276 52,8 38,3 14,5 4229 66,0 86,0 5286,6
    241.15.50.178 50,0 25,0 178 69,6 42,4 17,7 24,7 2951 47,7 23,1 24,6 3320 61,6 44,7 16,9 4287 77,0 101,0 5359,2
    241.15.50.203 50,0 25,0 203 59,8 48,4 20,2 28,2 2894 54,6 26,4 28,2 3265 70,4 51,0 19,4 4210 88,0 115,0 5262,4
    241.15.50.229 50,0 25,0 229 50,9 55,0 23,0 32,0 2800 62,0 30,0 32,0 3156 80,0 58,0 22,0 4072 100,0 129,0 5090,0
    241.15.50.254 50,0 25,0 254 44,0 64,4 26,9 37,5 2834 72,5 35,1 37,4 3190 93,6 67,9 25,7 4118 117,0 137,0 5148,0
    241.15.50.305 50,0 25,0 305 38,7 73,7 30,8 42,9 2852 83,1 40,2 42,9 3216 107,2 77,7 29,5 4149 134,0 171,0 5185,8
    subject to alterations
    D h = dia. of guide sleeve
    D d = diameter of guide pin
    L 0 = free length of spring
    L 1 …L n = length of loaded spring
    (mm) as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    L BL = length of compacted-
    spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
    F 1 …F n = forces (N) as related to
    length of spring L 1 …L n
    S v1 …S v7 = recommend. preload.
    compression, as relat.
    to compress. S 1 …S 7
    S 1 …S n = compr. as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    R = spring rate (N/mm)
    S A1 …S A7 = working stroke (mm)
    High Performance Compression Springs
    DIN ISO 10243
    241.15. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Blue“
    30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
    Order No
    55% stroke 62% stroke 80% stroke 100% stroke
    Order No
    ∅50
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.14.50.064 50,0 25,0 64 156,0 9,6 4,2 5,4 1498 12,8 4,2 8,6 1997 14,4 4,2 10,2 2246 16,0 5,8 10,2 2496
    241.14.50.076 50,0 25,0 76 125,0 11,7 5,1 6,6 1463 15,6 5,1 10,5 1950 17,6 5,1 12,5 2200 19,5 7,0 12,5 2438
    241.14.50.089 50,0 25,0 89 109,0 13,5 5,9 7,6 1472 18,0 5,9 12,1 1962 20,3 5,9 14,4 2213 22,5 8,1 14,4 2453
    241.14.50.102 50,0 25,0 102 94,1 15,6 6,8 8,8 1468 20,8 6,8 14,0 1957 23,4 6,8 16,6 2202 26,0 9,4 16,6 2447
    241.14.50.115 50,0 25,0 115 81,0 17,4 7,5 9,9 1409 23,2 7,5 15,7 1879 26,1 7,5 18,6 2114 29,0 10,4 18,6 2349
    241.14.50.127 50,0 25,0 127 71,0 19,5 8,5 11,0 1385 26,0 8,5 17,5 1846 29,3 8,5 20,8 2080 32,5 11,7 20,8 2308
    241.14.50.139 50,0 25,0 139 66,5 21,6 9,4 12,2 1436 28,8 9,4 19,4 1915 32,4 9,4 23,0 2155 36,0 13,0 23,0 2394
    241.14.50.152 50,0 25,0 152 60,0 23,4 10,1 13,3 1404 31,2 10,1 21,1 1872 35,1 10,1 25,0 2106 39,0 14,0 25,0 2340
    241.14.50.178 50,0 25,0 178 52,0 27,6 12,0 15,6 1435 36,8 12,0 24,8 1914 41,4 12,0 29,4 2153 46,0 16,6 29,4 2392
    241.14.50.203 50,0 25,0 203 44,1 31,2 13,5 17,7 1376 41,6 13,5 28,1 1835 46,8 13,5 33,3 2064 52,0 18,7 33,3 2293
    241.14.50.254 50,0 25,0 254 35,0 39,0 16,9 22,1 1365 52,0 16,9 35,1 1820 58,5 16,9 41,6 2048 65,0 23,4 41,6 2275
    241.14.50.305 50,0 25,0 305 28,6 46,8 20,3 26,5 1338 62,4 20,3 42,1 1785 70,2 20,3 49,9 2008 78,0 28,1 49,9 2231
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.14.50.064 50,0 25,0 64 156,0 17,6 7,4 10,2 2746 19,8 9,6 10,2 3089 25,6 18,6 7,0 3994 32,0 32,0 4992,0
    241.14.50.076 50,0 25,0 76 125,0 21,5 9,0 12,5 2688 24,2 11,7 12,5 3025 31,2 22,6 8,6 3900 39,0 37,0 4875,0
    241.14.50.089 50,0 25,0 89 109,0 24,8 10,4 14,4 2703 27,9 13,5 14,4 3041 36,0 26,1 9,9 3924 45,0 44,0 4905,0
    241.14.50.102 50,0 25,0 102 94,1 28,6 12,0 16,6 2691 32,2 15,6 16,6 3030 41,6 30,2 11,4 3915 52,0 50,0 4893,2
    241.14.50.115 50,0 25,0 115 81,0 31,9 13,3 18,6 2584 36,0 17,4 18,6 2916 46,4 33,6 12,8 3758 58,0 57,0 4698,0
    241.14.50.127 50,0 25,0 127 71,0 35,8 15,0 20,8 2542 40,3 19,5 20,8 2861 52,0 37,7 14,3 3692 65,0 62,0 4615,0
    241.14.50.139 50,0 25,0 139 66,5 39,6 16,6 23,0 2633 44,6 21,6 23,0 2966 57,6 41,8 15,8 3830 72,0 67,0 4788,0
    241.14.50.152 50,0 25,0 152 60,0 42,9 17,9 25,0 2574 48,4 23,4 25,0 2904 62,4 45,2 17,2 3744 78,0 74,0 4680,0
    241.14.50.178 50,0 25,0 178 52,0 50,6 21,2 29,4 2631 57,0 27,6 29,4 2964 73,6 53,4 20,2 3827 92,0 86,0 4784,0
    241.14.50.203 50,0 25,0 203 44,1 57,2 23,9 33,3 2523 64,5 31,2 33,3 2844 83,2 60,3 22,9 3669 104,0 99,0 4586,4
    241.14.50.254 50,0 25,0 254 35,0 71,5 29,9 41,6 2503 80,6 39,0 41,6 2821 104,0 75,4 28,6 3640 130,0 124,0 4550,0
    241.14.50.305 50,0 25,0 305 28,6 85,8 35,9 49,9 2454 96,7 46,8 49,9 2766 124,8 90,5 34,3 3569 156,0 149,0 4461,6
    subject to alterations
    D h = dia. of guide sleeve
    D d = diameter of guide pin
    L 0 = free length of spring
    L 1 …L n = length of loaded spring
    (mm) as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    L BL = length of compacted-
    spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
    F 1 …F n = forces (N) as related to
    length of spring L 1 …L n
    S v1 …S v7 = recommend. preload.
    compression, as relat.
    to compress. S 1 …S 7
    S 1 …S n = compr. as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    R = spring rate (N/mm)
    S A1 …S A7 = working stroke (mm)
    High Performance Compression Springs
    DIN ISO 10243
    241.14. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Green“
    30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
    Order No
    55% stroke 62% stroke 80% stroke 100% stroke
    Order No
    ∅50
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.15.50.064 50,0 25,0 64 209,1 8,1 3,5 4,6 1694 10,8 3,5 7,3 2258 12,2 3,5 8,7 2551 13,5 4,9 8,6 2823
    241.15.50.076 50,0 25,0 76 168,1 9,6 4,2 5,4 1614 12,8 4,2 8,6 2152 14,4 4,2 10,2 2421 16,0 5,8 10,2 2690
    241.15.50.089 50,0 25,0 89 140,0 11,1 4,8 6,3 1554 14,8 4,8 10,0 2072 16,7 4,8 11,9 2338 18,5 6,7 11,8 2590
    241.15.50.102 50,0 25,0 102 119,0 12,9 5,6 7,3 1535 17,2 5,6 11,6 2047 19,4 5,6 13,8 2309 21,5 7,7 13,8 2559
    241.15.50.115 50,0 25,0 115 106,0 14,7 6,4 8,3 1558 19,6 6,4 13,2 2078 22,1 6,4 15,7 2343 24,5 8,8 15,7 2597
    241.15.50.127 50,0 25,0 127 97,0 16,2 7,0 9,2 1571 21,6 7,0 14,6 2095 24,3 7,0 17,3 2357 27,0 9,7 17,3 2619
    241.15.50.139 50,0 25,0 139 87,0 17,7 7,7 10,0 1540 23,6 7,7 15,9 2053 26,6 7,7 18,9 2314 29,5 10,6 18,9 2567
    241.15.50.152 50,0 25,0 152 80,1 19,8 8,6 11,2 1586 26,4 8,6 17,8 2115 29,7 8,6 21,1 2379 33,0 11,9 21,1 2643
    241.15.50.178 50,0 25,0 178 69,6 23,1 10,0 13,1 1608 30,8 10,0 20,8 2144 34,7 10,0 24,7 2415 38,5 13,9 24,6 2680
    241.15.50.203 50,0 25,0 203 59,8 26,4 11,4 15,0 1579 35,2 11,4 23,8 2105 39,6 11,4 28,2 2368 44,0 15,8 28,2 2631
    241.15.50.229 50,0 25,0 229 50,9 30,0 13,0 17,0 1527 40,0 13,0 27,0 2036 45,0 13,0 32,0 2291 50,0 18,0 32,0 2545
    241.15.50.254 50,0 25,0 254 44,0 35,1 15,2 19,9 1544 46,8 15,2 31,6 2059 52,7 15,2 37,5 2319 58,5 21,1 37,4 2574
    241.15.50.305 50,0 25,0 305 38,7 40,2 17,4 22,8 1556 53,6 17,4 36,2 2074 60,3 17,4 42,9 2334 67,0 24,1 42,9 2593
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.15.50.064 50,0 25,0 64 209,1 14,9 6,2 8,7 3116 16,7 8,1 8,6 3492 21,6 15,7 5,9 4517 27,0 37,0 5645,7
    241.15.50.076 50,0 25,0 76 168,1 17,6 7,4 10,2 2959 19,8 9,6 10,2 3328 25,6 18,6 7,0 4303 32,0 44,0 5379,2
    241.15.50.089 50,0 25,0 89 140,0 20,4 8,5 11,9 2856 22,9 11,1 11,8 3206 29,6 21,5 8,1 4144 37,0 52,0 5180,0
    241.15.50.102 50,0 25,0 102 119,0 23,7 9,9 13,8 2820 26,7 12,9 13,8 3177 34,4 24,9 9,5 4094 43,0 59,0 5117,0
    241.15.50.115 50,0 25,0 115 106,0 27,0 11,3 15,7 2862 30,4 14,7 15,7 3222 39,2 28,4 10,8 4155 49,0 66,0 5194,0
    241.15.50.127 50,0 25,0 127 97,0 29,7 12,4 17,3 2881 33,5 16,2 17,3 3250 43,2 31,3 11,9 4190 54,0 73,0 5238,0
    241.15.50.139 50,0 25,0 139 87,0 32,5 13,6 18,9 2828 36,6 17,7 18,9 3184 47,2 34,2 13,0 4106 59,0 80,0 5133,0
    241.15.50.152 50,0 25,0 152 80,1 36,3 15,2 21,1 2908 40,9 19,8 21,1 3276 52,8 38,3 14,5 4229 66,0 86,0 5286,6
    241.15.50.178 50,0 25,0 178 69,6 42,4 17,7 24,7 2951 47,7 23,1 24,6 3320 61,6 44,7 16,9 4287 77,0 101,0 5359,2
    241.15.50.203 50,0 25,0 203 59,8 48,4 20,2 28,2 2894 54,6 26,4 28,2 3265 70,4 51,0 19,4 4210 88,0 115,0 5262,4
    241.15.50.229 50,0 25,0 229 50,9 55,0 23,0 32,0 2800 62,0 30,0 32,0 3156 80,0 58,0 22,0 4072 100,0 129,0 5090,0
    241.15.50.254 50,0 25,0 254 44,0 64,4 26,9 37,5 2834 72,5 35,1 37,4 3190 93,6 67,9 25,7 4118 117,0 137,0 5148,0
    241.15.50.305 50,0 25,0 305 38,7 73,7 30,8 42,9 2852 83,1 40,2 42,9 3216 107,2 77,7 29,5 4149 134,0 171,0 5185,8
    subject to alterations
    D h = dia. of guide sleeve
    D d = diameter of guide pin
    L 0 = free length of spring
    L 1 …L n = length of loaded spring
    (mm) as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    L BL = length of compacted-
    spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
    F 1 …F n = forces (N) as related to
    length of spring L 1 …L n
    S v1 …S v7 = recommend. preload.
    compression, as relat.
    to compress. S 1 …S 7
    S 1 …S n = compr. as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    R = spring rate (N/mm)
    S A1 …S A7 = working stroke (mm)
    High Performance Compression Springs
    DIN ISO 10243
    241.15. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Blue“
    30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
    Order No
    55% stroke 62% stroke 80% stroke 100% stroke
    Order No
    F55
    ∅50
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.16.50.064 50,0 25,0 64 413,0 6,5 2,8 3,7 2685 8,6 2,8 5,8 3552 9,7 2,8 6,9 4006 10,8 3,9 6,9 4460
    241.16.50.076 50,0 25,0 76 339,4 7,8 3,4 4,4 2647 10,4 3,4 7,0 3530 11,7 3,4 8,3 3971 13,0 4,7 8,3 4412
    241.16.50.089 50,0 25,0 89 288,4 9,2 4,0 5,2 2653 12,2 4,0 8,2 3518 13,7 4,0 9,7 3951 15,3 5,5 9,8 4413
    241.16.50.102 50,0 25,0 102 245,3 10,5 4,6 5,9 2576 14,0 4,6 9,4 3434 15,8 4,6 11,2 3876 17,5 6,3 11,2 4293
    241.16.50.115 50,0 25,0 115 214,8 12,0 5,2 6,8 2578 16,0 5,2 10,8 3437 18,0 5,2 12,8 3866 20,0 7,2 12,8 4296
    241.16.50.127 50,0 25,0 127 192,3 13,5 5,9 7,6 2596 18,0 5,9 12,1 3461 20,3 5,9 14,4 3904 22,5 8,1 14,4 4327
    241.16.50.139 50,0 25,0 139 170,7 15,0 6,5 8,5 2561 20,0 6,5 13,5 3414 22,5 6,5 16,0 3841 25,0 9,0 16,0 4268
    241.16.50.152 50,0 25,0 152 154,0 16,2 7,0 9,2 2495 21,6 7,0 14,6 3326 24,3 7,0 17,3 3742 27,0 9,7 17,3 4158
    241.16.50.178 50,0 25,0 178 134,4 19,2 8,3 10,9 2580 25,6 8,3 17,3 3441 28,8 8,3 20,5 3871 32,0 11,5 20,5 4301
    241.16.50.203 50,0 25,0 203 116,7 21,8 9,4 12,4 2544 29,0 9,4 19,6 3384 32,6 9,4 23,2 3804 36,3 13,1 23,2 4236
    241.16.50.254 50,0 25,0 254 89,3 27,6 12,0 15,6 2465 36,8 12,0 24,8 3286 41,4 12,0 29,4 3697 46,0 16,6 29,4 4108
    241.16.50.305 50,0 25,0 305 73,6 33,6 14,6 19,0 2473 44,8 14,6 30,2 3297 50,4 14,6 35,8 3709 56,0 20,2 35,8 4122
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.16.50.064 50,0 25,0 64 413,0 11,8 4,9 6,9 4873 13,3 6,5 6,8 5493 17,2 12,5 4,7 7104 21,5 42,5 8879,5
    241.16.50.076 50,0 25,0 76 339,4 14,3 6,0 8,3 4853 16,1 7,8 8,3 5464 20,8 15,1 5,7 7060 26,0 50,0 8824,4
    241.16.50.089 50,0 25,0 89 288,4 16,8 7,0 9,8 4845 18,9 9,2 9,7 5451 24,4 17,7 6,7 7037 30,5 58,5 8796,2
    241.16.50.102 50,0 25,0 102 245,3 19,3 8,1 11,2 4734 21,7 10,5 11,2 5323 28,0 20,3 7,7 6868 35,0 67,0 8585,5
    241.16.50.115 50,0 25,0 115 214,8 22,0 9,2 12,8 4726 24,8 12,0 12,8 5327 32,0 23,2 8,8 6874 40,0 75,0 8592,0
    241.16.50.127 50,0 25,0 127 192,3 24,8 10,4 14,4 4769 27,9 13,5 14,4 5365 36,0 26,1 9,9 6923 45,0 82,0 8653,5
    241.16.50.139 50,0 25,0 139 170,7 27,5 11,5 16,0 4694 31,0 15,0 16,0 5292 40,0 29,0 11,0 6828 50,0 89,0 8535,0
    241.16.50.152 50,0 25,0 152 154,0 29,7 12,4 17,3 4574 33,5 16,2 17,3 5159 43,2 31,3 11,9 6653 54,0 98,0 8316,0
    241.16.50.178 50,0 25,0 178 134,4 35,2 14,7 20,5 4731 39,7 19,2 20,5 5336 51,2 37,1 14,1 6881 64,0 114,0 8601,6
    241.16.50.203 50,0 25,0 203 116,7 39,9 16,7 23,2 4656 45,0 21,8 23,2 5252 58,0 42,1 15,9 6769 72,5 130,5 8460,8
    241.16.50.254 50,0 25,0 254 89,3 50,6 21,2 29,4 4519 57,0 27,6 29,4 5090 73,6 53,4 20,2 6572 92,0 162,0 8215,6
    241.16.50.305 50,0 25,0 305 73,6 61,6 25,8 35,8 4534 69,4 33,6 35,8 5108 89,6 65,0 24,6 6595 112,0 193,0 8243,2
    subject to alterations
    D h = dia. of guide sleeve
    D d = diameter of guide pin
    L 0 = free length of spring
    L 1 …L n = length of loaded spring
    (mm) as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    L BL = length of compacted-
    spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
    F 1 …F n = forces (N) as related to
    length of spring L 1 …L n
    S v1 …S v7 = recommend. preload.
    compression, as relat.
    to compress. S 1 …S 7
    S 1 …S n = compr. as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    R = spring rate (N/mm)
    S A1 …S A7 = working stroke (mm)
    High Performance Compression Springs
    DIN ISO 10243
    241.16. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Red“
    30% Stroke 40% Stroke 45% Stroke 50% Stroke
    Order No
    55% Stroke 62% Stroke 80% Stroke 100% Stroke
    Order No
    F56
    ∅50
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.17.50.064 50,0 25,0 64 709 5,7 2,5 3,2 4041 7,6 2,5 5,1 5388 8,6 2,5 6,1 6097 9,5 3,4 6,1 6736
    241.17.50.076 50,0 25,0 76 572 6,9 3,0 3,9 3947 9,2 3,0 6,2 5262 10,4 3,0 7,4 5949 11,5 4,1 7,4 6578
    241.17.50.089 50,0 25,0 89 475 8,1 3,5 4,6 3848 10,8 3,5 7,3 5130 12,2 3,5 8,7 5795 13,5 4,9 8,6 6413
    241.17.50.102 50,0 25,0 102 405 9,3 4,0 5,3 3767 12,4 4,0 8,4 5022 14,0 4,0 10,0 5670 15,5 5,6 9,9 6278
    241.17.50.115 50,0 25,0 115 352 10,5 4,6 5,9 3696 14,0 4,6 9,4 4928 15,8 4,6 11,2 5562 17,5 6,3 11,2 6160
    241.17.50.127 50,0 25,0 127 316 11,7 5,1 6,6 3697 15,6 5,1 10,5 4930 17,6 5,1 12,5 5562 19,5 7,0 12,5 6162
    241.17.50.152 50,0 25,0 152 239 14,1 6,1 8,0 3370 18,8 6,1 12,7 4493 21,2 6,1 15,1 5067 23,5 8,5 15,0 5617
    241.17.50.203 50,0 25,0 203 187 22,2 9,6 12,6 4151 29,6 9,6 20,0 5535 33,3 9,6 23,7 6227 37,0 13,3 23,7 6919
    241.17.50.254 50,0 25,0 254 153 24,0 10,4 13,6 3672 32,0 10,4 21,6 4896 36,0 10,4 25,6 5508 40,0 14,4 25,6 6120
    241.17.50.305 50,0 25,0 305 127 29,1 12,6 16,5 3696 38,8 12,6 26,2 4928 43,7 12,6 31,1 5550 48,5 17,5 31,0 6160
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.17.50.064 50,0 25,0 64 709 10,5 4,4 6,1 7445 11,8 5,7 6,1 8366 15,2 11,0 4,2 1077719,0 45,0 13471,0
    241.17.50.076 50,0 25,0 76 572 12,7 5,3 7,4 7264 14,3 6,9 7,4 8180 18,4 13,3 5,1 1052523,0 53,0 13156,0
    241.17.50.089 50,0 25,0 89 475 14,9 6,2 8,7 7078 16,7 8,1 8,6 7933 21,6 15,7 5,9 1026027,0 62,0 12825,0
    241.17.50.102 50,0 25,0 102 405 17,1 7,1 10,0 6926 19,2 9,3 9,9 7776 24,8 18,0 6,8 1004431,0 71,0 12555,0
    241.17.50.115 50,0 25,0 115 352 19,3 8,1 11,2 6794 21,7 10,5 11,2 7638 28,0 20,3 7,7 985635,0 80,0 12320,0
    241.17.50.127 50,0 25,0 127 316 21,5 9,0 12,5 6794 24,2 11,7 12,5 7647 31,2 22,6 8,6 985939,0 88,0 12324,0
    241.17.50.152 50,0 25,0 152 239 25,9 10,8 15,1 6190 29,1 14,1 15,0 6955 37,6 27,3 10,3 898647,0 105,0 11233,0
    241.17.50.203 50,0 25,0 203 187 40,7 17,0 23,7 7611 45,9 22,2 23,7 8583 59,2 42,9 16,3 1107074,0 129,0 13838,0
    241.17.50.254 50,0 25,0 254 153 44,0 18,4 25,6 6732 49,6 24,0 25,6 7589 64,0 46,4 17,6 979280,0 174,0 12240,0
    241.17.50.305 50,0 25,0 305 127 53,4 22,3 31,1 6782 60,1 29,1 31,0 7633 77,6 56,3 21,3 985597,0 208,0 12319,0
    subject to alterations
    D h = dia. of guide sleeve
    D d = diameter of guide pin
    L 0 = free length of spring
    L 1 …L n = length of loaded spring
    (mm) as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    L BL = length of compacted-
    spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
    F 1 …F n = forces (N) as related to
    length of spring L 1 …L n
    S v1 …S v7 = recommend. preload.
    compression, as relat.
    to compress. S 1 …S 7
    S 1 …S n = compr. as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    R = spring rate (N/mm)
    S A1 …S A7 = working stroke (mm)
    High Performance Compression Springs
    DIN ISO 10243
    241.17. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Yellow“
    30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
    Order No
    55% stroke 62% stroke 80% stroke 100% stroke
    Order No
    F57
    ∅63
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.14.63.076 63,0 38,0 76 189,1 11,4 4,9 6,5 2156 15,2 4,9 10,3 2874 17,1 4,9 12,2 3234 19,0 6,8 12,2 3593
    241.14.63.089 63,0 38,0 89 158,1 13,2 5,7 7,5 2087 17,6 5,7 11,9 2783 19,8 5,7 14,1 3130 22,0 7,9 14,1 3478
    241.14.63.102 63,0 38,0 102 131,0 15,0 6,5 8,5 1965 20,0 6,5 13,5 2620 22,5 6,5 16,0 2948 25,0 9,0 16,0 3275
    241.14.63.115 63,0 38,0 115 116,0 17,1 7,4 9,7 1984 22,8 7,4 15,4 2645 25,7 7,4 18,3 2981 28,5 10,3 18,2 3306
    241.14.63.127 63,0 38,0 127 103,1 19,2 8,3 10,9 1980 25,6 8,3 17,3 2639 28,8 8,3 20,5 2969 32,0 11,5 20,5 3299
    241.14.63.152 63,0 38,0 152 84,4 22,8 9,9 12,9 1924 30,4 9,9 20,5 2566 34,2 9,9 24,3 2886 38,0 13,7 24,3 3207
    241.14.63.178 63,0 38,0 178 71,5 26,7 11,6 15,1 1909 35,6 11,6 24,0 2545 40,1 11,6 28,5 2867 44,5 16,0 28,5 3182
    241.14.63.203 63,0 38,0 203 61,7 30,6 13,3 17,3 1888 40,8 13,3 27,5 2517 45,9 13,3 32,6 2832 51,0 18,4 32,6 3147
    241.14.63.254 63,0 38,0 254 47,0 38,4 16,6 21,8 1805 51,2 16,6 34,6 2406 57,6 16,6 41,0 2707 64,0 23,0 41,0 3008
    241.14.63.305 63,0 38,0 305 38,3 45,6 19,8 25,8 1746 60,8 19,8 41,0 2329 68,4 19,8 48,6 2620 76,0 27,4 48,6 2911
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.14.63.076 63,0 38,0 76 189,1 20,9 8,7 12,2 3952 23,6 11,4 12,2 4463 30,4 22,0 8,4 5749 38,0 38,0 7185,8
    241.14.63.089 63,0 38,0 89 158,1 24,2 10,1 14,1 3826 27,3 13,2 14,1 4316 35,2 25,5 9,7 5565 44,0 45,0 6956,4
    241.14.63.102 63,0 38,0 102 131,0 27,5 11,5 16,0 3603 31,0 15,0 16,0 4061 40,0 29,0 11,0 5240 50,0 52,0 6550,0
    241.14.63.115 63,0 38,0 115 116,0 31,4 13,1 18,3 3642 35,3 17,1 18,2 4095 45,6 33,1 12,5 5290 57,0 58,0 6612,0
    241.14.63.127 63,0 38,0 127 103,1 35,2 14,7 20,5 3629 39,7 19,2 20,5 4093 51,2 37,1 14,1 5279 64,0 63,0 6598,4
    241.14.63.152 63,0 38,0 152 84,4 41,8 17,5 24,3 3528 47,1 22,8 24,3 3975 60,8 44,1 16,7 5132 76,0 76,0 6414,4
    241.14.63.178 63,0 38,0 178 71,5 49,0 20,5 28,5 3504 55,2 26,7 28,5 3947 71,2 51,6 19,6 5091 89,0 89,0 6363,5
    241.14.63.203 63,0 38,0 203 61,7 56,1 23,5 32,6 3461 63,2 30,6 32,6 3899 81,6 59,2 22,4 5035 102,0 101,0 6293,4
    241.14.63.254 63,0 38,0 254 47,0 70,4 29,4 41,0 3309 79,4 38,4 41,0 3732 102,4 74,2 28,2 4813 128,0 126,0 6016,0
    241.14.63.305 63,0 38,0 305 38,3 83,6 35,0 48,6 3202 94,2 45,6 48,6 3608 121,6 88,2 33,4 4657 152,0 153,0 5821,6
    subject to alterations
    D h = dia. of guide sleeve
    D d = diameter of guide pin
    L 0 = free length of spring
    L 1 …L n = length of loaded spring
    (mm) as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    L BL = length of compacted-
    spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
    F 1 …F n = forces (N) as related to
    length of spring L 1 …L n
    S v1 …S v7 = recommend. preload.
    compression, as relat.
    to compress. S 1 …S 7
    S 1 …S n = compr. as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    R = spring rate (N/mm)
    S A1 …S A7 = working stroke (mm)
    High Performance Compression Springs
    DIN ISO 10243
    241.14. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Green“
    30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
    Order No
    55% stroke 62% stroke 80% stroke 100% stroke
    Order No
    F58
    ∅63
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.15.63.076 63,0 38,0 76 312,1 9,6 4,2 5,4 2996 12,8 4,2 8,6 3995 14,4 4,2 10,2 4494 16,0 5,8 10,2 4994
    241.15.63.089 63,0 38,0 89 260,1 11,4 4,9 6,5 2965 15,2 4,9 10,3 3954 17,1 4,9 12,2 4448 19,0 6,8 12,2 4942
    241.15.63.102 63,0 38,0 102 221,1 13,2 5,7 7,5 2919 17,6 5,7 11,9 3891 19,8 5,7 14,1 4378 22,0 7,9 14,1 4864
    241.15.63.115 63,0 38,0 115 187,0 15,0 6,5 8,5 2805 20,0 6,5 13,5 3740 22,5 6,5 16,0 4208 25,0 9,0 16,0 4675
    241.15.63.127 63,0 38,0 127 168,1 16,8 7,3 9,5 2824 22,4 7,3 15,1 3765 25,2 7,3 17,9 4236 28,0 10,1 17,9 4707
    241.15.63.152 63,0 38,0 152 136,0 20,1 8,7 11,4 2734 26,8 8,7 18,1 3645 30,2 8,7 21,5 4107 33,5 12,1 21,4 4556
    241.15.63.178 63,0 38,0 178 114,0 23,4 10,1 13,3 2668 31,2 10,1 21,1 3557 35,1 10,1 25,0 4001 39,0 14,0 25,0 4446
    241.15.63.203 63,0 38,0 203 100,0 27,0 11,7 15,3 2700 36,0 11,7 24,3 3600 40,5 11,7 28,8 4050 45,0 16,2 28,8 4500
    241.15.63.229 63,0 38,0 229 89,3 30,6 13,3 17,3 2733 40,8 13,3 27,5 3643 45,9 13,3 32,6 4099 51,0 18,4 32,6 4554
    241.15.63.254 63,0 38,0 254 78,5 34,5 15,0 19,5 2708 46,0 15,0 31,0 3611 51,8 15,0 36,8 4066 57,5 20,7 36,8 4514
    241.15.63.305 63,0 38,0 305 64,8 41,4 17,9 23,5 2683 55,2 17,9 37,3 3577 62,1 17,9 44,2 4024 69,0 24,8 44,2 4471
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.15.63.076 63,0 38,0 76 312,1 17,6 7,4 10,2 5493 19,8 9,6 10,2 6180 25,6 18,6 7,0 7990 32,0 44,0 9987,2
    241.15.63.089 63,0 38,0 89 260,1 20,9 8,7 12,2 5436 23,6 11,4 12,2 6138 30,4 22,0 8,4 7907 38,0 51,0 9883,8
    241.15.63.102 63,0 38,0 102 221,1 24,2 10,1 14,1 5351 27,3 13,2 14,1 6036 35,2 25,5 9,7 7783 44,0 58,0 9728,4
    241.15.63.115 63,0 38,0 115 187,0 27,5 11,5 16,0 5143 31,0 15,0 16,0 5797 40,0 29,0 11,0 7480 50,0 65,0 9350,0
    241.15.63.127 63,0 38,0 127 168,1 30,8 12,9 17,9 5177 34,7 16,8 17,9 5833 44,8 32,5 12,3 7531 56,0 71,0 9413,6
    241.15.63.152 63,0 38,0 152 136,0 36,9 15,4 21,5 5018 41,5 20,1 21,4 5644 53,6 38,9 14,7 7290 67,0 85,0 9112,0
    241.15.63.178 63,0 38,0 178 114,0 42,9 17,9 25,0 4891 48,4 23,4 25,0 5518 62,4 45,2 17,2 7114 78,0 100,0 8892,0
    241.15.63.203 63,0 38,0 203 100,0 49,5 20,7 28,8 4950 55,8 27,0 28,8 5580 72,0 52,2 19,8 7200 90,0 113,0 9000,0
    241.15.63.229 63,0 38,0 229 89,3 56,1 23,5 32,6 5010 63,2 30,6 32,6 5644 81,6 59,2 22,4 7287 102,0 127,0 9108,6
    241.15.63.254 63,0 38,0 254 78,5 63,3 26,5 36,8 4969 71,3 34,5 36,8 5597 92,0 66,7 25,3 7222 115,0 139,0 9027,5
    241.15.63.305 63,0 38,0 305 64,8 75,9 31,7 44,2 4918 85,6 41,4 44,2 5547 110,4 80,0 30,4 7154 138,0 167,0 8942,4
    subject to alterations
    D h = dia. of guide sleeve
    D d = diameter of guide pin
    L 0 = free length of spring
    L 1 …L n = length of loaded spring
    (mm) as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    L BL = length of compacted-
    spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
    F 1 …F n = forces (N) as related to
    length of spring L 1 …L n
    S v1 …S v7 = recommend. preload.
    compression, as relat.
    to compress. S 1 …S 7
    S 1 …S n = compr. as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    R = spring rate (N/mm)
    S A1 …S A7 = working stroke (mm)
    High Performance Compression Springs
    DIN ISO 10243
    241.15. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Blue“
    30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
    Order No
    55% stroke 62% stroke 80% stroke 100% stroke
    Order No
    ∅63
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.14.63.076 63,0 38,0 76 189,1 11,4 4,9 6,5 2156 15,2 4,9 10,3 2874 17,1 4,9 12,2 3234 19,0 6,8 12,2 3593
    241.14.63.089 63,0 38,0 89 158,1 13,2 5,7 7,5 2087 17,6 5,7 11,9 2783 19,8 5,7 14,1 3130 22,0 7,9 14,1 3478
    241.14.63.102 63,0 38,0 102 131,0 15,0 6,5 8,5 1965 20,0 6,5 13,5 2620 22,5 6,5 16,0 2948 25,0 9,0 16,0 3275
    241.14.63.115 63,0 38,0 115 116,0 17,1 7,4 9,7 1984 22,8 7,4 15,4 2645 25,7 7,4 18,3 2981 28,5 10,3 18,2 3306
    241.14.63.127 63,0 38,0 127 103,1 19,2 8,3 10,9 1980 25,6 8,3 17,3 2639 28,8 8,3 20,5 2969 32,0 11,5 20,5 3299
    241.14.63.152 63,0 38,0 152 84,4 22,8 9,9 12,9 1924 30,4 9,9 20,5 2566 34,2 9,9 24,3 2886 38,0 13,7 24,3 3207
    241.14.63.178 63,0 38,0 178 71,5 26,7 11,6 15,1 1909 35,6 11,6 24,0 2545 40,1 11,6 28,5 2867 44,5 16,0 28,5 3182
    241.14.63.203 63,0 38,0 203 61,7 30,6 13,3 17,3 1888 40,8 13,3 27,5 2517 45,9 13,3 32,6 2832 51,0 18,4 32,6 3147
    241.14.63.254 63,0 38,0 254 47,0 38,4 16,6 21,8 1805 51,2 16,6 34,6 2406 57,6 16,6 41,0 2707 64,0 23,0 41,0 3008
    241.14.63.305 63,0 38,0 305 38,3 45,6 19,8 25,8 1746 60,8 19,8 41,0 2329 68,4 19,8 48,6 2620 76,0 27,4 48,6 2911
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.14.63.076 63,0 38,0 76 189,1 20,9 8,7 12,2 3952 23,6 11,4 12,2 4463 30,4 22,0 8,4 5749 38,0 38,0 7185,8
    241.14.63.089 63,0 38,0 89 158,1 24,2 10,1 14,1 3826 27,3 13,2 14,1 4316 35,2 25,5 9,7 5565 44,0 45,0 6956,4
    241.14.63.102 63,0 38,0 102 131,0 27,5 11,5 16,0 3603 31,0 15,0 16,0 4061 40,0 29,0 11,0 5240 50,0 52,0 6550,0
    241.14.63.115 63,0 38,0 115 116,0 31,4 13,1 18,3 3642 35,3 17,1 18,2 4095 45,6 33,1 12,5 5290 57,0 58,0 6612,0
    241.14.63.127 63,0 38,0 127 103,1 35,2 14,7 20,5 3629 39,7 19,2 20,5 4093 51,2 37,1 14,1 5279 64,0 63,0 6598,4
    241.14.63.152 63,0 38,0 152 84,4 41,8 17,5 24,3 3528 47,1 22,8 24,3 3975 60,8 44,1 16,7 5132 76,0 76,0 6414,4
    241.14.63.178 63,0 38,0 178 71,5 49,0 20,5 28,5 3504 55,2 26,7 28,5 3947 71,2 51,6 19,6 5091 89,0 89,0 6363,5
    241.14.63.203 63,0 38,0 203 61,7 56,1 23,5 32,6 3461 63,2 30,6 32,6 3899 81,6 59,2 22,4 5035 102,0 101,0 6293,4
    241.14.63.254 63,0 38,0 254 47,0 70,4 29,4 41,0 3309 79,4 38,4 41,0 3732 102,4 74,2 28,2 4813 128,0 126,0 6016,0
    241.14.63.305 63,0 38,0 305 38,3 83,6 35,0 48,6 3202 94,2 45,6 48,6 3608 121,6 88,2 33,4 4657 152,0 153,0 5821,6
    subject to alterations
    D h = dia. of guide sleeve
    D d = diameter of guide pin
    L 0 = free length of spring
    L 1 …L n = length of loaded spring
    (mm) as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    L BL = length of compacted-
    spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
    F 1 …F n = forces (N) as related to
    length of spring L 1 …L n
    S v1 …S v7 = recommend. preload.
    compression, as relat.
    to compress. S 1 …S 7
    S 1 …S n = compr. as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    R = spring rate (N/mm)
    S A1 …S A7 = working stroke (mm)
    High Performance Compression Springs
    DIN ISO 10243
    241.14. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Green“
    30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
    Order No
    55% stroke 62% stroke 80% stroke 100% stroke
    Order No
    ∅63
    D h D d L 0 R S 1 S v1 S A1 F 1 S 2 S v2 S A2 F 2 S 3 S v3 S A3 F 3 S 4 S v4 S A4 F 4
    241.15.63.076 63,0 38,0 76 312,1 9,6 4,2 5,4 2996 12,8 4,2 8,6 3995 14,4 4,2 10,2 4494 16,0 5,8 10,2 4994
    241.15.63.089 63,0 38,0 89 260,1 11,4 4,9 6,5 2965 15,2 4,9 10,3 3954 17,1 4,9 12,2 4448 19,0 6,8 12,2 4942
    241.15.63.102 63,0 38,0 102 221,1 13,2 5,7 7,5 2919 17,6 5,7 11,9 3891 19,8 5,7 14,1 4378 22,0 7,9 14,1 4864
    241.15.63.115 63,0 38,0 115 187,0 15,0 6,5 8,5 2805 20,0 6,5 13,5 3740 22,5 6,5 16,0 4208 25,0 9,0 16,0 4675
    241.15.63.127 63,0 38,0 127 168,1 16,8 7,3 9,5 2824 22,4 7,3 15,1 3765 25,2 7,3 17,9 4236 28,0 10,1 17,9 4707
    241.15.63.152 63,0 38,0 152 136,0 20,1 8,7 11,4 2734 26,8 8,7 18,1 3645 30,2 8,7 21,5 4107 33,5 12,1 21,4 4556
    241.15.63.178 63,0 38,0 178 114,0 23,4 10,1 13,3 2668 31,2 10,1 21,1 3557 35,1 10,1 25,0 4001 39,0 14,0 25,0 4446
    241.15.63.203 63,0 38,0 203 100,0 27,0 11,7 15,3 2700 36,0 11,7 24,3 3600 40,5 11,7 28,8 4050 45,0 16,2 28,8 4500
    241.15.63.229 63,0 38,0 229 89,3 30,6 13,3 17,3 2733 40,8 13,3 27,5 3643 45,9 13,3 32,6 4099 51,0 18,4 32,6 4554
    241.15.63.254 63,0 38,0 254 78,5 34,5 15,0 19,5 2708 46,0 15,0 31,0 3611 51,8 15,0 36,8 4066 57,5 20,7 36,8 4514
    241.15.63.305 63,0 38,0 305 64,8 41,4 17,9 23,5 2683 55,2 17,9 37,3 3577 62,1 17,9 44,2 4024 69,0 24,8 44,2 4471
    D h D d L 0 R S 5 S v5 S A5 F 5 S 6 S v6 S A6 F 6 S 7 S v7 S A7 F 7 S n L n F n
    241.15.63.076 63,0 38,0 76 312,1 17,6 7,4 10,2 5493 19,8 9,6 10,2 6180 25,6 18,6 7,0 7990 32,0 44,0 9987,2
    241.15.63.089 63,0 38,0 89 260,1 20,9 8,7 12,2 5436 23,6 11,4 12,2 6138 30,4 22,0 8,4 7907 38,0 51,0 9883,8
    241.15.63.102 63,0 38,0 102 221,1 24,2 10,1 14,1 5351 27,3 13,2 14,1 6036 35,2 25,5 9,7 7783 44,0 58,0 9728,4
    241.15.63.115 63,0 38,0 115 187,0 27,5 11,5 16,0 5143 31,0 15,0 16,0 5797 40,0 29,0 11,0 7480 50,0 65,0 9350,0
    241.15.63.127 63,0 38,0 127 168,1 30,8 12,9 17,9 5177 34,7 16,8 17,9 5833 44,8 32,5 12,3 7531 56,0 71,0 9413,6
    241.15.63.152 63,0 38,0 152 136,0 36,9 15,4 21,5 5018 41,5 20,1 21,4 5644 53,6 38,9 14,7 7290 67,0 85,0 9112,0
    241.15.63.178 63,0 38,0 178 114,0 42,9 17,9 25,0 4891 48,4 23,4 25,0 5518 62,4 45,2 17,2 7114 78,0 100,0 8892,0
    241.15.63.203 63,0 38,0 203 100,0 49,5 20,7 28,8 4950 55,8 27,0 28,8 5580 72,0 52,2 19,8 7200 90,0 113,0 9000,0
    241.15.63.229 63,0 38,0 229 89,3 56,1 23,5 32,6 5010 63,2 30,6 32,6 5644 81,6 59,2 22,4 7287 102,0 127,0 9108,6
    241.15.63.254 63,0 38,0 254 78,5 63,3 26,5 36,8 4969 71,3 34,5 36,8 5597 92,0 66,7 25,3 7222 115,0 139,0 9027,5
    241.15.63.305 63,0 38,0 305 64,8 75,9 31,7 44,2 4918 85,6 41,4 44,2 5547 110,4 80,0 30,4 7154 138,0 167,0 8942,4
    subject to alterations
    D h = dia. of guide sleeve
    D d = diameter of guide pin
    L 0 = free length of spring
    L 1 …L n = length of loaded spring
    (mm) as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    L BL = length of compacted-
    spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
    F 1 …F n = forces (N) as related to
    length of spring L 1 …L n
    S v1 …S v7 = recommend. preload.
    compression, as relat.
    to compress. S 1 …S 7
    S 1 …S n = compr. as related to
    spring forces F 1 …F n
    R = spring rate (N/mm)
    S A1 …S A7 = working stroke (mm)
    High Performance Compression Springs
    DIN ISO 10243
    241.15. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Blue“
    30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
    Order No
    55% stroke 62% stroke 80% stroke 100% stroke
    Order No
    F59
    subject to alterations
    High performance compression spring, 3XLF, Colour "White"
    Description:
    The diameters are comparable with the high performance compression
    springs DIN ISO 10243. The special flat wound wire cross section brings
    a reduction of the medium winding diameter for the same winding
    ratio with an edge-wound spring. Consequently, the high performance
    compression spring 3XLF has a 6x larger starting spring force than the
    high performance compression spring DIN ISO 10243 colour code
    “yellow”.
    n
    F
    d
    D
    S n
    L
    0
    L
    BL
    h15
    h
    D
    H15
    D h =
    D d =
    L 0 =
    L BL =
    F n =
    S n =
    R =
    dia. of guide sleeve
    diameter of guide pin
    free length of spring
    length of compacted
    spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
    Spring force in N
    Stroke
    spring rate (N/mm)
    F60
    Order No D h D d L 0 R S 1 S V1 S A1 F 1 S n F n
    241.19.16.020 16 6.3 20 1818 2.2 1 1.2 4000 3 5454
    241.19.16.035 16 6.3 35 1000 4 1.8 2.2 4000 5.5 5500
    241.19.16.050 16 6.3 50 615 6.5 2.5 4 3998 8 4920
    241.19.16.075 16 6.3 75 400 10 3.8 6.2 4000 12.5 5000
    241.19.16.100 16 6.3 100 286 14 5 9 4004 16.3 4662
    241.19.19.025 19 8 25 2400 2.5 1.2 1.2 6000 3.4 8160
    241.19.19.040 19 8 40 1333 4.5 2 2.5 5998 5.9 7865
    241.19.19.050 19 8 50 1000 6 2.5 3.5 6000 7.8 7800
    241.19.19.075 19 8 75 600 10 3.8 6.2 6000 12.4 7440
    241.19.19.100 19 8 100 429 14 5 9 6006 16.5 7078
    241.19.25.030 25 10 30 4800 2.5 1.5 1 12000 3 14400
    241.19.25.050 25 10 50 2400 5 2.5 2.5 12000 5.9 14160
    241.19.25.075 25 10 75 1500 8 3.8 4.2 12000 9.5 14250
    241.19.25.100 25 10 100 1000 12 5 7 12000 14.7 14700
    241.19.25.125 25 10 125 857 14 6.2 7.8 11998 16.9 14483
    241.19.32.035 32 12.5 35 6667 3 1.8 1.2 20001 3.7 24668
    241.19.32.050 32 12.5 50 3636 5.5 2.5 3 19998 6.3 22907
    241.19.32.075 32 12.5 75 2222 9 3.8 5.2 19998 11.3 25109
    241.19.32.100 32 12.5 100 1538 13 5 8 19994 17.9 27530
    241.19.32.125 32 12.5 125 1250 16 6.2 9.8 20000 18.3 22875
    241.19.32.150 32 12.5 150 1053 19 7.5 11.5 20007 21.7 22850
    241.19.38.040 38 16 40 7143 3.5 2 1.5 25000 4.5 32144
    241.19.38.050 38 16 50 5000 5 2.5 2.5 25000 5.9 29500
    241.19.38.075 38 16 75 2778 9 3.8 5.2 25002 10.4 28891
    241.19.38.100 38 16 100 1923 13 5 8 24999 15 28845
    241.19.38.150 38 16 150 1316 19 7.5 11.5 25004 22.4 29478
    241.19.38.200 38 16 200 926 27 10 17 25002 29.9 27687
    241.19. High performance compression spring, 3XLF, Colour "White"
    subject to alterations
    Round wire compression spring
    force
    preload
    d
    D
    H15
    h
    D
    m
    D
    d
    1
    F
    2
    F
    n
    F
    s
    n
    s
    2
    s
    1
    s
    0
    L
    1
    L
    2
    L
    n
    L
    Bl
    L
    preload
    deflection
    241.02.
    Material:
    Spring steel wire class C DIN 17.223 sheet 1, drawn and patented.
    For highly stressed compression springs and for loads both static and
    oscillating.
    Execution:
    Manufacturing tolerances to DIN 2095 class 2, load-stabilized, surface
    homogenized by ball-shot, oiled.
    Flattened and ground end coils.
    Note:
    Max. working temperature 100 °C.
    All spring sizes listed also available in “making-up-”lengths of 500 mm.
    When ordering these, please add “500” at the end of the order number
    – e. g. 241.02.11.040.500.
    D h = diameter of guide sleeve
    D m = mean coil diameter
    D d = diameter of guide pin
    d = diameter of spring wire
    L 0 = free length of spring
    L 1 ...L n = lengths of loaded spring as related to spring forces F 1 ...F n
    R = spring rate [N/mm]
    L Bl = length of compacted spring (i.-e. wire-to-wire)
    F 1 ...F n = forces [N] as related to lengths of spring L 1 ...L n
    s 1 ...s n = deflection as related to spring forces F 1 ...F n
    i f = number of active coils
    s = working stroke of spring – i. e. working deflection
    F61
    Order No D h D d D m d L 0 R s 1 F 1 [N]* l 1 s 2 F 2 [N]** l 2 s n F n [N]*** L n i f
    241.02.11.040 11 6.5 8.5 1.5 40 8.08 11.3 91 28.7 13.7 110 26.3 16.1 130 23.9 10.5
    241.02.13.055 13 8.5 10.5 1.5 55 3.8 20.8 79 34.2 25.2 95 29.8 29.7 112 25.3 12
    241.02.15.040 15 9.5 12 2 40 11.93 12.3 146 27.7 15 178 25 17.6 210 22.4 8
    241.02.15.050 15 9.5 12 2 50 10 17.5 175 32.5 21.2 212 28.8 25 250 25 9.5
    241.02.16.040 16 10.5 13 2 40 11 14 154 26 17 187 23 20 220 20 7
    241.02.18.085 18 12 14.75 2.25 85 5.92 30.8 182 54.2 37.4 221 47.6 44 260 41 14
    241.02.19.045 19 11 14.5 3 45 35 9.8 343 35.2 11.9 416 33.1 14 490 31 8
    241.02.19.050 19 11 14.5 3 50 30 11.2 336 38.8 13.6 408 36.4 16 480 34 8.5
    241.02.19.083 19.5 9 14 4 83 75 12.6 945 70.4 15.3 1147 67.7 18 1350 65 16
    241.02.20.035 20.5 10 15 4 35 170 5.6 952 29.4 6.8 1156 28.2 8 1360 27 4.5
    241.02.20.090 20.5 9 14.5 4.5 90 97.8 12.3 1202 77.7 15 1467 75 17.6 1714 72.4 4
    241.02.21.035 21 13.5 17 2.5 35 13.32 10.5 139 24.5 12.7 169 22.3 15 200 20 6
    241.02.21.040 21 12 16.25 3 40 32.1 9.8 314 30.2 11.9 381 28.1 14 450 26 5.5
    241.02.22.095 22 14.5 18 2.5 95 4.1 34.2 140 60.8 41.5 170 53.5 48.8 200 46.2 17
    241.02.22.040 22.5 12 17 4 40 105.5 7.7 812 32.3 9.3 981 30.7 11 1160 29 5
    241.02.23.045 23 14.5 18.5 3 45 25.7 15 385 30 18.2 467 26.8 21.4 550 23.6 5
    241.02.23.050 23 12.5 17.5 4 50 74.3 11 817 39 13.3 988 36.7 15.6 1160 34.4 6.5
    241.02.26.024 26.5 16 21 4 24 133.2 5 666 19 6.1 812 17.9 7.2 960 16.8 2
    241.02.30.070 30 13 20.8 7 70 341 7.7 2625 62.3 9.3 3171 60.7 11 3750 59 8
    241.02.32.070 32 21 26 4 70 24.2 23.8 575 46.2 28.9 700 41.1 34 822 36 6
    241.02.32.150 32 16 23.5 6.5 150 103.6 19.6 2030 130.4 23.8 2465 126 28 2900 122 14
    241.02.34.125 34 19 26 6 125 67.2 22.4 1505 102.6 27.2 1827 97.8 32 2150 93 11.5
    241.02.44.130 44 25 34 8 130 108.2 25.2 2726 104.8 30.6 3310 99.4 36 3895 94 10
    241.02.44.200 44 25 34 8 200 62.7 43.4 2721 156.6 52.7 3304 147.3 62 3887 137.7 17
    241.02.48.067 48 25 36 10 67 640 6.3 4032 60.7 7.6 4864 59.4 9 5760 58 3.5
    241.02.49.050 49 29 38.5 8.5 50 337 7.7 2594 42.3 9.3 3134 40.7 11 3707 39 2.5
    241.02.55.200 55 30 42 11 200 157 30.1 4725 169.9 36.6 5746 163.4 43 6750 157 13
    241.02.58.050 58 39 48 8 50 151.2 9.8 1481 40.2 11.9 1799 38.1 14 2117 36 2.5
    241.02.63.180 63 38 50 11 180 121 30.1 3642 149.9 36.6 4428 143.4 43 5203 137 10
    *= long spring life; ** = medium spring life; *** = max. spring loading
    241.02. Round wire compression spring
    subject to alterations
    Disc spring DIN 2093
    Material:
    50 CrV 4 Vanadium Spring Steel
    Note:
    FIBRO Disc Springs 242.01. are made from 50 CrV 4 premier grade spring
    steel. This “classic” spring material guarantes optimal performance
    levels within the temperature range from –15 °C to +150 °C. “Hot pres-
    setting” allows working temperatures from –25 °C to +200 °C.
    D a = outside diameter of spring
    D i = diameter of hole
    s = crossectional thickness of spring
    h = concavity of free spring
    l 0 =total height of free spring
    f = deflection of spring, caused by load F
    F = load F [N], causing deflection f
    242.01.
    D
    D i
    a
    l
    h
    s
    0
    F62
    Order No
    in accord.
    with
    DIN 2093
    series
    D a
    h12
    D i
    H12 s h l 0
    f 1 =
    0,2 h F 1 [N]
    f 2 =
    0,4 h F 2 [N]
    f 3 =
    0,6 h F 3 [N]
    f 4 =
    0,7 h F 4 [N]
    f 5 =
    0,8 h F 5 [N]
    242.01.080.032.040 8 3.2 0.4 0.2 0.6 0.04 58 0.08 110 0.12 160 0.14 180 0.16 200
    242.01.100.052.040 B 10 5.2 0.4 0.3 0.7 0.06 73 0.12 134 0.18 180 0.21 200 0.24 220
    242.01.125.062.050 B 12.5 6.2 0.5 0.35 0.85 0.07 100 0.14 180 0.21 250 0.24 280 0.28 310
    242.01.140.072.080 A 14 7.2 0.8 0.3 1.1 0.06 230 0.12 450 0.18 660 0.21 770 0.24 870
    242.01.150.052.070 15 5.2 0.7 0.4 1.1 0.08 180 0.16 340 0.24 470 0.28 540 0.32 610
    242.01.160.082.060 B 16 8.2 0.6 0.45 1.05 0.09 145 0.18 260 0.27 360 0.31 400 0.36 440
    242.01.160.082.090 A 16 8.2 0.9 0.35 1.25 0.07 300 0.14 580 0.21 850 0.24 970 0.28 1100
    242.01.180.092.100 A 18 9.2 1 0.4 1.4 0.08 370 0.16 720 0.24 1050 0.28 1200 0.32 1350
    242.01.200.102.080 B 20 10.2 0.8 0.55 1.35 0.11 250 0.22 470 0.33 650 0.38 730 0.44 800
    242.01.200.102.090 20 10.2 0.9 0.55 1.45 0.11 340 0.22 640 0.33 900 0.38 1000 0.44 1150
    242.01.200.102.110 A 20 10.2 1.1 0.45 1.55 0.09 450 0.18 870 0.27 1350 0.31 1450 0.36 1650
    242.01.230.122.125 23 12.2 1.25 0.6 1.85 0.12 710 0.24 1360 0.36 1960 0.42 2240 0.48 2520
    242.01.250.122.150 A 25 12.2 1.5 0.55 2.05 0.11 860 0.22 1650 0.33 2450 0.38 2800 0.44 3100
    242.01.250.122.100 25 12.2 1 0.6 1.6 0.12 320 0.24 600 0.36 840 0.42 950 0.48 1050
    242.01.280.142.100 B 28 14.2 1 0.8 1.8 0.16 400 0.32 720 0.48 970 0.56 1100 0.64 1200
    242.01.280.142.150 A 28 14.2 1.5 0.65 2.15 0.13 850 0.26 1650 0.39 2400 0.45 2700 0.52 3100
    242.01.315.163.125 B 31.5 16.3 1.25 0.9 2.15 0.18 660 0.36 1200 0.54 1650 0.63 1850 0.72 2000
    242.01.315.163.175 A 31.5 16.3 1.75 0.7 2.45 0.14 1150 0.28 2200 0.42 3200 0.49 3700 0.56 4200
    242.01.355.183.200 A 35.5 18.3 2 0.8 2.8 0.16 1550 0.32 3000 0.48 4300 0.56 5000 0.64 5600
    242.01.400.142.150 40 14.2 1.5 1.25 2.75 0.25 950 0.5 1700 0.75 2200 0.87 2500 1 2700
    242.01.400.204.225 A 40 20.4 2.25 0.9 3.15 0.18 1900 0.36 3700 0.54 5400 0.63 5200 0.72 7000
    242.01.450.224.250 A 45 22.4 2.5 1 3.5 0.2 2300 0.4 4500 0.6 6400 0.7 7400 0.8 8500
    242.01.500.183.150 50 18.3 1.5 1.8 3.3 0.36 1200 0.72 2000 1.08 2400 1.26 2600 1.44 2700
    242.01.500.254.250 50 25.4 2.5 1.4 3.9 0.28 2850 0.56 5350 0.84 7600 0.98 8650 1.12 9650
    242.01.500.254.300 A 50 25.4 3 1.1 4.1 0.22 3500 0.44 6800 0.66 10000 0.77 11500 0.88 13000
    242.01.560.285.200 B 56 28.5 2 1.6 3.6 0.32 1600 0.64 2900 0.96 3900 1.12 4300 1.28 4700
    242.01.600.204.200 60 20.4 2 2.1 4.1 0.42 2000 0.84 3400 1.26 4300 1.47 4700 1.68 5000
    242.01. Disc spring DIN 2093
    Elastomer Springs
    Spring and spacer
    units
    Accessories
    Elastomer Springs
    Spring and spacer
    units
    Accessories
    F63
    subject to alterations
    FIBROFLEX®-Elastomer spring for FIBROFLEX®-Spring system
    Description:
    FIBROFLEX® Spring Systems represent a finely graded range of
    elastomer spring units (material: polyurethane) exhibiting particular
    suitability for all stamping dies and related tools.
    The 244.-Systems comprise FIBROFLEX® Spring Elements 244.1., avai-
    lable in three Shore hardnesses. With the aid of Stacking Washers 244.4.
    and Guide Pins 244.5., the elements can be stacked.
    Note that stacking with interposed stacking washers results in the addi-
    tion of the individual spring deflections – without addition of the spring
    forces.
    Note:
    Physical and chemical properties of FIBROFLEX®-Elastomer – see at the
    beginning of chapter G.
    Dowel pins (235./2351.1.) or guide pins (244.5.), recommended for
    stacks higher than 1,5 x d 2 .
    L 0
    max.
    f
    1
    d
    2
    d
    d 3
    244.1.
    Mounting example
    F64
    Order No Spring hardness d 1 d 2 d 3 L 0 f max. F max. [N]
    244.1.16.5 80 Shore A 16 6.5 20 7.5 2.6 1060
    244.1.20.5 80 Shore A 20 8.5 26 10 3.5 1580
    244.1.25.5 80 Shore A 25 10.5 32 12.5 4.3 2670
    244.1.32.5 80 Shore A 32 13.5 40 15 5.2 4500
    244.1.40.5 80 Shore A 40 13.5 50 17.5 6.1 7200
    244.1.16.6 90 Shore A 16 6.5 20 7.5 2.2 1900
    244.1.20.6 90 Shore A 20 8.5 26 10 3 2650
    244.1.25.6 90 Shore A 25 10.5 32 12.5 3.7 4400
    244.1.32.6 90 Shore A 32 13.5 40 15 4.5 6550
    244.1.40.6 90 Shore A 40 13.5 50 17.5 5.2 11200
    244.1.16.7 95 Shore A 16 6.5 20 7.5 1.9 2500
    244.1.20.7 95 Shore A 20 8.5 26 10 2.5 3500
    244.1.25.7 95 Shore A 25 10.5 32 12.5 3.1 4500
    244.1.32.7 95 Shore A 32 13.5 40 15 3.9 7800
    244.1.40.7 95 Shore A 40 13.5 50 17.5 4.4 13500
    244.1. FIBROFLEX®-Elastomer spring for FIBROFLEX®-Spring system
    subject to alterations
    FIBROFLEX®-Elastomer spring for FIBROFLEX®-Spring system
    95 Shore
    90 Shore
    80 Shore
    compression(mm) load/force (N)
    2550
    2400
    2250
    2100
    1950
    1800
    1650
    1500
    1350
    1200
    1050
    150
    0
    2700
    300
    450
    600
    750
    900
    0 1,0 2,0 3,0 4,0 5,0 6,0
    80 Shore
    90 Shore
    95 Shore
    compression(mm) load/force (N)
    4250
    4000
    3750
    3500
    3250
    3000
    2750
    2500
    2250
    2000
    1750
    1500
    1250
    1000
    250
    0
    4500
    500
    750
    0 1,0 2,0 3,0 4,0 5,0 6,0
    95 Shore
    90 Shore
    80 Shore
    compression(mm) load/force (N)
    4250
    4000
    3750
    3500
    3250
    3000
    2750
    2500
    2250
    2000
    1750
    1500
    1250
    1000
    250
    0
    4500
    500
    750
    0 1,0 2,0 3,0 4,0 5,0 6,0
    90 Shore
    80 Shore
    compression(mm) load/force (N)
    95 Shore
    0
    8500
    8000
    7500
    7000
    6500
    6000
    5500
    5000
    4500
    4000
    3500
    3000
    2500
    2000
    1500
    1000
    500
    0
    9000
    1,0 2,0 3,0 4,0 5,0 6,0
    90 Shore
    80 Shore
    95 Shore
    13500
    compression(mm) load/force (N)
    0
    12750
    12000
    11250
    10500
    9750
    9000
    8250
    7500
    6750
    6000
    5250
    4500
    3750
    3000
    2250
    1500
    750
    0
    1,0 2,0 3,0 4,0 5,0 6,0
    244.1.16. – ∅ 16 244.1.20. – ∅ 20 244.1.25. – ∅ 25
    244.1.32. – ∅ 32 244.1.40. – ∅ 40
    subject to alterations
    FIBROFLEX®-Elastomer spring for FIBROFLEX®-Spring system
    95 Shore
    90 Shore
    80 Shore
    compression(mm) load/force (N)
    2550
    2400
    2250
    2100
    1950
    1800
    1650
    1500
    1350
    1200
    1050
    150
    0
    2700
    300
    450
    600
    750
    900
    0 1,0 2,0 3,0 4,0 5,0 6,0
    80 Shore
    90 Shore
    95 Shore
    compression(mm) load/force (N)
    4250
    4000
    3750
    3500
    3250
    3000
    2750
    2500
    2250
    2000
    1750
    1500
    1250
    1000
    250
    0
    4500
    500
    750
    0 1,0 2,0 3,0 4,0 5,0 6,0
    95 Shore
    90 Shore
    80 Shore
    compression(mm) load/force (N)
    4250
    4000
    3750
    3500
    3250
    3000
    2750
    2500
    2250
    2000
    1750
    1500
    1250
    1000
    250
    0
    4500
    500
    750
    0 1,0 2,0 3,0 4,0 5,0 6,0
    90 Shore
    80 Shore
    compression(mm) load/force (N)
    95 Shore
    0
    8500
    8000
    7500
    7000
    6500
    6000
    5500
    5000
    4500
    4000
    3500
    3000
    2500
    2000
    1500
    1000
    500
    0
    9000
    1,0 2,0 3,0 4,0 5,0 6,0
    90 Shore
    80 Shore
    95 Shore
    13500
    compression(mm) load/force (N)
    0
    12750
    12000
    11250
    10500
    9750
    9000
    8250
    7500
    6750
    6000
    5250
    4500
    3750
    3000
    2250
    1500
    750
    0
    1,0 2,0 3,0 4,0 5,0 6,0
    244.1.16. – ∅ 16 244.1.20. – ∅ 20 244.1.25. – ∅ 25
    244.1.32. – ∅ 32 244.1.40. – ∅ 40
    F65
    subject to alterations
    FIBROFLEX®-Tubular spring element 80 Shore A, to DIN ISO 10069-1
    d 1
    d 3
    d 2
    L 0
    f max.
    246.5.
    Description:
    FIBROFLEX® Spring Elements are made from
    highly elastic polyurethane elastomers.
    Shore hardness is the most significant rating
    of the various FIBROFLEX®-Elements. Shore
    hardness ratings are symbolized by distinctive
    colour coding.
    Correct selection of Shore hardness has a
    fundamental bearing on the success of
    FIBROFLEX®-applications.
    Material:
    Polyurethan 80 Shore A
    Colour: green
    Note:
    The physical properties of polyurethane
    elastomers means that they have a tendency
    to settle. The extent of such settlement is
    dependent on the internal heat of friction,
    speed and number of load changes, the spring
    travel and the Shore hardness.
    Settlement may be as much as 4 to 7% of the
    spring length L 0 .
    F66
    Order No d 1 L 0 d 2 d 3 f max. F max. [N] Order No d 1 L 0 d 2 d 3 f max. F max. [N]
    246.5.016.012 16 12.5 6.5 21 4.3 1020 246.5.100.080 100 80 21 130 28 45000
    246.5.016.016 16 16 6.5 21 5.6 980 246.5.100.100 100 100 21 130 35 43300
    246.5.016.020 16 20 6.5 21 7 950 246.5.100.125 100 125 21 130 43.7 41500
    246.5.016.025 16 25 6.5 21 8.7 940 246.5.125.032 125 32 27 160 10.6 92000
    246.5.020.016 20 16 8.5 26 5.6 1530 246.5.125.040 125 40 27 160 14 85000
    246.5.020.020 20 20 8.5 26 7 1510 246.5.125.050 125 50 27 160 17.5 80000
    246.5.020.025 20 25 8.5 26 8.7 1500 246.5.125.063 125 63 27 160 22 75000
    246.5.020.032 20 32 8.5 26 10.6 1490 246.5.125.080 125 80 27 160 28 71000
    246.5.025.020 25 20 10.5 32 7 2600 246.5.125.100 125 100 27 160 35 70500
    246.5.025.025 25 25 10.5 32 8.7 2550 246.5.125.125 125 125 27 160 43.7 70000
    246.5.025.032 25 32 10.5 32 10.6 2520 246.5.125.160 125 160 27 160 56 68000
    246.5.025.040 25 40 10.5 32 14 2500
    246.5.032.032 32 32 13.5 42 10.6 3900
    246.5.032.040 32 40 13.5 42 14 3850
    246.5.032.050 32 50 13.5 42 17.5 3820
    246.5.032.063 32 63 13.5 42 22 3800
    246.5.040.032 40 32 13.5 52 10.6 6700
    246.5.040.040 40 40 13.5 52 14 6600
    246.5.040.050 40 50 13.5 52 17.5 6550
    246.5.040.063 40 63 13.5 52 22 6500
    246.5.040.080 40 80 13.5 52 28 6480
    246.5.050.032 50 32 17 65 10.6 10800
    246.5.050.040 50 40 17 65 14 10400
    246.5.050.050 50 50 17 65 17.5 10200
    246.5.050.063 50 63 17 65 22 10000
    246.5.050.080 50 80 17 65 28 9950
    246.5.050.100 50 100 17 65 35 9900
    246.5.063.032 63 32 17 81 11.2 18650
    246.5.063.040 63 40 17 81 14 18000
    246.5.063.050 63 50 17 81 17.5 17500
    246.5.063.063 63 63 17 81 22 17000
    246.5.063.080 63 80 17 81 28 16500
    246.5.063.100 63 100 17 81 35 16200
    246.5.063.125 63 125 17 81 43.7 16000
    246.5.080.032 80 32 21 104 11.2 31500
    246.5.080.040 80 40 21 104 14 30100
    246.5.080.050 80 50 21 104 17.5 29900
    246.5.080.063 80 63 21 104 22 28800
    246.5.080.080 80 80 21 104 28 28300
    246.5.080.100 80 100 21 104 35 28100
    246.5.080.125 80 125 21 104 43.7 28000
    246.5.100.032 100 32 21 130 10.6 56000
    246.5.100.040 100 40 21 130 14 52000
    246.5.100.050 100 50 21 130 17.5 50000
    246.5.100.063 100 63 21 130 22 47500
    25
    20 16
    12,5
    10
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    0 2 4 6 8 12
    0
    200
    400
    600
    800
    1000
    1200
    L 0
    246.5.016.
    Ø 16/80 Shore A
    246.5. FIBROFLEX®-Tubular spring element 80 Shore A, to DIN ISO 10069-1
    subject to alterations
    FIBROFLEX®-Tubular Spring Elements 80 Shore A
    32 20
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    10 0 2 4 6 8 12
    0
    300
    1800
    600
    900
    1500
    1200
    16 L 0
    25
    246.5.020.
    Ø 20/80 Shore A
    25
    0
    500
    3000
    2500
    2000
    1500
    1000
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    0 3 6 9 18 12 15
    20 L 0
    32
    40
    246.5.025.
    Ø 25/80 Shore A
    40
    L
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    0 4 8 24 16 20 12
    0
    700
    1400
    2100
    2800
    3500
    4200
    32
    0
    50
    63
    246.5.032.
    Ø 32/80 Shore A
    100 80
    63
    50
    0 6 36 30 24 18 12
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    0
    2000
    4000
    6000
    8000
    10000
    12000
    32 L 0
    40
    246.5.050.
    Ø 50/80 Shore A
    40
    32
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    0 5 30 25 20 15 10
    0
    3000
    2000
    1000
    4000
    5000
    6000
    L 0
    50
    63
    80
    246.5.040.
    Ø 40/80 Shore A
    40
    100
    50
    0 8 48 40 32 24 16
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    0
    3000
    6000
    15000
    18000
    12000
    9000
    32 L 0
    63
    80
    125
    246.5.063.
    Ø 63/80 Shore A
    100 125
    50
    40
    80
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    0 8 48 40 32 24 16
    0
    5000
    25000
    30000
    20000
    15000
    10000
    32 L 0
    63
    246.5.080.
    Ø 80/80 Shore A
    100
    80
    63
    40
    0 8 48 40 32 24 16
    0
    90000
    75000
    60000
    45000
    30000
    15000
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    L 32
    0
    50
    125
    160
    246.5.125.
    Ø 125/80 Shore A
    100
    125
    63
    80
    40
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    0 8 48 40 32 24 16
    0
    9000
    54000
    45000
    36000
    27000
    18000
    L 32
    0
    50
    246.5.100.
    Ø 100/80 Shore A
    subject to alterations
    FIBROFLEX®-Tubular Spring Elements 80 Shore A
    32 20
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    10 0 2 4 6 8 12
    0
    300
    1800
    600
    900
    1500
    1200
    16 L 0
    25
    246.5.020.
    Ø 20/80 Shore A
    25
    0
    500
    3000
    2500
    2000
    1500
    1000
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    0 3 6 9 18 12 15
    20 L 0
    32
    40
    246.5.025.
    Ø 25/80 Shore A
    40
    L
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    0 4 8 24 16 20 12
    0
    700
    1400
    2100
    2800
    3500
    4200
    32
    0
    50
    63
    246.5.032.
    Ø 32/80 Shore A
    100 80
    63
    50
    0 6 36 30 24 18 12
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    0
    2000
    4000
    6000
    8000
    10000
    12000
    32 L 0
    40
    246.5.050.
    Ø 50/80 Shore A
    40
    32
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    0 5 30 25 20 15 10
    0
    3000
    2000
    1000
    4000
    5000
    6000
    L 0
    50
    63
    80
    246.5.040.
    Ø 40/80 Shore A
    40
    100
    50
    0 8 48 40 32 24 16
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    0
    3000
    6000
    15000
    18000
    12000
    9000
    32 L 0
    63
    80
    125
    246.5.063.
    Ø 63/80 Shore A
    100 125
    50
    40
    80
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    0 8 48 40 32 24 16
    0
    5000
    25000
    30000
    20000
    15000
    10000
    32 L 0
    63
    246.5.080.
    Ø 80/80 Shore A
    100
    80
    63
    40
    0 8 48 40 32 24 16
    0
    90000
    75000
    60000
    45000
    30000
    15000
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    L 32
    0
    50
    125
    160
    246.5.125.
    Ø 125/80 Shore A
    100
    125
    63
    80
    40
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    0 8 48 40 32 24 16
    0
    9000
    54000
    45000
    36000
    27000
    18000
    L 32
    0
    50
    246.5.100.
    Ø 100/80 Shore A
    F67
    subject to alterations
    FIBROFLEX®-Tubular spring element 90 Shore A, to DIN ISO 10069-1
    d 1
    d 3
    d 2
    L 0
    f max.
    246.6.
    Description:
    FIBROFLEX® Spring Elements are made from
    highly elastic polyurethane elastomers.
    Shore hardness is the most significant rating
    of the various FIBROFLEX®-Elements. Shore
    hardness ratings are symbolized by distinctive
    colour coding.
    Correct selection of Shore hardness has a
    fundamental bearing on the success of
    FIBROFLEX®-applications.
    Material:
    Polyurethan 90 Shore A
    Colour: yellow
    Note:
    The physical properties of polyurethane
    elastomers means that they have a tendency
    to settle. The extent of such settlement is
    dependent on the internal heat of friction,
    speed and number of load changes, the spring
    travel and the Shore hardness.
    Settlement may be as much as 4 to 7% of the
    spring length L 0 .
    F68
    Order No d 1 L 0 d 2 d 3 f max. F max. [N] Order No d 1 L 0 d 2 d 3 f max. F max. [N]
    246.6.016.012 16 12.5 6.5 21 3.6 1680 246.6.100.080 100 80 21 130 24 75000
    246.6.016.016 16 16 6.5 21 4.8 1650 246.6.100.100 100 100 21 130 30 73000
    246.6.016.020 16 20 6.5 21 6 1620 246.6.100.125 100 125 21 130 37.5 71000
    246.6.016.025 16 25 6.5 21 7.5 1580 246.6.125.032 125 32 27 160 9.6 150000
    246.6.020.016 20 16 8.5 26 4.8 2600 246.6.125.040 125 40 27 160 12 142500
    246.6.020.020 20 20 8.5 26 6 2550 246.6.125.050 125 50 27 160 15 132000
    246.6.020.025 20 25 8.5 26 7.5 2530 246.6.125.063 125 63 27 160 18.9 125000
    246.6.020.032 20 32 8.5 26 9.6 2500 246.6.125.080 125 80 27 160 24 118000
    246.6.025.020 25 20 10.5 32 6 4300 246.6.125.100 125 100 27 160 30 115000
    246.6.025.025 25 25 10.5 32 7.5 4200 246.6.125.125 125 125 27 160 37.5 113000
    246.6.025.032 25 32 10.5 32 9.6 4150 246.6.125.160 125 160 27 160 48 111300
    246.6.025.040 25 40 10.5 32 12 4120
    246.6.032.032 32 32 13.5 42 9.6 6400
    246.6.032.040 32 40 13.5 42 12 6350
    246.6.032.050 32 50 13.5 42 15 6300
    246.6.032.063 32 63 13.5 42 18.9 6250
    246.6.040.032 40 32 13.5 52 9.6 11000
    246.6.040.040 40 40 13.5 52 12 10900
    246.6.040.050 40 50 13.5 52 15 10800
    246.6.040.063 40 63 13.5 52 18.9 10750
    246.6.040.080 40 80 13.5 52 24 10700
    246.6.050.032 50 32 17 65 9.6 17400
    246.6.050.040 50 40 17 65 12 17300
    246.6.050.050 50 50 17 65 15 17000
    246.6.050.063 50 63 17 65 18.9 16650
    246.6.050.080 50 80 17 65 24 16500
    246.6.050.100 50 100 17 65 30 16400
    246.6.063.032 63 32 17 81 9.6 30100
    246.6.063.040 63 40 17 81 12 29500
    246.6.063.050 63 50 17 81 15 28900
    246.6.063.063 63 63 17 81 18.9 28000
    246.6.063.080 63 80 17 81 24 27500
    246.6.063.100 63 100 17 81 30 27300
    246.6.063.125 63 125 17 81 37.5 26800
    246.6.080.032 80 32 21 104 9.6 53000
    246.6.080.040 80 40 21 104 12 50500
    246.6.080.050 80 50 21 104 15 48000
    246.6.080.063 80 63 21 104 18.9 46500
    246.6.080.080 80 80 21 104 24 45500
    246.6.080.100 80 100 21 104 30 44900
    246.6.080.125 80 125 21 104 37.5 44000
    246.6.100.032 100 32 21 130 9.6 90000
    246.6.100.040 100 40 21 130 12 84800
    246.6.100.050 100 50 21 130 15 81000
    246.6.100.063 100 63 21 130 18.9 78000
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    10 0 2 4 6 8 12
    0
    300
    600
    900
    1500
    1800
    1200
    12,5 L 0
    16 20
    25
    246.6.016.
    Ø 16/90 Shore A
    246.6. FIBROFLEX®-Tubular spring element 90 Shore A, to DIN ISO 10069-1
    subject to alterations
    FIBROFLEX®-Tubular Spring Elements 90 Shore A
    63
    40
    32
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    0 3 6 18 12 15 9
    0
    2000
    3000
    4000
    5000
    6000
    1000
    L 0
    50
    246.6.032.
    Ø 32/90 Shore A
    40
    32
    25
    L
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    0 2 4 6 12 10 8
    0
    700
    4200
    3500
    2800
    2100
    1400
    20
    0
    246.6.025.
    Ø 25/90 Shore A
    100
    50
    32
    0 5 30 25 20 15 10
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    0
    3000
    6000
    15000
    18000
    12000
    9000
    L 0
    40
    63
    80
    246.6.050.
    Ø 50/90 Shore A
    80
    40
    32
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    0 4 24 8 20 16 12
    0
    2000
    4000
    6000
    8000
    10000
    12000
    L 0
    50 63
    246.6.040.
    Ø 40/90 Shore A
    125
    100
    80
    63
    40
    L
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    0 6 36 30 24 18 12
    0
    9000
    45000
    54000
    36000
    27000
    18000
    32
    0
    50
    246.6.080.
    Ø 80/90 Shore A
    125
    100
    50
    40
    80
    0 6 36 30 24 18 12
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    0
    5000
    25000
    30000
    20000
    15000
    10000
    32 L 0
    63
    246.6.063.
    Ø 63/90 Shore A
    100
    50 63
    80
    0 7 42 35 28 21 14
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    0
    150000
    125000
    100000
    75000
    50000
    25000
    L 32
    0
    40
    125
    160
    246.6.125.
    Ø 125/90 Shore A
    100
    125
    40
    80
    63
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    0 6 36 30 24 18 12
    0
    90000
    75000
    60000
    45000
    30000
    15000
    L 32
    0
    50
    246.6.100.
    Ø 100/90 Shore A
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    10 0 2 4 6 8 12
    0
    400
    2400
    800
    2000
    1600
    1200
    16 L 0
    20 25 32
    246.6.020.
    Ø 20/90 Shore A
    subject to alterations
    FIBROFLEX®-Tubular Spring Elements 90 Shore A
    63
    40
    32
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    0 3 6 18 12 15 9
    0
    2000
    3000
    4000
    5000
    6000
    1000
    L 0
    50
    246.6.032.
    Ø 32/90 Shore A
    40
    32
    25
    L
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    0 2 4 6 12 10 8
    0
    700
    4200
    3500
    2800
    2100
    1400
    20
    0
    246.6.025.
    Ø 25/90 Shore A
    100
    50
    32
    0 5 30 25 20 15 10
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    0
    3000
    6000
    15000
    18000
    12000
    9000
    L 0
    40
    63
    80
    246.6.050.
    Ø 50/90 Shore A
    80
    40
    32
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    0 4 24 8 20 16 12
    0
    2000
    4000
    6000
    8000
    10000
    12000
    L 0
    50 63
    246.6.040.
    Ø 40/90 Shore A
    125
    100
    80
    63
    40
    L
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    0 6 36 30 24 18 12
    0
    9000
    45000
    54000
    36000
    27000
    18000
    32
    0
    50
    246.6.080.
    Ø 80/90 Shore A
    125
    100
    50
    40
    80
    0 6 36 30 24 18 12
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    0
    5000
    25000
    30000
    20000
    15000
    10000
    32 L 0
    63
    246.6.063.
    Ø 63/90 Shore A
    100
    50 63
    80
    0 7 42 35 28 21 14
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    0
    150000
    125000
    100000
    75000
    50000
    25000
    L 32
    0
    40
    125
    160
    246.6.125.
    Ø 125/90 Shore A
    100
    125
    40
    80
    63
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    0 6 36 30 24 18 12
    0
    90000
    75000
    60000
    45000
    30000
    15000
    L 32
    0
    50
    246.6.100.
    Ø 100/90 Shore A
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    10 0 2 4 6 8 12
    0
    400
    2400
    800
    2000
    1600
    1200
    16 L 0
    20 25 32
    246.6.020.
    Ø 20/90 Shore A
    F69
    subject to alterations
    FIBROFLEX®-Tubular spring element 95 Shore A, to DIN ISO 10069-1
    d 1
    d 3
    d 2
    L 0
    f max.
    246.7.
    Description:
    FIBROFLEX® Spring Elements are made from
    highly elastic polyurethane elastomers.
    Shore hardness is the most significant rating
    of the various FIBROFLEX®-Elements. Shore
    hardness ratings are symbolized by distinctive
    colour coding.
    Correct selection of Shore hardness has a
    fundamental bearing on the success of
    FIBROFLEX®-applications.
    Material:
    Polyurethan 95 Shore A
    Colour: red
    Note:
    The physical properties of polyurethane
    elastomers means that they have a tendency
    to settle. The extent of such settlement is
    dependent on the internal heat of friction,
    speed and number of load changes, the spring
    travel and the Shore hardness.
    Settlement may be as much as 4 to 7% of the
    spring length L 0 .
    F70
    Order No d 1 L 0 d 2 d 3 f max. F max. [N] Order No d 1 L 0 d 2 d 3 f max. F max. [N]
    246.7.016.012 16 12.5 6.5 21 3.1 2000 246.7.100.080 100 80 21 130 20 89000
    246.7.016.016 16 16 6.5 21 4 1920 246.7.100.100 100 100 21 130 25 87000
    246.7.016.020 16 20 6.5 21 5 1900 246.7.100.125 100 125 21 130 31.2 86000
    246.7.016.025 16 25 6.5 21 6.2 1870 246.7.125.032 125 32 27 160 8 178000
    246.7.020.016 20 16 8.5 26 4 3050 246.7.125.040 125 40 27 160 10 168000
    246.7.020.020 20 20 8.5 26 5 3000 246.7.125.050 125 50 27 160 12.5 157000
    246.7.020.025 20 25 8.5 26 6.2 2980 246.7.125.063 125 63 27 160 15.7 150000
    246.7.020.032 20 32 8.5 26 8 2950 246.7.125.080 125 80 27 160 20 142000
    246.7.025.020 25 20 10.5 32 5 5100 246.7.125.100 125 100 27 160 25 135000
    246.7.025.025 25 25 10.5 32 6.2 5080 246.7.125.125 125 125 27 160 31.2 133000
    246.7.025.032 25 32 10.5 32 8 5020 246.7.125.160 125 160 27 160 40 130000
    246.7.025.040 25 40 10.5 32 10 5000
    246.7.032.032 32 32 13.5 42 8 7600
    246.7.032.040 32 40 13.5 42 10 7500
    246.7.032.050 32 50 13.5 42 12 7480
    246.7.032.063 32 63 13.5 42 15.7 7450
    246.7.040.032 40 32 13.5 52 8 13000
    246.7.040.040 40 40 13.5 52 10 12700
    246.7.040.050 40 50 13.5 52 12.5 12500
    246.7.040.063 40 63 13.5 52 15.7 12450
    246.7.040.080 40 80 13.5 52 20 12430
    246.7.050.032 50 32 17 65 8 21000
    246.7.050.040 50 40 17 65 10 20100
    246.7.050.050 50 50 17 65 12.5 19600
    246.7.050.063 50 63 17 65 15.7 19200
    246.7.050.080 50 80 17 65 20 19100
    246.7.050.100 50 100 17 65 25 19050
    246.7.063.032 63 32 17 81 8 37000
    246.7.063.040 63 40 17 81 10 35900
    246.7.063.050 63 50 17 81 12.5 34000
    246.7.063.063 63 63 17 81 15.7 33000
    246.7.063.080 63 80 17 81 20 32000
    246.7.063.100 63 100 17 81 25 31800
    246.7.063.125 63 125 17 81 31.2 31600
    246.7.080.032 80 32 21 104 8 62500
    246.7.080.040 80 40 21 104 10 59000
    246.7.080.050 80 50 21 104 12.5 58000
    246.7.080.063 80 63 21 104 15.7 55000
    246.7.080.080 80 80 21 104 20 54000
    246.7.080.100 80 100 21 104 25 53000
    246.7.080.125 80 125 21 104 31.2 52000
    246.7.100.032 100 32 21 130 8 110000
    246.7.100.040 100 40 21 130 10 102500
    246.7.100.050 100 50 21 130 12.5 95000
    246.7.100.063 100 63 21 130 15.7 92000
    246.7.016.
    ∅ 16/95 Shore A
    20
    16
    12,5 L
    10 0 2 4 6 8 12
    0
    350
    700
    1750
    2100
    1400
    1050
    0
    25
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    246.7. FIBROFLEX®-Tubular spring element 95 Shore A, to DIN ISO 10069-1
    subject to alterations
    FIBROFLEX®-Tubular Spring Elements 95 Shore A
    63
    50
    40
    32 L
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    0 3 6 18 12 15 9
    0
    2600
    3900
    5200
    6500
    7800
    1300
    0
    246.7.032.
    Ø 32/95 Shore A
    40
    32 25
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    0 2 4 6 12 10 8
    0
    800
    4800
    4000
    3200
    2400
    1600
    20 L 0
    246.7.025.
    Ø 25/95 Shore A
    40
    63 100 80
    32
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    0 5 30 25 20 15 10
    0
    3500
    7000
    17500
    21000
    14000
    10500
    L 0
    50
    246.7.050.
    Ø 50/95 Shore A
    80 63
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    0 4 24 8 20 16 12
    0
    2000
    4000
    6000
    8000
    10000
    12000
    L 32
    0
    40 50
    246.7.040.
    Ø 40/95 Shore A
    125
    40
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    0 6 36 30 24 18 12
    0
    50000
    60000
    40000
    30000
    20000
    10000
    32 L 0
    63 80
    50
    100
    246.7.080.
    Ø 80/95 Shore A
    125 100
    50
    0 6 36 30 24 18 12
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    0
    6000
    30000
    36000
    24000
    18000
    12000
    32 L 0
    40
    63 80
    246.7.063.
    Ø 63/95 Shore A
    100
    80
    63
    0 7 42 35 28 21 14
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    0
    180000
    150000
    120000
    90000
    60000
    30000
    L 32
    0
    40
    50
    125 160
    246.7.125.
    Ø 125/95 Shore A
    125
    100
    50
    32
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    0 6 12 36 30 24 18
    0
    120000
    100000
    80000
    60000
    40000
    20000
    L 0
    40
    63 80
    246.7.100.
    Ø 100/95 Shore A
    20 25 32
    L
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    10 0 2 4 6 8 12
    0
    500
    3000
    2500
    2000
    1500
    1000
    16
    0
    246.7.020.
    Ø 20/95 Shore A
    subject to alterations
    FIBROFLEX®-Tubular Spring Elements 95 Shore A
    63
    50
    40
    32 L
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    0 3 6 18 12 15 9
    0
    2600
    3900
    5200
    6500
    7800
    1300
    0
    246.7.032.
    Ø 32/95 Shore A
    40
    32 25
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    0 2 4 6 12 10 8
    0
    800
    4800
    4000
    3200
    2400
    1600
    20 L 0
    246.7.025.
    Ø 25/95 Shore A
    40
    63 100 80
    32
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    0 5 30 25 20 15 10
    0
    3500
    7000
    17500
    21000
    14000
    10500
    L 0
    50
    246.7.050.
    Ø 50/95 Shore A
    80 63
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    0 4 24 8 20 16 12
    0
    2000
    4000
    6000
    8000
    10000
    12000
    L 32
    0
    40 50
    246.7.040.
    Ø 40/95 Shore A
    125
    40
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    0 6 36 30 24 18 12
    0
    50000
    60000
    40000
    30000
    20000
    10000
    32 L 0
    63 80
    50
    100
    246.7.080.
    Ø 80/95 Shore A
    125 100
    50
    0 6 36 30 24 18 12
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    0
    6000
    30000
    36000
    24000
    18000
    12000
    32 L 0
    40
    63 80
    246.7.063.
    Ø 63/95 Shore A
    100
    80
    63
    0 7 42 35 28 21 14
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    0
    180000
    150000
    120000
    90000
    60000
    30000
    L 32
    0
    40
    50
    125 160
    246.7.125.
    Ø 125/95 Shore A
    125
    100
    50
    32
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    0 6 12 36 30 24 18
    0
    120000
    100000
    80000
    60000
    40000
    20000
    L 0
    40
    63 80
    246.7.100.
    Ø 100/95 Shore A
    20 25 32
    L
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    10 0 2 4 6 8 12
    0
    500
    3000
    2500
    2000
    1500
    1000
    16
    0
    246.7.020.
    Ø 20/95 Shore A
    F71
    subject to alterations
    FIBROELAST® Tubular spring element 70 Shore A
    d 1
    L 0
    max.
    f
    d 2
    2461.4.
    d 3
    Material:
    Polyester-based polyurethane 70 Shore A
    Colour: white
    Note:
    The physical properties of polyurethane
    elastomers means that they have a tendency
    to settle. The extent of such settlement is
    dependent on the internal heat of friction,
    speed and number of load changes, the spring
    travel and the Shore hardness.
    Settlement may be as much as 4 to 7% of the
    spring length L 0 .
    F72
    Order No d 1 L 0 d 2 d 3 f max. Order No d 1 L 0 d 2 d 3 f max.
    2461.4.016.012 16 12 6.5 21 4.8 2461.4.100.080 100 80 21 130 32
    2461.4.016.016 16 16 6.5 21 6.4 2461.4.100.100 100 100 21 130 40
    2461.4.016.020 16 20 6.5 21 8 2461.4.100.125 100 125 21 130 50
    2461.4.016.025 16 25 6.5 21 10 2461.4.125.032 125 32 27 160 12.8
    2461.4.020.016 20 16 8.5 26 6.4 2461.4.125.040 125 40 27 160 16
    2461.4.020.020 20 20 8.5 26 8 2461.4.125.050 125 50 27 160 20
    2461.4.020.025 20 25 8.5 26 10 2461.4.125.063 125 63 27 160 25.2
    2461.4.020.032 20 32 8.5 26 12.8 2461.4.125.080 125 80 27 160 32
    2461.4.025.020 25 20 10.5 32 8 2461.4.125.100 125 100 27 160 40
    2461.4.025.025 25 25 10.5 32 10 2461.4.125.125 125 125 27 160 50
    2461.4.025.032 25 32 10.5 32 12.8 2461.4.125.160 125 160 27 160 64
    2461.4.025.040 25 40 10.5 32 16
    2461.4.032.032 32 32 13.5 42 12.8
    2461.4.032.040 32 40 13.5 42 16
    2461.4.032.050 32 50 13.5 42 20
    2461.4.032.063 32 63 13.5 42 25.2
    2461.4.040.032 40 32 13.5 52 12.8
    2461.4.040.040 40 40 13.5 52 16
    2461.4.040.050 40 50 13.5 52 20
    2461.4.040.063 40 63 13.5 52 25.2
    2461.4.040.080 40 80 13.5 52 32
    2461.4.050.032 50 32 17 65 12.8
    2461.4.050.040 50 40 17 65 16
    2461.4.050.050 50 50 17 65 20
    2461.4.050.063 50 63 17 65 25.2
    2461.4.050.080 50 80 17 65 32
    2461.4.050.100 50 100 17 65 40
    2461.4.063.032 63 32 17 81 12.8
    2461.4.063.040 63 40 17 81 16
    2461.4.063.050 63 50 17 81 20
    2461.4.063.063 63 63 17 81 25.2
    2461.4.063.080 63 80 17 81 32
    2461.4.063.100 63 100 17 81 40
    2461.4.063.125 63 125 17 81 50
    2461.4.080.032 80 32 21 104 12.8
    2461.4.080.040 80 40 21 104 16
    2461.4.080.050 80 50 21 104 20
    2461.4.080.063 80 63 21 104 25.2
    2461.4.080.080 80 80 21 104 32
    2461.4.080.100 80 100 21 104 40
    2461.4.080.125 80 125 21 104 50
    2461.4.100.032 100 32 21 130 12.8
    2461.4.100.040 100 40 21 130 16
    2461.4.100.050 100 50 21 130 20
    2461.4.100.063 100 63 21 130 25.2
    2461.4.016.
    ∅ 16/70 Shore A
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    25
    16
    L 0 12
    20
    0
    75
    150
    225
    300
    375
    450
    525
    600
    675
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
    2461.4. FIBROELAST® Tubular spring element 70 Shore A
    subject to alterations
    FIBROELAST®-Tubular Spring Elements 70 Shore A
    2461.4.032.
    ∅ 32/70 Shore A
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    L
    63
    50 40
    0 32
    0 4 8 12 16 20 24
    0
    750
    1500
    2250
    3000
    3750
    375
    1125
    1875
    2625
    3375
    2461.4.025.
    ∅ 25/70 Shore A
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    40
    32
    25
    L 0 20
    0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
    0
    300
    600
    900
    1200
    1500
    150
    450
    750
    1050
    1350
    2461.4.050.
    ∅ 50/70 Shore A
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    L 0
    100
    80
    63
    50
    40
    32
    10 30 20 0 5 15 25 35
    1500
    3000
    4500
    6000
    7500
    9000
    10500
    0
    2461.4.040.
    ∅ 40/70 Shore A
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    L 0 32
    80
    63 50
    40
    0
    750
    1500
    2250
    3000
    3750
    4500
    5250
    6000
    6750
    0 10 20 15 5 25
    2461.4.080.
    ∅ 80/70 Shore A
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    32
    125
    100
    80 63
    50
    40
    L 0
    10 30 40 0 20
    3000
    6000
    9000
    12000
    15000
    18000
    21000
    24000
    27000
    30000
    0
    2461.4.063.
    ∅ 63/70 Shore A
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    50
    40
    32 L 0
    125 100 80
    63
    10 20 30 40
    15000
    18000
    0
    0
    3000
    6000
    9000
    12000
    2461.4.125.
    ∅ 125/70 Shore A
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    160
    125
    100
    80
    50
    L 0 32
    60 0
    0
    15000
    30000
    45000
    60000
    75000
    90000
    10 20 30 40 50
    63
    40
    2461.4.100.
    ∅ 100/70 Shore A
    125 100
    80
    63
    50
    40 L 0 32
    0
    15000
    30000
    45000
    7500
    22500
    37500
    52500
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    0 10 20 30 40
    2461.4.020.
    ∅ 20/70 Shore A
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    32
    25
    20
    L 0 16
    12 10
    0
    150
    300
    450
    600
    750
    900
    0 2 4 6 8
    subject to alterations
    FIBROELAST®-Tubular Spring Elements 70 Shore A
    2461.4.032.
    ∅ 32/70 Shore A
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    L
    63
    50 40
    0 32
    0 4 8 12 16 20 24
    0
    750
    1500
    2250
    3000
    3750
    375
    1125
    1875
    2625
    3375
    2461.4.025.
    ∅ 25/70 Shore A
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    40
    32
    25
    L 0 20
    0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
    0
    300
    600
    900
    1200
    1500
    150
    450
    750
    1050
    1350
    2461.4.050.
    ∅ 50/70 Shore A
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    L 0
    100
    80
    63
    50
    40
    32
    10 30 20 0 5 15 25 35
    1500
    3000
    4500
    6000
    7500
    9000
    10500
    0
    2461.4.040.
    ∅ 40/70 Shore A
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    L 0 32
    80
    63 50
    40
    0
    750
    1500
    2250
    3000
    3750
    4500
    5250
    6000
    6750
    0 10 20 15 5 25
    2461.4.080.
    ∅ 80/70 Shore A
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    32
    125
    100
    80 63
    50
    40
    L 0
    10 30 40 0 20
    3000
    6000
    9000
    12000
    15000
    18000
    21000
    24000
    27000
    30000
    0
    2461.4.063.
    ∅ 63/70 Shore A
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    50
    40
    32 L 0
    125 100 80
    63
    10 20 30 40
    15000
    18000
    0
    0
    3000
    6000
    9000
    12000
    2461.4.125.
    ∅ 125/70 Shore A
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    160
    125
    100
    80
    50
    L 0 32
    60 0
    0
    15000
    30000
    45000
    60000
    75000
    90000
    10 20 30 40 50
    63
    40
    2461.4.100.
    ∅ 100/70 Shore A
    125 100
    80
    63
    50
    40 L 0 32
    0
    15000
    30000
    45000
    7500
    22500
    37500
    52500
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    0 10 20 30 40
    2461.4.020.
    ∅ 20/70 Shore A
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    32
    25
    20
    L 0 16
    12 10
    0
    150
    300
    450
    600
    750
    900
    0 2 4 6 8
    F73
    subject to alterations
    Tubular Spring Element, Rubber 70 Shore A
    d 1
    L 0
    max.
    f
    d 2
    2461.2.
    Material:
    Chloroprene rubber 70 shore A
    Colour: black
    Note:
    The physical properties of elastomere springs
    means that they have a tendency to settle.
    The extent of such settlement is dependent
    on the internal heat of friction, speed and
    number of load changes, the spring travel and
    the Shore hardness.
    Settlement may be as much as 3 to 5% of the
    spring length L 0 .
    Physical characteristics:
    Tensile strength acc. to DIN 53504:
    ≥ 12 N/ mm²
    Elongation at break acc. to DIN 53504:
    ≥ 250 %
    Bulk density acc. to DIN 53479: 1.37 g/cm³
    Compression set acc. to DIN 53517:
    ≤ 20 % (24 h/70 °C)
    Temperature scope: -20 °C to 80 °C,
    short-term to max. 120 °C
    F74
    Order No d 1 L 0 d 2 f max. Order No d 1 L 0 d 2 f max.
    2461.2.016.012 16 12 6.5 4.8 2461.2.100.080 100 80 21 32.0
    2461.2.016.016 16 16 6.5 6.4 2461.2.100.100 100 100 21 40.0
    2461.2.016.020 16 20 6.5 8.0 2461.2.100.125 100 125 21 50.0
    2461.2.016.025 16 25 6.5 10.0 2461.2.125.032 125 32 27 12.8
    2461.2.020.016 20 16 8.5 6.4 2461.2.125.040 125 40 27 16.0
    2461.2.020.020 20 20 8.5 8.0 2461.2.125.050 125 50 27 20.0
    2461.2.020.025 20 25 8.5 10.0 2461.2.125.063 125 63 27 25.2
    2461.2.020.032 20 32 8.5 12.8 2461.2.125.080 125 80 27 32.0
    2461.2.025.020 25 20 10.5 8.0 2461.2.125.100 125 100 27 40.0
    2461.2.025.025 25 25 10.5 10.0 2461.2.125.125 125 125 27 50.0
    2461.2.025.032 25 32 10.5 12.8 2461.2.125.160 125 160 27 64.0
    2461.2.025.040 25 40 10.5 16.0
    2461.2.032.032 32 32 13.5 12.8
    2461.2.032.040 32 40 13.5 16.0
    2461.2.032.050 32 50 13.5 20.0
    2461.2.032.063 32 63 13.5 25.2
    2461.2.040.032 40 32 13.5 12.8
    2461.2.040.040 40 40 13.5 16.0
    2461.2.040.050 40 50 13.5 20.0
    2461.2.040.063 40 63 13.5 25.2
    2461.2.040.080 40 80 13.5 32.0
    2461.2.050.032 50 32 17 12.8
    2461.2.050.040 50 40 17 16.0
    2461.2.050.050 50 50 17 20.0
    2461.2.050.063 50 63 17 25.2
    2461.2.050.080 50 80 17 32.0
    2461.2.050.100 50 100 17 40.0
    2461.2.063.032 63 32 17 12.8
    2461.2.063.040 63 40 17 16.0
    2461.2.063.050 63 50 17 20.0
    2461.2.063.063 63 63 17 25.2
    2461.2.063.080 63 80 17 32.0
    2461.2.063.100 63 100 17 40.0
    2461.2.063.125 63 125 17 50.0
    2461.2.080.032 80 32 21 12.8
    2461.2.080.040 80 40 21 16.0
    2461.2.080.050 80 50 21 20.0
    2461.2.080.063 80 63 21 25.2
    2461.2.080.080 80 80 21 32.0
    2461.2.080.100 80 100 21 40.0
    2461.2.080.125 80 125 21 50.0
    2461.2.100.032 100 32 21 12.8
    2461.2.100.040 100 40 21 16.0
    2461.2.100.050 100 50 21 20.0
    2461.2.100.063 100 63 21 25.2
    2461.2.016.
    ∅ 16/70 Shore A
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    0
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
    50
    100
    150
    200
    250
    300
    350
    400
    450
    L = 12
    0 16
    20 25
    2461.2. Tubular Spring Element, Rubber 70 Shore A
    subject to alterations
    Tubular Spring Elements, Rubber 70 Shore A
    2461.2.032.
    ∅ 32/70 Shore A
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    32 40
    50
    63
    0 4 8 12 16 20 24
    0
    250
    500
    750
    1000
    1250
    1500
    1750
    2000
    2250
    2500
    2461.2.025.
    ∅ 25/70 Shore A
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    20
    25
    32
    40
    0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
    0
    100
    200
    300
    400
    500
    600
    700
    800
    900
    1000
    2461.2.050.
    ∅ 50/70 Shore A
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
    0
    5000
    3000
    4000
    6000
    7000
    2000
    1000
    32 40
    50
    63
    80 100
    2461.2.040.
    ∅ 40/70 Shore A
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    32
    40
    50 63
    0 5 10 15 20 25 30
    0
    500
    2500
    1500
    2000
    3000
    3500
    4000
    4500
    80
    1000
    2461.2.080.
    ∅ 80/70 Shore A
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    10000
    6000
    8000
    12000
    4000
    2000
    32
    40
    50
    63
    80 100
    125
    0 10 20 30 40
    0
    14000
    16000
    18000
    20000
    2461.2.063.
    ∅ 63/70 Shore A
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    0 10 20 30 40
    0
    10000
    6000
    8000
    12000
    4000
    2000
    32
    40 50
    63 80 100 125
    2461.2.125.
    ∅ 125/70 Shore A
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    160
    125
    100
    80
    50
    32
    60 0
    0
    10000
    20000
    30000
    40000
    50000
    60000
    10 20 30 40 50
    63
    40
    2461.2.100.
    ∅ 100/70 Shore A
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    35000
    30000
    25000
    20000
    15000
    10000
    5000
    0
    0 10 20 30 40
    32
    50
    63
    40
    80
    125 100
    2461.2.020.
    ∅ 20/70 Shore A
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    16 20
    25
    32
    100
    0 2 4 6 8 10 12
    200
    300
    400
    500
    600
    subject to alterations
    Tubular Spring Elements, Rubber 70 Shore A
    2461.2.032.
    ∅ 32/70 Shore A
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    32 40
    50
    63
    0 4 8 12 16 20 24
    0
    250
    500
    750
    1000
    1250
    1500
    1750
    2000
    2250
    2500
    2461.2.025.
    ∅ 25/70 Shore A
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    20
    25
    32
    40
    0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
    0
    100
    200
    300
    400
    500
    600
    700
    800
    900
    1000
    2461.2.050.
    ∅ 50/70 Shore A
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
    0
    5000
    3000
    4000
    6000
    7000
    2000
    1000
    32 40
    50
    63
    80 100
    2461.2.040.
    ∅ 40/70 Shore A
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    32
    40
    50 63
    0 5 10 15 20 25 30
    0
    500
    2500
    1500
    2000
    3000
    3500
    4000
    4500
    80
    1000
    2461.2.080.
    ∅ 80/70 Shore A
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    10000
    6000
    8000
    12000
    4000
    2000
    32
    40
    50
    63
    80 100
    125
    0 10 20 30 40
    0
    14000
    16000
    18000
    20000
    2461.2.063.
    ∅ 63/70 Shore A
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    0 10 20 30 40
    0
    10000
    6000
    8000
    12000
    4000
    2000
    32
    40 50
    63 80 100 125
    2461.2.125.
    ∅ 125/70 Shore A
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    160
    125
    100
    80
    50
    32
    60 0
    0
    10000
    20000
    30000
    40000
    50000
    60000
    10 20 30 40 50
    63
    40
    2461.2.100.
    ∅ 100/70 Shore A
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    35000
    30000
    25000
    20000
    15000
    10000
    5000
    0
    0 10 20 30 40
    32
    50
    63
    40
    80
    125 100
    2461.2.020.
    ∅ 20/70 Shore A
    compression (mm) load/force (N)
    16 20
    25
    32
    100
    0 2 4 6 8 10 12
    200
    300
    400
    500
    600
    F75
    subject to alterations
    Locating bolt
    Locating bolt, threaded
    Spring Ø
    10°
    R0,5
    R4
    10
    50
    3
    d
    2
    d
    1
    d
    head cap screw
    DIN EN ISO 4762
    2441.5.
    120°
    10°
    1x45°
    1
    d
    2
    d
    3
    d
    Spring Ø
    A/F
    e
    1 l
    2 l
    10 t
    R2
    R4
    X
    View X
    2441.6.
    Note:
    Elastomeric round springs are positioned and
    secured in place by the locating bolts.
    Screws are not included.
    Note:
    Elastomeric round springs are positioned and
    secured in place by the locating bolts.
    F76
    Order No
    Spring
    ∅ d 1 d 2 d 3
    Socket
    cap screw
    DIN EN
    ISO 4762
    2441.5.10 63 11 18 28 M10x65
    2441.5.12 80 100 13.5 22 32 M12x70
    2441.5.16 125 17.5 28 38 M16x70
    Order No
    Spring
    ∅ d 1 d 2 d 3 l 1 l 2 A/F e t
    2441.6.12 63 M12 18 28 64 24 10 11.4 6
    2441.6.16 80 100 M16 22 32 68 28 10 11.4 6
    2441.6.20 125 M20 28 38 72 32 14 16 8
    2441.5.
    Locating bolt
    2441.6.
    Locating bolt, threaded
    subject to alterations
    Stacking washer DIN ISO 10069-2
    Thrust washer
    d 5
    s
    d 1
    2441.3.
    d 5
    s
    d 1
    244.4.
    Mounting example
    Material:
    Brass
    Mounting example
    Material:
    St 37
    F77
    Spring-∅ 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 125
    d 1 20 25 30 40 50 60 80 100 120 150
    d 5 6.5 8.5 10.5 13.5 13.5 16.5 16.5 20.5 20.5 26
    s 4 4 5 5 5 6 6 8 8 8
    Spring-∅ 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 125
    d 1 20 26 32 40 50 60 80 100 120 150
    d 5 6.5 8.5 10.5 13.5 13.5 16.5 16.5 20.5 20.5 26
    s 1 1.5 2 2.5 2.5 3 3 4 4 5
    Ordering Code (example):
    Stacking washer DIN ISO 10069-2 =2441.3.
    Spring diameter Spring-∅ 16 mm= 016
    Order No =2441.3.016
    Ordering Code (example):
    Thrust washer =244.4.
    Spring diameter Spring-∅ 16 mm= 016
    Order No =244.4. 016
    2441.3.
    244.4. Thrust washer
    Stacking washer DIN ISO 10069-2
    subject to alterations
    Guide pin
    Trust washer for elastomer springs
    Material:
    C 15
    Material:
    St 37
    Mounting example
    Mounting example
    s d 2
    h11
    d 1
    undercut
    DIN 76
    1
    l
    2
    l
    1x45°
    244.5.
    1
    s
    2
    d
    1
    d
    244.6.
    F78
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide pin =244.5.
    Nominal diameter d 1 6 mm = 06.
    Guide length l 1 20 mm = 020
    Order No =244.5. 06. 020
    Ordering Code (example):
    Trust washer for elastomer springs =244.6.
    Spring diameter Spring-∅ 25 mm= 025
    Order No =244.6. 025
    d 1 6 8 10 13 16 20 25
    d 2 M4 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
    l 2 6 9 15 15 18 25 30
    s 3 4 5 6 8 10 14
    l 1
    20 ● ● ●
    25 ● ● ●
    32 ● ● ● ● ●
    40 ● ● ● ● ●
    50 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    63 ● ● ● ● ●
    80 ● ● ● ●
    95 ● ● ● ●
    118 ● ● ●
    140 ● ● ●
    180 ● ● ●
    Spring-∅ 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 125
    d 1 10.5 13.5 13.5 16.5 16.5 20.5 20.5 26
    d 2 32 40 50 60 80 100 120 150
    s 1 4 5 5 6 8 10 12 15
    244.5.
    244.6.
    Guide pin
    Trust washer for elastomer springs
    subject to alterations
    Trust washer for compression springs
    1
    s
    2
    d
    1
    d
    244.7.
    Mounting example
    Material:
    No 1.1191, heat treated
    F79
    Spring-∅ 20 25 32 40 50 63
    d 1 10.5 12.5 16.5 20.5 25.5 35.5
    d 2 25 25 38 38 50 65
    s 1 4 4 5 5 6 8
    Ordering Code (example):
    Trust washer for compression springs =244.7.
    Spring diameter Spring-∅ 20 mm = 020
    Order No =244.7. 020
    244.7. Trust washer for compression springs
    subject to alterations
    Spacer tube
    Material:
    St 35.4, case-hardened
    Note:
    Other lengths on request!
    ±0,1
    1 l
    1
    d
    2
    d
    244.9.
    Mounting example
    F80
    d 1 10 12 13 16 19 20 25 30 32 35 36 42
    d 2 6.4 8.4 9 11 13 13 17 22 22 23 26 32
    l 1
    27 ● ●
    30 ● ● ●
    33 ● ● ● ●
    38 ● ● ● ●
    40 ● ● ●
    44 ● ● ● ●
    48 ● ● ● ● ●
    50 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    61 ● ● ● ● ●
    63 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    70 ● ●
    72 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    80 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    90 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    95 ● ●
    100 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    105 ● ●
    115 ●
    125 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    135 ●
    145 ●
    150 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    155 ●
    165 ●
    175 ● ● ● ●
    185 ●
    195 ●
    200 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    205 ●
    215 ●
    225 ● ● ● ● ●
    235 ●
    245 ●
    250 ● ● ● ●
    255 ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Spacer tube =244.9.
    External diameter d 1 10 mm= 10.
    Length l 1 27 mm= 027
    Order No =244.9. 10.027
    244.9. Spacer tube
    subject to alterations
    Washer
    s
    1
    1
    d
    2
    d
    244.10.15.
    Mounting example
    Material:
    90MnCrV8, hardened
    F81
    Order No d 1 d 2 s 1
    244.10.15.170.30.04 17 30 4
    244.10.15.210.35.06 21 35 6
    244.10.15.260.50.06 26 50 6
    244.10.15.310.65.08 31 65 8
    244.10.15.370.70.08 37 70 8
    244.10.15.430.90.08 43 90 8
    244.10.15. Washer
    subject to alterations
    Washer
    Spacer sleeve
    Material:
    C 45 heat treated
    Material:
    St 35.4 case-hardened
    Mounting example
    Mounting example
    1
    s
    2
    d
    1
    d
    244.10.
    20
    2
    d
    1
    d
    244.11.
    F82
    Ordering Code (example):
    Washer =244.10.
    Inside diameter d 1 6.4 mm = 064.
    External diameter d 2 17 mm = 17.
    Thickness s 1 3 mm = 03
    Order No =244.10.064. 17.03
    Ordering Code (example):
    Spacer sleeve =244.11.
    Order code Diameter 25 mm= 25
    Order No =244.11. 25
    d 1 d 2 s 1 d 1 d 2 s 1 d 1 d 2 s 1 d 1 d 2 s 1
    6.4 17 3 13 35 5 17 50 10 25 56 10
    8.4 17 3 13 30 6 17 58 10 25 70 10
    8.4 23 4 13 35 8 20.4 30 5 26 58 6
    8.5 20 4 13 46 8 21 42 8 26 70 12
    9 26 4 13.4 23 4 21 44 8 26 80 12
    10.5 25 4 16.4 26 4 21 45 8 31 68 8
    10.5 25 5 17 35 4 21 45 16 31 68 10
    10.5 26 4 17 35 6 21 46 6 32 90 15
    10.5 28 4 17 36 4 21 49 6 32 92 15
    10.5 30 5 17 36 13 21 65 8 37 80 8
    11 30 6 17 37 6 22 65 12 43 92 8
    11 36 6 17 38 6 22 68 12
    12.5 28 4 17 40 6 25 46 10
    13 30 5 17 50 6 25 55 10
    Spring-∅ 20 25 32 40
    d 1 20 30
    d 2 25 38
    Order code 25 40
    244.10.
    244.11. Spacer sleeve
    Washer
    subject to alterations
    Spacer plug
    Adjusting washer
    SW
    5 25
    1
    d
    2
    d
    3
    d
    244.12.
    20
    1
    d
    2
    d
    244.13.
    Mounting example
    Material:
    No. 1.7131 case-hardened
    Mounting example
    Material:
    No 1.7131
    F83
    Spring-∅ 20 25 32 40
    d 1 20 20 32 32
    d 2 M6 M8 M10 M12
    d 3 25.3 25.3 38 38
    SW* 15 15 27 27
    *SW = Width across flats
    Spring-∅ 20 25 32 40
    d 1 20 20 32 32
    d 2 7 9 11 14
    Ordering Code (example):
    Spacer plug =244.12.
    Spring diameter Spring-∅ 20 mm = 20
    Order No =244.12.20
    Ordering Code (example):
    Adjusting washer =244.13.
    Spring diameter Spring-∅ 20 mm = 20
    Order No =244.13.20
    244.12.
    244.13. Adjusting washer
    Spacer plug
    subject to alterations
    Threaded disc for elastomer springs
    Threaded disc for compression springs
    Material:
    St 60
    Material:
    Ck 45 heat treated
    Mounting example
    Mounting example
    s
    20
    2
    d
    d 3
    d 1
    A/F
    2441.14.
    20
    5
    4
    d
    d 2
    d 3
    5
    d 1
    d
    2441.15.
    F84
    Ordering Code (example):
    Threaded disc for elastomer springs =2441.14.
    Spring diameter Spring-∅ 25 mm= 025
    Order No =2441.14.025
    Ordering Code (example):
    Threaded disc for compression springs =2441.15.
    Spring diameter Spring-∅ d 1 20 mm = 020
    Order No =2441.15.020
    Spring-∅ 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
    d 1 32 40 50 60 78 98 120
    d 2 18 18 18 20 20 26 26
    d 3 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12
    A/F 14 14 14 17 17 22 22
    s 5 5 5 6 8 10 12
    Spring-∅ d 1 20 25 32 40 50
    d 2 10 12.5 16 20 25
    d 3 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16
    d 4 3.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2
    d 5 14 20 25 30 40
    2441.14.
    2441.15. Threaded disc for compression
    springs
    Threaded disc for elastomer springs
    subject to alterations
    Shock absorbing washer
    s
    2
    d
    1
    d
    2450.
    Material:
    Polyurethan (FIBROFLEX®)
    Execution:
    2450.6. (90 Shore A) available from stock
    2450.5. (80 Shore A) and
    2450.7. (95 Shore A) available upon request
    Mounting example
    F85
    d 1 d 2 s d 1 d 2 s d 1 d 2 s
    6.4 16 3 17 26 4 25 32 6
    8.5 20 3 17 38 5 26 35 6
    10.5 15 4 17 50 6 26 50 6
    10.5 25 4 17 63 6 27 41 7
    11 17 3 18 27 4 27 125 10
    12 24 5 18 32 7 31 42 6
    13 19 4 21 30 5 32 40 6
    13 25 4 21 35 7 32 49 8
    13.5 32 4 21 38 6 32 60 10
    13.5 40 5 21 80 10 37 46 6
    14 23 4 21 100 10 37 53 8
    14 26 5 22 28 6 37 65 10
    15.5 23 4 23.5 34 4 42 70 10
    Ordering Code (example):
    Shock absorbing washer =2450.
    Shore A hardness MAT 90 Shore A = 6.
    Inside diameter d 1 6.4 mm = 06.
    External diameter d 2 16 mm = 016.
    Thickness s 3 mm = 03
    Order No =2450. 6.06. 016. 03
    2450. Shock absorbing washer
    subject to alterations
    Retaining bolt
    Thrust washer
    Material:
    No 1.7225, heat treated
    Material:
    No 1.0570
    A/F 36
    2 x 45
    ø32 h11
    (40)
    M24x2
    ø40
    l 1
    l 3
    l 2
    2441.18.
    s
    d 1
    d 2
    2441.16.
    F86
    Order No l 1 l 2 l 3
    2441.18.032.048 48 100 60
    2441.18.032.068 68 120 80
    2441.18.032.088 88 140 100
    2441.18.032.108 108 160 120
    2441.18.032.128 128 180 140
    2441.18.032.148 148 200 160
    2441.18.032.168 168 220 180
    2441.18.032.188 188 240 200
    2441.18.032.208 208 260 220
    2441.18.032.228 228 280 240
    2441.18.032.248 248 300 260
    2441.18.032.268 268 320 280
    2441.18.032.288 288 340 300
    Order No d 1 d 2 s
    2441.16.330.080.06 33 80 6
    2441.16.330.100.08 33 100 8
    2441.18.
    2441.16.
    Retaining bolt
    Thrust washer
    subject to alterations
    FIBROFLEX®-Tubular spring element
    d 1
    d 3
    d 2
    L 0
    f max.
    246.6.
    Clamping pad cushioning
    L 0
    L 0 untensioned F 246.6. = 80 mm
    Mounting clamp
    Top
    F 2441.18.
    Retaining bolt,
    thread secured with Loctite 243
    F 246.6.
    FIBROFLEX
    Tubular spring element, 90 Shore A
    F 2441.16.
    Thrust washer
    Material:
    Polyurethan 90 Shore A
    Colour: yellow
    Mounting example
    F87
    Order No d 1 d 2 d 3 l 0 f max.
    246.6.063.033.080 63 33 82 80 24
    246.6.080.033.080 80 33 106 80 24
    246.6. FIBROFLEX®-Tubular spring element
    subject to alterations
    Slide stop
    Stroke + 2
    40 ±0,2
    f
    l 2
    d
    Slide Units
    9
    d
    d
    d 3
    d 1
    5x45°
    ø15
    f
    15
    40
    20
    ø9
    l 4
    l 1
    l 3
    l 2
    l
    2
    2451.6.
    Material:
    Mounting block: Steel
    Stop buffer: FIBROFLEX®, 90 Shore A
    Note:
    Screws are not included.
    Order No for spare part: Stop buffer 2451.6.□□□.2
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 M8.
    Mounting example
    F88
    Order No d d 1 d 2 d 3 l l 1 l 2 l 3 l 4 f Spring force [N]
    2451.6.027 27 35 30 34 45 65 60 40 45 5 5200
    2451.6.036 36 45 40 44 45 75 70 45 55 5 9800
    2451.6. Slide stop
    subject to alterations
    Stop buffer
    l
    15
    d
    d 3
    2451.6. .2
    Material:
    FIBROFLEX®, 90 Shore A
    F89
    Order No d d 3 l
    2451.6.027.2 27 34 45
    2451.6.036.2 36 44 45
    2451.6. .2 Stop buffer
    subject to alterations
    Slide stop
    5x45°
    ø15
    d 3
    d 2
    d
    e 2
    M
    b 1
    15
    ø9
    e 1
    a 1
    c 2
    c 1
    20
    f
    l 2
    2452.10.
    Material:
    Mounting block: Steel
    Damping unit SD: CO polyester elastomer, 55 Shore D
    Note:
    Screws are not included.
    Order No for spare part: Damping unit SD, with screw
    2452.10.034.030.2
    For the exchange of the damping unit, the screw tightening torque for
    the holding screw is 10 Nm.
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 M8.
    F90
    Order No d d 2 d 3 M a 1 b 1 c 1 c 2 e 1 e 2 l 2 f Spring force [N]
    Energy absorption
    per stroke under
    permanent load [Nm]
    2452.10.034 34 30 45 M6 85 70 33 23 65 40 30 7 6000 27
    2452.10. Slide stop
    subject to alterations F91
    subject to alterations
    Damper, light-duty
    Description:
    Dampers, light duty , made of co-polyester elastomer are found in the
    elevating units in progressive dies in the automotive and white goods
    industry. The increasing stresses on screws and bolts as well as noise
    emission are reduced by the light duty dampers.
    Benefits:
    - High absorption of force and energy
    - Long service life and high level of operating safety
    - Noise reduction
    - High degree of effectiveness
    Material:
    Co-Polyester-Elastomer
    Technical data:
    Surroundings: Resistant to microbes, seawater, chemicals.
    No absorption of water and no swelling.
    Grease and oil resistant.
    Approved temperature range: -40°C to +90°C (-40°F to +194°F)
    Note:
    Socket cap screw 2192.12. see Section C
    Spacer tube 244.9. see Section F
    Washer 244.10. see Section F
    244.10.
    244.10.
    2192.12.
    2450.10A.
    244.9.
    s
    1
    d
    2
    d
    3
    d
    0
    1
    L
    max.
    f
    L *
    2450.10A.
    Mounting example
    F92
    Order No d 1 d 2 d 3 L 0 L 1 * Stroke (s) F max. [N] f max.
    W
    [Nm/stroke (s)]**
    W h
    [Nm/h]*** Socket cap screw
    2450.10A.0236.0163.073 23.6 16.3 25.3 7.3 6.6 1.9 3000 2 3 7500 M10
    *Dimension L 1 is the slump which must be taken into account for the design.
    **W = Total energy per stroke
    ***W h = Total energy per hour
    2450.10A. Damper, light-duty
    subject to alterations
    Damper, light-duty
    s
    L *
    3
    d /
    1
    d
    2
    d
    0
    1
    L
    max.
    f
    2450.11B.
    Description:
    Dampers, light duty , made of co-polyester elastomer are found in the
    elevating units in progressive dies in the automotive and white goods
    industry. The increasing stresses on screws and bolts as well as noise
    emission are reduced by the light duty dampers.
    The two-ply version of the flanged damper can also be used depending
    on the force or stroke without the use of an additional distance washer.
    Benefits:
    - High absorption of force and energy
    - Long service life and high level of operating safety
    - Noise reduction
    - High degree of effectiveness
    Material:
    Co-Polyester-Elastomer
    Technical data:
    Surroundings: Resistant to microbes, seawater, chemicals.
    No absorption of water and no swelling.
    Grease and oil resistant.
    Approved temperature range: -40°C to +90°C (-40°F to +194°F)
    Note:
    Socket cap screw 2192.12. see Section C
    Spacer tube 244.9. see Section F
    Washer 244.10. see Section F
    244.10.
    244.10.
    2192.12.
    2450.11B.
    244.9.
    Mounting example
    F93
    Order No d 1 d 2 d 3 L 0 L 1 * Stroke (s) F max. [N] f max.
    W
    [Nm/stroke (s)]**
    W h
    [Nm/h]*** Socket cap screw
    2450.11B.0300.0203.118 30 20.3 30.2 11.8 10.7 2.7 5000 2.9 8.6 20000 M12
    *Dimension L 1 is the slump which must be taken into account for the design.
    **W = Total energy per stroke
    ***W h = Total energy per hour
    2450.11B. Damper, light-duty
    subject to alterations
    Damper, heavy-duty
    Description:
    The co-polyester elastomer dampers, heavy-duty, are used as holddown
    dampers in the automotive and white goods industry. Increasing return
    stroke speeds and the related stresses on screws and bolts in moveable,
    suspended tool parts are absorbed by the hold-down dampers. Reduced
    noise emission is a further additional positive sideeffect.
    Benefits:
    - High absorption of force and energy
    - Slight settlement
    - Energy absorption between 5 Nm and 269 Nm
    - Long service life and high level of operating safety
    - Noise reduction
    - High degree of effectiveness
    Material:
    Co-Polyester-Elastomer
    Technical data:
    Surroundings: Resistant to microbes, seawater, chemicals.
    No absorption of water and no swelling.
    Grease and oil resistant.
    Approved temperature range: -40°C to +90°C (-40°F to +194°F)
    Note:
    Socket cap screw 2192.12. see Section C
    Spacer tube 244.9. see Section F
    Washer 244.10. see Section F
    2450.20?.
    244.10.
    2450.20?. 2192.12.
    244.10.15.
    244.9.
    244.10.15.
    1
    d
    2
    d
    3
    d
    0
    L
    max.
    f
    2450.20?.
    Mounting example
    F94
    Order No d 1 d 2 d 3 L 0
    F max. [N]
    (static < 0,1) f max.
    W
    [Nm/stroke (s)]* Socket cap screw
    2450.20A.0264.0163.078 26.4 16.3 28.4 7.8 5500 2 5 M10
    2450.20B.0321.0203.108 32.1 20.3 35.1 10.8 9000 4.4 14.2 M12
    2450.20B.0458.0253.170 45.8 25.3 49.8 17 20000 4.9 44.6 M16
    2450.20A.0546.0303.213 54.6 30.3 61.8 21.3 30000 7.6 81.9 M20
    2450.20A.0618.0363.215 61.8 36.3 69.9 21.5 46000 8.2 126.5 M24
    2450.20A.0785.0423.294 78.5 42.3 89 29.4 75000 11.4 269 M30
    *Total energy per stroke
    2450.20 □ . Damper, heavy-duty
    H 3
    L 1
    H 2
    L 1
    H 1
    L 1
    2450.20A.0264.0163.078 7.1 4100 3.5 9000 17.1 M10
    2450.20B.0321.0203.108 9.8 6600 12 30000 23.8 M12
    2450.20B.0458.0253.170 15.3 14500 19 45000 31.3 M16
    2450.20A.0546.0303.213 19 22500 47 67000 39 M20
    2450.20A.0618.0363.215 19.5 37500 76 114000 39.5 M24
    2450.20A.0785.0423.294 27 46000 143 152000 50 M30
    2450.20A.0546.0303.213 19 18000 78 107000 66 M20
    2450.20A.0618.0363.215 19.5 35000 148 174000 67 M24
    2450.20A.0785.0423.294 27 39000 233 272000 85 M30
    2450.20A.0546.0303.213 19 16000 100 127000 93 M20
    2450.20A.0618.0363.215 19.5 28000 176 194000 94.5 M24
    2450.20A.0785.0423.294 27 29000 255 281000 120 M30
    subject to alterations
    Damper, heavy-duty
    Selection table multiple layering
    Simple layering
    Order No. L 1 *
    F 1 max [N]
    (dynamic>0,1)
    W 1
    [Nm/stroke (s)]**
    W h1
    [Nm/h]***
    H 1
    total height
    socket cap
    screw
    * Dimension „L 1 “ is the slump which must be taken into account for the design.
    ** Total energy per stroke
    *** Total energy per hour
    Double layering
    Order No. L 1 *
    F 2 max [N]
    (dynamic>0,1)
    W 2
    [Nm/stroke (s)]**
    W h2
    [Nm/h]***
    H 2
    total height
    socket cap
    screw
    * Dimension „L 1 “ is the slump which must be taken into account for the design.
    ** Total energy per stroke
    *** Total energy per hour
    Threefold layering
    Order No. L 1 *
    F 3 max [N]
    (dynamic>0,1)
    W 3
    [Nm/stroke (s)]**
    W h3
    [Nm/h]***
    H 3
    total height
    socket cap
    screw
    * Dimension „L 1 “ is the slump which must be taken into account for the design.
    ** Total energy per stroke
    *** Total energy per hour
    H 3
    L 1
    H 2
    L 1
    H 1
    L 1
    2450.20A.0264.0163.078 7.1 4100 3.5 9000 17.1 M10
    2450.20B.0321.0203.108 9.8 6600 12 30000 23.8 M12
    2450.20B.0458.0253.170 15.3 14500 19 45000 31.3 M16
    2450.20A.0546.0303.213 19 22500 47 67000 39 M20
    2450.20A.0618.0363.215 19.5 37500 76 114000 39.5 M24
    2450.20A.0785.0423.294 27 46000 143 152000 50 M30
    2450.20A.0546.0303.213 19 18000 78 107000 66 M20
    2450.20A.0618.0363.215 19.5 35000 148 174000 67 M24
    2450.20A.0785.0423.294 27 39000 233 272000 85 M30
    2450.20A.0546.0303.213 19 16000 100 127000 93 M20
    2450.20A.0618.0363.215 19.5 28000 176 194000 94.5 M24
    2450.20A.0785.0423.294 27 29000 255 281000 120 M30
    subject to alterations
    Damper, heavy-duty
    Selection table multiple layering
    Simple layering
    Order No. L 1 *
    F 1 max [N]
    (dynamic>0,1)
    W 1
    [Nm/stroke (s)]**
    W h1
    [Nm/h]***
    H 1
    total height
    socket cap
    screw
    * Dimension „L 1 “ is the slump which must be taken into account for the design.
    ** Total energy per stroke
    *** Total energy per hour
    Double layering
    Order No. L 1 *
    F 2 max [N]
    (dynamic>0,1)
    W 2
    [Nm/stroke (s)]**
    W h2
    [Nm/h]***
    H 2
    total height
    socket cap
    screw
    * Dimension „L 1 “ is the slump which must be taken into account for the design.
    ** Total energy per stroke
    *** Total energy per hour
    Threefold layering
    Order No. L 1 *
    F 3 max [N]
    (dynamic>0,1)
    W 3
    [Nm/stroke (s)]**
    W h3
    [Nm/h]***
    H 3
    total height
    socket cap
    screw
    * Dimension „L 1 “ is the slump which must be taken into account for the design.
    ** Total energy per stroke
    *** Total energy per hour
    F95
    subject to alterations
    Damper stopper
    Description:
    Damper stopper made of co-polyester elastomer dampen the recoil on
    the locking and unlocking pins in the manufacturing of jigs. Damper
    stoppers are used in the automotive and white goods industry. Damper
    stoppers sit inside the pull-down clamps and are radially stressed. The
    number and size depends on the weight and the velocity of the pull-
    down clamps.
    Benefits:
    - High absorption of force and energy
    - Slight settlement
    - UV protection
    - Long service life and high level of operating safety
    - Noise reduction
    - High degree of eff ectiveness
    Material:
    Co-polyester elastomer, black
    Technical data:
    Surroundings: Resistant to microbes, seawater, chemicals.
    No absorption of water and no swelling.
    Grease and oil resistant.
    Approved temperature range: -40°C to +90°C (-40°F to +194°F)
    Number and size (B, C, D, E) of damper stoppers for cushioning
    Pull-down clamp speed m/s
    Pull-down clamp weight kg 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 1.1 1.2 1.3
    100 3 x B 3 x B 3 x B 3 x B 3 x B 3 x B 3 x B 3 x B 3 x B 4 x B 4 x B 4 x B 4 x B
    250 3 x B 3 x B 3 x B 3 x B 3 x B 4 x B 4 x B 4 x B 4 x B 4 x B 4 x B 4 x B 4 x B
    500 4 x B 4 x B 4 x B 4 x B 4 x B 4 x B 4 x B 4 x B 4 x B 4 x B 4 x C 4 x C 4 x C
    750 4 x B 4 x B 4 x B 4 x B 4 x B 4 x B 4 x C 4 x C 4 x C 4 x C 4 x C 4 x C 4 x C
    1000 4 x C 4 x C 4 x C 4 x C 4 x C 4 x C 4 x C 4 x C 4 x C 4 x C 4 x C 4 x D 4 x D
    1250 4 x C 4 x C 4 x C 4 x C 4 x C 4 x C 4 x C 4 x C 4 x D 4 x D 4 x D 4 x D 4 x D
    1500 4 x C 4 x C 4 x C 4 x C 4 x C 4 x C 4 x D 4 x D 4 x D 4 x D 4 x D 4 x D 4 x E
    1750 4 x C 4 x C 4 x C 4 x D 4 x D 4 x D 4 x D 4 x D 4 x D 4 x E 4 x E 4 x E 4 x E
    2000 4 x D 4 x D 4 x D 4 x D 4 x D 4 x D 4 x D 4 x D 4 x D 4 x E 4 x E 4 x E 4 x E
    2500 4 x D 4 x D 4 x D 4 x D 4 x D 4 x D 4 x E 4 x E 4 x E 4 x E 4 x E 6 x E 6 x E
    3000 4 x D 4 x D 4 x D 4 x D 4 x E 4 x E 4 x E 4 x E 4 x E 4 x E 6 x E 6 x E 6 x E
    3500 4 x D 4 x E 4 x E 4 x E 4 x E 4 x E 4 x E 4 x E 6 x E 6 x E 8 x E 8 x E 10 x E
    4000 4 x E 4 x E 4 x E 4 x E 4 x E 6 x E 6 x E 6 x E 8 x E 8 x E 10 x E 10 x E 10 x E
    4500 6 x E 6 x E 6 x E 6 x E 6 x E 8 x E 10 x E 10 x E 10 x E 10 x E 10 x E 10 x E 10 x E
    5000 6 x E 6 x E 8 x E 8 x E 8 x E 10 x E 10 x E 10 x E 10 x E --- --- --- ---
    Locking pin
    Pull-down
    clamp
    Damper stopper
    Upper part of die
    l
    1
    d
    1
    d -x
    c x 45°
    1
    r
    2451.10D.
    Mounting example
    F96
    Order No Size d 1 Cut-in depth d 1 -x Cut-in radius r 1 c l
    2451.10D.040.060 B 40 8 7 3 60
    2451.10D.050.070 C 50 10 8 4 70
    2451.10D.063.080 D 63 12 9 5 80
    2451.10D.080.090 E 80 14 10 6 90
    2451.10D. Damper stopper
    subject to alterations
    Damping unit SD
    l
    f
    2
    l 1
    M
    d 2
    d 1
    d
    2452.10. .2
    Material:
    Damping unit SD: CO polyester elastomer, 55 Shore D
    Screw: Steel
    Technical data:
    Resistant to microbes, seawater, and chemicals, as well as very good UV
    and ozone resistance. No water absorption and no bloating.
    Starting speed: up to max. 5 m/s
    Installation position: any
    Dynamic power consumption: 870 N through 90000 N
    Permissible temperature range: -40°C through 90°C
    Dissipation of energy: 40% through 66%
    Note:
    We are happy to support you in the calculation and design of a suitable
    damping unit.
    Dynamic (v>0.5 m/s) characteristic curves available for all types upon
    request.
    SD damping units can also be used for emergency stop applications.
    Further information upon request.
    F97
    Order No d l 2 d 1 d 2 f W 3 [Nm/stroke]* M l 1 Tightening torque [Nm]
    2452.10.012.011.2 12 11 15 11 4 2 M3 3 1
    2452.10.017.016.2 17 16 22 15 6 6 M4 4 1.7
    2452.10.021.018.2 21 18 26 18 7 10 M5 5 2.3
    2452.10.022.019.2 22 19 27 19 6 11.5 M6 6 6
    2452.10.028.026.2 28 26 36 25 9 29 M6 6 6
    2452.10.034.030.2 34 30 43 30 10 48 M6 6 6
    2452.10.037.033.2 37 33 48 33 12 65 M6 6 6
    2452.10.040.035.2 40 35 50 34 14 82 M8 8 20
    2452.10.043.038.2 43 38 55 38 14 112 M8 8 20
    2452.10.047.041.2 47 41 60 41 17 140 M12 12 50
    2452.10.050.045.2 50 45 64 44 19 170 M12 12 50
    2452.10.054.047.2 54 47 68 47 17 201 M12 12 50
    2452.10.057.051.2 57 51 73 50 21 242 M12 12 50
    2452.10.062.054.2 62 54 78 53 21 304 M12 12 50
    2452.10.065.058.2 65 58 82 57 22 374 M12 12 50
    2452.10.070.061.2 70 61 86 60 24 421 M12 12 50
    2452.10.072.065.2 72 65 91 63 26 482 M16 16 120
    2452.10.080.069.2 80 69 100 69 23 570 M16 16 120
    2452.10.082.074.2 82 74 105 72 28 683 M16 16 120
    2452.10.085.076.2 85 76 110 75 27 797 M16 16 120
    2452.10.090.080.2 90 80 114 78 30 934 M16 16 120
    2452.10.098.086.2 98 86 123 85 31 1147 M16 16 120
    2452.10.116.101.2 116 101 146 98 38 2014 M16 16 120
    *Energy absorption per stroke under permanent load
    2452.10. .2 Damping unit SD
    d 4
    3
    d
    s
    s
    2
    s
    1
    h
    2
    d
    1
    d
    DIN EN ISO 4762 (12.9)
    2192.12.
    244.9.
    244.10.
    244.6.
    244.14.0.
    20
    244.6.
    244.9.
    d 4
    1
    d
    s
    s
    2
    s
    1
    h
    2
    d
    3
    d
    244.10.
    DIN EN ISO 4762 (12.9)
    2192.12.
    2441.14.
    3
    s
    2441.14.1.
    subject to alterations
    2441.14.1. Spring unit for elastomer spring
    Spring unit consists of:
    Socket cap screw DIN EN ISO 4762 (12.9) 2192.12.
    Spring abutment washer 244.6.
    Spacer tube 244.9.
    Stop washer 244.10.
    Threaded disc 2441.14.
    Elastomer spring serparate order: 246.5., 246.6., 246.7., 2461.2., 2461.4.
    Spring-[ d 1 3 s h* d 2 d 3 d 4 s 1 s 2 s 3
    25 10 3 1,8 M 6 20 32 3 4 5
    32 12 3 1,8 M 8 20 40 3 5 5
    40 12 3 1,8 M 8 20 50 4 5 5
    50 16 3 2,5 M 10 22 60 4 6 6
    63 16 3 2,5 M 10 22 80 4 8 8
    80 20 3 3,5 M 12 28 100 4 10 10
    100 20 3 3,5 M 12 28 120 4 12 12
    *h see selection chart spacer tube 244.9. and spring data
    244.14.0. Spring unit for elastomer spring
    Spring unit consists of:
    Socket cap screw DIN EN ISO 4762 (12.9) 2192.12.
    Spring abutment washer 244.6.
    Spacer tube 244.9.
    Stop washer 244.10.
    Elastomer spring serparate order: 246.5., 246.6., 246.7., 2461.2., 2461.4.
    Spring-[ d 1 3 s h* d 2 d 3 d 4 s 1 s 2
    25 10 3 1,8 M 6 18 32 3 4
    32 12 3 1,8 M 8 40 5
    40 30 50 4
    50 16 3 2,5 M 10 60 6
    63 80 8
    80 20 3 3,5 M 12 100 10
    100 120 12
    125 25 3 4,5 M 16 39 150 6 15
    *h see selection chart spacer tube 244.9. and spring data
    Ordering Code (example):
    Spring unit for elastomer spring = 244.14.0.040.048
    not loaded = 244.14.0.040.048
    for spring-[ = 40 mm = 244.14.0.040.048
    Spacer tube length h = 48 mm = 244.14.0.040.048
    Order number = 244.14.0.040.048
    Ordering Code (example):
    Spring unit for elastomer spring = 2441.14.
    preloaded = 24411141.
    for spring-[ = 40 mm = 2441.14.0.040.
    Spacer tube length h = 48 mm = 2441.14.0.040.048
    Order number = 2441.14.1.040.048
    Spring unit for elastomer spring
    F98
    s
    1
    d
    3
    d
    d 2
    20
    244.9.
    244.7.
    h
    s 2
    s 1
    2192.12.
    DIN EN ISO
    4762 (12.9)
    244.10.
    2441.15.
    244.9.
    244.7.
    2192.12.
    DIN EN ISO
    4762 (12.9)
    244.10.
    2441.15.
    5
    2441.15.1.
    2
    s
    s 1
    4
    3
    d
    s
    d
    1
    d
    2
    d
    h
    DIN EN ISO 4762
    (12.9)
    2192.12.
    241.1x
    244.9.
    244.10.
    244.7.
    244.15.0.
    subject to alterations
    Spring unit for helical spring
    2441.15.1. Spring unit for helical spring
    Spring unit consists of:
    Socket cap screw DIN EN ISO 4762 (12.9) 2192.12.
    Spring abutment washer 244.7.
    Spacer tube 244.9.
    Stop washer 244.10.
    Threaded disc 2441.15.
    Helical spring serparate order: 241.14., 241.15., 241.16., 241.17.
    Spring-[ d 1 3 s h* d 2 d 3 d 4 s 1 s 2
    20 10 3 1,8 M 6 11 25 3 4
    25 12 3 1,8 M 8 14 25 3 4
    32 16 3 2,5 M 10 18 38 4 5
    40 20 3 3,5 M 12 22 38 4 5
    50 25 3 4,0 M 16 27 50 6 6
    *h see selection chart spacer tube 244.9. and spring Data
    244.15.0. Spring unit for helical spring
    Spring unit consists of:
    Socket cap screw DIN EN ISO 4762 (12.9) 2192.12.
    Spring abutment washer 244.7.
    Spacer tube 244.9.
    Stop washer 244.10.
    Helical spring serparate order: 241.14., 241.15., 241.16., 241.17.
    Spring-[ d 1 3 s h* d 2 d 3 d 4 s 1 s 2
    20 10 3 1,8 M 6 18 25 3 4
    25 12 3 1,8 M 8 18 25 3 4
    32 16 3 2,5 M 10 30 38 4 5
    40 20 3 3,5 M 12 30 38 4 5
    50 25 3 4,0 M 16 39 50 6 6
    63 35 3 6,0 M 20 52 65 6 8
    *h see selection chart spacer tube 244.9. and spring Data
    Ordering Code (example):
    Spring unit for helical spring = 244.15.1.040.061
    not loaded = 244.15.0.040.061
    for spring-[ = 40 mm = 244.15.1.040.061
    Spacer tube length h = 48 mm = 244.15.1.040.048
    Order number = 244.15.0.040.048
    Ordering Code (example):
    Spring unit for helical spring = 2441.15.
    preloaded = 2441.15.1.
    for spring-[ = 40 mm = 2441.15.0.040.
    Spacer tube length h = 48 mm = 2441.15.0.040.048
    Order number = 2441.15.1.040.048
    Mounting examples
    d 4
    3
    d
    s
    s
    2
    s
    1
    h
    2
    d
    1
    d
    DIN EN ISO 4762 (12.9)
    2192.12.
    244.9.
    244.10.
    244.6.
    244.14.0.
    20
    244.6.
    244.9.
    d 4
    1
    d
    s
    s
    2
    s
    1
    h
    2
    d
    3
    d
    244.10.
    DIN EN ISO 4762 (12.9)
    2192.12.
    2441.14.
    3
    s
    2441.14.1.
    subject to alterations
    2441.14.1. Spring unit for elastomer spring
    Spring unit consists of:
    Socket cap screw DIN EN ISO 4762 (12.9) 2192.12.
    Spring abutment washer 244.6.
    Spacer tube 244.9.
    Stop washer 244.10.
    Threaded disc 2441.14.
    Elastomer spring serparate order: 246.5., 246.6., 246.7., 2461.2., 2461.4.
    Spring-[ d 1 3 s h* d 2 d 3 d 4 s 1 s 2 s 3
    25 10 3 1,8 M 6 20 32 3 4 5
    32 12 3 1,8 M 8 20 40 3 5 5
    40 12 3 1,8 M 8 20 50 4 5 5
    50 16 3 2,5 M 10 22 60 4 6 6
    63 16 3 2,5 M 10 22 80 4 8 8
    80 20 3 3,5 M 12 28 100 4 10 10
    100 20 3 3,5 M 12 28 120 4 12 12
    *h see selection chart spacer tube 244.9. and spring data
    244.14.0. Spring unit for elastomer spring
    Spring unit consists of:
    Socket cap screw DIN EN ISO 4762 (12.9) 2192.12.
    Spring abutment washer 244.6.
    Spacer tube 244.9.
    Stop washer 244.10.
    Elastomer spring serparate order: 246.5., 246.6., 246.7., 2461.2., 2461.4.
    Spring-[ d 1 3 s h* d 2 d 3 d 4 s 1 s 2
    25 10 3 1,8 M 6 18 32 3 4
    32 12 3 1,8 M 8 40 5
    40 30 50 4
    50 16 3 2,5 M 10 60 6
    63 80 8
    80 20 3 3,5 M 12 100 10
    100 120 12
    125 25 3 4,5 M 16 39 150 6 15
    *h see selection chart spacer tube 244.9. and spring data
    Ordering Code (example):
    Spring unit for elastomer spring = 244.14.0.040.048
    not loaded = 244.14.0.040.048
    for spring-[ = 40 mm = 244.14.0.040.048
    Spacer tube length h = 48 mm = 244.14.0.040.048
    Order number = 244.14.0.040.048
    Ordering Code (example):
    Spring unit for elastomer spring = 2441.14.
    preloaded = 24411141.
    for spring-[ = 40 mm = 2441.14.0.040.
    Spacer tube length h = 48 mm = 2441.14.0.040.048
    Order number = 2441.14.1.040.048
    Spring unit for elastomer spring
    s
    1
    d
    3
    d
    d 2
    20
    244.9.
    244.7.
    h
    s 2
    s 1
    2192.12.
    DIN EN ISO
    4762 (12.9)
    244.10.
    2441.15.
    244.9.
    244.7.
    2192.12.
    DIN EN ISO
    4762 (12.9)
    244.10.
    2441.15.
    5
    2441.15.1.
    2
    s
    s 1
    4
    3
    d
    s
    d
    1
    d
    2
    d
    h
    DIN EN ISO 4762
    (12.9)
    2192.12.
    241.1x
    244.9.
    244.10.
    244.7.
    244.15.0.
    subject to alterations
    Spring unit for helical spring
    2441.15.1. Spring unit for helical spring
    Spring unit consists of:
    Socket cap screw DIN EN ISO 4762 (12.9) 2192.12.
    Spring abutment washer 244.7.
    Spacer tube 244.9.
    Stop washer 244.10.
    Threaded disc 2441.15.
    Helical spring serparate order: 241.14., 241.15., 241.16., 241.17.
    Spring-[ d 1 3 s h* d 2 d 3 d 4 s 1 s 2
    20 10 3 1,8 M 6 11 25 3 4
    25 12 3 1,8 M 8 14 25 3 4
    32 16 3 2,5 M 10 18 38 4 5
    40 20 3 3,5 M 12 22 38 4 5
    50 25 3 4,0 M 16 27 50 6 6
    *h see selection chart spacer tube 244.9. and spring Data
    244.15.0. Spring unit for helical spring
    Spring unit consists of:
    Socket cap screw DIN EN ISO 4762 (12.9) 2192.12.
    Spring abutment washer 244.7.
    Spacer tube 244.9.
    Stop washer 244.10.
    Helical spring serparate order: 241.14., 241.15., 241.16., 241.17.
    Spring-[ d 1 3 s h* d 2 d 3 d 4 s 1 s 2
    20 10 3 1,8 M 6 18 25 3 4
    25 12 3 1,8 M 8 18 25 3 4
    32 16 3 2,5 M 10 30 38 4 5
    40 20 3 3,5 M 12 30 38 4 5
    50 25 3 4,0 M 16 39 50 6 6
    63 35 3 6,0 M 20 52 65 6 8
    *h see selection chart spacer tube 244.9. and spring Data
    Ordering Code (example):
    Spring unit for helical spring = 244.15.1.040.061
    not loaded = 244.15.0.040.061
    for spring-[ = 40 mm = 244.15.1.040.061
    Spacer tube length h = 48 mm = 244.15.1.040.048
    Order number = 244.15.0.040.048
    Ordering Code (example):
    Spring unit for helical spring = 2441.15.
    preloaded = 2441.15.1.
    for spring-[ = 40 mm = 2441.15.0.040.
    Spacer tube length h = 48 mm = 2441.15.0.040.048
    Order number = 2441.15.1.040.048
    Mounting examples
    F99
    subject to alterations
    The compensation sleeve are ground
    together to the same degree as a function of
    punch length and punch guide plate thickness.
    depth of hole
    3
    h
    0,1 +0,1
    h
    D
    5
    20 h
    2
    s
    1
    s
    s
    5
    d
    3
    d
    1
    d
    4
    d
    2
    d
    20 25
    provide circlip if required
    compensation sleeve 244.13.
    The headed spacer plug are ground
    together to the same degree at initial
    assembly when installed.
    socket cap screw
    headed spacer plug 244.12.
    DIN EN ISO 4762 (12.9)
    socket cap screw
    241.14./.15./.16./.17.
    hi-performence comp. spring
    (per separately oder)
    spacer tube 244.9.
    spacer sleeve 244.11.
    stop washer 244.10.
    spring abutment washer
    244.7.
    DIN EN ISO 4762 (12.9)
    Application without Spacer Sleeve
    (c’bored hole)
    244.??.???.10
    Application with Spacer Sleeve
    (straight hole)
    244.??.???.11
    Note:
    The headed spacer plugs are ground
    equal after assembly in the punch holder.
    Note that regrinding on punch points must
    be compensated by grinding an equal
    amount off the compensation sleeves.
    Adjust depth of c’bore h 3 or height of spacer
    sleeve so that spacer tube cap screw is
    relieved by about 0,1 mm.
    Spring- and Spacer Unit
    Ordering Code (example):
    Spring- and Spacer Unit
    Spring-[ = 20 mm = 244.20.
    spacer tube length h = 38 mm with screw = 038.
    spacer tube length244.11. = 11
    Order No = 244.20.038.11
    244.20./25./32./40. Spring- and Spacer Unit
    Spring-[ d 1 3 s h* socket cap screw d 2 d 3 d 4 d 5 D h s 1 d 2
    20 10 3 1,8 M 6 18 20 25 26 3 4
    25 12 3 1,8 M 8 18 20 25 26 3 4
    32 16 3 2,5 M 10 30 32 38 40 4 5
    40 20 3 3,5 M 12 30 32 38 40 4 5
    h* see spacer tube length 244.9. and spring selection 241.1x.
    Installation Example:
    F100 subject to alterations
    Description:
    The preloaded Combination Spring- and
    Spacer Unit combines the functions of
    providing the spring force and of spacing
    the stripper in one constructional element,
    whilst conventional designs employed two.
    The resulting advantages therefore
    consist of space savings and reduced
    machining cost with regard to the various
    die members.
    The execution with spacer sleeve makes it
    possible to exchange the whole unit by
    simply removing the top clamping plate.
    Removal of the compensation disc gives
    unimpeded access to the punches – for
    the purpose of sharpening/grinding.
    Important Notice:
    In order to preserve pre-existing
    conditions in regard of spring force and
    displacement, it is essential that regrinding
    of the punches equals regrinding of the
    compensation disc – i. e. the metal removal
    from either component must be kept the same.
    Helical compression springs must be ordered
    separately, see at the beginning of chapter F.
    244.20. 244.32. 244.25. 244.40. Combination Spring- and Spacer Units
    Spring Characteristics
    Order No
    spring
    sizes
    D h 3l o
    preload
    Com-
    pression
    spring preload forces (N) Typ
    max. working stroke of
    spring (excl. preload) Typ
    spring coefficient (N/mm)
    Typ
    max. spring forces (N) at
    80% max. deflection s 2 Type
    241.14 241.15 241.16 241.17 .14 .15 .16 .17 .14 .15 .16 .17 .14 .15 .16 .17
    244.20.027.□□ 20 x 25 2 111,6 196,2 432,0 586,4 10,4 8,8 6,7 6,2 55,8 98,1 216,0 293,2 580 863 1447 1818
    244.20.033.□□ 20 x 32 3 135,0 218,1 504,0 672,6 12,8 10,4 8,4 7,8 45,0 72,7 168,0 224,2 576 756 1411 1749
    244.20.038.□□ 20 x 38 4 133,6 224,0 516,0 708,4 15,2 12,8 10,0 9,6 33,4 56,0 129,0 177,1 508 717 1290 1700
    244.20.044.□□ 20 x 44 4 120,0 190,4 448,0 596,4 18,4 15,2 11,6 11,2 30,0 47,6 112,0 149,1 552 724 1299 1670
    244.20.048.□□ 20 x 51 7 171,5 291,9 658,0 896,7 20,8 16,8 13,2 12,8 24,5 41,7 94,0 128,1 510 701 1241 1640
    244.25.027.□□ 25 x 25 2 200,0 294,0 750,0 – 10,4 8,8 7,2 – 100,0 147,0 375,0 – 1040 1294 2700 –
    244.25.033.□□ 25 x 32 3 240,9 354,3 891,0 1123,8 12,8 10,4 8,4 8,0 80,3 118,1 297,0 374,6 1028 1228 2495 2997
    244.25.038.□□ 25 x 38 4 248,0 372,4 876,0 1384,8 15,2 12,8 10,4 9,6 62,0 93,1 219,0 346,2 942 1192 2278 3324
    244.25.044.□□ 25 x 44 4 212,0 323,2 748,0 976,8 18,4 15,2 12,4 11,2 53,0 80,9 187,0 244,2 975 1228 2319 2735
    244.25.048.□□ 25 x 51 7 308,7 480,9 1092,0 1453,9 20,0 16,8 14,4 12,8 44,1 68,7 156,0 207,7 882 1154 2246 2659
    244.32.038.□□ 32 x 38 5 470,5 925,5 1940,0 2643,0 15,2 12,8 9,6 8,8 94,1 185,1 388,0 528,6 1430 2369 3725 4652
    244.32.044.□□ 32 x 44 5 398,0 790,5 1620,0 2135,5 17,6 15,2 11,2 10,4 79,6 158,1 324,0 424,7 1401 2403 3629 4417
    244.32.048.□□ 32 x 51 8 536,0 1072,8 2176,0 2826,4 20,0 16,8 13,2 12,0 67,0 134,1 272,0 353,3 1340 2253 3590 4240
    244.32.061.□□ 32 x 64 8 424,0 792,8 1696,0 2155,2 25,6 21,6 17,2 16,0 53,0 99,1 212,0 269,4 1357 2141 3646 4310
    244.32.072.□□ 32 x 76 9 396,9 724,5 1548,0 1968,3 31,2 25,6 20,8 19,2 44,1 80,5 172,0 218,7 1376 2061 3578 4199
    244.40.048.□□ 40 x 51 8 736,0 1432,0 2801,6 5027,2 20,0 16,8 13,6 12,0 92,0 179,0 350,2 628,4 1840 3007 4763 7541
    244.40.061.□□ 40 x 64 8 584,8 1120,0 2152,0 3905,6 25,6 20,8 17,6 15,2 73,1 140,0 269,0 488,2 1871 2912 4734 7421
    244.40.072.□□ 40 x 76 9 567,9 972,9 1971,0 3413,7 30,4 25,6 21,6 19,2 63,1 108,1 219,0 379,3 1918 2767 4730 7283
    Combination Spring- and Spacer Units
    Application Examples
    Spring Characteristics
    Spacer Sleeve
    Compensation Disc
    Without Spacer Sleeve
    (with c`bored hole)
    244.??.???.10.
    With Spacer Sleeve
    (with straight hole)
    244.??.???.11.
    subject to alterations
    The compensation sleeve are ground
    together to the same degree as a function of
    punch length and punch guide plate thickness.
    depth of hole
    3
    h
    0,1 +0,1
    h
    D
    5
    20 h
    2
    s
    1
    s
    s
    5
    d
    3
    d
    1
    d
    4
    d
    2
    d
    20 25
    provide circlip if required
    compensation sleeve 244.13.
    The headed spacer plug are ground
    together to the same degree at initial
    assembly when installed.
    socket cap screw
    headed spacer plug 244.12.
    DIN EN ISO 4762 (12.9)
    socket cap screw
    241.14./.15./.16./.17.
    hi-performence comp. spring
    (per separately oder)
    spacer tube 244.9.
    spacer sleeve 244.11.
    stop washer 244.10.
    spring abutment washer
    244.7.
    DIN EN ISO 4762 (12.9)
    Application without Spacer Sleeve
    (c’bored hole)
    244.??.???.10
    Application with Spacer Sleeve
    (straight hole)
    244.??.???.11
    Note:
    The headed spacer plugs are ground
    equal after assembly in the punch holder.
    Note that regrinding on punch points must
    be compensated by grinding an equal
    amount off the compensation sleeves.
    Adjust depth of c’bore h 3 or height of spacer
    sleeve so that spacer tube cap screw is
    relieved by about 0,1 mm.
    Spring- and Spacer Unit
    Ordering Code (example):
    Spring- and Spacer Unit
    Spring-[ = 20 mm = 244.20.
    spacer tube length h = 38 mm with screw = 038.
    spacer tube length244.11. = 11
    Order No = 244.20.038.11
    244.20./25./32./40. Spring- and Spacer Unit
    Spring-[ d 1 3 s h* socket cap screw d 2 d 3 d 4 d 5 D h s 1 d 2
    20 10 3 1,8 M 6 18 20 25 26 3 4
    25 12 3 1,8 M 8 18 20 25 26 3 4
    32 16 3 2,5 M 10 30 32 38 40 4 5
    40 20 3 3,5 M 12 30 32 38 40 4 5
    h* see spacer tube length 244.9. and spring selection 241.1x.
    Installation Example:
    subject to alterations
    Description:
    The preloaded Combination Spring- and
    Spacer Unit combines the functions of
    providing the spring force and of spacing
    the stripper in one constructional element,
    whilst conventional designs employed two.
    The resulting advantages therefore
    consist of space savings and reduced
    machining cost with regard to the various
    die members.
    The execution with spacer sleeve makes it
    possible to exchange the whole unit by
    simply removing the top clamping plate.
    Removal of the compensation disc gives
    unimpeded access to the punches – for
    the purpose of sharpening/grinding.
    Important Notice:
    In order to preserve pre-existing
    conditions in regard of spring force and
    displacement, it is essential that regrinding
    of the punches equals regrinding of the
    compensation disc – i. e. the metal removal
    from either component must be kept the same.
    Helical compression springs must be ordered
    separately, see at the beginning of chapter F.
    244.20. 244.32. 244.25. 244.40. Combination Spring- and Spacer Units
    Spring Characteristics
    Order No
    spring
    sizes
    D h 3l o
    preload
    Com-
    pression
    spring preload forces (N) Typ
    max. working stroke of
    spring (excl. preload) Typ
    spring coefficient (N/mm)
    Typ
    max. spring forces (N) at
    80% max. deflection s 2 Type
    241.14 241.15 241.16 241.17 .14 .15 .16 .17 .14 .15 .16 .17 .14 .15 .16 .17
    244.20.027.□□ 20 x 25 2 111,6 196,2 432,0 586,4 10,4 8,8 6,7 6,2 55,8 98,1 216,0 293,2 580 863 1447 1818
    244.20.033.□□ 20 x 32 3 135,0 218,1 504,0 672,6 12,8 10,4 8,4 7,8 45,0 72,7 168,0 224,2 576 756 1411 1749
    244.20.038.□□ 20 x 38 4 133,6 224,0 516,0 708,4 15,2 12,8 10,0 9,6 33,4 56,0 129,0 177,1 508 717 1290 1700
    244.20.044.□□ 20 x 44 4 120,0 190,4 448,0 596,4 18,4 15,2 11,6 11,2 30,0 47,6 112,0 149,1 552 724 1299 1670
    244.20.048.□□ 20 x 51 7 171,5 291,9 658,0 896,7 20,8 16,8 13,2 12,8 24,5 41,7 94,0 128,1 510 701 1241 1640
    244.25.027.□□ 25 x 25 2 200,0 294,0 750,0 – 10,4 8,8 7,2 – 100,0 147,0 375,0 – 1040 1294 2700 –
    244.25.033.□□ 25 x 32 3 240,9 354,3 891,0 1123,8 12,8 10,4 8,4 8,0 80,3 118,1 297,0 374,6 1028 1228 2495 2997
    244.25.038.□□ 25 x 38 4 248,0 372,4 876,0 1384,8 15,2 12,8 10,4 9,6 62,0 93,1 219,0 346,2 942 1192 2278 3324
    244.25.044.□□ 25 x 44 4 212,0 323,2 748,0 976,8 18,4 15,2 12,4 11,2 53,0 80,9 187,0 244,2 975 1228 2319 2735
    244.25.048.□□ 25 x 51 7 308,7 480,9 1092,0 1453,9 20,0 16,8 14,4 12,8 44,1 68,7 156,0 207,7 882 1154 2246 2659
    244.32.038.□□ 32 x 38 5 470,5 925,5 1940,0 2643,0 15,2 12,8 9,6 8,8 94,1 185,1 388,0 528,6 1430 2369 3725 4652
    244.32.044.□□ 32 x 44 5 398,0 790,5 1620,0 2135,5 17,6 15,2 11,2 10,4 79,6 158,1 324,0 424,7 1401 2403 3629 4417
    244.32.048.□□ 32 x 51 8 536,0 1072,8 2176,0 2826,4 20,0 16,8 13,2 12,0 67,0 134,1 272,0 353,3 1340 2253 3590 4240
    244.32.061.□□ 32 x 64 8 424,0 792,8 1696,0 2155,2 25,6 21,6 17,2 16,0 53,0 99,1 212,0 269,4 1357 2141 3646 4310
    244.32.072.□□ 32 x 76 9 396,9 724,5 1548,0 1968,3 31,2 25,6 20,8 19,2 44,1 80,5 172,0 218,7 1376 2061 3578 4199
    244.40.048.□□ 40 x 51 8 736,0 1432,0 2801,6 5027,2 20,0 16,8 13,6 12,0 92,0 179,0 350,2 628,4 1840 3007 4763 7541
    244.40.061.□□ 40 x 64 8 584,8 1120,0 2152,0 3905,6 25,6 20,8 17,6 15,2 73,1 140,0 269,0 488,2 1871 2912 4734 7421
    244.40.072.□□ 40 x 76 9 567,9 972,9 1971,0 3413,7 30,4 25,6 21,6 19,2 63,1 108,1 219,0 379,3 1918 2767 4730 7283
    Combination Spring- and Spacer Units
    Application Examples
    Spring Characteristics
    Spacer Sleeve
    Compensation Disc
    Without Spacer Sleeve
    (with c`bored hole)
    244.??.???.10.
    With Spacer Sleeve
    (with straight hole)
    244.??.???.11.
    F101
    subject to alterations
    h
    h
    0,1 +0,1
    2
    s
    1
    s
    h
    2
    h
    1
    6 10 5
    20
    s
    spacer sleeve 244.11.
    stop washer 244.10.
    spring abutment washer
    244.7.
    compensation washer
    244.13.2
    Flange Bushing
    244.12.2
    socket cap screw
    round wire compression
    spring (per separately oder)
    spacer tube 244.9.
    socket cap screw
    6
    d
    5
    d
    3
    d
    1
    d
    4
    d
    2
    d
    depth of hole
    3
    DIN EN ISO 4762 (12.9)
    DIN EN ISO 4762 (12.9)
    D h
    Application without Spacer Sleeve
    (c’bored hole)
    244.??.3.???.10
    Application with Spacer Sleeve
    (straight hole)
    244.??.3.???.11 Installation Example:
    with spacer sleeve
    Note:
    After fitting, the flange bushings are ground to
    the same length.
    Note that regrind allowance on punch points
    must equal that taken off the compensation
    washers.
    Adjust depth of c’bore h 3 or height of spacer
    sleeve so that spacer tube cap screw is
    relieved by about 0,1 mm.
    244.20./25./32./40.3. Spring- and Spacer Unit low installation space
    Spring-[ d 1 3 s h* d 2 d 3 d 4 d 5 d 6 D h s 1 s 2 h 1 h 2
    20 10 3 1,8 M 6 18 25 25 31 20 3 4 5 36
    25 12 3 1,8 M 8 18 32 25 38 25 3 4 10 36
    32 16 3 2,5 M 10 30 38 38 44 32 4 5 16 40
    40 20 3 3,5 M 12 30 47 38 54 40 4 5 18 40
    h* see spacer tube length 244.9. and spring selection 241.1x.
    Spring- and Spacer Unit
    low installation space
    Ordering Code (example):
    Spring- and Spacer Unit low installation space
    for spring-[ = 20 mm = 244.20.3.033.11
    spacer tube length h = 33 mm = 244.20.3.033.11
    with spacer sleeve 244.11. = 244.20.3.033.11
    Order No = 244.20.3.033.11
    F102
    subject to alterations
    h
    h
    0,1 +0,1
    2
    s
    1
    s
    h
    2
    h
    1
    6 10 5
    20
    s
    spacer sleeve 244.11.
    stop washer 244.10.
    spring abutment washer
    244.7.
    compensation washer
    244.13.2
    Flange Bushing
    244.12.2
    socket cap screw
    round wire compression
    spring (per separately oder)
    spacer tube 244.9.
    socket cap screw
    6
    d
    5
    d
    3
    d
    1
    d
    4
    d
    2
    d
    depth of hole
    3
    DIN EN ISO 4762 (12.9)
    DIN EN ISO 4762 (12.9)
    D h
    Application without Spacer Sleeve
    (c’bored hole)
    244.??.3.???.10
    Application with Spacer Sleeve
    (straight hole)
    244.??.3.???.11 Installation Example:
    with spacer sleeve
    Note:
    After fitting, the flange bushings are ground to
    the same length.
    Note that regrind allowance on punch points
    must equal that taken off the compensation
    washers.
    Adjust depth of c’bore h 3 or height of spacer
    sleeve so that spacer tube cap screw is
    relieved by about 0,1 mm.
    244.20./25./32./40.3. Spring- and Spacer Unit low installation space
    Spring-[ d 1 3 s h* d 2 d 3 d 4 d 5 d 6 D h s 1 s 2 h 1 h 2
    20 10 3 1,8 M 6 18 25 25 31 20 3 4 5 36
    25 12 3 1,8 M 8 18 32 25 38 25 3 4 10 36
    32 16 3 2,5 M 10 30 38 38 44 32 4 5 16 40
    40 20 3 3,5 M 12 30 47 38 54 40 4 5 18 40
    h* see spacer tube length 244.9. and spring selection 241.1x.
    Spring- and Spacer Unit
    low installation space
    Ordering Code (example):
    Spring- and Spacer Unit low installation space
    for spring-[ = 20 mm = 244.20.3.033.11
    spacer tube length h = 33 mm = 244.20.3.033.11
    with spacer sleeve 244.11. = 244.20.3.033.11
    Order No = 244.20.3.033.11
    subject to alterations
    Spring and spacer unit
    Description:
    These units can be used as an alternative to shoulder screws.
    Advantages:
    Precision length adjustments by way of grinding. The units have many
    uses – as can be seen from the installation examples below.
    Material:
    Spacer tube: Steel, hardened
    Socket cap screw DIN EN ISO 4762 (12.9)
    Execution:
    Outside diameter ground
    Tolerance: h 7
    Note:
    The units are supplied with a retaining O-ring which must be removed
    before application.
    ±0,1
    l 1 h
    h 1
    l 2
    1
    d
    h7
    3
    d
    2
    d
    244.16.
    Mounting example
    F104
    d 1 10 12.5 15 17.5 23 25
    d 2 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M16
    Tightening torque [Nm] 13 32 65 120 290 290
    d 3 15 19 23 27 34 40
    h 10 13 15 18 24 24
    h 1 5.5 6.5 7.5 9 11 11
    l 1 l 2
    20 35 35
    25 40
    30 45 45 50 50
    35 50 50 55
    40 55 55 60 60
    45 60 60 65 65
    50 65 65 70 70 80
    55 70 70 80 75 80
    60 80 80 80 90 90 90
    70 90 90 90 100 100 100
    80 100 100 100 110 110 115 120 110 125 130 110
    90 110 110 110 120 120 120
    100 120 120 120 130 135 140 130 140 145 130
    110 140 140 150
    120 140 150 150 160
    140 180 180
    150 180
    160 200
    Ordering Code (example):
    Spring and spacer unit =244.16.
    Nominal diameter d 1 10 mm = 100.
    Length l 1 20 mm = 020.
    Screw length l 2 35 mm = 035
    Order No =244.16. 100. 020. 035
    244.16. Spring and spacer unit
    subject to alterations
    Spring and spacer unit, with hexagon socket countersunk head cap screw
    244.18.
    h 1
    1
    d
    h7
    2
    d
    3
    d
    l 2
    ±0,05
    l 1
    Description:
    These units can be used as an alternative to shoulder screws.
    Advantages:
    Precision length adjustments by way of grinding. The units have many
    uses – as can be seen from the installation examples below.
    Material:
    Spacer tube: Steel, hardened
    Countersunk head cap screw DIN EN ISO 10642 (10.9)
    Execution:
    Outside diameter ground
    Tolerance: h 7
    Note:
    The units are supplied with a retaining O-ring which must be removed
    before application.
    Mounting example
    F105
    d 1 10 12.5 15 17.5 23
    d 2 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16
    Tightening torque [Nm] 12 28 56 98 240
    d 3 15 19 23 27 34
    h 1 6 8 10 12 16
    l 1 l 2
    20 35
    25 40 45
    30 45 50 55 60
    35 50 55 60 70
    40 55 60 65 70
    45 60 70 70 80
    50 65 70 80 80 90
    55 80 80 90 90
    60 80 90 90 100
    70 90 100 100 110
    80 100 110 110 120
    90 120 120 140
    100 140
    110 150
    120 150
    Ordering Code (example):
    Spring and spacer unit, with hexagon socket countersunk head cap
    screw =244.18.
    Nominal diameter d 1 10 mm = 100.
    Length l 1 20 mm = 020.
    Screw length l 2 35 mm = 035
    Order No =244.18. 100. 020. 035
    244.18. Spring and spacer unit, with hexagon socket countersunk head cap screw
    subject to alterations
    Shoulder screw
    Material:
    High tensile steel,
    heat treated to 12.9 ISO 898-1.
    Execution:
    d 1 ground,
    heads knurled.
    +0,25
    l 2
    s
    h
    1
    d
    h8
    3
    d
    2
    d
    l 1
    244.17.
    Mounting example
    F106
    d 1 6 8 10 12 16 20 24
    d 2 M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
    Tightening torque [Nm] 7 13 32 65 120 290 500
    d 3 10 13 16 18 24 30 36
    h 4.5 5.5 7 9 11 14 16
    s 3 4 5 6 8 10 12
    l 2 9.5 11 13 16 18 22 27
    l 1
    10 ● ●
    12 ● ●
    16 ● ● ● ●
    20 ● ● ● ●
    25 ● ● ● ● ●
    30 ● ● ● ● ●
    35 ● ● ● ● ●
    40 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    45 ● ● ● ●
    50 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    55 ● ● ● ●
    60 ● ● ● ● ●
    65 ● ● ● ●
    70 ● ● ● ● ●
    80 ● ● ● ● ●
    90 ● ● ● ●
    100 ● ● ● ●
    120 ● ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Shoulder screw =244.17.
    Nominal diameter d 1 6 mm = 060.
    Guide length l 1 10 mm = 010
    Order No =244.17. 060. 010
    244.17. Shoulder screw
    subject to alterations
    Pipe plug (for compresssion spring adjustement)
    l
    d
    s
    241.00.1.
    h
    D
    compression spring to separate secured with
    order - see High Performance
    Compression Springs
    LOCTITE
    Type 281.243
    Mounting example
    Description:
    These set screws can be used as adjustable spring stops. They are avai-
    lable for all customary spring sizes from ∅ 10 to ∅ 40. The set screws
    are suitable for springs 241.14. to .17.
    Their use offers the following advantages:
    – Adjustable spring tension from under the bottom bolster, without any
    dismantling.
    – Exchange of springs without dismantling.
    – Through-holes instead of blind holes for spring accommodation.
    F107
    Order No d l s Spring-∅ D h
    241.00.1.12 M12x1,5 10 6 10 10.5
    241.00.1.14 M14x1,5 10 6 12.5 12.5
    241.00.1.18 M18x1,5 10 8 16 16.5
    241.00.1.22 M22x1,5 10 8 20 20.5
    241.00.1.28 M28x1,5 12 10 25 26.5
    241.00.1.35 M35x1,5 12 10 32 33.5
    241.00.1.42 M42x1,5 12 10 40 40.5
    241.00.1. Pipe plug (for compresssion spring adjustement)
    subject to alterations
    Compression Pad
    Shedder insert
    Material:
    FIBROFLEX®
    Hardness 90 Shore A
    Description:
    Instead of conventional shedder pins and their springs as well as set
    screws, FIBROFLEX® Shedder Inserts are simply pressed into matching
    holes (see mounting example).
    Material:
    FIBROFLEX®
    Hardness 90 Shore A
    -0,1
    2
    1
    d
    Mounting example
    k
    +0,1
    l
    r
    c
    1
    +0,5
    +0,3
    1
    d
    +0,1
    Locating diameter
    d
    2
    30°
    d
    3
    d
    45°
    1
    t
    1
    k
    s
    2471.6.
    1
    6
    16
    d 2
    d
    +0,4
    247.6.
    F108
    Order No d 1 d 2 d 3 l k k 1 t 1 r c
    Compressive
    force [N] at s
    2471.6.006 6 3.6 10 9.5 4.5 1 8 - - 100 1.5
    2471.6.010 10 6 16 15.5 7.5 2 13 1 4 450 2.5
    2471.6.016 16 9.5 22 25 12 5 21 1.5 6.5 1500 4
    2471.6.024 24 18 32 25 10 2 21 2 10 3000 4
    2471.6.030 30 20 38 35 19 10 30 2.5 12.5 3000 5
    2471.6.032 32 24 40 32 14 4 26 3 13 12000 6
    2471.6.039 39.5 30 50 40 16 4.75 34 3 16.8 25000 6
    Order No d 1 d 2
    Stripping force
    [daN]
    247.6.008.016 8 4 20
    247.6.010.016 10 6 25
    247.6.012.016 12 8 30
    2471.6.
    247.6. Shedder insert
    Compression Pad
    subject to alterations
    Setting-up bumper, round
    R2
    d 3
    d 4
    d 1
    d 2
    2x45°
    2x45°
    35
    25
    40
    f max.
    60
    100
    2531.7.
    Description:
    Setting up bumpers are used for setting down and setting up tools and
    replace shear pins.
    Material:
    FIBROFLEX®
    Hardness 95 Shore A
    Attention:
    Setting up bumpers are not suitable for continuous use. To prevent
    damage when setting down tools, ensure that the setting up bumpers
    are large enough to withstand 1.5 times the weight of the tool (see
    table).
    Implementation:
    1. When setting up slowly move the ram into the bottom position.
    2. Clamp the tool, then move the ram back to the top position (with the
    setting up bumper compressed to a height of 60 mm).
    3. After setting up, remove the setting up bumpers and place them in
    the storage hole on the tool.
    60
    100
    Tool set down
    Spacer block Tool fitted
    Downward stroke
    Mounting example
    F109
    Order No d 1 d 2 d 3 d 4 f max.
    Load capacity
    in daN bei
    f=20
    Load capacity
    in daN bei
    f=25
    Load capacity
    in daN bei
    f=40
    Admissible tool weight
    in kg for
    4 setting up bumpers
    f=20/safety factor 1,5
    2531.7.063 63 86 16 18 40 2200 2800 4800 5800
    2531.7.080 80 111 20 22 40 3500 4600 8500 9300
    2531.7.100 100 136 20 22 40 5000 6700 11700 13300
    2531.7.125 125 171 25 28 40 7600 9400 18900 20200
    2531.7. Setting-up bumper, round
    subject to alterations
    Setting-up bumper, square
    Tool set down
    Spacer block Tool fitted
    Downward stroke
    ø20
    ø8,5
    e
    b
    a
    40
    f max.
    60
    100
    25
    The setting up bumper
    is located in the
    storage hole while the
    toll is in use (guide
    screw 244.5.13.040
    withdrawn).
    252.7.
    Description:
    Setting up bumpers are used for setting down and setting up tools and
    replace shear pins.
    Material:
    FIBROFLEX®
    Hardness 95 Shore A
    Attention:
    Setting up bumpers are not suitable for continuous use. To prevent
    damage when setting down tools, ensure that the setting up bumpers
    are large enough to withstand 1.5 times the weight of the tool (see
    table).
    Implementation:
    1. When setting up slowly move the ram into the bottom position.
    2. Clamp the tool, then move the ram back to the top position (with the
    setting up bumper compressed to a height of 60 mm).
    3. After setting up, remove the setting up bumpers and place them in
    the storage hole on the tool.
    Mounting example
    F110
    Order No a b e
    Load capacity
    in daN bei
    f=20
    Admissible tool weight
    in kg for
    4 setting up bumpers
    f=20/safety factor 1,5
    252.7.080.060 80 60 36 2700 7100
    252.7.100.080 100 80 50 6200 16500
    252.7.125.100 125 100 60 8600 22900
    252.7.180.100 180 100 100 13600 36200
    252.7. Setting-up bumper, square
    subject to alterations
    Spacer for die release
    2533.10.
    3
    d
    2
    d
    1
    d
    4
    d
    l
    2
    l
    1
    l
    3
    l
    Description:
    The spacers are inserted into the die for storage and transport purposes.
    Material:
    Greenamid PA6 (GF30), colour: orange
    Mounting example
    F111
    Order No d 2 d 1 l l 1 l 2 l 3 d 3 d 4 * max. carrying capacity [daN]
    2533.10.015 15.2 14.8 52 12 32 32 25 7 2500
    2533.10.016 16.2 15.8 52 12 32 32 26 7 2500
    2533.10.018 18.2 17.8 52 12 32 32 29 7 2700
    2533.10.019 19.2 18.8 52 12 32 32 30 7 2700
    2533.10.020 20.2 19.8 52 12 32 32 31 7 2700
    2533.10.024 24.2 23.8 56 12 34 34 36 7 3600
    2533.10.025 25.2 24.8 56 12 34 34 37 7 3600
    2533.10.030 30.2 29.8 60 12 36 36 44 7 4500
    2533.10.032 32.2 31.8 60 12 36 36 46 7 4500
    2533.10.038 38.2 37.8 73 12 43 43 54 7 6000
    2533.10.040 40.2 39.8 73 12 43 43 56 7 6000
    2533.10.042 42.2 41.8 73 12 43 43 58 7 6000
    2533.10.048 48.2 47.8 84 12 48 49 66 8.6 7500
    2533.10.050 50.2 49.8 84 12 48 49 68 8.6 7500
    2533.10.052 52.2 51.8 84 12 48 49 70 8.6 7500
    2533.10.060 60.2 59.8 92 12 52 53 79 8.6 9400
    2533.10.063 63.2 62.8 92 12 52 53 82 8.6 9400
    2533.10.080 80.2 79.8 94 14 54 54 102 8.6 12000
    2533.10.100 100.2 99.8 96 16 56 56 123 8.6 15000
    2533.10.125 125.2 124.8 96 16 56 56 150 8.6 18000
    *Tap hole for thread, created by customer
    2533.10. Spacer for die release
    subject to alterations
    Spacer with spring for die release
    2533.20.
    s
    l
    1
    d
    m
    2
    d
    4
    d
    Description:
    The spacers with springs are inserted into the die for storage and trans-
    port purposes.
    Material:
    Spacer: Greenamid PA6 (GF30), colour: orange
    Spring: PU
    Housing: steel, painted orange
    Mounting example
    F112
    Order No d 2 d 1 s l m d 4 * Spring force [daN] max. carrying capacity [daN]
    2533.20.040 60 39.8 10 83.5 M8 6.8 600 6000
    2533.20.050 71.5 49.8 10 97.5 M10 8.6 800 7500
    2533.20.063 85.5 62.8 10 103.5 M10 8.6 1250 9400
    2533.20.080 105.5 79.8 10 105.5 M10 8.6 2300 12000
    2533.20.100 128 99.8 10 107.5 M10 8.6 3600 15000
    2533.20.125 154 124.8 10 107.5 M10 8.6 7000 18000
    *Tap hole for thread, created by customer
    2533.20. Spacer with spring for die release
    subject to alterations
    Hinge for spacer
    2533.00.01.
    8,5
    13,5
    23
    c
    e
    g
    b
    f
    15
    1
    d
    M8
    1
    g
    29,3
    Material:
    Steel, burnished
    Note:
    for 2533.10 and 2533.20.
    Screws are not included.
    Mounting example
    F113
    Order No d 1 b c e f g g 1
    2533.00.01.040 39.8 86 55 19 34.5 46 18
    2533.00.01.050 49.8 97 70 25 44.5 53.5 17.5
    2533.00.01.063 62.8 106 80 30 49.5 57 17.5
    2533.00.01.080 79.8 140 105 40 69.5 72 19
    2533.00.01.100 99.8 156 125 50 79.5 80 18.5
    2533.00.01.125 124.8 183 150 70 99.5 93 18.5
    2533.00.01. Hinge for spacer
    subject to alterations
    8
    13
    7
    15
    11,5
    270 (9 elements)
    26
    30
    ø4
    2
    ø7,5
    4,5 max.
    3
    2532.2.150.115.0270
    approx.
    19
    3
    2
    13
    16,5
    16
    19
    270 (9 elements)
    30
    26
    ø4
    ø7,5
    6,5 max.
    approx.
    24
    2532.2.190.165.0270
    22
    4
    27
    8
    15
    ø4
    306 (9 elements)
    approx.
    28
    19
    30
    34
    ø7,5
    11 max.
    2
    2532.2.190.270.0306
    Cutter bar
    Installation example Material:
    Perbunan
    Hardness to DIN 53505:
    Shore A65±5
    Construction:
    Surface quality to DIN ISO 3302-1
    Application:
    For blanking die tools
    Supplied without screws
    Strippers for Blanking Dies
    to Mercedes-Benz- / VW Standard / VDI 3362
    F114
    Spring plungers
    subject to alterations
    8
    13
    7
    15
    11,5
    270 (9 elements)
    26
    30
    ø4
    2
    ø7,5
    4,5 max.
    3
    2532.2.150.115.0270
    approx.
    19
    3
    2
    13
    16,5
    16
    19
    270 (9 elements)
    30
    26
    ø4
    ø7,5
    6,5 max.
    approx.
    24
    2532.2.190.165.0270
    22
    4
    27
    8
    15
    ø4
    306 (9 elements)
    approx.
    28
    19
    30
    34
    ø7,5
    11 max.
    2
    2532.2.190.270.0306
    Cutter bar
    Installation example Material:
    Perbunan
    Hardness to DIN 53505:
    Shore A65±5
    Construction:
    Surface quality to DIN ISO 3302-1
    Application:
    For blanking die tools
    Supplied without screws
    Strippers for Blanking Dies
    to Mercedes-Benz- / VW Standard / VDI 3362
    Spring plungers
    F115
    subject to alterations
    Spring plunger, standard spring force, VDI 3004, Colour marking: yellow
    Description:
    Spring plungers are used as ejectors, damper pins, fixing and retaining
    pins in many sectors of the tool-, jig- and fixture-making industries.
    Assembly requires the use of special FIBRO insertion tool (2470.10.11).
    The spring-loaded pins are hardened.
    Top Die
    Clamping
    Pad
    Trim Punch
    Insert
    Trim Die
    Insert
    Ejector Pin Unit
    2470.10. .1
    A/F 9
    „X”
    View X
    M
    d 1
    d 4
    Colour
    marking
    Stroke max.
    5
    l 3
    l 1
    Thread
    lock
    Mounting example
    F116
    Order No d 1 d 4 M l 1 l 3 Stroke max.
    Spring rate
    [N/mm]
    Spring force [N]
    initial
    Spring force [N]
    final
    2470.10.010.060.1 6 13.4 16x2 60 35 10 0.95 3.8 13.3
    2470.10.010.016.060.1 6 13.4 16x1.5 60 35 10 0.95 3.8 13.3
    2470.10.015.060.1 6 13.4 16x2 60 35 15 2 10 40
    2470.10.015.016.060.1 6 13.4 16x1.5 60 35 15 2 10 40
    2470.10.020.080.1 6 13.4 16x2 80 35 20 1.38 6.9 34.5
    2470.10.020.016.080.1 6 13.4 16x1.5 80 35 20 1.38 6.9 34.5
    2470.10.030.080.1 6 13.4 16x2 80 35 30 1.3 6.5 45.5
    2470.10.030.016.080.1 6 13.4 16x1.5 80 35 30 1.3 6.5 45.5
    2470.10.030.120.1 6 13.4 16x2 120 35 30 0.73 18 40
    2470.10.030.016.120.1 6 13.4 16x1.5 120 35 30 0.73 18 40
    2470.10.040.150.1 6 13.4 16x2 150 35 40 0.6 13.2 37.2
    2470.10.040.016.150.1 6 13.4 16x1.5 150 35 40 0.6 13.2 37.2
    2470.10.050.150.1 6 13.4 16x2 150 35 50 0.6 13.2 43.2
    2470.10.050.016.150.1 6 13.4 16x1.5 150 35 50 0.6 13.2 43.2
    2470.10.060.150.1 6 13.4 16x2 150 35 60 0.6 13.2 49.2
    2470.10.060.016.150.1 6 13.4 16x1.5 150 35 60 0.6 13.2 49.2
    2470.10.070.200.1 6 13.4 16x2 200 35 70 0.44 9.68 40.5
    2470.10.070.016.200.1 6 13.4 16x1.5 200 35 70 0.44 9.68 40.5
    2470.10.080.200.1 6 13.4 16x2 200 35 80 0.44 9.68 44.8
    2470.10.080.016.200.1 6 13.4 16x1.5 200 35 80 0.44 9.68 44.8
    2470.10. .1 Spring plunger, standard spring force, VDI 3004, Colour marking: yellow
    subject to alterations
    Spring plunger, low maintenance, standard spring force, VDI 3004,
    Colour marking: yellow
    2470.20. .1
    A/F 9
    „X”
    View X
    M
    d 1
    d 4
    Colour
    marking
    Stroke max.
    5
    l 3
    l 1
    Thread
    lock
    Description:
    Spring plungers are used as ejectors, damper pins, fixing and retaining
    pins in many sectors of the tool-, jig- and fixture-making industries.
    Assembly requires the use of special FIBRO insertion tool (2470.10.11).
    A low maintenance guide achieves an admissible lateral load-bearing
    capacity up to 15°.
    Note:
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute: approx. 120 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
    15°
    Top Die
    Clamping
    Pad
    Trim Punch
    Insert
    Ejector Pin Unit
    Trim Die
    Insert
    Mounting example
    01.2017
    Order No d 1 d 4 M l 1 l 3 Stroke max.
    Spring rate
    [N/mm]
    Spring force [N]
    initial
    Spring force [N]
    final
    2470.20.010.060.1 6 13.4 16x2 60 35 10 0.95 3.8 13.3
    2470.20.010.016.060.1 6 13.4 16x1.5 60 35 10 0.95 3.8 13.3
    2470.20.015.060.1 6 13.4 16x2 60 35 15 2 10 40
    2470.20.015.016.060.1 6 13.4 16x1.5 60 35 15 2 10 40
    2470.20.020.080.1 6 13.4 16x2 80 35 20 1.38 6.9 34.5
    2470.20.020.016.080.1 6 13.4 16x1.5 80 35 20 1.38 6.9 34.5
    2470.20.030.080.1 6 13.4 16x2 80 35 30 1.3 6.5 45.5
    2470.20.030.016.080.1 6 13.4 16x1.5 80 35 30 1.3 6.5 45.5
    2470.20.030.120.1 6 13.4 16x2 120 35 30 0.73 18 40
    2470.20.030.016.120.1 6 13.4 16x1.5 120 35 30 0.73 18 40
    2470.20.040.150.1 6 13.4 16x2 150 35 40 0.6 13.2 37.2
    2470.20.040.016.150.1 6 13.4 16x1.5 150 35 40 0.6 13.2 37.2
    2470.20.050.150.1 6 13.4 16x2 150 35 50 0.6 13.2 43.2
    2470.20.050.016.150.1 6 13.4 16x1.5 150 35 50 0.6 13.2 43.2
    2470.20. .1 Spring plunger, low maintenance, standard spring force, VDI 3004,
    Colour marking: yellow
    subject to alterations
    Spring plunger, medium spring force, VDI 3004, Colour marking: white
    Description:
    Spring plungers are used as ejectors, damper pins, fixing and retaining
    pins in many sectors of the tool-, jig- and fixture-making industries.
    Assembly requires the use of special FIBRO insertion tool (2470.10.11).
    The spring-loaded pins are hardened.
    Top Die
    Clamping
    Pad
    Trim Punch
    Insert
    Trim Die
    Insert
    Ejector Pin Unit
    A/F 9
    „X”
    View X
    M
    d 1
    d 4
    Colour
    marking
    Stroke max.
    5
    l 3
    l 1
    Thread
    lock
    2470.10. .3
    Mounting example
    F118
    Order No d 1 d 4 M l 1 l 3 Stroke max.
    Spring rate
    [N/mm]
    Spring force [N]
    initial
    Spring force [N]
    final
    2470.10.020.080.3 6 13.4 16x2 80 35 20 3.02 15.1 75.6
    2470.10.020.016.080.3 6 13.4 16x1.5 80 35 20 3.02 15.1 75.6
    2470.10. .3 Spring plunger, medium spring force, VDI 3004, Colour marking: white
    subject to alterations
    Spring plunger, low maintenance, medium spring force, VDI 3004,
    Colour marking: white
    A/F 9
    „X”
    View X
    M
    d 1
    d 4
    Colour
    marking
    Stroke max.
    5
    l 3
    l 1
    Thread
    lock
    2470.20. .3
    Description:
    Spring plungers are used as ejectors, damper pins, fixing and retaining
    pins in many sectors of the tool-, jig- and fixture-making industries.
    Assembly requires the use of special FIBRO insertion tool (2470.10.11).
    A low maintenance guide achieves an admissible lateral load-bearing
    capacity up to 15°.
    Note:
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute: approx. 120 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
    15°
    Top Die
    Clamping
    Pad
    Trim Punch
    Insert
    Ejector Pin Unit
    Trim Die
    Insert
    Mounting example
    01.2017
    Order No d 1 d 4 M l 1 l 3 Stroke max.
    Spring rate
    [N/mm]
    Spring force [N]
    initial
    Spring force [N]
    final
    2470.20.020.080.3 6 13.4 16x2 80 35 20 3.02 15.1 75.6
    2470.20.020.016.080.3 6 13.4 16x1.5 80 35 20 3.02 15.1 75.6
    2470.20. .3 Spring plunger, low maintenance, medium spring force, VDI 3004,
    Colour marking: white
    subject to alterations
    Spring plunger, increased spring force, VDI 3004, Colour marking: red
    Description:
    Spring plungers are used as ejectors, damper pins, fixing and retaining
    pins in many sectors of the tool-, jig- and fixture-making industries.
    Assembly requires the use of special FIBRO insertion tool (2470.10.11).
    The spring-loaded pins are hardened.
    Top Die
    Clamping
    Pad
    Trim Punch
    Insert
    Trim Die
    Insert
    Ejector Pin Unit
    A/F 9
    „X”
    View X
    M
    d 1
    d 4
    Colour
    marking
    Stroke max.
    5
    l 3
    l 1
    Thread
    lock
    2470.10. .2
    Mounting example
    F120
    Order No d 1 d 4 M l 1 l 3 Stroke max.
    Spring rate
    [N/mm]
    Spring force [N]
    initial
    Spring force [N]
    final
    2470.10.010.060.2 6 13.4 16x2 60 35 10 3.25 13 45.5
    2470.10.010.016.060.2 6 13.4 16x1.5 60 35 10 3.25 13 45.5
    2470.10.015.060.2 6 13.4 16x2 60 35 15 2.6 15 56
    2470.10.015.016.060.2 6 13.4 16x1.5 60 35 15 2.6 15 56
    2470.10.020.080.2 6 13.4 16x2 80 35 20 6.9 34.5 172.5
    2470.10.020.016.080.2 6 13.4 16x1.5 80 35 20 6.9 34.5 172.5
    2470.10.030.120.2 6 13.4 16x2 120 35 30 2 20 80
    2470.10.030.016.120.2 6 13.4 16x1.5 120 35 30 2 20 80
    2470.10.030.150.2 6 13.4 16x2 150 35 30 2.55 56.1 132.6
    2470.10.030.016.150.2 6 13.4 16x1.5 150 35 30 2.55 56.1 132.6
    2470.10.040.150.2 6 13.4 16x2 150 35 40 2.55 56.1 158.1
    2470.10.040.016.150.2 6 13.4 16x1.5 150 35 40 2.55 56.1 158.1
    2470.10.050.200.2 6 13.4 16x2 200 35 50 1.61 19.3 99.9
    2470.10.050.016.200.2 6 13.4 16x1.5 200 35 50 1.61 19.3 99.9
    2470.10.060.200.2 6 13.4 16x2 200 35 60 1.61 19.3 116.1
    2470.10.060.016.200.2 6 13.4 16x1.5 200 35 60 1.61 19.3 116.1
    2470.10.070.200.2 6 13.4 16x2 200 35 70 1.61 19.3 132.1
    2470.10.070.016.200.2 6 13.4 16x1.5 200 35 70 1.61 19.3 132.1
    2470.10.080.200.2 6 13.4 16x2 200 35 80 0.94 25 100.1
    2470.10.080.016.200.2 6 13.4 16x1.5 200 35 80 0.94 25 100.1
    2470.10. .2 Spring plunger, increased spring force, VDI 3004, Colour marking: red
    subject to alterations
    Spring plunger, low maintenance, increased spring force, VDI 3004,
    Colour marking: red
    A/F 9
    „X”
    View X
    M
    d 1
    d 4
    Colour
    marking
    Stroke max.
    5
    l 3
    l 1
    Thread
    lock
    2470.20. .2
    Description:
    Spring plungers are used as ejectors, damper pins, fixing and retaining
    pins in many sectors of the tool-, jig- and fixture-making industries.
    Assembly requires the use of special FIBRO insertion tool (2470.10.11).
    A low maintenance guide achieves an admissible lateral load-bearing
    capacity up to 15°.
    Note:
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute: approx. 120 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
    15°
    Top Die
    Clamping
    Pad
    Trim Punch
    Insert
    Ejector Pin Unit
    Trim Die
    Insert
    Mounting example
    01.2017
    Order No d 1 d 4 M l 1 l 3 Stroke max.
    Spring rate
    [N/mm]
    Spring force [N]
    initial
    Spring force [N]
    final
    2470.20.010.060.2 6 13.4 16x2 60 35 10 3.25 13 45.5
    2470.20.010.016.060.2 6 13.4 16x1.5 60 35 10 3.25 13 45.5
    2470.20.015.060.2 6 13.4 16x2 60 35 15 2.6 15 56
    2470.20.015.016.060.2 6 13.4 16x1.5 60 35 15 2.6 15 56
    2470.20.020.080.2 6 13.4 16x2 80 35 20 6.9 34.5 172.5
    2470.20.020.016.080.2 6 13.4 16x1.5 80 35 20 6.9 34.5 172.5
    2470.20.030.120.2 6 13.4 16x2 120 35 30 2 20 80
    2470.20.030.016.120.2 6 13.4 16x1.5 120 35 30 2 20 80
    2470.20.030.150.2 6 13.4 16x2 150 35 30 2.55 56.1 132.6
    2470.20.030.016.150.2 6 13.4 16x1.5 150 35 30 2.55 56.1 132.6
    2470.20.040.150.2 6 13.4 16x2 150 35 40 2.55 56.1 158.1
    2470.20.040.016.150.2 6 13.4 16x1.5 150 35 40 2.55 56.1 158.1
    2470.20.050.200.2 6 13.4 16x2 200 35 50 1.61 19.3 99.9
    2470.20.050.016.200.2 6 13.4 16x1.5 200 35 50 1.61 19.3 99.9
    2470.20. .2 Spring plunger, low maintenance, increased spring force, VDI 3004,
    Colour marking: red
    subject to alterations
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded ball, with slot, standard spring force
    Material:
    Sleeve: Free machining steel, burnished
    Ball: Hardened ball bearing steel
    Spring: Nirosta
    Note:
    For locking and for pressing upwards or downwards.
    Temperature operating range: max. 250°C
    Material:
    Sleeve: Nirosta 1.4305
    Ball: Nirosta, hardened
    Spring: Nirosta
    Note:
    For locking and for pressing upwards or downwards.
    Admissible temperature range: max. 250°C
    2471.01.
    d 2
    l s
    d 1
    2471.31.
    d 2
    l s
    d 1
    F122
    Order No d 1 l s d 2
    Spring force [N]
    initial
    Spring force [N]
    final
    2471.01.003 M3 7 0.4 1.5 3 4.5
    2471.01.004 M4 9 0.8 2.5 8.5 14
    2471.01.005 M5 12 0.9 3 8 14
    2471.01.006 M6 14 1 3.5 11 18
    2471.01.008 M8 16 1.5 4.5 18 31
    2471.01.010 M10 19 2 6 24 45
    2471.01.012 M12 22 2.5 8 26 49
    2471.01.016 M16 24 3.5 10 41 86
    2471.01.020 M20 30 4.5 12 56 111
    2471.01.024 M24 34 5.5 15 81 151
    Order No d 1 l s d 2
    Spring force [N]
    initial
    Spring force [N]
    final
    2471.31.003 M3 7 0.4 1.5 3 4.5
    2471.31.004 M4 9 0.8 2.5 8.5 14
    2471.31.005 M5 12 0.9 3 8 14
    2471.31.006 M6 14 1 3.5 11 18
    2471.31.008 M8 16 1.5 4.5 18 31
    2471.31.010 M10 19 2 6 24 45
    2471.31.012 M12 22 2.5 8 26 49
    2471.31.016 M16 24 3.5 10 41 86
    2471.31.020 M20 30 4.5 12 56 111
    2471.31.024 M24 34 5.5 15 81 151
    2471.01.
    2471.31. Spring plunger, with spring loaded
    ball, with slot, standard spring force
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded
    ball, with slot, standard spring force
    subject to alterations
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded ball, with slot, increased spring force
    2471.02.
    d 2
    l s
    d 1
    2471.32.
    d 2
    l s
    d 1
    Material:
    Sleeve: Free machining steel, burnished
    Ball: Hardened ball bearing steel
    Spring: Nirosta
    Note:
    For locking and for pressing upwards or downwards.
    Admissible temperature range: max. 250°C
    Identification of increased spring force by two longitudinal marks on
    the sleeve.
    Material:
    Sleeve: Nirosta 1.4305
    Ball: Nirosta, hardened
    Spring: Nirosta
    Note:
    For locking and for pressing upwards or downwards.
    Admissible temperature range: max. 250°C.
    Identification of increased spring force by two longitudinal marks on
    the sleeve.
    F123
    Order No d 1 l s d 2
    Spring force [N]
    initial
    Spring force [N]
    final
    2471.02.005 M5 12 0.9 3 15 22
    2471.02.006 M6 14 1 3.5 19 28
    2471.02.008 M8 16 1.5 4.5 36 62
    2471.02.010 M10 19 2 6 57 104
    2471.02.012 M12 22 2.5 8 61 110
    2471.02.016 M16 24 3.5 10 68 142
    2471.02.020 M20 30 4.5 12 84 166
    2471.02.024 M24 34 5.5 15 127 237
    Order No d 1 l s d 2
    Spring force [N]
    initial
    Spring force [N]
    final
    2471.32.005 M5 12 0.9 3 15 22
    2471.32.006 M6 14 1 3.5 19 28
    2471.32.008 M8 16 1.5 4.5 36 62
    2471.32.010 M10 19 2 6 57 104
    2471.32.012 M12 22 2.5 8 61 110
    2471.32.016 M16 24 3.5 10 68 142
    2471.32.020 M20 30 4.5 12 84 166
    2471.32.024 M24 34 5.5 15 127 237
    2471.02.
    2471.32. Spring plunger, with spring loaded
    ball, with slot, increased spring force
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded
    ball, with slot, increased spring force
    subject to alterations
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded ball, with hexagon socket,
    standard spring force
    Material:
    Sleeve: Free machining steel, burnished
    Ball: Hardened ball bearing steel
    Spring: Nirosta
    Note:
    For locking and for pressing upwards or downwards.
    Temperature operating range: max. 250°C
    Material:
    Sleeve: Nirosta 1.4305
    Ball: Nirosta, hardened
    Spring: Nirosta
    Note:
    For locking and for pressing upwards or downwards.
    Admissible temperature range: max. 250°C
    s
    d 1
    l
    A/F
    d 2
    2471.03.
    s
    d 1
    l
    A/F
    d 2
    2471.33.
    F124
    Order No d 1 d 2 A/F l s
    Spring force [N]
    initial
    Spring force [N]
    final
    2471.03.003 M3 1.5 1.5 8 0.4 3 4.5
    2471.03.004 M4 2.5 2 12 0.8 8.5 14
    2471.03.005 M5 3 2.5 14 0.9 8 14
    2471.03.006 M6 3.5 3 15 1 11 18
    2471.03.008 M8 4.5 4 18 1.5 18 31
    2471.03.010 M10 6 5 23 2 24 45
    2471.03.012 M12 8 6 26 2.5 26 49
    2471.03.016 M16 10 8 33 3.5 41 86
    2471.03.020 M20 12 10 43 4.5 56 111
    2471.03.024 M24 15 12 48 5.5 81 151
    Order No d 1 d 2 A/F l s
    Spring force [N]
    initial
    Spring force [N]
    final
    2471.33.003 M3 1.5 1.5 8 0.4 3 4.5
    2471.33.004 M4 2.5 2 12 0.8 8.5 14
    2471.33.005 M5 3 2.5 14 0.9 8 14
    2471.33.006 M6 3.5 3 15 1 11 18
    2471.33.008 M8 4.5 4 18 1.5 18 31
    2471.33.010 M10 6 5 23 2 24 45
    2471.33.012 M12 8 6 26 2.5 26 49
    2471.33.016 M16 10 8 33 3.5 41 86
    2471.33.020 M20 12 10 43 4.5 56 111
    2471.33.024 M24 15 12 48 5.5 81 151
    2471.03.
    2471.33. Spring plunger, with spring loaded
    ball, with hexagon socket, standard
    spring force
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded
    ball, with hexagon socket, stan-
    dard spring force
    subject to alterations
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded ball, with hexagon socket,
    increased spring force
    s
    d 1
    l
    A/F
    d 2
    2471.04.
    s
    d 1
    l
    A/F
    d 2
    2471.34.
    Material:
    Sleeve: Free machining steel, burnished
    Ball: Hardened ball bearing steel
    Spring: Nirosta
    Note:
    For locking and for pressing upwards or downwards.
    Temperature operating range: max. 250°C
    Identification of increased spring force by two longitudinal marks on
    the sleeve.
    Material:
    Sleeve: Nirosta 1.4305
    Ball: Nirosta, hardened
    Spring: Nirosta
    Note:
    For locking and for pressing upwards or downwards.
    Admissible temperature range: max. 250°C
    Identification of increased spring force by two longitudinal marks on
    the sleeve.
    F125
    Order No d 1 d 2 A/F l s
    Spring force [N]
    initial
    Spring force [N]
    final
    2471.04.005 M5 3 2.5 14 0.9 15 22
    2471.04.006 M6 3.5 3 15 1 19 28
    2471.04.008 M8 4.5 4 18 1.5 36 62
    2471.04.010 M10 6 5 23 2 57 104
    2471.04.012 M12 8 6 26 2.5 61 110
    2471.04.016 M16 10 8 33 3.5 68 142
    2471.04.020 M20 12 10 43 4.5 84 166
    2471.04.024 M24 15 12 48 5.5 127 237
    Order No d 1 d 2 A/F l s
    Spring force [N]
    initial
    Spring force [N]
    final
    2471.34.005 M5 3 2.5 14 0.9 15 22
    2471.34.006 M6 3.5 3 15 1 19 28
    2471.34.008 M8 4.5 4 18 1.5 36 62
    2471.34.010 M10 6 5 23 2 57 104
    2471.34.012 M12 8 6 26 2.5 61 110
    2471.34.016 M16 10 8 33 3.5 68 142
    2471.34.020 M20 12 10 43 4.5 84 166
    2471.34.024 M24 15 12 48 5.5 127 237
    2471.04.
    2471.34. Spring plunger, with spring loaded
    ball, with hexagon socket,
    increased spring force
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded
    ball, with hexagon socket,
    increased spring force
    subject to alterations
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded ball, with slot, standard spring force
    Material:
    Sleeve: Delrin blue (POM)
    Ball: Delrin white (POM)
    Spring: Nirosta
    Note:
    For locking and for pressing upwards or downwards.
    Temperature operating range: –30°C up to 50°C
    Material:
    Sleeve: Delrin blue (POM)
    Ball: Nirosta, hardened
    Spring: Nirosta
    Note:
    For locking and for pressing upwards or downwards.
    Admissible temperature range: -30°C to +50°C
    2471.05.
    d 2
    l s
    d 1
    2471.35.
    d 2
    l s
    d 1
    F126
    Order No d 1 l s d 2
    Spring force [N]
    initial
    Spring force [N]
    final
    2471.05.006 M6 14 0.9 3.5 12 17
    2471.05.008 M8 16 1.5 5 20 35
    2471.05.010 M10 19 1.9 6 25 45
    Order No d 1 l s d 2
    Spring force [N]
    initial
    Spring force [N]
    final
    2471.35.006 M6 14 0.9 3.5 12 17
    2471.35.008 M8 16 1.5 5 20 35
    2471.35.010 M10 19 1.9 6 25 45
    2471.05.
    2471.35. Spring plunger, with spring loaded
    ball, with slot, standard spring force
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded
    ball, with slot, standard spring force
    subject to alterations
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded pin, with slot, standard spring force
    d 1
    d 2
    s l
    A/F
    2472.01.
    Thread
    lock
    d 1
    d 2
    s l
    A/F
    Thread
    lock
    2472.31.
    Material:
    Sleeve: Free machining steel, burnished
    Pin: Free machining steel hardened, burnished
    Spring: Nirosta
    Note:
    For locking and for pressing upwards or downwards. Removable with
    hexagon socket screw key or slotted screwdriver.
    Material:
    Sleeve: Nirosta 1.4305
    Pin: Nirosta 1.4305
    Spring: Nirosta
    Note:
    For locking and for pressing upwards or downwards. Removable with
    hexagon socket screw key or slotted screwdriver.
    F127
    Order No d 1 d 2 l s A/F
    Spring force [N]
    initial
    Spring force [N]
    final
    2472.01.003 M3 1 12 1 0.7 2 4
    2472.01.004 M4 1.5 15 1.5 1.3 4.5 16
    2472.01.005 M5 2.4 18 2.3 1.5 6 19
    2472.01.006 M6 2.7 20 2.5 2 6 19
    2472.01.008 M8 3.5 22 3 2.5 10 39
    2472.01.010 M10 4 22 3 3 10 39
    2472.01.012 M12 6 28 4 4 12 53
    2472.01.016 M16 7.5 32 5 5 45 100
    2472.01.020 M20 10 40 7 6 52 125
    2472.01.024 M24 12 52 10 8 70 170
    Order No d 1 d 2 l s A/F
    Spring force [N]
    initial
    Spring force [N]
    final
    2472.31.004 M4 1.5 15 1.5 1.3 4.5 16
    2472.31.005 M5 2.4 18 2.3 1.5 6 19
    2472.31.006 M6 2.7 20 2.5 2 6 19
    2472.31.008 M8 3.5 22 3 2.5 10 39
    2472.31.010 M10 4 22 3 3 10 39
    2472.31.012 M12 6 28 4 4 12 53
    2472.31.016 M16 7.5 32 5 5 45 100
    2472.31.020 M20 10 40 7 6 52 125
    2472.01.
    2472.31. Spring plunger, with spring loaded
    pin, with slot, standard spring force
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded
    pin, with slot, standard spring force
    subject to alterations
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded pin, with slot, standard spring force
    Material:
    Sleeve: Free machining steel, burnished
    Pin: Delrin white (POM)
    Spring: Nirosta
    Note:
    For locking and for pressing upwards or downwards. Removable with
    hexagon socket screw key or slotted screwdriver.
    Material:
    Sleeve: Nirosta 1.4305
    Pin: Delrin white (POM)
    Spring: Nirosta
    Note:
    For locking and for pressing upwards or downwards. Removable with
    hexagon socket screw key or slotted screwdriver.
    d 1
    d 2
    s l
    A/F
    Thread
    lock
    2472.21.
    d 1
    d 2
    s l
    A/F
    Thread
    lock
    2472.22.
    F128
    Order No d 1 d 2 l s A/F
    Spring force [N]
    initial
    Spring force [N]
    final
    2472.21.004 M4 1.5 15 1.5 1.3 4.5 16
    2472.21.005 M5 2.4 18 2.3 1.5 6 19
    2472.21.006 M6 2.7 20 2.5 2 6 19
    2472.21.008 M8 3.5 22 3 2.5 10 39
    2472.21.010 M10 4 22 3 3 10 39
    2472.21.012 M12 6 28 4 4 12 53
    2472.21.016 M16 7.5 32 5 5 45 100
    Order No d 1 d 2 l s A/F
    Spring force [N]
    initial
    Spring force [N]
    final
    2472.22.004 M4 1.5 15 1.5 1.3 4.5 16
    2472.22.005 M5 2.4 18 2.3 1.5 6 19
    2472.22.006 M6 2.7 20 2.5 2 6 19
    2472.22.008 M8 3.5 22 3 2.5 10 39
    2472.22.010 M10 4 22 3 3 10 39
    2472.22.012 M12 6 28 4 4 12 53
    2472.22.016 M16 7.5 32 5 5 45 100
    2472.21.
    2472.22.
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded
    pin, with slot, standard spring force
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded
    pin, with slot, standard spring force
    subject to alterations
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded pin, with hexagon socket,
    standard spring force
    s
    d 2
    d 1
    l
    A/F
    2472.03.
    s
    d 2
    d 1
    l
    A/F
    2472.33.
    Material:
    Sleeve: Free machining steel, burnished
    Pin: Free machining steel hardened, burnished
    Spring: Nirosta
    Note:
    For locking and for pressing upwards or downwards.
    Temperature operating range: max. 250°C
    Material:
    Sleeve: Nirosta 1.4305
    Pin: Nirosta 1.4305
    Spring: Nirosta
    Hinweis:
    For locking and for pressing upwards or downwards.
    Admissible temperature range: max. 250°C
    F129
    Order No d 1 d 2 l s A/F
    Spring force [N]
    initial
    Spring force [N]
    final
    2472.03.004 M4 1.8 12 1.5 2 4.5 12.5
    2472.03.005 M5 2.4 14 2 2.5 5 13
    2472.03.006 M6 2.7 15 2 3 6 17
    2472.03.008 M8 3.8 18 2 4 16 33
    2472.03.010 M10 4.5 23 2.5 5 19 42
    2472.03.012 M12 6 26 3.5 6 22 57
    2472.03.016 M16 8.5 33 4.5 8 38 78
    2472.03.020 M20 10 43 6.5 10 39 81
    2472.03.024 M24 13 48 8 12 72 155
    Order No d 1 d 2 l s A/F
    Spring force [N]
    initial
    Spring force [N]
    final
    2472.33.004 M4 1.8 12 1.5 2 4.5 12.5
    2472.33.005 M5 2.4 14 2 2.5 5 13
    2472.33.006 M6 2.7 15 2 3 6 17
    2472.33.008 M8 3.8 18 2 4 16 33
    2472.33.010 M10 4.5 23 2.5 5 19 42
    2472.33.012 M12 6 26 3.5 6 22 57
    2472.33.016 M16 8.5 33 4.5 8 38 78
    2472.33.020 M20 10 43 6.5 10 39 81
    2472.33.024 M24 13 48 8 12 72 155
    2472.03.
    2472.33. Spring plunger, with spring loaded
    pin, with hexagon socket, standard
    spring force
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded
    pin, with hexagon socket, standard
    spring force
    subject to alterations
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded pin and seal, with hexagon socket,
    standard spring force
    Material:
    Sleeve: Free machining steel, burnished
    Pin: Free machining steel hardened, burnished
    Spring: Nirosta
    Note:
    For locking and for pressing upwards or downwards. The seal prevents
    the ingress of liquids into the forcing pin. Assembly and dismantling
    using hexagon socket key and slotted screwdriver.
    Temperature operating range: –30°C up to 80°C
    Material:
    Sleeve: Nirosta 1.4305
    Pin: Nirosta 1.4305
    Spring: Nirosta
    Note:
    For locking and for pressing upwards or downwards. The seal prevents
    the ingress of liquids into the forcing pin. Assembly and dismantling
    using hexagon socket key and slotted screwdriver.
    Temperature operating range: –30°C up to 80°C
    n t
    l s
    1
    d
    2
    d
    A/F
    Setscrew,
    bonded
    Seal
    2472.07.
    n t
    l s
    1
    d
    2
    d
    A/F
    Setscrew,
    bonded
    Seal
    2472.37.
    F130
    Order No d 1 d 2 l n s t A/F
    Spring force [N]
    initial
    Spring force [N]
    final
    2472.07.008 M8 3.8 26 1.5 3 1.4 2.5 9 24
    2472.07.010 M10 4 28 1.5 3.5 1.4 3 15 30
    2472.07.012 M12 6 35 2.7 4 2 4 24 50
    2472.07.016 M16 7.5 40 3.2 5 2.5 5 36 58
    Order No d 1 d 2 l n s t A/F
    Spring force [N]
    initial
    Spring force [N]
    final
    2472.37.008 M8 3.8 26 1.5 3 1.4 2.5 9 24
    2472.37.010 M10 4 28 1.5 3.5 1.4 3 15 30
    2472.37.012 M12 6 35 2.7 4 2 4 24 50
    2472.37.016 M16 7.5 40 3.2 5 2.5 5 36 58
    2472.07.
    2472.37. Spring plunger, with spring loaded
    pin and seal, with hexagon socket,
    standard spring force
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded
    pin and seal, with hexagon socket,
    standard spring force
    subject to alterations
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded pin, with slot, increased spring force
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded pin and seal, with hexagon socket,
    increased spring force
    d 1
    d 2
    s l
    A/F
    Thread
    lock
    2472.02.
    n t
    l s
    1
    d
    2
    d
    A/F
    Setscrew,
    bonded
    Seal
    2472.08.
    Material:
    Sleeve: Free machining steel, burnished
    Pin: Free machining steel hardened, burnished
    Spring: Nirosta
    Note:
    For locking and for pressing upwards or downwards. Removable with
    hexagon socket screw key or slotted screwdriver.
    Identification of increased spring force by two longitudinal marks on
    the sleeve.
    Material:
    Sleeve: Free machining steel, burnished
    Pin: Free machining steel hardened, burnished
    Spring: Nirosta
    Note:
    For locking and for pressing upwards or downwards. The seal prevents
    the ingress of liquids into the forcing pin. Assembly and dismantling
    using hexagon socket key and slotted screwdriver.
    Temperature operating range: –30°C up to 80°C
    Identification of increased spring force by two longitudinal marks on
    the sleeve.
    F131
    Order No d 1 d 2 A/F l s
    Spring force [N]
    initial
    Spring force [N]
    final
    2472.02.005 M5 2.4 1.5 18 2.3 11 40
    2472.02.006 M6 2.7 2 20 2.5 15 43
    2472.02.008 M8 3.5 2.5 22 3 20 75
    2472.02.010 M10 4 3 22 3 20 75
    2472.02.012 M12 6 4 28 4 45 120
    2472.02.016 M16 7.5 5 32 5 64 160
    2472.02.020 M20 10 6 40 7 75 195
    2472.02.024 M24 12 8 52 10 75 245
    Order No d 1 d 2 l n s t A/F
    Spring force [N]
    initial
    Spring force [N]
    final
    2472.08.008 M8 3.8 26 1.5 3 1.4 2.5 17 39
    2472.08.010 M10 4 28 1.5 3.5 1.4 3 22 43
    2472.08.012 M12 6 35 2.7 4 2 4 40 80
    2472.08.016 M16 7.5 40 3.2 5 2.5 5 44 113
    2472.02.
    2472.08.
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded
    pin, with slot, increased spring force
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded
    pin and seal, with hexagon socket,
    increased spring force
    subject to alterations
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded pin, with hexagon socket,
    increased spring force
    Material:
    Sleeve: Free machining steel, burnished
    Pin: Free machining steel hardened, burnished
    Spring: Nirosta
    Note:
    For locking and for pressing upwards or downwards.
    Temperature operating range: max. 250°C
    Identification of increased spring force by two longitudinal marks on
    the sleeve.
    Material:
    Sleeve: Nirosta 1.4305
    Pin: Nirosta 1.4305
    Spring: Nirosta
    Note:
    For locking and for pressing upwards or downwards.
    Temperature operating range: max. 250°C
    Identification of increased spring force by two longitudinal marks on
    the sleeve.
    s
    d 2
    d 1
    l
    A/F
    2472.04.
    s
    d 2
    d 1
    l
    A/F
    2472.34.
    F132
    Order No d 1 d 2 l s A/F
    Spring force [N]
    initial
    Spring force [N]
    final
    2472.04.006 M6 2.7 15 2 3 11 25
    2472.04.008 M8 3.8 18 2 4 23 59
    2472.04.010 M10 4.5 23 2.5 5 20 54
    2472.04.012 M12 6 26 3.5 6 38 96
    2472.04.016 M16 8.5 33 4.5 8 50 100
    2472.04.020 M20 10 43 6.5 10 52 133
    2472.04.024 M24 13 48 8 12 91 223
    Order No d 1 d 2 l s A/F
    Spring force [N]
    initial
    Spring force [N]
    final
    2472.34.006 M6 2.7 15 2 3 11 25
    2472.34.008 M8 3.8 18 2 4 23 59
    2472.34.010 M10 4.5 23 2.5 5 20 54
    2472.34.012 M12 6 26 3.5 6 38 96
    2472.34.016 M16 8.5 33 4.5 8 50 100
    2472.34.020 M20 10 43 6.5 10 52 133
    2472.34.024 M24 13 48 8 12 91 223
    2472.04.
    2472.34. Spring plunger, with spring loaded
    pin, with hexagon socket,
    increased spring force
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded
    pin, with hexagon socket,
    increased spring force
    subject to alterations
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded pin, with slot, standard spring force
    s l
    d 2
    d 1
    2472.05.
    s l
    d 2
    d 1
    2472.35.
    Material:
    Sleeve: Free machining steel, burnished
    Pin: Free machining steel hardened, burnished
    Spring: Nirosta
    Note:
    For locking and for pressing upwards or downwards.
    Temperature operating range: max. 250°C
    Material:
    Sleeve: Nirosta 1.4305
    Pin: Nirosta 1.4305
    Spring: Nirosta
    Note:
    For locking and for pressing upwards or downwards.
    Temperature operating range: max. 250°C
    F133
    Order No d 1 d 2 l s
    Spring force [N]
    initial
    Spring force [N]
    final
    2472.05.004 4 1.8 9 1.5 4.5 12.5
    2472.05.005 5 2.4 12 2 5 13
    2472.05.006 6 2.7 14 2 6 17
    2472.05.008 8 3.8 16 2 16 33
    2472.05.010 10 4.5 19 2.5 19 42
    2472.05.012 12 6.2 22 3.5 22 57
    2472.05.016 16 8.5 24 4.5 38 78
    2472.05.020 20 10 30 6.5 39 81
    2472.05.024 24 13 34 8 72 155
    Order No d 1 d 2 l s
    Spring force [N]
    initial
    Spring force [N]
    final
    2472.35.004 4 1.8 9 1.5 4.5 12.5
    2472.35.005 5 2.4 12 2 5 13
    2472.35.006 6 2.7 14 2 6 17
    2472.35.008 8 3.8 16 2 16 33
    2472.35.010 10 4.5 19 2.5 19 42
    2472.35.012 12 6.2 22 3.5 22 57
    2472.35.016 16 8.5 24 4.5 38 78
    2472.35.020 20 10 30 6.5 39 81
    2472.35.024 24 13 34 8 72 155
    2472.05.
    2472.35. Spring plunger, with spring loaded
    pin, with slot, standard spring force
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded
    pin, with slot, standard spring force
    subject to alterations
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded pin, with slot, increased spring force
    Material:
    Sleeve: Free machining steel, burnished
    Pin: Free machining steel hardened, burnished
    Spring: Nirosta
    Note:
    For locking and for pressing upwards or downwards.
    Temperature operating range: max. 250°C
    Identification of increased spring force by two longitudinal marks on
    the sleeve.
    Material:
    Sleeve: Nirosta 1.4305
    Pin: Nirosta 1.4305
    Spring: Nirosta
    Note:
    For locking and for pressing upwards or downwards.
    Temperature operating range: max. 250°C
    Identification of increased spring force by two longitudinal marks on
    the sleeve.
    s l
    d 2
    d 1
    2472.06.
    s l
    d 2
    d 1
    2472.36.
    F134
    Order No d 1 d 2 l s
    Spring force [N]
    initial
    Spring force [N]
    final
    2472.06.006 M6 2.7 14 2 11 25
    2472.06.008 M8 3.8 16 2 23 59
    2472.06.010 M10 4.5 19 2.5 20 54
    2472.06.012 M12 6.2 22 3.5 38 96
    2472.06.016 M16 8.5 24 4.5 50 100
    2472.06.020 M20 10 30 6.5 52 133
    2472.06.024 M24 13 34 8 91 223
    Order No d 1 d 2 l s
    Spring force [N]
    initial
    Spring force [N]
    final
    2472.36.006 M6 2.7 14 2 11 25
    2472.36.008 M8 3.8 16 2 23 59
    2472.36.010 M10 4.5 19 2.5 20 54
    2472.36.012 M12 6.2 22 3.5 38 96
    2472.36.016 M16 8.5 24 4.5 50 100
    2472.36.020 M20 10 30 6.5 52 133
    2472.36.024 M24 13 34 8 91 223
    2472.06.
    2472.36. Spring plunger, with spring loaded
    pin, with slot, increased spring force
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded
    pin, with slot, increased spring force
    subject to alterations
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded pin, straight version, with collar
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded ball, straight version
    s
    d 1
    d 2
    d 3
    l 3 l 1
    l 2
    2473.01.
    s
    l
    d 1
    d 2
    2473.02.
    Material:
    Sleeve: Free machining steel, burnished
    Pin: Steel, case hardened, burnished
    Spring: Nirosta
    Note:
    For use in toolmaking as forcing pins and spring loaded limit stops.
    Neither the threaded cartridge nor any of its components can escape
    from the mounting.
    Temperature operating range: max. 250 °C
    Material:
    Sleeve: Nirosta 1.4305
    Ball: Nirosta hardened
    Spring: Nirosta
    Note:
    For locking and for pressing upwards or downwards.
    Temperature operating range: max. 250 °C
    F135
    Order No d 1 d 2 d 3 l 1 l 2 l 3 s
    Spring force [N]
    initial
    Spring force [N]
    final
    2473.01.006 6 2.7 8 20 3.2 6 3.5 10 22
    2473.01.008 8 3.9 10 24 3.2 8 4.5 30 88
    2473.01.010 10 5.9 13 30 4 10 5.5 42 110
    2473.01.012 12 7.9 16 36 5 12 6.5 50 130
    Order No d 1 d 2 l s
    Spring force [N]
    initial
    Spring force [N]
    final
    2473.02.030 3 2 7 0.65 4.5 7.5
    2473.02.035 3.5 2.5 9 0.8 6 14.5
    2473.02.040 4 3 11 0.9 8 14
    2473.02.045 4.5 3.2 12 0.95 9.5 16.5
    2473.02.050 5 3.5 13 1 11 18
    2473.02.055 5.5 4 14 1.2 15.5 25
    2473.02.060 6 4.5 15 1.5 18 31
    2473.01.
    2473.02.
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded
    pin, straight version, with collar
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded
    ball, straight version
    subject to alterations
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded ball, straight version, with collar
    Material:
    Sleeve: Delrin blue (POM)
    Ball: Delrin white (POM)
    Spring: Nirosta
    Note:
    For locking and for pressing upwards or downwards.
    Temperature operating range: –30°C to +50°C
    Material:
    Sleeve: Delrin blue (POM)
    Ball: Nirosta, hardened
    Spring: Nirosta
    Note:
    For locking and for pressing upwards or downwards.
    Temperature operating range: –30°C to +50°C
    1 l
    d 1
    s
    d 2
    d 3
    2 l
    2475.01.
    1 l
    d 1
    s
    d 2
    d 3
    2 l
    2475.02.
    F136
    Order No d 1 d 2 d 3 l 1 l 2 s
    Spring force [N]
    initial
    Spring force [N]
    final
    2475.01.004 4 3 4.6 5 1 0.8 2.5 6.5
    2475.01.005 5 4 5.6 6 1 1 6 9.4
    2475.01.006 6 5 6.5 7 1 1.6 6.5 13
    2475.01.008 8 6.5 8.5 9 1 1.9 8 18
    2475.01.010 10 8 11 13.5 1.5 2.4 12 23
    2475.01.012 12 10 13 16 1.5 3.3 13 25
    Order No d 1 d 2 d 3 l 1 l 2 s
    Spring force [N]
    initial
    Spring force [N]
    final
    2475.02.004 4 3 4.6 5 1 0.8 2.5 6.5
    2475.02.005 5 4 5.6 6 1 1 6 9.4
    2475.02.006 6 5 6.5 7 1 1.6 6.5 13
    2475.02.008 8 6.5 8.5 9 1 1.9 8 18
    2475.02.010 10 8 11 13.5 1.5 2.4 12 23
    2475.02.012 12 10 13 16 1.5 3.3 13 25
    2475.01.
    2475.02.
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded
    ball, straight version, with collar
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded
    ball, straight version, with collar
    subject to alterations
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded ball, straight version, with collar
    1 l
    d 1
    s
    d 2
    d 3
    2 l
    2475.03.
    1 l
    d 1
    s
    d 2
    d 3
    2 l
    2475.04.
    Material:
    Sleeve: Brass
    Ball: Nirosta hardened
    Spring: Nirosta
    Note:
    For locking and for pressing upwards or downwards.
    Temperature operating range: max. 250°C
    Material:
    Sleeve: Nirosta 1.4303
    Ball: Nirosta hardened
    Spring: Nirosta
    Note:
    For locking and for pressing upwards or downwards.
    Temperature operating range: max. 250°C
    F137
    Order No d 1 d 2 d 3 l 1 l 2 s
    Spring force [N]
    initial
    Spring force [N]
    final
    2475.03.004 4 3 4.5 5 1 0.8 3 6
    2475.03.005 5 4 5.5 6 1 1 4 6.5
    2475.03.006 6 5 6.5 7 1 1.6 6 11.5
    2475.03.008 8 6.5 8.5 9 1 1.9 8 12.5
    Order No d 1 d 2 d 3 l 1 l 2 s
    Spring force [N]
    initial
    Spring force [N]
    final
    2475.04.004 4 3 4.6 5 0.9 1 2.5 6
    2475.04.005 5 4 5.6 6 0.9 1.4 3 6.5
    2475.04.006 6 5 6.5 7 1 1.8 5.5 11.5
    2475.04.008 8 6.5 8.5 9 1.1 2.4 7 12.5
    2475.04.010 10 8.5 11 13.5 1.7 3.3 8.5 18.5
    2475.04.012 12 10 13 16 2.3 4 12 26.5
    2475.03.
    2475.04.
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded
    ball, straight version, with collar
    Spring plunger, with spring loaded
    ball, straight version, with collar

    2472.11.003 M 3
    2472.11.004 M 4
    2472.11.005 M 5
    2472.11.006 M 6
    2472.11.008 M 8
    2472.11.010 M 10
    2472.11.012 M 12
    2472.11.016 M 16
    2472.11.020 M 20
    2472.11.024 M 24
    subject to alterations
    Accessories for Spring Plungers
    2472.11.003 up to 2472.11.020
    Thrust pad driver
    for 2472.01./.02.
    Order No for thread
    2470.10.11
    Insertion Tool
    for 2470.10.
    2470.12.010.017
    Insertion Tool
    for 2479. and 3479.
    2472.11.024
    Thrust pad driver
    for 2472.01./.02.
    Order No for thread
    F138
    Stripping unit,
    Stock lifter,
    Lifting unit,
    Spring ram

    2472.11.003 M 3
    2472.11.004 M 4
    2472.11.005 M 5
    2472.11.006 M 6
    2472.11.008 M 8
    2472.11.010 M 10
    2472.11.012 M 12
    2472.11.016 M 16
    2472.11.020 M 20
    2472.11.024 M 24
    subject to alterations
    Accessories for Spring Plungers
    2472.11.003 up to 2472.11.020
    Thrust pad driver
    for 2472.01./.02.
    Order No for thread
    2470.10.11
    Insertion Tool
    for 2470.10.
    2470.12.010.017
    Insertion Tool
    for 2479. and 3479.
    2472.11.024
    Thrust pad driver
    for 2472.01./.02.
    Order No for thread
    Stripping unit,
    Stock lifter,
    Lifting unit,
    Spring ram
    F139
    subject to alterations
    Stripping unit, wall and bottom mounting
    2477. .1.01
    ø11
    ø11
    12
    58
    10
    10
    98
    55
    80 ±0,05
    ±0,05
    ±0,05
    49
    29
    e 1
    e
    l 1
    l
    +0,15
    30
    stroke
    ±0,1
    18
    10
    ø40
    ø11 (6x)
    H7
    ø10 (4x)
    H7
    ø10 ø11
    a
    ø6,6
    ±0,1
    15
    ±0,1
    35
    13
    ø6,6
    29 ±0,1
    30
    F140
    Order No Stroke Initial spring force [daN] l l 1 a e e 1
    2477.050.00050.1.01 50 50 200 113 177 103 83
    2477.050.00100.1.01 50 100 200 113 177 103 83
    2477.050.00150.1.01 50 150 200 113 177 103 83
    2477.050.00200.1.01 50 200 200 113 177 103 83
    2477.080.00050.1.01 80 50 260 143 237 133 113
    2477.080.00100.1.01 80 100 260 143 237 133 113
    2477.080.00150.1.01 80 150 260 143 237 133 113
    2477.080.00200.1.01 80 200 260 143 237 133 113
    2477. .1.01 Stripping unit, wall and bottom mounting
    subject to alterations
    ø6,6
    ±0,1
    15
    ø11
    ±0,1
    35
    H7
    a
    ø6,6
    ±0,1
    18
    10
    10
    ø98
    40
    58
    ø62
    70
    ±0,05
    80
    ø55
    l 1
    ø40
    l
    stroke
    29 ±0,1
    12 +0,15
    20
    ø11 (4x) ø10 (2x)
    13
    30
    2477. .1.02
    Stripping unit, flanged mounting
    F141
    Order No Stroke Initial spring force [daN] l l 1 a
    2477.050.00050.1.02 50 50 200 107 84
    2477.050.00100.1.02 50 100 200 107 84
    2477.050.00150.1.02 50 150 200 107 84
    2477.050.00200.1.02 50 200 200 107 84
    2477.080.00050.1.02 80 50 260 137 114
    2477.080.00100.1.02 80 100 260 137 114
    2477.080.00150.1.02 80 150 260 137 114
    2477.080.00200.1.02 80 200 260 137 114
    2477. .1.02 Stripping unit, flanged mounting
    subject to alterations
    Stock lifter
    0
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    50
    180
    5
    100 150 050 025
    25 0 150 50 10
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    1,00
    50 100 150 200 250 300 350
    60
    70
    80
    90
    170
    160
    150
    140
    130
    120
    110
    100
    100
    080
    75
    125
    125
    1,40
    1,35
    1,30
    1,25
    1,20
    1,15
    1,10
    1,05
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    counterbore for
    socket cap screw
    M10 (4x)
    ø10 6,6
    21 24
    l
    75,4
    50
    ø30
    85
    98,6
    110
    ø66,7
    ø44,4
    min. l
    M8 x 16 deep (2x)
    ø18 x 14,6 deep
    for 8 mm spring pin
    connection G 1 / 8
    max. Stroke
    2478.10.
    Description:
    All component lifters in the various gas spring
    classes are of the same design and the diffe-
    rent spring forces are achieved solely by
    means of different gas pressures.
    The pressure can be topped up or reduced via
    the piston rod.
    Note:
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen - N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 180 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0,3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 80 to 100 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1,6 m/s
    Order No for spare parts kit: 2478.10.00320
    Spring forces as per spring diagram.
    Upon customers request, also available
    unfilled, Order No 2478.10.00000....
    2478.10.00320.01 Fixing adapter
    order separately
    2x45°
    61
    14
    ø44,45
    ø18
    13,9
    21
    -0,1 12
    0
    ±0,05
    7
    35,4
    10
    2x45°
    R5,75
    ø8
    Strip guide
    Plate
    Stock lifter
    F142
    Order No* Stroke max. l min. l
    2478.10.□□□□□ .025 25 121 146
    2478.10.□□□□□ .050 50 146 196
    2478.10.□□□□□ .080 80 176 256
    2478.10.□□□□□ .100 100 196 296
    2478.10.□□□□□ .125 125 221 346
    2478.10.□□□□□ .150 150 246 396
    *complete with initial spring force
    Spring force marking:
    Initial spring force [daN] - Pressure [bar]
    .00050. - 28
    .00100. - 56
    .00150. - 84
    .00200. - 113
    .00250. - 141
    .00320. - 180
    2478.10.
    Stock lifter
    subject to alterations
    Stock lifter
    Description:
    The cylinder base can be used for topping up
    and reducing gas pressure and for inter-
    connection arrangements.
    Note:
    Stocklifters are equipped with a “Power Line”
    2487.12.00170. gas spring with no option for
    wear compensation, so complete replacement
    is required.
    Initial spring force: 170 daN
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen – N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 180 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0,3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 40 to 100 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1,6 m/s
    Max. usable stroke: 100%
    Spring forces as per spring diagram.
    9
    17 22
    50
    30
    min. l Stroke
    69,9
    50
    60
    ø38
    ø25
    l
    ø6(2x)
    10
    M6 valve
    M10x15 deep
    ø4x5 deep
    Counterbore for
    socket cap screw M8(4x)
    2478.30. . 1
    F143
    Order No Stroke max. l min. l
    2478.30.00170.025.1 25 87 112
    2478.30.00170.038.1 38 100 138
    2478.30.00170.050.1 50 112 162
    2478.30.00170.080.1 80 145 225
    2478.30.00170.100.1 100 165 265
    2478.30.00170.125.1 125 190 315
    2478.30. .1
    Stock lifter
    subject to alterations
    Stock lifter with attachment lug
    11
    17
    9,9
    22
    50
    30 l
    min. l
    69,9
    ø38
    ø25
    16
    50
    60
    ø6(2x)
    10
    20 25
    2478.30. .2
    Counterbore for
    socket cap screw M8(4x)
    Stroke
    M6 valve
    Description:
    The cylinder base can be used for topping up
    and reducing gas pressure and for inter-
    connection arrangements.
    Note:
    Stocklifters are equipped with a “Power Line”
    2487.12.00170. gas spring with no option for
    wear compensation, so complete replacement
    is required.
    Initial spring force: 170 daN
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen – N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 180 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0,3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 40 to 100 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1,6 m/s
    Max. usable stroke: 100%
    Spring forces as per spring diagram.
    F144
    Order No Stroke max. l min. l
    2478.30.00170.025.2 25 102 127
    2478.30.00170.038.2 38 115 153
    2478.30.00170.050.2 50 127 177
    2478.30.00170.080.2 80 160 240
    2478.30.00170.100.2 100 180 280
    2478.30.00170.125.2 125 205 330
    2478.30. .2
    Stock lifter with attachment
    lug
    subject to alterations
    Stripper
    Description:
    The stripper is used for stripping
    2478.30.00170.3 of sheet metal parts after
    the forming operation (eg folding functions).
    Gas refill, reduce and composite assembly are
    possible over the cylinder tube sheet.
    Note:
    Strippers are equipped with a “Power Line”
    2487.12.00170. gas spring with no option for
    wear compensation, so complete replacement
    is required.
    Initial spring force: 170 daN
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen - N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 180 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature force increase: ± 0,3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 40 to 100 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1,6 m/s
    Max. usable stroke: 100%
    Spring forces as per spring diagram.
    9
    25
    22
    50
    30
    min.
    l Stroke
    69,9
    50
    60
    ø38
    ø25
    l
    ø6 H7 (2x)
    2
    M6 valve
    Counterbore for
    socket cap screw M8(4x)
    M10x15 deep
    ø4x5 deep
    ±0,15
    2478.30. .3
    F145
    Order No Stroke max. l min. l
    2478.30.00170.025.3 25 87 112
    2478.30.00170.038.3 38 100 138
    2478.30.00170.050.3 50 112 162
    2478.30.00170.080.3 80 145 225
    2478.30.00170.100.3 100 165 265
    2478.30.00170.125.3 125 190 315
    2478.30. .3
    Stripper
    subject to alterations F146 subject to alterations
    working stroke
    9
    d
    +0,5
    +1
    5
    d
    h6
    F6
    6
    d
    8
    d
    2082.70.
    Guide bush with collar
    as per DIN 9834/ISO 9448
    Bronze with solid lubricant
    (see chapter D)
    2072.45.10
    Screw clamp (2x)
    incl. socket head screw
    M6x16
    as per DIN EN ISO 4762
    (see chapter D)
    additional for
    damped execution:
    2478.20.20.3
    Damper
    2478.20.20.4
    Spacer sleeve
    2482.74.
    Gas spring
    2478.20.20.1.
    Guide pillar
    order separately:
    2192.12.08.020 (3x)
    Socket head screw M8x20
    as per DIN EN ISO 4762
    (see chapter C)
    2478.20.20.2.
    Sleeve
    ø6
    7
    d *
    11
    d
    1
    d
    g6
    H7
    frame height = 105 mm
    3
    l *
    drain hole *
    * to be provided by the customer
    1,4
    distance in
    lifted condition
    2478.20.20.
    The lifting unit must be ordered in three sizes with the respective order numbers of the individual
    parts:
    Size 1 2 3
    Guide Pillar 2478.20.20.1.01 2478.20.20.1.02 2478.20.20.1.03
    Sleeve – 2478.20.20.2.02 2478.20.20.2.03
    Guide bush 2082.70.032 2082.70.032 2082.70.032
    Gas spring 2482.74.00090.038 2482.74.00090.080.1 2482.74.00090.125
    Holding piece (2x)
    incl. socket head screw
    M6x16
    DIN EN ISO 4762 2072.45.10 2072.45.10 2072.45.10
    additional for damped execution:
    Damper – 2478.20.20.3 2478.20.20.3
    Spacer sleeve – 2478.20.20.4 2478.20.20.4
    2478.20.20. Lifting unit (not damped/damped) to
    Mercedes-Benz
    Size
    working
    stroke
    working stroke,
    damped d 1 d 5 d 6 d 7 * d 8 d 9 d 11 l 3 *
    1 5 - 35 – 32 40 66 40 60 85 67 -
    2 40 - 70 30 - 66 32 40 66 40 60 85 67 -
    3 75 - 115 70 - 80 32 40 66 40 60 85 67 -
    * to be provided by the customer
    Lifting unit (not damped/damped) to Mercedes-Benz
    Note:
    Frame height = 105 mm
    Depending on the frame height and the installa-
    tion type of the sleeve 2478.20.20.2. (l 3 - tapped
    bore in the frame or cut-out in the cast), the
    countersink varies for the determination of the
    lifting path.
    Size 2* - type, damped
    Maximum lifting path 66 mm
    Lifting path 66 mm; Distance height 0 mm
    Lifting path 30 mm; Distance height 36 mm
    Size 3* - type, damped
    Maximum lifting path 80 mm
    Lifting path 80 mm; Distance height 47 mm
    Lifting path 70 mm; Distance height 57 mm
    In order to maintain the clearance of 1.4 mm in
    a raised state (dampener to bushing), a distance
    sleeve is to be used between the damper and
    guide post flange.
    * Distance height determined at the customer
    (deliver length: 61 mm).
    subject to alterations
    working stroke
    9
    d
    +0,5
    +1
    5
    d
    h6
    F6
    6
    d
    8
    d
    2082.70.
    Guide bush with collar
    as per DIN 9834/ISO 9448
    Bronze with solid lubricant
    (see chapter D)
    2072.45.10
    Screw clamp (2x)
    incl. socket head screw
    M6x16
    as per DIN EN ISO 4762
    (see chapter D)
    additional for
    damped execution:
    2478.20.20.3
    Damper
    2478.20.20.4
    Spacer sleeve
    2482.74.
    Gas spring
    2478.20.20.1.
    Guide pillar
    order separately:
    2192.12.08.020 (3x)
    Socket head screw M8x20
    as per DIN EN ISO 4762
    (see chapter C)
    2478.20.20.2.
    Sleeve
    ø6
    7
    d *
    11
    d
    1
    d
    g6
    H7
    frame height = 105 mm
    3
    l *
    drain hole *
    * to be provided by the customer
    1,4
    distance in
    lifted condition
    2478.20.20.
    The lifting unit must be ordered in three sizes with the respective order numbers of the individual
    parts:
    Size 1 2 3
    Guide Pillar 2478.20.20.1.01 2478.20.20.1.02 2478.20.20.1.03
    Sleeve – 2478.20.20.2.02 2478.20.20.2.03
    Guide bush 2082.70.032 2082.70.032 2082.70.032
    Gas spring 2482.74.00090.038 2482.74.00090.080.1 2482.74.00090.125
    Holding piece (2x)
    incl. socket head screw
    M6x16
    DIN EN ISO 4762 2072.45.10 2072.45.10 2072.45.10
    additional for damped execution:
    Damper – 2478.20.20.3 2478.20.20.3
    Spacer sleeve – 2478.20.20.4 2478.20.20.4
    2478.20.20. Lifting unit (not damped/damped) to
    Mercedes-Benz
    Size
    working
    stroke
    working stroke,
    damped d 1 d 5 d 6 d 7 * d 8 d 9 d 11 l 3 *
    1 5 - 35 – 32 40 66 40 60 85 67 -
    2 40 - 70 30 - 66 32 40 66 40 60 85 67 -
    3 75 - 115 70 - 80 32 40 66 40 60 85 67 -
    * to be provided by the customer
    Lifting unit (not damped/damped) to Mercedes-Benz
    Note:
    Frame height = 105 mm
    Depending on the frame height and the installa-
    tion type of the sleeve 2478.20.20.2. (l 3 - tapped
    bore in the frame or cut-out in the cast), the
    countersink varies for the determination of the
    lifting path.
    Size 2* - type, damped
    Maximum lifting path 66 mm
    Lifting path 66 mm; Distance height 0 mm
    Lifting path 30 mm; Distance height 36 mm
    Size 3* - type, damped
    Maximum lifting path 80 mm
    Lifting path 80 mm; Distance height 47 mm
    Lifting path 70 mm; Distance height 57 mm
    In order to maintain the clearance of 1.4 mm in
    a raised state (dampener to bushing), a distance
    sleeve is to be used between the damper and
    guide post flange.
    * Distance height determined at the customer
    (deliver length: 61 mm).
    F147
    subject to alterations
    Guide pillar for lifting unit to Mercedes-Benz
    Material:
    Steel, surface hardened
    induction hardened 60 + 3 HRC
    Hardness penetration depth > 1.8 mm
    Note:
    The socket head screw for the attachment of the gas spring is included
    with delivery.
    4
    d
    7
    8 12
    14
    2
    d
    ø6,6
    ø11
    1
    d
    g6
    3
    d
    +0,2
    2
    l
    1
    l
    M8(2x)
    2478.20.20.1.
    Socket head screw
    for the attachment
    of the gas spring
    F148
    Order No Size d 1 d 2 d 3 d 4 l 1 l 2
    2478.20.20.1.01 1 32 38 19.5 21 81 113
    2478.20.20.1.02 2 32 38 19.5 21 126 148
    2478.20.20.1.03 3 32 38 19.5 21 176 208
    2478.20.20.1. Guide pillar for lifting unit to Mercedes-Benz
    subject to alterations
    Sleeve for lifting unit to Mercedes-Benz
    2478.20.20.2.
    Material:
    Steel
    Note:
    The sleeve is supplied without countersink. Integrating countersink d 7
    (∅40) x l 3 (*to be provided by the customer) determines the lifting path.
    The drain hole is pre-drilled as a blind hole with a ∅ of 6 mm and must
    also be modified.
    F149
    Order No Size d 9 d 10 d 11 l 4
    2478.20.20.2.02 2 85 50 67 90
    2478.20.20.2.03 3 85 50 67 150
    2478.20.20.2. Sleeve for lifting unit to Mercedes-Benz
    subject to alterations
    Damper for lifting units to Mercedes-Benz
    Description:
    The damper element made of co-polyester elastomer is used in the
    jacking units in progressive dies in the automotive and white goods
    industry. Increasing stresses on screws and bolts are reduced by the low
    stress dampers. Reduced noise emission is also an additional positive
    side-effect. Two-ply dampers can be used depending on the mass or
    stroke.
    Benefits:
    - High absorption of force and energy
    - Slight settlement
    - Long service life and high level of operating safety
    - Noise reduction
    - High degree of effectiveness
    Material:
    Co-Polyester-Elastomer
    Available in 55 Shore-D hardness levels.
    Technical data:
    Surroundings: Resistant to microbes, seawater, chemicals.
    No absorption of water and no swelling.
    Approved temperature range: -40°C to +90°C (-40°F to +194°F)
    3
    d /
    1
    d
    2
    d
    0
    l
    max.
    f
    2478.20.20.3
    F150
    Order No d 1 d 2 d 3 l 0 f max. in mm W 3 in Nm/stroke*
    2478.20.20.3 39.5 32.2 39.6 12.6 3.6 4
    *Total energy per stroke
    2478.20.20.3 Damper for lifting units to Mercedes-Benz
    subject to alterations
    Spacer sleeve for lifting units to Mercedes-Benz
    2478.20.20.4
    Ø39,5
    Ø33
    61
    Material:
    Steel, hardened
    Note:
    Height adjustment according to lifting path while using lifting unit
    2478.20.20.
    F151
    2478.20.20.4 Spacer sleeve for lifting units to Mercedes-Benz
    subject to alterations
    Ordering Code (example):
    Order No: Part 1 Part 2 Part 3
    2 4 7 8 . 2 0 . 1 5 . 1 0 . 1 5 3 . 0 0 9
     s working stroke = Stroke - Order-No
     d 3 = Order-No
     10.5 mm = (1)
     12.5 mm = (2)
     16.5 mm = (3)
     d 1 = Order-No
     28 mm = (1)
     30 mm = (2)
     35 mm = (3)
     40 mm = (4)
     50 mm = (5)
     d 2 – Gas spring = Order-No
     [ 19 mm – 2482.74.00090. = (1)
     [ 25 mm – 2480.21.00200. = (2)
     Assembly (lifter with pilot pin hole)
     to BMW Standard
     lifter, round with pilot pin hole
    Execution:
    Assembly consisting of:
    ● Lifter
    ● Gas spring
    – [ 19 mm (1) = 2482.74.00090.
     Spring force 90 daN
    or
    – [ 25 mm (2) = 2480.21.00200.
     Spring force 200 daN
    ● Screw clamp,
    incl. Socket head screw M8⊗16 to ISO 4762
    ● Socket head screw M6⊗12 to ISO 4762
    Note:
    *S working stroke suitable = max. allowable spring stroke minus 10 % stroke
    reserve of nominal stroke length,
    from stroke of 50 mm only max. 5 mm.
    on request, gas spring with a lower spring force available.
    2478.20.15.10.
    c
    +1,5
    d
    20
    d 3 ±0,1
    M8
    3,5
    d 6
    d 1 f7
    +1 2
    2x45°
    22 12
    l max.
    l ±0,1
    s working stroke
    15 ±0,1
    s working stroke +1
    Lifter, round with pilot pin hole
    to BMW standard
    2478.20.15.10. Lifter, round with pilot pin hole to BMW Standard
    l l max. *s working stroke
    Stroke
    Order No
    (Part 3) (Part 2)
    d 1 28 28 30 30 35 35 40 40 40 40 40 50 50 50 50
    d 2 19 19 19 19 25 25 19 19 19 25 25 19 19 25 25
    d 3 10.5 12.5 10.5 12.5 12.5 16.5 10.5 12.5 16.5 12.5 16.5 12.5 16.5 12.5 16.5
    d 6 20.5 20.5 21.5 21.5 24 24 26.5 26.5 26.5 26.5 26.5 31.5 31.5 31.5 31.5
    c 4x45° 4x45° 5x45° 5x45° 5x45° 5x45° 6x45° 6x45° 6x45° 6x45° 6x45° 8x45° 8x45° 8x45° 8x45°
    49 87 9 009 .111. .112. .121. .122. .232. .233. .141. .142. .143. .242. .243. .152. .153. .252. .253.
    53.5 97 13.5 014 .111. .112. .121. .122. .232. .233. .141. .142. .143. .242. .243. .152. .153. .252. .253.
    62.5 117 22.5 023 .111. .112. .121. .122. .232. .233. .141. .142. .143. .242. .243. .152. .153. .252. .253.
    74 143 34 034 .111. .112. .121. .122. .232. .233. .141. .142. .143. .242. .243. .152. .153. .252. .253.
    85 167 45 045 .111. .112. .121. .122. .232. .233. .141. .142. .143. .242. .243. .152. .153. .252. .253.
    98.5 197 58.5 059 .111. .112. .121. .122. .232. .233. .141. .142. .143. .242. .243. .152. .153. .252. .253.
    115 230 75 075 .111. .112. .121. .122. .232. .233. .141. .142. .143. .242. .243. .152. .153. .252. .253.
    135 270 95 095 .111. .112. .121. .122. .232. .233. .141. .142. .143. .242. .243. .152. .153. .252. .253.
    160 320 120 120 .111. .112. .121. .122. .232. .233. .141. .142. .143. .242. .243. .152. .153. .252. .253.
    F152
    subject to alterations
    +0,1
    ø47 +0,3
    +0,1
    ø52 +0,3
    Order seperately:
    2478.20.12.23.
    Lifter rail
    Order seperately:
    2478.20.15.24.
    Quill bush
    2478.20.15.20. Lifter Units with Installation Block according to BMW standard
    s working Stroke s 1
    d 2 = [ 19
    Gas spring Order No.
    d 2 = [ 25
    Gas spring Order No.
    2478.20.15.20.
    25
    20
    12
    15
    70 ±0,1
    22
    working
    stroke
    s
    1
    s
    25
    25
    25 ±0,01
    ±0,01
    +1
    d
    +1,5
    2
    f7
    ø40
    H7
    l
    ±0,1
    37
    16
    70 ±0,1
    29
    21
    39
    36,5
    ±0,1
    24 ±0,01
    21 ±0,01
    40
    ±0,1
    26,5
    Order seperately
    2478.20.12.23.
    Lifter rail
    A-A
    B-B
    A
    A
    B
    B
    Installation block Gas spring
    Screw clamp
    Lifter
    Material: Steel
    Execution:
    Lifter unit with installation block comprises:
    ● Installation block
    ● Lifter
    ● Screw clamp
    ● Gas spring 2482.74.00090. or 2480.21.00200.
    ● Socket cap screw according to ISO 4762
     M6⊗20 (1x), M8⊗20 (1x), M8⊗25 (2x), M10⊗45 (2x)
    ● Dowel pin according to ISO 8735 [ 10⊗40 (2x)
    Note:
    Order separately (see installation example)
    ● 2478.20.15.23.: Lifter rail
    ● 2478.20.15.24.: Holding sleeve
    on request, gas spring with a lower spring force available
    Lifter units with installation block
    according to BMW standard
    Installation example:
    l
    49 9 25 2482.74.00090.010.2 2478.20.15.20.14.009 2480.21.00200.010 2478.20.15.20.24.009
    53.5 13.5 29.5 2482.74.00090.015.2 2478.20.15.20.14.014 2480.21.00200.015 2478.20.15.20.24.014
    62.5 22.5 38.5 2482.74.00090.025.2 2478.20.15.20.14.023 2480.21.00200.025 2478.20.15.20.24.023
    74 34 50 2482.74.00090.038.2 2478.20.15.20.14.034 2480.21.00200.038 2478.20.15.20.24.034
    85 45 61 2482.74.00090.050.2 2478.20.15.20.14.045 2480.21.00200.050 2478.20.15.20.24.045
    98.5 58.5 74.5 2482.74.00090.063.2 2478.20.15.20.14.059 2480.21.00200.063 2478.20.15.20.24.059
    115 75 91 2482.74.00090.080.2 2478.20.15.20.14.075 2480.21.00200.080 2478.20.15.20.24.075
    135 95 111 2482.74.00090.100.2 2478.20.15.20.14.095 2480.21.00200.100 2478.20.15.20.24.095
    160 120 136 2482.74.00090.125.2 2478.20.15.20.14.120 2480.21.00200.125 2478.20.15.20.24.120
    F153
    l
    2478.20.15.24.04.030 30
    2478.20.15.24.04.040 40
    2478.20.15.24.04.050 50
    2478.20.15.24.04.060 60
    2478.20.15.24.04.070 70
    2478.20.15.24.04.080 80
    2478.20.15.24.04.090 90
    2478.20.15.24.04.100 100
    2478.20.15.24.04.110 110
    2478.20.15.24.04.120 120
    2478.20.15.24.04.130 130
    2478.20.15.24.04.140 140
    2478.20.15.24.04.150 150
    2478.20.15.24.04.160 160
    2478.20.15.24.04.170 170
    2478.20.15.24.04.180 180
    2478.20.15.24.04.190 190
    2478.20.15.24.04.200 200
    l
    2478.20.15.23.2020.100 100
    2478.20.15.23.2020.125 125
    2478.20.15.23.2020.150 150
    2478.20.15.23.2020.175 175
    2478.20.15.23.2020.200 200
    2478.20.15.23.2020.250 250
    2478.20.15.23.2020.300 300
    2478.20.15.23.2020.350 350
    2478.20.15.23.2020.400 400
    2478.20.15.23.2020.450 450
    2478.20.15.23.2020.500 500
    2478.20.15.23.2020.550 550
    2478.20.15.23.2020.600 600
    5
    7 10
    ø8
    12
    ø52
    ø41
    ø47
    ±0,1 l
    22,5°
    2478.20.15.24.
    subject to alterations
    Material:
    Steel
    Note:
    Holding sleeve 2478.20.15.24. can only be used for lifter
    2478.20.15.20./30./40. [ 40 mm.
    This is required when the panel is not thick enough.
    (see installation example 2478.20.15.20./30./40.).
    2478.20.15.24. Holding sleeve
    Order No.
    2478.20.15.23. Lifter rail
    Order No.
    Material:
    Steel
    Note:
    Delivery without screws and centring rings
    Screws and centring rings are already included in the scope of delivery for
    the lifter units 2478.20.15.20./30./40.
    ø9
    6
    h9
    ø13
    2478.20.15.00.03
    Centrierring
    (Order-No. for reordering)
    2478.20.15.00.03
    Centering ring
    9 20
    ø8,5
    ø13
    30 ø14
    ±0,1
    25
    ±0,5 l
    20
    3
    30°
    2478.20.15.23.
    Lifter rail for lifter units to BMW standard
    Holding sleeve for lifter units to BMW standard
    F154
     

    64 9 25 2482.74.00090.010 2478.20.15.30.14.009 2480.21.00200.010 2478.20.15.30.24.009
    68.5 13.5 29.5 2482.74.00090.015 2478.20.15.30.14.014 2480.21.00200.015 2478.20.15.30.24.014
    77.5 22.5 38.5 2482.74.00090.025 2478.20.15.30.14.023 2480.21.00200.025 2478.20.15.30.24.023
    89 34 50 2482.74.00090.038 2478.20.15.30.14.034 2480.21.00200.038 2478.20.15.30.24.034
    100 45 61 2482.74.00090.050 2478.20.15.30.14.045 2480.21.00200.050 2478.20.15.30.24.045
    113.5 58.5 74.5 2482.74.00090.063.1 2478.20.15.30.14.059 2480.21.00200.063 2478.20.15.30.24.059
    130 75 91 2482.74.00090.080.1 2478.20.15.30.14.075 2480.21.00200.080 2478.20.15.30.24.075
    150 95 111 2482.74.00090.100 2478.20.15.30.14.095 2480.21.00200.100 2478.20.15.30.24.095
    175 120 136 2482.74.00090.125 2478.20.15.30.14.120 2480.21.00200.125 2478.20.15.30.24.120
    subject to alterations
    +0,1
    ø47 +0,3
    40
    ø55 H7
    ø40 f7
    +0,1
    ø52 +0,3
    Order seperately:
    2478.20.12.23
    Lifter rail
    Order seperately:
    2478.20.15.24.
    Quill bush
    Installation example
    27
    10
    50
    40
    1
    l
    ±0,1
    ø55
    10
    40
    +1
    d
    +1,5
    1
    s
    working stroke
    s
    f7
    ø40
    H7
    2
    B
    B
    A
    A
    A-A
    B-B
    Order seperately:
    2478.20.12.23
    Lifter rail
    Order seperately:
    2478.20.15.24.
    Quill bush
    12
    24
    ø6 H7
    Screw clamp
    Centring ring
    Lifter
    Guide bush
    Gas spring
    2478.20.15.30.
    Material:
    Steel
    Design:
    Universal lifter unit comprises
    ● Lifter
    ● Screw clamp
    ● Centring rings
    ● Guide bush
    ● Gas spring 2482.74.00090. or 2480.21.00200.
    ● Socket cap screw according to ISO 4762
    M6⊗25 (1x), M8⊗20 (2x), M8⊗25 (2x)
    Note:
    Order separately (see installation example)
    ● 2478.20.15.23.: Lifter rail
    ● 2478.20.15.24.: Holding sleeve
    Universal lifter unit according to BMW standard
    2478.20.15.30. Universal lifter unit according to BMW standard
    l s working stroke s 1
    d 2 = [ 19
    Gas spring Order No.
    d 2 = [ 25
    Gas spring Order No.
    l
    2478.20.15.24.04.030 30
    2478.20.15.24.04.040 40
    2478.20.15.24.04.050 50
    2478.20.15.24.04.060 60
    2478.20.15.24.04.070 70
    2478.20.15.24.04.080 80
    2478.20.15.24.04.090 90
    2478.20.15.24.04.100 100
    2478.20.15.24.04.110 110
    2478.20.15.24.04.120 120
    2478.20.15.24.04.130 130
    2478.20.15.24.04.140 140
    2478.20.15.24.04.150 150
    2478.20.15.24.04.160 160
    2478.20.15.24.04.170 170
    2478.20.15.24.04.180 180
    2478.20.15.24.04.190 190
    2478.20.15.24.04.200 200
    l
    2478.20.15.23.2020.100 100
    2478.20.15.23.2020.125 125
    2478.20.15.23.2020.150 150
    2478.20.15.23.2020.175 175
    2478.20.15.23.2020.200 200
    2478.20.15.23.2020.250 250
    2478.20.15.23.2020.300 300
    2478.20.15.23.2020.350 350
    2478.20.15.23.2020.400 400
    2478.20.15.23.2020.450 450
    2478.20.15.23.2020.500 500
    2478.20.15.23.2020.550 550
    2478.20.15.23.2020.600 600
    5
    7 10
    ø8
    12
    ø52
    ø41
    ø47
    ±0,1 l
    22,5°
    2478.20.15.24.
    subject to alterations
    Material:
    Steel
    Note:
    Holding sleeve 2478.20.15.24. can only be used for lifter
    2478.20.15.20./30./40. [ 40 mm.
    This is required when the panel is not thick enough.
    (see installation example 2478.20.15.20./30./40.).
    2478.20.15.24. Holding sleeve
    Order No.
    2478.20.15.23. Lifter rail
    Order No.
    Material:
    Steel
    Note:
    Delivery without screws and centring rings
    Screws and centring rings are already included in the scope of delivery for
    the lifter units 2478.20.15.20./30./40.
    ø9
    6
    h9
    ø13
    2478.20.15.00.03
    Centrierring
    (Order-No. for reordering)
    2478.20.15.00.03
    Centering ring
    9 20
    ø8,5
    ø13
    30 ø14
    ±0,1
    25
    ±0,5 l
    20
    3
    30°
    2478.20.15.23.
    Lifter rail for lifter units to BMW standard
    Holding sleeve for lifter units to BMW standard
     

    64 9 25 2482.74.00090.010 2478.20.15.30.14.009 2480.21.00200.010 2478.20.15.30.24.009
    68.5 13.5 29.5 2482.74.00090.015 2478.20.15.30.14.014 2480.21.00200.015 2478.20.15.30.24.014
    77.5 22.5 38.5 2482.74.00090.025 2478.20.15.30.14.023 2480.21.00200.025 2478.20.15.30.24.023
    89 34 50 2482.74.00090.038 2478.20.15.30.14.034 2480.21.00200.038 2478.20.15.30.24.034
    100 45 61 2482.74.00090.050 2478.20.15.30.14.045 2480.21.00200.050 2478.20.15.30.24.045
    113.5 58.5 74.5 2482.74.00090.063.1 2478.20.15.30.14.059 2480.21.00200.063 2478.20.15.30.24.059
    130 75 91 2482.74.00090.080.1 2478.20.15.30.14.075 2480.21.00200.080 2478.20.15.30.24.075
    150 95 111 2482.74.00090.100 2478.20.15.30.14.095 2480.21.00200.100 2478.20.15.30.24.095
    175 120 136 2482.74.00090.125 2478.20.15.30.14.120 2480.21.00200.125 2478.20.15.30.24.120
    subject to alterations
    +0,1
    ø47 +0,3
    40
    ø55 H7
    ø40 f7
    +0,1
    ø52 +0,3
    Order seperately:
    2478.20.12.23
    Lifter rail
    Order seperately:
    2478.20.15.24.
    Quill bush
    Installation example
    27
    10
    50
    40
    1
    l
    ±0,1
    ø55
    10
    40
    +1
    d
    +1,5
    1
    s
    working stroke
    s
    f7
    ø40
    H7
    2
    B
    B
    A
    A
    A-A
    B-B
    Order seperately:
    2478.20.12.23
    Lifter rail
    Order seperately:
    2478.20.15.24.
    Quill bush
    12
    24
    ø6 H7
    Screw clamp
    Centring ring
    Lifter
    Guide bush
    Gas spring
    2478.20.15.30.
    Material:
    Steel
    Design:
    Universal lifter unit comprises
    ● Lifter
    ● Screw clamp
    ● Centring rings
    ● Guide bush
    ● Gas spring 2482.74.00090. or 2480.21.00200.
    ● Socket cap screw according to ISO 4762
    M6⊗25 (1x), M8⊗20 (2x), M8⊗25 (2x)
    Note:
    Order separately (see installation example)
    ● 2478.20.15.23.: Lifter rail
    ● 2478.20.15.24.: Holding sleeve
    Universal lifter unit according to BMW standard
    2478.20.15.30. Universal lifter unit according to BMW standard
    l s working stroke s 1
    d 2 = [ 19
    Gas spring Order No.
    d 2 = [ 25
    Gas spring Order No.
    F155
    subject to alterations
    Universal lifter unit, according to BMW standard
    +0,1
    ø47 +0,3
    40
    ø55 H7
    ø40 f7
    +0,1
    ø52 +0,3
    Order seperately:
    2478.20.12.23
    Lifter rail
    Order seperately:
    2478.20.15.24.
    Holding sleeve
    27
    11
    55
    40
    ø55
    10
    +1
    d
    +1,5
    1
    s
    working stroke
    s
    f7
    ø40
    H7
    2
    B
    B
    A
    A
    B-B
    Order separately:
    2478.20.15.23.
    Lifter rail
    Order separately:
    2478.20.15.24.
    Holding sleeve
    14
    25
    ø6 H7
    Holding
    piece
    Centring ring
    Lifter
    Guide bush
    Gas spring
    33
    30,5
    +1
    l ±0,1
    2478.20.15.40.
    A-A
    Material:
    Steel
    Execution:
    Universal lifter unit comprises:
    ● Lifter
    ● Screw clamp
    ● Centring rings
    ● Guide bush
    ● Gas spring 2482.74.00090. or 2480.21.00200.
    ● Socket cap screw according to ISO 4762
    M6⊗25 (1x), M8⊗25 (2x), M10⊗20 (2x)
    Note:
    Order separately (see installation example)
    ● 2478.20.15.23.: Lifter rail
    ● 2478.20.15.24.: Holding sleeve
    Mounting example
    F156
    Order No d 2 l s working stroke s 1 Gas spring Order No d 2 l s working stroke s 1 Gas spring
    2478.20.15.40.14.009 19 64 9 25 2482.74.00090.010.2 2478.20.15.40.24.009 25 64 9 25 2480.21.00200.010
    2478.20.15.40.14.014 19 68.5 13.5 29.5 2482.74.00090.015.2 2478.20.15.40.24.014 25 68.5 13.5 29.5 2480.21.00200.015
    2478.20.15.40.14.023 19 77.5 22.5 38.5 2482.74.00090.025.2 2478.20.15.40.24.023 25 77.5 22.5 38.5 2480.21.00200.025
    2478.20.15.40.14.034 19 89 34 50 2482.74.00090.038.2 2478.20.15.40.24.034 25 89 34 50 2480.21.00200.038
    2478.20.15.40.14.040 19 100 40 56 2482.74.00090.050.2 2478.20.15.40.24.040 25 100 40 56 2480.21.00200.050
    2478.20.15.40.14.045 19 100 45 61 2482.74.00090.050.2 2478.20.15.40.24.045 25 100 45 61 2480.21.00200.050
    2478.20.15.40.14.050 19 113.5 50 66 2482.74.00090.063.2 2478.20.15.40.24.050 25 113.5 50 66 2480.21.00200.063
    2478.20.15.40.14.054 19 113.5 54 70 2482.74.00090.063.2 2478.20.15.40.24.054 25 113.5 54 70 2480.21.00200.063
    2478.20.15.40.14.059 19 113.5 58.5 74.5 2482.74.00090.063.2 2478.20.15.40.24.059 25 113.5 58.5 74.5 2480.21.00200.063
    2478.20.15.40.14.065 19 130 65 81 2482.74.00090.080.2 2478.20.15.40.24.065 25 130 65 81 2480.21.00200.080
    2478.20.15.40.14.070 19 130 70 86 2482.74.00090.080.2 2478.20.15.40.24.070 25 130 70 86 2480.21.00200.080
    2478.20.15.40.14.075 19 130 75 91 2482.74.00090.080.2 2478.20.15.40.24.075 25 130 75 91 2480.21.00200.080
    2478.20.15.40.14.080 19 150 80 96 2482.74.00090.100.2 2478.20.15.40.24.080 25 150 80 96 2480.21.00200.100
    2478.20.15.40.14.085 19 150 85 101 2482.74.00090.100.2 2478.20.15.40.24.085 25 150 85 101 2480.21.00200.100
    2478.20.15.40.14.090 19 150 90 106 2482.74.00090.100.2 2478.20.15.40.24.090 25 150 90 106 2480.21.00200.100
    2478.20.15.40.14.095 19 150 95 111 2482.74.00090.100.2 2478.20.15.40.24.095 25 150 95 111 2480.21.00200.100
    2478.20.15.40.14.100 19 175 100 116 2482.74.00090.125.2 2478.20.15.40.24.100 25 175 100 116 2480.21.00200.125
    2478.20.15.40.14.105 19 175 105 121 2482.74.00090.125.2 2478.20.15.40.24.105 25 175 105 121 2480.21.00200.125
    2478.20.15.40.14.110 19 175 110 126 2482.74.00090.125.2 2478.20.15.40.24.110 25 175 110 126 2480.21.00200.125
    2478.20.15.40.14.115 19 175 115 131 2482.74.00090.125.2 2478.20.15.40.24.115 25 175 115 131 2480.21.00200.125
    2478.20.15.40.14.120 19 175 120 136 2482.74.00090.125.2 2478.20.15.40.24.120 25 175 120 136 2480.21.00200.125
    2478.20.15.40. Universal lifter unit, according to BMW standard
    subject to alterations F157
    subject to alterations
    Lifter unit with pillar guidance
    Description:
    Filling pressure regulation and a composite arrangement are possible
    using the cylinder tube base. To attach the strip guide on the lifter rail,
    use the provided threads. We recommend designing the strip guide for
    a maximum material width of +0.4 mm (0.2 mm for each side) (View X).
    When several lifter units are used, only one unit per piece should be
    pinned in order to prevent redundancy.
    Note:
    The lifter unit is equipped with gas spring type 2482.74.00090, which
    cannot be repaired in case of wear and must therefore be exchanged
    completely.
    Initial spring force: 90 daN
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 180 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 40 to 100 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: see diagram
    Max. usable stroke: 95%
    Spring forces as per spring diagram in Chapter F - 2482.74.
    2478.25.00090.
    Max. load per lifter unit**
    ** Only recommended load capacity (per lifter unit) depending
     on the press speed. Provide an external stop in case of higher
    loads.
    Press speed [m/s]
    Load capacity [kg]
    22
    20
    18
    16
    14
    12
    10
    8
    6
    4
    2
    0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 0,9
    12
    +0,1
    ø19
    ø22
    a
    15 s 26
    M10(2x)
    85
    l
    1
    2
    e
    ±0,02 50
    25
    b
    0
    ø8 +0,02
    20 s
    ø17
    ø11
    12
    (2x)
    ø7,8(2x)
    ø16
    ø8 +0,02 (2x)
    0
    2478.25.00090.
    l 1
    strip guide X
    Lifter unit with
    strip guide
    max. 0,2 mm
    view X
    Lifter rail
    Bottom tool (lower die)
    Mounting example
    F158
    Order No
    s
    Stroke max. a b l 1 l 2 e 1
    Spring force [daN]
    initial
    Spring force [daN]
    final Gas spring
    2478.25.00090.025 23 64 40 160 115 - 90 130 2482.74.00090.025.2
    2478.25.00090.038 36 77 53 160 160 130 90 120 2482.74.00090.038.2
    2478.25.00090.050 48 89 65 160 160 130 90 120 2482.74.00090.050.2
    2478.25.00090.063 61.5 102.5 81.5 160 160 130 90 120 2482.74.00090.063.2
    2478.25.00090.080 78 119 98 160 160 130 90 120 2482.74.00090.080.2
    2478.25.00090.100 98 139 118 160 160 130 90 120 2482.74.00090.100.2
    2478.25.00090.125 123 164 143 160 160 130 90 120 2482.74.00090.125.2
    2478.25.00090.150 148 189 168 160 160 130 90 120 2482.74.00090.150.2
    2478.25.00090. Lifter unit with pillar guidance
    subject to alterations
    Lifter unit with pillar guidance
    ø26
    ø19
    22
    64
    100
    20
    31,8
    12
    26 s 15
    12,5
    a b
    M12(2x) ø10 +0,02 (2x)
    0
    l
    1
    2
    e
    ±0,02 50
    s
    ø9,8(2x)
    ø20
    M8(4x)
    ø13
    0
    +0,02
    ø10 (2x)
    ±0,1 ø24,9
    2478.25.00200.
    l 1
    Description:
    Filling pressure regulation and a composite arrangement are possible
    using the cylinder tube base. To attach the strip guide on the lifter rail,
    use the provided threads. We recommend designing the strip guide for
    a maximum material width of +0.4 mm (0.2 mm for each side) (View X).
    When several lifter units are used, only one unit per piece should be
    pinned in order to prevent redundancy.
    Note:
    The lifter unit is equipped with gas spring type 2480.21.00200.
    Initial spring force: 200 daN
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 180 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 80 to 100 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: see diagram
    Max. usable stroke: 95%
    Order No for spare parts kit: 2480.21.00150
    Spring forces as per spring diagram in Chapter F - 2480.21.
    strip guide X
    Lifter unit with
    strip guide
    max. 0,2 mm
    view X
    Lifter rail
    Bottom tool (lower die)
    2478.25.00200.
    Max. load per lifter unit**
    34
    30
    26
    22
    18
    14
    10
    6
    2
    0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 0,9
    ** Only recommended load capacity (per lifter unit) depending
     on the press speed. Provide an external stop in case of higher
    loads.
    Press speed [m/s]
    Load capacity [kg]
    Mounting example
    F159
    Order No
    s
    Stroke max. a b l 1 l 2 e 1
    Spring force [daN]
    initial
    Spring force [daN]
    final Gas spring
    2478.25.00200.025 23 64 41 180 140 - 200 308 2480.21.00200.025
    2478.25.00200.038 36 77 54 180 180 150 200 309 2480.21.00200.038
    2478.25.00200.050 48 89 66 180 180 150 200 309 2480.21.00200.050
    2478.25.00200.063 61.5 102.5 82.5 180 180 150 200 302 2480.21.00200.063
    2478.25.00200.080 78 119 99 180 180 150 200 304 2480.21.00200.080
    2478.25.00200.100 98 139 119 180 180 150 200 305 2480.21.00200.100
    2478.25.00200.125 123 164 144 180 180 150 200 306 2480.21.00200.125
    2478.25.00020.150 148 189 177 180 180 150 200 300 2480.21.00200.150
    2478.25.00200.175 173 214 202 180 180 150 200 298 2480.21.00200.175
    2478.25.00200.200 198 239 227 180 180 150 200 297 2480.21.00200.200
    2478.25.00200. Lifter unit with pillar guidance
    subject to alterations
    Spring ram with gas spring
    Material:
    C45
    induction hardened 58+4 HRC
    Hardness penetration depth 0,8+0,4
    Sliding surface with solid lubricant
    2478.
    12 33
    A/F 27
    M10
    ø36
    24
    l min.
    1
    Stroke l 2
    l 1
    Gas spring
    2482.74.
    Sliding surface with
    solid lubricant
    H7
    f7
    Spring ram
    secured with
    LOCTITE
    281.243
    Mounting example
    F160
    Order No Stroke max. l min. l 1 l 2
    Spring force [daN]
    initial
    Spring force [daN]
    final Gas spring
    2478.050.00030.1 50 92 257 150 30 40 2482.74.00030.050.2
    2478.050.00050.1 50 92 257 150 50 67 2482.74.00050.050.2
    2478.050.00070.1 50 92 257 150 70 94 2482.74.00070.050.2
    2478.050.00090.1 50 92 257 150 90 120 2482.74.00090.050.2
    2478.063.00030.1 63 109 310 190 30 40 2482.74.00030.063.2
    2478.063.00050.1 63 109 310 190 50 67 2482.74.00050.063.2
    2478.063.00070.1 63 109 310 190 70 94 2482.74.00070.063.2
    2478.063.00090.1 63 109 310 190 90 120 2482.74.00090.063.2
    2478.080.00030.1 80 125 360 223 30 40 2482.74.00030.080.2
    2478.080.00050.1 80 125 360 223 50 67 2482.74.00050.080.2
    2478.080.00070.1 80 125 360 223 70 94 2482.74.00070.080.2
    2478.080.00090.1 80 125 360 223 90 120 2482.74.00090.080.2
    2478. Spring ram with gas spring
    subject to alterations
    Spring ram with gas spring to VW standard
    ø10,2
    Security
    Effective
    travel
    l -Preloading
    3
    17
    30
    35
    l 1
    M12
    ø26
    f7
    ø36
    f7
    ø36
    l 2 14
    A/F 30
    ø18
    l 3
    4
    ø5
    2478.20. .1
    M10 x 60 socket
    cap screw to
    DIN EN ISO 4762
    Gas spring
    2480.21.
    Hardened sliding
    surface
    Circlip to DIN 472
    order separately:
    2052.71.
    Guide bush for
    spring ram
    Disc
    2478.20.000.01
    Material:
    Spring ram: C45
    induction hardened 58+4 HRCHardness penetration depth 0,8+0,4
    Disc: 90MnCrV8
    hardened 56+4 HRC
    Note:
    Use only with matching guide bush 2052.71.!
    Spring bolt installed preloaded.
    Mounting example
    F161
    Order No Stroke max. l l 1 l 2 l 3
    Spring force [daN]
    initial
    Spring force [daN]
    final Gas spring
    2478.20.050.00050.1 50 240 182 118 42.5 50 68 2480.21.00050.063
    2478.20.050.00100.1 50 240 182 118 42.5 100 137 2480.21.00100.063
    2478.20.050.00150.1 50 240 182 118 42.5 150 206 2480.21.00150.063
    2478.20.050.00200.1 50 240 182 118 42.5 200 275 2480.21.00200.063
    2478.20.065.00050.1 65 274 200 135 43.5 50 68 2480.21.00050.080
    2478.20.065.00100.1 65 274 200 135 43.5 100 137 2480.21.00100.080
    2478.20.065.00150.1 65 274 200 135 43.5 150 206 2480.21.00150.080
    2478.20.065.00200.1 65 274 200 135 43.5 200 275 2480.21.00200.080
    2478.20.080.00050.1 80 314 220 155 43.5 50 68 2480.21.00050.100
    2478.20.080.00100.1 80 314 220 155 43.5 100 137 2480.21.00100.100
    2478.20.080.00150.1 80 314 220 155 43.5 150 206 2480.21.00150.100
    2478.20.080.00200.1 80 314 220 155 43.5 200 275 2480.21.00200.100
    2478.20. .1 Spring ram with gas spring to VW standard
    subject to alterations
    Guide bush for spring ram 2478.20. .1
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
    Note:
    Recommended locating bore for bonding G7.
    2052.71.
    R1
    2x15°
    l
    2
    ød
    m6
    1
    ød
    H7
    R1
    F162
    Order No d 1 d 2 l
    2052.71.036.045.115 36 45 115
    2052.71.036.045.145 36 45 145
    2052.71.036.045.170 36 45 170
    2052.71. Guide bush for spring ram
    2478.20. .1
    Nitrogen
    Gas springs
    Nitrogen
    Gas springs
    F163
    2480.12. 2480.13.
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring
    Two-Chamber system
    F164
    2490.
    2490.
    subject to alterations
    Compact-Gas spring
    Single-Chamber system
    2480.12. 2480.13.
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring
    Two-Chamber system
    2490.
    2490.
    subject to alterations
    Compact-Gas spring
    Single-Chamber system
    F165
    subject to alterations
    Gas springs
    FIBRO Gas springs
    The extensive range of FIBRO Gas springs
    constitutes an ideal supplement to and
    expansion of the traditional programmes
    of spring elements such als helical springs,
    disc springs and elastomer units. With their
    minimal space requirement, Gas springs
    close a gap where ever the accent is on
    accomodation of the utmot force component
    within a minimum of space – or where
    exceedingly large travel is demanded: FIBRO
    Gas springs take care of both demands, even
    in combination.
    Their self-contained nitrogen charge makes
    FIBRO Gas springs completely autonomous
    devices. Feeder pipes or storage vessel are not
    required.
    Monitoring of charge pressure, however, is
    necessary in certain special cases. Suitable
    equipment for in-situ pressure control can be
    found in the Accessories Section.
    As long as all mounting detail is laid out with
    due circumspection, removal and installation
    of the units presents no problems whatsoever.
    Instructions are included with every delivery
    of Gas springs.
    Application examples see at the end of
    chapter F.
    Functioning
    The pressure medium is a commercially
    available, environment-friendly nitrogen.
    FIBRO Gas springs have a standard charge
    pressure of max. 150 bar (180 bar).
    Depending on spring size and type, this
    pressure offers initial force ratings of 2 daN to
    20,000 daN.
    Pressure Build-Up
    In operation the piston rod enters the spring
    space whose volume is progressively reduced.
    The resulting pressure rise can be plotted on
    the Gas Spring Diagram as a multiplication
    factor. The spring force is the product of initial
    force times that pressure-rise factor and can
    therefore be calculated easily.
    Working temperature
    The spring temperature should not exceed
    +80 °C.
    Charge pressure
    Modification of charge pressure allows
    varia tion of the force rating and can be
    predetermined from the spring Diagram.
    Installation
    FIBRO Gas springs can be used in any
    installation position. Whether or not external
    forces act on them when at rest is of no
    consequence.
    All FIBRO Gas springs meet the requirements of the
    Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU.
    The Pressure Equipment Directive (2014/68/EU) has been ratified by the European Parliament
    and the Council of Europe. The requirements of the Pressure Equipment Directive came into
    force throughout the EU on 29 May 2002.
    The directive defines pressure equipment as vessels, pipework, safety devices and pressure
    accessories. In terms of the Directive a vessel is a casing which is designed and manufactured
    to contain fluids under pressure.
    It follows from this definition that nitrogen Gas springs of all sizes are deemed to be pressure
    vessels and must in this respect comply with the Pressure Equipment Directive (2014/68/EU)
    from 29 May 2002.
    F166
    subject to alterations
    Maintenance
    FIBRO Gas springs were disigned for main­
    tenance free continual operation. It is recom­
    mended to oil the piston rod lightly from time
    to time.
    Guide­ and sealing elements can be exchanged
    easily and expediciously. They are available as
    a kit. Each kit comes with detailed instructions
    for maintenance of FIBRO Gas springs.
    Attention
    When safety functions are triggered (overstro­
    ke, return stroke, or overpressure protection),
    the gas pressure springs can no longer be
    repaired!
    Warning
    FIBRO Gas springs may be charged only with
    commercial Grade 5.0 nitrogen gas.
    Accessories
    The accessories range for Gas springs compri­
    ses fastening devices, charge­ and control units,
    screw connections for these, and connecting
    lines for compound installations.
    FIBRO is not liable if fittings that are not ori­
    ginal FIBRO fittings or fastening, accessory,
    and attachment parts that are not released by
    FIBRO are used.
    Warning signs
    These are available on request. The signs
    should be affixed near the springs in as promi­
    nent a position as possible.
    Gas springs
    Business Area Standard Parts
    D-74851 Hassmersheim · Postfach 1120
    T +49 (0) 6266-73-0* · F +49 (0) 6266-73-237
    WARNING
    This tool is equipped with
    __ Gas Springs with a max. pressure of
    150 or 180 bar, depending on spring type.
    Working pressure ______ bar.
    Read maintenance instructions
    before working on gas springs.
    FIBRO
    1 ____ _____________________ _____________ ______________
    2 ____ _____________________ _____________ ______________
    3 ____ _____________________ _____________ ______________
    4 ____ _____________________ _____________ ______________
    5 ____ _____________________ _____________ ______________
    FIBRO
    Read maintenance instructions before working on gas springs.
    No. pcs. spring type fill.press./bar force/daN
    WARNING
    This tool is equipped with ___ Gas Springs with a
    max. pressure of 150 or 180 bar, depending on spring type.
    Business Area Standard Parts
    D-74851 Hassmersheim · Postfach 1120
    T +49 (0) 6266-73-0* · F +49 (0) 6266-73-237
    Size 35x50 mm
    Language Order No
    german 2480.00.035.050.1
    english 2480.00.035.050.2
    french 2480.00.035.050.3
    italian 2480.00.035.050.4
    spanish 2480.00.035.050.5
    polish 2480.00.035.050.PL
    czech 2480.00.035.050.CZ
    turkish 2480.00.035.050.TR
    chinese 2480.00.035.050.CN
    Size 75x105 mm
    Language Order No
    german 2480.00.075.105.1
    english 2480.00.075.105.2
    french 2480.00.075.105.3
    italian 2480.00.075.105.4
    spanish 2480.00.075.105.5
    polish 2480.00.075.105.PL
    czech 2480.00.075.105.CZ
    turkish 2480.00.075.105.TR
    chinese 2480.00.075.105.CN
    Size 110x150 mm
    Language Order No
    german 2480.00.110.150.1
    english 2480.00.110.150.2
    french 2480.00.110.150.3
    italian 2480.00.110.150.4
    spanish 2480.00.110.150.5
    polish 2480.00.110.150.PL
    czech 2480.00.110.150.CZ
    turkish 2480.00.110.150.TR
    chinese 2480.00.110.150.CN
    subject to alterations
    Gas springs
    FIBRO Gas springs
    The extensive range of FIBRO Gas springs
    constitutes an ideal supplement to and
    expansion of the traditional programmes
    of spring elements such als helical springs,
    disc springs and elastomer units. With their
    minimal space requirement, Gas springs
    close a gap where ever the accent is on
    accomodation of the utmot force component
    within a minimum of space – or where
    exceedingly large travel is demanded: FIBRO
    Gas springs take care of both demands, even
    in combination.
    Their self-contained nitrogen charge makes
    FIBRO Gas springs completely autonomous
    devices. Feeder pipes or storage vessel are not
    required.
    Monitoring of charge pressure, however, is
    necessary in certain special cases. Suitable
    equipment for in-situ pressure control can be
    found in the Accessories Section.
    As long as all mounting detail is laid out with
    due circumspection, removal and installation
    of the units presents no problems whatsoever.
    Instructions are included with every delivery
    of Gas springs.
    Application examples see at the end of
    chapter F.
    Functioning
    The pressure medium is a commercially
    available, environment-friendly nitrogen.
    FIBRO Gas springs have a standard charge
    pressure of max. 150 bar (180 bar).
    Depending on spring size and type, this
    pressure offers initial force ratings of 2 daN to
    20,000 daN.
    Pressure Build-Up
    In operation the piston rod enters the spring
    space whose volume is progressively reduced.
    The resulting pressure rise can be plotted on
    the Gas Spring Diagram as a multiplication
    factor. The spring force is the product of initial
    force times that pressure-rise factor and can
    therefore be calculated easily.
    Working temperature
    The spring temperature should not exceed
    +80 °C.
    Charge pressure
    Modification of charge pressure allows
    varia tion of the force rating and can be
    predetermined from the spring Diagram.
    Installation
    FIBRO Gas springs can be used in any
    installation position. Whether or not external
    forces act on them when at rest is of no
    consequence.
    All FIBRO Gas springs meet the requirements of the
    Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU.
    The Pressure Equipment Directive (2014/68/EU) has been ratified by the European Parliament
    and the Council of Europe. The requirements of the Pressure Equipment Directive came into
    force throughout the EU on 29 May 2002.
    The directive defines pressure equipment as vessels, pipework, safety devices and pressure
    accessories. In terms of the Directive a vessel is a casing which is designed and manufactured
    to contain fluids under pressure.
    It follows from this definition that nitrogen Gas springs of all sizes are deemed to be pressure
    vessels and must in this respect comply with the Pressure Equipment Directive (2014/68/EU)
    from 29 May 2002.
    subject to alterations
    Maintenance
    FIBRO Gas springs were disigned for main­
    tenance free continual operation. It is recom­
    mended to oil the piston rod lightly from time
    to time.
    Guide­ and sealing elements can be exchanged
    easily and expediciously. They are available as
    a kit. Each kit comes with detailed instructions
    for maintenance of FIBRO Gas springs.
    Attention
    When safety functions are triggered (overstro­
    ke, return stroke, or overpressure protection),
    the gas pressure springs can no longer be
    repaired!
    Warning
    FIBRO Gas springs may be charged only with
    commercial Grade 5.0 nitrogen gas.
    Accessories
    The accessories range for Gas springs compri­
    ses fastening devices, charge­ and control units,
    screw connections for these, and connecting
    lines for compound installations.
    FIBRO is not liable if fittings that are not ori­
    ginal FIBRO fittings or fastening, accessory,
    and attachment parts that are not released by
    FIBRO are used.
    Warning signs
    These are available on request. The signs
    should be affixed near the springs in as promi­
    nent a position as possible.
    Gas springs
    Business Area Standard Parts
    D-74851 Hassmersheim · Postfach 1120
    T +49 (0) 6266-73-0* · F +49 (0) 6266-73-237
    WARNING
    This tool is equipped with
    __ Gas Springs with a max. pressure of
    150 or 180 bar, depending on spring type.
    Working pressure ______ bar.
    Read maintenance instructions
    before working on gas springs.
    FIBRO
    1 ____ _____________________ _____________ ______________
    2 ____ _____________________ _____________ ______________
    3 ____ _____________________ _____________ ______________
    4 ____ _____________________ _____________ ______________
    5 ____ _____________________ _____________ ______________
    FIBRO
    Read maintenance instructions before working on gas springs.
    No. pcs. spring type fill.press./bar force/daN
    WARNING
    This tool is equipped with ___ Gas Springs with a
    max. pressure of 150 or 180 bar, depending on spring type.
    Business Area Standard Parts
    D-74851 Hassmersheim · Postfach 1120
    T +49 (0) 6266-73-0* · F +49 (0) 6266-73-237
    Size 35x50 mm
    Language Order No
    german 2480.00.035.050.1
    english 2480.00.035.050.2
    french 2480.00.035.050.3
    italian 2480.00.035.050.4
    spanish 2480.00.035.050.5
    polish 2480.00.035.050.PL
    czech 2480.00.035.050.CZ
    turkish 2480.00.035.050.TR
    chinese 2480.00.035.050.CN
    Size 75x105 mm
    Language Order No
    german 2480.00.075.105.1
    english 2480.00.075.105.2
    french 2480.00.075.105.3
    italian 2480.00.075.105.4
    spanish 2480.00.075.105.5
    polish 2480.00.075.105.PL
    czech 2480.00.075.105.CZ
    turkish 2480.00.075.105.TR
    chinese 2480.00.075.105.CN
    Size 110x150 mm
    Language Order No
    german 2480.00.110.150.1
    english 2480.00.110.150.2
    french 2480.00.110.150.3
    italian 2480.00.110.150.4
    spanish 2480.00.110.150.5
    polish 2480.00.110.150.PL
    czech 2480.00.110.150.CZ
    turkish 2480.00.110.150.TR
    chinese 2480.00.110.150.CN
    F167
    subject to alterations
    ø
    +1
    +0,5
    ø
    ø
    +2
    +0,5
    ø
    OK OK OK
    Installed loos in
    the bore.
    Screw mounted
    at tha base with
    2480.011.
    Fixed with
    2480.055./057./058./064.
    OK
    OK
    Fixed with 2480.044./045./047.
    Fixed with 2480.007./008.
    Fixed with 2480.007./008. Fixed with 2480.022.
    OK
    OK
    Mounting examples
    Below are the various gas spring mounting possibilities, which differ from model to model.
    Mounting directions for gas springs
    F168 subject to alterations
    Mounting directions for gas springs
    To achieve the best possible service-life and safety from the gas spring,
    the directions below must be followed.
    Mounting instructions
    ► Secure the gas spring to the tool/machine whenever possible, using the threaded hole(s) in
    the base of the gas spring or a suitable flange. Never exceed the maximum torque values
    for the threads in the base of the gas spring: (M6 = 10 Nm; M8 = 24 Nm; M10 = 45 Nm;
    M12 = 80 Nm)
    ► The threaded hole in the piston rod top should not be used for mounting purposes. It is only
    to be used when carrying and servicing the gas spring.
    ► Do not use the gas spring in such a way that the piston rod is realised freely from its
    compressed position, as this could cause internal damage to the gas spring.
    ► Make sure the gas spring is mounted parallel to the direction of the compression stroke.
    ► Ensure the contact surface of the piston rod top is perpendicular to the direction of the
    compression stroke and is sufficiently hardened.
    ► The gas spring should not be subjected to the side loads.
    ► Protect the piston rod against mechanical damage and contact with fluids.
    ► We do not recommend the last 5 mm or 10% of the nominal stroke be utilised.
    ► The maximum charging pressure (at 20°C) must not be exceeded as it may effect the safety
    of the product.
    ► Exceeding the gas spring’s recommended operating temperature will shorten the service-life
    of the gas spring.
    ► The entire contact surface of the piston rod / piston should be used.
    ► Do not remove bottom 2480./2497.00.20. from spring until all gas pressure has been
    discharged.
    F
    OK
    depending on gas
    spring type
    max. 80°C -120°C
    min. 0°C
    min. 0,5 - 3 mm
    max. 0,5 - 2,0 m/s
    1)
    1)
    projektion at full stroke
    2)
    max. 150 bar - 200 bar
    (20°C)
    N 2
    2)
    1)
    1)
    subject to alterations
    ø
    +1
    +0,5
    ø
    ø
    +2
    +0,5
    ø
    OK OK OK
    Installed loos in
    the bore.
    Screw mounted
    at tha base with
    2480.011.
    Fixed with
    2480.055./057./058./064.
    OK
    OK
    Fixed with 2480.044./045./047.
    Fixed with 2480.007./008.
    Fixed with 2480.007./008. Fixed with 2480.022.
    OK
    OK
    Mounting examples
    Below are the various gas spring mounting possibilities, which differ from model to model.
    Mounting directions for gas springs
    subject to alterations
    Mounting directions for gas springs
    To achieve the best possible service-life and safety from the gas spring,
    the directions below must be followed.
    Mounting instructions
    ► Secure the gas spring to the tool/machine whenever possible, using the threaded hole(s) in
    the base of the gas spring or a suitable flange. Never exceed the maximum torque values
    for the threads in the base of the gas spring: (M6 = 10 Nm; M8 = 24 Nm; M10 = 45 Nm;
    M12 = 80 Nm)
    ► The threaded hole in the piston rod top should not be used for mounting purposes. It is only
    to be used when carrying and servicing the gas spring.
    ► Do not use the gas spring in such a way that the piston rod is realised freely from its
    compressed position, as this could cause internal damage to the gas spring.
    ► Make sure the gas spring is mounted parallel to the direction of the compression stroke.
    ► Ensure the contact surface of the piston rod top is perpendicular to the direction of the
    compression stroke and is sufficiently hardened.
    ► The gas spring should not be subjected to the side loads.
    ► Protect the piston rod against mechanical damage and contact with fluids.
    ► We do not recommend the last 5 mm or 10% of the nominal stroke be utilised.
    ► The maximum charging pressure (at 20°C) must not be exceeded as it may effect the safety
    of the product.
    ► Exceeding the gas spring’s recommended operating temperature will shorten the service-life
    of the gas spring.
    ► The entire contact surface of the piston rod / piston should be used.
    ► Do not remove bottom 2480./2497.00.20. from spring until all gas pressure has been
    discharged.
    F
    OK
    depending on gas
    spring type
    max. 80°C -120°C
    min. 0°C
    min. 0,5 - 3 mm
    max. 0,5 - 2,0 m/s
    1)
    1)
    projektion at full stroke
    2)
    max. 150 bar - 200 bar
    (20°C)
    N 2
    2)
    1)
    1)
    F169
            
         
            
       
     
    
     
    
         

          
            
           
           
          
          
           
             
     
       
          
          
         
           
           
         
        
            
       
           
             
             
          
           
    
     
         
       
     
    
     
    
     
    S>max
    V>max
    P>max
    (A)
    (B)
    Gasdruckfeder – Warnung! Nicht öffnen - hoher Druck; Fülldruck
    max. 150 bar. Bitte Bedienungsanleitung beachten!
    Gas Spring – Warning! Do not open-high pressure; fi lling pressure
    max. 150 bar. Please follow instructions for use!
    Ressort à gaz – Attention! Ne pas ouvrir - haute pression; pression de
    remplissage max. 15 MPa. Veuiller observer les instructions d‘emploi!
    Molle a gas – Attenzione! Non aprire - pression alta massima; pressione
    de riempimento max. 150 bar. Si prega di observare le istruzioni per l‘uso!
    ¡Muelle de gas – Atención! No abrir - alta presión; cardago
    a mass. 150 bar. ¡Por favor observar las instrucciones!
    Normalien · Standard Parts · DE-74855 Hassmersheim
    T +49(0)6266-73-0* · F +49(0)6266-73-237
    Bestell-Nr.:
    Order-No.:
    Fülldruck
    Filling pressure: 150 bar
    Federkraft
    Spring Force: 5000 daN
    PED-zugelassen für 2.000.000 Hübe bei voller Hubauslastung.
    PED-approved for 2,000,000 strokes at full stroke load.
    2480.13.05000.050
    subject to alterations
    FIBRO-Gas Springs – The Safer Choice
    Optimum safety for tools and operators
    At FIBRO, safety and reliability are paramount. Particularly when it comes to our gas springs. With their unique range of safety features, FIBRO gas springs
    are the safest on the market.
    FIBRO safety features 1)
    PED approval for 2 million strokes
    FIBRO gas springs are developed, manufactured and tested
    for a minimum of 2 million* full strokes in accordance with
    DGRL 2014/68/EU. The springs deliver this full perfor-
    mance at the maximum permissible limits in terms of fil-
    ling pressure and operating temperature - even when com-
    bined with any of the various mounting types available.
    * Calculation value for durability
    The benefit
    for you:
    ▶ Guaranteed safety and reliability for the
    entire service life of the spring
    Repair kits and qualified training sessions available
    through FIBRO Service offer increased effectiveness and
    process reliability.
    Overstroke protection
    Conventional gas springs can burst in the event of an
    over-extended stroke. If this happens, parts flying around
    can become dangerous projectiles.
    FIBRO gas springs are different:
    in the event of an overstroke and depending on the spring
    type the patented protection system will ensure that
    either the cylinder wall of the gas spring is deformed in a
    predefined manner (A) or the piston rod destroys a rup-
    ture bolt in the floor of the cylinder (B), thereby allowing
    the gas to escape into the atmosphere.
    The benefit
    for you:
    ▶ No risk of parts flying around in the event
    of an overstroke
    Possible causes of
    triggering:
    Lack of stroke limitations in the tool/machine and placing
    the piston rods under a load (e.g. sheet-metal holder, slide
    reset, etc.), double sheet, incorrect installation position,
    etc.
    Return stroke protection
    A particularly dangerous situation can arise with conven-
    tional gas springs if tool components become jammed
    and the pressure on the compressed piston rod is then
    abruptly released: in this case, the piston rod is then fired
    out of the cylinder like a missile.
    FIBRO gas springs are different:
    special guides and a patented safety stop in the piston
    rods ensure your safety. If the speed is too high during the
    return stroke, the collar on the piston rod will automati-
    cally break. The integrated safety stop then destroys the
    seal, which allows the gas to escape into the atmosphere
    and the gas spring to become depressurised.
    The benefit
    for you:
    ▶ No risk of a piston rod firing out
    if the return stroke is too fast
    Possible causes of
    triggering:
    Sudden loosening of jammed components, such as
    sheet-metal holder, slide, ejector, scraper function, etc.
    Overpressure protection
    Conventional gas springs can burst if the internal pressure
    rises above a maximum permitted value. If this happens,
    parts flying around can become dangerous projectiles.
    FIBRO gas springs are different:
    if the pressure rises above the maximum permitted value,
    the safety collar on the sealing set is automatically dest-
    royed. The gas then escapes into the atmosphere and the
    gas spring is depressurised.
    The benefit
    for you:
    ▶ No risk of bursting parts in the event of
    overpressure
    Possible causes of
    triggering:
    Incorrect filling (max. filling pressure 150 or 180 bar, nitro-
    gen), infeed of liquid operating material, etc.
    A
    P
    P
    R
    O
    V
    E
    D
    2
    0
    1
    4
    /
    6
    8
    /
    E
    U
    for
    2 Million strokes
    After a protection function is triggered, the spring cannot be repaired and can no longer be used. It must be replaced completely.
    1) The safety features mentioned here have been implemented – with few exceptions – on all FIBRO gas springs.
    Please refer to the relevant data sheets to check the current safety equipment which is provided with the gas spring you are interested in, or contact
    FIBRO GmbH directly for more information.
    F170
    Flex Guide
    TM
    Dual Seal
    TM
    WPM
    PRP
    subject to alterations
    Gas springs – The Safer Choice
    Flexible guides: The Flex Guide TM System
    The Flex Guide TM System is a flexible guide in the gas spring which
    absorbs lateral movements of the piston rod. It minimises friction and
    lowers the operating temperature.
    t Lateral movement
    Conventional Guide FlexGuideTM System
    The benefits for you: ► Extended service life
    ► Increased stroke frequency, i.e. more strokes per
    minute
    Flex Guide System
    TM
    Conventional Guide
    high
    high low
    low
    Lateral Movement
    Life time & Frequency
    Safe hose connections: The Dual Seal TM System
    The FIBRO Dual Seal TM System combines a metal seal with a soft
    elastomer seal. On hose connection systems, the system provides two
    leak-tight connections and prevents rotation.
    The benefits for you: ► Leak-tight connection, even under vibrations
    ► High process reliability
    ► Minimised tool down time
    ► Simple installation thanks to anti-rotation function
    Wireless monitoring:
    The Wireless Pressure Monitoring (WPM) System
    The optional Wireless Pressure Monitoring System (WPM) (patent
    pending) wirelessly monitors the pressure and temperature of FIBRO gas
    springs. Before a defective part is produced, the press operator receives a
    message from the WPM and can take appropriate action.
    The benefits for you: ► Preventative quality assurance
    ► High process reliability
    ► Minimised tool down time
    ► Reduced maintenance and costs
    Potential faults are individually displayed. As a result,
    service intervals can be extended.
    Maintenance and repair costs are reduced.
    Protected piston rods: FIBRO Concertina Shrouds
    The FIBRO Piston Rod Protection (patented) reliably protects the piston
    rods in gas springs against dirt, oil and emulsion. In this way, the system
    prevents damage to the piston rod surface and leaks at internal seals.
    The benefits for you: ► Significantly longer service life for gas springs under
    harsh operating conditions
    FIBRO reliability features
    Dirt Oil
            
         
            
       
     
    
     
    
         

          
            
           
           
          
          
           
             
     
       
          
          
         
           
           
         
        
            
       
           
             
             
          
           
    
     
         
       
     
    
     
    
     
    S>max
    V>max
    P>max
    (A)
    (B)
    Gasdruckfeder – Warnung! Nicht öffnen - hoher Druck; Fülldruck
    max. 150 bar. Bitte Bedienungsanleitung beachten!
    Gas Spring – Warning! Do not open-high pressure; fi lling pressure
    max. 150 bar. Please follow instructions for use!
    Ressort à gaz – Attention! Ne pas ouvrir - haute pression; pression de
    remplissage max. 15 MPa. Veuiller observer les instructions d‘emploi!
    Molle a gas – Attenzione! Non aprire - pression alta massima; pressione
    de riempimento max. 150 bar. Si prega di observare le istruzioni per l‘uso!
    ¡Muelle de gas – Atención! No abrir - alta presión; cardago
    a mass. 150 bar. ¡Por favor observar las instrucciones!
    Normalien · Standard Parts · DE-74855 Hassmersheim
    T +49(0)6266-73-0* · F +49(0)6266-73-237
    Bestell-Nr.:
    Order-No.:
    Fülldruck
    Filling pressure: 150 bar
    Federkraft
    Spring Force: 5000 daN
    PED-zugelassen für 2.000.000 Hübe bei voller Hubauslastung.
    PED-approved for 2,000,000 strokes at full stroke load.
    2480.13.05000.050
    subject to alterations
    FIBRO-Gas Springs – The Safer Choice
    Optimum safety for tools and operators
    At FIBRO, safety and reliability are paramount. Particularly when it comes to our gas springs. With their unique range of safety features, FIBRO gas springs
    are the safest on the market.
    FIBRO safety features 1)
    PED approval for 2 million strokes
    FIBRO gas springs are developed, manufactured and tested
    for a minimum of 2 million* full strokes in accordance with
    DGRL 2014/68/EU. The springs deliver this full perfor-
    mance at the maximum permissible limits in terms of fil-
    ling pressure and operating temperature - even when com-
    bined with any of the various mounting types available.
    * Calculation value for durability
    The benefit
    for you:
    ▶ Guaranteed safety and reliability for the
    entire service life of the spring
    Repair kits and qualified training sessions available
    through FIBRO Service offer increased effectiveness and
    process reliability.
    Overstroke protection
    Conventional gas springs can burst in the event of an
    over-extended stroke. If this happens, parts flying around
    can become dangerous projectiles.
    FIBRO gas springs are different:
    in the event of an overstroke and depending on the spring
    type the patented protection system will ensure that
    either the cylinder wall of the gas spring is deformed in a
    predefined manner (A) or the piston rod destroys a rup-
    ture bolt in the floor of the cylinder (B), thereby allowing
    the gas to escape into the atmosphere.
    The benefit
    for you:
    ▶ No risk of parts flying around in the event
    of an overstroke
    Possible causes of
    triggering:
    Lack of stroke limitations in the tool/machine and placing
    the piston rods under a load (e.g. sheet-metal holder, slide
    reset, etc.), double sheet, incorrect installation position,
    etc.
    Return stroke protection
    A particularly dangerous situation can arise with conven-
    tional gas springs if tool components become jammed
    and the pressure on the compressed piston rod is then
    abruptly released: in this case, the piston rod is then fired
    out of the cylinder like a missile.
    FIBRO gas springs are different:
    special guides and a patented safety stop in the piston
    rods ensure your safety. If the speed is too high during the
    return stroke, the collar on the piston rod will automati-
    cally break. The integrated safety stop then destroys the
    seal, which allows the gas to escape into the atmosphere
    and the gas spring to become depressurised.
    The benefit
    for you:
    ▶ No risk of a piston rod firing out
    if the return stroke is too fast
    Possible causes of
    triggering:
    Sudden loosening of jammed components, such as
    sheet-metal holder, slide, ejector, scraper function, etc.
    Overpressure protection
    Conventional gas springs can burst if the internal pressure
    rises above a maximum permitted value. If this happens,
    parts flying around can become dangerous projectiles.
    FIBRO gas springs are different:
    if the pressure rises above the maximum permitted value,
    the safety collar on the sealing set is automatically dest-
    royed. The gas then escapes into the atmosphere and the
    gas spring is depressurised.
    The benefit
    for you:
    ▶ No risk of bursting parts in the event of
    overpressure
    Possible causes of
    triggering:
    Incorrect filling (max. filling pressure 150 or 180 bar, nitro-
    gen), infeed of liquid operating material, etc.
    A
    P
    P
    R
    O
    V
    E
    D
    2
    0
    1
    4
    /
    6
    8
    /
    E
    U
    for
    2 Million strokes
    After a protection function is triggered, the spring cannot be repaired and can no longer be used. It must be replaced completely.
    1) The safety features mentioned here have been implemented – with few exceptions – on all FIBRO gas springs.
    Please refer to the relevant data sheets to check the current safety equipment which is provided with the gas spring you are interested in, or contact
    FIBRO GmbH directly for more information.
    Flex Guide
    TM
    Dual Seal
    TM
    WPM
    PRP
    subject to alterations
    Gas springs – The Safer Choice
    Flexible guides: The Flex Guide TM System
    The Flex Guide TM System is a flexible guide in the gas spring which
    absorbs lateral movements of the piston rod. It minimises friction and
    lowers the operating temperature.
    t Lateral movement
    Conventional Guide FlexGuideTM System
    The benefits for you: ► Extended service life
    ► Increased stroke frequency, i.e. more strokes per
    minute
    Flex Guide System
    TM
    Conventional Guide
    high
    high low
    low
    Lateral Movement
    Life time & Frequency
    Safe hose connections: The Dual Seal TM System
    The FIBRO Dual Seal TM System combines a metal seal with a soft
    elastomer seal. On hose connection systems, the system provides two
    leak-tight connections and prevents rotation.
    The benefits for you: ► Leak-tight connection, even under vibrations
    ► High process reliability
    ► Minimised tool down time
    ► Simple installation thanks to anti-rotation function
    Wireless monitoring:
    The Wireless Pressure Monitoring (WPM) System
    The optional Wireless Pressure Monitoring System (WPM) (patent
    pending) wirelessly monitors the pressure and temperature of FIBRO gas
    springs. Before a defective part is produced, the press operator receives a
    message from the WPM and can take appropriate action.
    The benefits for you: ► Preventative quality assurance
    ► High process reliability
    ► Minimised tool down time
    ► Reduced maintenance and costs
    Potential faults are individually displayed. As a result,
    service intervals can be extended.
    Maintenance and repair costs are reduced.
    Protected piston rods: FIBRO Concertina Shrouds
    The FIBRO Piston Rod Protection (patented) reliably protects the piston
    rods in gas springs against dirt, oil and emulsion. In this way, the system
    prevents damage to the piston rod surface and leaks at internal seals.
    The benefits for you: ► Significantly longer service life for gas springs under
    harsh operating conditions
    FIBRO reliability features
    Dirt Oil
    F171
     5 M16x1,5 10 - 125 65 - 295 VDI 2479.030.00005.
    10 M16x1,5 10 - 125 65 - 295 VDI 2479.030.00010.
    20 M16x1,5 10 - 125 65 - 295 VDI 2479.030.00020.
    40 M16x1,5 10 - 125 65 - 295 VDI 2479.030.00040.
    4 M16x2 10 - 125 65 - 295 VDI 2479.031.00004.
    5 M16x2 10 - 125 65 - 295 VDI 2479.031.00005.
    10 M16x2 10 - 125 65 - 295 VDI 2479.031.00010.
    20 M16x2 10 - 125 65 - 295 VDI 2479.031.00020.
    40 M16x2 10 - 125 65 - 295 VDI 2479.031.00040.
    20 M24x1,5 10 - 125 65 - 295 VDI 2479.032.00020.
    40 M24x1,5 10 - 125 65 - 295 VDI 2479.032.00040.
    80 M24x1,5 10 - 125 65 - 295 VDI 2479.032.00080.
    170 M24x1,5 10 - 125 65 - 295 VDI 2479.032.00170.
    20 M24x1,5 10 - 125 65 - 295 WDX 2479.034.00020.
    40 M24x1,5 10 - 125 65 - 295 WDX 2479.034.00040.
    80 M24x1,5 10 - 125 65 - 295 WDX 2479.034.00080.
    170 M24x1,5 10 - 125 65 - 295 WDX 2479.034.00170.
    13 12 7 - 125 56 - 295 2482.72.00013.
    25 12 7 - 125 56 - 295 2482.72.00025.
    38 12 7 - 125 56 - 295 2482.72.00038.
    50 12 7 - 125 56 - 295 2482.72.00050.
    18 15 7 - 125 56 - 295 2482.73.00018.1
    35 15 7 - 125 56 - 295 2482.73.00035.1
    50 15 7 - 125 56 - 295 2482.73.00050.1
    70 15 7 - 125 56 - 295 2482.73.00070.1
    30 19 7 - 125 56 - 295 VDI, ISO 2482.74.00030.2
    50 19 7 - 125 56 - 295 VDI, ISO 2482.74.00050.2
    70 19 7 - 125 56 - 295 VDI, ISO 2482.74.00070.2
    90 19 7 - 125 56 - 295 VDI, ISO 2482.74.00090.2
    50 24,9 10 - 125 62 - 295 VDI, ISO 2480.21.00050.
    100 24,9 10 - 125 62 - 295 VDI, ISO 2480.21.00100.
    150 24,9 10 - 125 62 - 295 VDI, ISO 2480.21.00150.
    200 24,9 10 - 125 62 - 295 VDI, ISO 2480.21.00200.
    50 32 10 - 125 70 - 300 VDI, ISO 2480.22.00050.1
    100 32 10 - 125 70 - 300 VDI, ISO 2480.22.00100.1
    150 32 10 - 125 70 - 300 VDI, ISO 2480.22.00150.1
    200 32 10 - 125 70 - 300 VDI, ISO 2480.22.00200.1
    24,9 10 - 125 62 - 295 2480.23.
    250 38 10 - 125 70 - 300 VDI, ISO 2480.13.00250.
    500 45,2 10 - 160 105 - 405 VDI, ISO 2480.13.00500.
    750 50,2 13 - 300 120,4 - 695 VDI, ISO 2480.13.00750.
    1500 75,2 13 - 300 135 - 710 VDI, ISO 2480.12.01500.
    3000 95,2 13 - 300 145 - 720 VDI, ISO 2480.13.03000.
    5000 120,2 25 - 300 190 - 740 VDI, ISO 2480.13.05000.
    7500 150,2 25 - 300 205 - 755 VDI, ISO 2480.13.07500.
    10000 195 25 - 300 210 - 760 VDI, ISO 2480.12.10000.
    750 45,2 13 - 200 111 - 485 2488.13.00750
    1000 50,2 13 - 300 121 - 695 VDI, ISO 2488.13.01000.
    1500 63,2 13 - 300 121 - 695 2488.13.01500
    2400 75,2 25 - 300 160 - 710 VDI, ISO 2488.13.02400.
    4200 95,2 25 - 300 170 - 720 VDI, ISO 2488.13.04200.
    6600 120,2 25 - 300 190 - 740 VDI, ISO 2488.13.06600.
    9500 150,2 25 - 300 205 - 755 VDI, ISO 2488.13.09500.
    20000 195 25 - 300 210 - 760 2488.13.20000
    270 38 16 - 80 108 - 236 2496.12.00270.
    490 50,2 16 - 80 112 - 240 2496.12.00490.
    1060 75,2 16 - 100 122 - 290 2496.12.01060.
    subject to alterations
    Gas springs
    Synopsis
    Nominal force
    in daN
    Outside-x
    in mm
    Stroke
    in mm
    Built-in lenght
    in mm Standard Note Order No
    Gas springs, Ejector pin units
    Gas springs, small dimensions
    Standard-Gas springs
    Standard-Gas springs – HEAVY DUTY
    Gas springs with through bore passage
    F172
    170 19 7 - 125 44 - 285 VDI, ISO 2487.12.00170.
    320 24,9 7 - 125 44 - 285 ISO 2487.12.00320.
    350 32 10 - 125 50 - 280 VDI, ISO 2487.12.00350.
    500 38 10 - 125 50 - 280 VDI, ISO 2487.12.00500.
    750 45,2 10 - 125 52 - 282 VDI, ISO 2487.12.00750.
    1000 50,2 13 - 125 64 - 288 VDI, ISO 2487.12.01000.
    1500 63,2 13 - 125 70 - 294 VDI, ISO 2487.12.01500.
    2400 75,2 16 - 125 77 - 295 VDI, ISO 2487.12.02400.
    4200 95,2 16 - 125 90 - 308 VDI, ISO 2487.12.04200.
    6600 120,2 16 - 125 100 - 318 VDI, ISO 2487.12.06600.
    9500 150,2 19 - 125 116 - 328 VDI, ISO 2487.12.09500.
    20000 195 19 - 125 148 - 360 2487.12.20000.
    500 32 10 - 80 75 - 225 2497.12.00500.
    1000 38 10 - 80 75 - 240 2497.12.01000.
    1900 50,2 10 - 80 80 - 245 2497.12.01900.
    420 24,9 6 - 50 56 - 195 2490.14.00420.
    750 32 6 - 50 63 - 195 2490.14.00750.
    1000 38 6 - 50 61 - 230 2490.14.01000.
    1800 50,2 6 - 65 66 - 271 2490.14.01800.
    3000 63,2 10 - 65 85 - 256 2490.14.03000.
    4700 75,2 10 - 65 80 - 273 2490.14.04700.
    7500 95,2 10 - 65 90 - 279 2490.14.07500.
    11800 120,2 10 - 65 100 - 320 2490.14.11800.
    18300 150,2 10 - 65 110 - 323 2490.14.18300.
    500 45,2 6 - 125 62 - 300 2485.12.00500.
    750 50,2 6 - 125 62 - 300 2485.12.00750.
    1500 75,2 25 - 100 110 - 260 2485.12.01500.
    750 75,2 125 - 300 360 -710 2486.12.00750.
    1500 95,2 125 - 300 370 -720 2486.12.01500.
    3000 120,2 125 - 300 390 -740 2486.12.03000.
    5000 150,2 125 - 300 405 -755 2486.12.05000.
    3000 95,2 80 - 300 280 - 720 2486.22.03000.
    5000 120,2 80 - 300 300 - 740 2486.22.05000.
    7500 150,2 80 - 300 315 - 755 2486.22.07500.
    50 - 200 M28⊗1,5 10 - 125 62 - 292 2480.32.00050.-00200.
    250 M38⊗1,5 13 - 100 75,4 - 250 2480.32.00250.
    250 38 13 - 100 75,4 - 250 2480.82.00250.
    1000 50,2 13 - 125 64 - 288 2487.82.01000.
    15 M28⊗1,5 125 292 2480.33.00015.125
    50 M28⊗1,5 125 292 2480.33.00050.125
    100 M28⊗1,5 125 292 2480.33.00100.125
    150 M28⊗1,5 125 292 2480.33.00150.125
    200 M28⊗1,5 125 292 2480.33.00200.125
    subject to alterations
    Gas springs
    Synopsis
    Nominal force
    in daN
    Outside-x
    in mm
    Stroke
    in mm
    Built-in
    lenght in mm Standard Note Order No
    Gas springs with increased spring force – POwer LINe
    Compact-Gas springs
    Gas springs low build height
    »Speed Control TM «, Gas springs, SPC, cushioned
    Gas springs to wDX standard/request your catalogue
    Gas springs, threaded
    Gas springs for working temperatures up to 120°C
    external thread
    external thread
    with male fixing thread
    with male fixing thread
    with hexagonal flange
    with hexagonal flange
    with hexagonal flange
    with hexagonal flange
    with hexagonal flange
    Gas springs, DS, for Die Separation
    Gas springs CX, Compact Xtreme
     5 M16x1,5 10 - 125 65 - 295 VDI 2479.030.00005.
    10 M16x1,5 10 - 125 65 - 295 VDI 2479.030.00010.
    20 M16x1,5 10 - 125 65 - 295 VDI 2479.030.00020.
    40 M16x1,5 10 - 125 65 - 295 VDI 2479.030.00040.
    4 M16x2 10 - 125 65 - 295 VDI 2479.031.00004.
    5 M16x2 10 - 125 65 - 295 VDI 2479.031.00005.
    10 M16x2 10 - 125 65 - 295 VDI 2479.031.00010.
    20 M16x2 10 - 125 65 - 295 VDI 2479.031.00020.
    40 M16x2 10 - 125 65 - 295 VDI 2479.031.00040.
    20 M24x1,5 10 - 125 65 - 295 VDI 2479.032.00020.
    40 M24x1,5 10 - 125 65 - 295 VDI 2479.032.00040.
    80 M24x1,5 10 - 125 65 - 295 VDI 2479.032.00080.
    170 M24x1,5 10 - 125 65 - 295 VDI 2479.032.00170.
    20 M24x1,5 10 - 125 65 - 295 WDX 2479.034.00020.
    40 M24x1,5 10 - 125 65 - 295 WDX 2479.034.00040.
    80 M24x1,5 10 - 125 65 - 295 WDX 2479.034.00080.
    170 M24x1,5 10 - 125 65 - 295 WDX 2479.034.00170.
    13 12 7 - 125 56 - 295 2482.72.00013.
    25 12 7 - 125 56 - 295 2482.72.00025.
    38 12 7 - 125 56 - 295 2482.72.00038.
    50 12 7 - 125 56 - 295 2482.72.00050.
    18 15 7 - 125 56 - 295 2482.73.00018.1
    35 15 7 - 125 56 - 295 2482.73.00035.1
    50 15 7 - 125 56 - 295 2482.73.00050.1
    70 15 7 - 125 56 - 295 2482.73.00070.1
    30 19 7 - 125 56 - 295 VDI, ISO 2482.74.00030.2
    50 19 7 - 125 56 - 295 VDI, ISO 2482.74.00050.2
    70 19 7 - 125 56 - 295 VDI, ISO 2482.74.00070.2
    90 19 7 - 125 56 - 295 VDI, ISO 2482.74.00090.2
    50 24,9 10 - 125 62 - 295 VDI, ISO 2480.21.00050.
    100 24,9 10 - 125 62 - 295 VDI, ISO 2480.21.00100.
    150 24,9 10 - 125 62 - 295 VDI, ISO 2480.21.00150.
    200 24,9 10 - 125 62 - 295 VDI, ISO 2480.21.00200.
    50 32 10 - 125 70 - 300 VDI, ISO 2480.22.00050.1
    100 32 10 - 125 70 - 300 VDI, ISO 2480.22.00100.1
    150 32 10 - 125 70 - 300 VDI, ISO 2480.22.00150.1
    200 32 10 - 125 70 - 300 VDI, ISO 2480.22.00200.1
    24,9 10 - 125 62 - 295 2480.23.
    250 38 10 - 125 70 - 300 VDI, ISO 2480.13.00250.
    500 45,2 10 - 160 105 - 405 VDI, ISO 2480.13.00500.
    750 50,2 13 - 300 120,4 - 695 VDI, ISO 2480.13.00750.
    1500 75,2 13 - 300 135 - 710 VDI, ISO 2480.12.01500.
    3000 95,2 13 - 300 145 - 720 VDI, ISO 2480.13.03000.
    5000 120,2 25 - 300 190 - 740 VDI, ISO 2480.13.05000.
    7500 150,2 25 - 300 205 - 755 VDI, ISO 2480.13.07500.
    10000 195 25 - 300 210 - 760 VDI, ISO 2480.12.10000.
    750 45,2 13 - 200 111 - 485 2488.13.00750
    1000 50,2 13 - 300 121 - 695 VDI, ISO 2488.13.01000.
    1500 63,2 13 - 300 121 - 695 2488.13.01500
    2400 75,2 25 - 300 160 - 710 VDI, ISO 2488.13.02400.
    4200 95,2 25 - 300 170 - 720 VDI, ISO 2488.13.04200.
    6600 120,2 25 - 300 190 - 740 VDI, ISO 2488.13.06600.
    9500 150,2 25 - 300 205 - 755 VDI, ISO 2488.13.09500.
    20000 195 25 - 300 210 - 760 2488.13.20000
    270 38 16 - 80 108 - 236 2496.12.00270.
    490 50,2 16 - 80 112 - 240 2496.12.00490.
    1060 75,2 16 - 100 122 - 290 2496.12.01060.
    subject to alterations
    Gas springs
    Synopsis
    Nominal force
    in daN
    Outside-x
    in mm
    Stroke
    in mm
    Built-in lenght
    in mm Standard Note Order No
    Gas springs, Ejector pin units
    Gas springs, small dimensions
    Standard-Gas springs
    Standard-Gas springs – HEAVY DUTY
    Gas springs with through bore passage
    170 19 7 - 125 44 - 285 VDI, ISO 2487.12.00170.
    320 24,9 7 - 125 44 - 285 ISO 2487.12.00320.
    350 32 10 - 125 50 - 280 VDI, ISO 2487.12.00350.
    500 38 10 - 125 50 - 280 VDI, ISO 2487.12.00500.
    750 45,2 10 - 125 52 - 282 VDI, ISO 2487.12.00750.
    1000 50,2 13 - 125 64 - 288 VDI, ISO 2487.12.01000.
    1500 63,2 13 - 125 70 - 294 VDI, ISO 2487.12.01500.
    2400 75,2 16 - 125 77 - 295 VDI, ISO 2487.12.02400.
    4200 95,2 16 - 125 90 - 308 VDI, ISO 2487.12.04200.
    6600 120,2 16 - 125 100 - 318 VDI, ISO 2487.12.06600.
    9500 150,2 19 - 125 116 - 328 VDI, ISO 2487.12.09500.
    20000 195 19 - 125 148 - 360 2487.12.20000.
    500 32 10 - 80 75 - 225 2497.12.00500.
    1000 38 10 - 80 75 - 240 2497.12.01000.
    1900 50,2 10 - 80 80 - 245 2497.12.01900.
    420 24,9 6 - 50 56 - 195 2490.14.00420.
    750 32 6 - 50 63 - 195 2490.14.00750.
    1000 38 6 - 50 61 - 230 2490.14.01000.
    1800 50,2 6 - 65 66 - 271 2490.14.01800.
    3000 63,2 10 - 65 85 - 256 2490.14.03000.
    4700 75,2 10 - 65 80 - 273 2490.14.04700.
    7500 95,2 10 - 65 90 - 279 2490.14.07500.
    11800 120,2 10 - 65 100 - 320 2490.14.11800.
    18300 150,2 10 - 65 110 - 323 2490.14.18300.
    500 45,2 6 - 125 62 - 300 2485.12.00500.
    750 50,2 6 - 125 62 - 300 2485.12.00750.
    1500 75,2 25 - 100 110 - 260 2485.12.01500.
    750 75,2 125 - 300 360 -710 2486.12.00750.
    1500 95,2 125 - 300 370 -720 2486.12.01500.
    3000 120,2 125 - 300 390 -740 2486.12.03000.
    5000 150,2 125 - 300 405 -755 2486.12.05000.
    3000 95,2 80 - 300 280 - 720 2486.22.03000.
    5000 120,2 80 - 300 300 - 740 2486.22.05000.
    7500 150,2 80 - 300 315 - 755 2486.22.07500.
    50 - 200 M28⊗1,5 10 - 125 62 - 292 2480.32.00050.-00200.
    250 M38⊗1,5 13 - 100 75,4 - 250 2480.32.00250.
    250 38 13 - 100 75,4 - 250 2480.82.00250.
    1000 50,2 13 - 125 64 - 288 2487.82.01000.
    15 M28⊗1,5 125 292 2480.33.00015.125
    50 M28⊗1,5 125 292 2480.33.00050.125
    100 M28⊗1,5 125 292 2480.33.00100.125
    150 M28⊗1,5 125 292 2480.33.00150.125
    200 M28⊗1,5 125 292 2480.33.00200.125
    subject to alterations
    Gas springs
    Synopsis
    Nominal force
    in daN
    Outside-x
    in mm
    Stroke
    in mm
    Built-in
    lenght in mm Standard Note Order No
    Gas springs with increased spring force – POwer LINe
    Compact-Gas springs
    Gas springs low build height
    »Speed Control TM «, Gas springs, SPC, cushioned
    Gas springs to wDX standard/request your catalogue
    Gas springs, threaded
    Gas springs for working temperatures up to 120°C
    external thread
    external thread
    with male fixing thread
    with male fixing thread
    with hexagonal flange
    with hexagonal flange
    with hexagonal flange
    with hexagonal flange
    with hexagonal flange
    Gas springs, DS, for Die Separation
    Gas springs CX, Compact Xtreme
    F173
     750 50,2 13 - 300 120,4 - 695 2484.13.00750.
    1500 75,2 25 - 300 160 - 710 2484.12.01500.
    3000 95,2 25 - 300 170 - 720 2484.13.03000.
    5000 120,2 25 - 300 190 - 740 2484.13.05000.
    7500 150,2 25 - 300 205 - 755 2484.13.07500.
    2489.
    2491.
    2495.
    2494.
    subject to alterations
    Gas springs
    Synopsis
    Nominal force
    in daN
    Outside-x
    in mm
    Stroke
    in mm
    Built-in lenght
    in mm Standard Note Order No
    LCF Gas springs, damped
    Controllable Gas springs / Request your catalogue
    Air Springs, to VW standard / Request your catalogue
    Manifold system / Request your catalogue
    Composite plates / Request your catalogue
    F174
    Gas springs
    (Spring plungers)
     750 50,2 13 - 300 120,4 - 695 2484.13.00750.
    1500 75,2 25 - 300 160 - 710 2484.12.01500.
    3000 95,2 25 - 300 170 - 720 2484.13.03000.
    5000 120,2 25 - 300 190 - 740 2484.13.05000.
    7500 150,2 25 - 300 205 - 755 2484.13.07500.
    2489.
    2491.
    2495.
    2494.
    subject to alterations
    Gas springs
    Synopsis
    Nominal force
    in daN
    Outside-x
    in mm
    Stroke
    in mm
    Built-in lenght
    in mm Standard Note Order No
    LCF Gas springs, damped
    Controllable Gas springs / Request your catalogue
    Air Springs, to VW standard / Request your catalogue
    Manifold system / Request your catalogue
    Composite plates / Request your catalogue
    Gas springs
    (Spring plungers)
    F175
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring (Spring plunger), with hexagon socket, VDI 3004
    8
    A/F 24
    Hexagon nut 2)
    min. l
    l ±0,5
    35
    ø12
    SW 10
    ø6
    M16x1,5
    M6 Valve
    thread lock
    5
    1
    R3
    2479.030.
    max.
    stroke
    Trim Die
    Insert
    Top Die Clamping Pad
    Trim Die
    Insert
    Gas Spring
    (Ejector Pin Units)
    with hexagon socket
    Description:
    Spring plungers are used as ejectors, damper
    pins, fixing and retaining pins in many sectors
    of the tool-, jig- and fixture-making industries.
    Assembly requires the use of special FIBRO
    insertion tool (2470.12.010.017).
    Note:
    Worn gas springs cannot be repaired, they
    have to be replaced completely.
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen - N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 6 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 100 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
    Upon customers request, also available
    unfilled, Order No 2479.030.00000...., Colour:
    black
    2) Hexagon nut order supplementary:
    2480.004.00040.1 (M16 x 1,5)
    VDI
    V>max
    P>max
    F176
    Spring type:
    Order No* Stroke max. l l min.
    .00005.
    F initial F final
    .00010.
    F initial F final
    .00020.
    F initial F final
    .00040.
    F initial F final
    2479.030.□□□□□ .010 10 65 55 6 10.3 11 19 21 36.1 42 73
    2479.030.□□□□□ .020 20 85 65 6 9.4 11 17.2 21 32.8 42 66.1
    2479.030.□□□□□ .030 30 105 75 6 9.1 11 16.7 21 31.9 42 64.5
    2479.030.□□□□□ .040 40 125 85 6 9 11 16.5 21 31.5 42 63.7
    2479.030.□□□□□ .050 50 145 95 6 9.6 11 17.6 21 33.6 42 67.7
    2479.030.□□□□□ .060 60 165 105 6 9.4 11 17.3 21 33 42 66.5
    2479.030.□□□□□ .070 70 185 115 6 9.3 11 17 21 32.5 42 65.7
    2479.030.□□□□□ .080 80 205 125 6 9.2 11 16.8 21 32.1 42 65.1
    2479.030.□□□□□ .100 100 245 145 6 9.1 11 16 21 31.9 42 64.3
    2479.030.□□□□□ .125 125 295 170 6 9 11 16.5 21 31.5 42 63.8
    *complete with spring type
    Spring force marking:
    Spring type - Pressure [bar] - Colour:
    .00005. - 20 - green
    .00010. - 40 - blue
    .00020. - 75 - red
    .00040. - 150 - yellow
    2479.030. Gas spring (Spring plunger), with hexagon socket, VDI 3004
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring (Spring plunger), with hexagon socket, VDI 3004
    Description:
    Spring plungers are used as ejectors, damper
    pins, fixing and retaining pins in many sectors
    of the tool-, jig- and fixture-making industries.
    Assembly requires the use of special FIBRO
    insertion tool (2470.12.010.017).
    Note:
    Worn gas springs cannot be repaired, they
    have to be replaced completely.
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen - N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 6 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 100 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
    Upon customers request, also available
    unfilled, Order No 2479.031.00000...., Colour:
    black
    2) Hexagon nut order supplementary:
    2480.004.00040.2 (M16 x 2)
    8
    A/F 24
    Hexagon nut 2)
    min. l
    l ±0,5
    35
    ø12
    SW 10
    ø6
    M16x2
    M6 Valve
    thread lock
    5
    1
    R3
    2479.031.
    max.
    stroke
    Trim Die
    Insert
    Top Die Clamping Pad
    Trim Die
    Insert
    Gas Spring
    (Ejector Pin Units)
    with hexagon socket
    VDI
    V>max
    P>max
    F177
    Spring type:
    Order No* Stroke max. l l min.
    .00004.
    F initial F final
    .00005.
    F initial F final
    .00010.
    F initial F final
    .00020.
    F initial F final
    .00040.
    F initial F final
    2479.031.□□□□□ .010 10 65 55 3.4 6 6 10.3 11 19 21 36.1 42 73
    2479.031.□□□□□ .020 20 85 65 3.4 5.2 6 9.4 11 17.2 21 32.8 42 66.1
    2479.031.□□□□□ .030 30 105 75 3.4 5.2 6 9.1 11 16.7 21 31.9 42 64.5
    2479.031.□□□□□ .040 40 125 85 3.4 5.2 6 9 11 16.5 21 31.5 42 63.7
    2479.031.□□□□□ .050 50 145 95 3.4 5.4 6 9.6 11 17.6 21 33.6 42 67.7
    2479.031.□□□□□ .060 60 165 105 3.4 5.4 6 9.4 11 17.3 21 33 42 66.5
    2479.031.□□□□□ .070 70 185 115 3.4 5.4 6 9.3 11 17 21 32.5 42 65.7
    2479.031.□□□□□ .080 80 205 125 3.4 5.2 6 9.2 11 16.8 21 32.1 42 65.1
    2479.031.□□□□□ .100 100 245 145 3.4 5.2 6 9.1 11 16 21 31.9 42 64.3
    2479.031.□□□□□ .125 125 295 170 3.4 5.2 6 9 11 16.5 21 31.5 42 63.8
    *complete with spring type
    Spring force marking:
    Spring type - Pressure [bar] - Colour:
    .00004. - 12 - violet
    .00005. - 20 - green
    .00010. - 40 - blue
    .00020. - 75 - red
    .00040. - 150 - yellow
    2479.031. Gas spring (Spring plunger), with hexagon socket, VDI 3004
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring (Spring plunger), with hexagon socket, VDI 3004
    10
    A/F 36
    Hexagon nut 2)
    A/F 17
    35
    min. l Stroke max.
    ø21,5
    ø12
    R8
    M24x1,5
    5
    1
    l ±0,5
    M6 valve
    Thread lock
    2479.032.
    Trim Die
    Insert
    Top Die Clamping Pad
    Trim Die
    Insert
    Gas Spring
    (Ejector Pin Units)
    with hexagon socket
    Description:
    Spring plungers are used as ejectors, damper
    pins, fixing and retaining pins in many sectors
    of the tool-, jig- and fixture-making industries.
    Assembly requires the use of special FIBRO
    insertion tool (2470.12.010.017).
    Note:
    Worn gas springs cannot be repaired, they
    have to be replaced completely.
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen - N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 20 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 100 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
    Upon customers request, also available
    unfilled, Order No 2479.032.00000...., Colour:
    black
    2) Hexagon nut order supplementary:
    2480.004.00170
    VDI
    V>max
    F178
    Spring type:
    Order No* Stroke max. l l min.
    .00020.
    F initial F final
    .00040.
    F initial F final
    .00080.
    F initial F final
    .00170.
    F initial F final
    2479.032.□□□□□ .010 10 65 55 23 33.1 45 64.8 85 122.4 170 244.8
    2479.032.□□□□□ .020 20 85 65 23 36.3 45 71.1 85 134.3 170 258.6
    2479.032.□□□□□ .030 30 105 75 23 38.2 45 74.7 85 141.1 170 282.2
    2479.032.□□□□□ .040 40 125 85 23 39.3 45 76.9 85 145.4 170 290.7
    2479.032.□□□□□ .050 50 145 95 23 42.5 45 83.2 85 157.3 170 314.5
    2479.032.□□□□□ .060 60 165 105 23 42.5 45 83.2 85 157.3 170 314.5
    2479.032.□□□□□ .070 70 185 115 23 42.8 45 83.7 85 158.1 170 316.2
    2479.032.□□□□□ .080 80 205 125 23 42.8 45 83.7 85 158.1 170 316.2
    2479.032.□□□□□ .100 100 245 145 23 43 45 84.1 85 159 170 318
    2479.032.□□□□□ .125 125 295 170 23 43 45 84.1 85 159 170 318
    *complete with spring type
    Spring force marking:
    Spring type - Pressure [bar] - Colour:
    .00020. - 20 - green
    .00040. - 40 - blue
    .00080. - 75 - red
    .00170. - 150 - yellow
    2479.032. Gas spring (Spring plunger), with hexagon socket, VDI 3004
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring (Spring plunger), to WDX
    Description:
    Spring plungers are used as ejectors, damper
    pins, fixing and retaining pins in many sectors
    of the tool-, jig- and fixture-making industries.
    Assembly requires the use of special FIBRO
    insertion tool (2470.12.010.017).
    Note:
    Worn gas springs cannot be repaired, they
    have to be replaced completely.
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen - N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 20 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 30 to 80 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
    Attention!
    Different colour coding for spring force used
    in WDX standard
    Upon customers request, also available
    unfilled, Order No 2479.034.00000...., Colour:
    black
    2479.034.
    A/F 25
    M24x1,5
    ø12
    5
    1
    l ±0,25
    min. l
    Stroke max.
    35
    R8
    M6 valve
    8
    A/F 17
    Thread lock
    Trim Die Insert
    Gas spring
    (spring plunger)
    Top Die Clamping Pad
    Trim Die Insert
    V>max
    F179
    Spring type:
    Order No* Stroke max. l l min.
    .00020.
    F initial F final
    .00040.
    F initial F final
    .00080.
    F initial F final
    .00170.
    F initial F final
    2479.034.□□□□□ .010 10 65 55 23 32.5 45 65 85 122 170 243.5
    2479.034.□□□□□ .016 16 77 61 23 36.6 45 73.3 85 137.4 170 274.8
    2479.034.□□□□□ .020 20 85 65 23 36 45 72 85 134.5 170 268
    2479.034.□□□□□ .025 25 95 70 23 38.9 45 77.8 85 145.9 170 291.8
    2479.034.□□□□□ .030 30 105 75 23 37.5 45 75 85 141 170 281.5
    2479.034.□□□□□ .038 38 121 83 23 40.7 45 81.4 85 152.7 170 305.4
    2479.034.□□□□□ .040 40 125 85 23 38.5 45 77 85 144.5 170 289
    2479.034.□□□□□ .050 50 145 95 23 42 45 83.5 85 156.5 170 313
    2479.034.□□□□□ .060 60 165 105 23 42 45 84 85 157 170 314
    2479.034.□□□□□ .070 70 185 115 23 42 45 84 85 157.5 170 315
    2479.034.□□□□□ .080 80 205 125 23 42 45 84 85 159 170 315.5
    2479.034.□□□□□ .100 100 245 145 23 42 45 84.5 85 158 170 316.5
    2479.034.□□□□□ .125 125 295 170 23 42 45 84.5 85 158.5 170 317
    *complete with spring type
    Spring force marking:
    Spring type - Pressure [bar] - Colour:
    .00020. - 20 - green
    .00040. - 40 - blue
    .00080. - 75 - red
    .00170. - 150 - yellow
    2479.034. Gas spring (Spring plunger), to WDX
    subject to alterations F180
    Gas spring,
    small dimension,
    low force
    Gas spring,
    small dimension,
    low force
    F181
    subject to alterations
    2480.051.00013
    9 21
    24
    34
    ø6,6 (2x) M3 (4x)
    I min. min.0,7 x
    Ø
    +1
    +0,5
    Ø
    +1
    +0,5
    1)
    Gas spring, small dimension, low force
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    1) Fixing at bottom thread only recommanded for
    stroke length up to 25 mm.
    Mounting examples:
    F182
    subject to alterations
    2480.051.00013
    9 21
    24
    34
    ø6,6 (2x) M3 (4x)
    I min. min.0,7 x
    Ø
    +1
    +0,5
    Ø
    +1
    +0,5
    1)
    Gas spring, small dimension, low force
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    1) Fixing at bottom thread only recommanded for
    stroke length up to 25 mm.
    Mounting examples:
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring, small dimension and low force
    60 0
    20
    180
    5
    100 125 050 025
    25 75 0 125 100 50 10
    1,0
    080 075 063 038
    1,1
    1,2
    1,3
    1,4
    1,5
    1,6
    1,7
    007 013 019
    010
    40
    60
    80
    160
    140
    120
    100
    50 40 30 20 10
    015
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Description:
    The gas springs are colour-coded according to
    the spring force rating ranges 13-25-38-50 daN.
    All springs, regardless of their spring force
    ratings, are of the same design. The differing
    force ratings result exclusively from the diffe-
    ring charge pressures.
    Gas can be added or reduced from below.
    Note:
    Worn gas springs cannot be repaired, they
    have to be replaced completely.
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 180 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 20 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 40 to 100 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
    Spring forces as per spring diagram.
    Upon customers request, also available
    unfilled, Order No 2482.72.00000...., Colour:
    black
    R0,8
    ø12
    M6 x 5 deep
    ø6
    17
    I min.
    ±0,25
    l
    3
    M6 valve
    2482.72.
    max.
    Stroke
    V>max
    P>max
    F183
    Order No* Stroke max. l l min.
    2482.72.□□□□□ .007 7 56 49
    2482.72.□□□□□ .010 10 62 52
    2482.72.□□□□□ .013 12.7 67.4 54.7
    2482.72.□□□□□ .015 15 72 57
    2482.72.□□□□□ .019 19 80 61
    2482.72.□□□□□ .025 25 92 67
    2482.72.□□□□□ .038 38 118 80
    2482.72.□□□□□ .050 50 142 92
    2482.72.□□□□□ .063 63.5 172 108.5
    2482.72.□□□□□ .075 75 195 120
    2482.72.□□□□□ .080 80 205 125
    2482.72.□□□□□ .100 100 245 145
    2482.72.□□□□□ .125 125 295 170
    *complete with initial spring force
    Spring force marking: Initial spring force [daN] - Pressure [bar] - Colour:
    .00013. - 45 - green
    .00025. - 90 - blue
    .00038. - 135 - red
    .00050. - 180 - yellow
    2482.72. Gas spring, small dimension and low force
    2480.051.00018
    9 24
    27
    37
    ø6,6 (2x)
    M3 (4x)
    I min. min.0,7 x
    Ø +1
    +0,5
    Ø +1
    +0,5
    1)
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring, small dimension, low force
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    1) Fixing at bottom thread only recommanded
    for stroke length up to 25 mm.
    Mounting examples:
    F184
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring, small dimension and low force
    70 0
    20
    180
    40
    60
    80
    160
    140
    120
    100
    50 40 30 20 10 60 5
    100 125 050 025
    25 75 0 125 100 50 10
    1,0
    080 075 064 038
    1,1
    1,2
    1,3
    1,4
    1,5
    1,6
    1,7
    007 013 019
    010 015
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Description:
    The gas springs are colour-coded according to
    the spring force rating ranges 18-35-
    50-70 daN.
    All springs, regardless of their spring force
    ratings, are of the same design. The differing
    force ratings result exclusively from the diffe-
    ring charge pressures.
    Gas can be added or reduced from below.
    Note:
    Worn gas springs cannot be repaired, they
    have to be replaced completely.
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 180 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 20 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 40 to 100 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
    Spring forces as per spring diagram.
    Upon customers request, also available
    unfilled, Order No 2482.73.00000. ... .1,
    Colour: black
    17
    ø15
    ø7
    3
    R0,8
    I min.
    0,25
    l
    2482.73. .1
    M6 x 5 deep
    M6 valve
    max.
    Stroke
    V>max
    P>max
    F185
    Order No* Stroke max. l l min.
    2482.73.□□□□□ .007.1 7 56 49
    2482.73.□□□□□ .010.1 10 62 52
    2482.73.□□□□□ .013.1 12.7 67.4 54.7
    2482.73.□□□□□ .015.1 15 72 57
    2482.73.□□□□□ .019.1 19 80 61
    2482.73.□□□□□ .025.1 25 92 67
    2482.73.□□□□□ .038.1 38 118 80
    2482.73.□□□□□ .050.1 50 142 92
    2482.73.□□□□□ .063.1 63.5 172 108.5
    2482.73.□□□□□ .075.1 75 195 120
    2482.73.□□□□□ .080.1 80 205 125
    2482.73.□□□□□ .100.1 100 245 145
    2482.73.□□□□□ .125.1 125 295 170
    *complete with initial spring force
    Spring force marking: Initial spring force [daN] - Pressure [bar] - Colour:
    .00018. - 45 - green
    .00035. - 90 - blue
    .00050. - 135 - red
    .00070. - 180 - yellow
    2482.73. .1 Gas spring, small dimension and low force
    2480.051.03.00030 2480.051.03.00030 2480.052.00030
    9
    9 25
    32
    45
    1
    21,5
    ø7
    25
    32
    45
    Ø
    1)
    +1
    +0,5
    ø7 M3 (4x)
    10
    10
    subject to alterations
    Mounting examples:
    Gas spring, small dimension, low force
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    1) Fixing at bottom thread only recommanded for
    stroke length up to 25 mm.
    F186
    2480.051.03.00030 2480.051.03.00030 2480.052.00030
    9
    9 25
    32
    45
    1
    21,5
    ø7
    25
    32
    45
    Ø
    1)
    +1
    +0,5
    ø7 M3 (4x)
    10
    10
    subject to alterations
    Mounting examples:
    Gas spring, small dimension, low force
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    1) Fixing at bottom thread only recommanded for
    stroke length up to 25 mm.
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring, small dimension and low force
    1,1
    1,0
    1,2
    1,3
    1,4
    1,5
    1,6
    1,7
    1,8
    125
    125 0 5
    007
    10
    010
    015 025
    25
    038 050
    50
    063
    75
    080 100
    100
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    0 100
    20
    180
    .00090.
    .00070.
    .00050.
    .00030.
    160
    140
    120
    100
    40
    60
    80
    90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10
    Description:
    The gas springs are colour-coded according to
    the spring force rating ranges 30-50-70-90 daN.
    All springs, regardless of their spring force
    ratings, are of the same design. The differing
    force ratings result exclusively from the diffe-
    ring charge pressures.
    Gas can be added or reduced from below.
    Note:
    Worn gas springs cannot be repaired, they
    have to be replaced completely.
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 180 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 100 to 150 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
    Spring forces as per spring diagram.
    Upon customers request, also available
    unfilled, Order No 2482.74.00000. ... .2,
    Colour: black
    ø8
    Valve
    M6 x 5,5 deep
    I min.
    I ±0,25
    R 1
    R 1
    ø19
    17
    1
    6
    +0,1
    2482.74. .2
    max.
    stroke
    S>max
    VDI
    V>max
    ISO
    P>max
    F187
    Order No* Stroke max. l l min.
    2482.74.□□□□□ .007.2 7 56 49
    2482.74.□□□□□ .010.2 10 62 52
    2482.74.□□□□□ .015.2 15 72 57
    2482.74.□□□□□ .025.2 25 92 67
    2482.74.□□□□□ .038.2 38.1 118.2 80.1
    2482.74.□□□□□ .050.2 50 142 92
    2482.74.□□□□□ .063.2 63.5 172 108.5
    2482.74.□□□□□ .080.2 80 205 125
    2482.74.□□□□□ .100.2 100 245 145
    2482.74.□□□□□ .125.2 125 295 170
    *complete with initial spring force
    Spring force marking:
    Initial spring force [daN] - Pressure [bar] - Colour:
    .00030. - 60 - green
    .00050. - 100 - blue
    .00070. - 140 - red
    .00090. - 180 - yellow
    2482.74. .2 Gas spring, small dimension and low force
    subject to alterations
    2480.051.00150
    ø6,6 (2x)
    9 30
    ø25
    38
    50
    M5 (4x)
    2480.053.00150
    7 (4x)
    ø13,5 (4x)
    ø8,4 (4x)
    27
    30
    3
    M8
    25
    36
    52
    38
    54
    A
    A B
    B
    A - A B - B
    1
    6,5
    +1
    +0,5 Ø
    36
    54
    38 9 + stroke
    14,5 + stroke
    ø8,4 (4x)
    ø13,5 (4x)
    9
    Mounting examples:
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be
    absorbed by the stop surface.
    Gas spring, small dimension, low force
    Mounting variations
    F188
    subject to alterations
    2480.051.00150
    ø6,6 (2x)
    9 30
    ø25
    38
    50
    M5 (4x)
    2480.053.00150
    7 (4x)
    ø13,5 (4x)
    ø8,4 (4x)
    27
    30
    3
    M8
    25
    36
    52
    38
    54
    A
    A B
    B
    A - A B - B
    1
    6,5
    +1
    +0,5 Ø
    36
    54
    38 9 + stroke
    14,5 + stroke
    ø8,4 (4x)
    ø13,5 (4x)
    9
    Mounting examples:
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be
    absorbed by the stop surface.
    Gas spring, small dimension, low force
    Mounting variations
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring, small dimension and low force
    010
    100 0 150 200 50
    15
    180
    30
    45
    60
    75
    90
    165
    150
    135
    120
    105
    .00050.
    .00100.
    .00150.
    .00200.
    050 125
    5
    100 080 063 038 025 013 016
    10 25 50 0 75 125 100
    1,0
    1,1
    1,2
    1,3
    1,4
    1,5
    1,6
    1,7
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Description:
    The gas springs are colour-coded according to
    the spring force rating ranges 50–100–150–
    200 daN.
    All springs, regardless of their spring force
    ratings, are of the same design. The differing
    force ratings result exclusively from the diffe-
    ring charge pressures.
    Do take into consideration the colour-coded
    pressure rating during repair work and
    recharging.
    Note:
    Order No for spare parts kit: 2480.21.00150
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 180 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 80 to 100 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
    Spring forces as per spring diagram.
    Upon customers request, also available
    unfilled, Order No 2480.21.00000...., Colour:
    black
    ±0,25
    l
    ±0,1
    ø24,9
    ø22,9
    17
    11,5 5
    R 1
    M6 x 5,5 deep
    ø12
    min. l
    R 1
    R 1
    1
    M6 valve
    max.
    Stroke
    2480.21.
    S>max
    VDI
    V>max
    ISO
    P>max
    F189
    Order No* Stroke max. l l min.
    2480.21.□□□□□ .010 10 62 52
    2480.21.□□□□□ .013 12.7 67.4 54.7
    2480.21.□□□□□ .015 15 72 57
    2480.21.□□□□□ .016 16 74 58
    2480.21.□□□□□ .025 25 92 67
    2480.21.□□□□□ .038 38.1 118.2 80.1
    2480.21.□□□□□ .050 50 142 92
    2480.21.□□□□□ .063 63.5 172 108.5
    2480.21.□□□□□ .080 80 205 125
    2480.21.□□□□□ .100 100 245 145
    2480.21.□□□□□ .125 125 295 170
    *complete with initial spring force
    Spring force marking:
    Initial spring force [daN] - Pressure [bar] - Colour:
    .00050. - 45 - green
    .00100. - 90 - blue
    .00150. - 135 - red
    .00200. - 180 - yellow
    2480.21. Gas spring, small dimension and low force
    2480.022.00150
    2480.055.00150 2480.057.00150
    2480.044.00150 2480.044.03.00150
    32,2
    1
    6,5
    +1
    +0,5 Ø
    36
    54
    38 9 + stroke
    14,5 + stroke
    ø8,4 (4x)
    ø13,5 (4x)
    4
    7
    50
    35
    50
    35
    ø28,5
    ø32,5
    ø7 (4x)
    12
    15
    22,5
    22
    54
    20
    45
    41
    90
    72
    9 (2x)
    +2
    +0,5 ø32
    ø7 (4x)
    M3 (4x)
    y
    9
    35
    35
    17
    stroke
    45
    y
    x
    45
    x
    35
    35
    60
    ø7 (4x)
    M5 (4x)
    y
    x
    9 17
    stroke
    A A
    y
    x
    A - A
    +2
    +0,5 ø32
    9
    ø15
    4
    20,9
    48
    10
    20
    50
    68
    ø32,1
    ø9
    2) 2)
    Mounting examples:
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be
    absorbed by the stop surface.
    Gas spring, small dimension and low force
    Mounting variations
    subject to alterations F190
    2480.022.00150
    2480.055.00150 2480.057.00150
    2480.044.00150 2480.044.03.00150
    32,2
    1
    6,5
    +1
    +0,5 Ø
    36
    54
    38 9 + stroke
    14,5 + stroke
    ø8,4 (4x)
    ø13,5 (4x)
    4
    7
    50
    35
    50
    35
    ø28,5
    ø32,5
    ø7 (4x)
    12
    15
    22,5
    22
    54
    20
    45
    41
    90
    72
    9 (2x)
    +2
    +0,5 ø32
    ø7 (4x)
    M3 (4x)
    y
    9
    35
    35
    17
    stroke
    45
    y
    x
    45
    x
    35
    35
    60
    ø7 (4x)
    M5 (4x)
    y
    x
    9 17
    stroke
    A A
    y
    x
    A - A
    +2
    +0,5 ø32
    9
    ø15
    4
    20,9
    48
    10
    20
    50
    68
    ø32,1
    ø9
    2) 2)
    Mounting examples:
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be
    absorbed by the stop surface.
    Gas spring, small dimension and low force
    Mounting variations
    subject to alterations
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring, small dimension and low force
    010
    100 0 150 200 50
    15
    180
    30
    45
    60
    75
    90
    165
    150
    135
    120
    105
    .00050.
    .00100.
    .00150.
    .00200.
    050 125
    5
    100 080 063 038 025 013 016
    10 25 50 0 75 125 100
    1,0
    1,1
    1,2
    1,3
    1,4
    1,5
    1,6
    1,7
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Description:
    The gas springs are colour-coded according to
    the spring force rating ranges 50–100–150–
    200 daN.
    All springs, regardless of their spring force
    ratings, are of the same design. The differing
    force ratings result exclusively from the diffe-
    ring charge pressures.
    Do take into consideration the colour-coded
    pressure rating during repair work and
    recharging.
    Note:
    Order No for spare parts kit: 2480.21.00150
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 180 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 80 to 100 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
    Spring forces as per spring diagram.
    Upon customers request, also available
    unfilled, Order No 2480.22.00000...., Colour:
    black
    View X - Gas spring
    4
    M6 valve
    +0
    ø32
    ø27
    3,5
    12,5
    0,25
    l
    ø12
    min. l
    R 1
    -0,1
    1
    M6 x 5
    deep
    M6 x 11
    deep (2x)
    ø18
    X
    2480.22. .1
    max.
    Stroke
    S>max
    VDI
    V>max
    ISO
    P>max
    F191
    Order No* Stroke max. l l min.
    2480.22.□□□□□ .010.1 10 70 60
    2480.22.□□□□□ .013.1 12.7 75.4 62.7
    2480.22.□□□□□ .016.1 16 82 66
    2480.22.□□□□□ .025.1 25 100 75
    2480.22.□□□□□ .038.1 38.1 126.2 88.1
    2480.22.□□□□□ .050.1 50 150 100
    2480.22.□□□□□ .063.1 63.5 177 113.5
    2480.22.□□□□□ .080.1 80 210 130
    2480.22.□□□□□ .100.1 100 250 150
    2480.22.□□□□□ .125.1 125 300 175
    *complete with initial spring force
    Spring force marking:
    Initial spring force [daN] - Pressure [bar] - Colour:
    .00050. - 45 - green
    .00100. - 90 - blue
    .00150. - 135 - red
    .00200. - 180 - yellow
    2480.22. .1 Gas spring, small dimension and low force
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring, small dimension, low force
    Mounting variations
    Mounting examples:
    Note:
    Only gas spring with a stroke of 25 mm or greater
    can be attached using the upper groove.
    Only gas spring with a stroke of 38,1 mm or grea-
    ter can be attached using the lower groove.
    ø6,6 (2x)
    9 30
    ø25
    38
    50
    2480.051.00150
    M5 (4x)
    7 (4x)
    ø13,5 (4x)
    ø8,4 (4x)
    27
    30
    3
    M8
    25
    36
    52
    38
    54
    A
    A B
    B
    2480.053.00150
    A - A B - B
    1
    6,5
    36
    54
    38 9 + stroke
    14,5 + stroke
    ø8,4 (4x)
    ø13,5 (4x)
    F192
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring, small dimension, low force
    Mounting variations
    Mounting examples:
    Note:
    Only gas spring with a stroke of 25 mm or greater
    can be attached using the upper groove.
    Only gas spring with a stroke of 38,1 mm or grea-
    ter can be attached using the lower groove.
    ø6,6 (2x)
    9 30
    ø25
    38
    50
    2480.051.00150
    M5 (4x)
    7 (4x)
    ø13,5 (4x)
    ø8,4 (4x)
    27
    30
    3
    M8
    25
    36
    52
    38
    54
    A
    A B
    B
    2480.053.00150
    A - A B - B
    1
    6,5
    36
    54
    38 9 + stroke
    14,5 + stroke
    ø8,4 (4x)
    ø13,5 (4x)
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring, small dimension and low force
    010 050 125
    5
    100 080 063 038 025 013 016
    10 25 50 0 75 125 100
    1,0
    1,1
    1,2
    1,3
    1,4
    1,5
    1,6
    1,7
    100 0 150 200 50
    180
    50
    60
    70
    80
    90
    100
    110
    120
    130
    140
    150
    160
    170
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Description:
    Gas spring will be delivered unfilled and can
    only be used in a permanent connection
    (valveless).
    Note:
    Initial spring force at 180 bar = 200 daN
    Order No for spare parts kit: 2480.21.00150
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen - N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 180 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C bis +80°C
    Temerature related force increase: ± 0,3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    ca. 80 to 100 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1,6 m/s
    Spring forces as per spring diagram.
    2480.23.
    X
    1
    17
    11,5
    min. l
    ±0,25
    l
    ±0,1
    ø24,9
    6
    R 1
    ø12
    R 1
    G 1 / 8
    View X
    max.
    Stroke
    S>max V>max
    P>max
    F193
    Order No Stroke max. l min. l
    2480.23.00000.010 10 52 62
    2480.23.00000.013 12.7 54.7 67.4
    2480.23.00000.016 16 58 74
    2480.23.00000.025 25 67 92
    2480.23.00000.038 38.1 80.1 118.2
    2480.23.00000.050 50 92 142
    2480.23.00000.063 63.5 108.5 172
    2480.23.00000.080 80 125 205
    2480.23.00000.100 100 145 245
    2480.23.00000.125 125 170 295
    2480.23.
    Gas spring, small dimension
    and low force
    subject to alterations F194
    Gas springs
    Standard
    Gas springs
    Standard
    F195
    subject to alterations
    Gas Spring, Standard
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    3) Not for use with composite
    connection.
    2480.022.00250
    2480.055.00250 2480.057.00250 2480.007.00250 2480.008.00250 3)
    2480.044.00250 2)
    12
    +2
    +0,5 ø38
    ø7 (4x)
    M4 (4x)
    ø7 (4x)
    7
    55
    40
    55
    40
    y
    9
    40
    40
    17
    stroke
    52
    y
    x
    52
    x
    ø7
    20
    7
    56,6
    ø7 (2x)
    2,5
    7
    20
    48
    56,6
    76,6
    95
    38,2
    9 (2x)
    59
    15
    27,5
    55
    43
    20
    77
    25
    40
    40
    68
    +2
    +0,5 ø38
    ø7 (4x)
    M5 (4x)
    y
    x
    9 17
    stroke
    A A
    y
    x
    A - A
    2480.044.03.00250 2)
    ø15
    4
    23,9
    54
    16
    20
    54
    74
    ø38,2
    ø9
    12
    52
    ø44,5
    ø39,3
    40
    52
    40
    55
    *95
    ø7 (4x)
    2480.010.00250.055 3)
    2480.010.00250.095* 3)
    F196
    subject to alterations
    Gas Spring, Standard
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    3) Not for use with composite
    connection.
    2480.022.00250
    2480.055.00250 2480.057.00250 2480.007.00250 2480.008.00250 3)
    2480.044.00250 2)
    12
    +2
    +0,5 ø38
    ø7 (4x)
    M4 (4x)
    ø7 (4x)
    7
    55
    40
    55
    40
    y
    9
    40
    40
    17
    stroke
    52
    y
    x
    52
    x
    ø7
    20
    7
    56,6
    ø7 (2x)
    2,5
    7
    20
    48
    56,6
    76,6
    95
    38,2
    9 (2x)
    59
    15
    27,5
    55
    43
    20
    77
    25
    40
    40
    68
    +2
    +0,5 ø38
    ø7 (4x)
    M5 (4x)
    y
    x
    9 17
    stroke
    A A
    y
    x
    A - A
    2480.044.03.00250 2)
    ø15
    4
    23,9
    54
    16
    20
    54
    74
    ø38,2
    ø9
    12
    52
    ø44,5
    ø39,3
    40
    52
    40
    55
    *95
    ø7 (4x)
    2480.010.00250.055 3)
    2480.010.00250.095* 3)
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring, Standard
    013 019
    010 125 100 080 063 050 038 025 016
    5 10 25
    1,00
    1,05
    1,10
    1,15
    1,20
    1,25
    1,30
    1,35
    1,40
    .00250.
    250 200 100 150 50
    50
    60
    70
    80
    90
    100
    110
    120
    130
    140
    150
    0 50 100 125 75
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Note:
    Initial spring force at 150 bar = 250 daN
    Order No for spare parts kit: 2480.13.00250
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 50 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 80 to 100 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
    25
    18
    2
    6
    ø38 -0,2
    max.
    12,5
    4
    4
    l
    ±0,25
    l
    min.
    ø15
    R 1
    stroke
    X
    View X
    45°
    M6 x 8 deep
    (4x)
    M6 Valve
    ø36
    ø33
    2480.13.00250.
    S>max
    VDI
    V>max
    ISO
    P>max
    Flex Guide
    TM
    F197
    Order No Stroke max. l min. l
    2480.13.00250.010 10 60 70
    2480.13.00250.013 12.7 62.7 75.4
    2480.13.00250.016 16 66 82
    2480.13.00250.019 19 69 88
    2480.13.00250.025 25 75 100
    2480.13.00250.038 38.1 88.1 126.2
    2480.13.00250.050 50 100 150
    2480.13.00250.063 63.5 113.5 177
    2480.13.00250.080 80 130 210
    2480.13.00250.100 100 150 250
    2480.13.00250.125 125 175 300
    2480.13.00250.
    Gas spring, Standard
    subject to alterations
    Gas Spring, Standard
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    3) Not for use with composite
    connection.
    2480.011.00500.2 2480.011.00500 2480.011.00500.1 2480.022.00500
    2480.055.00500 2480.057.00500 2480.007.00500 2480.008.00500 3)
    2480.044.00500 2)
    70
    50
    ø9 (2x)
    ø9
    2,5
    7
    25
    56
    70,7
    95,8
    25
    7
    70,7 70,7
    50
    70
    50
    ø9 (4x)
    7
    20
    12
    12
    M10 (2x)
    ø15 (2x)
    20
    DIN 74 -
    Km 8 (4x)
    20
    50
    70
    50
    70
    M10 (2x)
    ø15 (2x)
    20
    50
    70
    50
    70
    DIN 74 -
    Km 8 (4x)
    12
    12
    20
    ø9 (4x)
    M5 (4x)
    23
    13
    50
    50
    stroke
    64
    y
    x
    64
    y
    x
    +2
    ø45,2 +0,5
    82
    45,5
    9 (2x)
    64
    100
    15
    30
    60
    45
    20
    28
    13
    50
    50
    86
    +2
    +0,5 ø45,2
    ø9 (4x)
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    23
    stroke
    x
    A - A
    y
    A A
    20
    ø15
    (2x)
    20
    70
    70
    12
    12
    M10
    (2x)
    ø9 (2x)
    ø9
    (2x)
    ø15 (2x) ø15 (2x)
    12
    50
    50
    2480.044.03.00500 2)
    ø15
    4
    27,5
    60
    22
    20
    60
    80
    ø45,5
    ø9
    12
    64
    ø52
    ø46
    45,5
    64
    45,5
    95
    *180
    ø7 (4x)
    2480.010.00500.095 3)
    2480.010.00500.180* 3)
    stroke 18,4
    50
    50
    64
    64
    ø9
    23
    +2
    ø45,2 +0,5
    A - A
    M5 (2x)
    5)
    A
    A
    2480.064.00500 4)
    F198
    subject to alterations
    Gas Spring, Standard
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    3) Not for use with composite
    connection.
    2480.011.00500.2 2480.011.00500 2480.011.00500.1 2480.022.00500
    2480.055.00500 2480.057.00500 2480.007.00500 2480.008.00500 3)
    2480.044.00500 2)
    70
    50
    ø9 (2x)
    ø9
    2,5
    7
    25
    56
    70,7
    95,8
    25
    7
    70,7 70,7
    50
    70
    50
    ø9 (4x)
    7
    20
    12
    12
    M10 (2x)
    ø15 (2x)
    20
    DIN 74 -
    Km 8 (4x)
    20
    50
    70
    50
    70
    M10 (2x)
    ø15 (2x)
    20
    50
    70
    50
    70
    DIN 74 -
    Km 8 (4x)
    12
    12
    20
    ø9 (4x)
    M5 (4x)
    23
    13
    50
    50
    stroke
    64
    y
    x
    64
    y
    x
    +2
    ø45,2 +0,5
    82
    45,5
    9 (2x)
    64
    100
    15
    30
    60
    45
    20
    28
    13
    50
    50
    86
    +2
    +0,5 ø45,2
    ø9 (4x)
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    23
    stroke
    x
    A - A
    y
    A A
    20
    ø15
    (2x)
    20
    70
    70
    12
    12
    M10
    (2x)
    ø9 (2x)
    ø9
    (2x)
    ø15 (2x) ø15 (2x)
    12
    50
    50
    2480.044.03.00500 2)
    ø15
    4
    27,5
    60
    22
    20
    60
    80
    ø45,5
    ø9
    12
    64
    ø52
    ø46
    45,5
    64
    45,5
    95
    *180
    ø7 (4x)
    2480.010.00500.095 3)
    2480.010.00500.180* 3)
    stroke 18,4
    50
    50
    64
    64
    ø9
    23
    +2
    ø45,2 +0,5
    A - A
    M5 (2x)
    5)
    A
    A
    2480.064.00500 4)
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring, Standard
    400 500 0 300 200 100
    50
    60
    70
    80
    90
    100
    110
    120
    130
    140
    150
    .00500.
    125
    1,0
    1,1
    1,2
    1,3
    1,4
    1,5
    1,6
    1,7
    160 100
    013 025 038 050 063 080 100 125 160
    150 50 75 25 10 5 0
    010
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Note:
    Initial spring force at 150 bar = 470 daN
    Order No for spare parts kit: 2480.13.00500
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 50 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 40 to 80 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
    16,5
    M6
    ø20
    max. stroke
    4
    4
    2 min.
    12
    10
    I min.
    l ±0,25
    R1
    16,4
    ±0,1
    ø45,2
    ø40
    X
    20
    View X
    Valve /
    1
    8 G
    M8x12,5 deep
    (2x)
    ø43
    2480.13.00500.
    S>max
    VDI
    V>max
    ISO
    P>max
    Flex Guide
    TM
    F199
    Order No Stroke max. l min. l
    2480.13.00500.010 10 95 105
    2480.13.00500.013 12.7 97.7 110.4
    2480.13.00500.025 25 110 135
    2480.13.00500.038 38.1 123.1 161.2
    2480.13.00500.050 50 135 185
    2480.13.00500.063 63.5 148.5 212
    2480.13.00500.080 80 165 245
    2480.13.00500.100 100 185 285
    2480.13.00500.125 125 210 335
    2480.13.00500.160 160 245 405
    2480.13.00500.
    Gas spring, Standard
    subject to alterations
    Gas Spring, Standard
    Mounting variations
    2480.011.00750.3 2480.011.00750 2480.011.00750.1 2480.022.00750
    2480.055.00750 2480.057.00750 2480.007.00750 2480.008.00750 3)
    2480.044.00750 2) 2480.045.00750 2)
    2480.047.00750 2)
    12
    +0,1
    10
    12
    56,5
    56,5
    12
    25,5
    22
    11
    34,5
    38
    13
    3
    70
    65
    ±0,1
    4
    +0,1
    10
    19
    30
    32
    60
    1 20 28,
    9
    ø9
    11
    ø18
    ø15
    ø11,5
    9 (2x)
    90
    130
    20
    50,5
    40
    80
    60
    30
    110
    14,2
    ø13 (2x)
    80
    110
    14,2
    56,5
    ø13
    24 70
    70
    56,5
    56,5
    2,5
    30
    61
    30
    80 80
    13
    stroke
    y
    x
    24
    12
    56,5
    75
    56,5
    75
    ø9 (4x)
    40
    DIN 74 - Km 8 (2x)
    DIN 74 - Km 10 (2x)
    60
    ø9 (4x)
    M5 (4x)
    y
    x
    33
    M10 (2x)
    ø15 (2x)
    20
    75
    75
    DIN 74 -
    Km 8 (4x)
    ±0,1
    4
    12
    12
    56,5
    56,5
    M10 (2x)
    ø15 (2x)
    20
    20
    75
    75
    DIN 74 -
    Km 8 (4x)
    20
    +2
    ø50,2 +0,5
    56,5
    13
    95
    +2
    +0,5 ø50,2
    ø9 (4x)
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    24
    stroke
    x
    A - A
    56,5
    stroke
    y
    A A
    20
    ø15
    20
    56,5
    56,5
    75
    75
    12
    12
    M10
    (2x)
    ø9 (4x)
    ø9
    ø15 (2x) ø15 (4x)
    12
    2480.044.03.00750 2)
    ø18
    5
    30
    70
    25
    30
    68
    90
    ø50,5
    ø11
    12
    70
    ø57
    ø51,2
    56,5
    70
    56,5
    115
    *190
    ø9 (4x)
    2480.010.00750.115 3)
    2480.010.00750.190* 3)
    19,5
    56,5
    56,5
    70
    70
    ø9
    24
    +2
    ø50,2 +0,5
    A - A
    M5 (2x)
    5)
    A
    A
    2480.064.00750 4)
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    3) Not for use with composite
    connection.
    4) Square collar flange, non-ro-
    tating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-
    gonal socket (compact head
    recommended)
    F200
    subject to alterations
    Gas Spring, Standard
    Mounting variations
    2480.011.00750.3 2480.011.00750 2480.011.00750.1 2480.022.00750
    2480.055.00750 2480.057.00750 2480.007.00750 2480.008.00750 3)
    2480.044.00750 2) 2480.045.00750 2)
    2480.047.00750 2)
    12
    +0,1
    10
    12
    56,5
    56,5
    12
    25,5
    22
    11
    34,5
    38
    13
    3
    70
    65
    ±0,1
    4
    +0,1
    10
    19
    30
    32
    60
    1 20 28,
    9
    ø9
    11
    ø18
    ø15
    ø11,5
    9 (2x)
    90
    130
    20
    50,5
    40
    80
    60
    30
    110
    14,2
    ø13 (2x)
    80
    110
    14,2
    56,5
    ø13
    24 70
    70
    56,5
    56,5
    2,5
    30
    61
    30
    80 80
    13
    stroke
    y
    x
    24
    12
    56,5
    75
    56,5
    75
    ø9 (4x)
    40
    DIN 74 - Km 8 (2x)
    DIN 74 - Km 10 (2x)
    60
    ø9 (4x)
    M5 (4x)
    y
    x
    33
    M10 (2x)
    ø15 (2x)
    20
    75
    75
    DIN 74 -
    Km 8 (4x)
    ±0,1
    4
    12
    12
    56,5
    56,5
    M10 (2x)
    ø15 (2x)
    20
    20
    75
    75
    DIN 74 -
    Km 8 (4x)
    20
    +2
    ø50,2 +0,5
    56,5
    13
    95
    +2
    +0,5 ø50,2
    ø9 (4x)
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    24
    stroke
    x
    A - A
    56,5
    stroke
    y
    A A
    20
    ø15
    20
    56,5
    56,5
    75
    75
    12
    12
    M10
    (2x)
    ø9 (4x)
    ø9
    ø15 (2x) ø15 (4x)
    12
    2480.044.03.00750 2)
    ø18
    5
    30
    70
    25
    30
    68
    90
    ø50,5
    ø11
    12
    70
    ø57
    ø51,2
    56,5
    70
    56,5
    115
    *190
    ø9 (4x)
    2480.010.00750.115 3)
    2480.010.00750.190* 3)
    19,5
    56,5
    56,5
    70
    70
    ø9
    24
    +2
    ø50,2 +0,5
    A - A
    M5 (2x)
    5)
    A
    A
    2480.064.00750 4)
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    3) Not for use with composite
    connection.
    4) Square collar flange, non-ro-
    tating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-
    gonal socket (compact head
    recommended)
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring, Standard
    100 125 300 250 200
    160 080 063
    050 038 025 013
    25 75 200 300 0 250 150 125 100 50 10
    1,0
    1,1
    1,2
    1,3
    1,4
    1,5
    1,6
    1,7
    275 225 175 150
    138 113
    088 075 .00750.
    200 500 400 300
    50
    60
    70
    80
    90
    100
    110
    120
    130
    140
    150
    600 700
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Note:
    Initial spring force at 150 bar = 750 daN
    Order No for spare parts kit: 2480.13.00750
    Order No for spare parts kit: to Renault stan-
    dard EM24.54.700 2480.13.00750.R
    Gas spring to Renault standard EM24.54.700
    Order No (example): 2480.13.00750. .R
    1) Special stroke lengths
    Not for gas springs to Renault Standard
    EM24.54.700.
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 15 to 40 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
    for 2480. ... .R: 2.0 m/s
    ±0,25
    l
    max.
    ±0,1
    ø50,2
    Stroke
    ø46
    I min.
    X
    ø43
    M8
    ø25
    12
    17,5 10
    7
    8
    R2
    16,4
    20
    View X - Gas spring
    3 min.
    M8 x 12,5 deep
    (2x)
    valve /
    1
    8 G
    2480.13.00750.
    S>max
    VDI
    V>max
    ISO
    P>max
    Flex Guide
    TM
    F201
    Order No   Stroke max. l min. l
    2480.13.00750.013 12.7 107.7120.4
    2480.13.00750.025 25 120 145
    2480.13.00750.038 38.1 133.1171.2
    2480.13.00750.050 50 145 195
    2480.13.00750.063 63.5 158.5 222
    2480.13.00750.075 1) 75 170 245
    2480.13.00750.080 80 175 255
    2480.13.00750.088 1) 87.5 182.5 270
    2480.13.00750.100 100 195 295
    2480.13.00750.113 1) 112.5 207.5 320
    2480.13.00750.125 125 220 345
    2480.13.00750.138 1) 137.5 232.5 370
    2480.13.00750.150 1) 150 245 395
    2480.13.00750.160 160 255 415
    2480.13.00750.175 1) 175 270 445
    2480.13.00750.200 200 295 495
    2480.13.00750.225 1) 225 320 545
    2480.13.00750.250 250 345 595
    2480.13.00750.275 275 370 645
    2480.13.00750.300 300 395 695
    2480.13.00750.
    Gas spring, Standard
    subject to alterations
    Gas Spring, Standard
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    3) Not for use with composite
    connection.
    4) Square collar flange, non-ro-
    tating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-
    gonal socket (compact head
    recommended)
    2480.011.01500 2480.011.01500.2 2480.022.01500
    2480.055.01500 2480.057.01500 2480.007.01500 2480.008.01500 3)
    2480.064.01500 4) 2480.044.01500 2) 2480.045.01500 2)
    2480.047.01500 2)
    32
    15
    DIN 74 -
    Km 8 (4x)
    13,5
    28
    37
    101
    90
    43,5
    10
    19
    57
    104 104
    73,5
    134
    86
    104
    ø11 (4x)
    M6 (4x)
    ø9
    3
    ±0,1
    4
    +0,1
    10
    14,2
    ø13 (2x)
    14,2
    ø13
    2,5
    30
    30
    y
    x
    ø11
    100
    100
    73,5
    73,5
    20
    100
    100
    24
    12
    ø11 (4x)
    73,5
    73,5
    73,5
    73,5
    29 90
    90
    16
    stroke
    y
    x
    52,5
    105
    52,5
    11 (2x)
    115
    160
    20
    75,5
    73,5
    30
    137
    21
    37
    35
    38
    90
    40
    9
    ø9
    13
    ø20
    ø15
    ø14,5
    DIN 74 - Km 8 (2x)
    DIN 74 - Km 12 (2x)
    90
    M20
    40
    DIN 74 - Km 10 (4x)
    12
    +0,1
    10
    ±0,1
    4
    +2
    ø75,2 +0,5
    122
    73,5
    16
    +2
    +0,5 ø75,2
    ø11(4x)
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    29
    stroke
    x
    A - A
    73,5
    ø10,5
    stroke
    73,5
    73,5
    90
    90 29
    +2
    ø75,2 +0,5
    A
    A
    A - A
    M6 (2x)
    5)
    5)
    26
    y
    A A
    ø40 20
    ø11 (4x)
    ø9 (4x)
    73,5
    100
    100
    M20
    73,5
    ø15 (4x)
    ø18 (4x)
    14
    12
    2480.044.03.01500 2)
    ø20
    5
    42
    94
    32
    30
    100
    125
    ø75,5
    ø13,5
    16
    92
    ø85
    ø77
    73,5
    92
    73,5
    130
    *205
    ø11 (4x)
    2480.010.01500.130 3)
    2480.010.01500.205* 3)
    F202
    subject to alterations
    Gas Spring, Standard
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    3) Not for use with composite
    connection.
    4) Square collar flange, non-ro-
    tating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-
    gonal socket (compact head
    recommended)
    2480.011.01500 2480.011.01500.2 2480.022.01500
    2480.055.01500 2480.057.01500 2480.007.01500 2480.008.01500 3)
    2480.064.01500 4) 2480.044.01500 2) 2480.045.01500 2)
    2480.047.01500 2)
    32
    15
    DIN 74 -
    Km 8 (4x)
    13,5
    28
    37
    101
    90
    43,5
    10
    19
    57
    104 104
    73,5
    134
    86
    104
    ø11 (4x)
    M6 (4x)
    ø9
    3
    ±0,1
    4
    +0,1
    10
    14,2
    ø13 (2x)
    14,2
    ø13
    2,5
    30
    30
    y
    x
    ø11
    100
    100
    73,5
    73,5
    20
    100
    100
    24
    12
    ø11 (4x)
    73,5
    73,5
    73,5
    73,5
    29 90
    90
    16
    stroke
    y
    x
    52,5
    105
    52,5
    11 (2x)
    115
    160
    20
    75,5
    73,5
    30
    137
    21
    37
    35
    38
    90
    40
    9
    ø9
    13
    ø20
    ø15
    ø14,5
    DIN 74 - Km 8 (2x)
    DIN 74 - Km 12 (2x)
    90
    M20
    40
    DIN 74 - Km 10 (4x)
    12
    +0,1
    10
    ±0,1
    4
    +2
    ø75,2 +0,5
    122
    73,5
    16
    +2
    +0,5 ø75,2
    ø11(4x)
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    29
    stroke
    x
    A - A
    73,5
    ø10,5
    stroke
    73,5
    73,5
    90
    90 29
    +2
    ø75,2 +0,5
    A
    A
    A - A
    M6 (2x)
    5)
    5)
    26
    y
    A A
    ø40 20
    ø11 (4x)
    ø9 (4x)
    73,5
    100
    100
    M20
    73,5
    ø15 (4x)
    ø18 (4x)
    14
    12
    2480.044.03.01500 2)
    ø20
    5
    42
    94
    32
    30
    100
    125
    ø75,5
    ø13,5
    16
    92
    ø85
    ø77
    73,5
    92
    73,5
    130
    *205
    ø11 (4x)
    2480.010.01500.130 3)
    2480.010.01500.205* 3)
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring, Standard
    100 125 300 250 200 050 038 025
    25 75 200 300 0 250 150 125 100 50
    1,0
    1,1
    1,2
    1,3
    1,4
    1,5
    1,6
    1,7
    275 225 175 150
    160 138 113
    088
    080
    075
    063
    10
    013 .01500.
    1400 1600 400 1200 1000 800 600
    50
    60
    70
    80
    90
    100
    110
    120
    130
    140
    150
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Note:
    Initial spring force at 150 bar = 1500 daN
    Order No for spare parts kit: 2480.12.01500
    Order No for spare parts kit: to Renault stan-
    dard EM24.54.700 2480.12.01500.R
    Gas spring to Renault standard EM24.54.700
    Order No (example): 2480.12.01500. .R
    1) Special stroke lengths
    Not for gas springs to Renault Standard
    EM24.54.700.
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 15 to 40 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
    for 2480. ... .R: 2.0 m/s
    M8 x 12,5 deep
    (4x)
    ±0,25
    l
    40
    16,4
    7
    R2,5
    10
    21
    12
    min.
    ±0,1
    ø75,2
    ø67
    X
    M8
    ø36
    I
    max. Stroke
    min. 3
    8
    View X - Gas spring
    valve /
    1
    8 G
    ø70
    2480.12.01500.
    S>max
    VDI
    V>max
    ISO
    P>max
    Flex Guide
    TM
    F203
    Order No   Stroke max. l min. l
    2480.12.01500.013 1) 12.7 122.3 135
    2480.12.01500.025 25 135 160
    2480.12.01500.038 38.1 148.1186.2
    2480.12.01500.050 50 160 210
    2480.12.01500.063 63.5 173.5 237
    2480.12.01500.075 1) 75 185 260
    2480.12.01500.080 80 190 270
    2480.12.01500.088 1) 87.5 197.5 285
    2480.12.01500.100 100 210 310
    2480.12.01500.113 1) 112.5 222.5 335
    2480.12.01500.125 125 235 360
    2480.12.01500.138 1) 137.5 247.5 385
    2480.12.01500.150 1) 150 260 410
    2480.12.01500.160 160 270 430
    2480.12.01500.175 1) 175 285 460
    2480.12.01500.200 200 310 510
    2480.12.01500.225 1) 225 335 560
    2480.12.01500.250 250 360 610
    2480.12.01500.275 275 385 660
    2480.12.01500.300 300 410 710
    2480.12.01500.
    Gas spring, Standard
    subject to alterations
    Gas Spring, Standard
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    3) Not for use with composite
    connection.
    4) Square collar flange, non-ro-
    tating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-
    gonal socket (compact head
    recommended)
    2480.011.03000 2480.011.03000.2 2480.022.03000
    2480.055.03000 2480.057.03000 2480.007.03000 2480.008.03000 3)
    2480.064.03000 4) 2480.044.03000 2) 2480.045.03000 2)
    2480.047.03000 2)
    66,5
    11
    46,5
    35
    63
    110
    ø13 (4x)
    ø13 (4x)
    26
    ø24
    15
    ø14,5
    36,5
    63,5
    110
    110
    121
    95,5
    195
    90
    170
    62,5
    125
    67,5
    145
    13 (2x)
    106
    170
    130
    ø17 (2x)
    92
    130 130
    ø17
    33
    92
    92
    18
    120
    120
    40
    60
    9
    ø9
    ø15
    20
    30
    14,2
    14,2
    110
    110
    2,5
    40
    40
    stroke
    y
    x
    24
    12
    DIN 74 - Km 8 (2x)
    DIN 74 - Km 12 (2x)
    92
    92
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    13,5
    28
    19
    3
    ±0,1
    4
    +0,1
    10
    +0,1
    10
    ±0,1
    4
    +2
    ø95,2 +0,5
    ø15
    ø20
    14
    ø13,5
    20
    120
    120
    92
    92
    M20
    60
    13
    ø9
    33
    stroke
    +2
    ø95,2 +0,5
    18
    ø13(4x)
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    x
    A - A
    92
    92
    150
    92
    92
    110
    110
    ø12,5
    stroke
    33
    +2
    ø95,2 +0,5
    A - A
    M6 (2x)
    5)
    5)
    30
    A
    A
    y
    A A
    M20
    ø60
    120
    92
    120
    92
    ø15 (4x)
    ø13,5 (4x)
    20
    14
    13
    ø20 (4x)
    ø9 (4x)
    2480.044.03.03000 2)
    ø20
    5
    52,5
    115
    33
    30
    115
    140
    ø95,5
    ø13,5
    16
    116
    ø108
    ø96,8
    92
    116
    92
    140
    *215
    ø13 (4x)
    2480.010.03000.140 3)
    2480.010.03000.215* 3)
    F204
    subject to alterations
    Gas Spring, Standard
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    3) Not for use with composite
    connection.
    4) Square collar flange, non-ro-
    tating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-
    gonal socket (compact head
    recommended)
    2480.011.03000 2480.011.03000.2 2480.022.03000
    2480.055.03000 2480.057.03000 2480.007.03000 2480.008.03000 3)
    2480.064.03000 4) 2480.044.03000 2) 2480.045.03000 2)
    2480.047.03000 2)
    66,5
    11
    46,5
    35
    63
    110
    ø13 (4x)
    ø13 (4x)
    26
    ø24
    15
    ø14,5
    36,5
    63,5
    110
    110
    121
    95,5
    195
    90
    170
    62,5
    125
    67,5
    145
    13 (2x)
    106
    170
    130
    ø17 (2x)
    92
    130 130
    ø17
    33
    92
    92
    18
    120
    120
    40
    60
    9
    ø9
    ø15
    20
    30
    14,2
    14,2
    110
    110
    2,5
    40
    40
    stroke
    y
    x
    24
    12
    DIN 74 - Km 8 (2x)
    DIN 74 - Km 12 (2x)
    92
    92
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    13,5
    28
    19
    3
    ±0,1
    4
    +0,1
    10
    +0,1
    10
    ±0,1
    4
    +2
    ø95,2 +0,5
    ø15
    ø20
    14
    ø13,5
    20
    120
    120
    92
    92
    M20
    60
    13
    ø9
    33
    stroke
    +2
    ø95,2 +0,5
    18
    ø13(4x)
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    x
    A - A
    92
    92
    150
    92
    92
    110
    110
    ø12,5
    stroke
    33
    +2
    ø95,2 +0,5
    A - A
    M6 (2x)
    5)
    5)
    30
    A
    A
    y
    A A
    M20
    ø60
    120
    92
    120
    92
    ø15 (4x)
    ø13,5 (4x)
    20
    14
    13
    ø20 (4x)
    ø9 (4x)
    2480.044.03.03000 2)
    ø20
    5
    52,5
    115
    33
    30
    115
    140
    ø95,5
    ø13,5
    16
    116
    ø108
    ø96,8
    92
    116
    92
    140
    *215
    ø13 (4x)
    2480.010.03000.140 3)
    2480.010.03000.215* 3)
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring, Standard
    150
    100 125 300 250 200 050 038 025
    1,0
    1,1
    1,2
    1,3
    1,4
    1,5
    1,6
    1,7
    25 75 200 300 0 250 125 100 50 10
    275 225 175 150
    160 138 113
    088
    080
    075
    063
    013 .03000.
    3200 800 2000
    50
    60
    70
    80
    90
    100
    110
    120
    130
    140
    150
    1600 1200 2400 2800
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Note:
    Initial spring force at 150 bar = 3000 daN
    Order No for spare parts kit: 2480.13.03000
    Order No for spare parts kit: to Renault stan-
    dard EM24.54.700 2480.13.03000.R
    Gas spring to Renault standard EM24.54.700
    Order No (example): 2480.13.03000. .R
    1) Special stroke lengths
    Not for gas springs to Renault Standard
    EM24.54.700.
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 15 to 40 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
    for 2480. ... .R: 2.0 m/s
    ±0,25
    l
    valve /
    1
    8 G
    (1x)
    60
    min. 3
    R2,5
    10
    24
    12
    Stroke max.
    min. I
    ±0,1
    ø95,2
    ø87
    M8
    X
    ø50
    8
    7
    View X - Gas spring
    M8 x 12,5
    deep (4x)
    ø90
    16,4
    2480.13.03000.
    S>max
    VDI
    V>max
    ISO
    P>max
    Flex Guide
    TM
    F205
    Order No   Stroke max. l min. l
    2480.13.03000.013 1) 12.7 132.3 145
    2480.13.03000.025 25 145 170
    2480.13.03000.038 38.1 158.1196.2
    2480.13.03000.050 50 170 220
    2480.13.03000.063 63.5 183.5 247
    2480.13.03000.075 1) 75 195 270
    2480.13.03000.080 80 200 280
    2480.13.03000.088.1 1) 87.5 207.5 295
    2480.13.03000.100 100 220 320
    2480.13.03000.113 1) 112.5 232.5 345
    2480.13.03000.125 125 245 370
    2480.13.03000.138 1) 137.5 257.5 395
    2480.13.03000.150 1) 150 270 420
    2480.13.03000.160 160 280 440
    2480.13.03000.175 1) 175 295 470
    2480.13.03000.200 200 320 520
    2480.13.03000.225 1) 225 345 570
    2480.13.03000.250 250 370 620
    2480.13.03000.275 1) 275 395 670
    2480.13.03000.300 300 420 720
    2480.13.03000.
    Gas spring, Standard
    subject to alterations
    Gas Spring, Standard
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    3) Not for use with composite
    connection.
    4) Square collar flange, non-ro-
    tating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-
    gonal socket (compact head
    recommended)
    2480.011.05000 2480.011.05000.2 2480.022.05000
    2480.055.05000 2480.057.05000 2480.007.05000 2480.008.05000 3)
    2480.064.05000 4) 2480.044.05000 2) 2480.045.05000 2)
    2480.047.05000 2)
    88,9
    36,5
    18
    88
    149
    140
    11,5
    48
    79
    109,5
    109,5
    140
    140
    ø13 (4x)
    ø13 (4x)
    24
    12
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    28
    19
    3
    ±0,1
    4
    +0,1
    10
    36 130
    130
    109,5
    109,5
    21
    stroke
    y
    x
    131
    205
    155
    50
    109,5
    155 155
    50
    ø17 (2x)
    ø17
    14,2
    14,2
    2,5
    120,5
    220
    102,5
    195
    74
    148
    77,5
    165
    13 (2x)
    20
    30
    ø17,5
    11
    ø11
    36
    ø26
    17,5
    39
    130
    130
    50
    80
    ø18
    DIN 74 - Km 10 (2x)
    DIN 74 - Km 16 (2x)
    +0,1
    10
    ±0,1
    4
    +2
    ø120,2 +0,5
    ø13,5
    80
    109,5
    109,5
    140
    M20
    13
    140
    15
    20
    ø20
    ø18
    ø11
    36
    stroke
    +2
    ø120,2 +0,5
    M6 (4x)
    y
    21
    ø13(4x)
    x
    x
    A - A
    175
    109,5
    109,5
    32,5
    130
    130
    ø12,5
    stroke
    36
    +2
    ø120,2 +0,5
    A - A
    M6 (2x)
    5)
    5)
    109,5
    109,5
    A
    A
    y
    A A
    15
    ø20 (4x)
    ø13,5 (4x)
    20
    13
    109,5
    140
    M20
    ø80
    109,5
    140
    ø18 (4x)
    ø11 (4x)
    2480.044.03.05000 2)
    ø20
    7
    65
    140
    58
    30
    145
    170
    ø120,5
    ø13,5
    16
    138
    ø130
    ø122
    109,5
    138
    109,5 160
    ø15 (4x)
    2480.010.05000.160 3)
    F206
    subject to alterations
    Gas Spring, Standard
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    3) Not for use with composite
    connection.
    4) Square collar flange, non-ro-
    tating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-
    gonal socket (compact head
    recommended)
    2480.011.05000 2480.011.05000.2 2480.022.05000
    2480.055.05000 2480.057.05000 2480.007.05000 2480.008.05000 3)
    2480.064.05000 4) 2480.044.05000 2) 2480.045.05000 2)
    2480.047.05000 2)
    88,9
    36,5
    18
    88
    149
    140
    11,5
    48
    79
    109,5
    109,5
    140
    140
    ø13 (4x)
    ø13 (4x)
    24
    12
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    28
    19
    3
    ±0,1
    4
    +0,1
    10
    36 130
    130
    109,5
    109,5
    21
    stroke
    y
    x
    131
    205
    155
    50
    109,5
    155 155
    50
    ø17 (2x)
    ø17
    14,2
    14,2
    2,5
    120,5
    220
    102,5
    195
    74
    148
    77,5
    165
    13 (2x)
    20
    30
    ø17,5
    11
    ø11
    36
    ø26
    17,5
    39
    130
    130
    50
    80
    ø18
    DIN 74 - Km 10 (2x)
    DIN 74 - Km 16 (2x)
    +0,1
    10
    ±0,1
    4
    +2
    ø120,2 +0,5
    ø13,5
    80
    109,5
    109,5
    140
    M20
    13
    140
    15
    20
    ø20
    ø18
    ø11
    36
    stroke
    +2
    ø120,2 +0,5
    M6 (4x)
    y
    21
    ø13(4x)
    x
    x
    A - A
    175
    109,5
    109,5
    32,5
    130
    130
    ø12,5
    stroke
    36
    +2
    ø120,2 +0,5
    A - A
    M6 (2x)
    5)
    5)
    109,5
    109,5
    A
    A
    y
    A A
    15
    ø20 (4x)
    ø13,5 (4x)
    20
    13
    109,5
    140
    M20
    ø80
    109,5
    140
    ø18 (4x)
    ø11 (4x)
    2480.044.03.05000 2)
    ø20
    7
    65
    140
    58
    30
    145
    170
    ø120,5
    ø13,5
    16
    138
    ø130
    ø122
    109,5
    138
    109,5 160
    ø15 (4x)
    2480.010.05000.160 3)
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring, Standard
    100 125 300 250 200 050 038 025
    1,0
    1,1
    1,2
    1,3
    1,4
    1,5
    1,6
    1,7
    25 75 200 300 0 250 150 125 100 50 10
    275 225 175 150
    160 138 113
    088
    080
    075
    063
    .05000.
    5000 1600
    50
    60
    70
    80
    90
    100
    110
    120
    130
    140
    150
    2000 3000 4000
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Note:
    Initial spring force at 150 bar = 5000 daN
    Order No for spare parts kit: 2480.13.05000
    Order No for spare parts kit: to Renault stan-
    dard EM24.54.700 2480.13.05000.R
    Gas spring to Renault standard EM24.54.700
    Order No (example): 2480.13.05000. .R
    1) Special stroke lengths
    Not for gas springs to Renault Standard
    EM24.54.700.
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 15 to 40 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
    for 2480. ... .R: 2.0 m/s
    ±0,25
    l
    25,5
    80
    7 min. 3
    10
    12
    min. I
    ±0,1
    ø120,2
    ø112
    M8
    ø65
    X
    R2,5
    8
    /
    1
    8 G
    (1x)
    M10 x 16
    ø115
    16,4
    valve
    Stroke max.
    View X - Gas spring
    deep (4x)
    2480.13.05000.
    S>max
    VDI
    V>max
    ISO
    P>max
    Flex Guide
    TM
    F207
    Order No   Stroke max. l min. l
    2480.13.05000.025 25 165 190
    2480.13.05000.038 38.1 178.1216.2
    2480.13.05000.050 50 190 240
    2480.13.05000.063 63.5 203.5 267
    2480.13.05000.075 1) 75 215 290
    2480.13.05000.080 80 220 300
    2480.13.05000.088 1) 87.5 227.5 315
    2480.13.05000.100 100 240 340
    2480.13.05000.113 1) 112.5 252.5 365
    2480.13.05000.125 125 265 390
    2480.13.05000.138 1) 137.5 277.5 415
    2480.13.05000.150 1) 150 290 440
    2480.13.05000.160 160 300 460
    2480.13.05000.175 1) 175 315 490
    2480.13.05000.200 200 340 540
    2480.13.05000.225 1) 225 365 590
    2480.13.05000.250 250 390 640
    2480.13.05000.275 1) 275 415 690
    2480.13.05000.300 300 440 740
    2480.13.05000.
    Gas spring, Standard
    subject to alterations
    2480.011.07500 2480.011.07500.2
    2480.022.07500
    2480.055.07500 2480.057.07500
    2480.007.07500 2480.008.07500 3)
    2480.044.07500 2)
    ø17,5
    (4x)
    ø17,5 (4x)
    24
    12
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    138
    138
    190
    190
    41 162
    162
    138
    138
    27
    stroke
    y
    x
    170
    245
    195
    ø21 (2x)
    138
    195 195
    ø21
    50
    50
    14,2
    14,2
    2,5
    150,5
    260
    120
    230
    100
    200
    95
    200
    13 (2x)
    20
    30
    +2
    ø150,2 +0,5
    ø17,5
    M20
    ø26
    ø18
    15
    20
    17
    100
    190
    138
    190
    138
    ø11
    M6 (4x)
    y
    27
    x
    x
    A - A
    220
    138
    138
    41
    stroke
    +2
    ø150,2 +0,5
    ø17,5
    (4x)
    stroke
    y
    A A
    ø18 (4x)
    190
    138
    190
    138
    ø100
    M20
    20
    15
    ø11
    (4x)
    17
    ø17,5 (4x)
    ø26 (4x)
    2480.044.03.07500 2)
    ø20
    7
    80
    170
    68
    30
    175
    200
    ø150,5
    ø13,5
    138
    138
    162
    162
    ø16,5
    41
    +2
    ø150,2 +0,5
    A - A
    M6 (2x)
    5)
    A
    A
    2480.064.07500 4)
    38
    2480.011.03.07500
    ø13,5 (4x)
    M20
    ø20 (4x)
    ø18 (4x)
    15
    20
    13
    100
    190
    138
    190
    138
    ø11
    (4x)
    2480.011.03.07500.2
    ø18 (4x)
    190
    138
    190
    138
    ø100
    M20
    20
    15
    ø11
    (4x)
    13
    ø13,5 (4x)
    ø20 (4x)
    Gas spring, Standard
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be
    absorbed by the stop surface.
    3) Note:
    Not for use with composite
    connection.
    4) Square collar flange, non-
    rotating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-go-
    nal socket (compact head
    recommended).
    F208
    subject to alterations
    2480.011.07500 2480.011.07500.2
    2480.022.07500
    2480.055.07500 2480.057.07500
    2480.007.07500 2480.008.07500 3)
    2480.044.07500 2)
    ø17,5
    (4x)
    ø17,5 (4x)
    24
    12
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    138
    138
    190
    190
    41 162
    162
    138
    138
    27
    stroke
    y
    x
    170
    245
    195
    ø21 (2x)
    138
    195 195
    ø21
    50
    50
    14,2
    14,2
    2,5
    150,5
    260
    120
    230
    100
    200
    95
    200
    13 (2x)
    20
    30
    +2
    ø150,2 +0,5
    ø17,5
    M20
    ø26
    ø18
    15
    20
    17
    100
    190
    138
    190
    138
    ø11
    M6 (4x)
    y
    27
    x
    x
    A - A
    220
    138
    138
    41
    stroke
    +2
    ø150,2 +0,5
    ø17,5
    (4x)
    stroke
    y
    A A
    ø18 (4x)
    190
    138
    190
    138
    ø100
    M20
    20
    15
    ø11
    (4x)
    17
    ø17,5 (4x)
    ø26 (4x)
    2480.044.03.07500 2)
    ø20
    7
    80
    170
    68
    30
    175
    200
    ø150,5
    ø13,5
    138
    138
    162
    162
    ø16,5
    41
    +2
    ø150,2 +0,5
    A - A
    M6 (2x)
    5)
    A
    A
    2480.064.07500 4)
    38
    2480.011.03.07500
    ø13,5 (4x)
    M20
    ø20 (4x)
    ø18 (4x)
    15
    20
    13
    100
    190
    138
    190
    138
    ø11
    (4x)
    2480.011.03.07500.2
    ø18 (4x)
    190
    138
    190
    138
    ø100
    M20
    20
    15
    ø11
    (4x)
    13
    ø13,5 (4x)
    ø20 (4x)
    Gas spring, Standard
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be
    absorbed by the stop surface.
    3) Note:
    Not for use with composite
    connection.
    4) Square collar flange, non-
    rotating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-go-
    nal socket (compact head
    recommended).
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring, Standard
    150
    100 125 300 250 200 050 038 025
    1,0
    1,1
    1,2
    1,3
    1,4
    1,5
    1,6
    1,7
    25 75 200 300 0 250 125 100 50 10
    275 225 175 150
    160 138 113
    088
    080
    075
    063
    7500
    50
    2500
    60
    70
    80
    90
    100
    110
    120
    130
    140
    150
    3500 4500 5500 6500
    .07500.
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Note:
    Initial spring force at 150 bar = 7500 daN
    Order No for spare parts kit: 2480.13.07500
    Order No for spare parts kit: to Renault stan-
    dard EM24.54.700 2480.13.07500.R
    Gas spring to Renault standard EM24.54.700
    Order No (example): 2480.13.07500. .R
    1) Special stroke lengths
    Not for gas springs to Renault Standard
    EM24.54.700.
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 15 to 40 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
    for 2480. ... .R: 2.0 m/s
    30
    ±0,25
    l
    100
    8 min. 3
    10 27,5
    max. Stroke min. I
    ±0,1
    ø150,2
    ø142
    M16
    ø80
    X
    R2,5
    8
    View X - Gas spring
    valve /
    1
    8 G
    (1x)
    M10 x 16
    deep (4x)
    ø145
    16,4
    2480.13.07500.
    S>max
    VDI
    V>max
    ISO
    P>max
    Flex Guide
    TM
    F209
    Order No  Stroke max. l min. l
    2480.13.07500.025 25 180 205
    2480.13.07500.038 38.1 193.1 231.2
    2480.13.07500.050 50 205 255
    2480.13.07500.063 63.5 218.5 282
    2480.13.07500.075 1) 75 230 305
    2480.13.07500.080 80 235 315
    2480.13.07500.088 1) 87.5 242.5 330
    2480.13.07500.100 100 255 355
    2480.13.07500.113 1) 112.5 267.5 380
    2480.13.07500.125 125 280 405
    2480.13.07500.138 1) 137.5 292.5 430
    2480.13.07500.150 1) 150 305 455
    2480.13.07500.160 160 315 475
    2480.13.07500.175 1) 175 330 505
    2480.13.07500.200 200 355 555
    2480.13.07500.225 1) 225 380 605
    2480.13.07500.250 250 405 655
    2480.13.07500.275 1) 275 430 705
    2480.13.07500.300 300 455 755
    2480.13.07500.
    Gas spring, Standard
    subject to alterations
    Gas Spring, Standard
    Mounting variations
    13
    240 240
    169
    58
    16
    24
    2480.022.10000
    47 210
    210
    170
    210
    210
    170
    170
    170
    27
    2480.057.10000
    y
    x
    ø17 (4x)
    ø17,5
    (4x)
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    ø21
    2480.007.10000
    +2
    ø195,2 +0,5
    ø17,5
    M20
    ø26
    ø20
    13
    25
    17
    120
    210
    170
    2480.011.10000
    210
    170
    ø13,5
    ø17,5
    M20
    ø26
    ø20
    15
    25
    17
    120
    210
    170
    2480.011.10000.2
    210
    170
    ø13,5
    stroke
    F210
    subject to alterations
    Gas Spring, Standard
    Mounting variations
    13
    240 240
    169
    58
    16
    24
    2480.022.10000
    47 210
    210
    170
    210
    210
    170
    170
    170
    27
    2480.057.10000
    y
    x
    ø17 (4x)
    ø17,5
    (4x)
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    ø21
    2480.007.10000
    +2
    ø195,2 +0,5
    ø17,5
    M20
    ø26
    ø20
    13
    25
    17
    120
    210
    170
    2480.011.10000
    210
    170
    ø13,5
    ø17,5
    M20
    ø26
    ø20
    15
    25
    17
    120
    210
    170
    2480.011.10000.2
    210
    170
    ø13,5
    stroke
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring, Standard
    150
    100 125 300 250 200 160 080 063 050 038 025 .10000.
    50
    4000 6000 8000 10000 2000
    1,0
    1,1
    1,2
    1,3
    1,4
    1,5
    1,6
    1,7
    60
    70
    80
    90
    100
    110
    120
    130
    140
    150
    25 75 200 300 0 250 125 100 50 10
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Note:
    Initial spring force at 150 bar = 10000 daN
    Order No for spare parts kit: 2480.12.10000
    Gas spring to Renault standard EM24.54.700
    Order No (example): 2480.12.10000. .R
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 15 to 40 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
    120
    ø186,65
    195 -0,2
    33,5
    30
    ø95
    X
    R2,5
    min. 3 8
    8
    M16
    15
    max. min. I
    ±0,25
    l
    ø190
    16,4
    /
    1
    8 G
    (1x)
    M12x16
    Stroke
    2480.12.10000.
    View X - Gas spring
    valve
    deep (4x)
    S>max
    VDI
    V>max
    ISO
    P>max
    Flex Guide
    TM
    F211
    Order No Stroke max. l min. l
    2480.12.10000.025 25 185 210
    2480.12.10000.038 38.1 198.1 236.2
    2480.12.10000.050 50 210 260
    2480.12.10000.063 63.5 223.5 287
    2480.12.10000.080 80 240 320
    2480.12.10000.100 100 260 360
    2480.12.10000.125 125 285 410
    2480.12.10000.160 160 320 480
    2480.12.10000.200 200 360 560
    2480.12.10000.250 250 410 660
    2480.12.10000.300 300 460 760
    2480.12.10000.
    Gas spring, Standard
    subject to alterations F212
    Gas springs
    HEAVY DUTY
    Gas springs
    HEAVY DUTY
    F213
    2480.011.00500.2 2480.011.00500 2480.011.00500.1 2480.022.00500
    2480.055.00500 2480.057.00500 2480.007.00500 2480.008.00500 3)
    2480.044.00500 2)
    70
    50
    ø9 (2x)
    ø9
    2,5
    7
    25
    56
    70,7
    95,8
    25
    7
    70,7 70,7
    50
    70
    50
    ø9 (4x)
    7
    20
    12
    12
    M10 (2x)
    ø15 (2x)
    20
    DIN 74 -
    Km 8 (4x)
    20
    50
    70
    50
    70
    M10 (2x)
    ø15 (2x)
    20
    50
    70
    50
    70
    DIN 74 -
    Km 8 (4x)
    12
    12
    20
    ø9 (4x)
    M5 (4x)
    13
    50
    50
    stroke
    64
    y
    x
    64
    y
    x
    +2
    ø45,2 +0,5
    82
    45,5
    9 (2x)
    64
    100
    15
    30
    60
    45
    20
    28
    13
    50
    50
    86
    +2
    +0,5 ø45,2
    ø9 (4x)
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    stroke
    x
    A - A
    y
    A A
    23 6)
    23 6)
    20
    ø15
    (2x)
    20
    70
    70
    12
    12
    M10
    (2x)
    ø9 (2x)
    ø9
    (2x)
    ø15 (2x) ø15 (2x)
    12
    50
    50
    2480.044.03.00500 2)
    ø15
    4
    27,5
    60
    22
    20
    60
    80
    ø45,5
    ø9
    12
    64
    ø52
    ø46
    45,5
    64
    45,5 95
    ø7 (4x)
    2480.010.00500.095 3)
    stroke 18,4
    50
    50
    64
    64
    ø9
    23
    +2
    ø45,2 +0,5
    A - A
    M5 (2x)
    5)
    A
    A
    2480.064.00500 4)
    subject to alterations
    Gas Spring, HEAVY DUTY
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    3) Not for use with composite
    connection.
    4) Square collar flange, non-ro-
    tating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-
    gonal socket (compact head
    recommended)
    6) Installation height increased
    from 22 mm to 23 mm according
    to VDI 3003.
    F214
    2480.011.00500.2 2480.011.00500 2480.011.00500.1 2480.022.00500
    2480.055.00500 2480.057.00500 2480.007.00500 2480.008.00500 3)
    2480.044.00500 2)
    70
    50
    ø9 (2x)
    ø9
    2,5
    7
    25
    56
    70,7
    95,8
    25
    7
    70,7 70,7
    50
    70
    50
    ø9 (4x)
    7
    20
    12
    12
    M10 (2x)
    ø15 (2x)
    20
    DIN 74 -
    Km 8 (4x)
    20
    50
    70
    50
    70
    M10 (2x)
    ø15 (2x)
    20
    50
    70
    50
    70
    DIN 74 -
    Km 8 (4x)
    12
    12
    20
    ø9 (4x)
    M5 (4x)
    13
    50
    50
    stroke
    64
    y
    x
    64
    y
    x
    +2
    ø45,2 +0,5
    82
    45,5
    9 (2x)
    64
    100
    15
    30
    60
    45
    20
    28
    13
    50
    50
    86
    +2
    +0,5 ø45,2
    ø9 (4x)
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    stroke
    x
    A - A
    y
    A A
    23 6)
    23 6)
    20
    ø15
    (2x)
    20
    70
    70
    12
    12
    M10
    (2x)
    ø9 (2x)
    ø9
    (2x)
    ø15 (2x) ø15 (2x)
    12
    50
    50
    2480.044.03.00500 2)
    ø15
    4
    27,5
    60
    22
    20
    60
    80
    ø45,5
    ø9
    12
    64
    ø52
    ø46
    45,5
    64
    45,5 95
    ø7 (4x)
    2480.010.00500.095 3)
    stroke 18,4
    50
    50
    64
    64
    ø9
    23
    +2
    ø45,2 +0,5
    A - A
    M5 (2x)
    5)
    A
    A
    2480.064.00500 4)
    subject to alterations
    Gas Spring, HEAVY DUTY
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    3) Not for use with composite
    connection.
    4) Square collar flange, non-ro-
    tating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-
    gonal socket (compact head
    recommended)
    6) Installation height increased
    from 22 mm to 23 mm according
    to VDI 3003.
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring HEAVY DUTY
    800
    1,0
    1,7
    1,6
    1,5
    1,4
    1,3
    1,2
    1,1
    0 10 200 150 100 50 25
    013 200 175 160 150 125 100 050
    75
    075 080 063 038 025
    125 175
    .00750.
    0
    50
    60
    70
    80
    90
    100
    110
    120
    130
    140
    150
    600 400 200
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Note:
    Initial spring force at 150 bar = 740 daN
    Order No for spare parts kit: 2488.13.00750
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 15 to 100 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
    2488.13.00750.
    16,5
    M6
    ø25
    max.
    stroke
    4
    4
    2
    10,5
    I min.
    l ±0,25
    R1
    ±0,1
    ø45,2
    ø40
    X
    20
    View X
    /
    1
    8 G
    M8x16 deep
    (2x)
    Overtravel
    protection
    Threaded
    connection
    M6 Valve
    S>max V>max
    P>max
    Flex Guide
    TM
    F215
    Order No Stroke max. l min. l
    2488.13.00750.013 13 98 111
    2488.13.00750.025 25 110 135
    2488.13.00750.038 38 123 161
    2488.13.00750.050 50 135 185
    2488.13.00750.063 63 148 211
    2488.13.00750.075 75 160 235
    2488.13.00750.080 80 165 245
    2488.13.00750.100 100 185 285
    2488.13.00750.125 125 210 335
    2488.13.00750.150 150 235 385
    2488.13.00750.160 160 245 405
    2488.13.00750.175 175 260 435
    2488.13.00750.200 200 285 485
    2488.13.00750.
    Gas spring HEAVY DUTY
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring HEAVY DUTY
    Mounting variations
    2480.011.00750.3 2480.011.00750 2480.011.00750.1 2480.022.00750
    2480.055.00750 2480.057.00750 2480.007.00750 2480.008.00750 3)
    2480.044.00750 2) 2480.045.00750 2)
    2480.047.00750 2)
    12
    +0,1
    10
    12
    56,5
    56,5
    12
    25,5
    22
    11
    34,5
    38
    13
    3
    70
    65
    ±0,1
    4
    +0,1
    10
    19
    30
    32
    60
    1 20 28,
    9
    ø9
    11
    ø18
    ø15
    ø11,5
    9 (2x)
    90
    130
    20
    50,5
    40
    80
    60
    30
    110
    14,2
    ø13 (2x)
    80
    110
    14,2
    56,5
    ø13
    24 70
    70
    56,5
    56,5
    2,5
    30
    61
    30
    80 80
    13
    stroke
    y
    x
    24
    12
    56,5
    75
    56,5
    75
    ø9 (4x)
    40
    DIN 74 - Km 8 (2x)
    DIN 74 - Km 10 (2x)
    60
    ø9 (4x)
    M5 (4x)
    y
    x
    33
    M10 (2x)
    ø15 (2x)
    20
    75
    75
    DIN 74 -
    Km 8 (4x)
    ±0,1
    4
    12
    12
    56,5
    56,5
    M10 (2x)
    ø15 (2x)
    20
    20
    75
    75
    DIN 74 -
    Km 8 (4x)
    20
    +2
    ø50,2 +0,5
    56,5
    13
    95
    +2
    +0,5 ø50,2
    ø9 (4x)
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    24
    stroke
    x
    A - A
    56,5
    stroke
    y
    A A
    20
    ø15
    20
    56,5
    56,5
    75
    75
    12
    12
    M10
    (2x)
    ø9 (4x)
    ø9
    ø15 (2x) ø15 (4x)
    12
    2480.044.03.00750 2)
    ø18
    5
    30
    70
    25
    30
    68
    90
    ø50,5
    ø11
    12
    70
    ø57
    ø51,2
    56,5
    70
    56,5
    115
    *190
    ø9 (4x)
    2480.010.00750.115 3)
    2480.010.00750.190* 3)
    19,5
    56,5
    56,5
    70
    70
    ø9
    24
    +2
    ø50,2 +0,5
    A - A
    M5 (2x)
    5)
    A
    A
    2480.064.00750 4)
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    3) Not for use with composite
    connection.
    4) Square collar flange, non-ro-
    tating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-
    gonal socket (compact head
    recommended)
    F216
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring HEAVY DUTY
    1,0
    1,7
    1,6
    1,5
    1,4
    1,3
    1,2
    1,1
    25 75 200 300 0 250 150 125 100 50 10
    100 125 300 250 200
    160
    080 063 050 038 025 175 150
    075
    013 .01000.
    1000 0
    50
    60
    70
    80
    90
    100
    110
    120
    130
    140
    150
    200 400 600 800
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Note:
    Initial spring force at 150 bar = 920 daN
    Order No for spare parts kit: 2488.13.01000
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 15 to 100 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
    ±0,25
    l
    max.
    ±0,1
    ø50,2
    stroke
    I min.
    X
    ø43
    M6
    17,5 10,5
    7
    8
    R2
    20
    View X
    3
    M8x16 deep
    (2x)
    Overtravel
    protection
    /
    1
    8
    G
    ø28
    2488.13.01000.
    Threaded
    connection
    M6 Valve
    S>max
    VDI
    V>max
    ISO
    P>max
    Flex Guide
    TM
    F217
    Order No Stroke max. l min. l
    2488.13.01000.013 13 108 121
    2488.13.01000.025 25 120 145
    2488.13.01000.038 38 133 171
    2488.13.01000.050 50 145 195
    2488.13.01000.063 63 158 221
    2488.13.01000.075 75 170 245
    2488.13.01000.080 80 175 255
    2488.13.01000.100 100 195 295
    2488.13.01000.125 125 220 345
    2488.13.01000.150 150 245 395
    2488.13.01000.160 160 255 415
    2488.13.01000.175 175 270 445
    2488.13.01000.200 200 295 495
    2488.13.01000.250 250 345 595
    2488.13.01000.300 300 395 695
    2488.13.01000.
    Gas spring HEAVY DUTY
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring HEAVY DUTY
    Mounting variations
    2480.022.01000
    2480.057.01000
    2480.044.03.01000 2)
    100
    100
    24
    12
    ø11 (4x)
    73,5
    73,5
    27
    ø11 (4x)
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    73,5
    73,5
    90
    90
    16 stroke
    y
    x
    +2
    ø63,2 +0,5
    2480.057.03.01000
    27
    ø11 (4x)
    M5 (4x)
    y
    x
    64
    64
    80
    80
    16 stroke
    y
    x
    +2
    ø63,2 +0,5
    ø18
    5
    36,5
    82
    27
    30
    84
    108
    ø63,5
    ø11
    2480.011.01000 2480.011.01000.2
    2480.007.01000
    ø15 (2x) ø18 (4x)
    14,2
    ø13
    30
    92 92
    62
    12
    12
    M12 (2x)
    20
    ø9 (2x)
    20
    ø11 (2x)
    100
    100
    73,5
    73,5
    73,5
    20
    100
    100
    73,5
    20
    ø15
    (2x)
    12
    12
    M12
    (2x)
    ø11 (2x)
    ø9
    (2x)
    ø18 (2x) ø18 (2x)
    12
    stroke 23,9
    64
    64
    80
    80
    ø10,5
    27
    +2
    ø63,2 +0,5
    A - A
    M6 (2x)
    5)
    A
    A
    2480.064.01000 4)
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    4) Square collar flange, non-ro-
    tating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-
    gonal socket (compact head
    recommended)
    F218
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring HEAVY DUTY
    Mounting variations
    2480.022.01000
    2480.057.01000
    2480.044.03.01000 2)
    100
    100
    24
    12
    ø11 (4x)
    73,5
    73,5
    27
    ø11 (4x)
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    73,5
    73,5
    90
    90
    16 stroke
    y
    x
    +2
    ø63,2 +0,5
    2480.057.03.01000
    27
    ø11 (4x)
    M5 (4x)
    y
    x
    64
    64
    80
    80
    16 stroke
    y
    x
    +2
    ø63,2 +0,5
    ø18
    5
    36,5
    82
    27
    30
    84
    108
    ø63,5
    ø11
    2480.011.01000 2480.011.01000.2
    2480.007.01000
    ø15 (2x) ø18 (4x)
    14,2
    ø13
    30
    92 92
    62
    12
    12
    M12 (2x)
    20
    ø9 (2x)
    20
    ø11 (2x)
    100
    100
    73,5
    73,5
    73,5
    20
    100
    100
    73,5
    20
    ø15
    (2x)
    12
    12
    M12
    (2x)
    ø11 (2x)
    ø9
    (2x)
    ø18 (2x) ø18 (2x)
    12
    stroke 23,9
    64
    64
    80
    80
    ø10,5
    27
    +2
    ø63,2 +0,5
    A - A
    M6 (2x)
    5)
    A
    A
    2480.064.01000 4)
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    4) Square collar flange, non-ro-
    tating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-
    gonal socket (compact head
    recommended)
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring HEAVY DUTY
    1,0
    1,7
    1,6
    1,5
    1,4
    1,3
    1,2
    1,1
    0 10 300 250 200 150 100 50 25
    025 038 050
    75
    075
    100 063 080
    125
    125 150 160 175 200 250 300 .01500.
    1600 0
    50
    60
    70
    80
    90
    100
    110
    120
    130
    140
    150
    1200 800 400
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    013
    Note:
    Initial spring force at 150 bar = 1500 daN
    Order No for spare parts kit: 2488.13.01500
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 15 to 100 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
    2488.13.01500.
    20
    19
    ø56
    R2
    View X
    X
    M6
    ø36
    ±0,1
    ø63,2
    max.
    stroke
    3 7
    8
    10,5
    ±0,25
    l
    min.
    I
    90°
    Overtravel
    protection
    M8x16 deep
    (6x)
    ø40
    /
    1
    8
    G Valve
    S>max V>max
    P>max
    Flex Guide
    TM
    F219
    Order No Stroke max. l min. l
    2488.13.01500.013 13 108 121
    2488.13.01500.025 25 120 145
    2488.13.01500.038 38 133 171
    2488.13.01500.050 50 145 195
    2488.13.01500.063 63 158 221
    2488.13.01500.075 75 170 245
    2488.13.01500.080 80 175 255
    2488.13.01500.100 100 195 295
    2488.13.01500.125 125 220 345
    2488.13.01500.150 150 245 395
    2488.13.01500.160 160 255 415
    2488.13.01500.175 175 270 445
    2488.13.01500.200 200 295 495
    2488.13.01500.250 250 345 595
    2488.13.01500.300 300 395 695
    2488.13.01500.
    Gas spring HEAVY DUTY
    subject to alterations
    Gas Spring HEAVY DUTY
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    3) Not for use with composite
    connection.
    4) Square collar flange, non-ro-
    tating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-
    gonal socket (compact head
    recommended)
    2480.011.01500 2480.011.01500.2 2480.022.01500
    2480.055.01500 2480.057.01500 2480.007.01500 2480.008.01500 3)
    2480.064.01500 4) 2480.044.01500 2) 2480.045.01500 2)
    2480.047.01500 2)
    32
    15
    DIN 74 -
    Km 8 (4x)
    13,5
    28
    37
    101
    90
    43,5
    10
    19
    57
    104 104
    73,5
    134
    86
    104
    ø11 (4x)
    M6 (4x)
    ø9
    3
    ±0,1
    4
    +0,1
    10
    14,2
    ø13 (2x)
    14,2
    ø13
    2,5
    30
    30
    y
    x
    ø11
    100
    100
    73,5
    73,5
    20
    100
    100
    24
    12
    ø11 (4x)
    73,5
    73,5
    73,5
    73,5
    29 90
    90
    16
    stroke
    y
    x
    52,5
    105
    52,5
    11 (2x)
    115
    160
    20
    75,5
    73,5
    30
    137
    21
    37
    35
    38
    90
    40
    9
    ø9
    13
    ø20
    ø15
    ø14,5
    DIN 74 - Km 8 (2x)
    DIN 74 - Km 12 (2x)
    90
    M20
    40
    DIN 74 - Km 10 (4x)
    12
    +0,1
    10
    ±0,1
    4
    +2
    ø75,2 +0,5
    122
    73,5
    16
    +2
    +0,5 ø75,2
    ø11(4x)
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    29
    stroke
    x
    A - A
    73,5
    ø10,5
    stroke
    73,5
    73,5
    90
    90 29
    +2
    ø75,2 +0,5
    A
    A
    A - A
    M6 (2x)
    5)
    5)
    26
    y
    A A
    ø40 20
    ø11 (4x)
    ø9 (4x)
    73,5
    100
    100
    M20
    73,5
    ø15 (4x)
    ø18 (4x)
    14
    12
    2480.044.03.01500 2)
    ø20
    5
    42
    94
    32
    30
    100
    125
    ø75,5
    ø13,5
    16
    92
    ø85
    ø77
    73,5
    92
    73,5
    130
    *205
    ø11 (4x)
    2480.010.01500.130 3)
    2480.010.01500.205* 3)
    F220
    subject to alterations
    Gas Spring HEAVY DUTY
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    3) Not for use with composite
    connection.
    4) Square collar flange, non-ro-
    tating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-
    gonal socket (compact head
    recommended)
    2480.011.01500 2480.011.01500.2 2480.022.01500
    2480.055.01500 2480.057.01500 2480.007.01500 2480.008.01500 3)
    2480.064.01500 4) 2480.044.01500 2) 2480.045.01500 2)
    2480.047.01500 2)
    32
    15
    DIN 74 -
    Km 8 (4x)
    13,5
    28
    37
    101
    90
    43,5
    10
    19
    57
    104 104
    73,5
    134
    86
    104
    ø11 (4x)
    M6 (4x)
    ø9
    3
    ±0,1
    4
    +0,1
    10
    14,2
    ø13 (2x)
    14,2
    ø13
    2,5
    30
    30
    y
    x
    ø11
    100
    100
    73,5
    73,5
    20
    100
    100
    24
    12
    ø11 (4x)
    73,5
    73,5
    73,5
    73,5
    29 90
    90
    16
    stroke
    y
    x
    52,5
    105
    52,5
    11 (2x)
    115
    160
    20
    75,5
    73,5
    30
    137
    21
    37
    35
    38
    90
    40
    9
    ø9
    13
    ø20
    ø15
    ø14,5
    DIN 74 - Km 8 (2x)
    DIN 74 - Km 12 (2x)
    90
    M20
    40
    DIN 74 - Km 10 (4x)
    12
    +0,1
    10
    ±0,1
    4
    +2
    ø75,2 +0,5
    122
    73,5
    16
    +2
    +0,5 ø75,2
    ø11(4x)
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    29
    stroke
    x
    A - A
    73,5
    ø10,5
    stroke
    73,5
    73,5
    90
    90 29
    +2
    ø75,2 +0,5
    A
    A
    A - A
    M6 (2x)
    5)
    5)
    26
    y
    A A
    ø40 20
    ø11 (4x)
    ø9 (4x)
    73,5
    100
    100
    M20
    73,5
    ø15 (4x)
    ø18 (4x)
    14
    12
    2480.044.03.01500 2)
    ø20
    5
    42
    94
    32
    30
    100
    125
    ø75,5
    ø13,5
    16
    92
    ø85
    ø77
    73,5
    92
    73,5
    130
    *205
    ø11 (4x)
    2480.010.01500.130 3)
    2480.010.01500.205* 3)
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring HEAVY DUTY
    1,0
    1,7
    1,6
    1,5
    1,4
    1,3
    1,2
    1,1
    25 75 200 300 0 250 150 125 100 50 10
    100 125 300 250 200
    160
    080 063 050 038 025 175 150
    075
    .02400.
    3000 0
    50
    60
    70
    80
    90
    100
    110
    120
    130
    140
    150
    2500 2000 1500 1000 500
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Note:
    Initial spring force at 150 bar = 2400 daN
    Order No for spare parts kit: 2488.13.02400
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 15 to 100 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
    90°
    M8x16 deep
    (4x)
    ±0,25
    l
    ø40
    7
    R2,5
    10,5
    21
    min.
    ±0,1
    ø75,2
    ø67
    X
    M6
    ø45
    I
    max.
    stroke
    3
    8
    View X
    Valve /
    1
    8
    G
    /
    1
    8
    G
    2488.13.02400.
    Overtravel
    protection
    Valve
    S>max
    VDI
    V>max
    ISO
    P>max
    Flex Guide
    TM
    F221
    Order No Stroke max. l min. l
    2488.13.02400.025 25 135 160
    2488.13.02400.038 38 148 186
    2488.13.02400.050 50 160 210
    2488.13.02400.063 63 173 236
    2488.13.02400.075 75 185 260
    2488.13.02400.080 80 190 270
    2488.13.02400.100 100 210 310
    2488.13.02400.125 125 235 360
    2488.13.02400.150 150 260 410
    2488.13.02400.160 160 270 430
    2488.13.02400.175 175 285 460
    2488.13.02400.200 200 310 510
    2488.13.02400.250 250 360 610
    2488.13.02400.300 300 410 710
    2488.13.02400.
    Gas spring HEAVY DUTY
    subject to alterations
    Gas Spring HEAVY DUTY
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    3) Not for use with composite
    connection.
    4) Square collar flange, non-ro-
    tating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-
    gonal socket (compact head
    recommended)
    2480.011.03000 2480.011.03000.2 2480.022.03000
    2480.055.03000 2480.057.03000 2480.007.03000 2480.008.03000 3)
    2480.064.03000 4) 2480.044.03000 2) 2480.045.03000 2)
    2480.047.03000 2)
    66,5
    11
    46,5
    35
    63
    110
    ø13 (4x)
    ø13 (4x)
    26
    ø24
    15
    ø14,5
    36,5
    63,5
    110
    110
    121
    95,5
    195
    90
    170
    62,5
    125
    67,5
    145
    13 (2x)
    106
    170
    130
    ø17 (2x)
    92
    130 130
    ø17
    33
    92
    92
    18
    120
    120
    40
    60
    9
    ø9
    ø15
    20
    30
    14,2
    14,2
    110
    110
    2,5
    40
    40
    stroke
    y
    x
    24
    12
    DIN 74 - Km 8 (2x)
    DIN 74 - Km 12 (2x)
    92
    92
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    13,5
    28
    19
    3
    ±0,1
    4
    +0,1
    10
    +0,1
    10
    ±0,1
    4
    +2
    ø95,2 +0,5
    ø15
    ø20
    14
    ø13,5
    20
    120
    120
    92
    92
    M20
    60
    13
    ø9
    33
    stroke
    +2
    ø95,2 +0,5
    18
    ø13(4x)
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    x
    A - A
    92
    92
    150
    92
    92
    110
    110
    ø12,5
    stroke
    33
    +2
    ø95,2 +0,5
    A - A
    M6 (2x)
    5)
    5)
    30
    A
    A
    y
    A A
    M20
    ø60
    120
    92
    120
    92
    ø15 (4x)
    ø13,5 (4x)
    20
    14
    13
    ø20 (4x)
    ø9 (4x)
    2480.044.03.03000 2)
    ø20
    5
    52,5
    115
    33
    30
    115
    140
    ø95,5
    ø13,5
    16
    116
    ø108
    ø96,8
    92
    116
    92
    140
    *215
    ø13 (4x)
    2480.010.03000.140 3)
    2480.010.03000.215* 3)
    F222
    subject to alterations
    Gas Spring HEAVY DUTY
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    3) Not for use with composite
    connection.
    4) Square collar flange, non-ro-
    tating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-
    gonal socket (compact head
    recommended)
    2480.011.03000 2480.011.03000.2 2480.022.03000
    2480.055.03000 2480.057.03000 2480.007.03000 2480.008.03000 3)
    2480.064.03000 4) 2480.044.03000 2) 2480.045.03000 2)
    2480.047.03000 2)
    66,5
    11
    46,5
    35
    63
    110
    ø13 (4x)
    ø13 (4x)
    26
    ø24
    15
    ø14,5
    36,5
    63,5
    110
    110
    121
    95,5
    195
    90
    170
    62,5
    125
    67,5
    145
    13 (2x)
    106
    170
    130
    ø17 (2x)
    92
    130 130
    ø17
    33
    92
    92
    18
    120
    120
    40
    60
    9
    ø9
    ø15
    20
    30
    14,2
    14,2
    110
    110
    2,5
    40
    40
    stroke
    y
    x
    24
    12
    DIN 74 - Km 8 (2x)
    DIN 74 - Km 12 (2x)
    92
    92
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    13,5
    28
    19
    3
    ±0,1
    4
    +0,1
    10
    +0,1
    10
    ±0,1
    4
    +2
    ø95,2 +0,5
    ø15
    ø20
    14
    ø13,5
    20
    120
    120
    92
    92
    M20
    60
    13
    ø9
    33
    stroke
    +2
    ø95,2 +0,5
    18
    ø13(4x)
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    x
    A - A
    92
    92
    150
    92
    92
    110
    110
    ø12,5
    stroke
    33
    +2
    ø95,2 +0,5
    A - A
    M6 (2x)
    5)
    5)
    30
    A
    A
    y
    A A
    M20
    ø60
    120
    92
    120
    92
    ø15 (4x)
    ø13,5 (4x)
    20
    14
    13
    ø20 (4x)
    ø9 (4x)
    2480.044.03.03000 2)
    ø20
    5
    52,5
    115
    33
    30
    115
    140
    ø95,5
    ø13,5
    16
    116
    ø108
    ø96,8
    92
    116
    92
    140
    *215
    ø13 (4x)
    2480.010.03000.140 3)
    2480.010.03000.215* 3)
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring HEAVY DUTY
    1,0
    1,7
    1,6
    1,5
    1,4
    1,3
    1,2
    1,1
    25 75 200 300 0 250 150 125 100 50 10
    100 125 300 250 200
    160
    080 063 050 038 025 175 150
    075
    .04200.
    4500 0
    50
    60
    70
    80
    90
    100
    110
    120
    130
    140
    150
    3500 2500 1500 500
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Note:
    Initial spring force at 150 bar = 4200 daN
    Order No for spare parts kit: 2488.13.04200
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 15 to 100 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
    90°
    ±0,25
    l
    Valve /
    1
    8
    G
    ø60
    3
    R2,5
    10,5
    24
    min.
    I
    ±0,1
    ø95,2
    ø87
    M8
    X
    ø60
    8
    7
    M8x16 deep
    (4x)
    View X
    2488.13.04200.
    /
    1
    8
    G
    Overtravel
    protection
    Valve
    max.
    stroke
    S>max
    VDI
    V>max
    ISO
    P>max
    Flex Guide
    TM
    F223
    Order No Stroke max. l min. l
    2488.13.04200.025 25 145 170
    2488.13.04200.038 38 158 196
    2488.13.04200.050 50 170 220
    2488.13.04200.063 63 183 246
    2488.13.04200.075 75 195 270
    2488.13.04200.080 80 200 280
    2488.13.04200.100 100 220 320
    2488.13.04200.125 125 245 370
    2488.13.04200.150 150 270 420
    2488.13.04200.160 160 280 440
    2488.13.04200.175 175 295 470
    2488.13.04200.200 200 320 520
    2488.13.04200.250 250 370 620
    2488.13.04200.300 300 420 720
    2488.13.04200.
    Gas spring HEAVY DUTY
    subject to alterations
    Gas Spring HEAVY DUTY
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    3) Not for use with composite
    connection.
    4) Square collar flange, non-ro-
    tating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-
    gonal socket (compact head
    recommended)
    2480.011.05000 2480.011.05000.2 2480.022.05000
    2480.055.05000 2480.057.05000 2480.007.05000 2480.008.05000 3)
    2480.064.05000 4) 2480.044.05000 2) 2480.045.05000 2)
    2480.047.05000 2)
    88,9
    36,5
    18
    88
    149
    140
    11,5
    48
    79
    109,5
    109,5
    140
    140
    ø13 (4x)
    ø13 (4x)
    24
    12
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    28
    19
    3
    ±0,1
    4
    +0,1
    10
    36 130
    130
    109,5
    109,5
    21
    stroke
    y
    x
    131
    205
    155
    50
    109,5
    155 155
    50
    ø17 (2x)
    ø17
    14,2
    14,2
    2,5
    120,5
    220
    102,5
    195
    74
    148
    77,5
    165
    13 (2x)
    20
    30
    ø17,5
    11
    ø11
    36
    ø26
    17,5
    39
    130
    130
    50
    80
    ø18
    DIN 74 - Km 10 (2x)
    DIN 74 - Km 16 (2x)
    +0,1
    10
    ±0,1
    4
    +2
    ø120,2 +0,5
    ø13,5
    80
    109,5
    109,5
    140
    M20
    13
    140
    15
    20
    ø20
    ø18
    ø11
    36
    stroke
    +2
    ø120,2 +0,5
    M6 (4x)
    y
    21
    ø13(4x)
    x
    x
    A - A
    175
    109,5
    109,5
    32,5
    130
    130
    ø12,5
    stroke
    36
    +2
    ø120,2 +0,5
    A - A
    M6 (2x)
    5)
    5)
    109,5
    109,5
    A
    A
    y
    A A
    15
    ø20 (4x)
    ø13,5 (4x)
    20
    13
    109,5
    140
    M20
    ø80
    109,5
    140
    ø18 (4x)
    ø11 (4x)
    2480.044.03.05000 2)
    ø20
    7
    65
    140
    58
    30
    145
    170
    ø120,5
    ø13,5
    16
    138
    ø130
    ø122
    109,5
    138
    109,5 160
    ø15 (4x)
    2480.010.05000.160 3)
    F224
    subject to alterations
    Gas Spring HEAVY DUTY
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    3) Not for use with composite
    connection.
    4) Square collar flange, non-ro-
    tating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-
    gonal socket (compact head
    recommended)
    2480.011.05000 2480.011.05000.2 2480.022.05000
    2480.055.05000 2480.057.05000 2480.007.05000 2480.008.05000 3)
    2480.064.05000 4) 2480.044.05000 2) 2480.045.05000 2)
    2480.047.05000 2)
    88,9
    36,5
    18
    88
    149
    140
    11,5
    48
    79
    109,5
    109,5
    140
    140
    ø13 (4x)
    ø13 (4x)
    24
    12
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    28
    19
    3
    ±0,1
    4
    +0,1
    10
    36 130
    130
    109,5
    109,5
    21
    stroke
    y
    x
    131
    205
    155
    50
    109,5
    155 155
    50
    ø17 (2x)
    ø17
    14,2
    14,2
    2,5
    120,5
    220
    102,5
    195
    74
    148
    77,5
    165
    13 (2x)
    20
    30
    ø17,5
    11
    ø11
    36
    ø26
    17,5
    39
    130
    130
    50
    80
    ø18
    DIN 74 - Km 10 (2x)
    DIN 74 - Km 16 (2x)
    +0,1
    10
    ±0,1
    4
    +2
    ø120,2 +0,5
    ø13,5
    80
    109,5
    109,5
    140
    M20
    13
    140
    15
    20
    ø20
    ø18
    ø11
    36
    stroke
    +2
    ø120,2 +0,5
    M6 (4x)
    y
    21
    ø13(4x)
    x
    x
    A - A
    175
    109,5
    109,5
    32,5
    130
    130
    ø12,5
    stroke
    36
    +2
    ø120,2 +0,5
    A - A
    M6 (2x)
    5)
    5)
    109,5
    109,5
    A
    A
    y
    A A
    15
    ø20 (4x)
    ø13,5 (4x)
    20
    13
    109,5
    140
    M20
    ø80
    109,5
    140
    ø18 (4x)
    ø11 (4x)
    2480.044.03.05000 2)
    ø20
    7
    65
    140
    58
    30
    145
    170
    ø120,5
    ø13,5
    16
    138
    ø130
    ø122
    109,5
    138
    109,5 160
    ø15 (4x)
    2480.010.05000.160 3)
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring HEAVY DUTY
    1,0
    1,7
    1,6
    1,5
    1,4
    1,3
    1,2
    1,1
    25 75 200 300 0 250 150 125 100 50 10
    100 125 300 250 200
    160
    080 063 050 038 025 175 150
    075
    .06600.
    7000 0
    50
    60
    70
    80
    90
    100
    110
    120
    130
    140
    150
    6000 5000 4000 3000 2000 1000
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Note:
    Initial spring force at 150 bar = 6600 daN
    Order No for spare parts kit: 2488.13.06600
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 15 to 100 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
    ±0,25
    l
    25,5
    ø80
    7 3
    10,5
    max.
    stroke
    min.
    I
    ±0,1
    ø120,2
    ø112
    M8
    ø75
    X
    R2,5
    8
    M10x16 deep
    (4x)
    View X
    Valve /
    1
    8
    G
    90°
    2488.13.06600.
    /
    1
    8
    G
    Overtravel
    protection
    Valve
    S>max
    VDI
    V>max
    ISO
    P>max
    Flex Guide
    TM
    F225
    Order No Stroke max. l min. l
    2488.13.06600.025 25 165 190
    2488.13.06600.038 38 178 216
    2488.13.06600.050 50 190 240
    2488.13.06600.063 63 203 266
    2488.13.06600.075 75 215 290
    2488.13.06600.080 80 220 300
    2488.13.06600.100 100 240 340
    2488.13.06600.125 125 265 390
    2488.13.06600.150 150 290 440
    2488.13.06600.160 160 300 460
    2488.13.06600.175 175 315 490
    2488.13.06600.200 200 340 540
    2488.13.06600.250 250 390 640
    2488.13.06600.300 300 440 740
    2488.13.06600.
    Gas spring HEAVY DUTY
    subject to alterations
    2480.011.07500 2480.011.07500.2
    2480.022.07500
    2480.055.07500 2480.057.07500
    2480.007.07500 2480.008.07500 3)
    2480.044.07500 2)
    ø17,5
    (4x)
    ø17,5 (4x)
    24
    12
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    138
    138
    190
    190
    41 162
    162
    138
    138
    27
    stroke
    y
    x
    170
    245
    195
    ø21 (2x)
    138
    195 195
    ø21
    50
    50
    14,2
    14,2
    2,5
    150,5
    260
    120
    230
    100
    200
    95
    200
    13 (2x)
    20
    30
    +2
    ø150,2 +0,5
    ø17,5
    M20
    ø26
    ø18
    15
    20
    17
    100
    190
    138
    190
    138
    ø11
    M6 (4x)
    y
    27
    x
    x
    A - A
    220
    138
    138
    41
    stroke
    +2
    ø150,2 +0,5
    ø17,5
    (4x)
    stroke
    y
    A A
    ø18 (4x)
    190
    138
    190
    138
    ø100
    M20
    20
    15
    ø11
    (4x)
    17
    ø17,5 (4x)
    ø26 (4x)
    2480.044.03.07500 2)
    ø20
    7
    80
    170
    68
    30
    175
    200
    ø150,5
    ø13,5
    138
    138
    162
    162
    ø16,5
    41
    +2
    ø150,2 +0,5
    A - A
    M6 (2x)
    5)
    A
    A
    2480.064.07500 4)
    38
    2480.011.03.07500
    ø13,5 (4x)
    M20
    ø20 (4x)
    ø18 (4x)
    15
    20
    13
    100
    190
    138
    190
    138
    ø11
    (4x)
    2480.011.03.07500.2
    ø18 (4x)
    190
    138
    190
    138
    ø100
    M20
    20
    15
    ø11
    (4x)
    13
    ø13,5 (4x)
    ø20 (4x)
    Gas spring HEAVY DUTY
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be
    absorbed by the stop surface.
    3) Note:
    Not for use with composite
    connection.
    4) Square collar flange, non-
    rotating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-go-
    nal socket (compact head
    recommended).
    F226
    subject to alterations
    2480.011.07500 2480.011.07500.2
    2480.022.07500
    2480.055.07500 2480.057.07500
    2480.007.07500 2480.008.07500 3)
    2480.044.07500 2)
    ø17,5
    (4x)
    ø17,5 (4x)
    24
    12
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    138
    138
    190
    190
    41 162
    162
    138
    138
    27
    stroke
    y
    x
    170
    245
    195
    ø21 (2x)
    138
    195 195
    ø21
    50
    50
    14,2
    14,2
    2,5
    150,5
    260
    120
    230
    100
    200
    95
    200
    13 (2x)
    20
    30
    +2
    ø150,2 +0,5
    ø17,5
    M20
    ø26
    ø18
    15
    20
    17
    100
    190
    138
    190
    138
    ø11
    M6 (4x)
    y
    27
    x
    x
    A - A
    220
    138
    138
    41
    stroke
    +2
    ø150,2 +0,5
    ø17,5
    (4x)
    stroke
    y
    A A
    ø18 (4x)
    190
    138
    190
    138
    ø100
    M20
    20
    15
    ø11
    (4x)
    17
    ø17,5 (4x)
    ø26 (4x)
    2480.044.03.07500 2)
    ø20
    7
    80
    170
    68
    30
    175
    200
    ø150,5
    ø13,5
    138
    138
    162
    162
    ø16,5
    41
    +2
    ø150,2 +0,5
    A - A
    M6 (2x)
    5)
    A
    A
    2480.064.07500 4)
    38
    2480.011.03.07500
    ø13,5 (4x)
    M20
    ø20 (4x)
    ø18 (4x)
    15
    20
    13
    100
    190
    138
    190
    138
    ø11
    (4x)
    2480.011.03.07500.2
    ø18 (4x)
    190
    138
    190
    138
    ø100
    M20
    20
    15
    ø11
    (4x)
    13
    ø13,5 (4x)
    ø20 (4x)
    Gas spring HEAVY DUTY
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be
    absorbed by the stop surface.
    3) Note:
    Not for use with composite
    connection.
    4) Square collar flange, non-
    rotating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-go-
    nal socket (compact head
    recommended).
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring HEAVY DUTY
    1,0
    1,7
    1,6
    1,5
    1,4
    1,3
    1,2
    1,1
    25 75 200 300 0 250 150 125 100 50 10
    100 125 300 250 200
    160
    080 063 050 038 025 175 150
    075
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    50
    60
    70
    80
    90
    100
    110
    120
    130
    140
    150
    0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000
    .09500.
    Note:
    Initial spring force at 150 bar = 9500 daN
    Order No for spare parts kit: 2488.13.09500
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 15 to 100 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
    ±0,25
    l
    ø100
    8 3
    10,5
    27,5
    max.
    stroke
    min.
    I
    ±0,1
    ø150,2
    ø142
    M8
    ø90
    X
    R2,5
    8
    M10x16 deep
    (4x)
    View X
    Valve /
    1
    8
    G
    90°
    2488.13.09500.
    /
    1
    8
    G
    Overtravel
    protection
    Valve
    S>max
    VDI
    V>max
    ISO
    P>max
    Flex Guide
    TM
    F227
    Order No Stroke max. l min. l
    2488.13.09500.025 25 180 205
    2488.13.09500.038 38 193 231
    2488.13.09500.050 50 205 255
    2488.13.09500.063 63 218 281
    2488.13.09500.075 75 230 305
    2488.13.09500.080 80 235 315
    2488.13.09500.100 100 255 355
    2488.13.09500.125 125 280 405
    2488.13.09500.150 150 305 455
    2488.13.09500.160 160 315 475
    2488.13.09500.175 175 330 505
    2488.13.09500.200 200 355 555
    2488.13.09500.250 250 405 655
    2488.13.09500.300 300 455 755
    2488.13.09500.
    Gas spring HEAVY DUTY
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring HEAVY DUTY
    Mounting variations
    2480.022.10000
    210
    210
    24
    13
    ø17 (4x)
    170
    170
    2480.057.10000 2480.007.10000
    ø17,5
    (4x)
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    47 210
    210
    170
    170
    27 stroke
    y
    x
    169
    240 240
    ø21
    58
    16
    +2
    ø195,2 +0,5
    ø17,5
    M20
    ø26
    ø20
    13
    25
    17
    120
    210
    170
    210
    170
    ø13,5
    ø17,5
    M20
    ø26
    15
    25
    17
    120
    210
    170
    210
    170
    ø13,5
    ø20
    2480.011.10000 2480.011.10000.2
    F228
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring HEAVY DUTY
    Mounting variations
    2480.022.10000
    210
    210
    24
    13
    ø17 (4x)
    170
    170
    2480.057.10000 2480.007.10000
    ø17,5
    (4x)
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    47 210
    210
    170
    170
    27 stroke
    y
    x
    169
    240 240
    ø21
    58
    16
    +2
    ø195,2 +0,5
    ø17,5
    M20
    ø26
    ø20
    13
    25
    17
    120
    210
    170
    210
    170
    ø13,5
    ø17,5
    M20
    ø26
    15
    25
    17
    120
    210
    170
    210
    170
    ø13,5
    ø20
    2480.011.10000 2480.011.10000.2
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring HEAVY DUTY
    1,0
    1,7
    1,6
    1,5
    1,4
    1,3
    1,2
    1,1
    0 10 300 250 200 150 100 50 25 75 125
    025 038 050
    075
    100 063 080 125 150 160 175 200 250 300 .20000.
    25000 0
    50
    60
    70
    80
    90
    100
    110
    120
    130
    140
    150
    20000 15000 10000 5000
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Note:
    Initial spring force at 150 bar = 20000 daN
    Order No for spare parts kit: 2488.13.20000
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 15 to 100 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
    2488.13.20000.
    ø186,65
    195 -0,2
    33,5
    ø130
    X
    R2,5
    3 8
    8
    15
    max.
    stroke min. I
    ±0,25
    l
    M8
    ø120
    M12x16 deep
    (4x)
    90°
    Overtravel
    protection
    View X
    /
    1
    8
    G Valve
    S>max V>max
    P>max
    Flex Guide
    TM
    F229
    Order No Stroke max. l min. l
    2488.13.20000.025 25 185 210
    2488.13.20000.038 38 198 236
    2488.13.20000.050 50 210 260
    2488.13.20000.063 63 223 286
    2488.13.20000.075 75 235 310
    2488.13.20000.080 80 240 320
    2488.13.20000.100 100 260 360
    2488.13.20000.125 125 285 410
    2488.13.20000.150 150 310 460
    2488.13.20000.160 160 320 480
    2488.13.20000.175 175 335 510
    2488.13.20000.200 200 360 560
    2488.13.20000.250 250 410 660
    2488.13.20000.300 300 460 760
    2488.13.20000.
    Gas spring HEAVY DUTY
    subject to alterations F230
    Gas springs
    with through
    bore passage
    Gas springs
    with through
    bore passage
    F231
    subject to alterations
    2480.055.00250 2480.057.00250
    +2
    +0,5 ø38
    ø7 (4x)
    M4 (4x)
    y
    9
    40
    40
    16 52
    y
    x
    52
    x
    40
    40
    68
    +2
    +0,5 ø38
    ø7 (4x)
    M5 (4x)
    y
    x
    9 16
    A A
    y
    x
    A - A
    +2
    +0,5 ø38
    2
    16
    g 2
    2
    +1,0
    +0,5 ø38
    +2
    +0,5 ø38
    stroke
    stroke
    stroke
    stroke
    Mounting examples:
    Gas Spring with through bore passage
    Mounting variations
    F232
    subject to alterations
    2480.055.00250 2480.057.00250
    +2
    +0,5 ø38
    ø7 (4x)
    M4 (4x)
    y
    9
    40
    40
    16 52
    y
    x
    52
    x
    40
    40
    68
    +2
    +0,5 ø38
    ø7 (4x)
    M5 (4x)
    y
    x
    9 16
    A A
    y
    x
    A - A
    +2
    +0,5 ø38
    2
    16
    g 2
    2
    +1,0
    +0,5 ø38
    +2
    +0,5 ø38
    stroke
    stroke
    stroke
    stroke
    Mounting examples:
    Gas Spring with through bore passage
    Mounting variations
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring with through bore passage
    100 200
    .00270. 016 025 050 080
    100 75 50 10 0 300
    100
    0 25
    1,0
    1,4
    50
    60
    70
    80
    90
    100
    110
    120
    130
    140
    150 1,5
    1,3
    1,2
    1,1
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Note:
    Initial spring force at 150 bar = 270 daN
    Order No for spare parts kit: 2496.12.00270
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 50 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 15 to 40 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 0.5 m/s
    ±0,25
    l
    M6 valve
    11,5
    2
    ø10,4
    ø22
    ±0,1
    R1
    R1
    10,5
    I min.
    ø38
    X
    View X Top view
    Stroke max.
    2496.12.00270.
    V>max
    F233
    Order No Stroke max. l min. l g 2 *
    2496.12.00270.016 16 92 108 86
    2496.12.00270.025 25 101 126 95
    2496.12.00270.050 50 126 176 120
    2496.12.00270.080 80 156 236 150
    *see mounting example
    2496.12.00270.
    Gas spring with through bore
    passage
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring with through bore passage
    Mounting variations
    2480.055.00750 2480.057.00750
    22 70
    70
    56,5
    56,5
    13
    stroke
    y
    x
    ø9 (4x)
    M5 (4x)
    y
    x
    +2
    ø50,2 +0,5
    56,5
    13
    95
    +2
    +0,5 ø50,2
    ø9 (4x)
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    22
    stroke
    x
    A - A
    56,5
    stroke
    y
    A A
    19,5
    56,5
    56,5
    70
    70
    ø9
    22
    +2
    ø50,2 +0,5
    A - A
    M5 (2x)
    5)
    A
    A
    2480.064.00750 4)
    +2
    +0,5
    ø50,2
    stroke
    3
    22
    g 2
    stroke
    3
    +1,0
    +0,5
    ø50,2
    +2
    +0,5
    ø50,2
    see Note!
    Mounting examples:
    Note:
    4) Square collar flange, non-ro-
    tating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-
    gonal socket (compact head
    recommended)
    F234
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring with through bore passage
    Mounting variations
    2480.055.00750 2480.057.00750
    22 70
    70
    56,5
    56,5
    13
    stroke
    y
    x
    ø9 (4x)
    M5 (4x)
    y
    x
    +2
    ø50,2 +0,5
    56,5
    13
    95
    +2
    +0,5 ø50,2
    ø9 (4x)
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    22
    stroke
    x
    A - A
    56,5
    stroke
    y
    A A
    19,5
    56,5
    56,5
    70
    70
    ø9
    22
    +2
    ø50,2 +0,5
    A - A
    M5 (2x)
    5)
    A
    A
    2480.064.00750 4)
    +2
    +0,5
    ø50,2
    stroke
    3
    22
    g 2
    stroke
    3
    +1,0
    +0,5
    ø50,2
    +2
    +0,5
    ø50,2
    see Note!
    Mounting examples:
    Note:
    4) Square collar flange, non-ro-
    tating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-
    gonal socket (compact head
    recommended)
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring with through bore passage
    50
    100 200 300
    .00490. 016 025 050 080
    100 75 50 10 500
    100
    0 25
    1,0
    1,4
    60
    70
    80
    90
    100
    110
    120
    130
    140
    150 1,6
    1,3
    1,2
    1,1
    1,5
    400
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Note:
    Initial spring force at 150 bar = 490 daN
    When mounting to floor, contact over the
    entire floor of the cylinder tube must be
    ensured!
    Order No for spare parts kit: 2496.12.00490
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 50 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 15 to 40 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 0.5 m/s
    ±0,25
    l
    ±0,1
    ø50,2
    M6 valve
    15,5
    3
    ø16,4
    I min.
    14,5
    ø30
    R2
    X
    R2
    View X top view
    28
    23
    M4 x 8 deep
    (4x)
    M4 x 8 deep
    (4x)
    max.
    Stroke
    2496.12.00490.
    V>max
    F235
    Order No Stroke max. l min. l g 2 *
    2496.12.00490.016 16 96 112 88
    2496.12.00490.025 25 105 130 97
    2496.12.00490.050 50 130 180 122
    2496.12.00490.080 80 160 240 152
    *see mounting example
    2496.12.00490.
    Gas spring with through bore
    passage
    subject to alterations
    +2
    +0,5 ø75,2
    3
    27
    g 2
    3
    +1,0
    +0,5 ø75,2
    +2
    +0,5 ø75,2
    2480.064.01500 4)
    26
    73,5
    73,5
    90
    90
    ø10,5
    27
    +2
    ø75,2 +0,5
    A - A
    M6 (2x)
    5)
    5)
    A
    A
    see Note!
    stroke
    stroke
    stroke
    stroke
    stroke
    2480.055.01500 2480.057.01500
    ø11 (4x)
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    73,5
    73,5
    27 90
    90
    16
    y
    x
    +2
    ø75,2 +0,5
    122
    73,5
    16
    +2
    +0,5 ø75,2
    ø11(4x)
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    27
    x
    A - A
    73,5
    y
    A A
    Notes:
    4) Square collar flange, non-
    rotating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-
    gonal socket (compact head
    recommended).
    Mounting examples:
    Gas Spring with through bore passage
    Mounting variations
    F236
    subject to alterations
    +2
    +0,5 ø75,2
    3
    27
    g 2
    3
    +1,0
    +0,5 ø75,2
    +2
    +0,5 ø75,2
    2480.064.01500 4)
    26
    73,5
    73,5
    90
    90
    ø10,5
    27
    +2
    ø75,2 +0,5
    A - A
    M6 (2x)
    5)
    5)
    A
    A
    see Note!
    stroke
    stroke
    stroke
    stroke
    stroke
    2480.055.01500 2480.057.01500
    ø11 (4x)
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    73,5
    73,5
    27 90
    90
    16
    y
    x
    +2
    ø75,2 +0,5
    122
    73,5
    16
    +2
    +0,5 ø75,2
    ø11(4x)
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    27
    x
    A - A
    73,5
    y
    A A
    Notes:
    4) Square collar flange, non-
    rotating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-
    gonal socket (compact head
    recommended).
    Mounting examples:
    Gas Spring with through bore passage
    Mounting variations
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring with through bore passage
    .01060.
    50
    250 500 750 1250
    016 025 050 080
    100 75 50 10
    100
    0 25
    1,0
    1,4
    60
    70
    80
    90
    100
    110
    120
    130
    140
    150 1,6
    1,3
    1,2
    1,1
    1,5
    1000
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Note:
    Initial spring force at 150 bar = 1060 daN
    When mounting to floor, contact over the
    entire floor of the cylinder tube must be
    ensured!
    Order No for spare parts kit: 2496.12.01060
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 50 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 15 to 40 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 0.5 m/s
    ±0,25
    l
    R2,5
    R2,5
    ø25,4
    19
    M6 valve
    3
    18
    ±0,1
    I min.
    X
    ø75,2
    View X top view
    M6 x 12 deep
    (4x)
    M6 x 12 deep
    (4x)
    48
    36
    ø50
    max.
    Stroke
    2496.12.01060.
    V>max
    F237
    Order No Stroke max. l min. l g 2 *
    2496.12.01060.016 16 106 122 96
    2496.12.01060.025 25 115 140 105
    2496.12.01060.050 50 140 190 130
    2496.12.01060.080 80 170 250 160
    2496.12.01060.100 100 190 290 180
    *see mounting example
    2496.12.01060.
    Gas spring with through bore
    passage
    subject to alterations F238
    Gas springs with
    increased spring
    force POWER LINE
    Gas springs with
    increased spring
    force POWER LINE
    F239
    2480.051.00030 2480.051.00030 2480.052.00030
    9
    7 25
    32
    45
    1
    20,5
    ø7
    25
    32
    45
    Ø
    1)
    +1
    +0,5
    ø7 M3 (4x)
    10
    10
    2480.051.03.00030 2480.051.03.00030
    9 25
    32
    45
    1
    21,5
    ø7 M3 (4x)
    subject to alterations
    Gas Spring POWERLINE
    Mounting variations
    Mounting examples:
    phasing out
    phasing out
    F240
    2480.051.00030 2480.051.00030 2480.052.00030
    9
    7 25
    32
    45
    1
    20,5
    ø7
    25
    32
    45
    Ø
    1)
    +1
    +0,5
    ø7 M3 (4x)
    10
    10
    2480.051.03.00030 2480.051.03.00030
    9 25
    32
    45
    1
    21,5
    ø7 M3 (4x)
    subject to alterations
    Gas Spring POWERLINE
    Mounting variations
    Mounting examples:
    phasing out
    phasing out
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring POWERLINE
    50 0
    50
    180
    100 5
    100 125 050 025
    25 75 0 125 100 50 10
    1,0
    080 075 063 038
    1,1
    1,2
    1,3
    1,4
    1,5
    1,6
    1,7
    007 015 019
    010
    170
    160
    150
    140
    130
    120
    110
    100
    60
    70
    80
    90
    200 150
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Note:
    Initial spring force at 180 bar = 170 daN
    Worn gas springs cannot be repaired, they
    have to be replaced completely.
    1) Fixing at bottom thread only recommanded
    for stroke length up to 50 mm.
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 180 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 40 to 100 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
    17
    l min.
    ±0,25
    l
    ø19
    ±0,1
    ø11
    X
    View X
    R1
    R1
    6
    1 5
    valve M6
    2487.12.00170.
    max.
    Stroke
    S>max
    VDI
    V>max
    ISO
    P>max
    F241
    Order No Stroke max. l min. l
    2487.12.00170.007 7 37 44
    2487.12.00170.010 10 40 50
    2487.12.00170.015 15 45 60
    2487.12.00170.019 19 49 68
    2487.12.00170.025 25 55 80
    2487.12.00170.038 38 68 106
    2487.12.00170.050 50 80 130
    2487.12.00170.063 63 93 156
    2487.12.00170.075 75 110 185
    2487.12.00170.080 80 115 195
    2487.12.00170.100 100 135 235
    2487.12.00170.125 125 160 285
    2487.12.00170.
    Gas spring POWERLINE
    2480.051.00150 2480.053.00150
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring POWERLINE
    Mounting variations
    Mounting examples:
    F242
    2480.051.00150 2480.053.00150
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring POWERLINE
    Mounting variations
    Mounting examples:
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring POWERLINE
    50 5
    100 125 050 025
    25 75 0 125 100 50 10
    1,0
    080 075 063 038
    1,1
    1,2
    1,3
    1,4
    1,5
    1,6
    1,7
    007 015 019
    010
    0
    50
    180
    170
    160
    150
    140
    130
    120
    110
    100
    60
    70
    80
    90
    350 300 250 200 150 100
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Note:
    Initial spring force at 180 bar = 320 daN
    Worn gas springs cannot be repaired, they
    have to be replaced completely.
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 180 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 40 to 100 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
    17
    ±0,25
    l
    R1
    X
    View X
    ø15
    ø24,9 ±0,1
    l min.
    5 1
    valve M6
    max.
    Stroke
    2487.12.00320.
    S>max V>max
    ISO
    P>max
    F243
    Order No Stroke max. l min. l
    2487.12.00320.007 7 37 44
    2487.12.00320.010 10 40 50
    2487.12.00320.015 15 45 60
    2487.12.00320.019 19 49 68
    2487.12.00320.025 25 55 80
    2487.12.00320.038 38 68 106
    2487.12.00320.050 50 80 130
    2487.12.00320.063 63 93 156
    2487.12.00320.075 75 110 185
    2487.12.00320.080 80 115 195
    2487.12.00320.100 100 135 235
    2487.12.00320.125 125 160 285
    2487.12.00320.
    Gas spring POWERLINE
    subject to alterations
    Gas Spring POWERLINE
    Mounting variations
    Notes:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be
    absorbed by the stop surface.
    Mounting examples:
    2480.022.00150
    2480.055.00150 2480.057.00150
    2480.044.00150 2) 2480.044.03.00150 2)
    12
    7
    4
    ø32,5
    ø28,5
    35
    50
    50
    35
    ø7 (4x)
    +0,5
    +1,0
    Ø
    32,2
    15
    22,5
    22
    54
    20
    45
    41
    90
    72
    9 (2x)
    +2
    +0,5 ø32
    ø7 (4x)
    M3 (4x)
    y
    9
    35
    35
    17
    stroke
    45
    y
    x
    45
    x
    35
    35
    60
    ø7 (4x)
    M5 (4x)
    y
    x
    9 17
    stroke
    A A
    y
    x
    A - A
    +2
    +0,5 ø32
    ø15
    4
    20,9
    48
    10
    20
    50
    68
    ø32,1
    ø9
    F244
    subject to alterations
    Gas Spring POWERLINE
    Mounting variations
    Notes:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be
    absorbed by the stop surface.
    Mounting examples:
    2480.022.00150
    2480.055.00150 2480.057.00150
    2480.044.00150 2) 2480.044.03.00150 2)
    12
    7
    4
    ø32,5
    ø28,5
    35
    50
    50
    35
    ø7 (4x)
    +0,5
    +1,0
    Ø
    32,2
    15
    22,5
    22
    54
    20
    45
    41
    90
    72
    9 (2x)
    +2
    +0,5 ø32
    ø7 (4x)
    M3 (4x)
    y
    9
    35
    35
    17
    stroke
    45
    y
    x
    45
    x
    35
    35
    60
    ø7 (4x)
    M5 (4x)
    y
    x
    9 17
    stroke
    A A
    y
    x
    A - A
    +2
    +0,5 ø32
    ø15
    4
    20,9
    48
    10
    20
    50
    68
    ø32,1
    ø9
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring POWERLINE
    100
    200 300 400 100 0
    180
    50
    60
    70
    80
    90
    100
    110
    120
    130
    140
    150
    160
    170
    1,0
    1,1
    1,2
    1,3
    1,4
    1,5
    1,6
    5 10 0 125 75 50 25
    125 050 025 075 080 063 038 032 016 010
    013
    100
    019
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Note:
    Initial spring force at 180 bar = 350 daN
    Order No for spare parts kit: 2487.12.00350
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 180 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 20 to 100 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
    20
    ø32
    ø27
    3,5
    ø16
    12,5 6
    valve M6
    2
    M6
    M6 x 6 tief
    -0,2
    4
    l
    ±0,25
    l
    min.
    R 1
    X
    View X
    (2x)
    max.
    Stroke
    2487.12.00350.
    S>max
    VDI
    V>max
    ISO
    P>max
    Flex Guide
    TM
    F245
    Order No Stroke max. l min. l
    2487.12.00350.010 10 40 50
    2487.12.00350.013 13 43 56
    2487.12.00350.016 16 46 62
    2487.12.00350.019 19 49 68
    2487.12.00350.025 25 55 80
    2487.12.00350.032 32 62 94
    2487.12.00350.038 38 68 106
    2487.12.00350.050 50 80 130
    2487.12.00350.063 63 93 156
    2487.12.00350.075 75 105 180
    2487.12.00350.080 80 110 190
    2487.12.00350.100 100 130 230
    2487.12.00350.125 125 155 280
    2487.12.00350.
    Gas spring POWERLINE
    subject to alterations
    Gas Spring POWERLINE
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    3) Not for use with composite
    connection.
    2480.022.00250
    2480.055.00250 2480.057.00250 2480.007.00250 2480.008.00250 3)
    2480.044.00250 2)
    ø7 (4x)
    M4 (4x)
    y
    9
    40
    40
    17
    stroke
    52
    y
    x
    52
    x
    +2
    ø38 +0,5
    12
    ø7 (4x)
    7
    55
    40
    55
    40
    95
    38,2
    9 (2x)
    59
    15
    27,5
    55
    43
    20
    77
    25
    ø7
    20
    7
    56,6
    ø7 (2x)
    2,5
    7
    20
    48
    56,6
    76,6
    40
    40
    68
    +2
    +0,5 ø38
    ø7 (4x)
    M5 (4x)
    y
    x
    9 17
    stroke
    x
    A - A
    y
    A A
    2480.044.03.00250 2)
    ø15
    4
    23,9
    54
    16
    20
    54
    74
    ø38,2
    ø9
    12
    52
    ø44,5
    ø39,3
    40
    52
    40
    55
    *95
    ø7 (4x)
    2480.010.00250.055 3)
    2480.010.00250.095* 3)
    F246
    subject to alterations
    Gas Spring POWERLINE
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    3) Not for use with composite
    connection.
    2480.022.00250
    2480.055.00250 2480.057.00250 2480.007.00250 2480.008.00250 3)
    2480.044.00250 2)
    ø7 (4x)
    M4 (4x)
    y
    9
    40
    40
    17
    stroke
    52
    y
    x
    52
    x
    +2
    ø38 +0,5
    12
    ø7 (4x)
    7
    55
    40
    55
    40
    95
    38,2
    9 (2x)
    59
    15
    27,5
    55
    43
    20
    77
    25
    ø7
    20
    7
    56,6
    ø7 (2x)
    2,5
    7
    20
    48
    56,6
    76,6
    40
    40
    68
    +2
    +0,5 ø38
    ø7 (4x)
    M5 (4x)
    y
    x
    9 17
    stroke
    x
    A - A
    y
    A A
    2480.044.03.00250 2)
    ø15
    4
    23,9
    54
    16
    20
    54
    74
    ø38,2
    ø9
    12
    52
    ø44,5
    ø39,3
    40
    52
    40
    55
    *95
    ø7 (4x)
    2480.010.00250.055 3)
    2480.010.00250.095* 3)
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring POWERLINE
    400 500 0 300 200 100
    50
    60
    70
    80
    90
    100
    110
    120
    130
    140
    150
    1,0
    5 10 0 125 75 50 25
    1,0
    1,1
    1,2
    1,3
    1,4
    1,5
    1,6
    013
    125 080 075 050 025 010 063 038 032 016
    100
    019
    100
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Note:
    Initial spring force at 150 bar = 470 daN
    Order No for spare parts kit: 2487.12.00500
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 20 to 100 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
    ø33
    12,5 6
    valve M6
    2
    ø20
    M6
    ø38 -0,2
    4
    4
    l
    ±0,25
    l
    min.
    R 1
    X
    25
    20
    View X
    45°
    M6 x 8 deep
    (4x)
    valve M6
    max.
    Stroke
    2487.12.00500.
    S>max
    VDI
    V>max
    ISO
    P>max
    Flex Guide
    TM
    F247
    Order No Stroke max. l min. l
    2487.12.00500.010 10 40 50
    2487.12.00500.013 13 43 56
    2487.12.00500.016 16 46 62
    2487.12.00500.019 19 49 68
    2487.12.00500.025 25 55 80
    2487.12.00500.032 32 62 94
    2487.12.00500.038 38 68 106
    2487.12.00500.050 50 80 130
    2487.12.00500.063 63 93 156
    2487.12.00500.075 75 105 180
    2487.12.00500.080 80 110 190
    2487.12.00500.100 100 130 230
    2487.12.00500.125 125 155 280
    2487.12.00500.
    Gas spring POWERLINE
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring POWERLINE
    Mounting variations
    2480.011.00500.2 2480.011.00500 2480.011.00500.1 2480.022.00500
    2480.055.00500 2480.057.00500 2480.007.00500 2480.008.00500 3)
    2480.044.00500 2)
    70
    50
    ø9 (2x)
    ø9
    2,5
    7
    25
    56
    70,7
    95,8
    25
    7
    70,7 70,7
    50
    70
    50
    ø9 (4x)
    7
    20
    12
    12
    M10 (2x)
    ø15 (2x)
    20
    DIN 74 -
    Km 8 (4x)
    20
    50
    70
    50
    70
    M10 (2x)
    ø15 (2x)
    20
    50
    70
    50
    70
    DIN 74 -
    Km 8 (4x)
    12
    12
    20
    ø9 (4x)
    M5 (4x)
    13
    50
    50
    stroke
    64
    y
    x
    64
    y
    x
    +2
    ø45,2 +0,5
    82
    45,5
    9 (2x)
    64
    100
    15
    30
    60
    45
    20
    28
    13
    50
    50
    86
    +2
    +0,5 ø45,2
    ø9 (4x)
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    stroke
    x
    A - A
    y
    A A
    23 6)
    23 6)
    20
    ø15
    (2x)
    20
    70
    70
    12
    12
    M10
    (2x)
    ø9 (2x)
    ø9
    (2x)
    ø15 (2x) ø15 (2x)
    12
    50
    50
    2480.044.03.00500 2)
    ø15
    4
    27,5
    60
    22
    20
    60
    80
    ø45,5
    ø9
    12
    64
    ø52
    ø46
    45,5
    64
    45,5 95
    ø7 (4x)
    2480.010.00500.095 3)
    stroke 18,4
    50
    50
    64
    64
    ø9
    23
    +2
    ø45,2 +0,5
    A - A
    M5 (2x)
    5)
    A
    A
    2480.064.00500 4) Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    3) Not for use with composite
    connection.
    4) Square collar flange, non-ro-
    tating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-
    gonal socket (compact head
    recommended)
    6) Installation height increased
    from 22 mm to 23 mm according
    to VDI 3003.
    F248
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring POWERLINE
    0
    50
    150
    800
    140
    130
    120
    110
    100
    60
    70
    80
    90
    700 600 500 400 300 200 100 5
    100 125 050 025
    25 75 0 125 100 50 10
    1,0
    1,1
    1,2
    1,3
    1,4
    1,5
    1,6
    080 075 063 038 032 016 010
    013 019
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Note:
    Initial spring force at 150 bar = 750 daN
    Order No for spare parts kit: 2487.12.00750
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 20 to 100 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
    l min.
    20
    ø40
    ø25
    M6
    ø45,2
    ±0,1
    2
    R 1
    4
    4
    ±0,25
    l
    16,5
    6
    X
    View X
    valve M6
    M8 x 6 deep
    (2x)
    max.
    Stroke
    2487.12.00750. .1
    S>max
    VDI
    V>max
    ISO
    P>max
    Flex Guide
    TM
    F249
    Order No Stroke max. l min. l
    2487.12.00750.010.1 10 42 52
    2487.12.00750.013.1 13 45 58
    2487.12.00750.016.1 16 48 64
    2487.12.00750.019.1 19 51 70
    2487.12.00750.025.1 25 57 82
    2487.12.00750.032.1 32 64 96
    2487.12.00750.038.1 38 70 108
    2487.12.00750.050.1 50 82 132
    2487.12.00750.063.1 63 95 158
    2487.12.00750.075.1 75 107 182
    2487.12.00750.080.1 80 112 192
    2487.12.00750.100.1 100 132 232
    2487.12.00750.125.1 125 157 282
    2487.12.00750. .1
    Gas spring POWERLINE
    subject to alterations
    Gas Spring POWERLINE
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    3) Not for use with composite
    connection.
    4) Square collar flange, non-ro-
    tating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-
    gonal socket (compact head
    recommended)
    6) Installation height increased
    from 22 mm to 24 mm,
    installation position from
    3 mm to 5 mm according to
    VDI 3003.
    2480.011.00750.3 2480.011.00750 2480.011.00750.1 2480.022.00750
    2480.055.00750 2480.057.00750 2480.007.00750 2480.008.00750 3)
    2480.064.00750 4) 2480.044.00750 2) 2480.045.00750 2)
    2480.047.00750 2)
    12
    +0,1
    10
    12
    56,5
    56,5
    12
    25,5
    22
    11
    34,5
    38
    13
    5
    70
    65
    ±0,1
    4
    +0,1
    10
    19
    30
    32
    60
    1 20 28,
    9
    ø9
    11
    ø18
    ø15
    ø11,5
    9 (2x)
    90
    130
    20
    50,5
    40
    80
    60
    30
    110
    14,2
    ø13 (2x)
    80
    110
    14,2
    56,5
    ø13
    70
    70
    56,5
    56,5
    2,5
    30
    61
    30
    80 80
    13
    stroke
    y
    x
    24
    12
    56,5
    75
    56,5
    75
    ø9 (4x)
    40
    DIN 74 - Km 8 (2x)
    DIN 74 - Km 10 (2x)
    60
    ø9 (4x)
    M5 (4x)
    y
    x
    33
    M10 (2x)
    ø15 (2x)
    20
    75
    75
    DIN 74 -
    Km 8 (4x)
    ±0,1
    4
    12
    12
    56,5
    56,5
    M10 (2x)
    ø15 (2x)
    20
    20
    75
    75
    DIN 74 -
    Km 8 (4x)
    20
    +2
    ø50,2 +0,5
    56,5
    13
    95
    +2
    +0,5 ø50,2
    ø9 (4x)
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    24
    stroke
    x
    A - A
    56,5
    stroke
    19,5
    56,5
    56,5
    70
    70
    ø9
    +2
    ø50,2 +0,5
    A - A
    M5 (2x)
    5)
    5)
    A
    A
    y
    A A
    6)
    6)
    24 6)
    24 6)
    20
    ø15
    20
    56,5
    56,5
    75
    75
    12
    12
    M10
    (2x)
    ø9 (4x)
    ø9
    ø15 (2x) ø15 (4x)
    12
    2480.044.03.00750 2)
    ø18
    5
    30
    70
    25
    30
    68
    90
    ø50,5
    ø11
    12
    70
    ø57
    ø51,2
    56,5
    70
    56,5 115
    ø9 (4x)
    2480.010.00750.115 3)
    F250
    subject to alterations
    Gas Spring POWERLINE
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    3) Not for use with composite
    connection.
    4) Square collar flange, non-ro-
    tating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-
    gonal socket (compact head
    recommended)
    6) Installation height increased
    from 22 mm to 24 mm,
    installation position from
    3 mm to 5 mm according to
    VDI 3003.
    2480.011.00750.3 2480.011.00750 2480.011.00750.1 2480.022.00750
    2480.055.00750 2480.057.00750 2480.007.00750 2480.008.00750 3)
    2480.064.00750 4) 2480.044.00750 2) 2480.045.00750 2)
    2480.047.00750 2)
    12
    +0,1
    10
    12
    56,5
    56,5
    12
    25,5
    22
    11
    34,5
    38
    13
    5
    70
    65
    ±0,1
    4
    +0,1
    10
    19
    30
    32
    60
    1 20 28,
    9
    ø9
    11
    ø18
    ø15
    ø11,5
    9 (2x)
    90
    130
    20
    50,5
    40
    80
    60
    30
    110
    14,2
    ø13 (2x)
    80
    110
    14,2
    56,5
    ø13
    70
    70
    56,5
    56,5
    2,5
    30
    61
    30
    80 80
    13
    stroke
    y
    x
    24
    12
    56,5
    75
    56,5
    75
    ø9 (4x)
    40
    DIN 74 - Km 8 (2x)
    DIN 74 - Km 10 (2x)
    60
    ø9 (4x)
    M5 (4x)
    y
    x
    33
    M10 (2x)
    ø15 (2x)
    20
    75
    75
    DIN 74 -
    Km 8 (4x)
    ±0,1
    4
    12
    12
    56,5
    56,5
    M10 (2x)
    ø15 (2x)
    20
    20
    75
    75
    DIN 74 -
    Km 8 (4x)
    20
    +2
    ø50,2 +0,5
    56,5
    13
    95
    +2
    +0,5 ø50,2
    ø9 (4x)
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    24
    stroke
    x
    A - A
    56,5
    stroke
    19,5
    56,5
    56,5
    70
    70
    ø9
    +2
    ø50,2 +0,5
    A - A
    M5 (2x)
    5)
    5)
    A
    A
    y
    A A
    6)
    6)
    24 6)
    24 6)
    20
    ø15
    20
    56,5
    56,5
    75
    75
    12
    12
    M10
    (2x)
    ø9 (4x)
    ø9
    ø15 (2x) ø15 (4x)
    12
    2480.044.03.00750 2)
    ø18
    5
    30
    70
    25
    30
    68
    90
    ø50,5
    ø11
    12
    70
    ø57
    ø51,2
    56,5
    70
    56,5 115
    ø9 (4x)
    2480.010.00750.115 3)
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring POWERLINE
    800 1000 0 600 400 200
    50
    60
    70
    80
    90
    100
    110
    120
    130
    140
    150
    1,0
    1,1
    1,2
    1,3
    1,4
    1,5
    1,6
    0 100 125 50 75 5 10 25
    100 125 080 075 050 063 025 038 032 019
    016
    013
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Note:
    Initial spring force at 150 bar = 920 daN
    Order No for spare parts kit: 2487.12.01000
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 20 to 100 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
    6 17,5
    20
    ø50,2
    ø43
    ø28
    X
    View X
    M6
    R 2
    ±0,1
    ±0,25
    l
    l min.
    3
    7
    8
    M8 x 6 deep
    (2x)
    valve M6
    max.
    Stroke
    2487.12.01000. .1
    S>max
    VDI
    V>max
    ISO
    P>max
    Flex Guide
    TM
    F251
    Order No Stroke max. l min. l
    2487.12.01000.013.1 13 51 64
    2487.12.01000.016.1 16 54 70
    2487.12.01000.019.1 19 57 76
    2487.12.01000.025.1 25 63 88
    2487.12.01000.032.1 32 70 102
    2487.12.01000.038.1 38 76 114
    2487.12.01000.050.1 50 88 138
    2487.12.01000.063.1 63 101 164
    2487.12.01000.075.1 75 113 188
    2487.12.01000.080.1 80 118 198
    2487.12.01000.100.1 100 138 238
    2487.12.01000.125.1 125 163 288
    2487.12.01000. .1
    Gas spring POWERLINE
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring POWERLINE
    Mounting variations
    2480.022.01000
    2480.057.01000
    2480.044.03.01000 2)
    100
    100
    24
    12
    ø11 (4x)
    73,5
    73,5
    27
    ø11 (4x)
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    73,5
    73,5
    90
    90
    16 stroke
    y
    x
    +2
    ø63,2 +0,5
    2480.057.03.01000
    27
    ø11 (4x)
    M5 (4x)
    y
    x
    64
    64
    80
    80
    16 stroke
    y
    x
    +2
    ø63,2 +0,5
    ø18
    5
    36,5
    82
    27
    30
    84
    108
    ø63,5
    ø11
    2480.011.01000 2480.011.01000.2
    2480.007.01000
    ø15 (2x) ø18 (4x)
    14,2
    ø13
    30
    92 92
    62
    12
    12
    M12 (2x)
    20
    ø9 (2x)
    20
    ø11 (2x)
    100
    100
    73,5
    73,5
    73,5
    20
    100
    100
    73,5
    20
    ø15
    (2x)
    12
    12
    M12
    (2x)
    ø11 (2x)
    ø9
    (2x)
    ø18 (2x) ø18 (2x)
    12
    stroke
    80
    80
    ø10,5
    27
    +2
    ø63,2 +0,5
    A - A
    M6 (2x)
    5)
    A
    A
    2480.064.01000 4)
    23,9
    64
    64
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    4) Square collar flange, non-ro-
    tating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-
    gonal socket (compact head
    recommended)
    F252
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring POWERLINE
    Mounting variations
    2480.022.01000
    2480.057.01000
    2480.044.03.01000 2)
    100
    100
    24
    12
    ø11 (4x)
    73,5
    73,5
    27
    ø11 (4x)
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    73,5
    73,5
    90
    90
    16 stroke
    y
    x
    +2
    ø63,2 +0,5
    2480.057.03.01000
    27
    ø11 (4x)
    M5 (4x)
    y
    x
    64
    64
    80
    80
    16 stroke
    y
    x
    +2
    ø63,2 +0,5
    ø18
    5
    36,5
    82
    27
    30
    84
    108
    ø63,5
    ø11
    2480.011.01000 2480.011.01000.2
    2480.007.01000
    ø15 (2x) ø18 (4x)
    14,2
    ø13
    30
    92 92
    62
    12
    12
    M12 (2x)
    20
    ø9 (2x)
    20
    ø11 (2x)
    100
    100
    73,5
    73,5
    73,5
    20
    100
    100
    73,5
    20
    ø15
    (2x)
    12
    12
    M12
    (2x)
    ø11 (2x)
    ø9
    (2x)
    ø18 (2x) ø18 (2x)
    12
    stroke
    80
    80
    ø10,5
    27
    +2
    ø63,2 +0,5
    A - A
    M6 (2x)
    5)
    A
    A
    2480.064.01000 4)
    23,9
    64
    64
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    4) Square collar flange, non-ro-
    tating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-
    gonal socket (compact head
    recommended)
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring POWERLINE
    0 5
    100 125 050 025
    25 75 0 125 100 50 10
    1,0
    1,1
    50
    150
    1,2
    1,3
    1,4
    1,5
    1,6
    080 075 063 038 032 016
    013 019
    140
    130
    120
    110
    100
    60
    70
    80
    90
    1000 800 600 400 200 1200 1400 1600
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Note:
    Initial spring force at 150 bar = 1500 daN
    Order No for spare parts kit: 2487.12.01500
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 50 to 100 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
    ±0,25
    l
    l min.
    19
    ø63,2
    ±0,1
    ø56
    ø36
    M6
    20
    X
    View X
    3
    7
    8
    R 2
    6
    valve M6
    M8 x 6 deep
    (2x)
    max.
    Stroke
    2487.12.01500.
    S>max
    VDI
    V>max
    ISO
    P>max
    Flex Guide
    TM
    F253
    Order No Stroke max. l min. l
    2487.12.01500.013 13 57 70
    2487.12.01500.016 16 60 76
    2487.12.01500.019 19 63 82
    2487.12.01500.025 25 69 94
    2487.12.01500.032 32 76 108
    2487.12.01500.038 38 82 120
    2487.12.01500.050 50 94 144
    2487.12.01500.063 63 107 170
    2487.12.01500.075 75 119 194
    2487.12.01500.080 80 124 204
    2487.12.01500.100 100 144 244
    2487.12.01500.125 125 169 294
    2487.12.01500.
    Gas spring POWERLINE
    subject to alterations
    Gas Spring POWERLINE
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    3) Not for use with composite
    connection.
    4) Square collar flange, non-ro-
    tating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-
    gonal socket (compact head
    recommended)
    2480.011.01500 2480.011.01500.2 2480.022.01500
    2480.055.01500 2480.057.01500 2480.007.01500 2480.008.01500 3)
    2480.064.01500 4) 2480.044.01500 2) 2480.045.01500 2)
    2480.047.01500 2)
    32
    15
    13,5
    28
    37
    101
    90
    43,5
    10
    19
    57
    104 104
    73,5
    134
    86
    104
    ø11 (4x)
    M6 (4x)
    ø9
    3
    ±0,1
    4
    +0,1
    10
    14,2
    ø13 (2x)
    14,2
    ø13
    2,5
    30
    30
    y
    x
    ø11
    100
    100
    73,5
    73,5
    20
    100
    100
    24
    12
    ø11 (4x)
    73,5
    73,5
    73,5
    73,5
    29 90
    90
    16
    stroke
    y
    x
    52,5
    105
    52,5
    11 (2x)
    115
    160
    20
    75,5
    73,5
    30
    137
    21
    37
    35
    38
    90
    40
    9
    ø9
    13
    ø20
    ø15
    ø14,5
    DIN 74 - Km 8 (2x)
    DIN 74 - Km 12 (2x)
    90
    M20
    40
    DIN 74 - Km 10 (4x)
    12
    +0,1
    10
    ±0,1
    4
    +2
    ø75,2 +0,5
    122
    73,5
    16
    +2
    +0,5 ø75,2
    ø11(4x)
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    29
    stroke
    x
    A - A
    73,5
    ø10,5
    stroke
    73,5
    73,5
    90
    90 29
    +2
    ø75,2 +0,5
    A - A
    M6 (2x)
    5)
    5)
    26
    A
    A
    y
    A A
    DIN 74 -
    Km 8 (4x)
    ø40 20
    ø11 (4x)
    ø9 (4x)
    73,5
    100
    100
    M20
    73,5
    ø15 (4x)
    ø18 (4x)
    14
    12
    2480.044.03.01500 2)
    ø20
    5
    42
    94
    32
    30
    100
    125
    ø75,5
    ø13,5
    16
    92
    ø85
    ø77
    73,5
    92
    73,5 130
    ø11 (4x)
    2480.010.01500.130 3)
    F254
    subject to alterations
    Gas Spring POWERLINE
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    3) Not for use with composite
    connection.
    4) Square collar flange, non-ro-
    tating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-
    gonal socket (compact head
    recommended)
    2480.011.01500 2480.011.01500.2 2480.022.01500
    2480.055.01500 2480.057.01500 2480.007.01500 2480.008.01500 3)
    2480.064.01500 4) 2480.044.01500 2) 2480.045.01500 2)
    2480.047.01500 2)
    32
    15
    13,5
    28
    37
    101
    90
    43,5
    10
    19
    57
    104 104
    73,5
    134
    86
    104
    ø11 (4x)
    M6 (4x)
    ø9
    3
    ±0,1
    4
    +0,1
    10
    14,2
    ø13 (2x)
    14,2
    ø13
    2,5
    30
    30
    y
    x
    ø11
    100
    100
    73,5
    73,5
    20
    100
    100
    24
    12
    ø11 (4x)
    73,5
    73,5
    73,5
    73,5
    29 90
    90
    16
    stroke
    y
    x
    52,5
    105
    52,5
    11 (2x)
    115
    160
    20
    75,5
    73,5
    30
    137
    21
    37
    35
    38
    90
    40
    9
    ø9
    13
    ø20
    ø15
    ø14,5
    DIN 74 - Km 8 (2x)
    DIN 74 - Km 12 (2x)
    90
    M20
    40
    DIN 74 - Km 10 (4x)
    12
    +0,1
    10
    ±0,1
    4
    +2
    ø75,2 +0,5
    122
    73,5
    16
    +2
    +0,5 ø75,2
    ø11(4x)
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    29
    stroke
    x
    A - A
    73,5
    ø10,5
    stroke
    73,5
    73,5
    90
    90 29
    +2
    ø75,2 +0,5
    A - A
    M6 (2x)
    5)
    5)
    26
    A
    A
    y
    A A
    DIN 74 -
    Km 8 (4x)
    ø40 20
    ø11 (4x)
    ø9 (4x)
    73,5
    100
    100
    M20
    73,5
    ø15 (4x)
    ø18 (4x)
    14
    12
    2480.044.03.01500 2)
    ø20
    5
    42
    94
    32
    30
    100
    125
    ø75,5
    ø13,5
    16
    92
    ø85
    ø77
    73,5
    92
    73,5 130
    ø11 (4x)
    2480.010.01500.130 3)
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring POWERLINE
    1,0
    1,1
    1,2
    1,3
    1,4
    1,5
    1,6
    1,7
    125
    125 100
    100
    050
    50 75 5 10 25 0
    080 075 063 038 025 032 016 019
    2500 0
    50
    60
    70
    80
    90
    100
    110
    120
    130
    140
    150
    2000 1500 1000 500
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Note:
    Initial spring force at 150 bar = 2400 daN
    Order No for spare parts kit: 2487.12.02400
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 20 to 100 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
    21
    M8 x 6 deep
    90°
    ø40
    M6
    ø67
    ø45
    X
    View X
    R 2,5
    ±0,25
    l
    l min.
    6
    3
    7
    8
    ø75,2
    ±0,1
    valve M6
    (4x)
    max.
    Stroke
    2487.12.02400.
    S>max
    VDI
    V>max
    ISO
    P>max
    Flex Guide
    TM
    F255
    Order No Stroke max. l min. l
    2487.12.02400.016 16 61 77
    2487.12.02400.019 19 64 83
    2487.12.02400.025 25 70 95
    2487.12.02400.032 32 77 109
    2487.12.02400.038 38 83 121
    2487.12.02400.050 50 95 145
    2487.12.02400.063 63 108 171
    2487.12.02400.075 75 120 195
    2487.12.02400.080 80 125 205
    2487.12.02400.100 100 145 245
    2487.12.02400.125 125 170 295
    2487.12.02400.
    Gas spring POWERLINE
    subject to alterations
    Gas Spring POWERLINE
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    3) Not for use with composite
    connection.
    4) Square collar flange, non-ro-
    tating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-
    gonal socket (compact head
    recommended)
    2480.011.03000 2480.011.03000.2 2480.022.03000
    2480.055.03000 2480.057.03000 2480.007.03000 2480.008.03000 3)
    2480.064.03000 4) 2480.044.03000 2) 2480.045.03000 2)
    2480.047.03000 2)
    66,5
    11
    46,5
    35
    63
    110
    ø13 (4x)
    ø13 (4x)
    26
    ø24
    15
    ø14,5
    36,5
    63,5
    110
    110
    121
    95,5
    195
    90
    170
    62,5
    125
    67,5
    145
    13 (2x)
    106
    170
    130
    ø17 (2x)
    92
    130 130
    ø17
    33
    92
    92
    18
    120
    120
    40
    60
    9
    ø9
    ø15
    20
    30
    14,2
    14,2
    110
    110
    2,5
    40
    40
    stroke
    y
    x
    24
    12
    DIN 74 - Km 8 (2x)
    DIN 74 - Km 12 (2x)
    92
    92
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    13,5
    28
    19
    3
    ±0,1
    4
    +0,1
    10
    +0,1
    10
    ±0,1
    4
    +2
    ø95,2 +0,5
    ø15
    ø20
    14
    ø13,5
    20
    120
    120
    92
    92
    M20
    60
    13
    ø9
    33
    stroke
    +2
    ø95,2 +0,5
    18
    ø13(4x)
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    x
    A - A
    92
    92
    150
    92
    92
    110
    110
    ø12,5
    stroke
    33
    +2
    ø95,2 +0,5
    A - A
    M6 (2x)
    5)
    5)
    30
    A
    A
    y
    A A
    M20
    ø60
    120
    92
    120
    92
    ø15 (4x)
    ø13,5 (4x)
    20
    14
    13
    ø20 (4x)
    ø9 (4x)
    2480.044.03.03000 2)
    ø20
    5
    52,5
    115
    33
    30
    115
    140
    ø95,5
    ø13,5
    16
    116
    ø108
    ø96,8
    92
    116
    92 140
    ø13 (4x)
    2480.010.03000.140 3)
    F256
    subject to alterations
    Gas Spring POWERLINE
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    3) Not for use with composite
    connection.
    4) Square collar flange, non-ro-
    tating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-
    gonal socket (compact head
    recommended)
    2480.011.03000 2480.011.03000.2 2480.022.03000
    2480.055.03000 2480.057.03000 2480.007.03000 2480.008.03000 3)
    2480.064.03000 4) 2480.044.03000 2) 2480.045.03000 2)
    2480.047.03000 2)
    66,5
    11
    46,5
    35
    63
    110
    ø13 (4x)
    ø13 (4x)
    26
    ø24
    15
    ø14,5
    36,5
    63,5
    110
    110
    121
    95,5
    195
    90
    170
    62,5
    125
    67,5
    145
    13 (2x)
    106
    170
    130
    ø17 (2x)
    92
    130 130
    ø17
    33
    92
    92
    18
    120
    120
    40
    60
    9
    ø9
    ø15
    20
    30
    14,2
    14,2
    110
    110
    2,5
    40
    40
    stroke
    y
    x
    24
    12
    DIN 74 - Km 8 (2x)
    DIN 74 - Km 12 (2x)
    92
    92
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    13,5
    28
    19
    3
    ±0,1
    4
    +0,1
    10
    +0,1
    10
    ±0,1
    4
    +2
    ø95,2 +0,5
    ø15
    ø20
    14
    ø13,5
    20
    120
    120
    92
    92
    M20
    60
    13
    ø9
    33
    stroke
    +2
    ø95,2 +0,5
    18
    ø13(4x)
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    x
    A - A
    92
    92
    150
    92
    92
    110
    110
    ø12,5
    stroke
    33
    +2
    ø95,2 +0,5
    A - A
    M6 (2x)
    5)
    5)
    30
    A
    A
    y
    A A
    M20
    ø60
    120
    92
    120
    92
    ø15 (4x)
    ø13,5 (4x)
    20
    14
    13
    ø20 (4x)
    ø9 (4x)
    2480.044.03.03000 2)
    ø20
    5
    52,5
    115
    33
    30
    115
    140
    ø95,5
    ø13,5
    16
    116
    ø108
    ø96,8
    92
    116
    92 140
    ø13 (4x)
    2480.010.03000.140 3)
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring POWERLINE
    1,0
    1,1
    1,2
    1,3
    1,4
    1,5
    1,6
    1,7
    125
    125 100
    100
    050
    5 10 25 50 0 75
    025 075 080 063 038 032 019 016
    4500 0
    50
    60
    70
    80
    90
    100
    110
    120
    130
    140
    150
    3500 2500 1500 500
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Note:
    Initial spring force at 150 bar = 4200 daN
    Order No for spare parts kit: 2487.12.04200
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 20 to 100 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
    10,5 24
    ø95,2
    ±0,1
    ø87
    ø60
    X
    View X
    M8
    R 2,5
    ±0,25
    l
    l min.
    3
    7
    8
    ø60
    M8 x 12 deep
    (4x)
    90°
    G 1 / 8
    valve
    max.
    Stroke
    2487.12.04200.
    S>max
    VDI
    V>max
    ISO
    P>max
    Flex Guide
    TM
    F257
    Order No Stroke max. l min. l
    2487.12.04200.016 16 74 90
    2487.12.04200.019 19 77 96
    2487.12.04200.025 25 83 108
    2487.12.04200.032 32 90 122
    2487.12.04200.038 38 96 134
    2487.12.04200.050 50 108 158
    2487.12.04200.063 63 121 184
    2487.12.04200.075 75 133 208
    2487.12.04200.080 80 138 218
    2487.12.04200.100 100 158 258
    2487.12.04200.125 125 183 308
    2487.12.04200.
    Gas spring POWERLINE
    subject to alterations
    Gas Spring POWERLINE
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    3) Not for use with composite
    connection.
    4) Square collar flange, non-ro-
    tating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-
    gonal socket (compact head
    recommended)
    2480.011.05000 2480.011.05000.2 2480.022.05000
    2480.055.05000 2480.057.05000 2480.007.05000 2480.008.05000 3)
    2480.064.05000 4) 2480.044.05000 2) 2480.045.05000 2)
    2480.047.05000 2)
    88,9
    36,5
    18
    88
    149
    140
    11,5
    48
    79
    109,5
    109,5
    140
    140
    ø13 (4x)
    ø13 (4x)
    24
    12
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    28
    19
    3
    ±0,1
    4
    +0,1
    10
    36 130
    130
    109,5
    109,5
    21
    stroke
    y
    x
    131
    205
    155
    50
    109,5
    155 155
    50
    ø17 (2x)
    ø17
    14,2
    14,2
    2,5
    120,5
    220
    102,5
    195
    74
    148
    77,5
    165
    13 (2x)
    20
    30
    ø17,5
    11
    ø11
    36
    ø26
    17,5
    39
    130
    130
    50
    80
    ø18
    DIN 74 - Km 10 (2x)
    DIN 74 - Km 16 (2x)
    +0,1
    10
    ±0,1
    4
    +2
    ø120,2 +0,5
    ø13,5
    80
    109,5
    109,5
    140
    M20
    13
    140
    15
    20
    ø20
    ø18
    ø11
    36
    stroke
    +2
    ø120,2 +0,5
    M6 (4x)
    y
    21
    ø13(4x)
    x
    x
    A - A
    175
    109,5
    109,5
    32,5
    130
    130
    ø12,5
    stroke
    36
    +2
    ø120,2 +0,5
    A - A
    M6 (2x)
    5)
    5)
    109,5
    109,5
    A
    A
    y
    A A
    15
    ø20 (4x)
    ø13,5 (4x)
    20
    13
    109,5
    140
    M20
    ø80
    109,5
    140
    ø18 (4x)
    ø11 (4x)
    2480.044.03.05000 2)
    ø20
    7
    65
    140
    58
    30
    145
    170
    ø120,5
    ø13,5
    16
    138
    ø130
    ø122
    109,5
    138
    109,5 160
    ø15 (4x)
    2480.010.05000.160 3)
    F258
    subject to alterations
    Gas Spring POWERLINE
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    3) Not for use with composite
    connection.
    4) Square collar flange, non-ro-
    tating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-
    gonal socket (compact head
    recommended)
    2480.011.05000 2480.011.05000.2 2480.022.05000
    2480.055.05000 2480.057.05000 2480.007.05000 2480.008.05000 3)
    2480.064.05000 4) 2480.044.05000 2) 2480.045.05000 2)
    2480.047.05000 2)
    88,9
    36,5
    18
    88
    149
    140
    11,5
    48
    79
    109,5
    109,5
    140
    140
    ø13 (4x)
    ø13 (4x)
    24
    12
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    28
    19
    3
    ±0,1
    4
    +0,1
    10
    36 130
    130
    109,5
    109,5
    21
    stroke
    y
    x
    131
    205
    155
    50
    109,5
    155 155
    50
    ø17 (2x)
    ø17
    14,2
    14,2
    2,5
    120,5
    220
    102,5
    195
    74
    148
    77,5
    165
    13 (2x)
    20
    30
    ø17,5
    11
    ø11
    36
    ø26
    17,5
    39
    130
    130
    50
    80
    ø18
    DIN 74 - Km 10 (2x)
    DIN 74 - Km 16 (2x)
    +0,1
    10
    ±0,1
    4
    +2
    ø120,2 +0,5
    ø13,5
    80
    109,5
    109,5
    140
    M20
    13
    140
    15
    20
    ø20
    ø18
    ø11
    36
    stroke
    +2
    ø120,2 +0,5
    M6 (4x)
    y
    21
    ø13(4x)
    x
    x
    A - A
    175
    109,5
    109,5
    32,5
    130
    130
    ø12,5
    stroke
    36
    +2
    ø120,2 +0,5
    A - A
    M6 (2x)
    5)
    5)
    109,5
    109,5
    A
    A
    y
    A A
    15
    ø20 (4x)
    ø13,5 (4x)
    20
    13
    109,5
    140
    M20
    ø80
    109,5
    140
    ø18 (4x)
    ø11 (4x)
    2480.044.03.05000 2)
    ø20
    7
    65
    140
    58
    30
    145
    170
    ø120,5
    ø13,5
    16
    138
    ø130
    ø122
    109,5
    138
    109,5 160
    ø15 (4x)
    2480.010.05000.160 3)
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring POWERLINE
    7000 0 5
    100 125 050 025
    25 75 0 125 100 50 10
    1,0
    1,1
    50
    150
    1,2
    1,3
    1,4
    1,5
    1,6
    080 075 063 038 032 016
    140
    130
    120
    110
    100
    60
    70
    80
    90
    019
    6000 5000 4000 3000 2000 1000
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Note:
    Initial spring force at 150 bar = 6630 daN
    Order No for spare parts kit: 2487.12.06600
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 20 to 100 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
    ø80
    ø120,2
    ±0,1
    ø112
    ø75
    M8
    X
    View X
    R 2,5
    3
    7
    8
    ±0,25
    l
    l min.
    25,5 10,5
    G 1 / 8
    valve
    M10 x 12 deep
    (4x)
    90°
    max.
    Stroke
    2487.12.06600.
    S>max
    VDI
    V>max
    ISO
    P>max
    Flex Guide
    TM
    F259
    Order No Stroke max. l min. l
    2487.12.06600.016 16 84 100
    2487.12.06600.019 19 87 106
    2487.12.06600.025 25 93 118
    2487.12.06600.032 32 100 132
    2487.12.06600.038 38 106 144
    2487.12.06600.050 50 118 168
    2487.12.06600.063 63 131 194
    2487.12.06600.075 75 143 218
    2487.12.06600.080 80 148 228
    2487.12.06600.100 100 168 268
    2487.12.06600.125 125 193 318
    2487.12.06600.
    Gas spring POWERLINE
    subject to alterations
    2480.011.07500 2480.011.07500.2
    2480.022.07500
    2480.055.07500 2480.057.07500
    2480.007.07500 2480.008.07500 3)
    2480.044.07500 2)
    ø17,5
    (4x)
    ø17,5 (4x)
    24
    12
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    138
    138
    190
    190
    41 162
    162
    138
    138
    27
    stroke
    y
    x
    170
    245
    195
    ø21 (2x)
    138
    195 195
    ø21
    50
    50
    14,2
    14,2
    2,5
    150,5
    260
    120
    230
    100
    200
    95
    200
    13 (2x)
    20
    30
    +2
    ø150,2 +0,5
    ø17,5
    M20
    ø26
    ø18
    15
    20
    17
    100
    190
    138
    190
    138
    ø11
    M6 (4x)
    y
    27
    x
    x
    A - A
    220
    138
    138
    41
    stroke
    +2
    ø150,2 +0,5
    ø17,5
    (4x)
    stroke
    y
    A A
    ø18 (4x)
    190
    138
    190
    138
    ø100
    M20
    20
    15
    ø11
    (4x)
    17
    ø17,5 (4x)
    ø26 (4x)
    2480.044.03.07500 2)
    ø20
    7
    80
    170
    68
    30
    175
    200
    ø150,5
    ø13,5
    138
    138
    162
    162
    ø16,5
    41
    +2
    ø150,2 +0,5
    A - A
    M6 (2x)
    5)
    A
    A
    2480.064.07500 4)
    38
    2480.011.03.07500
    ø13,5 (4x)
    M20
    ø20 (4x)
    ø18 (4x)
    15
    20
    13
    100
    190
    138
    190
    138
    ø11
    (4x)
    2480.011.03.07500.2
    ø18 (4x)
    190
    138
    190
    138
    ø100
    M20
    20
    15
    ø11
    (4x)
    13
    ø13,5 (4x)
    ø20 (4x)
    Gas spring POWERLINE
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be
    absorbed by the stop surface.
    3) Note:
    Not for use with composite
    connection.
    4) Square collar flange, non-
    rotating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-go-
    nal socket (compact head
    recommended).
    F260
    subject to alterations
    2480.011.07500 2480.011.07500.2
    2480.022.07500
    2480.055.07500 2480.057.07500
    2480.007.07500 2480.008.07500 3)
    2480.044.07500 2)
    ø17,5
    (4x)
    ø17,5 (4x)
    24
    12
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    138
    138
    190
    190
    41 162
    162
    138
    138
    27
    stroke
    y
    x
    170
    245
    195
    ø21 (2x)
    138
    195 195
    ø21
    50
    50
    14,2
    14,2
    2,5
    150,5
    260
    120
    230
    100
    200
    95
    200
    13 (2x)
    20
    30
    +2
    ø150,2 +0,5
    ø17,5
    M20
    ø26
    ø18
    15
    20
    17
    100
    190
    138
    190
    138
    ø11
    M6 (4x)
    y
    27
    x
    x
    A - A
    220
    138
    138
    41
    stroke
    +2
    ø150,2 +0,5
    ø17,5
    (4x)
    stroke
    y
    A A
    ø18 (4x)
    190
    138
    190
    138
    ø100
    M20
    20
    15
    ø11
    (4x)
    17
    ø17,5 (4x)
    ø26 (4x)
    2480.044.03.07500 2)
    ø20
    7
    80
    170
    68
    30
    175
    200
    ø150,5
    ø13,5
    138
    138
    162
    162
    ø16,5
    41
    +2
    ø150,2 +0,5
    A - A
    M6 (2x)
    5)
    A
    A
    2480.064.07500 4)
    38
    2480.011.03.07500
    ø13,5 (4x)
    M20
    ø20 (4x)
    ø18 (4x)
    15
    20
    13
    100
    190
    138
    190
    138
    ø11
    (4x)
    2480.011.03.07500.2
    ø18 (4x)
    190
    138
    190
    138
    ø100
    M20
    20
    15
    ø11
    (4x)
    13
    ø13,5 (4x)
    ø20 (4x)
    Gas spring POWERLINE
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be
    absorbed by the stop surface.
    3) Note:
    Not for use with composite
    connection.
    4) Square collar flange, non-
    rotating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-go-
    nal socket (compact head
    recommended).
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring POWERLINE
    2000 0 5
    100 125 050 025
    25 75 0 125 100 50 10
    1,0
    1,1
    50
    150
    1,2
    1,3
    1,4
    1,5
    1,6
    080 075 063 038 032
    140
    130
    120
    110
    100
    60
    70
    80
    90
    4000 6000 8000 10000
    019
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Note:
    Initial spring force at 150 bar = 9500 daN
    Order No for spare parts kit: 2487.12.09500
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 20 to 100 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
    ø100
    27,5
    ±0,25
    l
    l min.
    ø150,2
    ±0,1
    ø142
    ø90
    M8
    R 2,5
    3 8
    8
    10,5
    G 1 / 8
    valve
    X
    View X
    90°
    M10 x 13 deep
    (4x)
    max.
    Stroke
    2487.12.09500.
    S>max
    VDI
    V>max
    ISO
    P>max
    Flex Guide
    TM
    F261
    Order No Stroke max. l min. l
    2487.12.09500.019 19 97 116
    2487.12.09500.025 25 103 128
    2487.12.09500.032 32 110 142
    2487.12.09500.038 38 116 154
    2487.12.09500.050 50 128 178
    2487.12.09500.063 63 141 204
    2487.12.09500.075 75 153 228
    2487.12.09500.080 80 158 238
    2487.12.09500.100 100 178 278
    2487.12.09500.125 125 203 328
    2487.12.09500.
    Gas spring POWERLINE
    subject to alterations
    Gas Spring POWERLINE
    Mounting variations
    13
    240 240
    169
    58
    16
    24
    2480.022.10000
    47 210
    210
    170
    210
    210
    170
    170
    170
    27
    2480.057.10000
    y
    x
    ø17 (4x)
    ø17,5
    (4x)
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    ø21
    2480.007.10000
    +2
    ø195,2 +0,5
    ø17,5
    M20
    ø26
    ø20
    13
    25
    17
    120
    210
    170
    2480.011.10000
    210
    170
    ø13,5
    ø17,5
    M20
    ø26
    ø20
    15
    25
    17
    120
    210
    170
    2480.011.10000.2
    210
    170
    ø13,5
    stroke
    F262
    subject to alterations
    Gas Spring POWERLINE
    Mounting variations
    13
    240 240
    169
    58
    16
    24
    2480.022.10000
    47 210
    210
    170
    210
    210
    170
    170
    170
    27
    2480.057.10000
    y
    x
    ø17 (4x)
    ø17,5
    (4x)
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    ø21
    2480.007.10000
    +2
    ø195,2 +0,5
    ø17,5
    M20
    ø26
    ø20
    13
    25
    17
    120
    210
    170
    2480.011.10000
    210
    170
    ø13,5
    ø17,5
    M20
    ø26
    ø20
    15
    25
    17
    120
    210
    170
    2480.011.10000.2
    210
    170
    ø13,5
    stroke
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring POWERLINE
    5000 0
    50
    150
    140
    130
    120
    110
    100
    60
    70
    80
    90
    10000 15000 20000 25000 5 25 75 0 125 100 50 10
    019 025 038 032 050 063 075 080 100
    1,0
    1,1
    1,2
    1,3
    1,4
    1,5
    1,6
    1,7
    125
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Note:
    Initial spring force at 150 bar = 20000 daN
    Order No for spare parts kit: 2487.12.20000
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 10 to 100 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
    90°
    M8
    ø130
    ø186,65
    ø195 -0,2
    ø120
    R 2,5
    8
    8 3
    33,5 15
    ±0,25
    l
    l min.
    X
    View X
    M12 x 16 deep
    (4x)
    G 1 / 8
    valve
    max.
    Stroke
    2487.12.20000.
    S>max V>max
    ISO
    P>max
    Flex Guide
    TM
    F263
    Order No Stroke max. l min. l
    2487.12.20000.019 19 129 148
    2487.12.20000.025 25 135 160
    2487.12.20000.032 32 142 174
    2487.12.20000.038 38 148 186
    2487.12.20000.050 50 160 210
    2487.12.20000.063 63 173 236
    2487.12.20000.075 75 185 260
    2487.12.20000.080 80 190 270
    2487.12.20000.100 100 210 310
    2487.12.20000.125 125 235 360
    2487.12.20000.
    Gas spring POWERLINE
    subject to alterations F264
    Gas Springs CX
    Compact Xtreme
    Gas Springs CX
    Compact Xtreme
    F265
    subject to alterations
    Gas Spring CX, Compact Xtreme
    Mounting variations
    Mounting examples:
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    2480.022.00150
    2480.044.03.00150 2)
    12
    7
    4
    ø32,5
    ø28,5
    35
    50
    50
    35
    ø7 (4x)
    ø15
    4
    20,9
    48
    10
    20
    50
    68
    ø32,1
    ø9
    +1,0
    +0,5 ø32
    see Note!
    F266
    subject to alterations
    Gas Spring CX, Compact Xtreme
    Mounting variations
    Mounting examples:
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    2480.022.00150
    2480.044.03.00150 2)
    12
    7
    4
    ø32,5
    ø28,5
    35
    50
    50
    35
    ø7 (4x)
    ø15
    4
    20,9
    48
    10
    20
    50
    68
    ø32,1
    ø9
    +1,0
    +0,5 ø32
    see Note!
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring CX, Compact Xtreme
    010
    1,0
    1,1
    1,2
    1,3
    1,4
    1,5
    1,6
    0 10 5 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
    015 025 038 050 063 080
    0
    50
    200
    175
    150
    125
    100
    75
    600 500 400 300 200 100
    .00500.
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Note:
    Initial spring force at 200 bar = 500 daN
    Order No for spare parts kit: 2497.12.00500
    * For stroke lengths over 25 mm, the gas pres-
    sure springs in the tool should be attached to
    the base through the threaded holes.
    When mounting to floor, contact over the
    entire floor of the cylinder tube must be
    ensured!
    Before fitting the adapter base plate remove
    the valve from the gas spring.
    If vibration occurs, tighten the fixing screws
    accordingly.
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 200 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 70 to 200 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
    52°
    3,5
    ±0,1
    ø32
    ø27
    15
    M6
    4
    10,5
    -0,2 20
    6,2 (2x)
    10,5 x 4 deep (2x)
    60°
    Socket cap screws
    M6 x 18 (2x)
    DIN EN ISO
    4762
    M6
    Connecting
    fitting
    M6 (2x)
    Adapter baseplate with connecting fitting,
    without valve (only for use with composite
    connections)
    2497.00.20.00500
    15
    min.
    I
    ±0,1
    ø32
    ø18
    X
    max.
    stroke
    I
    3 5,5
    M6 (2x) M6 Valve
    View X
    2497.12.00500.
    S>max V>max
    P>max
    Flex Guide
    TM
    F267
    Order No Stroke max. l min. l
    2497.12.00500.010 10 65 75
    2497.12.00500.015 15 70 85
    2497.12.00500.025 25 80 105
    2497.12.00500.038 38 92 130
    2497.12.00500.050 50 105 155
    2497.12.00500.063 63 127 190
    2497.12.00500.080 80 145 225
    2497.12.00500.
    Gas spring CX, Compact
    Xtreme
    subject to alterations
    Gas Spring CX, Compact Xtreme
    Mounting variations
    Mounting examples:
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    2480.022.00250
    2480.044.00250 2)
    see Note!
    +1,0
    +0,5 ø38
    with Adapter Baseplate
    12
    ø7 (4x)
    7
    55
    40
    55
    40
    95
    38,2
    9 (2x)
    59
    15
    27,5
    55
    43
    20
    77
    25
    with Adapter Baseplate
    2480.044.03.00250 2)
    ø15
    4
    23,9
    54
    16
    20
    54
    74
    ø38,2
    ø9
    Mounting Example:
    F268
    subject to alterations
    Gas Spring CX, Compact Xtreme
    Mounting variations
    Mounting examples:
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    2480.022.00250
    2480.044.00250 2)
    see Note!
    +1,0
    +0,5 ø38
    with Adapter Baseplate
    12
    ø7 (4x)
    7
    55
    40
    55
    40
    95
    38,2
    9 (2x)
    59
    15
    27,5
    55
    43
    20
    77
    25
    with Adapter Baseplate
    2480.044.03.00250 2)
    ø15
    4
    23,9
    54
    16
    20
    54
    74
    ø38,2
    ø9
    Mounting Example:
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring CX, Compact Xtreme
    800
    1,0
    1,1
    1,2
    1,3
    1,4
    1,5
    1,6
    0 10 5 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
    010 015 025 038 050 063 080
    0
    50
    200
    175
    150
    125
    100
    75
    1200 1000 600 400 200
    .01000.
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Note:
    Initial spring force at 200 bar = 1000 daN
    Order No for spare parts kit: 2497.12.01000
    * For stroke lengths over 25 mm, the gas pres-
    sure springs in the tool should be attached to
    the base through the threaded holes.
    When mounting to floor, contact over the
    entire floor of the cylinder tube must be
    ensured!
    Before fitting the adapter base plate remove
    the valve from the gas spring.
    If vibration occurs, tighten the fixing screws
    accordingly.
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 200 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 70 to 200 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
    17
    ø32
    ±0,1
    ø38
    M6
    4
    4
    10,5
    -0,2 20
    G 1 / 8
    Connecting
    fitting
    45°
    25
    6,2 (2x)
    10,5 x 6,5 deep (2x)
    M6 (2x)
    Socket cap screws
    M6 x 18 (2x)
    DIN EN ISO
    4762
    Adapter baseplate with connecting fitting,
    with valve
    2497.00.20.01000
    17
    ±0,1
    ø38
    ø25
    X
    max.
    stroke
    min.
    I
    I
    3 6,5
    M6 (2x) M6 Valve
    View X
    2497.12.01000.
    S>max V>max
    P>max
    Flex Guide
    TM
    F269
    Order No Stroke max. l min. l
    2497.12.01000.010 10 65 75
    2497.12.01000.015 15 70 85
    2497.12.01000.025 25 80 105
    2497.12.01000.038 38 97 135
    2497.12.01000.050 50 110 160
    2497.12.01000.063 63 142 205
    2497.12.01000.080 80 160 240
    2497.12.01000.
    Gas spring CX, Compact
    Xtreme
    subject to alterations
    Gas Spring CX, Compact Xtreme
    Mounting variations
    Mounting examples:
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    2480.022.00750
    2480.044.00750 2)
    see Note!
    24
    12
    56,5
    75
    56,5
    75
    ø9 (4x)
    with Adapter Baseplate
    with Adapter Baseplate
    9 (2x)
    90
    130
    20
    50,5
    40
    80
    60
    30
    110
    40
    +1,0
    +0,5 ø50,2
    2480.044.03.00750 2)
    ø18
    5
    30
    70
    25
    30
    68
    90
    ø50,5
    ø11
    Mounting Example:
    F270
    subject to alterations
    Gas Spring CX, Compact Xtreme
    Mounting variations
    Mounting examples:
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    2480.022.00750
    2480.044.00750 2)
    see Note!
    24
    12
    56,5
    75
    56,5
    75
    ø9 (4x)
    with Adapter Baseplate
    with Adapter Baseplate
    9 (2x)
    90
    130
    20
    50,5
    40
    80
    60
    30
    110
    40
    +1,0
    +0,5 ø50,2
    2480.044.03.00750 2)
    ø18
    5
    30
    70
    25
    30
    68
    90
    ø50,5
    ø11
    Mounting Example:
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring CX, Compact Xtreme
    1,0
    1,1
    1,2
    1,3
    1,4
    1,5
    1,6
    010 015 025 038 050 063 080
    0 10 5 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    0
    50
    200
    175
    150
    125
    100
    75
    2000 1000 1500 500
    .01900.
    Note:
    Initial spring force at 200 bar = 1900 daN
    Order No for spare parts kit: 2497.12.01900
    * For stroke lengths over 25 mm, the gas pres-
    sure springs in the tool should be attached to
    the base through the threaded holes.
    When mounting to floor, contact over the
    entire floor of the cylinder tube must be
    ensured!
    Before fitting the adapter base plate remove
    the valve from the gas spring.
    If vibration occurs, tighten the fixing screws
    accordingly.
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 200 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 50 to 130 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
    ø42,6
    26
    11 x 8,7 deep (2x)
    6,2 (2x)
    ±0,1
    ø50,2
    M6
    8
    7
    10,5
    -0,2 20
    G 1 / 8
    Connecting
    fitting
    M6 (4x)
    Socket cap screws
    M6 x 18 (2x)
    DIN EN ISO
    4762
    Adapter baseplate with connecting fitting,
    with valve
    2497.00.20.01900
    45°
    M6 Valve
    26
    6,5
    max.
    stroke
    ø35
    X
    ±0,1
    ø50,2
    min.
    I
    I
    3
    M6 (2x)
    View X
    2497.12.01900.
    S>max V>max
    P>max
    Flex Guide
    TM
    F271
    Order No Stroke max. l min. l
    2497.12.01900.010 10 70 80
    2497.12.01900.015 15 80 95
    2497.12.01900.025 25 90 115
    2497.12.01900.038 38 112 150
    2497.12.01900.050 50 125 175
    2497.12.01900.063 63 142 205
    2497.12.01900.080 80 165 245
    2497.12.01900.
    Gas spring CX, Compact
    Xtreme
    subject to alterations F272
    Compact
    Gas springs
    for small
    displacement and
    high forces
    Compact
    Gas springs
    for small
    displacement and
    high forces
    F273
    subject to alterations
    Compact Gas Spring
    Mounting variations
    Mounting examples:
    ø13 (4x)
    8 (4x)
    ø8,4 (4x)
    27
    30
    3
    M8
    25
    36
    52
    38
    54
    A
    A B
    B
    A - A B - B
    ø6,6 (2x)
    9 30
    ø25
    38
    50
    M5 (4x)
    +0,5
    +1,0
    Ø
    9
    2480.051.00150
    2480.053.00150
    F274
    subject to alterations
    Compact Gas Spring
    Mounting variations
    Mounting examples:
    ø13 (4x)
    8 (4x)
    ø8,4 (4x)
    27
    30
    3
    M8
    25
    36
    52
    38
    54
    A
    A B
    B
    A - A B - B
    ø6,6 (2x)
    9 30
    ø25
    38
    50
    M5 (4x)
    +0,5
    +1,0
    Ø
    9
    2480.051.00150
    2480.053.00150
    subject to alterations
    Compact gas spring
    50 5
    050
    0 10
    1,0
    016 .00420.
    450 400 350 300 250 200 150 100
    50
    60
    70
    80
    90
    100
    110
    120
    130
    140
    150 2,0
    15 20 25 30 35 40 45
    006 010 025 032 040
    1,9
    1,8
    1,7
    1,6
    1,5
    1,4
    1,3
    1,2
    1,1
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Note:
    Initial spring force at 150 bar = 420 daN
    Worn gas springs cannot be repaired, they
    have to be replaced completely.
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 50 to 100 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 0.8 m/s
    22,9
    ±0,25
    l
    ±0,1
    ø24,9
    M6x5 deep
    1
    11,5 5
    I min.
    R1
    R1
    ø12
    max.
    stroke
    Valve
    2490.14.00420.
    V>max
    Flex Guide
    TM
    F275
    Order No Stroke max. l min. l
    2490.14.00420.006 6 50 56
    2490.14.00420.010 10 60 70
    2490.14.00420.016 16 75 91
    2490.14.00420.025 25 95 120
    2490.14.00420.032 32 108 140
    2490.14.00420.040 40 125 165
    2490.14.00420.050 50 145 195
    2490.14.00420.
    Compact gas spring
    subject to alterations
    Compact gas spring
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    Mounting examples:
    2480.055.00150 2480.057.00150
    2480.044.03.00150 2)
    +2
    +0,5 ø32
    16
    g 2
    stroke
    stroke
    +2
    +0,5 ø32
    +1,0
    +0,5 ø32
    3
    3
    35
    35
    60
    ø7 (4x)
    M5 (4x)
    y
    x
    9 16
    stroke
    A A
    y
    x
    A - A
    +2
    +0,5 ø32
    ø7 (4x)
    M3 (4x)
    y
    9
    35
    35
    16
    stroke
    45
    y
    x
    45
    x
    +2
    +0,5 ø32
    ø15
    4
    20,9
    48
    10
    20
    50
    68
    ø32,1
    ø9
    see Note!
    F276
    subject to alterations
    Compact gas spring
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    Mounting examples:
    2480.055.00150 2480.057.00150
    2480.044.03.00150 2)
    +2
    +0,5 ø32
    16
    g 2
    stroke
    stroke
    +2
    +0,5 ø32
    +1,0
    +0,5 ø32
    3
    3
    35
    35
    60
    ø7 (4x)
    M5 (4x)
    y
    x
    9 16
    stroke
    A A
    y
    x
    A - A
    +2
    +0,5 ø32
    ø7 (4x)
    M3 (4x)
    y
    9
    35
    35
    16
    stroke
    45
    y
    x
    45
    x
    +2
    +0,5 ø32
    ø15
    4
    20,9
    48
    10
    20
    50
    68
    ø32,1
    ø9
    see Note!
    subject to alterations
    Compact gas spring
    0
    50
    150
    140
    130
    120
    110
    100
    60
    70
    80
    90
    100 800 200 300 400 500 600 700
    .00750.
    50 5
    050
    0 10
    1,0
    016
    1,7
    15 20 25 30 35 40 45
    006 010 025 032 040
    1,6
    1,5
    1,4
    1,3
    1,2
    1,1
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Note:
    Initial spring force at 150 bar = 750 daN
    Worn gas springs cannot be repaired, they
    have to be replaced completely.
    When mounting to floor, contact over the
    entire floor of the cylinder tube must be
    ensured!
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 50 to 100 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 0.8 m/s
    11,5
    ±0,25
    l
    ±0,1
    ø32
    15
    ø20
    3
    l min.
    10,5
    M6 Valve
    R1
    R1
    max.
    stroke
    X
    View X
    M6 x 5,5 deep
    (2x)
    2490.14.00750.
    S>max V>max
    P>max
    Flex Guide
    TM
    F277
    Order No Stroke max. l min. l g 2 *
    2490.14.00750.006 6 57 63 51
    2490.14.00750.010 10 65 75 59
    2490.14.00750.016 16 77 93 71
    2490.14.00750.025 25 95 120 89
    2490.14.00750.032 32 108 140 102
    2490.14.00750.040 40 125 165 119
    2490.14.00750.050 50 145 195 139
    *see mounting example
    2490.14.00750.
    Compact gas spring
    subject to alterations
    Compact gas spring
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    2480.052.01000 2480.022.00250
    2480.055.00250 2480.057.00250
    2480.044.00250 2) Mounting Example:
    15 stroke
    15
    ø7 (4x)
    M4 (4x)
    y
    9
    40
    40
    52
    y
    x
    52
    x
    see Note!
    +2
    +0,5 ø38
    +2
    +0,5 ø38
    +1,0
    +0,5 ø38
    g 2
    stroke
    stroke
    with Adapter Baseplate
    12
    ø7 (4x)
    7
    55
    40
    55
    40
    95
    38,2
    9 (2x)
    59
    15
    27,5
    55
    43
    20
    77
    25
    with Adapter Baseplate
    40
    40
    68
    ø7 (4x)
    M5 (4x)
    y
    x
    9
    x
    A - A
    15
    stroke
    y
    A A
    3
    3
    52
    40
    40
    52
    14,5
    x
    x
    ø7 (4x)
    ±0,1 ø38,2
    2480.044.03.00250 2)
    ø15
    4
    23,9
    54
    16
    20
    54
    74
    ø38,2
    ø9
    Mounting examples:
    F278
    subject to alterations
    Compact gas spring
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    2480.052.01000 2480.022.00250
    2480.055.00250 2480.057.00250
    2480.044.00250 2) Mounting Example:
    15 stroke
    15
    ø7 (4x)
    M4 (4x)
    y
    9
    40
    40
    52
    y
    x
    52
    x
    see Note!
    +2
    +0,5 ø38
    +2
    +0,5 ø38
    +1,0
    +0,5 ø38
    g 2
    stroke
    stroke
    with Adapter Baseplate
    12
    ø7 (4x)
    7
    55
    40
    55
    40
    95
    38,2
    9 (2x)
    59
    15
    27,5
    55
    43
    20
    77
    25
    with Adapter Baseplate
    40
    40
    68
    ø7 (4x)
    M5 (4x)
    y
    x
    9
    x
    A - A
    15
    stroke
    y
    A A
    3
    3
    52
    40
    40
    52
    14,5
    x
    x
    ø7 (4x)
    ±0,1 ø38,2
    2480.044.03.00250 2)
    ø15
    4
    23,9
    54
    16
    20
    54
    74
    ø38,2
    ø9
    Mounting examples:
    subject to alterations
    Compact gas spring
    .01000.
    0 1000 750 500 250
    50
    60
    70
    80
    90
    100
    110
    120
    130
    140
    150
    50 20 15 10 5 0 25 30 35 40 45
    025 032 040 006 050 016 010
    1,0
    1,5
    1,4
    1,3
    1,2
    1,1
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Note:
    Initial spring force at 150 bar = 1000 daN
    Order No for spare parts kit: 2490.14.01000
    When mounting to floor, contact over the
    entire floor of the cylinder tube must be
    ensured!
    Before fitting the adapter base plate remove
    the valve from the gas spring.
    If vibration occurs, tighten the fixing screws
    accordingly.
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 100 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 0.8 m/s
    2480.00.20.01000
    Adapter baseplate with connecting fitting,
    without valve (only for use with composite
    connections)
    3
    ±0,25
    l
    ø20
    10,5
    17
    ±0,1
    R1
    R1
    10,5
    I min.
    ø38
    M6 x 6,5 deep
    X
    View X
    (2x)
    M6 Valve
    max.
    stroke
    2490.14.01000.
    S>max V>max
    P>max
    Flex Guide
    TM
    F279
    Order No Stroke max. l min. l g 2 *
    2490.14.01000.006 6 55 61 49
    2490.14.01000.010 10 68 78 62
    2490.14.01000.016 16 84 100 78
    2490.14.01000.025 25 110 135 104
    2490.14.01000.032 32 135 167 129
    2490.14.01000.040 40 155 195 149
    2490.14.01000.050 50 180 230 174
    *see mounting example
    2490.14.01000.
    Compact gas spring
    subject to alterations
    2480.022.00750
    2480.044.00750 2) Mounting Example:
    21
    see Note!
    +2
    +0,5 ø50,2
    g 2
    stroke
    stroke
    24
    12
    56,5
    75
    56,5
    75
    ø9 (4x)
    with Adapter Baseplate
    with Adapter Baseplate
    9 (2x)
    90
    130
    20
    50,5
    40
    80
    60
    30
    110
    40
    stroke
    +2
    +0,5 ø50,2
    +1,0
    +0,5 ø50,2
    3
    3
    2480.044.03.00750 2)
    ø18
    5
    30
    70
    25
    30
    68
    90
    ø50,5
    ø11
    2480.052.1.01800
    70
    56,5
    56,5
    70
    19,5
    x
    x
    ø9 (4x)
    +0,1
    ø50,4
    2480.058.00750
    21 70
    70
    56,5
    56,5
    13
    y
    x
    ø9 (4x)
    M5 (4x)
    y
    x
    +2
    +0,5 ø50,2
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absorbed
    by the stop surface.
    Mounting examples:
    Compact gas spring
    Mounting variations
    F280
    subject to alterations
    Compact gas spring
    5 10 15 65 50 20 0 25 30 35 40 45
    025 065 050 040 032
    1,0
    1,1
    1,2
    1,3
    1,4
    1,6
    006 016 010
    1,5
    60 55
    .01800.
    1500 2000 1000 0 500
    50
    60
    70
    80
    90
    100
    110
    120
    130
    140
    150
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Note:
    Initial spring force at 150 bar = 1800 daN
    Order No for spare parts kit: 2490.14.01800
    When mounting to floor, contact over the
    entire floor of the cylinder tube must be
    ensured!
    Before fitting the adapter base plate remove
    the valve from the gas spring.
    If vibration occurs, tighten the fixing screws
    accordingly.
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 50 to 100 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 0.8 m/s
    8
    deep (4x)
    M6 x 11,5
    26
    7
    11 x 6,9 deep (2x)
    6,6 (2x)
    DIN 74 - Km 6
    (2x)
    ±0,1
    ø50,2
    ø43
    G 1 8
    -0,2 20
    10,5
    Connecting
    fitting, rotating
    Screws
    M6 x 20
    DIN EN ISO
    4762 (2x)
    /
    2480.00.20.01800
    Adapter baseplate with connecting fitting,
    without valve (only for use with composite
    connections)
    G /
    1 8
    l ±0,25
    3
    ø30
    ±0,1
    I min.
    14,5 14,5
    ø50,2
    R1,5
    X
    26
    M6 x 6,5 deep
    View X
    R1,5
    G 1 / 8
    (2x)
    max.
    stroke
    Valve
    2490.14.01800.
    S>max V>max
    P>max
    Flex Guide
    TM
    F281
    Order No Stroke max. l min. l g 2 *
    2490.14.01800.006 6 60 66 52
    2490.14.01800.010 10 70 80 62
    2490.14.01800.016 16 90 106 82
    2490.14.01800.025 25 110 135 102
    2490.14.01800.032 32 130 162 122
    2490.14.01800.040 40 150 190 142
    2490.14.01800.050 50 170 220 162
    2490.14.01800.065 65 206 271 198
    *see mounting example
    2490.14.01800.
    Compact gas spring
    subject to alterations
    Compact gas spring
    Mounting variations
    2480.022.01000
    2480.057.01000
    Mounting Example: 2480.044.03.01000 2)
    +2
    +0,5 ø63,2
    100
    100
    24
    12
    ø11 (4x)
    73,5
    73,5
    27
    ø11 (4x)
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    73,5
    73,5
    90
    90
    16
    stroke
    stroke
    y
    x
    +2
    ø63,2 +0,5
    27
    3
    see Note!
    g 2
    stroke
    stroke
    with Adapter Baseplate
    3
    +2
    +0,5 ø63,2
    +1,0
    +0,5 ø63,2
    with Adapter Baseplate
    ø18
    5
    36,5
    82
    27
    30
    84
    108
    ø63,5
    ø11
    2480.057.03.01000
    27
    ø11 (4x)
    M5 (4x)
    y
    x
    64
    64
    80
    80
    16
    y
    x
    +2
    ø63,2 +0,5
    stroke
    80
    80
    ø10,5
    27
    +2
    ø63,2 +0,5
    A - A
    M6 (2x)
    5)
    A
    A
    2480.064.01000 4)
    23,9
    64
    64
    Mounting examples:
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    4) Square collar flange, non-ro-
    tating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-
    gonal socket (compact head
    recommended)
    F282
    subject to alterations
    Compact gas spring
    Mounting variations
    2480.022.01000
    2480.057.01000
    Mounting Example: 2480.044.03.01000 2)
    +2
    +0,5 ø63,2
    100
    100
    24
    12
    ø11 (4x)
    73,5
    73,5
    27
    ø11 (4x)
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    73,5
    73,5
    90
    90
    16
    stroke
    stroke
    y
    x
    +2
    ø63,2 +0,5
    27
    3
    see Note!
    g 2
    stroke
    stroke
    with Adapter Baseplate
    3
    +2
    +0,5 ø63,2
    +1,0
    +0,5 ø63,2
    with Adapter Baseplate
    ø18
    5
    36,5
    82
    27
    30
    84
    108
    ø63,5
    ø11
    2480.057.03.01000
    27
    ø11 (4x)
    M5 (4x)
    y
    x
    64
    64
    80
    80
    16
    y
    x
    +2
    ø63,2 +0,5
    stroke
    80
    80
    ø10,5
    27
    +2
    ø63,2 +0,5
    A - A
    M6 (2x)
    5)
    A
    A
    2480.064.01000 4)
    23,9
    64
    64
    Mounting examples:
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    4) Square collar flange, non-ro-
    tating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-
    gonal socket (compact head
    recommended)
    subject to alterations
    Compact gas spring
    50 5
    050 065
    0 10
    1,0
    016
    1,7
    15 20 25 30 35 40 45
    010 025 032 040
    1,6
    1,5
    1,4
    1,3
    1,2
    1,1
    60 55 65 1000 500 3000 0
    50
    150
    140
    130
    120
    110
    100
    60
    70
    80
    90
    .03000.
    1500 2000 2500
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Note:
    Initial spring force at 150 bar = 3000 daN
    Order No for spare parts kit: 2490.14.03000
    When mounting to floor, contact over the
    entire floor of the cylinder tube must be
    ensured!
    Before fitting the adapter base plate remove
    the valve from the gas spring.
    If vibration occurs, tighten the fixing screws
    accordingly.
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 80 to 100 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 0.8 m/s
    ø56
    ±0,1
    ø63,2
    34
    Screws
    M8 x 16
    DIN EN ISO
    4762 (2x)
    15 x 12,5 deep (2x)
    9 (2x)
    G 1 / 8
    8
    7
    10,5
    -0,2 20
    deep (4x)
    M8 x 11,5
    DIN 74 - Km 8
    (2x)
    Connecting
    fitting, rotating
    2480.00.20.03000
    Adapter baseplate with connecting fitting,
    without valve (only for use with composite
    connections)
    18 19
    34
    ø63,2 ±0,1
    ø38
    3
    ±0,25
    l
    l min.
    max.
    stroke
    X
    R2
    R2
    G 1 / 8 Valve
    View X
    M8 x 9 deep
    (2x)
    2490.14.03000.
    S>max V>max
    P>max
    Flex Guide
    TM
    F283
    Order No Stroke max. l min. l g 2 *
    2490.14.03000.010 10 75 85 65
    2490.14.03000.016 16 87 103 77
    2490.14.03000.025 25 105 130 95
    2490.14.03000.032 32 118 150 108
    2490.14.03000.040 40 135 175 125
    2490.14.03000.050 50 155 205 145
    2490.14.03000.065 65 191 256 181
    *see mounting example
    2490.14.03000.
    Compact gas spring
    subject to alterations
    Compact gas spring
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    2480.052.04700 2480.022.01500
    2480.058.01500
    2480.044.01500 2) Mounting Example:
    26
    see Note!
    +2
    +0,5 ø75,2
    g 2
    stroke
    stroke
    100
    100
    24
    12
    ø11 (4x)
    73,5
    73,5
    with Adapter Baseplate
    with Adapter Baseplate
    ø11 (4x)
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    73,5
    73,5
    26 90
    90
    16
    stroke
    y
    x
    +2
    ø75,2 +0,5
    52,5
    105
    52,5
    11 (2x)
    115
    160
    20
    75,5
    73,5
    30
    137
    +1,0
    +0,5 ø75,2
    +2
    +0,5 ø75,2
    ø11 (4x)
    90
    90
    24,5
    x
    x
    ±0,1 ø75,2
    73,5
    73,5
    3
    3
    2480.044.03.01500 2)
    ø20
    5
    42
    94
    32
    30
    100
    125
    ø75,5
    ø13,5
    Mounting examples:
    F284
    subject to alterations
    Compact gas spring
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    2480.052.04700 2480.022.01500
    2480.058.01500
    2480.044.01500 2) Mounting Example:
    26
    see Note!
    +2
    +0,5 ø75,2
    g 2
    stroke
    stroke
    100
    100
    24
    12
    ø11 (4x)
    73,5
    73,5
    with Adapter Baseplate
    with Adapter Baseplate
    ø11 (4x)
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    73,5
    73,5
    26 90
    90
    16
    stroke
    y
    x
    +2
    ø75,2 +0,5
    52,5
    105
    52,5
    11 (2x)
    115
    160
    20
    75,5
    73,5
    30
    137
    +1,0
    +0,5 ø75,2
    +2
    +0,5 ø75,2
    ø11 (4x)
    90
    90
    24,5
    x
    x
    ±0,1 ø75,2
    73,5
    73,5
    3
    3
    2480.044.03.01500 2)
    ø20
    5
    42
    94
    32
    30
    100
    125
    ø75,5
    ø13,5
    Mounting examples:
    subject to alterations
    Compact gas spring
    025 040 032 050 016 010
    50 20 15 10 0 5
    1,0
    1,1
    1,2
    1,3
    1,4
    1,5
    25 30 35 40 45 55
    065
    65 60
    .04700.
    3000 4000 1000 5000 2000
    50
    60
    70
    80
    90
    100
    110
    120
    130
    140
    150
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Note:
    Initial spring force at 150 bar = 4700 daN
    Order No for spare parts kit: 2490.14.04700
    When mounting to floor, contact over the
    entire floor of the cylinder tube must be
    ensured!
    Before fitting the adapter base plate remove
    the valve from the gas spring.
    If vibration occurs, tighten the fixing screws
    accordingly.
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 80 to 100 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 0.8 m/s
    15 x 9 deep (3x)
    9 (3x)
    (4x)
    40
    M8 x 11,5 deep
    DIN 74 - Km 8
    (3x)
    G 1 / 8
    ±0,1
    ø68
    ø75,2
    8
    7
    -0,2 20
    10,5
    Connecting
    fitting, rotating
    Screws
    M8 x 20
    DIN EN ISO
    4762 (3x)
    G 1 / 8
    Adapter baseplate with connecting Fitting
    2480.00.20.04700
    max.
    18 18
    3
    l ±0,25
    (4x)
    stroke
    R1,5
    I min.
    ø50
    X
    40
    M8 x 9 deep
    ø75,2 ±0,1
    View X
    R1,5
    G 1 / 8 Valve
    2490.14.04700.
    S>max V>max
    P>max
    Flex Guide
    TM
    F285
    Order No Stroke max. l min. l g 2 *
    2490.14.04700.010 10 70 80 60
    2490.14.04700.016 16 90 106 80
    2490.14.04700.025 25 110 135 100
    2490.14.04700.032 32 135 167 125
    2490.14.04700.040 40 160 200 150
    2490.14.04700.050 50 190 240 180
    2490.14.04700.065 65 208 273 198
    *see mounting example
    2490.14.04700.
    Compact gas spring
    subject to alterations
    Compact gas spring
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    2480.052.07500 2480.022.03000
    2480.058.03000
    2480.044.03000 2) Mounting Example:
    see Note!
    +1,0
    +0,5 ø95,2
    30
    g 2
    ø13 (4x)
    120
    120
    24
    12
    92
    92
    stroke
    stroke
    with Adapter Baseplate
    with Adapter Baseplate
    ø13 (4x)
    30
    92
    92
    18
    110
    110
    stroke
    y
    x
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    +2
    ø95,2 +0,5
    95,5
    195
    90
    170
    62,5
    125
    67,5
    145
    13 (2x)
    20
    30
    +2
    +0,5 ø95,2
    +2
    +0,5 ø95,2
    110
    110
    92
    92
    27,5
    x
    x
    ±0,1 ø95,2
    ø13 (4x)
    3
    3
    2480.044.03.03000 2)
    ø20
    5
    52,5
    115
    33
    30
    115
    140
    ø95,5
    ø13,5
    Mounting examples:
    F286
    subject to alterations
    Compact gas spring
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    2480.052.07500 2480.022.03000
    2480.058.03000
    2480.044.03000 2) Mounting Example:
    see Note!
    +1,0
    +0,5 ø95,2
    30
    g 2
    ø13 (4x)
    120
    120
    24
    12
    92
    92
    stroke
    stroke
    with Adapter Baseplate
    with Adapter Baseplate
    ø13 (4x)
    30
    92
    92
    18
    110
    110
    stroke
    y
    x
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    +2
    ø95,2 +0,5
    95,5
    195
    90
    170
    62,5
    125
    67,5
    145
    13 (2x)
    20
    30
    +2
    +0,5 ø95,2
    +2
    +0,5 ø95,2
    110
    110
    92
    92
    27,5
    x
    x
    ±0,1 ø95,2
    ø13 (4x)
    3
    3
    2480.044.03.03000 2)
    ø20
    5
    52,5
    115
    33
    30
    115
    140
    ø95,5
    ø13,5
    Mounting examples:
    subject to alterations
    Compact gas spring
    50 20 15 10 0 5 25 35 45 30 40
    032 040 025 050 016 010
    1,0
    1,1
    1,2
    1,3
    1,4
    1,5
    65
    065
    60 55
    .07500.
    5000 6500 2000 8000 3500
    50
    60
    70
    80
    90
    100
    110
    120
    130
    140
    150
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Note:
    Initial spring force at 150 bar = 7500 daN
    Order No for spare parts kit: 2490.14.07500
    When mounting to floor, contact over the
    entire floor of the cylinder tube must be
    ensured!
    Before fitting the adapter base plate remove
    the valve from the gas spring.
    If vibration occurs, tighten the fixing screws
    accordingly.
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 80 to 100 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 0.8 m/s
    Screws
    M8 x 20
    DIN EN ISO
    4762 (3x)
    52
    15 x 9 deep (3x)
    9 (3x)
    DIN 74 - Km 8
    (3x)
    (4x)
    M8 x 11,5 deep
    8
    7
    11
    -0,2 20
    G 1 / 8
    G 1 / 8
    ±0,1
    ø95,2
    ø87
    Connecting
    fitting, rotating
    Adapter baseplate with connecting Fitting
    2480.00.20.07500
    max.
    21 21
    3
    ±0,25
    I min.
    l
    ø65
    ø95,2 ±0,1
    stroke
    R1,5
    X
    52
    M8 x 9 deep
    View X
    R1,5
    G 1 / Valve 8
    (4x)
    2490.14.07500.
    S>max V>max
    P>max
    Flex Guide
    TM
    F287
    Order No Stroke max. l min. l g 2 *
    2490.14.07500.010 10 80 90 68
    2490.14.07500.016 16 100 116 88
    2490.14.07500.025 25 120 145 108
    2490.14.07500.032 32 150 182 138
    2490.14.07500.040 40 170 210 158
    2490.14.07500.050 50 205 255 193
    2490.14.07500.065 65 214 279 202
    *see mounting example
    2490.14.07500.
    Compact gas spring
    2480.052.11800 2480.022.05000
    2480.057.05000
    2480.064.05000 4) 2480.044.05000 2) Mounting Example:
    33
    stroke
    stroke
    33
    +2
    +0,5 ø120,2
    ø13 (4x)
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    130
    130
    109,5
    109,5
    21
    y
    x
    see Note!
    g 2
    stroke
    stroke
    109,5
    109,5
    140
    140
    ø13 (4x)
    24
    12
    with Adapter Baseplate
    with Adapter Baseplate
    120,5
    220
    102,5
    195
    74
    148
    77,5
    165
    13 (2x)
    20
    30
    32,5
    130
    130
    ø12,5
    stroke
    33
    +2
    ø120,2 +0,5
    A - A
    M6 (2x)
    5)
    5)
    109,5
    109,5
    A
    A
    +2
    +0,5 ø120,2
    +1,0
    +0,5 ø120,2
    109,5
    109,5
    29,5
    x
    x
    ±0,1 ø120,2
    130
    130
    ø13 (4x)
    3
    3
    2480.044.03.05000 2)
    ø20
    7
    65
    140
    58
    30
    145
    170
    ø120,5
    ø13,5
    2480.055.05000
    33
    M6 (4x)
    y
    21
    ø13(4x)
    x
    x
    A - A
    175
    109,5
    109,5
    y
    A A
    subject to alterations
    Compact gas spring
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    4) Square collar flange, non-
    rotating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-
    gonal socket (compact head
    recommended)
    Mounting examples:
    F288
    2480.052.11800 2480.022.05000
    2480.057.05000
    2480.064.05000 4) 2480.044.05000 2) Mounting Example:
    33
    stroke
    stroke
    33
    +2
    +0,5 ø120,2
    ø13 (4x)
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    130
    130
    109,5
    109,5
    21
    y
    x
    see Note!
    g 2
    stroke
    stroke
    109,5
    109,5
    140
    140
    ø13 (4x)
    24
    12
    with Adapter Baseplate
    with Adapter Baseplate
    120,5
    220
    102,5
    195
    74
    148
    77,5
    165
    13 (2x)
    20
    30
    32,5
    130
    130
    ø12,5
    stroke
    33
    +2
    ø120,2 +0,5
    A - A
    M6 (2x)
    5)
    5)
    109,5
    109,5
    A
    A
    +2
    +0,5 ø120,2
    +1,0
    +0,5 ø120,2
    109,5
    109,5
    29,5
    x
    x
    ±0,1 ø120,2
    130
    130
    ø13 (4x)
    3
    3
    2480.044.03.05000 2)
    ø20
    7
    65
    140
    58
    30
    145
    170
    ø120,5
    ø13,5
    2480.055.05000
    33
    M6 (4x)
    y
    21
    ø13(4x)
    x
    x
    A - A
    175
    109,5
    109,5
    y
    A A
    subject to alterations
    Compact gas spring
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    4) Square collar flange, non-
    rotating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-
    gonal socket (compact head
    recommended)
    Mounting examples:
    subject to alterations
    Compact gas spring
    50 15 10 0 5 25 20 30 35 40 45
    1,0
    1,1
    1,2
    1,3
    1,4
    1,5
    65 60 55
    040 032 025 050 016 010
    1,6
    065
    .11800.
    7000 3000 5000 11000 9000
    50
    60
    70
    80
    90
    100
    110
    120
    130
    140
    150
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Note:
    Initial spring force at 150 bar = 11800 daN
    Order No for spare parts kit: 2490.14.11800
    When mounting to floor, contact over the
    entire floor of the cylinder tube must be
    ensured!
    Before fitting the adapter base plate remove
    the valve from the gas spring.
    If vibration occurs, tighten the fixing screws
    accordingly.
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 80 to 100 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 0.8 m/s
    DIN 74 - Km 10
    11 (4x)
    G 1 / 8
    ø112
    ±0,1
    ø120,2
    11
    45°
    20°
    M10 x12,5 deep
    -0,2 20
    8
    7
    ø68
    G 1 / 8
    18 x 11 deep (4x)
    (4x)
    Screws
    M10 x 20
    DIN EN ISO
    4762 (4x)
    (4x)
    Adapter baseplate with connecting Fitting
    2480.00.20.11800
    Connecting
    fitting, rotating
    3
    l ±0,25
    22,5 22,5
    ±0,1
    ø80
    I min.
    X
    68
    M10 x 11 deep
    ø120,2
    View X
    G 1 / 8
    (4x)
    R2,5
    R2,5
    Valve
    max.
    stroke
    2490.14.11800.
    S>max V>max
    P>max
    Flex Guide
    TM
    F289
    Order No Stroke max. l min. l g 2 *
    2490.14.11800.010 10 90 100 78
    2490.14.11800.016 16 110 126 98
    2490.14.11800.025 25 130 155 118
    2490.14.11800.032 32 155 187 143
    2490.14.11800.040 40 180 220 168
    2490.14.11800.050 50 210 260 198
    2490.14.11800.065 65 255 320 243
    *see mounting example
    2490.14.11800.
    Compact gas spring
    2480.052.18300 2480.022.07500
    2480.057.07500
    2480.064.07500 4) 2480.044.07500 2) Mounting Example:
    38
    stroke
    stroke
    ø17,5
    (4x)
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    162
    162
    138
    138
    27
    y
    x
    38
    +2
    +0,5 ø150,2
    3
    3
    see Note!
    g 2
    stroke
    stroke
    ø17,5 (4x)
    24
    12
    138
    138
    190
    190
    with Adapter Baseplate
    with Adapter Baseplate
    150,5
    260
    120
    230
    100
    200
    95
    200
    13 (2x)
    20
    30
    162
    162
    ø16,5
    stroke
    38
    +2
    ø150,2 +0,5
    A - A
    M6 (2x)
    5)
    5)
    38
    138
    138
    A
    A
    +2
    +0,5 ø150,2
    +1,0
    +0,5 ø150,2
    34,5
    x
    x
    162
    162
    138
    138
    ø17,5(4x)
    ±0,1 ø150,2
    2480.044.03.07500 2)
    ø20
    7
    80
    170
    68
    30
    175
    200
    ø150,5
    ø13,5
    2480.055.05000
    33
    M6 (4x)
    y
    21
    ø13(4x)
    x
    x
    A - A
    175
    109,5
    109,5
    y
    A A
    subject to alterations
    Compact gas spring
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    4) Square collar flange, non-
    rotating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-
    gonal socket (compact head
    recommended)
    Mounting examples:
    F290
    2480.052.18300 2480.022.07500
    2480.057.07500
    2480.064.07500 4) 2480.044.07500 2) Mounting Example:
    38
    stroke
    stroke
    ø17,5
    (4x)
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    162
    162
    138
    138
    27
    y
    x
    38
    +2
    +0,5 ø150,2
    3
    3
    see Note!
    g 2
    stroke
    stroke
    ø17,5 (4x)
    24
    12
    138
    138
    190
    190
    with Adapter Baseplate
    with Adapter Baseplate
    150,5
    260
    120
    230
    100
    200
    95
    200
    13 (2x)
    20
    30
    162
    162
    ø16,5
    stroke
    38
    +2
    ø150,2 +0,5
    A - A
    M6 (2x)
    5)
    5)
    38
    138
    138
    A
    A
    +2
    +0,5 ø150,2
    +1,0
    +0,5 ø150,2
    34,5
    x
    x
    162
    162
    138
    138
    ø17,5(4x)
    ±0,1 ø150,2
    2480.044.03.07500 2)
    ø20
    7
    80
    170
    68
    30
    175
    200
    ø150,5
    ø13,5
    2480.055.05000
    33
    M6 (4x)
    y
    21
    ø13(4x)
    x
    x
    A - A
    175
    109,5
    109,5
    y
    A A
    subject to alterations
    Compact gas spring
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    4) Square collar flange, non-
    rotating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-
    gonal socket (compact head
    recommended)
    Mounting examples:
    subject to alterations
    Compact gas spring
    5 10 50 20 15 0 25 30 35 40 45
    1,0
    1,1
    1,2
    1,3
    1,4
    1,5
    65 60 55
    025 040 032 050 016 010
    1,6
    065 .18300.
    6000 8… 10… 14… 16… 18000 12…
    50
    60
    70
    80
    90
    100
    110
    120
    130
    140
    150
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Note:
    Initial spring force at 150 bar = 18300 daN
    Order No for spare parts kit: 2490.14.18300
    When mounting to floor, contact over the
    entire floor of the cylinder tube must be
    ensured!
    Before fitting the adapter base plate remove
    the valve from the gas spring.
    If vibration occurs, tighten the fixing screws
    accordingly.
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 80 to 100 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 0.8 m/s
    Screws
    M10 x 20
    DIN EN ISO
    4762 (4x)
    -0,2 20
    G 1 / 8
    ±0,1
    ø150,2
    20°
    11
    8
    8
    ø142
    ø90
    M10 x12,5 deep
    11 (4x)
    18 x 11 deep (4x)
    (4x)
    DIN 74 - Km 10
    G 1 / 8
    (4x)
    Connecting
    fitting, rotating
    Adapter baseplate with connecting Fitting
    2480.00.20.18300
    M10 x 11 deep
    (4x)
    ±0,1
    3
    R2,5
    ±0,25
    l
    90
    24,5 24,5
    I min.
    ø105
    X
    ø150,2
    View X
    R2,5
    G 1 / 8 Valve
    max.
    stroke
    2490.14.18300.
    S>max V>max
    P>max
    Flex Guide
    TM
    F291
    Order No Stroke max. l min. l g 2 *
    2490.14.18300.010 10 100 110 89
    2490.14.18300.016 16 120 136 109
    2490.14.18300.025 25 140 165 129
    2490.14.18300.032 32 165 197 154
    2490.14.18300.040 40 195 235 184
    2490.14.18300.050 50 220 270 209
    2490.14.18300.065 65 258 323 247
    *see mounting example
    2490.14.18300.
    Compact gas spring
    subject to alterations F292
    Gas springs
    low build height
    Gas springs
    low build height
    F293
    88 57 53 20
    35 45
    65
    50
    62 95 82 108
    110 100 100
    170 160 145 135 100
    2480.12.00250.025
    2485.12.00500.025 2480.12.00500.025
    2485.12.00750.025 2480.13.00750.025
    2487.12.00750.025
    2485.12.01500.025 2480.12.01500.025 2487.12.02400.025
    2480.13.03000.025 2487.12.04200.025
    80
    2487.12.00500.025
    2487.12.01000.025
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring, with low build height
    Normal construction Compact construction POWER LINE Construction heights
    with the same stroke
    and the same /
    increased spring force
    88 57 53 20
    35 45
    65
    50
    62 95 82 108
    110 100 100
    170 160 145 135 100
    2480.12.00250.025
    2485.12.00500.025 2480.12.00500.025
    2485.12.00750.025 2480.13.00750.025
    2487.12.00750.025
    2485.12.01500.025 2480.12.01500.025 2487.12.02400.025
    2480.13.03000.025 2487.12.04200.025
    80
    2487.12.00500.025
    2487.12.01000.025
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring, with low build height
    Normal construction Compact construction POWER LINE Construction heights
    with the same stroke
    and the same /
    increased spring force
    F295
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring, with low build height
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    3) Not for use with composite
    connection.
    2480.011.00500.2 2480.011.00500 2480.011.00500.1 2480.022.00500
    2480.055.00500 2480.057.00500 2480.007.00500 2480.008.00500 3)
    2480.044.00500 2)
    70
    50
    ø9 (2x)
    ø9
    2,5
    7
    25
    56
    70,7
    95,8
    25
    7
    70,7 70,7
    50
    70
    50
    ø9 (4x)
    7
    20
    12
    12
    M10 (2x)
    ø15 (2x)
    20
    DIN 74 -
    Km 8 (4x)
    20
    50
    70
    50
    70
    M10 (2x)
    ø15 (2x)
    20
    50
    70
    50
    70
    DIN 74 -
    Km 8 (4x)
    12
    12
    20
    ø9 (4x)
    M5 (4x)
    22
    13
    50
    50
    stroke
    64
    y
    x
    64
    y
    x
    +2
    ø45,2 +0,5
    82
    45,5
    9 (2x)
    64
    100
    15
    30
    60
    45
    20
    28
    13
    50
    50
    86
    +2
    +0,5 ø45,2
    ø9 (4x)
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    22
    stroke
    x
    A - A
    y
    A A
    20
    ø15
    (2x)
    20
    70
    70
    12
    12
    M10
    (2x)
    ø9 (2x)
    ø9
    (2x)
    ø15 (2x) ø15 (2x)
    12
    50
    50
    2480.044.03.00500 2)
    ø15
    4
    27,5
    60
    22
    20
    60
    80
    ø45,5
    ø9
    12
    64
    ø52
    ø46
    45,5
    64
    45,5 95
    ø7 (4x)
    2480.010.00500.095 3)
    stroke 18,4
    50
    50
    64
    64
    ø9
    22
    +2
    ø45,2 +0,5
    A - A
    M5 (2x)
    5)
    A
    A
    2480.064.00500 4)
    F296
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring, with low build height
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    3) Not for use with composite
    connection.
    2480.011.00500.2 2480.011.00500 2480.011.00500.1 2480.022.00500
    2480.055.00500 2480.057.00500 2480.007.00500 2480.008.00500 3)
    2480.044.00500 2)
    70
    50
    ø9 (2x)
    ø9
    2,5
    7
    25
    56
    70,7
    95,8
    25
    7
    70,7 70,7
    50
    70
    50
    ø9 (4x)
    7
    20
    12
    12
    M10 (2x)
    ø15 (2x)
    20
    DIN 74 -
    Km 8 (4x)
    20
    50
    70
    50
    70
    M10 (2x)
    ø15 (2x)
    20
    50
    70
    50
    70
    DIN 74 -
    Km 8 (4x)
    12
    12
    20
    ø9 (4x)
    M5 (4x)
    22
    13
    50
    50
    stroke
    64
    y
    x
    64
    y
    x
    +2
    ø45,2 +0,5
    82
    45,5
    9 (2x)
    64
    100
    15
    30
    60
    45
    20
    28
    13
    50
    50
    86
    +2
    +0,5 ø45,2
    ø9 (4x)
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    22
    stroke
    x
    A - A
    y
    A A
    20
    ø15
    (2x)
    20
    70
    70
    12
    12
    M10
    (2x)
    ø9 (2x)
    ø9
    (2x)
    ø15 (2x) ø15 (2x)
    12
    50
    50
    2480.044.03.00500 2)
    ø15
    4
    27,5
    60
    22
    20
    60
    80
    ø45,5
    ø9
    12
    64
    ø52
    ø46
    45,5
    64
    45,5 95
    ø7 (4x)
    2480.010.00500.095 3)
    stroke 18,4
    50
    50
    64
    64
    ø9
    22
    +2
    ø45,2 +0,5
    A - A
    M5 (2x)
    5)
    A
    A
    2480.064.00500 4)
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring, with low build height
    50
    100 200 300
    .00500.
    500
    60
    70
    80
    90
    100
    110
    120
    130
    140
    150
    400
    006 100 080 063 050 038 025 019 125 013
    125 100
    1,0
    1,1
    1,2
    1,3
    1,4
    1,5
    1,6
    10 25 50 0 75
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Note:
    Initial spring force at 150 bar = 470 daN
    Order No for spare parts kit: 2485.12.00500
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 50 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 40 to 80 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
    ±0,25
    M8x12,5
    ±0,1
    ø45,2
    ø20
    10,5
    min. 1
    15,5
    min. I
    ø43
    16,4
    4
    4
    ø40
    20
    l
    X
    R1
    M6
    2485.12.00500.
    View X - Gas spring
    deep (2x)
    max.
    Stroke
    V>max
    P>max
    Flex Guide
    TM
    F297
    Order No Stroke max. l min. l
    2485.12.00500.006 6 56 62
    2485.12.00500.013 12.7 62.7 75.4
    2485.12.00500.019 19 69.1 88.1
    2485.12.00500.025 25 75 100
    2485.12.00500.038 38.1 88.1 126.2
    2485.12.00500.050 50 100 150
    2485.12.00500.063 63.5 113.5 177
    2485.12.00500.080 80 130 210
    2485.12.00500.100 100 150 250
    2485.12.00500.125 125 175 300
    2485.12.00500.
    Gas spring, with low build
    height
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring, with low build height
    Mounting variations
    2480.011.00750.3 2480.011.00750 2480.011.00750.1 2480.022.00750
    2480.055.00750 2480.057.00750 2480.007.00750 2480.008.00750 3)
    2480.044.00750 2) 2480.045.00750 2)
    2480.047.00750 2)
    25,5
    12
    22
    11
    34,5
    38
    13
    3
    70
    65
    ±0,1
    4
    +0,1
    10
    9 (2x)
    90
    130
    20
    50,5
    40
    80
    60
    30
    110
    14,2
    ø13 (2x)
    80
    110
    14,2
    56,5
    ø13
    2,5
    30
    61
    30
    80 80
    24
    12
    56,5
    75
    56,5
    75
    ø9 (4x)
    40
    33
    +0,1
    10
    19
    30
    32
    60
    1 20 28,
    9
    ø9
    11
    ø18
    ø15
    ø11,5
    DIN 74 - Km 8 (2x)
    DIN 74 - Km 10 (2x)
    60
    ±0,1
    4
    12
    12
    56,5
    56,5
    M10 (2x)
    ø15 (2x)
    20
    75
    75
    DIN 74 -
    Km 8 (4x)
    20
    12
    12
    56,5
    56,5
    M10 (2x)
    ø15 (2x)
    20
    20
    75
    75
    DIN 74 -
    Km 8 (4x)
    22 70
    70
    56,5
    56,5
    13
    stroke
    y
    x
    ø9 (4x)
    M5 (4x)
    y
    x
    +2
    ø50,2 +0,5
    56,5
    13
    95
    +2
    +0,5 ø50,2
    ø9 (4x)
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    22
    stroke
    x
    A - A
    56,5
    stroke
    y
    A A
    20
    ø15
    20
    56,5
    56,5
    75
    75
    12
    12
    M10
    (2x)
    ø9 (4x)
    ø9
    ø15 (2x) ø15 (4x)
    12
    2480.044.03.00750 2)
    ø18
    5
    30
    70
    25
    30
    68
    90
    ø50,5
    ø11
    12
    70
    ø57
    ø51,2
    56,5
    70
    56,5 115
    ø9 (4x)
    2480.010.00750.115 3)
    19,5
    56,5
    56,5
    70
    70
    ø9
    22
    +2
    ø50,2 +0,5
    A - A
    M5 (2x)
    5)
    A
    A
    2480.064.00750 4)
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    3) Not for use with composite
    connection.
    4) Square collar flange, non-ro-
    tating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-
    gonal socket (compact head
    recommended)
    F298
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring, with low build height
    Mounting variations
    2480.011.00750.3 2480.011.00750 2480.011.00750.1 2480.022.00750
    2480.055.00750 2480.057.00750 2480.007.00750 2480.008.00750 3)
    2480.044.00750 2) 2480.045.00750 2)
    2480.047.00750 2)
    25,5
    12
    22
    11
    34,5
    38
    13
    3
    70
    65
    ±0,1
    4
    +0,1
    10
    9 (2x)
    90
    130
    20
    50,5
    40
    80
    60
    30
    110
    14,2
    ø13 (2x)
    80
    110
    14,2
    56,5
    ø13
    2,5
    30
    61
    30
    80 80
    24
    12
    56,5
    75
    56,5
    75
    ø9 (4x)
    40
    33
    +0,1
    10
    19
    30
    32
    60
    1 20 28,
    9
    ø9
    11
    ø18
    ø15
    ø11,5
    DIN 74 - Km 8 (2x)
    DIN 74 - Km 10 (2x)
    60
    ±0,1
    4
    12
    12
    56,5
    56,5
    M10 (2x)
    ø15 (2x)
    20
    75
    75
    DIN 74 -
    Km 8 (4x)
    20
    12
    12
    56,5
    56,5
    M10 (2x)
    ø15 (2x)
    20
    20
    75
    75
    DIN 74 -
    Km 8 (4x)
    22 70
    70
    56,5
    56,5
    13
    stroke
    y
    x
    ø9 (4x)
    M5 (4x)
    y
    x
    +2
    ø50,2 +0,5
    56,5
    13
    95
    +2
    +0,5 ø50,2
    ø9 (4x)
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    22
    stroke
    x
    A - A
    56,5
    stroke
    y
    A A
    20
    ø15
    20
    56,5
    56,5
    75
    75
    12
    12
    M10
    (2x)
    ø9 (4x)
    ø9
    ø15 (2x) ø15 (4x)
    12
    2480.044.03.00750 2)
    ø18
    5
    30
    70
    25
    30
    68
    90
    ø50,5
    ø11
    12
    70
    ø57
    ø51,2
    56,5
    70
    56,5 115
    ø9 (4x)
    2480.010.00750.115 3)
    19,5
    56,5
    56,5
    70
    70
    ø9
    22
    +2
    ø50,2 +0,5
    A - A
    M5 (2x)
    5)
    A
    A
    2480.064.00750 4)
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    3) Not for use with composite
    connection.
    4) Square collar flange, non-ro-
    tating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-
    gonal socket (compact head
    recommended)
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring, with low build height
    .00750. 100 080 063 050 038 025 019 006 125 013
    125 100
    50
    150 300 450 750
    60
    70
    80
    90
    100
    110
    120
    130
    140
    150
    600
    1,0
    1,1
    1,2
    1,3
    1,4
    1,5
    1,6
    10 25 50 0 75
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Note:
    Initial spring force at 150 bar = 750 daN
    Order No for spare parts kit: 2485.12.00750
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 15 to 40 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
    ±0,25
    l
    15,5
    M8x12,5
    ±0,1
    ø50,2
    ø25
    20
    I min.
    ø46
    16,4
    8
    7
    X
    min. 1
    R2
    ø43
    10,5
    M6
    /
    1
    8 G
    2485.12.00750.
    View X - Gas spring
    valve
    deep (2x)
    max.
    Stroke
    V>max
    P>max
    Flex Guide
    TM
    F299
    Order No Stroke max. l min. l
    2485.12.00750.006 6 56 62
    2485.12.00750.013 12.7 62.7 75.4
    2485.12.00750.019 19 69.1 88.1
    2485.12.00750.025 25 75 100
    2485.12.00750.038 38.1 88.1 126.2
    2485.12.00750.050 50 100 150
    2485.12.00750.063 63.5 113.5 177
    2485.12.00750.080 80 130 210
    2485.12.00750.100 100 150 250
    2485.12.00750.125 125 175 300
    2485.12.00750.
    Gas spring, with low build
    height
    subject to alterations
    2480.011.01500 2480.011.01500.2 2480.022.01500
    2480.058.01500 2480.007.01500
    2480.044.01500 2)
    ø75,2
    ø11(4x)
    M20 15
    12
    104 104
    73,5
    14,2
    ø13
    30
    DIN 74 - Km 8 (4x)
    100
    100
    73,5
    73,5
    20 40
    100
    100
    24
    12
    ø11 (4x)
    73,5
    73,5
    52,5
    105
    52,5
    11 (2x)
    115
    160
    20
    75,5
    73,5
    30
    137
    DIN 74 - Km 10 (4x)
    29 90
    90
    73,5
    73,5
    16
    y
    x
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    +2
    +0,5
    stroke
    ø40 20
    ø11 (4x)
    ø9 (4x)
    73,5
    100
    100
    M20
    73,5
    ø15 (4x)
    ø18 (4x)
    14
    12
    2480.044.03.01500 2)
    ø20
    5
    42
    94
    32
    30
    100
    125
    ø75,5
    ø13,5
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be
    absorbed by the stop surface.
    Gas spring, with low build height
    Mounting variations
    F300
    subject to alterations
    2480.011.01500 2480.011.01500.2 2480.022.01500
    2480.058.01500 2480.007.01500
    2480.044.01500 2)
    ø75,2
    ø11(4x)
    M20 15
    12
    104 104
    73,5
    14,2
    ø13
    30
    DIN 74 - Km 8 (4x)
    100
    100
    73,5
    73,5
    20 40
    100
    100
    24
    12
    ø11 (4x)
    73,5
    73,5
    52,5
    105
    52,5
    11 (2x)
    115
    160
    20
    75,5
    73,5
    30
    137
    DIN 74 - Km 10 (4x)
    29 90
    90
    73,5
    73,5
    16
    y
    x
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    +2
    +0,5
    stroke
    ø40 20
    ø11 (4x)
    ø9 (4x)
    73,5
    100
    100
    M20
    73,5
    ø15 (4x)
    ø18 (4x)
    14
    12
    2480.044.03.01500 2)
    ø20
    5
    42
    94
    32
    30
    100
    125
    ø75,5
    ø13,5
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be
    absorbed by the stop surface.
    Gas spring, with low build height
    Mounting variations
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring, with low build height
    .01500.
    50
    1000 5
    100 080 063 050 038 025
    25 75 100 0 50 1500 500
    1,0
    1,1
    1,2
    1,3
    1,4
    1,5
    1,6
    60
    70
    80
    90
    100
    110
    120
    130
    140
    150
    10
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Note:
    Initial spring force at 150 bar = 1500 daN
    Order No for spare parts kit: 2485.12.01500
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 15 to 40 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
    ±0,25
    l
    ø36
    21
    40
    R1,5
    min. 3
    7
    8
    M8
    10
    ±0,1
    ø75,2
    X
    I min.
    M8x12,5 /
    1
    8 G
    2485.12.01500.
    View X - Gas spring
    valve
    deep (4x)
    max.
    Stroke
    S>max V>max
    P>max
    Flex Guide
    TM
    F301
    Order No Stroke max. l min. l
    2485.12.01500.025 25 85 110
    2485.12.01500.038 38.1 98.1 136.2
    2485.12.01500.050 50 110 160
    2485.12.01500.063 63.5 123.5 187
    2485.12.01500.080 80 140 220
    2485.12.01500.100 100 160 260
    2485.12.01500.
    Gas spring, with low build
    height
    subject to alterations F302
    ››Speed Control TM ‹‹,
    Gas springs, SPC,
    cushioned
    ››Speed Control TM ‹‹,
    Gas springs, SPC,
    cushioned
    F303
    subject to alterations
    SPC gas spring, cushioned
    Description
    FIBRO SPC gas springs »Speed Control TM «
    have been engineered to reduce or eliminate
    blank holder bounce; commonly associated
    with increased return stroke speeds form link
    drive presses.
    SPC gas springs have inbuilt return stroke
    speed dampening, which decelerates the last
    30 mm of piston rod stroke to 0.4 m/s, helping
    to bring the blank holder to a smooth
    stop.
    Benefits of the »Speed Control TM « SPC gas
    springs, cushioned:
    I Eliminates blank holder bounce
    I Increases productivity by more increasing
    part transfer efficiency.
    I Easily retrofitted to existing dies
    I Stroke lengths 125 to 300 mm.
    I Linkable using hose system.
    F304
    2486.12.00750.
    2486.12.01500.
    2486.12.03000.
    2486.12.05000.
    subject to alterations
    Performance
    Installation
    *At ambient room temperature with free air flow
    Time in s
    Travel of blank holder per unit of time
    Stroke in mm
    ››Speed Control TM ‹‹ SPC gas springs gave a 90% reduction of
    blank holder bounce.
    Blank holder without SPC
    Blank holder with SPC
    SPC reduces speed to 0.4 m/s
    Press speed 1.0 m/s
    Dampening length
    (~ 30 mm)
    The diagram shows the max. possible number of strokes per
    minutes [min -1 ] of SPC gas springs with a max. filling pressure
    (150 bar) and max. used stroke lengths before there is a risk of
    excessive heating.
    Note !
    The number of strokes per minutes can be doubled
    by halving the initial filling pressure.
    Caution !
    SPC gas springs are subject to a higher heating
    than standard gas springs.
    For this reason, please ensure adequate ventilation
    of the SPC gas springs in the tool.
    It is important that approx. 25 to 30 mm before the sheet metal
    retainer has reached its home position, only SPC gas springs are
    applied. Therefore, for the retrofitting of existing tools with SPC
    gas springs we recommend the following two options:
    Option 1 – replace all gas springs with SPC gas springs
    Option 2 – corner solution (see below)
    Please note:
    Springs must be installed with a recess of 25 mm to balance the
    total length difference (2 x stroke length = 50 mm).
    Alternatively, the contact surface of the sheet metal retainer
    can be recessed in order to achieve the same effect.
    SPC gas spring, cushioned
    Function example
    max strokes per minute (spm)
    Strokes per minute, depending on stroke
    length, at max. 150 bar charge pressure*
    Stroke length of SPC in mm
    subject to alterations
    SPC gas spring, cushioned
    Description
    FIBRO SPC gas springs »Speed Control TM «
    have been engineered to reduce or eliminate
    blank holder bounce; commonly associated
    with increased return stroke speeds form link
    drive presses.
    SPC gas springs have inbuilt return stroke
    speed dampening, which decelerates the last
    30 mm of piston rod stroke to 0.4 m/s, helping
    to bring the blank holder to a smooth
    stop.
    Benefits of the »Speed Control TM « SPC gas
    springs, cushioned:
    I Eliminates blank holder bounce
    I Increases productivity by more increasing
    part transfer efficiency.
    I Easily retrofitted to existing dies
    I Stroke lengths 125 to 300 mm.
    I Linkable using hose system.
    2486.12.00750.
    2486.12.01500.
    2486.12.03000.
    2486.12.05000.
    subject to alterations
    Performance
    Installation
    *At ambient room temperature with free air flow
    Time in s
    Travel of blank holder per unit of time
    Stroke in mm
    ››Speed Control TM ‹‹ SPC gas springs gave a 90% reduction of
    blank holder bounce.
    Blank holder without SPC
    Blank holder with SPC
    SPC reduces speed to 0.4 m/s
    Press speed 1.0 m/s
    Dampening length
    (~ 30 mm)
    The diagram shows the max. possible number of strokes per
    minutes [min -1 ] of SPC gas springs with a max. filling pressure
    (150 bar) and max. used stroke lengths before there is a risk of
    excessive heating.
    Note !
    The number of strokes per minutes can be doubled
    by halving the initial filling pressure.
    Caution !
    SPC gas springs are subject to a higher heating
    than standard gas springs.
    For this reason, please ensure adequate ventilation
    of the SPC gas springs in the tool.
    It is important that approx. 25 to 30 mm before the sheet metal
    retainer has reached its home position, only SPC gas springs are
    applied. Therefore, for the retrofitting of existing tools with SPC
    gas springs we recommend the following two options:
    Option 1 – replace all gas springs with SPC gas springs
    Option 2 – corner solution (see below)
    Please note:
    Springs must be installed with a recess of 25 mm to balance the
    total length difference (2 x stroke length = 50 mm).
    Alternatively, the contact surface of the sheet metal retainer
    can be recessed in order to achieve the same effect.
    SPC gas spring, cushioned
    Function example
    max strokes per minute (spm)
    Strokes per minute, depending on stroke
    length, at max. 150 bar charge pressure*
    Stroke length of SPC in mm
    F305
    subject to alterations
    2480.011.01500 2480.011.01500.2 2480.022.01500
    2480.055.01500 2480.057.01500 2480.007.01500 2480.008.01500 3)
    2480.064.01500 4) 2480.044.01500 2) 2480.045.01500 2)
    2480.047.01500 2)
    32
    15
    DIN 74 -
    Km 8 (4x)
    13,5
    28
    37
    101
    90
    43,5
    10
    19
    57
    104 104
    73,5
    134
    86
    104
    ø11 (4x)
    M6 (4x)
    ø9
    3
    ±0,1
    4
    +0,1
    10
    14,2
    ø13 (2x)
    14,2
    ø13
    2,5
    30
    30
    y
    x
    ø11
    100
    100
    73,5
    73,5
    20
    100
    100
    24
    12
    ø11 (4x)
    73,5
    73,5
    73,5
    73,5
    29 90
    90
    16
    y
    x
    52,5
    105
    52,5
    11 (2x)
    115
    160
    20
    75,5
    73,5
    30
    137
    21
    37
    35
    38
    90
    40
    9
    ø9
    13
    ø20
    ø15
    ø14,5
    DIN 74 - Km 8 (2x)
    DIN 74 - Km 12 (2x)
    90
    M20
    40
    DIN 74 - Km 10 (4x)
    12
    +0,1
    10
    ±0,1
    4
    +2
    ø75,2 +0,5
    122
    73,5
    16
    +2
    +0,5 ø75,2
    ø11(4x)
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    29
    x
    A - A
    73,5
    ø10,5
    73,5
    73,5
    90
    90 29
    +2
    ø75,2 +0,5
    A
    A
    A - A
    M6 (2x)
    5)
    5)
    26
    y
    A A
    stroke
    stroke
    stroke
    ø40 20
    ø11 (4x)
    ø9 (4x)
    73,5
    100
    100
    M20
    73,5
    ø15 (4x)
    ø18 (4x)
    14
    12
    2480.044.03.01500 2)
    ø20
    5
    42
    94
    32
    30
    100
    125
    ø75,5
    ø13,5
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be
    absorbed by the stop surface.
    3) Note:
    Not for use with composite
    connection.
    4) Square collar flange, non-
    rotating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-
    gonal socket (compact head
    recommended).
    Gas spring SPEED CONTROL, cushioned
    Mounting variations
    F306
    subject to alterations
    2480.011.01500 2480.011.01500.2 2480.022.01500
    2480.055.01500 2480.057.01500 2480.007.01500 2480.008.01500 3)
    2480.064.01500 4) 2480.044.01500 2) 2480.045.01500 2)
    2480.047.01500 2)
    32
    15
    DIN 74 -
    Km 8 (4x)
    13,5
    28
    37
    101
    90
    43,5
    10
    19
    57
    104 104
    73,5
    134
    86
    104
    ø11 (4x)
    M6 (4x)
    ø9
    3
    ±0,1
    4
    +0,1
    10
    14,2
    ø13 (2x)
    14,2
    ø13
    2,5
    30
    30
    y
    x
    ø11
    100
    100
    73,5
    73,5
    20
    100
    100
    24
    12
    ø11 (4x)
    73,5
    73,5
    73,5
    73,5
    29 90
    90
    16
    y
    x
    52,5
    105
    52,5
    11 (2x)
    115
    160
    20
    75,5
    73,5
    30
    137
    21
    37
    35
    38
    90
    40
    9
    ø9
    13
    ø20
    ø15
    ø14,5
    DIN 74 - Km 8 (2x)
    DIN 74 - Km 12 (2x)
    90
    M20
    40
    DIN 74 - Km 10 (4x)
    12
    +0,1
    10
    ±0,1
    4
    +2
    ø75,2 +0,5
    122
    73,5
    16
    +2
    +0,5 ø75,2
    ø11(4x)
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    29
    x
    A - A
    73,5
    ø10,5
    73,5
    73,5
    90
    90 29
    +2
    ø75,2 +0,5
    A
    A
    A - A
    M6 (2x)
    5)
    5)
    26
    y
    A A
    stroke
    stroke
    stroke
    ø40 20
    ø11 (4x)
    ø9 (4x)
    73,5
    100
    100
    M20
    73,5
    ø15 (4x)
    ø18 (4x)
    14
    12
    2480.044.03.01500 2)
    ø20
    5
    42
    94
    32
    30
    100
    125
    ø75,5
    ø13,5
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be
    absorbed by the stop surface.
    3) Note:
    Not for use with composite
    connection.
    4) Square collar flange, non-
    rotating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-
    gonal socket (compact head
    recommended).
    Gas spring SPEED CONTROL, cushioned
    Mounting variations
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring SPEED CONTROL, cushioned
    750
    200 500 400 300
    50
    60
    70
    80
    90
    100
    110
    120
    130
    140
    150
    600 700
    1,0
    1,3
    1,2
    1,1
    25 75 200 300 0 250 150 125 100 50 10
    125 300 250 200 160
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Note:
    Initial spring force at 150 bar = 750 daN
    Order No for spare parts kit: 2486.12.00750
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 16 to 24 (at 20°C)
    Dampening length: ~ 30 mm
    Piston rod speed, decelerated: 0.4 m/s
    M8x13
    deep (4x)
    ±0,25
    l
    40
    16,4
    7
    R2,5
    10
    21
    12
    min.
    ±0,1
    ø75,2
    ø67
    X
    M8
    I
    min. 3
    8
    View X - Gas spring
    valve /
    1
    8 G
    ø25
    ø70
    max.
    Stroke
    2486.12.00750.
    S>max V>max
    P>max
    F307
    Order No Stroke max. l min. l
    2486.12.00750.125 125 235 360
    2486.12.00750.160 160 270 430
    2486.12.00750.200 200 310 510
    2486.12.00750.250 250 360 610
    2486.12.00750.300 300 410 710
    2486.12.00750.
    Gas spring SPEED CONTROL,
    cushioned
    subject to alterations
    2480.011.03000 2480.011.03000.2 2480.022.03000
    2480.055.03000 2480.057.03000 2480.007.03000 2480.008.03000 3)
    2480.064.03000 4) 2480.044.03000 2) 2480.045.03000 2)
    2480.047.03000 2)
    66,5
    11
    46,5
    35
    63
    110
    ø13 (4x)
    ø13 (4x)
    26
    ø24
    15
    ø14,5
    36,5
    63,5
    110
    110
    121
    95,5
    195
    90
    170
    62,5
    125
    67,5
    145
    13 (2x)
    106
    170
    130
    ø17 (2x)
    92
    130 130
    ø17
    33
    92
    92
    18
    120
    120
    40
    60
    9
    ø9
    ø15
    20
    30
    14,2
    14,2
    110
    110
    2,5
    40
    40
    y
    x
    24
    12
    DIN 74 - Km 8 (2x)
    DIN 74 - Km 12 (2x)
    92
    92
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    13,5
    28
    19
    3
    ±0,1
    4
    +0,1
    10
    +0,1
    10
    ±0,1
    4
    +2
    ø95,2 +0,5
    ø15
    ø20
    14
    ø13,5
    20
    120
    120
    92
    92
    M20
    60
    13
    ø9
    33
    +2
    ø95,2 +0,5
    18
    ø13(4x)
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    x
    A - A
    92
    92
    150
    92
    92
    110
    110
    ø12,5
    33
    +2
    ø95,2 +0,5
    A - A
    M6 (2x)
    5)
    5)
    30
    A
    A
    y
    A A
    stroke
    stroke
    stroke
    M20
    ø60
    120
    92
    120
    92
    ø15 (4x)
    ø13,5 (4x)
    20
    14
    13
    ø20 (4x)
    ø9 (4x)
    2480.044.03.03000 2)
    ø20
    5
    52,5
    115
    33
    30
    115
    140
    ø95,5
    ø13,5
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be
    absorbed by the stop surface.
    3) Note:
    Not for use with composite
    connection.
    4) Square collar flange, non-
    rotating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-
    gonal socket (compact head
    recommended).
    Gas spring SPEED CONTROL, cushioned
    Mounting variations
    F308
    subject to alterations
    2480.011.03000 2480.011.03000.2 2480.022.03000
    2480.055.03000 2480.057.03000 2480.007.03000 2480.008.03000 3)
    2480.064.03000 4) 2480.044.03000 2) 2480.045.03000 2)
    2480.047.03000 2)
    66,5
    11
    46,5
    35
    63
    110
    ø13 (4x)
    ø13 (4x)
    26
    ø24
    15
    ø14,5
    36,5
    63,5
    110
    110
    121
    95,5
    195
    90
    170
    62,5
    125
    67,5
    145
    13 (2x)
    106
    170
    130
    ø17 (2x)
    92
    130 130
    ø17
    33
    92
    92
    18
    120
    120
    40
    60
    9
    ø9
    ø15
    20
    30
    14,2
    14,2
    110
    110
    2,5
    40
    40
    y
    x
    24
    12
    DIN 74 - Km 8 (2x)
    DIN 74 - Km 12 (2x)
    92
    92
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    13,5
    28
    19
    3
    ±0,1
    4
    +0,1
    10
    +0,1
    10
    ±0,1
    4
    +2
    ø95,2 +0,5
    ø15
    ø20
    14
    ø13,5
    20
    120
    120
    92
    92
    M20
    60
    13
    ø9
    33
    +2
    ø95,2 +0,5
    18
    ø13(4x)
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    x
    A - A
    92
    92
    150
    92
    92
    110
    110
    ø12,5
    33
    +2
    ø95,2 +0,5
    A - A
    M6 (2x)
    5)
    5)
    30
    A
    A
    y
    A A
    stroke
    stroke
    stroke
    M20
    ø60
    120
    92
    120
    92
    ø15 (4x)
    ø13,5 (4x)
    20
    14
    13
    ø20 (4x)
    ø9 (4x)
    2480.044.03.03000 2)
    ø20
    5
    52,5
    115
    33
    30
    115
    140
    ø95,5
    ø13,5
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be
    absorbed by the stop surface.
    3) Note:
    Not for use with composite
    connection.
    4) Square collar flange, non-
    rotating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-
    gonal socket (compact head
    recommended).
    Gas spring SPEED CONTROL, cushioned
    Mounting variations
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring SPEED CONTROL, cushioned
    1500
    1400 1600 400 1200 1000 800 600
    50
    60
    70
    80
    90
    100
    110
    120
    130
    140
    150
    1,0
    1,3
    1,2
    1,1
    25 75 200 300 0 250 150 125 100 50 10
    125 300 250 200 160
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Note:
    Initial spring force at 150 bar = 1500 daN
    Order No for spare parts kit: 2486.12.01500
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 14 to 19 (at 20°C)
    Dampening length: ~ 30 mm
    Piston rod speed, decelerated: 0.4 m/s
    ±0,25
    l
    valve /
    1
    8 G
    (1x)
    60
    min. 3
    R2,5
    10
    24
    12
    min. I
    ±0,1
    ø95,2
    ø87
    M8
    X
    ø36
    8
    7
    View X - Gas spring
    M8x13
    deep (4x)
    ø90
    16,4
    max.
    Stroke
    2486.12.01500.
    S>max V>max
    P>max
    F309
    Order No Stroke max. l min. l
    2486.12.01500.125 125 245 370
    2486.12.01500.160 160 280 440
    2486.12.01500.200 200 320 520
    2486.12.01500.250 250 370 620
    2486.12.01500.300 300 420 720
    2486.12.01500.
    Gas spring SPEED CONTROL,
    cushioned
    subject to alterations
    2480.047.05000 2)
    2480.011.05000 2480.011.05000.2 2480.022.05000
    2480.055.05000 2480.057.05000 2480.007.05000 2480.008.05000 3)
    2480.064.05000 4) 2480.044.05000 2) 2480.045.05000 2)
    88,9
    36,5
    18
    88
    149
    140
    11,5
    48
    79
    109,5
    109,5
    140
    140
    ø13 (4x)
    ø13 (4x)
    24
    12
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    28
    19
    3
    ±0,1
    4
    +0,1
    10
    36 130
    130
    109,5
    109,5
    21
    y
    x
    131
    205
    155
    50
    109,5
    155 155
    50
    ø17 (2x)
    ø17
    14,2
    14,2
    2,5
    120,5
    220
    102,5
    195
    74
    148
    77,5
    165
    13 (2x)
    20
    30
    ø17,5
    11
    ø11
    36
    ø26
    17,5
    39
    130
    130
    50
    80
    ø18
    DIN 74 - Km 10 (2x)
    DIN 74 - Km 16 (2x)
    +0,1
    10
    ±0,1
    4
    +2
    ø120,2 +0,5
    ø13,5
    80
    109,5
    109,5
    140
    M20
    13
    140
    15
    20
    ø20
    ø18
    ø11
    36
    +2
    ø120,2 +0,5
    M6 (4x)
    y
    21
    ø13(4x)
    x
    x
    A - A
    175
    109,5
    109,5
    32,5
    130
    130
    ø12,5
    36
    +2
    ø120,2 +0,5
    A - A
    M6 (2x)
    5)
    5)
    109,5
    109,5
    A
    A
    y
    A A
    stroke stroke
    stroke
    15
    ø20 (4x)
    ø13,5 (4x)
    20
    13
    109,5
    140
    M20
    ø80
    109,5
    140
    ø18 (4x)
    ø11 (4x)
    2480.044.03.05000 2)
    ø20
    7
    65
    140
    58
    30
    145
    170
    ø120,5
    ø13,5
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be
    absorbed by the stop surface.
    3) Note:
    Not for use with composite
    connection.
    4) Square collar flange, non-
    rotating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-
    gonal socket (compact head
    recommended).
    Gas spring SPEED CONTROL, cushioned
    Mounting variations
    F310
    subject to alterations
    2480.047.05000 2)
    2480.011.05000 2480.011.05000.2 2480.022.05000
    2480.055.05000 2480.057.05000 2480.007.05000 2480.008.05000 3)
    2480.064.05000 4) 2480.044.05000 2) 2480.045.05000 2)
    88,9
    36,5
    18
    88
    149
    140
    11,5
    48
    79
    109,5
    109,5
    140
    140
    ø13 (4x)
    ø13 (4x)
    24
    12
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    28
    19
    3
    ±0,1
    4
    +0,1
    10
    36 130
    130
    109,5
    109,5
    21
    y
    x
    131
    205
    155
    50
    109,5
    155 155
    50
    ø17 (2x)
    ø17
    14,2
    14,2
    2,5
    120,5
    220
    102,5
    195
    74
    148
    77,5
    165
    13 (2x)
    20
    30
    ø17,5
    11
    ø11
    36
    ø26
    17,5
    39
    130
    130
    50
    80
    ø18
    DIN 74 - Km 10 (2x)
    DIN 74 - Km 16 (2x)
    +0,1
    10
    ±0,1
    4
    +2
    ø120,2 +0,5
    ø13,5
    80
    109,5
    109,5
    140
    M20
    13
    140
    15
    20
    ø20
    ø18
    ø11
    36
    +2
    ø120,2 +0,5
    M6 (4x)
    y
    21
    ø13(4x)
    x
    x
    A - A
    175
    109,5
    109,5
    32,5
    130
    130
    ø12,5
    36
    +2
    ø120,2 +0,5
    A - A
    M6 (2x)
    5)
    5)
    109,5
    109,5
    A
    A
    y
    A A
    stroke stroke
    stroke
    15
    ø20 (4x)
    ø13,5 (4x)
    20
    13
    109,5
    140
    M20
    ø80
    109,5
    140
    ø18 (4x)
    ø11 (4x)
    2480.044.03.05000 2)
    ø20
    7
    65
    140
    58
    30
    145
    170
    ø120,5
    ø13,5
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be
    absorbed by the stop surface.
    3) Note:
    Not for use with composite
    connection.
    4) Square collar flange, non-
    rotating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-
    gonal socket (compact head
    recommended).
    Gas spring SPEED CONTROL, cushioned
    Mounting variations
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring SPEED CONTROL, cushioned
    .03000.
    3200 800 2000
    50
    60
    70
    80
    90
    100
    110
    120
    130
    140
    150
    1600 1200 2400 2800
    1,0
    1,4
    1,3
    1,2
    1,1
    25 75 200 300 0 250 150 125 100 50 10
    125 300 250 200 160
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Note:
    Initial spring force at 150 bar = 3000 daN
    Order No for spare parts kit: 2486.12.03000
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 10 to 13 (at 20°C)
    Dampening length: ~ 30 mm
    Piston rod speed, decelerated: 0.4 m/s
    ±0,25
    l
    25,5
    80
    7 min. 3
    10
    12
    min. I
    ±0,1
    ø120,2
    ø112
    M8
    ø50
    X
    R2,5
    8
    View X - Gas spring
    valve /
    1
    8 G
    (1x)
    M10x13
    deep (4x)
    ø115
    16,4
    Stroke max.
    2486.12.03000.
    S>max V>max
    P>max
    F311
    Order No Stroke max. l min. l
    2486.12.03000.125 125 265 390
    2486.12.03000.160 160 300 460
    2486.12.03000.200 200 340 540
    2486.12.03000.250 250 390 640
    2486.12.03000.300 300 440 740
    2486.12.03000.
    Gas spring SPEED CONTROL,
    cushioned
    subject to alterations
    2480.011.07500 2480.011.07500.2
    2480.022.07500
    2480.055.07500 2480.057.07500
    2480.007.07500 2480.008.07500 3)
    2480.044.07500 2)
    ø17,5
    (4x)
    ø17,5 (4x)
    24
    12
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    138
    138
    190
    190
    41 162
    162
    138
    138
    27
    stroke
    y
    x
    170
    245
    195
    ø21 (2x)
    138
    195 195
    ø21
    50
    50
    14,2
    14,2
    2,5
    150,5
    260
    120
    230
    100
    200
    95
    200
    13 (2x)
    20
    30
    +2
    ø150,2 +0,5
    ø17,5
    M20
    ø26
    ø18
    15
    20
    17
    100
    190
    138
    190
    138
    ø11
    M6 (4x)
    y
    27
    x
    x
    A - A
    220
    138
    138
    41
    stroke
    +2
    ø150,2 +0,5
    ø17,5
    (4x)
    stroke
    y
    A A
    ø18 (4x)
    190
    138
    190
    138
    ø100
    M20
    20
    15
    ø11
    (4x)
    17
    ø17,5 (4x)
    ø26 (4x)
    2480.044.03.07500 2)
    ø20
    7
    80
    170
    68
    30
    175
    200
    ø150,5
    ø13,5
    138
    138
    162
    162
    ø16,5
    41
    +2
    ø150,2 +0,5
    A - A
    M6 (2x)
    5)
    A
    A
    2480.064.07500 4)
    38
    2480.011.03.07500
    ø13,5 (4x)
    M20
    ø20 (4x)
    ø18 (4x)
    15
    20
    13
    100
    190
    138
    190
    138
    ø11
    (4x)
    2480.011.03.07500.2
    ø18 (4x)
    190
    138
    190
    138
    ø100
    M20
    20
    15
    ø11
    (4x)
    13
    ø13,5 (4x)
    ø20 (4x)
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be
    absorbed by the stop surface.
    3) Note:
    Not for use with composite
    connection.
    4) Square collar flange, non-
    rotating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-go-
    nal socket (compact head
    recommended).
    Gas spring SPEED CONTROL, cushioned
    Mounting variations
    F312
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring SPEED CONTROL, cushioned
    .05000.
    5000 1600 2000
    50
    60
    70
    80
    90
    100
    110
    120
    130
    140
    150
    3000 4000
    1,0
    1,4
    1,3
    1,2
    1,1
    25 75 200 300 0 250 150 125 100 50 10
    125 300 250 200 160
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Note:
    Initial spring force at 150 bar = 5000 daN
    Order No for spare parts kit: 2486.12.05000
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 6 to 11 (at 20°C)
    Dampening length: ~ 30 mm
    Piston rod speed, decelerated: 0.4 m/s
    30
    ±0,25
    l
    100
    8 min. 3
    10 27,5
    min. I
    ±0,1
    ø150,2
    ø142
    M8
    ø65
    X
    R2,5
    8
    View X - Gas spring
    valve /
    1
    8 G
    (1x)
    M10x13
    deep (4x)
    ø145
    16,4
    max.
    Stroke
    2486.12.05000.
    S>max V>max
    P>max
    F313
    Order No Stroke max. l min. l
    2486.12.05000.125 125 280 405
    2486.12.05000.160 160 315 475
    2486.12.05000.200 200 355 555
    2486.12.05000.250 250 405 655
    2486.12.05000.300 300 455 755
    2486.12.05000.
    Gas spring SPEED CONTROL,
    cushioned
    subject to alterations F314
    Gas spring, DS
    for Die Separation
    Gas spring, DS
    for Die Separation
    F315
    subject to alterations
    Description:
    In line of reducing the set-up time while installing the tool in the press
    there are used autonomous acted gas springs for tool spacing.
    While using conventional gas springs they are activated with every press
    stroke about the whole stroke length.
    The new FIBRO gas spring, DS (Die Separation) have been developed especi-
    ally for tool spacing.
    Because of the slow return stroke speed, the gas spring DS does not need
    the total stroke length.
    The FIBRO gas spring, DS minimises unwanted friction in the tool, press
    and in the gas spring itself.
    A further benefit is that they use up to 80% less energy than "conventional"
    standard gas springs.
    Properties:
    ● Initial spring forces of 3000 daN to 7500 daN
    ● Stroke lengths of 125 mm to 300 mm
    ● Standardised dimensions in accordance with ISO, VDI, CNOMO
    ● Very slow return stroke speed compared to standard gas springs:
    0,2 m/min.
    ● Standard safety features (FIBRO Safer Choice)
    - Safety piston rod
    - Overpressure protection
    ● High flexibility during fixing from the top mounting notch and lower
    fixing groove, together with the tapped bores in the spring base
    Gas spring, DS
    for Die Separation
    Application example:
    When using „conventional“ standard gas springs (such as 2480.13.05000.250) for creating spacing between the top and bottom parts of the tool, additional
    initial forces of 20 t are exercised when each stroke is performed. This force may rise to up to 30 t at the end of the stroke (see diagram 1). When you use the
    „new“ gas springs, DS (for example, 2486.22.05000.250), the force in every stroke is reduced to less than 10% in the same application (diagram 2).
    The return stroke speed in the gas springs, DS is very slow. The complete return stroke takes 1-2 minutes.
    However, this slow speed does not have any negative impact on the end position (gas springs fully extended) of the return stroke at the end of production.
    The piston rod is actuated oscillating up to 10% of the entire stroke, depending on the production rate.
    Tool spacing with
    gas springs DS
    Gas spring fully
    extended
    Tool closed
    Diagram 2
    Tool open
    Gas spring fully
    extended
    Tool closed
    Tool spacing with "conventio-
    nal" standard gas springs
    Diagram 1
    Tool open
    subject to alterations
    Description:
    In line of reducing the set-up time while installing the tool in the press
    there are used autonomous acted gas springs for tool spacing.
    While using conventional gas springs they are activated with every press
    stroke about the whole stroke length.
    The new FIBRO gas spring, DS (Die Separation) have been developed especi-
    ally for tool spacing.
    Because of the slow return stroke speed, the gas spring DS does not need
    the total stroke length.
    The FIBRO gas spring, DS minimises unwanted friction in the tool, press
    and in the gas spring itself.
    A further benefit is that they use up to 80% less energy than "conventional"
    standard gas springs.
    Properties:
    ● Initial spring forces of 3000 daN to 7500 daN
    ● Stroke lengths of 125 mm to 300 mm
    ● Standardised dimensions in accordance with ISO, VDI, CNOMO
    ● Very slow return stroke speed compared to standard gas springs:
    0,2 m/min.
    ● Standard safety features (FIBRO Safer Choice)
    - Safety piston rod
    - Overpressure protection
    ● High flexibility during fixing from the top mounting notch and lower
    fixing groove, together with the tapped bores in the spring base
    Gas spring, DS
    for Die Separation
    Application example:
    When using „conventional“ standard gas springs (such as 2480.13.05000.250) for creating spacing between the top and bottom parts of the tool, additional
    initial forces of 20 t are exercised when each stroke is performed. This force may rise to up to 30 t at the end of the stroke (see diagram 1). When you use the
    „new“ gas springs, DS (for example, 2486.22.05000.250), the force in every stroke is reduced to less than 10% in the same application (diagram 2).
    The return stroke speed in the gas springs, DS is very slow. The complete return stroke takes 1-2 minutes.
    However, this slow speed does not have any negative impact on the end position (gas springs fully extended) of the return stroke at the end of production.
    The piston rod is actuated oscillating up to 10% of the entire stroke, depending on the production rate.
    Tool spacing with
    gas springs DS
    Gas spring fully
    extended
    Tool closed
    Diagram 2
    Tool open
    Gas spring fully
    extended
    Tool closed
    Tool spacing with "conventio-
    nal" standard gas springs
    Diagram 1
    Tool open
    F317
    subject to alterations
    2480.011.03000 2480.011.03000.2 2480.022.03000
    2480.055.03000 2480.057.03000 2480.007.03000 2480.008.03000 3)
    2480.064.03000 4)
    ø13 (4x)
    ø13 (4x)
    106
    170
    130
    ø17 (2x)
    92
    130 130
    ø17
    33
    92
    92
    18
    120
    120
    14,2
    14,2
    110
    110
    2,5
    40
    40
    y
    x
    24
    12
    92
    92
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    +2
    ø95,2 +0,5
    ø15
    ø20
    14
    ø13,5
    20
    120
    120
    92
    92
    M20
    60
    13
    ø9
    33
    +2
    ø95,2 +0,5
    18
    ø13(4x)
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    x
    A - A
    92
    92
    150
    92
    92
    110
    110
    ø12,5
    33
    +2
    ø95,2 +0,5
    A - A
    M6 (2x)
    5)
    5)
    30
    A
    A
    y
    A A
    stroke stroke
    stroke
    M20
    ø60
    120
    92
    120
    92
    ø15 (4x)
    ø13,5 (4x)
    20
    14
    13
    ø20 (4x)
    ø9 (4x)
    Gas spring DS
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    3) Note:
    Not for use with composite
    connection.
    4) Square collar flange, non-
    rotating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-
    gonal socket (compact head
    recommended).
    F318
    subject to alterations
    2480.011.03000 2480.011.03000.2 2480.022.03000
    2480.055.03000 2480.057.03000 2480.007.03000 2480.008.03000 3)
    2480.064.03000 4)
    ø13 (4x)
    ø13 (4x)
    106
    170
    130
    ø17 (2x)
    92
    130 130
    ø17
    33
    92
    92
    18
    120
    120
    14,2
    14,2
    110
    110
    2,5
    40
    40
    y
    x
    24
    12
    92
    92
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    +2
    ø95,2 +0,5
    ø15
    ø20
    14
    ø13,5
    20
    120
    120
    92
    92
    M20
    60
    13
    ø9
    33
    +2
    ø95,2 +0,5
    18
    ø13(4x)
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    x
    A - A
    92
    92
    150
    92
    92
    110
    110
    ø12,5
    33
    +2
    ø95,2 +0,5
    A - A
    M6 (2x)
    5)
    5)
    30
    A
    A
    y
    A A
    stroke stroke
    stroke
    M20
    ø60
    120
    92
    120
    92
    ø15 (4x)
    ø13,5 (4x)
    20
    14
    13
    ø20 (4x)
    ø9 (4x)
    Gas spring DS
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    3) Note:
    Not for use with composite
    connection.
    4) Square collar flange, non-
    rotating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-
    gonal socket (compact head
    recommended).
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring DS
    125 300 250 200
    1,0
    1,1
    1,2
    1,3
    1,4
    1,5
    1,6
    1,7
    200 300 0 250
    160 .03000.
    3200 800 2000
    50
    60
    70
    80
    90
    100
    110
    120
    130
    140
    150
    1600 1200 2400 2800
    100 080
    125 100 50
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Note:
    Initial spring force at 150 bar = 3000 daN
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen - N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C bis +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 20 to 50 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
    Max. return stroke speed: 0.2 m/min
    ±0,25
    l
    Valve /
    1
    8 G
    (1x)
    60
    min. 3
    R2,5
    10,5
    24
    12
    stroke max.
    min. I
    ±0,1
    ø95,2
    ø87
    M8
    X
    ø50
    8
    7
    View X - Gas spring
    M8 x 13 deep
    (4x)
    ø90
    16,4
    2486.22.03000.
    V>max
    P>max
    Flex Guide
    TM
    F319
    Order No Stroke max. l min. l
    2486.22.03000.080 80 200 280
    2486.22.03000.100 100 220 320
    2486.22.03000.125 125 245 370
    2486.22.03000.160 160 280 440
    2486.22.03000.200 200 320 520
    2486.22.03000.250 250 370 620
    2486.22.03000.300 300 420 720
    2486.22.03000.
    Gas spring DS
    subject to alterations
    2480.011.05000 2480.011.05000.2 2480.022.05000
    2480.055.05000 2480.057.05000 2480.007.05000 2480.008.05000 3)
    109,5
    109,5
    140
    140
    ø13 (4x)
    ø13 (4x)
    24
    12
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    36 130
    130
    109,5
    109,5
    21
    stroke
    y
    x
    131
    205
    155
    50
    109,5
    155 155
    50
    ø17 (2x)
    ø17
    14,2
    14,2
    2,5
    +2
    ø120,2 +0,5
    ø13,5
    80
    109,5
    109,5
    140
    M20
    13
    140
    15
    20
    ø20
    ø18
    ø11
    36
    stroke
    +2
    ø120,2 +0,5
    M6 (4x)
    y
    21
    ø13(4x)
    x
    x
    A - A
    175
    109,5
    109,5
    stroke
    y
    A A
    15
    ø20 (4x)
    ø13,5 (4x)
    20
    13
    109,5
    140
    M20
    ø80
    109,5
    140
    ø18 (4x)
    ø11 (4x)
    32,5
    109,5
    109,5
    130
    130
    ø12,5
    36
    +2
    ø120,2 +0,5
    A - A
    M6 (2x)
    5)
    A
    A
    2480.064.05000 4)
    Gas spring DS
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    3) Note:
    Not for use with composite
    connection.
    4) Square collar flange, non-
    rotating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-go-
    nal socket (compact head
    recommended).
    F320
    subject to alterations
    2480.011.05000 2480.011.05000.2 2480.022.05000
    2480.055.05000 2480.057.05000 2480.007.05000 2480.008.05000 3)
    109,5
    109,5
    140
    140
    ø13 (4x)
    ø13 (4x)
    24
    12
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    36 130
    130
    109,5
    109,5
    21
    stroke
    y
    x
    131
    205
    155
    50
    109,5
    155 155
    50
    ø17 (2x)
    ø17
    14,2
    14,2
    2,5
    +2
    ø120,2 +0,5
    ø13,5
    80
    109,5
    109,5
    140
    M20
    13
    140
    15
    20
    ø20
    ø18
    ø11
    36
    stroke
    +2
    ø120,2 +0,5
    M6 (4x)
    y
    21
    ø13(4x)
    x
    x
    A - A
    175
    109,5
    109,5
    stroke
    y
    A A
    15
    ø20 (4x)
    ø13,5 (4x)
    20
    13
    109,5
    140
    M20
    ø80
    109,5
    140
    ø18 (4x)
    ø11 (4x)
    32,5
    109,5
    109,5
    130
    130
    ø12,5
    36
    +2
    ø120,2 +0,5
    A - A
    M6 (2x)
    5)
    A
    A
    2480.064.05000 4)
    Gas spring DS
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    3) Note:
    Not for use with composite
    connection.
    4) Square collar flange, non-
    rotating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-go-
    nal socket (compact head
    recommended).
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring DS
    125 300 250 200
    1,0
    1,1
    1,2
    1,3
    1,4
    1,5
    1,6
    1,7
    200 300 0 250
    160 .05000.
    5000 1600
    50
    60
    70
    80
    90
    100
    110
    120
    130
    140
    150
    2000 3000 4000
    100 080
    160 100 50 125
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Note:
    Initial spring force at 150 bar = 5000 daN
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen - N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C bis +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 20 to 50 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
    Max. return stroke speed: 0.2 m/min
    ±0,25
    l
    25,5
    80
    7 min. 3
    10,5
    12
    min. I
    ±0,1
    ø120,2
    ø112
    M8
    ø65
    X
    R2,5
    8
    /
    1
    8 G
    (1x)
    M10 x 13 deep
    (4x)
    ø115
    16,4
    2486.22.05000.
    Valve
    stroke max.
    View X - Gas spring
    V>max
    P>max
    Flex Guide
    TM
    F321
    Order No Stroke max. l min. l
    2486.22.05000.080 80 220 300
    2486.22.05000.100 100 240 340
    2486.22.05000.125 125 265 390
    2486.22.05000.160 160 300 460
    2486.22.05000.200 200 340 540
    2486.22.05000.250 250 390 640
    2486.22.05000.300 300 440 740
    2486.22.05000.
    Gas spring DS
    subject to alterations
    2480.011.07500 2480.011.07500.2
    2480.022.07500
    2480.055.07500 2480.057.07500
    2480.007.07500 2480.008.07500 3)
    ø17,5
    (4x)
    ø17,5 (4x)
    24
    12
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    138
    138
    190
    190
    41 162
    162
    138
    138
    27
    stroke
    y
    x
    170
    245
    195
    ø21 (2x)
    138
    195 195
    ø21
    50
    50
    14,2
    14,2
    2,5
    +2
    ø150,2 +0,5
    ø17,5
    M20
    ø26
    ø18
    15
    20
    17
    100
    190
    138
    190
    138
    ø11
    M6 (4x)
    y
    27
    x
    x
    A - A
    220
    138
    138
    41
    stroke
    +2
    ø150,2 +0,5
    ø17,5
    (4x)
    stroke
    y
    A A
    ø18 (4x)
    190
    138
    190
    138
    ø100
    M20
    20
    15
    ø11
    (4x)
    17
    ø17,5 (4x)
    ø26 (4x)
    138
    138
    162
    162
    ø16,5
    41
    +2
    ø150,2 +0,5
    A - A
    M6 (2x)
    5)
    A
    A
    2480.064.07500 4)
    38
    2480.011.03.07500
    ø13,5 (4x)
    M20
    ø20 (4x)
    ø18 (4x)
    15
    20
    13
    100
    190
    138
    190
    138
    ø11
    (4x)
    2480.011.03.07500.2
    ø18 (4x)
    190
    138
    190
    138
    ø100
    M20
    20
    15
    ø11
    (4x)
    13
    ø13,5 (4x)
    ø20 (4x)
    Gas spring DS
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    3) Note:
    Not for use with composite
    connection.
    4) Square collar flange, non-
    rotating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-go-
    nal socket (compact head
    recommended).
    F322
    subject to alterations
    2480.011.07500 2480.011.07500.2
    2480.022.07500
    2480.055.07500 2480.057.07500
    2480.007.07500 2480.008.07500 3)
    ø17,5
    (4x)
    ø17,5 (4x)
    24
    12
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    138
    138
    190
    190
    41 162
    162
    138
    138
    27
    stroke
    y
    x
    170
    245
    195
    ø21 (2x)
    138
    195 195
    ø21
    50
    50
    14,2
    14,2
    2,5
    +2
    ø150,2 +0,5
    ø17,5
    M20
    ø26
    ø18
    15
    20
    17
    100
    190
    138
    190
    138
    ø11
    M6 (4x)
    y
    27
    x
    x
    A - A
    220
    138
    138
    41
    stroke
    +2
    ø150,2 +0,5
    ø17,5
    (4x)
    stroke
    y
    A A
    ø18 (4x)
    190
    138
    190
    138
    ø100
    M20
    20
    15
    ø11
    (4x)
    17
    ø17,5 (4x)
    ø26 (4x)
    138
    138
    162
    162
    ø16,5
    41
    +2
    ø150,2 +0,5
    A - A
    M6 (2x)
    5)
    A
    A
    2480.064.07500 4)
    38
    2480.011.03.07500
    ø13,5 (4x)
    M20
    ø20 (4x)
    ø18 (4x)
    15
    20
    13
    100
    190
    138
    190
    138
    ø11
    (4x)
    2480.011.03.07500.2
    ø18 (4x)
    190
    138
    190
    138
    ø100
    M20
    20
    15
    ø11
    (4x)
    13
    ø13,5 (4x)
    ø20 (4x)
    Gas spring DS
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    3) Note:
    Not for use with composite
    connection.
    4) Square collar flange, non-
    rotating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-go-
    nal socket (compact head
    recommended).
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring DS
    125 300 250 200
    1,0
    1,1
    1,2
    1,3
    1,4
    1,5
    1,6
    1,7
    200 300 0 250
    160
    7500
    50
    2500
    60
    70
    80
    90
    100
    110
    120
    130
    140
    150
    3500 4500 5500 6500
    .07500. 100 080
    100 160 125 50
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Note:
    Initial spring force at 150 bar = 7500 daN
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen - N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C bis +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 20 to 50 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
    Max. return stroke speed: 0.2 m/min
    ±0,25
    l
    27,5
    8 min. 3
    10,5
    30
    min. I
    ±0,1
    ø150,2
    ø142
    M16
    ø80
    X
    R2,5
    8
    /
    1
    8 G
    (1x)
    M10 x 13 deep
    (4x)
    ø145
    16,4
    2486.22.07500.
    Valve
    stroke max.
    View X - Gas spring
    100
    V>max
    P>max
    Flex Guide
    TM
    F323
    Order No Stroke max. l min. l
    2486.22.07500.080 80 235 315
    2486.22.07500.100 100 255 355
    2486.22.07500.125 125 280 405
    2486.22.07500.160 160 315 475
    2486.22.07500.200 200 355 555
    2486.22.07500.250 250 405 655
    2486.22.07500.300 300 455 755
    2486.22.07500.
    Gas spring DS
    subject to alterations F324
    Gas springs with
    fastening to
    Ford Standard
    WDX
    Please request your catalogue
    Gas springs with
    fastening to
    Ford Standard
    WDX
    Please request your catalogue
    F325
    Gas springs
    with thread
    Gas springs
    with thread
    F327
    subject to alterations
    Mounting examples:
    Gas spring with external thread
    Mounting variations
    2480.005.00200.
    Slotted nut
    F328
    subject to alterations
    Mounting examples:
    Gas spring with external thread
    Mounting variations
    2480.005.00200.
    Slotted nut
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring with external thread
    010
    100 0 150 200 50
    15
    180
    30
    45
    60
    75
    90
    165
    150
    135
    120
    105
    .00050.
    .00100.
    .00150.
    .00200.
    050 125
    5
    100 080 063 038 025 013 016
    10 25 50 0 75 125 100
    1,0
    1,1
    1,2
    1,3
    1,4
    1,5
    1,6
    1,7
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Description:
    The gas springs are colour-coded according to
    the spring force rating ranges 50–100–150–
    200 daN.
    All springs, regardless of their spring force
    ratings, are of the same design. The differing
    force ratings result exclusively from the diffe-
    ring charge pressures.
    Do take into consideration the colour-coded
    pressure rating during repair work and
    recharging.
    Note:
    Order No for spare parts kit: 2480.21.00150
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 180 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 80 to 100 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
    Spring forces as per spring diagram.
    Upon customers request, also available
    unfilled, Order No 2482.32.00000...., Colour:
    black
    2480.32.
    S>max V>max
    P>max
    F329
    Order No* Stroke max. l l min.
    2480.32.□□□□□ .010 10 62 52
    2480.32.□□□□□ .013 12.7 67.4 54.7
    2480.32.□□□□□ .016 16 74 58
    2480.32.□□□□□ .025 25 92 67
    2480.32.□□□□□ .038 38.1 118.2 80.1
    2480.32.□□□□□ .050 50 142 92
    2480.32.□□□□□ .063 63.5 169 105.5
    2480.32.□□□□□ .080 80 202 122
    2480.32.□□□□□ .100 100 242 142
    2480.32.□□□□□ .125 125 292 167
    *complete with initial spring force
    Spring force marking:
    Initial spring force [daN] - Pressure [bar] - Colour:
    .00050. - 45 - green
    .00100. - 90 - blue
    .00150. - 135 - red
    .00200. - 180 - yellow
    2480.32. Gas spring with external thread
    subject to alterations
    Mounting examples:
    2480.00.51.01
    Box spanner for assembling/disassembling
    of gas springs
    Gas spring with external thread
    Mounting variations
    2480.006.00250.
    Clamped flange
    2480.005.00250.
    Slotted nut
    F330
    subject to alterations
    Mounting examples:
    2480.00.51.01
    Box spanner for assembling/disassembling
    of gas springs
    Gas spring with external thread
    Mounting variations
    2480.006.00250.
    Clamped flange
    2480.005.00250.
    Slotted nut
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring with external thread
    013 .00250.
    250 200 100 150 50
    50
    60
    70
    80
    90
    100
    110
    120
    130
    140
    150
    5 10 25 0 50 100 75
    1,00
    1,05
    1,10
    1,15
    1,20
    1,25
    1,30
    1,35
    1,40
    100 080 063 050 038 025
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Note:
    Initial spring force at 150 bar = 250 daN
    Order No for spare parts kit: 2480.12.00250
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 50 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 80 to 100 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
    Fixing:
    Installation with ring nut(s) 2480.005.00250
    can be done with one or two ring nuts. If the
    hole in the bolster plate is not threaded, two
    ring nuts are needed. Holes threaded
    M 38 × 1,5 require one only ring nut for moun-
    ting of the gas springs.
    Mounting with a threaded flange plate has
    the advantage of a degree of adjustability as
    far as the flange screws permit, moreover it is
    often found easier to make do with a clea-
    rance hole in the tool plate. Locking is by way
    of two lock screws with thrust plugs, provided
    in the threaded flange.
    Diameter of through-hole in tool plate =
    38 mm – plus four tapped holes M 8.
    M38 x 1,5
    6
    ø15
    14
    1
    Stroke max.
    ±0,25
    l
    min. l
    M6 valve
    2480.32.00250.
    S>max V>max
    P>max
    Flex Guide
    TM
    F331
    Order No Stroke max. l min. l
    2480.32.00250.013 12.7 62.7 75.4
    2480.32.00250.025 25 75 100
    2480.32.00250.038 38.1 88.1 126.2
    2480.32.00250.050 50 100 150
    2480.32.00250.063 63.5 113.5 177
    2480.32.00250.080 80 130 210
    2480.32.00250.100 100 150 250
    2480.32.00250.
    Gas spring with external
    thread
    subject to alterations
    Mounting examples:
    2480.00.51.01
    Box spanner for assembling/disassembling
    of gas springs
    Gas spring with male fixing thread, small mounting height
    Mounting variations
    F332
    subject to alterations
    Mounting examples:
    2480.00.51.01
    Box spanner for assembling/disassembling
    of gas springs
    Gas spring with male fixing thread, small mounting height
    Mounting variations
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring with male fixing thread, small mounting height
    .00250.
    50
    60
    70
    80
    90
    100
    110
    120
    130
    140
    150
    025 038 100 080 063 050 013
    10 25 50 75 100 0 400 500 0 300 200 100
    1,0
    1,1
    1,2
    1,3
    1,4
    1,5
    1,6
    1,7
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Note:
    Initial spring force at 150 bar = 250 daN
    Order No for spare parts kit: 2480.12.00250
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 50 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 80 to 100 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
    6
    M12 x 1,75
    min. 1
    ø38 -0,2
    -0,5 19
    max.
    Stroke
    l min.
    l ±0,25
    ø15
    M6 valve
    2480.82.00250.
    S>max V>max
    P>max
    Flex Guide
    TM
    F333
    Order No Stroke max. l min. l
    2480.82.00250.013 12.7 62.7 75.4
    2480.82.00250.025 25 75 100
    2480.82.00250.038 38.1 88.1 126.2
    2480.82.00250.050 50 100 150
    2480.82.00250.063 63.5 113.5 177
    2480.82.00250.080 80 130 210
    2480.82.00250.100 100 150 250
    2480.82.00250.
    Gas spring with male fixing
    thread, small mounting
    height
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring with male fixing thread, POWERLINE
    Mounting variations
    Mounting examples:
    2480.00.51.05
    Box spanner for assembling/disassembling
    of gas springs
    F334
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring with male fixing thread, POWERLINE
    Mounting variations
    Mounting examples:
    2480.00.51.05
    Box spanner for assembling/disassembling
    of gas springs
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring with male fixing thread, POWERLINE
    0 1000
    50
    60
    70
    80
    90
    100
    110
    120
    130
    140
    150
    016
    125 100 080 063 050 038 025 013
    5 10 25 0 50 100 125 75 800 600 400 200
    019 032 075
    1,0
    1,1
    1,2
    1,3
    1,4
    1,5
    1,6
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Note:
    Initial spring force at 150 bar = 920 daN
    Order No for spare parts kit: 2487.12.01000
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 50 to 100 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
    M16
    ø28
    ø50,2
    ±0,1
    M6
    l min.
    l ±0,25
    1 6
    19
    valve M6
    max.
    Stroke
    2487.82.01000.
    S>max V>max
    P>max
    Flex Guide
    TM
    F335
    Order No Stroke max. l min. l
    2487.82.01000.013 13 51 64
    2487.82.01000.016 16 54 70
    2487.82.01000.019 19 57 76
    2487.82.01000.025 25 63 88
    2487.82.01000.032 32 70 102
    2487.82.01000.038 38 76 114
    2487.82.01000.050 50 88 138
    2487.82.01000.063 63 101 164
    2487.82.01000.075 75 113 188
    2487.82.01000.080 80 118 198
    2487.82.01000.100 100 138 238
    2487.82.01000.125 125 163 288
    2487.82.01000.
    Gas spring with male fixing
    thread, POWERLINE
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring with hexagonal flange
    010
    100 0 150 200 50
    15
    180
    30
    45
    60
    75
    90
    165
    150
    135
    120
    105
    .00015.
    .00050.
    .00100.
    .00150.
    .00200.
    050 125
    5
    100 080 063 038 025 013 016
    10 25 50 0 75 125 100
    1,0
    1,1
    1,2
    1,3
    1,4
    1,5
    1,6
    1,7
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    ø36
    20 50
    2480.33.
    M6 valve
    R50
    ø12
    M6x5,5 deep
    ø25,5
    M28x1,5
    1
    Stroke I min.
    -0,5
    +0,15
    l
    A/F 32
    View X
    X Description:
    The gas springs are colour-coded according to
    the spring force rating ranges 15–50–100–
    150–200 daN.
    All springs, regardless of their spring force
    ratings, are of the same design. The differing
    force ratings result exclusively from the diffe-
    ring charge pressures.
    Do take into consideration the colour-coded
    pressure rating during repair work and
    recharging.
    Note:
    Other stroke lengths avail on request! See gas
    spring 2480.32.
    Order No for spare parts kit: 2480.21.00150
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 180 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 13 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 80 to 100 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
    S>max V>max
    P>max
    F336
    Order No Stroke max. l min. l
    Spring force [daN]
    initial Colour
    2480.33.00015.125 125 167 292 15 black
    2480.33.00050.125 125 167 292 50 green
    2480.33.00100.125 125 167 292 100 blue
    2480.33.00150.125 125 167 292 150 red
    2480.33.00200.125 125 167 292 200 yellow
    2480.33. Gas spring with hexagonal flange
    Gas springs
    for working
    temperatures up
    to 120 ° C
    see chapter L:
    Gas springs Mould Line
    Gas springs
    for working
    temperatures up
    to 120 ° C
    see chapter L:
    Gas springs Mould Line
    F337
    LCF gas springs,
    damped
    LCF gas springs,
    damped
    F339
    subject to alterations
    The springs from the LCF series reduce impact
    stresses by 50% compared to conventional gas
    springs.
    The force builds up gradually and acceleration
    is uniform, reducing wear on both tool and
    press. As a result, less maintenance is required.
    LCF springs are at least 20% quieter than
    standard gas springs.
    The reduced noise level is due to the lower
    impact force, making these springs a cost-
    effective alternative to soundproofing panels.
    They are thus more economical and
    environmentally-friendly.
    The LCF springs reduce the extreme bounce off
    the pad during the return stroke, thus lessening
    vibration on the workpiece and allowing the
    workpiece to be transported more effectively.
    Since the spring travel is damped, the pad
    motion is more uniform, so in many cases the
    press stroke rate and thus productivity can be
    increased.
    Description
    The LCF series represents a whole new
    generation of nitrogen-filled gas springs
    developed to meet the needs of the
    machine tool and press-making industries.
    Negative factors such as
    ► high impact stresses
    ► excessive noise
    ► extreme bounce off the pad
    are all minimised by LCF springs.
    Characteristics such as
    ► dimensions
    ► fixing methods
    ► filling with gas and purging
    ► working in interconnected systems
    are identical to those for standard ISO or type
    2480.13 gas springs.
    LCF gas springs, damped
    * LCF Force Manager ist ein Warenzeichen der Associated Spring
    F340
    F lcf
    subject to alterations
    Noise reduction Comparative press load diagram
    Measured dynamic piston force, Measured values for the 5000th series
    With the springs from the LCF series, the force builds up gradually and
    acceleration is uniform.
    LCF gas springs, damped
    2484.13. Force diagram for gas springs
    Damped spring travel S 1
    Spring travel
    Standard
    Gas spring
    LCF-
    Gas spring
    Spring force
    The springs from the LCF series are quieter due
    to the reduced impact force.
    Press load
    Spring travel
    Standard gas spring
    piston force
    STANDARD LCF
    piston force
    Spring travel
    LCF gas spring
    STANDARD LCF
    subject to alterations
    The springs from the LCF series reduce impact
    stresses by 50% compared to conventional gas
    springs.
    The force builds up gradually and acceleration
    is uniform, reducing wear on both tool and
    press. As a result, less maintenance is required.
    LCF springs are at least 20% quieter than
    standard gas springs.
    The reduced noise level is due to the lower
    impact force, making these springs a cost-
    effective alternative to soundproofing panels.
    They are thus more economical and
    environmentally-friendly.
    The LCF springs reduce the extreme bounce off
    the pad during the return stroke, thus lessening
    vibration on the workpiece and allowing the
    workpiece to be transported more effectively.
    Since the spring travel is damped, the pad
    motion is more uniform, so in many cases the
    press stroke rate and thus productivity can be
    increased.
    Description
    The LCF series represents a whole new
    generation of nitrogen-filled gas springs
    developed to meet the needs of the
    machine tool and press-making industries.
    Negative factors such as
    ► high impact stresses
    ► excessive noise
    ► extreme bounce off the pad
    are all minimised by LCF springs.
    Characteristics such as
    ► dimensions
    ► fixing methods
    ► filling with gas and purging
    ► working in interconnected systems
    are identical to those for standard ISO or type
    2480.13 gas springs.
    LCF gas springs, damped
    * LCF Force Manager ist ein Warenzeichen der Associated Spring
    F lcf
    subject to alterations
    Noise reduction Comparative press load diagram
    Measured dynamic piston force, Measured values for the 5000th series
    With the springs from the LCF series, the force builds up gradually and
    acceleration is uniform.
    LCF gas springs, damped
    2484.13. Force diagram for gas springs
    Damped spring travel S 1
    Spring travel
    Standard
    Gas spring
    LCF-
    Gas spring
    Spring force
    The springs from the LCF series are quieter due
    to the reduced impact force.
    Press load
    Spring travel
    Standard gas spring
    piston force
    STANDARD LCF
    piston force
    Spring travel
    LCF gas spring
    STANDARD LCF
    F341
    F 1
    F lcf
    F 2
    F 2
    S 1
    0
    2484.13.00750. 470 3,1 70
    2484.12.01500. 700 4,6 105
    2484.13.03000. 1600 3,8 69
    2484.13.05000. 2500 7,7 76
    2484.13.07500. 3000 10,4 90
    subject to alterations
    2484.13. Force diagram for gas springs
    LCF gas springs, damped
    Guidelines for the use of LCF gas springs
    1. After the damped spring travel (S 1 ) the LCF gas spring achieves the same initial spring force (F 1 )
    and pressure build up as the standard gas spring (to ISO).
    2. The spring force (F lcf ) should exceed the weight (e.g. the pad) by at least 15% so that it is held
    in the correct position (this does not apply in the case of minimum filling pressure).
    Note: Maximum pressure for LCF gas springs: 150 bar. Observe minimum filling pressure.
    Maximum filling pressure
    Minimum filling pressure
    Spring travel
    max.
    Force
    at
    minimum
    filling
    pressure
    Spring Size
    F lcf bei 150 bar
    in daN
    Damped spring travel
    S 1
    Minimum filling
    pressure in bar
    F342
    F 1
    F lcf
    F 2
    F 2
    S 1
    0
    2484.13.00750. 470 3,1 70
    2484.12.01500. 700 4,6 105
    2484.13.03000. 1600 3,8 69
    2484.13.05000. 2500 7,7 76
    2484.13.07500. 3000 10,4 90
    subject to alterations
    2484.13. Force diagram for gas springs
    LCF gas springs, damped
    Guidelines for the use of LCF gas springs
    1. After the damped spring travel (S 1 ) the LCF gas spring achieves the same initial spring force (F 1 )
    and pressure build up as the standard gas spring (to ISO).
    2. The spring force (F lcf ) should exceed the weight (e.g. the pad) by at least 15% so that it is held
    in the correct position (this does not apply in the case of minimum filling pressure).
    Note: Maximum pressure for LCF gas springs: 150 bar. Observe minimum filling pressure.
    Maximum filling pressure
    Minimum filling pressure
    Spring travel
    max.
    Force
    at
    minimum
    filling
    pressure
    Spring Size
    F lcf bei 150 bar
    in daN
    Damped spring travel
    S 1
    Minimum filling
    pressure in bar
    subject to alterations
    LCF gas spring, damped
    Mounting variations
    2480.011.00750.3 2480.011.00750 2480.011.00750.1 2480.022.00750
    2480.055.00750 2480.057.00750 2480.007.00750 2480.008.00750 3)
    2480.044.00750 2) 2480.045.00750 2)
    2480.047.00750 2)
    12
    +0,1
    10
    12
    56,5
    56,5
    12
    25,5
    22
    11
    34,5
    38
    13
    3
    70
    65
    ±0,1
    4
    +0,1
    10
    19
    30
    32
    60
    1 20 28,
    9
    ø9
    11
    ø18
    ø15
    ø11,5
    9 (2x)
    90
    130
    20
    50,5
    40
    80
    60
    30
    110
    14,2
    ø13 (2x)
    80
    110
    14,2
    56,5
    ø13
    24 70
    70
    56,5
    56,5
    2,5
    30
    61
    30
    80 80
    13
    stroke
    y
    x
    24
    12
    56,5
    75
    56,5
    75
    ø9 (4x)
    40
    DIN 74 - Km 8 (2x)
    DIN 74 - Km 10 (2x)
    60
    ø9 (4x)
    M5 (4x)
    y
    x
    33
    M10 (2x)
    ø15 (2x)
    20
    75
    75
    DIN 74 -
    Km 8 (4x)
    ±0,1
    4
    12
    12
    56,5
    56,5
    M10 (2x)
    ø15 (2x)
    20
    20
    75
    75
    DIN 74 -
    Km 8 (4x)
    20
    56,5
    13
    95
    +2
    +0,5 ø50,2
    ø9 (4x)
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    24
    stroke
    x
    A - A
    56,5
    stroke
    y
    A A
    +2
    +0,5 ø50,2
    20
    ø15
    20
    56,5
    56,5
    75
    75
    12
    12
    M10
    (2x)
    ø9 (4x)
    ø9
    ø15 (2x) ø15 (4x)
    12
    2480.044.03.00750 2)
    ø18
    5
    30
    70
    25
    30
    68
    90
    ø50,5
    ø11
    12
    70
    ø57
    ø51,2
    56,5
    70
    56,5
    115
    *190
    ø9 (4x)
    2480.010.00750.115 3)
    2480.010.00750.190* 3)
    19,5
    56,5
    56,5
    70
    70
    ø9
    24
    +2
    ø50,2 +0,5
    A - A
    M5 (2x)
    5)
    A
    A
    2480.064.00750 4)
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    3) Not for use with composite
    connection.
    4) Square collar flange, non-ro-
    tating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-
    gonal socket (compact head
    recommended)
    F344
    subject to alterations
    LCF Gas Spring, damped
    100 125 300 250 200 160 080 063 050 038 025 013
    25 75 200 300 0 250 150 125 100 50 10
    1,0
    1,1
    1,2
    1,3
    1,4
    1,5
    1,6
    1,7
    .00750.
    200 500 400 300
    70
    150
    600 700
    80
    90
    140
    130
    120
    110
    100
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Note:
    Initial spring force F lcf at 150 bar = 470 daN
    Full spring force after 3.1 mm damped spring
    travel
    Order No for spare parts kit: 2484.13.00750
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 70 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 15 to 40 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
    ±0,25
    l
    max.
    ±0,1
    ø50,2
    Stroke
    ø46
    I min.
    X
    ø43
    M8
    ø25
    12
    17,5 10
    7
    8
    R2
    16,4
    20
    View X - Gas spring
    3 min.
    M8 x 13
    deep (2x)
    valve /
    1
    8 G
    2484.13.00750.
    S>max V>max
    P>max
    F345
    Order No Stroke max. l min. l
    2484.13.00750.013 12.7 107.7 120.4
    2484.13.00750.025 25 120 145
    2484.13.00750.038 38.1 133.1 171.2
    2484.13.00750.050 50 145 195
    2484.13.00750.063 63.5 158.5 222
    2484.13.00750.080 80 175 255
    2484.13.00750.100 100 195 295
    2484.13.00750.125 125 220 345
    2484.13.00750.160 160 255 415
    2484.13.00750.200 200 295 495
    2484.13.00750.250 250 345 595
    2484.13.00750.300 300 395 695
    2484.13.00750.
    LCF Gas Spring, damped
    subject to alterations
    LCF gas spring, damped
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    3) Not for use with composite
    connection.
    4) Square collar flange, non-ro-
    tating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-
    gonal socket (compact head
    recommended)
    2480.011.01500 2480.011.01500.2 2480.022.01500
    2480.055.01500 2480.057.01500 2480.007.01500 2480.008.01500 3)
    2480.064.01500 4) 2480.044.01500 2) 2480.045.01500 2)
    2480.047.01500 2)
    32
    15
    13,5
    28
    37
    101
    90
    43,5
    10
    19
    57
    104 104
    73,5
    134
    86
    104
    ø11 (4x)
    M6 (4x)
    ø9
    3
    ±0,1
    4
    +0,1
    10
    14,2
    ø13 (2x)
    14,2
    ø13
    2,5
    30
    30
    y
    x
    ø11
    100
    100
    73,5
    73,5
    20
    100
    100
    24
    12
    ø11 (4x)
    73,5
    73,5
    73,5
    73,5
    29 90
    90
    16
    stroke
    y
    x
    52,5
    105
    52,5
    11 (2x)
    115
    160
    20
    75,5
    73,5
    30
    137
    21
    37
    35
    38
    90
    40
    9
    ø9
    13
    ø20
    ø15
    ø14,5
    DIN 74 - Km 8 (2x)
    DIN 74 - Km 12 (2x)
    90
    M20
    40
    DIN 74 - Km 10 (4x)
    12
    +0,1
    10
    ±0,1
    4
    122
    73,5
    16
    +2
    +0,5 ø75,2
    ø11(4x)
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    29
    stroke
    x
    A - A
    73,5
    ø10,5
    stroke
    73,5
    73,5
    90
    90 29
    A - A
    M6 (2x)
    5)
    5)
    26
    A
    A
    y
    A A
    DIN 74 -
    Km 8 (4x)
    +2
    +0,5 ø75,2
    +2
    +0,5 ø75,2
    ø40 20
    ø11 (4x)
    ø9 (4x)
    73,5
    100
    100
    M20
    73,5
    ø15 (4x)
    ø18 (4x)
    14
    12
    2480.044.03.01500 2)
    ø20
    5
    42
    94
    32
    30
    100
    125
    ø75,5
    ø13,5
    16
    92
    ø85
    ø77
    73,5
    92
    73,5
    130
    *205
    ø11 (4x)
    2480.010.01500.130 3)
    2480.010.01500.205* 3)
    F346
    subject to alterations
    LCF gas spring, damped
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    3) Not for use with composite
    connection.
    4) Square collar flange, non-ro-
    tating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-
    gonal socket (compact head
    recommended)
    2480.011.01500 2480.011.01500.2 2480.022.01500
    2480.055.01500 2480.057.01500 2480.007.01500 2480.008.01500 3)
    2480.064.01500 4) 2480.044.01500 2) 2480.045.01500 2)
    2480.047.01500 2)
    32
    15
    13,5
    28
    37
    101
    90
    43,5
    10
    19
    57
    104 104
    73,5
    134
    86
    104
    ø11 (4x)
    M6 (4x)
    ø9
    3
    ±0,1
    4
    +0,1
    10
    14,2
    ø13 (2x)
    14,2
    ø13
    2,5
    30
    30
    y
    x
    ø11
    100
    100
    73,5
    73,5
    20
    100
    100
    24
    12
    ø11 (4x)
    73,5
    73,5
    73,5
    73,5
    29 90
    90
    16
    stroke
    y
    x
    52,5
    105
    52,5
    11 (2x)
    115
    160
    20
    75,5
    73,5
    30
    137
    21
    37
    35
    38
    90
    40
    9
    ø9
    13
    ø20
    ø15
    ø14,5
    DIN 74 - Km 8 (2x)
    DIN 74 - Km 12 (2x)
    90
    M20
    40
    DIN 74 - Km 10 (4x)
    12
    +0,1
    10
    ±0,1
    4
    122
    73,5
    16
    +2
    +0,5 ø75,2
    ø11(4x)
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    29
    stroke
    x
    A - A
    73,5
    ø10,5
    stroke
    73,5
    73,5
    90
    90 29
    A - A
    M6 (2x)
    5)
    5)
    26
    A
    A
    y
    A A
    DIN 74 -
    Km 8 (4x)
    +2
    +0,5 ø75,2
    +2
    +0,5 ø75,2
    ø40 20
    ø11 (4x)
    ø9 (4x)
    73,5
    100
    100
    M20
    73,5
    ø15 (4x)
    ø18 (4x)
    14
    12
    2480.044.03.01500 2)
    ø20
    5
    42
    94
    32
    30
    100
    125
    ø75,5
    ø13,5
    16
    92
    ø85
    ø77
    73,5
    92
    73,5
    130
    *205
    ø11 (4x)
    2480.010.01500.130 3)
    2480.010.01500.205* 3)
    subject to alterations
    LCF Gas Spring, damped
    .01500. 100 125 300 250 200 160 080 063 050 038 025
    25 75 200 300 0 250 150 125 100 50 10 1600 400
    1,0
    1,1
    1,2
    1,3
    1,4
    1,5
    1,6
    1,7 150
    105
    1400 1200 1000 600 800
    140
    130
    120
    110
    115
    125
    135
    145
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Note:
    Initial spring force F lcf at 150 bar = 700 daN
    Full spring force after 4.6 mm damped spring
    travel
    Order No for spare parts kit: 2484.12.01500
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 105 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 15 to 40 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
    View X - Gas spring
    valve /
    1
    8 G
    deep (4x)
    M8 x 13
    ±0,25
    l
    40
    16,4
    7
    R2,5
    10
    21
    12
    min.
    ±0,1
    ø75,2
    ø67
    X
    M8
    ø36
    I
    max.
    Stroke
    min.
    3
    8
    ø70
    2484.12.01500.
    S>max V>max
    P>max
    F347
    Order No Stroke max. l min. l
    2484.12.01500.025 25 135 160
    2484.12.01500.038 38.1 148.1 186.2
    2484.12.01500.050 50 160 210
    2484.12.01500.063 63.5 173.5 237
    2484.12.01500.080 80 190 270
    2484.12.01500.100 100 210 310
    2484.12.01500.125 125 235 360
    2484.12.01500.160 160 270 430
    2484.12.01500.200 200 310 510
    2484.12.01500.250 250 360 610
    2484.12.01500.300 300 410 710
    2484.12.01500.
    LCF Gas Spring, damped
    subject to alterations
    LCF gas spring, damped
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    3) Not for use with composite
    connection.
    4) Square collar flange, non-ro-
    tating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-
    gonal socket (compact head
    recommended)
    2480.011.03000 2480.011.03000.2 2480.022.03000
    2480.055.03000 2480.057.03000 2480.007.03000 2480.008.03000 3)
    2480.064.03000 4) 2480.044.03000 2) 2480.045.03000 2)
    2480.047.03000 2)
    66,5
    11
    46,5
    35
    63
    110
    ø13 (4x)
    ø13 (4x)
    26
    ø24
    15
    ø14,5
    36,5
    63,5
    110
    110
    121
    95,5
    195
    90
    170
    62,5
    125
    67,5
    145
    13 (2x)
    106
    170
    130
    ø17 (2x)
    92
    130 130
    ø17
    33
    92
    92
    18
    120
    120
    40
    60
    9
    ø9
    ø15
    20
    30
    14,2
    14,2
    110
    110
    2,5
    40
    40
    stroke
    y
    x
    24
    12
    DIN 74 - Km 8 (2x)
    DIN 74 - Km 12 (2x)
    92
    92
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    13,5
    28
    19
    3
    ±0,1
    4
    +0,1
    10
    +0,1
    10
    ±0,1
    4
    ø15
    ø20
    14
    ø13,5
    20
    120
    120
    92
    92
    M20
    60
    13
    ø9
    33
    stroke
    +2
    ø95,2 +0,5
    18
    ø13(4x)
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    x
    A - A
    92
    92
    150
    92
    92
    110
    110
    ø12,5
    stroke
    33
    A - A
    M6 (2x)
    5)
    5)
    30
    A
    A
    y
    A A
    +2
    ø95,2 +0,5
    +2
    ø95,2 +0,5
    M20
    ø60
    120
    92
    120
    92
    ø15 (4x)
    ø13,5 (4x)
    20
    14
    13
    ø20 (4x)
    ø9 (4x)
    2480.044.03.03000 2)
    ø20
    5
    52,5
    115
    33
    30
    115
    140
    ø95,5
    ø13,5
    16
    116
    ø108
    ø96,8
    92
    116
    92
    140
    *215
    ø13 (4x)
    2480.010.03000.140 3)
    2480.010.03000.215* 3)
    F348
    subject to alterations
    LCF gas spring, damped
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    3) Not for use with composite
    connection.
    4) Square collar flange, non-ro-
    tating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-
    gonal socket (compact head
    recommended)
    2480.011.03000 2480.011.03000.2 2480.022.03000
    2480.055.03000 2480.057.03000 2480.007.03000 2480.008.03000 3)
    2480.064.03000 4) 2480.044.03000 2) 2480.045.03000 2)
    2480.047.03000 2)
    66,5
    11
    46,5
    35
    63
    110
    ø13 (4x)
    ø13 (4x)
    26
    ø24
    15
    ø14,5
    36,5
    63,5
    110
    110
    121
    95,5
    195
    90
    170
    62,5
    125
    67,5
    145
    13 (2x)
    106
    170
    130
    ø17 (2x)
    92
    130 130
    ø17
    33
    92
    92
    18
    120
    120
    40
    60
    9
    ø9
    ø15
    20
    30
    14,2
    14,2
    110
    110
    2,5
    40
    40
    stroke
    y
    x
    24
    12
    DIN 74 - Km 8 (2x)
    DIN 74 - Km 12 (2x)
    92
    92
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    13,5
    28
    19
    3
    ±0,1
    4
    +0,1
    10
    +0,1
    10
    ±0,1
    4
    ø15
    ø20
    14
    ø13,5
    20
    120
    120
    92
    92
    M20
    60
    13
    ø9
    33
    stroke
    +2
    ø95,2 +0,5
    18
    ø13(4x)
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    x
    A - A
    92
    92
    150
    92
    92
    110
    110
    ø12,5
    stroke
    33
    A - A
    M6 (2x)
    5)
    5)
    30
    A
    A
    y
    A A
    +2
    ø95,2 +0,5
    +2
    ø95,2 +0,5
    M20
    ø60
    120
    92
    120
    92
    ø15 (4x)
    ø13,5 (4x)
    20
    14
    13
    ø20 (4x)
    ø9 (4x)
    2480.044.03.03000 2)
    ø20
    5
    52,5
    115
    33
    30
    115
    140
    ø95,5
    ø13,5
    16
    116
    ø108
    ø96,8
    92
    116
    92
    140
    *215
    ø13 (4x)
    2480.010.03000.140 3)
    2480.010.03000.215* 3)
    subject to alterations
    LCF Gas Spring, damped
    150
    100 125 300 250 200 160 080 063 050 038 025
    1,0
    1,1
    1,2
    1,3
    1,4
    1,5
    1,6
    1,7
    25 75 200 300 0 250 125 100 50 10
    .03000.
    3200 800 2000
    60
    150
    1600 1200 2400 2800
    140
    130
    120
    110
    100
    70
    80
    90
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Note:
    Initial spring force F lcf at 150 bar =1600 daN
    Full spring force after 3.8 mm damped spring
    travel
    Order No for spare parts kit: 2484.13.03000
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 68 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 15 to 40 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
    -1 l
    /
    1
    8 G
    60
    min.
    3
    R2,5
    10
    24
    12
    min. I
    ±0,1
    ø95,2
    ø87
    M8
    X
    ø50
    8
    7
    M8 x 13
    ø90
    16,4
    max. Stroke
    View X - Gas spring
    valve
    deep (4x)
    2484.13.03000.
    S>max V>max
    P>max
    F349
    Order No Stroke max. l min. l
    2484.13.03000.025 25 145 170
    2484.13.03000.038 38.1 158.1 196.2
    2484.13.03000.050 50 170 220
    2484.13.03000.063 63.5 183.5 247
    2484.13.03000.080 80 200 280
    2484.13.03000.100 100 220 320
    2484.13.03000.125 125 245 370
    2484.13.03000.160 160 280 440
    2484.13.03000.200 200 320 520
    2484.13.03000.250 250 370 620
    2484.13.03000.300 300 420 720
    2484.13.03000.
    LCF Gas Spring, damped
    subject to alterations
    LCF gas spring, damped
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    3) Not for use with composite
    connection.
    4) Square collar flange, non-ro-
    tating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-
    gonal socket (compact head
    recommended)
    2480.047.05000 2)
    2480.011.05000 2480.011.05000.2 2480.022.05000
    2480.055.05000 2480.057.05000 2480.007.05000 2480.008.05000 3)
    2480.064.05000 4) 2480.044.05000 2) 2480.045.05000 2)
    88,9
    36,5
    18
    88
    149
    140
    11,5
    48
    79
    109,5
    109,5
    140
    140
    ø13 (4x)
    ø13 (4x)
    24
    12
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    28
    19
    3
    ±0,1
    4
    +0,1
    10
    36 130
    130
    109,5
    109,5
    21
    stroke
    y
    x
    131
    205
    155
    50
    109,5
    155 155
    50
    ø17 (2x)
    ø17
    14,2
    14,2
    2,5
    120,5
    220
    102,5
    195
    74
    148
    77,5
    165
    13 (2x)
    20
    30
    ø17,5
    11
    ø11
    36
    ø26
    17,5
    39
    130
    130
    50
    80
    ø18
    DIN 74 - Km 10 (2x)
    DIN 74 - Km 16 (2x)
    +0,1
    10
    ±0,1
    4
    ø13,5
    80
    109,5
    109,5
    140
    M20
    13
    140
    15
    20
    ø20
    ø18
    ø11
    36
    stroke
    +2
    ø120,2 +0,5
    M6 (4x)
    y
    21
    ø13(4x)
    x
    x
    A - A
    175
    109,5
    109,5
    32,5
    130
    130
    ø12,5
    stroke
    36
    A - A
    M6 (2x)
    5)
    5)
    109,5
    109,5
    A
    A
    y
    A A
    +2
    ø120,2 +0,5
    +2
    ø120,2 +0,5
    15
    ø20 (4x)
    ø13,5 (4x)
    20
    13
    109,5
    140
    M20
    ø80
    109,5
    140
    ø18 (4x)
    ø11 (4x)
    2480.044.03.05000 2)
    ø20
    7
    65
    140
    58
    30
    145
    170
    ø120,5
    ø13,5
    16
    138
    ø130
    ø122
    109,5
    138
    109,5 160
    ø15 (4x)
    2480.010.05000.160 3)
    F350
    subject to alterations
    LCF gas spring, damped
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    3) Not for use with composite
    connection.
    4) Square collar flange, non-ro-
    tating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-
    gonal socket (compact head
    recommended)
    2480.047.05000 2)
    2480.011.05000 2480.011.05000.2 2480.022.05000
    2480.055.05000 2480.057.05000 2480.007.05000 2480.008.05000 3)
    2480.064.05000 4) 2480.044.05000 2) 2480.045.05000 2)
    88,9
    36,5
    18
    88
    149
    140
    11,5
    48
    79
    109,5
    109,5
    140
    140
    ø13 (4x)
    ø13 (4x)
    24
    12
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    28
    19
    3
    ±0,1
    4
    +0,1
    10
    36 130
    130
    109,5
    109,5
    21
    stroke
    y
    x
    131
    205
    155
    50
    109,5
    155 155
    50
    ø17 (2x)
    ø17
    14,2
    14,2
    2,5
    120,5
    220
    102,5
    195
    74
    148
    77,5
    165
    13 (2x)
    20
    30
    ø17,5
    11
    ø11
    36
    ø26
    17,5
    39
    130
    130
    50
    80
    ø18
    DIN 74 - Km 10 (2x)
    DIN 74 - Km 16 (2x)
    +0,1
    10
    ±0,1
    4
    ø13,5
    80
    109,5
    109,5
    140
    M20
    13
    140
    15
    20
    ø20
    ø18
    ø11
    36
    stroke
    +2
    ø120,2 +0,5
    M6 (4x)
    y
    21
    ø13(4x)
    x
    x
    A - A
    175
    109,5
    109,5
    32,5
    130
    130
    ø12,5
    stroke
    36
    A - A
    M6 (2x)
    5)
    5)
    109,5
    109,5
    A
    A
    y
    A A
    +2
    ø120,2 +0,5
    +2
    ø120,2 +0,5
    15
    ø20 (4x)
    ø13,5 (4x)
    20
    13
    109,5
    140
    M20
    ø80
    109,5
    140
    ø18 (4x)
    ø11 (4x)
    2480.044.03.05000 2)
    ø20
    7
    65
    140
    58
    30
    145
    170
    ø120,5
    ø13,5
    16
    138
    ø130
    ø122
    109,5
    138
    109,5 160
    ø15 (4x)
    2480.010.05000.160 3)
    subject to alterations
    LCF Gas Spring, damped
    .05000. 100 125 300 250 200 160 080 063 050 038 025
    5000 1600 2000
    1,0
    1,1
    1,2
    1,3
    1,4
    1,5
    1,6
    1,7
    70
    150
    3000 4000 25 75 200 300 0 250 150 125 100 50 10
    140
    130
    120
    110
    100
    80
    90
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Note:
    Initial spring force F lcf at 150 bar =2500 daN
    Full spring force after 7.7 mm damped spring
    travel
    Order No for spare parts kit: 2484.13.05000
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 75 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 15 to 40 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
    25,5
    80
    7
    min.
    3
    10
    12
    min. I
    ±0,1
    ø120,2
    ø112
    M8
    ø65
    X
    R2,5
    8
    /
    1
    8 G M10 x 16
    -1 l
    ø115
    16,4
    valve
    max.
    Stroke
    View X - Gas spring
    deep (4x)
    2484.13.05000.
    S>max V>max
    P>max
    Flex Guide
    TM
    F351
    Order No Stroke max. l min. l
    2484.13.05000.025 25 165 190
    2484.13.05000.038 38.1 178.1 216.2
    2484.13.05000.050 50 190 240
    2484.13.05000.063 63.5 203.5 267
    2484.13.05000.080 80 220 300
    2484.13.05000.100 100 240 340
    2484.13.05000.125 125 265 390
    2484.13.05000.160 160 300 460
    2484.13.05000.200 200 340 540
    2484.13.05000.250 250 390 640
    2484.13.05000.300 300 440 740
    2484.13.05000.
    LCF Gas Spring, damped
    subject to alterations
    LCF gas spring, damped
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be
    absorbed by the stop surface.
    3) Note:
    Not for use with composite
    connection.
    4) Square collar flange, non-
    rotating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-go-
    nal socket (compact head
    recommended).
    2480.011.07500 2480.011.07500.2
    2480.022.07500
    2480.055.07500 2480.057.07500
    2480.007.07500 2480.008.07500 3)
    2480.044.07500 2)
    ø17,5
    (4x)
    ø17,5 (4x)
    24
    12
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    138
    138
    190
    190
    41 162
    162
    138
    138
    27
    stroke
    y
    x
    170
    245
    195
    ø21 (2x)
    138
    195 195
    ø21
    50
    50
    14,2
    14,2
    2,5
    150,5
    260
    120
    230
    100
    200
    95
    200
    13 (2x)
    20
    30
    ø17,5
    M20
    ø26
    ø18
    15
    20
    17
    100
    190
    138
    190
    138
    ø11
    M6 (4x)
    y
    27
    x
    x
    A - A
    220
    138
    138
    41
    stroke
    +2
    ø150,2 +0,5
    ø17,5
    (4x)
    stroke
    y
    A A
    +2
    ø150,2 +0,5
    ø18 (4x)
    190
    138
    190
    138
    ø100
    M20
    20
    15
    ø11
    (4x)
    17
    ø17,5 (4x)
    ø26 (4x)
    2480.044.03.07500 2)
    ø20
    7
    80
    170
    68
    30
    175
    200
    ø150,5
    ø13,5
    138
    138
    162
    162
    ø16,5
    41
    +2
    ø150,2 +0,5
    A - A
    M6 (2x)
    5)
    A
    A
    2480.064.07500 4)
    38
    2480.011.03.07500
    ø13,5 (4x)
    M20
    ø20 (4x)
    ø18 (4x)
    15
    20
    13
    100
    190
    138
    190
    138
    ø11
    (4x)
    2480.011.03.07500.2
    ø18 (4x)
    190
    138
    190
    138
    ø100
    M20
    20
    15
    ø11
    (4x)
    13
    ø13,5 (4x)
    ø20 (4x)
    F352
    subject to alterations
    LCF gas spring, damped
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be
    absorbed by the stop surface.
    3) Note:
    Not for use with composite
    connection.
    4) Square collar flange, non-
    rotating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-go-
    nal socket (compact head
    recommended).
    2480.011.07500 2480.011.07500.2
    2480.022.07500
    2480.055.07500 2480.057.07500
    2480.007.07500 2480.008.07500 3)
    2480.044.07500 2)
    ø17,5
    (4x)
    ø17,5 (4x)
    24
    12
    M6 (4x)
    y
    x
    138
    138
    190
    190
    41 162
    162
    138
    138
    27
    stroke
    y
    x
    170
    245
    195
    ø21 (2x)
    138
    195 195
    ø21
    50
    50
    14,2
    14,2
    2,5
    150,5
    260
    120
    230
    100
    200
    95
    200
    13 (2x)
    20
    30
    ø17,5
    M20
    ø26
    ø18
    15
    20
    17
    100
    190
    138
    190
    138
    ø11
    M6 (4x)
    y
    27
    x
    x
    A - A
    220
    138
    138
    41
    stroke
    +2
    ø150,2 +0,5
    ø17,5
    (4x)
    stroke
    y
    A A
    +2
    ø150,2 +0,5
    ø18 (4x)
    190
    138
    190
    138
    ø100
    M20
    20
    15
    ø11
    (4x)
    17
    ø17,5 (4x)
    ø26 (4x)
    2480.044.03.07500 2)
    ø20
    7
    80
    170
    68
    30
    175
    200
    ø150,5
    ø13,5
    138
    138
    162
    162
    ø16,5
    41
    +2
    ø150,2 +0,5
    A - A
    M6 (2x)
    5)
    A
    A
    2480.064.07500 4)
    38
    2480.011.03.07500
    ø13,5 (4x)
    M20
    ø20 (4x)
    ø18 (4x)
    15
    20
    13
    100
    190
    138
    190
    138
    ø11
    (4x)
    2480.011.03.07500.2
    ø18 (4x)
    190
    138
    190
    138
    ø100
    M20
    20
    15
    ø11
    (4x)
    13
    ø13,5 (4x)
    ø20 (4x)
    subject to alterations
    LCF Gas Spring, damped
    150
    100 125 300 250 200 160 080 063 050 038 025
    7500
    80
    2500
    1,0
    1,1
    1,2
    1,3
    1,4
    1,5
    1,6
    1,7 150
    3500 4500 5500 6500 25 75 200 300 0 250 125 100 50 10
    140
    130
    120
    110
    100
    90
    .07500.
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Note:
    Initial spring force F lcf at 150 bar =3000 daN
    Full spring force after 10.4 mm damped spring
    travel
    Order No for spare parts kit: 2484.13.07500
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen N 2
    Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
    Min. filling pressure: 89 bar
    Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    approx. 15 to 40 (at 20°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
    100
    8
    min.
    3
    10 27,5
    12
    min. I
    ±0,1
    ø150,2
    ø142
    M8
    ø80
    X
    R2,5
    8
    /
    1
    8 G M10 x 16
    -1 l
    ø145
    16,4
    valve
    View X - Gas spring
    deep (4x)
    max.
    Stroke
    2484.13.07500.
    S>max V>max
    P>max
    Flex Guide
    TM
    F353
    Order No Stroke max. l min. l
    2484.13.07500.025 25 180 205
    2484.13.07500.038 38.1 193.1 231.2
    2484.13.07500.050 50 205 255
    2484.13.07500.063 63.5 218.5 282
    2484.13.07500.080 80 235 315
    2484.13.07500.100 100 255 355
    2484.13.07500.125 125 280 405
    2484.13.07500.160 160 315 475
    2484.13.07500.200 200 355 555
    2484.13.07500.250 250 405 655
    2484.13.07500.300 300 455 755
    2484.13.07500.
    LCF Gas Spring, damped
    Controllable
    Gas springs
    Please request your catalogue
    PATENTED
    F354
    Air springs
    to VW Standard
    Please request your catalogue
    Controllable
    Gas springs
    Please request your catalogue
    PATENTED
    Air springs
    to VW Standard
    Please request your catalogue
    F355
    Manifold-
    systems
    Please request your catalogue
    F356
    Composite plates
    Please request your catalogue
    Manifold-
    systems
    Please request your catalogue
    Composite plates
    Please request your catalogue
    F357
    Gas spring
    Accessories
    Gas spring
    Accessories
    F359

    [ a
    b
    2480.00.70.075.0170 0,25 75 170
    2480.00.70.075.0250 0,50 75 250
    2480.00.70.075.0410 1,0 75 410
    2480.00.70.095.0300 1,0 95 300
    2480.00.70.095.0500 2,0 95 500
    2480.00.70.095.0700 3,0 95 700
    2480.00.70.095.0900 4,0 95 900
    2480.00.70.120.0360 2,0 120 360
    2480.00.70.120.0615 4,0 120 615
    2480.00.70.120.1125 8,0 120 1125

    .00500 0,031
    .00750 0,049
    .01500 0,102
    .03000 0,196
    .05000 0,332
    .07500 0,503
    .10000 0,709
    subject to alterations
    Description:
    The pressure reservoir and its base plates are manufactured from the same high grade steel als FIBRO gas springs. The advantage of including a pressure
    reservoir in the system is that in operation the gas pressure rises to a lesser extent. Apart from the purely tecnical pressure factors, a reduced pressure rise is
    beneficial to the service life of the system.
    Function:
    The pressure reservoir has two or four mounting holes with G¼“ at both sides, which are designed for connection to the control fitting or gas spring.
    Note:
    If a pressure reservoir is to be installed, we recommend the 24°-cone-system, which ensures that the gas flow is not inhibited. Mounting clamps should be
    ordered separately. At least 2 are required for each pressure reservoir, see following pages.
    Pressure reservoir
    for reduced pressure rise
    2480.00.70. Pressure reservoir
    Order No.
    Volume in l
    [litres]
    Calculating the isothermic increase in pressure*
    (*by approximation)
    Pressure increase =
    V a [l] Volume of pressure reservoir, see table
    V g 1) [l] Gas volume of gas springs, appropriate spring types

    1) Note: When designing gas volume of spring types,
    please contact us at FIBRO.
    Stroke [dm] Travel of gas springs, appropriate spring types
    A [dm 2 ] For area of piston rods of the gas spring, see table
    n Number of gas springs
    Calculation example:
    10 gas springs, type 248.13.05000.050 with a travel of 50 mm (0,5 dm) are
    connected to a system with an 8 litres pressure reservoir.
    Pressure increase = = 1,145
    Ordering Code (example):
    Pressure reservoir = 2480.00.70.
    [ a = 75 mm = 075.
    b = 170 mm = 0170
    Order No. = 2480.00.70.075.0170
    Gas spring size/daN Piston rod area/dm 2
    V a +(n 3 V g 1) )
    V a +(n 3 (V g 1) –Stroke 3 A))
    8 l + (10 3 0,51 l)
    8 l + (10 3 (0,51 l – 0,5 dm 3 0,332 dm 2 ))
    2480.00.70.
    F360 subject to alterations
    Item Quantity Description Order No.
    1 2 Connection thread G 1 / 8 2480.00.26.03
    2 3 24°-cone-hose 2480.00.25.01.□ □ □ □
    3 1 Pressure reservoir 2480.00.70. □ □ □.□ □ □ □
    4 4 Connection thread G 1 / 4 2480.00.26.04
    5 1 Monitoring unit 2480.00.31.01
    Pressure reservoir
    for reduced pressure rise
    2480.00.70. Installation example: 24°-cone-system

    [ a
    b
    2480.00.70.075.0170 0,25 75 170
    2480.00.70.075.0250 0,50 75 250
    2480.00.70.075.0410 1,0 75 410
    2480.00.70.095.0300 1,0 95 300
    2480.00.70.095.0500 2,0 95 500
    2480.00.70.095.0700 3,0 95 700
    2480.00.70.095.0900 4,0 95 900
    2480.00.70.120.0360 2,0 120 360
    2480.00.70.120.0615 4,0 120 615
    2480.00.70.120.1125 8,0 120 1125

    .00500 0,031
    .00750 0,049
    .01500 0,102
    .03000 0,196
    .05000 0,332
    .07500 0,503
    .10000 0,709
    subject to alterations
    Description:
    The pressure reservoir and its base plates are manufactured from the same high grade steel als FIBRO gas springs. The advantage of including a pressure
    reservoir in the system is that in operation the gas pressure rises to a lesser extent. Apart from the purely tecnical pressure factors, a reduced pressure rise is
    beneficial to the service life of the system.
    Function:
    The pressure reservoir has two or four mounting holes with G¼“ at both sides, which are designed for connection to the control fitting or gas spring.
    Note:
    If a pressure reservoir is to be installed, we recommend the 24°-cone-system, which ensures that the gas flow is not inhibited. Mounting clamps should be
    ordered separately. At least 2 are required for each pressure reservoir, see following pages.
    Pressure reservoir
    for reduced pressure rise
    2480.00.70. Pressure reservoir
    Order No.
    Volume in l
    [litres]
    Calculating the isothermic increase in pressure*
    (*by approximation)
    Pressure increase =
    V a [l] Volume of pressure reservoir, see table
    V g 1) [l] Gas volume of gas springs, appropriate spring types

    1) Note: When designing gas volume of spring types,
    please contact us at FIBRO.
    Stroke [dm] Travel of gas springs, appropriate spring types
    A [dm 2 ] For area of piston rods of the gas spring, see table
    n Number of gas springs
    Calculation example:
    10 gas springs, type 248.13.05000.050 with a travel of 50 mm (0,5 dm) are
    connected to a system with an 8 litres pressure reservoir.
    Pressure increase = = 1,145
    Ordering Code (example):
    Pressure reservoir = 2480.00.70.
    [ a = 75 mm = 075.
    b = 170 mm = 0170
    Order No. = 2480.00.70.075.0170
    Gas spring size/daN Piston rod area/dm 2
    V a +(n 3 V g 1) )
    V a +(n 3 (V g 1) –Stroke 3 A))
    8 l + (10 3 0,51 l)
    8 l + (10 3 (0,51 l – 0,5 dm 3 0,332 dm 2 ))
    2480.00.70.
    subject to alterations
    Item Quantity Description Order No.
    1 2 Connection thread G 1 / 8 2480.00.26.03
    2 3 24°-cone-hose 2480.00.25.01.□ □ □ □
    3 1 Pressure reservoir 2480.00.70. □ □ □.□ □ □ □
    4 4 Connection thread G 1 / 4 2480.00.26.04
    5 1 Monitoring unit 2480.00.31.01
    Pressure reservoir
    for reduced pressure rise
    2480.00.70. Installation example: 24°-cone-system
    F361
    31
    70
    ø9 (2x)
    øa
    b
    c
    d
    e
    SW 17
    2480.00.70.
    subject to alterations
    2480.00.70. Mounting clamp
    Order No. [ a b c d e
    2480.00.70.075 75 80 105 41,5 102
    2480.00.70.095 95 100 145 51,5 122
    2480.00.70.120 120 100 145 64 147
    Mounting clamp
    for pressure reservoir
    Installation Example:
    Description:
    The mounting clamp is a rubber coated galvanised sheet steel ring and is
    used for mounting the FIBRO pressure reservoir.
    Important:
    At least 2 fixing clamps are required per pressure reservoir. If the pressure
    tank is to be mounted vertically,
    it should be seated on a robust base.
    Ordering Code (example):
    Mounting clamp (1)
    for pressure reservoir = 2480.00.70.
    ∅a = 75 mm = 2480.00.70.075
    Order No. = 2480.00.70.075
    F362
    25
    øc
    øa
    b
    17 (2x)
    ø11 (M10, 2x) 11 (2x)
    3
    2480.015.
    subject to alterations
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
    Time [s]
    Slide acceleration [g]
    8
    Function
    without 2480.015. with 2480.015.
    6
    4
    2
    0
    -2
    -4
    -6
    -8
    Pressure plate, shock absorbing
    Description:
    The shock absorbing pressure plate is designed to minimise the main prob-
    lems in the metal forming industry.
    A specially designed shock absorbing unit is designed to reduce:
    – extreme impact loads
    – consequent high costs for press maintenance
    – high noise levels
    – risk of production of lower quality parts.
    Guidelines for using shock absorbing pressure plates with gas springs:
    1. After the maximum shock absorbing travel of 3 mm the gas spring will
    reach the same initial spring force as it would without the shock absor-
    bing pressure plate.
    2. The shock absorbing pressure plate is mounted between the tool and the
    piston rod of the gas spring.
    Material:
    Steel, nitride
    Polyurethane
    Note:
    Working temperature: 0 °C to 80 °C
    Recommended max. strokes/min: 20
    Max. press speed: 1.6 m/s
    Max. shock absorbing travel: 3 mm
    2480.015. Pressure plate
    Order No. Gas spring strength a b c
    2480.015.01500 750 – 1500 108 91 58
    2480.015.05000 > 1500 – 6600 143 126 92
    2480.015.10000 > 6600 – 10600 167 150 112
    Installation example
    Top of tool
    Sheet metal
    retainer
    Gas spring
    Bottom
    of tool
    Time [s]
    9000
    1,965 1,96 1,97 1,975 1,98
    dynamic impact load [N]
    without 2480.015.
    with 2480.015.
    8000
    7000
    6000
    5000
    4000
    3000
    2000
    1000
    0
    Pressure plate,
    shock
    absorbing
    2480.015.
    31
    70
    ø9 (2x)
    øa
    b
    c
    d
    e
    SW 17
    2480.00.70.
    subject to alterations
    2480.00.70. Mounting clamp
    Order No. [ a b c d e
    2480.00.70.075 75 80 105 41,5 102
    2480.00.70.095 95 100 145 51,5 122
    2480.00.70.120 120 100 145 64 147
    Mounting clamp
    for pressure reservoir
    Installation Example:
    Description:
    The mounting clamp is a rubber coated galvanised sheet steel ring and is
    used for mounting the FIBRO pressure reservoir.
    Important:
    At least 2 fixing clamps are required per pressure reservoir. If the pressure
    tank is to be mounted vertically,
    it should be seated on a robust base.
    Ordering Code (example):
    Mounting clamp (1)
    for pressure reservoir = 2480.00.70.
    ∅a = 75 mm = 2480.00.70.075
    Order No. = 2480.00.70.075
    25
    øc
    øa
    b
    17 (2x)
    ø11 (M10, 2x) 11 (2x)
    3
    2480.015.
    subject to alterations
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
    Time [s]
    Slide acceleration [g]
    8
    Function
    without 2480.015. with 2480.015.
    6
    4
    2
    0
    -2
    -4
    -6
    -8
    Pressure plate, shock absorbing
    Description:
    The shock absorbing pressure plate is designed to minimise the main prob-
    lems in the metal forming industry.
    A specially designed shock absorbing unit is designed to reduce:
    – extreme impact loads
    – consequent high costs for press maintenance
    – high noise levels
    – risk of production of lower quality parts.
    Guidelines for using shock absorbing pressure plates with gas springs:
    1. After the maximum shock absorbing travel of 3 mm the gas spring will
    reach the same initial spring force as it would without the shock absor-
    bing pressure plate.
    2. The shock absorbing pressure plate is mounted between the tool and the
    piston rod of the gas spring.
    Material:
    Steel, nitride
    Polyurethane
    Note:
    Working temperature: 0 °C to 80 °C
    Recommended max. strokes/min: 20
    Max. press speed: 1.6 m/s
    Max. shock absorbing travel: 3 mm
    2480.015. Pressure plate
    Order No. Gas spring strength a b c
    2480.015.01500 750 – 1500 108 91 58
    2480.015.05000 > 1500 – 6600 143 126 92
    2480.015.10000 > 6600 – 10600 167 150 112
    Installation example
    Top of tool
    Sheet metal
    retainer
    Gas spring
    Bottom
    of tool
    Time [s]
    9000
    1,965 1,96 1,97 1,975 1,98
    dynamic impact load [N]
    without 2480.015.
    with 2480.015.
    8000
    7000
    6000
    5000
    4000
    3000
    2000
    1000
    0
    Pressure plate,
    shock
    absorbing
    2480.015.
    F363
    subject to alterations
    Thrust Pad
    Thrust plate
    l
    R 100
    SW 6
    M
    b
    2480.004.
    1
    e
    t
    c
    a +2
    e
    1
    d
    d
    b +2
    2480.009.
    +2
    e
    t
    c
    a +2
    e
    d
    d 1
    a
    2480.018.
    Description:
    Trust pad for gas springs with M6 and M8 thread in the piston rod, not
    for 2480.13.00500.□□□.
    Material:
    No 1.7131, case-hardened
    Material:
    No 1.2842, hardened
    or
    No 1.2379, hardened
    Material:
    No 1.2842, hardened
    F364
    Order No
    Socket
    cap screw
    DIN EN ISO 4762 A/F b l
    2480.004.06 M6 17 20 6
    2480.004.08 M8 19 22.5 11
    Order No*
    max. piston rod
    diameter a b c d d 1 e e 1 t
    2480.009.00250 15 50 25 12 7 11 32 8 7
    2480.009.00500 20 55 30 12 7 11 40 14 7
    2480.009.00500.1 20 55 32 16 9 15 37 - 9
    2480.009.00750 25 70 35 15 9 15 48 14 9
    2480.009.00750.1 36 65 50 16 9 15 47 - 9
    2480.009.01500 36 75 50 15 9 15 56 30 9
    2480.009.03000 50 85 60 15 9 15 66 40 9
    2480.009.03000.1 50 80 60 16 9 15 62 - 9
    2480.009.05000 65 100 80 20 11 18 72 56 11
    2480.009.05000.2 65 102 80 20 11 18 80 - 11
    2480.009.07500 80 110 100 20 11 18 85 75 11
    2480.009.07500.2 80 117 100 20 11 18 95 - 11
    2480.009.10000.1 90 132 100 20 11 18 110 - 11
    *Execution .1/.2 to Volvo standard
    Order No
    max. piston rod
    diameter a c d d 1 e t
    2480.018.01500 65 90 12 9 15 64 9
    2480.004.
    2480.009.
    2480.018. Thrust plate
    Thrust Pad
    Thrust plate
    subject to alterations
    Thrust plate
    Thrust plate to Renault standard
    Material:
    No 1.2842, hardened
    or
    No 1.2379, hardened
    Material:
    No 1.2842, hardened
    or
    No 1.2379, hardened
    +2
    e
    t
    c
    a +2
    e
    d
    d 1
    a
    2480.019.
    A
    B
    e e
    e
    e
    a
    a
    a a
    3
    d
    1
    e
    1
    e
    1
    e
    1
    e
    2480.019.45.
    F365
    Order No*
    max. piston rod
    diameter a c d d 1 e t
    2480.019.00100 15 40 15 9 15 21 10
    2480.019.00100.2 15 40 15 7 11 24 7
    2480.019.00750 25 56 20 11 18 32 13
    2480.019.03000 50 71 20 11 18 48 13
    2480.019.03000.2 50 70 15 9 15 50 9
    2480.019.03000.1 80 90 20 11 18 67 13
    2480.019.07500.2 80 90 15 9 15 70 9
    2480.019.07500 95 140 20 11 18 110 13
    *Execution .2 to VDI 3003
    Order No Shape
    max. piston rod
    diameter a e d
    2480.019.45.00750 A 50 70 50 11
    2480.019.45.01500 A 80 90 70 11
    2480.019.45.03000 B 95 105 85 11
    2480.019.45.05000 B 95 125 105 11
    2480.019.45.07500 B 95 150 125 13
    2480.019.45.10000 B 95 190 165 13
    2480.019.
    2480.019.45.
    Thrust plate
    Thrust plate to Renault
    standard
    max. 0,15°
    Description:
    The hardened thrust pad 2480.004. reduces side forces in cases of skew
    thrust vaces or lateral displacement component.
    In conjunction with the thrust pads, the hardened thrust plates 2480.009.,
    2480.018. and 2480.019. further helps to protect the gas spring from
    lateral forces, through reduction of friction – even when used without the
    thrust pad.
    Note:
    Especially with gas springs of large stroking capacity we recommend the
    use of the pad plate combination!
    Mounting example:
    subject to alterations
    Mounting examples
    fixed with
    2480.007./008.
    fixed with 2480.055./057./064.
    fixed with 2480.044./045./047.
    installed loose in
    the bore
    screw mounted
    at the bottom
    with 2480.011.
    More mounting examples for gas springs see page
    „Mounting directions for gas springs“
    Concertina shroud for gas springs
    Description:
    The concertina shroud protects the piston rod of the gas spring against negative influences, such
    as e.g.:
    ● drawing in dirt
    ● damage to the surface of the piston rod
    ● adhesion of dirt particles
    ● drawing in of oil and/or emulsion
    The concertina shroud is internally (cylinder tube side) fastened and is free of any obstructing
    contours, such as externally mounted tube clamps. This enables fastening and installation of the gas
    spring inside the tool without any restrictions.
    The concertina shroud for gas springs prolongs the lifetime of the gas springs under rough operating
    conditions.
    Technical data
    Material Concertina shroud: CSM-Rubber 65 ±3 Shore A
    Disc: Steel burnished
    Ring: stainless Steel
    Temperature range: 0-90 °C
    Chemical resistance Acids: very good
    Alkaline solutions: very good
    Solvents: sufficient
    Weather resistance Sun light (UV): good
    Ozone: very good
    Water: sufficient
    Oil resistance Mineral: good
    Synthetic: sufficient
    Delivery:
    Concertina shroud incl. rotatable disk and countersunk screw.
    Custom dimensions/materials available on request.
    F366
    2487.12.00350.
    24 87.12.00500.
    2480.12.00500.
    2487.12.00750..1
    2480.13.00750.
    2487.12.01000..1
    2488.12.01000.
    2487.12.01500.
    2488.13.01500.
    2480.12.01500.
    2487.12.02400.
    2488.13.02400.
    2480.13.03000.
    2487.12.04200.
    2488.13.04200.
    2480.13.05000.
    2487.12.06600.
    2488.13.06600.
    2480.13.07500.
    2487.12.09500.
    2488.13.09500.
    ZD 32 38 45 45 50 50 63 75 75 95 95 120 120 150 150
    d a 45 50 50 55 55 65 65 75 75 95 95 120 120 150 150
    d 1 32 38 45 45 50 50 63 75 75 95 95 120 120 150 150
    d 2 / KD 16 20 20 25 25 28 36 36 45 50 60 65 75 80 90
    s 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 9 6
    d 3 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 9 6.6 6.6 9 6.6 9 9 9 9 17 9
    d 5 10 14 14 17 17 20 28 28 37 42 51 57 66 71 81
    t 1 5 5 10 5 10 5 5 10 5 10 5.5 10 5.5 20 5.5
    m M638 M638 M6312 M638 M8312 M6310 M6310 M8312 M6310 M8312 M8312 M8312 M8312 M16325 M8312
    28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 23 23 24 21
    133 133 133 133 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 137 134
    n 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 8 8 6 6 5 5
    - - - - 52 --*/52 --*/52 52 -- */52 54 --*/54 41 --*/41 37 --*/34
    - - - - 309 309 309 309 309 309 309 309 309 402 309
    n - - - - 22 --*/22 --*/22 22 --*/22 19 --*/19 14 --*/14 11 --*/11
    d a
    d 1
    d 2
    ZD
    d 5
    d 3
    max.
    l
    min.
    l
    s
    t 1
    2480.080.
    subject to alterations
    Ordering Code (example)
    Concertina shroud = 2480.080.
    ZD = 120 mm = 2480.080.120.
    d 2 /KD = 65 mm = 2480.080.120.065.
    Stroke = 125 (Stroke ≤ 125 mm) = 2480.080.120.065.125
    Order No. = 2480.080.120.065.125
    Concertina shroud
    „m“
    (Countersunk head cap screw
    DIN EN ISO 10642)
    Position of ventilation
    sticked (vulcanized)
    Disc
    Ring
    Gas spring
    „n“
    Number of
    folds
    Concertina shroud = 2480.080.
    ZD = 120 mm = 2480.080.120.
    d 2 /KD = 65 mm = 2480.080.120.065.
    Stroke = 300 (Stroke > 125 mm) = 2480.080.120.065.300
    Order No. = 2480.080.120.065.300
    2480.080. Concertina shroud
    Type of
    Gas spring
    Stroke 125 (Stroke ≤ 125)
    l min.
    l max.
    Stroke 300 (Stroke > 125), not for 2487.12.*
    l min.
    l max.
    subject to alterations
    Mounting examples
    fixed with
    2480.007./008.
    fixed with 2480.055./057./064.
    fixed with 2480.044./045./047.
    installed loose in
    the bore
    screw mounted
    at the bottom
    with 2480.011.
    More mounting examples for gas springs see page
    „Mounting directions for gas springs“
    Concertina shroud for gas springs
    Description:
    The concertina shroud protects the piston rod of the gas spring against negative influences, such
    as e.g.:
    ● drawing in dirt
    ● damage to the surface of the piston rod
    ● adhesion of dirt particles
    ● drawing in of oil and/or emulsion
    The concertina shroud is internally (cylinder tube side) fastened and is free of any obstructing
    contours, such as externally mounted tube clamps. This enables fastening and installation of the gas
    spring inside the tool without any restrictions.
    The concertina shroud for gas springs prolongs the lifetime of the gas springs under rough operating
    conditions.
    Technical data
    Material Concertina shroud: CSM-Rubber 65 ±3 Shore A
    Disc: Steel burnished
    Ring: stainless Steel
    Temperature range: 0-90 °C
    Chemical resistance Acids: very good
    Alkaline solutions: very good
    Solvents: sufficient
    Weather resistance Sun light (UV): good
    Ozone: very good
    Water: sufficient
    Oil resistance Mineral: good
    Synthetic: sufficient
    Delivery:
    Concertina shroud incl. rotatable disk and countersunk screw.
    Custom dimensions/materials available on request.
    2487.12.00350.
    24 87.12.00500.
    2480.12.00500.
    2487.12.00750..1
    2480.13.00750.
    2487.12.01000..1
    2488.12.01000.
    2487.12.01500.
    2488.13.01500.
    2480.12.01500.
    2487.12.02400.
    2488.13.02400.
    2480.13.03000.
    2487.12.04200.
    2488.13.04200.
    2480.13.05000.
    2487.12.06600.
    2488.13.06600.
    2480.13.07500.
    2487.12.09500.
    2488.13.09500.
    ZD 32 38 45 45 50 50 63 75 75 95 95 120 120 150 150
    d a 45 50 50 55 55 65 65 75 75 95 95 120 120 150 150
    d 1 32 38 45 45 50 50 63 75 75 95 95 120 120 150 150
    d 2 / KD 16 20 20 25 25 28 36 36 45 50 60 65 75 80 90
    s 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 9 6
    d 3 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 9 6.6 6.6 9 6.6 9 9 9 9 17 9
    d 5 10 14 14 17 17 20 28 28 37 42 51 57 66 71 81
    t 1 5 5 10 5 10 5 5 10 5 10 5.5 10 5.5 20 5.5
    m M638 M638 M6312 M638 M8312 M6310 M6310 M8312 M6310 M8312 M8312 M8312 M8312 M16325 M8312
    28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 23 23 24 21
    133 133 133 133 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 137 134
    n 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 8 8 6 6 5 5
    - - - - 52 --*/52 --*/52 52 -- */52 54 --*/54 41 --*/41 37 --*/34
    - - - - 309 309 309 309 309 309 309 309 309 402 309
    n - - - - 22 --*/22 --*/22 22 --*/22 19 --*/19 14 --*/14 11 --*/11
    d a
    d 1
    d 2
    ZD
    d 5
    d 3
    max.
    l
    min.
    l
    s
    t 1
    2480.080.
    subject to alterations
    Ordering Code (example)
    Concertina shroud = 2480.080.
    ZD = 120 mm = 2480.080.120.
    d 2 /KD = 65 mm = 2480.080.120.065.
    Stroke = 125 (Stroke ≤ 125 mm) = 2480.080.120.065.125
    Order No. = 2480.080.120.065.125
    Concertina shroud
    „m“
    (Countersunk head cap screw
    DIN EN ISO 10642)
    Position of ventilation
    sticked (vulcanized)
    Disc
    Ring
    Gas spring
    „n“
    Number of
    folds
    Concertina shroud = 2480.080.
    ZD = 120 mm = 2480.080.120.
    d 2 /KD = 65 mm = 2480.080.120.065.
    Stroke = 300 (Stroke > 125 mm) = 2480.080.120.065.300
    Order No. = 2480.080.120.065.300
    2480.080. Concertina shroud
    Type of
    Gas spring
    Stroke 125 (Stroke ≤ 125)
    l min.
    l max.
    Stroke 300 (Stroke > 125), not for 2487.12.*
    l min.
    l max.
    F367
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring connection systems
    Introduction
    Connecting gas springs in one more systems enables the user to monitor gas spring pressure from outside the tool, to adjust it if necessary, to fill it
    and to drain it. The connector system has many advantages including ease of maintenance, reliability and improvement in the quality of gas spring
    use in the tool.
    FIBRO offers four different systems for hose connections for gas springs: Minimess system, Compression fitting system, JIC system (24° flare) and
    Micro connector system. The hoses, screwed connectors and other components are selected to meet the most stringent standards and undergo a
    series of tests including service life, static seel and robustness after repeated assembly and disassembly.
    Recommended application:
    Most used system for all gas springs with G 1 / 8 gas connection.
    Not suitable for use with a pressure reservoir because of the small internal diameter which reduces the flow.
    + Small external hose diameter ∅ 5 mm
    + Small bending radius R min = 20
    + High pressure resistance
    + Vibration-proof measurement couplings
    + Connector with valve
    + No tools needed for connecting hose to adapter, and
    disconnecting
    ± Swaged non-detachable hose fitting
    – Not for use with a pressure reservoir
    Minimess system 2480.00.23./.24.
    Compression fitting system 2480.00.10.
    24°-cone-system 2480.00.25./.26.
    Technical data:
    Hose: polyamide 11, black, dimpled
    Hose fitting: free cutting steel, galvanised
    Measurement couplings: free cutting steel, galvanised
    Adapter: steel, gunmetal finish
    Max. pressure: 630 bar
    Temperature range: 0–100°C
    Recommended application:
    For all gas springs with G 1 / 8 gas connection.
    Mainly used for self-assembly in small numbers.
    + Assemble on-site system
    + Reusable hose fitting
    + High pressure resistance
    ± Suitable for connecting to a pressure reservoir under certain conditions
    – Larger bending radius R min = 40
    – Not suitable for gas springs with M6 connection thread
    – Extra time required for preparing hose and fitting it
    Technical data:
    Hose: polyurethane/polyamide, black, dimpled
    Hose fittting: steel, galvanised
    Adapter: steel, galvanised
    Max. pressure: 380 bar
    Temperatur range: 0–100°C
    Recommended application:
    For all gas springs with G 1 / 8 gas connection.
    Mainly used for connection to pressure reservoir.
    + Suitable for connecting to a pressure reservoir
    + Wide range of connection adapters
    + Vibration-proof (O-ring seal)
    + High pressure resistance
    ± Swaged non-detachable hose fitting
    – Larger bending radius R min = 40
    –Not suitable for gas springs with M6 connection thread
    Technical data:
    Hose: polyurethane/polyamide, black, dimpled
    Hose fitting: steel, galvanised
    Adapter: steel, galvanised
    Max. pressure: 315 bar
    Temperatur range: 0–100°C
    Connector system, 24° conus micro 2480.00.27./.28.
    Recommended application:
    For all gas springs with M6 gas connection.
    Not suitable for use with a pressure reservoir due to small internal diameter
    (reduced flow volume).
    + small external hose diameter ø5 mm
    + hose: small bending radius R min = 20 mm
    + pipe: Min. bending radius = 12 mm (3x da)
    + high pressure resistance
    + small connection adapter
    + vibration-safe due to O-ring seal
    + tightly pressed, non-detachable hose fitting
    - not suitable for use with a pressure reservoir
    - limited suitability for gas springs with thread connection G 1 / 8
    Technical data:
    Hose: Polyamide 11, black, dimpled
    Hose adapter: free cutting steel, galvanised
    Adapter: steel, galvanised
    Max. perm. pressure: 475 bar
    Temperature range: 0 to +80 °C
    Pipe: steel
    Pipe external diameter (da): ø4 mm
    Pipe internal diameter (di): ø2 mm
    max. dynamic pressure: 430 bar
    Temperature range: 0 to +100 °C
    Note: Pipe system, 24° conus micro for higher temps on request.
    F368
    1 1 2480.00.30.01
    2 4 2480.00.24.01
    3 4 2480.00.23.□□.□□□
    4 4 2480.00.24.02
    subject to alterations
    Instruction for hose assembly
    Mounting arrangement
    for gas springs in the Minimess system
    Refer to DIN 20066 for further details on installing hose connections.
    Warning:
    Any modifications whatsoever to the product are prohibited.
    For further information refer to the FIBRO Gas Spring Catalogue, visit www.
    fibro.com or contact your FIBRO agent.
    2480. Example 1:
    Direct connection for group
    Never exceed the maximum pressures and temperatures for the hoses.
    Ensure that all hoses and adaptors are perfectly clean prior to
    assembly.
    To be suitable for use with compressed gas the hose sheath must be per-
    forated. We recommend the use of the 24°-cone-hose system for pressure
    reservoir to ensure an unrestricted gas flow.
    Follow the instructions below to ensure functionality and maximum ser-
    vice life for the hose connection:
    The longitudinal marking on the hose must
    not be twisted during assembly.
    Use only hose fittings which prevent kinks forming in the hose.
    Any bends in the hose must always have the recommended mini-
    mum radius, as detailed in the catalogue.
    The hose must be connected correctly to avoid
    mechanical damage.
    Select a hose length to provide a certain amount of play.
    Function:
    Each spring has a direct connection with the control fitting.
    They are not interconnected and form a pressure zone
    See control fitting 2480.00.30
    Note:
    When installing gas springs in the system always remove the valve from
    the gas spring.
    Item Designation Number Order No. Comment
    Control fitting Optionally with diaphragm pressure switch 2480.00.30.02
    Gauging coupling
    Measuring hose Type of connection and length as required
    Gauging coupling
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring connection systems
    Introduction
    Connecting gas springs in one more systems enables the user to monitor gas spring pressure from outside the tool, to adjust it if necessary, to fill it
    and to drain it. The connector system has many advantages including ease of maintenance, reliability and improvement in the quality of gas spring
    use in the tool.
    FIBRO offers four different systems for hose connections for gas springs: Minimess system, Compression fitting system, JIC system (24° flare) and
    Micro connector system. The hoses, screwed connectors and other components are selected to meet the most stringent standards and undergo a
    series of tests including service life, static seel and robustness after repeated assembly and disassembly.
    Recommended application:
    Most used system for all gas springs with G 1 / 8 gas connection.
    Not suitable for use with a pressure reservoir because of the small internal diameter which reduces the flow.
    + Small external hose diameter ∅ 5 mm
    + Small bending radius R min = 20
    + High pressure resistance
    + Vibration-proof measurement couplings
    + Connector with valve
    + No tools needed for connecting hose to adapter, and
    disconnecting
    ± Swaged non-detachable hose fitting
    – Not for use with a pressure reservoir
    Minimess system 2480.00.23./.24.
    Compression fitting system 2480.00.10.
    24°-cone-system 2480.00.25./.26.
    Technical data:
    Hose: polyamide 11, black, dimpled
    Hose fitting: free cutting steel, galvanised
    Measurement couplings: free cutting steel, galvanised
    Adapter: steel, gunmetal finish
    Max. pressure: 630 bar
    Temperature range: 0–100°C
    Recommended application:
    For all gas springs with G 1 / 8 gas connection.
    Mainly used for self-assembly in small numbers.
    + Assemble on-site system
    + Reusable hose fitting
    + High pressure resistance
    ± Suitable for connecting to a pressure reservoir under certain conditions
    – Larger bending radius R min = 40
    – Not suitable for gas springs with M6 connection thread
    – Extra time required for preparing hose and fitting it
    Technical data:
    Hose: polyurethane/polyamide, black, dimpled
    Hose fittting: steel, galvanised
    Adapter: steel, galvanised
    Max. pressure: 380 bar
    Temperatur range: 0–100°C
    Recommended application:
    For all gas springs with G 1 / 8 gas connection.
    Mainly used for connection to pressure reservoir.
    + Suitable for connecting to a pressure reservoir
    + Wide range of connection adapters
    + Vibration-proof (O-ring seal)
    + High pressure resistance
    ± Swaged non-detachable hose fitting
    – Larger bending radius R min = 40
    –Not suitable for gas springs with M6 connection thread
    Technical data:
    Hose: polyurethane/polyamide, black, dimpled
    Hose fitting: steel, galvanised
    Adapter: steel, galvanised
    Max. pressure: 315 bar
    Temperatur range: 0–100°C
    Connector system, 24° conus micro 2480.00.27./.28.
    Recommended application:
    For all gas springs with M6 gas connection.
    Not suitable for use with a pressure reservoir due to small internal diameter
    (reduced flow volume).
    + small external hose diameter ø5 mm
    + hose: small bending radius R min = 20 mm
    + pipe: Min. bending radius = 12 mm (3x da)
    + high pressure resistance
    + small connection adapter
    + vibration-safe due to O-ring seal
    + tightly pressed, non-detachable hose fitting
    - not suitable for use with a pressure reservoir
    - limited suitability for gas springs with thread connection G 1 / 8
    Technical data:
    Hose: Polyamide 11, black, dimpled
    Hose adapter: free cutting steel, galvanised
    Adapter: steel, galvanised
    Max. perm. pressure: 475 bar
    Temperature range: 0 to +80 °C
    Pipe: steel
    Pipe external diameter (da): ø4 mm
    Pipe internal diameter (di): ø2 mm
    max. dynamic pressure: 430 bar
    Temperature range: 0 to +100 °C
    Note: Pipe system, 24° conus micro for higher temps on request.
    1 1 2480.00.30.01
    2 4 2480.00.24.01
    3 4 2480.00.23.□□.□□□
    4 4 2480.00.24.02
    subject to alterations
    Instruction for hose assembly
    Mounting arrangement
    for gas springs in the Minimess system
    Refer to DIN 20066 for further details on installing hose connections.
    Warning:
    Any modifications whatsoever to the product are prohibited.
    For further information refer to the FIBRO Gas Spring Catalogue, visit www.
    fibro.com or contact your FIBRO agent.
    2480. Example 1:
    Direct connection for group
    Never exceed the maximum pressures and temperatures for the hoses.
    Ensure that all hoses and adaptors are perfectly clean prior to
    assembly.
    To be suitable for use with compressed gas the hose sheath must be per-
    forated. We recommend the use of the 24°-cone-hose system for pressure
    reservoir to ensure an unrestricted gas flow.
    Follow the instructions below to ensure functionality and maximum ser-
    vice life for the hose connection:
    The longitudinal marking on the hose must
    not be twisted during assembly.
    Use only hose fittings which prevent kinks forming in the hose.
    Any bends in the hose must always have the recommended mini-
    mum radius, as detailed in the catalogue.
    The hose must be connected correctly to avoid
    mechanical damage.
    Select a hose length to provide a certain amount of play.
    Function:
    Each spring has a direct connection with the control fitting.
    They are not interconnected and form a pressure zone
    See control fitting 2480.00.30
    Note:
    When installing gas springs in the system always remove the valve from
    the gas spring.
    Item Designation Number Order No. Comment
    Control fitting Optionally with diaphragm pressure switch 2480.00.30.02
    Gauging coupling
    Measuring hose Type of connection and length as required
    Gauging coupling
    F369
    1 7 2480.00.23.□□.□□□
    2 1 2480.00.24.33
    3 13 2480.00.24.01
    4 1 2480.00.24.02
    5 1 2480.00.31.01
    subject to alterations
    Mounting arrangement
    for gas springs
    in the Minimess system
    Note:
    When installing gas springs in the system always remove the valve from
    the gas spring.
    Function:
    The springs are interconnected and there is just one test line to the control
    fitting.
    2480. Example 2:
    Group series connection
    Position Designation Number Order No. Comment
    Measuring hose Type of connection and length as required
    Distributor
    Gauging coupling
    Gauging coupling
    Control fitting
    F370
    1
    2
    3
    4
    6
    5
    subject to alterations
    Mounting arrangement for gas springs
    in the Minimess system
    2480. Example 3:
    Multiple connections with independent functioning
    Function:
    Each series of springs has a direct
    connection with the control fitting. By
    using a common pressure supply the
    springs can be joined in the fitting so
    that joint filling/releasing of gas is
    possible. The gas in each series of springs
    can also be filled/released or monitored
    individually .
    See Multi control fitting
    2480.00.39.05.04
    Note:
    When installing gas springs always remove the valve
    from the gas spring.
    Item Designation Number Order No. Comment
    1 Simple adaptor, short 4 2480.00.24.17 Choice of ”long “ or ”very long “ depending on the specific mounting arrangements.
    2 Gauging coupling 28 2480.00.24.01
    3 Multi adapter 12 2480.00.24.11 Choice of ”long “ or ”very long “ depending on the specific mounting arrangements.
    4 Measuring hose 16 2480.00.23.□□.□□□ Type of connection and length as required
    5 Multi control fitting 1 2480.00.39.05.04
    6 Gauging coupling 4 2480.00.24.01
    1 7 2480.00.23.□□.□□□
    2 1 2480.00.24.33
    3 13 2480.00.24.01
    4 1 2480.00.24.02
    5 1 2480.00.31.01
    subject to alterations
    Mounting arrangement
    for gas springs
    in the Minimess system
    Note:
    When installing gas springs in the system always remove the valve from
    the gas spring.
    Function:
    The springs are interconnected and there is just one test line to the control
    fitting.
    2480. Example 2:
    Group series connection
    Position Designation Number Order No. Comment
    Measuring hose Type of connection and length as required
    Distributor
    Gauging coupling
    Gauging coupling
    Control fitting
    1
    2
    3
    4
    6
    5
    subject to alterations
    Mounting arrangement for gas springs
    in the Minimess system
    2480. Example 3:
    Multiple connections with independent functioning
    Function:
    Each series of springs has a direct
    connection with the control fitting. By
    using a common pressure supply the
    springs can be joined in the fitting so
    that joint filling/releasing of gas is
    possible. The gas in each series of springs
    can also be filled/released or monitored
    individually .
    See Multi control fitting
    2480.00.39.05.04
    Note:
    When installing gas springs always remove the valve
    from the gas spring.
    Item Designation Number Order No. Comment
    1 Simple adaptor, short 4 2480.00.24.17 Choice of ”long “ or ”very long “ depending on the specific mounting arrangements.
    2 Gauging coupling 28 2480.00.24.01
    3 Multi adapter 12 2480.00.24.11 Choice of ”long “ or ”very long “ depending on the specific mounting arrangements.
    4 Measuring hose 16 2480.00.23.□□.□□□ Type of connection and length as required
    5 Multi control fitting 1 2480.00.39.05.04
    6 Gauging coupling 4 2480.00.24.01
    F371
    1 2 3 4 5
    6
    1 1 2480.00.24.17
    2 5 2480.00.24.01
    3 2 2480.00.24.11
    4 3 2480.00.23.□□.□□□
    5 1 2480.00.31.01
    6 1 2480.00.24.02
    1 1 2480.00.24.31
    2 4 2480.00.23.□□.□□□
    3 1 2480.00.31.01
    4 7 2480.00.24.01
    5 1 2480.00.24.02
    subject to alterations
    Mounting arrangement for gas springs
    in the Minimess system
    Function:
    The springs are interconnected and there is just
    one test line to the control fitting.
    Note:
    When installing gas springs always remove the
    valve from the gas spring.
    2480. Example 4.1:
    Group series connection
    2480. Example 4.2:
    Group series connection
    Function:
    The springs are interconnected and there is just
    one test line to the control fitting.
    Note:
    When installing gas springs always remove the
    valve from the gas spring.
    Item Designation Number Order No Comment
    Simple adaptor, short Choice of ”long“ or ”very long“ depending on the specific mounting arrangements.
    Gauging coupling
    Multi adapter Choice of ”long“ or ”very long“ depending on the specific mounting arrangements.
    Measuring hose Type of connection and length as required
    Control fitting
    Gauging coupling
    Item Designation Number Order No. Comment
    Coupling
    Measuring hose Type of connection and length as required
    Control fitting
    Gauging coupling
    Gauging coupling
    F372
    2
    3
    4
    1
    subject to alterations
    Mounting arrangement for gas springs
    in the Minimess system
    Function:
    The springs work independently and have a
    gauging coupling (2480.00.24.01) with valve.
    If required the springs can be tested and
    pressure adjusted individually. A control fitting
    (2480.00.31.01) is used for the purpose.
    2480. Example 5:
    Independent test connection
    Item Designation Number Order No Comment
    1 Gauging coupling 3 2480.00.24.01
    2 Measuring hose 1 2480.00.23.□□.□□□ Type of connection and length as required
    3 Control fitting 1 2480.00.31.01
    4 Gauging coupling 1 2480.00.24.02
    1 2 3 4 5
    6
    1 1 2480.00.24.17
    2 5 2480.00.24.01
    3 2 2480.00.24.11
    4 3 2480.00.23.□□.□□□
    5 1 2480.00.31.01
    6 1 2480.00.24.02
    1 1 2480.00.24.31
    2 4 2480.00.23.□□.□□□
    3 1 2480.00.31.01
    4 7 2480.00.24.01
    5 1 2480.00.24.02
    subject to alterations
    Mounting arrangement for gas springs
    in the Minimess system
    Function:
    The springs are interconnected and there is just
    one test line to the control fitting.
    Note:
    When installing gas springs always remove the
    valve from the gas spring.
    2480. Example 4.1:
    Group series connection
    2480. Example 4.2:
    Group series connection
    Function:
    The springs are interconnected and there is just
    one test line to the control fitting.
    Note:
    When installing gas springs always remove the
    valve from the gas spring.
    Item Designation Number Order No Comment
    Simple adaptor, short Choice of ”long“ or ”very long“ depending on the specific mounting arrangements.
    Gauging coupling
    Multi adapter Choice of ”long“ or ”very long“ depending on the specific mounting arrangements.
    Measuring hose Type of connection and length as required
    Control fitting
    Gauging coupling
    Item Designation Number Order No. Comment
    Coupling
    Measuring hose Type of connection and length as required
    Control fitting
    Gauging coupling
    Gauging coupling
    2
    3
    4
    1
    subject to alterations
    Mounting arrangement for gas springs
    in the Minimess system
    Function:
    The springs work independently and have a
    gauging coupling (2480.00.24.01) with valve.
    If required the springs can be tested and
    pressure adjusted individually. A control fitting
    (2480.00.31.01) is used for the purpose.
    2480. Example 5:
    Independent test connection
    Item Designation Number Order No Comment
    1 Gauging coupling 3 2480.00.24.01
    2 Measuring hose 1 2480.00.23.□□.□□□ Type of connection and length as required
    3 Control fitting 1 2480.00.31.01
    4 Gauging coupling 1 2480.00.24.02
    F373
    2480.00.23.03.
    l*
    2480.00.23.03.0200 200
    2480.00.23.03.0300 300
    2480.00.23.03.0400 400
    2480.00.23.03.0500 500
    2480.00.23.03.0630 630
    2480.00.23.03.0800 800
    2480.00.23.03.1000 1000
    2480.00.23.03.1200 1200
    2480.00.23.03.1500 1500
    2480.00.23.03.2000 2000
    2480.00.23.03.2500 2500
    2480.00.23.03.3000 3000
    105 mm
    150 mm
    300 mm
    2480.00.23.02.
    l*
    2480.00.23.02.0200 200
    2480.00.23.02.0300 300
    2480.00.23.02.0400 400
    2480.00.23.02.0500 500
    2480.00.23.02.0630 630
    2480.00.23.02.0800 800
    2480.00.23.02.1000 1000
    2480.00.23.02.1200 1200
    2480.00.23.02.1500 1500
    2480.00.23.02.2000 2000
    2480.00.23.02.2500 2500
    2480.00.23.02.3000 3000
    90 mm
    150 mm
    300 mm
    2480.00.23.01.
    l*
    2480.00.23.01.0200 200
    2480.00.23.01.0300 300
    2480.00.23.01.0400 400
    2480.00.23.01.0500 500
    2480.00.23.01.0630 630
    2480.00.23.01.0800 800
    2480.00.23.01.1000 1000
    2480.00.23.01.1200 1200
    2480.00.23.01.1500 1500
    2480.00.23.01.2000 2000
    2480.00.23.01.2500 2500
    2480.00.23.01.3000 3000
    90 mm
    150 mm
    300 mm
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring accessories
    Minimess – Compound threaded joints
    Order No
    * other lengths available in 5 mm steps,
    shortest factory lengths:
    without antikink protection:
    antikink protection at one end:
    antikink protection at both ends:
    ø17
    17
    29
    ø5
    ø17
    17
    29
    46 46
    l*
    S 12,65 x 1,5 (2x)
    Threaded
    connection
    Gripping sleeve
    2480.00.23.03.----.3
    Antikink spiral, at one end
    2480.00.23.03.----.2
    Antikink spiral, at both ends
    2480.00.23.03.
    Gauging hose -
    both ends
    90°-angle
    ø5
    ø17
    S 12,65 x 1,5 (2x)
    Threaded
    connection
    ø17
    17
    29
    17
    33 46
    l*
    2480.00.23.02.----.1
    Antikink spiral, at one end, straight
    2480.00.23.02.----.2
    Antikink spiral, at both ends
    2480.00.23.02.----.3
    Antikink spiral, at one end, 90°
    Gripping sleeve
    2480.00.23.02.
    Gauging hose -
    one end straight
    90°-angle
    2480.00.23.01.
    Gauging hose -
    both ends straight
    ø17
    ø5
    ø17
    17
    33 33
    17
    l*
    2480.00.23.01.----.1
    Antikink spiral, at one end
    2480.00.23.01.----.2
    Antikink spiral, at both ends
    Gripping sleeve
    S 12,65 x 1,5 (2x)
    Threaded
    connection
    Order No
    * other lengths available in 5 mm steps,
    shortest factory lengths:
    without antikink protection:
    antikink protection at one end:
    antikink protection at both ends:
    Order No
    * other lengths available in 5 mm steps,
    shortest factory lengths:
    without antikink protection:
    antikink protection at one end:
    antikink protection at both ends:
    F374
    d
    l
    G
    S 12,65x1,5
    SW
    1
    l
    4,2
    18
    10 7
    G d SW* l l 1
    2480.00.24.01 G 1 / 8 14 14 22 8
    2480.00.24.02 G 1 / 4 19 19 21 10
    2480.00.24.03 G 1 / 8 14 14 22 8
    2480.00.24.04 G 1 / 4 19 19 21 10

    2480.00.23.13.0001 1000
    2480.00.23.13.0002 2000
    2480.00.23.13.0005 5000
    2480.00.23.13.0010 10000
    subject to alterations
    26 short
    40 long
    50 extra-long
    6,5
    25 20
    ø16
    9,5 30
    63
    1 / 8
    G
    4 x G 1 / 8
    26 short
    40 long
    50 extra-long
    9 30
    20 18
    ø16
    1 / 8
    G
    6,5
    2 x G 1 / 8
    8
    18
    18
    24 short
    38 long
    48 extra-long
    6,5
    25
    9,5
    ø16
    G 1 /
    25
    1 / 8
    G
    Gas spring accessories
    Minimess – Compound threaded joints
    2480.00.23.13.
    Anti-scuff spiral
    for subsequent installation over hoses and tubing
    Gauging coupling
    2480.00.24.01 with valve
    2480.00.24.03 without valve
    for connection to gas spring
    Gauging coupling
    2480.00.24.02 with valve
    2480.00.24.04 without valve
    for connection to control fitting
    2480.00.23.12.01
    Hose clamp for gauging hose DN2
    (∅5 mm)
    2192.50.04.012
    self-tapping screw
    A M4x12 DIN 7516
    Order No
    *SW = A/F - width across flats
    Note:
    The gauging coupling with valve is used in standard permanent connec-
    tions. The valveless gauging coupling is used in systems where changes to
    the filling pressure are necessary on a regular basis (e.g. die cushions).
    Material: Polyamide
    Note:
    Supplied without screws
    Note: self-tapping
    Diameter of hole for self-tapping
    screw = 3,6 mm
    Order No l in mm
    Material:
    Polyamide
    Description:
    The anti-scuff spiral is used to
    protect against abrasion,
    is resistant to air, water, oil,
    hydraulic fluids petrol and other
    liquids.
    2480.00.24.10 long 2480.00.24.11 short
    2480.00.24.12
    extra-long
    Multiple adapter
    2480.00.24.13 long 2480.00.24.14 short
    2480.00.24.15
    extra-long
    Dual adapter
    2480.00.24.16 long 2480.00.24.17 short
    2480.00.24.18
    extra-long
    Single adapter
    Inner-Ø 7 mm
    For hose/tubing
    outer-Ø max. 5-11 mm
    Temperature range -30 °C to +100 °C
    2480.00.23.03.
    l*
    2480.00.23.03.0200 200
    2480.00.23.03.0300 300
    2480.00.23.03.0400 400
    2480.00.23.03.0500 500
    2480.00.23.03.0630 630
    2480.00.23.03.0800 800
    2480.00.23.03.1000 1000
    2480.00.23.03.1200 1200
    2480.00.23.03.1500 1500
    2480.00.23.03.2000 2000
    2480.00.23.03.2500 2500
    2480.00.23.03.3000 3000
    105 mm
    150 mm
    300 mm
    2480.00.23.02.
    l*
    2480.00.23.02.0200 200
    2480.00.23.02.0300 300
    2480.00.23.02.0400 400
    2480.00.23.02.0500 500
    2480.00.23.02.0630 630
    2480.00.23.02.0800 800
    2480.00.23.02.1000 1000
    2480.00.23.02.1200 1200
    2480.00.23.02.1500 1500
    2480.00.23.02.2000 2000
    2480.00.23.02.2500 2500
    2480.00.23.02.3000 3000
    90 mm
    150 mm
    300 mm
    2480.00.23.01.
    l*
    2480.00.23.01.0200 200
    2480.00.23.01.0300 300
    2480.00.23.01.0400 400
    2480.00.23.01.0500 500
    2480.00.23.01.0630 630
    2480.00.23.01.0800 800
    2480.00.23.01.1000 1000
    2480.00.23.01.1200 1200
    2480.00.23.01.1500 1500
    2480.00.23.01.2000 2000
    2480.00.23.01.2500 2500
    2480.00.23.01.3000 3000
    90 mm
    150 mm
    300 mm
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring accessories
    Minimess – Compound threaded joints
    Order No
    * other lengths available in 5 mm steps,
    shortest factory lengths:
    without antikink protection:
    antikink protection at one end:
    antikink protection at both ends:
    ø17
    17
    29
    ø5
    ø17
    17
    29
    46 46
    l*
    S 12,65 x 1,5 (2x)
    Threaded
    connection
    Gripping sleeve
    2480.00.23.03.----.3
    Antikink spiral, at one end
    2480.00.23.03.----.2
    Antikink spiral, at both ends
    2480.00.23.03.
    Gauging hose -
    both ends
    90°-angle
    ø5
    ø17
    S 12,65 x 1,5 (2x)
    Threaded
    connection
    ø17
    17
    29
    17
    33 46
    l*
    2480.00.23.02.----.1
    Antikink spiral, at one end, straight
    2480.00.23.02.----.2
    Antikink spiral, at both ends
    2480.00.23.02.----.3
    Antikink spiral, at one end, 90°
    Gripping sleeve
    2480.00.23.02.
    Gauging hose -
    one end straight
    90°-angle
    2480.00.23.01.
    Gauging hose -
    both ends straight
    ø17
    ø5
    ø17
    17
    33 33
    17
    l*
    2480.00.23.01.----.1
    Antikink spiral, at one end
    2480.00.23.01.----.2
    Antikink spiral, at both ends
    Gripping sleeve
    S 12,65 x 1,5 (2x)
    Threaded
    connection
    Order No
    * other lengths available in 5 mm steps,
    shortest factory lengths:
    without antikink protection:
    antikink protection at one end:
    antikink protection at both ends:
    Order No
    * other lengths available in 5 mm steps,
    shortest factory lengths:
    without antikink protection:
    antikink protection at one end:
    antikink protection at both ends:
    d
    l
    G
    S 12,65x1,5
    SW
    1
    l
    4,2
    18
    10 7
    G d SW* l l 1
    2480.00.24.01 G 1 / 8 14 14 22 8
    2480.00.24.02 G 1 / 4 19 19 21 10
    2480.00.24.03 G 1 / 8 14 14 22 8
    2480.00.24.04 G 1 / 4 19 19 21 10

    2480.00.23.13.0001 1000
    2480.00.23.13.0002 2000
    2480.00.23.13.0005 5000
    2480.00.23.13.0010 10000
    subject to alterations
    26 short
    40 long
    50 extra-long
    6,5
    25 20
    ø16
    9,5 30
    63
    1 / 8
    G
    4 x G 1 / 8
    26 short
    40 long
    50 extra-long
    9 30
    20 18
    ø16
    1 / 8
    G
    6,5
    2 x G 1 / 8
    8
    18
    18
    24 short
    38 long
    48 extra-long
    6,5
    25
    9,5
    ø16
    G 1 /
    25
    1 / 8
    G
    Gas spring accessories
    Minimess – Compound threaded joints
    2480.00.23.13.
    Anti-scuff spiral
    for subsequent installation over hoses and tubing
    Gauging coupling
    2480.00.24.01 with valve
    2480.00.24.03 without valve
    for connection to gas spring
    Gauging coupling
    2480.00.24.02 with valve
    2480.00.24.04 without valve
    for connection to control fitting
    2480.00.23.12.01
    Hose clamp for gauging hose DN2
    (∅5 mm)
    2192.50.04.012
    self-tapping screw
    A M4x12 DIN 7516
    Order No
    *SW = A/F - width across flats
    Note:
    The gauging coupling with valve is used in standard permanent connec-
    tions. The valveless gauging coupling is used in systems where changes to
    the filling pressure are necessary on a regular basis (e.g. die cushions).
    Material: Polyamide
    Note:
    Supplied without screws
    Note: self-tapping
    Diameter of hole for self-tapping
    screw = 3,6 mm
    Order No l in mm
    Material:
    Polyamide
    Description:
    The anti-scuff spiral is used to
    protect against abrasion,
    is resistant to air, water, oil,
    hydraulic fluids petrol and other
    liquids.
    2480.00.24.10 long 2480.00.24.11 short
    2480.00.24.12
    extra-long
    Multiple adapter
    2480.00.24.13 long 2480.00.24.14 short
    2480.00.24.15
    extra-long
    Dual adapter
    2480.00.24.16 long 2480.00.24.17 short
    2480.00.24.18
    extra-long
    Single adapter
    Inner-Ø 7 mm
    For hose/tubing
    outer-Ø max. 5-11 mm
    Temperature range -30 °C to +100 °C
    F375
    subject to alterations
    Gas Spring Accessories
    Minimess - Compound Threaded Joints
    2480.00.24.56 vertical, long
    2480.00.24.57 vertical, short
    Double adapter
    2480.00.24.53 horizontal, long
    2480.00.24.54 horizontal, short
    Double adapter
    Note:
    for connection of gas springs
    with M6 filling connection
    Note:
    for connection of gas springs
    with M6 filling connection
    G 1 / 8
    M6
    SW14
    27
    21,5
    10
    2480.00.24.43
    17
    min. 5
    Gas spring (M6 valve)
    2480.00.24.01
    Gauging coupling
    2480.00.23.01.xxx
    Measuring hose
    2480.00.24.43
    Connection adaptor M6 - G 1 / 8
    Mounting example:
    Connection adaptor M6 - G 1 / 8
    F376
    SW41
    6,6
    (6x) / 8
    1
    G
    36
    22
    20
    1 / 8
    G
    23
    ø13,5
    SW14 10
    8
    (14x)
    25
    25
    120
    140
    25 25 25
    13
    9
    1 / 8
    G
    40
    40
    subject to alterations
    2480.00.24.30
    Distributor block G 1 / 8
    3 ports
    2480.00.24.31
    Distributor block G 1 / 8
    6 ports
    2480.00.40
    Charging adapter
    2480.00.24.33
    Distributor G 1 / 8
    14 ports
    Connection G
    ø6,5(2x)
    (4x)
    24
    40
    40
    22
    1 / 8
    Gas spring accessories
    Minimess – Compound threaded joints
    2480.00.24.34
    Distributor block G 1 / 8
    4 ports
    F377
    2480.00.24.10/11/12
    2480.00.23.
    ≈125
    2480.00.24.01
    ≈56
    ≈21
    ≈35
    ≈45
    6,5
    2480.00.23.
    20
    min.
    min. 75
    R
    2480.00.24.01
    subject to alterations
    Note:
    When installing or fitting a gauging coupling the valve must be removed
    from the gas spring.
    2480.00.24. 10 long
    11 short
    12 extra-long
    Multiple adapter with two gauging couplings
    2480.00.24.01
    Gauging coupling with valve installed
    Gas spring accessories
    Minimess – Compound threaded joints
    connected horizontally connected vertically
    Gauging coupling
    Gauging hose
    Multiple adapter
    Gauging coupling
    Gauging hose
    F378
    ca. 64
    SW 12
    27
    35
    8 /
    1
    G
    SW 14
    ca. 64
    SW 12
    27
    35
    8 /
    1
    G
    SW 14
    SW 12
    ca. 64
    27
    35
    8 /
    1
    G
    SW 14
    12
    4 /
    1
    G
    SW 19
    8 /
    1
    G
    22
    SW 14
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring accessories
    Compression fitting – Compound threaded joints
    2480.00.10.12
    L-connector, adjustable
    2480.00.10.11
    T-connector, adjustable
    2480.00.10.10
    angle connector, adjustable
    2480.00.10.03
    Direct connector to control fitting
    2480.00.10.01
    Direct connector to gas spring
    2480.00.24.10/11/12
    2480.00.23.
    ≈125
    2480.00.24.01
    ≈56
    ≈21
    ≈35
    ≈45
    6,5
    2480.00.23.
    20
    min.
    min. 75
    R
    2480.00.24.01
    subject to alterations
    Note:
    When installing or fitting a gauging coupling the valve must be removed
    from the gas spring.
    2480.00.24. 10 long
    11 short
    12 extra-long
    Multiple adapter with two gauging couplings
    2480.00.24.01
    Gauging coupling with valve installed
    Gas spring accessories
    Minimess – Compound threaded joints
    connected horizontally connected vertically
    Gauging coupling
    Gauging hose
    Multiple adapter
    Gauging coupling
    Gauging hose
    ca. 64
    SW 12
    27
    35
    8 /
    1
    G
    SW 14
    ca. 64
    SW 12
    27
    35
    8 /
    1
    G
    SW 14
    SW 12
    ca. 64
    27
    35
    8 /
    1
    G
    SW 14
    12
    4 /
    1
    G
    SW 19
    8 /
    1
    G
    22
    SW 14
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring accessories
    Compression fitting – Compound threaded joints
    2480.00.10.12
    L-connector, adjustable
    2480.00.10.11
    T-connector, adjustable
    2480.00.10.10
    angle connector, adjustable
    2480.00.10.03
    Direct connector to control fitting
    2480.00.10.01
    Direct connector to gas spring
    F379
    ∅4
    ∅6
    20
    49,5
    SW 10
    25
    ∅ 13,3
    SW 12
    SW 10
    ø3,5
    34
    ∅ 9
    DN 4
    4,2
    10 12
    22
    2480.00.23.13.0001 1000
    2480.00.23.13.0002 2000
    2480.00.23.13.0005 5000
    2480.00.23.13.0010 10000
    = 2480.00.10.20.
    = 2480.00.10.20.0010
    = 2480.00.10.20.0010
    subject to alterations
    Gas springs accessoires
    Compression fitting – Compound threaded joints
    2480.00.54.03
    Hose shears
    2480.00.10.22
    Hose screw fitting (male)
    2480.00.10.21
    Hose screw fitting (female)
    2480.00.54.02
    Vice jaws for holding high-pressure hose
    2480.00.54.01
    Expansion punch for hosing
    2480.00.10.20.
    High-pressure hose
    2480.00.23.13.
    Anti-scuff spiral
    for subsequent installation over hoses and tubing
    2192.50.04.012
    self-tapping screw
    A M4x12 DIN 7516
    2480.00.10.20.12.01
    Hose clamp for gauging hose DN4
    (∅ 9 mm)
    Note: self-tapping
    Diameter of hole for self-tapping
    screw = 3.6 mm
    Material: Polyamide
    Note:
    Supplied without screws
    Material:
    Polyamide
    Description:
    The anti-scuff spiral is used to
    protect against abrasion, is resi-
    stant to air, water, oil, hydraulic
    fluids petrol and other liquids.
    Inner-Ø 7 mm
    For hose/tubing
    outer-Ø max. 5-11 mm
    Temperature range -30 °C to +100 °C
    Order No l in mm
    Ordering Code (example):
    High pressure hose
    length 10 m
    Order No
    F380 subject to alterations
    Assembly arrangenment of gas springs in servial connection
    compression fitting
    Note: When installing gas springs always remove the valve from the gas spring.
    ∅4
    ∅6
    20
    49,5
    SW 10
    25
    ∅ 13,3
    SW 12
    SW 10
    ø3,5
    34
    ∅ 9
    DN 4
    4,2
    10 12
    22
    2480.00.23.13.0001 1000
    2480.00.23.13.0002 2000
    2480.00.23.13.0005 5000
    2480.00.23.13.0010 10000
    = 2480.00.10.20.
    = 2480.00.10.20.0010
    = 2480.00.10.20.0010
    subject to alterations
    Gas springs accessoires
    Compression fitting – Compound threaded joints
    2480.00.54.03
    Hose shears
    2480.00.10.22
    Hose screw fitting (male)
    2480.00.10.21
    Hose screw fitting (female)
    2480.00.54.02
    Vice jaws for holding high-pressure hose
    2480.00.54.01
    Expansion punch for hosing
    2480.00.10.20.
    High-pressure hose
    2480.00.23.13.
    Anti-scuff spiral
    for subsequent installation over hoses and tubing
    2192.50.04.012
    self-tapping screw
    A M4x12 DIN 7516
    2480.00.10.20.12.01
    Hose clamp for gauging hose DN4
    (∅ 9 mm)
    Note: self-tapping
    Diameter of hole for self-tapping
    screw = 3.6 mm
    Material: Polyamide
    Note:
    Supplied without screws
    Material:
    Polyamide
    Description:
    The anti-scuff spiral is used to
    protect against abrasion, is resi-
    stant to air, water, oil, hydraulic
    fluids petrol and other liquids.
    Inner-Ø 7 mm
    For hose/tubing
    outer-Ø max. 5-11 mm
    Temperature range -30 °C to +100 °C
    Order No l in mm
    Ordering Code (example):
    High pressure hose
    length 10 m
    Order No
    subject to alterations
    Assembly arrangenment of gas springs in servial connection
    compression fitting
    Note: When installing gas springs always remove the valve from the gas spring.
    F381
    M12x1,5
    ø6
    ø4
    29
    14 8
    G 1 / 8
    14
    SW 14
    1)
    G 1 / 4
    M12x1,5
    ø6
    ø4
    29
    10
    19
    SW 19
    1)
    12
    16
    M12x1,5
    ø6
    26
    SW 14
    SW 14
    2)
    9
    M12x1,5
    ø6
    ø4
    19
    M12x1,5
    ø6
    26
    M12x1,5
    ø6
    ø4
    SW 12
    SW 14
    2)
    12
    21
    14
    M12x1,5
    ø6
    26
    M12x1,5
    ø6
    ø4
    SW 14
    SW 14
    2)
    21
    14
    M12x1,5
    ø6
    26
    M12x1,5
    ø6
    ø4
    SW 14
    SW 14
    2)
    SW 12
    24
    10
    ø6
    ø4
    M12x1,5 (2x)
    19
    ø6
    SW 12
    12
    ø4
    M12x1,5
    (2x)
    19
    ø6
    SW 12
    12
    ø4
    M12x1,5
    (3x)
    19
    ø6
    SW 12
    12
    ø4
    M12x1,5
    (4x)
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring accessories
    24°-cone-threaded Joints
    (DIN 2353 / DIN EN ISO 8434-1)
    2480.00.26.03
    Threaded Joint G 1 / 8
    2480.00.26.04
    Threaded Joint G 1 / 4
    2480.00.26.21
    Adjustable threaded joint
    45°, complete
    2480.00.26.22
    Adjustable threaded joint
    90°, complete
    2480.00.26.23
    Adjustable L-Coupling,
    complete
    2480.00.26.24
    Adjustable T-Coupling,
    complete
    2480.00.26.25
    Adapter straight,
    hose to hose
    2480.00.26.26
    Adapter, 90°,
    hose to hose
    2480.00.26.27
    Adapter, T,
    hose to hose
    2480.00.26.28
    Adapter, K,
    hose to hose
    1 ) Eolastic-Seal ED 1 ) Eolastic-Seal ED
    2 ) O-ring 2 ) O-ring 2 ) O-ring 2 ) O-ring
    F382
    50
    * l 1
    DN 5
    ø11
    SW14
    M12x1,5
    30
    50
    M12x1,5
    SW14
    30
    * l 1
    DN 5
    ø11
    43 43
    M12x1,5
    SW14
    M12x1,5
    SW14
    SW14
    M12x1,5
    DN 5
    ø11
    62
    17
    SW14
    M12x1,5
    * l 1
    17
    62
    DN 5
    ø11
    43
    M12x1,5
    SW14
    62
    17
    SW14
    M12x1,5
    * l 1
    62
    17
    SW14
    M12x1,5
    * l 1
    DN 5
    ø11
    50
    M12x1,5
    SW14
    30
    50
    * l 1
    DN 5
    ø11
    43
    M12x1,5
    SW14
    SW14
    M12x1,5
    30
    2480.00.25.02.
    2480.00.25.03.
    2480.00.25.01.
    2480.00.25.05.
    2480.00.25.04.
    2480.00.25.06.
    Hose – conical seals with union nuts an O-Ring ( 90° bend/straight)
    Hose – conical seals with union nuts and O-Ring ( 90° bend/both ends)
    Hose – conical seals with union nuts and O-Ring (straight/straight)
    Hose – conical seals with union nuts and O-Ring ( 45° bend/both ends)
    Hose – conical seals with union nuts and O-Ring ( 45° bend/straight)
    Hose – conical seals with union nuts and O-Ring ( 45° bend/ 90° bend)
    Dimension I 1 specified in the order, e.g. 765 mm, gives order no 2480.00.25.02.0765
    Dimension I 1 specified in the order, e.g. 765 mm, gives order no 2480.00.25.03.0765
    Dimension I 1 specified in the order, e.g. 765 mm, gives order no 2480.00.25.01.0765
    Dimension I 1 specified in the order, e.g. 765 mm, gives order no 2480.00.25.05.0765
    Dimension I 1 specified in the order, e.g. 765 mm, gives order no 2480.00.25.04.0765
    Dimension I 1 specified in the order, e.g. 765 mm, gives order no 2480.00.25.06.0765
    * Shortest factory lengths: 140 mm; minimum bending radius R40
    subject to alterations
    Gas springs accessories
    Connecting hoses with 24° cone
    (DIN 2353 / DIN EN ISO 8434-1)
    SW = width across flats
    M12x1,5
    ø6
    ø4
    29
    14 8
    G 1 / 8
    14
    SW 14
    1)
    G 1 / 4
    M12x1,5
    ø6
    ø4
    29
    10
    19
    SW 19
    1)
    12
    16
    M12x1,5
    ø6
    26
    SW 14
    SW 14
    2)
    9
    M12x1,5
    ø6
    ø4
    19
    M12x1,5
    ø6
    26
    M12x1,5
    ø6
    ø4
    SW 12
    SW 14
    2)
    12
    21
    14
    M12x1,5
    ø6
    26
    M12x1,5
    ø6
    ø4
    SW 14
    SW 14
    2)
    21
    14
    M12x1,5
    ø6
    26
    M12x1,5
    ø6
    ø4
    SW 14
    SW 14
    2)
    SW 12
    24
    10
    ø6
    ø4
    M12x1,5 (2x)
    19
    ø6
    SW 12
    12
    ø4
    M12x1,5
    (2x)
    19
    ø6
    SW 12
    12
    ø4
    M12x1,5
    (3x)
    19
    ø6
    SW 12
    12
    ø4
    M12x1,5
    (4x)
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring accessories
    24°-cone-threaded Joints
    (DIN 2353 / DIN EN ISO 8434-1)
    2480.00.26.03
    Threaded Joint G 1 / 8
    2480.00.26.04
    Threaded Joint G 1 / 4
    2480.00.26.21
    Adjustable threaded joint
    45°, complete
    2480.00.26.22
    Adjustable threaded joint
    90°, complete
    2480.00.26.23
    Adjustable L-Coupling,
    complete
    2480.00.26.24
    Adjustable T-Coupling,
    complete
    2480.00.26.25
    Adapter straight,
    hose to hose
    2480.00.26.26
    Adapter, 90°,
    hose to hose
    2480.00.26.27
    Adapter, T,
    hose to hose
    2480.00.26.28
    Adapter, K,
    hose to hose
    1 ) Eolastic-Seal ED 1 ) Eolastic-Seal ED
    2 ) O-ring 2 ) O-ring 2 ) O-ring 2 ) O-ring
    50
    * l 1
    DN 5
    ø11
    SW14
    M12x1,5
    30
    50
    M12x1,5
    SW14
    30
    * l 1
    DN 5
    ø11
    43 43
    M12x1,5
    SW14
    M12x1,5
    SW14
    SW14
    M12x1,5
    DN 5
    ø11
    62
    17
    SW14
    M12x1,5
    * l 1
    17
    62
    DN 5
    ø11
    43
    M12x1,5
    SW14
    62
    17
    SW14
    M12x1,5
    * l 1
    62
    17
    SW14
    M12x1,5
    * l 1
    DN 5
    ø11
    50
    M12x1,5
    SW14
    30
    50
    * l 1
    DN 5
    ø11
    43
    M12x1,5
    SW14
    SW14
    M12x1,5
    30
    2480.00.25.02.
    2480.00.25.03.
    2480.00.25.01.
    2480.00.25.05.
    2480.00.25.04.
    2480.00.25.06.
    Hose – conical seals with union nuts an O-Ring ( 90° bend/straight)
    Hose – conical seals with union nuts and O-Ring ( 90° bend/both ends)
    Hose – conical seals with union nuts and O-Ring (straight/straight)
    Hose – conical seals with union nuts and O-Ring ( 45° bend/both ends)
    Hose – conical seals with union nuts and O-Ring ( 45° bend/straight)
    Hose – conical seals with union nuts and O-Ring ( 45° bend/ 90° bend)
    Dimension I 1 specified in the order, e.g. 765 mm, gives order no 2480.00.25.02.0765
    Dimension I 1 specified in the order, e.g. 765 mm, gives order no 2480.00.25.03.0765
    Dimension I 1 specified in the order, e.g. 765 mm, gives order no 2480.00.25.01.0765
    Dimension I 1 specified in the order, e.g. 765 mm, gives order no 2480.00.25.05.0765
    Dimension I 1 specified in the order, e.g. 765 mm, gives order no 2480.00.25.04.0765
    Dimension I 1 specified in the order, e.g. 765 mm, gives order no 2480.00.25.06.0765
    * Shortest factory lengths: 140 mm; minimum bending radius R40
    subject to alterations
    Gas springs accessories
    Connecting hoses with 24° cone
    (DIN 2353 / DIN EN ISO 8434-1)
    SW = width across flats
    F383
    37
    8
    50
    33
    8
    42
    M12x1,5
    (2x)
    33
    8
    21
    M12x1,5
    46
    (2x)
    33
    8
    19
    M12x1,5
    4,2
    10
    13
    25
    10
    46
    8
    34
    M12 x 1,5
    45°
    51
    8
    34
    8
    19
    M12x1,5
    2480.00.23.13.0001 1000
    2480.00.23.13.0002 2000
    2480.00.23.13.0005 5000
    2480.00.23.13.0010 10000
    subject to alterations
    Gas springs accessories
    Direct connection dimensions
    24°-cone threaded joint (DIN 2353 / DIN EN ISO 8434-1)
    Direct connection
    90° hose with
    adaptor 2480.00.26.03
    Direct connection
    with T-coupling
    2480.00.26.24
    Direct connection
    with L-coupling
    2480.00.26.23
    Direct connection
    45° hose with
    adaptor 2480.00.26.03
    2480.00.23.13.
    Anti-scuff spiral
    for subsequent installation over hoses and tubing
    2192.50.04.012
    self-tapping screw
    A M4x12 DIN 7516
    2480.00.25.12.01
    Hose clamp for gauging hose DN5
    ( ∅ 11 mm)
    Direct connection
    with 45°-elbow adaptor
    2480.00.26.21
    Direct connection
    hose straight
    adaptor 2480.00.26.03
    Direct connection
    with 90°-elbow adaptor
    2480.00.26.22
    Note: self-tapping,
    Diameter of hole for self-tapping
    screw = 3,6 mm
    Material: Polyamide
    Note:
    Supplied without screws
    Material:
    Polyamide
    Description:
    The anti-scuff spiral is used to
    protect against abrasion, is resis-
    tant to air, water, oil, hydraulic
    fluids petrol and other liquids.
    Inner-Ø 7 mm
    For hose/tubing
    outer-Ø max. 5-11 mm
    Temperature range -30 °C to +100 °C
    Order No l in mm
    F384
    2480.00.27.01.
    ø5
    25
    l*
    M8x1
    SW 10 (2x)
    4,2
    18
    10 7
    2480.00.27.01.
     l*
    2480.00.27.01.0200 200
    2480.00.27.01.0300 300
    2480.00.27.01.0400 400
    2480.00.27.01.0500 500
    2480.00.27.01.0630 630
    2480.00.27.01.0800 800
    2480.00.27.01.1000 1000
    2480.00.27.01.1200 1200
    2480.00.27.01.1500 1500
    2480.00.27.01.2000 2000
    2480.00.27.01.2500 2500
    2480.00.27.01.3000 3000

    2480.00.23.13.0001 1000
    2480.00.23.13.0002 2000
    2480.00.23.13.0005 5000
    2480.00.23.13.0010 10000
    90 mm
    150 mm
    300 mm
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring accessories
    Connector system, 24° conus micro
    Order No
    Connection hose, 24° conus micro, straight on both sides (connection hose, sealing cone with union
    nut and O ring)
    2480.00.23.12.01
    Hose clamp for gauging hose DN2
    (∅5 mm)
    2192.50.04.012
    self-tapping screw
    A M4x12 DIN 7516
    2480.00.23.13.
    Anti-scuff spiral
    for subsequent installation over hoses and tubing
    Material: Polyamide
    Note:
    Supplied without screws
    Note: self-tapping
    Diameter of hole for self-tapping
    screw = 3,6 mm
    2480.00.27.01. ---- .1
    Antikink spiral, at one end
    2480.00.27.01. ---- .2
    Antikink spiral, at both ends
    Min. bending radius R20 mm
    Material:
    Polyamide
    Description:
    The anti-scuff spiral is used to
    protect against abrasion, is resi-
    stant to air, water, oil, hydraulic
    fluids petrol and other liquids.
    Order No l in mm
    Inner-Ø 7 mm
    For hose/tubing
    outer-Ø max. 5-11 mm
    Temperature range -30 °C to +100 °C
    * other lenghts available in 5mm steps.
    Shortest factory lengths:
    without antikink protection
    antikink protection at one end
    antikink protection at both ends
    37
    8
    50
    33
    8
    42
    M12x1,5
    (2x)
    33
    8
    21
    M12x1,5
    46
    (2x)
    33
    8
    19
    M12x1,5
    4,2
    10
    13
    25
    10
    46
    8
    34
    M12 x 1,5
    45°
    51
    8
    34
    8
    19
    M12x1,5
    2480.00.23.13.0001 1000
    2480.00.23.13.0002 2000
    2480.00.23.13.0005 5000
    2480.00.23.13.0010 10000
    subject to alterations
    Gas springs accessories
    Direct connection dimensions
    24°-cone threaded joint (DIN 2353 / DIN EN ISO 8434-1)
    Direct connection
    90° hose with
    adaptor 2480.00.26.03
    Direct connection
    with T-coupling
    2480.00.26.24
    Direct connection
    with L-coupling
    2480.00.26.23
    Direct connection
    45° hose with
    adaptor 2480.00.26.03
    2480.00.23.13.
    Anti-scuff spiral
    for subsequent installation over hoses and tubing
    2192.50.04.012
    self-tapping screw
    A M4x12 DIN 7516
    2480.00.25.12.01
    Hose clamp for gauging hose DN5
    ( ∅ 11 mm)
    Direct connection
    with 45°-elbow adaptor
    2480.00.26.21
    Direct connection
    hose straight
    adaptor 2480.00.26.03
    Direct connection
    with 90°-elbow adaptor
    2480.00.26.22
    Note: self-tapping,
    Diameter of hole for self-tapping
    screw = 3,6 mm
    Material: Polyamide
    Note:
    Supplied without screws
    Material:
    Polyamide
    Description:
    The anti-scuff spiral is used to
    protect against abrasion, is resis-
    tant to air, water, oil, hydraulic
    fluids petrol and other liquids.
    Inner-Ø 7 mm
    For hose/tubing
    outer-Ø max. 5-11 mm
    Temperature range -30 °C to +100 °C
    Order No l in mm
    2480.00.27.01.
    ø5
    25
    l*
    M8x1
    SW 10 (2x)
    4,2
    18
    10 7
    2480.00.27.01.
     l*
    2480.00.27.01.0200 200
    2480.00.27.01.0300 300
    2480.00.27.01.0400 400
    2480.00.27.01.0500 500
    2480.00.27.01.0630 630
    2480.00.27.01.0800 800
    2480.00.27.01.1000 1000
    2480.00.27.01.1200 1200
    2480.00.27.01.1500 1500
    2480.00.27.01.2000 2000
    2480.00.27.01.2500 2500
    2480.00.27.01.3000 3000

    2480.00.23.13.0001 1000
    2480.00.23.13.0002 2000
    2480.00.23.13.0005 5000
    2480.00.23.13.0010 10000
    90 mm
    150 mm
    300 mm
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring accessories
    Connector system, 24° conus micro
    Order No
    Connection hose, 24° conus micro, straight on both sides (connection hose, sealing cone with union
    nut and O ring)
    2480.00.23.12.01
    Hose clamp for gauging hose DN2
    (∅5 mm)
    2192.50.04.012
    self-tapping screw
    A M4x12 DIN 7516
    2480.00.23.13.
    Anti-scuff spiral
    for subsequent installation over hoses and tubing
    Material: Polyamide
    Note:
    Supplied without screws
    Note: self-tapping
    Diameter of hole for self-tapping
    screw = 3,6 mm
    2480.00.27.01. ---- .1
    Antikink spiral, at one end
    2480.00.27.01. ---- .2
    Antikink spiral, at both ends
    Min. bending radius R20 mm
    Material:
    Polyamide
    Description:
    The anti-scuff spiral is used to
    protect against abrasion, is resi-
    stant to air, water, oil, hydraulic
    fluids petrol and other liquids.
    Order No l in mm
    Inner-Ø 7 mm
    For hose/tubing
    outer-Ø max. 5-11 mm
    Temperature range -30 °C to +100 °C
    * other lenghts available in 5mm steps.
    Shortest factory lengths:
    without antikink protection
    antikink protection at one end
    antikink protection at both ends
    F385
    11
    M8x1
    SW 10
    ø4
    1000
    ø2
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring accessories
    Connector system, 24° conus micro
    2480.00.27.00.02
    Pipe cutter for 24° conus micro
    2480.00.27.00.01
    Deburring tool for 24° conus micro
    2480.00.27.11.01
    Cutting ring screw connection, 24° conus micro
    2480.00.27.11
    Pipe for 24° conus micro
    Delivery length: 1 m
    Min. bending radius R12 mm
    (3x exterior diameter)
    2480.00.27.00.02.1
    Replacement cutting wheel for pipe cutter
    F386
    G / 4
    1
    12 10
    36
    30
    SW 10
    SW 19
    G / 8
    1
    8 12
    28
    34
    SW 10
    SW 14
    9,5
    23,5
    6
    M6
    30
    SW 10
    SW 10
    M6
    14,5
    24
    9
    30
    SW 10 SW 4
    39
    27
    11
    11
    25
    19
    11
    11
    24
    9
    30
    M6
    14,5
    SW 10 SW 4
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring accessories
    Connector system, 24° conus micro
    2480.00.28.03
    Screw connection GE–G 1 / 4 24° conus micro
    2480.00.28.02
    Screw connection GE–G 1 / 8 24° conus micro
    2480.00.28.01
    Screw connection GE–M6–24° conus micro
    2480.00.28.14
    Screw connection T–24° conus micro
    2480.00.28.17
    Screw connection W–24° conus micro
    11
    M8x1
    SW 10
    ø4
    1000
    ø2
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring accessories
    Connector system, 24° conus micro
    2480.00.27.00.02
    Pipe cutter for 24° conus micro
    2480.00.27.00.01
    Deburring tool for 24° conus micro
    2480.00.27.11.01
    Cutting ring screw connection, 24° conus micro
    2480.00.27.11
    Pipe for 24° conus micro
    Delivery length: 1 m
    Min. bending radius R12 mm
    (3x exterior diameter)
    2480.00.27.00.02.1
    Replacement cutting wheel for pipe cutter
    G / 4
    1
    12 10
    36
    30
    SW 10
    SW 19
    G / 8
    1
    8 12
    28
    34
    SW 10
    SW 14
    9,5
    23,5
    6
    M6
    30
    SW 10
    SW 10
    M6
    14,5
    24
    9
    30
    SW 10 SW 4
    39
    27
    11
    11
    25
    19
    11
    11
    24
    9
    30
    M6
    14,5
    SW 10 SW 4
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring accessories
    Connector system, 24° conus micro
    2480.00.28.03
    Screw connection GE–G 1 / 4 24° conus micro
    2480.00.28.02
    Screw connection GE–G 1 / 8 24° conus micro
    2480.00.28.01
    Screw connection GE–M6–24° conus micro
    2480.00.28.14
    Screw connection T–24° conus micro
    2480.00.28.17
    Screw connection W–24° conus micro
    F387
    22
    10
    G
    M6 SW 19
    / 4
    1
    2480.00.22.14.06
    11
    M6
    39
    27
    11
    45
    33
    10 9
    14,5
    SW 4 SW 10
    SW 10
    2480.00.28.16
    G
    15
    23
    M6 SW 14
    / 8
    1
    2480.00.22.18.06
    M6
    25
    19
    11
    45
    33
    10 9
    14,5
    SW 4 SW 10
    11
    SW 10
    2480.00.28.15
    19,5
    13,5
    M6
    M6 SW 10
    2480.00.22.06.06
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring accessories
    Connector system micro
    Screw connection, L–24° conus micro Screw connection, GE–M6–M6 micro for connection to gas spring with
    divided wheel flange 2480.022.
    Screw connection, GE–G 1 / 8 –M6 micro for 2480.00.28.14 / 2480.00.28.17
    Screw connection, GE–G 1 / 4 –M6 micro for 2480.00.28.14 / 2480.00.28.17
    Screw connection, K–24° conus micro
    F388
    ø6,6 (2x)
    30
    12
    M6 18
    18
    30
    2480.00.28.34
    SW 10
    42
    30
    30
    42
    2480.00.28.28
    42
    30
    21
    15
    SW 10
    2480.00.28.27
    19,5
    26
    19,5
    26
    SW 10
    2480.00.28.26
    4
    20
    32
    SW 9
    SW 10
    2480.00.28.25
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring accessories
    Connector system, 24° conus micro
    Adapter, K–24° conus micro
    hose – hose
    Adapter, T–24° conus micro
    hose – hose
    Adapter, W–24° conus micro
    hose – hose
    Adapter, GE–24° conus micro
    hose – hose
    Distributor block M6, 4 ports
    22
    10
    G
    M6 SW 19
    / 4
    1
    2480.00.22.14.06
    11
    M6
    39
    27
    11
    45
    33
    10 9
    14,5
    SW 4 SW 10
    SW 10
    2480.00.28.16
    G
    15
    23
    M6 SW 14
    / 8
    1
    2480.00.22.18.06
    M6
    25
    19
    11
    45
    33
    10 9
    14,5
    SW 4 SW 10
    11
    SW 10
    2480.00.28.15
    19,5
    13,5
    M6
    M6 SW 10
    2480.00.22.06.06
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring accessories
    Connector system micro
    Screw connection, L–24° conus micro Screw connection, GE–M6–M6 micro for connection to gas spring with
    divided wheel flange 2480.022.
    Screw connection, GE–G 1 / 8 –M6 micro for 2480.00.28.14 / 2480.00.28.17
    Screw connection, GE–G 1 / 4 –M6 micro for 2480.00.28.14 / 2480.00.28.17
    Screw connection, K–24° conus micro
    ø6,6 (2x)
    30
    12
    M6 18
    18
    30
    2480.00.28.34
    SW 10
    42
    30
    30
    42
    2480.00.28.28
    42
    30
    21
    15
    SW 10
    2480.00.28.27
    19,5
    26
    19,5
    26
    SW 10
    2480.00.28.26
    4
    20
    32
    SW 9
    SW 10
    2480.00.28.25
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring accessories
    Connector system, 24° conus micro
    Adapter, K–24° conus micro
    hose – hose
    Adapter, T–24° conus micro
    hose – hose
    Adapter, W–24° conus micro
    hose – hose
    Adapter, GE–24° conus micro
    hose – hose
    Distributor block M6, 4 ports
    F389
    subject to alterations
    Micro control fitting
    without pressure relief
    with pressure relief
    Description:
    The micro control fitting 2480.00.34.11/13 is
    used to constantly monitor the charge pressure
    of one or more Gas Springs (3x5 connections
    M6, top, bottom, back and 1x at the side).
    Note:
    * 2 m long filling hose with rapid coupling, shut­
    off valve and gas bottle connector
    Order no: 2480.00.31.02 (to be ordered
    separately)
    2480.00.34.11 without pressure relief
    2480.00.34.13 with pressure relief
    7
    120
    106 13
    20
    40
    47
    80
    45
    16 19 19 19 19
    13
    23
    (1x)
    Rapid coupling for
    nitrogen supply *
    Pressure gauge dial 0-400 bar / 5800 psi
    Bleeder valve M6 at the side
    Pressure relief
    Fixing hole ø7 (2x) M6 - Connections
    (5 in the top, 5 in the back and 5 in the base)
    Mounting holes ø7 (2x)
    F390 subject to alterations
    6
    45
    86
    50
    73
    26 75
    91 27
    32
    mounting holes ø7
    Threaded connection G1/4 for gauging coupling (2x)
    2480.00.24.02
    or connector 2480.00.10.03
    or diaphragm pressure switch 2480.00.45.01
    rapid coupling for
    nitrogen supply*
    pressure
    gauge dial
    bleeder valve
    connecting port
    for diaphragm
    pressure valve
    2480.00.45.01
    2480.00.31.01 without pressure switch
    2480.00.31.06 with pressure switch
    2480.00.31.07 without pressure switch and with pressure relief
    / 4
    1
    30
    40
    pressure gauge dial
    3,5
    75
    89
    73 150
    120
    25
    fixing hole DIN 74 - Km 8
    pressure gauge shutof valve
    bleeder valve
    connecting port for diaphragm
    pressure valve 2480.00.45.01
    Threaded connection G
    rapid coupling nitrogen supply*
    for gauging coupling (8x)
    2480.00.30.01 without pressure switch, without pressure relief
    2480.00.30.02 with pressure switch, without pressure relief
    2480.00.30.03 without pressure switch, with pressure relief
    2480.00.30.04 with pressure switch, with pressure relief
    Control fitting for gas springs
    Description:
    The control fitting 2480.00.30.01/02/03/04
    serves to control the charge presure of up to
    eight connected gas springs.
    Pressure checks during operation can be effec-
    ted in two ways:
    a) by visual monitoring of the gauge dials.
    b) automatically, by means of diaphragm
    pressure switch 248.00.15 The switch will
    stop the associated machine as soon as the
    charge pressure drops below the value set.
    Note:
    The shutoff valve may be open or closed during
    operation.
    The closing of the pressure gauge shutoff valve
    ensures that no pressure peaks from the gas
    spring act on the pressure gauge.
    * 2-m long filling hose with rapid coupling,
    shutoff valve and gas bottle connector, Order
    No. 2480.00.31.02
    (to be ordered separately)
    Description:
    The control fitting 2480.00.31.01 performs
    the same function as the control armature
    2480.00.30.01.
    Note:
    * 2-m long filling hose with rapid coupling,
    shutoff valve and gas bottle connector, Order
    No. 2480.00.31.02
    (to be ordered separately)
    subject to alterations
    Micro control fitting
    without pressure relief
    with pressure relief
    Description:
    The micro control fitting 2480.00.34.11/13 is
    used to constantly monitor the charge pressure
    of one or more Gas Springs (3x5 connections
    M6, top, bottom, back and 1x at the side).
    Note:
    * 2 m long filling hose with rapid coupling, shut­
    off valve and gas bottle connector
    Order no: 2480.00.31.02 (to be ordered
    separately)
    2480.00.34.11 without pressure relief
    2480.00.34.13 with pressure relief
    7
    120
    106 13
    20
    40
    47
    80
    45
    16 19 19 19 19
    13
    23
    (1x)
    Rapid coupling for
    nitrogen supply *
    Pressure gauge dial 0-400 bar / 5800 psi
    Bleeder valve M6 at the side
    Pressure relief
    Fixing hole ø7 (2x) M6 - Connections
    (5 in the top, 5 in the back and 5 in the base)
    Mounting holes ø7 (2x)
    subject to alterations
    6
    45
    86
    50
    73
    26 75
    91 27
    32
    mounting holes ø7
    Threaded connection G1/4 for gauging coupling (2x)
    2480.00.24.02
    or connector 2480.00.10.03
    or diaphragm pressure switch 2480.00.45.01
    rapid coupling for
    nitrogen supply*
    pressure
    gauge dial
    bleeder valve
    connecting port
    for diaphragm
    pressure valve
    2480.00.45.01
    2480.00.31.01 without pressure switch
    2480.00.31.06 with pressure switch
    2480.00.31.07 without pressure switch and with pressure relief
    / 4
    1
    30
    40
    pressure gauge dial
    3,5
    75
    89
    73 150
    120
    25
    fixing hole DIN 74 - Km 8
    pressure gauge shutof valve
    bleeder valve
    connecting port for diaphragm
    pressure valve 2480.00.45.01
    Threaded connection G
    rapid coupling nitrogen supply*
    for gauging coupling (8x)
    2480.00.30.01 without pressure switch, without pressure relief
    2480.00.30.02 with pressure switch, without pressure relief
    2480.00.30.03 without pressure switch, with pressure relief
    2480.00.30.04 with pressure switch, with pressure relief
    Control fitting for gas springs
    Description:
    The control fitting 2480.00.30.01/02/03/04
    serves to control the charge presure of up to
    eight connected gas springs.
    Pressure checks during operation can be effec-
    ted in two ways:
    a) by visual monitoring of the gauge dials.
    b) automatically, by means of diaphragm
    pressure switch 248.00.15 The switch will
    stop the associated machine as soon as the
    charge pressure drops below the value set.
    Note:
    The shutoff valve may be open or closed during
    operation.
    The closing of the pressure gauge shutoff valve
    ensures that no pressure peaks from the gas
    spring act on the pressure gauge.
    * 2-m long filling hose with rapid coupling,
    shutoff valve and gas bottle connector, Order
    No. 2480.00.31.02
    (to be ordered separately)
    Description:
    The control fitting 2480.00.31.01 performs
    the same function as the control armature
    2480.00.30.01.
    Note:
    * 2-m long filling hose with rapid coupling,
    shutoff valve and gas bottle connector, Order
    No. 2480.00.31.02
    (to be ordered separately)
    F391
    2480.00.30.13
    2480.00.30.14
    subject to alterations
    dial
    ø17 x 11
    deep
    Threaded connector
    Control block
    Pressure gauge
    / 16 -18 UNF
    9
    Rapid coupling
    Bleeder valve
    for nitrogen supply
    ø11
    10
    127
    76
    80
    86
    41
    16
    2480.00.30.13 without pressure switch, with pressure relief
    Threaded connection for
    gauging coupling G 1 / 8 (3x) 2480.00.24.01 or
    connector 2480.00.10.01
    Control fitting
    Description:
    The control fitting 2480.00.30.13 is used to
    constantly monitor the filling pressure of one or
    more gas springs. The control fitting is equipped
    with rapid coupling for nitrogen supply and
    a bleeder valve. There are three G 1 / 8 ports for
    simultaneous pressure checking at the control
    fitting.
    Measuring range from
    0 - 400 bar / 5800 psi.
    ø11
    127
    76
    80
    86
    41
    16
    ø17 x 11
    deep
    Control block
    Pressure gauge
    dial
    Rapid coupling
    nitrogen supply
    Threaded connection for
    gauging coupling G 1 / 8 (3x) 2480.00.24.01 or
    connector 2480.00.10.01
    2480.00.30.14 (600 bar) without pressure switch,
     without pressure relief
    Bleeder valve
    Description:
    The control fitting 2480.00.30.14 is used for
    the constant monitoring of filling pressures
    > 150 bar of one or more gas springs.
    The control fitting is equipped with rapid cou-
    pling for nitrogen supply and a bleeder valve.
    There are three G 1 / 8 ports for simultaneous
    pressure checking at the control fitting.
    Measuring range from
    0-600 bar (8700 psi).
    F392
    l l 1
    2480.00.39.05.02 2 133.5 44.5
    2480.00.39.05.03 3 178.0 89.0
    2480.00.39.05.04 4 222.5 133.5
    2480.00.39.05.05 5 267.0 178.0
    2480.00.39.05.06 6 311.5 222.5
    2480.00.39.05.08 8 400.5 311.5
    2480.00.39.05.10 10 489.5 400.5
    subject to alterations
    2480.00.39.05. Multiple control fitting
    Order No Quantity of testing units
    Description:
    The multiple control fitting is required if it is necessary to check or set the
    filling pressure of each spring or spring assembly individually.
    The filling of the springs is done at a central position using the rapid cou-
    pling for nitrogen supply. Each testing unit is provided with three threaded
    connections for the optional hose connection.
    The cover protects against mechanical damages.
    76
    1 2 3
    60
    86
    22,1
    6,8
    9
    10
    94
    22,5
    50
    97
    ø7
    22,1
    ø11
    1 l
    l
    7 7
    44,5
    1 l
    Connection thread G1/8
    Rapid coupling
    for nitrogen supply
    Bleeder valve Shut-of valve
    Number of
    testing units
    Pressure gauge dial
    0 to 400 bar
    2480.00.39.05. Multiple control fitting
    Multiple control fitting
    G 1 / 8
    2480.00.30.13
    2480.00.30.14
    subject to alterations
    dial
    ø17 x 11
    deep
    Threaded connector
    Control block
    Pressure gauge
    / 16 -18 UNF
    9
    Rapid coupling
    Bleeder valve
    for nitrogen supply
    ø11
    10
    127
    76
    80
    86
    41
    16
    2480.00.30.13 without pressure switch, with pressure relief
    Threaded connection for
    gauging coupling G 1 / 8 (3x) 2480.00.24.01 or
    connector 2480.00.10.01
    Control fitting
    Description:
    The control fitting 2480.00.30.13 is used to
    constantly monitor the filling pressure of one or
    more gas springs. The control fitting is equipped
    with rapid coupling for nitrogen supply and
    a bleeder valve. There are three G 1 / 8 ports for
    simultaneous pressure checking at the control
    fitting.
    Measuring range from
    0 - 400 bar / 5800 psi.
    ø11
    127
    76
    80
    86
    41
    16
    ø17 x 11
    deep
    Control block
    Pressure gauge
    dial
    Rapid coupling
    nitrogen supply
    Threaded connection for
    gauging coupling G 1 / 8 (3x) 2480.00.24.01 or
    connector 2480.00.10.01
    2480.00.30.14 (600 bar) without pressure switch,
     without pressure relief
    Bleeder valve
    Description:
    The control fitting 2480.00.30.14 is used for
    the constant monitoring of filling pressures
    > 150 bar of one or more gas springs.
    The control fitting is equipped with rapid cou-
    pling for nitrogen supply and a bleeder valve.
    There are three G 1 / 8 ports for simultaneous
    pressure checking at the control fitting.
    Measuring range from
    0-600 bar (8700 psi).
    l l 1
    2480.00.39.05.02 2 133.5 44.5
    2480.00.39.05.03 3 178.0 89.0
    2480.00.39.05.04 4 222.5 133.5
    2480.00.39.05.05 5 267.0 178.0
    2480.00.39.05.06 6 311.5 222.5
    2480.00.39.05.08 8 400.5 311.5
    2480.00.39.05.10 10 489.5 400.5
    subject to alterations
    2480.00.39.05. Multiple control fitting
    Order No Quantity of testing units
    Description:
    The multiple control fitting is required if it is necessary to check or set the
    filling pressure of each spring or spring assembly individually.
    The filling of the springs is done at a central position using the rapid cou-
    pling for nitrogen supply. Each testing unit is provided with three threaded
    connections for the optional hose connection.
    The cover protects against mechanical damages.
    76
    1 2 3
    60
    86
    22,1
    6,8
    9
    10
    94
    22,5
    50
    97
    ø7
    22,1
    ø11
    1 l
    l
    7 7
    44,5
    1 l
    Connection thread G1/8
    Rapid coupling
    for nitrogen supply
    Bleeder valve Shut-of valve
    Number of
    testing units
    Pressure gauge dial
    0 to 400 bar
    2480.00.39.05. Multiple control fitting
    Multiple control fitting
    G 1 / 8
    F393
    subject to alterations
    Adapter connection M16
    (connection to gauging hose 2480.00.23.,
    gauging coupling 2480.00.24.01 to be ordered separately)
    Bleeder valve
    Pressure gauge dial
    Rapid coupling for
    nitrogen supply*
    Pressure relief
    ø11 (4x)
    ø6,6 (4x)
    5 (4x)
    6
    70
    26
    70
    33
    113
    40
    85
    6
    6 6
    6
    2480.00.31.11
    Control fitting with pressure relief
    Description:
    The control fitting with pressure relief 2480.00.31.11 (Faure) is used for
    continuous monitoring of the filling pressure of one or more gas springs
    (one connection G 1 / 8 -M16).
    During operation the pressure can be checked by visual monitoring of the
    pressure gauge.
    Note:
    To connect the measuring hose system 2480.00.23, remove M16 connecti-
    on adapter and screw in the gauging coupling with valve 2480.00.24.01 (to
    be ordered separately).
    When installing gas springs always remove the valve from the gas spring.
    * 2 m long filling hose with rapid coupling, shut-off valve and gas bottle
    connector, Order no. 2480.00.31.02 (to be ordered separately)
    F394
    12
    57
    ≈73
    G 1 / 4
    3
    1
    2
    3
    1
    P
    2
    subject to alterations
    2480.00.45.01
    2480.00.45.02
    2480.00.24.02
    2480.00.23. …
    2480.00.24.01
    2480.00.45.10
    1 / 8
    G
    Diaphragm pressure switch
    Adapter block
    Screw connection GE - G 1 / 8 - G 1 / 4
    Installation example: Description:
    In conjunction with diaphragm pressure
    switch 2480.00.45.01 or .02, the adapter
    2480.00.45.10 permits the monitoring of
    the charge pressure: if the pressure drops
    below a set value, the diaphragm
    pressure switch operates and emits a signal
    or stops the machine.
    2480.00.45.01
    2480.00.45.02
    Technical data of
    Diaphragm pressure switch
    2480.00.45.01
    switching range, adjustable 20-250 bar
    switching tolerance ±5.0 bar
    overpressure protection 350 bar
    voltage (max.) 250 V
    2480.00.45.02
    switching range, adjustable 10-80 bar
    switching tolerance ±1.6 bar
    overpressure protection 350 bar
    voltage (max.) 250 V
    Note:
    for monitoring pressure of single gas springs
    see adapter 2480.00.45.10
    Circuit diagram for
    diaphragm pressure switch
    2480.00.45.00.01.18.14
    Screw connection GE - G 1 / 8 - G 1 / 4 for
    Control fitting with connection thread G 1 / 8
    1 / 4
    1 / 4
    1 G
    23
    31
    A/F 19
    / 8
    1
    G / 4
    1
    2480.00.45.10
    subject to alterations
    Adapter connection M16
    (connection to gauging hose 2480.00.23.,
    gauging coupling 2480.00.24.01 to be ordered separately)
    Bleeder valve
    Pressure gauge dial
    Rapid coupling for
    nitrogen supply*
    Pressure relief
    ø11 (4x)
    ø6,6 (4x)
    5 (4x)
    6
    70
    26
    70
    33
    113
    40
    85
    6
    6 6
    6
    2480.00.31.11
    Control fitting with pressure relief
    Description:
    The control fitting with pressure relief 2480.00.31.11 (Faure) is used for
    continuous monitoring of the filling pressure of one or more gas springs
    (one connection G 1 / 8 -M16).
    During operation the pressure can be checked by visual monitoring of the
    pressure gauge.
    Note:
    To connect the measuring hose system 2480.00.23, remove M16 connecti-
    on adapter and screw in the gauging coupling with valve 2480.00.24.01 (to
    be ordered separately).
    When installing gas springs always remove the valve from the gas spring.
    * 2 m long filling hose with rapid coupling, shut-off valve and gas bottle
    connector, Order no. 2480.00.31.02 (to be ordered separately)
    12
    57
    ≈73
    G 1 / 4
    3
    1
    2
    3
    1
    P
    2
    subject to alterations
    2480.00.45.01
    2480.00.45.02
    2480.00.24.02
    2480.00.23. …
    2480.00.24.01
    2480.00.45.10
    1 / 8
    G
    Diaphragm pressure switch
    Adapter block
    Screw connection GE - G 1 / 8 - G 1 / 4
    Installation example: Description:
    In conjunction with diaphragm pressure
    switch 2480.00.45.01 or .02, the adapter
    2480.00.45.10 permits the monitoring of
    the charge pressure: if the pressure drops
    below a set value, the diaphragm
    pressure switch operates and emits a signal
    or stops the machine.
    2480.00.45.01
    2480.00.45.02
    Technical data of
    Diaphragm pressure switch
    2480.00.45.01
    switching range, adjustable 20-250 bar
    switching tolerance ±5.0 bar
    overpressure protection 350 bar
    voltage (max.) 250 V
    2480.00.45.02
    switching range, adjustable 10-80 bar
    switching tolerance ±1.6 bar
    overpressure protection 350 bar
    voltage (max.) 250 V
    Note:
    for monitoring pressure of single gas springs
    see adapter 2480.00.45.10
    Circuit diagram for
    diaphragm pressure switch
    2480.00.45.00.01.18.14
    Screw connection GE - G 1 / 8 - G 1 / 4 for
    Control fitting with connection thread G 1 / 8
    1 / 4
    1 / 4
    1 G
    23
    31
    A/F 19
    / 8
    1
    G / 4
    1
    2480.00.45.10
    F395
    Wireless Pressure Monitoring (WPM)
    subject to alterations
    Wireless Pressure Monitoring (WPM)
    Wireless monitoring of gas springs
    The core requirements on any pressing plant are: Automation and zero-defect production.
    Prerequisite is also real-time process control.
    The FIBRO Wireless Pressure Monitoring (WPM) system monitors gas springs in all areas in which cable or hose-reliant systems reach their technical limita-
    tions, or are simply uneconomical.
    The WPM system monitors temperature and pressure in gas springs.
    It consists of a coordinator and a sensor, which transmit wireless data to any designated Windows-based system. Custom software analyses the data and
    initialises the necessary process control and pre-emptive maintenance steps accordingly.
    Advantages:
    ● Around-the-clock monitoring and documentation
    ● Alert to defects avoiding production of faulty parts
    ● Pre-emptive wear detection and targeted troubleshooting
    ● Prevention of downtime and secondary failures
    ● Minimisation of leakage points
    ● Streamlined construction and assembly
    ● Optimised maintenance intervals and reduction of maintenance and repair costs
    Monitoring system - Method of operation
    The WPM system contains up to four components:
    ● Sensors in the pressing tool. These form a PAN (Personal Area Network).
    ● PC with receiver:
    A device for setting up the PAN and for initial parameterisation of the tool sensors.
    ● Press coordinator COO, which is permanently installed on the press, and which communicates with the tool sensors and the press controller.
    (Customer-specific)
    ● Press control connection. There are various connection options available. (Customer-specific)
    Tools
    Press Control
    Receiver and
    Sensors
    Notebook
    Press
    Sensors
    F396 subject to alterations
    Wireless Pressure Monitoring (WPM)
    Receiver
    Software
    2480.00.90.20.01
    (in the scope of delivery)
    Receiver, PC - USB2.0
    incl. software CD for the PC
    2480.00.90.20.01
    Receiver, PC - USB2.0
    2480.00.90.51.01.0
    Software CD for PC
    Measuring example
    Setting and display options for pressure and temperature variance
    Zero-defect production
    Before and during the use of tools in the press, the WPM monitors the level of pressure of all
    gas springs.
    The system reports defects pre-emptively before a faulty part can be manufactured. Definable warn-
    ing and alarm value limits.
    Gas spring location and status control via tool sensors
    Targeted maintenance
    Temperature monitoring detects erosion before any drop of pressure occurs in the spring. System lo-
    cates defective spring in case of malfunction. Downtime can be pre-emptively reduced or avoided.
    The WPM system enables wear-specific maintenance intervals that significantly reduce maintenance
    and repair compared to fixed intervals.
    Streamlined construction and assembly
    Tool manufacturers need solely consider the position of sensors and springs. No need to install tube
    lines during assembly which means leakages are a thing of the past.
    Process control documentation (Pressure/Time diagram)
    Wireless Pressure Monitoring (WPM)
    subject to alterations
    Wireless Pressure Monitoring (WPM)
    Wireless monitoring of gas springs
    The core requirements on any pressing plant are: Automation and zero-defect production.
    Prerequisite is also real-time process control.
    The FIBRO Wireless Pressure Monitoring (WPM) system monitors gas springs in all areas in which cable or hose-reliant systems reach their technical limita-
    tions, or are simply uneconomical.
    The WPM system monitors temperature and pressure in gas springs.
    It consists of a coordinator and a sensor, which transmit wireless data to any designated Windows-based system. Custom software analyses the data and
    initialises the necessary process control and pre-emptive maintenance steps accordingly.
    Advantages:
    ● Around-the-clock monitoring and documentation
    ● Alert to defects avoiding production of faulty parts
    ● Pre-emptive wear detection and targeted troubleshooting
    ● Prevention of downtime and secondary failures
    ● Minimisation of leakage points
    ● Streamlined construction and assembly
    ● Optimised maintenance intervals and reduction of maintenance and repair costs
    Monitoring system - Method of operation
    The WPM system contains up to four components:
    ● Sensors in the pressing tool. These form a PAN (Personal Area Network).
    ● PC with receiver:
    A device for setting up the PAN and for initial parameterisation of the tool sensors.
    ● Press coordinator COO, which is permanently installed on the press, and which communicates with the tool sensors and the press controller.
    (Customer-specific)
    ● Press control connection. There are various connection options available. (Customer-specific)
    Tools
    Press Control
    Receiver and
    Sensors
    Notebook
    Press
    Sensors
    subject to alterations
    Wireless Pressure Monitoring (WPM)
    Receiver
    Software
    2480.00.90.20.01
    (in the scope of delivery)
    Receiver, PC - USB2.0
    incl. software CD for the PC
    2480.00.90.20.01
    Receiver, PC - USB2.0
    2480.00.90.51.01.0
    Software CD for PC
    Measuring example
    Setting and display options for pressure and temperature variance
    Zero-defect production
    Before and during the use of tools in the press, the WPM monitors the level of pressure of all
    gas springs.
    The system reports defects pre-emptively before a faulty part can be manufactured. Definable warn-
    ing and alarm value limits.
    Gas spring location and status control via tool sensors
    Targeted maintenance
    Temperature monitoring detects erosion before any drop of pressure occurs in the spring. System lo-
    cates defective spring in case of malfunction. Downtime can be pre-emptively reduced or avoided.
    The WPM system enables wear-specific maintenance intervals that significantly reduce maintenance
    and repair compared to fixed intervals.
    Streamlined construction and assembly
    Tool manufacturers need solely consider the position of sensors and springs. No need to install tube
    lines during assembly which means leakages are a thing of the past.
    Process control documentation (Pressure/Time diagram)
    F397
    subject to alterations
    31
    ø19
    16,5
    ø52
    49,5
    Connection thread
    S 12,65 x 1,5
    2480.00.90.10.01
    Sensor
    approx. 85
    Connection thread
    S 12,65 x 1,5
    2480.00.90.00.10
    Filling adapter for minimess connection
    49,5
    31
    ca. 25
    E.g.: 2480.00.31.01
    Control fitting
    without pressure switch
    2480.00.90.10.01
    Sensor
    Order separately: 2480.00.24.02
    Gauging coupling with valve
    for connection to the control fitting
    Mounting example:
    Sensor - Control fitting connection
    49,5
    31
    approx. 22
    Order separately:
    2480.00.24.01
    Gauging coupling with valve
    for gas spring connection
    2480.00.90.10.01
    Sensor
    Mounting Example:
    Sensor - Gas spring connection
    Wireless Pressure Monitoring (WPM)
    Sensor
    Filling adapter, Battery
    2480.00.90.10.01 Sensor
    Technical data:
    Installation location: any
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen - N 2
    Ambient and
    operating temperature range:
    0° C to +80°C
    Storage temperature range: -25 to 80°C
    Protection type: IP 67
    Pressure range: 0 - 500 bar
    Per. overload: Factor 1.5
    Hysteresis: +/- 0.5% v. EW
    Linearity: +/- 1% of max. Setup pressure
    Repeatability: +/- 0.5% v. EW
    Bursting pressure: Factor 2.5
    Seals: FKM (Viton)
    Material: Floor plate: VA steel,
    with welded in sensor
    Housing: Plastic ABS,
    Colour: black
    Temperature drift: < 0.2% / 10k (0°C to 80°C)
    Temperature measuring range 0 to 85°C
    Mechanical connection: Minimess connection S 12.65 x 1.5
    for gauging coupling 2480.00.24.01/.03
    Energy supply sensor unit: 3.6 V DC via Battery
    Digital interface
    Sensor unit and wireless module: SPI /I2C
    2480.00.90.10.00.1 Battery
    Battery for reordering
    (Battery is included in the sensor‘s scope of delivery.)
    Battery capacity 3-4 years with “normal” tool use
    F398 subject to alterations
    Filling and control fitting
    Filling hose
    Cylinder pressure regulator
    2480.00.32.07.03
    300 bar W 30 x 2
    DIN 477-5; 2002-04
    2480.00.32.07.02
    200 bar W 24, 32 x 1/14
    DIN 477-1; 1990-05
    Gas cylinder pressure gauge
    (admission pressure)
    Filling pressure
    gauge (back
    pressure)
    Connector adaptor
    2480.00.32.07.04
    for filling and
    control fitting
    2480.00.32.21
    Connector thread
    W 24, 32 x 1/14
    Gas cylinder connector Gas cylinder connector
    Filling pressure
    regulator
    2480.00.32.07.01
    Filling pressure
    regulator
    2480.00.32.07. Gas cylinder pressure regulator Description:
    The pressure regulator
    2480.00.32.07. is designed for
    200 bar connections and for
    300 bar gas cylinders.
    The filling and control fitting
    2480.00.32.21 is connected to the
    cylinder pressure regulator for
    filling gas springs using filling hose
    2480.00.31.02 and connector
    adaptor 2480.00.32.07.04.
    Depending on the type of gas
    cylinder, the gas cylinder connector
    used can either be the
    2480.00.32.07.02
    for 200 bar cylinders or the
    2480.00.32.07.03 for 300 bar
    cylinders.
    Max. admission
    pressure 300 bar
    Back pressure 10-200 bar
    Other benefits:
    •  Hasty opening of the gate valve
    on the filling and control fitting
    2480.00.32.21 cannot result in
    overfilling.
    •  It is not necessary to have the
    pressure display of the filling
    and control fitting 2480.00.32.21
    in view.
    Pressure
    gauge dial
    Gas spring
    bleeder valve
    Quick release coupling
    – plug connector
    Valve actuation
    Screw-on unit
    for connection
    to gas spring
    Coupling for gas cylinder or
    pressure regulator connector thread
    W 24, 32 x 1/14
    Shut-off valve Quick release coupling
    – socket
    2480.00.32.21 Filling and control fitting
    2480.00.31.02 Filling hose
    Description:
    The filling and control fitting
    2480.00.32.21 is used to fill, vary
    the pressure setting (e.g. when
    testing tools) and mea sure the gas
    pressure.
    The coupling enables the filling
    hose 2480.00.31.02 to be
    connected directly to the gas
    cylinder valve or the pressure
    regulator.
    If the fitting is used solely for
    checking purposes, a simplified
    arrangement without the filling
    hose 2480.00.31.02 is also
    possible.
    The fitting is equipped with an
    additional adapter 2480.00.32.11
    for connecting to gas springs with
    G 1/8 valve connection as
    standard.
    Note:
    2 m long filling hose with quick
    release coupling, shut-off valve
    and gas bottle connector, order no.
    2480.00.31.02 (order separately).
    Other filling hose lengths to order.
    Order No for gas cylinder pressure 200/300 bar
    2480.00.32.07.01 Pressure regulator
    2480.00.32.07.02 Gas cylinder connector 200 bar
    2480.00.32.07.03 Gas cylinder connector 300 bar
    2480.00.32.07.04 Connector adaptor
    Order No for gas cylinder pressure 200 bar
    2480.00.32.07.01 Pressure regulator
    2480.00.32.07.02 Gas cylinder connector 200 bar
    2480.00.32.07.04 Connector adaptor
    Order No for gas cylinder pressure 300 bar
    2480.00.32.07.01 Pressure regulator
    2480.00.32.07.03 Gas cylinder connector 300 bar
    2480.00.32.07.04 Connector adaptor
    Connecting adapter for cylinder connector
    Order No. Country For cylinder connector
    2480.00.31.02.00.10 France AFNOR C, W21,8x 1 / 14
    2480.00.31.02.00.11 China G 5 / 8 -ISO228
    2480.00.31.02.00.12 Great Britain G 5 / 8
    subject to alterations
    31
    ø19
    16,5
    ø52
    49,5
    Connection thread
    S 12,65 x 1,5
    2480.00.90.10.01
    Sensor
    approx. 85
    Connection thread
    S 12,65 x 1,5
    2480.00.90.00.10
    Filling adapter for minimess connection
    49,5
    31
    ca. 25
    E.g.: 2480.00.31.01
    Control fitting
    without pressure switch
    2480.00.90.10.01
    Sensor
    Order separately: 2480.00.24.02
    Gauging coupling with valve
    for connection to the control fitting
    Mounting example:
    Sensor - Control fitting connection
    49,5
    31
    approx. 22
    Order separately:
    2480.00.24.01
    Gauging coupling with valve
    for gas spring connection
    2480.00.90.10.01
    Sensor
    Mounting Example:
    Sensor - Gas spring connection
    Wireless Pressure Monitoring (WPM)
    Sensor
    Filling adapter, Battery
    2480.00.90.10.01 Sensor
    Technical data:
    Installation location: any
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen - N 2
    Ambient and
    operating temperature range:
    0° C to +80°C
    Storage temperature range: -25 to 80°C
    Protection type: IP 67
    Pressure range: 0 - 500 bar
    Per. overload: Factor 1.5
    Hysteresis: +/- 0.5% v. EW
    Linearity: +/- 1% of max. Setup pressure
    Repeatability: +/- 0.5% v. EW
    Bursting pressure: Factor 2.5
    Seals: FKM (Viton)
    Material: Floor plate: VA steel,
    with welded in sensor
    Housing: Plastic ABS,
    Colour: black
    Temperature drift: < 0.2% / 10k (0°C to 80°C)
    Temperature measuring range 0 to 85°C
    Mechanical connection: Minimess connection S 12.65 x 1.5
    for gauging coupling 2480.00.24.01/.03
    Energy supply sensor unit: 3.6 V DC via Battery
    Digital interface
    Sensor unit and wireless module: SPI /I2C
    2480.00.90.10.00.1 Battery
    Battery for reordering
    (Battery is included in the sensor‘s scope of delivery.)
    Battery capacity 3-4 years with “normal” tool use
    subject to alterations
    Filling and control fitting
    Filling hose
    Cylinder pressure regulator
    2480.00.32.07.03
    300 bar W 30 x 2
    DIN 477-5; 2002-04
    2480.00.32.07.02
    200 bar W 24, 32 x 1/14
    DIN 477-1; 1990-05
    Gas cylinder pressure gauge
    (admission pressure)
    Filling pressure
    gauge (back
    pressure)
    Connector adaptor
    2480.00.32.07.04
    for filling and
    control fitting
    2480.00.32.21
    Connector thread
    W 24, 32 x 1/14
    Gas cylinder connector Gas cylinder connector
    Filling pressure
    regulator
    2480.00.32.07.01
    Filling pressure
    regulator
    2480.00.32.07. Gas cylinder pressure regulator Description:
    The pressure regulator
    2480.00.32.07. is designed for
    200 bar connections and for
    300 bar gas cylinders.
    The filling and control fitting
    2480.00.32.21 is connected to the
    cylinder pressure regulator for
    filling gas springs using filling hose
    2480.00.31.02 and connector
    adaptor 2480.00.32.07.04.
    Depending on the type of gas
    cylinder, the gas cylinder connector
    used can either be the
    2480.00.32.07.02
    for 200 bar cylinders or the
    2480.00.32.07.03 for 300 bar
    cylinders.
    Max. admission
    pressure 300 bar
    Back pressure 10-200 bar
    Other benefits:
    •  Hasty opening of the gate valve
    on the filling and control fitting
    2480.00.32.21 cannot result in
    overfilling.
    •  It is not necessary to have the
    pressure display of the filling
    and control fitting 2480.00.32.21
    in view.
    Pressure
    gauge dial
    Gas spring
    bleeder valve
    Quick release coupling
    – plug connector
    Valve actuation
    Screw-on unit
    for connection
    to gas spring
    Coupling for gas cylinder or
    pressure regulator connector thread
    W 24, 32 x 1/14
    Shut-off valve Quick release coupling
    – socket
    2480.00.32.21 Filling and control fitting
    2480.00.31.02 Filling hose
    Description:
    The filling and control fitting
    2480.00.32.21 is used to fill, vary
    the pressure setting (e.g. when
    testing tools) and mea sure the gas
    pressure.
    The coupling enables the filling
    hose 2480.00.31.02 to be
    connected directly to the gas
    cylinder valve or the pressure
    regulator.
    If the fitting is used solely for
    checking purposes, a simplified
    arrangement without the filling
    hose 2480.00.31.02 is also
    possible.
    The fitting is equipped with an
    additional adapter 2480.00.32.11
    for connecting to gas springs with
    G 1/8 valve connection as
    standard.
    Note:
    2 m long filling hose with quick
    release coupling, shut-off valve
    and gas bottle connector, order no.
    2480.00.31.02 (order separately).
    Other filling hose lengths to order.
    Order No for gas cylinder pressure 200/300 bar
    2480.00.32.07.01 Pressure regulator
    2480.00.32.07.02 Gas cylinder connector 200 bar
    2480.00.32.07.03 Gas cylinder connector 300 bar
    2480.00.32.07.04 Connector adaptor
    Order No for gas cylinder pressure 200 bar
    2480.00.32.07.01 Pressure regulator
    2480.00.32.07.02 Gas cylinder connector 200 bar
    2480.00.32.07.04 Connector adaptor
    Order No for gas cylinder pressure 300 bar
    2480.00.32.07.01 Pressure regulator
    2480.00.32.07.03 Gas cylinder connector 300 bar
    2480.00.32.07.04 Connector adaptor
    Connecting adapter for cylinder connector
    Order No. Country For cylinder connector
    2480.00.31.02.00.10 France AFNOR C, W21,8x 1 / 14
    2480.00.31.02.00.11 China G 5 / 8 -ISO228
    2480.00.31.02.00.12 Great Britain G 5 / 8
    F399
    100
    50
    100
    109
    85
    80
    122
    112
    80 270
    max. 177
    min. 161
    9
    8
    100
    2480.00.32.71
    subject to alterations
    Description:
    The FIBRO compact nitrogen booster 2480.00.32.71 was developed to
    compress nitrogen gas. It increases the output pressure of the nitrogen
    cylinders considerably.
    For example, when filling gas springs, the N 2 cylinders can be used up to a
    residual pressure of 30 bar.
    Advantages:
    ► Increase in utilisation capacity
    ► Reduction in cylinder replacement time
    ► Minimisation of the number of cylinders
    ► Light weight (7.2 kg)
    ► Compact design
    ► Suitable for simple installation directly on all standard nitrogen cylin-
    ders (200 bar)
    Function:
    The FIBRO compact nitrogen booster works according to the principle of
    a pressure relay valve. Low pressure is applied to a large surface, which in
    turns applies high pressure to a small surface. Continuous delivery is achie-
    ved by means of an internally actuated 4/2-way valve.
    Compressed air is used as the drive mechanism.
    A holding plate is included to secure the compact nitrogen booster to the
    nitrogen cylinder. The compact nitrogen booster is simply hung over the
    nitrogen cylinder connection.
    Compact nitrogen booster for gas spring filling
    2480.00.32.71
    Compact nitrogen booster
    for gas spring filling
    F400
    135
    ø120
    160
    345
    2480.00.32.71.02
    ①
    ②
    ④
    ⑤
    ⑥
    ⑦
    ③
    subject to alterations
    Compact nitrogen booster for gas spring filling
    Holding plate
    ① 2480.00.32.71 Compact nitrogen booster
    ② Gas cylinder connection W24, 32 x 1/14
    for 200 bar nitrogen cylinder
    ③ Nitrogen N 2 inlet
    ④ Compressed air inlet G 1 / 4 max. 10 bar
    ⑤ Overpressure protection 400 bar
    ③ Nitrogen N 2 outlet
    ⑦ Connectingn thread W24, 32 x 1/14
    Technical data:
    Drive compressed air: 1-10 bar
    Calculated operating pressure at 10 bar air drive pressure:
    300 bar
    Transmission ratio: 1:32
    Displaced volume/double stroke: 11.6 cm³
    Connections:
    Compressed air: G  1 / 4 " thread
    Nitrogen inlet:
    Hose DN4, 1 m long with N 2 cylinder connection 200 bar
    Nitrogen outlet:
    N 2 cylinder connection 200 bar W24, 32 x 1/14
    Max. operating temperature: 60°C
    Weight: approx. 7.2 kg
    Inlet pressure: 30-300 bar
    Average supply rate*: 280 NL/min
    * The delivery rate is dependent on the air drive and inlet pressure.
    2480.00.32.71.02 Holding plate
    for re-order
    Order separately:
    2480.00.32.21
    Filling and control fitting
    Order separately:
    2480.00.31.02
    Filling hose
    Nitrogen cylinder (200 bar)
    not included in scope of delivery
    Connection diagram
    Compact nitrogen booster
    100
    50
    100
    109
    85
    80
    122
    112
    80 270
    max. 177
    min. 161
    9
    8
    100
    2480.00.32.71
    subject to alterations
    Description:
    The FIBRO compact nitrogen booster 2480.00.32.71 was developed to
    compress nitrogen gas. It increases the output pressure of the nitrogen
    cylinders considerably.
    For example, when filling gas springs, the N 2 cylinders can be used up to a
    residual pressure of 30 bar.
    Advantages:
    ► Increase in utilisation capacity
    ► Reduction in cylinder replacement time
    ► Minimisation of the number of cylinders
    ► Light weight (7.2 kg)
    ► Compact design
    ► Suitable for simple installation directly on all standard nitrogen cylin-
    ders (200 bar)
    Function:
    The FIBRO compact nitrogen booster works according to the principle of
    a pressure relay valve. Low pressure is applied to a large surface, which in
    turns applies high pressure to a small surface. Continuous delivery is achie-
    ved by means of an internally actuated 4/2-way valve.
    Compressed air is used as the drive mechanism.
    A holding plate is included to secure the compact nitrogen booster to the
    nitrogen cylinder. The compact nitrogen booster is simply hung over the
    nitrogen cylinder connection.
    Compact nitrogen booster for gas spring filling
    2480.00.32.71
    Compact nitrogen booster
    for gas spring filling
    135
    ø120
    160
    345
    2480.00.32.71.02
    ①
    ②
    ④
    ⑤
    ⑥
    ⑦
    ③
    subject to alterations
    Compact nitrogen booster for gas spring filling
    Holding plate
    ① 2480.00.32.71 Compact nitrogen booster
    ② Gas cylinder connection W24, 32 x 1/14
    for 200 bar nitrogen cylinder
    ③ Nitrogen N 2 inlet
    ④ Compressed air inlet G 1 / 4 max. 10 bar
    ⑤ Overpressure protection 400 bar
    ③ Nitrogen N 2 outlet
    ⑦ Connectingn thread W24, 32 x 1/14
    Technical data:
    Drive compressed air: 1-10 bar
    Calculated operating pressure at 10 bar air drive pressure:
    300 bar
    Transmission ratio: 1:32
    Displaced volume/double stroke: 11.6 cm³
    Connections:
    Compressed air: G  1 / 4 " thread
    Nitrogen inlet:
    Hose DN4, 1 m long with N 2 cylinder connection 200 bar
    Nitrogen outlet:
    N 2 cylinder connection 200 bar W24, 32 x 1/14
    Max. operating temperature: 60°C
    Weight: approx. 7.2 kg
    Inlet pressure: 30-300 bar
    Average supply rate*: 280 NL/min
    * The delivery rate is dependent on the air drive and inlet pressure.
    2480.00.32.71.02 Holding plate
    for re-order
    Order separately:
    2480.00.32.21
    Filling and control fitting
    Order separately:
    2480.00.31.02
    Filling hose
    Nitrogen cylinder (200 bar)
    not included in scope of delivery
    Connection diagram
    Compact nitrogen booster
    F401
    subject to alterations
    2480.00.35.021
    Analogue display
    Description:
    The dynamometer with mechanical measuring device can be used to test the spring force of gas springs up to 8000 daN.
    The dynamometer with digital measuring device can be used to test the spring force of gas springs up to 10000 daN.
    The dynamometer 2480.00.35.021 with analogue display is supplied with three interchangeable pressure measuring nozzles different
    ranges of values:
    up to 300 daN
    from 300 to 1750 daN
    from 1750 to 8000 daN
    The dynamometer 2480.00.35.032 with digital display has a pressure measuring nozzle for forces ranging from 0 to 10000 daN.
    Maximum spring installation height analogous = 700 mm
    digital = 760 mm
    Dynamometer for gas s prings
    2480.00.35.032
    Digital display
    F402
    2480.00.35.04
    subject to alterations
    Description:
    The dynamometer with digital measuring device can be used to test the
    spring force of gas springs up to 2000 daN.
    Max. spring installation height: 488 mm.
    Max. spring diameter: 150 mm.
    Dynamometer for gas springs
    subject to alterations
    2480.00.35.021
    Analogue display
    Description:
    The dynamometer with mechanical measuring device can be used to test the spring force of gas springs up to 8000 daN.
    The dynamometer with digital measuring device can be used to test the spring force of gas springs up to 10000 daN.
    The dynamometer 2480.00.35.021 with analogue display is supplied with three interchangeable pressure measuring nozzles different
    ranges of values:
    up to 300 daN
    from 300 to 1750 daN
    from 1750 to 8000 daN
    The dynamometer 2480.00.35.032 with digital display has a pressure measuring nozzle for forces ranging from 0 to 10000 daN.
    Maximum spring installation height analogous = 700 mm
    digital = 760 mm
    Dynamometer for gas s prings
    2480.00.35.032
    Digital display
    2480.00.35.04
    subject to alterations
    Description:
    The dynamometer with digital measuring device can be used to test the
    spring force of gas springs up to 2000 daN.
    Max. spring installation height: 488 mm.
    Max. spring diameter: 150 mm.
    Dynamometer for gas springs
    F403
    2480.00.50.11
    1 2480.00.50.01.001
    2 2480.00.50.01.002 00250
    3 2480.00.50.01.003 00500
    3-1 2480.00.50.01.031
    (2487.12.00500.)
    X500
    4 2480.00.50.01.004 00750
    5 2480.00.50.01.005 01500
    5-1 2480.00.50.01.051
    (2487.12.01500.)
    X1500
    6 2480.00.50.01.006 03000
    7 2480.00.50.01.007 05000
    8 2480.00.50.01.008 07500
    9 2480.00.50.01.009 10000
    10-1 2480.00.50.01.101
    13 2480.00.50.01.013 M8
    14-1 2480.00.50.01.141 M16
    15 2480.00.50.01.015 G 1 / 8 ”
    16-2 2480.00.50.01.162 M6
    17 2480.00.50.01.017
    18 2480.00.50.01.018 M6
    19 2480.00.50.01.019 G 1 / 8 “
    29 2480.00.50.01.029
    30 2480.00.50.01.030 VG 5
    33 2480.00.50.01.033
    (2480.00.41.1)
    M6
    34 2480.00.50.01.034 M3
    39-1 2480.00.50.01.391
    1
    2
    3
    3-1
    4
    5
    5-1
    6
    7
    8
    9
    34
    17
    29
    15
    13
    18 30 19 33
    14-1
    10-1
    16-2
    39-1
    2480.00.50.11
    subject to alterations
    Description:
    Toolkit for assembling and disassembling gas
    springs.
    Note:
    Read instructions for use before working on it.
    Every tool can be ordered separately.
    Toolkit for assembling gas springs
    2480.00.50.11
    Toolkit for all gas springs
    The toolkit contains:
    Pos. Order No Term
    Assembly sleeve Mini
    Assembly sleeve
    Assembly sleeve
    Assembly sleeve
    Assembly sleeve
    Assembly sleeve
    Assembly sleeve
    Assembly sleeve
    Assembly sleeve
    Assembly sleeve
    Assembly sleeve
    Circlip tool
    T-lever
    T-lever
    T-lever
    replaces 16-1
    T-lever, extension
    Valve pliers
    Valve tool
    Valve tool
    Special valve spanner
    Valve tool
    Valve tool
    Handle for disassembling
    Tool case
    F404
    006
    005
    004
    003
    002
    001
    subject to alterations
    2480.00.50.04.
    Assembling cone for gas springs with through bore passage 2496.12.
    Pos. Order No Term
    001 2480.00.50.04.001 Assembling cone 00270
    002 2480.00.50.04.002 Assembling cone 00490
    003 2480.00.50.04.003 Assembling cone 01060
    004 2480.00.50.04.004 Assembling cone 01750
    005 2480.00.50.04.005 Assembling cone 03300
    006 2480.00.50.04.006 Assembling cone 04250
    Assembling cone
    2480.00.50.11
    1 2480.00.50.01.001
    2 2480.00.50.01.002 00250
    3 2480.00.50.01.003 00500
    3-1 2480.00.50.01.031
    (2487.12.00500.)
    X500
    4 2480.00.50.01.004 00750
    5 2480.00.50.01.005 01500
    5-1 2480.00.50.01.051
    (2487.12.01500.)
    X1500
    6 2480.00.50.01.006 03000
    7 2480.00.50.01.007 05000
    8 2480.00.50.01.008 07500
    9 2480.00.50.01.009 10000
    10-1 2480.00.50.01.101
    13 2480.00.50.01.013 M8
    14-1 2480.00.50.01.141 M16
    15 2480.00.50.01.015 G 1 / 8 ”
    16-2 2480.00.50.01.162 M6
    17 2480.00.50.01.017
    18 2480.00.50.01.018 M6
    19 2480.00.50.01.019 G 1 / 8 “
    29 2480.00.50.01.029
    30 2480.00.50.01.030 VG 5
    33 2480.00.50.01.033
    (2480.00.41.1)
    M6
    34 2480.00.50.01.034 M3
    39-1 2480.00.50.01.391
    1
    2
    3
    3-1
    4
    5
    5-1
    6
    7
    8
    9
    34
    17
    29
    15
    13
    18 30 19 33
    14-1
    10-1
    16-2
    39-1
    2480.00.50.11
    subject to alterations
    Description:
    Toolkit for assembling and disassembling gas
    springs.
    Note:
    Read instructions for use before working on it.
    Every tool can be ordered separately.
    Toolkit for assembling gas springs
    2480.00.50.11
    Toolkit for all gas springs
    The toolkit contains:
    Pos. Order No Term
    Assembly sleeve Mini
    Assembly sleeve
    Assembly sleeve
    Assembly sleeve
    Assembly sleeve
    Assembly sleeve
    Assembly sleeve
    Assembly sleeve
    Assembly sleeve
    Assembly sleeve
    Assembly sleeve
    Circlip tool
    T-lever
    T-lever
    T-lever
    replaces 16-1
    T-lever, extension
    Valve pliers
    Valve tool
    Valve tool
    Special valve spanner
    Valve tool
    Valve tool
    Handle for disassembling
    Tool case
    006
    005
    004
    003
    002
    001
    subject to alterations
    2480.00.50.04.
    Assembling cone for gas springs with through bore passage 2496.12.
    Pos. Order No Term
    001 2480.00.50.04.001 Assembling cone 00270
    002 2480.00.50.04.002 Assembling cone 00490
    003 2480.00.50.04.003 Assembling cone 01060
    004 2480.00.50.04.004 Assembling cone 01750
    005 2480.00.50.04.005 Assembling cone 03300
    006 2480.00.50.04.006 Assembling cone 04250
    Assembling cone
    F405
    ③
    ④
    ④
    1579,9
    1199,5
    1966,8
    1250 605
    700
    830
    250
    233
    ⑧ ⑦
    2480.00.50.20.
    FIBRO
    ⑤
    ①
    ②
    ⑥
    ⑧
    subject to alterations
    Description:
    The mobile service station for gas springs is an optimised solution for the
    filling/maintenance of gas springs directly on the press or tool.
    The service station consists of a mobile work bench 2480.00.50.20.1 and a
    removable light unit 2480.00.50.20.2.
    Advantages:
    ● “All in One” solution
    ● High mobility coupled with secure stability
    ● Clean handling of the gas spring components
    ● High user comfort
    The mobile work bench 2480.00.50.20.1 is equipped with a 40 mm thick
    Trovidur work surface ①. The surface is hard-wearing and very easy to keep
    clean.
    The height adjustable chassis with 4 castors ② allows for high mobility and
    provides secure stability for the service station. The chassis is easily moved
    up and down by way of an excenter lever ③ located on the left of the unit.
    At the right of the unit, a loading receptacle with a locking clip ④ is located
    for 200 bar bottles.
    A removable oil sump with a grate in the upper drawer ⑤ will ensure clean
    handling of the internal gas spring components.
    The energy panel ⑥ offers great user comfort because of its integrated
    operating elements, like the compressed air connection, light switch and
    3 x 230 V electric outlet.
    The removable lighting unit 2480.00.50.20.2 is height adjustable to cater
    to the individual requirements of the user.
    Service station, mobile, for gas springs
    Service station, mobile, for gas springs
    2480.00.50.20.1
    Work bench, mobile
    2480.00.50.20.2
    Lighting unit, removable
    Technical data:
    2480.00.50.20.1 Work bench, mobile:
    Work surface, Tovidur (mm) 1250 x 700 x 40
    Work bench chassis made from profile steel tubing (mm) 45 x 45 x 2
    Parallel vices, jaw width = 100 mm
    2480.00.50.20.2 Lighting unit, removable:
    Elongated light (w = 1200 mm) with connection cable and plug
    2 x 45 W, strip louvre with reflector
    Electronic ballast
    Protection type IP20
    Connections
    Input:
    Central supply line on the right side of the cabinet (bottom rear) with elec-
    tric supply line (protected energy supply plug)
    1 / 4 “ internal thread for air infeed
    Energy panel:
    1 x 1 / 4 “ internal thread for air connection
    1 x On/OFF switch for air supply, rotary switch for
    Nitrogen Compact Booster
    3 x 230 V socket (with hinged lid)
    1 x ON/OFF switch for power supply, rotary switch
    Accessory:
    For optimised utilisation of the nitrogen bottle fill amount, a Compact
    Booster 2480.00.32.71 and a hose line DN4, 3 m 2480.00.32.71.05.03 can
    be integrated in specifically provided receiving braces in the cabinet ⑦.
    The two free drawers ⑧ offer additional space for specialist tool sets
    2480.00.50.11 for the repair of gas springs.
    F406 subject to alterations
    Pneumatic hose crimping machine
    Electric hand held hose crimping machine (battery operated)
    Hose shears
    2480.00.54.03
    Hose shears
    2480.00.54.10
    Hose crimping machine,
    for pneumatic hose sizes DN2 and DN5
    Description:
    The FIBRO pneumatic hose crimping machine, 2480.00.54.10 is suited for
    crimping the following hose connection systems:
    2480.00.23. Minimess-system
    2480.00.25. 24°-conus-system
    2480.00.27.01. Connector system, 24° conus micro
    The pneumatic-hydraulic hose crimping machine drive enables simple and
    fast hose harnessing.
    After connecting compressed air (max. 7 bar) on the G 1 / 4 “ threaded fitting,
    the hose crimping machine is operated manually with the air-hydraulic
    pump (0.1 - 0.5 l/min. at 7 bar air pressure).
    Technical data:
    Crimp force 750 kN/ 75 t
    max. crimp range 52 mm
    Opening +10 mm
    Opening without press clamps 52 mm
    Press clamps (included in the delivery scope) 2480.00.54.10.02 (DN2)
    2480.00.54.10.05 (DN5)
    Drive pneumatic
    Oil 1.4 liters
    Length x width x height 230 x 180 x 160
    Weight 16 kg
    Lubricant-free
    Sheetmetal glide pads on the press tool:
    - improved performance due to reduced friction
    - no press tool wear and no contamination from lubricants,
    20% reduction in friction loss
    The following crimping fixtures and hoses
    can be ordered:
    for the Minimess-system
    2480.00.23.00. Hose 630 bar dimpled, DN2 *
    2480.00.23.01.V Threaded connection, straight, packed, DN2 - 1215
    2480.00.23.02.V Threaded connection, 90°, packed, DN2 - 1215
    for the connector system, 24° conus micro
    2480.00.23.00. Hose 630 bar dimpled, DN2 *
    2480.00.27.01.V Threaded connection, straight, packed
    for the 24°-conus-system **
    2489.00.02. High-pressure hose, dimpled, DN5 *
    2480.00.25.01 Hose fitting, straight
    2480.00.25.02 Hose fitting, 90°
    2480.00.25.04 Hose fitting, 45°
    * Hoses to be ordered in 1 meter lengths,
    e.g. ordering example for hose DN2, 10 meter lenght
    = 2480.00.23.00.0010
    ** not for 2480.00.54.20 electric hand held hose crimping machine
    2480.00.54.20
    Electric hand held hose crimping machine (battery operated)
    for hose size DN2
    Description :
    The FIBRO electric hand held hose crimping machine, 2480.00.54.20 is
    suited for crimping the following hose connection systems:
    2480.00.23. Minimess-system
    2480.00.27.01. Connector system, 24° conus micro
    The electric-hydraulic (battery operated) hand held hose crimping machine
    enables simple and fast hose crimping. The correct crimp force is ensured
    by a crimp force sensor and once correct force is reached an audible signal
    can be heard. The electric hand held hose crimping machine, is ideal for
    very quick crimping.
    Technical data:
    Crimp force 15 kN
    Quantity of pressings ca. 150 at 1.5 Ah
    Head for crimping jaws ca. 350° revolving
    Drive battery operated
    Voltage 18 V
    Power 1.5 Ah
    Battery charging time ca. 15 min
    Length x width x height 377 x 75 x116 mm
    Weight 2.3 kg
    Included: Electric hand held hose crimping machine, crimping jaws, battery,
    charger and case.
    subject to alterations
    Pneumatic hose crimping machine
    Electric hand held hose crimping machine (battery operated)
    Hose shears
    2480.00.54.03
    Hose shears
    2480.00.54.10
    Hose crimping machine,
    for pneumatic hose sizes DN2 and DN5
    Description:
    The FIBRO pneumatic hose crimping machine, 2480.00.54.10 is suited for
    crimping the following hose connection systems:
    2480.00.23. Minimess-system
    2480.00.25. 24°-conus-system
    2480.00.27.01. Connector system, 24° conus micro
    The pneumatic-hydraulic hose crimping machine drive enables simple and
    fast hose harnessing.
    After connecting compressed air (max. 7 bar) on the G 1 / 4 “ threaded fitting,
    the hose crimping machine is operated manually with the air-hydraulic
    pump (0.1 - 0.5 l/min. at 7 bar air pressure).
    Technical data:
    Crimp force 750 kN/ 75 t
    max. crimp range 52 mm
    Opening +10 mm
    Opening without press clamps 52 mm
    Press clamps (included in the delivery scope) 2480.00.54.10.02 (DN2)
    2480.00.54.10.05 (DN5)
    Drive pneumatic
    Oil 1.4 liters
    Length x width x height 230 x 180 x 160 mm
    Weight 16 kg
    Lubricant-free
    Sheetmetal glide pads on the press tool:
    - improved performance due to reduced friction
    - no press tool wear and no contamination from lubricants,
    20% reduction in friction loss
    The following crimping fixtures and hoses
    can be ordered:
    for the Minimess-system
    2480.00.23.00. Hose 630 bar dimpled, DN2 *
    2480.00.23.01.V Threaded connection, straight, packed, DN2 - 1215
    2480.00.23.02.V Threaded connection, 90°, packed, DN2 - 1215
    for the connector system, 24° conus micro
    2480.00.23.00. Hose 630 bar dimpled, DN2 *
    2480.00.27.01.V Threaded connection, straight, packed
    for the 24°-conus-system **
    2489.00.02. High-pressure hose, dimpled, DN5 *
    2480.00.25.01 Hose fitting, straight
    2480.00.25.02 Hose fitting, 90°
    2480.00.25.04 Hose fitting, 45°
    * Hoses to be ordered in 1 meter lengths,
    e.g. ordering example for hose DN2, 10 meter lenght
    = 2480.00.23.00.0010
    ** not for 2480.00.54.20 electric hand held hose crimping machine
    2480.00.54.20
    Electric hand held hose crimping machine (battery operated)
    for hose size DN2
    Description :
    The FIBRO electric hand held hose crimping machine, 2480.00.54.20 is
    suited for crimping the following hose connection systems:
    2480.00.23. Minimess-system
    2480.00.27.01. Connector system, 24° conus micro
    The electric-hydraulic (battery operated) hand held hose crimping machine
    enables simple and fast hose crimping. The correct crimp force is ensured
    by a crimp force sensor and once correct force is reached an audible signal
    can be heard. The electric hand held hose crimping machine, is ideal for
    very quick crimping.
    Technical data:
    Crimp force 15 kN
    Quantity of pressings ca. 150 at 1.5 Ah
    Head for crimping jaws ca. 350° revolving
    Drive battery operated
    Voltage 18 V
    Power 1.5 Ah
    Battery charging time ca. 15 min
    Length x width x height 377 x 75 x 116 mm
    Weight 2.3 kg
    Included: Electric hand held hose crimping machine, crimping jaws, battery,
    charger and case.
    01.2017
    Application
    examples
    F409
    subject to alterations
    Application examples
    Drawing slide of large forming tool
    Trimming tool with inclined, Cam-Operated slide
    F410 subject to alterations
    move of
    slide support + 10 mm
    Application examples
    Drawing tool
    The nitrogen die cylinder for the drawing slide is easily placed into position; the safety lid secures it.
    Very high forces are required in this tool for the draw pad in the slide.
    The nitrogen die cylinders in the top tool serve as boosters for the insufficient ram cushion.
    Trimming tool with inclined cam slide
    Nitrogen die cylinders in the top ensure the positive centering of the trimming slide on the centering cones in the bottom tool section.
    subject to alterations
    Application examples
    Drawing slide of large forming tool
    Trimming tool with inclined, Cam-Operated slide
    subject to alterations
    move of
    slide support + 10 mm
    Application examples
    Drawing tool
    The nitrogen die cylinder for the drawing slide is easily placed into position; the safety lid secures it.
    Very high forces are required in this tool for the draw pad in the slide.
    The nitrogen die cylinders in the top tool serve as boosters for the insufficient ram cushion.
    Trimming tool with inclined cam slide
    Nitrogen die cylinders in the top ensure the positive centering of the trimming slide on the centering cones in the bottom tool section.
    F411
    subject to alterations
    Application examples
    Blanking and piercing tool
    The application of nitrogen die cylinders instead of the usual
    elastomer bumpers results in a significant reduction of setting time. Mo-
    reover, injuries caused by “fly-out” elastomer bumpers are
    eliminated.
    Double-Acting drawing tool
    In order to obtain shorter setting times, only the downholder is boltet to
    the ram cushion. The drawing punch is raised through
    f + 20 mm by nitrogen die cylinders.
    Flanging tool with ring stripper
    The ring stripper is actuated by nitrogen die cylinders.
    Flanging tool with nitrogen die cylinders
    Where bottom ejection facilities are lacking, FIBRO Nitrogen die cylinders
    will provide reliable actuation of piece part ejectors.
    F412 subject to alterations
    Application examples
    Drawing tool
    The pressure pad is actuated by nitrogen die cylinders during the final 20 mm of the draw.
    Drawing slide
    In order to prevent wrinkling, this tool requires high forces on the downholder and pressure pad.
    An elegant solution was achieved with nitrogen die cylinders. Ease of cylinder installation was ensured.
    Retraction of piercing slide by nitrogen die cylinder
    Die cylinder is mounted to bottom tool. It retracts the slide after completention of the piercing operation.
    We recommend a “soft”-start on the cam shape in order to reduce impact and accerleration on the die cylinder.
    subject to alterations
    Application examples
    Blanking and piercing tool
    The application of nitrogen die cylinders instead of the usual
    elastomer bumpers results in a significant reduction of setting time. Mo-
    reover, injuries caused by “fly-out” elastomer bumpers are
    eliminated.
    Double-Acting drawing tool
    In order to obtain shorter setting times, only the downholder is boltet to
    the ram cushion. The drawing punch is raised through
    f + 20 mm by nitrogen die cylinders.
    Flanging tool with ring stripper
    The ring stripper is actuated by nitrogen die cylinders.
    Flanging tool with nitrogen die cylinders
    Where bottom ejection facilities are lacking, FIBRO Nitrogen die cylinders
    will provide reliable actuation of piece part ejectors.
    subject to alterations
    Application examples
    Drawing tool
    The pressure pad is actuated by nitrogen die cylinders during the final 20 mm of the draw.
    Drawing slide
    In order to prevent wrinkling, this tool requires high forces on the downholder and pressure pad.
    An elegant solution was achieved with nitrogen die cylinders. Ease of cylinder installation was ensured.
    Retraction of piercing slide by nitrogen die cylinder
    Die cylinder is mounted to bottom tool. It retracts the slide after completention of the piercing operation.
    We recommend a “soft”-start on the cam shape in order to reduce impact and accerleration on the die cylinder.
    F413
    subject to alterations
    19,5 mm
    Bending tool for round bars
    This tool employs two nitrogen die cylinders 2480.13.00750.080 for actua-
    ting the downholder. Press stroke is 92 mm. The stroke of the downholder
    is approx. 66 mm.
    Because of manual loading, press strokes vary from 36 to 40 SPM. Part
    ejection is automatic. The nitrogen die cylinders provide an initial force of
    7,5 kN each, and a stroke capacity of 80 mm.
    Application examples
    Detail of progression compound tool
    The clamping stripper is actuated by two nitrogen die cylinders
    2480.12.01500.025.
    The units provide an initial cylinder force of 15 kN each and a stroke capaci-
    ty of 25 mm – of which 20 mm are utilized.
    Drawing tool
    Intended for use in a 100 ton hydraulic press, with one nitrogen die cylinder
    2480.12.03000.025 mounted in the drawing punch.
    In this application the die cylinder serves to accomplish the initial pre-draw
    of the internal shape, as well as for finish the draw over the draw ring –
    after the bottoming pressure of 30 kN has been reached.
    The nitrogen die cylinder has an initial cylinder force of 30 kN,
    a stroke capacity of 25 mm – of which 19,5 mm are utilized in operation.
    Stroking speed is 4 SPM.
    F414 subject to alterations
    10 mm stroke
    Application examples
    Drawing- and piercing tool
    This tool is used in a 100 ton hydraulic press.
    The nitrogen die cylinder is a 2480.13.03000.080, with a charge pressure of
    130 bar – giving an initial cylinder force of 26 kN.
    Stroke capacity is 80 mm. The actual working stroke is 76 mm.
    The press is run at 14 SPM.
    Bottom ejector in progression compound tool
    Two nitrogen die cylinders 2480.13.00750.025 are used, providing an initial
    force of 7,5 kN each, and a stroke capacity of 25 mm.
    The actual working stroke is 10 mm. The tool is run at a speed of 150 SPM,
    with a ram stroke of 48 mm.
    subject to alterations
    19,5 mm
    Bending tool for round bars
    This tool employs two nitrogen die cylinders 2480.13.00750.080 for actua-
    ting the downholder. Press stroke is 92 mm. The stroke of the downholder
    is approx. 66 mm.
    Because of manual loading, press strokes vary from 36 to 40 SPM. Part
    ejection is automatic. The nitrogen die cylinders provide an initial force of
    7,5 kN each, and a stroke capacity of 80 mm.
    Application examples
    Detail of progression compound tool
    The clamping stripper is actuated by two nitrogen die cylinders
    2480.12.01500.025.
    The units provide an initial cylinder force of 15 kN each and a stroke capaci-
    ty of 25 mm – of which 20 mm are utilized.
    Drawing tool
    Intended for use in a 100 ton hydraulic press, with one nitrogen die cylinder
    2480.12.03000.025 mounted in the drawing punch.
    In this application the die cylinder serves to accomplish the initial pre-draw
    of the internal shape, as well as for finish the draw over the draw ring –
    after the bottoming pressure of 30 kN has been reached.
    The nitrogen die cylinder has an initial cylinder force of 30 kN,
    a stroke capacity of 25 mm – of which 19,5 mm are utilized in operation.
    Stroking speed is 4 SPM.
    subject to alterations
    10 mm stroke
    Application examples
    Drawing- and piercing tool
    This tool is used in a 100 ton hydraulic press.
    The nitrogen die cylinder is a 2480.13.03000.080, with a charge pressure of
    130 bar – giving an initial cylinder force of 26 kN.
    Stroke capacity is 80 mm. The actual working stroke is 76 mm.
    The press is run at 14 SPM.
    Bottom ejector in progression compound tool
    Two nitrogen die cylinders 2480.13.00750.025 are used, providing an initial
    force of 7,5 kN each, and a stroke capacity of 25 mm.
    The actual working stroke is 10 mm. The tool is run at a speed of 150 SPM,
    with a ram stroke of 48 mm.
    F415
    subject to alterations
    Application example of gas springs
    Gas springs find increasing use in large press tools - in the sole role of
    aiding theier storage and production preparation.
    The springs are bolted to either the upper or lower bolsters. They are
    activated only when the tool is being taken out of the press.
    Application examples 1 and 2 show that special spacer caps are inserted
    prior to the tool being let down onto the gas springs – this being done
    whilst still in the press. During removal from the press and subsequent
    storage, the springs will keep the top tool elevated.
    Storage stop pins are provided next to the springs; when tools are stacked
    one on top of the other, the increasing mass will force the springs to recade
    – and the tops will eventually abut against the storage pins. Once the stack
    is removed, the springs take over adain and push the top tool up.
    Upon being prepared for production, the springs facilitate access to the
    tool. Once back in the press, the spacer caps are removed and the storage
    springs remain inactive during the production run.
    It is recommended to affix warning signs to the tools in a prominent
    position: the presence of gas springs in the tool often cannot be seen from
    the outside.
    Gas springs facilitate tools storage and tools preparation for production
    F416
    subject to alterations
    Application example of gas springs
    Gas springs find increasing use in large press tools - in the sole role of
    aiding theier storage and production preparation.
    The springs are bolted to either the upper or lower bolsters. They are
    activated only when the tool is being taken out of the press.
    Application examples 1 and 2 show that special spacer caps are inserted
    prior to the tool being let down onto the gas springs – this being done
    whilst still in the press. During removal from the press and subsequent
    storage, the springs will keep the top tool elevated.
    Storage stop pins are provided next to the springs; when tools are stacked
    one on top of the other, the increasing mass will force the springs to recade
    – and the tops will eventually abut against the storage pins. Once the stack
    is removed, the springs take over adain and push the top tool up.
    Upon being prepared for production, the springs facilitate access to the
    tool. Once back in the press, the spacer caps are removed and the storage
    springs remain inactive during the production run.
    It is recommended to affix warning signs to the tools in a prominent
    position: the presence of gas springs in the tool often cannot be seen from
    the outside.
    Gas springs facilitate tools storage and tools preparation for production
    A
    B
    C
    D
    E
    F
    G
    H
    J
    K
    L
    Die Sets
    Precision Ground Plates and Flat Bars
    Lifting and Clamping Devices
    Guide elements
    Ground Precision Components
    Springs
    Elastomer-Bars, -Sheets, -Sections
    FIBRO Chemical Tooling Aids
    Peripheral Equipment
    Cam Units
    Standard Parts for Mould Making
    Elastomer-Bars, -Sheets, -Sections
    FIBROFLEX® and FIBROELAST®-sheets and -profiles
    Elastomer
    G2 subject to alterations
    FIBROFLEX® Forming elastomers
    The occurence of small batch lots in the press
    shop generally makes the more expensive dies
    of conventional design unadvisable – and it is
    in this sector in particular that FIBROFLEX®
    Forming elastomers can offer economical
    alternatives.
    Over many years in the past, rubber was used
    for metal forming work, mostly with indifferent
    results because of insufficient mechanical
    resilience and susceptibility to damage by
    workshop lubricants.
    FIBROFLEX®, a polyurethane elastomer of very
    special properties, represents a synthetic
    material of significant advantages over all
    coventional rubber substances. It provides:
    • highest resistance to rupturing
    • outstanding elastic properties
    • extensive life span when used correctly
    • good thermal resilience
    •  inertness to all lubricants used in metal
    forming operations.
    To the designer of forming- and shearing dies,
    FIBROFLEX® offers highly attractive solutions to
    many a tooling problem – as for instance the
    completion in one operation of intricate return
    flanges etc. Special mention ought to be made
    here of the specific suitability this elastomer
    exhibits in the forming of delicate surface-
    coated or surface-refined sheet metal.
    The quite outstanding elastic properties of
    FIBROFLEX® have made it an almost
    indispensable material in toolrooms
    everywhere and also in many sectors of general
    engineering. Its numerous successful uses
    comprise bumper stops, strippers, ejector- and
    forming pads, spring elements as well as noise
    supression applications.
    FIBROFLEX® Forming elastomers, available in
    three shore hardnesses to suit different
    conditions, are supplied in a comprehensive
    range of sections hollow and solid, also in sheet
    form of many dimensions.
    Intended as suggestions for the solution of
    forming problems, a number of illustrated
    application examples are contained in this
    catalogue. Further detailled information on
    elastomer tooling can be found in our free
    publication “Elastomers in sheet metal forming
    and the toolroom”, which we shall gladly mail
    to interested customers.
    Elastomer
    subject to alterations
    FIBROFLEX® Forming elastomers
    The occurence of small batch lots in the press
    shop generally makes the more expensive dies
    of conventional design unadvisable – and it is
    in this sector in particular that FIBROFLEX®
    Forming elastomers can offer economical
    alternatives.
    Over many years in the past, rubber was used
    for metal forming work, mostly with indifferent
    results because of insufficient mechanical
    resilience and susceptibility to damage by
    workshop lubricants.
    FIBROFLEX®, a polyurethane elastomer of very
    special properties, represents a synthetic
    material of significant advantages over all
    coventional rubber substances. It provides:
    • highest resistance to rupturing
    • outstanding elastic properties
    • extensive life span when used correctly
    • good thermal resilience
    •  inertness to all lubricants used in metal
    forming operations.
    To the designer of forming- and shearing dies,
    FIBROFLEX® offers highly attractive solutions to
    many a tooling problem – as for instance the
    completion in one operation of intricate return
    flanges etc. Special mention ought to be made
    here of the specific suitability this elastomer
    exhibits in the forming of delicate surface-
    coated or surface-refined sheet metal.
    The quite outstanding elastic properties of
    FIBROFLEX® have made it an almost
    indispensable material in toolrooms
    everywhere and also in many sectors of general
    engineering. Its numerous successful uses
    comprise bumper stops, strippers, ejector- and
    forming pads, spring elements as well as noise
    supression applications.
    FIBROFLEX® Forming elastomers, available in
    three shore hardnesses to suit different
    conditions, are supplied in a comprehensive
    range of sections hollow and solid, also in sheet
    form of many dimensions.
    Intended as suggestions for the solution of
    forming problems, a number of illustrated
    application examples are contained in this
    catalogue. Further detailled information on
    elastomer tooling can be found in our free
    publication “Elastomers in sheet metal forming
    and the toolroom”, which we shall gladly mail
    to interested customers.
    G3
    FIBROFLEX*
    accurate parts
    to customers
    specifications
    *Polyurethan
    G4
    FIBROFLEX*
    accurate parts
    to customers
    specifications
    *Polyurethan
    Contents
    subject to alterations
    FIBROFLEX® - Technical data
    251.
    FIBROFLEX®-Plate
    252.
    FIBROFLEX®-Square rod
    250.
    FIBROFLEX®-U-Profil rod
    255.
    FIBROFLEX®-Hollow Square rod
    253.
    FIBROFLEX®-Round rod
    254.
    FIBROFLEX®-Hollow round rod
    256.
    FIBROFLEX®-Triangular rod (60°)
    257.
    FIBROFLEX®-Hollow triangular rod
    (60°)
    2511.3.
    FIBROELAST®-Plate
    2531.4.
    FIBROELAST®-Round rod
    2541.4.
    FIBROELAST®-Hollow round rod
    2450.
    Shock absorbing washer
    FIBROFLEX® - Blanking, forming and
    embossing tools - Application
    examples
    Blanking and forming with
    FIBROFLEX®-Elastomers
    G6
    G8-9
    G10
    G11
    G12
    G13
    G14
    G15
    G16
    G17
    G18
    G19
    G20
    G21
    G23-25
    G27-33
    subject to alterations G7

    DIN 5 6 7
    Shore A 53505 80 90 95
    [g/cm³] 53479 1,07 1,11 1,13
    [°C] -40 bis +70 -40 bis +70 -40 bis +70
    [%] 53512 63 45 38
    [MPa] 53504 4,1 6,8 11,8
    [MPa] 53504 8 15,2 30
    [N/mm²] 53504 36 38 49
    [%] 53504 450 400 360
    [N/mm] 53515 21 29 50
    [mm³] 53516 70 50 41
    [%] 53517 21 26 30
    5 6 7
    80 90 95
    subject to alterations
    Technical data on FIBROFLEX® Forming elastomer
    Physical properties:
    FIBROFLEX ® -Type
    Shore-A-Hardness
    Density Density
    Working temperature, max.
    Rebound elasticity
    Tensile stress
    At 100% elongation
    At 300% elongation
    Tensile strength
    Elongation at fracture
    Tear strength
    Abrasion resistance
    Compressive Set
    70h/24°C
    Resistance to Sea Water (saline) approximately 6 months
    Guide lines for the machining of FIBROFLEX®:
    FIBROFLEX® Forming elastomers can be machined on ordinary machine tools and with conventional cutters.
    A keen cutting edge is mandatory.
    FIBROFLEX® Type
    Identification colour green yellow red
    Shore-A-Hardness
    Sawing
    Circular saw, carbide-tipped, coarse toothed
    Rake angle 25°–30°
    Clearance angle 12°–15°
    vc= approx. 1600 m/min.
    Drilling vc= approx. 30 m/min.
    Turning
    Rake angle 25°
    Clearance angle 12°–15°
    v c = approx. 140 m/min.
    Milling
    Rake angle 25°
    Clearance angle 12°– 15°
    v c = approx. 100 m/min.
    v c = cutting speed
    Please note that we can supply form parts, required in larger quantities, in the ready-cast condition. Enquiries are invited.
    G8 subject to alterations
    Technical data on FIBROFLEX® Forming elastomers
    Temperature resistance
    FIBROFLEX® can be used safely at temperatures up to +70°C.
    FIBROFLEX® will retain most of its flexibility at temperatures as low as
    -40°C. A gradual increase in rigidity sets in below -18°C.
    Resistance to thermal shock is excellent.
    Resistance to oxygen and ozone:
    No traceable influences are incurred at normal atmospheric concentrations.
    Resistance to aging:
    Aging shows no discernable effects in conditions of normal ambient tem-
    peratures and generally constant environmental surroundings.
    Tolerance range of FIBROFLEX®- and
    FIBROELAST® semi-finished items:
    according to DIN ISO 3302-1 tolerance class M3
    Water resistance:
    FIBROFLEX® exhibits outstanding long-term stability under exposure
    to water of up to +50°C. Swelling and/or destructive influences remain
    absent.
    This typical resistance against hydrolysis is characteristic for the specific
    molecular structure of the elastomer. Water-Oil emulsions present no
    problems either.
    These are clear advantages of FIBROFLEX® over other polyurethane elasto-
    mer structures.
    Resistance to oil, chemicals, and solvents
    FIBROFLEX® is presenting an excellent resistance to oil and solvents and is,
    particularly, suiting applications in connection with lubricating oil and fuel.
    Typical data of chemical resistance are shown in the following table.
    Table No 1 – Resistance to some Chemicals
    Diesel Fuel ○
    Mineral Fats, acc. to additives + to –
    Vegetabilic Fats +
    Animal Fats +
    Petrol (free of alcohols) ○
    Mineral Oils – depending on additives +
    Paraffin + to –
    Rape Seed Oil +
    Lubrificants on Mineral Oil Basis ○
    Soap Emulsions –
    Vaseline +
    Water at +95 °C –
    Water at +20 °C + to ○
    + resistant = can be used
    ○ conditionally resistant = conditional use
    – not resistant = not recommended
    Please note that blended oils and fats may have detrimental influence due
    to their various additives. In order to eliminate any risk, it is recommended
    ot test the elastomer under exposure to any specific oily and/or fatty sub-
    stance. Such tests ought to be run for several weeks.

    DIN 5 6 7
    Shore A 53505 80 90 95
    [g/cm³] 53479 1,07 1,11 1,13
    [°C] -40 bis +70 -40 bis +70 -40 bis +70
    [%] 53512 63 45 38
    [MPa] 53504 4,1 6,8 11,8
    [MPa] 53504 8 15,2 30
    [N/mm²] 53504 36 38 49
    [%] 53504 450 400 360
    [N/mm] 53515 21 29 50
    [mm³] 53516 70 50 41
    [%] 53517 21 26 30
    5 6 7
    80 90 95
    subject to alterations
    Technical data on FIBROFLEX® Forming elastomer
    Physical properties:
    FIBROFLEX ® -Type
    Shore-A-Hardness
    Density Density
    Working temperature, max.
    Rebound elasticity
    Tensile stress
    At 100% elongation
    At 300% elongation
    Tensile strength
    Elongation at fracture
    Tear strength
    Abrasion resistance
    Compressive Set
    70h/24°C
    Resistance to Sea Water (saline) approximately 6 months
    Guide lines for the machining of FIBROFLEX®:
    FIBROFLEX® Forming elastomers can be machined on ordinary machine tools and with conventional cutters.
    A keen cutting edge is mandatory.
    FIBROFLEX® Type
    Identification colour green yellow red
    Shore-A-Hardness
    Sawing
    Circular saw, carbide-tipped, coarse toothed
    Rake angle 25°–30°
    Clearance angle 12°–15°
    vc= approx. 1600 m/min.
    Drilling vc= approx. 30 m/min.
    Turning
    Rake angle 25°
    Clearance angle 12°–15°
    v c = approx. 140 m/min.
    Milling
    Rake angle 25°
    Clearance angle 12°– 15°
    v c = approx. 100 m/min.
    v c = cutting speed
    Please note that we can supply form parts, required in larger quantities, in the ready-cast condition. Enquiries are invited.
    subject to alterations
    Technical data on FIBROFLEX® Forming elastomers
    Temperature resistance
    FIBROFLEX® can be used safely at temperatures up to +70°C.
    FIBROFLEX® will retain most of its flexibility at temperatures as low as
    -40°C. A gradual increase in rigidity sets in below -18°C.
    Resistance to thermal shock is excellent.
    Resistance to oxygen and ozone:
    No traceable influences are incurred at normal atmospheric concentrations.
    Resistance to aging:
    Aging shows no discernable effects in conditions of normal ambient tem-
    peratures and generally constant environmental surroundings.
    Tolerance range of FIBROFLEX®- and
    FIBROELAST® semi-finished items:
    according to DIN ISO 3302-1 tolerance class M3
    Water resistance:
    FIBROFLEX® exhibits outstanding long-term stability under exposure
    to water of up to +50°C. Swelling and/or destructive influences remain
    absent.
    This typical resistance against hydrolysis is characteristic for the specific
    molecular structure of the elastomer. Water-Oil emulsions present no
    problems either.
    These are clear advantages of FIBROFLEX® over other polyurethane elasto-
    mer structures.
    Resistance to oil, chemicals, and solvents
    FIBROFLEX® is presenting an excellent resistance to oil and solvents and is,
    particularly, suiting applications in connection with lubricating oil and fuel.
    Typical data of chemical resistance are shown in the following table.
    Table No 1 – Resistance to some Chemicals
    Diesel Fuel ○
    Mineral Fats, acc. to additives + to –
    Vegetabilic Fats +
    Animal Fats +
    Petrol (free of alcohols) ○
    Mineral Oils – depending on additives +
    Paraffin + to –
    Rape Seed Oil +
    Lubrificants on Mineral Oil Basis ○
    Soap Emulsions –
    Vaseline +
    Water at +95 °C –
    Water at +20 °C + to ○
    + resistant = can be used
    ○ conditionally resistant = conditional use
    – not resistant = not recommended
    Please note that blended oils and fats may have detrimental influence due
    to their various additives. In order to eliminate any risk, it is recommended
    ot test the elastomer under exposure to any specific oily and/or fatty sub-
    stance. Such tests ought to be run for several weeks.
    G9
    subject to alterations
    FIBROFLEX®-Plate
    Execution:
    FIBROFLEX® is available in 3 Shore hardnesses:
    .5.=80 Shore A = colour: Green
    .6.=90 Shore A = colour: Yellow
    .7.=95 Shore A = colour: Red
    Further technical data at the beginning of Chapter G.
    251.
    G10
    s
    a x b
    250 x 250
    a x b
    250 x 500
    a x b
    500 x 500
    a x b
    500 x 1000
    a x b
    1000 x 1000
    1 ● ● ● ●
    2 ● ● ● ●
    3 ● ● ● ●
    4 ● ● ● ●
    5 ● ● ● ●
    6 ● ● ● ●
    7 ● ● ● ●
    8 ● ● ● ● ●
    10 ● ● ● ● ●
    12 ● ● ● ● ●
    15 ● ● ● ● ●
    20 ● ● ● ● ●
    25 ● ● ● ● ●
    30 ● ● ● ● ●
    40 ● ● ● ● ●
    50 ● ● ● ● ●
    60 ● ● ● ●
    70 ● ● ● ●
    80 ● ● ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    FIBROFLEX®-Plate =251.
    Spring hardness MAT 80 Shore A = 5.
    Thickness s 1 mm = 001.
    Length a 250 mm = 0250.
    Width b 250 mm = 0250
    Order No =251. 5.001.0250. 0250
    251. FIBROFLEX®-Plate
    subject to alterations
    FIBROFLEX®-Square rod
    252.
    Execution:
    FIBROFLEX® is available in 3 Shore hardnesses:
    .5.=80 Shore A = colour: Green
    .6.=90 Shore A = colour: Yellow
    .7.=95 Shore A = colour: Red
    Further technical data at the beginning of Chapter G.
    Note:
    1) Dimension b machined
    G11
    a b l 1 250 500 1000 a b l 1 250 500 1000
    8 8 1) ● 22 22 ● ● ●
    8 15 1) ● 25 25 1) ●
    8 25 1) ● 25 40 1) ●
    8 50 1) ● 25 60 1) ●
    10 10 1) ● 25 80 1) ●
    10 15 1) ● 30 30 ● ● ●
    10 25 1) ● 40 40 1) ●
    10 50 1) ● 40 60 ● ● ●
    12 12 1) ● 45 45 ● ● ●
    12 20 1) ● 50 50 ● ● ●
    12 30 1) ● 50 180 ● ● ●
    12 50 1) ● 60 60 ● ● ●
    15 15 ● ● ● 60 80 ● ● ●
    15 25 1) ● 80 80 ● ● ●
    15 40 1) ● 80 100 ● ● ●
    15 50 1) ● 100 100 ● ● ●
    20 20 1) ● 100 125 ● ● ●
    20 30 1) ● 100 180 ● ● ●
    20 40 1) ● 125 125 ● ● ●
    20 50 1) ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    FIBROFLEX®-Square rod =252.
    Spring hardness MAT 80 Shore A = 5.
    Height a 8 mm = 008.
    Width b 8 mm = 008.
    Length l 1 1000 mm = 1000
    Order No =252.5.008. 008. 1000
    252. FIBROFLEX®-Square rod
    subject to alterations
    FIBROFLEX®-U-Profil rod
    Execution:
    FIBROFLEX® is available in 3 Shore hardnesses:
    .5.=80 Shore A = colour: Green
    .6.=90 Shore A = colour: Yellow
    .7.=95 Shore A = colour: Red
    Further technical data at the beginning of Chapter G.
    250.
    G12
    a b a 1 b 1 l 1 250 500
    50 50 35 20 ● ●
    50 75 35 30 ● ●
    75 100 50 40 ● ●
    100 200 60 120 ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    FIBROFLEX®-U-Profil rod =250.
    Spring hardness MAT 80 Shore A = 5.
    Height a 50 mm = 050.
    Width b 50 mm = 050.
    Length l 1 250 mm = 0250
    Order No =250.5.050. 050. 0250
    250. FIBROFLEX®-U-Profil rod
    subject to alterations
    FIBROFLEX®-Hollow Square rod
    255.
    Execution:
    FIBROFLEX® is available in 3 Shore hardnesses:
    .5.=80 Shore A = colour: Green
    .6.=90 Shore A = colour: Yellow
    .7.=95 Shore A = colour: Red
    Further technical data at the beginning of Chapter G.
    G13
    a b a 1 b 1 d 1 l 1 250 500 1000
    40 60 20 35 - ● ● ●
    45 45 - - 20 ● ● ●
    50 50 - - 25 ● ● ●
    50 180 20 120 - ● ● ●
    60 60 - - 30 ● ● ●
    60 80 30 50 - ● ● ●
    80 80 - - 40 ● ● ●
    80 100 40 60 - ● ● ●
    100 100 50 50 - ● ● ●
    100 125 50 70 - ● ● ●
    100 180 50 123 - ● ● ●
    125 125 75 75 - ● ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    FIBROFLEX®-Hollow Square rod =255.
    Spring hardness MAT 80 Shore A = 5.
    Height a 40 mm = 040.
    Width b 60 mm = 060.
    Length l 1 250 mm = 0250
    Order No =255.5.040. 060. 0250
    255. FIBROFLEX®-Hollow Square rod
    subject to alterations
    FIBROFLEX®-Round rod
    Execution:
    FIBROFLEX® is available in 3 Shore hardnesses:
    .5.=80 Shore A = colour: Green
    .6.=90 Shore A = colour: Yellow
    .7.=95 Shore A = colour: Red
    Further technical data at the beginning of Chapter G.
    253.
    G14
    d 1 l 1 330 500 1000
    2 ●
    3 ●
    4 ●
    5 ●
    6 ●
    7 ●
    8 ●
    10 ●
    12 ●
    16 ●
    20 ●
    25 ●
    32 ●
    40 ●
    50 ●
    63 ●
    80 ●
    100 ●
    125 ●
    140 ●
    150 ●
    160 ●
    180 ●
    200 ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    FIBROFLEX®-Round rod =253.
    Spring hardness MAT 80 Shore A = 5.
    External diameter d 1 2 mm = 002
    Order No =253.5.002
    253. FIBROFLEX®-Round rod
    subject to alterations
    FIBROFLEX®-Hollow round rod
    254.
    Execution:
    FIBROFLEX® is available in 3 Shore hardnesses:
    .5.=80 Shore A = colour: Green
    .6.=90 Shore A = colour: Yellow
    .7.=95 Shore A = colour: Red
    Further technical data at the beginning of Chapter G.
    G15
    d 1 d 2 l 1 330 500
    16 6.5 ●
    20 8.5 ●
    25 10.5 ●
    32 13.5 ●
    40 13.5 ●
    50 17 ●
    63 17 ●
    80 21 ●
    100 21 ●
    125 27 ●
    140 50 ●
    150 50 ●
    160 50 ●
    180 50 ●
    200 50 ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    FIBROFLEX®-Hollow round rod =254.
    Spring hardness MAT 80 Shore A = 5.
    External diameter d 1 16 mm = 016
    Order No =254.5.016
    254. FIBROFLEX®-Hollow round rod
    subject to alterations
    FIBROFLEX®-Triangular rod (60°)
    Execution:
    FIBROFLEX® is available in 3 Shore hardnesses:
    .5.=80 Shore A = colour: Green
    .6.=90 Shore A = colour: Yellow
    .7.=95 Shore A = colour: Red
    Further technical data at the beginning of Chapter G.
    256.
    G16
    b l 1 250 500
    35 ● ●
    50 ● ●
    80 ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    FIBROFLEX®-Triangular rod (60°) =256.
    Spring hardness MAT 80 Shore A = 5.
    Edge length b 35 mm = 035.
    Length l 1 250 mm = 0250
    Order No =256.5.035.0250
    256. FIBROFLEX®-Triangular rod (60°)
    subject to alterations
    FIBROFLEX®-Hollow triangular rod (60°)
    257.
    Execution:
    FIBROFLEX® is available in 3 Shore hardnesses:
    .5.=80 Shore A = colour: Green
    .6.=90 Shore A = colour: Yellow
    .7.=95 Shore A = colour: Red
    Further technical data at the beginning of Chapter G.
    G17
    b d 1 l 1 250 500
    35 8 ● ●
    50 12 ● ●
    80 20 ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    FIBROFLEX®-Hollow triangular rod (60°) =257.
    Spring hardness MAT 80 Shore A = 5.
    Edge length b 35 mm = 035.
    Length l 1 250 mm = 0250
    Order No =257.5.035.0250
    257. FIBROFLEX®-Hollow triangular rod (60°)
    subject to alterations
    FIBROELAST®-Plate
    Material:
    Polyester-based polyurethane
    Hardness 65 Shore A
    Colour:
    white
    Note:
    Other plate thicknesses available upon request.
    Physical properties:
    Shore hardness A: 65
    100% modulus of elasticity: 2,4 [N/mm²]
    300% modulus of elasticity: 4,6 [N/mm²]
    Tensile strength: 26 [N/mm²]
    Elongation: 550 [%]
    Tear resistance: 46 [kN/m]
    Permanent set (70°C): 45 [%]
    Rebound elasticity: 58 [%]
    Maximum deformation: 40 [%]
    2511.3.
    G18
    s
    a x b
    250 x 250
    a x b
    250 x 500
    a x b
    500 x 500
    a x b
    500 x 1000
    1 ● ● ● ●
    2 ● ● ● ●
    3 ● ● ● ●
    4 ● ● ● ●
    5 ● ● ● ●
    6 ● ● ● ●
    7 ● ● ● ●
    8 ● ● ● ●
    10 ● ● ● ●
    12 ● ● ● ●
    15 ● ● ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    FIBROELAST®-Plate =2511.3.
    Thickness s 1 mm = 001.
    Width a 250 mm = 0250.
    Length b 250 mm = 0250
    Order No =2511.3. 001.0250. 0250
    2511.3. FIBROELAST®-Plate
    subject to alterations
    FIBROELAST®-Round rod
    2531.4.
    Material:
    Polyester-based polyurethane
    Hardness 70 Shore A
    Colour:
    white
    Physical properties:
    Shore hardness A: 70
    100% modulus of elasticity: 3,0 [N/mm²]
    300% modulus of elasticity: 6,0 [N/mm²]
    Tensile strength: 28 [N/mm²]
    Elongation: 500 [%]
    Tear resistance: 58 [kN/m]
    Permanent set (70°C): 45 [%]
    Rebound elasticity: 55 [%]
    Maximum deformation: 40 [%]
    G19
    Order No d 1 l 1
    2531.4.016 16 330
    2531.4.020 20 500
    2531.4.025 25 500
    2531.4.032 32 500
    2531.4.040 40 500
    2531.4.050 50 500
    2531.4.063 63 500
    2531.4.080 80 500
    2531.4.100 100 500
    2531.4.125 125 500
    2531.4. FIBROELAST®-Round rod
    subject to alterations
    FIBROELAST®-Hollow round rod
    Material:
    Polyester-based polyurethane
    Hardness 70 Shore A
    Colour:
    white
    Note:
    FIBROELAST®-Hollow round rods can also be used as springs.
    Physical properties:
    Shore hardness A: 70
    100% modulus of elasticity: 3,0 [N/mm²]
    300% modulus of elasticity: 6,0 [N/mm²]
    Tensile strength: 28 [N/mm²]
    Elongation: 500 [%]
    Tear resistance: 58 [kN/m]
    Permanent set (70°C): 45 [%]
    Rebound elasticity: 55 [%]
    Maximum deformation: 40 [%]
    2541.4.
    G20
    Order No d 1 d 2 l 1
    2541.4.016 16 6.5 330
    2541.4.020 20 8.5 500
    2541.4.025 25 10.5 500
    2541.4.032 32 13.5 500
    2541.4.040 40 13.5 500
    2541.4.050 50 17 500
    2541.4.063 63 17 500
    2541.4.080 80 21 500
    2541.4.100 100 21 500
    2541.4.125 125 27 500
    2541.4. FIBROELAST®-Hollow round rod
    subject to alterations
    Shock absorbing washer
    s
    2
    d
    1
    d
    2450.
    Material:
    Polyurethan (FIBROFLEX®)
    Execution:
    2450.6. (90 Shore A) available from stock
    2450.5. (80 Shore A) and
    2450.7. (95 Shore A) available upon request
    Mounting example
    G21
    d 1 d 2 s d 1 d 2 s d 1 d 2 s
    6.4 16 3 17 38 5 26 50 6
    8.5 20 3 17 50 6 27 41 7
    10.5 15 4 17 63 6 27 125 10
    10.5 25 4 18 27 4 31 42 6
    11 17 3 18 32 7 32 40 6
    12 24 5 21 30 5 32 49 8
    13 19 4 21 35 7 32 60 10
    13 25 4 21 38 6 37 46 6
    13.5 32 4 21 80 10 37 53 8
    13.5 40 5 21 100 10 37 65 10
    14 23 4 22 28 6 42 70 10
    14 26 5 23.5 34 4
    15.5 23 4 25 32 6
    17 26 4 26 35 6
    Ordering Code (example):
    Shock absorbing washer =2450.
    Shore A hardness MAT 90 Shore A = 6.
    Inside diameter d 1 6.4 mm = 06.
    External diameter d 2 16 mm = 016.
    Thickness s 3 mm = 03
    Order No =2450. 6.06. 016. 03
    2450. Shock absorbing washer
    subject to alterations G22
    subject to alterations
    Blanking, forming and embossing with
    FIBROFLEX® Tooling elastomer holds quite
    particular attraction for small to medium batches
    where, in comparison with conventional tooling,
    time and cost can be saved in the toolroom.
    Conventional dies always depend on the highly
    accurate relationship between punch and matrix.
    This does not apply to elastomer dies. Only one
    part – punch or matrix – will be required. The
    “opposite member“ is provided by the elastomer
    cushion. This means that elastomer dies are
    usually made very quickly and therefore cost less.
    Moreover they afford great flexibility in regard of
    component modification at a later stage.
    Whereas the foregoing considerations left the
    choice of an alternative solution, presswork
    with surface-coated or surface-refined material
    usually does not: with any operational blemishes
    firmly ruled out, more often than not the “soft
    touch“ of a FIBROFLEX® die is the only answer.
    FIBROFLEX® Blanking dies
    In the actual working cycle of en elastomer
    blanking die, the ram force is initially absorbed
    by the resistance of the deforming elastomer
    cushion. As the limit of deformability is reached,
    shearing and stock breakaway must have taken
    place. As a general rule it can be stated that
    stock of high ductility has a detrimental effect
    on elastomer blanking. The brittler materials on
    the other hand, such as spring steels, lamination
    quality strip and certain aluminium alloys are
    blanked in elastomer dies on quite a large scale.
    Soft materials like deep drawing steel etc. are
    unsuitable for the process.
    Steel stock of up to 2–2,5 mm thickness can
    today be handled on FIBROFLEX® blanking dies,
    while highly accurate blanks of intricate contour
    can be processed from thin sheet of 0,2 to
    0,01 mm thickness. It is here that the inherently
    uniform clamping pressure of the elastomer
    cushion proves its beneficial influence – as
    vindicated by achieveable part tolerances of
    ± 0,01 mm.
    Metal forming with FIBROFLEX®
    Projects of metal forming with FIBROFLEX® must
    always be based on the rule that an elastomer
    can be displaced but cannot be compressed.
    Consequently it is of para-mount importance
    to ensure that sufficient space is provided in an
    elastomer forming die for the accommodation of
    the displaced FIBROFLEX®
    Press selection
    Due to the normally somewhat greater
    bulk of elastomer dies, the availability of ample
    die space in the press has to be assured.
    Hydraulic presses with their characteristic
    slow pressure rise are eminently suitable for
    elastomer tooling because this feature matches
    the somewhat delayed deformation behaviour of
    FIBROFLEX®.
    For the same reason, mechanical presses may
    give a certain amount of trouble because of
    overloading.
    Since no demands need be made on press
    accuracy, older machines can often be put to
    good use again with FIBROFLEX® tooling.
    Provided applications follow these general guide
    lines, FIBROFLEX® Tooling elastomer will prove
    its enormous resilience time and again – giving
    shape to workpieces without losing its own.
    Recommendations for blanking, forming and embossing operations
    with FIBROFLEX® Elastomer
    G23
    subject to alterations
    Application examples of forming operations with FIBROFLEX ® Elastomers
    Vee-Bending
    One of the easiest elastomer-forming operations is that of Vee-bending off
    a solid punch and into a die cushion of stacked FIBROFLEX ® pads.
    The necessary penetration of the punch and the amount of over-bending
    depend on the thickness, hardness and type of the material – and further-
    more on the bending radius, the length of the free legs on the piece part,
    and lastly on the Shore hardness of the cushion.
    Applicable to all kinds of bending operations is the general rule: the smaller
    the bending radius, the less will be the spring-back of the bend and the
    shallower is the required penetration of the punch.
    Especially with larger batch quantities it is advisable to ensure all-round
    retention of the stacked elastomer cushion; it also pays to make punch and
    cushion identical in length.
    Bending of Vee- and U-Shapes
    Bending of Vee- and U-shapes can be achieved either with stacked
    FIBROFLEX® pads of different hardness (Fig. 5), or with the aid of solid and
    hollow FIBROFLEX® Sections. These may consist of squares, channels or
    triangular sections.
    Where solid sections or sheet is used as a cushion, wear of the elastomer
    material can be reduced through creation of an additional displacement
    space at the bottom of the cushion retainer box, similar to Fig. 11, where
    gib inserts are placed along the corners.
    Hollow cushions, as well as those of a channel configuration, exhibit grea-
    ter die life and are therefore the preferred choice for bending operations.
    In the case of a U-shaped bend with straight bottom it may be advisable
    to insert a packing of 3–5 mm thickness, and of the same width as the flat
    bottom of the bend, underneath the cushion. This measure increases the
    forming pressure and helps to achieve a flat bottom on the workpiece.
    The punch should be relieved on both sides in order to avail compensation
    possibilities for springback.
    U-Bends with large radius
    U-bends with a large bottom radius are difficult to accomplish.
    Punch penetration must of need be large; springback can be quite
    considerable.
    In order to achieve good results, the use of hollow FIBROFLEX® sections or
    of channels becomes almost mandatory. This is illustrated in Figs. 7 and 12.
    Another alternative consists of machined form cushions in accordance with
    Fig. 13.
    The hollow space of the channel-shaped cushion has the effect of increa-
    sing the horizontal pressure component in the die; this also holds true for
    hollow die cushions.
    In all cases is it necessary to ensure that the cushion retainer box is suffi-
    ciently rigid.
    Displacement
    possible:
    a 1 = 30-40% of a
    b 1 = 30-40% of b
    Fig. 5
    Displacement
    possible:
    a 1 = 40-50% of a
    b 1 = 50-60% of b
    Fig. 6
    Displacement possible:
    a 1 = 50-60% of a
    b 1 = 50-60% of b
    Fig. 7
    G24
    subject to alterations
    FIBROFLEX® Triangular sections are shaped to fit into the existing forming
    grooves of bending brake dies, thus eliminating die changes and/or the
    provision of a die cushion retainer box as required with square cushion
    configurations.
    Fig. 8
    Fig. 10
    Displacement
    possible:
    a 1 = 50 - 60% of a
    b 1 = 50 - 60% of b
    Fig. 11
    Displacement
    possible:
    a 1 = 40 - 50% of a
    b 1 = 50 - 60% of b
    Fig. 12
    Displacement
    possible:
    a 1 = 50 - 60% of a
    b 1 = 60 - 70% of b
    Fig. 13
    Displacement
    possible:
    b 1 = 60 - 70% of b
    Depending on stock specifications the bending of a channel section may
    either be done off a Vee-shaped punch as a voluntary choice – or it may
    become an absolute necessity.
    Two operational sequences are required, and a goose-necked punch confi-
    guration is essential.
    Fig. 9
    Application examples of forming operations with FIBROFLEX® Elastomers
    G25
    Blanking and
    forming with
    FIBROFLEX®-
    Elastomers
    Blanking and
    forming with
    FIBROFLEX®-
    Elastomers
    G27
    subject to alterations
    Blanking and forming with FIBROFLEX®-Elastomers
    Description
    FIBROFLEX® forming materials for blanking,
    embossing and forming are eminently suitable
    for use in small and medium series production.
    The main advantage is the reduction in tooling
    costs compared with traditional productions
    methods.
    This means that, even with considerable work-
    piece changes or with prototypes, you can res-
    pond quickly to changing market requirements
    and delivery times.
    You can avoid scratching or damaging the icrea-
    singly common coated an highly polished sheet
    metals by using the gentle touch of elastome-
    ters for the forming process.
    Forming with FIBROFLEX®
    When forming using elastometers, always
    remenber the golden rule: whatever the extent
    of the deformation, the elastic FIBROFLEX®
    forming material remains constant, i.e. it can
    be displaced, but not compressed. The design
    must allow the elastomer to “flow” into a relief
    gap – that is the secret of success.
    Choice of machine
    When FIBROFLEX® matrices are used for
    blanking, embossing and forming the ma-
    chine must be able to accommodate the
    displacement.
    Hydraulic presses are preferable to mechani-
    cal presses because of their gradual pressure
    build-up which suits the characteristics of the
    FIBROFLEX® forming material as it changes
    shape.
    If a mechanical press is overloaded as it appro-
    aches bottom dead centre (which is also the
    cutting point), there is an risk of the press being
    damaged.
    With FIBROFLEX® the machine is not subjected
    to any stresses, so even old machines can be
    used.
    G28 subject to alterations
    FIBROFLEX® Forming
    tool blanking – drawing – embossing
    Combined blanking – embossing – punching
    The workpiece is completed at one pass. The shape is determined by the
    combined blanking, hole cutting and embossing matrix blank holder
    punch, without a reverse shape mould on the cushion side.
    The thrust plate in the carrier produces a concentration of pressure which
    produces a better result in the active tool range. The thrust plate also provi-
    des the necessary compensation for constant volume.
    When producing workpieces of a different shape, only the tool elements in
    the lower section which produce the shape have to be exchanged.
    subject to alterations
    Blanking and forming with FIBROFLEX®-Elastomers
    Description
    FIBROFLEX® forming materials for blanking,
    embossing and forming are eminently suitable
    for use in small and medium series production.
    The main advantage is the reduction in tooling
    costs compared with traditional productions
    methods.
    This means that, even with considerable work-
    piece changes or with prototypes, you can res-
    pond quickly to changing market requirements
    and delivery times.
    You can avoid scratching or damaging the icrea-
    singly common coated an highly polished sheet
    metals by using the gentle touch of elastome-
    ters for the forming process.
    Forming with FIBROFLEX®
    When forming using elastometers, always
    remenber the golden rule: whatever the extent
    of the deformation, the elastic FIBROFLEX®
    forming material remains constant, i.e. it can
    be displaced, but not compressed. The design
    must allow the elastomer to “flow” into a relief
    gap – that is the secret of success.
    Choice of machine
    When FIBROFLEX® matrices are used for
    blanking, embossing and forming the ma-
    chine must be able to accommodate the
    displacement.
    Hydraulic presses are preferable to mechani-
    cal presses because of their gradual pressure
    build-up which suits the characteristics of the
    FIBROFLEX® forming material as it changes
    shape.
    If a mechanical press is overloaded as it appro-
    aches bottom dead centre (which is also the
    cutting point), there is an risk of the press being
    damaged.
    With FIBROFLEX® the machine is not subjected
    to any stresses, so even old machines can be
    used.
    subject to alterations
    FIBROFLEX® Forming
    tool blanking – drawing – embossing
    Combined blanking – embossing – punching
    The workpiece is completed at one pass. The shape is determined by the
    combined blanking, hole cutting and embossing matrix blank holder
    punch, without a reverse shape mould on the cushion side.
    The thrust plate in the carrier produces a concentration of pressure which
    produces a better result in the active tool range. The thrust plate also provi-
    des the necessary compensation for constant volume.
    When producing workpieces of a different shape, only the tool elements in
    the lower section which produce the shape have to be exchanged.
    G29
    subject to alterations
    FIBROFLEX® Forming
    tool dishing
    Bulging a pot
    For flaring and bulging operations we recommend the use of FIBROFLEX®
    concave profiles wherever possible.
    The wedge shape of the elastomer and the shape of the pressure and
    counter pressure punches both encourage the elastomer to deform in the
    required direction.
    For bulging work it is worth taking into account the basic principle for
    FIBROFLEX®, namely that it maintains a constant volume. (Displaced
    volume equals bulging volume – see also description on page G17).
    G30 subject to alterations
    FIBROFLEX® Universal blanking and forming carrier
    FIBROFLEX® blanking matrices
    When blanking with elastomers, the workpiece materials, in contrast to
    the traditional blanking of workpiece materials, are subjected to their
    elastic limits, beyond which the material breaks.
    The thickness of sheet steel which can be cut usting FIBROFLEX® is current-
    ly up to 2.5 mm.
    The even clamping pressure which is excellent for pressing also means that
    parts with intricate contours can be manufactured.
    It is possible to achieve workpiece accuracy of ± 0,01 mm.
    During the blanking process the press pressure first deforms the elasto-
    mer. As soon as the elastomer reaches the limits of its deformation the
    workpiece is cut.
    The less the stretch of the sheet metal, the easier it can be cut using the
    elastomer blanking process. Spring band steels, electric sheets and sheet
    aluminium all cut well using this process. Deep-drawing sheet steel is
    unsuitable for the elastomer blanking process.
    subject to alterations
    FIBROFLEX® Forming
    tool dishing
    Bulging a pot
    For flaring and bulging operations we recommend the use of FIBROFLEX®
    concave profiles wherever possible.
    The wedge shape of the elastomer and the shape of the pressure and
    counter pressure punches both encourage the elastomer to deform in the
    required direction.
    For bulging work it is worth taking into account the basic principle for
    FIBROFLEX®, namely that it maintains a constant volume. (Displaced
    volume equals bulging volume – see also description on page G17).
    subject to alterations
    FIBROFLEX® Universal blanking and forming carrier
    FIBROFLEX® blanking matrices
    When blanking with elastomers, the workpiece materials, in contrast to
    the traditional blanking of workpiece materials, are subjected to their
    elastic limits, beyond which the material breaks.
    The thickness of sheet steel which can be cut usting FIBROFLEX® is current-
    ly up to 2.5 mm.
    The even clamping pressure which is excellent for pressing also means that
    parts with intricate contours can be manufactured.
    It is possible to achieve workpiece accuracy of ± 0,01 mm.
    During the blanking process the press pressure first deforms the elasto-
    mer. As soon as the elastomer reaches the limits of its deformation the
    workpiece is cut.
    The less the stretch of the sheet metal, the easier it can be cut using the
    elastomer blanking process. Spring band steels, electric sheets and sheet
    aluminium all cut well using this process. Deep-drawing sheet steel is
    unsuitable for the elastomer blanking process.
    G31
    subject to alterations
    FIBROFLEX® Forming tool
    drawing – embossing
    Drawing and embossing
    The limits for flaring and bulging depend on the workpiece material, its
    thickness and hardness and also the height of the FIBRO FLEX® cushion.
    Maximum permissible deformation of the FIBROFLEX® cushion:
    80 Shore A – 35%
    90 Shore A – 30%
    95 Shore A – 25%
    G32 subject to alterations
    FIBROFLEX® Forming tool
    for flaring pipes
    Flaring pipes
    When flaring using FIBROFLEX®, split cheeks with a conical external sur-
    round are required to allow the workpiece to be released.
    Depending on wall thickness, flaring ratios of 1.2 can be achieved. Above
    a workpiece diameter-to-length ratio of 2 : 1 it is advisable to use concave
    cushions with bolt guides.
    subject to alterations
    FIBROFLEX® Forming tool
    drawing – embossing
    Drawing and embossing
    The limits for flaring and bulging depend on the workpiece material, its
    thickness and hardness and also the height of the FIBRO FLEX® cushion.
    Maximum permissible deformation of the FIBROFLEX® cushion:
    80 Shore A – 35%
    90 Shore A – 30%
    95 Shore A – 25%
    subject to alterations
    FIBROFLEX® Forming tool
    for flaring pipes
    Flaring pipes
    When flaring using FIBROFLEX®, split cheeks with a conical external sur-
    round are required to allow the workpiece to be released.
    Depending on wall thickness, flaring ratios of 1.2 can be achieved. Above
    a workpiece diameter-to-length ratio of 2 : 1 it is advisable to use concave
    cushions with bolt guides.
    G33
    A
    B
    C
    D
    E
    F
    G
    H
    J
    K
    L
    Die Sets
    Precision Ground Plates and Flat Bars
    Lifting and Clamping Devices
    Guide elements
    Ground Precision Components
    Springs
    Elastomer-Bars, -Sheets, -Sections
    FIBRO Chemical Tooling Aids
    Peripheral Equipment
    Cam Units
    Standard Parts for Mould Making
    FIBRO Chemical Tooling Aids
    Tooling resin, metal adhesives, oils ang greases
    Chemical
    Tooling aids
    H2 subject to alterations
    FIBROLIT® Tooling resins and metal adhesives
    FIBROLIT® Chemical tooling aids are offered as
    a comprehensive range of reliable agents, spe-
    cifically developed for the requirements of the
    toolmaking trade, and closely integrated with
    other FIBRO products.
    Quite categorically the FIBROLIT® bonding
    technique relies on first principles only for the
    attainment of absolute alignment accuracy.
    Which could be called the very criterion of
    modern high-precision toolmaking but often
    in the past involved the accumulation of many
    small errors from conventional diemaking
    steps. And attempts at compensation on the
    bench. Compromises.
    The FIBROLIT®-Concept achieves perfect die
    alignment by way of epoxy-bonding of vital
    die components, free from clamping stress and
    heat distortion, press fit shrinkages and errors
    arising from faulty machine tool geometry. And
    without recourse to sophisticated, expensive
    toolroom machines, thus saving both capacity
    and costs.
    Successful application of the FIBROLIT® bon-
    ding technique however does depend on the
    observance of a few guide lines. These are fully
    explained in this section.
    A quaint obstacle makes itself felt at times:
    conservatism, rooted deeply in the traditions
    of the toolmaking trade, sceptical of new ideas
    that often promise much … but keep little!
    In convincing contrast, the FIBROLIT®- Concept
    offers uncompromising success indeed. This is
    borne out by the unreserved acclaim from tool-
    making experts all over the world.
    Chemical
    Tooling aids
    subject to alterations
    FIBROLIT® Tooling resins and metal adhesives
    FIBROLIT® Chemical tooling aids are offered as
    a comprehensive range of reliable agents, spe-
    cifically developed for the requirements of the
    toolmaking trade, and closely integrated with
    other FIBRO products.
    Quite categorically the FIBROLIT® bonding
    technique relies on first principles only for the
    attainment of absolute alignment accuracy.
    Which could be called the very criterion of
    modern high-precision toolmaking but often
    in the past involved the accumulation of many
    small errors from conventional diemaking
    steps. And attempts at compensation on the
    bench. Compromises.
    The FIBROLIT®-Concept achieves perfect die
    alignment by way of epoxy-bonding of vital
    die components, free from clamping stress and
    heat distortion, press fit shrinkages and errors
    arising from faulty machine tool geometry. And
    without recourse to sophisticated, expensive
    toolroom machines, thus saving both capacity
    and costs.
    Successful application of the FIBROLIT® bon-
    ding technique however does depend on the
    observance of a few guide lines. These are fully
    explained in this section.
    A quaint obstacle makes itself felt at times:
    conservatism, rooted deeply in the traditions
    of the toolmaking trade, sceptical of new ideas
    that often promise much … but keep little!
    In convincing contrast, the FIBROLIT®- Concept
    offers uncompromising success indeed. This is
    borne out by the unreserved acclaim from tool-
    making experts all over the world.
    H3
    Contents
    subject to alterations
    Tooling resin FIBROLIT®-ZWO -
    Technical data
    Tooling resin FIBROFIX®-SECHS -
    Technical data
    280.02
    Tooling resin FIBROLIT®-ZWO
    280.05
    Tooling resin FIBROLIT®-ZWO
    280.08
    Tooling resin FIBROFIX®-SECHS
    280.09
    Injection gun for FIBROFIX®-SECHS
    FIBROLIT®-MK - Technical data
    Thinning agent for FIBROLIT®-ZWO -
    Technical data
    281.01
    Metal adhesive FIBROLIT®-MK
    280.24
    Thinning agent for FIBROLIT®-ZWO
    281.243
    Anaerobic metal adhesives for secu-
    ring of screws and bearing bushes
    281.270
    Anaerobic metal adhesives for secu-
    ring of screws and bearing bushes
    281.648
    Anaerobic metal adhesives for secu-
    ring of screws and bearing bushes
    281.706
    Cleaner
    280.20
    Leak Detector Spray FIBROLIT®-LSP
    281.147
    Fluid Metal
    H4
    H6
    H6
    H7
    H7
    H7
    H7
    H8
    H8
    H9
    H9
    H10
    H10
    H10
    H11
    H11
    H12
    Contents
    subject to alterations
    281.401
    Cyanoacrylate adhesive
    281.454
    Cyanoacrylate adhesive
    280.15
    Penetration lubricant spray
    FIBROLIT®-RL
    280.131
    Marking out blue FIBROLIT®-ARF
    280.23
    Marking out blue FIBROLIT®-ARF
    280.8021
    Silicon oil
    280.8001
    Oil
    280.822405
    Release agent
    280.27
    Release agent FIBROLIT®-TW
    280.34
    Long-term lubrication for sintered
    metal plain bearings - Grease
    FIBROLIT®-FETT-LD
    280.35
    Long-term lubrication for sintered
    metal plain bearings - Oil
    FIBROLIT®-OEL-LD
    280.36.006
    Press tool lubricant FIBROLIT®
    FIBROFIX®-SECHS - Application with
    the injection gun
    FIBROLIT®-ZWO - Application
    examples
    FIBROFIX®-SECHS - Application
    examples
    H5
    H12
    H12
    H13
    H13
    H13
    H14
    H14
    H14
    H14
    H15
    H15
    H16
    H17
    H18-19
    H18-19
    subject to alterations
    Technical data:
    Tooling resin FIBROLIT ® ZWO
    Tooling resin FIBROFIX ® SECHS
    Physical properties:
    viscosity at 25 °C approx. 9000 mPas
    pot life at 25 °C (mixed mann = 100 g) approx. 25 min.
    cuting time at 20 - 25 °C* approx. 24 h
    storage life at 20 °C approx. 1 year
    thermal resistance (Martens) DIN 53458 approx. 50 - 55 °C (75 - 80 °C*)
    flashpoint of resin approx. 210 °C
    flashpoint of hardener approx. 207 °C
    decomposition temperature (ISO/R 871-68) >300 °C
    thermal conductivity, within range of 14-38 °C (VDE 0304 section 1/7.59) 0,531 W/km
    density (resin) approx. 2,5 g/ml
    density (hardener) approx. 1,06 g/ml
    compressive strenght DIN EN ISO 604 approx. 130 - 140 N/mm 2
    tensile strenght DIN EN ISO 527-1, -2, -3 approx. 50 N/mm 2
    flexural strenght DIN EN ISO 178 approx. 70 N/mm 2
    ball indentation test DIN EN ISO 2039-1 approx. 213 N/mm 2
    impact test 3,57 KJ/m 2
    modulus of elasticity (ex tensile test) approx. 8760 N/mm 2
    linear shrinkage approx. 0,05 - 0,12 %
    *cured at ambient room temperature for 24, or 15 h at 50 °C
    Chemical resistance
    Chemical substance Note
    Acetone C
    Formaline 30% B
    Xylol A
    Silicone solution DC 20 A
    Dieselene A
    White spirits C
    Tetrachloroethylene A
    Perchloroethylene A
    Ethylacetate C
    Epichlorohydrene C
    Fluoric acid 10% C
    Chlophen T 64 A
    Water B
    Sea Water B
    Solution of NaCl 5% A
    Formic acid C
    Lactic acid 10% C
    Sulphuric acid C
    Acetic acid 10% C
    Ammonia 25% B
    Aniline C
    Phenol–90 C
    Hydrocloric acid 10% B
    A = no effect
    B = small effect
    C = destructive effect
    H6
    280.02 280.05
    280.09 280.08
    280.02
    subject to alterations
    FIBROLIT®-ZWO Consignment pack (Styrofoam)
    1 can of casting resin + 1 cartridge hardener
    Full instruction printed on package. Best results are obtained if ambient
    temperature and tempreature of steel components etc. are about 20 °C.
    Curing completed in 24 hours. Especially when smaller portions of resin are
    spooned out, (for the mixing of small quantities of casting resin) it is im-
    portant that removal is preceded by thorough stirring: fillers tend to settle
    at the bottom of the can and must therefore be mixed evenly.
    Mixing ratio by weight: 18 to 1 (resin : hardener).
    Physical properties: in chapter H
    Optional thinning agent: in chapter H
    FIBROLIT®-ZWO Tooling epoxy resin
    resin: 365 ml, hardener: 50 ml
    A well-tried epoxy resin, chiefly for casting purposes. Size and shape of
    container permit easy stirring and mixing therein. Important: resin must
    be stirred throroughly prior to addition of hardener, whereupon complete
    intermixing requires further vigorous stirring which is a pre-requisite for
    even hardening.
    FIBROFIX®-SECHS Tooling epoxy resin
    six packs of ready-to-mix resin + hardener, 40 ml each
    Six packs of tooling resin/hardener, for the expedient, clean use of tooling
    resin in small volume. FIBROFIX® SECHS contains the same resin as
    FIBROLIT® ZWO – therefore identical instructions apply.
    FIBROFIX® SECHS is specifically suited for use in our Injection Gun 280.09 –
    see details on page H17.
    Styrofoam consignment package
    Contents: 6 resin cartridges + 6 ampoules hardener + 1 stirring rod
    Injection gun
    For the fast, tidy application of FIBROFIX® SECHS, especially where small
    gaps or inaccessible locations are involved. Gun accepts throw-away car-
    tridge with mixed resin or adhesive. Forced injection through compressing
    of cartridge by means of screw plunger. Empty cartridge is removed from
    gun and thrown away. Gun remains clean at all times.
    (hardener only)
    Tooling resin FIBROLIT ® ZWO
    Tooling resin FIBROFIX ® SECHS
    subject to alterations
    Technical data:
    Tooling resin FIBROLIT ® ZWO
    Tooling resin FIBROFIX ® SECHS
    Physical properties:
    viscosity at 25 °C approx. 9000 mPas
    pot life at 25 °C (mixed mann = 100 g) approx. 25 min.
    cuting time at 20 - 25 °C* approx. 24 h
    storage life at 20 °C approx. 1 year
    thermal resistance (Martens) DIN 53458 approx. 50 - 55 °C (75 - 80 °C*)
    flashpoint of resin approx. 210 °C
    flashpoint of hardener approx. 207 °C
    decomposition temperature (ISO/R 871-68) >300 °C
    thermal conductivity, within range of 14-38 °C (VDE 0304 section 1/7.59) 0,531 W/km
    density (resin) approx. 2,5 g/ml
    density (hardener) approx. 1,06 g/ml
    compressive strenght DIN EN ISO 604 approx. 130 - 140 N/mm 2
    tensile strenght DIN EN ISO 527-1, -2, -3 approx. 50 N/mm 2
    flexural strenght DIN EN ISO 178 approx. 70 N/mm 2
    ball indentation test DIN EN ISO 2039-1 approx. 213 N/mm 2
    impact test 3,57 KJ/m 2
    modulus of elasticity (ex tensile test) approx. 8760 N/mm 2
    linear shrinkage approx. 0,05 - 0,12 %
    *cured at ambient room temperature for 24, or 15 h at 50 °C
    Chemical resistance
    Chemical substance Note
    Acetone C
    Formaline 30% B
    Xylol A
    Silicone solution DC 20 A
    Dieselene A
    White spirits C
    Tetrachloroethylene A
    Perchloroethylene A
    Ethylacetate C
    Epichlorohydrene C
    Fluoric acid 10% C
    Chlophen T 64 A
    Water B
    Sea Water B
    Solution of NaCl 5% A
    Formic acid C
    Lactic acid 10% C
    Sulphuric acid C
    Acetic acid 10% C
    Ammonia 25% B
    Aniline C
    Phenol–90 C
    Hydrocloric acid 10% B
    A = no effect
    B = small effect
    C = destructive effect
    280.02 280.05
    280.09 280.08
    280.02
    subject to alterations
    FIBROLIT®-ZWO Consignment pack (Styrofoam)
    1 can of casting resin + 1 cartridge hardener
    Full instruction printed on package. Best results are obtained if ambient
    temperature and tempreature of steel components etc. are about 20 °C.
    Curing completed in 24 hours. Especially when smaller portions of resin are
    spooned out, (for the mixing of small quantities of casting resin) it is im-
    portant that removal is preceded by thorough stirring: fillers tend to settle
    at the bottom of the can and must therefore be mixed evenly.
    Mixing ratio by weight: 18 to 1 (resin : hardener).
    Physical properties: in chapter H
    Optional thinning agent: in chapter H
    FIBROLIT®-ZWO Tooling epoxy resin
    resin: 365 ml, hardener: 50 ml
    A well-tried epoxy resin, chiefly for casting purposes. Size and shape of
    container permit easy stirring and mixing therein. Important: resin must
    be stirred throroughly prior to addition of hardener, whereupon complete
    intermixing requires further vigorous stirring which is a pre-requisite for
    even hardening.
    FIBROFIX®-SECHS Tooling epoxy resin
    six packs of ready-to-mix resin + hardener, 40 ml each
    Six packs of tooling resin/hardener, for the expedient, clean use of tooling
    resin in small volume. FIBROFIX® SECHS contains the same resin as
    FIBROLIT® ZWO – therefore identical instructions apply.
    FIBROFIX® SECHS is specifically suited for use in our Injection Gun 280.09 –
    see details on page H17.
    Styrofoam consignment package
    Contents: 6 resin cartridges + 6 ampoules hardener + 1 stirring rod
    Injection gun
    For the fast, tidy application of FIBROFIX® SECHS, especially where small
    gaps or inaccessible locations are involved. Gun accepts throw-away car-
    tridge with mixed resin or adhesive. Forced injection through compressing
    of cartridge by means of screw plunger. Empty cartridge is removed from
    gun and thrown away. Gun remains clean at all times.
    (hardener only)
    Tooling resin FIBROLIT ® ZWO
    Tooling resin FIBROFIX ® SECHS
    H7
    subject to alterations
    Technical data:
    Metal adhesive FIBROLIT® MK
    Thinning agent for FIBROLIT® ZWO
    Physical properties: FIBROLIT® Metal adhesive
    density of Resin MK 1,16 ± 0,01 g/ml
    density of Hardener MK 1,13 ± 0,01 g/ml
    tensile shear strenght 40 - 50 N/mm 2
    thermal resistance (Martens) 45 - 50 °C
    pot life (100 g-mixture) 15 - 20 min
    shelf life at 20 - 25 °C approx. 1 year
    time for complete curing at 20 - 25 °C 24 h approx.
    Physical properties: Thinning agent
    density 1,16 ± 0,02 g/ml
    flash point (DIN 51584) 97 °C
    shelf life at 20 - 25 °C approx. 1 year
    viscosity at 25 °C 1000 ± 100 mPas
    Chemical resistance
    Chemical substance Note
    Acetone C
    Formaline 30% B
    Xylol A
    Silicone solution DC 20 A
    Dieselene A
    White spirits C
    Tetrachloroethylene A
    Perchloroethylene A
    Ethyl acetate C
    Epichlorohydrene C
    Fluoric acid 10% C
    Chlophen T 64 A
    Water B
    Sea Water B
    NaCl -solution of 5% A
    Formic acid C
    Lactic acid 10% C
    Sulphuric acid C
    Acetic acid 10% C
    Ammonia 25% B
    Aniline C
    Phenol-90 C
    Hydrocloric acid 10% B
    A = no effect
    B = small effect
    C = destructive effect
    H8
    281.01 280.24
    subject to alterations
    Metal adhesive FIBROLIT® MK
    Thinning agent for FIBROLIT®-ZWO
    FIBROLIT® MK Metal adhesive
    two-component tin, containing altogether 325 ml
    Two-component adhesive on eposy resin basis. Mixing ratio is 2:1 by
    weight. Parts to be joined must be thoroughly degreased. Coarse surfaces
    improve adhesion. Glue line should be 0,6 to 0,7 mm in thickness.
    Application with brush or other suitable tool. The adhesive hardens
    out completely after 24 hours, but reaches a tensile shear strength of
    30 N/mm 2 after 6 1 / 2 hours. Bushes epoxy-bonded with FIBROLIT® MK
    remain their geometry and size after hardening of the adhesive.
    Thinning agent for FIBROLIT® ZWO
    container of 500 ml
    A pure epoxy resin, this agent may be added at a certain ratio to FIBROLIT®
    ZWO in order to reduce the viscosity of the resin mix. Maximum admixture
    = 5%. It must be noted that the addition of thinning agent will extend the
    curing time.
    Together with hardener 280.05, the thinning agent can be used as a casting
    resin – the correct mixing ratio is 5:1 by weight.
    subject to alterations
    Technical data:
    Metal adhesive FIBROLIT® MK
    Thinning agent for FIBROLIT® ZWO
    Physical properties: FIBROLIT® Metal adhesive
    density of Resin MK 1,16 ± 0,01 g/ml
    density of Hardener MK 1,13 ± 0,01 g/ml
    tensile shear strenght 40 - 50 N/mm 2
    thermal resistance (Martens) 45 - 50 °C
    pot life (100 g-mixture) 15 - 20 min
    shelf life at 20 - 25 °C approx. 1 year
    time for complete curing at 20 - 25 °C 24 h approx.
    Physical properties: Thinning agent
    density 1,16 ± 0,02 g/ml
    flash point (DIN 51584) 97 °C
    shelf life at 20 - 25 °C approx. 1 year
    viscosity at 25 °C 1000 ± 100 mPas
    Chemical resistance
    Chemical substance Note
    Acetone C
    Formaline 30% B
    Xylol A
    Silicone solution DC 20 A
    Dieselene A
    White spirits C
    Tetrachloroethylene A
    Perchloroethylene A
    Ethyl acetate C
    Epichlorohydrene C
    Fluoric acid 10% C
    Chlophen T 64 A
    Water B
    Sea Water B
    NaCl -solution of 5% A
    Formic acid C
    Lactic acid 10% C
    Sulphuric acid C
    Acetic acid 10% C
    Ammonia 25% B
    Aniline C
    Phenol-90 C
    Hydrocloric acid 10% B
    A = no effect
    B = small effect
    C = destructive effect
    281.01 280.24
    subject to alterations
    Metal adhesive FIBROLIT® MK
    Thinning agent for FIBROLIT®-ZWO
    FIBROLIT® MK Metal adhesive
    two-component tin, containing altogether 325 ml
    Two-component adhesive on eposy resin basis. Mixing ratio is 2:1 by
    weight. Parts to be joined must be thoroughly degreased. Coarse surfaces
    improve adhesion. Glue line should be 0,6 to 0,7 mm in thickness.
    Application with brush or other suitable tool. The adhesive hardens
    out completely after 24 hours, but reaches a tensile shear strength of
    30 N/mm 2 after 6 1 / 2 hours. Bushes epoxy-bonded with FIBROLIT® MK
    remain their geometry and size after hardening of the adhesive.
    Thinning agent for FIBROLIT® ZWO
    container of 500 ml
    A pure epoxy resin, this agent may be added at a certain ratio to FIBROLIT®
    ZWO in order to reduce the viscosity of the resin mix. Maximum admixture
    = 5%. It must be noted that the addition of thinning agent will extend the
    curing time.
    Together with hardener 280.05, the thinning agent can be used as a casting
    resin – the correct mixing ratio is 5:1 by weight.
    H9
    281.243
    LOCTITE 243
    281.270
    LOCTITE 2701
    281.648
    LOCTITE 648
    subject to alterations
    Anaerobic metal adhesives for securing of screws and bearing bushes
    For screws and nuts
    For the securing of screws and bolts with medium bonding strength.
    Protects against vibrations, corrosion and leakage, up to M 36.
    Normal hand tools will suffice for dismantling.
    Temperature resistant from -55 to +150°C.
    Bonding strength: 6 - 14 N/mm 2
    Contents of Bottle: 50 ml
    For screws and nuts
    For the securing of screws and bolts with high bonding strength, also for
    studs and nuts. Suitable for threads up to M 20.
    Reliably seals hydraulic/pneumatic lines up to 1 / 2 ″ BSP.
    Temperature resistant from -55 to +150°C.
    Secured parts cannot be dismatled easily.
    Seals gaps up to 0,15 mm max.
    Bonding strength: 11 - 20 N/mm 2
    Contents of Bottle: 50 ml
    For securing bushes and ball bearings
    For bonding of bearings, bushes, bolts and other machine components.
    Very fast bonding to handling strength. Temperature resistant from -55 to
    +175°C.
    Where oil-impregnated sintered bushes are to be secured, the special
    instructions must be observed.
    Seals gaps up to 0,15 mm max.
    Bonding strength: 16 - 30 N/mm 2
    Contents of Bottle 50 ml
    H10
    281.243
    LOCTITE 243
    281.270
    LOCTITE 2701
    281.648
    LOCTITE 648
    subject to alterations
    Anaerobic metal adhesives for securing of screws and bearing bushes
    For screws and nuts
    For the securing of screws and bolts with medium bonding strength.
    Protects against vibrations, corrosion and leakage, up to M 36.
    Normal hand tools will suffice for dismantling.
    Temperature resistant from -55 to +150°C.
    Bonding strength: 6 - 14 N/mm 2
    Contents of Bottle: 50 ml
    For screws and nuts
    For the securing of screws and bolts with high bonding strength, also for
    studs and nuts. Suitable for threads up to M 20.
    Reliably seals hydraulic/pneumatic lines up to 1 / 2 ″ BSP.
    Temperature resistant from -55 to +150°C.
    Secured parts cannot be dismatled easily.
    Seals gaps up to 0,15 mm max.
    Bonding strength: 11 - 20 N/mm 2
    Contents of Bottle: 50 ml
    For securing bushes and ball bearings
    For bonding of bearings, bushes, bolts and other machine components.
    Very fast bonding to handling strength. Temperature resistant from -55 to
    +175°C.
    Where oil-impregnated sintered bushes are to be secured, the special
    instructions must be observed.
    Seals gaps up to 0,15 mm max.
    Bonding strength: 16 - 30 N/mm 2
    Contents of Bottle 50 ml
    281.706
    LOCTITE 7061 Aerosol
    280.20
    FIBROLIT ® -LSP
    subject to alterations
    Rapid-Cleaning spray
    Spray can 400 ml
    In order to achieve optimum results in bonding work, the affected
    surfaces should be thoroughly cleaned beforehand. LOCTITE 706
    Spray removes oil, grease and contamination from metal surfaces
    treated with it. Upon evaporation, no residue remains.
    Leak detector spray FIBROLIT®-LSP
    400 ml
    For fast and reliable detection of gas leaks and compressed air leaks:
    Spray on to the suspect areas and foaming bubbles will appear at the
    location of any leaks.
    The valve also allows you to spray upwards.
    FIBRO Leak detector spray tests connections, whether they are brazed,
    screwed or welded, it tests fittings, valves, pressure vessels, hoses, pipe-
    work – in short, anything that needs a good seal.
    You can use FIBRO Leak detector spray for all gases:
    compressed air, oxygen, nitrogen, hydrogen, town gas, natural gas, liquid
    gas, carbon dioxide, nitrous oxide, acetylene, propane, butane, other flam-
    mable gases, etc.
    FIBRO Leak detector spray is non flammable, non corrosive, non toxic and
    does not damage or crack plastics such as polyethylene, PVC etc.
    Cleaner
    Leak detector spray FIBROLIT®-LSP
    H11
    281.401 281.454
    LOCTITE 401 LOCTITE 454
    subject to alterations
    Fluid metal for fast repairs
    Cyanoacrylate adhesive
    Fluid metal for fast repairs
    Twin syringe 25 ml
    Epoxy metal Product for high resistance repairs on steel and cast iron.
    Sticks on metal, glass, ceramics and other materials.
    To be used e. g. for repairing of substandard working on tools and machine
    parts. Suitable as quick filler.
    Potlife 8 min.
    Fixturing strength 30 min.
    Full curing 72 h.
    281.147
    LOCTITE 147 twin syringe resin
    LOCTITE 147 twin syringe hardener
    Typ 401, 50 g
    Loctite 401 is a high performance
    cyanoacrylate adhesive. It bonds
    extremely rapidly to a wide variety
    of materials, including porous
    surfaces such as metal, plastics
    and rubber.
    Typ 454, 20 g
    Type 454 is as above but formu-
    lated to a thick, gel consistency.
    Will not flow into unwanted areas.
    Remains stationary on vertical
    or overhead surfaces. Fixturing
    strength depending to material
    between 20 - 120 sec.
    LOCTITE cyanoacrylate adhesive 401/454
    H12
    280.15 280.131 280.23
    subject to alterations
    Penetration lubricant spray FIBROLIT® RL
    300 ml aerosol spray can
    Of enormous penetrating capability, spray deposit enters tiniest joint gaps
    and thus releases corroded and seized parts such as nuts, bolts and press
    fits. Acts as long-lasting rust protective and lubricant.
    Marking out blue FIBROLIT® ARF
    300 ml aerosol spray can – 500 ml liquid container
    A fast-drying marking out blue of outstanding intensity.
    Colour: dark blue.
    Degrease before application.
    Penetration lubricant spray FIBROLIT®- RL
    Marking out blue FIBROLIT®-ARF
    281.401 281.454
    LOCTITE 401 LOCTITE 454
    subject to alterations
    Fluid metal for fast repairs
    Cyanoacrylate adhesive
    Fluid metal for fast repairs
    Twin syringe 25 ml
    Epoxy metal Product for high resistance repairs on steel and cast iron.
    Sticks on metal, glass, ceramics and other materials.
    To be used e. g. for repairing of substandard working on tools and machine
    parts. Suitable as quick filler.
    Potlife 8 min.
    Fixturing strength 30 min.
    Full curing 72 h.
    281.147
    LOCTITE 147 twin syringe resin
    LOCTITE 147 twin syringe hardener
    Typ 401, 50 g
    Loctite 401 is a high performance
    cyanoacrylate adhesive. It bonds
    extremely rapidly to a wide variety
    of materials, including porous
    surfaces such as metal, plastics
    and rubber.
    Typ 454, 20 g
    Type 454 is as above but formu-
    lated to a thick, gel consistency.
    Will not flow into unwanted areas.
    Remains stationary on vertical
    or overhead surfaces. Fixturing
    strength depending to material
    between 20 - 120 sec.
    LOCTITE cyanoacrylate adhesive 401/454
    280.15 280.131 280.23
    subject to alterations
    Penetration lubricant spray FIBROLIT® RL
    300 ml aerosol spray can
    Of enormous penetrating capability, spray deposit enters tiniest joint gaps
    and thus releases corroded and seized parts such as nuts, bolts and press
    fits. Acts as long-lasting rust protective and lubricant.
    Marking out blue FIBROLIT® ARF
    300 ml aerosol spray can – 500 ml liquid container
    A fast-drying marking out blue of outstanding intensity.
    Colour: dark blue.
    Degrease before application.
    Penetration lubricant spray FIBROLIT®- RL
    Marking out blue FIBROLIT®-ARF
    H13
    280.8021
    LOCTITE 8021
    280.8001
    LOCTITE 8001
    280.27 280.822405
    subject to alterations
    Silicon oil
    400 ml aerosol spray can
    A release agent on silicon oil basis – for the attainment of tight clearances
    in connection with epoxy casting resins.
    Applications include: cast guides on die set pillars, cast-in punches etc.
    It is important to observe that components intended for above operations
    must have smoothly finished surfaces in order to be released without
    force after curing of the epoxy resins FIBROLIT ®  ZWO or FIBROFIX® SECHS.
    The release agent is applied by spraying or with a rag; it should be rubbed
    in well before casting of the resin.
    Release agent FIBROLIT® TW
    500 ml liquid container
    A release agent on wax basis – for the attainment of larger clearances in
    connection with epoxy casting resins. Applications include: cast guides on
    die set pillars, punches, cast-in bushes etc.
    It is important to observe that components intended for above operations
    must have smoothly finished surfaces in order to release without force
    after curing of the epoxy resins FIBROLIT® ZWO or FIBROFIX® SECHS.
    The release agent is applied with a rag. It should be rubbed in well.
    Repeated application will increase the clearance obtained.
    Oil
    400 ml aerosol spray can
    280.8001 is a low viscosity oil with good penetrating properties.
    It is an excellent tool lubricant.
    Silicon oil
    Oil
    Release agent FIBROLIT®-TW
    Release agent
    400 ml aerosol spray can
    silicon-free release agent
    Application for moving parts such as guide pillars, punches etc. with epoxy
    casting resins FIBROLIT ® -ZWO or FIBROFIX ® -SECHS.
    The release agent is applied by spray – distance 20 to 30 cm.
    A uniform surface is achieved after rubbing with a cloth.
    H14
    280.34 280.35
    subject to alterations
    FIBROLIT ® FETT-LD FIBROLIT ® OEL-LD
    400 ml 1000 ml
    Sintered guide bushings are filled under vacuum with special oil
    FIBROLIT®-OEL-LD 280.35
    As additional long term lubrication use FIBROLIT ® FETT-LD 280.34.
    It replaces lost oil in the sintered guiding systems.
    Further information see below.
    Long-term lubrication for sintered metal plain bearings
    Grease FIBROLIT®FETT-LD / Oil FIBROLIT®OEL-LD
    New lubrication concept
    FIBROLIT®-LD is a new lubrication concept for sintered metal plain bearings in order to achieve even longer running times.
    FIBROLIT®-LD means that sintered bearing impregnation oils are kept in micro-cells for long-term and permanent lubrication in the form of a plastic oil
    reservoir.
    Optimum results are achieved if the bushes have already been impregnated with the matched oil.
    The plastic grease FIBROLIT®FETT-LD is provided in the oil supply grooves of the sintered bush. The supply groove is a advantage and is recommended but
    not absolutely necessary for additional lubrication, A cappilary bridge to the surface of the sintered bearing is essential.
    FIBROLIT®-LD-Lubrication has a number of crucial adventages over previous methods such as grease depot lubrication or felts.
    Type of additional lubrication Felt Grease depot FIBROLIT®FETT-LD
    Provision of lubricating film
    – Wetting of shaft though unimpregnated bearing
    Very Good Satisfactory Good
    Storability
    – Prevention of leaking and bleeding of oil
    Poor Very Good Very Good
    Oil output
    – Use of oil supply
    Very Good Poor Satisfactory
    Effectivity
    – Longer life of bearing
    Satisfactory Satisfactory Good
    Automation
    – Automated application
    Difficult,
    expensive
    Good Very Good
    Overall assessment Satisfactory Satisfactory Good
    Lubricability
    FIBROLIT®-LD is a gelled lubricant and has double the oil descharge capacity of conventional soap lubrication depot grease. An oil excess as with felts is not
    encountered. The guide slot is therefore better dised and so supplied for a longer period. The service life of the guide is prolonged.
    FIBROLIT®-LD-additional lubrication offers longest service life.
    Temperature and vibration-stable
    FIBROLIT®-LD is temperature-stable (-40 to +150 °C) and does not flow off under the effect of heat. The plastic oil reservoir retains its strength and remains
    in place even under vibration forces.
    The FIBROLIT®-LD lubrication concept opens up a new dimension of possible stroke speeds for tools with sintered guides.
    280.8021
    LOCTITE 8021
    280.8001
    LOCTITE 8001
    280.27 280.822405
    subject to alterations
    Silicon oil
    400 ml aerosol spray can
    A release agent on silicon oil basis – for the attainment of tight clearances
    in connection with epoxy casting resins.
    Applications include: cast guides on die set pillars, cast-in punches etc.
    It is important to observe that components intended for above operations
    must have smoothly finished surfaces in order to be released without
    force after curing of the epoxy resins FIBROLIT ®  ZWO or FIBROFIX® SECHS.
    The release agent is applied by spraying or with a rag; it should be rubbed
    in well before casting of the resin.
    Release agent FIBROLIT® TW
    500 ml liquid container
    A release agent on wax basis – for the attainment of larger clearances in
    connection with epoxy casting resins. Applications include: cast guides on
    die set pillars, punches, cast-in bushes etc.
    It is important to observe that components intended for above operations
    must have smoothly finished surfaces in order to release without force
    after curing of the epoxy resins FIBROLIT® ZWO or FIBROFIX® SECHS.
    The release agent is applied with a rag. It should be rubbed in well.
    Repeated application will increase the clearance obtained.
    Oil
    400 ml aerosol spray can
    280.8001 is a low viscosity oil with good penetrating properties.
    It is an excellent tool lubricant.
    Silicon oil
    Oil
    Release agent FIBROLIT®-TW
    Release agent
    400 ml aerosol spray can
    silicon-free release agent
    Application for moving parts such as guide pillars, punches etc. with epoxy
    casting resins FIBROLIT ® -ZWO or FIBROFIX ® -SECHS.
    The release agent is applied by spray – distance 20 to 30 cm.
    A uniform surface is achieved after rubbing with a cloth.
    280.34 280.35
    subject to alterations
    FIBROLIT ® FETT-LD FIBROLIT ® OEL-LD
    400 ml 1000 ml
    Sintered guide bushings are filled under vacuum with special oil
    FIBROLIT®-OEL-LD 280.35
    As additional long term lubrication use FIBROLIT ® FETT-LD 280.34.
    It replaces lost oil in the sintered guiding systems.
    Further information see below.
    Long-term lubrication for sintered metal plain bearings
    Grease FIBROLIT®FETT-LD / Oil FIBROLIT®OEL-LD
    New lubrication concept
    FIBROLIT®-LD is a new lubrication concept for sintered metal plain bearings in order to achieve even longer running times.
    FIBROLIT®-LD means that sintered bearing impregnation oils are kept in micro-cells for long-term and permanent lubrication in the form of a plastic oil
    reservoir.
    Optimum results are achieved if the bushes have already been impregnated with the matched oil.
    The plastic grease FIBROLIT®FETT-LD is provided in the oil supply grooves of the sintered bush. The supply groove is a advantage and is recommended but
    not absolutely necessary for additional lubrication, A cappilary bridge to the surface of the sintered bearing is essential.
    FIBROLIT®-LD-Lubrication has a number of crucial adventages over previous methods such as grease depot lubrication or felts.
    Type of additional lubrication Felt Grease depot FIBROLIT®FETT-LD
    Provision of lubricating film
    – Wetting of shaft though unimpregnated bearing
    Very Good Satisfactory Good
    Storability
    – Prevention of leaking and bleeding of oil
    Poor Very Good Very Good
    Oil output
    – Use of oil supply
    Very Good Poor Satisfactory
    Effectivity
    – Longer life of bearing
    Satisfactory Satisfactory Good
    Automation
    – Automated application
    Difficult,
    expensive
    Good Very Good
    Overall assessment Satisfactory Satisfactory Good
    Lubricability
    FIBROLIT®-LD is a gelled lubricant and has double the oil descharge capacity of conventional soap lubrication depot grease. An oil excess as with felts is not
    encountered. The guide slot is therefore better dised and so supplied for a longer period. The service life of the guide is prolonged.
    FIBROLIT®-LD-additional lubrication offers longest service life.
    Temperature and vibration-stable
    FIBROLIT®-LD is temperature-stable (-40 to +150 °C) and does not flow off under the effect of heat. The plastic oil reservoir retains its strength and remains
    in place even under vibration forces.
    The FIBROLIT®-LD lubrication concept opens up a new dimension of possible stroke speeds for tools with sintered guides.
    H15
    280.36.006
    subject to alterations
    Press tool lubricant FIBROLIT®
    FIBROLIT® 280.36.006 is a press tool lubricant without any detrimental in-
    fluence on subsequent processes, thus eliminating the need for its removal
    after the stamping operation.
    FIBROLIT® 280.36.006 evaporates at room temperature.
    It is non-toxic and has no negative influence on the environment.
    Advantages:
    – cleaning of components falls away
    – components do not stick together
    – welding and soldering possible without rinsing etc.
    – surface treatments possible without cleaning process
    (electro-chemical, cataphoretic)
    – affords good corrosion resistance
    – no oxidisation or bacteria-infestation of the lubricant
    – increased tool life
    – exposure to 300 °C results in absolutely residue-free
    evaporation
    Applications:
    – stamping of components from transformer sheet
    – all kinds of forming operations
    – an aid to bending and coining operations
    – manufacture of steel drums
    – assists difficult roll-forming processes
    – also suitable for special chip-removing operations
    Application of FIBROLIT® 280.36.006
    to components, sheets and strip:
    The lubricant can be applied by way of immersion, spraying and roll-coating.
    The use of wipers ahead of press ingress successfully controls lubricant layer.
    Drying time:
    Depends on temperature and time span. An air blast as well as heat shor-
    tens the drying time considerably.
    Suitable for:
    All types of steel sheet, inox, aluminium, copper alloys, laquered and zinc
    plated steel sheet/strip.
    Container 1000 ml
    H16
    1 2
    3 4
    5 6
    subject to alterations
    And this is how it’s done –:
    hold nozzle against small injection hole drilled from
    outside of workpiece into bottom end of injection
    gap. Turn plastic knob, thus injecting the resin
    through the auxiliary hole into injection gap. The
    rising resin will expel the air in the gap, thereby
    preventing air from becoming entrapped. Inject
    slowly so as to allow the resin to rise evenly all the
    way round.
    1 Injection gun
    2 Injection cartridge
    3 Glass ampoule with hardener
    4 Stirring rod
    Application of FIBROFIX® SECHS with the FIBRO Injection gun
    Unscrew nozzle from injection
    cartridge. Stir up resin.
    Open ampoule and hold over
    cartridge. Use suitable rod to
    push hardener down into
    cartridge.
    Stirring and mixing can be done with the
    aid of a drilling machine, Stirring rod
    held in the chuck.
    Select slow revs in order to prevent air
    bubbles from forming in the resin.
    Open bajonet lock on injection gun and remove
    screw plunger.
    Screw nozzle back onto injection cartridge.
    Place cartridge inside gun – nozzle to front.
    Place screw plunger into injection gun and
    lock the bajonet mechanism. Holding nozzle
    upwards, cut off its tip.
    280.36.006
    subject to alterations
    Press tool lubricant FIBROLIT®
    FIBROLIT® 280.36.006 is a press tool lubricant without any detrimental in-
    fluence on subsequent processes, thus eliminating the need for its removal
    after the stamping operation.
    FIBROLIT® 280.36.006 evaporates at room temperature.
    It is non-toxic and has no negative influence on the environment.
    Advantages:
    – cleaning of components falls away
    – components do not stick together
    – welding and soldering possible without rinsing etc.
    – surface treatments possible without cleaning process
    (electro-chemical, cataphoretic)
    – affords good corrosion resistance
    – no oxidisation or bacteria-infestation of the lubricant
    – increased tool life
    – exposure to 300 °C results in absolutely residue-free
    evaporation
    Applications:
    – stamping of components from transformer sheet
    – all kinds of forming operations
    – an aid to bending and coining operations
    – manufacture of steel drums
    – assists difficult roll-forming processes
    – also suitable for special chip-removing operations
    Application of FIBROLIT® 280.36.006
    to components, sheets and strip:
    The lubricant can be applied by way of immersion, spraying and roll-coating.
    The use of wipers ahead of press ingress successfully controls lubricant layer.
    Drying time:
    Depends on temperature and time span. An air blast as well as heat shor-
    tens the drying time considerably.
    Suitable for:
    All types of steel sheet, inox, aluminium, copper alloys, laquered and zinc
    plated steel sheet/strip.
    Container 1000 ml
    1 2
    3 4
    5 6
    subject to alterations
    And this is how it’s done –:
    hold nozzle against small injection hole drilled from
    outside of workpiece into bottom end of injection
    gap. Turn plastic knob, thus injecting the resin
    through the auxiliary hole into injection gap. The
    rising resin will expel the air in the gap, thereby
    preventing air from becoming entrapped. Inject
    slowly so as to allow the resin to rise evenly all the
    way round.
    1 Injection gun
    2 Injection cartridge
    3 Glass ampoule with hardener
    4 Stirring rod
    Application of FIBROFIX® SECHS with the FIBRO Injection gun
    Unscrew nozzle from injection
    cartridge. Stir up resin.
    Open ampoule and hold over
    cartridge. Use suitable rod to
    push hardener down into
    cartridge.
    Stirring and mixing can be done with the
    aid of a drilling machine, Stirring rod
    held in the chuck.
    Select slow revs in order to prevent air
    bubbles from forming in the resin.
    Open bajonet lock on injection gun and remove
    screw plunger.
    Screw nozzle back onto injection cartridge.
    Place cartridge inside gun – nozzle to front.
    Place screw plunger into injection gun and
    lock the bajonet mechanism. Holding nozzle
    upwards, cut off its tip.
    H17
    subject to alterations
    Application examples: FIBROLIT® ZWO, FIBROFIX® SECHS
    Casting of punch guides in guiding strippers
    Suitable apertures in the stripper can be marked out from finished matrix.
    Allowance must be made for a casting gap of 1 - 3 mm around the punch.
    Prolonged storage and cold can cause the resin to become stiff and unwor-
    kable. Place resin container in hot water of about 60 °C, then stir thorough-
    ly and let cool down to room temperature.
    Fig. 1:
    Casting of punch guide in guiding stripper
    Quite often it will suffice to drill a hole in approximation of a shaped
    aperture – as shown in fig. 2.
    Fig. 2:
    Cast guide for form punch
    Where extremely thin casting gaps cannot be avoided, admixture of
    FIBROLIT® Thinning agent 280.24 will reduce the viscosity of the epoxy
    mixture, thus facilitating casting or injection.
    The casting aperture/hole in the stripper requires thorough degreasing.
    Apply a coating of release agent to both the punch and the matrix. Bring
    stripper and matrix into accurate alignment, then clamp together.
    Various methods exist for the exact positioning of the punch prior to
    casting. A magnetic vee block can be used for assuring verticality. Metal
    foil or plastic shims may help in providing equal clearance with the matrix.
    Segmented matrices are best made initially to zero clearance – relief and
    clearance to be ground after casting; this method ensures correct centring
    of the punch versus the matrix inserts.
    A ring of plasticine helps to confine the poured resin, also acts as a casting
    funnel. Often the use of the FIBRO Injection gun 280.09 will be found much
    easier, especially where access is obstructed.
    With simple dies, the following execution leads to expedient and good
    results:
    Fig. 3:
    Casting of the punch guide in a simple piercing/blanking die
    The punch is set up squarely and positioned dimensionally correct relative
    to the matrix. The punch guide is then cast in the prepared stripper
    aperture – the stripper being dowelled to the matrix, of course.
    After hardening, the punch is forced lightly into the soft matrix, this being
    facilitated by the usual undersized preliminary matrix aperture.
    The matrix is then worked to the impressed contours, finished and finally
    hardened.
    Where stripping forces are considerable and/or where large runs are antici-
    pated, the cast epoxy resin guides in the stripper can be protected against
    wear by a wear plate. This plate is fitted to the underside of the stripper –
    before or after casting.
    Fast-running dies require lubrication of the punch guide; an oil well is
    easily formed at the top end of the cast resin guide – as shown in fig. 4.
    Fig. 4:
    Cast punch guide with oil well and wear plate underneath stripper
    Quill punches ought to be given maximum support over their length; a
    typical cast stripper guide for such thin punches is shown in fig. 5.
    Fig. 5:
    Cast guide for thin Quill-Type Punch
    H18 subject to alterations
    Fig. 6 shows a guiding stripper with jig-bored holes for a number of dowel
    pins. The aperture was sawn. After driving in of the dowel pins the punch
    is inserted and then the guide is cast around it. The line contact with the
    hardened dowels makes the punch guide
    more durable, and the lining up of the punch (prior to casting)
    is eliminated.
    Application examples: FIBROLIT® ZWO, FIBROFIX® SECHS
    Fig. 6:
    Cast punch guide with jig-bored positioning dowel pins
    A complicated guiding stripper with many intricately-shaped
    punch guiding holes is shown in fig. 7. All apertures in the stripper were
    drilled, sawn or milled, and the punch guides were cast with FIBRO tooling
    resin.
    Fig. 7:
    Guiding stripper with numerous punch guides, cast with FIBRO tooling
    resin
    Examples of epoxy-casting and
    epoxy-bonding work in a progression die
    Cast-in liner bushes for dowel pins
    These hardened Liner Bushes are used to great advantage where
    it is necessary to dismantle or replace unhardened components frequently
    – for instance in precision stamping dies etc.
    The jig-ground dowel pin holes in the hardened and ground plates assure
    perfectly accurate interchangeability.
    The unhardened counterpart is brought into precise position and align-
    ment by way of casting-in of the hardened liner bushes. Either FIBROLIT®
    ZWO or FIBROFIX® SECHS is used for casting.
    subject to alterations
    Application examples: FIBROLIT® ZWO, FIBROFIX® SECHS
    Casting of punch guides in guiding strippers
    Suitable apertures in the stripper can be marked out from finished matrix.
    Allowance must be made for a casting gap of 1 - 3 mm around the punch.
    Prolonged storage and cold can cause the resin to become stiff and unwor-
    kable. Place resin container in hot water of about 60 °C, then stir thorough-
    ly and let cool down to room temperature.
    Fig. 1:
    Casting of punch guide in guiding stripper
    Quite often it will suffice to drill a hole in approximation of a shaped
    aperture – as shown in fig. 2.
    Fig. 2:
    Cast guide for form punch
    Where extremely thin casting gaps cannot be avoided, admixture of
    FIBROLIT® Thinning agent 280.24 will reduce the viscosity of the epoxy
    mixture, thus facilitating casting or injection.
    The casting aperture/hole in the stripper requires thorough degreasing.
    Apply a coating of release agent to both the punch and the matrix. Bring
    stripper and matrix into accurate alignment, then clamp together.
    Various methods exist for the exact positioning of the punch prior to
    casting. A magnetic vee block can be used for assuring verticality. Metal
    foil or plastic shims may help in providing equal clearance with the matrix.
    Segmented matrices are best made initially to zero clearance – relief and
    clearance to be ground after casting; this method ensures correct centring
    of the punch versus the matrix inserts.
    A ring of plasticine helps to confine the poured resin, also acts as a casting
    funnel. Often the use of the FIBRO Injection gun 280.09 will be found much
    easier, especially where access is obstructed.
    With simple dies, the following execution leads to expedient and good
    results:
    Fig. 3:
    Casting of the punch guide in a simple piercing/blanking die
    The punch is set up squarely and positioned dimensionally correct relative
    to the matrix. The punch guide is then cast in the prepared stripper
    aperture – the stripper being dowelled to the matrix, of course.
    After hardening, the punch is forced lightly into the soft matrix, this being
    facilitated by the usual undersized preliminary matrix aperture.
    The matrix is then worked to the impressed contours, finished and finally
    hardened.
    Where stripping forces are considerable and/or where large runs are antici-
    pated, the cast epoxy resin guides in the stripper can be protected against
    wear by a wear plate. This plate is fitted to the underside of the stripper –
    before or after casting.
    Fast-running dies require lubrication of the punch guide; an oil well is
    easily formed at the top end of the cast resin guide – as shown in fig. 4.
    Fig. 4:
    Cast punch guide with oil well and wear plate underneath stripper
    Quill punches ought to be given maximum support over their length; a
    typical cast stripper guide for such thin punches is shown in fig. 5.
    Fig. 5:
    Cast guide for thin Quill-Type Punch
    subject to alterations
    Fig. 6 shows a guiding stripper with jig-bored holes for a number of dowel
    pins. The aperture was sawn. After driving in of the dowel pins the punch
    is inserted and then the guide is cast around it. The line contact with the
    hardened dowels makes the punch guide
    more durable, and the lining up of the punch (prior to casting)
    is eliminated.
    Application examples: FIBROLIT® ZWO, FIBROFIX® SECHS
    Fig. 6:
    Cast punch guide with jig-bored positioning dowel pins
    A complicated guiding stripper with many intricately-shaped
    punch guiding holes is shown in fig. 7. All apertures in the stripper were
    drilled, sawn or milled, and the punch guides were cast with FIBRO tooling
    resin.
    Fig. 7:
    Guiding stripper with numerous punch guides, cast with FIBRO tooling
    resin
    Examples of epoxy-casting and
    epoxy-bonding work in a progression die
    Cast-in liner bushes for dowel pins
    These hardened Liner Bushes are used to great advantage where
    it is necessary to dismantle or replace unhardened components frequently
    – for instance in precision stamping dies etc.
    The jig-ground dowel pin holes in the hardened and ground plates assure
    perfectly accurate interchangeability.
    The unhardened counterpart is brought into precise position and align-
    ment by way of casting-in of the hardened liner bushes. Either FIBROLIT®
    ZWO or FIBROFIX® SECHS is used for casting.
    H19
    A
    B
    C
    D
    E
    F
    G
    H
    J
    K
    L
    Die Sets
    Precision Ground Plates and Flat Bars
    Lifting and Clamping Devices
    Guide elements
    Ground Precision Components
    Springs
    Elastomer-Bars, -Sheets, -Sections
    FIBRO Chemical Tooling Aids
    Peripheral Equipment
    Cam Units
    Standard Parts for Mould Making
    Peripheral Equipment
    for presses, tool manufacture, assembly aids
    Conveyor belts, pneumatic conveyors, electric conveyors
    Peripheral
    equipment
    J2
    subject to alterations
    Peripheral equipment
    Press and tools products
    Ball bearing inserts and rails
    If you need fast and reliable tool changing, you
    will find that equipping or updating your press
    with ball bearing inserts and rails is the ideal
    solution.
    With ball bearing inserts and rails you can
    move or change tools fast, and above all
    accurately - even if they weigh several tons.
    In the past this has often been an awkward,
    inconvenient and sometimes even critical
    process.
    Equipping and retrofitting press tables with
    ball bearing rails is extremely straightforward
    as virtually every press table has fixing slots.
    The ball bearing rails are simply inserted and
    fixed in these slots.
    Ball bearing inserts can be used for press tables
    which do not have fixing slots. These are fitted
    in the locating sockets.
    The ball bearings of the inserts and rails
    will move in any direction and project only
    slightly above the surface of the press table.
    The result is that only slight force is required
    for movement on the table. When the tool is
    clamped in place it sits on the table and the
    clamping pressure causes the ball bearings to
    retract into their sockets.
    Roller inserts and roller rails
    Roller inserts and rails will carry twice the load
    of ball bearing inserts and rails and ensure
    precise linear movement of the tool. This linear
    technology requires precise positioning of the
    tool when it is transferred to the tool bench.
    Roller rails are used especially on presses with
    stationary mounting devices.
    The special roller bearing technology operates
    reliably at high temperatures (200 °C).
    Unlike ball bearing rails, roller rails can be used
    in tool base plates, i.e. installed upside down.
    Conveyor belts
    Our conveyor belts are designed for use in a
    wide variety of production applications.
    There is a belt width and length to suit almost
    every application.
    The conveyor belts are powered by an electric
    motor, which is electronically regulated to
    provide belt speeds from 0.02 to 30 metres per
    minute.
    The motor can be mounted horizontally or
    vertically, on either side of the belt for either
    direction of movement. Conveyor belts are
    available with or without profiles across the
    belt. Conveyor edge rails are also available in a
    range of designs.
    Pneumatic conveyors
    This pneumatic conveyor is unique and is
    patented. It was designed to provide an
    effective and affordable solution to the
    problems of conveying parts and disposing of
    waste.
    This beltless system conveys stampings and
    waste from the tool area by vibration alone.
    Electro-mechanical transporters
    The FIBRO electro-mechanical transporters
    have been developed to effectively and
    inexpensively solve the problems of
    transporting parts and the removal of
    stamping and cutting residues from presses.
    The principle behind the electro-mechanical
    transporter is the so-called „table cloth effect“.
    The slow acceleration during the forward
    stroke pushes the parts or offcuts forwards. The
    fast return stroke of the guiding system results
    in a transport movement in only one direction.
    J3
    Contents
    subject to alterations
    2398.
    Electronic thread moulding
    2198.32.
    Ball bearing insert without collar
    2198.33.
    Ball bearing insert with collar
    2198.42.
    Ball bearing rail
    2198.34.
    Roller insert without collar
    2198.35.
    Roller insert with collar
    2198.44.
    Roller rail
    2198.50.55.
    Spring mounted roller to
    VW Standard
    3710.12.01
    Counter view, mechanical
    3710.00.12.01
    Installation frame for counter view
    2195.301.
    Conveyor belt, electrically controlled
    2195.302.
    Conveyor belt, electrically controlled
    2195.401.
    Conveyor belt, electrically controlled
    2195.402.
    Conveyor belt, electrically controlled
    2195.114.
    Delimiting guide for conveyor belt
    2195.115.
    Delimiting guide for conveyor belt
    J4
    J7-9
    J10
    J10
    J11
    J12
    J12
    J13
    J14-15
    J16
    J17
    J22
    J23
    J24
    J25
    J26
    J26
    Contents
    subject to alterations
    2195.116.
    Delimiting guide for conveyor belt
    2195.117.
    Delimiting guide for conveyor belt
    2195.218.
    Delimiting guide with loss preven-
    tion for conveyor belt
    2195.219.
    Delimiting guide with loss preven-
    tion for conveyor belt
    2195.220.
    Delimiting guide with loss preven-
    tion for conveyor belt
    2195.221.
    Delimiting guide with loss preven-
    tion for conveyor belt
    2195.120./121.
    Stand for conveyor belt
    2195.130./131.
    Stand for conveyor belt
    2195.140./141.
    Stand for conveyor belt
    2195.150./151.
    Stand for conveyor belt
    2199.03/10/40.1/70
    Pneumatic conveyor
    2299.001.
    Electro-mechanical transporter -
    vertical gear position
    2299.002.
    Electro-mechanical transporter -
    horizontal gear position
    2299.011.
    Electro-mechanical transporter -
    vertical gear position, with profile
    and support
    2299.012.
    Electro-mechanical transporter -
    horizontal gear position, with profile
    and support
    2299.121.
    Electro-mechanical transporter -
    vertical gear position, two slides,
    with profile and support
    J5
    J26
    J26
    J27
    J27
    J27
    J27
    J28
    J28
    J28
    J28
    J31
    J35
    J35
    J36
    J36
    J37
    Contents
    subject to alterations
    2299.122.
    Electro-mechanical transporter -
    horizontal gear position, two slides,
    with profile and support
    2299.221.
    Electro-mechanical transporter -
    vertical centre gear position, two
    slides, with profile and support
    2299.222.
    Electro-mechanical transporter -
    horizontal centre gear position, two
    slides, with profile and support
    2299.510
    Electro-mechanical transporters -
    Fastening element with height
    adjustment system
    2299.511
    Electro-mechanical transporters -
    Fastening element
    2299.520
    Electro-mechanical transporters -
    Distance
    2299.540
    Electro-mechanical transporters -
    Quick clamp for guiding system
    2299.541
    Electro-mechanical transporters -
    Quick clamp for guiding system
    2299.530
    Electro-mechanical transporters -
    Angled mounting with adapter plate
    2191.
    Sensors for stamping and forming
    technology
    J6
    J37
    J38
    J38
    J39
    J39
    J40
    J40
    J40
    J41
    J42
    Electronic Thread
    Moulding
    PATENTED
    please request your catalogue
    further information on
    request
    Electronic Thread
    Moulding
    PATENTED
    please request your catalogue
    further information on
    request
    J7
    subject to alterations
    Flexibility
    The electronic thread moulding unit can be
    used in a wide variety of presses, progressive
    dies and automatic punching machines
    thanks to its independent drive and versatile
    control unit. If required, a thread cutter can
    also be operated instead of the non-cutting
    thread moulder. The compact design allows
    for the greatest possible flexibility.
    Integration takes place through installation
    in existing equipment. The control unit of
    the electronic thread moulding unit is cou-
    pled with the equipment according to requi-
    rements. The simple programming facilitates
    quick calibration of all parameters.
    Quality
    The thread moulding unit produces high
    quality threads in sizes M2-M24. The threads
    stand out thanks to:
    • great strength and stability
    • high surface quality
    The quality test includes an ongoing check of
    the thread moulding cycle. The condition of
    the thread tool, the tolerance of the core
    hole and the quality of the resulting thread
    are inferred from the monitored parameters.
    If limit values are fallen short of or are excee-
    ded, a stop signal is sent to the press or
    equipment and a corresponding error mes-
    sage is produced. Furthermore, all data sets
    can be read out from the controls and sum-
    marised externally as a report, for instance
    within a quality assurance system.
    Cost effectiveness
    In addition to producing high quality
    threads, the thread creation is above all ext-
    remely cost effective. Cost savings can be
    achieved through:
    • long service life of the tools
    • faster processing times
    • avoiding rejects
    • eliminating the feeding of parts and additio-
    nal production stages
    • a high level of investment security
    The electronic thread moulding unit, specially designed for punching and forming processes, stands
    out thanks to its excellent process integration. Regardless of whether the electronic thread moulding
    unit is used in progressive dies or progression tools, in presses or in automatic punching and bending
    machines, the desired threads are created in a reliable and controlled fashion. This improves thread
    quality, increases reliability and ensures quick, cost-effective production.
    Sample applications
    Electronic Thread Moulding
    At a glance
    • Versatile and flexible application
    • Autonomous system
    • Large spectrum of thread sizes M2-M24
    (larger upon request)
    • Simple programming and control
    • High quality
    • Stability and strength
    • Surface quality
    • Integrated quality control
    • Cost effective
    • Cost savings
    • Short production times
    • A high level of investment security
    J8 subject to alterations
    The controls and the servo regulator for the
    drives are located in the control box. The size
    of the control box varies according to the
    number of systems that must be controlled.
    The control unit can regulate up to 6 inde-
    pendent drives. 10 programmes per unit
    allow unrestricted programming of the para-
    meters (rotation speed of the leader, limita-
    tion of the torque, number of rotations of
    the leader, cycle time, batch counter, process
    data monitoring). Data storage may also
    take place, which serves to record all the tor-
    que values.
    The moulding head transforms horizontal
    rotation into vertical rotation. The feed
    motion is carried out by a leader. The thread
    pitch of the leader corresponds to the pitch
    of the thread to be moulded. The moulding
    tool is operated with maximum precision
    with the help of the head spindle sleeve. A
    clamping sleeve is used to clamp the thread
    moulder.
    The drive shaft transfers the drive's torque
    to the moulding head. By evening out diffe-
    rences in height and length, the moulding
    head can be installed in every position wit-
    hin the tool. It is also manoeuvrable on hol-
    ding-down plates. The maximum clearance
    between the drive and the moulding head is
    500 mm.
    The bevel gear serves to limit the length of
    the installation space required by the drive.
    Using the bevel gear is optional.
    The drive consists of one synchronous servo-
    motor for each moulding head that must be
    powered. The servomotor is configured
    according to the thread size. This makes it
    possible to create different thread sizes in a
    tool using one control. Thanks to the cons-
    tant cutting speed, significantly longer ser-
    vice lives are achieved than is the case with
    mechanical, forced piloted systems.
    The drive is independent from the press
    stroke and press motion. The maximum rota-
    tion speed is 6000 U/min.
    A flexible and compact micro dosing unit
    with a volumetric dosing pump allows for
    precise and reliable lubrication. The nozzle
    technology was developed for punching and
    forming processes.
    ++ excellent
    + good
    • satisfactory
    – adequate
    – – inadequate
    electronic
    thread
    moulding
    thread
    cutting*
    threaded/
    punched
    nut
    weld nut
    Possible uses
    Thread sizes + ++ + +
    Tensile strength of the material • • ++ ++
    Flexibility ++ – – – – – –
    Quality
    Surface ++ • • •
    (Pull-out) resistance ++ – – –
    Load capacity ++ + + +
    Reliability ++ ++ – – – –
    Time
    Number of process stages ++ + – – – –
    Processing time ++ • – – – –
    Cost
    Production costs ++ – • – –
    * as a discrete, downstream process stage
    Process comparison
    Electronic Thread Moulding
    subject to alterations
    Flexibility
    The electronic thread moulding unit can be
    used in a wide variety of presses, progressive
    dies and automatic punching machines
    thanks to its independent drive and versatile
    control unit. If required, a thread cutter can
    also be operated instead of the non-cutting
    thread moulder. The compact design allows
    for the greatest possible flexibility.
    Integration takes place through installation
    in existing equipment. The control unit of
    the electronic thread moulding unit is cou-
    pled with the equipment according to requi-
    rements. The simple programming facilitates
    quick calibration of all parameters.
    Quality
    The thread moulding unit produces high
    quality threads in sizes M2-M24. The threads
    stand out thanks to:
    • great strength and stability
    • high surface quality
    The quality test includes an ongoing check of
    the thread moulding cycle. The condition of
    the thread tool, the tolerance of the core
    hole and the quality of the resulting thread
    are inferred from the monitored parameters.
    If limit values are fallen short of or are excee-
    ded, a stop signal is sent to the press or
    equipment and a corresponding error mes-
    sage is produced. Furthermore, all data sets
    can be read out from the controls and sum-
    marised externally as a report, for instance
    within a quality assurance system.
    Cost effectiveness
    In addition to producing high quality
    threads, the thread creation is above all ext-
    remely cost effective. Cost savings can be
    achieved through:
    • long service life of the tools
    • faster processing times
    • avoiding rejects
    • eliminating the feeding of parts and additio-
    nal production stages
    • a high level of investment security
    The electronic thread moulding unit, specially designed for punching and forming processes, stands
    out thanks to its excellent process integration. Regardless of whether the electronic thread moulding
    unit is used in progressive dies or progression tools, in presses or in automatic punching and bending
    machines, the desired threads are created in a reliable and controlled fashion. This improves thread
    quality, increases reliability and ensures quick, cost-effective production.
    Sample applications
    Electronic Thread Moulding
    At a glance
    • Versatile and flexible application
    • Autonomous system
    • Large spectrum of thread sizes M2-M24
    (larger upon request)
    • Simple programming and control
    • High quality
    • Stability and strength
    • Surface quality
    • Integrated quality control
    • Cost effective
    • Cost savings
    • Short production times
    • A high level of investment security
    subject to alterations
    The controls and the servo regulator for the
    drives are located in the control box. The size
    of the control box varies according to the
    number of systems that must be controlled.
    The control unit can regulate up to 6 inde-
    pendent drives. 10 programmes per unit
    allow unrestricted programming of the para-
    meters (rotation speed of the leader, limita-
    tion of the torque, number of rotations of
    the leader, cycle time, batch counter, process
    data monitoring). Data storage may also
    take place, which serves to record all the tor-
    que values.
    The moulding head transforms horizontal
    rotation into vertical rotation. The feed
    motion is carried out by a leader. The thread
    pitch of the leader corresponds to the pitch
    of the thread to be moulded. The moulding
    tool is operated with maximum precision
    with the help of the head spindle sleeve. A
    clamping sleeve is used to clamp the thread
    moulder.
    The drive shaft transfers the drive's torque
    to the moulding head. By evening out diffe-
    rences in height and length, the moulding
    head can be installed in every position wit-
    hin the tool. It is also manoeuvrable on hol-
    ding-down plates. The maximum clearance
    between the drive and the moulding head is
    500 mm.
    The bevel gear serves to limit the length of
    the installation space required by the drive.
    Using the bevel gear is optional.
    The drive consists of one synchronous servo-
    motor for each moulding head that must be
    powered. The servomotor is configured
    according to the thread size. This makes it
    possible to create different thread sizes in a
    tool using one control. Thanks to the cons-
    tant cutting speed, significantly longer ser-
    vice lives are achieved than is the case with
    mechanical, forced piloted systems.
    The drive is independent from the press
    stroke and press motion. The maximum rota-
    tion speed is 6000 U/min.
    A flexible and compact micro dosing unit
    with a volumetric dosing pump allows for
    precise and reliable lubrication. The nozzle
    technology was developed for punching and
    forming processes.
    ++ excellent
    + good
    • satisfactory
    – adequate
    – – inadequate
    electronic
    thread
    moulding
    thread
    cutting*
    threaded/
    punched
    nut
    weld nut
    Possible uses
    Thread sizes + ++ + +
    Tensile strength of the material • • ++ ++
    Flexibility ++ – – – – – –
    Quality
    Surface ++ • • •
    (Pull-out) resistance ++ – – –
    Load capacity ++ + + +
    Reliability ++ ++ – – – –
    Time
    Number of process stages ++ + – – – –
    Processing time ++ • – – – –
    Cost
    Production costs ++ – • – –
    * as a discrete, downstream process stage
    Process comparison
    Electronic Thread Moulding
    J9
    subject to alterations
    Ball bearing insert without collar
    Ball bearing insert with collar
    Note:
    The supporting ball bearings raise the object to be moved (tool) away
    from the table surface and replace the surface friction with rolling fric-
    tion. This significantly reduces the force required to move the tool.
    Note:
    The supporting ball bearings raise the object to be moved (tool) away
    from the table surface and replace the surface friction with rolling fric-
    tion. This significantly reduces the force required to move the tool.
    2198.32.
    2198.33.
    J10
    Order No d
    Load capacity
    m [daN]
    Ball
    diameter e t
    2198.32.020 20 25 10 10 30
    2198.32.024 24 40 12 14 38
    2198.32.030 30 63 15 20 44
    2198.32.040 40 100 20 30 53
    Order No d
    Load capacity
    m [daN]
    Ball
    diameter e t l
    2198.33.020 20 25 10 25 3.5 31
    2198.33.024 24 40 12 30 4 39
    2198.33.030 30 63 15 35 5 45
    2198.33.040 40 100 20 50 6 54
    2198.32.
    2198.33. Ball bearing insert with collar
    Ball bearing insert without collar
    subject to alterations
    Ball bearing rail
    2198.42.
    Note:
    The ball bearing rails are pushed into the DIN 650 T-shaped grooves in
    the press table and are fixed in place by the clamping piece. The size
    and number of the ball bearing rails is determined by the size of the T-
    shaped groove and the load-bearing capacity required. Once the tool is
    clamped in place, it lies on the press table and the clamping pressure
    presses the ball bearings into the holes.
    * T-shaped grooves are not absolutely necessary.
    J11
    Order No a
    Load capacity
    m [daN] L
    Number
    of balls
    Ball
    diameter f b* c* h x y
    2198.42.18.105 18 75 105 3 10 1.5 30 12 30 35 14.5
    2198.42.18.140 18 100 140 4 10 1.5 30 12 30 35 14.5
    2198.42.18.175 18 125 175 5 10 1.5 30 12 30 35 14.5
    2198.42.18.210 18 150 210 6 10 1.5 30 12 30 35 14.5
    2198.42.18.280 18 200 280 8 10 1.5 30 12 30 35 14.5
    2198.42.18.350 18 250 350 10 10 1.5 30 12 30 35 14.5
    2198.42.22.120 22 120 120 3 12 1.5 37 16 38 40 14.5
    2198.42.22.160 22 160 160 4 12 1.5 37 16 38 40 14.5
    2198.42.22.200 22 200 200 5 12 1.5 37 16 38 40 14.5
    2198.42.22.240 22 240 240 6 12 1.5 37 16 38 40 14.5
    2198.42.22.320 22 320 320 8 12 1.5 37 16 38 40 14.5
    2198.42.22.400 22 400 400 10 12 1.5 37 16 38 40 14.5
    2198.42.28.135 28 190 135 3 15 1.5 46 20 48 45 19
    2198.42.28.180 28 250 180 4 15 1.5 46 20 48 45 19
    2198.42.28.225 28 320 225 5 15 1.5 46 20 48 45 19
    2198.42.28.270 28 380 270 6 15 1.5 46 20 48 45 19
    2198.42.28.360 28 500 360 8 15 1.5 46 20 48 45 19
    2198.42.28.450 28 630 450 10 15 1.5 46 20 48 45 19
    2198.42.36.150 36 300 150 3 20 1.5 56 25 61 50 24.5
    2198.42.36.200 36 400 200 4 20 1.5 56 25 61 50 24.5
    2198.42.36.250 36 500 250 5 20 1.5 56 25 61 50 24.5
    2198.42.36.300 36 600 300 6 20 1.5 56 25 61 50 24.5
    2198.42.36.400 36 800 400 8 20 1.5 56 25 61 50 24.5
    2198.42.36.500 36 1000 500 10 20 1.5 56 25 61 50 24.5
    2198.42. Ball bearing rail
    subject to alterations
    Roller insert without collar
    Roller insert with collar
    Note:
    Roller inserts provide double the capacity of ball bearing inserts.
    Torsion protection is provided by the customer.
    Note:
    Roller inserts provide double the capacity of ball bearing inserts.
    Torsion protection is provided by the customer.
    2198.34.
    2198.35.
    J12
    Order No d
    Load capacity
    m [daN]
    Roller
    diameter e t
    2198.34.020 20 50 10 10 30
    2198.34.024 24 80 13 14 38
    2198.34.030 30 125 16 20 44
    2198.34.040 40 200 19 30 53
    Order No d
    Load capacity
    m [daN]
    Roller
    diameter e t l
    2198.35.020 20 50 10 25 3.5 31
    2198.35.024 24 80 13 30 4 39
    2198.35.030 30 125 16 35 5 45
    2198.35.040 40 200 19 50 6 54
    2198.34.
    2198.35. Roller insert with collar
    Roller insert without collar
    subject to alterations
    Roller rail
    2198.44.
    Note:
    Roller rails provide double the capacity of ball bearing rails. They ensure
    precise linear movement of the tool.
    Unlike ball bearing rails, roller rails can be used in tool base plates, i.e.
    installed upside down.
    * T-shaped grooves are not absolutely necessary.
    J13
    Order No a
    Load capacity
    m [daN] L
    Number of
    rollers
    Roller
    diameter f b* c* h x y
    2198.44.18.105 18 150 105 3 10 1.5 30 12 30 35 14.5
    2198.44.18.140 18 200 140 4 10 1.5 30 12 30 35 14.5
    2198.44.18.175 18 250 175 5 10 1.5 30 12 30 35 14.5
    2198.44.18.210 18 300 210 6 10 1.5 30 12 30 35 14.5
    2198.44.18.280 18 400 280 8 10 1.5 30 12 30 35 14.5
    2198.44.18.350 18 500 350 10 10 1.5 30 12 30 35 14.5
    2198.44.22.120 22 240 120 3 13 1.5 37 16 38 40 14.5
    2198.44.22.160 22 320 160 4 13 1.5 37 16 38 40 14.5
    2198.44.22.200 22 400 200 5 13 1.5 37 16 38 40 14.5
    2198.44.22.240 22 480 240 6 13 1.5 37 16 38 40 14.5
    2198.44.22.320 22 640 320 8 13 1.5 37 16 38 40 14.5
    2198.44.22.400 22 800 400 10 13 1.5 37 16 38 40 14.5
    2198.44.28.135 28 380 135 3 16 1.5 46 20 48 45 19
    2198.44.28.180 28 500 180 4 16 1.5 46 20 48 45 19
    2198.44.28.225 28 630 225 5 16 1.5 46 20 48 45 19
    2198.44.28.270 28 750 270 6 16 1.5 46 20 48 45 19
    2198.44.28.360 28 1000 360 8 16 1.5 46 20 48 45 19
    2198.44.28.450 28 1250 450 10 16 1.5 46 20 48 45 19
    2198.44.36.150 36 600 150 3 19 1.5 56 25 61 50 24.5
    2198.44.36.200 36 800 200 4 19 1.5 56 25 61 50 24.5
    2198.44.36.250 36 1000 250 5 19 1.5 56 25 61 50 24.5
    2198.44.36.300 36 1200 300 6 19 1.5 56 25 61 50 24.5
    2198.44.36.400 36 1600 400 8 19 1.5 56 25 61 50 24.5
    2198.44.36.500 36 2000 500 10 19 1.5 56 25 61 50 24.5
    2198.44. Roller rail
    subject to alterations
    Spring mounted roller to VW Standard
    Note:
    Screws are not included.
    Application:
    For stabilizing the sheet-metal strip in the tool and at the coil entry.
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 M8.
    Note:
    Screws are not included.
    Application:
    For stabilizing the sheet-metal strip in the tool and at the coil entry.
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 M8.
    Material: Steel
    ø15
    ø9
    11
    10
    10
    50
    38
    40
    ø48
    45
    15 18
    ~102
    82
    spare part:
    2198.50.55.01.07
    2198.50.55.01 Execution 1
    ø48
    10
    10
    ~162
    ø15
    ø9
    11
    38
    98 45
    15
    50
    38
    40
    spare part:
    2198.50.55.01.07
    Material: Steel
    2198.50.55.02 Execution 2
    J14
    subject to alterations
    Spring mounted roller to VW Standard
    10
    10
    50
    38
    40
    ø48
    45
    15
    ø15
    ø9
    11
    Material: Steel
    ~102
    18
    82
    spare part:
    2198.50.55.01.07
    2198.50.55.03 Execution 3
    Note:
    Screws are not included.
    Application:
    For stabilizing the sheet-metal strip in the tool and at the coil entry.
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 M8.
    10
    10
    50
    38
    40
    ø48
    45
    ø15
    ø9
    11
    15 18
    82
    ~ 135
    spare part
    2198.50.55.01.07
    2198.50.55.04 Execution 4
    Material: Steel
    Note:
    Screws are not included.
    Application:
    For stabilizing the sheet-metal strip in the tool and at the coil entry.
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 M8.
    J15
    subject to alterations
    Counter view, mechanical
    Description:
    - monitors the productivity of a moulding tool
    Note:
    - max. operational temperature 120 °C
    - seven digit display, non-resettable, allows recording up to 10 million
    cycles
    - splash resistant, corrosion resistant
    - incl. mounting screws M4x25
    Installation into mould parting surface with 2 cylinder screws M4 x 25
    DIN EN ISO 4762.
    - An installation in the mould parting surface provides a good reading of
    the counted values.
    Patent
    FT
    48
    24
    38
    28,5
    26
    R8
    M4x25 (2x)
    3710.12.01
    ø6,5
    47,5
    4,5
    24
    28,5
    38
    19 24
    12
    R8
    M4x25 (2x)
    Mounting example
    J16
    3710.12.01 Counter view, mechanical
    subject to alterations
    Installation frame for counter view
    8x45°
    3710.00.12.01
    85
    30
    69
    63
    40
    12
    20
    49
    8
    min. 13
    8
    6
    6 85
    82
    22
    20°
    20°
    33
    19
    22
    29
    3710.12.01
    3710.12.01 3710.00.12.01 3710.00.12.01
    Note:
    Fasten the installation frame on the tool, then insert the counter view.
    Delivery includes:
    2 socket head cap screws M6x16 to DIN EN ISO 4762 and 2 dowel pins
    2361.1.0600.024
    Attention:
    After installing the counter view into the installation frame, disas-
    sembly is no longer possible (manipulation proof).
    Mounting example
    01.2017
    3710.00.12.01 Installation frame for counter
    view
    subject to alterations J18
    Electrically
    controlled
    Conveyor Belts
    Electrically
    controlled
    Conveyor Belts
    J19
    230 V AC
    1-ph.
    400 V AC
    3-ph.
    1
    2
    3
    4
    5
    6 3 6 4
    7 3 7 4
    8 3 8 4
    9 3 9 4
     1
     2
     3
     1
     2
     3
     4
     5
     6
     0
     1
     2
     3
     4
    subject to alterations
    Conveyor belts, electrically controlled
    Description and ordering guidelines
    Description:
    The conveyor belts are used to move parts and
    waste out of the press. They are suitable for any
    other application involving the movement of
    parts or waste.
    The belt consists of a woven glass fibre fabric with
    a polyurethane coating.
    The drives are designed for both continuous and
    intermittent operation.
    Accessories:
    Delimiting guides, loss prevention and stands (see
    following pages) only in conjunction with a
    conveyor belt order.
    Belt speed:
    The standard speed is 5,5 m/min.
    Speeds of 2,7 –7,5–11–20 m/min are available on request.
    5,5 m/min. Code
    2,7 m/min. Code
    7,5 m/min. Code
    11 m/min. Code
    20 m/min. Code
    An electrical controller enables the belt speed to be set to between
    0,02 –10 m/min. (Types 302 and 402 only) Code
    10 –20 m/min. Code
    20 –30 m/min. Code
    0,02 –30 m/min. (Types 302 and 402 only) Code
    with limited control precision.
    Motors: (supply voltage)
    Single-phase-motor 230 V–50 HZ Code
    Three-phase-motor 230 V–50 HZ (star delta control) Code
    Three-phase-motor 400 V–50 HZ Code
    Motor position with gearbox:
    Motor axis horizontal relative to direction of belt travel, right Code
    Motor axis horizontal relative to direction of belt travel, left Code
    Motor axis vertical relative to direction of belt travel, right, above Code
    Motor axis vertical relative to direction of belt travel, right, below Code
    Motor axis vertical relative to direction of belt travel, left, above Code
    Motor axis vertical relative to direction of belt travel, left, below Code
    Controller:
    Excluding electrical installation Code
    With manual ON/OFF switch and motor circuit-breaker Code
    With manual ON/OFF switch and motor circuit-breaker, Code
    additional emergency stop switch and 3 m cable with IEC 309 plug connector.
    Fittings as for 2 + Motor frequency controller to regulate the belt speed,
    230 V AC, single phased, with IEC 309 plug connector. Code
    Fittings as for 2 + Motor frequency controller to regulate the belt speed,
    400 V AC, three phased, with IEC 309 plug connector. Code
    230 V AC
    1-ph.
    400 V AC
    3-ph.
    1
    2
    3
    4
    5
    6 3 6 4
    7 3 7 4
    8 3 8 4
    9 3 9 4
     1
     2
     3
     1
     2
     3
     4
     5
     6
     0
     1
     2
     3
     4
    subject to alterations
    Conveyor belts, electrically controlled
    Description and ordering guidelines
    Description:
    The conveyor belts are used to move parts and
    waste out of the press. They are suitable for any
    other application involving the movement of
    parts or waste.
    The belt consists of a woven glass fibre fabric with
    a polyurethane coating.
    The drives are designed for both continuous and
    intermittent operation.
    Accessories:
    Delimiting guides, loss prevention and stands (see
    following pages) only in conjunction with a
    conveyor belt order.
    Belt speed:
    The standard speed is 5,5 m/min.
    Speeds of 2,7 –7,5–11–20 m/min are available on request.
    5,5 m/min. Code
    2,7 m/min. Code
    7,5 m/min. Code
    11 m/min. Code
    20 m/min. Code
    An electrical controller enables the belt speed to be set to between
    0,02 –10 m/min. (Types 302 and 402 only) Code
    10 –20 m/min. Code
    20 –30 m/min. Code
    0,02 –30 m/min. (Types 302 and 402 only) Code
    with limited control precision.
    Motors: (supply voltage)
    Single-phase-motor 230 V–50 HZ Code
    Three-phase-motor 230 V–50 HZ (star delta control) Code
    Three-phase-motor 400 V–50 HZ Code
    Motor position with gearbox:
    Motor axis horizontal relative to direction of belt travel, right Code
    Motor axis horizontal relative to direction of belt travel, left Code
    Motor axis vertical relative to direction of belt travel, right, above Code
    Motor axis vertical relative to direction of belt travel, right, below Code
    Motor axis vertical relative to direction of belt travel, left, above Code
    Motor axis vertical relative to direction of belt travel, left, below Code
    Controller:
    Excluding electrical installation Code
    With manual ON/OFF switch and motor circuit-breaker Code
    With manual ON/OFF switch and motor circuit-breaker, Code
    additional emergency stop switch and 3 m cable with IEC 309 plug connector.
    Fittings as for 2 + Motor frequency controller to regulate the belt speed,
    230 V AC, single phased, with IEC 309 plug connector. Code
    Fittings as for 2 + Motor frequency controller to regulate the belt speed,
    400 V AC, three phased, with IEC 309 plug connector. Code
    J21
    2195.301.
    30– 50– 75 4
    100–125–150 7
    175–200–225 10
    250–275–300 15
    = 2195.
    = 2195.301.
    a = 100 mm = 2195.301.100.
    b = 1750 mm = 2195.301.100.1750.
    = 2195.301.100.1750.1
    = 2195.301.100.1750.13
    = 2195.301.100.1750.131
    = 2195.301.100.1750.1311
    = 2195.301.100.1750.1311
    a b 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 2250 2500 2750 3000 3250 3500 3750 4000
    030 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    050 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    075 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    100 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    125 ● ● ● ● ●
    150 ● ● ● ● ●
    175 ● ● ● ●
    200 ● ● ● ●
    225 ● ● ●
    250 ● ● ●
    275 ● ●
    300 ● ●
    subject to alterations
    Belt load:
    Belt width a kg per meter conveyed
    For more information refer to description and ordering guidelines.
    Ordering Code (example):
    Conveyor belt
    Typ 301
    Belt width
    Nominal belt length
    Belt speed
    Motor voltage 400 V
    Motor position
    Motor controller
    Order No
    Conveyor belt, electrically controlled
    2195.301. Conveyor belt, electrically controlled
    J22
    30– 50– 75 4
    100–125–150 7
    175–200–225 10
    250–275–300 15
    a b 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 2250 2500 2750 3000 3250 3500 3750 4000
    030 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    050 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    075 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    100 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    125 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    150 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    175 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    200 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    225 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    250 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    275 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    300 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    = 2195.
    = 2195.302.
    a = 100 mm = 2195.302.100.
    b = 2500 mm = 2195.302.100.2500.
    = 2195.302.100.2500.1
    = 2195.302.100.2500.13
    = 2195.302.100.2500.131
    = 2195.302.100.2500.1311
    = 2195.302.100.2500.1311
    2195.302.
    subject to alterations
    Belt load:
    Belt width a kg per meter conveyed
    For more information refer to description and ordering guidelines.
    Ordering Code (example):
    Conveyor belt
    Typ 302
    Belt width
    Nominal belt length
    Belt speed
    Motor voltage 400 V
    Motor position
    Motor controller
    Order No
    Conveyor belt, electrically controlled
    2195.302. Conveyor belt, electrically controlled
    2195.301.
    30– 50– 75 4
    100–125–150 7
    175–200–225 10
    250–275–300 15
    = 2195.
    = 2195.301.
    a = 100 mm = 2195.301.100.
    b = 1750 mm = 2195.301.100.1750.
    = 2195.301.100.1750.1
    = 2195.301.100.1750.13
    = 2195.301.100.1750.131
    = 2195.301.100.1750.1311
    = 2195.301.100.1750.1311
    a b 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 2250 2500 2750 3000 3250 3500 3750 4000
    030 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    050 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    075 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    100 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    125 ● ● ● ● ●
    150 ● ● ● ● ●
    175 ● ● ● ●
    200 ● ● ● ●
    225 ● ● ●
    250 ● ● ●
    275 ● ●
    300 ● ●
    subject to alterations
    Belt load:
    Belt width a kg per meter conveyed
    For more information refer to description and ordering guidelines.
    Ordering Code (example):
    Conveyor belt
    Typ 301
    Belt width
    Nominal belt length
    Belt speed
    Motor voltage 400 V
    Motor position
    Motor controller
    Order No
    Conveyor belt, electrically controlled
    2195.301. Conveyor belt, electrically controlled
    30– 50– 75 4
    100–125–150 7
    175–200–225 10
    250–275–300 15
    a b 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 2250 2500 2750 3000 3250 3500 3750 4000
    030 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    050 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    075 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    100 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    125 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    150 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    175 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    200 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    225 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    250 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    275 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    300 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    = 2195.
    = 2195.302.
    a = 100 mm = 2195.302.100.
    b = 2500 mm = 2195.302.100.2500.
    = 2195.302.100.2500.1
    = 2195.302.100.2500.13
    = 2195.302.100.2500.131
    = 2195.302.100.2500.1311
    = 2195.302.100.2500.1311
    2195.302.
    subject to alterations
    Belt load:
    Belt width a kg per meter conveyed
    For more information refer to description and ordering guidelines.
    Ordering Code (example):
    Conveyor belt
    Typ 302
    Belt width
    Nominal belt length
    Belt speed
    Motor voltage 400 V
    Motor position
    Motor controller
    Order No
    Conveyor belt, electrically controlled
    2195.302. Conveyor belt, electrically controlled
    J23
    2195.401.
    30– 50– 75 5
    100–125–150 10
    175–200–225 14
    250–275–300 17
    = 2195.
    = 2195.401.
    a = 100 mm = 2195.401.100.
    b = 1750 mm = 2195.401.100.1750.
    = 2195.401.100.1750.1
    = 2195.401.100.1750.13
    = 2195.401.100.1750.131
    = 2195.401.100.1750.1311
    = 2195.401.100.1750.1311
    a b 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 2250 2500 2750 3000 3250 3500 3750 4000
    030 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    050 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    075 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    100 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    125 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    150 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    175 ● ● ● ● ●
    200 ● ● ● ● ●
    225 ● ● ● ●
    250 ● ● ● ●
    275 ● ● ●
    300 ● ● ●
    subject to alterations
    Belt load:
    Belt width a kg per meter conveyed
    For more information refer to description and ordering guidelines.
    Ordering Code (example):
    Conveyor belt
    Typ 401
    Belt width
    Nominal belt length
    Belt speed
    Motor voltage 400 V
    Motor position
    Motor controller
    Order No
    Conveyor belt, electrically controlled
    2195.401. Conveyor belt, electrically controlled
    J24
    2195.402.
    30– 50– 75 5
    100–125–150 10
    175–200–225 14
    250–275–300 17
    350–400–450 20
    500 24
    = 2195.
    = 2195.402.
    a = 100 mm = 2195.302.100.
    b = 2500 mm = 2195.302.100.2500.
    = 2195.302.100.2500.1
    = 2195.302.100.2500.13
    = 2195.302.100.2500.131
    = 2195.302.100.2500.1311
    = 2195.402.100.2500.1311
    a b 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 2250 2500 2750 3000 3250 3500 3750 4000
    030 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    050 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    075 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    100 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    125 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    150 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    175 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    200 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    225 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    250 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    275 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    300 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    350 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    400 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    450 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    500 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    subject to alterations
    Belt load:
    Belt width a kg per meter conveyed
    For more information refer to description and ordering guidelines.
    Ordering Code (example):
    Conveyor belt
    Typ 402
    Belt width
    Nominal belt length
    Belt speed
    Motor voltage 400 V
    Motor position
    Motor controller
    Order No
    Conveyor belt, electrically controlled
    2195.402. Conveyor belt, electrically controlled
    2195.401.
    30– 50– 75 5
    100–125–150 10
    175–200–225 14
    250–275–300 17
    = 2195.
    = 2195.401.
    a = 100 mm = 2195.401.100.
    b = 1750 mm = 2195.401.100.1750.
    = 2195.401.100.1750.1
    = 2195.401.100.1750.13
    = 2195.401.100.1750.131
    = 2195.401.100.1750.1311
    = 2195.401.100.1750.1311
    a b 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 2250 2500 2750 3000 3250 3500 3750 4000
    030 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    050 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    075 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    100 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    125 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    150 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    175 ● ● ● ● ●
    200 ● ● ● ● ●
    225 ● ● ● ●
    250 ● ● ● ●
    275 ● ● ●
    300 ● ● ●
    subject to alterations
    Belt load:
    Belt width a kg per meter conveyed
    For more information refer to description and ordering guidelines.
    Ordering Code (example):
    Conveyor belt
    Typ 401
    Belt width
    Nominal belt length
    Belt speed
    Motor voltage 400 V
    Motor position
    Motor controller
    Order No
    Conveyor belt, electrically controlled
    2195.401. Conveyor belt, electrically controlled
    2195.402.
    30– 50– 75 5
    100–125–150 10
    175–200–225 14
    250–275–300 17
    350–400–450 20
    500 24
    = 2195.
    = 2195.402.
    a = 100 mm = 2195.302.100.
    b = 2500 mm = 2195.302.100.2500.
    = 2195.302.100.2500.1
    = 2195.302.100.2500.13
    = 2195.302.100.2500.131
    = 2195.302.100.2500.1311
    = 2195.402.100.2500.1311
    a b 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 2250 2500 2750 3000 3250 3500 3750 4000
    030 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    050 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    075 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    100 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    125 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    150 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    175 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    200 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    225 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    250 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    275 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    300 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    350 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    400 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    450 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    500 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    subject to alterations
    Belt load:
    Belt width a kg per meter conveyed
    For more information refer to description and ordering guidelines.
    Ordering Code (example):
    Conveyor belt
    Typ 402
    Belt width
    Nominal belt length
    Belt speed
    Motor voltage 400 V
    Motor position
    Motor controller
    Order No
    Conveyor belt, electrically controlled
    2195.402. Conveyor belt, electrically controlled
    J25

    = 2195.
    = 114.
    h = 15 mm = 015.
    a = 100 mm = 100.
    b = 1500 mm = 1500
    = 2195.114.015.100.1500
    = 2195.
    = 2195.115.
    h = 25 mm = 2195.115.025.
    a = 150 mm = 2195.115.025.150.
    b = 1500 mm = 2195.115.025.150.1500
    = 2195.115.025.150.1500
    = 2195.
    = 2195.116.
    h = 10 mm = 2195.115.010.
    a = 100 mm = 2195.115.025.100.
    b = 1500 mm = 2195.115.025.150.1500
    = 2195.116.010.100.1500
    = 2195.
    = 2195.117.
    h = 15 mm = 2195.115.015.
    a = 100 mm = 2195.115.025.100.
    b = 1500 mm = 2195.115.025.150.1500
    = 2195.117.015.100.1500
    2195.114.
    2195.115.
    2195.116.
    2195.117.
    subject to alterations
    Delimiting guide for conveyor belt
    Delimiting guide for conveyor belt
    Description:
    Delimiting guide made of stainless steel
    h = 15 - 100 mm (in 5 mm increments)
    Delimiting guide for conveyor belt
    Description:
    Delimiting guide made of stainless steel
    h = 25 - 100 mm (in 5 mm increments)
    Delimiting guide for conveyor belt
    Description:
    Conveyor edge rails of steel, brazed
    h = 10 - 100 mm (in 5 mm increments)
    Delimiting guide for conveyor belt
    Description:
    Trough conveyor edge rails of stainless steel,
    with brazed on steel reinforcement walls
    h = 15 - 100 mm (in 5 mm increments)
    Note:
    Only in conjunction with a conveyor belt order.
    Note:
    Only in conjunction with a conveyor belt order.
    Note:
    Only in conjunction with a conveyor belt order.
    Note:
    Only in conjunction with a conveyor belt order.
    Ordering Code (example):
    Conveyor belt
    Delimiting guide type
    Guide height
    Belt width
    Frame length
    Order No
    Ordering Code (example):
    Conveyor belt
    Delimiting guide type
    Guide height
    Belt width
    Frame length
    Order No
    Ordering Code (example):
    Conveyor belt
    Delimiting guide type
    Guide height
    Belt width
    Frame length
    Order No
    Ordering Code (example):
    Conveyor belt
    Delimiting guide type
    Guide height
    Belt width
    Frame length
    Order No
    J26
    = 2195.
    = 218.
    h = 25 mm = 025.
    a = 150 mm = 150.
    b = 1500 mm = 1500
    = 2195.218.025.150.1500
    = 2195.
    = 219.
    h = 25 mm = 025.
    a = 150 mm = 150.
    b = 1500 mm = 1500
    = 2195.219.025.150.1500
    = 2195.
    = 220.
    h = 35 mm = 035.
    a = 150 mm = 150.
    b = 1500 mm = 1500
    = 2195.220.035.150.1500
    = 2195.
    = 221.
    h = 35 mm = 035.
    a = 150 mm = 150.
    b = 1500 mm = 1500
    = 2195.221.035.150.1500
    subject to alterations
    2195.00.01.08.005
    a
    h
    a-40
    2195.221.
    Longitudinal profile on edge of belt
    PVC loss prevention
    Stainless steel profile
    2195.00.01.08.005
    a
    h
    a-30
    2195.220.
    h
    a
    PVC loss prevention
    Stainless steel profile
    a-20
    2195.218.
    a
    Stainless steel profile
    PVC loss prevention
    h
    a-30
    2195.219.
    Delimiting guide for conveyor belt with loss
    prevention
    Installation example:
    with profile on conveyor edge rail 2195.114.
    with loss prevention.
    h = 25 - 50 mm (in 5 mm increments)
    Delimiting guide for conveyor belts with loss
    prevention
    Installation example:
    with profile on conveyor edge rail 2195.115.
    with loss prevention.
    h = 25 - 50 mm (in 5 mm increments)
    Delimiting guide for conveyor belt with loss
    prevention
    Installation example:
    with profile on conveyor edge rail 2195.114.
    and longitudinal profile on edge of belt, with loss prevention.
    h = 35 - 50 mm (in 5 mm increments)
    Delimiting guide for conveyor belt with loss
    prevention
    Installation example:
    with profile on conveyor edge rail 2195.115.
    and longitudinal profile on edge of belt, with loss prevention.
    h = 35 - 50 mm (in 5 mm increments)
    Delimiting guide for conveyor belt with loss prevention
    Ordering Code (example):
    Conveyor belt
    Delimiting guide type 114
    with loss prevention type 218
    Guide height
    Belt width
    Frame length
    Order No
    Ordering Code (example):
    Conveyor belt
    Delimiting guide type 115
    with loss prevention type 219
    Guide height
    Belt width
    Frame length
    Order No
    Ordering Code (example):
    Conveyor belt
    Delimiting guide type 114
    with loss prevention and longitudinal
    profile 2195.00.01.08.005
    Guide height
    Belt width
    Frame length
    Order No
    Ordering Code (example):
    Conveyor belt
    Delimiting guide type 115
    with loss prevention and longitudinal
    profile 2195.00.01.08.005
    Guide height
    Belt width
    Frame length
    Order No
    2195.218.
    2195.220.

    = 2195.
    = 114.
    h = 15 mm = 015.
    a = 100 mm = 100.
    b = 1500 mm = 1500
    = 2195.114.015.100.1500
    = 2195.
    = 2195.115.
    h = 25 mm = 2195.115.025.
    a = 150 mm = 2195.115.025.150.
    b = 1500 mm = 2195.115.025.150.1500
    = 2195.115.025.150.1500
    = 2195.
    = 2195.116.
    h = 10 mm = 2195.115.010.
    a = 100 mm = 2195.115.025.100.
    b = 1500 mm = 2195.115.025.150.1500
    = 2195.116.010.100.1500
    = 2195.
    = 2195.117.
    h = 15 mm = 2195.115.015.
    a = 100 mm = 2195.115.025.100.
    b = 1500 mm = 2195.115.025.150.1500
    = 2195.117.015.100.1500
    2195.114.
    2195.115.
    2195.116.
    2195.117.
    subject to alterations
    Delimiting guide for conveyor belt
    Delimiting guide for conveyor belt
    Description:
    Delimiting guide made of stainless steel
    h = 15 - 100 mm (in 5 mm increments)
    Delimiting guide for conveyor belt
    Description:
    Delimiting guide made of stainless steel
    h = 25 - 100 mm (in 5 mm increments)
    Delimiting guide for conveyor belt
    Description:
    Conveyor edge rails of steel, brazed
    h = 10 - 100 mm (in 5 mm increments)
    Delimiting guide for conveyor belt
    Description:
    Trough conveyor edge rails of stainless steel,
    with brazed on steel reinforcement walls
    h = 15 - 100 mm (in 5 mm increments)
    Note:
    Only in conjunction with a conveyor belt order.
    Note:
    Only in conjunction with a conveyor belt order.
    Note:
    Only in conjunction with a conveyor belt order.
    Note:
    Only in conjunction with a conveyor belt order.
    Ordering Code (example):
    Conveyor belt
    Delimiting guide type
    Guide height
    Belt width
    Frame length
    Order No
    Ordering Code (example):
    Conveyor belt
    Delimiting guide type
    Guide height
    Belt width
    Frame length
    Order No
    Ordering Code (example):
    Conveyor belt
    Delimiting guide type
    Guide height
    Belt width
    Frame length
    Order No
    Ordering Code (example):
    Conveyor belt
    Delimiting guide type
    Guide height
    Belt width
    Frame length
    Order No
    = 2195.
    = 218.
    h = 25 mm = 025.
    a = 150 mm = 150.
    b = 1500 mm = 1500
    = 2195.218.025.150.1500
    = 2195.
    = 219.
    h = 25 mm = 025.
    a = 150 mm = 150.
    b = 1500 mm = 1500
    = 2195.219.025.150.1500
    = 2195.
    = 220.
    h = 35 mm = 035.
    a = 150 mm = 150.
    b = 1500 mm = 1500
    = 2195.220.035.150.1500
    = 2195.
    = 221.
    h = 35 mm = 035.
    a = 150 mm = 150.
    b = 1500 mm = 1500
    = 2195.221.035.150.1500
    subject to alterations
    2195.00.01.08.005
    a
    h
    a-40
    2195.221.
    Longitudinal profile on edge of belt
    PVC loss prevention
    Stainless steel profile
    2195.00.01.08.005
    a
    h
    a-30
    2195.220.
    h
    a
    PVC loss prevention
    Stainless steel profile
    a-20
    2195.218.
    a
    Stainless steel profile
    PVC loss prevention
    h
    a-30
    2195.219.
    Delimiting guide for conveyor belt with loss
    prevention
    Installation example:
    with profile on conveyor edge rail 2195.114.
    with loss prevention.
    h = 25 - 50 mm (in 5 mm increments)
    Delimiting guide for conveyor belts with loss
    prevention
    Installation example:
    with profile on conveyor edge rail 2195.115.
    with loss prevention.
    h = 25 - 50 mm (in 5 mm increments)
    Delimiting guide for conveyor belt with loss
    prevention
    Installation example:
    with profile on conveyor edge rail 2195.114.
    and longitudinal profile on edge of belt, with loss prevention.
    h = 35 - 50 mm (in 5 mm increments)
    Delimiting guide for conveyor belt with loss
    prevention
    Installation example:
    with profile on conveyor edge rail 2195.115.
    and longitudinal profile on edge of belt, with loss prevention.
    h = 35 - 50 mm (in 5 mm increments)
    Delimiting guide for conveyor belt with loss prevention
    Ordering Code (example):
    Conveyor belt
    Delimiting guide type 114
    with loss prevention type 218
    Guide height
    Belt width
    Frame length
    Order No
    Ordering Code (example):
    Conveyor belt
    Delimiting guide type 115
    with loss prevention type 219
    Guide height
    Belt width
    Frame length
    Order No
    Ordering Code (example):
    Conveyor belt
    Delimiting guide type 114
    with loss prevention and longitudinal
    profile 2195.00.01.08.005
    Guide height
    Belt width
    Frame length
    Order No
    Ordering Code (example):
    Conveyor belt
    Delimiting guide type 115
    with loss prevention and longitudinal
    profile 2195.00.01.08.005
    Guide height
    Belt width
    Frame length
    Order No
    2195.218.
    2195.220.
    J27
    b
    h ± 20%
    a
    45
    2195.120./2195.121.
    b
    h ± 20%
    a
    2195.150./2195.151.
    b
    h ± 20%
    a
    2195.140./2195.141.
    b
    a
    h ± 40 mm
    2195.130./2195.131.
    = 2195.
    = 2195.131.
    h = 600 mm = 2195.141.0600.
    a = 350 mm = 2195.141.0450.350.
    b = 1000 mm= 2195.141.4050.350.1000
    = 2195.131.0600.350.1000
    = 2195.
    = 2195.120.
    h = 450 mm= 2195.120.0450.
    a = 350 mm= 2195.120.0450.350
    = 2195.120.0450.350
    = 2195.
    = 2195.141.
    h = 450 mm= 2195.121.0450.
    a = 350 mm= 2195.121.0450.350
    = 2195.141.0450.350
    = 2195.
    = 151.
    h = 450 mm = 0450.
    a = 400 mm = 400.
    b = 3000 mm = 3000
    = 2195.151.0450.400.3000
    subject to alterations
    Ordering Code (example):
    Conveyor belt
    Stand with adjustable castors
    Height
    Belt width
    Nominal belt length
    Order no
    Description:
    Table format with adjustable feet .130.
    Table format with adjustable castors .131.
    h = height to customer’s requirements, min. 450 mm
    For use with beltwidths a
    For use with frame length b
    Description:
    Stand, tilting with adjustable feet .120.
    Stand, tilting with adjustable castors .121.
    h = height to customer’s requirements, min. 450 mm
    ±20% h = adjustable height range
    a max. = 350 mm
    b max. = 2000 mm
    Ordering Code (example):
    Conveyor belt
    Stand with adjustable feet
    Height
    Belt width
    Order no
    Description:
    Stand, with adjustable feet .140.
    Stand, with adjustable castors .141.
    h = height to customer’s requirements, min. 450 mm
    ±20% h = adjustable height range
    a max. = 350 mm
    Description:
    double adjustment with adjustable feet .150.
    double adjustment with adjustable castors .151.
    h = height to customer’s requirements, min. 450 mm
    ±20% h = adjustable height range
    a max. = 400 mm
    b max. = 3000 mm
    Ordering Code (example):
    Conveyor belt
    Stand with adjustable castors
    Height
    Belt width
    Order no
    Ordering Code (example):
    Conveyor belt
    Stand with adjustable castors
    Height
    Belt width
    Nominal belt length
    Order no
    Stand for conveyor belt
    as required
    as required
    as required
    as required
    J28
    Pneumatic
    Conveyors
    b
    h ± 20%
    a
    45
    2195.120./2195.121.
    b
    h ± 20%
    a
    2195.150./2195.151.
    b
    h ± 20%
    a
    2195.140./2195.141.
    b
    a
    h ± 40 mm
    2195.130./2195.131.
    = 2195.
    = 2195.131.
    h = 600 mm = 2195.141.0600.
    a = 350 mm = 2195.141.0450.350.
    b = 1000 mm= 2195.141.4050.350.1000
    = 2195.131.0600.350.1000
    = 2195.
    = 2195.120.
    h = 450 mm= 2195.120.0450.
    a = 350 mm= 2195.120.0450.350
    = 2195.120.0450.350
    = 2195.
    = 2195.141.
    h = 450 mm= 2195.121.0450.
    a = 350 mm= 2195.121.0450.350
    = 2195.141.0450.350
    = 2195.
    = 151.
    h = 450 mm = 0450.
    a = 400 mm = 400.
    b = 3000 mm = 3000
    = 2195.151.0450.400.3000
    subject to alterations
    Ordering Code (example):
    Conveyor belt
    Stand with adjustable castors
    Height
    Belt width
    Nominal belt length
    Order no
    Description:
    Table format with adjustable feet .130.
    Table format with adjustable castors .131.
    h = height to customer’s requirements, min. 450 mm
    For use with beltwidths a
    For use with frame length b
    Description:
    Stand, tilting with adjustable feet .120.
    Stand, tilting with adjustable castors .121.
    h = height to customer’s requirements, min. 450 mm
    ±20% h = adjustable height range
    a max. = 350 mm
    b max. = 2000 mm
    Ordering Code (example):
    Conveyor belt
    Stand with adjustable feet
    Height
    Belt width
    Order no
    Description:
    Stand, with adjustable feet .140.
    Stand, with adjustable castors .141.
    h = height to customer’s requirements, min. 450 mm
    ±20% h = adjustable height range
    a max. = 350 mm
    Description:
    double adjustment with adjustable feet .150.
    double adjustment with adjustable castors .151.
    h = height to customer’s requirements, min. 450 mm
    ±20% h = adjustable height range
    a max. = 400 mm
    b max. = 3000 mm
    Ordering Code (example):
    Conveyor belt
    Stand with adjustable castors
    Height
    Belt width
    Order no
    Ordering Code (example):
    Conveyor belt
    Stand with adjustable castors
    Height
    Belt width
    Nominal belt length
    Order no
    Stand for conveyor belt
    as required
    as required
    as required
    as required
    Pneumatic
    Conveyors
    J29

    2199.03 3 0,55 68 20 1,4 1,4
    2199.10 10 1,25 68 25 2,7 2,8
    2199.40 40 5,42 70 27 5,4 7,2
    2199.70 70 5,42 70 27 11,3 5,5
    subject to alterations
    Pneumatic conveyors
    Description
    This pneumatic conveyor is unique and is patented. It was
    designed to provide an effective and affordable solution to the problems of
    conveying parts and disposing of waste.
    This beltless system conveys stampings and waste from the tool area by
    vibration alone.
    A specially designed guide channel which is screwed to the body of the
    conveyor vibrates rhythmically slowly forwards and fast backwards The
    mass inertia of the parts is used to move them forwards. In this way the
    parts in the guide channel progress
    gently towards the storage containers.
    The conveyor is maintenance-free and has a very low air
    consumption so is extremely economical in operation.
    The pneumatic conveyor is quiet running and very user friendly.
    The conveyor was originally designed for press room use but can be used as
    a conveyor with any tool. Blockages are a thing of
    the past whether the conveyor is feeding parts for assembly or removing
    and disposing of stampings and waste parts.
    Guides
    Technical data:
    Modell
    load , max.
    [kg]
    air consumption
    [l/min.]
    sound level
    [db-A]
    stroke length
    [mm]
    guide channel
    weight max. [kg]
    despatch weight
    [kg]
    1. Recommended rate of vibration: 120 per minute · 2. Speed of travel: 8 - 10 m / min. · 3. Operating pressure: 4 - 5.5 bar
    4. Slope of guide channel: max. 8°
    Note:
    Do not exceed 5.5 bar as excess pressure will damage the transporter.
    Additional protection for the transporter can be provided by including a service unit in the circuit.
    This consists of a filter, pressure control valve and lubricator.
    J30
    2199.03
    2199.10
    2199.70
    subject to alterations
    2199.40.1
    11
    15
    42,5
    50
    100
    10 2,5
    250,5
    145
    68 32 88
    8
    92
    160
    120
    Stroke 27
    1
    NPT air inlet
    4
    /
    M8x9
    deep (6x)
    Pneumatic conveyor

    2199.03 3 0,55 68 20 1,4 1,4
    2199.10 10 1,25 68 25 2,7 2,8
    2199.40 40 5,42 70 27 5,4 7,2
    2199.70 70 5,42 70 27 11,3 5,5
    subject to alterations
    Pneumatic conveyors
    Description
    This pneumatic conveyor is unique and is patented. It was
    designed to provide an effective and affordable solution to the problems of
    conveying parts and disposing of waste.
    This beltless system conveys stampings and waste from the tool area by
    vibration alone.
    A specially designed guide channel which is screwed to the body of the
    conveyor vibrates rhythmically slowly forwards and fast backwards The
    mass inertia of the parts is used to move them forwards. In this way the
    parts in the guide channel progress
    gently towards the storage containers.
    The conveyor is maintenance-free and has a very low air
    consumption so is extremely economical in operation.
    The pneumatic conveyor is quiet running and very user friendly.
    The conveyor was originally designed for press room use but can be used as
    a conveyor with any tool. Blockages are a thing of
    the past whether the conveyor is feeding parts for assembly or removing
    and disposing of stampings and waste parts.
    Guides
    Technical data:
    Modell
    load , max.
    [kg]
    air consumption
    [l/min.]
    sound level
    [db-A]
    stroke length
    [mm]
    guide channel
    weight max. [kg]
    despatch weight
    [kg]
    1. Recommended rate of vibration: 120 per minute · 2. Speed of travel: 8 - 10 m / min. · 3. Operating pressure: 4 - 5.5 bar
    4. Slope of guide channel: max. 8°
    Note:
    Do not exceed 5.5 bar as excess pressure will damage the transporter.
    Additional protection for the transporter can be provided by including a service unit in the circuit.
    This consists of a filter, pressure control valve and lubricator.
    2199.03
    2199.10
    2199.70
    subject to alterations
    2199.40.1
    11
    15
    42,5
    50
    100
    10 2,5
    250,5
    145
    68 32 88
    8
    92
    160
    120
    Stroke 27
    1
    NPT air inlet
    4
    /
    M8x9
    deep (6x)
    Pneumatic conveyor
    J31
    subject to alterations
    Pneumatic conveyors
    2199.03/.10/.40/.70
    How does the pneumatic conveyor work?
    This compact pneumatic conveyor is driven by compressed air.
    The vibrating rhythmic motion conveys stampings and stamping
    waste whilst reducing your costs.
    Guide channels can be matched to any tool opening and used for
    sorting various types of waste.
    The guide channels are highly adaptable.
    Model 2199.10
    Stage 3: Finished item
    Stage 2: Stamping waste
    Top plate
    pneumatic conveyor, model
    2199.40
    upper guide channel for
    conveying parts
    Stage 1: Stamping
    waste
    Punch
    Bottom bolster
    Follow-on tool Waste metal
    Base
    Direction of
    conveyor movement
    Spacer
    Finished item
    Lower guide channel for
    waste removal
    Mounting for
    lower guide channel
    Stripping unit
    Matrixes
    J32
    Electro-
    mechanical
    transporters
    subject to alterations
    Pneumatic conveyors
    2199.03/.10/.40/.70
    How does the pneumatic conveyor work?
    This compact pneumatic conveyor is driven by compressed air.
    The vibrating rhythmic motion conveys stampings and stamping
    waste whilst reducing your costs.
    Guide channels can be matched to any tool opening and used for
    sorting various types of waste.
    The guide channels are highly adaptable.
    Model 2199.10
    Stage 3: Finished item
    Stage 2: Stamping waste
    Top plate
    pneumatic conveyor, model
    2199.40
    upper guide channel for
    conveying parts
    Stage 1: Stamping
    waste
    Punch
    Bottom bolster
    Follow-on tool Waste metal
    Base
    Direction of
    conveyor movement
    Spacer
    Finished item
    Lower guide channel for
    waste removal
    Mounting for
    lower guide channel
    Stripping unit
    Matrixes
    Electro-
    mechanical
    transporters
    J33
    subject to alterations
    Electro-mechanical transporters
    General Information
    The FIBRO electro-mechanical transporters
    have been developed to effectively and inex-
    pensively solve the problems of transporting
    parts and the removal of stamping and cutting
    residues from presses.
    The principle behind the electro-mechanical
    transporter is the so-called „table cloth ef-
    fect“. The slow acceleration during the forward
    stroke pushes the parts or offcuts forwards. The
    fast return stroke of the guiding system results
    in a transport movement in only one direction.
    Due to its compact design, the FIBRO
    electro-mechanical transporter is also suitable
    for applications where only limited space is
    available. The simple, sturdy and flexible design
    provides a safe, reliable, efficient and a cost
    efficient solution.
    Basic advantages:
    - compact design
    - low maintenance
    - low noise level ( < 70 dB)
    Designs:
    2299.001 vertical gear position
    2299.002 horizontal gear position
    2299.011 vertical gear position,
     with profile and support
    2299.012 horizontal gear position
     with profile and support
    2299.121 vertical gear position,
     with two slides, profile and support
    2299.122 horizontal gear position
     with two slides, profile and support
    2299.221 vertical centre gear position,
     two slides, with profile and support
    2299.222 horizontal centre gear position,
     two slides, with profile and support
    Scope of delivery:
    The transporters are supplied without connec-
    tion cable.
    Design data (CAD):
    2D + 3D CAD data for various CAD systems as
    well as system-neutral interfaces are available
    on the internet at:
    http://fibro.partserver.de
    Technical data:
    Drive: Alternating current (3 phases) 1375 min-1
    0.09 kW rated capacity
    0.51 A nominal current at 400 V
    Weight 4.4 kg
    Protection class IP55 (DIN EN 60529)
    Delivery stroke: 20 mm
    Conveying speed: approx. 4.5m/min
    Stroke frequency: 4 strokes/second
    max. guiding system weight (incl. profile): 35 kg
    max. bulk weight
    (guiding system weight, profile, transport items):
    100 kg
    Temperature range
    (permissible ambient temperature):
    -20 to +60 °C
    J34
    subject to alterations
    2299.002 horizontal gear position
    Note:
    The transporter can be attached at two levels.
    Note:
    The transporter can be attached at two levels.
    Electro-mechanical transporter
    vertical gear position
    horizontal gear position
    2299.001 vertical gear position
    Direction of conveyance/
    work direction
    Direction of conveyance/
    work direction
    J35

    b 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200
    a
    500 ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
    b 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200
    a
    500 ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
    = 2299.
    = 011.
    b = 1100 mm = 1100.
    a = 500 mm = 0500
    = 2299.011.1100.0500
    = 2299.
    = 012.
    b = 1100 mm = 1100.
    a = 500 mm = 0500
    = 2299.012.1100.0500
    2299.011.
    2299.012.
    subject to alterations
    Electro-mechanical transporters
    vertical gear position, with profile and support
    horizontal gear position, with profile and support
    2299.011. Vertical gear position, with profile and support
    2299.012. Horizontal gear position, with profile and support
    Profile cross-section
    Direction of conveyance/
    work direction
    Direction of conveyance/
    work direction
    Suitable screw for T-slot
    2140.30.08.08.□□
    Ordering example:
    Transporter
    Type 011
    Order No
    Ordering example:
    Transporter
    Type 012
    Order No
    J36
    b 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000 2100 2200 2300 2400 2500 2600 2700 2800 2900 3000
    a
    900 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    1200 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    1500 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    2299.121.
    2299.122.
    b 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000 2100 2200 2300 2400 2500 2600 2700 2800 2900 3000
    a
    900 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    1200 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    1500 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    = 2299.
    = 121.
    b = 1400 mm = 1400.
    a = 900 mm = 0900
    = 2299.121.1400.0900
    = 2299.
    = 122.
    b = 2200 mm = 2200.
    a = 1200 mm = 1200
    = 2299.122.2200.1200
    Direction of conveyance/
    work direction
    Direction of conveyance/
    work direction
    Electro-mechanical transporters
    vertical gear position, two slides, with profile and support
    horizontal gear position, two slides, with profile and support
    2299.121. vertical gear position, two slides, with profile and support
    2299.122. horizontal gear position, two slides, with profile and support
    Ordering example:
    Transporter
    Type 121
    Order No
    Ordering example:
    Transporter
    Type 122
    Order No

    b 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200
    a
    500 ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
    b 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200
    a
    500 ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
    = 2299.
    = 011.
    b = 1100 mm = 1100.
    a = 500 mm = 0500
    = 2299.011.1100.0500
    = 2299.
    = 012.
    b = 1100 mm = 1100.
    a = 500 mm = 0500
    = 2299.012.1100.0500
    2299.011.
    2299.012.
    subject to alterations
    Electro-mechanical transporters
    vertical gear position, with profile and support
    horizontal gear position, with profile and support
    2299.011. Vertical gear position, with profile and support
    2299.012. Horizontal gear position, with profile and support
    Profile cross-section
    Direction of conveyance/
    work direction
    Direction of conveyance/
    work direction
    Suitable screw for T-slot
    2140.30.08.08.□□
    Ordering example:
    Transporter
    Type 011
    Order No
    Ordering example:
    Transporter
    Type 012
    Order No
    b 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000 2100 2200 2300 2400 2500 2600 2700 2800 2900 3000
    a
    900 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    1200 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    1500 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    2299.121.
    2299.122.
    b 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000 2100 2200 2300 2400 2500 2600 2700 2800 2900 3000
    a
    900 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    1200 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    1500 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    = 2299.
    = 121.
    b = 1400 mm = 1400.
    a = 900 mm = 0900
    = 2299.121.1400.0900
    = 2299.
    = 122.
    b = 2200 mm = 2200.
    a = 1200 mm = 1200
    = 2299.122.2200.1200
    Direction of conveyance/
    work direction
    Direction of conveyance/
    work direction
    Electro-mechanical transporters
    vertical gear position, two slides, with profile and support
    horizontal gear position, two slides, with profile and support
    2299.121. vertical gear position, two slides, with profile and support
    2299.122. horizontal gear position, two slides, with profile and support
    Ordering example:
    Transporter
    Type 121
    Order No
    Ordering example:
    Transporter
    Type 122
    Order No
    J37

    b 3100 3200 3300 3400 3500 3600 3700 3800 3900 4000 4100 4200 4300 4400 4500 4600 4700 4800 4900 5000
    a
    1720 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    2320 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    2920 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    b 3100 3200 3300 3400 3500 3600 3700 3800 3900 4000 4100 4200 4300 4400 4500 4600 4700 4800 4900 5000
    a
    1720 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    2320 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    2920 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
     = 2299.
     = 221.
    b = 3400 mm = 3400.
    a = 1720 mm = 1720
     = 2299.221.3400.1720
     = 2299.
     = 222.
    b = 3400 mm = 3400.
    a = 1720 mm = 1720
     = 2299.222.3400.1720
    subject to alterations
    Electro-mechanical transporters
    vertical centre gear position, two slides, with profile and support
    horizontal centre gear position, two slides, with profile and support
    2299.222.
    Direction of conveyance/
    work direction
    2299.221.
    Direction of conveyance/
    work direction
    2299.221. vertical centre gear position, two slides, with profile and support
    2299.222. horizontal centre gear position, two slides, with profile and support
    Ordering example:
    Transporter =
    Type 221 =
    =
    =
    Order No =
    Ordering example:
    Transporter
    Type 222
    Order No
    J38
    2299.121.
    2299.510.
    2299.510.
    2299.540
    subject to alterations
    Note:
    Fastening of the transporters
    2299.011./012./121./122./221./222.
    with or without height adjustment system.
    2299.510 2x M10
    2299.511 2x M8
    Fastening screws are not included in scope of
    delivery.
    2299.511 Fastening element
    Electro-mechanical transporters
    Fastening element with height adjustment system
    Fastening element
    2299.510 Fastening element with height adjustment system

    b 3100 3200 3300 3400 3500 3600 3700 3800 3900 4000 4100 4200 4300 4400 4500 4600 4700 4800 4900 5000
    a
    1720 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    2320 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    2920 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    b 3100 3200 3300 3400 3500 3600 3700 3800 3900 4000 4100 4200 4300 4400 4500 4600 4700 4800 4900 5000
    a
    1720 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    2320 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    2920 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
     = 2299.
     = 221.
    b = 3400 mm = 3400.
    a = 1720 mm = 1720
     = 2299.221.3400.1720
     = 2299.
     = 222.
    b = 3400 mm = 3400.
    a = 1720 mm = 1720
     = 2299.222.3400.1720
    subject to alterations
    Electro-mechanical transporters
    vertical centre gear position, two slides, with profile and support
    horizontal centre gear position, two slides, with profile and support
    2299.222.
    Direction of conveyance/
    work direction
    2299.221.
    Direction of conveyance/
    work direction
    2299.221. vertical centre gear position, two slides, with profile and support
    2299.222. horizontal centre gear position, two slides, with profile and support
    Ordering example:
    Transporter =
    Type 221 =
    =
    =
    Order No =
    Ordering example:
    Transporter
    Type 222
    Order No
    2299.121.
    2299.510.
    2299.510.
    2299.540
    subject to alterations
    Note:
    Fastening of the transporters
    2299.011./012./121./122./221./222.
    with or without height adjustment system.
    2299.510 2x M10
    2299.511 2x M8
    Fastening screws are not included in scope of
    delivery.
    2299.511 Fastening element
    Electro-mechanical transporters
    Fastening element with height adjustment system
    Fastening element
    2299.510 Fastening element with height adjustment system
    J39
    subject to alterations
    Electro-mechanical transporters
    Distance
    Quick clamp for guiding system
    Note:
    Distance for fastening element with height
    adjustment system 2299.510
    Fastening screws are not included in scope of
    delivery.
    2299.520 Distance Application example
    2299.540
    Quick clamp for guiding system
    low version
    Note:
    The guiding system tensioners fit the T-slots of
    the profile used for the transporters.
    Max. side wall height of the guiding system
    ( l 1 ):
    2299.540 = 23 mm
    2299.541 = 52 mm
    2299.541
    Quick clamp for guiding system
    high version
    J40
    2299.001.
    2299.530
    2299.002.
    2299.530
    subject to alterations
    Electro-mechanical transporters
    Angled mounting with adapter plate
    2299.530 Angeled mounting
    Note:
    The angeled mounting and the adapter together
    allow individual mounting of the transporters
    2299.001 and 2299.002.
    Fastening screws are not included in
    scope of delivery.
    Adapter plate
    subject to alterations
    Electro-mechanical transporters
    Distance
    Quick clamp for guiding system
    Note:
    Distance for fastening element with height
    adjustment system 2299.510
    Fastening screws are not included in scope of
    delivery.
    2299.520 Distance Application example
    2299.540
    Quick clamp for guiding system
    low version
    Note:
    The guiding system tensioners fit the T-slots of
    the profile used for the transporters.
    Max. side wall height of the guiding system
    ( l 1 ):
    2299.540 = 23 mm
    2299.541 = 52 mm
    2299.541
    Quick clamp for guiding system
    high version
    2299.001.
    2299.530
    2299.002.
    2299.530
    subject to alterations
    Electro-mechanical transporters
    Angled mounting with adapter plate
    2299.530 Angeled mounting
    Note:
    The angeled mounting and the adapter together
    allow individual mounting of the transporters
    2299.001 and 2299.002.
    Fastening screws are not included in
    scope of delivery.
    Adapter plate
    J41
    Please request your catalogue
    Sensors
    for stamping and
    forming
    technology
    J42
    Please request your catalogue
    Sensors
    for stamping and
    forming
    technology
    A
    B
    C
    D
    E
    F
    G
    H
    J
    K
    L
    Die Sets
    Precision Ground Plates and Flat Bars
    Lifting and Clamping Devices
    Guide elements
    Ground Precision Components
    Springs
    Elastomer-Bars, -Sheets, -Sections
    FIBRO Chemical Tooling Aids
    Peripheral Equipment
    Cam Units
    Standard Parts for Mould Making
    Cam Units
    Flex cam, cam slide units, roller slide units
    Cam units
    K2
    Flex cam
    Please request your catalogue
    Cam units Flex cam
    Please request your catalogue
    K3
    Standard
    Cam slide units
    Please request your catalogue
    K4
    Roller Slide Units
    Please request your catalogue
    Standard
    Cam slide units
    Please request your catalogue
    Roller Slide Units
    Please request your catalogue
    K5
    Please request your catalogue
    Cam slide units
    KBV1
    with Gas spring
    K6
    FIBRO Compact
    Cam (FCC)
    Tool slides
    Please request your catalogue
    Please request your catalogue
    Cam slide units
    KBV1
    with Gas spring
    FIBRO Compact
    Cam (FCC)
    Tool slides
    Please request your catalogue
    K7
    Punching units,
    mechanical
    Please request your catalogue
    K8
    Punching units,
    mechanical
    Please request your catalogue
    A
    B
    C
    D
    E
    F
    G
    H
    J
    K
    L
    Die Sets
    Precision Ground Plates and Flat Bars
    Lifting and Clamping Devices
    Guide elements
    Ground Precision Components
    Springs
    Elastomer-Bars, -Sheets, -Sections
    FIBRO Chemical Tooling Aids
    Peripheral Equipment
    Cam Units
    Standard Parts for Mould Making
    Standard parts
    for
    Mould making
    L2
    Standard parts
    for
    Mould making
    Contents
    subject to alterations
    2442.12.
    Centering unit
    2442.13.
    Centring unit, flat
    2442.12.3.
    Adjusting washer
    2442.12.4.
    Retaining washer
    3300.10.
    Ejector rod
    3100.04.
    Centring sleeve
    3202.12.
    Guide pillar
    3202.13.
    Guide pillar
    3111.10.
    Guide pillar
    3111.20.
    Guide pillar, shouldered
    3111.21.
    Locating guide pillar, shouldered
    3111.31.
    Guide pillar with flange
    3110.11.
    Guide pillar (Angle pin)
    3100.09.
    Guide sleeve
    3120.40.
    Guide Bush, headed
    3120.42.
    Locating guide bush, headed
    L4
    L10
    L10
    L11
    L11
    L12
    L13
    L14
    L14
    L15
    L16-19
    L20-23
    L24
    L25
    L26
    L27
    L28
    Contents
    subject to alterations
    3120.65.
    Ball bearing guide, complete
    2087.72.
    Guide bush with collar, Bronze with
    solid lubricant
    2087.70.
    Guide bush with collar, Bronze with
    solid lubricant
    2087.71.
    Guide bush with collar, Bronze with
    solid lubricant
    2087.73.
    Guide bush with collar, Bronze with
    solid lubricant
    3120.70.
    Guide bush, Bronze with solid
    lubricant
    3120.71.
    Guide bush, Bronze
    3131.40.
    Rectangular Guide, Steel with solid
    lubricant
    3131.80.
    Rectangular guide, Steel with Rollers
    2967.10.
    Bolt guide
    237.1.
    Ejector pin, hardened, DIN ISO 6751
    237.8.
    Ejector pin, nitrided, DIN ISO 6751
    238.1.
    Ejector pin, hardened, round
    stepped, DIN ISO 8694
    238.8.
    Ejector pin, nitrided, round stepped,
    DIN ISO 8694
    239.1.
    Ejector pin, hardened, similar to
    DIN 1530 Shape D
    239.8.
    Ejector pin, nitrided, similar to
    DIN 1530 Shape D
    L5
    L29
    L30
    L31
    L32
    L33
    L34-35
    L36-37
    L38
    L39
    L42
    L44-45
    L46-47
    L48
    L49
    L50-51
    L52
    Contents
    subject to alterations
    263.1.
    Flat ejector pin, hardened, similar to
    DIN ISO 8693
    263.8.
    Flat ejector pin, nitrided, similar to
    DIN ISO 8693
    264.1.
    Ejector sleeve, hardened,
    DIN ISO 8405
    264.8.
    Ejector sleeve, nitrided, DIN ISO 8405
    2280.01.
    Date stamp complete, embossed
    lettering
    2280.02.
    Date stamp complete (short
    version), embossed lettering
    3820.10.
    Quill holder for core tempering
    3800.01.01.01.
    O-ring, Viton
    Gas spring MOULD LINE -
    Description
    Gas spring MOULD LINE - Installa-
    tion instructions
    Gas springs from FIBRO - The Safer
    Choice
    3479.030.
    Gas spring (Spring plunger) MOULD
    LINE, with hexagon socket
    3479.032.
    Gas spring (Spring plunger) MOULD
    LINE, with hexagon socket
    3487.12.00300.
    Gas Spring MOULD LINE
    3487.12.00500.
    Gas Spring MOULD LINE
    3487.12.00750.
    Gas Spring MOULD LINE
    L6
    L54
    L55
    L56
    L57
    L58
    L59
    L60
    L61
    L64-66
    L67-68
    L70-71
    L72
    L73
    L74-75
    L76-77
    L78-79
    Contents
    subject to alterations
    3487.12.01000.
    Gas Spring MOULD LINE
    L7
    L80-81
    subject to alterations L8
    Guide elements
    for
    Mould making
    Guide elements
    for
    Mould making
    L9
    subject to alterations
    Centering unit
    Centring unit, flat
    Description:
    Conical centring units are used to increase repeat accuracy in mould, die
    and machine-making.
    Mounting example
    2442.12.
    v
    l 3 1,5
    l
    +0,4
    +0,2
    1
    1
    s
    1
    s
    0,5 0,5
    2 l 2 l
    d H8
    e7 1
    d
    h6 1
    d
    m
    m
    t
    0,4 0,4
    1,6
    1,6
    1,6
    15°
    2442.13.
    L10
    Order No d 1 d 2 l 1 l 2 l 3 m, m 1 s 1
    2442.12.012.034 12 8 34 6 4 M4 17
    2442.12.014.034 14 10 34 7.5 6 M5 17
    2442.12.016.034 16 10 34 7.5 6 M5 17
    2442.12.020.054 20 15 54 12 9 M8 27
    2442.12.025.054 25 20 54 12 10 M8 27
    2442.12.026.054 26 20 54 12 10 M8 27
    2442.12.030.072 30 25 72 15 14 M10 36
    2442.12.032.072 32 25 72 15 14 M10 36
    2442.12.042.092 42 35 92 15 18 M10 46
    Order No d 1 d l 1 l 2 l 3 v s 1 t m
    2442.13.030.072 30 4 72 5 10 18 36 5 M10
    2442.13.042.092 42 5 92 6 14 23 46 7 M10
    2442.13.054.112 54 6 112 8 17 30 56 8 M12
    2442.13.080.152 80 8 152 8 27 42 76 11 M16
    2442.12.
    2442.13. Centring unit, flat
    Centering unit
    subject to alterations
    Adjusting washer
    Retaining washer
    2442.12.3.
    2442.12.4.
    1,6
    1,6
    d
    ±0,1
    2
    d
    -0,2
    -0,4
    4
    d 3
    h +0,2 +0,1
    k ±0,1
    L11
    Order No d 1 d s Order No d 1 d s Order No d 1 d s
    2442.12.3.012.010 12 4.5 10 2442.12.3.020.020 20 8.5 20 2442.12.3.026.030 26 8.5 30
    2442.12.3.014.005 14 5.5 5 2442.12.3.020.030 20 8.5 30 2442.12.3.030.010 30 12.5 10
    2442.12.3.014.010 14 5.5 10 2442.12.3.020.040 20 8.5 40 2442.12.3.030.020 30 12.5 20
    2442.12.3.014.014 14 5.5 14 2442.12.3.025.009 25 10.5 9 2442.12.3.030.030 30 12.5 30
    2442.12.3.014.019 14 5.5 19 2442.12.3.025.010 25 10.5 10 2442.12.3.030.040 30 12.5 40
    2442.12.3.016.005 16 6.5 5 2442.12.3.025.015 25 10.5 15 2442.12.3.030.050 30 12.5 50
    2442.12.3.016.010 16 6.5 10 2442.12.3.025.020 25 10.5 20 2442.12.3.032.010 32 12.5 10
    2442.12.3.016.015 16 6.5 15 2442.12.3.025.025 25 10.5 25 2442.12.3.032.020 32 12.5 20
    2442.12.3.016.019 16 6.5 19 2442.12.3.025.035 25 10.5 35 2442.12.3.032.030 32 12.5 30
    2442.12.3.016.020 16 6.5 20 2442.12.3.025.045 25 10.5 45 2442.12.3.032.040 32 12.5 40
    2442.12.3.016.025 16 6.5 25 2442.12.3.025.055 25 10.5 55 2442.12.3.032.050 32 12.5 50
    2442.12.3.020.009 20 8.5 9 2442.12.3.026.009 26 8.5 9 2442.12.3.042.010 42 10.5 10
    2442.12.3.020.010 20 8.5 10 2442.12.3.026.010 26 8.5 10 2442.12.3.042.020 42 10.5 20
    2442.12.3.020.015 20 8.5 15 2442.12.3.026.020 26 8.5 20 2442.12.3.042.030 42 10.5 30
    Order No d 4 d 3 d 2 h k
    2442.12.4.014 14 5.5 16 5 3.2
    2442.12.4.020 20 8.5 25.5 9 6.3
    2442.12.4.026 26 8.5 31.5 9 6.3
    2442.12.4.030 30 11 35.5 10 6.3
    2442.12.4.042 42 11 47.5 10 6.3
    2442.12.3.
    2442.12.4.
    Adjusting washer
    Retaining washer
    subject to alterations
    Ejector rod
    l 2 l 4
    d 2
    d 2
    g6 1
    d
    l js12
    R Z 4
    SW
    3300.10.
    L12
    d 1 10 14 18 20 24 30
    d 2 M6 M8 M10 M12 M12 M16
    l 2 16 16 20 25 25 30
    l 4 9 11 12 14 14 16
    SW* 9 12 14 16 19 24
    l
    60 ● ●
    70 ● ●
    80 ● ●
    100 ● ● ● ●
    120 ● ● ● ● ●
    140 ● ● ● ● ●
    160 ● ● ● ●
    180 ● ● ● ● ●
    200 ● ● ●
    220 ● ● ●
    240 ● ● ●
    260 ●
    300 ●
    *SW = Width across flats
    Ordering Code (example):
    Ejector rod =3300.10.
    Guide diameter d 1 10 mm = 010.
    Length l 60 mm = 060
    Order No =3300.10. 010. 060
    3300.10. Ejector rod
    subject to alterations
    3100.04.
    +0,5
    l 2
    l 1
    l ±0,5
    k6 3
    d
    j6 3
    d
    1
    d
    2
    d
    R Z 4
    Centring sleeve
    L13
    d 3 14 20 26 30 42 54
    d 2 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
    d 1 11 16 21 25 33 43
    l 1 8 13 13 13 13 13
    l 2 2 2 2.5 2.5 4.5 4.5
    l
    20 ●
    30 ● ● ●
    40 ● ● ● ● ●
    50 ●
    60 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    70 ●
    80 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    100 ● ● ● ● ●
    120 ● ● ● ● ●
    140 ● ● ● ●
    160 ● ● ● ● ●
    180 ● ● ●
    200 ● ● ●
    220 ●
    240 ● ●
    260 ●
    280 ●
    300 ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Centring sleeve =3100.04.
    Guide diameter d 3 14 mm = 014.
    Length l 20 mm = 020
    Order No =3100.04. 014.020
    3100.04. Centring sleeve
    subject to alterations
    Guide pillar
    3202.12.
    l 1
    l
    0,4x45°
    k ±0,05
    -0,2 4
    d
    h4 1 d
    8°
    R2
    3202.13.
    l 1
    l
    h4 1 d
    8°
    R2
    3
    8°
    L14
    Order No d 1 l d 4 k l 1
    3202.12.012.080 12 80 16 4 4
    3202.12.012.100 12 100 16 4 4
    3202.12.012.120 12 120 16 4 4
    3202.12.018.120 18 120 22 6 7
    3202.12.018.140 18 140 22 6 7
    3202.12.018.160 18 160 22 6 7
    3202.12.030.160 30 160 36 6 7
    3202.12.030.200 30 200 36 6 7
    3202.12.030.240 30 240 36 6 7
    Order No d 1 l l 1
    3202.13.012.100 12 100 3
    3202.13.012.125 12 125 3
    3202.13.018.125 18 125 6
    3202.13.018.160 18 160 6
    3202.13.030.160 30 160 6
    3202.13.030.240 30 240 6
    3202.12.
    3202.13. Guide pillar
    Guide pillar
    subject to alterations
    3111.10.
    R Z 2,5
    l
    l 1
    l 2
    k ±0,2
    -0,2 4
    d
    m6 1 d
    g6 1 d
    Guide pillar
    L15
    d 1 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 30 32 40 50 60
    d 4 12 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 36 36 48 58 68
    k 3 6 8 8 8 8 15 15 15 15 15 15 20
    l 1 4 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 10 10 12
    l l 2
    40 17
    60 17 17 17 22
    80 22 22 22 27 27 27
    100 27 27 27 27 27 27 36 36
    120 36 36 36 36 36 46 46
    140 46 46 46 46 46 46
    160 46 46 46 46 56 56 56 56
    180 56 56 56 56
    200 56 56 76 76 56 56 56 56
    220 76 76
    240 76 76 76 76 76
    300 96 96 96
    360 116
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide pillar =3111.10.
    Guide diameter d 1 10 mm = 010.
    Length l 40 mm = 040
    Order No =3111.10. 010. 040
    3111.10. Guide pillar
    subject to alterations
    Guide pillar, shouldered
    3111.20.
    A
    0,8
    0,8
    -0,2 4
    d
    k6 3
    d
    e7 3
    d
    g6 1
    d
    ∅0,01 A
    k ±0,05
    s -0,5
    -1,0
    l 1
    l
    L16
    d 1 9 9 9 9 9 9 10 10 10 10 10 10 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
    s 12 17 22 27 36 46 12 17 22 27 36 46 22 27 36 46 56 66 76 86 22 27 36 46 56 66 76 86
    d 3 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20
    d 4 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
    l 1 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
    k 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
    l
    20 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    25 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    30 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    35 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    40 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    45 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    50 ● ● ● ●
    55 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    65 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    70 ● ●
    75 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    85 ● ● ● ●
    90 ● ●
    95 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    105 ● ● ● ●
    110 ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide pillar, shouldered =3111.20.
    Guide diameter d 1 9 mm = 009.
    Installation length s 12 mm = 012.
    Guide length l 45 mm = 045
    Order No =3111.20. 009. 012.045
    3111.20. Guide pillar, shouldered
    subject to alterations
    3111.20.
    A
    0,8
    0,8
    -0,2 4
    d
    k6 3
    d
    e7 3
    d
    g6 1
    d
    ∅0,01 A
    k ±0,05
    s -0,5
    -1,0
    l 1
    l
    Guide pillar, shouldered
    L17
    d 1 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22
    s 22 27 36 46 56 66 76 86 96 116 22 27 36 46 56 66 76 86 96 116 27 36 46 56 66 76 86 96 116 136
    d 3 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
    d 4 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35
    l 1 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
    k 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
    l
    20 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    25 ● ● ● ● ●
    35 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    40 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    45 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    50 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    55 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    60 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    65 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    70 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    75 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    80 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    85 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    95 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    105 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    115 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    125 ● ● ● ●
    135 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    155 ●
    165 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide pillar, shouldered =3111.20.
    Guide diameter d 1 9 mm = 009.
    Installation length s 12 mm = 012.
    Guide length l 45 mm = 045
    Order No =3111.20. 009. 012.045
    3111.20. Guide pillar, shouldered
    subject to alterations
    Guide pillar, shouldered
    3111.20.
    A
    0,8
    0,8
    -0,2 4
    d
    k6 3
    d
    e7 3
    d
    g6 1
    d
    ∅0,01 A
    k ±0,05
    s -0,5
    -1,0
    l 1
    l
    L18
    d 1 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32
    s 27 36 46 56 66 76 86 96 116 136 27 36 46 56 66 76 86 96 116 136 156 196 27 36 46 56 66 76 86 96 116 136 156 196
    d 3 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42
    d 4 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 47
    l 1 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
    k 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
    l
    25 ● ● ● ● ●
    45 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    50 ● ● ●
    55 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    60 ● ● ●
    65 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    70 ● ● ●
    75 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    80 ● ● ●
    85 ● ● ● ●
    95 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    105 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    115 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    125 ● ● ● ●
    135 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    155 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    165 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    175 ● ● ● ●
    195 ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide pillar, shouldered =3111.20.
    Guide diameter d 1 9 mm = 009.
    Installation length s 12 mm = 012.
    Guide length l 45 mm = 045
    Order No =3111.20. 009. 012.045
    3111.20. Guide pillar, shouldered
    subject to alterations
    3111.20.
    A
    0,8
    0,8
    -0,2 4
    d
    k6 3
    d
    e7 3
    d
    g6 1
    d
    ∅0,01 A
    k ±0,05
    s -0,5
    -1,0
    l 1
    l
    Guide pillar, shouldered
    L19
    d 1 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 50 50 50 50 50 60 60 60 60 60 60
    s 56 66 76 86 96 116 136 156 196 56 66 76 86 96 116 136 156 196 96 116 136 156 196 96 116 136 156 196 246
    d 3 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 66 66 66 66 66 80 80 80 80 80 80
    d 4 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 72 72 72 72 72 86 86 86 86 86 86
    l 1 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
    k 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 20 20 20 20 20 20
    l
    75 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    95 ● ● ● ●
    115 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    135 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    155 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    175 ● ● ● ●
    195 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    215 ● ● ● ●
    235 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    275 ●
    315 ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide pillar, shouldered =3111.20.
    Guide diameter d 1 9 mm = 009.
    Installation length s 12 mm = 012.
    Guide length l 45 mm = 045
    Order No =3111.20. 009. 012.045
    3111.20. Guide pillar, shouldered
    subject to alterations
    Locating guide pillar, shouldered
    3111.21.
    k
    A
    0,8
    0,8
    0,8
    ±0,05
    f s -0,5
    -1,0
    l 1
    l
    -0,2 4
    d
    e7 3
    d
    g6 1
    d
    k6 3
    d
    e7 3
    d
    ∅0,01 A
    ∅0,01 A
    L20
    d 1 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14
    s 12 17 22 27 36 46 56 12 17 22 27 36 46 56 17 22 27 36 46 56 66 76 86 96 116
    d 3 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20
    d 4 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
    l 1 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
    k 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
    f 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9
    l
    20 ● ● ● ●
    25 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    30 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    35 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    45 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    50 ● ● ● ● ●
    55 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    60 ● ●
    65 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    70 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    75 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    85 ● ● ● ●
    90 ● ● ●
    95 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    105 ● ●
    110 ●
    125 ● ● ● ● ●
    135 ●
    145 ● ●
    150 ●
    155 ●
    165 ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Locating guide pillar, shouldered =3111.21.
    Guide diameter d 1 9 mm = 009.
    Installation length s 12 mm = 012.
    Guide length l 25 mm = 025
    Order No =3111.21. 009. 012.025
    3111.21. Locating guide pillar, shouldered
    subject to alterations
    3111.21.
    k
    A
    0,8
    0,8
    0,8
    ±0,05
    f s -0,5
    -1,0
    l 1
    l
    -0,2 4
    d
    e7 3
    d
    g6 1
    d
    k6 3
    d
    e7 3
    d
    ∅0,01 A
    ∅0,01 A
    Locating guide pillar, shouldered
    L21
    d 1 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20
    s 17 22 27 36 46 56 66 76 86 96 116 17 22 27 36 46 56 66 76 86 96 116 136 17 22 27 36 46 56 66 76 86 96 116 136
    d 3 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26
    d 4 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31
    l 1 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
    k 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
    f 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9
    l
    30 ● ●
    35 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    45 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    50 ●
    55 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    65 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    70 ●
    75 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    85 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    90 ●
    95 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    105 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    110 ●
    115 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    120 ● ●
    125 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    135 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    145 ● ● ● ●
    150 ●
    155 ● ● ●
    165 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    225 ● ● ● ●
    245 ● ● ● ●
    255 ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Locating guide pillar, shouldered =3111.21.
    Guide diameter d 1 9 mm = 009.
    Installation length s 12 mm = 012.
    Guide length l 25 mm = 025
    Order No =3111.21. 009. 012.025
    3111.21. Locating guide pillar, shouldered
    subject to alterations
    Locating guide pillar, shouldered
    3111.21.
    k
    A
    0,8
    0,8
    0,8
    ±0,05
    f s -0,5
    -1,0
    l 1
    l
    -0,2 4
    d
    e7 3
    d
    g6 1
    d
    k6 3
    d
    e7 3
    d
    ∅0,01 A
    ∅0,01 A
    L22
    d 1 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
    s 17 22 27 36 46 56 66 76 86 96 116 136 156 17 22 27 36 46 56 66 76 86 96 116 136 156 27 36 46 56 66 76 86 96 116 136 156 196
    d 3 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42
    d 4 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 47
    l 1 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
    k 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
    f 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9
    l
    35 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    45 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    55 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    65 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    75 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    85 ● ● ● ● ●
    95 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    105 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    115 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    125 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    130 ● ●
    135 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    145 ● ●
    155 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    165 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    175 ● ●
    185 ●
    195 ●
    205 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    225 ● ●
    245 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    285 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    295 ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Locating guide pillar, shouldered =3111.21.
    Guide diameter d 1 9 mm = 009.
    Installation length s 12 mm = 012.
    Guide length l 25 mm = 025
    Order No =3111.21. 009. 012.025
    3111.21. Locating guide pillar, shouldered
    subject to alterations
    3111.21.
    k
    A
    0,8
    0,8
    0,8
    ±0,05
    f s -0,5
    -1,0
    l 1
    l
    -0,2 4
    d
    e7 3
    d
    g6 1
    d
    k6 3
    d
    e7 3
    d
    ∅0,01 A
    ∅0,01 A
    Locating guide pillar, shouldered
    L23
    d 1 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42
    s 27 36 46 56 66 76 86 96 116136 156 196 46 56 66 76 86 96 116136 156 196 246 46 56 66 76 86 96 116136 156 196 246
    d 3 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54
    d 4 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60
    l 1 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
    k 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
    f 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
    l
    45 ● ●
    55 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    65 ● ●
    75 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    85 ●
    95 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    105 ● ●
    115 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    125 ●
    135 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    155 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    165 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    175 ● ● ● ●
    185 ●
    195 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    205 ●
    215 ● ● ● ●
    225 ● ●
    235 ● ●
    245 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    285 ● ● ●
    295 ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Locating guide pillar, shouldered =3111.21.
    Guide diameter d 1 9 mm = 009.
    Installation length s 12 mm = 012.
    Guide length l 25 mm = 025
    Order No =3111.21. 009. 012.025
    3111.21. Locating guide pillar, shouldered
    subject to alterations
    Guide pillar with flange
    Material:
    Steel, case hardened
    Surface hardness: 62 + 2 HRC
    Penetration depth: 1,2 mm
    Execution:
    ground
    Note:
    Fit for receiving bore H7.
    Screws not included.
    Fixing:
    Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762
    M 8 x 20
    M 10 x 25
    M 12 x 30
    M 14 x 35
    M 16 x 40.
    3111.31.
    L24
    d 1 32 40 50 63 80
    d 2 40 50 63 80 100
    d 3 76 92 112 138 170
    d 5 55 68 84 105 130
    d 6 9 11 14 16 18
    d 7 15 18 20 24 26
    r 1 4 4 5 6 8
    l 2 11 13 14 16 20
    l 3 6 6 8 8 10
    l 5 15.1 18.4 22.5 27.4 32.1
    l 7 19 23 28 34 40
    l 8 8 9 10 13 15
    l 9 9 10 12 15 18
    l 10 1.5 1.5 2 3 4
    l 1 l
    67 97
    80 110 116
    95 125 131 137
    112 142 148 154 162
    132 168 174 182 192
    160 202 210 220
    190 240 250
    224 284
    436 486
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide pillar with flange =3111.31.
    Guide diameter d 1 32 mm = 032.
    Guide length l 1 67 mm = 067
    Order No =3111.31.032.067
    3111.31. Guide pillar with flange
    subject to alterations
    3110.11.
    R Z 2,5
    l
    k -0,2
    l 1
    g6 1
    d
    -0,2 4
    d
    Guide pillar (Angle pin)
    L25
    d 1 8 9 10 12 14 15 16 18 20 22 24 30 32 40 50
    d 4 10 12 12 16 18 18 20 22 24 26 28 36 36 48 58
    k 3 3 3 6 8 8 8 8 8 15 15 15 15 15 15
    l 1 4 4 4 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 10 10
    l
    40 ● ● ● ● ●
    60 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    80 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    100 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    120 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    140 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    160 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    180 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    200 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    220 ● ●
    240 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    300 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    360 ● ● ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide pillar (Angle pin) =3110.11.
    Guide diameter d 1 8 mm = 008.
    Length l 40 mm = 040
    Order No =3110.11. 008. 040
    3110.11. Guide pillar (Angle pin)
    subject to alterations
    Guide sleeve
    3100.09.
    l js10
    d 2
    g6 1
    d
    R Z 4
    L26
    d 1 10 14 18 24 30
    d 2 6.2 8.3 10.4 12.5 16.5
    l
    20 ●
    30 ● ●
    40 ● ● ●
    50 ● ●
    60 ● ● ● ●
    70 ● ●
    80 ● ● ● ● ●
    100 ● ● ● ● ●
    120 ● ● ● ● ●
    140 ● ● ● ● ●
    160 ● ● ● ●
    180 ● ● ● ●
    200 ● ●
    220 ● ●
    240 ● ●
    260 ●
    300 ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide sleeve = 3100.09.
    Guide diameter d 1 10 mm = 010.
    Length l 20 mm = 020
    Order No = 3100.09. 010. 020
    3100.09. Guide sleeve
    subject to alterations
    3120.40.
    A
    s -0,5
    -1,0
    s -0,5
    -1,0
    k ±0,05
    l
    l
    -0,2 4
    d
    1
    d
    H7
    1
    d
    H7
    e7 3
    d
    k6 3
    d
    +0,2 1
    d
    +0,5
    0,8
    0,8
    ∅0,01 A
    Guide Bush, headed
    L27
    d 1 s l d 3 d 4 k d 1 s l d 3 d 4 k
    9 10 9 9 14 16 3 22 24 36 36 30 35 6
    9 10 12 12 14 16 3 22 24 46 46 30 35 6
    9 10 17 17 14 16 3 22 24 56 56 30 35 6
    9 10 22 22 14 16 3 22 24 66 66 30 35 6
    9 10 27 27 14 16 3 22 24 76 76 30 35 6
    9 10 36 36 14 16 3 22 24 86 86 30 35 6
    9 10 46 46 14 16 3 22 24 96 96 30 35 6
    9 10 56 46 14 16 3 22 24 116 96 30 35 6
    9 10 66 46 14 16 3 22 24 136 96 30 35 6
    12 17 17 18 23 6 22 24 156 96 30 35 6
    12 22 22 18 23 6 30 32 27 27 42 47 6
    12 27 27 18 23 6 30 32 36 36 42 47 6
    12 36 36 18 23 6 30 32 46 46 42 47 6
    12 46 46 18 23 6 30 32 56 56 42 47 6
    12 56 56 18 23 6 30 32 66 66 42 47 6
    14 15 12 12 20 25 6 30 32 76 76 42 47 6
    14 15 17 17 20 25 6 30 32 86 86 42 47 6
    14 15 22 22 20 25 6 30 32 96 96 42 47 6
    14 15 27 27 20 25 6 30 32 116 116 42 47 6
    14 15 36 36 20 25 6 30 32 136 116 42 47 6
    14 15 46 46 20 25 6 30 32 156 116 42 47 6
    14 15 56 56 20 25 6 30 32 176 116 42 47 6
    14 15 66 56 20 25 6 40 42 46 46 54 60 10
    14 15 76 56 20 25 6 40 42 56 56 54 60 10
    14 15 86 56 20 25 6 40 42 66 66 54 60 10
    14 15 96 56 20 25 6 40 42 76 76 54 60 10
    16 17 17 22 27 6 40 42 86 86 54 60 10
    16 22 22 22 27 6 40 42 96 96 54 60 10
    16 27 27 22 27 6 40 42 116 116 54 60 10
    16 36 36 22 27 6 40 42 136 136 54 60 10
    16 46 46 22 27 6 40 42 156 136 54 60 10
    16 56 56 22 27 6 40 42 196 136 54 60 10
    18 20 17 17 26 31 6 40 42 246 136 54 60 10
    18 20 22 22 26 31 6 50 76 76 66 72 10
    18 20 27 27 26 31 6 50 96 96 66 72 10
    18 20 36 36 26 31 6 50 116 116 66 72 10
    18 20 46 46 26 31 6 50 136 136 66 72 10
    18 20 56 56 26 31 6 50 156 136 66 72 10
    18 20 66 66 26 31 6 50 196 136 66 72 10
    18 20 76 76 26 31 6 60 76 76 80 86 20
    18 20 86 76 26 31 6 60 96 96 80 86 20
    18 20 96 76 26 31 6 60 116 116 80 86 20
    18 20 116 76 26 31 6 60 136 136 80 86 20
    22 24 17 17 30 35 6 60 156 136 80 86 20
    22 24 22 22 30 35 6 60 196 136 80 86 20
    22 24 27 27 30 35 6 60 246 136 80 86 20
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide Bush, headed = 3120.40.
    Guide diameter d 1 9 mm = 009.
    Length s 9 mm = 009
    Order No = 3120.40. 009. 009
    3120.40. Guide Bush, headed
    subject to alterations
    Locating guide bush, headed
    l (l
    A
    ∅0,01 A ∅0,01 A
    1
    s -0,5
    )
    -1,0
    f
    k ±0,05
    -0,2 4
    d
    e7 3
    d
    1
    d
    H7
    e7 3
    d
    k6 3
    d
    0,8 0,8
    0,8
    s -0,5
    -1,0
    l
    l 1
    1
    d
    H7
    +0,2 1
    d
    +0,5
    3120.42.
    L28
    d 1 s l l 1 d 3 d 4 f k d 1 s l l 1 d 3 d 4 f k
    9 10 12 15 15 14 16 3 3 22 24 36 45 45 30 35 9 6
    9 10 17 20 20 14 16 3 3 22 24 46 55 55 30 35 9 6
    9 10 22 25 25 14 16 3 3 22 24 56 65 65 30 35 9 6
    9 10 27 30 30 14 16 3 3 22 24 66 75 75 30 35 9 6
    9 10 36 39 39 14 16 3 3 22 24 76 85 85 30 35 9 6
    9 10 46 46 49 14 16 3 3 22 24 86 95 95 30 35 9 6
    9 10 56 46 59 14 16 3 3 22 24 96 105 105 30 35 9 6
    9 10 66 46 69 14 16 3 3 22 24 116 96 125 30 35 9 6
    14 15 17 26 26 20 25 9 6 22 24 136 96 145 30 35 9 6
    14 15 22 31 31 20 25 9 6 22 24 156 96 165 30 35 9 6
    14 15 27 36 36 20 25 9 6 30 32 27 36 36 42 47 9 6
    14 15 36 45 45 20 25 9 6 30 32 36 45 45 42 47 9 6
    14 15 46 55 55 20 25 9 6 30 32 46 55 55 42 47 9 6
    14 15 56 56 65 20 25 9 6 30 32 56 65 65 42 47 9 6
    14 15 66 56 75 20 25 9 6 30 32 66 75 75 42 47 9 6
    14 15 76 56 85 20 25 9 6 30 32 76 85 85 42 47 9 6
    14 15 86 56 95 20 25 9 6 30 32 86 95 95 42 47 9 6
    14 15 96 56 105 20 25 9 6 30 32 96 105 105 42 47 9 6
    14 15 116 56 125 20 25 9 6 30 32 116 125 125 42 47 9 6
    18 20 17 26 26 26 31 9 6 30 32 136 116 145 42 47 9 6
    18 20 22 31 31 26 31 9 6 30 32 156 116 165 42 47 9 6
    18 20 27 36 36 26 31 9 6 30 32 176 116 185 42 47 9 6
    18 20 36 45 45 26 31 9 6 30 32 196 116 205 42 47 9 6
    18 20 46 55 55 26 31 9 6 40 42 46 58 58 54 60 12 10
    18 20 56 65 65 26 31 9 6 40 42 56 68 68 54 60 12 10
    18 20 66 75 75 26 31 9 6 40 42 66 78 78 54 60 12 10
    18 20 76 76 85 26 31 9 6 40 42 76 88 88 54 60 12 10
    18 20 86 76 95 26 31 9 6 40 42 86 98 98 54 60 12 10
    18 20 96 76 105 26 31 9 6 40 42 96 108 108 54 60 12 10
    18 20 116 76 125 26 31 9 6 40 42 116 128 128 54 60 12 10
    18 20 136 76 145 26 31 9 6 40 42 136 136 148 54 60 12 10
    22 24 17 26 26 30 35 9 6 40 42 156 136 168 54 60 12 10
    22 24 22 31 31 30 35 9 6 40 42 196 136 208 54 60 12 10
    22 24 27 36 36 30 35 9 6 40 42 246 136 258 54 60 12 10
    Ordering Code (example):
    Locating guide bush, headed =3120.42.
    Guide diameter d 1 9 mm = 009.
    Length with collar s 12 mm = 012
    Order No =3120.42. 009. 012
    3120.42. Locating guide bush, headed
    subject to alterations
    Ball bearing guide, complete
    max.
    Stroke
    6 ±0,05
    -0,2 4
    d
    e7 3
    d
    k6 3
    d
    e7 3
    d
    h4 1
    d
    2
    s
    l
    f
    2
    l
    l 1 ±1,5
    3202.12.
    3202.13.
    3120.65.
    L29
    d 1 l l 1 l 2 d 3 d 4 f s 2 Stroke max.
    12 24 40 2.1 22 26 6 18 50
    12 24 56 2.1 22 26 6 18 82
    18 34 45 3 30 35 11 23 44
    18 34 56 3 30 35 11 23 66
    18 34 71 3 30 35 11 23 96
    30 54 56 4.8 46 52 21 33 32
    30 54 75 4.8 46 52 21 33 78
    30 54 95 4.8 46 52 21 33 110
    Ordering Code (example):
    Ball bearing guide, complete =3120.65.
    Guide diameter d 1 12 mm = 012.
    Length of ball cage l 1 40 mm = 040
    Order No =3120.65. 012.040
    3120.65. Ball bearing guide, complete
    subject to alterations
    Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
    Note:
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    Attention:
    Bushes can only be used with axial motion!
    Ø0,02
    2087.72.
    L30
    d 1 9 10 12 14 15 16 18 20 22 24 25 30 32 40 42 50 60
    d 2 14 18 20 22 26 30 32 42 54 66 80
    d 3 16 23 25 27 31 35 38 47 60 72 86
    r 0.5 1 1 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3
    l 3 3 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 10 10 20
    l 4 1.5 2 2 2 2 3 3 4 5 5 5
    l 1
    12 ●
    17 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    22 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    27 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    36 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    46 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    56 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    66 ● ● ● ● ●
    76 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    86 ● ● ● ● ●
    96 ● ● ● ● ●
    116 ● ● ● ●
    136 ● ● ●
    156 ● ● ●
    196 ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant =2087.72.
    Guide diameter d 1 9 mm = 009.
    Total length l 1 12 mm = 012
    Order No =2087.72. 009. 012
    2087.72. Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant
    subject to alterations
    Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant
    Ø0,02
    Ø0,02
    2087.70.
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
    Note:
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    Attention:
    Bushes can only be used with axial motion!
    L31
    d 1 9 10 14 15 18 20 22 24 30 32 40 42
    d 2 14 20 26 30 42 54
    d 3 16 25 31 35 47 60
    l 3 3 6 6 6 6 10
    l 4 1.5 2 2 3 4 5
    l 5 3 6 8 8 8 12
    r 0.5 1 2 3 3 3
    l 1 l 2
    15 12 ●
    20 17 ●
    25 22 ●
    30 27 ●
    39 36 ●
    49 46 ●
    59 56 ●
    69 66 ●
    23 17 ●
    28 22 ●
    33 27 ●
    42 36 ●
    52 46 ●
    62 56 ●
    72 66 ●
    82 76 ●
    92 86 ●
    25 17 ● ●
    30 22 ● ●
    35 27 ● ● ●
    44 36 ● ● ●
    54 46 ● ● ●
    64 56 ● ● ●
    74 66 ● ● ●
    84 76 ● ● ●
    94 86 ● ● ●
    104 96 ● ● ●
    124 116 ● ● ●
    144 136 ● ●
    164 156 ●
    58 46 ●
    68 56 ●
    78 66 ●
    88 76 ●
    98 86 ●
    108 96 ●
    128 116 ●
    148 136 ●
    168 156 ●
    208 196 ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid
    lubricant =2087.70.
    Guide diameter d 1 9 mm = 009.
    Length with collar l 2 12 mm= 012
    Order No =2087.70. 009. 012
    2087.70. Guide bush with collar, Bronze
    with solid lubricant
    subject to alterations
    Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
    Note:
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    Attention:
    Bushes can only be used with axial motion!
    2087.71.
    Ø0,02
    Ø0,02
    L32
    d 1 14 15 18 20 22 24 30 32
    d 2 20 26 30 42
    d 3 25 31 35 47
    r 1 1.5 2 2
    l 1 26 39 49 63
    l 2 17 22 27 36
    l 5 9 17 22 27
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant =2087.71.
    Guide diameter d 1 14 mm = 014.
    Length with collar l 2 17 mm = 017
    Order No =2087.71. 014.017
    2087.71. Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant
    subject to alterations
    Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant
    2087.73.
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
    Note:
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    Attention:
    Bushes can only be used with axial motion!
    L33
    d 1 25 30 40 40 50 50 60 63 63 63
    d 2 35 42 50 50 63 63 80 80 80 80
    d 3 40 47 60 60 72 72 86 90 90 90
    r 1 3 3 4 4 4 4 3 4 4 4
    r 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3
    l 1 43 43 60 64 77 92 78 95 100 108
    l 2 24 24 35.5 39.5 44.5 55.5 49 55.5 62.5 62.5
    l 3 7.5 7.5 6 6 8 8 7.5 8 8 8
    l 4 11.5 11.5 18.5 18.5 24.5 28.5 21.5 31.5 29.5 37.5
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant =2087.73.
    Guide diameter d 1 25 mm = 025.
    Total length l 1 43 mm = 043
    Order No =2087.73. 025. 043
    2087.73. Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant
    subject to alterations
    Guide bush, Bronze with solid lubricant
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
    Note:
    Bushes can be used with radial or axial motion.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    Fixing:
    Connecting with adhesive or if needed secure with threaded pin or flat
    mushroom head screw 2192.61.
    3120.70.
    L34
    d 1 8 10 10 12 13 14 15 16 18 19 20 20 20 24 25 25 25 28 30 30 30 31.5 32 35 35 38 40 40
    d 2 12 14 15 18 19 20 21 22 24 25 26 28 30 32 32 33 35 38 38 40 42 40 42 44 45 48 50 55
    r 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 1.5 1.5 1.5
    l 4 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
    l 1
    8 ● ●
    10 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    12 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    15 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    16 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    20 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    25 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    30 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    35 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    37 ● ●
    40 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    47 ● ●
    50 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    60 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    70 ●
    77 ● ●
    80 ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide bush, Bronze with solid lubricant =3120.70.
    Guide diameter d 1 8 mm = 008.
    External diameter d 2 12 mm = 012.
    Installation length l 1 8 mm = 008
    Order No =3120.70. 008. 012.008
    3120.70. Guide bush, Bronze with solid lubricant
    subject to alterations
    Guide bush, Bronze with solid lubricant
    3120.70.
    Material:
    Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
    Note:
    Bushes can be used with radial or axial motion.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    Fixing:
    Connecting with adhesive or if needed secure with threaded pin or flat
    mushroom head screw 2192.61.
    L35
    d 1 45 45 45 50 50 50 55 60 60 63 65 70 70 75 75 80 80 85 90 100 110 120 125 130 140 150 160
    d 2 55 56 60 60 62 65 70 74 75 75 80 85 90 90 95 96 100 100 110 120 130 140 145 150 160 170 180
    r 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
    l 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
    l 1
    30 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    35 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    40 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    50 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    60 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    70 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    80 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    95 ●
    100 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    120 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    130 ●
    140 ● ● ● ●
    150 ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide bush, Bronze with solid lubricant =3120.70.
    Guide diameter d 1 8 mm = 008.
    External diameter d 2 12 mm = 012.
    Installation length l 1 8 mm = 008
    Order No =3120.70. 008. 012.008
    3120.70. Guide bush, Bronze with solid lubricant
    subject to alterations
    Guide bush, Bronze
    Material:
    Bronze
    Note:
    Bushes can be used with radial or axial motion.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    Fixing:
    Connecting with adhesive or if needed secure with threaded pin or flat
    mushroom head screw 2192.61.
    3120.71.
    L36
    d 1 8 10 10 12 13 14 15 16 18 19 20 20 20 24 25 25 25 28 30 30 30 31.5 32 35 35 38 40 40
    d 2 12 14 15 18 19 20 21 22 24 25 26 28 30 32 32 33 35 38 38 40 42 40 42 44 45 48 50 55
    r 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 1.5 1.5 1.5
    l 4 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
    l 1
    8 ● ●
    10 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    12 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    15 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    16 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    20 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    25 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    30 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    35 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    37 ● ●
    40 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    47 ● ●
    50 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    60 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    70 ●
    77 ● ●
    80 ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide bush, Bronze =3120.71.
    Guide diameter d 1 8 mm = 008.
    External diameter d 2 12 mm = 012.
    Installation length l 1 8 mm = 008
    Order No =3120.71.008. 012.008
    3120.71. Guide bush, Bronze
    subject to alterations
    Guide bush, Bronze
    3120.71.
    Material:
    Bronze
    Note:
    Bushes can be used with radial or axial motion.
    Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
    end of chapter D.
    Fixing:
    Connecting with adhesive or if needed secure with threaded pin or flat
    mushroom head screw 2192.61.
    L37
    d 1 45 45 45 50 50 50 55 60 60 63 65 70 70 75 75 80 80 85 90 100 110 120 125 130 140 150 160
    d 2 55 56 60 60 62 65 70 74 75 75 80 85 90 90 95 96 100 100 110 120 130 140 145 150 160 170 180
    r 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
    l 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
    l 1
    30 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    35 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    40 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    50 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    60 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    70 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    80 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    95 ●
    100 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    120 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    130 ●
    140 ● ● ● ●
    150 ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Guide bush, Bronze =3120.71.
    Guide diameter d 1 8 mm = 008.
    External diameter d 2 12 mm = 012.
    Installation length l 1 8 mm = 008
    Order No =3120.71.008. 012.008
    3120.71. Guide bush, Bronze
    subject to alterations
    Rectangular Guide, Steel with solid lubricant
    Material:
    Steel with solid lubricant
    Surface: case hardened, 580+40 HV 30
    Steel
    Surface: case hardened, 700+60 HV 30
    Note:
    The maximum operating temperature is 200°C.
    3131.40.
    L38
    Order No l 2 b 2 l 1 b 1 r t 1 t 2 t 3 d 1 d 2 b 3 l 3 l 4
    3131.40.022.016.020 22 16 20 40 6 20 6.8 11 6.6 11 26 15 7
    3131.40.022.016.040 22 16 40 40 6 20 6.8 11 6.6 11 26 15 7
    3131.40.027.020.025 27 20 25 45 6 22 6.8 13 6.6 11 31 19 7
    3131.40.027.020.050 27 20 50 45 6 22 6.8 13 6.6 11 31 19 7
    3131.40.036.025.032 36 25 32 50 8 25 6.8 14 6.6 11 35 27 9
    3131.40.036.025.063 36 25 63 50 8 25 6.8 14 6.6 11 35 27 9
    3131.40.046.032.040 46 32 40 63 8 32 9 19 9 15 45 35 11
    3131.40.046.032.080 46 32 80 63 8 32 9 19 9 15 45 35 11
    3131.40.056.040.050 56 40 50 85 10 36 11 22 11 18 60 40 15
    3131.40.056.040.100 56 40 100 85 10 36 11 22 11 18 60 40 15
    3131.40.066.050.056 66 50 56 100 10 40 13 24 14 20 74 48 18
    3131.40.066.050.112 66 50 112 100 10 40 13 24 14 20 74 48 18
    3131.40. Rectangular Guide, Steel with solid lubricant
    subject to alterations
    Rectangular guide, Steel with Rollers
    3131.80.
    Description:
    The rectangular guides with rollers guarantee the greatest precisi-
    onwhen their mould is moved together. The rectangular guides must
    always be installed in the outer area of the mould plates to ensure
    problem-free functionality.
    Advantages: no play or friction, low maintenance and no lubrication
    Material:
    Steel
    Hardness: 56-58 HRC
    Surface: burnished
    Note:
    The maximum operating temperature is 150°C.
    L39
    Order No t w a b c d e h r s 1 s 2 s 3 d 1 d 2 t 1
    3131.80.032.063 32 63 46 46 27 21 12.1 92 8 9 11 35 15 9 9
    3131.80.040.100 40 100 66 66 36 33 19.5 132 10 13 18 48 20 13.5 13
    3131.80. Rectangular guide, Steel with Rollers
    subject to alterations L40
    Forming /
    Demoulding
    Forming /
    Demoulding
    L41
    subject to alterations
    Bolt guide
    Application example
    2967.10.
    h7
    F
    -0,03
    -0,1
    max.30°
    stroke
    ød
    Mounting example
    L42
    Order No d Stroke b l h b 1 b 2 b 3 l 1 h 1 h 2 h 3 d 1 d 2 d 3 F
    2967.10.08.010 8 10 33 32 22 30 19 24 20 5 7 8 8 4 3 7
    2967.10.10.018 10 18 45 45 27 40 25 32 30 5 8 10 10 5 4 9
    2967.10.12.020 12 20 57 50 32 51 31 39 35 7 10 12 11 7 6 11
    2967.10.16.025 16 25 65 65 36 58 38 46 40 8 10 16 14 9 6 14.5
    2967.10.20.030 20 30 80 80 42 72 44 56 55 11 12 20 17 11 8 18
    2967.10.25.035 25 35 93 90 50 85 52 66 65 15 15 25 20 14 10 22.5
    2967.10.30.040 30 40 101 100 55 93 60 74 70 15 15 30 20 14 10 27
    2967.10.35.045 35 45 120 120 62 110 70 85 80 15 18 35 20 14 10 32
    2967.10.40.050 40 50 130 135 70 120 80 95 90 15 18 40 26 17.5 10 36
    2967.10.45.055 45 55 140 150 80 130 90 105 110 15 20 45 26 17.5 10 40
    2967.10. Bolt guide
    subject to alterations L43
    subject to alterations
    Ejector pin, hardened, DIN ISO 6751
    237.1.
    Material:
    WS
    Order No 237.1.
    Hardness:
    Shaft 60 ± 2 HRC
    Head 45 ± 5 HRC
    Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die
    components see at the beginning of Chapter E.
    Execution:
    Shank hardened and precision ground.
    Head hot upset-forged.
    L44
    d 1 d 2 k r l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1
    40 63 80 100 125 160 200 250 315 400 500
    1 2.5 1.2 0.2 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    1.1 2.5 1.2 0.2 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    1.2 2.5 1.2 0.2 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    1.3 3 1.5 0.2 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    1.4 3 1.5 0.2 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    1.5 3 1.5 0.2 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    1.6 3 1.5 0.2 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    1.7 3 1.5 0.2 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    1.8 3 1.5 0.2 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    1.9 3 1.5 0.2 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    2 4 2 0.2 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    2.2 4 2 0.2 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    2.5 5 2 0.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    2.7 5 2 0.3 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    3 6 3 0.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    3.2 6 3 0.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    3.5 7 3 0.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    3.7 7 3 0.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    4 8 3 0.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    4.2 8 3 0.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    4.5 8 3 0.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Ejector pin, hardened, DIN ISO 6751 =237.1.
    Shaft diameter d 1 1 mm = 0100.
    Length l 1 40 mm = 040
    Order No =237.1.0100. 040
    237.1. Ejector pin, hardened, DIN ISO 6751
    subject to alterations
    Ejector pin, hardened, DIN ISO 6751
    Material:
    WS
    Order No 237.1.
    Hardness:
    Shaft 60 ± 2 HRC
    Head 45 ± 5 HRC
    Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die
    components see at the beginning of Chapter E.
    Execution:
    Shank hardened and precision ground.
    Head hot upset-forged.
    237.1.
    L45
    d 1 d 2 k r l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1
    40 63 80 100 125 160 200 250 315 400 500 630 800 1000 1250 1600
    4.7 8 3 0.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    5 10 3 0.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    5.2 10 3 0.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    5.5 10 3 0.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    6 12 5 0.5 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    6.2 12 5 0.5 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    6.5 12 5 0.5 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    7 12 5 0.5 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    8 14 5 0.5 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    8.2 14 5 0.5 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    8.5 14 5 0.5 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    9 14 5 0.5 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    10 16 5 0.5 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    10.2 16 5 0.5 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    10.5 16 5 0.5 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    11 16 5 0.5 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    12 18 7 0.8 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    12.2 18 7 0.8 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    12.5 18 7 0.8 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    14 22 7 0.8 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    16 22 7 0.8 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    18 24 7 0.8 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    20 26 8 1 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Ejector pin, hardened, DIN ISO 6751 =237.1.
    Shaft diameter d 1 1 mm = 0100.
    Length l 1 40 mm = 040
    Order No =237.1.0100. 040
    237.1. Ejector pin, hardened, DIN ISO 6751
    subject to alterations
    Ejector pin, nitrided, DIN ISO 6751
    237.8.
    Material:
    NWA
    Order No 237.8.
    Hardness:
    Shaft* ≥ 950 HV 0,3
    Head 45 ± 5 HRC
    Core strength > 1400 N/mm²
    Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die
    components see at the beginning of Chapter E.
    Execution:
    Shank nitrided and precision ground.
    Head hot upset-forged.
    Note:
    *Owing to thinness of nitrided skin, hardness
    testing on shank restricted to Vickers only.
    Test load = 3 N max.
    L46
    d 1 d 2 k r l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1
    100 125 160 200 250 315 400 500 630 800
    1.5 3 1.5 0.2 ● ● ● ●
    2 4 2 0.2 ● ● ● ● ●
    2.2 4 2 0.2 ● ● ● ●
    2.4 5 2 0.2 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    2.5 5 2 0.3 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    2.7 5 2 0.3 ● ● ● ●
    2.9 5 2 0.3 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    3 6 3 0.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    3.2 6 3 0.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    3.4 6 3 0.3 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    3.5 7 3 0.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    3.7 7 3 0.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    3.9 7 3 0.3 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    4 8 3 0.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    4.2 8 3 0.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    4.4 8 3 0.3 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    4.5 8 3 0.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    4.7 8 3 0.3 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    4.9 8 3 0.3 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    5 10 3 0.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    5.2 10 3 0.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    5.4 10 3 0.3 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    5.5 10 3 0.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    5.7 10 3 0.3 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    5.9 10 3 0.3 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    6 12 5 0.5 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Ejector pin, nitrided, DIN ISO 6751 =237.8.
    Shaft diameter d 1 1.5 mm = 0150.
    Length l 1 100 mm = 100
    Order No =237.8. 0150. 100
    237.8. Ejector pin, nitrided, DIN ISO 6751
    subject to alterations
    Ejector pin, nitrided, DIN ISO 6751
    Material:
    NWA
    Order No 237.8.
    Hardness:
    Shaft* ≥ 950 HV 0,3
    Head 45 ± 5 HRC
    Core strength > 1400 N/mm²
    Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die
    components see at the beginning of Chapter E.
    Execution:
    Shank nitrided and precision ground.
    Head hot upset-forged.
    Note:
    *Owing to thinness of nitrided skin, hardness
    testing on shank restricted to Vickers only.
    Test load = 3 N max.
    237.8.
    L47
    d 1 d 2 k r l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1
    100 125 160 200 250 315 400 500 630 800 1000
    6.2 12 5 0.5 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    6.5 12 5 0.5 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    6.7 12 5 0.5 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    6.9 12 5 0.5 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    7 12 5 0.5 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    7.2 12 5 0.5 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    7.8 12 5 0.5 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    8 14 5 0.5 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    8.2 14 5 0.5 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    8.4 14 5 0.5 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    8.5 14 5 0.5 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    9 14 5 0.5 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    9.7 14 5 0.5 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    10 16 5 0.5 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    10.2 16 5 0.5 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    10.5 16 5 0.5 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    11 16 5 0.5 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    12 18 7 0.8 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    12.2 18 7 0.8 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    12.5 18 7 0.8 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    14 22 7 0.8 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    16 22 7 0.8 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    18 24 7 0.8 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    20 26 8 1 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    25 32 10 1 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    32 40 10 1 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Ejector pin, nitrided, DIN ISO 6751 =237.8.
    Shaft diameter d 1 1.5 mm = 0150.
    Length l 1 100 mm = 100
    Order No =237.8. 0150. 100
    237.8. Ejector pin, nitrided, DIN ISO 6751
    subject to alterations
    Ejector pin, hardened, round stepped, DIN ISO 8694
    l 2
    -1
    -2
    60
    -0,2
    d 2
    g6
    d 1
    k -0,05
    1 +2
    l
    -0,1
    d 3
    radiused
    R 0,3
    238.1.
    Material:
    WS
    Order No 238.1.
    Hardness:
    Shaft 60 ± 2 HRC
    Head 45 ± 5 HRC
    Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die
    components see at the beginning of Chapter E.
    Execution:
    Shank hardened and precision ground.
    Head hot upset-forged.
    L48
    d 1 d 2 d 3 k
    l 1
    l 2
    63
    30
    80
    32
    100
    50
    125
    50
    160
    63
    200
    80
    0.8 4 2 2 ● ● ● ● ●
    0.9 4 2 2 ● ● ● ● ●
    1 4 2 2 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    1.1 4 2 2 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    1.2 4 2 2 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    1.3 4 2 2 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    1.4 4 2 2 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    1.5 6 3 3 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    1.6 6 3 3 ● ● ● ● ●
    1.7 6 3 3 ● ● ● ● ●
    1.8 6 3 3 ● ● ● ● ●
    1.9 6 3 3 ● ● ● ● ●
    2 6 3 3 ● ● ● ● ●
    2.1 6 3 3 ● ● ● ●
    2.2 6 3 3 ● ● ● ● ●
    2.3 6 3 3 ● ● ● ●
    2.4 6 3 3 ● ● ● ●
    2.5 6 3 3 ● ● ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Ejector pin, hardened, round stepped, DIN ISO 8694 =238.1.
    Diameter d 1 0.8 mm = 0080.
    Length l 1 63 mm = 063
    Order No =238.1.0080. 063
    238.1. Ejector pin, hardened, round stepped, DIN ISO 8694
    subject to alterations
    Ejector pin, nitrided, round stepped, DIN ISO 8694
    Material:
    NWA
    Order No 238.8.
    Hardness:
    Shaft* ≥ 950 HV 0,3
    Head 45 ± 5 HRC
    Core strength > 1400 N/mm²
    Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die
    components see at the beginning of Chapter E.
    Execution:
    Shank nitrided and precision ground.
    Head hot upset-forged.
    Note:
    *Owing to thinness of nitrided skin, hardness
    testing on shank restricted to Vickers only.
    Test load = 3 N max.
    l 2
    -1
    -2
    60
    -0,2
    d 2
    g6
    d 1
    k -0,05
    1 +2
    l
    -0,1
    d 3
    radiused
    R 0,3
    238.8.
    L49
    d 1 d 2 d 3 k
    l1
    l2
    63
    30
    80
    32
    100
    50
    125
    50
    160
    63
    200
    80
    0.8 4 2 2 ● ● ● ● ●
    0.9 4 2 2 ● ● ● ● ●
    1 4 2 2 ● ● ● ● ●
    1.1 4 2 2 ● ● ● ● ●
    1.2 4 2 2 ● ● ● ● ●
    1.3 4 2 2 ● ● ● ● ●
    1.4 4 2 2 ● ● ● ● ●
    1.5 6 3 3 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    1.6 6 3 3 ● ● ● ● ●
    1.7 6 3 3 ● ● ● ● ●
    1.8 6 3 3 ● ● ● ● ●
    1.9 6 3 3 ● ● ● ● ●
    2 6 3 3 ● ● ● ● ●
    2.2 6 3 3 ● ● ● ● ●
    2.5 6 3 3 ● ● ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Ejector pin, nitrided, round stepped, DIN ISO 8694 =238.8.
    Diameter d 1 0.8 mm = 0080.
    Length l 1 63 mm = 063
    Order No =238.8. 0080. 063
    238.8. Ejector pin, nitrided, round stepped, DIN ISO 8694
    subject to alterations
    Ejector pin, hardened, similar to DIN 1530 Shape D
    2 -0,2
    d
    d 1 g6
    l 1 +2
    +0,2
    k
    radiused
    60
    239.1.
    Material:
    WS
    Order No 239.1.
    Hardness:
    Shaft 60 ± 2 HRC
    Head 45 ± 5 HRC
    Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die
    components see at the beginning of Chapter E.
    Execution:
    Shank hardened and precision ground.
    Head hot upset-forged.
    L50
    d 1 d 2 k l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1
    40 60 71 80 100 125 160 200 250 315
    0.8 1.4 0.5 ● ● ● ●
    0.9 1.6 0.5 ● ● ● ●
    1 1.8 0.5 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    1.1 1.8 0.5 ● ● ● ● ●
    1.2 2 0.5 ● ● ● ● ●
    1.25 2 0.5 ● ● ● ●
    1.3 2 0.5 ● ● ● ● ●
    1.4 2.2 0.5 ● ● ● ● ●
    1.5 2.2 0.5 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    1.6 2.5 0.5 ● ● ● ● ●
    1.7 2.5 0.5 ● ● ● ● ●
    1.75 2.8 0.5 ● ● ● ●
    1.8 2.8 0.5 ● ● ● ● ●
    1.9 2.8 0.5 ● ● ● ● ●
    2 3 0.5 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    2.1 3.2 0.5 ● ● ● ● ●
    2.2 3.2 0.5 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    2.25 3.2 0.5 ● ● ● ●
    2.3 3.5 0.5 ● ● ● ● ●
    2.4 3.5 0.5 ● ● ● ● ●
    2.5 3.5 0.5 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    2.6 4 0.5 ● ● ● ● ●
    2.7 4 0.5 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    2.75 4 0.5 ● ● ● ● ●
    2.8 4 0.5 ● ● ● ● ●
    2.9 4 0.5 ● ● ● ● ●
    3 4.5 0.5 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    3.1 4.5 0.5 ● ● ● ● ●
    3.2 4.5 0.5 ● ● ● ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Ejector pin, hardened, similar to DIN 1530 Shape D =239.1.
    Shaft diameter d 1 0.8 mm = 0080.
    Length l 1 100 mm = 100
    Order No =239.1. 0080. 100
    239.1. Ejector pin, hardened, similar to DIN 1530 Shape D
    subject to alterations
    Ejector pin, hardened, similar to DIN 1530 Shape D
    Material:
    WS
    Order No 239.1.
    Hardness:
    Shaft 60 ± 2 HRC
    Head 45 ± 5 HRC
    Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die
    components see at the beginning of Chapter E.
    Execution:
    Shank hardened and precision ground.
    Head hot upset-forged.
    2 -0,2
    d
    d 1 g6
    l 1 +2
    +0,2
    k
    radiused
    60
    239.1.
    L51
    d 1 d 2 k l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1
    40 60 71 80 100 125 160 200 250 315
    3.25 4.5 0.5 ● ● ● ● ●
    3.5 5 0.5 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    3.6 5 0.5 ● ● ● ● ●
    3.75 5 0.5 ● ● ● ●
    4 5.5 0.5 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    4.1 5.5 0.5 ● ● ● ● ●
    4.2 5.5 0.5 ● ● ● ● ●
    4.25 5.5 0.5 ● ● ● ●
    4.5 6 0.5 ● ● ● ● ●
    4.6 6 0.5 ● ● ● ● ●
    5 6.5 0.5 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    5.1 6.5 0.5 ● ● ● ● ●
    5.2 6.5 0.5 ● ● ● ● ●
    5.25 6.5 0.5 ● ● ● ●
    5.5 7 0.5 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    6 8 0.5 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    6.2 8 1 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    6.5 9 1 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    7 9 1 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    7.5 10 1 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    8 10 1 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    8.2 10 1 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    8.5 11 1 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    9 11 1 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    10 12 1 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    12 14 1 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    14 16 1.5 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    16 18 1.5 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Ejector pin, hardened, similar to DIN 1530 Shape D =239.1.
    Shaft diameter d 1 0.8 mm = 0080.
    Length l 1 100 mm = 100
    Order No =239.1. 0080. 100
    239.1. Ejector pin, hardened, similar to DIN 1530 Shape D
    subject to alterations
    Ejector pin, nitrided, similar to DIN 1530 Shape D
    2 -0,2
    d
    d 1 g6
    l 1 +2
    +0,2
    k
    radiused
    60
    239.8.
    Material:
    NWA
    Order No 239.8.
    Hardness:
    Shaft* ≥ 950 HV 0,3
    Head 45 ± 5 HRC
    Core strength > 1400 N/mm²
    Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die
    components see at the beginning of Chapter E.
    Execution:
    Shank nitrided and precision ground.
    Head hot upset-forged.
    Note:
    *Owing to thinness of nitrided skin, hardness
    testing on shank restricted to Vickers only.
    Test load = 3 N max.
    L52
    d 1 d 2 k l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1
    100 125 160 200 250 315
    3 4.5 0.5 ● ● ● ● ●
    4 5.5 0.5 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    5 6.5 0.5 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    6 8 0.5 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    8 10 1 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    10 12 1 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    12 14 1 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    14 16 1.5 ● ● ● ●
    16 18 1.5 ● ● ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Ejector pin, nitrided, similar to DIN 1530 Shape D =239.8.
    Shaft diameter d 1 3 mm = 300.
    Length l 1 100 mm = 100
    Order No =239.8. 300. 100
    239.8. Ejector pin, nitrided, similar to DIN 1530 Shape D
    subject to alterations L53
    subject to alterations
    Flat ejector pin, hardened, similar to DIN ISO 8693
    263.1.
    Material:
    WS
    Order No 263.1.
    Hardness:
    Shaft 60 ± 2 HRC
    Head 45 ± 5 HRC
    Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die
    components see at the beginning of Chapter E.
    Execution:
    Shank hardened and precision ground.
    Head hot upset-forged.
    Note:
    Special dimensions a and b available on
    request.
    L54
    d 1 4 4.2 4.2 4.2 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 12 12
    d 2 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 14 14 14 16 16 18 18
    k 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 7 7
    r 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.8 0.8
    a 1 0.8 1 1.2 1 1.2 1.5 1 1.2 1.5 2 1.2 1.5 2 1.5 2 2 2.5
    b 3.5 3.8 3.8 3.8 4.5 4.5 4.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 11.5
    l 1 l 2 l 3 l 4
    63 30 25 10 ● ● ●
    80 40 30 10 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    100 50 40 10 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    125 60 50 15 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    160 80 50 30 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    200 100 60 40 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    250 125 60 65 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    315 160 70 85 ● ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Flat ejector pin, hardened, similar to DIN ISO 8693 =263.1.
    Width a 1 mm = 10.
    Length b 3.5 mm = 035.
    Length l 1 63 mm = 063
    Order No =263.1. 10.035. 063
    263.1. Flat ejector pin, hardened, similar to DIN ISO 8693
    subject to alterations
    Flat ejector pin, nitrided, similar to DIN ISO 8693
    Material:
    NWA
    Order No 263.8.
    Hardness:
    Shaft* ≥ 950 HV 0,3
    Head 45 ± 5 HRC
    Core strength > 1400 N/mm²
    Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die
    components see at the beginning of Chapter E.
    Execution:
    Shank nitrided and precision ground.
    Head hot upset-forged.
    Note:
    *Owing to thinness of nitrided skin, hardness
    testing on shank restricted to Vickers only.
    Test load = 3 N max.
    Special dimensions a and b available on
    request.
    263.8.
    L55
    d 1 4 4.2 4.2 4.2 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 12 12 16 16
    d 2 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 14 14 14 16 16 18 18 22 22
    k 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 7 7 7 7
    r 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8
    a 1 0.8 1 1.2 1 1.2 1.5 1 1.2 1.5 2 1.2 1.5 2 1.5 2 2 2.5 2 2.5
    b 3.5 3.8 3.8 3.8 4.5 4.5 4.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 11.5 15.5 15.5
    l 1 l 2 l 3 l 4
    63 30 25 10 ● ● ●
    80 40 30 10 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    100 50 40 10 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    125 60 50 15 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    160 80 50 30 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    200 100 60 40 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    250 125 60 65 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    315 160 70 85 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    400 200 95 105 ● ● ● ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Flat ejector pin, nitrided, similar to DIN ISO 8693 =263.8.
    Width a 1 mm = 10.
    Length b 3.5 mm = 35.
    Length l 1 63 mm = 63
    Order No =263.8. 10.35.63
    263.8. Flat ejector pin, nitrided, similar to DIN ISO 8693
    subject to alterations
    Ejector sleeve, hardened, DIN ISO 8405
    l 2
    -0,05
    1
    d
    g6
    +1
    +0,1
    l
    4
    *d
    2
    d
    -0,2
    3
    d
    H5
    k
    1
    honed
    r +0,2
    264.1.
    Material:
    WS
    Order No 264.1.
    Hardness:
    Shaft 60 ± 2 HRC
    Head 45 ± 5 HRC
    Description of FIBRO materials for tool and
    die components see at the beginning of
    Chapter E.
    Execution:
    Shank hardened and precision ground.
    Head hot upset-forged.
    Guide bore precision ground and honed.
    *up to ∅ d 4 = 4,5 tolerance +0,2/-0,1
    *from ∅ d 4 = 5 tolerance +0,3/-0,1
    L56
    d 1 d 3 d 4 d 2 k r l 2 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1
    70 75 80 90 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275
    2.5 1.25 1.6 5 2 0.3 20 ● ● ● ●
    3 1.5 1.8 6 3 0.3 35 ● ● ● ●
    3 1.6 1.9 6 3 0.3 35 ● ● ● ● ●
    4 2 2.5 8 3 0.3 35 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    4 2.2 2.4 8 3 0.3 35 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    5 2.5 3 10 3 0.3 35 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    5 2.7 3 10 3 0.3 45 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    5 3 3.5 10 3 0.3 45 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    5 3.2 3.5 10 3 0.3 45 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    6 3.5 4 12 5 0.5 45 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    6 3.7 4 12 5 0.5 45 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    6 4 4.3 12 5 0.5 45 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    8 4.2 5 14 5 0.5 45 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    8 5 5.5 14 5 0.5 45 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    8 5.2 5.5 14 5 0.5 45 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    10 6 6.5 16 5 0.5 45 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    10 6.2 6.5 16 5 0.5 45 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    12 8 8.5 20 7 0.8 45 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    12 8.2 8.5 20 7 0.8 45 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    14 10 10.5 22 7 0.8 45 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    14 10.5 11 22 7 0.8 45 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    16 12 12.5 22 7 0.8 45 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    16 12.5 13 22 7 0.8 45 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Ejector sleeve, hardened, DIN ISO 8405 =264.1.
    Diameter ejector pin d 3 1.25 mm = 0125.
    Length l 1 70 mm = 070
    Order No =264.1. 0125.070
    264.1. Ejector sleeve, hardened, DIN ISO 8405
    subject to alterations
    Ejector sleeve, nitrided, DIN ISO 8405
    Material:
    NWA
    Order No 264.8.
    Hardness:
    Shaft** ≥ 950 HV 0,3
    Head 45 ± 5 HRC
    Tensile Strength (core) > 1400 N/mm²
    Description of FIBRO materials for tool and
    die components see at the beginning of
    Chapter E.
    Execution:
    Shank nitrided and precision ground.
    Head hot upset-forged.
    Guide bore precision ground and honed.
    *up to ∅ d 4 = 4,5 tolerance +0,2/-0,1
    *from ∅ d 4 = 5 tolerance +0,3/-0,1
    Note:
    **Owing to thinness of nitrided skin, hardness
    testing on shank restricted to Vickers only.
    Test load = 3 N max.
    l 2
    -0,05
    1
    d
    g6
    +1
    +0,1
    l
    4
    *d
    2
    d
    -0,2
    3
    d
    H5
    k
    1
    honed
    r +0,2
    264.8.
    L57
    d 1 d 3 d 4 d 2 k r l 2 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1 l 1
    75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275
    3 1.5 1.8 6 3 0.3 35 ● ● ● ●
    3 1.6 1.9 6 3 0.3 35 ● ● ● ●
    4 2 2.5 8 3 0.3 35 ● ● ● ●
    4 2.2 2.4 8 3 0.3 35 ● ● ● ●
    5 2.5 3 10 3 0.3 35 ● ● ● ●
    5 2.7 3 10 3 0.3 45 ● ● ● ●
    5 3 3.5 10 3 0.3 45 ● ● ● ● ●
    5 3.2 3.5 10 3 0.3 45 ● ● ● ● ●
    6 3.5 4 12 5 0.5 45 ● ● ● ● ●
    6 3.7 4 12 5 0.5 45 ● ● ● ● ●
    6 4 4.3 12 5 0.5 45 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    8 4.2 5 14 5 0.5 45 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    8 5 5.5 14 5 0.5 45 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    8 5.2 5.5 14 5 0.5 45 ● ● ● ● ● ●
    10 6 6.5 16 5 0.5 45 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    10 6.2 6.5 16 5 0.5 45 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    12 8 8.5 20 7 0.8 45 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    12 8.2 8.5 20 7 0.8 45 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    14 10 10.5 22 7 0.8 45 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    14 10.2 10.5 22 7 0.8 45 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    16 12 12.5 22 7 0.8 45 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
    Ordering Code (example):
    Ejector sleeve, nitrided, DIN ISO 8405 =2648.
    Diameter ejector pin d 3 1.5 mm = 150.
    Length l 1 75 mm = 75
    Order No =2648. 150.75
    264.8. Ejector sleeve, nitrided, DIN ISO 8405
    subject to alterations
    Date stamp complete, embossed lettering
    Material:
    1.2767, hardened HRC 54±2, ground
    Note:
    The sleeve and insert can be ordered separately (see ordering example).
    Description:
    - sleeve with engraving
    - adjustable insert with display arrow and year (can be rotated using an
    ordinary screwdriver)
    - metric thread for fixing
    - mirror image engraving
    Mounting:
    Fixing:
    Screw in the insert in a clockwise direction until it is flush with the top
    edge and set to the required position.
    Setting:
    Set the insert by turning clockwise or anti-clockwise. When correctly set,
    the insert of a stamp with d 1 = 6 mm (.060.) is typically a maximum of
    0.1 mm above or below the top edge of the sleeve.
    Changing:
    To change the insert turn it anti-clockwise to remove.
    Ordering examples:
    Date insert, complete = 2280.
    Standard version = 2280.01.
    Sleeve diameter d 1 = 5 = 2280.01.050.
    Sleeve with display:
    Months (1-12) = 2280.01.050.10.
    Insert with display: Arrow + year
    (variable) e.g. 2004 = 2280.01.050.10.04
    Order No = 2280.01.050.10.04
    Date insert, Sleeve = 2280.
    Standard version = 2280.01.
    Sleeve diameter d 1 = 5 = 2280.01.050.
    Sleeve with display:
    Months (1-12) = 2280.01.050.10.
    Sleeve = 2280.01.050.10.1
    Order No = 2280.01.050.10.1
    Date insert, Insert = 2280.
    Standard version = 2280.01.
    Sleeve diameter d 1 = 5 = 2280.01.050.
    Insert with display: Arrow + year
    (variable) e.g. 2004 = 2280.01.050.04.
    Insert = 2280.01.050.04.2
    Order No = 2280.01.050.04.2
    ød 2
    ød 1h6
    s
    l
    +0,1
    t
    m
    Embossing
    depth a
    Insert
    2280.01.xxx.xx.2
    Compression
    spring
    Sleeve
    2280.01.xxx.10.1
    with fixing thread
    Marking
    embossing
    2280.01.
    Mounting example
    L58
    d 1 d 2 l m t s a
    4 2.5 14 2 2 0.2 0.3
    5 3.1 17 3 3 0.2 0.4
    6 3.1 17 3 3 0.2 0.4
    8 4.6 20 4 4 0.35 0.4
    10 4.6 20 5 4 0.35 0.4
    12 6.4 25 6 6 0.5 0.6
    16 8.4 33 8 8 0.6 0.6
    2280.01. Date stamp complete, embossed lettering
    subject to alterations
    Date stamp complete (short version), embossed lettering
    Material:
    1.2767, hardened HRC 54±2, ground
    Note:
    The sleeve and insert can be ordered separately (see ordering example).
    Description:
    - sleeve with engraving
    - adjustable insert with display arrow and year (can be rotated using an
    ordinary screwdriver)
    - metric thread for fixing
    - mirror image engraving
    Mounting:
    Fixing:
    Screw in the insert in a clockwise direction until it is flush with the top
    edge and set to the required position.
    Setting:
    Set the insert by turning clockwise or anti-clockwise. When correctly set,
    the insert of a stamp with d 1 = 6 mm (.060.) is typically a maximum of
    0.1 mm above or below the top edge of the sleeve.
    Changing:
    To change the insert turn it anti-clockwise to remove.
    Ordering examples:
    Date insert, complete = 2280.
    Standard version = 2280.02.
    Sleeve diameter d 1 = 5 = 2280.01.050.
    Sleeve with display:
    Months (1-12) = 2280.01.050.10.
    Insert with display: Arrow + year
    (variable) e.g. 2004 = 2280.01.050.10.04
    Order No = 2280.01.050.10.04
    Date insert, Sleeve = 2280.
    Standard version = 2280.02.
    Sleeve diameter d 1 = 5 = 2280.01.050.
    Sleeve with display:
    Months (1-12) = 2280.01.050.10.
    Sleeve = 2280.01.050.10.1
    Order No = 2280.01.050.10.1
    Date insert, Insert = 2280.
    Standard version = 2280.02.
    Sleeve diameter d 1 = 5 = 2280.01.050.
    Insert with display: Arrow + year
    (variable) e.g. 2004 = 2280.01.050.04.
    Insert = 2280.01.050.04.2
    Order No = 2280.01.050.04.2
    ød 1
    H7
    l
    m6
    setting range
    Marking
    embossing
    ød 2
    ød 1m6
    s
    l 0,05
    Embossing
    depth a
    Insert
    2280.02.xxx.xx.2
    Compression
    spring
    Sleeve
    2280.02.xxx.10.1
    H7
    Transition fit
    2280.02.
    Mounting example
    L59
    d 1 d 2 l s a
    2.6 1.4 4 0.2 0.3
    3 1.5 4 0.2 0.3
    4 2.1 5 0.25 0.3
    5 3.1 8 0.2 0.4
    6 3.1 8 0.2 0.4
    8 4.4 10 0.25 0.4
    10 5.2 12 0.35 0.4
    12 6.2 14 0.35 0.6
    2280.02. Date stamp complete (short version), embossed lettering
    subject to alterations
    Quill holder for core tempering
    Description:
    The quill holder is preferably used with bolt guide 2967.10. and quills
    with internal bore for slider tempering. 4 connections make it possible
    to implement tempering circuits either directly or in series.
    Material:
    Stainless steel
    1. Swivelled
    Slider without sealing surfaces
    2. Swivelled
    Slider with sealing surfaces
    3. Not swivelled
    Slider without sealing surfaces
    4. Not swivelled
    Slider with sealing surfaces
    3820.10. order separatley
    o-ring
    3800.01.01.01. …
    order separatley
    o-ring
    3800.01.01.01. …
    1)
    2)
    set screw (3X)
    3810.02.02.12.038
    (included)
    G ⅜
    d 7 H7
    d 5 H7
    d g6
    b
    b
    d 8
    13,5
    3
    19
    38
    55 ±0,01
    ±0,01
    l
    l
    l
    l
    ( l )
    1
    2
    3
    4
    Mounting example
    L60
    Order No d d 7 d 8 d 5 b l l 1 l 2 l 3 l 4
    3820.10.025.025 25 25 65 22 60 100 26 45 19 13
    3820.10.030.030 30 30 70 27 65 105 31 50 22 14.5
    3820.10.040.040 40 40 80 37 75 115 41 60 28 16.5
    3820.10. Quill holder for core tempering
    subject to alterations
    O-ring, Viton
    3800.01.01.01.
    Material:
    Viton® (FPM)
    Note:
    Operating temperature -15°C to +200°C
    L61
    Order No d 1 d 2 used in
    3800.01.01.01.0240.30 1) 24 3 3820.10.025.025
    3800.01.01.01.0210.30 2) 21 3 3820.10.025.025
    3800.01.01.01.0292.30 1) 29.2 3 3820.10.030.030
    3800.01.01.01.0260.30 2) 26 3 3820.10.030.030
    3800.01.01.01.0392.30 1) 39.2 3 3820.10.040.040
    3800.01.01.01.0360.30 2) 36 3 3820.10.040.040
    3800.01.01.01. O-ring, Viton
    subject to alterations L62
    MOULD LINE
    Gas springs and
    Spring plungers
    for Mould making
    MOULD LINE
    Gas springs and
    Spring plungers
    for Mould making
    L63
    subject to alterations
    FML Gas springs for Mould making
    L64 subject to alterations
    FML Gas springs for Mould Making
    All FIBRO Gas springs meet the requirements of the
    Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU.
    The Pressure Equipment Directive (2014/68/EU) has been ratified by the european parliament and the council of europe. The
    requirements of the pressure equipment directive came into force throughout the EC on 29 May 2002.
    The directive defines pressure equipment as vessels, pipework, safety devices and pressure accessories. In terms of the direc-
    tive a vessel is a casing which is designed and manufactured to contain fluids under pressure.
    It follows from this definition that nitrogen gas springs of all sizes are deemed to be pressure vessels and must in this respect
    comply with the pressure equipment directive (2014/68/EU) from 29 May 2002.
    FIBRO Mould Line Gas springs (FML)
    FIBRO FML Gas springs are an ideal supplement to and
    expansion of the traditional FIBRO product lines of helical,
    disc and elastomer springs for manufacturing tools, devices,
    moulds and machines.
    Gas springs can be used for all applications where lift mo-
    vements are required in parallel to mould opening.
    FIBRO Mould Line Gas springs (FML), which were specially
    developed for mould making, are characterised by their high
    force, small size, long service life and a constant operating
    temperature of 120°C.
    Of course, FIBRO FML Gas springs are approved as per Euro-
    pean Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU (14th GSGV
    ordinance on pressure vessels). FIBRO FML Gas springs are
    filled with nitrogen and do not require any pressure space
    that is positioned externally or in tool plates. They also
    require no gas supply lines.
    In certain special cases, however, monitoring of charge
    pressure in the installed state is required. These may be
    found in the list of accessory products if needed. As long as
    all mounting details are laid out with due circumspection,
    it is no problem at all to remove and install FIBRO FML Gas
    springs.
    Operating instructions are included with every delivery of
    FIBRO FML Gas springs. Application examples are shown on
    the following pages.
    Functioning
    The pressure medium is a commercially available, environ-
    ment-friendly nitrogen. FIBRO FML Gas springs have a
    standard charge pressure of max. 150 bar.
    Pressure Build-Up
    In operation the piston rod enters the spring space whose
    volume is progressively reduced. The resulting pressure rise
    can be plotted on the Gas spring Diagram as a multiplica-
    tion factor. The spring force is the product of initial force
    times that pressure-rise factor and can therefore be calcula-
    ted easily.
    Working temperature
    The spring temperature should not exceed +120 °C.
    Charge pressure
    Modification of charge pressure allows varia tion of the force
    rating and can be predetermined from the spring Diagram.
    Installation
    FIBRO FML Gas springs can be used in any installation positi-
    on. Whether or not external forces act on them when at rest
    is of no consequence.and can therefore be calculated easily.
    subject to alterations
    FML Gas springs for Mould making
    subject to alterations
    FML Gas springs for Mould Making
    All FIBRO Gas springs meet the requirements of the
    Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU.
    The Pressure Equipment Directive (2014/68/EU) has been ratified by the european parliament and the council of europe. The
    requirements of the pressure equipment directive came into force throughout the EC on 29 May 2002.
    The directive defines pressure equipment as vessels, pipework, safety devices and pressure accessories. In terms of the direc-
    tive a vessel is a casing which is designed and manufactured to contain fluids under pressure.
    It follows from this definition that nitrogen gas springs of all sizes are deemed to be pressure vessels and must in this respect
    comply with the pressure equipment directive (2014/68/EU) from 29 May 2002.
    FIBRO Mould Line Gas springs (FML)
    FIBRO FML Gas springs are an ideal supplement to and
    expansion of the traditional FIBRO product lines of helical,
    disc and elastomer springs for manufacturing tools, devices,
    moulds and machines.
    Gas springs can be used for all applications where lift mo-
    vements are required in parallel to mould opening.
    FIBRO Mould Line Gas springs (FML), which were specially
    developed for mould making, are characterised by their high
    force, small size, long service life and a constant operating
    temperature of 120°C.
    Of course, FIBRO FML Gas springs are approved as per Euro-
    pean Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU (14th GSGV
    ordinance on pressure vessels). FIBRO FML Gas springs are
    filled with nitrogen and do not require any pressure space
    that is positioned externally or in tool plates. They also
    require no gas supply lines.
    In certain special cases, however, monitoring of charge
    pressure in the installed state is required. These may be
    found in the list of accessory products if needed. As long as
    all mounting details are laid out with due circumspection,
    it is no problem at all to remove and install FIBRO FML Gas
    springs.
    Operating instructions are included with every delivery of
    FIBRO FML Gas springs. Application examples are shown on
    the following pages.
    Functioning
    The pressure medium is a commercially available, environ-
    ment-friendly nitrogen. FIBRO FML Gas springs have a
    standard charge pressure of max. 150 bar.
    Pressure Build-Up
    In operation the piston rod enters the spring space whose
    volume is progressively reduced. The resulting pressure rise
    can be plotted on the Gas spring Diagram as a multiplica-
    tion factor. The spring force is the product of initial force
    times that pressure-rise factor and can therefore be calcula-
    ted easily.
    Working temperature
    The spring temperature should not exceed +120 °C.
    Charge pressure
    Modification of charge pressure allows varia tion of the force
    rating and can be predetermined from the spring Diagram.
    Installation
    FIBRO FML Gas springs can be used in any installation positi-
    on. Whether or not external forces act on them when at rest
    is of no consequence.and can therefore be calculated easily.
    L65

    2480.00.035.050.1
    2480.00.035.050.2
    2480.00.035.050.3
    2480.00.035.050.4
    2480.00.035.050.5
    2480.00.035.050.PL
    2480.00.035.050.CZ
    2480.00.035.050.TR
    2480.00.035.050.CN
    2480.00.075.105.1
    2480.00.075.105.2
    2480.00.075.105.3
    2480.00.075.105.4
    2480.00.075.105.5
    2480.00.075.105.PL
    2480.00.075.105.CZ
    2480.00.075.105.TR
    2480.00.075.105.CN
    2480.00.110.150.1
    2480.00.110.150.2
    2480.00.110.150.3
    2480.00.110.150.4
    2480.00.110.150.5
    2480.00.110.150.PL
    2480.00.110.150.CZ
    2480.00.110.150.TR
    2480.00.110.150.CN
    subject to alterations
    Maintenance
    FIBRO FML Gas springs are designed for long-term main-
    tenance-free operation. We recommend lightly oiling the
    piston rod before using. Sealing and guide elements can be
    replaced easily in very little time.
    They are available in a spare parts kit.
    Each spare parts kit comes with detailed instructions for
    maintenance of Gas springs.
    Caution!
    Gas springs may only be charged with commercial grade
    5.0 nitrogen gas.
    Accessories
    The range of accessories for gas springs includes fastening
    devices, charging and control units, screw connections and
    lines for setting up compound systems.
    Advantages of the FIBRO Mould Line series:
    • Very little calibration work required in the tool
    • No lubrication required
    • No maintenance required for up to 1,000,000 strokes 1)
    • Variably adjustable forces
    • For mould temperatures of up to 120°C
    • Approved as per the european pressure equipment
    directive 2014/68/EU (14 th GSGV regulation for pressure
    vessels)
    • Standard safety features (FIBRO Safer Choice) 2)
    Safety piston rod
    Excess pressure protection
    Overstroke protection
    • A pressure monitoring system makes it possible to recog-
    nise an impending failure at an early point (prevention)
    • No tool breakage if the 2nd separation level is locked
    (the plate comes to a standstill; after the jam is removed,
    production can be resumed)
    • Used worldwide in one million FIBRO Gas springs
    • Cost savings: approximately 60-70%
    (e.g. compared to a latch-locking unit)
    1) At 80°C to 120°C/ 500,000 strokes
    2) Depending on type of spring
    Warning signs
    These are available on request. The signs should be affixed
    near the springs in as prominent a position as possible.
    Business Area Standard Parts
    D-74851 Hassmersheim · Postfach 1120
    T +49 (0) 6266-73-0* · F +49 (0) 6266-73-237
    WARNING
    This tool is equipped with
    __ Gas Springs with a max. pressure of
    150 or 180 bar, depending on spring type.
    Working pressure ______ bar.
    Read maintenance instructions
    before working on gas springs.
    FIBRO
    1 ____ _____________________ _____________ ______________
    2 ____ _____________________ _____________ ______________
    3 ____ _____________________ _____________ ______________
    4 ____ _____________________ _____________ ______________
    5 ____ _____________________ _____________ ______________
    FIBRO
    Read maintenance instructions before working on gas springs.
    No. pcs. spring type fill.press./bar force/daN
    WARNING
    This tool is equipped with ___ Gas Springs with a
    max. pressure of 150 or 180 bar, depending on spring type.
    Business Area Standard Parts
    D-74851 Hassmersheim · Postfach 1120
    T +49 (0) 6266-73-0* · F +49 (0) 6266-73-237
    FML Gas springs for Mould making
    Size 353 50 mm
    Language Order No
    german
    english
    french
    italian
    spanish
    polish
    czech
    turkish
    chinese
    Size 753 105 mm
    Language Order No
    german
    english
    french
    italian
    spanish
    polish
    czech
    turkish
    chinese
    Size 1103 150 mm
    Language Order No
    german
    english
    french
    italian
    spanish
    polish
    czech
    turkish
    chinese
    L66
    OK
    OK
    OK
    OK
    ø
    +2
    +0,5
    ø≥38: ø
    +1
    +0,5
    ø
    subject to alterations
    Installation instructions
    FML Gas springs
    Mounting examples
    Mounting possibilities for gas springs are listed below.
    For additional information on mounting, see the corresponding pages in the catalogue.
    Screw mounted at the base Screw mounted at the base with 2480.011.
    Fastened with 2480.044./045./047.
    Fastened with 2480.055./057./064.
    Installation
    principle:

    2480.00.035.050.1
    2480.00.035.050.2
    2480.00.035.050.3
    2480.00.035.050.4
    2480.00.035.050.5
    2480.00.035.050.PL
    2480.00.035.050.CZ
    2480.00.035.050.TR
    2480.00.035.050.CN
    2480.00.075.105.1
    2480.00.075.105.2
    2480.00.075.105.3
    2480.00.075.105.4
    2480.00.075.105.5
    2480.00.075.105.PL
    2480.00.075.105.CZ
    2480.00.075.105.TR
    2480.00.075.105.CN
    2480.00.110.150.1
    2480.00.110.150.2
    2480.00.110.150.3
    2480.00.110.150.4
    2480.00.110.150.5
    2480.00.110.150.PL
    2480.00.110.150.CZ
    2480.00.110.150.TR
    2480.00.110.150.CN
    subject to alterations
    Maintenance
    FIBRO FML Gas springs are designed for long-term main-
    tenance-free operation. We recommend lightly oiling the
    piston rod before using. Sealing and guide elements can be
    replaced easily in very little time.
    They are available in a spare parts kit.
    Each spare parts kit comes with detailed instructions for
    maintenance of Gas springs.
    Caution!
    Gas springs may only be charged with commercial grade
    5.0 nitrogen gas.
    Accessories
    The range of accessories for gas springs includes fastening
    devices, charging and control units, screw connections and
    lines for setting up compound systems.
    Advantages of the FIBRO Mould Line series:
    • Very little calibration work required in the tool
    • No lubrication required
    • No maintenance required for up to 1,000,000 strokes 1)
    • Variably adjustable forces
    • For mould temperatures of up to 120°C
    • Approved as per the european pressure equipment
    directive 2014/68/EU (14 th GSGV regulation for pressure
    vessels)
    • Standard safety features (FIBRO Safer Choice) 2)
    Safety piston rod
    Excess pressure protection
    Overstroke protection
    • A pressure monitoring system makes it possible to recog-
    nise an impending failure at an early point (prevention)
    • No tool breakage if the 2nd separation level is locked
    (the plate comes to a standstill; after the jam is removed,
    production can be resumed)
    • Used worldwide in one million FIBRO Gas springs
    • Cost savings: approximately 60-70%
    (e.g. compared to a latch-locking unit)
    1) At 80°C to 120°C/ 500,000 strokes
    2) Depending on type of spring
    Warning signs
    These are available on request. The signs should be affixed
    near the springs in as prominent a position as possible.
    Business Area Standard Parts
    D-74851 Hassmersheim · Postfach 1120
    T +49 (0) 6266-73-0* · F +49 (0) 6266-73-237
    WARNING
    This tool is equipped with
    __ Gas Springs with a max. pressure of
    150 or 180 bar, depending on spring type.
    Working pressure ______ bar.
    Read maintenance instructions
    before working on gas springs.
    FIBRO
    1 ____ _____________________ _____________ ______________
    2 ____ _____________________ _____________ ______________
    3 ____ _____________________ _____________ ______________
    4 ____ _____________________ _____________ ______________
    5 ____ _____________________ _____________ ______________
    FIBRO
    Read maintenance instructions before working on gas springs.
    No. pcs. spring type fill.press./bar force/daN
    WARNING
    This tool is equipped with ___ Gas Springs with a
    max. pressure of 150 or 180 bar, depending on spring type.
    Business Area Standard Parts
    D-74851 Hassmersheim · Postfach 1120
    T +49 (0) 6266-73-0* · F +49 (0) 6266-73-237
    FML Gas springs for Mould making
    Size 353 50 mm
    Language Order No
    german
    english
    french
    italian
    spanish
    polish
    czech
    turkish
    chinese
    Size 753 105 mm
    Language Order No
    german
    english
    french
    italian
    spanish
    polish
    czech
    turkish
    chinese
    Size 1103 150 mm
    Language Order No
    german
    english
    french
    italian
    spanish
    polish
    czech
    turkish
    chinese
    OK
    OK
    OK
    OK
    ø
    +2
    +0,5
    ø≥38: ø
    +1
    +0,5
    ø
    subject to alterations
    Installation instructions
    FML Gas springs
    Mounting examples
    Mounting possibilities for gas springs are listed below.
    For additional information on mounting, see the corresponding pages in the catalogue.
    Screw mounted at the base Screw mounted at the base with 2480.011.
    Fastened with 2480.044./045./047.
    Fastened with 2480.055./057./064.
    Installation
    principle:
    L67
    Änderungen vorbehalten
    F 111
    Einbau-Richtlinien
    von Gasdruckfedern
    F
    OK
    min.0°C
    Um eine bestmögliche Lebensdauer und Sicherheit der Gasdruckfedern zu gewährleisten,
    müssen die Einbaurichtlinien befolgt werden.
    Einbauanweisung
    • Wenn möglich, Sichern der Gasdruckfeder im Werkzeug/Maschine unter Verwendung der im
    Federboden eingebrachten Gewindebohrungen oder Befestigungselemente.
    Die max. Anzugsdrehmomente für die Gewinde im Gasdruckfederboden sind zu beachten:
    (M6 = 10 Nm; M8 = 24 Nm; M10 = 45 Nm; M12 = 80 Nm)
    • Die Gewindebohrung in der Kolbenstange darf nicht zur Befestigung der Gasdruckfeder verwendet
    werden. Sie dient ausschließlich nur zu Wartungszwecken.
    • Gasdruckfeder nicht in einer Art und Weise einsetzen, dass die Kolbenstange abrupt aus der
    gedrückten Position frei wird (innere Beschädigung der Gasdruckfeder).
    • Gasdruckfeder parallel zur Krafteinleitung einbauen.
    • Kontaktoberfläche zur Betätigung der Kolbenstange muss rechtwinklig zum Gasdruckfederhub sein
    und sollte eine hinreichende Härte aufweisen.
    • Es dürfen keine seitliche Kräfte auf die Gasdruckfeder wirken.
    • Kolbenstange gegen mechanische Beschädigung und Kontakt mit Flüssigkeiten schützen.
    • Es wird empfohlen, eine Hubreserve von 10% der nominellen Hublänge oder 5 mm vorzusehen.
    • Der maximale Fülldruck (bei 20°C) darf nicht überschritten werden, da ansonsten keine
    Systemsicherheit gewährleistet werden kann.
    • Ein Überschreiten der max. zulässigen Arbeitstemperatur verringert die Lebensdauer der
    Gasdruckfeder wesentlich.
    • Die Oberfläche der Kolbenstange / des Kolbens sollte komplett beaufschlagt werden.
    • Entfernen Sie die Adapter-Bodenplatte 2480.00.20 von der Gasdruckfeder 2490.12. nur in drucklo-
    sem Zustand.
    max. 1,6 m/s
    bzw. 0,5 m/s 1)
    min. 0,5 – 3 mm 2)
    1) je nach Federtyp
    2) Überstand bei voll
    genutztem Hub
    max. 80°C
    bzw. 180°C 1)
    max. 150 bar
    (20°C)
    bzw. 180 bar 1)
    N 2
    2·17585·2002·1 °
    °
    Änderungen vorbehalten
    F 111
    Einbau-Richtlinien
    von Gasdruckfedern
    F
    OK
    min.0°C
    Um eine bestmögliche Lebensdauer und Sicherheit der Gasdruckfedern zu gewährleisten,
    müssen die Einbaurichtlinien befolgt werden.
    Einbauanweisung
    • Wenn möglich, Sichern der Gasdruckfeder im Werkzeug/Maschine unter Verwendung der im
    Federboden eingebrachten Gewindebohrungen oder Befestigungselemente.
    Die max. Anzugsdrehmomente für die Gewinde im Gasdruckfederboden sind zu beachten:
    (M6 = 10 Nm; M8 = 24 Nm; M10 = 45 Nm; M12 = 80 Nm)
    • Die Gewindebohrung in der Kolbenstange darf nicht zur Befestigung der Gasdruckfeder verwendet
    werden. Sie dient ausschließlich nur zu Wartungszwecken.
    • Gasdruckfeder nicht in einer Art und Weise einsetzen, dass die Kolbenstange abrupt aus der
    gedrückten Position frei wird (innere Beschädigung der Gasdruckfeder).
    • Gasdruckfeder parallel zur Krafteinleitung einbauen.
    • Kontaktoberfläche zur Betätigung der Kolbenstange muss rechtwinklig zum Gasdruckfederhub sein
    und sollte eine hinreichende Härte aufweisen.
    • Es dürfen keine seitliche Kräfte auf die Gasdruckfeder wirken.
    • Kolbenstange gegen mechanische Beschädigung und Kontakt mit Flüssigkeiten schützen.
    • Es wird empfohlen, eine Hubreserve von 10% der nominellen Hublänge oder 5 mm vorzusehen.
    • Der maximale Fülldruck (bei 20°C) darf nicht überschritten werden, da ansonsten keine
    Systemsicherheit gewährleistet werden kann.
    • Ein Überschreiten der max. zulässigen Arbeitstemperatur verringert die Lebensdauer der
    Gasdruckfeder wesentlich.
    • Die Oberfläche der Kolbenstange / des Kolbens sollte komplett beaufschlagt werden.
    • Entfernen Sie die Adapter-Bodenplatte 2480.00.20 von der Gasdruckfeder 2490.12. nur in drucklo-
    sem Zustand.
    max. 1,6 m/s
    bzw. 0,5 m/s 1)
    min. 0,5 – 3 mm 2)
    1) je nach Federtyp
    2) Überstand bei voll
    genutztem Hub
    max. 80°C
    bzw. 180°C 1)
    max. 150 bar
    (20°C)
    bzw. 180 bar 1)
    N 2
    2·17585·2002·1 °
    °
    Änderungen vorbehalten
    F 111
    Einbau-Richtlinien
    von Gasdruckfedern
    F
    OK
    min.0°C
    Um eine bestmögliche Lebensdauer und Sicherheit der Gasdruckfedern zu gewährleisten,
    müssen die Einbaurichtlinien befolgt werden.
    Einbauanweisung
    • Wenn möglich, Sichern der Gasdruckfeder im Werkzeug/Maschine unter Verwendung der im
    Federboden eingebrachten Gewindebohrungen oder Befestigungselemente.
    Die max. Anzugsdrehmomente für die Gewinde im Gasdruckfederboden sind zu beachten:
    (M6 = 10 Nm; M8 = 24 Nm; M10 = 45 Nm; M12 = 80 Nm)
    • Die Gewindebohrung in der Kolbenstange darf nicht zur Befestigung der Gasdruckfeder verwendet
    werden. Sie dient ausschließlich nur zu Wartungszwecken.
    • Gasdruckfeder nicht in einer Art und Weise einsetzen, dass die Kolbenstange abrupt aus der
    gedrückten Position frei wird (innere Beschädigung der Gasdruckfeder).
    • Gasdruckfeder parallel zur Krafteinleitung einbauen.
    • Kontaktoberfläche zur Betätigung der Kolbenstange muss rechtwinklig zum Gasdruckfederhub sein
    und sollte eine hinreichende Härte aufweisen.
    • Es dürfen keine seitliche Kräfte auf die Gasdruckfeder wirken.
    • Kolbenstange gegen mechanische Beschädigung und Kontakt mit Flüssigkeiten schützen.
    • Es wird empfohlen, eine Hubreserve von 10% der nominellen Hublänge oder 5 mm vorzusehen.
    • Der maximale Fülldruck (bei 20°C) darf nicht überschritten werden, da ansonsten keine
    Systemsicherheit gewährleistet werden kann.
    • Ein Überschreiten der max. zulässigen Arbeitstemperatur verringert die Lebensdauer der
    Gasdruckfeder wesentlich.
    • Die Oberfläche der Kolbenstange / des Kolbens sollte komplett beaufschlagt werden.
    • Entfernen Sie die Adapter-Bodenplatte 2480.00.20 von der Gasdruckfeder 2490.12. nur in drucklo-
    sem Zustand.
    max. 1,6 m/s
    bzw. 0,5 m/s 1)
    min. 0,5 – 3 mm 2)
    1) je nach Federtyp
    2) Überstand bei voll
    genutztem Hub
    max. 80°C
    bzw. 180°C 1)
    max. 150 bar
    (20°C)
    bzw. 180 bar 1)
    N 2
    2·17585·2002·1 °
    °
    max. 1,0 m/s
    Änderungen vorbehalten
    F 111
    Einbau-Richtlinien
    von Gasdruckfedern
    F
    OK
    min.0°C
    Um eine bestmögliche Lebensdauer und Sicherheit der Gasdruckfedern zu gewährleisten,
    müssen die Einbaurichtlinien befolgt werden.
    Einbauanweisung
    • Wenn möglich, Sichern der Gasdruckfeder im Werkzeug/Maschine unter Verwendung der im
    Federboden eingebrachten Gewindebohrungen oder Befestigungselemente.
    Die max. Anzugsdrehmomente für die Gewinde im Gasdruckfederboden sind zu beachten:
    (M6 = 10 Nm; M8 = 24 Nm; M10 = 45 Nm; M12 = 80 Nm)
    • Die Gewindebohrung in der Kolbenstange darf nicht zur Befestigung der Gasdruckfeder verwendet
    werden. Sie dient ausschließlich nur zu Wartungszwecken.
    • Gasdruckfeder nicht in einer Art und Weise einsetzen, dass die Kolbenstange abrupt aus der
    gedrückten Position frei wird (innere Beschädigung der Gasdruckfeder).
    • Gasdruckfeder parallel zur Krafteinleitung einbauen.
    • Kontaktoberfläche zur Betätigung der Kolbenstange muss rechtwinklig zum Gasdruckfederhub sein
    und sollte eine hinreichende Härte aufweisen.
    • Es dürfen keine seitliche Kräfte auf die Gasdruckfeder wirken.
    • Kolbenstange gegen mechanische Beschädigung und Kontakt mit Flüssigkeiten schützen.
    • Es wird empfohlen, eine Hubreserve von 10% der nominellen Hublänge oder 5 mm vorzusehen.
    • Der maximale Fülldruck (bei 20°C) darf nicht überschritten werden, da ansonsten keine
    Systemsicherheit gewährleistet werden kann.
    • Ein Überschreiten der max. zulässigen Arbeitstemperatur verringert die Lebensdauer der
    Gasdruckfeder wesentlich.
    • Die Oberfläche der Kolbenstange / des Kolbens sollte komplett beaufschlagt werden.
    • Entfernen Sie die Adapter-Bodenplatte 2480.00.20 von der Gasdruckfeder 2490.12. nur in drucklo-
    sem Zustand.
    max. 1,6 m/s
    bzw. 0,5 m/s 1)
    min. 0,5 – 3 mm 2)
    1) je nach Federtyp
    2) Überstand bei voll
    genutztem Hub
    max. 80°C
    bzw. 180°C 1)
    max. 150 bar
    (20°C)
    bzw. 180 bar 1)
    N 2
    2·17585·2002·1 °
    °
    max. 150 bar (20°C) N 2
    Änderungen vorbehalten
    F 111
    Einbau-Richtlinien
    von Gasdruckfedern
    F
    OK
    min.0°C
    Um eine bestmögliche Lebensdauer und Sicherheit der Gasdruckfedern zu gewährleisten,
    müssen die Einbaurichtlinien befolgt werden.
    Einbauanweisung
    • Wenn möglich, Sichern der Gasdruckfeder im Werkzeug/Maschine unter Verwendung der im
    Federboden eingebrachten Gewindebohrungen oder Befestigungselemente.
    Die max. Anzugsdrehmomente für die Gewinde im Gasdruckfederboden sind zu beachten:
    (M6 = 10 Nm; M8 = 24 Nm; M10 = 45 Nm; M12 = 80 Nm)
    • Die Gewindebohrung in der Kolbenstange darf nicht zur Befestigung der Gasdruckfeder verwendet
    werden. Sie dient ausschließlich nur zu Wartungszwecken.
    • Gasdruckfeder nicht in einer Art und Weise einsetzen, dass die Kolbenstange abrupt aus der
    gedrückten Position frei wird (innere Beschädigung der Gasdruckfeder).
    • Gasdruckfeder parallel zur Krafteinleitung einbauen.
    • Kontaktoberfläche zur Betätigung der Kolbenstange muss rechtwinklig zum Gasdruckfederhub sein
    und sollte eine hinreichende Härte aufweisen.
    • Es dürfen keine seitliche Kräfte auf die Gasdruckfeder wirken.
    • Kolbenstange gegen mechanische Beschädigung und Kontakt mit Flüssigkeiten schützen.
    • Es wird empfohlen, eine Hubreserve von 10% der nominellen Hublänge oder 5 mm vorzusehen.
    • Der maximale Fülldruck (bei 20°C) darf nicht überschritten werden, da ansonsten keine
    Systemsicherheit gewährleistet werden kann.
    • Ein Überschreiten der max. zulässigen Arbeitstemperatur verringert die Lebensdauer der
    Gasdruckfeder wesentlich.
    • Die Oberfläche der Kolbenstange / des Kolbens sollte komplett beaufschlagt werden.
    • Entfernen Sie die Adapter-Bodenplatte 2480.00.20 von der Gasdruckfeder 2490.12. nur in drucklo-
    sem Zustand.
    max. 1,6 m/s
    bzw. 0,5 m/s 1)
    min. 0,5 – 3 mm 2)
    1) je nach Federtyp
    2) Überstand bei voll
    genutztem Hub
    max. 80°C
    bzw. 180°C 1)
    max. 150 bar
    (20°C)
    bzw. 180 bar 1)
    N 2
    2·17585·2002·1 °
    °
    max. 120°C
    min. 0°C
    Änderungen vorbehalten
    F 111
    Einbau-Richtlinien
    von Gasdruckfedern
    F
    OK
    min.0°C
    Um eine bestmögliche Lebensdauer und Sicherheit der Gasdruckfedern zu gewährleisten,
    müssen die Einbaurichtlinien befolgt werden.
    Einbauanweisung
    • Wenn möglich, Sichern der Gasdruckfeder im Werkzeug/Maschine unter Verwendung der im
    Federboden eingebrachten Gewindebohrungen oder Befestigungselemente.
    Die max. Anzugsdrehmomente für die Gewinde im Gasdruckfederboden sind zu beachten:
    (M6 = 10 Nm; M8 = 24 Nm; M10 = 45 Nm; M12 = 80 Nm)
    • Die Gewindebohrung in der Kolbenstange darf nicht zur Befestigung der Gasdruckfeder verwendet
    werden. Sie dient ausschließlich nur zu Wartungszwecken.
    • Gasdruckfeder nicht in einer Art und Weise einsetzen, dass die Kolbenstange abrupt aus der
    gedrückten Position frei wird (innere Beschädigung der Gasdruckfeder).
    • Gasdruckfeder parallel zur Krafteinleitung einbauen.
    • Kontaktoberfläche zur Betätigung der Kolbenstange muss rechtwinklig zum Gasdruckfederhub sein
    und sollte eine hinreichende Härte aufweisen.
    • Es dürfen keine seitliche Kräfte auf die Gasdruckfeder wirken.
    • Kolbenstange gegen mechanische Beschädigung und Kontakt mit Flüssigkeiten schützen.
    • Es wird empfohlen, eine Hubreserve von 10% der nominellen Hublänge oder 5 mm vorzusehen.
    • Der maximale Fülldruck (bei 20°C) darf nicht überschritten werden, da ansonsten keine
    Systemsicherheit gewährleistet werden kann.
    • Ein Überschreiten der max. zulässigen Arbeitstemperatur verringert die Lebensdauer der
    Gasdruckfeder wesentlich.
    • Die Oberfläche der Kolbenstange / des Kolbens sollte komplett beaufschlagt werden.
    • Entfernen Sie die Adapter-Bodenplatte 2480.00.20 von der Gasdruckfeder 2490.12. nur in drucklo-
    sem Zustand.
    max. 1,6 m/s
    bzw. 0,5 m/s 1)
    min. 0,5 – 3 mm 2)
    1) je nach Federtyp
    2) Überstand bei voll
    genutztem Hub
    max. 80°C
    bzw. 180°C 1)
    max. 150 bar
    (20°C)
    bzw. 180 bar 1)
    N 2
    2·17585·2002·1 °
    °
    Änderungen vorbehalten
    F 111
    Einbau-Richtlinien
    von Gasdruckfedern
    F
    OK
    min.0°C
    Um eine bestmögliche Lebensdauer und Sicherheit der Gasdruckfedern zu gewährleisten,
    müssen die Einbaurichtlinien befolgt werden.
    Einbauanweisung
    • Wenn möglich, Sichern der Gasdruckfeder im Werkzeug/Maschine unter Verwendung der im
    Federboden eingebrachten Gewindebohrungen oder Befestigungselemente.
    Die max. Anzugsdrehmomente für die Gewinde im Gasdruckfederboden sind zu beachten:
    (M6 = 10 Nm; M8 = 24 Nm; M10 = 45 Nm; M12 = 80 Nm)
    • Die Gewindebohrung in der Kolbenstange darf nicht zur Befestigung der Gasdruckfeder verwendet
    werden. Sie dient ausschließlich nur zu Wartungszwecken.
    • Gasdruckfeder nicht in einer Art und Weise einsetzen, dass die Kolbenstange abrupt aus der
    gedrückten Position frei wird (innere Beschädigung der Gasdruckfeder).
    • Gasdruckfeder parallel zur Krafteinleitung einbauen.
    • Kontaktoberfläche zur Betätigung der Kolbenstange muss rechtwinklig zum Gasdruckfederhub sein
    und sollte eine hinreichende Härte aufweisen.
    • Es dürfen keine seitliche Kräfte auf die Gasdruckfeder wirken.
    • Kolbenstange gegen mechanische Beschädigung und Kontakt mit Flüssigkeiten schützen.
    • Es wird empfohlen, eine Hubreserve von 10% der nominellen Hublänge oder 5 mm vorzusehen.
    • Der maximale Fülldruck (bei 20°C) darf nicht überschritten werden, da ansonsten keine
    Systemsicherheit gewährleistet werden kann.
    • Ein Überschreiten der max. zulässigen Arbeitstemperatur verringert die Lebensdauer der
    Gasdruckfeder wesentlich.
    • Die Oberfläche der Kolbenstange / des Kolbens sollte komplett beaufschlagt werden.
    • Entfernen Sie die Adapter-Bodenplatte 2480.00.20 von der Gasdruckfeder 2490.12. nur in drucklo-
    sem Zustand.
    max. 1,6 m/s
    bzw. 0,5 m/s 1)
    min. 0,5 – 3 mm 2)
    1) je nach Federtyp
    2) Überstand bei voll
    genutztem Hub
    max. 80°C
    bzw. 180°C 1)
    max. 150 bar
    (20°C)
    bzw. 180 bar 1)
    N 2
    2·17585·2002·1 °
    °
    Änderungen vorbehalten
    F 111
    Einbau-Richtlinien
    von Gasdruckfedern
    F
    OK
    min.0°C
    Um eine bestmögliche Lebensdauer und Sicherheit der Gasdruckfedern zu gewährleisten,
    müssen die Einbaurichtlinien befolgt werden.
    Einbauanweisung
    • Wenn möglich, Sichern der Gasdruckfeder im Werkzeug/Maschine unter Verwendung der im
    Federboden eingebrachten Gewindebohrungen oder Befestigungselemente.
    Die max. Anzugsdrehmomente für die Gewinde im Gasdruckfederboden sind zu beachten:
    (M6 = 10 Nm; M8 = 24 Nm; M10 = 45 Nm; M12 = 80 Nm)
    • Die Gewindebohrung in der Kolbenstange darf nicht zur Befestigung der Gasdruckfeder verwendet
    werden. Sie dient ausschließlich nur zu Wartungszwecken.
    • Gasdruckfeder nicht in einer Art und Weise einsetzen, dass die Kolbenstange abrupt aus der
    gedrückten Position frei wird (innere Beschädigung der Gasdruckfeder).
    • Gasdruckfeder parallel zur Krafteinleitung einbauen.
    • Kontaktoberfläche zur Betätigung der Kolbenstange muss rechtwinklig zum Gasdruckfederhub sein
    und sollte eine hinreichende Härte aufweisen.
    • Es dürfen keine seitliche Kräfte auf die Gasdruckfeder wirken.
    • Kolbenstange gegen mechanische Beschädigung und Kontakt mit Flüssigkeiten schützen.
    • Es wird empfohlen, eine Hubreserve von 10% der nominellen Hublänge oder 5 mm vorzusehen.
    • Der maximale Fülldruck (bei 20°C) darf nicht überschritten werden, da ansonsten keine
    Systemsicherheit gewährleistet werden kann.
    • Ein Überschreiten der max. zulässigen Arbeitstemperatur verringert die Lebensdauer der
    Gasdruckfeder wesentlich.
    • Die Oberfläche der Kolbenstange / des Kolbens sollte komplett beaufschlagt werden.
    • Entfernen Sie die Adapter-Bodenplatte 2480.00.20 von der Gasdruckfeder 2490.12. nur in drucklo-
    sem Zustand.
    max. 1,6 m/s
    bzw. 0,5 m/s 1)
    min. 0,5 – 3 mm 2)
    1) je nach Federtyp
    2) Überstand bei voll
    genutztem Hub
    max. 80°C
    bzw. 180°C 1)
    max. 150 bar
    (20°C)
    bzw. 180 bar 1)
    N 2
    2·17585·2002·1 °
    °
    min. 1-3 mm 1)
    subject to alterations
    1) protection at full stroke
    Mounting directions
    FML Gas springs
    To achieve the best possible service-life and safety from the gas spring,
    the directions below must be followed.
    Mounting instructions
    ► Secure the gas spring to the tool/machine whenever possible, using the threaded hole(s) in
    the base of the gas spring or a suitable flange. Never exceed the maximum torque values
    for the threads in the base of the gas spring: (M6 = 10 Nm; M8 = 24 Nm; M10 = 45 Nm;
    M12 = 80 Nm)
    ► The threaded hole in the piston rod top should not be used for mounting purposes. It is only
    to be used when carrying and servicing the gas spring.
    ► Do not use the gas spring in such a way that the piston rod is realised freely from its
    compressed position, as this could cause internal damage to the gas spring.
    ► Make sure the gas spring is mounted parallel to the direction of the compression stroke.
    ► Ensure the contact surface of the piston rod top is perpendicular to the direction of the
    compression stroke and is sufficiently hardened.
    ► The gas spring should not be subjected to the side loads.
    ► Protect the piston rod against mechanical damage and contact with fluids.
    ► We do not recommend the last 5 mm or 10% of the nominal stroke be utilised.
    ► The maximum charging pressure as a function of the working temperature must not be
    exceeded as it may effect the safety of the product.
    ► Exceeding the gas spring’s recommended operating temperature will shorten the service-life
    of the gas spring.
    ► The entire contact surface of the piston rod / piston should be used.
    L68
    Änderungen vorbehalten
    F 111
    Einbau-Richtlinien
    von Gasdruckfedern
    F
    OK
    min.0°C
    Um eine bestmögliche Lebensdauer und Sicherheit der Gasdruckfedern zu gewährleisten,
    müssen die Einbaurichtlinien befolgt werden.
    Einbauanweisung
    • Wenn möglich, Sichern der Gasdruckfeder im Werkzeug/Maschine unter Verwendung der im
    Federboden eingebrachten Gewindebohrungen oder Befestigungselemente.
    Die max. Anzugsdrehmomente für die Gewinde im Gasdruckfederboden sind zu beachten:
    (M6 = 10 Nm; M8 = 24 Nm; M10 = 45 Nm; M12 = 80 Nm)
    • Die Gewindebohrung in der Kolbenstange darf nicht zur Befestigung der Gasdruckfeder verwendet
    werden. Sie dient ausschließlich nur zu Wartungszwecken.
    • Gasdruckfeder nicht in einer Art und Weise einsetzen, dass die Kolbenstange abrupt aus der
    gedrückten Position frei wird (innere Beschädigung der Gasdruckfeder).
    • Gasdruckfeder parallel zur Krafteinleitung einbauen.
    • Kontaktoberfläche zur Betätigung der Kolbenstange muss rechtwinklig zum Gasdruckfederhub sein
    und sollte eine hinreichende Härte aufweisen.
    • Es dürfen keine seitliche Kräfte auf die Gasdruckfeder wirken.
    • Kolbenstange gegen mechanische Beschädigung und Kontakt mit Flüssigkeiten schützen.
    • Es wird empfohlen, eine Hubreserve von 10% der nominellen Hublänge oder 5 mm vorzusehen.
    • Der maximale Fülldruck (bei 20°C) darf nicht überschritten werden, da ansonsten keine
    Systemsicherheit gewährleistet werden kann.
    • Ein Überschreiten der max. zulässigen Arbeitstemperatur verringert die Lebensdauer der
    Gasdruckfeder wesentlich.
    • Die Oberfläche der Kolbenstange / des Kolbens sollte komplett beaufschlagt werden.
    • Entfernen Sie die Adapter-Bodenplatte 2480.00.20 von der Gasdruckfeder 2490.12. nur in drucklo-
    sem Zustand.
    max. 1,6 m/s
    bzw. 0,5 m/s 1)
    min. 0,5 – 3 mm 2)
    1) je nach Federtyp
    2) Überstand bei voll
    genutztem Hub
    max. 80°C
    bzw. 180°C 1)
    max. 150 bar
    (20°C)
    bzw. 180 bar 1)
    N 2
    2·17585·2002·1 °
    °
    Änderungen vorbehalten
    F 111
    Einbau-Richtlinien
    von Gasdruckfedern
    F
    OK
    min.0°C
    Um eine bestmögliche Lebensdauer und Sicherheit der Gasdruckfedern zu gewährleisten,
    müssen die Einbaurichtlinien befolgt werden.
    Einbauanweisung
    • Wenn möglich, Sichern der Gasdruckfeder im Werkzeug/Maschine unter Verwendung der im
    Federboden eingebrachten Gewindebohrungen oder Befestigungselemente.
    Die max. Anzugsdrehmomente für die Gewinde im Gasdruckfederboden sind zu beachten:
    (M6 = 10 Nm; M8 = 24 Nm; M10 = 45 Nm; M12 = 80 Nm)
    • Die Gewindebohrung in der Kolbenstange darf nicht zur Befestigung der Gasdruckfeder verwendet
    werden. Sie dient ausschließlich nur zu Wartungszwecken.
    • Gasdruckfeder nicht in einer Art und Weise einsetzen, dass die Kolbenstange abrupt aus der
    gedrückten Position frei wird (innere Beschädigung der Gasdruckfeder).
    • Gasdruckfeder parallel zur Krafteinleitung einbauen.
    • Kontaktoberfläche zur Betätigung der Kolbenstange muss rechtwinklig zum Gasdruckfederhub sein
    und sollte eine hinreichende Härte aufweisen.
    • Es dürfen keine seitliche Kräfte auf die Gasdruckfeder wirken.
    • Kolbenstange gegen mechanische Beschädigung und Kontakt mit Flüssigkeiten schützen.
    • Es wird empfohlen, eine Hubreserve von 10% der nominellen Hublänge oder 5 mm vorzusehen.
    • Der maximale Fülldruck (bei 20°C) darf nicht überschritten werden, da ansonsten keine
    Systemsicherheit gewährleistet werden kann.
    • Ein Überschreiten der max. zulässigen Arbeitstemperatur verringert die Lebensdauer der
    Gasdruckfeder wesentlich.
    • Die Oberfläche der Kolbenstange / des Kolbens sollte komplett beaufschlagt werden.
    • Entfernen Sie die Adapter-Bodenplatte 2480.00.20 von der Gasdruckfeder 2490.12. nur in drucklo-
    sem Zustand.
    max. 1,6 m/s
    bzw. 0,5 m/s 1)
    min. 0,5 – 3 mm 2)
    1) je nach Federtyp
    2) Überstand bei voll
    genutztem Hub
    max. 80°C
    bzw. 180°C 1)
    max. 150 bar
    (20°C)
    bzw. 180 bar 1)
    N 2
    2·17585·2002·1 °
    °
    Änderungen vorbehalten
    F 111
    Einbau-Richtlinien
    von Gasdruckfedern
    F
    OK
    min.0°C
    Um eine bestmögliche Lebensdauer und Sicherheit der Gasdruckfedern zu gewährleisten,
    müssen die Einbaurichtlinien befolgt werden.
    Einbauanweisung
    • Wenn möglich, Sichern der Gasdruckfeder im Werkzeug/Maschine unter Verwendung der im
    Federboden eingebrachten Gewindebohrungen oder Befestigungselemente.
    Die max. Anzugsdrehmomente für die Gewinde im Gasdruckfederboden sind zu beachten:
    (M6 = 10 Nm; M8 = 24 Nm; M10 = 45 Nm; M12 = 80 Nm)
    • Die Gewindebohrung in der Kolbenstange darf nicht zur Befestigung der Gasdruckfeder verwendet
    werden. Sie dient ausschließlich nur zu Wartungszwecken.
    • Gasdruckfeder nicht in einer Art und Weise einsetzen, dass die Kolbenstange abrupt aus der
    gedrückten Position frei wird (innere Beschädigung der Gasdruckfeder).
    • Gasdruckfeder parallel zur Krafteinleitung einbauen.
    • Kontaktoberfläche zur Betätigung der Kolbenstange muss rechtwinklig zum Gasdruckfederhub sein
    und sollte eine hinreichende Härte aufweisen.
    • Es dürfen keine seitliche Kräfte auf die Gasdruckfeder wirken.
    • Kolbenstange gegen mechanische Beschädigung und Kontakt mit Flüssigkeiten schützen.
    • Es wird empfohlen, eine Hubreserve von 10% der nominellen Hublänge oder 5 mm vorzusehen.
    • Der maximale Fülldruck (bei 20°C) darf nicht überschritten werden, da ansonsten keine
    Systemsicherheit gewährleistet werden kann.
    • Ein Überschreiten der max. zulässigen Arbeitstemperatur verringert die Lebensdauer der
    Gasdruckfeder wesentlich.
    • Die Oberfläche der Kolbenstange / des Kolbens sollte komplett beaufschlagt werden.
    • Entfernen Sie die Adapter-Bodenplatte 2480.00.20 von der Gasdruckfeder 2490.12. nur in drucklo-
    sem Zustand.
    max. 1,6 m/s
    bzw. 0,5 m/s 1)
    min. 0,5 – 3 mm 2)
    1) je nach Federtyp
    2) Überstand bei voll
    genutztem Hub
    max. 80°C
    bzw. 180°C 1)
    max. 150 bar
    (20°C)
    bzw. 180 bar 1)
    N 2
    2·17585·2002·1 °
    °
    max. 1,0 m/s
    Änderungen vorbehalten
    F 111
    Einbau-Richtlinien
    von Gasdruckfedern
    F
    OK
    min.0°C
    Um eine bestmögliche Lebensdauer und Sicherheit der Gasdruckfedern zu gewährleisten,
    müssen die Einbaurichtlinien befolgt werden.
    Einbauanweisung
    • Wenn möglich, Sichern der Gasdruckfeder im Werkzeug/Maschine unter Verwendung der im
    Federboden eingebrachten Gewindebohrungen oder Befestigungselemente.
    Die max. Anzugsdrehmomente für die Gewinde im Gasdruckfederboden sind zu beachten:
    (M6 = 10 Nm; M8 = 24 Nm; M10 = 45 Nm; M12 = 80 Nm)
    • Die Gewindebohrung in der Kolbenstange darf nicht zur Befestigung der Gasdruckfeder verwendet
    werden. Sie dient ausschließlich nur zu Wartungszwecken.
    • Gasdruckfeder nicht in einer Art und Weise einsetzen, dass die Kolbenstange abrupt aus der
    gedrückten Position frei wird (innere Beschädigung der Gasdruckfeder).
    • Gasdruckfeder parallel zur Krafteinleitung einbauen.
    • Kontaktoberfläche zur Betätigung der Kolbenstange muss rechtwinklig zum Gasdruckfederhub sein
    und sollte eine hinreichende Härte aufweisen.
    • Es dürfen keine seitliche Kräfte auf die Gasdruckfeder wirken.
    • Kolbenstange gegen mechanische Beschädigung und Kontakt mit Flüssigkeiten schützen.
    • Es wird empfohlen, eine Hubreserve von 10% der nominellen Hublänge oder 5 mm vorzusehen.
    • Der maximale Fülldruck (bei 20°C) darf nicht überschritten werden, da ansonsten keine
    Systemsicherheit gewährleistet werden kann.
    • Ein Überschreiten der max. zulässigen Arbeitstemperatur verringert die Lebensdauer der
    Gasdruckfeder wesentlich.
    • Die Oberfläche der Kolbenstange / des Kolbens sollte komplett beaufschlagt werden.
    • Entfernen Sie die Adapter-Bodenplatte 2480.00.20 von der Gasdruckfeder 2490.12. nur in drucklo-
    sem Zustand.
    max. 1,6 m/s
    bzw. 0,5 m/s 1)
    min. 0,5 – 3 mm 2)
    1) je nach Federtyp
    2) Überstand bei voll
    genutztem Hub
    max. 80°C
    bzw. 180°C 1)
    max. 150 bar
    (20°C)
    bzw. 180 bar 1)
    N 2
    2·17585·2002·1 °
    °
    max. 150 bar (20°C) N 2
    Änderungen vorbehalten
    F 111
    Einbau-Richtlinien
    von Gasdruckfedern
    F
    OK
    min.0°C
    Um eine bestmögliche Lebensdauer und Sicherheit der Gasdruckfedern zu gewährleisten,
    müssen die Einbaurichtlinien befolgt werden.
    Einbauanweisung
    • Wenn möglich, Sichern der Gasdruckfeder im Werkzeug/Maschine unter Verwendung der im
    Federboden eingebrachten Gewindebohrungen oder Befestigungselemente.
    Die max. Anzugsdrehmomente für die Gewinde im Gasdruckfederboden sind zu beachten:
    (M6 = 10 Nm; M8 = 24 Nm; M10 = 45 Nm; M12 = 80 Nm)
    • Die Gewindebohrung in der Kolbenstange darf nicht zur Befestigung der Gasdruckfeder verwendet
    werden. Sie dient ausschließlich nur zu Wartungszwecken.
    • Gasdruckfeder nicht in einer Art und Weise einsetzen, dass die Kolbenstange abrupt aus der
    gedrückten Position frei wird (innere Beschädigung der Gasdruckfeder).
    • Gasdruckfeder parallel zur Krafteinleitung einbauen.
    • Kontaktoberfläche zur Betätigung der Kolbenstange muss rechtwinklig zum Gasdruckfederhub sein
    und sollte eine hinreichende Härte aufweisen.
    • Es dürfen keine seitliche Kräfte auf die Gasdruckfeder wirken.
    • Kolbenstange gegen mechanische Beschädigung und Kontakt mit Flüssigkeiten schützen.
    • Es wird empfohlen, eine Hubreserve von 10% der nominellen Hublänge oder 5 mm vorzusehen.
    • Der maximale Fülldruck (bei 20°C) darf nicht überschritten werden, da ansonsten keine
    Systemsicherheit gewährleistet werden kann.
    • Ein Überschreiten der max. zulässigen Arbeitstemperatur verringert die Lebensdauer der
    Gasdruckfeder wesentlich.
    • Die Oberfläche der Kolbenstange / des Kolbens sollte komplett beaufschlagt werden.
    • Entfernen Sie die Adapter-Bodenplatte 2480.00.20 von der Gasdruckfeder 2490.12. nur in drucklo-
    sem Zustand.
    max. 1,6 m/s
    bzw. 0,5 m/s 1)
    min. 0,5 – 3 mm 2)
    1) je nach Federtyp
    2) Überstand bei voll
    genutztem Hub
    max. 80°C
    bzw. 180°C 1)
    max. 150 bar
    (20°C)
    bzw. 180 bar 1)
    N 2
    2·17585·2002·1 °
    °
    max. 120°C
    min. 0°C
    Änderungen vorbehalten
    F 111
    Einbau-Richtlinien
    von Gasdruckfedern
    F
    OK
    min.0°C
    Um eine bestmögliche Lebensdauer und Sicherheit der Gasdruckfedern zu gewährleisten,
    müssen die Einbaurichtlinien befolgt werden.
    Einbauanweisung
    • Wenn möglich, Sichern der Gasdruckfeder im Werkzeug/Maschine unter Verwendung der im
    Federboden eingebrachten Gewindebohrungen oder Befestigungselemente.
    Die max. Anzugsdrehmomente für die Gewinde im Gasdruckfederboden sind zu beachten:
    (M6 = 10 Nm; M8 = 24 Nm; M10 = 45 Nm; M12 = 80 Nm)
    • Die Gewindebohrung in der Kolbenstange darf nicht zur Befestigung der Gasdruckfeder verwendet
    werden. Sie dient ausschließlich nur zu Wartungszwecken.
    • Gasdruckfeder nicht in einer Art und Weise einsetzen, dass die Kolbenstange abrupt aus der
    gedrückten Position frei wird (innere Beschädigung der Gasdruckfeder).
    • Gasdruckfeder parallel zur Krafteinleitung einbauen.
    • Kontaktoberfläche zur Betätigung der Kolbenstange muss rechtwinklig zum Gasdruckfederhub sein
    und sollte eine hinreichende Härte aufweisen.
    • Es dürfen keine seitliche Kräfte auf die Gasdruckfeder wirken.
    • Kolbenstange gegen mechanische Beschädigung und Kontakt mit Flüssigkeiten schützen.
    • Es wird empfohlen, eine Hubreserve von 10% der nominellen Hublänge oder 5 mm vorzusehen.
    • Der maximale Fülldruck (bei 20°C) darf nicht überschritten werden, da ansonsten keine
    Systemsicherheit gewährleistet werden kann.
    • Ein Überschreiten der max. zulässigen Arbeitstemperatur verringert die Lebensdauer der
    Gasdruckfeder wesentlich.
    • Die Oberfläche der Kolbenstange / des Kolbens sollte komplett beaufschlagt werden.
    • Entfernen Sie die Adapter-Bodenplatte 2480.00.20 von der Gasdruckfeder 2490.12. nur in drucklo-
    sem Zustand.
    max. 1,6 m/s
    bzw. 0,5 m/s 1)
    min. 0,5 – 3 mm 2)
    1) je nach Federtyp
    2) Überstand bei voll
    genutztem Hub
    max. 80°C
    bzw. 180°C 1)
    max. 150 bar
    (20°C)
    bzw. 180 bar 1)
    N 2
    2·17585·2002·1 °
    °
    Änderungen vorbehalten
    F 111
    Einbau-Richtlinien
    von Gasdruckfedern
    F
    OK
    min.0°C
    Um eine bestmögliche Lebensdauer und Sicherheit der Gasdruckfedern zu gewährleisten,
    müssen die Einbaurichtlinien befolgt werden.
    Einbauanweisung
    • Wenn möglich, Sichern der Gasdruckfeder im Werkzeug/Maschine unter Verwendung der im
    Federboden eingebrachten Gewindebohrungen oder Befestigungselemente.
    Die max. Anzugsdrehmomente für die Gewinde im Gasdruckfederboden sind zu beachten:
    (M6 = 10 Nm; M8 = 24 Nm; M10 = 45 Nm; M12 = 80 Nm)
    • Die Gewindebohrung in der Kolbenstange darf nicht zur Befestigung der Gasdruckfeder verwendet
    werden. Sie dient ausschließlich nur zu Wartungszwecken.
    • Gasdruckfeder nicht in einer Art und Weise einsetzen, dass die Kolbenstange abrupt aus der
    gedrückten Position frei wird (innere Beschädigung der Gasdruckfeder).
    • Gasdruckfeder parallel zur Krafteinleitung einbauen.
    • Kontaktoberfläche zur Betätigung der Kolbenstange muss rechtwinklig zum Gasdruckfederhub sein
    und sollte eine hinreichende Härte aufweisen.
    • Es dürfen keine seitliche Kräfte auf die Gasdruckfeder wirken.
    • Kolbenstange gegen mechanische Beschädigung und Kontakt mit Flüssigkeiten schützen.
    • Es wird empfohlen, eine Hubreserve von 10% der nominellen Hublänge oder 5 mm vorzusehen.
    • Der maximale Fülldruck (bei 20°C) darf nicht überschritten werden, da ansonsten keine
    Systemsicherheit gewährleistet werden kann.
    • Ein Überschreiten der max. zulässigen Arbeitstemperatur verringert die Lebensdauer der
    Gasdruckfeder wesentlich.
    • Die Oberfläche der Kolbenstange / des Kolbens sollte komplett beaufschlagt werden.
    • Entfernen Sie die Adapter-Bodenplatte 2480.00.20 von der Gasdruckfeder 2490.12. nur in drucklo-
    sem Zustand.
    max. 1,6 m/s
    bzw. 0,5 m/s 1)
    min. 0,5 – 3 mm 2)
    1) je nach Federtyp
    2) Überstand bei voll
    genutztem Hub
    max. 80°C
    bzw. 180°C 1)
    max. 150 bar
    (20°C)
    bzw. 180 bar 1)
    N 2
    2·17585·2002·1 °
    °
    Änderungen vorbehalten
    F 111
    Einbau-Richtlinien
    von Gasdruckfedern
    F
    OK
    min.0°C
    Um eine bestmögliche Lebensdauer und Sicherheit der Gasdruckfedern zu gewährleisten,
    müssen die Einbaurichtlinien befolgt werden.
    Einbauanweisung
    • Wenn möglich, Sichern der Gasdruckfeder im Werkzeug/Maschine unter Verwendung der im
    Federboden eingebrachten Gewindebohrungen oder Befestigungselemente.
    Die max. Anzugsdrehmomente für die Gewinde im Gasdruckfederboden sind zu beachten:
    (M6 = 10 Nm; M8 = 24 Nm; M10 = 45 Nm; M12 = 80 Nm)
    • Die Gewindebohrung in der Kolbenstange darf nicht zur Befestigung der Gasdruckfeder verwendet
    werden. Sie dient ausschließlich nur zu Wartungszwecken.
    • Gasdruckfeder nicht in einer Art und Weise einsetzen, dass die Kolbenstange abrupt aus der
    gedrückten Position frei wird (innere Beschädigung der Gasdruckfeder).
    • Gasdruckfeder parallel zur Krafteinleitung einbauen.
    • Kontaktoberfläche zur Betätigung der Kolbenstange muss rechtwinklig zum Gasdruckfederhub sein
    und sollte eine hinreichende Härte aufweisen.
    • Es dürfen keine seitliche Kräfte auf die Gasdruckfeder wirken.
    • Kolbenstange gegen mechanische Beschädigung und Kontakt mit Flüssigkeiten schützen.
    • Es wird empfohlen, eine Hubreserve von 10% der nominellen Hublänge oder 5 mm vorzusehen.
    • Der maximale Fülldruck (bei 20°C) darf nicht überschritten werden, da ansonsten keine
    Systemsicherheit gewährleistet werden kann.
    • Ein Überschreiten der max. zulässigen Arbeitstemperatur verringert die Lebensdauer der
    Gasdruckfeder wesentlich.
    • Die Oberfläche der Kolbenstange / des Kolbens sollte komplett beaufschlagt werden.
    • Entfernen Sie die Adapter-Bodenplatte 2480.00.20 von der Gasdruckfeder 2490.12. nur in drucklo-
    sem Zustand.
    max. 1,6 m/s
    bzw. 0,5 m/s 1)
    min. 0,5 – 3 mm 2)
    1) je nach Federtyp
    2) Überstand bei voll
    genutztem Hub
    max. 80°C
    bzw. 180°C 1)
    max. 150 bar
    (20°C)
    bzw. 180 bar 1)
    N 2
    2·17585·2002·1 °
    °
    min. 1-3 mm 1)
    subject to alterations
    1) protection at full stroke
    Mounting directions
    FML Gas springs
    To achieve the best possible service-life and safety from the gas spring,
    the directions below must be followed.
    Mounting instructions
    ► Secure the gas spring to the tool/machine whenever possible, using the threaded hole(s) in
    the base of the gas spring or a suitable flange. Never exceed the maximum torque values
    for the threads in the base of the gas spring: (M6 = 10 Nm; M8 = 24 Nm; M10 = 45 Nm;
    M12 = 80 Nm)
    ► The threaded hole in the piston rod top should not be used for mounting purposes. It is only
    to be used when carrying and servicing the gas spring.
    ► Do not use the gas spring in such a way that the piston rod is realised freely from its
    compressed position, as this could cause internal damage to the gas spring.
    ► Make sure the gas spring is mounted parallel to the direction of the compression stroke.
    ► Ensure the contact surface of the piston rod top is perpendicular to the direction of the
    compression stroke and is sufficiently hardened.
    ► The gas spring should not be subjected to the side loads.
    ► Protect the piston rod against mechanical damage and contact with fluids.
    ► We do not recommend the last 5 mm or 10% of the nominal stroke be utilised.
    ► The maximum charging pressure as a function of the working temperature must not be
    exceeded as it may effect the safety of the product.
    ► Exceeding the gas spring’s recommended operating temperature will shorten the service-life
    of the gas spring.
    ► The entire contact surface of the piston rod / piston should be used.
            
         
            
       
     
    
     
    
         

          
            
           
           
          
          
           
             
     
       
          
          
         
           
           
         
        
            
       
           
             
             
          
           
    
     
         
       
     
    
     
    
     
    S>max
    V>max
    P>max
    (A)
    (B)
    Gasdruckfeder – Warnung! Nicht öffnen - hoher Druck; Fülldruck
    max. 150 bar. Bitte Bedienungsanleitung beachten!
    Gas Spring – Warning! Do not open-high pressure; fi lling pressure
    max. 150 bar. Please follow instructions for use!
    Ressort à gaz – Attention! Ne pas ouvrir - haute pression; pression de
    remplissage max. 15 MPa. Veuiller observer les instructions d‘emploi!
    Molle a gas – Attenzione! Non aprire - pression alta massima; pressione
    de riempimento max. 150 bar. Si prega di observare le istruzioni per l‘uso!
    ¡Muelle de gas – Atención! No abrir - alta presión; cardago
    a mass. 150 bar. ¡Por favor observar las instrucciones!
    Normalien · Standard Parts · DE-74855 Hassmersheim
    T +49(0)6266-73-0* · F +49(0)6266-73-237
    Bestell-Nr.:
    Order-No.:
    Fülldruck
    Filling pressure: 150 bar
    Federkraft
    Spring Force: 5000 daN
    PED-zugelassen für 2.000.000 Hübe bei voller Hubauslastung.
    PED-approved for 2,000,000 strokes at full stroke load.
    2480.13.05000.050
    subject to alterations
    FIBRO-Gas Springs – The Safer Choice
    Optimum safety for tools and operators
    At FIBRO, safety and reliability are paramount. Particularly when it comes to our gas springs. With their unique range of safety features, FIBRO gas springs
    are the safest on the market.
    FIBRO safety features 1)
    PED approval for 2 million strokes
    FIBRO gas springs are developed, manufactured and tested
    for a minimum of 2 million* full strokes in accordance with
    DGRL 2014/68/EU. The springs deliver this full perfor-
    mance at the maximum permissible limits in terms of fil-
    ling pressure and operating temperature - even when com-
    bined with any of the various mounting types available.
    * Calculation value for durability
    The benefit
    for you:
    ▶ Guaranteed safety and reliability for the
    entire service life of the spring
    Repair kits and qualified training sessions available
    through FIBRO Service offer increased effectiveness and
    process reliability.
    Overstroke protection
    Conventional gas springs can burst in the event of an
    over-extended stroke. If this happens, parts flying around
    can become dangerous projectiles.
    FIBRO gas springs are different:
    in the event of an overstroke and depending on the spring
    type the patented protection system will ensure that
    either the cylinder wall of the gas spring is deformed in a
    predefined manner (A) or the piston rod destroys a rup-
    ture bolt in the floor of the cylinder (B), thereby allowing
    the gas to escape into the atmosphere.
    The benefit
    for you:
    ▶ No risk of parts flying around in the event
    of an overstroke
    Possible causes of
    triggering:
    Lack of stroke limitations in the tool/machine and placing
    the piston rods under a load (e.g. sheet-metal holder, slide
    reset, etc.), double sheet, incorrect installation position,
    etc.
    Return stroke protection
    A particularly dangerous situation can arise with conven-
    tional gas springs if tool components become jammed
    and the pressure on the compressed piston rod is then
    abruptly released: in this case, the piston rod is then fired
    out of the cylinder like a missile.
    FIBRO gas springs are different:
    special guides and a patented safety stop in the piston
    rods ensure your safety. If the speed is too high during the
    return stroke, the collar on the piston rod will automati-
    cally break. The integrated safety stop then destroys the
    seal, which allows the gas to escape into the atmosphere
    and the gas spring to become depressurised.
    The benefit
    for you:
    ▶ No risk of a piston rod firing out
    if the return stroke is too fast
    Possible causes of
    triggering:
    Sudden loosening of jammed components, such as
    sheet-metal holder, slide, ejector, scraper function, etc.
    Overpressure protection
    Conventional gas springs can burst if the internal pressure
    rises above a maximum permitted value. If this happens,
    parts flying around can become dangerous projectiles.
    FIBRO gas springs are different:
    if the pressure rises above the maximum permitted value,
    the safety collar on the sealing set is automatically dest-
    royed. The gas then escapes into the atmosphere and the
    gas spring is depressurised.
    The benefit
    for you:
    ▶ No risk of bursting parts in the event of
    overpressure
    Possible causes of
    triggering:
    Incorrect filling (max. filling pressure 150 or 180 bar, nitro-
    gen), infeed of liquid operating material, etc.
    A
    P
    P
    R
    O
    V
    E
    D
    2
    0
    1
    4
    /
    6
    8
    /
    E
    U
    for
    2 Million strokes
    After a protection function is triggered, the spring cannot be repaired and can no longer be used. It must be replaced completely.
    1) The safety features mentioned here have been implemented – with few exceptions – on all FIBRO gas springs.
    Please refer to the relevant data sheets to check the current safety equipment which is provided with the gas spring you are interested in, or contact
    FIBRO GmbH directly for more information.
    L70
    Flex Guide
    TM
    Dual Seal
    TM
    WPM
    PRP
    subject to alterations
    Gas springs – The Safer Choice
    Flexible guides: The Flex Guide TM System
    The Flex Guide TM System is a flexible guide in the gas spring which
    absorbs lateral movements of the piston rod. It minimises friction and
    lowers the operating temperature.
    t Lateral movement
    Conventional Guide FlexGuideTM System
    The benefits for you: ► Extended service life
    ► Increased stroke frequency, i.e. more strokes per
    minute
    Flex Guide System
    TM
    Conventional Guide
    high
    high low
    low
    Lateral Movement
    Life time & Frequency
    Safe hose connections: The Dual Seal TM System
    The FIBRO Dual Seal TM System combines a metal seal with a soft
    elastomer seal. On hose connection systems, the system provides two
    leak-tight connections and prevents rotation.
    The benefits for you: ► Leak-tight connection, even under vibrations
    ► High process reliability
    ► Minimised tool down time
    ► Simple installation thanks to anti-rotation function
    Wireless monitoring:
    The Wireless Pressure Monitoring (WPM) System
    The optional Wireless Pressure Monitoring System (WPM) (patent
    pending) wirelessly monitors the pressure and temperature of FIBRO gas
    springs. Before a defective part is produced, the press operator receives a
    message from the WPM and can take appropriate action.
    The benefits for you: ► Preventative quality assurance
    ► High process reliability
    ► Minimised tool down time
    ► Reduced maintenance and costs
    Potential faults are individually displayed. As a result,
    service intervals can be extended.
    Maintenance and repair costs are reduced.
    Protected piston rods: FIBRO Concertina Shrouds
    The FIBRO Piston Rod Protection (patented) reliably protects the piston
    rods in gas springs against dirt, oil and emulsion. In this way, the system
    prevents damage to the piston rod surface and leaks at internal seals.
    The benefits for you: ► Significantly longer service life for gas springs under
    harsh operating conditions
    FIBRO reliability features
    Dirt Oil
            
         
            
       
     
    
     
    
         

          
            
           
           
          
          
           
             
     
       
          
          
         
           
           
         
        
            
       
           
             
             
          
           
    
     
         
       
     
    
     
    
     
    S>max
    V>max
    P>max
    (A)
    (B)
    Gasdruckfeder – Warnung! Nicht öffnen - hoher Druck; Fülldruck
    max. 150 bar. Bitte Bedienungsanleitung beachten!
    Gas Spring – Warning! Do not open-high pressure; fi lling pressure
    max. 150 bar. Please follow instructions for use!
    Ressort à gaz – Attention! Ne pas ouvrir - haute pression; pression de
    remplissage max. 15 MPa. Veuiller observer les instructions d‘emploi!
    Molle a gas – Attenzione! Non aprire - pression alta massima; pressione
    de riempimento max. 150 bar. Si prega di observare le istruzioni per l‘uso!
    ¡Muelle de gas – Atención! No abrir - alta presión; cardago
    a mass. 150 bar. ¡Por favor observar las instrucciones!
    Normalien · Standard Parts · DE-74855 Hassmersheim
    T +49(0)6266-73-0* · F +49(0)6266-73-237
    Bestell-Nr.:
    Order-No.:
    Fülldruck
    Filling pressure: 150 bar
    Federkraft
    Spring Force: 5000 daN
    PED-zugelassen für 2.000.000 Hübe bei voller Hubauslastung.
    PED-approved for 2,000,000 strokes at full stroke load.
    2480.13.05000.050
    subject to alterations
    FIBRO-Gas Springs – The Safer Choice
    Optimum safety for tools and operators
    At FIBRO, safety and reliability are paramount. Particularly when it comes to our gas springs. With their unique range of safety features, FIBRO gas springs
    are the safest on the market.
    FIBRO safety features 1)
    PED approval for 2 million strokes
    FIBRO gas springs are developed, manufactured and tested
    for a minimum of 2 million* full strokes in accordance with
    DGRL 2014/68/EU. The springs deliver this full perfor-
    mance at the maximum permissible limits in terms of fil-
    ling pressure and operating temperature - even when com-
    bined with any of the various mounting types available.
    * Calculation value for durability
    The benefit
    for you:
    ▶ Guaranteed safety and reliability for the
    entire service life of the spring
    Repair kits and qualified training sessions available
    through FIBRO Service offer increased effectiveness and
    process reliability.
    Overstroke protection
    Conventional gas springs can burst in the event of an
    over-extended stroke. If this happens, parts flying around
    can become dangerous projectiles.
    FIBRO gas springs are different:
    in the event of an overstroke and depending on the spring
    type the patented protection system will ensure that
    either the cylinder wall of the gas spring is deformed in a
    predefined manner (A) or the piston rod destroys a rup-
    ture bolt in the floor of the cylinder (B), thereby allowing
    the gas to escape into the atmosphere.
    The benefit
    for you:
    ▶ No risk of parts flying around in the event
    of an overstroke
    Possible causes of
    triggering:
    Lack of stroke limitations in the tool/machine and placing
    the piston rods under a load (e.g. sheet-metal holder, slide
    reset, etc.), double sheet, incorrect installation position,
    etc.
    Return stroke protection
    A particularly dangerous situation can arise with conven-
    tional gas springs if tool components become jammed
    and the pressure on the compressed piston rod is then
    abruptly released: in this case, the piston rod is then fired
    out of the cylinder like a missile.
    FIBRO gas springs are different:
    special guides and a patented safety stop in the piston
    rods ensure your safety. If the speed is too high during the
    return stroke, the collar on the piston rod will automati-
    cally break. The integrated safety stop then destroys the
    seal, which allows the gas to escape into the atmosphere
    and the gas spring to become depressurised.
    The benefit
    for you:
    ▶ No risk of a piston rod firing out
    if the return stroke is too fast
    Possible causes of
    triggering:
    Sudden loosening of jammed components, such as
    sheet-metal holder, slide, ejector, scraper function, etc.
    Overpressure protection
    Conventional gas springs can burst if the internal pressure
    rises above a maximum permitted value. If this happens,
    parts flying around can become dangerous projectiles.
    FIBRO gas springs are different:
    if the pressure rises above the maximum permitted value,
    the safety collar on the sealing set is automatically dest-
    royed. The gas then escapes into the atmosphere and the
    gas spring is depressurised.
    The benefit
    for you:
    ▶ No risk of bursting parts in the event of
    overpressure
    Possible causes of
    triggering:
    Incorrect filling (max. filling pressure 150 or 180 bar, nitro-
    gen), infeed of liquid operating material, etc.
    A
    P
    P
    R
    O
    V
    E
    D
    2
    0
    1
    4
    /
    6
    8
    /
    E
    U
    for
    2 Million strokes
    After a protection function is triggered, the spring cannot be repaired and can no longer be used. It must be replaced completely.
    1) The safety features mentioned here have been implemented – with few exceptions – on all FIBRO gas springs.
    Please refer to the relevant data sheets to check the current safety equipment which is provided with the gas spring you are interested in, or contact
    FIBRO GmbH directly for more information.
    Flex Guide
    TM
    Dual Seal
    TM
    WPM
    PRP
    subject to alterations
    Gas springs – The Safer Choice
    Flexible guides: The Flex Guide TM System
    The Flex Guide TM System is a flexible guide in the gas spring which
    absorbs lateral movements of the piston rod. It minimises friction and
    lowers the operating temperature.
    t Lateral movement
    Conventional Guide FlexGuideTM System
    The benefits for you: ► Extended service life
    ► Increased stroke frequency, i.e. more strokes per
    minute
    Flex Guide System
    TM
    Conventional Guide
    high
    high low
    low
    Lateral Movement
    Life time & Frequency
    Safe hose connections: The Dual Seal TM System
    The FIBRO Dual Seal TM System combines a metal seal with a soft
    elastomer seal. On hose connection systems, the system provides two
    leak-tight connections and prevents rotation.
    The benefits for you: ► Leak-tight connection, even under vibrations
    ► High process reliability
    ► Minimised tool down time
    ► Simple installation thanks to anti-rotation function
    Wireless monitoring:
    The Wireless Pressure Monitoring (WPM) System
    The optional Wireless Pressure Monitoring System (WPM) (patent
    pending) wirelessly monitors the pressure and temperature of FIBRO gas
    springs. Before a defective part is produced, the press operator receives a
    message from the WPM and can take appropriate action.
    The benefits for you: ► Preventative quality assurance
    ► High process reliability
    ► Minimised tool down time
    ► Reduced maintenance and costs
    Potential faults are individually displayed. As a result,
    service intervals can be extended.
    Maintenance and repair costs are reduced.
    Protected piston rods: FIBRO Concertina Shrouds
    The FIBRO Piston Rod Protection (patented) reliably protects the piston
    rods in gas springs against dirt, oil and emulsion. In this way, the system
    prevents damage to the piston rod surface and leaks at internal seals.
    The benefits for you: ► Significantly longer service life for gas springs under
    harsh operating conditions
    FIBRO reliability features
    Dirt Oil
    L71
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring (Spring plunger) MOULD LINE, with hexagon socket
    100°C
    120°C
    1,0
    1,2
    1,4
    1,6
    1,8
    2,0
    2,2
    5 0 80 10 25 50 75
    080 070 060 050 040 030 020 010
    0
    25
    10 20 30 40 50 60
    50
    75
    100
    125
    150
    20°C 80°C
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    V>max
    P>max
    3
    Valve M6
    M16x1,5
    Ø 6
    Stroke max.
    Ø 12
    Ø 9,5
    AF 10
    Thread
    lock
    35
    l ± 0,5
    l min.
    R3
    1
    5
    3479.030. Description:
    Spring plungers are used as ejectors, damper
    pins, fixing and retaining pins in many sectors
    of the tool-, jig- and fixture-making industries.
    Assembly requires the use of special FIBRO
    insertion tool (2470.12.010.017).
    Note:
    Worn gas springs cannot be repaired, they
    have to be replaced completely.
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen - N 2
    Max. filling pressure depends on working
    temperature:
    150 bar (20°C) at 0°C-80°C
    125 bar (20°C) at 80°C-100°C
    115 bar (20°C) at 100°C-120°C
    Min. filling pressure: 25 bar (20°C)
    Working temperature: 0°C to +120°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    20 (at 0°C-80°C)
    15 (at 80°C-100°C)
    10 (at 100°C-120°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1.0 m/s
    2) Hexagon nut order supplementary:
    2480.004.00040.1 (M16 x 1,5)
    8
    A/F 24
    Hexagon nut 2)
    L72
    Order No Stroke max. l min. l
    3479.030.00040.010 10 55 65
    3479.030.00040.020 20 65 85
    3479.030.00040.030 30 75 105
    3479.030.00040.040 40 85 125
    3479.030.00040.050 50 95 145
    3479.030.00040.060 60 105 165
    3479.030.00040.070 70 115 185
    3479.030.00040.080 80 125 205
    3479.030.
    Gas spring (Spring plunger)
    MOULD LINE, with hexagon
    socket
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring (Spring plunger) MOULD LINE, with hexagon socket
    100°C
    120°C
    1,0
    1,2
    1,4
    1,6
    1,8
    2,0
    2,2
    5 0 80 10 25 50 75
    080 070 060 050 040 030 020 010
    0
    25
    250
    50
    75
    100
    125
    150
    200 150 100 50
    20°C 80°C
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Description:
    Spring plungers are used as ejectors, damper
    pins, fixing and retaining pins in many sectors
    of the tool-, jig- and fixture-making industries.
    Assembly requires the use of special FIBRO
    insertion tool (2470.12.010.017).
    Note:
    Worn gas springs cannot be repaired, they
    have to be replaced completely.
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen - N 2
    Max. filling pressure depends on working
    temperature:
    150 bar (20°C) at 0°C-80°C
    125 bar (20°C) at 80°C-100°C
    115 bar (20°C) at 100°C-120°C
    Min. filling pressure: 25 bar (20°C)
    Working temperature: 0°C to +120°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    20 (at 0°C-80°C)
    15 (at 80°C-100°C)
    10 (at 100°C-120°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1.0 m/s
    2) Hexagon nut order supplementary:
    2480.004.00170
    10
    A/F 36
    Hexagon nut 2)
    3479.032.
    AF 17
    3
    Ø 21,5
    Ø 9,5
    35
    l ± 0,5
    l min.
    1
    5
    M24x1,5
    Ø 12
    R8
    Valve M6
    Stroke max
    Thread
    lock
    V>max
    L73
    Order No Stroke max. l min. l
    3479.032.00170.010 10 55 65
    3479.032.00170.020 20 65 85
    3479.032.00170.030 30 75 105
    3479.032.00170.040 40 85 125
    3479.032.00170.050 50 95 145
    3479.032.00170.060 60 105 165
    3479.032.00170.070 70 115 185
    3479.032.00170.080 80 125 205
    3479.032.
    Gas spring (Spring plunger)
    MOULD LINE, with hexagon
    socket
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring MOULD LINE
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    2) Caution:
    Spring force must be absorbed
    by stop surface!
    2480.044.00150 2)
    2480.055.00150 2480.057.00150
    2480.044.03.00150 2)
    +0,5
    +1,0
    Ø
    32,2
    22,5
    22
    54
    20
    45
    41
    90
    72
    9 (2x)
    X
    15
    X
    35
    35
    60
    +1
    +0,5 ø32
    ø7 (4x) M5 (4x)
    9
    17
    x
    y
    Stroke
    A - A
    A
    A
    y x
    ø7 (4x) M3 (4x)
    9
    35
    35
    17
    45
    45
    +1
    ø32 +0,5
    x
    y
    Stroke
    x y
    ø15
    4
    20,9
    48
    10
    20
    50
    68
    ø32,1
    ø9
    Mounting example:
    L74
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring MOULD LINE
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    2) Caution:
    Spring force must be absorbed
    by stop surface!
    2480.044.00150 2)
    2480.055.00150 2480.057.00150
    2480.044.03.00150 2)
    +0,5
    +1,0
    Ø
    32,2
    22,5
    22
    54
    20
    45
    41
    90
    72
    9 (2x)
    X
    15
    X
    35
    35
    60
    +1
    +0,5 ø32
    ø7 (4x) M5 (4x)
    9
    17
    x
    y
    Stroke
    A - A
    A
    A
    y x
    ø7 (4x) M3 (4x)
    9
    35
    35
    17
    45
    45
    +1
    ø32 +0,5
    x
    y
    Stroke
    x y
    ø15
    4
    20,9
    48
    10
    20
    50
    68
    ø32,1
    ø9
    Mounting example:
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring MOULD LINE
    100°C
    120°C
    400 0
    25
    150
    50
    75
    100
    125
    300 200 100
    20°C 80°C
    1,0
    1,1
    1,2
    1,3
    1,4
    1,5
    1,6
    1,7
    010 100 125 080 075 050 063 025 038 032 016
    013 019
    0 100 125 50 75 5 10 25
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Note:
    Initial spring force at 150 bar/20°C is 300 daN
    Order No. for spare parts kit: 3487.12.00300
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen - N 2
    Max. filling pressure depends on working
    temperature:
    150 bar (20°C) at 0°C-80°C
    125 bar (20°C) at 80°C-100°C
    115 bar (20°C) at 100°C-120°C
    Min. filling pressure: 25 bar (20°C)
    Working temperature: 0°C to +120°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    20 (at 0°C-80°C)
    15 (at 80°C-100°C)
    10 (at 100°C-120°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1.0 m/s
    20
    ø32 -0,2
    ø27
    3,5
    12,5
    X
    ±0,25
    l
    l min.
    max.
    stroke
    6
    2
    4
    ø16
    M6
    R 1
    M6 Valve
    „ X ”
    M6 x 6 deep
    (2x)
    3487.12.00300.
    S>max V>max
    P>max
    L75
    Order No* Stroke max. l min. l
    3487.12.00300.010 10 40 50
    3487.12.00300.013 13 43 56
    3487.12.00300.016 16 46 62
    3487.12.00300.019 19 49 68
    3487.12.00300.025 25 55 80
    3487.12.00300.032 32 62 94
    3487.12.00300.038 38 68 106
    3487.12.00300.050 50 80 130
    3487.12.00300.063 63 93 156
    3487.12.00300.075 75 105 180
    3487.12.00300.080 80 110 190
    3487.12.00300.100 100 130 230
    3487.12.00300.125 125 155 280
    *Stroke lengths 100 and 125 only by request!
    3487.12.00300.
    Gas spring MOULD LINE
    subject to alterations
    Note:
    2) Caution:
    Spring force must be absorbed
    by stop surface!
    Gas spring MOULD LINE
    Mounting variations
    2480.055.00250 2480.057.00250
    2480.044.00250 2) 2480.044.03.00250 2)
    40
    40
    68
    +2
    +0,5 ø38
    ø7 (4x) M5 (4x)
    9
    17
    x
    y
    Stroke
    A - A
    A
    A
    y x
    ø7 (4x) M4 (4x)
    9
    40
    40
    17
    52
    52
    +2
    ø38 +0,5
    x
    y
    Stroke
    x y
    95
    38,2
    59
    27,5
    55
    43
    77
    25
    15
    9 (2x)
    20
    X
    X
    ø15
    4
    23,9
    54
    16
    20
    54
    74
    ø38,2
    ø9
    L76
    subject to alterations
    Note:
    2) Caution:
    Spring force must be absorbed
    by stop surface!
    Gas spring MOULD LINE
    Mounting variations
    2480.055.00250 2480.057.00250
    2480.044.00250 2) 2480.044.03.00250 2)
    40
    40
    68
    +2
    +0,5 ø38
    ø7 (4x) M5 (4x)
    9
    17
    x
    y
    Stroke
    A - A
    A
    A
    y x
    ø7 (4x) M4 (4x)
    9
    40
    40
    17
    52
    52
    +2
    ø38 +0,5
    x
    y
    Stroke
    x y
    95
    38,2
    59
    27,5
    55
    43
    77
    25
    15
    9 (2x)
    20
    X
    X
    ø15
    4
    23,9
    54
    16
    20
    54
    74
    ø38,2
    ø9
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring MOULD LINE
    120°C
    100°C
    1,0
    1,1
    1,2
    1,3
    1,4
    1,5
    1,6
    0 100 125 50 75 5 10 25
    010 100 125 080 075 050 063 025 038 032 016
    013 019
    600 0
    25
    150
    500 400 300 200 100
    125
    100
    50
    75
    20°C 80°C
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Note:
    Initial spring force at 150 bar/20°C is 500 daN
    Order No. for spare parts kit: 3487.12.00500
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen - N 2
    Max. filling pressure depends on working
    temperature:
    150 bar (20°C) at 0°C-80°C
    125 bar (20°C) at 80°C-100°C
    115 bar (20°C) at 100°C-120°C
    Min. filling pressure: 25 bar (20°C)
    Working temperature: 0°C to +120°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    20 (at 0°C-80°C)
    15 (at 80°C-100°C)
    10 (at 100°C-120°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1.0 m/s
    20
    ø38 -0,2
    ø33
    ø20
    X
    ±0,25
    l
    l min.
    max.
    stroke
    12,5 6
    2 4
    4
    M6
    R 1
    M6 Valve
    „ X ”
    M6 x 6 deep
    (4x)
    25
    45°
    M6 Valve
    3487.12.00500.
    S>max V>max
    P>max
    L77
    Order No* Stroke max. l min. l
    3487.12.00500.010 10 40 50
    3487.12.00500.013 13 43 56
    3487.12.00500.016 16 46 62
    3487.12.00500.019 19 49 68
    3487.12.00500.025 25 55 80
    3487.12.00500.032 32 62 94
    3487.12.00500.038 38 68 106
    3487.12.00500.050 50 80 130
    3487.12.00500.063 63 93 156
    3487.12.00500.075 75 105 180
    3487.12.00500.080 80 110 190
    3487.12.00500.100 100 130 230
    3487.12.00500.125 125 155 280
    *Stroke lengths 100 and 125 only by request!
    3487.12.00500.
    Gas spring MOULD LINE
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring Mould Line
    Mounting variations
    2480.011.00500 2480.011.00500.1 2480.011.00500.2
    2480.055.00500 2480.057.00500
    2480.044.00500 2) 2480.044.03.00500 2)
    M10 (2x)
    ø15 (2x)
    20
    50
    70
    50
    70
    DIN 74 -
    Km 8 (4x)
    12
    12
    20
    M10 (2x)
    ø15 (2x)
    DIN 74 -
    Km 8 (4x)
    50
    70
    20
    50
    70
    12
    12
    20
    ø9 (4x) M5 (4x)
    23
    13
    50
    50
    stroke
    64
    64
    +2
    ø45,2 +0,5
    13
    50
    50
    86
    ø9 (4x)
    x
    y x
    A - A
    A
    +2
    +0,5 ø45,2
    M6 (4x)
    23
    stroke
    y
    A
    82
    45,5
    64
    100
    15
    30
    60
    45
    28
    9 (2x)
    20
    X
    X
    x
    y
    x y
    ø9 (2x)
    50
    70
    20
    50
    70
    ø15 (2x)
    M10
    (2x)
    12
    20
    12
    12
    ø15 (2x)
    ø9 (2x)
    ø15 (2x)
    ø15
    4
    27,5
    60
    22
    20
    60
    80
    ø45,5
    ø9
    M5 (2x)
    2480.064.00500 4)
    50
    stroke
    18,4
    50
    64
    64
    ø9
    23
    +2
    ø45,2 +0,5
    A - A
    A A
    5)
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    4) Square collar flange, non-ro-
    tating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-
    gonal socket (compact head
    recommended)
    L78
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring Mould Line
    Mounting variations
    2480.011.00500 2480.011.00500.1 2480.011.00500.2
    2480.055.00500 2480.057.00500
    2480.044.00500 2) 2480.044.03.00500 2)
    M10 (2x)
    ø15 (2x)
    20
    50
    70
    50
    70
    DIN 74 -
    Km 8 (4x)
    12
    12
    20
    M10 (2x)
    ø15 (2x)
    DIN 74 -
    Km 8 (4x)
    50
    70
    20
    50
    70
    12
    12
    20
    ø9 (4x) M5 (4x)
    23
    13
    50
    50
    stroke
    64
    64
    +2
    ø45,2 +0,5
    13
    50
    50
    86
    ø9 (4x)
    x
    y x
    A - A
    A
    +2
    +0,5 ø45,2
    M6 (4x)
    23
    stroke
    y
    A
    82
    45,5
    64
    100
    15
    30
    60
    45
    28
    9 (2x)
    20
    X
    X
    x
    y
    x y
    ø9 (2x)
    50
    70
    20
    50
    70
    ø15 (2x)
    M10
    (2x)
    12
    20
    12
    12
    ø15 (2x)
    ø9 (2x)
    ø15 (2x)
    ø15
    4
    27,5
    60
    22
    20
    60
    80
    ø45,5
    ø9
    M5 (2x)
    2480.064.00500 4)
    50
    stroke
    18,4
    50
    64
    64
    ø9
    23
    +2
    ø45,2 +0,5
    A - A
    A A
    5)
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    4) Square collar flange, non-ro-
    tating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-
    gonal socket (compact head
    recommended)
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring MOULD LINE
    120°C
    100°C
    1,0
    1,1
    1,2
    1,3
    1,4
    1,5
    1,6
    0 100 125 50 75 5 10 25
    010 100 125 080 075 050 063 025 038 032 016
    013 019
    25
    150
    50
    75
    100
    125
    1000 0 800 600 400 200
    20°C 80°C
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Note:
    Initial spring force at 150 bar/20°C is 750 daN
    Order No. for spare parts kit: 3487.12.00750
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen - N 2
    Max. filling pressure depends on working
    temperature:
    150 bar (20°C) at 0°C-80°C
    125 bar (20°C) at 80°C-100°C
    115 bar (20°C) at 100°C-120°C
    Min. filling pressure: 25 bar (20°C)
    Working temperature: 0°C to +120°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    20 (at 0°C-80°C)
    15 (at 80°C-100°C)
    10 (at 100°C-120°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1.0 m/s
    20
    ø45,2 ±0,1
    ø40
    ø25
    X
    ±0,25
    l
    l min.
    max.
    stroke
    16,5 6
    2 4
    4
    M6
    R 1
    M6 Valve
    „ X ”
    M8 x 6 deep
    (2x)
    3487.12.00750.
    S>max V>max
    P>max
    L79
    Order No* Stroke max. l min. l
    3487.12.00750.010 10 42 52
    3487.12.00750.013 13 45 58
    3487.12.00750.016 16 48 64
    3487.12.00750.019 19 51 70
    3487.12.00750.025 25 57 82
    3487.12.00750.032 32 64 96
    3487.12.00750.038 38 70 108
    3487.12.00750.050 50 82 132
    3487.12.00750.063 63 95 158
    3487.12.00750.075 75 107 182
    3487.12.00750.080 80 112 192
    3487.12.00750.100 100 132 232
    3487.12.00750.125 125 157 282
    *Stroke lengths 100 and 125 only by request!
    3487.12.00750.
    Gas spring MOULD LINE
    subject to alterations
    2480.011.00750 2480.011.00750.1 2480.011.00750.3
    2480.055.00750 2480.057.00750
    2480.044.00750 2) 2480.045.00750 2)
    2480.047.00750 2) 2480.044.03.00750 2)
    110
    +0,1
    10
    12
    25,5
    22
    11
    34,5
    38
    13
    5
    70
    65
    ±0,1
    4
    +0,1
    10
    19
    30
    32
    60
    1 20 28,
    9
    ø9
    11
    ø18
    ø15
    ø11,5
    DIN 74 - Km 8 (2x)
    DIN 74 - Km 10 (2x)
    60
    33
    ±0,1
    4
    12
    12
    56,5
    56,5
    M10 (2x)
    ø15 (2x)
    20
    75
    75
    DIN 74 -
    Km 8 (4x)
    20
    12
    12
    56,5
    56,5
    M10 (2x)
    ø15 (2x)
    20
    20
    75
    75
    DIN 74 -
    Km 8 (4x)
    56,5
    13
    95
    +2
    +0,5 ø50,2
    ø9 (4x) M6 (4x)
    24
    56,5
    stroke
    x
    A - A
    y
    A
    A
    x y
    24
    70
    70
    56,5
    56,5
    13
    ø9 (4x) M5 (4x)
    +2
    ø50,2 +0,5
    stroke
    x
    y
    x y
    90
    130
    20
    50,5
    40
    80
    60
    40
    9 (2x)
    30
    X
    X
    stroke
    ø9 (2x)
    ø15 (2x)
    M10
    (2x)
    12
    20
    12
    12
    ø15 (2x)
    ø9 (2x)
    ø15 (2x)
    20
    75
    56,5
    75
    56,5
    ø18
    5
    30
    70
    25
    30
    68
    90
    ø50,5
    ø11
    M5 (2x)
    2480.064.00750 4)
    56,5
    19,5
    56,5
    70
    70
    ø9
    24
    +2
    ø50,2 +0,5
    A - A
    A A
    5)
    Gas spring Mould Line
    Mounting variations
    Note:
    2) Attention:
    The spring force must be absor-
    bed by the stop surface!
    4) Square collar flange, non-ro-
    tating, fixing for composite
    connection.
    5) Machine screws with hexa-
    gonal socket (compact head
    recommended)
    L80
    subject to alterations
    Gas spring MOULD LINE
    120°C
    100°C
    1,0
    1,1
    1,2
    1,3
    1,4
    1,5
    1,6
    0 100 125 50 75 5 10 25
    100 125 080 075 050 063 025 038 032 016
    013 019
    25
    150
    50
    75
    100
    125
    1200 0 800 1000 600 400 200
    20°C 80°C
    force daN
    charge pressure (bar)
    stroke in mm
    pressure rise factor
    nominal stroke
    Initial spring force
    versus charge pressure
    Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
    Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
    Note:
    Initial spring force at 150 bar/20°C is
    1000 daN
    Order No. for spare parts kit: 3487.12.01000
    Pressure medium: Nitrogen - N 2
    Max. filling pressure depends on working
    temperature:
    150 bar (20°C) at 0°C-80°C
    125 bar (20°C) at 80°C-100°C
    115 bar (20°C) at 100°C-120°C
    Min. filling pressure: 25 bar (20°C)
    Working temperature: 0°C to +120°C
    Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
    Max. recommended extensions per minute:
    20 (at 0°C-80°C)
    15 (at 80°C-100°C)
    10 (at 100°C-120°C)
    Max. piston speed: 1.0 m/s
    20
    ±0,1
    ø50,2
    ø43
    ø28
    X
    ±0,25
    l
    l min.
    max.
    stroke
    17,5 6
    3 7
    8
    M6
    R 2
    M6 Valve
    „ X ”
    M8 x 6 deep
    (2x)
    3487.12.01000.
    S>max V>max
    P>max
    L81
    Order No* Stroke max. l min. l
    3487.12.01000.013 13 51 64
    3487.12.01000.016 16 54 70
    3487.12.01000.019 19 57 76
    3487.12.01000.025 25 63 88
    3487.12.01000.032 32 70 102
    3487.12.01000.038 38 76 114
    3487.12.01000.050 50 88 138
    3487.12.01000.063 63 101 164
    3487.12.01000.075 75 113 188
    3487.12.01000.080 80 118 198
    3487.12.01000.100 100 138 238
    3487.12.01000.125 125 163 288
    *Stroke lengths 100 and 125 only by request!
    3487.12.01000.
    Gas spring MOULD LINE
    Gas Spring
    Accessories
    see Registry F:
    Gas Spring Accessories
    L82
    Auxiliary
    equipment
    see registry H: Chemical tooling aids
    see registry J: Peripheral equipment
    Gas Spring
    Accessories
    see Registry F:
    Gas Spring Accessories
    Auxiliary

     

ꄴ上一个： 无
ꄲ下一个： 无

扫一扫

낙淘宝店铺